Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Whether Obtaining Prior Approval For Reopening Of Assessment Has Become An Empty Ritual?

I. INTRODUCTION

The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024, inserted new sections 148, 148A, and 151 relating to the reopening of assessment in the Income Tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”).

Sections 148 inter alia provides for procedure for reopening of assessment and section 148A inter alia provides for passing of an order before issuance of notice for reopening of assessment under section 148. As per these sections, the acts of issuing notice for reopening of assessment and passing an order before the issue of notice for reopening of assessment can be done by the Assessing Officer only after obtaining prior approval of the specified authority laid down under section 151, which states that specified authority for section 148 and 148A shall be the Additional Commissioner or the Additional Director or the Joint Commissioner or the Joint Director as the case may be.

In this write-up, an attempt is made to show the manner in which the rigours of provisions relating to obtaining prior approval for the reopening of assessment have been toned down as per the recent amendment, and thus, the said provisions have become an empty ritual.

II. IMPORTANT OBSERVATIONS OF THE COURTS IN THE CASE OF REOPENING OF ASSESSMENT

It would be apposite to refer to the important observations of the Courts in the case of reopening of assessment as under :

  1.  The Gujarat High Court in the case of P. V. Doshi vs. CIT (1978) 113 ITR 22 has held that provisions relating to the reopening of assessment are to lay down the necessary safeguards in the wider public interest by way of fetters on the jurisdiction of the authority itself, and they could not be said to be merely for the private benefit of the individual assessee concerned.
  2.  The Supreme Court in the case of ChhugamalRajpal vs. S. P. Chaliha (1971) 79 ITR 603 has held that the provisions of section 151 must be strictly adhered to because it contains important safeguards.
  3.  The Supreme Court in the case of ITO vs. LakhmaniMewal Das (1976) 103 ITR 437 has held that the powers of the Income Tax Officer to reopen assessment, though wide, are not plenary. The reopening of the assessment after the lapse of many years is a serious matter. The Act, no doubt, contemplates the reopening of the assessment if grounds exist for believing that the income of the assessee has escaped assessment.
  4.  The Supreme Court, in the case of has observed, “We must keep in mind the conceptual difference between power to review and power to reassess. The Assessing Officer has no power to review; he has the power to reassess. But reassessment has to be based on the fulfilment of certain preconditions, and if the concept of “change of opinion” is removed, as contended on behalf of the Department, then, in the garb of reopening the assessment, the review would take place”.
  5.  The Bombay High Court, in the case of German Remedies Ltd. vs. DCIT (2006) 285 ITR 26, has held that it is a settled position of law that though the powers conferred under section 147 of the Income Tax Act for reopening the concluded assessment are very wide, the said power cannot be exercised mechanically or arbitrarily.

Thus, in spite of the fact that Courts have held that the provisions relating to the reopening of assessment are to lay down the necessary safeguards in the wider public interest, by the recent amendments by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024, the provisions relating to obtaining approval of the specified authority for the reopening of assessment, which acted as an important safeguard, have been watered down to facilitate carrying out of reassessment by the assessing authorities, by toning down the rigours of the provisions relating to “approval” as discussed hereafter.

III. AMENDMENT OF SECTION 151 OF THE INCOME-TAX ACT

It would be apt to have the background of the following provisions of the Act before discussing the provisions relating to approval as provided under section 151 of the Act.

  1.  Earlier, prior to 31st March, 1989, the definition of the “Assessing Officer” under section 2 (7A) of the Act included only the Assistant Commissioner, the Income Tax Officer or the Deputy Commissioner. Thereafter, consequent to subsequent amendments to sub-section (7A) to section 2 from time to time, other officers were included in the definition of “Assessing Officer”, which has been stated hereafter.
  2.  (i) Presently, subsection (7A) to section 2 of the Act, which defines “Assessing Officer” as meaning the Assistant Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner or Assistant Director or Deputy Director or the Income Tax Officer who is vested with the relevant jurisdiction by virtue of directions or orders issued under subsection (1) or sub-section (2) of section 120 or any other provisions of this Act and the Additional Commissioner or Additional Director or Joint Commissioner or Joint Director who is directed under clause (b) of sub-section (4) of that section to exercise or perform all or any of the powers and functions conferred on, or assigned to an Assessing Officer under this Act.

(ii) Sections 116 to 118 deal with the Income Tax Authorities, both quasi-judicial and executive. As per the notifications issued by the Board from time to time pursuant to powers vested in it under section 118, the hierarchy of these authorities is in the same order as provided in section 116. The relevant portion of the said section 116 has been reproduced as under, just to indicate which of these authorities fall within the ambit of the definition of “Assessing Officer” as per section 2 (7A) of the Act :

(a) xx

(aa) xx

(b) xx

(ba) xx

(c) xx

(cc) Additional Directors of Income Tax or Additional Commissioners of Income Tax or xx.

(cca) Joint Directors of Income Tax or Joint Commissioners of Income Tax or xx

(d) Deputy Directors of Income Tax or Deputy Commissioners of Income Tax or xx

(e) Assistant Directors of Income Tax or Assistant Commissioners of Income Tax

(f) Income Tax Officers

(g) xx

(h) xx

(iii) As per section 2 (28C), the Joint Commissioner includes an Additional Commissioner. Further, as per section 2 (28D), the Joint Director includes an Additional Director. Therefore, as per notification issued under section 118 r.w.s. 116, Joint Commissioner of Income Tax is subordinate to Additional Commissioner, but by virtue of section 2 (28C), the rank of Joint Commissioner and Additional Commissioner is at par. Similarly, as per notification issued under section 118 r.w.s. 116, the Joint Director is subordinate to the Additional Director, but by virtue of section 2 (28D), the rank of Joint Director and Additional Director is at par.

3.  Under the then provisions of section 151 operative up to 31st March, 1989, no notice under section 148 could be issued :

a. After the expiry of eight years from the end of the relevant assessment year without the approval of the Board.

b. After the expiry of four years from the end of the relevant assessment year without the approval of the Chief Commissioner or Commissioner.

After the amendment of section 151 w.e.f. 1st April, 1989, the sanctioning authorities depended upon whether an earlier assessment was made under section 143 (3) or section 147 of the Act or not, and also the period after the expiry of the assessment year beyond which the assessment is reopened. The said section provided that where the notice is issued after the expiry of four years from the end of the assessment year, the approval of the Chief Commissioner or the Principal Chief Commissioner or the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner was required.

From the above provisions, it is clear that where the assessment is reopened beyond the expiry of four years from the end of the assessment year, the approving authorities were not assessing authorities.

But sub-section (2) of section 151 permitted approval of certain Assessing Authorities where the assessment earlier made under section 143 (3) or section 147 is reopened within four years from the end of the assessment year. Thus, approving authorities and Assessing Authorities happened to be the same only in specified cases where the reopening of the assessment was made within four years from the end of the assessment year. It is submitted that the said provisions relating to the approval of assessing authorities were not in tune with the ratio of the Supreme Court decisions discussed hereafter. After the rationalisation of provisions relating to the reopening of assessment by the Finance Act, 2021, and further amended by the Finance Act, 2023, the approving authorities depended upon whether less than three years or more than three years have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year. But in both the said cases, the approving authorities were not assessing authorities. From the aforesaid discussion, it is clear that prior to the amendment made by the Finance Act, 2021 and the Finance Act, 2023, earlier section 151 made the distinction between the reopening of assessments after the expiry of a specified number of years or those which are not, as also whether assessment made earlier was under section 143 (3) or section 147. In such cases, where the reopening of assessment was made beyond a specified number of years or in cases where an earlier assessment was made under section 143 (3) or section 147, the approval of Superior Authorities, who were not assessing authorities, was required. The amendments to section 151 made by the Finance Act, 2021 and the Finance Act, 2023 mandated the approval of Superior Authorities who were not Assessing Authorities in all cases, depending upon whether the reopening of assessment was made within three years or beyond the period of three years from the end of the assessment year. Shockingly, as per the recent amendment to section 151 by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024, reopening of assessment can be made with the approval of specified authorities who happen to be the assessing authorities. The Superior Authorities, like the Principal Chief Commissioner, Principal Commissioner, etc., have not been included in the definition of “specified authority” under the amended section 151 of the Act.

The Uttaranchal High Court in the case of McDermott International Inc. vs. Addl. CIT (259 ITR 138) has held that the provision for sanction under section 151 is a safeguard so that the assessee need not be unnecessarily harassed by the Assessing Officer.

After the present amendment to section 151, the specified authorities for the purposes of sections 148 and 148A are the Additional Commissioner or the Additional Director or the Joint Commissioner or the Joint Director, as the case may be. The specified authorities enumerated under section 151 fall within the definition of “Assessing Officer” as per section 2 (7A) of the Act, the hierarchy of which is given as above as per section 116 of the Act. If approval of any of them is to be obtained, then the same must be sought by the Assessing Authority who is below their rank as specified authorities are themselves Assessing Officers. Thus, the Additional Commissioner or the Additional Director or the Joint Commissioner or the Joint Director, who are themselves the Assessing Authorities, can give approval to the Assessing Authorities below their rank to reopen the assessment. As all these authorities fall within the definition of “Assessing Officer” as per section 2 (7A) of the Act, the amendment made is manifestly arbitrary and unreasonable. This is for the reason that the Superior Authorities like the Board, the Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax, the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, etc., have been removed from the definition of “specified authority” under section 151 of the Act, with the result that important safeguards in the form of approval of superior authorities as hitherto provided under the predecessor section 151 and earlier section 151, have been removed, with the result that the rigours of obtaining approval have been substantially toned down.

IV. MEANING OF ASSESSMENT AND APPROVAL AND MIX–UP OF ASSESSING POWER AND APPROVING POWER NOT PROPER

Black’s Law Dictionary defines “assessment” as the process of ascertaining and adjusting the shares respectively to be contributed by several persons towards a common beneficial object according to the benefit received. It is often used in connection with assessing property taxes or levying property taxes. The same Dictionary defines “approval” to mean an act of confirming, ratifying, assenting, sanctioning or consenting to some act or thing done by another. In the case of Vijay S. Sathaye vs. Indian Airlines & Others (AIR SCW 6213), the Supreme Court has held that approval means confirming, ratifying, assenting, and sanctioning some act or thing done by another. In the case of Manpower Group Services India Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT (430 ITR 399), the Delhi High Court has held that approval means to agree with the full knowledge of the contents of what is approved and pronounce it as good. In the case of Dharampal Satyapal Ltd. V/s. Union of India (2018) 6 GSTROL 351, it has been observed by the Gauhati High Court that grant of approval means due application of mind on the subject matter approved, which satisfies all the legal and procedural requirements. In the context of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894, the Supreme Court, in the case of Vijayadevi Naval Kishore Bhartia v/s. Land Acquisition Officer (2003) 5 SCC 83, has drawn the distinction between the approving authority and the appellate authority. It has been observed that the Collector, after assessing the land, makes an award for its acquisition and works out compensation payable under section 11 of the said Act, and his award is sent to the Commissioner for his approval as per proviso to section 11 (1) of the said Act. It has further been observed that the said Act has not conferred an appellate jurisdiction on the Commissioner under the proviso to section 11 (1) of that Act, but the appropriate government exercises the appellate power. On the same logic, there is a distinction between the assessing authority and the approving authority. Thus, the assessing power, approving power and appellate powers are separate and distinct, and there should not be a mix-up of the said powers.

Reading section 151 of the Act with section 2 (7A) of the Act, the approving authorities, i.e. Additional Commissioner or the Additional Director or Joint Commissioner or the Joint Director, may act as the assessing authorities as also approving authorities. Further, the Joint Commissioner and Additional Commissioner are of the same rank. Again, the Joint Director and the Additional Director are of the same rank. It is a paradox that all these authorities perform dual functions of assessing and approving authorities.

In certain circumstances, the provisions of section 151 may become unworkable.

For example, the Assessing Authority who proposes to issue notice under section 148 may be a Joint Commissioner. How can the Additional Commissioner accord his sanction for reopening as both the Joint Commissioner and the Additional Commissioner are of equal rank? The same reasoning applies in the case of the Joint Commissioner and the Joint Director, as both are of equal rank. In such cases, the sanction for reopening would be vitiated by official bias, resulting in a violation of the principles of natural justice. Reliance is placed on the ratio of the following decisions :

i. In GullapalliNageshwara Rao vs. A. P. State Road Transport Corporation (Gullapalli I) AIR 1959 SC 308, the petitioners were carrying on the motor transport business. The Andhra State Transport Undertaking published a scheme for nationalisation of motor transport in the State and invited objections. The objections filed by the petitioners were received and heard by the Secretary, and thereafter, the scheme was approved by the Chief Minister. The Supreme Court upheld the contention of the petitioners that the official who heard the objections was ‘in substance’ one of the parties to the dispute, and hence, the principles of natural justice were violated.

ii. In Mahadayal vs. CTO AIR 1961 SC 82, according to the Commercial Tax Officer, the petitioner was not liable to pay tax, and yet, he referred the matter to his superior officer and, on instructions from him, imposed tax. The Supreme Court set aside the decision.

iii. Again, no man can be a judge in his own cause. If it is so, his action is vitiated.

V. LEGAL POSITION OF APPROVAL/SANCTION

1. In the case of the State (Anti–Corruption Branch) Government of NCT of Delhi &Anr. vs. R. C. Anand& Another (2004) 4 SCC 615, it has been held by the Supreme Court as under :

“The validity of the sanction would, therefore, depend upon the material placed before the sanctioning authority and the fact that all the relevant facts, material and evidence, including the transcript of the tape record, have been considered by the sanctioning authority. Consideration implies the application of the mind. The order of sanction must ex-facie disclose that the sanctioning authority had considered the evidence and other material placed before it. This fact can also be established by extrinsic evidence by placing the relevant files before the Court to show that all relevant facts were considered by the sanctioning authority.”

2. In the case of Chhugamal Rajpal v/s. S. P. Chaliha (Supra), which related to the reopening of assessment, it was observed by the Supreme Court that the report submitted by the Income Tax Officer under section 151 (2) did not mention any reason for concluding that it was a fit case for the issue of a notice under section 148 and the Commissioner mechanically accorded his permission. On these facts, it was held by the Supreme Court that important safeguards provided in sections 147 and 151 were lightly treated by the Income Tax Officer as well as by the Commissioner, and therefore, notice issued under section 148 of the Act was invalid and had to be quashed.

From the aforesaid decisions of the Supreme Court, it is clear that the approving / sanctioning authority, while approving the documents placed before him, should apply his mind, and the approval / sanction must ex–facie disclose that the approving/sanctioning authority had considered the evidence and other material placed before it. Therefore, if the assessment order is passed by the Additional Commissioner, who is also the Sanctioning Authority, the question arises as to how the aforesaid provisions would be workable. This question arises because the specified authorities stated under section 151 include the Additional Commissioner, who can happen to be the Assessing Officer, as per the definition of Assessing Officer under section 2 (7A) of the Act.

VI. PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE SUPERIOR AUTHORITIES – A CASUAL APPROACH

It is submitted that though the legislature considered obtaining approval / sanction of the Superior Authorities as a safeguard provided to the assessees, the Assessing Officers consider the said provisions of obtaining approval lightly, and the Superior Authorities also act casually in granting approval. The same is evident from the observations of the Bombay and the Allahabad High Courts in the below-noted cases.

  1.  In the case of German Remedies Ltd. v/s. DCIT (2006) 287 ITR 494 in the context of obtaining sanction for the reopening of assessment, the Bombay High Court has observed as under :
    “It is not in dispute that the Assessing Officer on 15th September, 2003, had himself carried file to the Commissioner of Income-tax and on the very same day, the rather same moment in the presence of the Assessing Officer, the Commissioner of Income-tax granted approval. As a matter of fact, while granting approval, it was obligatory on his part to verify whether there was any failure on the part of the assessee to disclose full and true relevant facts in the return of income filed for the assessment of income of that assessment year. It was also obligatory on the part of the Commissioner to consider whether or not the power to reopen is being invoked within 4 years from the end of the assessment year to which they relate. None of these aspects have been considered by him, which is sufficient to justify the contention raised by the petitioner that the approval granted suffers from non-application of mind. In the above view of the matter, the impugned notices and, consequently, the order justifying the reasons recorded are unsustainable. The same are liable to be quashed and set aside.”
  2.  In the case of PCIT vs. Subodh Agarwal (2023) 450 ITR 526 in the context of obtaining sanction for issuing notice to conduct search assessment, the Allahabad High Court has observed as under :

“In the instant case, the draft assessment order in 38 cases, i.e. for 38 assessment years placed before the Approving Authority on 31-12-2017, was approved on the same day, i.e., 31st December, 2017, which not only included the cases of respondent-assessee but the cases of other groups as well. It is humanly impossible to go through the records of 38 cases in one day to apply an independent mind to appraise the material before the Approving Authority. The conclusion drawn by the Tribunal that it was a mechanical exercise of power, therefore, cannot be said to be perverse or contrary to the material on record.”

VII. CONCLUSION

Though the specified authorities of the rank above the assessing authorities can give their approval/sanction for the issue of notice for reopening of assessment under section 148 and passing of order before the issue of notice under section 148 for the reopening of assessment under section 148A, there will not be any accountability as all of them are the Assessing Officers who, perform their duties sitting in the offices usually situated in the same floor of a building. There are chances of getting substantive irregularities getting cured as superior Authorities, such as the Principal Chief Commissioner, Principal Commissioner, etc., have no role to play in giving approval / sanction. Thus, the provisions relating to obtaining prior approval have become an empty ritual. The obtaining of prior approval in such cases may also suffer from a bias, and there is every chance of assessees being harassed by the Assessing Authorities. See the observation of the Uttaranchal High Court in the case of McDermott International Inc. vs. Additional CIT (Supra). Further, the Supreme Court in the case of Manek Lal v/s. Premchand AIR 1957 SC 425 has observed that reasonable apprehension or reasonable likelihood of bias is a vitiating factor.

One is reminded of the Chief Justice of the USA, Justice John Marshall, who had said in the year 1801 that “the power to tax involves the power to destroy”. The fitting reply came about a hundred years later from another Judge from the USA, Justice Holmes, who said, “The power to tax is not the power to destroy while this Court sits”. Such is the importance of Courts. The eminent Jurist and the legendary Tax Counsel Late Mr Nani Palkhivala had said in one of his famous budget speeches that “the bureaucrats are the unacknowledged legislatures of India.” Thus, it is submitted that they have amended section 151 in such a manner that their colleagues do not face any problem in obtaining prior approval while issuing notice for reopening of assessment. The amended provisions have ensured that no matter goes to the Courts on the ground of invalid approvals / sanctions for reopening of assessment by eclipsing several Court decisions where the Courts have quashed reopening of assessment only on the ground of invalid approval / sanction.

In spite of the fact that Courts have observed that for a wider public interest, adequate safeguards should be provided for resorting to the reopening of assessment, the legislature has been making amendment after amendment by removing adequate safeguards to implement the above provisions and making such provisions simple and smooth for the assessing authorities to execute the same. The Hon’ble Finance Minister, while presenting the (Finance No. 2) Bill 2024 in para 140 of her Budget Speech, has stated, “I propose to thoroughly simplify the provisions for reopening and reassessments.” One should ask her a question as to whether such simplification is for the benefit of the Income Tax officials or the benefit of taxpayers.

Chatting Up About India: Taxpayer Asks From Income Tax Code

The purpose of this article is to present income taxpayer view and some asks. Its cause is some movement in the government about relooking at tax code project more actively. After all, hope of taxpayer cannot be taken or taxed.

Ideally and reasonably, the tax code should mean an enabling force to lead Bharat towards the vision of 2047. For this to happen, taxpayer inputs are critical. Normally taxpayer inputs are taken as a checkbox ticking process. Tax administration does not record reasons for acceptance or rejection of inputs nor communicates anything about them, leave alone reasoning them out. Taxpayer suggestions pass as ‘consultation’, but falls way short of taking the shape of ‘consideration’. Everyone knows that the powerful finally do what they want and what will balance the budget as the obvious and fundamental matters remain off the agenda for decades. At the same time, it will be unfair to ignore work done by this NDA government in last 11 years towards making positive changes.

Nothing in this article that sounds sweeping, is not meant to be so, as there will always be exceptions. The matters in the following paragraphs are based on trends, concept of pre-dominance for the purpose of relevance, emphasis and common sense.

Nation: From Claws to Clauses

The claws of British Raj ended in 1947 and 1950 as we celebrate 75 years of Samvidhaan. The Claws of British ended and a new Rule of Law was envisaged where the nation will run with Clauses that will work for its citizens. The transition is ongoing from the CLAWS of the RAJ to CLAUSES of the STATE and not complete. The legacy system of income taxes is modelled on the Raj. Social Contract (rights, obligations and functions of citizens and government) is still not in place as a diverse country like ours would like. Now we are faced with the magical opportunity to make Bharat glorious for everyone where everyone works towards that common dream. The state obviously is funded by taxes and in that context; the taxpayer is that sub set of the citizenry, which is akin to National Treasure or the precious lot1, that makes a tangible contribution towards making Bharat glorious.


1 Budget Documents of 2024: 19% of Union Budget met by Income taxes

Taxpayer — KarDaataais the real Rashtra Samvardhak

Often the Sarkar takes credit for all development and good news. That is not true largely. Like the AnnaDaata, that is glorified in every political speech (despite them remaining poor and dependent), a taxpayer is the AnnaDaata. She gives nourishment to all schemes, spending, and development through taxes and therefore is a राष्ट्रपोषक, राष्ट्रसंवर्धक, and राष्ट्रकर्तारः. So, taking credit by executive would be like RBI taking credit for every rupee spent or earned since it prints the currency.

The point here is critical: understanding of the KarDaataaas VikasPoshak and should therefore be central to tax laws (by the way, it is not). While many people in the country take to streets, block roads for months, climb on Red Fort and remove tricolour to thrust their demands or protest; the taxpayers who contribute 19 per cent of Union Budget 2024 via income taxes don’t do any of this despite having fair case for a much better treatment. The words of then revenue secretary and now the Reserve Bank of India Governor, Shri Sanjay Malhotra talking to DRI officers pointed out: “We are here not only for revenue, we are here for the whole economy of the country, so if in the process of garnering some small revenue, we are hurting the whole industry or the economy of the country, it is certainly not the intent. Revenue comes in only when there is some income, so we have to be very cautious so that we do not in the process, as they say, kill the golden goose”2


2 https://www.cnbctv18.com/economy/revenue-secretary-sanjay-malhotra-stresses-balanced-approach-to-customs-duty-enforcement-19519098.htm - cnbctv18.com, December 4, 2024

Let’s look at who is this taxpayer?

a) Out of about 140,00,00,000 people of India, 7,54,61,286 individuals file tax returns3.


3 Income Tax Returns Statistics AY 2023-24, Published in June 2024

b) Of the 7.54 Crores individual tax returns, 2,81,61,3614 individual tax returns contributed to ₹6,77,350 Crore as Income Tax Liability5 as declared by them as tax on ₹61,77,988 Crores of GTI or Gross Total Income6. Thus, only 2 per cent of the population in India pays income taxes.


4 Ibid Page 31
5 Ibid Page 6
6 Ibid Page 6

c) Of the above 7.54 Crore people, about 6.92 Crore7 people are in the slab of up to ₹15,00,000 GTI, and declare some 40 Lac Crore as GTI8.


7 Ibid Page 21
8 Ibid page 21

d) During her working life, a taxpayer contributes 5-10-20-30-40 per cent of working life towards this goal excluding indirect taxes and other taxes and levies. How? Because the time spent by her at work, results in earnings, out of that earning, a portion goes as tax. Therefore, she gives on an average 5 per cent to 43 per cent of working life time for the country. That is how Karadaatais Annadataor Vikas Poshak that nourishes the nation.

e) What is a common taxpayer trying to do: He is wanting to come out of poverty / lack and improve his ability to buy for himself and family a life of dignity, comfort, safety and wishes to die without lack and pain.

f) This taxpayer is also “valuable convertible currency” — she can move to other countries and contribute to that country’s development and growth and pay taxes there if the opportunity is better elsewhere. It is well known that Indians are TOP expats anywhere in the world who contribute more and take less from those governments. Richest group in America is of Indian origin — they seek little benefits, they are most educated, they have open outlook, contribute to economy and society in every sphere from taxes to politics.

g) What is beating down the taxpayer in achieving his goal: Inflation and tax obligation defeat the citizen’s aspirations given in (e) above. Therefore, one cannot talk of taxes without inflation. Normally one can compare rise in basic exemption limit by comparing it with inflation indices. But for a moment I wish to present the ‘gold standard’ on how even the Basic Exemption Limit (BEL) furthers this beating of taxpayer:


9 Finance Bill, 1971 for FY 2071-72 
10 https://www.bankbazaar.com/gold-rate/gold-rate-trend-in-india.html

Analysis:

i) Why Gold: Gold has been historically and presently the store of value for all central banks. Value of currency is not the real value nor is declared inflation true reflection of what currency can do. This comparison tells us that BEL is actually going down instead of up, it hasn’t protected taxpayers, and erodes their ability to save and invest. Even if one were to take, ₹700,000 as that BEL, it is more than 30 per cent lower. The author does understand gold as investment class, however it has been so for millennia.

ii) The Basic Exemption Limit if one wants 143 gms. gold should be ₹10.56 lacs at ₹73,909 / 10 gms gold price on 1st April, 2024.

iii) The table shows that BEL has been beating the hell out of taxpayer, especially those on the edge who are trying to stay afloat to remain in the middle income group.

iv) Similar exercise can be done for upper limit of 30 per cent from which maximum rate applies. It could have the same outcome.

h) A taxpayer tries to race and beat the scourge of inflation eating into his savings by investing in modes like the stock market. However, today LTCGs is taxed at flat rate above ₹1.25 Lacs despite continuation of STT (which was brought in place of exemption of LTCG).

i) Inflation basket: The inflation basket doesn’t take two major expenses of middle income group adequately —housing costs and education cost. For emerging middle-income group, which pays this tax at a level that it bleeds, inflation is not factored by tax system fairly. BEL is not ‘inflation adjusted’.

j) What do you get for being a taxpayer: It must be noted that taxpayer doesn’t get ONE BENEFIT from Sarkar that a non-taxpayer doesn’t get (well we received certificates for 1-2 years). Further the taxpayer is susceptible to come into a ‘harassment net’ in the form of not given tax credit despite tax credit in Form 26AS or sending claims for unpaid taxed that are of 10-15 years old without showing any basis and even adjusting refunds against those so called unpaid demands. In fact, if you are general category, your taxes will be used to deny your children admissions on merit by huge margins to the extent that you pay two to three-times apart from being discriminated on marks. One reason for brain drain.

k) Paying taxes will debar you from every incentive a non-taxpayer enjoys at the expense of the taxpayer.

Therefore, the only response a government with a reasonable mind-set, which can grasp the above, is to protect this taxpayer number, and let it grow organically so that it can contribute more by earning more. Disrupting its earning, taking taxes excessively, being unfair will have adverse results.

Tax Administration — A Business Case

The tax administration consists of unelected people but it carries substantial power. The taxpaying citizens’ ask from tax administration is small and reasonable: have clear to understand and easy to comply tax laws and procedures.

At a structural level, the problem with the tax administration is that an individual administrator has nothing to lose personally for a decision he takes or not take whereas the taxpayer has a large monetary stake. This problem gets bigger by slow, expensive, cumbersome and little recourse to justice.

Typically, administrative system is modelled to self-perpetuate — making more of itself and increase the work and importance for itself. This is despite the bureaucracy often identified with sub-par outcomes, corruption, revenue bias, inability to listen to people it is meant to serve, slow implementation, and low standards of services.

Considering the above facts and facets about the taxpayer, the supreme role of tax administration should be to make lives of taxpayers easy, remove difficulties with pace and not have adversarial attitude. The idea of Sarkar vs. Kardaataa where the previous is chasing the latter is a remnant of the Raj. Yet, Sarkar remains the biggest litigant and from tax litigation its track record at winning at all three levels is far from admirable. Therefore, adversity, except with proven evaders and criminals, should be avoided. It just makes business sense.

The idea of serving the taxpayer where he can earn more and therefore he can in absolute terms pay more tax is genetically and historically missing. Tax laws should be made and presented as enablers.

Taxpayer Asks

The following paragraphs carry some simple ideas. Ideas that can:

a) be implemented without much effort,

b) be disproportionately in favour of benefits while evaluating effort vs. benefits ratio,

c) yield long term and short term benefits to taxpayer and tax collector.

d) makeViksit Bharat Sankalp a reality.

e) be measuring rods to evaluate existing laws and as tools to fix undesirable tax laws and their administration.

I. SIMPLICITY OF DRAFTING

Law is how it reads, just as money is what money can buy. Law need not be simple, but its drafting certainly can be.

Anyone who opens the ITA or Rules can tell that it’s not in English that common taxpayer can read and understand both. It is written in terse, dated, Queen’s English that is already BANNED in many countries11 where Queen / King are still on their currency. Such legal writing is culturally misplaced and at best a remnant of the Raj. US and UK had a Plain English movement12 in 1970s. New Zealand has a Legislation Manual13 on drafting laws in a language that is clear for mortals to decipher. It says: “Drafters must never lose an opportunity to make legislation easier to understand. This is primarily a matter of using plain language and drafting clearly14. The Legislation Manual prohibits use of certain words that are everywhere in Indian tax laws.

Indian legislative drafting is far from plain English. India is not Bharat so far as legislative drafting of income tax laws is concerned. We are more British than even the present Britain despite the Queen having left 75 years ago and now even the planet. We haven’t won the battle between Authority and Accessibility yet, which such drafting poses. Lawyers and even CAs too, often tend to believe that complexity in writing is a sign of expertise and even genius. While actually it is only a form of barrier to communication and access at best. A recent MIT report15, posted by Elon Musk16 says the same thing and gives causes and means of obfuscating laws through such writing. How are Indian laws written? Well, most Dharma Shashtras, ArthaShashtra — ideas on conduct and economics are written in poetry, with high level of aesthetics.

Clarity can only come when the language is not a barrier, and drafting is for understanding and not casting a spell. Lack of clarity shows lack of understanding and /and certainly lack of adequate care for the reader. About 0.02 per cent people said English was their first language, 6.8 per cent people said it was their second language, and 3.8 per cent said it was their third language as per last census of 2011. If I were the head of drafting team of Law Ministry, I would have them put this framed:


11 Search Plain English movement and Pg45 , Para 158 of NZ Legislation Manual
12 The movement began in the 1970s in the United States and England. It was a response to criticism of the complexity of legal English and the lack of clarity in consumer information
13 https://www.lawcom.govt.nz/assets/Publications/Reports/NZLC-R35.pdf
14 Ibid Para 118, Page 35
15 https://news.mit.edu/2024/mit-study-explains-laws-incomprehensible-writing-style-0819
16 17th December, 2024 on X

Simplicity is the price for Clarity.
Clarity is the pre-requisite of greatness.17

Here is what research, experience and common sense tells us: Sentences longer than 27 to 30 words don’t land on the other side as they should. I tried redrafting such sections and normally found that in most cases there is 30 per cent flab. The short point is that Income Tax Act should be redrafted largely to:

1. Remove long sentences and break them down in shorter sentences about 30 words in length;
2. Remove / Reduce endless web of clauses, sub clause, sub-sub clauses, explanations, provisos, cross references. Remove all obfuscating words and replace them with common sense words;

3. Shorten the entire law of 1000s of pages by 20 to 30 per cent as legalise is akin to cholesterol and visceral fat in the words of a recent report18.

4. Keep the intent, meaning, key words, numbering and flow as it is. The Act should be contemporaneous and can be rearranged where necessary and yet reduced in size.

Is this doable? Very easily. How long should this take? Perhaps 6-12 Months, if one starts with important clauses.


17 Inspired by Da Vinci quote “Simplicity is the ultimate sophistication”
18 https://www.teamleaseregtech.com/reports/jailed-for-doing-business/ - Jailed for Doing Business, 2022

II. CLARITY

Clarity amongst other meanings would be:

– Words are simple and commonly used

– Where needed, words are defined; no undefined key word should be there;

– Words should not be absurd / redundant – Example: Assessment Year. I wonder whether this has any meaning at all except confusing people. You have year of Birth, year of graduation. Take the word “actually incurred” in Sections 10(5), 10(13A), 17(2) Proviso, 35 (2B)/ (5B) and Section 220 explanation;

– Low on repetition within the section of words and phrases and structuring;

– It’s not over the top long with numerous explanations, provisos, further tarnished by multiple amendments – Example: Read Rule 11UA, Rule 2(a) has 101 words in one sentence.

– Keep control of phrases such as “being”. The word Being seeks to change reality. It creates notion and fiction rather than deal with reality. Such subjectivity causes litigation and tax evasion. Ideas of notional rent (a property which can be reasonably let out). Rent is real, it’s not a word or fiction. Law creates a fiction and then creates a charge.

– Keep control over the phrase “as may be prescribed”. This is the passport to endlessly add directions on taxpayers.

Here is an example of Clarity

Original:

“Notwithstanding anything contained herein, a person who knowingly fails to comply with the provisions of this section shall, upon conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding fifty thousand rupees or imprisonment for a term not exceeding one year, or both.” (41 words)

Clear:

“If someone knowingly violates this section, he may be fined up to ₹50,000, imprisoned for up to one year, or both.” (21 words)

As you will see Clarity and Simplicity are twins. When they play together, the game is unambiguous.

III. CONGRUENCE OF LAWS WITH EASE OF COMPLIANCE

It is a stated State Policy of PM Modi’s government where ease of living and ease of doing business are pillars of everything. However, the laws are not congruent with the state policy.

Example: Size of ITR. A blank PDF ITR 6 is 80 Pages, ITR 3 is 58 pages, ITR 7 is 33 Pages.ITR 2 is 34 Pages. I could not find ease anywhere in those pages.

Why? Because snoop for data which is otherwise available. For example, for small businesses / companies it is asking Financial Statements
details at trial balance line item level. Today the same government has, and I believe government is one in this country:

i) access to GST data — which is invoice level sale and purchase and expenses.

ii) Annual Filing with MCA of every line item of Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account.

iii) AIS and TIS give transactions;

iv) There is NSDL CAS Data for Financial Assets which an assessee can offer to share.

It’s hard to understand why ITD cannot use some of this data instead of seeking it again under every regulation and then causing internal mismatch within the ITR or ITR and TAR or even ITR and other data sets / points like customs / GST etc. It seems like a trap set up or a synonym for ‘got you’.

Duplication and Excess is an impediment. It is probably a means of the state to see if the same data comes at 3–4 places. But doesn’t help Ease of Doing Business and Ease of Living.

Action Point

1. Take Company Identification Number (CIN) and MCA filing challan number of small companies in ITR, if filing is done and audited accounts are uploaded there;

2. This can be done post ITR also — like UDIN for TAR — within say 30 days instead of giving huge financial data. This will mean authorising ITD to fetch data from MCA;

3. Same for LLP;

4. Further, there is an option to attach FS for all others where there is no tax audit or only take total assets, total liabilities, Sale, Expenses and Profit figures where there is GST.

5. Today there are many options to reduce excess, duplicity and cumbersome data filling which often are made a cause of mismatch and dispute.

IV. RESTRAINT ON AMENDMENTS AND NOTIFICATIONS

RBI brings out Master Circulars / Master Directions once a year on a fixed day. It consolidates all Circulars and Notifications.

125 Notifications and 18 Circulars are issued till 15th December, 2024 under the Direct Tax Laws. Most Notifications are very specific and irrelevant to most people. Circulars are often Q&A or clarifications. Many seem like announcements. Here is the statistics:

Calendar Year Notifications Circulars
2024 (15 Dec) 125/2024 18/2024
2023 106/2023 20/2023
2022 128/2022 25/2022

 

Wouldn’t it be great to have a Quarterly Notification and Circular giving all that is needed unless its life and death situations — like flood relief institutions etc.? Income Tax Department (ITD) must end piecemeal and haphazard approach, which makes income tax law fragmented, messy, and lying all over the place.

Action Point

a. Bring One Notification per quarter or month

b. Bring One Circular per quarter or month

c. Bring and Annual Master Direction collating all changes of the year — Notifications and Circulars.

d. Eventually review all Circulars and Notifications and withdraw what is already a law or Rule and make collation of Circulars that are applicable from a date onwards.

V. FAIRNESS & TIMELINES

a) Laws tilted in favour of tax department

i. Penalties only on taxpayer, nothing on tax officer for their shortcomings.

ii. Interest charged: 12 per cent, Interest given: 6 per cent. This promotes delay in refunds apart from being unfair. Why should a tax payer pay double interest whereas government will pay 6 per cent for delay? This is unfair and promotes late refunds and also causes working capital problems for taxpayer.

iii. Tax Department should be treated akin to trade credit for MSME. Same laws of repayment should apply as often government causes business downfall due to cash flow crunch.

b) Taxpayers’ Charter and Taxpayer Services should be made a law, at least most of it. This will mean that government is committed to taxpayer and treat them as clients. Taxpayer rights and protections are not in the law, but in taxpayer charter on the wall. Much of the taxpayer service should become part of law and tax officer should be bound to deliver basic services – timely response, not closing queries, closing grievances without confirmation of assessee, escalation available for assessee, and so on. RTI like mechanism where 14 days’ rule will apply to provide data to taxpayer. Power without corresponding responsibility and accountability is lacking in the present law.

c) Approval & Discretion without Time lines: This mechanism is most prone to abuse. We all live within time. Taxpayer has to comply within a timeline. Then why not for tax collector at every stage? Example: Taxpayer services like Section 197 certificate. There cannot be anything that requires permission or application or justice without timeline — Say I have to file an appeal in 60 days, shouldn’t ITD dispose appeal in xxx days?

VI. ARBITRARY UNMOVING MONETARY LIMITS

Arbitrary limits that remain unchanged for years and decades:

a. Section 54E: ₹50 lac permitted investment has remained same since 1st April, 2007.

b. TP Study: International transactions of ₹ One Crore and above need a TP Study. This limit is there since TP law was introduced in 2001.

c. ₹100,000 remained as a limit for exempting LTCG from 2018 till 2024.

d. ₹10 Crore on Capital Gains investment in House Property is arbitrary — no explanation, just a law that if you sell shares and buy a property which was allowed without limit, now will be allowed till ₹10 crores. What if a young citizen was planning and saving to buy a dream house for 20 years, and now he will have to pay tax on the tax paid money I invested.

e. Mediclaim limit, 80C limit of ₹150,000, ₹50,000 Standard Deduction Limit have remained unchanged for years.

f. R100 for school allowance19 — this is not a limit; it is an insult. In fact, higher education allowance is a must for taxpayers. Today general category will pay ₹20 lacs minimum in Deemed Medical colleges per year per child despite getting adequate marks. Is this honouring middle income group?


19 Section 10(14), read with Rule 2BB

VII. CONSISTENCY, SURPRISES AND TURNAROUNDS

Taxpayers want consistency and stability. This is the bedrock of any relationship. One of the main ask is to keep the policy and law consistent.

LTCG

Late FM Arun Jaitley, mentioned that India won’t impose tax on LTCG20. In February 2018 tax imposed on LTCG by Shri Jaitley. But it did not end there, STT wasn’t rolled back. Till November ₹36,000 Crores of STT21 collected in FY 24-25 and also LTCG for FY 2023-24 was ₹36, 867 Crores from Individual ITRs between the range of 150,000 to 15,00,00022.


20 25 December 2016, https://www.business-standard.com/article/reuters/india-won-t-impose-long-term-capital-gains-tax-finance-minister-jaitley-116122500535_1.html

21 https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/markets/stt-collection-hits-36000-crore-reaching-97-of-budget-target-amid-market-rally/article68858203.ece

22  Income Tax Returns Statistics AY 2023-24, Published in June 2024, page 25

This is one recent example of lack of consistency and turnaround.

Budget as a Surprise Genie

Is Budget a magic show, where new changes are released? Much of this can stop. There is zero reason to bring out changes via Budgets without informing people in advance.

Example: Sudden change to limit of ₹10 Crore for property Purchase from sale of Shares.

If someone is in the middle of a transaction or is planning for years to buy a property, his costing changes in a big way. If there was knowledge that such changes are effective, then people can plan better. Such changes are used in the Budget as if they are a trap, as in a war where surprise is an element of ambush. Yes some rate changes etc. which are expected, or minor amendments to make law more efficient. However, taxpayer benefit should be above all and taxpayer needs to know what is coming when it’s a major change.

Imagine if this was known in advance that you have 12 months to sell equity, make gains and buy a house if you need to before 12.5 per cent and ₹10 Crore kicks in. Will it result in homes price inflation? Will there be a sell out in equity? I don’t think so. India is way too large now for such changes rocking the markets.

Example of Turnaround: Adding MAT to Tax Free SEZ Units midway in 10-year time period.

SEZ were exempt from tax as scheme. One fine day MAT on SEZ was introduced. This is breaking a promise. Once an investor has started a project with knowledge that there won’t be taxes, and then taxes creep in, it is breaking the contracts through law. A sovereign right need not be used to disrupt and throw taxpayers under the bus.

Predictability attracts investments as it reduces risk and is the bedrock of Trust.

Finally, taxmen always ask this question: will all these increase tax compliance and revenue? The answer is yes, because this government itself has adopted some simplification measures that resulted in better compliance, more tax, and more taxpayers. Mahabharata says Dharma always wins in the end. It means if one does the right things, the end result will be right.

There is a vision and idea of Amrit Kal. Another article will deal with some of the specific changes that are necessary in tax laws and procedures and affecting most taxpayers. Some of these may be redundancy, absurdity, unclarity, complexity and the like. Amrit only comes from manthan, and income tax law requires true manthan, where Amrit and Laxmi can both emerge for all people of Bharat.

Chamber Research By The Judges Post Conclusion Of Hearing – Whether Justified?

Recently, it has been observed that some Judges undertake Chamber Research after the conclusion of the hearing but before the pronouncement of the final order. This may have an impact on the outcome of the case. Whilst it may be justified in some genuine cases, as highlighted in the conclusion, it may seriously vitiate the principle of natural justice, if the affected parties are not given an opportunity of being heard again. This article throws light on the tenability or otherwise, of such research and various aspects of this issue with the relevant judicial pronouncements.

When the hearing of a case has been concluded before a Tribunal or a Court, sometimes the parties to the dispute are shocked when they see in the final order that certain issues, factual or legal, including certain decisions, are contained in the order, which were neither discussed nor cited by any of the parties to the dispute nor were they put forward before the parties by the Judges during the course of hearing of the case. These factual or legal issues may have proven to be the turning point of the case heard by the Judges, causing serious prejudice to one of the parties to the dispute, who did not get an opportunity of being heard in respect of the said factual or legal issue, including any decision, coming to the mind of the Judges after the conclusion of the hearing.

In this article, an attempt is made to highlight the tenability and legality of chamber research conducted by the Judges after the conclusion of a hearing before the Tribunal or the Court before the final order is pronounced by them. Such chamber research by the Judges undoubtedly violates the principles of natural justice and is not a fair practice. Therefore, the principles of natural justice are discussed hereafter with special emphasis on case laws under the Income-tax Act, 1961, before arriving at the conclusion.

I. BACKGROUND

1. Principles of Natural Justice

While deciding a case by the Judges, if the principles of natural justice are not followed, one of the parties to the dispute against whom the case is decided will be adversely affected as severe prejudice and injustice will be caused to him. The said principles are briefly summarised as under citing the relevant case laws.

i. In Mukhtar Singh v/s. State of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1957 All 297, the Allahabad High Court observed as under:

“The principles of natural justice are those rules which have been laid down by the courts as being the minimum protection of the rights of the individual against the arbitrary procedure that may be adopted by a judicial or quasi-judicial authority while making an order affecting those rights. These rules are intended to prevent such authority from doing injustice. These principles are now well-settled and are as under:

a. That every person whose civil rights are affected must have a reasonable notice of the case he has to meet.

b. That he must have reasonable opportunity of being heard in his defence.

c. That the hearing must be by an impartial tribunal, i.e. a person who is neither directly or indirectly a party to the case or who has an interest in the litigation, is already biased against the party concerned.

d. That the authority must act in good faith, and not arbitrarily but reasonably.”

The said principles of Natural Justice are discussed as under:

A. The First Principle is: “Nemo debet esse judex in propria causa”: This means that no person shall be a judge in his own cause or a judge should be impartial and without any bias.

The above principle lays down that the judge should be free from the following bias:

a. Pecuniary bias means that the judge should not have any financial interest in the matter in dispute.

b. Personal bias will disqualify the judge if it is a relative, friend or close associate of the Party.

c. Official bias means the bias with regard to the subject matter in dispute or the total absence of preconditioned mind of the judge or prejudice with regard to the subject matter in dispute.

B. The Second Principle is: “Audi alteram partem”: This means that no person shall be condemned unheard or both the parties to the dispute must be heard before deciding the case.

2. The Principles Of Natural Justice to be followed by whom?

In the case of Frome United Breweries Co. v/s. Bath Justice, 1926 App Cas 586, the following proposition was laid down:

“The rule of natural justice has been asserted, not only in the case of Courts of Justice and other Judicial Tribunals, but in the case of authorities which, though in no sense to be called Courts, have to act as judges of the rights of others.”

Thus, rules of natural justice are to be followed by all authorities who act as judges of deciding the rights of others.

3. No person shall be condemned unheard, presupposes sending him a show cause notice

The object of giving notice to the affected party is to give an opportunity to him to present his case and to apprise him of the charges levelled against him.

i. In the case of Swadeshi Cotton Mills v/s. Union of India (AIR 1981 SC 818 SC), the management of the company was taken over by the National Textiles Corporation by exercise of the power by the Government under section 18AA of the Industrial (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 without any notice. The company challenged the said takeover by filing a Writ Petition in the Delhi High Court on the ground of not following the principle of audi alteram partem. The Delhi High Court held that prior notice and hearing were excluded by the statute. The Supreme Court however allowed the appeal and held that such takeover of management of the company without notice was bad in law and invalid, as the rules of natural justice had been violated.

ii. In the case of Institute of Chartered Accountants of India v/s. L. K. Ratna, (AIR 1987 71 SC), a member of the Institute was removed on the ground of misconduct without giving him any prior notice. The Supreme Court held that such removal of the member of the Institute was invalid as no opportunity of being heard was ever given to him.

iii. In Dhakeswari Cotton Mills v/s. CIT, West Bengal, AIR 1955 SC 65, the Court observed as under :
“In this case, we are of the opinion that the Tribunal violated certain fundamental principles of justice in reaching its conclusions. Firstly, it did not disclose to the assessee what information had been supplied to it by the departmental representative. Next, it did not give any opportunity to the company to rebut the material furnished to it by him, and lastly, it declined to take all the material that the assessee wanted to produce in support of its case. The result is that the assessee had not had a fair hearing. The estimate of the gross rate of profits on sales, both by the Income Tax Officer and the Tribunal seems to be based on surmises, suspicions and conjectures.”

iv. In Sangram Singh v/s. Election Tribunal, AIR 1955 SC 425, the Court observed as under:

“Next, there must be ever present to the mind that our laws or procedure are grounded on a principle of natural justice which requires that men should not be condemned unheard, that decisions should not be reached behind their backs, that proceedings that affect their lives and property should not continue in their absence and that they should not be precluded from participating in them. Of course, there must be exceptions and, where they are clearly defined, they must be given effect to. But taken by and large, and subject to that proviso, our laws of procedure should be construed, wherever that is reasonable possible, in the light of that principle.”

v. In the case of Kishinchand Chellaram v/s. CIT (125 ITR 713 SC), the employee of one office of the assessee, made a telegraphic transfer of a certain amount to his counterpart at another office. The Assessing Officer, on the basis of letters from the manager of the bank, without confronting the same to the assessee, treated the said amount remitted as undisclosed income. The Tribunal and the Bombay High Court confirmed the said addition. The Supreme Court reversed the decision of the Bombay High Court on the ground that there was a heavy burden of proof on the Department to inform the assessee that the amount remitted through telegraphic transfer belonged to the assessee by showing the letters from the manager of the bank to the assessee.

vi. The Supreme Court in the case of Uma Nath Pandey and Others V/s. State of Uttar Pradesh and another AIR 2009 SC 2375 held as under:

“The adherence to principles of natural justice as recognized by all civilised States is of supreme importance when a quasi-judicial body embarks on determining disputes between the parties, or any administrative action involving civil consequences is in issue. These principles are well settled. The first and foremost principle is what is commonly known as audi alteram partem rule. It says that no one should be condemned unheard. Notice is the first limb of this principle. It must be precise and unambiguous. It should apprise the party determinatively the case he has to meet. Time given for the purpose should be adequate so as to enable him to make his representation. In the absence of a notice of the kind and such reasonable opportunity, the order passed becomes wholly vitiated. Thus, it is but essential that a party should be put on notice of the case before any adverse order is passed against him. This is one of the most important principles of natural justice. It is after all an approved rule of fair play. The concept has gained significance and shades with time.”

vii. In the case of Biecco Lawrie Ltd. and another v/s. State of West Bengal and another AIR 2010 SC 142, the Supreme Court held as under:

“It is fundamental to fair procedure that both sides should be heard, audi alteram partem, i.e., hear the other side and it is often considered that it is broad enough to include the rule against bias since a fair hearing must be an unbiased hearing. One of the essential ingredients of fair hearing is that a person should be served with a proper notice, i.e., a person has a right to notice. Notice should be clear and precise so as to give the other party adequate information of the case he has to meet and make an effective defence. Denial of notice and opportunity to respond result in making the administrative decision as vitiated. The adequacy of notice is a relative term and must be decided with reference to each case. But generally, a notice to be adequate must contain the following:

a. time, place and nature of hearing;

b. legal authority under which hearing is to be held;

c. statement of specific charges which a person has
to meet.”

4. Rules of natural justice must be followed even though there is no specific provision in that regard in the enactment

i. In Ramnath v/s. Collector of Darbangha, AIR 1955 Patna 345, a case under the Excise Act, with regard to an issue of a license the Court held as under :

“Even if the statute is silent, there is an obvious implication that some sort of enquiry must be made for the section requires the Collector to satisfy himself that there has been a breach of the conditions of the license by the holder or any of his servants. The Collector is under a duty to hear the matter in a judicial spirit for the question at issue is a matter of proprietary or professional right of an individual.”

ii. In Vinayak Vishnu v/s. B. G. Gadre, AIR 1959 Bom 39, the Court held as under :

“It is true that the Arbitration Act does not provide for the procedure to be followed by the arbitrators. Even so, it is well settled that the arbitrators are bound to apply the principles of natural justice. One of these principles is that nothing prejudicial to a party shall be done behind its back or without notice to that party”.

iii. In the case of C. B. Gautam v/s. Union of India 1993 (1) SCC 78 it has been held by the Supreme Court that the Rule of Natural Justice must be read into the provisions of an enactment.

iv. In the case of Meneka Gandhi v/s. Union of India 1978 AIR 599 the Supreme Court held as under :

“It is well established that even where there is no specific provision in a statute or rules made thereunder for showing cause against action proposed to be taken against an individual, which affects the rights of that individual, the duty to give reasonable opportunity to be heard will be implied from the nature of the function to be performed by the authority which has the power to take punitive or damaging action.”

5. The rules of natural justice can not be dispensed with on the ground that notice and hearing will serve no useful purpose

In the case of Board of High School v/s. Kum. Chitra AIR 1970 SC 1039, the Supreme Court observed that the rules of natural justice cannot be dispensed with on the ground that notice and hearing will serve no useful purpose.

6. Rules of natural justice must be followed even though facts are admitted and there are no disputes about facts

The Supreme Court, in the case of S. L. Kapoor Jagmohan 1981 AIR 136, has held that the person against whom any action is proposed to be taken has furnished the information, and hence facts are admitted even then the principle of natural justice of giving notice must be followed.

II. CHAMBER RESEARCH BY THE JUDGES AFTER THE CONCLUSION OF HEARING OF A CASE

1. In the backdrop of the background described above highlighting the principles of natural justice, it is evident that after the conclusion of the hearing, either before the Tribunal or the Court, if the Judges resort to chamber research, whether factual or legal, with regard to the case heard by them, and then they pass the order based on such research, then the said research is vitiated on the following grounds:

i. The said research by the Judges after the conclusion of the hearing can raise a reasonable apprehension of official bias with regard to the subject matter in dispute, thereby preventing the affected party from putting up his defence.

ii. During the said research, if the Judges come across any decision or formulate an opinion with regard to the matter in dispute, such decision found by them or opinion formed by them during chamber research would vitiate the order passed by the Judges as the rules of “audi alteram partem” have been violated, i.e. a show cause notice has not been given as contemplated by this rule so as to given an opportunity to the affected party to put up his defence or counter-argument. In the catena of judgements referred to above, it has been held that the opportunity of hearing by show cause notice is a sine qua non of the rules of natural justice. In the judgements of the Supreme Court referred to above, the giving of notice to the affected party to put up its defence cannot be dispensed with even in cases where the Judges believe that the notice and hearing will not serve any useful purpose and even in cases where the facts are admitted and not disputed.
2. It needs to be appreciated that in the case of JCIT V/s. Saheli Leasing & Industries Ltd. 324 ITR 170 (SC), the Supreme Court has formulated the guidelines to be followed by the courts while writing orders and judgements. Clause (a) and Clause (f) of the said guidelines, which are relevant, are reproduced as under :

“(a) It should always be kept in mind that nothing should be written in the judgement / order which may not be germane to the facts of the case. It should have a co-relation with the applicable law and facts. The ratio decidendi should be clearly spelt out from the judgement/order.”

“(f) After arguments are concluded, an endeavour should be made to pronounce the judgement at the earliest and, in any case not beyond a period of three months. Keeping it pending for a long time, sends a wrong signal to the litigants and the society.”

From the aforesaid paras of the guidelines, it is clear that there is no scope for chamber research by the judges after the conclusion of the hearing, as the guidelines also do not provide for the same as para (f) of the said guidelines clearly state that after the arguments are concluded, an endeavour should be made to pronounce the judgement at the earliest.

3. The following case laws under the Income Tax Act, 1961 are worth mentioning.

a. In the case of Jain Trading Co. v/s. Union of India 282 ITR 640 (Bombay High Court), the Tribunal decided the appeal of the assessee, relying on certain factual aspects which were not put up before the assessee during the course of the appeal hearing. Against the said order of the Tribunal, the assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application challenging the order of the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal relied upon certain factual aspects of the matter and there were errors committed by the Tribunal while dealing with such factual aspects. The said Miscellaneous Application was dismissed by the Tribunal. Against the dismissal of the Miscellaneous Application, the assessee filed a Writ Petition before the Bombay High Court contending that as various factual errors were there in the Tribunal’s order, the Miscellaneous Application was filed and the dismissal of said Miscellaneous Application by the Tribunal was unjustified. The Bombay High Court held as under:

“After hearing both the sides and considering the facts and circumstances, we are clearly of the view, that the Tribunal ought to have heard the petitioner and also ought to have dealt with the specific contentions regarding factual errors, by giving proper findings. Hence, we do hereby, quash and set aside the said impugned order dated 28th August, 2003, and remand back the matter to the Tribunal to consider the said Miscellaneous Application for rectification of mistakes, to be decided strictly on its own merits in accordance with law after affording an opportunity of hearing to the Petitioner. Writ Petition stands disposed of accordingly, however, with no order as to costs”.

b. In the case of Naresh Pahuja v/s. ITAT (2009) 224 CTR 284 (Bombay High Court), while passing the order, the Tribunal relied on certain judgements, including that of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT v/s. P. Mohankala & Others 291 ITR 271 (SC). The Tribunal also upheld the addition of gifts without taking into consideration the donor’s statement. Against the said order of Tribunal, the assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application, contending that the reliance on the judgements by the Tribunal which were not cited by either party was not proper, and further that the addition of gifts without taking into consideration the donor’s statement was not tenable. The said Miscellaneous Application was dismissed by the Tribunal. The assessee filed a Writ Petition in the Bombay High Court challenging the dismissal of Miscellaneous Application by the Tribunal. The Bombay High Court set aside the order passed on the Miscellaneous Application and remanded the Miscellaneous Application to the Tribunal to decide the same afresh after hearing the parties in accordance with the law.

c. In the case of DCIT v/s. Manu P. Vyas (2013) 32 taxmann.com 176 (Gujarat High Court) the case of the assessee was that only one question discussed at the time of oral submissions before the Tribunal was as to whether the Tribunal had the power to consider the assessee’s challenge to the validity of search itself and therefore, the Tribunal should not have considered the issues of additions on merits. In the order of the Tribunal, it considered the controversy with regard to the validity of the search and ruled in favour of the revenue. The Tribunal also examined the merits of various additions made. Against the Tribunal’s order, the assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application, contending that the Tribunal should have decided the issue of validity of the search only and should not have decided additions on merits. The Tribunal allowed the Miscellaneous Application by recalling its earlier order. Thereafter, the Revenue challenged the order passed by the Tribunal allowing Miscellaneous Application by filing a Writ Petition before the Gujarat High Court. However, the Gujarat High Court dismissed the Writ Petition of the Revenue, holding that the Tribunal had rightly recalled its order when it proceeded to decide certain issues on merits without giving full opportunity to the assessee to make submissions thereon.

d. In the case of Inventure Growth & Securities Ltd. v/s. ITAT 324 ITR 319 (Bombay High Court), the issue before the Tribunal was as to whether the cost of a membership card of the Bombay Stock Exchange was a plant within the meaning of section 32 (1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and alternatively whether the same could be allowed as a deduction under section 37 (1) of the said Act.

The Tribunal held that membership card could not be considered as a plant for allowing depreciation. On the alternative contention of the assessee, the Tribunal, without giving any notice to the assessee, following another decision in the case of DCIT v/s. Khandwala Finance Ltd. (2009) 309 ITR (AT) 8 (Mumbai), held that expenditure incurred to acquire the membership card could not be allowed under section 37 (1) of the Act. The assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application before the Tribunal on the ground that the Tribunal, by relying upon the decision of a co-ordinate bench, had not furnished an opportunity to the assessee to deal with the same, as the said decision had not been cited by either side during the course of the hearing. The said Miscellaneous Application was dismissed by the Tribunal. The assessee filed a Writ Petition before the Bombay High Court challenging the dismissal of Miscellaneous Application, contending that there were distinguishing features in the case which came up before the Tribunal in the case of DCIT v/s. Khandwala Finance Ltd. (supra), and if an opportunity were granted to the assessee, the distinguishing features would have been brought to the notice of the Tribunal. Surprisingly, it was held by the Bombay High Court as under :

“We have adverted to this submission since we had called upon the counsel appearing on behalf of the assessee to at least prima facie indicate to this court as to whether there were grounds for urging that the decision in Khandwala Finance Limited is distinguishable. We do not propose to render any conclusive finding or even an opinion of this count on that aspect of the matter. However, it would be necessary to note that the distinguishing features in the case of Khandwala Finance Ltd., which have been pointed out during the course of submissions by counsel for the assessee, are sufficient for this Court to hold that an opportunity should be granted to the Petitioner to place its own case on the applicability or otherwise of the decision in Khandwala Finance Ltd. before the Tribunal.

It is in these circumstances that we are inclined to allow the Miscellaneous Application and to restore the appeal and the cross–objections for fresh consideration before the Tribunal. We clarify that it cannot be laid down as an inflexible proposition of law that an order of remand on a Miscellaneous Application under section 254 (2) would be warranted merely because the Tribunal has relied upon a judgment which was not cited by either party before it. In each case, it is for the Court to consider as to whether a prima facie or arguable distinction has been made and which should have been considered by the Tribunal. It is in this view of the matter that we had called upon Counsel appearing on behalf of the assessee to at least prima facie indicate before this Court the grounds on which the decision in Khandwala Finance Ltd.’s case was sought to be distinguished. If we were to be of the view that the decision in Khandwala Finance Ltd.’s case was squarely attracted to the facts of the present case, we may not have been inclined to remand the proceedings. An order of remand cannot be an exercise in futility. However, for the reasons which we have already indicated, we find prima facie that prejudice would be sustained by the petitioner by denying him an opportunity to deal with the distinguishing features in the case of Khandwala Finance Ltd.”

In the above case, even though prior notice of the co-ordinate decision of the Tribunal, which the Tribunal followed, was not given to the assessee, the High Court allowed the Writ Petition of the assessee only on the ground that the assessee was able to demonstrate before the High Court, the distinguishing features of the said case with the assessee’s case. In other words, had the co – ordinate bench decision of the Tribunal relied upon by the Tribunal applied to the facts of the assessee’s case, the High Court would not have intervened in the matter.

As the Tribunal had not confronted the decision of the co-ordinate bench in the case of Khandwala Finance Ltd. to the assessee, so that the assessee could explain the distinguishing features of the said case with the facts of the assessee’s case and justify that the said decision did not apply to the facts of the assessee’s case, the rules of natural justice were clearly violated. In spite of the fact that there was a clear violation of the principle of audi alteram partem, the High Court called upon the assessee’s counsel to satisfy itself that the facts in the case of Khandwala Finance Ltd. did not apply to the facts of the assessee’s case. Instead, the High Court could have simply restored the Miscellaneous Application to the file of the Tribunal, because it is the Tribunal which has to be satisfied about the distinguishing features of the decision in Khandwala Finance Ltd. with the facts of the assessee’s case. It is surprising that the High Court apparently ignored the principle of audi alteram partem.

e. In the case of Rama Industries Ltd. v/s. DCIT (2018) 92 taxmann.com 289 (Bombay) the Mumbai Tribunal allowed the Revenue’s appeal, following the Delhi High Court decision in the case of Logitronics (P.) Ltd. v/s. CIT 333 ITR 386 (Delhi), without the same being cited by any of the parties, nor the Tribunal making the reference to it during hearing before it. The assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application before the Tribunal, seeking to rectify the order passed by it, on the ground that the Tribunal relied on the aforesaid decision of the Delhi High Court after the conclusion of the hearing, as the same was not cited by any of the parties, nor did the Tribunal make reference to it during the course of hearing before it. The said Miscellaneous Application was rejected by the Tribunal. The assessee filed a Writ Petition in the Bombay High Court challenging the rejection of Miscellaneous Application by the Tribunal on the ground that, while passing the order, the Tribunal relied upon the Delhi High Court decision after the conclusion of the hearing. Again, surprisingly, the Bombay High Court held as under :

“We have considered rival submissions. From the extract of the order dated 19th May, 2017 reproduced hereinabove, we note that having directed the restoration of the matter to the Assessing Officer, it goes on to extract certain observations of the Delhi High Court in Logitronics (P.) Ltd. and only thereafter i.e. considering the above decision, decides Ground No. 2 in the Appeal, in favour of the Revenue. In the aforesaid facts, we cannot with certainty state that the decision in Logitronics (P.) Ltd. had not even remotely influenced the decision taken. In this case, the manner in which the order dated 28th March, 2016 is structured and in the final view / direction given after considering the decision of the Delhi High Court in Logitronics (P.) Ltd., it does prima facie appear to us, have been influenced by it. Therefore, in the present case, Tribunal while dealing with the rectification application, must deal with the Petitioner’s grievance that the Delhi High Court’s decision in Logitronics (P.) Ltd. does not apply to the present facts. We are satisfied that the above aspect has to be considered while disposing of the rectification application in the present facts.

In the above view, we set aside the common impugned order of the Tribunal dated 19th May, 2017 and restore each of the Petitioner’s rectification application dated 6th September, 2016 to the Tribunal for fresh consideration. This restoration is only to reconsider the Petitioner’s grievance in respect of reference / reliance upon the Delhi High Court decision in Logitronics (P.) Ltd. in the common impugned order dated 28th March, 2016 and pass appropriate order on the rectification application.”

In the above case, even though prior notice of the decision of the Delhi High Court was not given to the assessee, the High Court restored the Miscellaneous Application of the assessee to the Tribunal for fresh consideration to give an opportunity to the assessee to distinguish the said case by observing that “we cannot with certainty state that the decision in Logitronics Pvt. Ltd. had not even remotely influenced the decision taken”. Had the decision of the Delhi High Court applied to the facts of the assessee’s case, the High Court would not have intervened in the matter.

As the decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Logitronics (P.) Ltd. v/s. CIT 333 ITR 386 (Delhi) was relied upon by the Tribunal without any of the parties citing it nor the Tribunal making reference to it during the hearing before it, the rules of natural justice were clearly violated. In spite of the fact that there was a violation of the principle of audi alteram partem, the High Court went on to consider as to whether the above decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Logitronics (P.) Ltd. (supra) had influenced the decision taken by the Tribunal. Instead, the High Court could have simply restored the Miscellaneous Application to the file of the Tribunal, as the assessee had no opportunity to distinguish the said Delhi High Court decision from the facts of his case. Here, too, it is surprising that the High Court apparently ignored the principle of audi alteram partem.

III. CONCLUSION

From the aforesaid discussion, it is clear that the chamber research by the judges, after the conclusion of the hearing before the Court or the Tribunal, clearly violates the above Principles of Natural Justice, i.e. Nemo debet esse judex in propria causa and Audi alteram partem. However, surprisingly in the case of Geofin Investment (P.) Ltd. v/s. CIT (2013) 30 taxmann.com 73 (Delhi High Court) the High Court observed as under :

“It is not unusual or abnormal for judges or adjudicators to refer and rely upon judgements / decisions after making their own research.”

In the said case, the Delhi Tribunal allowed Revenue’s Appeal relying on another decision of the Tribunal in the case of Macintosh Finance Estates Ltd. v/s. Addl. CIT (2007) 12 SOT 324 (Mumbai), which was noticed by the Bench after the conclusion of the hearing. The assessee filed a Miscellaneous Application against the order of the Tribunal, contending that the Tribunal relied upon another decision of the Tribunal, which was not cited by either party during the course of the hearing. The said Miscellaneous Application was dismissed by the Tribunal. Against the dismissal of the Miscellaneous Application, the assessee filed a Writ Petition before the Delhi High Court, which was also dismissed by the Delhi High Court, observing as above. It is surprising that even though the Tribunal had not confronted the decision of the co-ordinate bench of the Tribunal in the case of Macintosh Finance Estates Ltd. v/s. Addl. CIT to the assessee so that the assessee could explain the distinguishing features of the said case with the assessee’s case and justify that the said decision did not apply to the facts of the assessee’s case, the rules of natural justice were clearly violated. Instead, the High Court dismissed the Writ Petition filed by the assessee against the dismissal of Miscellaneous Application by holding that it is not unusual or abnormal for judges or adjudicators to refer and rely upon judgements/decisions after making their own research.

It is submitted that if the chamber research is made by the judges after the conclusion of the hearing of the case before them, the result would be alarming. For example, during the course of the hearing of a case, the assessee’s counsel cites case law X and Y before the Judges and the hearing gets completed by hearing the other side. Thereafter, the Judges embark upon chamber research and come to the conclusion that instead of case law X and Y cited by the assessee’s Counsel, case law Z is applicable to the facts of the case and decides the case against the party whose counsel cited case laws X and Y. According to the Delhi High Court, in the case of Geofin Investment (P.) Ltd. (supra), the chamber research by the Judges can be conducted. In the illustration given above, the parties whose counsel did not get an opportunity to express his view on the case law Z relied upon by the Judges, the party represented by him will be severely prejudiced and irreparable injustice will be caused to the said party.

If chamber research by the judges is permitted after the conclusion of the hearing, the above two principles of natural justice will not be followed, as also the catena of judgements of various High Courts and Supreme Courts, laying emphasis on the observance of these two principles of natural justice will be ignored, causing possible detriment to the faith of the public in the judicial system.

However, it is submitted that there may be genuine cases under which the chamber research brings to the notice of judges a particular decision, which, though was in the public domain, went unnoticed by both the parties or any decision pronounced subsequent to the conclusion of hearing which comes to light during conducting chamber research and therefore it is submitted that chamber research by the Judges after the conclusion of hearing is not cast in stone. In such cases, it is suggested that the matter be refixed to give a fair hearing to the affected party so that the principles of natural justice are not violated.

Important Amendments By The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Other Important Amendments

The Hon’ble Finance Minister, during the Union Budget presentation, repeatedly emphasised the government’s endeavour to simplify taxation. This series of articles on the Finance (No. 2) Act of 2024 has thoroughly analysed various amendments to the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) in five earlier parts, bringing out various nuances of these amendments and helping readers assess whether this promise of simplification has been realised.

In this Article, we continue this analysis, examining a few other significant amendments made to the Act.

(A) AMENDMENTS RELATING TO TDS AND TCS:

Reduction in TDS rates:

A series of welcome amendments in the following sections of the Act has been made, reducing the rates of TDS w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 as under:

It may be pointed out that in addition to the above, the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill (“Memorandum”) also contained a proposal to reduce the rate of TDS applicable to payments of insurance commissions u/s 194D of the Act from 5 per cent to 2 per cent in case of a person other than company. However, this proposal did not find place in the actual Finance Bill and consequently, this amendment has not been made in the Finance Act, 2024.

Accordingly, the rate of TDS u/s 194D applicable to payments of insurance commission, continues to be 5 per cent in case of persons other than a company.

TDS on payment to contractors – Section 194C

Section 194C of the Act provides for withholding of tax on payments made to contractors for carrying out “work” as defined therein.

For the purpose of section 194C, “work” has been defined as under:

“work” shall include:

(a) advertising;

(b) broadcasting and telecasting including production of programmes for such broadcasting or telecasting;

(c) carriage of goods or passengers by any mode of transport other than by railways;

(d) catering;

(e) manufacturing or supplying a product according to the requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased from such customer or its associate, being a person placed similarly in relation to such customer as is the person placed in relation to the assessee under the provisions contained in clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 40A

But does not include manufacturing or supplying a product according to the requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased from a person, other than such customer or associate of such customer.
The above exclusion is now expanded w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to cover:

a. Manufacturing or supplying a product according to the requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased from a person, other than such customer or associate of such customer; or

b. any sum referred to in sub-section (1) of section 194J.

The reason for specifically excluding sums referred to u/s 194J(1) from the definition of “work”, as stated in the Memorandum, is that some deductors have been deducting tax under section 194C of the Act when in fact they should be deducting tax under section 194J of the Act.

Therefore, w.e.f. 1st October, 2024, if any sum paid or payable falls within the scope of “fees for professional services”, “fees for technical services” or others sums specified under section 194J of the Act, tax would have to be deducted under section 194J and not under section 194C even if the same are paid in pursuance of a work contract.

Interpretation of the terms “fees for technical services”, “royalty” and “fees for professional services” as used in section 194J(1) r.w.s. 44AA r.w. CBDT notification pertaining to professional services, itself has been a subject matter of extensive litigation over the years. Now the amendment in section 194C is likely to complicate the issues even further.

An interesting point to note in this context is that the definition of “work”, as per the Explanation to section 194C of the Act specifically includes “advertising”. The proviso to the said Explanation however excludes the sums referred to in section 194J(1) of the Act. Section 194J(1) includes “professional services”, which, as defined in the Explanation to section 194J, covers within its ambit, inter alia, “advertising”. Therefore, the amendment results in a contradiction whereby, “advertising” is specifically included in the definition of “work” but is again excluded by virtue of the carve out to the said definition. This contradiction could likely trigger litigation in regard to payments made under contracts for “advertising.”

One may wonder as to when, on one hand, TDS rates have been reduced for certain categories of payments for the sake of promoting simplification as seen in the foregoing section, whether such amendment in section 194C, which is likely to result in unsettling of accepted propositions, was necessary at all.

Insertion of new section 194T requiring TDS on payment of salary, remuneration etc. to partners of a firm

Section 194T has been inserted w.e.f. 1st April, 2025 which provides that tax shall be deducted at source by a firm on payment to its partners of any sum in the nature of salary, remuneration, commission, bonus or interest. The rate of TDS prescribed is 10% of these sums, deductible at the time of credit or payment, whichever is earlier.

A threshold limit of ₹20,000 has been provided and no tax is required to be deducted if, aggregate of the above sums likely to be credited or paid to a partner does not exceed ₹20,000.

The provision is applicable to sums in the nature of salary, remuneration, commission, bonus or interest only and therefore, it may be concluded that credit or payment of share of profit to a partner is not covered within the ambit of this provision. Further, though no clarity has been provided in the Memorandum in this regard, it would be reasonable to take a view that withdrawals out of opening balance of the capital account of a partner as on 1st April, 2025 would not require deduction of tax at source under section 194T of the Act.

This amendment is likely to result in various practical issues for the firms, as often the bifurcation between allowable remuneration and profit share can only be determined at the end of the year when firm’s books of accounts have been finalized and “book profit” is determined. Further, whether a particular payment has been made to a partner during the year is out of the opening balance as on 1st April, 2025 or out of the sums credited to capital account during the year, can also be an issue for deliberation and maintaining a track of such payments may become a task in itself.

Again, when the partners of a firm would normally be required to pay advance tax, the intention behind this amendment is not clear and would seem contrary to the object of ‘simplification’ of TDS regime.

TDS on sale of immovable property – section 194-IA

Under section 194-IA(1), any person being a transferee, paying any sum by way of consideration for transfer of any immovable property, is required to deduct tax at source at the rate of 1 percent of such sum (or Stamp duty value-SDV, whichever is higher) at the time of credit or payment thereof, whichever is earlier.

Section 194-IA(2) provides that tax is not required to be deducted if the “consideration” for transfer of immovable property and SDV, both, are less than ₹50 lakhs.

Some taxpayers were taking a view that “consideration” for the purpose of the threshold limit as above is qua-buyer rather than qua-property.

Therefore, to clarify the position, a proviso to section 194-IA(2) has been enacted to provide that where there are multiple transferors or transferees, the consideration shall be the aggregate of amounts payable by all transferees to all transferors for transfer of the immovable property, i.e., aggregate consideration has to be considered for the purpose of determining the limit of R50 lakhs under sub-section (2).

Though this provision is made applicable with effect from 1st October, 2024, since it is only a clarificatory amendment, even for the period prior to the said date, it would be prudent to take the same view considering the legislative intent.

TDS on Floating Rate Savings (Taxable) Bonds (FRSB) 2020 under section 193

Presently, under section 193, tax is required to be deducted by the payer at the time of credit or payment of any income to a resident by way of interest on securities.

However, the TDS provision does not apply to any interest payable on any security of the central or state government except interest in excess of ₹10,000 payable on 8 per cent Savings (Taxable) Bonds 2003 or 7.75 per cent Savings (Taxable) Bonds 2018.

W.e.f. 1st October, 2024, interest in excess of ₹10,000 payable on Floating Rate Savings Bonds 2020 (Taxable) (FRSB) or any other security of the central or state government, as may be notified, will also be covered in this exclusion. Consequently, tax shall be required to be deducted from interest in excess of ₹10,000 on FRSB or any other notified security of central or state government.

TCS on notified goods – section 206C(1F)

Presently, tax at the rate of 1 per cent is required to be collected by a seller on consideration for sale of a motor vehicle exceeding in value of ₹10 lakhs.

W.e.f. 1st January 2025, section 206C(1F) of the Act shall also include within its ambit, any amount of consideration for sale of any other goods as may be notified, exceeding in value of ₹10 lakhs.

As clarified by the Memorandum, this amendment is intended to facilitate tracking of expenditure of luxury goods, as there has been an increase in expenditure on luxury goods by high-net-worth persons and accordingly, the goods to be notified under the section would be in the nature of “luxury goods”.

Therefore, one will have to wait and see as to which goods are notified by the CBDT as “luxury goods” requiring collection of tax at source under this provision.

As practically witnessed by the tax professionals and taxpayers so far, often the tax authorities lose sight of the intent behind the TDS/TCS provisions and adopt a hyper technical approach to make additions to income on the basis of TDS/TCS without verifying correctness of such deduction/collection of tax. While TCS provisions are an acknowledged tool for gathering information aimed at reducing revenue leakage, the continuous expansion of their scope raises concerns about the government’s commitment to simplifying the tax system.

Time limit to file correction statements in respect of TDS/ TCS returns

So far, there was no time limit to file correction statements in respect of TDS/TCS statements, to rectify any mistake or to add, delete or update the information furnished in TDS / TCS statements. Section 200(3) and Section 206C(3) of the Act are now amended w.e.f. 1st April, 2025 to provide that correction statements cannot be filed after the expiry of 6 years from the end of the financial year in which TDS/TCS were required to filed under those sections.

Extending the scope for lower deduction / collection certificate of tax at source

Section 194Q of the Act requires a buyer to deduct tax at source at the rate of 0.1 per cent from consideration payable to a resident seller, if aggregate consideration for purchase of goods is in excess of R50 lakhs in a previous year. Corresponding provisions are there in section 206C(1H) of the Act to require the seller to collect tax at source on purchase of goods as specified.

Recognising the grievance of the taxpayers that in case of lower margins or losses, funds get blocked on account of TDS/TCS which are ultimately required to be refunded, Section 197 is amended w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to include section 194Q within its scope to enable granting of a lower deduction certificate. Corresponding amendments have been made in section 206C(9) as well to enable granting of a lower deduction certificate in respect of tax collectible under section 206C(1H) of the Act.

Tax deducted outside India deemed to be income received

Section 198 provides that tax deducted in accordance with the provisions of Chapter XVII-B i.e., shall be deemed to be income received.

As stated in the memorandum, some taxpayers were not including the taxes deducted outside India declaring only net income in India but were claiming credit for taxes deducted outside India which resulted in double deduction.

Section 198 is amended with effect from 1st April, 2025 to provide that in addition to TDS under Chapter XVII-B, income tax paid outside India by way of deduction, in respect of which an assessee is allowed a credit against the tax payable under the Act, will also be deemed to be income of the assessee in India.

Alignment of interest rates for late payment of TCS

Section 206C(7) of the Act has been amended w.e.f. 1st April, 2025 to provide that where a person responsible for collecting tax does not collect the tax or after collecting the tax fails to pay it, interest at the rate of 1 per cent p.m. or part thereof is chargeable on the amount of tax from the date on which such tax was collectible to the date on which the tax is collected. Interest shall be chargeable at the rate of 1.5 per cent p.m. or part thereof on the amount of such tax from the date on which such tax was collected to the date on which the tax is actually paid.

Before the amendment, a flat rate of 1 per cent per month or part of the month was applicable on the amount of tax from the date on which it was collectible till the date on which it was paid to the government. To bring parity between TDS and TCS provisions, a differential rate of 1.5 per cent has been made applicable for the period from collection of tax till it is actually paid to the government.

Reduction in extended period allowed for furnishing TDS / TCS statements to avoid penalty

Section 271H of the Act imposes penalty for failure to file TDS / TCS statements within prescribed time. A relief is available presently, that no penalty shall be levied if, after paying TDS / TCS along with fees and interest thereon, TDS / TCS statements are filed before the expiry of one year from the time prescribed for furnishing such statements. This period of one year is now reduced to one month, w.e.f.
1st April, 2025.

It may be pointed out that even if the TDS/TCS returns are filed beyond a period of one month on account of a “reasonable cause” within the meaning of section 273B of the Act, no penalty shall be leviable.

Claim of TDS/TCS by salaried employees

While deducting tax from salaries, any income under the other heads of income (excluding loss) and loss under the head of income from house property along with tax deducted thereon can be considered by the employer under section 192(2B).

However, credit for TCS was not being considered by the employers in absence of a specific provision to that effect. Maximum rate of TCS being as high as 20 per cent in certain cases, non-consideration of TCS by the employers while deducting tax from salary resulted in cashflow issues for the employee.

To address this issue, section 192(2B) is amended w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to provide that TCS shall also be considered by the employer while deducting tax from salaries.

This is a welcome amendment providing much needed relief to the salaried taxpayers.

(B) INCREASED LIMITS OF ALLOWABLE REMUNERATION TO PARTNERS

Presently, as per section 40(b) of the Act, the maximum allowable remuneration to any working partner of a firm is restricted to the following limits:

(a) On first ₹3,00,000 of the book-profit or in case of a loss ₹1,50,000 or at the rate of 90 per cent of the book-profit, whichever is more
(b) On the balance of the book-profit At the rate of 60 per cent

 

The above limits were last revised in A.Y. 2010–11 vide Finance Act (No. 2) of 2009.

Now these limits of allowable remuneration to a working partner under section 40(b)(v) are revised w.e.f. A.Y. 2025–26 as under:

(c) On first ₹6,00,000 of the book-profit or in case of a loss 3,00,000 or at the rate of 90 per cent of the book-profit, whichever is more
(d) On the balance of the book-profit At the rate of 60 per cent

However, after a lapse of 15 years, this revision still seems inadequate, and not in line with the effort directed towards granting reduced individual tax rates to small taxpayers. This limit needs to be significantly increased, if any real benefit is intended out of it.

It is important to note in this context that remuneration clause in partnership deeds is often drafted on the basis of the limits prescribed under section 40(b) of the Act. Therefore, it needs to be examined by persons concerned whether any amendments are required to be made in existing partnership deeds, on account of the above change.

(C) ANGEL TAX ABOLISHMENT

Though often referred to as “Angel Tax”, section 56(2)(viib) is, in fact, not just applicable to angel investors but the provision is applicable to all companies in which the public are not substantially interested. As per the pre-amendment provision, where a company (other than a company in which public are substantially interested) received any consideration for issue of shares in excess of fair market value (FMV) of shares, the excess premium was deemed as income in hands of the company.
Section 56(2) (viib) of the Act was inserted vide Finance Act, 2012 “to prevent generation and circulation of unaccounted money” through share premium received from resident investors in a closely held company in excess of its fair market value.

This provision resulted in extensive litigation as the valuation of shares was a crucial factor and the tax officers often disregarded the valuation made by the companies.

Up-to 31st March, 2024, the provision was restricted to consideration received from a “resident” person. W.e.f. 1st April, 2024, it was made applicable to consideration received from non-residents as well.

After having caused significant controversy and litigation for a long period of time, and specifically after having the scope of the provision expanded in immediately preceding year vide Finance Act 2023, now the provision has been abruptly abolished w.e.f. 1st April, 2025. There is no explanation in the Memorandum to help the taxpayers understand the rationale behind such abrupt abolishment of the provision. The lack of a detailed explanation in the Memorandum only adds to the speculation that the provision could be reinstated in future, creating uncertainty in the mind of a taxpayer.

(D) EXPANSION OF POWERS OF CIT(A)

Over the past two-three years, tax professionals have been experiencing significant delays in disposal of appeals at the first appellate level. Particularly, where the issue is decided by the assessing officer ex-parte and requires calling for a remand report for adjudication by the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) [CIT(A)], delays in such cases are excessive and often unreasonable.

Existing powers of CIT(A) did not contain a power to set aside the matter to the file of the assessing officer. During the pendency of the appeal, the taxpayers are required to pay at least a partial outstanding demand, thereby blocking the funds for a long period of time till disposal of the appeal.

Considering the huge pendency of appeals and disputed tax demands at CIT(A) stage, in cases where assessment order was passed as best judgement case under section 144 of the Act, CIT(A) has now been empowered w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to set aside the assessment and refer the case back to the Assessing Officer for making a fresh assessment.

This would mean that the demand raised in the ex-parte assessments would be quashed and would no longer be enforceable.

In the present faceless regime, it is commonly observed that often the notices issued by the assessing officer are sent to an incorrect email address even after the correct address has been notified by the taxpayer. In such cases, on account of the notices remaining un-responded, orders are passed ex-parte and additions made are often deleted subsequently in appeal. However, during the pendency of appeal, taxpayer is unnecessarily required to pay a part of the demand. Practically, obtaining a refund from the department of this payment after disposal of appeal is often a task in itself.

Therefore, this amendment would grant a huge relief in cases of best judgement assessments.

(E) TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

Section 230(1A) of the Act presently provides that no person who is domiciled in India, shall leave India, unless he obtains a certificate from the income-tax authorities stating that he has no liabilities under Income-tax Act, 1961, or the Wealth-tax Act, 1957, or the Gift-tax Act, 1958, or the Expenditure-tax Act, 1987; or he makes satisfactory arrangements for the payment of all or any of such taxes, which are or may become payable by that person. Such certificate is required to be obtained where circumstances exist which, in the opinion of an income-tax authority render it necessary for such person to obtain the same.
However, we do not see this provision being actually enforced by the income tax authorities.

Now, w.e.f. 1st October, 2024, a reference to the liabilities under Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 (BMA) is also included in section 230(1A) in addition to the liabilities under other laws as stated therein.

As section 230(1A), was rarely enforced even pre-amendment, one can safely assume that the practical implication of the amendment would be restricted to a very limited extent. The CBDT has already addressed the fears of taxpayers.

A corresponding amendment has also been made in section 132B of the Act, to insert a reference to BMA to allow recovery of existing liabilities under BMA out of the seized assets under section 132.

CONCLUSION

Overall, while some of the amendments in this budget are a step in the right direction, others seem to diverge from the promise of simplifying the tax system. These changes could potentially introduce additional complexities rather than streamlining the process.

In light of the Hon’ble Finance Minister’s information that a holistic review of the Income-tax Act is underway, let us hope that the goal of genuine simplification of tax system would guide future reforms!

Important Amendments by The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Block Assessment

INTRODUCTION

Chapter XIV-B of the Act was earlier inserted in 1995 to provide for the special procedure for assessment of search cases which was commonly referred to as the ‘block assessment’. Under this erstwhile scheme of block assessment, in addition to the assessments which were to be conducted in a regular manner, a special assessment was required to be made assessing only the ‘undisclosed income’ relating to the block period in a case where the search has been conducted.

The Finance Act, 2003 made these provisions dealing with block assessment in search cases inapplicable to the searches initiated after 31st May, 2003 for the reason that the scheme of block assessment had failed in its objective of early resolution of search assessments. It had provided for two parallel assessments, i.e., one regular assessment and the other block assessment covering the same period, i.e., the block period which had resulted into several controversies centering around the treatment of a particular income as ‘undisclosed’ and whether it is relatable to the material found during the course of search etc. Therefore, the new Sections 153A, 153B and 153C were introduced wherein it was provided that the assessments pending as on the date of initiation of search would abate and only one assessment would be made wherein the total income of the assessee was required to be assessed. Further, separate assessment was required to be made for every year involved unlike the single assessment for the entire block period as provided under Chapter XIV-B.

The Finance Act, 2021 further altered the procedure for making the assessment in search cases on the ground that the provisions of Section 153A, 153B & 153C have also resulted in a number of litigations and the experience with the revised procedure of assessment had been the same as the earlier one. On that basis, the provisions of Sections 153A, 153B & 153C were made inapplicable to the search initiated after 31st March, 2021. No special provisions were made to deal with the assessment in search cases. Instead, the provisions dealing with the reassessment i.e., Section 147, 148, etc. which were also altered substantially by the Finance Act, 2021 were made applicable also to the cases in which search has been conducted with suitable modifications.

Now, the Finance Act (No.2), 2024 has once again restored the scheme of ‘block assessment’ as provided in Chapter XIV-B but in a revised form. Unlike the erstwhile scheme of block assessment which had provided for making parallel assessment of only undisclosed income of the block period, the revised scheme of block assessment provides for making only one assessment of the block period including the undisclosed income as well as the other incomes.

The objective of making this amendment as stated in the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill is that, under the existing provisions not providing for consolidated assessment, every year only the time-barring year was reopened in the case of the searched assessee. It has resulted in staggered search assessments for the same search and consequentially, the search assessment process takes time for almost up to ten years. Therefore, with the objective of making the search assessment procedure cost-effective, efficient and meaningful, the provisions of block assessment have been reintroduced.

THE CASES IN WHICH THE BLOCK ASSESSMENT CAN BE MADE

The new procedure for making the block assessment is applicable in a case where a search is initiated under Section 132 or requisition is made under Section 132A (referred to as search cases in this article) on or after 1st September, 2024. In respect of the search initiated or requisition made prior to 1st September, 2024, the provisions of Section 147 to 151 shall apply as they were in existence prior to their amendments by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024.

Section 158BA provides for the assessment in the case in which search has been conducted or requisition has been made. Section 158BD provides for the assessment of the other person other than the one in whose case the search was conducted if any undisclosed income belonging to or pertaining to or relating to that other person is found as a result of search.

BLOCK PERIOD

For the purpose of the assessment under these provisions, the block period is defined as consisting of the following periods:

  • Six years preceding the year in which the search was initiated; and
  • Period starting from 1st April of the previous year in which the search was initiated and ending on the date of the execution of the last of the authorisation for such search.

There is no provision allowing the Assessing Officer to make the assessment of income pertaining to any year beyond the period of six years prior to the year of search. Further, the part of the year in which the search is conducted till the conclusion of the search has also been included in the block period.

However, Section 158BA(6) provides that the total income other than undisclosed income of the year in which the last of the authorisation for the search was executed shall be assessed separately in accordance with the other provisions of the Act dealing with the assessment.

ISSUING NOTICE UNDER SECTION 158BC(1)

For the purpose of making the assessment, the Assessing Officer is required to issue a notice to the assessee under Section 158BC(1) requiring him to furnish his return of income within the time specified in the notice which cannot be more than 60 days. The assessee is required to declare his total income, including the undisclosed income in respect of the entire block period.

The return so required to be submitted shall be considered as if it was a return furnished under Section 139 and the Assessing Officer is required to issue the notice under Section 143(2) thereafter. However, if the assessee furnishes his return of income beyond the time period allowed in the notice, then such return shall not be deemed to be a return under Section 139.

The return of income filed in response to the notice issued under Section 158BC(1) is not allowed to be revised thereafter.

SCOPE OF ASSESSMENT

As mentioned earlier, the Assessing Officer is required to make an assessment of the total income and not just the undisclosed income relating to the block period under the new block assessment procedure. Further, the period which is required to be covered is the entire block period and, therefore, there would be only one order of assessment covering the entire block period.

The total income of the block period assessable under this Chater shall be the aggregate of the followings:

i. total income disclosed in the return furnished under section 158BC;

ii. total income assessed under section 143(3) or 144 or 147 or 153A or 153C prior to the date of initiation of search;

iii. total income declared in the return of income filed under section 139 or in response to a notice under section 142(1) or 148 and not covered by (i) or (ii) above;

iv. total income determined where the previous year has not ended, on the basis of entries relating to such income or transactions as recorded in the books of account and other documents maintained in the normal course on or before the date of last of the authorisations for the search or requisition relating to such previous year;

v. undisclosed income determined by the Assessing Officer under section 158BB(2).

Here, it may be noted that Section 158BC(1) requires the assessee to declare his total income, including the undisclosed income, for the block period. Therefore, the total income required to be declared should be inclusive of the total income which has otherwise been declared individually for all the years comprising within the block period while filing the return of income under the other provisions. There is no provision allowing the assessee to exclude the total income which has been already included in the returns filed earlier. Therefore, it is not clear as to when does the case envisaged by clause (iii) above can arise i.e., the total income declared in the return filed under Section 139 etc. but not included in the return filed in response to the notice issued under Section 158BC(1).

Further, a similar issue arises where the income has already been assessed under any of the provisions dealing with the assessment (other than search assessment) prior to the date of initiation of the search. The income so assessed should ideally be included in the total income of the block period which the assessee needs to declare in the return to be filed in response to the notice under Section 158BC(1). Therefore, this component of income gets included twice in the above computation; first under clause (i) if it has been included in the total income declared in the return filed under Section 158BC and second under clause (ii). Similarly, in respect of the previous year, which did not end as on the date on which the search was initiated, the income pertaining to that period would also get included twice; first under clause (i) and second under clause (iv). Had the requirement under Section 158BC been to include only the undisclosed income which the assessee wants to declare voluntarily in the return of income, then the manner of computing the total income of the block period would have worked properly.

The ‘undisclosed income’ includes any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing or any expenditure or any income based on any entry in the books of account or other documents or transactions, where such money, bullion, jewellery, valuable article, thing, entry in the books of account or other document or transaction represents wholly or partly income or property which has not been or would not have been disclosed for the purposes of this Act, or any exemption, expense, deduction or allowance claimed under this Act which is found to be incorrect, in respect of the block period.

Such undisclosed income shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of the Act on the basis of evidence found as a result of search or survey or requisition of books of account or other documents and any other materials or information as are either available with the Assessing Officer or come to his notice during the course of proceedings under this Chapter.

It can be observed that the power of the Assessing Officer to make the addition to the total income is limited only to the ‘undisclosed income’ which is defined for this purpose. Therefore, the issues might arise as they have arisen in past as to whether the Assessing Officer is permitted to make the additions which are unconnected with the incriminating materials found during the course of the search. This would be more relevant in the cases in which the assessment under the other provisions of the Act were pending and they have abated as discussed below.

If the income as mentioned at (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is a loss then it shall be ignored. Further, the losses brought forward or unabsorbed depreciation of any earlier years (prior to the first year of block period) is not allowed to be set off against the undisclosed income but may be carried forward further for the remaining period left after taking into consideration the block period.

ABATEMENT OF ASSESSMENT

Since the Assessing Officer is required to assess the ‘total income’ of the block period, it has been provided that any assessment in respect of any assessment year falling in the said block period pending on the date of initiation of search or making the requisition shall abate. Further, if a reference has been made under section 92CA(1) or an order has been passed under section 92CA(3), then also such assessment along with such reference or the order as the case may be, shall abate.

If the proceeding initiated under this Chapter or the consequential assessment order passed has been annulled in appeal or any other legal proceeding, then such abated assessment shall get revived. However, such revival shall cease to have effect if the order of annulment is set aside.

Further, assessment pending under this Chapter itself (consequent to search earlier conducted in the same case) shall not abate and it shall be duly completed before initiating the assessment in respect of the subsequent search or requisition.

LEVY OF TAX, INTEREST AND PENALTY

The total income relating to the block period shall be charged to tax at the rate of 60 per cent as specified in section 113 irrespective of the previous year or years to which such income relates. Such tax shall be charged on the total income determined as above and reduced by the total income referred to in (ii), (iii) and (iv) as listed above. Further, the tax so charged shall be increased by a surcharge, if any, levied by any Central Act. However, presently, no surcharge has been provided for income chargeable to tax for the block period.

There is no specific provision dealing with the rate of tax at which the total income referred to in (ii), (iii) and (iv) will get charged. However, Section 158BH provides that all other provisions of the Act shall apply to assessment made under this Chapter unless otherwise provided.

The interest under section 234A, 234B or 234C or penalty under section 270A shall not be levied in respect of the undisclosed income assessed or reassessed for the block period.

The assessee shall be charged the interest at the rate of 1.5 per cent of the tax on undisclosed income if he has not furnished the return of income within the time specified in the notice issued under section 158BC or he has not furnished the return of income at all. The interest shall be charged for the period commencing from the expiry of the time specified in the notice and ending on the date of completion of assessment.

The Assessing Officer or the CIT(A) may levy the penalty equivalent to fifty per cent of tax leviable in respect of the undisclosed income. No such penalty or penalty under section 271AAD or 271D or 271DA shall be imposed for the block period if the following conditions are satisfied:

i. The assessee has filed a return in response to the notice issued under section 158BC.

ii. The tax payable on the basis of such return has been paid or if the assets seized consist of money, the assessee offers the money so seized to be adjusted against the tax payable.

iii. No appeal has been filed against the assessment of that part of income which is shown in the return.

If the undisclosed income determined by the Assessing Officer is higher than the income shown in the return, then the penalty shall be imposed on that portion of undisclosed income determined which is in excess of the amount of income shown in the return.

TIME LIMIT TO COMPLETE THE ASSESSMENT

The assessment order is required to be passed within twelve months from the end of the month in which the last authorisation for search was executed or requisition was made. If any reference has been made under section 92CA(1), then period available for making the assessment shall be extended by 12 months.

The provisions of section 144C have been made inapplicable to the assessment to be made under this Chapter. Therefore, the Assessing Officer is not required to provide the draft order to the eligible assessee so as to enable him to file the objections before the DRP if he wishes.

The period commencing from the date on which the search was initiated and ending on the date on which the books of account or documents or money or bullion or jewellery or other valuable article or thing seized are handed over to the Assessing Officer having jurisdiction over the assessee is required to be excluded from the period of limitation.

Several other periods are also required to be excluded from the period of limitation which are similar to the exclusions which have assessment in Section 153 providing for the time limit to complete the other types of the assessment.

ASSESSMENT OF OTHER PERSONS

If the Assessing Officer is satisfied that any undisclosed income belongs to any person other than the person in whose case the search was conducted or requisition was made, then the money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing, or assets, or expenditure, or books of account, other documents, or any information contained therein, seized or requisitioned shall be handed over to the Assessing Officer having jurisdiction over such other person. Thereafter, that Assessing Officer shall proceed under section 158BC against such other person for the purpose of making his assessment under this Chapter. For this purpose, the block period shall be the same as that determined in respect of the person in whose case the search was conducted, or requisition was made. The time limit for completing the assessment of such person is twelve months from the end of the month in which the notice under section 158BC was issued to him. Further, this time period shall be extended by twelve months if any reference has been made under section 92CA(1).

Important Amendments by The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Re-Assessment Procedures

1 This Article deals with the amendments made by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 to the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 dealing with reassessment provisions. The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 is referred to as “the Amending Act”, the Income-tax Act, 1961 is referred to as “the Act”. The provisions of the Act as they stood immediately before their amendment by the Amending Act are referred to as “the erstwhile provisions”, the amended provisions are referred to as “the amended provisions” / “the present provisions” and the provisions as they stood immediately before their amendment by the Finance Act, 2021 are referred to as “the old provisions”. In this Article, the effect of the amendments carried out by the Amending Act to the provisions of sections 148, 148A, 149, 151 and 152 of the Act have been analysed.

2 Introduction / Background: The Finance Act, 2021 amended the procedure for assessment or reassessment of income escaping assessment w.e.f. 1st April, 2021. The Finance Act, 2021 modified inter alia the provisions of sections 147, 148, 149 and also introduced section 148A. These provisions led to widespread litigation. The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2024 recognises this and states that “multiple suggestions have been received regarding the considerable litigation at various fora arising from the multiple interpretations of the provisions of aforementioned sections. Further, representations have been received to reduce the time-limit for issuance of notice for the relevant assessment year in proceedings of assessment, reassessment or recomputation.” The Amending Act has amended the reassessment provisions with a view to rationalise the reassessment provisions and with an expectation that the new system would provide ease of doing business to the taxpayers since there is a reduction in time limit by which a notice for assessment or reassessment can be issued.

3 Provisions of the Act dealing with reassessment which have been amended and the effective date from which the amended provisions apply: The Amending Act has amended the provisions of Sections 148, 148A, 149, 151 and 152. Sections 148, 148A, 149 and 151 have been substituted and amendments have been carried out to Section 152. The substituted provisions as also the amendments are effective from 1.9.2024. Section-wise amendments carried out and their impact is explained in subsequent paragraphs.

4 Amendments to Section 148: The Amending Act has substituted a new Section 148 in place of the erstwhile Section 148. The effect of the amended Section 148 is as follows:

4.1 Section 148 requires “issuance of notice” as against “service of notice” earlier: The amended section 148 now provides that the Assessing Officer (AO) shall before making the assessment, reassessment or recomputation under section 147 “issue” a notice to the assessee. The erstwhile section 148 provided for “service” of a notice. Therefore, now the limitation period to file the return of income under section 147 will be with reference to date of “issue” of notice as against the date of “service” of notice under the erstwhile provision. While it is true that in the electronic era, since the notices are generated online the same are dispatched instantly and therefore there would normally be no significant difference between the date of issue of the notice and service thereof. However, at times, it is noticed that due to notices being sent to an incorrect email address, there could be a significant difference between the date of issue of notice and service thereof. In such cases, the time available to the assessee to file return of income will be lower to the extent of time period between the date of issuance of notice and the date of service thereof. To illustrate, if the notice is issued on 25th March, 2025 and it provides that the return be furnished by 30th April, 2025, if such a notice is served on 5th April, 2025, then the time available with the assessee to furnish the return of income is shortened by 10 days, since the assessee will come to know of the notice having been issued only when it is served upon him.

4.2 While Section 148 now provides for “issuance” of notice instead of “service” thereof, the service of notice will still be relevant since, as has been mentioned above, unless the notice is served upon the assessee, the assessee will not be in a position to know about its issuance and comply with the same. Also, since section 153(2) has not been amended the limitation period mentioned in section 153(2) for passing of order of assessment, the time limit for reassessment or re-computation made under section 147 continues to be with reference to date of service of notice under section 148.

4.3 When can notice be said to have been “issued”? Since section 148 provides for issuance of notice by Assessing Officer who is an income-tax authority, in terms of section 282A, it will need to be signed in terms of sub-section (1) of section 282A. Such notice has to be signed and issued in paper form or communicated in electronic form by that authority in accordance with procedure prescribed. Rule 127A prescribes procedure for this purpose.

The Allahabad High Court has, in Daujee Abhushan Bhandar (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India [(2022) 136 taxmann.com 246 (All. HC)], after considering the various provisions, dictionary meanings and the case laws on the subject, held that the words `issue’ or `issuance of notice’ have not been defined in the Act. However, the point of time of issuance of notice may be gathered from the provisions of the 1961 Act, Income-tax Rules, 1962 and the Information Technology Act, 2000. Similar would be the position if the meaning of the word `issue’ may be gathered in common parlance or as per dictionary meaning. Merely digitally signing the notice is not issuance of notice. Issuance of notice will take place when the email is issued from the designated email address of the concerned income-tax authority.

4.4 Notice under section 148 to be accompanied by copy of order passed under section 148A(3) : Section 148 as amended by the Amending Act provides that the notice shall be issued along with a copy of the order passed under section 148A(3) of the Act. The erstwhile provision required that the notice shall be served along with a copy of the order passed, if required, under section 148A(d). The absence of the words “if required” in the amended provisions makes it mandatory for the notice to be accompanied by an order under section 148A(3). This mandate will not be possible to be complied with in a case where information has been received by the AO under the scheme notified under section 135A. This is because section 148A(4) provides that the provisions of section 148A shall not apply to a case where the AO has received information under the scheme notified under section 135A. If the assessee challenges a notice which has been issued pursuant to information received under the scheme notified under section 135A of the Act on the ground that it is not accompanied by an order under section 148A(3), the court will hold that the provisions of section 148 are subject to the provisions of section 148A and therefore since an order u/s 148A(3) is not required to be passed in a case where information is pursuant to a scheme notified u/s 148 being accompanied by an order u/s 148A(3) would not apply to such a case. Also, the court may invoke the doctrines explained by the maxims Impossibilium Nulla Obligato Est; Lex Non Cogitad Impossiblia; Impossibiliumnulla Obligatio Est and hold that the revenue is not expected to perform the impossible. These maxims have been followed by the courts in several cases e.g. Standard Chartered Bank vs. Directorate of Enforcement [(2005) 275 ITR 81 (SC)]; IFCI vs. The Cannanore Spinning & Weaving Mills Ltd. [(2002) 5 SCC 54 (SC)]; Poona Electric Supply Co. Ltd. vs. State [AIR 1967 Bom 27]; Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Pvt. Ltd. vs. CIT [(2021(3) TMI 138 – SC] and Dalmia Power Ltd. vs. ACIT [(2012) 112 taxmann.com 252 (SC)]. However, it would have certainly been advisable that the words “if required” were retained in the amended provisions.

4.5 Time limit for filing return of income now at the discretion of the AO subject to outer limit provided in Section 148: Section 148, as amended by the Amending Act, provides that the notice issued shall specify the period within which the assessee is to furnish a return of income. It is also, however, provided that the time period specified in the notice cannot exceed 3 months from the end of the month in which the notice is issued. The erstwhile provisions of section 148 provided that the notice shall call upon the assessee to furnish a return of income within a period of three months from the end of the month in which such notice is issued or such further period as may be allowed by the AO on the basis of an application made in this regard by the assessee.

The time limit available to furnish the return of income will now be at the discretion of the AO. Failure to furnish the return of income within the period specified in the notice will mean that the return of income so furnished will not be regarded as a return furnished under section 139 and all the consequences thereof will follow e.g. the assessee will not be able to file an updated return under section 139(8A); in terms of the decision of the Supreme Court in Auto & Metal Engineers vs. Union of India [(1998) 229 ITR 399 (SC)] there will be no requirement to issue a notice under section 143(2) and the assessment would commence once return of income is filed.

Earlier, under the erstwhile provisions, when the time period of three months from the end of the month in which the notice is served was provided, an assessee could, if the facts of the case so demanded, file a writ petition and the outcome of the Writ Petition could be known before the date by which the return of income was required to be furnished. Now, possibly, pending the decision in the Writ Petition, an assessee will be required to furnish the return of income, unless a stay is granted by the High Court.

4.6 Express power to the AO to grant extension of time to file return of income on the basis of an application made by the assessee now not there: The erstwhile section 148 empowered the AO to grant, on the basis of an application made by an assessee, an extension of time to furnish return of income in response to notice under section 148. Such a power is not there in section 148 as has been introduced by the Amending Act. Further, in view of the outer limit of the period which may be granted to furnish return of income, it is quite possible to take a view that the AO does not have power to grant an extension of time to furnish the return of income. This view can be supported by the contention that there was an express power to grant extension in the erstwhile provisions, which has not been conferred under the amended provisions. Therefore, legislative intent is not to confer such a power on the AO. Non-furnishing of the return of income by the period specified in the return would render such a return to be a return which has not been furnished under section 139 and all consequences thereof will follow.

4.7 Definition of the expression “the information with the Assessing Officer which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment” expanded: A notice under section 148 can be issued only if the AO has information which suggests that the income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in the case of the assessee for the relevant assessment year. The expression “the information with the Assessing Officer which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment” was exhaustively defined in the erstwhile regime in Explanation 1 to the erstwhile section 148 whereas, under the amended provisions, this expression is defined exhaustively in Section 148(3).
On a comparison of the definition of this expression under the erstwhile provisions and under the amended provisions, one finds that earlier the definition had five clauses whereas now it has six clauses. The five clauses which were there in the erstwhile regime and which continue in the present provisions are:

(i) information received in accordance with risk management strategy;

(ii) any audit objection to the effect that assessment has not been made in accordance with the provisions of the Act;

(iii) any information received under agreements referred to in section 90 or 90A;

(iv) any information made available pursuant to a scheme notified under section 135A;

(v) any information which requires action in consequence of the order of a Tribunal or a Court.

Clause (vi) which has now been added in the definition of the said expression reads “any information in the case of an assessee emanating from survey conducted under section 133A, other than under sub-section (2A) of the said section, on or after the 1st day of September, 2024”.

The scope of the expression prima facie appears to have been widened whereas actually it is not so, since the information pursuant to survey conducted on assessee constituted deemed information under the erstwhile regime.

Earlier, under the erstwhile regime, if a survey was conducted under section 133A [other than under section 133A(2A)] and if such a survey was conducted on or after 1.4.2021 and it was conducted on the assessee, then it was deemed that AO had information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. Therefore, an action of survey on the assessee which, under the erstwhile regime, constituted deemed information, now results into an information suggesting that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment, with the difference being that the present provisions could even cover a case where information has emanated from a survey under section 133A conducted on some other person and not necessarily on the assessee.

Under the provisions as amended by the Amending Act, what is necessary is that the information in the case of an assessee should emanate from a survey conducted under section 133A [other than under section 133A(2A)]. Based on the language, it is possible to take a view that the survey need not be on the assessee, but the information should emanate as a result of the survey under section 133A [other than under section 133A(2A)].

4.8 Amended provisions do not provide for any situation / circumstance in which the AO shall be deemed to have information with the Assessing Officer which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment:

Explanation 2 to erstwhile Section 148 provided for situations / circumstances in which the AO was deemed to have information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. These were cases related to search initiated / books of accounts or documents pertaining to the assessee found in the course of search on some other person / any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing belonging to the assessee and seized in the course of search of any other person / survey being conducted in the case of an assessee under section 133(A).

Now, under the provisions as amended by the Amending Act, since the assessment in search cases is covered by Chapter XIV-B, this provision is not necessary and therefore is not there. As regards information emanating from survey under section 133A, the same has been included in the definition of the expression “information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment”. This has been analysed in earlier paragraph.

4.9 Requirement to obtain prior approval of Specified Authority before issuing notice under section 148 done away with, except in cases where information is pursuant to scheme notified under section 135A: Under the erstwhile Section 148, up to 31st March, 2022 the AO was required to obtain prior approval of Specified Authority before issuing notice under section 148. This approval was in addition to the approval to be obtained by him for passing an order under section 148A(d) of the Act. The Finance Act, 2022 has w.e.f. 1st April, 2022 done away with this requirement in cases where an order under section 148A(d) was passed with prior approval of Specified Authority that it is a fit case for issuance of notice under section 148.

Under the provisions of Section 148 as amended by the Amending Act, there is no requirement of obtaining prior approval of Specified Authority before issuance of notice under section 148, except in a case where the AO has received information pursuant to a scheme notified under section 135A of the Act [second proviso to section 148].

4.9 Change in Specified Authority: For the purpose of section 148 and 148A, the Specified Authority is as defined in Section 151. Section 151 has been substituted w.e.f. 1st September, 2024. The Specified Authority as defined in present provisions of section 151 is stated hereafter in para 6.2.

4.10 Role of Specified Authority in case information is received pursuant to scheme notified under section 135A: In a case where information is received by the AO pursuant to the scheme notified under section 135A, then the provisions of Section 148A do not apply and a notice under section 148 can be issued by the AO after obtaining prior approval of Specified Authority. In such a case a question arises as to what is the role of Specified Authority? Is the information received under a scheme notified sacrosanct so that no further inquiry / response is to be called for even in a case where assessee challenges the correctness of the information received by the AO? If the information so received is to be regarded as sacrosanct, then the legislature would not have provided the requirement for obtaining prior approval of Specified Authority before issuing a notice under section 148, as that would then be a mere empty formality.

Under the erstwhile provisions as well, the provisions of section 148A did not apply to information received pursuant to scheme notified under section 135A. In that context, in Benaifer Vispi Patel vs. ITO [(2024) 165 taxmann.com 5 (Bombay)], an assessee in whose case there was a discrepancy in the information received pursuant to the scheme notified under section 135A, challenged the notice issued to her under section 148 before the Bombay High Court. The court held:

i) it cannot be conceived that at all material times, the information available in the electronic mechanism / system, would be free from errors and defects, in as much as the basic information which is being fed into the system would certainly be filed by the manual method and thereafter such information is converted and disseminated as an electronic data.

ii) since assessee had informed Assessing Officer that interest income disclosed in return was correct, such remarks or explanation as offered by assessee necessarily was required to be considered before Assessing Officer could proceed with issuance of notice under section 148.

Amendments to Section 148A: The Amending Act has substituted a new Section 148A in place of the erstwhile Section 148A. The effect of the amended Section 148A is as follows:

4.10 Conducting an enquiry before issuance of notice under section 148A done away with: Section 148A(a) of the erstwhile provisions empowered the AO to conduct an enquiry, if required, with respect to the information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. This enquiry could be conducted with prior approval of Specified Authority. Results of the enquiry were to be shared with the assessee. As a result of this power, the AO was reasonably assured of the correctness of the information before he could issue a show cause notice under section 148A(b) of the Act.

Under the amended section 148A, there is no express power to the AO to conduct an enquiry before issuance of show cause notice. This will result in notices being issued without verification of the correctness of the information, and in cases where enquiry is conducted after issuance of the show cause notice under section 148A(1), to verify the correctness of the contentions of the assessee, then the AO will be under pressure of time to pass an order under section 148A(4).

4.11 Prior approval of Specified Authority not required for issuing notice under section 148A(1): Section 148A(1) of the amended provisions is akin to section 148A(b) of the erstwhile provisions. Like in the erstwhile regime, there is no requirement to obtain prior approval of Specified Authority for issuing notice under section 148A(1). Where AO has information suggesting that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment, the AO is mandated to serve upon the assessee a notice under section 148A(1), before issuing a notice under section 148, asking him to show cause why a notice under section 148 should not be issued in his case for the relevant assessment year. An opportunity of hearing has to be provided to the assessee.

4.12 Statutory mandate to provide information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment along with the notice under section 148A: Under the amended provisions of section 148A(2), it is mandatory for the AO to give information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in his case for the relevant assessment year along with the show cause notice. It is the entire information and material which the AO has, which should accompany the notice issued under section 148A(2). Not giving information along with the notice will be a jurisdictional defect rendering the notice bad in law and liable to be quashed. Furnishing the information subsequently upon the assessee asking for the same, may not meet the requirements of the provision. Opportunity of being heard has to be necessarily provided to the assessee. Not granting opportunity of being heard, apart from being a violation of the principles of natural justice, will be contrary to the statutory mandate of section 148A(1) of the Act. Furnishing / giving partial information or portions of information considered relevant by the AO will not be compliance of the mandate of this provision.

It is not necessary that the AO must merely have information but the ‘information’ must prima facie, satisfy the requirement of enabling a suggestion of escapement from tax – Divya Capital One (P) LTD. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax & Anr [(2022) 445 ITR 436 (Del)]; Dr. Mathew Cherian & Ors. vs. ACIT [(2022) 329 CTR 809 (Mad.)] and Excel Commodity & Derivative (P) Ltd. vs. UOI [(2022) 328 CTR 710 (Cal.)].

4.13 No statutory time limit for furnishing response to show cause notice issued under section 148A(1): Section 148A(2) of the amended provisions provides that an assessee, on receiving the notice under section148A(1), may furnish his reply within such period as is mentioned in the notice.

Under the erstwhile provisions, it was provided that the AO had to grant a minimum time period of seven days and a maximum time period of 30 days to the assessee to furnish his reply. Also, it was provided that the AO may, on an application made by the assessee, extend the time granted for furnishing a reply. However, the amended provisions do not provide for any minimum or maximum period which needs to be granted. Therefore, the time to be granted to furnish a response to the show cause notice will now be at the discretion of the AO. However, principles of natural justice will demand that a reasonable time be granted to the assessee to furnish his response. There could be a debate as to what constitutes reasonable time. One may contend that a time period of two weeks would be reasonable time period and for this one may place reliance on the circulars of CBDT in the form of SOPs for Assessment Unit under Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 being Circular dated 19th November, 2020 and also SOP for Assessment Unit dated 3rd August, 2022, where for the purposes of furnishing response to notices under faceless assessment schemes it is stated that a time period of 15 days be granted. The courts in various contexts have held a time period of 15 days to be reasonable time period. At the worst, the time period of seven days provided in erstwhile provisions could be taken to be a reasonable yardstick.

4.14 Section 148A does not apply to cases where information is received pursuant to scheme notified under section 135A: Like in the erstwhile regime, even the amended provisions provide that where information is received pursuant to the scheme notified under section 135A of the Act, then the provisions of section 148A are not applicable to such information. In such a case, the AO can directly issue a notice under section 148 with prior approval of Specified Authority [Section 148A(4)]

4.15 Express power not available to grant extension of time for furnishing reply to the show cause notice issued under section 148A(1) : The erstwhile provisions of section 148A(b) clearly empowered the AO to grant on the basis of an application by the assessee, further time to furnish response to show cause notice issued by the AO. Such an express power is now missing in the amended provisions of section 148A(1) of the Act. Consequently, the AO having granted time (which he considers to be reasonable) mentioned in the notice issued by him, may refuse to grant extension of time on the ground that the section does not provide so. However, it is possible to contend that the AO has an inherent power to grant extension. In the event, the AO issues notice under section 148A(1) when the issuance of notice under section 148 is getting time barred soon, then the AO will be reluctant to grant extension of time and this may result in avoidable litigation.

4.16 Statutory obligation to provide opportunity of being heard continues: Like in the erstwhile regime, even the amended provisions provide for granting an opportunity of being heard. Opportunity of being heard would mean an opportunity of a personal hearing as well. Not granting an opportunity of being heard would be a fatal defect which may lead to the proceedings being quashed.

4.17 Order under section 148A(3) is to be passed on the basis of material available on record and taking into account reply of the assessee. Does material available on record mean only information available with the AO on the basis of which a notice under section 148A(1) has been issued? The amended provisions in Section 148A(3) provide that an order shall be passed by the AO determining whether or not it is a fit case to issue notice under section 148. This order shall be passed on the basis of material available on record and taking into account the reply of the assessee furnished under section 148A(2).

A question which arises for consideration is as to whether, when the provision refers to material available on record, is it merely the information which the AO has which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in the case of an assessee or is it any other material as well. The AO, on the basis of information which he has, issues a show cause notice, and the assessee furnishes the response thereto. To verify the correctness of the response furnished by the assessee, the AO may make enquiry by exercising powers vested in him under the Act and the results of such enquiry may also be the basis of determining whether or not it is a fit case for issuance of notice under section 148. However, the results of such enquiry will need to be shared with the assessee and the assessee granted an opportunity of furnishing his response thereto.

This view also gets support from the provisions of section 149, which provide that if three years but not more than five years have elapsed from the end of relevant assessment year, then a notice under section 148A can be issued only if, as per information with the AO, the income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more. However, when it comes to issuance of notice under section 148, the requisite condition inter alia is that the AO has in his possession books of account or other documents or evidence related to any asset or expenditure or transaction or entries which show that the income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more.

On a comparison of the two, it is clear that at the stage of issuance of notice under section 148A, what the legislature envisages is merely information with the AO whereas when it comes to issuance of notice under section 148, the requisite condition is AO having in his possession books of account, documents or evidence. It appears that these books of accounts, documents or evidence can come into possession of the AO in the course of proceedings under section 148A as a result of enquiries or otherwise.

4.18 Passing of an order under section 148A(3) requires prior approval of Specified Authority: The amended provisions of section 148A(3) provide that an order can be passed under section 148A(3), determining whether or not it is a fit case for issuance of notice under section 148, only with the prior approval of Specified Authority. For this purpose, Specified Authority is defined in section 151 to mean Additional Commissioner or Additional Director or Joint Commissioner or the Joint Director, as the case may be. Under the erstwhile provisions as well prior sanction of the Specified Authority was necessary. However, the Specified Authority under the erstwhile provisions was as stated in Para 6.2.

4.19 No outer time limit to pass an order under section 148A(3): Section 148A(d) of the erstwhile provisions provided that an order under section 148A(d) was required to be passed within one month from the end of the month in which the reply of the assessee was received and, where no reply was furnished, within one month from the end of the month in which the time or extended time allowed to furnish a reply expired.

Under the amended provisions, there is no outer limit for passing an order under section 148A(3), but the time limit provided in section 149 for issuance of notice under section 148 will indirectly work as an outer time limit for passing an order under section 148A. The AO will need to ensure that he has sufficient time to issue notice under section 148, which has to be accompanied by an order passed under section 148A(3).

5 Amendments to Section 149: The Amending Act, with effect from 1st September, 2024, has substituted a new Section 149 in place of the erstwhile Section 149. Section 149 provides for limitation period beyond which notice under section 148 / 148A cannot be issued.

5.1 Under the erstwhile provisions of section 149 it was only time limit for issuance of notice under section 148 which was provided. The amended provisions of section 149 provide for separate time limits for issuance of notice under section 148A and also for section 148. The time limits and the conditions for issuance of notice are as under:

Time which has elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year Conditions, if any / Observations
For issuance of notice under section 148A
Not more than three years

 

[Section 149(2)(a)]

AO should have information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.

 

There is no de minimis as far as quantum of income which has escaped assessment is concerned. It could be a miniscule sum or it could be an amount in excess of ₹50 lakh or much more than that too.

More than three years but not more than five years

 

[Section 149(2)(b)]

AO should have information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment; and

 

Income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment, as per the information with the AO, amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more

For issuance of notice under section 148
Not more than three years and three months

 

[Section 149(1)(a)]

AO should have information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.

 

There is no de minimis as far as quantum of income which has escaped assessment is concerned. It could be a miniscule sum or it could be an amount in excess of ₹50 lakh or much more than that too.

More than three years and three months but not more than five years and three months

 

[Section 149(1)(b)]

AO should have information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment; and

 

AO has in his possession books of account or other documents or evidence related to any asset or expenditure or transaction or entries which show that the income chargeable to tax, which has escaped assessment, amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more.

The limitation under section 149 is for issuance of notice under section 148A and not for passing of an order under section 148A(3).

5.2 Illustrations:

i) For A.Y. 2023–24: A notice under section 148A for A.Y. 2023–24 can be issued at any time up to 31st March, 2027 and a notice under section 148 for A.Y. 2023–24 can be issued at any time up to 30th June, 2027, irrespective of the quantum of income which is alleged to have escaped assessment. After 31st March, 2027, notice under section 148A can be issued up to 31st March, 2029 only if the income escaping assessment as per the information with the AO amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more. After 30th June, 2027, notice under section 148 can be issued up to 30th June, 2029 only if AO has in possession books of account or other documents or evidence related to any asset or expenditure or transaction or entries which show that the income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more. After 30th June, 2029, notice under section 148 cannot be issued for A.Y. 2023–24.

ii) For A.Y. 2019–20: A notice under section 148A for A.Y. 2019–20 can be issued up to 31st March, 2025 only if income chargeable to tax which is alleged to have escaped assessment as per information with the AO is R50 lakh or more and a notice under section 148 can be issued up to 30th June, 2025 if the AO has in his possession books of account or other documents or evidence related to any asset or expenditure or transaction or entries which show that the income chargeable to tax, which has escaped assessment, amounts to or is likely to amount to ₹50 lakh or more.

5.3 Under the erstwhile provisions, Explanation to section 149 defined “asset”, whereas the amended provisions do not have definition of “asset”. Therefore, the term “asset” in section 149 would have to be understood in its normal sense as is explained by the dictionaries. The following are some of the meanings of “asset”:

(i) As per Black’s Law Dictionary (Eighth edition), the word “asset” means, an item that is owned and has value; the entries on a balance sheet showing the items of property owned, including cash, inventory, equipment, real estate, accounts receivable and goodwill; all the property of a person available for paying debts or for distribution;

(ii) In Velchand Chhaganlal vs. Mussan 14 Bom.L.R. 633, it was held that the word “assets” means, a man’s property of whatever kind which may be used to satisfy debts or demands existing against him;

(iii) In Funk & Wag-nail’s Standard Dictionary, “asset” has been defined as meaning, in accounting, the entries in a balance-sheet showing the properties or resources of a person or business as accounts receivable, inventory, deferred charges and plant as opposed to liability. The assets also signify everything which can be made available for the payment of debts. [UOI vs. Triveni Engg. Works Ltd., (1982) 52 Comp. Cas 109 (Del)];

(iv) “Asset” is a word of wide import. In its common acceptation the term means property, real and personal, property owned, property rights. It represents something over which a man has domain and can transfer with or without consideration, and which may be reached by execution process – Oudh Sugar Mills Ltd. vs. CIT [(1996) 222 ITR 726 (Bom)].

5.4 Under the erstwhile provision, the sum of ₹50 lakh alleged to be income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment was to be computed with reference to aggregate of investment in asset or expenditure incurred in various years in which such investment was made or expenditure incurred, whereas under the amended provisions, the limit of ₹50 lakh is qua each assessment year.

5.5 The time limit for reopening the assessments has been reduced from ten years under the erstwhile provisions to five years under the amended provisions.

6 Amendments to Section 151: The Amending Act has, with effect from 1st September, 2024, substituted a new Section 151 in place of the erstwhile Section 151.

6.1 Under the erstwhile provisions, the Specified Authority for granting approval for the purposes of section 148 and 148A depended upon the time period which has elapsed after the end of the relevant assessment year till the date of issuance of the notice / passing of an order for which approval was being granted. Under the present provisions, irrespective of the number of years which have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year, the Specified Authority is the same.

6.2 The Specified Authority under the erstwhile provisions and under the amended provisions is as mentioned in the Table below:

Number of years which have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year Specified Authority under the erstwhile provisions Specified Authority under the amended provisions
Three years or less PCIT or PDIT or CIT or DIT The Additional Commissioner or the Additional Director or the Joint Commissioner or the Joint Director
More than three years PCCIT or PDGIT or CC or CDG

6.3 The expression “Assessing Officer” is defined in section 2(7A) inter alia to mean Additional Commissioner or Additional Director or Joint Commissioner or Joint Director who is directed under 120(4)(b) to exercise or perform all or any of the powers and functions conferred on, or assigned to, an Assessing Officer under the Act. Therefore, if an Additional Commissioner or Joint Commissioner has done an assessment of income of the relevant assessment year which is sought to be reopened, can the very same authority be regarded as Specified Authority authorised to grant approval for the purposes of section 148 and 148A? It would be fallacious to contend that same authority which has framed assessment order can grant approval for issuance of notice for reassessment. It is understood that, presently, in practice, Additional Commissioner or Joint Commissioner does not frame assessments and therefore this question is academic.

7 Amendments to Section 152: The Amending Act has, with effect from 1st September, 2024, inserted sub-sections (3) and (4) in Section 152.

7.1 Sub-sections (3) and (4) of section 152 provide that the provisions of sections 147 to 151, as they stood prior to their amendment by the Amending Act shall continue to apply in the following cases:

(i) where on or after 1st April, 2021 but before
1st September, 2024:

(a) a search has been initiated under section 132; or

(b) requisition is made under section 132A; or

(c) a survey is conducted under section 133A [other than under section 133(2A)]; or

(ii) where a case is not covered by (i) above and prior to 1st September, 2024:

(a) a notice under section 148 has been issued; or

(b) an order has been passed under section 148A(d).

7.2 In view of the above, the erstwhile provisions of sections 147 to 151 shall continue to apply to all cases where, up to 31st August, 2024, a notice under section 148 is issued or an order is passed under section 148A(d) of the Act. It is relevant to note that issuance of notice under section 148 up to 31st August, 2024 or passing of an order (and not necessarily its service) under section 148A(d) is sufficient to have the case covered by the erstwhile provisions of sections 147 to 151.

7.3 In respect of a search which has been initiated up to 31st August, 2024, the provisions of erstwhile sections will apply to the assessee in whose case search is initiated. However, if in such a search, any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing belonging to any other person is seized, then whether, to such other person, the provisions of erstwhile sections 147 to 151 will apply or will the provisions as amended by the Amending Act apply? It appears that it will be the provisions as amended by the Amending Act which will apply. However, the matter is not free from doubt.

8 Consequence of reduction in time limit for reopening from six years to five years:

8.1 As a result of reduction in time period for re-opening of assessments from six years to five years, on 1st September, 2024, i.e., upon the coming into force of the amended provisions, issuance of notice under section 148 / 148A for assessment year 2018–19 will be time barred. However, if for A.Y. 2018–19, a notice under section 148 is issued up to 31st August, 2024 or an order under section 148A(d) is passed up to 31st August, 2024, then the provisions of erstwhile sections 147 to 151 shall apply. The Department is presently trying to issue notices for A.Y. 2018–19, in all cases where the AO has information that suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.

9 Sanctions to be obtained: Under the erstwhile provisions, as were in force immediately before their amendment by the Amending Act, subject to certain exceptions, approval was required for:

(i) conducting an enquiry before issuance of notice under section 148A(b);

(ii) passing of an order under section 148A(d) determining whether or not it is a fit case for issuance of notice under section 148;

(iii) up to 31st March, 2022, issuance of notice under section 148 in all cases;

(iv) from 1st April, 2022, for issuance of notice under section 148 in cases where an order under section 148A(d) was not required to be passed.

Important Amendments by The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Buy-Back of Shares

BACKGROUND

The tax treatment of buy-back of shares has been a focal point of legislative intervention since the concept’s inception. In a buy-back, a company purchases its own shares for cancellation and pays consideration to the shareholders. From a shareholder’s perspective, this transaction resembles the sale of shares, with the company itself acting as the buyer. However, from the standpoint of the Companies Act, a company purchasing its own shares cannot hold them as treasury stock, and the quantum of the buy-back is partially linked to reserves, aligning its treatment more closely with dividends. This distinction has significantly influenced the legislative framework governing the taxation of buy-backs.

Prior to the Finance Act of 2013, the law provided that any consideration received by a shareholder on a buy-back was not treated as ‘dividend’ due to a specific exemption under section 2(22)(iv). Such buy-back considerations were instead taxed as ‘capital gains’ under section 46A in the hands of shareholders. In the case of shareholders residing in Mauritius or Singapore, India did not have the right to tax capital gains, allowing the entire buy-back proceeds to be repatriated tax-free. Consequently, companies increasingly used buy-backs as an alternative to dividend payments, thereby avoiding the Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT).

This tax arbitrage was addressed by the Finance Act of 2013 through the introduction of section 115QA, which shifted the tax liability to the company executing the buy-back. The Memorandum to the Finance Bill 2013 highlighted the issue:

“Unlisted Companies, as part of tax avoidance schemes, are resorting to buy-backs of shares instead of paying dividends to avoid the payment of tax by way of DDT, particularly where the capital gains arising to the shareholders are either not chargeable to tax or are taxable at a lower rate.”

Following the amendment, the regime for buy-backs became analogous to that of dividends, with the company paying the tax, and the income being exempt in the hands of shareholders under section 10(34A). The Finance Act 2020 abolished DDT (i.e., section 115-O) and reverted to the classical method of taxation, wherein dividends are taxed in the hands of the shareholders. This change led to a shift from a flat DDT rate to variable tax rates for shareholders — 36 per cent for residents and 20 per cent for non-residents (potentially reduced under DTAA rates). However, section 115QA remained intact, with companies continuing to pay tax at a flat rate of 23.296 per cent (inclusive of surcharge and cess), while the shareholders’ income remained exempt under section 10(34A). This discrepancy once again created an opportunity for tax arbitrage. For resident individual shareholders, dividends were taxed at 36 per cent, whereas buy-backs were taxed at 23.296 per cent. Moreover, since the tax was borne by the company, a larger distributable amount remained with the shareholders, prompting unlisted companies to favour buy-backs over dividend declarations to exploit the tax advantage.

This practice was curtailed by the Finance Act (No. 2) of 2024, which introduced a classical, albeit unconventional, split in the tax treatment. The new law proposes to treat the consideration received on a buy-back as a dividend, while the extinguishment of shares by shareholders is treated as a capital gain. This hybrid treatment is the focus of the article’s analysis.

LAW PRIOR TO AMENDMENT

Section 115QA mandated a flat rate of taxation at 23.296 per cent on the company executing the buy-back, while the consideration received by the shareholder was exempt under section 10(34A). The law, as it stood, had several unique features:

  • Tax Liability on the Company: The obligation to pay tax was placed on the company, allowing it to distribute the entire amount computed under section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013, to shareholders. The tax paid on the buy-back did not count towards the limits set by the law, enabling a higher payout to shareholders. Consequently, the effective tax rate, on a derivative basis, reduced to 18.89 per cent (calculated as 23.296/123.926*100).
  • Tax on Distributed Income (DI): The tax was levied on the distributed income, which was defined as the amount received by the company upon the issuance of shares, minus the consideration paid on the buy-back. This definition excluded the cost to the shareholder in cases where shares were purchased through secondary transfers, resulting in tax being paid on a higher amount than the actual income generated.
  • Challenges for Non-Resident Shareholders: Since the tax was paid by the company in addition to the corporate tax, non-resident shareholders faced difficulties in claiming tax credits in their home countries. This scenario often led to the possibility of double taxation.
  • Exemption for Shareholders: With the income being exempt in the hands of shareholders and the tax borne by the company, listed companies frequently offered buy-back prices above market value to incentivize participation. Shareholders, seeing significant value appreciation, were thus motivated to tender their shares in the buy-back.

This tax arbitrage was addressed by the Finance Act (No. 2) of 2024, which introduced significant changes to the tax regime governing buy-backs.

AMENDMENT BY FINANCE (NO. 2) ACT 2024

Finance (No. 2) Act 2024 introduced series of amendment introducing novel method to tax buy back. Following are list of amendments:

i) Introduction of section 2(22)(f) in the ‘Act’ to state that any payment by a company on purchase of its own shares from a shareholder in accordance with the provisions of section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013 is taxable as dividend. (Clause 3 of the Bill)

ii) Insertion of proviso to section 10(34A) of the Act to provide that this clause shall not apply with respect to any buy-back of shares by a company on or after the 1st October, 2024. (Clause 4 of the Bill).

iii) Insertion of a proviso to section 46A of the Act w.e.f. 1st October, 2024 to provide that where a shareholder receives any consideration of the nature referred to in sub-clause (f) of section 2(22) from any company, in respect of any buy-back of shares, then the value of consideration received by the shareholder shall be deemed to be “nil’. (Clause 18 of the Bill)

iv) Insertion of a new proviso to section 57 to provide that that no deduction shall be allowed in case of dividend income of the nature referred to in sub-clause (f) of clause (22) of section 2. (Clause 24 of the Bill)

v) Insertion of a further proviso to sub-section 115QA(1) of the Act whereby it would not apply in respect of any buy-back of shares that takes place on or after 1st October, 2024. (Clause 39 of the Bill)

vi) Amendment to section 194 of the Act on deduction of taxes at source @10 percent on payments of dividend, to make it applicable to sub-clause (f) of clause (22) of section 2. (Clause 52 of the Bill)

Provisions are effective from 1st October, 2024. In other words, buy back before cut-off date will be governed by section 115QA. It is advisable that buy back scheme is complete in all respects (including filing with ROC), to avoid transitionary issues.

IMPLICATIONS IN HANDS OF COMPANY

Previously, companies were required to pay buy-back tax under section 115QA. With the recent legislative changes, the law now treats the payment of consideration by the company as a dividend, making it taxable in the hands of the shareholder. Consequently, the company assumes the role of a tax deductor. It will be required to deduct tax under section 194 or section 195 of the Income Tax Act, depending on the specific circumstances. Following the deduction, the company must remit the tax and comply with the filing requirements for TDS (Tax Deducted at Source) and SFT (Statement of Financial Transactions) returns.

The treatment of buy-back proceeds as dividends remains consistent even in scenarios where the company does not have accumulated profits. The deliberate omission of the phrase “to the extent of accumulated profits,” which is present in other provisions of Section 2(22), underscores the intent to classify buy-back transactions as dividends irrespective of the company’s profit status. This is particularly relevant in cases where the buy-back is funded from the securities premium account. However, from an equity perspective, securities premium fundamentally represents a repayment of capital, and therefore, its characterization as a dividend raises questions. The underlying principle is that securities premium should not be treated as a dividend, as it does not constitute income in the traditional sense but rather a return of capital to shareholders.

An intriguing question arises regarding buy-backs conducted under sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, which require approval from the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT). The query is whether such buy-backs will be treated as dividends. This ambiguity exists because section 2(22)(f) of the Income Tax Act specifically refers to the purchase of shares in accordance with the provisions of section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013. A similar situation emerged concerning section 115QA, where the definition of buy-back initially referred only to section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956. This definition was subsequently broadened by the Finance Act of 2016 to include the purchase of shares in accordance with the provisions of any law in force relating to companies. However, this amendment was applied prospectively.

In the absence of a similar broadening of the language in the current context, it can be argued that only buy-backs conducted in accordance with section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013, fall within the scope of the new definition of dividend. At the same time, care and caution needs to be exercised as Court / Tribunal in undernoted decision1 have recharacterised buy back as dividend.

On similar lines, redemption of preference shares is governed by section 55 of Companies Act 2013 and should be outside the purview of provisions.

TAX IMPLICATIONS IN THE HANDS OF RESIDENT SHAREHOLDERS

CHARACTERISATION OF BUY-BACK CONSIDERATION

Section 2(22) of the Income-tax Act defines “dividend,” and clause (f) within this section specifically includes payments made by a company for purchasing its own shares as dividends. This definition of dividend is applied consistently across the entire Act, meaning that the consideration received by shareholders during a buy-back transaction will be treated as dividend income. Consequently, this income must be reported under the head “Income from Other Sources” and taxed accordingly.


1 Cognizant Technology-Solutions India Pvt. Ltd., vs. ACIT [2023] 154 taxmann.com 309 (Chennai - Trib.); Capgemini India (P.) Ltd., In re [2016] 67 taxmann.com 1 (Bombay HC)

Section 57 of the Act prohibits any deductions against this income, implying that the entire buy-back consideration will be taxed on a gross basis, without allowing any deduction for the original cost of the shares. Shareholders must also account for this dividend income when calculating their advance tax obligations. However, interest obligations under Section 234C will only commence from the quarter in which the dividend is actually received.

The Act allows this dividend income to be set off only against losses under the heads “House Property” or “Business Loss.” The fiction of treating buy-back consideration as dividend is intended to be applied uniformly throughout the provisions of the Act. For shareholders that are domestic companies, the benefit of Section 80M should be available. In essence, buy-back consideration deemed as dividend can be considered by the company if it further declares dividends to its shareholders or engages in additional buy-backs, allowing the company to claim a deduction under Section 80M. As a result, tax will only be paid on the income exceeding the relief available under Section 80M. Additionally, an Indian company can claim a capital loss for the shares bought back and set it off against future capital gains, effectively allowing for a double benefit under the new regime.

TAX RATE ON DIVIDEND INCOME

Dividend income, classified as “Income from Other Sources,” is taxed according to the applicable income tax slab rates. The highest tax rate for a resident individual taxpayer is 36 per cent. It’s important to note that the surcharge on Buy-Back Tax (BBT) is capped at 12 per cent, compared to a 15 per cent surcharge on dividend income, potentially resulting in a higher overall tax burden on dividend income. On the other hand, if a shareholder’s income falls below the taxable slab limits, the entire dividend income may be tax-free, allowing the shareholder to carry forward the cost of acquisition as a capital loss.

SHARES HELD AS STOCK IN TRADE

The new scheme of taxation primarily addresses cases where shares are held as capital assets. However, an important issue arises when shares are held as stock-in-trade, which is particularly relevant because dividend income is generally required to be offered for tax under the head “Income from Other Sources” without any deductions.

In the author’s view, since these shares are held as business assets, the appropriate head of income for dividend income should be “Business Income” under Section 28 of the Income-tax Act2. This approach would allow for a more accurate reflection of the economic reality of holding shares as part of the business inventory. Accordingly, the cost of shares should be allowed as a deduction when computing the business income, ensuring that the income is taxed in a manner consistent with its treatment as part of the business operations3. This interpretation aligns with the principle of matching income with related expenses, thereby providing a fair and logical tax outcome for shares held as stock-in-trade.


2 Refer CIT v Coconada Radhaswami Bank Ltd (1965) 57 ITR 306 (SC)
3 Badridas Daga v CIT (1958) 34 ITR 10 (SC); Dr TA Quereshi v CIT (2006) 287 ITR 547 (SC)

COST OF ACQUISITION OF SHARES

From the shareholder’s perspective, the buy-back results in the extinguishment of shares. Under the law, the cost of acquisition of these shares is treated as a capital loss, which can then be set off against other capital gains. This treatment is facilitated by an amendment to Section 46A, a special provision introduced by the Finance Act of 1999. This section states that, subject to the provisions of Section 48, the difference between the consideration received on buy-back and the cost of acquisition is deemed to be capital gains for the shareholder.

The Finance Act (No. 2) 2024 adds a proviso to Section 46A, deeming the value of the consideration received by the shareholder as Nil. Since the consideration is deemed Nil, the cost of acquisition becomes a capital loss, which can be carried forward according to the provisions of the capital gains chapter. The law’s intention is to allow shareholders to offset this loss against future gains, thereby economically maintaining the status quo. The Memorandum to the Finance Bill provides detailed numerical examples illustrating this tax neutrality.

Because the consideration is deemed Nil, this treatment applies uniformly across all provisions of the Act. Notably, the provisions of Section 50D or Section 50CA cannot be used to notionally increase the consideration. This fiction of Nil consideration will also hold true in the context of transfer pricing provisions involving non-resident Associated Enterprises (AEs).

An interesting question arises regarding the determination of the cost of acquisition for the purposes of Section 46A. Shareholders may acquire shares through direct purchase, various modes specified in Section 47 read with Section 49, or by acquiring shares before 31st January, 2018, which would qualify for the grandfathering benefit under Section 55(2)(ac). Section 46A references the cost of acquisition and explicitly makes its provisions subject to Section 48, which outlines the mode of computation but does not define the cost of acquisition itself.

While Section 49 provides the cost of acquisition for specific modes of acquisition, Section 46A does not directly reference this section, nor does it explicitly refer to Section 55, which defines the cost of acquisition for the purposes of Sections 48 and 49. This creates ambiguity, as Section 46A does not provide a clear fallback to Sections 49 and 55 for determining the cost of acquisition.

There are two possible interpretations of this issue:

1. Strict Interpretation (Recourse Not Permissible): Some may argue that Section 46A, being a special provision, is intended to override the general provisions of Sections 45 and 47. If this interpretation is followed, it would imply that recourse to other provisions, such as those allowing for a step-up in cost under Sections 49 and 55, may not be permissible. This view treats Section 46A as a self-contained code, limiting the ability to refer to other sections for determining the cost of acquisition.

2. Contextual Interpretation (Recourse Permissible): On the other hand, it can be argued that this interpretation is too extreme. Section 46A is explicitly made subject to Section 48, and Section 55 provides the cost of acquisition for the purposes of Section 48. Therefore, it stands to reason that the cost step-up provisions, including those under the grandfathering rules in Section 55(2)(ac), should be available to shareholders. Additionally, the headnotes of Section 49 state that it pertains to the “cost with reference to certain modes of acquisition,” which suggests that it should be interpreted in a manner similar to Section 55. This interpretation aligns with the legislative intent to preserve the cost base for shareholders, ensuring that they are not disadvantaged by the lack of explicit reference in Section 46A.

In conclusion, while there is room for debate, the contextual interpretation that allows recourse to Sections 49 and 55 seems more consistent with the broader legislative intent and the structure of the Income-tax Act. This approach ensures that shareholders can benefit from the cost step-up provisions, thereby maintaining their cost base and achieving a fairer tax outcome.

The grandfathering provisions under Section 55(2)(ac) require a comparison of three key values: the cost of acquisition, the fair market value of the asset as on 31st January, 2018, and the full value of consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer. Among these, the lowest value must be adopted as the cost base for computing capital gains.

However, the proviso to Section 46A introduces a significant twist by deeming the third limb—the full value of consideration received — to be Nil in the context of buy-back transactions. As a result, the benefit of the grandfathering provisions effectively becomes unavailable in these cases. Since the deemed consideration is Nil, the computed capital gains could potentially be much higher, negating the protective intent of the grandfathering rules.

Given this scenario, shareholders might find themselves better off by selling their shares in the open market and paying tax on the resultant long-term capital gains, rather than opting for a buy-back. This approach would allow them to fully utilise the grandfathering benefit, thereby reducing their tax liability. Consequently, this provision makes buy-back transactions less attractive compared to a straightforward market sale, especially for shares that have appreciated significantly since 31st January, 2018.

TREATMENT OF CAPITAL LOSS

The cost of acquisition treated as a capital loss in the hands of the shareholder falls under the head “Capital Gains” and is governed by Section 74. A short-term capital loss can be set off against either short-term or long-term capital gains, while a long-term capital loss can only be set off against long-term gains. Overall, capital losses can be carried forward for a period of eight years.

Capital loss from a buy-back may arise from both listed and unlisted shares and can be set off against capital gains from the sale of shares, immovable property, or any other capital asset. This broad spectrum of gains available for set-off provides flexibility to shareholders. There may be instances where capital loss may not be available for set off:

  • If no future gains arise within the eight-year period, the capital loss becomes a dead cost.
  • In cases where the transfer is exempt under the Income-tax Act, such as transfers between a holding company and its subsidiary, the capital loss from a buy-back may not be allowable for set-off. Although the buy-back would be fully taxed, the exemption on the transfer prevents the recognition of the capital loss, leading to double jeopardy for the holding company, which faces taxation without the benefit of loss offset.
  • If shares were converted into stock-in-trade prior to 1st October, 2024, and the buy-back occurs after this date, the entire proceeds would be taxed as dividend income. Simultaneously, the suspended capital gains tax on the conversion would become taxable under Section 45(2) of the Income-tax Act. This situation again results in double jeopardy, as the shareholder faces dual taxation. However, in such cases, the fair market value of the stock-in-trade as on the date of conversion should be allowed as a business loss at the time of the buy-back, providing some relief to the tax payer. From an equity perspective, the consideration is taxed as a dividend at a rate of 36 per cent, while the set-off of capital loss is available against long-term gains taxed at 12.5 per cent or short-term gains at 20 per cent. This discrepancy results in higher taxable income, reducing the real gain in the hands of the shareholder. Additionally, shareholders must file a return of income to carry forward the loss in accordance with Section 80, even if they have no other income chargeable to tax.

For the company, capital loss is attached to the company itself. In cases of merger or demerger, there are no transitional provisions since Section 72A only addresses the transfer of business loss. Furthermore, shareholders of unlisted companies cannot carry forward and set off capital losses if there is a change in shareholding that triggers Section 79.

TAX IMPLICATIONS IN HANDS OF NON-RESIDENT SHAREHOLDER

TAX RATE

For non-resident shareholders, dividend income is taxed under Section 115A of the Income-tax Act at a flat rate of 20 per cent (plus applicable cess and surcharge). However, this rate can be reduced under the provisions of the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) between India and the shareholder’s country of residence. Depending on the specific treaty, the tax rate may be reduced to 5 per cent4 or 10 per cent5 or 15 per cent6, provided the non-resident shareholder meets the treaty eligibility criteria, such as the Principal Purpose Test (PPT) or the Limitation of Benefits (LOB) clause.


4 Hongkong, Malaysia, Mauritius if shareholding in India Company is at least 15%
5 UK, Norway, Ireland, France
6 USA, Singapore

Regarding the cost of shares, it will be treated as a capital loss, which can be set off in the manner prescribed earlier. However, this brings into focus a potential tax disadvantage for Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) shareholders who do not have any other investments in India. The capital loss arising from the buy-back of shares can typically only be set off against capital gains from the sale of shares in the FDI company. In such cases, the conventional route of declaring dividends might be more tax-efficient for the non-resident shareholder, as it would allow for a more immediate and potentially beneficial tax treatment compared to the deferral and potential loss of the capital loss offset in the buy-back scenario.

DIVIDEND CHARACTERISATION UNDER DTAA

Shareholders have the option to choose between the provisions of the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) and domestic law, depending on which is more beneficial to them. The Dividend Article under most DTAAs offers a concessional rate of taxation. However, an important consideration is whether the dividend defined under Section 2(22)(f) of the Income-tax Act qualifies as a dividend under the DTAA.

One approach is the “pick and choose” method, where the shareholder adopts the domestic law definition of “dividend” for characterisation purposes and then opts for the concessional DTAA rate. This approach has been supported by courts and tribunals in various cases7, allowing shareholders to leverage the more favourable aspects of both the domestic and treaty provisions.


7 ACIT vs. J. P. Morgan India Investment Company Mauritius Ltd [2022] 143 taxmann.com 82 (Mumbai - Trib.)

Alternatively, one might argue that the dividend under Section 2(22)(f) does not fall within the Dividend Article of the DTAA. If successful, this argument would imply that the consideration received during the buy-back is not taxable as a dividend under the DTAA. Instead, it would fall under the Capital Gains Article, with its computation governed by domestic law. Under Section 46A, the consideration is deemed to be Nil, and this fiction remains absolute, irrespective of the taxability of the consideration in the hands of the shareholder. The “Other Income” Article in the DTAA would only apply if the income is not addressed by any other specific Article.

For this discussion, let’s consider the Dividend Article as defined in the OECD Model Convention (MC) and the UN Model Convention (MC). The definition of “dividend” under these conventions comprises three parts:

1. Income from shares;

2. Income from other rights, not being debt-claims, participating in profits; and

3. Income from other corporate rights which is subjected to the same taxation treatment as income from shares by the laws of the Contracting State of which the company making the distribution is a resident.

These parts are interconnected, particularly through the use of “other” in the second and third parts, which serves as a linking element. While the first two parts are intended to be autonomous, the third part is complementary, including income from other corporate rights, provided it is subject to the same tax treatment as income from shares under the laws of the source State. However, this does not automatically imply that all income treated domestically as dividend would fall within this definition.

Arguments Supporting that Dividend under Section 2(22)(f) Does Not Fall Within the Definition of Dividend under the DTAA:

  • For income to fall under any of the three limbs of the Dividend definition, it must originate “from” shares, other rights, participation in profits, or corporate rights. The term “from” implies a direct relationship between the income and the asset. The asset must exist at the time the income arises, which is a crucial aspect of the definition.
  • All three limbs require the asset to continue existing after the income is realised. This is consistent with the Supreme Court’s decision in Vania Silk Mills, where it was held that the charge under the capital gains article fails if the asset no longer exists after the transaction.
  • The Dividend Article should be interpreted from the shareholder’s perspective, not the company’s. Section 2(22)(f) is specific to the company, as indicated by the words “any payment by a company on purchase of its own shares from a shareholder.” From the shareholder’s perspective, this payment is the consideration received for selling shares, and the tax consequences should not differ merely because the shares are purchased by the company itself.
  • In cases involving buy-backs, there is a conflict between the Capital Gains Article and the Dividend Article. From the shareholder’s perspective, the transaction results in the extinguishment of rights in the company. This is acknowledged by the Memorandum to the Finance Bill, and the amendment to Section 46A, which deems the consideration to be Nil, indicates that the transaction is governed by capital gains provisions. The characterization of the transaction under the treaty should remain consistent, even if domestic law prescribes a different method of taxing the consideration.
  • The first limb of the Dividend definition deals with “income from shares.” If this were interpreted to include income from the alienation of shares, it would render the Capital Gains Article redundant.
  • The references to “other rights” or “other corporate rights” should be understood as rights arising from shareholding, not from the sale of shares. Klaus Vogel supports this interpretation, noting that “corporate rights” are meant to distinguish from “contractual rights” and should stem from a member’s rights within the company, not from a creditor’s right based on a contract or statute.

““With respect to the second element, income will stem from ‘corporate rights’ if it flows to the recipient because of a right held in the company, rather than against the company which implies a direct deviation from a member right as opposed to the right of a creditor based on any other contractual or statutory relationship.”

  • The OECD Commentary on Articles 10 also suggests that payments reducing membership rights, such as buy-backs, do not fall within the definition of dividends. Following are relevant extracts:

“The reliefs provided in the Article apply so long as the State of which the paying company is a resident taxes such benefits as dividends. It is immaterial whether any such benefits are paid out of current profits made by the company or are derived, for example, from reserves, i.e., profits of previous financial years. Normally, distributions by a company which have the effect of reducing the membership rights, for instance, payments constituting a reimbursement of capital in any form whatever, are not regarded as dividends.”

Arguments Supporting that Dividend under Section 2(22)(f) Does Fall Within the Definition of Dividend under the DTAA:

  • The DTAA does not exhaustively define “dividend,” leaving it to the contracting states to provide definitions. As such, Section 2(22)(f) could fall within the scope of the DTAA’s definition.
  • Characterising capital gains transactions as dividends is not unprecedented. For instance, Section 2(22)(c), which deals with capital reduction, treats payments as deemed dividends to the extent of accumulated profits.
  • The Mumbai Tribunal in KIIC Investment Company vs. DCIT8 sdealt with whether deemed dividends under Section 2(22)(e) fall within the Dividend Article of the India-Mauritius DTAA. The Tribunal held that, given the explicit reference to domestic law in the third limb of the definition, deemed dividends under Section 2(22)(e) should be considered dividends under the DTAA. Following are relevant extract:

“We have considered the aforesaid plea of the assessee, but do not find it acceptable. The India-Mauritius Tax Treaty prescribes that dividend paid by a company which is resident of a contracting state to a resident of other contracting state may be taxed in that other state. Article 10(4) of the Treaty explains the term “dividend” as used in the Article. Essentially, the expression ‘dividend’ seeks to cover three different facets of income; firstly, income from shares, i.e., dividend per se; secondly, income from other rights, not being debt claims, participating in profits; and, thirdly, income from corporate rights which is subjected to same taxation treatment as income from shares by the laws of contracting state of which the company making the distribution is a resident. In the context of the controversy before us, i.e., ‘deemed dividend’ under Section 2(22)(e) of the Act, obviously the same is not covered by the first two facets of the expression ‘dividend’ in Article 10(4) of the Treaty. So, however, the third facet stated in Article 10(4) of the Treaty, in our view, clearly suggests that even ‘deemed dividend’ as per Sec. 2(22)(e) of the Act is to be understood to be a ‘dividend’ for the purpose of the Treaty. The presence of the expression “same taxation treatment as income from shares” in the country of distributor of dividend in Article 10(4) of the Treaty in the context of the third facet clearly leads to the inference that so long as the Indian tax laws consider ‘deemed dividend’ also as ‘dividend’, then the same is also to be understood as ‘dividend’ for the purpose of the Treaty.”


8 [2019] 101 taxmann.com 19 (Mumbai - Trib.)
  • The OECD Commentary on Article 13 supports the idea that domestic law treatment can be decisive in determining whether a transaction falls within the Dividend Article, even when the transaction involves the alienation of shares.

“If shares are alienated by a shareholder in connection with the liquidation of the issuing company or the redemption of shares or reduction of paid-up capital of that company, the difference between the proceeds obtained by the shareholder and the par value of the shares may be treated in the State of which the company is a resident as a distribution of accumulated profits and not as a capital gain. The Article does not prevent the State of residence of the company from taxing such distributions at the rates provided for in Article 10: such taxation is permitted because such difference is covered by the definition of the term “dividends” contained in paragraph 3 of Article 10 and interpreted in paragraph 28 of the Commentary relating thereto, to the extent that the domestic law of that State treats that difference as income from shares.”

  • Klaus Vogel’s Commentary (5th Edition, Page 939) also emphasises that domestic law treatment should prevail when determining whether a payment is considered a dividend, thereby supporting the inclusion of Section 2(22)(f) within the DTAA’s Dividend Article.

“Sale proceeds of shares and other corporate rights generally fall under Article 13 and not under Article 10 ODCD and UN MC, as such income is not derived from shares within the meaning of the OECD MC but stems from the alienation of shares. If one considered sale proceeds to come within the meaning of ‘income from shares’, Article 13 OECD and UN MC would still prevail, however, by virtue of its more specialised nature regarding such transactions. Problems may arise, however, in either case, to the extent that such proceeds may represent undistributed profits of the paying company, as it would open up an easy way to avoid source taxation, in particularly by way of share repurchase in lieu of dividend distribution. Thus, the OECD MC Comm. Acknowledges that Article 13(5) does not prevent source State from taxing ‘the difference between the selling price and the par value of the shares’ as dividend in accordance with Article 10 OECD and UN MC where the shares are sold to the issuing company.
……… (Page 981)

Moreover, nothing in the provision requires income to be derived from an ‘equity investment’: a mere recharacterisation of the income (rather than the underlying right) under domestic law is sufficient to trigger the application of Article 10.”

In the author’s view, the reference to domestic law is broad enough to encompass payments falling within the scope of Section 2(22)(f), allowing them to be treated as dividends under the DTAA. This interpretation aligns with the intention to provide clarity and consistency in the application of tax treaties.

TRANSFER PRICING IMPLICATIONS

Under the Buy-Back Tax (BBT) regime, it was possible to argue that in cases involving Associated Enterprises (AEs), the amount of consideration paid by the company needed to be benchmarked against the Arm’s Length Price (ALP) criteria. Shareholders were largely indifferent to this aspect since the income from the buy-back was exempt in their hands. However, the new taxation regime introduces an intriguing dimension to this issue.

Transfer pricing regulations focus on the substance of the transaction. While the transaction is still treated as a dividend in the hands of the company, it will now require benchmarking as if the buy-back were a transfer, meaning the company must determine the ALP of the consideration paid. Theoretically, there should not be any adverse implications if the consideration paid does not align with the ALP, since buy-back payments are not deductible expenses for the company. The company’s primary responsibility remains the withholding of tax.

A plausible interpretation is that the withholding tax obligation applies to the transaction value rather than the ALP value. In hands of shareholder Section 46A deems the consideration to be Nil for tax purposes. This fiction is absolute and is not affected by the ALP price. Thus, benchmarking needs to be done for compliance purposes without any impact on tax computation.

INTERPLAY WITH SECTION 56(2)(X)

Buybacks often involve a company using its free cash flow to purchase its own shares, leading to an increase in the remaining shareholders’ stakes without them having to dip into their own cash reserves. This tactic has become a popular method for realigning shareholding structures, particularly in the context of family arrangements or the elimination of cross holdings. However, when buy-backs are executed at prices below the Rule 11UA value, questions inevitably arise regarding the applicability of Section 56(2)(x).

At first glance, Section 56(2)(x) applies to the “receipt” of property, a term that has been interpreted to mean the receipt that benefits the recipient. In the case of a buy-back, the shares are technically received by the company solely for the purpose of cancellation, with no economic enrichment resulting from this transaction. This lack of enrichment leads to the failure of the charge under Section 56(2)(x). This line of reasoning has found favour in various judicial decisions9.


9. Vora Financial Services (P.) Ltd. v ACIT [2018] 96 taxmann.com 88 (Mumbai); DCIT v Venture Lighting India Ltd [2023] 150 taxmann.com 523 (Chennai - Trib.); VITP (P.) Ltd v DCIT [2022] 143 taxmann.com 304 (Hyderabad - Trib.);

Section 115QA adds another layer of defence. By shifting the liability to pay Buy-Back Tax (BBT) onto the company, Section 115QA acts as a special provision and a self-contained code. According to the principles of statutory interpretation, a special provision like Section 115QA should override more general provisions such as Section 56(2)(x).

However, the new taxation regime introduces a fresh angle to the interplay with Section 56(2)(x). Section 2(22)(f) deems the payment by a company on the purchase of its own shares as a dividend. Sections 194 and 195 impose an obligation on the company to withhold tax on such payments. Following the fiction created by Section 2(22)(f) to its logical conclusion, this payment should be treated as a dividend for all purposes under the Act, effectively preventing the application of Section 56(2)(x) from the outset.

In the absence of any anti-abuse provision requiring the company to pay dividends at fair market value, it is arguable that considerations below the Rule 11UA value should not be taxed under Section 56(2)(x).

COMPARISON WITH CAPITAL GAIN

Under the new regime, long-term capital gains are taxed at a rate of 12.5 per cent, and short-term capital gains are taxed at 20 per cent on net gains (i.e., consideration minus the cost of acquisition). For non-resident shareholders, dividend income is taxed according to the provisions of the applicable DTAA, with most DTAAs providing a concessional rate of 10 per cent for dividend taxation.

Shareholders, particularly those holding stakes in startups or joint ventures, will need to carefully evaluate buy-back as an alternative to conventional exit strategies. In cases where shares have significantly appreciated, opting for buy-back could result in the gains being taxed as dividends, potentially reducing the overall cash tax outflow. Additionally, the cost of acquisition can be offset against other capital gains, thereby improving overall tax efficiency.

This scenario presents an opportunity to structure transactions more efficiently. Instead of providing an exit through secondary sales, shareholders might consider infusing equity into the company, followed by a buy-back. This approach could optimize the tax implications and enhance the financial outcome of the transaction.

BUY-BACK AND INDIRECT TRANSFER

Explanation 5 to Section 9(1)(i) of the Income-tax Act provides that the shares of a company are deemed to be situated in India if they derive their value substantially from assets located in India. Circular No. 4 of 2015, dated 26th March, 2015, clarified that the declaration of dividends by a foreign company does not trigger the provisions of indirect transfer under Indian tax law. The term “dividend” in this context, as stated in the Circular, derives its meaning from Section 2(22)(f) of the Income-tax Act, which includes payments made by a company on the purchase of its own shares from a shareholder in accordance with the provisions of Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013.

A pertinent issue arises when considering buy-backs by foreign companies, which are not conducted in accordance with Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013. This raises the question of whether a buy-back under the corporate law of a foreign jurisdiction falls within the scope of the indirect transfer provisions.

Non-resident shareholders may consider invoking the Non-Discrimination Article under the applicable DTAA to address this issue. Article 24(1) of many DTAAs provides that nationals of one contracting state shall not be subjected in the other contracting state to any taxation or related requirements that are more burdensome than those imposed on nationals of the other state under similar circumstances.

An argument can be made that the reference to Section 68 should be interpreted as indicative of a buy-back governed by corporate law in general, rather than being limited to Indian law. Non-resident shareholders should not be expected to comply with Section 68 of the Companies Act, 2013, as it applies exclusively to Indian companies. The argument of discrimination has been accepted by the Tribunal in the context of Section 79 in the case of Daimler Chrysler India (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT10, where similar principles were considered.


10 [2009] 29 SOT 202 (Pune)

CONCLUDING REMARKS

There’s no denying that Income Tax is fundamentally a tax on real income — at least, that’s the theory. However, with the numerous fictions introduced over the years — each one merrily overriding the last —the Income-tax Act has started to resemble a novel with more plot twists than logic. It’s like watching a thriller where the protagonist, just when you think you understand the story, wakes up to find themselves in an entirely different movie.

As we navigate these convolutions, it’s worth remembering that all of this complexity is supposed to bring us closer to fairness and clarity. But in reality, it’s a bit like trying to assemble flat-pack furniture without the instructions — there’s always one piece that doesn’t seem to fit, and you’re never quite sure if that extra screw was supposed to go somewhere.

With the introduction of a new Income-tax Act on the horizon, one can’t help but feel a mix of hope and trepidation. Will this new Act finally streamline these fictions, or will it just add a few new chapters to the saga? Either way, as tax professionals, we’ll be here — armed with our calculators and a good sense of humour — ready to decipher the next instalment of this ever-evolving tax code.

Important Amendments by The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Capital Gains

The maiden Budget of the Government in their third innings promises simplification and rationalisation of Capital Gains tax regime under the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”). With the said purpose, the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 (“FA (No. 2) 2024”) provides for standardisation of tax rates for the majority of short-term and long-term capital gains tax as well as period of holding of the majority of listed and unlisted capital assets. However, simultaneously, the Capital Gains Chapter of the Act has been amended at various other places making those provisions more complex and litigious thereby clearly contradicting the intention propagated by the Government.

This Article discusses the various amendments brought in by the FA (No. 2) 2024 under the said Chapter1 and the issues arising therefrom.

PERIOD OF HOLDING

Section 2(42A) of the Act determines “Period of Holding” relevant for the purpose of classifying an asset as short-term or long-term. Earlier, there were three holding periods, namely, 12 months, 24 months and 36 months. The period of 12 months was applicable for selected assets such as listed shares, listed equity oriented funds and zero coupon bonds. Further, the period of 24 months was applicable to unlisted shares and immovable properties, being land or building or both.

The said section has now been amended with effect from 23rd July, 2024 so that now, all listed securities shall be regarded as long-term capital asset if held for more than twelve months and all other capital assets shall be regarded as long-term capital asset if held for more than 24 months.

The same is summarised as under:

Nature of Capital Asset Short term Long term
Listed securities =< 12 months > 12 months
Other Assets =< 24 months > 24 months

The said amendment shall apply to any “transfer” of capital asset undertaken on or after 23rd July, 2024. The word “transfer” would need to be understood as used under the Act in the context of capital assets. Hence, where a capital asset was converted before 23rd July, 2024, the same would be considered to be transferred prior to 23rd July, 2024 due to the specific provisions of section 45(2) and accordingly, the old period of holding shall apply even if the converted asset is sold on or after
23rd July, 2024.

Though the intention of the Legislature is to cover all assets within this purview, the said standard rule would still not apply in case of transfer of an undertaking by way of a slump sale which is governed by the provisions of section 50B of the Act. The proviso to sub-section (1) therein specifically provides that any profits or gains arising from the transfer under the slump sale of any capital asset being one or more undertakings owned and held by an assessee for not more than thirty-six months immediately preceding the date of its transfer shall be deemed to be the capital gains arising from the transfer of short-term capital assets. Hence, a case of slump sale shall be an exception to the general rule as provided through the FA (No. 2) 2024.

Further, listed securities for the purpose of section 2(42A) means the securities as listed on the recognised stock exchanges of India. Accordingly, for foreign listed securities, the relevant period of holding shall still be 24 months and not 12 months.

The impact of said amendment on various types of capital assets is tabulated in attached Annexure.

RATE OF TAX

Section 112 and section 112A of the Act provides for specific rates of income tax on long-term capital gains in respect of various categories of assets.

Further, section 111A of the Act provides for a specific rate of income tax on short-term capital gains arising from transfer of equity share in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund or a unit of a business trust (REIT and InVit), subject to the conditions as provided therein.

The rate of tax under the said sections prior to the amendment are tabulated hereunder:

Section Nature of Asset Nature of Capital Gain Rate of Tax
112A Eligible Listed securities* LT 10%
112 Any other long term Capital asset except those covered u/s. 50AA LT 20%**
112(1)(c)(iii)  Unlisted securities transferred by a non-resident/foreign company LT 10% without indexation
111A Eligible Listed securities* ST 15%

* i.e., equity shares, units of equity-oriented funds and business trusts, on which STT is paid at the time of transfer.

** In case of listed securities (other than units) and zero-coupon bonds, option of tax at 10% without indexation is available.

For cases not falling under these provisions, the capital gains are taxable as per the normal applicable rate as provided in the relevant Finance Act.

Further, an exemption up to ₹1 lakh is available from long term capital gain covered u/s. 112A.

Pursuant to various amendments vide FA (No. 2) 2024, the rate of tax applicable w.e.f. 23rd July, 2024 would be as under:

Long-term capital gains: FA (No. 2) 2024 provides a universal tax rate of 12.5 per cent without indexation for all types of long-term capital gains, irrespective of whether the asset is listed or unlisted, STT paid or not, Indian or foreign, held by resident or non-resident, subject to certain exceptions, which are as under:

  • Capital gains arising from assets covered u/s. 50AA is deemed to be short-term capital gains irrespective of period of holding;
  • Capital gains arising from transfer of depreciable assets also continue to be taxed as short-term capital gains u/s. 50A of the Act;
  • In case of immovable property acquired before 23rd July, 2024 by resident individuals or HUFs, the assessee shall have an option to adopt tax rate at 12.5 per cent without indexation or 20 per cent with indexation, whichever is lower. However, loss based on indexed cost would not be allowed to be set-off or carried forward.
  • For non-resident assessees, the benefit of adjustment of foreign exchange fluctuation under first proviso to section 48 on transfer of shares/debentures of Indian Companies continues.
  • Lastly, capital gains up to ₹1.25 Lakhs (aggregate) would not be subject to tax u/s. 112A of the Act. The said limit of ₹1.25 Lakhs would apply to the entire capital gains, whether relating to transfer before or after 23rd July, 2024. Hence, for AY 2025-26, Assessee may choose to set-off this limit against the eligible capital gains u/s. 112A earned pursuant to transfers before 23rd July, 2024, the same being more beneficial to them. For the said purpose, reliance may be placed on the CBDT Circular No. 26(LXXVI-3) [F. No. 4(53)-IT/54], dated 7th July, 1955, wherein the CBDT has clarified that in the absence of any indication on the manner of set-off, the general rule to be followed in all fiscal enactments is that where words used are neutral in import, a construction most beneficial to the assessee should be adopted. Further, it is also settled rule of interpretation that the interpretation, which is more favourable to the taxpayer should prevail, as has been held in the under-noted cases:
  • CIT vs. Vegetable Products Ltd. (88 ITR 192) (SC);
  • CIT vs. Kulu Valley Transport Co. Pvt. Ltd. (77 ITR 518, 530) (SC);
  • CIT vs. Madho Prasad Jatia (105 ITR 179) (SC);
  • CIT vs. Naga Hills Tea (89 ITR 236, 240) (SC);
  • CIT vs. Shahzada Nand (60 ITR 392, 400) (SC).

To give effect to the above, various sections viz. sections 112, 112A, Section 115AD, 115AB, 115AC, 115ACA, 115E, 196B and 196C have been amended to change the rate mentioned therein from 20 per cent to 12.5 per cent in case of long-term capital gains.

The said amendments would apply to transfers undertaken on or after 23rd July, 2024.

SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAINS

In case of short-term capital gains arising from transfer of equity shares, units of equity-oriented funds and business trusts, on which STT is paid at the time of their transfer, the rate of tax has been increased from 15 per cent to 20 per cent for transfers affected on or after 23rd July, 2024.

Corresponding amendment is made in section 115AD of the Act, which provides rates of taxes for FIIs.

The rate of tax on short-term capital gains for other assets, shall continue to be governed by the rates as applicable to the assessee as per the relevant Finance Act.

These amendments will take effect from 23rd July, 2024 and will accordingly apply in relation to the transfer taking place on or after the said date.

The impact of said amendment on various types of capital assets is tabulated in attached Annexure.

DEEMED SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAINS U/S. 50AA

FA, 2023 inserted a new provision, Section 50AA which provides for treating the capital gain arising from transfer, redemption or maturity of ‘Market Linked Debentures’ and unit of a ‘Specified Mutual Fund’ as short-term capital gain irrespective of the period of holding.

‘Specified Mutual Fund’ was defined to mean a ‘Mutual Fund by whatever name called, where not more than 35% of its total proceeds is invested in the equity shares of domestic companies’.

The said provision was not applicable to any gain arising from transfer of unlisted bonds and unlisted debentures and accordingly, the same was taxed at the rate of 20 per cent without indexation (in case of LTCG) or at applicable rates (in case of STCG).

Section 50AA has been amended vide FA (No. 2) 2024 redefining the term ‘Specified Mutual Fund’ with effect from AY 2026-27 as under:

  • a Mutual Fund by whatever name called, where more than 65 per centof its total proceeds is invested in debt and money market instruments.
  • a fund which invests at least 65 per cent of its total proceeds in units of a fund referred above (FOFs).

As would be observed, under the new definition, the language has been replaced from earlier negative condition of ‘not’ holding more than 35 per cent in equity shares to a positive condition of holding at least 65% of the total proceeds in debt and money market instruments. As a result, funds other than equity-oriented funds which were covered under the earlier definition, such as on the ETFs, Gold Mutual Fund, Gold ETFs, etc. now stand excluded as such funds do not invest 65 per cent or more of their proceeds in debt instruments.

The said amendment in the definition of ‘Specified Mutual Funds’ is effective only from AY 2026-27 i.e., AY 2026-27 applicable to FY 2025-26 and therefore, capital gain arising from transfer, redemption or maturity of unit of funds like ETFs, Gold Mutual Fund, Gold ETFs acquired after 1st April, 2023 and transferred till 31st March, 2025 will still be covered by the existing provisions of Section 50AA.

Further, the scope of section 50AA has been expanded to tax the capital gain arising from transfer, redemption or maturity of unlisted bonds and unlisted debentures as short-term capital gain irrespective of the holding period. The said amendment is effective from 23rd July, 2024 and will accordingly apply in relation to the transfer taking place on or after the said date.

The impact of said amendment on various types of capital assets is tabulated in attached Annexure.

INCREASE IN RATES OF STT (SECTION 98 (CHAPTER VII) OF FINANCE ACT (NO. 2), 2004)

Section 98 of the Finance Act, 2004 provides a list of various taxable securities along with STT levied on their sale and purchase transactions.

As per the said section, the rate of levy of STT on sale of an option in securities is 0.0625 per cent of the option premium and on sale of a future in securities is 0.0125 per cent of the price at which such futures are traded.

The FA (No. 2) 2024 has increased the said rates on sale of an option and a future in securities. The table below enumerates the same:-

Type of Transaction Old rates New rates
Sale of an option in securities 0.0625% of the option premium 0.1 % of the option premium
Sale of a future in securities 0.0125 % of the price at which such “futures” are traded. 0.02% of the price at which such “futures” are traded

The above amendments will take effect from 1st October, 2024.

As per the explanatory memorandum, the trading in derivatives (F&O) is now accounting for a large proportion of trading in stock exchanges. The said amendment has been made keeping in mind the exponential growth of derivative markets in recent times.

GRANDFATHERING OF CAPITAL GAINS IN CASE OF SHARES OFFERED FOR SALE UNDER AN IPO/FPO

Section 112A of the Act provides for a concessional rate of 12.5 per cent (w.e.f. 23rd July, 2024) on long-term capital gains on transfer of, inter alia, equity shares subject to payment of Securities Transaction Tax (STT) at the time of acquisition and on transfer.

Shares which are transferred under Offer for Sale (OFS) at the time of initial public offering are subject to STT as per S. 97(13)(aa) of Chapter VII of the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004. Further, such shares are exempt from the requirement of STT at the time of acquisition to avail the benefit of section 112A as per CBDT Notification no. 60 of 2018. Hence, gains on transfer of such shares qualify for concessional tax rates u/s. 112A.

The gains chargeable under said section are allowed grandfathering of gains accrued till 31st January, 2018.

Accordingly, S. 55(2)(ac) of the Act provides that the cost of acquisition in case of long-term equity shares acquired before 1st February 2018 shall be grandfathered as under –

Higher of –

a. The cost of acquisition of such asset; and

b. Lower of:

i. The FMV of such asset as on 31st January, 2018; and

ii. The full value of consideration received

Explanation(a)(iii) to S. 55(2)(ac) defines what is FMV in case of an equity share in a company. The said section presently does not cover cases where unlisted shares are subject to STT and accordingly fall under the ambit of section 112A. As a consequence, there is ambiguity with respect to determining COA of the shares transferred under OFS.

With a view to clarify the ambiguity with regards to determining COA of the shares transferred under OFS, Explanation(a)(iii) to S. 55(2)(ac) has been amended with retrospective effect from AY 2018-19 so as to include within its ambit even transfers in respect of sale of unlisted equity shares under an OFS to the public included in an IPO.

In such cases, FMV shall be an amount which bears to the COA the same proportion as CII for the FY 2017-18 bears to the CII for the first year in which the asset was held by the assessee or for the year beginning on the first day of April, 2001, whichever is later.

This amendment is deemed to have been inserted with effect from the 1st day of April, 2018 and shall accordingly apply retrospectively from AY 2018-19 onwards.

CORPORATE GIFTING

Section 47 provides exclusions to certain transactions not regarded as “transfer” for the purposes of Section 45 of the Act. Clause (iii) of section 47 specifies that any transfer of a capital asset under gift, will or an irrevocable trust would not be regarded as transfer. The said provision hitherto applied to all assessees.

The FA (No. 2) 2024 has amended the said clause (iii) of Section 47 with retroactive effect from AY 2025-26 (i.e., for gifts effected on 1st April, 2024 and onwards) to restrict its application only in case of Individuals and HUFs.

As per the Memorandum Explaining the Provisions of the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2024, even though the Act contains certain anti-avoidance provisions, such as sections 50D and 50CA, in multiple cases taxpayers have argued before judicial fora that transaction of gift of shares by company is not liable to capital gains tax in view of provisions of section 47(iii) of the Act, which has resulted in tax avoidance and erosion of tax base. However, as per the Memorandum, gift can be given only out of natural love and affection and therefore, provisions of section 47(iii) has been restricted to gifts given by individuals and HUFs.

Hence, apparently, the intention of the Legislature is to bring transactions of gift by assessees other than individuals and HUFs within the ambit of provisions such as section 50CA, 50D, etc. However, the question remains as to whether the said provisions can at all apply where there is no consideration involved, irrespective of whether the transaction itself is specifically exempted or not.

Now, the opening words of the provisions such as sections 50CA, 50C, 43CA as well as 50D are identical namely:

“Where the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of ….”

As would be observed, the said provisions apply only where the transfer results in ‘receipt’ or ‘accrual’ of ‘any consideration’. Hence, the moot question which needs consideration is as to whether the said provisions can at all apply where a transfer does not result in receipt or accrual of any consideration.

Now, a transaction involving ‘gift’ essentially means a transaction where no consideration is contemplated at all. The said term is defined u/s. 122 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 as under:

“”Gift” is the transfer of certain existing movable or immovable property made voluntarily and without consideration, by one person, called the donor, to another, called the donee, and accepted by or on behalf of the donee.”

As is clear, a transaction of ‘gift’ is always without consideration. Now, as per the Explanatory Memorandum, section 47(iii) has been restricted only to Individuals and HUFs since as per the Legislature other entities such as corporate bodies cannot give a valid gift in absence of possibility of any natural love or affection.

However, as is clear from the foregoing definition of ‘gift’, there is no condition of natural gift or affection attached to a gift transaction.

In fact, considering the said definition, various Courts have held in the past that even corporate bodies can give a gift as long as the same is permitted in their charter documents such as memorandum of association since there is no requirement in the Transfer Of Property Act that a ‘gift’ can be made only between natural persons out of natural love and affection. See, for example:

  • PCIT vs. Redington (India) Ltd. [2020] 122 taxmann.com 136 (Madras)
  • Prakriya Pharmacem vs. ITO[2016](66 taxmann.com 149)(Guj)
  • DP World (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT (140 ITD 694)(MumT);
  • DCIT vs. KDA Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. (68 SOT 349) (MumT);
  • Deere & Co. Deere & Co. [2011] 337 ITR 277 (AAR).
  • Jayneer infrapower & Multiventures (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2019] 103 taxmann.com 118 (Mumbai – Trib.)

In Redington’s case (supra), the Madras High Court laid down the essentials of a ‘gift’ as under:

(i) absence of consideration;

(ii) the donor;

(iii) the donee;

(iv) to be voluntary;

(v) the subject matter;

(vi) transfer; and

(vii) the acceptance.

The High Court accordingly held that even a corporate body can make a valid gift, however, on the facts of that case, it held the transaction to not be a valid gift.

Now, after the amendment in section 47(iii), the foregoing decisions may not be relevant for the purpose of applying the provisions of section 47(iii) to corporate gifting. However, the following ratios laid down in these decisions are still relevant, namely:

  • Corporate gifting which satisfies the foregoing essential components is a legally valid transaction, and
  • In such transactions, there can never be any element of consideration.

This brings us back to the question as to whether in absence of any ‘receipt’ or ‘accrual’ of ‘any consideration’ in case of a corporate gifting, can the provisions like section 50CA, 50D, etc. at all trigger even if there is no specific exemption for such gifting, considering that existence of ‘consideration’ is a sine qua non under these provisions.

Recently, the Bombay High Court in the case of Jai Trust vs. UOI [2024] 160 taxmann.com 690 (Bombay) had an occasion to examine taxability of shares gifted by a trust and in that context, also examined the provisions of sections 50CA and 50D. The High Court considering the language used in the said sections, held that, these provisions can apply only where any consideration is received or accruing as a result of the transfer. It held that these sections postulates receiving consideration and not a situation where admittedly no consideration has been received.

Hence, even after amendment in section 47(iii), it is possible to argue that unless any consideration can be demonstrated, the deeming provisions of sections 50D, 50CA and the like cannot be applied to a corporate gifting. Indeed, it is settled law the deeming provisions should be construed strictly2 and therefore, to expand the scope of such deeming provisions than what is specifically mentioned in these sections is not permissible. Besides, if all cases of corporate gifting becomes subject to capital gains, then even CSR donations by corporates would be impacted, which certainly cannot be the intention of the Legislature.

Nevertheless, considering the rationale for the amendment provided in the Memorandum, the tax department is likely to more rigorously scrutinise the transactions corporate gifting and try to apply the said deeming provisions to such transactions.

It is also important to note that such corporate gifting of ‘property’ could now be subject to double whammy, one at the end of the donor under the likes of sections 50CA, etc. and second at the end of the donee under the provisions of section 56(2)(x). This would lead to double taxation of same income, which should not be condoned.

From the magnitude of amendments brought in the capital gains taxation, it is clear that the issues thereunder are far from becoming simple and rationale. Amendments in provisions such as section 2(22)(f) and 47(iii) have raised various unanswered questions, which would be settled only in the due course of time as the law develops before the judicial forums.

Annexure

Name of Capital Asset Nature of Capital Gain Relevant provision Period of Holding Rate of Tax
Old provisions

i.e., before 23rd July, 2024

New provisions

i.e., after 23rd July, 2024

Old provisions

i.e., before 23rd July, 2024

New provisions

i.e., after 23rd July, 2024

Listed Equity Shares (STT paid)* LT 112A > 12 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST 111A ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months 15.00% 20.00%
Listed Equity Shares (STT not paid) LT 112 > 12 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months applicable rate applicable rate
Unlisted Equity shares LT 112 > 24 months > 24 months 20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 24 months ≤ 24 months applicable rate applicable rate
Units of Equity Oriented MFs (Listed)* LT 112A > 12 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST 111A ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months 15.00% 20.00%
Units of Debt Oriented MFs**

(> 65% in debt or

fund of such  funds)

Always ST 50AA (Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024) > 36 months > 24 months applicable rate applicable rate
Listed Bonds/Debentures (other than Capital index bonds and Sovereign Gold Bonds) LT 112 (without indexation) > 12 months > 12 months 20%3 (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months applicable rate applicable rate
Unlisted Bonds/Debentures/Debt-Oriented FOFs LT 50AA (Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024) > 36 months NA 20% (without indexation) applicable rate
ST 50AA (Rates as per First Schedule of FA, (No. 2) 2024) ≤ 36 months NA applicable rate applicable rate
Market Linked Debentures ST 50AA (Rates as per First Schedule of FA, (No. 2) 2024) NA NA applicable rate applicable rate
Listed Capital Indexed Bonds and Sovereign Gold Bonds LT 112 > 12 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months applicable rate applicable rate
Unlisted Capital Indexed Bonds LT 112 > 36 months > 24 months 20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 36 months ≤ 24 months applicable rate applicable rate
Zero Coupon Bonds LT 112 > 12 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2)  2024 ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months applicable rate applicable rate
Listed Units of Business Trust (InVITs and REITs)* LT 112A > 36 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST 111A ≤ 36 months ≤ 12 months 15.00% 20.00%
Listed Preference Shares LT 112 > 12 months > 12 months 10% (without indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 12 months ≤ 12 months applicable rate applicable rate
Unlisted Preference Shares LT 112 > 24 months > 24 months 20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 24 months ≤ 24 months applicable rate applicable rate
Immovable Properties LT 112 > 24 months > 24 months 20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2)2024 ≤ 24 months ≤ 24 months applicable rate applicable rate
Physical Gold LT 112 > 36 months > 24 months 20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2)2024 ≤ 36 months ≤ 24 months applicable rate applicable rate
Foreign Equity LT 112 > 24 months > 24 months 20% (with indexation) 12.5% (without indexation)
ST Rates as per First Schedule of FA (No. 2) 2024 ≤ 24 months ≤ 24 months applicable rate applicable rate

* The limit of exemption from long term capital gain covered u/s. 112A is proposed to be increased from ₹1 Lakh to ₹1.25 lakhs (aggregate).

** For funds purchased before 1st April, 2023, the gains will be LTCG or STCG depending upon its period of holding. Further, this covered even other non-equity funds such as Gold, ETF, Gold funds, etc. purchased on or after 1st April, 2023 and transferred before 1st April, 2025. From 1st April, 2025, these other non-equity bonds / MFs will be taxed as per normal provisions of CG.

Important Amendments by The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 – Charitable Trusts

Important Amendments by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2024 are covered in six different Articles. It is not possible to cover all amendments at length and hence the focus is only on important amendments but with a detailed analysis of their impacts. These in-depth analysis will serve as a future guide to know the existing provisions, current amendments and their rationale, and the revised provisions. We hope the readers will enrich by the detailed analysis. – Editor

 

For the past several years, charitable institutions have awaited the Finance Bill of each year with dread and trepidation, as to what further compliance, burden and complexity would be imposed upon them. Since 2009, many new provisions for charitable institutions have been introduced, making the requirement of claiming exemption increasingly difficult.

Fortunately, some of this year’s amendments have sought to alleviate some of the difficulties being faced by charitable institutions. However, there have been no amendments in respect of many other complex and pressing problems faced by charitable institutions (such as the applicability of the proviso to section 2(15) as to what activity constitutes a business, applicability of tax on accreted income under certain circumstances, the low reporting requirement of a cumulative ₹50,000 for substantial contributors, etc).

The amendments made are analysed below:

MERGER OF SECTION 10(23C) EXEMPTION REGIME WITH SECTION 11 EXEMPTION REGIME

Currently, there are two major schemes of exemption for charitable institutions – one contained in various sub-clauses of section 10(23C) available for educational and medical institutions and certain other specific types of institutions. In particular, exemption under the following sub-clauses requires approval of the CIT – these are applicable to:

(iv) charitable institutions important throughout India or a State;

(v) public religious institutions;

(vi) university or other educational institution existing solely for educational purposes and not for purposes of profit, not wholly or substantially financed by the Government and whose gross receipts exceed ₹5 crore;

(vii) hospital or other institution for the reception and treatment of persons suffering from illness or mental defectiveness or for the reception and treatment of persons during convalescence or of persons requiring medical attention or rehabilitation, existing solely for philanthropic purposes and not for purposes of profit, not wholly or substantially financed by the Government and whose gross receipts exceed ₹5 crore.

The conditions for exemption under these 4 sub-clauses of section 10(23C) are contained in the 23 provisos to section 10(23C), and by the Finance Act, 2022, these conditions were almost fully aligned with the requirements contained in section 11 for claim of exemption. Only a few minor differences remained, such as option to spend in subsequent year and exemption for capital gains on reinvestment in capital asset, which are available under section 11 but not available under section 10(23C). Given this alignment, it was expected that the exemption under these 4 sub-clauses would finally be merged with the exemption under section 11.

The Finance (No 2) Act 2024 now begins the process of merger of these two exemption regimes. The first and second provisos to section 10(23C) have now been amended to provide that application for approval or renewal of approval under sub-clauses (iv), (v), (vi) and (via) of section 10(23C) can only be made before 1st October, 2024, and that the Commissioner shall only process such applications made before 1st October, 2024. A 24th proviso has been added to section 10(23C) stating that no approvals shall be granted for applications made on or after 1st October, 2024. Simultaneously, amendments have been made to section 12A(1)(ac) with effect from 1st October 2024, requiring such charitable entities to make an application for registration under that section.

This effectively means that charitable entities whose approval expires on 31st March, 2025, can still apply for renewal up to 30th September 2024 since the application for renewal has to be made six months prior to the expiry of approval. Such applications would be processed, and approvals continued to be granted under section 10(23C). Given that the approval would normally be valid for 5 years, they can therefore continue to claim exemption under sub-clauses (iv), (v), (vi) or (via) till 31st March, 2030 (AY 2030-31). Thereafter, they will have to switch to registration under section 12A, and would then be entitled to exemption under section 11 post registration with effect from A.Y. 2031-32.

In case such entities are late in making an application for approval (beyond 30th September, 2024), they will then have to apply for registration under section 12A, and post registration which would be granted with effect from
1st April, 2025, their claim for exemption would then be under section 11 with effect from A.Y. 2026-27.

In case of other entities whose approval under any of the above 4 sub-clauses of section 10(23C) expires after 31st March 2025, if such approval is expiring shortly after March 2025, such entities may choose to make an application before 1st October, 2024 or thereafter, since there is only a minimum prior period for application (since the application has to be made at least 6 months prior to the expiry of approval), and there is no specification as to the maximum prior period within which one can make such an application. Depending on whether the application for renewal is made before 1st October, 2024 or thereafter, the application would have to be made either under any of the above 4 sub-clauses of section 10(23C) or under section 12A, respectively.

All entities whose approval under any of these 4 sub-clauses of section 10(23C) is in force can continue to claim exemption under section 10(23C) till the expiry of that approval.

Effectively therefore, over the next 5 years, all approvals under section 10(23C) will cease to have effect, and entities would migrate to registration under section 12A and consequent claim of exemption under section 11.

Further, exemption for charitable entities under the various other sub-clauses of section 10(23C) and other clauses of section 10 are not being phased out and would continue. These include:

  • Educational or medical institutions wholly or substantially financed by the Government or having gross receipts of less than ₹5 crore – 10(23C)(iiiab), (iiiac),(iiiad) and (iiiae),
  • Research associations – 10(21),
  • Professional regulatory bodies – 10(23A),
  • Khadi and village industries development institutions – 10(23B),
  • Regulatory bodies for charitable or religious trusts – 10(23BBA),
  • Investor Protection Funds of stock exchanges, commodity exchanges and depositories – 10(23EA), 10(23EC) and 10(23ED),
  • Core Settlement Guarantee Fund of clearing corporation – 10(23EE),
  • Notified bodies set up by the Government – 10(46),
  • Housing Boards, Planning & Development Authorities, and other regulatory bodies set up under a State or Central Act – 10(46A), etc.

While no amendment is made to section 11(5) regarding permitted investments, the provisions of section 13(1)(d) have been amended, by adding one more exception in the proviso to section 13(1)(d). The following assets have now been also excluded from the purview of section 13(1)(d):

a. Any asset held as part of the corpus of the trust as on 1st June, 1973;

b. Equity shares of a public company held by the trust as part of the corpus as on 1st June, 1998;

c. Any accretion to such shares held as part of corpus (bonus shares, etc);

d. Debentures issued by a company/corporation acquired by the trust before 1st March, 1983;

e. Jewellery, furniture or other notified article received by way of voluntary contribution. No other article seems to have been notified so far.

AMENDMENT OF SECTION 11(7)

Section 11(7) of the Income Tax Act provides that a trust granted registration under section 12AB cannot claim exemption under section 10, except under certain clauses of section 10. These clauses were:

  • agricultural income – clause (1),
  • educational, medical and other institutions – clause (23C),
  • Investor Protection Fund of Commodity Exchanges – clause (23EC),
  • notified bodies set up by the Government – clause (46), and
  • Housing Boards, Planning & Development Authorities, and other regulatory bodies set up under a State or Central Act – clause (46A).

In some of these cases, once they are approved or notified under the respective clauses, their section 12AB registration becomes inoperative, and can be made operative only by making an application to the Commissioner for doing so. Once section 12AB registration becomes operative, the approval or notification under the respective clause ceases to have effect, and thereafter no claim for exemption can be made under those respective clauses of section 10.

The Finance (No 2) Act, 2024 has added clauses (23EA) – Investor Protection Fund of a stock exchange, (23ED) – Investor Protection Fund of a depository, and (46B) – National Credit Guarantee Trustee Company and trusts managed by it, to these alternative clauses of exemption.

CONDONATION OF DELAY IN MAKING APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION/RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION U/S 12A

Section 12A(1)(ac) of the Income Tax Act provides that a trust would be entitled to exemption under sections 11 and 12 if it makes an application for registration to the Commissioner/Principal Commissioner and application for renewal within the specified timelines. Given the complex provisions specifying the timelines, with six alternative clauses, many charitable organisations mistakenly filed applications for registration/renewal of registration late. Their applications for registration/renewal of registration were rejected by the Commissioner on the ground that the application was made beyond the prescribed time.

Given the fact that such rejection had severe consequences of applicability of the provisions of tax on accreted income under section 115TD, such trusts filed appeals to the Tribunal against such rejection as well as made applications to the CBDT seeking condonation of delay in filing such applications. Almost all the appeals to the tribunal were decided in favour of the trusts, with the matters being sent back to the Commissioner for processing the application on the merits of each case. The CBDT granted condonations from time to time, the latest condonation being vide CBDT circular No. 7/2024 dated 25th April, 2024, whereunder belated/rectified applications could be made till 30th June, 2024.

The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2024 has now inserted a proviso to section 12A(1)(ac) with effect from 1st October, 2024, giving powers to the Commissioner/Principal Commissioner to condone any delay in making of such applications if he considers that there is a reasonable cause for delay in filing the application. On condonation of delay, the application shall be deemed to have been filed within time.

By this amendment, on or after 1st October, 2024 the Commissioner can consider condonation of any genuine delays in making of such applications which may be noticed during the course of processing such applications, irrespective of whether the delay was before or after 1st October, 2024. This is a much-needed amendment, so that trusts now need not have their applications rejected merely on account of delay in filing the application due to the Commissioner not having the powers to condone any delay.

MODIFICATION OF TIME LIMITS FOR PROCESSING APPLICATIONS UNDER SECTION 12A(1)(ac)

The applications for registration/renewal of registration under section 12A(1)(ac) are required to be processed by the Commissioner/Principal Commissioner within the timelines specified in section 12AB(3), which requires the order under section 12AB(1) to be passed within such timelines. These timelines have now been amended as under with effect from 1st October 2024:

Sub-clause of s.12A(1)(ac) Type of Application Earlier Time Limit Amended Time Limit
(i) Trusts registered u/s 12A/12AA on 31st March, 2021 for registration u/s 12AB to be made by 30th June, 2021 3 months from the end of the month in which the application was received 3 months from the end of the month in which the application was received
(ii) Trusts registered u/s 12AB for renewal 6 months from the end of the month in which the application was received 6 months from the end of the quarter in which the application was received
(iii) Trusts provisionally registered u/s 12AB for renewal
(iv) Trusts whose registration has become inoperative u/s 11(7) to make operative
(v) Trusts which have modified objects not conforming to conditions of registration
(vi)(B) Trusts which have commenced their activities and not claimed exemption u/s 11 and 12 for any year ending before the date of application
(vi)(A) Trusts which have not commenced their activities for provisional registration 1 month from the end of the month in which the application was received 1 month from the end of the month in which the application was received

This amendment is stated to be for better processing and monitoring.

This being a procedural amendment, the revised timeline of 6 months from the end of the quarter may apply even to applications made prior to 1st October, 2024, where the original timeline for processing has not lapsed before 1st October, 2024. Therefore, in case of applications received in April 2024, where the orders could have been passed till October 2024, the orders can now be passed till December 2024.

APPROVAL U/S 80G

A trust which had commenced its activities could have applied for approval under section 80G only if it had not claimed exemption under clause (iv), (v), (vi) or (via) of section 10(23C) or exemption under section 11 for any year ending prior to the date of its application. Therefore, an existing trust having activities for many years claiming exemption under section 11 but not having opted to obtain approval under section 80G earlier, could never have applied for approval. This restriction of not having claimed exemption earlier, has been deleted with effect from 1st October 2024, permitting such existing trusts to seek approval.

Just as in the case of processing of applications under section 12AB, in case of applications for renewal of approval under section 80G or for fresh application under section 80G where activities of the trust have commenced, the timeline for passing the order granting approval or rejecting the application has been amended to a period of 6 months of the end of the quarter in which the application was made, from the period of 6 months from the end of the month in which the application was made.

No amendment has been made to delegate powers to the Commissioner to condone delays in filing applications for approval under section 80G. Perhaps this is on account of the fact that a trust can now make an application at any time after the commencement of its activities. Therefore, even if its earlier application was rejected on account of delay in filing the application, it can make a fresh application again subsequently. However, this will result in it not being approved for the interim period. It would have been better had the power been delegated to the Commissioner in such cases as well.

MERGER OF TRUSTS — SECTION 12AC

A new section, section 12AC, has been inserted with effect from 1st April, 2025. This provides that if a trust approved under clauses (iv), (v), (vi) or (via) of section 10(23C) or registered under section 12AB merges with another trust, the provisions of Chapter XII-EB (Tax on Accreted Income) shall not apply if:

(a) The other trust has similar objects;

(b) The other trust is registered u/s 12AB or under clause (iv), (v), (vi) or (via) of section 10(23C); and

(c) The merger fulfils such conditions as may be prescribed.

The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill explains the rationale behind this amendment as under:

“Merger of trusts under the exemption regime with other trusts

1. When a trust or institution which is approved / registered under the first or second regime, as the case may be merges with another approved / registered entity under either regime, it may attract the provisions of Chapter XII-EB, relating to tax on accreted income in certain circumstances.

2. It is proposed that conditions under which the said merger shall not attract provisions of Chapter XII-EB, may be prescribed, to provide greater clarity and certainty to taxpayers. A new section 12AC is proposed to be inserted for this purpose.

3. These amendments will take effect from the 1st day of April, 2025.”

While one understands the need to provide clarity on various exemption provisions in the event of merger of an approved/registered trust with another approved/registered trust (e.g., treatment of accumulation, spending out of corpus, loans, etc), the language of the amendment as well as the Explanatory Memorandum explaining the amendment are a little baffling. This is on account of the fact that as the law stands today, tax on accreted income under section 115TD applies to a merger only when an approved/registered trust merges with a trust which is not approved / registered, or which does not have similar objects. Section 115TD(1)(b) does not apply at all when both the trusts involved in the merger are registered trusts having similar objects. There was therefore no need for such a provision at all.

The further interesting aspect is that since section 115TD has not been amended at all, even if conditions are prescribed for the purposes of section 12AC, these conditions cannot create a charge under section 115TD, which excludes a case where both trusts are approved/registered and have similar objects.

One will have to await the rules that will be prescribed, to fully understand the impact of this amendment.

Whether an Inordinate Delay in the Disposal of Appeals by the First Appellate Authorities is Justifiable?

INTRODUCTION

The Indian public, especially professionals, are perturbed, agitated and upset as there has been an inordinate delay on the part of First Appellate Authorities in passing appellate orders in respect of appeals filed by the assessees against assessment orders passed by the Assessing Officers. This is for the reason that the assessees who may have received high-pitched assessment orders raising huge tax and interest demands must have approached the First Appellate Authorities by preferring appeals before them. However, it is very disturbing that the First Appellate Authorities, for reasons best known to them, have refrained from taking any further action in deciding the appeals, except sending notices after notices in standard formats to the assessees to file submissions in support of their grounds of appeal. It may be noted that after the introduction of the Faceless Appeal Scheme by the Government, the Faceless Appeal Centre conducts the functions of the First Appellate Authorities.

In this write-up, an attempt is made to highlight the legal position as to whether the time limit for passing appellate orders by the First Appellate Authorities is mandatory or directory, the consequences of inaction on the part of the First Appellate Authorities in hearing and disposing of appeals, whether the First Appellate Authorities can be made accountable for their inaction, and whether there is any remedy against such inaction.

PROVISIONS OF THE INCOME TAX ACT, 1961

The provisions relating to the appeals before the Joint Commissioner (Appeals) and the Commissioner (Appeals) (hereinafter referred to as “the First Appellate Authorities”) are contained under Chapter XX of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”) covering sections 246 to 251 of the Act. Section 250 of the Act provides for the procedure in appeal. The Finance Act, 1999, for the first time, inserted sub–section (6A) to section 250 of the Act, which reads as follows:

Sub-section (6A)

In every appeal, the Commissioner (Appeals), where it is possible, may hear and decide such appeal within a period of one year from the end of the financial year in which such appeal is filed before him under section (1) of section 246A.

The Finance Act, 2023, slightly amended the above sub-section by including the Joint Commissioner (Appeals) in the said sub-section and also provided for the time limit for passing orders when the appeal gets transferred to the First Appellate Authority. The amended sub-section (6A) reads as under:

Amended Sub-section (6A)

In every appeal, the Joint Commissioner (Appeals) or Commissioner (Appeals), as the case may be where it is possible, may hear and decide within a period of one year from the end of the financial year in which such appeal is filed before him under subsection (1) or transferred to him under subsection (2) or sub-section (3) of section 246 or filed before him under sub-section (1) of section 246A as the case may be.

The memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 1999, giving the reasons for the insertion of sub-section (6A) in section 250 of the Act, reads as under:

“In the absence of any statutory provision, there is considerable delay in the disposal of appeals. It is also seen that there is a disinclination to take up old appeals for disposal by the Commissioner (Appeals). To ensure accountability as well as to ensure disposal of appeals within a reasonable timeframe, it is proposed to provide that the Commissioner (Appeals) where it is possible, may hear and decide every appeal within a period of one year from the end of the financial year in which the appeal is filed.”

WHETHER THE PROVISIONS OF SUB-SECTION (6A) TO SECTION 250 ARE MANDATORY OR ONLY DIRECTORY?

There are several judicial pronouncements in which the Supreme Court has held that where a public officer is directed by a statute to perform his duty within a specified timeframe, the provisions as to time are only directory. Reliance in this regard may be placed on the ratio of the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of P. T. Rajan vs. T. P. M. Sahir (2003) 8 SCC 498.

As per the ratio of the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of T. V. Usman vs. Food Inspector Tellicherry Municipality JT 1994 (1) SC 260 it can be argued that although the provisions in a statute requiring a public officer to perform a public duty within a particular timeframe are directory, nonetheless the other party on whom the right is conferred is seriously prejudiced on account of non — performance of such duty within the prescribed timeframe then in such cases, the related provisions with regard to performance of public duty by a public officer within the prescribed time can be construed as imperative. Therefore, on the basis of this decision of the Supreme Court, it can be contended that even though the legislature has used the words “may” in the context of hearing and deciding appeals by using the expression “where it is possible may hear and decide every appeal” in sub-section (6A) to section 250 of the Act, as the assessees are seriously prejudiced on account of non — performance of their duties by the First Appellate Authorities in hearing and disposal of appeals within the time limit of one year, the said provisions with regard to time limit should be considered as mandatory. In such cases, assessees on whom the right is conferred to challenge the appellate orders before the Tribunals cannot do so on account of non-performance of duties by the First Appellate Authorities within the stipulated timeframe. Further, the legislature, in fixing the time limit, has contemplated that the First Appellate Authorities should be made “accountable” for not acting within the prescribed timeframe because, in the memorandum explaining the provisions of the Financial Bill, 1999, it has been emphasised that “to ensure accountability as well as to ensure disposal of appeals within a reasonable timeframe”, the time limit of the year has been prescribed for hearing and deciding the appeals. There are conflicting decisions of the Supreme Court with regard to reliance on the memorandum explaining the provisions of the Bill while interpreting the provisions of the Enactment, for example, in the case of Ajoy Kumar Bannerjee vs. Union of India, AIR 1984 SC 1130, while interpreting the provisions of section 16 of the General Insurance Business (Nationalisation) Act, 1972, the Supreme Court relied on the memorandum of the relevant Bill explaining the object of clause 16 of the Bill, which became section 16 of the said Act. Further, one can rely on the ratio of mischief rule laid down in the famous Heydon’s case for the proposition that “accountability” was contemplated by the First Appellant Authorities to cure the mischief of delaying the hearing and deciding appeals within a reasonable time.

But the directory provisions do not vest in the concerned First Appellate Authorities, who are quasi-judicial authorities to act according to their whims and fancy. Assuming for the sake of argument that the provisions regarding hearing and deciding appeals within one year, as stated in sub-section (6A) to section 250, are directory, then whether the First Appellate Authorities can take the assessees for a ride by not deciding the appeals for several years?

MEANING OF “ACCOUNTABILITY”

The Cambridge Dictionary defines the word “accountable” as meaning “someone who is accountable is completely responsible for what they do and must be able to give a satisfactory reason for it.” The Collins Dictionary defines the word accountable as meaning “if you are accountable to someone for something that you do, you are responsible for it and must be prepared to justify your actions to that person.” The synonym for the word “accountable” is “answerable” which has been defined by Mitra’s Legal & Commercial Dictionary as “Liable to be called to account, responsible, liable to answer.” When it comes to the accountability of public servants, the word “accountable” assumes a greater significance because a public servant is answerable to the Government and the Public for justification for his inactions.

Para 5 of the “Tax Payers’ Charter issued by the Income Tax Department states that the Department shall make decisions in every income tax proceeding within the time prescribed under the law. Therefore, non-passing of appellate orders within the timeframe prescribed under sub-section (6A) of section 250 of the Act amounts to infringement of the provisions of the Tax Payers’ Charter issued by the Income Tax Department, and this is a serious matter. The CBDT has also released a Citizen Charter in which it has been emphasized that the Income Tax Department should act in a fair manner with the taxpayers.

Now, the Tax Payers’ Charter has the mandate of section 119A of the Act and therefore, the Income Tax Department should not take this matter lightly, where a large number of assessees are adversely affected.

Way back in the Year 1955, the CBDT had issued administrative instructions for the guidance of Income Tax Officers on matters pertaining to assessment in terms of Circular No. 14 (XL — 35) dated 11th April, 1955 inter-alia stating in Para 3 that the officers of the Department must not take advantage of the ignorance of an assessee as to his rights. As the powers of the First Appellate Authorities are coterminous with those of the Assessing Offices, these instructions apply with equal force to the First Appellate Authorities.

Even the Direct Tax Laws Committee, in its Interim Report in the Year 1977 had observed that whenever litigation is inevitable, the same will be disposed of as expeditiously as possible.

It may be noted that in which manner the public officers performing public duty, including the First Appellate Authorities, can be made accountable for their inactions is a matter of great concern. Our constitution is silent for making public officers accountable for their acts of omission as well as their inaction in performing their official duties. Further, section 293 of the Act offers a shield to those erring officers, as the said section states that no suit shall be brought in any civil court to set aside or modify any proceeding taken or order made under this Act, and no prosecution, suit or other proceedings shall lie against the Government or any officer of the Government for anything in good faith done or intended to do under this Act. It needs to be emphasized that this section bars suits, etc., against the Government or its officers for anything in good faith done or intended to be done under this Act. Whether non-disposal of appeals by the First Appellate Authorities for several years, overstepping the time limit of one year laid down under sub-section (6A) of section 250 of the Act be construed as an act done in good faith? The answer will certainly be in the negative. Whether in such cases, the provisions of section 293 of the Act can be invoked? The answer will be in the affirmative.

EFFECT OF INORDINATE DELAY IN DELIVERING JUSTICE

With regard to the delay in delivering justice, it is apposite to quote the following observations of the Supreme Court in the case of Imtiaz Ahmed vs. State of Uttar Pradesh & Others (AIR 2012 SC 642).

“Unduly long delay has the effect of bringing about blatant violation of the rule of law and adverse impact on the common man’s access to justice. A person’s access to justice is a guaranteed fundamental right under the Constitution and, particularly Article 21.

Denial of this right undermines public confidence in the justice delivery system. It incentivises people to look for shortcuts and other fora where they feel that justice will be done quicker. In the long run, this also weakens the justice delivery system and poses a threat to the Rule of Law.”

Thus, it is very true that non-disposal of appeals within the time frame prescribed for the First Appellate Authorities under the Act has resulted in the blatant violation of the Rule of Law and has shaken the confidence of a large number of assessees who are eagerly awaiting appellate orders in their cases.

WHETHER A LONG TIME TAKEN FOR THE DISPOSAL OF APPEALS BY THE FIRST APPELLATE AUTHORITIES LIKELY TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF APPELLATE ORDERS?

If the quality of appellate orders passed by the First Appellate Authorities is likely to improve, then the slight delay in passing such appellate orders by the First Appellate Authorities may be justified.

One is reminded of the case of CIT vs. Edulji F. E. Dinshaw (1943) 11 ITR 340 (Bombay), which came up for consideration before the Bombay High Court in which his Lordship Chief Justice Beaumont remarked as under with regard to the quality of appellate orders passed by the First Appellate Authorities.

“I have been hearing income tax references in this Presidency for the last thirteen years, and I would say that in at least ninety per cent of the cases which have come before this Court, the Assistant Commissioner has agreed with the Income Tax Officer and the Commissioner has agreed with the Assistant Commissioner, however complicated and difficult the questions may have been.”

It appears that even after a long period of more than eighty years, the situation is far from satisfactory, as otherwise, the Income Tax Appellate Tribunals all over India may not have been flooded with appeals filed mostly by the assessees.

JUSTICE DELAYED IS JUSTICE DENIED AND AMOUNTS TO VIOLATION OF ARTICLE 21 OF THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

The expression “Justice delayed is justice denied” was used for the first time by the Jurist Sir Edward Coke in the Sixteenth Century.

Article 21 of the Constitution of India, which deals with the Protection of Life and Personal Liberty, states that “No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.”

In the landmark case of Hussainara Khatoon vs. Home Secretary, State of Bihar [1979 SCR (3) 532], the Supreme Court gave a wider interpretation to Article 21 of the Constitution of India, holding that speedy trial is a fundamental right of every litigation.

Thus, by not passing appellate orders in a reasonable timeframe by the First Appellate Authorities, there is a violation of Article 21 of the Constitution of India.

The delayed justice results in mental agony, harassment and frustration amongst the assessees.

HEADS I WIN AND TAILS YOU LOSE APPROACH OF THE INCOME TAX DEPARTMENT

It is a matter of great concern that when it comes to filing of appeals before the First Appellate Authorities against assessment orders passed by the Assessing Officers, the time limit has been laid down under section 249 of the Act, and only in exceptional circumstances, the time limit is extended by the First Appellate Authorities. Where there is a slight genuine delay on the part of the assessee in filing an appeal, he is at the mercy of the First Appellate Authority. In such cases, the assessee has to file a Petition for Condonation of Delay with the supporting affidavit duly notarized. Therefore, the honest assessees suffer at both ends. They have to file appeals within a particular timeframe and also they do not receive appellate orders well in time. The Income Tax Department expects that the assessees should strictly follow the law, but it does not take any action against the erring First Appellate Authorities, who act according to their whims and fancies and do not abide by the law.

CONCLUDING REMARKS

In view of the aforesaid discussion, it is amply clear that on account of the non-disposal of appeals by the First Appellate Authorities —

The delay in justice tantamounts to the denial of justice.

There is a violation of Article 21 of the Constitution of India apart from infringement of the Taxpayers’ Charter.

The Income Tax Department is neither taking any remedial action against the erring First Appellate Authorities nor making them accountable for their inactions. It appears that the Income Tax Department is unperturbed and is a silent observer. Even if the Income Tax Department has taken some actions, they are outside the public domain and certainly did not yield the desired results.

The honest taxpayers’ are suffering, undergoing mental stress and agony and facing considerable hardships on account of the non-disposal of appeals by the First Appellate Authorities within a reasonable period.

The main reason why no attention is being paid to the taxpayers’ grievances is because of the reason that those taxpayers who are willing to fight against grave injustice done to them are not duly supported by others, as a result of which their grievances go unnoticed and remain unredressed.

The eminent Jurist and Senior Lawyer Late Mr. Nani Palkhiwala had, in the context of tinkering with the Act every year, had once remarked during one of the great Budget Speeches that “the patience of the Indian Public is anaesthetised, and it continues to endure injustice and unfairness without any resistance”.

REMEDY

The appropriate remedy in such cases is to approach the High Court by filing a Writ of Mandamus. In the case of Praga Tools Corporation vs. Imannual AIR 1969 SC 1306, the Supreme Court observed that an order of mandamus is a form of a command directed to a person requiring him to do a particular thing which pertains to his office which is in the nature of a public duty. In the case of Samarth Transport Company vs. Regional Transport Authority, AIR 1961 SC 93, it was held by the Supreme Court that where there was an inordinate delay on the part of the Issuing Authority in disposing of an application for renewal of license, a writ of mandamus can be issued. Thus, the assessee can approach the High Court by filing a writ of mandamus against the First Appellate Authority, seeking an order of mandamus from the High Court directing the First Appellate Authority to hear and decide the appeal within a particular timeframe.

Tax Implications in the Hands of Successor / Resulting Company

Business reorganizations have always been of vital importance for any entity to meet certain needs, expand the business, etc. and have risen over time to explore various opportunities. The drivers that create interest in various forms of restructuring could be internal or external. Equally important is the tax aspect of such business reorganization.

The judiciaries have given importance to the law of succession while interpreting the tax implications in the hands of the successor. In the present article, we have dealt with the tax implications in the hands of the successor / resulting company and the benefits that can be passed on to the resulting company.

The Apex Court has laid down certain principles as a law of succession, which acts as a guide to assess the implications under various scenarios. In the case of succession through amalgamation, the SC1 has held that although the outer shell of the entity is destroyed in case of amalgamation, the corporate venture continues to exist in the form of a new or the existing transferee entity. The SC in another decision2 emphasized the point that the successor-in-interest becomes eligible to all the entitlements and deductions which were due to the predecessor firm subject to the specific provisions contained in the Act. Basis the said findings of the SC, what can be underlined is that the successor should be entitled to the benefits which would have been otherwise available to the predecessor had the restructuring not taken place.

In the present Article, we are discussing the tax implications in the hands of the successor under a few of the provisions of the Act.


1   PCIT vs Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd. : [2022] 443 ITR 194 (SC)

2   CIT vs. T. Veerabhadra Rao : (1985) 155 ITR 152 (SC)

A) CARRY FORWARD AND SET-OFF OF MAT CREDIT

Section 115JAA deals with the carry forward and set-off of Minimum Alternate Tax (‘MAT’) credit in the subsequent years pursuant to any tax liability discharged under section 115JB of the Act. However, the provisions do not provide any specific clarifications for carrying forward MAT credit in case of business reorganizations, except a restriction to carry forward MAT credit in case of conversion of a Company to an LLP as per section 115JAA(7) of the Act. A few of the important points for consideration are discussed hereunder:

Whether MAT liability entity-specific or business-specific?

Before analyzing the impact under different forms of business reorganization, it is important to understand whether MAT liability is entity-specific or business-specific. And consequently, who should be eligible for the MAT credit; i.e., the entity who has discharged the MAT liability or if the MAT liability pertains to the business, then the entity who is in control of the business.

The provisions of section 115JAA state that the credit of the MAT liability discharged in the past should be allowed to the person who has paid such MAT liability. Relevant extracts of the provisions are reproduced as follows, for easy reference.

“…(1A) Where any amount of tax is paid under sub-section (1) of section 115JB by an assessee, being a company for the assessment year commencing on the 1st day of April 2006 and any subsequent assessment year, then, credit in respect of the tax so paid shall be allowed to him in accordance with the provisions of this section.”

Thus, the wording of the provision, basis literal interpretation, allows credit to the same person who has discharged the liability and the same is the contention of the Revenue.

Generally, tax liabilities are taxpayer-specific, wherein an entity is required to discharge the tax liability on the total book profit (in the case of MAT liability), which would be a consolidated profit from all the businesses carried on by the taxpayer. However, an equally important fact of the tax laws is that tax is on the income earned from the businesses carried on by the taxpayer. As held by the SC in the case of Mahagun Realtors (P) Ltd (supra), in case of amalgamation, the corporate venture continues and it just that the form of the entity changes. Thus, the importance is on the venture undertaken and the assets and liabilities are associated with the said venture and not the entity. Even the provisions for recovery of demand in case of succession permit the Revenue Authority to recover demand from the successor. Thus, these provisions also indicate that the tax is on the income earned from the relevant businesses.

Basis the above interpretation, identifying MAT credit particular to any undertaking could be a point of possibility in order to pass on the MAT credit, which would be available for set-off in the hands of the successor company that takes over the relevant part of the business from the transferor company. To put it in other words, it can be contended that the MAT liability discharged is specific to a particular business carried on by the company and can be passed on to the entity that is in control of such business.

Amalgamations and demergers are tax-neutral

Amalgamations and Demergers, if undertaken by complying with the conditions provided under the Act, are intended to be tax-neutral transactions. Accordingly, the successors should be entitled to all the available tax benefits as a part of succession which are associated with the businesses taken over. Thus, where in the past, any MAT liability was discharged on the book profits in relation to the business transferred, the credit of the same should be entitled to the successor company. To view it from another perspective, if the MAT credit relating to the business transferred is carried forward by the transferor company, it would lead to the set-off of the MAT credit in relation to the business which is transferred, against the tax liability on the income that would be retained by the transferor company. This could be an unjust position. Further, the said proposition would otherwise be impossible, at least in the case of amalgamation, where the amalgamating company ceases to exist. Thus, again, the contention that should prevail is that the MAT credit should be passed on to the successor company.

All the assets and liabilities to be transferred in case of amalgamation and demerger

One of the conditions under section 2(1B) dealing with amalgamation requires all the properties of the amalgamating company to become the properties of the amalgamated company. Similar provisions are for demergers wherein even section 2(19AA) requires all the properties of the demerged undertaking to be transferred to the resulting company.

Thus, all the properties could be contended to include the MAT credits of the entity (in case of amalgamation) and undertaking (in case of demerger). The important consideration would be to identify the MAT credit relating to the demerged undertaking in case of a demerger. Thus, the relevant computation needs to be in place to justify the MAT credit relating to the demerged undertaking and if it is possible to identify such MAT credit, a reasonable argument could be that even the MAT credits, as a part of the business, needs to be transferred.

However, a point that requires deliberation is whether MAT credit could be said to be “property” as the above provisions relating to amalgamation and demerger speaks about “properties” and not “assets”. Ideally, the intention in amalgamation and demergers is to include all the properties including trade receivables, cash and bank balance and other advances, etc. Thus, the word “property” would have a broader meaning and a justifiable proposition should be to also include MAT credits.

Approval of the Schemes by the Courts

If there are no statutory provisions on any specific issue, in that case, the scheme of arrangement as approved by the Courts (now NCLT) would have statutory recognition. The Mumbai Tribunal Bench3 had allowed the demerged entity to carry forward the MAT credit as the scheme was approved by the Court, holding that the tax payments until the appointed date would belong to the demerged entity. Thus, where any scheme of arrangement permits the carry forward of MAT credit to the successor, the scheme will prevail.


3   DCIT vs. TCS E-serve International Limited (ITA No. 2779/Mum/2108)

However, now the judicial authority to grant approvals for the various scheme of arrangements is the National Company Law Tribunal (‘NCLT’). Thus, it needs to be assessed as to whether the decisions, in respect of schemes where Courts were the approving authority, could also prevail and hold good where the approvals of the schemes are through NCLT.

As per the Companies Act, the scheme of arrangement would have statutory force, once the same is approved under the relevant provisions of the Companies Act. Accordingly, it may be argued that the scheme holds a position of sanctity once it receives the sanction of the NCLT and cannot be disturbed. A scheme is said to have statutory force under all the Acts for all the stakeholders unless any clause of the scheme is contrary to other provisions of the Act. Thus, once a scheme is sanctioned and is in force under one law, all the clauses for the said scheme should be said to have legal sanctity.

No case of dual credit

In the case of amalgamation, there are no chances of dual credit that could be claimed by two parties as the amalgamating company would cease to exist post-amalgamation. Hence, there is no question of claiming dual credits by both parties. The same would be a reasonable position to contend4

Even in the case of a demerger, if the MAT credit is transferred to the resulting company and the resulting company has paid for such takeover of credit, then naturally, the demerged entity should be debarred from claiming the MAT credit again.

To summarize, the position of carry forward of MAT credit in case of amalgamation is reasonable and there are judicial precedents providing assent for the same. However, the issue is slightly on a separate footing with distinct judicial precedents in the case of demergers. The Ahmedabad Tribunal5 has allowed the MAT credit to be carried forward by the resulting company in case of demerger, though certain aspects were not considered or argued by the Revenue. Thus, though a strong argument of the law of succession should equally apply in the case of demergers as in the case of amalgamation, the practical difficulties of apportioning the MAT credit to the demerged entity are equally challenging. Additionally, the contention that MAT credit associated with the business undertaking and not to be entity-specific also needs judicial sanction as the wording of the provisions do not support the same, basis the argument of tax being linked with income.


4   Ambuja Cements Ltd. vs. DCIT : [2019] 111 taxmann.com 10 (Mum Tri), Capgemini Technology Services India Ltd. in ITA Nos. 1857 & 1935/Pun/2017
5   Adani Gas Limited vs. ACIT in ITA Nos. 2241 & 2516/Ahd/2011

B) DEDUCTIONS UNDER SECTION 40(A) / 43B

At times, there are certain disallowances under section 40(a) for non-deduction of tax at source, or under section 43B for non-payment of statutory dues, or other payments prescribed under the said section. Generally, the deduction for the said expenses is allowed in the year when the tax is deducted or prescribed payments are made, unless the liabilities are discharged before the filing of the return of income under section 139(1) of the Act as prescribed.

The issue arises as to the allowability of deduction in the case of amalgamations or demergers where the disallowances happen in a particular financial year in the hands of the transferor companies, whereas the payments are made after the appointed date by the transferee companies.

In the absence of any explicit provisions in the above scenarios of business reorganizations, a question arises on the allowability of expense in the hands of the predecessor or successor due to the change of hands of the person incurring expenditure, and the person discharging the liability. There are multiple views adopted by the assessees due to a lack of clarity in the law and diverse judicial precedents.

i) As per the general principles of law, the deductibility of the expense is allowed to the assessee who has incurred the expenditure and expensed it out in the profit and loss account. However, the provisions of section 40(a) and section 43B come with an exception, where the allowability is deferred to the year in which the tax is deducted or expenses are paid, respectively.

ii) In the case of amalgamation as well as demerger, the definitions require all the liabilities to be taken over by the transferee company. Thus, the above statutory liabilities should also be taken over by the transferee company to meet the requirements under the Act. Thus, there is no option available to the predecessor companies in the case of a demerger to continue with such liabilities in the demerged entity. In the said scenarios, the question is whether the transferee company would be eligible for the deduction on making the respective payments or discharging the liabilities, or the same should be allowed to the transferor company.

iii) However, where such liabilities are taken over by the resulting company, the same is contended to be a capital expenditure by the Revenue on the ground that it arises on account of a capital account transaction of acquiring the business. Resultantly, the claim is denied to the transferee company and also to the transferor company.

It could be important to highlight the decision of the SC6 rendered in the context of taxability under section 41 wherein it was held that the amalgamated company should not be subjected to tax under section 41, as the corresponding expenses were claimed as a deduction by the predecessor entity, which ceased to exist. It was then that an amendment was made to section 41 whereby the provisions were specifically introduced to tax the successor company in the above scenario. The said precedence in the context of section 41 could be considered while assessing the deduction in the hands of the transferor company in case of demerger, or successor company in case of amalgamation and demerger.


6   Saraswati Industrial Syndicate Ltd vs. CIT : (1990) 186 ITR 278 (SC)

Implications under section 40(a)

iv) We may first analyze the provisions of section 40(a) of the Act which states that any expenditure on which tax is deductible will be allowed as a deduction only when tax is deducted and paid before filing the return of income under section 139(1) of the Act.

The provisions of the Act simply say that the deduction would be available when the tax is deducted and deposited to the credit of the Central Government. It does not talk about who should be allowed a deduction for the same. Thus, what can be construed is that the person who ultimately complies with the above conditions would be eligible for the deduction. When looking at the intent of the provisions, the focus is on the liability to deduct and deposit tax and naturally, the entity that complies with the condition should be eligible for the deduction.

v) Say for example, there is an expense which is debited to the profit and loss account in the books of the predecessor company. However, the tax is not deducted on the same and thus, there is a disallowance while computing the total income of the amalgamating company. Thereafter, amalgamation takes place, and the tax is deducted and paid by the amalgamated entity. A question arises as to whether the amalgamated company would be eligible for the deduction under section 40(a) of the Act. A similar situation may also arise in the case of a demerger. The only difference is that in the case of a demerger, the demerged entity would continue to be in existence, unlike in the case of amalgamation.

In the above scenario, as far as the amalgamation is concerned, a possible contention could be that the deduction should be allowed to the amalgamated company as the predecessor company ceases to exist. However, the scenario in the case of a demerger may differ as the entity that was subject to the disallowance, i.e., the demerged entity, continues to exist. Thus, taking an analogy from the decision of the SC in the case of Saraswat Industrial Syndicate Ltd. (supra), it can be contended that deduction should be allowed to the demerged entity in the year when the liability is discharged by the resulting company. While adopting such a position, there needs to be co-ordination between the entities to understand when such payments are made and that the resulting company is not claiming the deduction as well.

vi) As an alternate view, reference is made to the decision of the SC in the case of CIT v. T Veerabhadra Rao (cited supra), whereby the claim of bad debts was allowed in the hands of the transferee company even though the corresponding income was offered to tax by the predecessor company. Drawing an analogy from the same, deduction could be claimed by the successor company under section 40(a) on discharge of such liabilities even when the expense was incurred by the predecessor and disallowed in its hands.

Implications under section 43B

vii) Section 43B deals with deduction of any expense only while computing the income in the year in which such liability is paid by the assessee, irrespective of the previous year in which the liability to pay such sum was incurred by the assessee according to the method of accounting regularly employed by him. Basis the literal reading of the law, the provisions of section 43B do not specifically mention that the deduction will only be allowed in the hands of the person who incurred and discharged the liability.

viii) Similar to the contention adopted for deduction under section 40(a) and adopting an analogy basis the decision of the SC in the case of Saraswat Industrial Syndicate Ltd. (supra), a similar plea could continue even in case of deductibility under section 43B, whereby, the demerged entity can claim deduction once the resulting company discharges the liability. However, due to the act of impossibility in case of amalgamation where the amalgamating company ceases to exist, the deduction could only be claimed in the hands of the successor company.

ix) Another way of looking at the provisions is that the income tax provisions treat certain specific dues mentioned under the section as expenses of the year in which the same are actually paid and no regard is given to the accounting principles followed by the assessee.

Consequently, it can be argued that the deduction should be allowed to the person discharging the liability. The provisions of section 43B are an exception to the general law in which the provision itself states that the expenses which are otherwise allowable under the Act, should be allowed as a deduction on a payment basis. Thus, in light of the same and obeying the provisions of the Act, the deduction of the expense could be allowed as a deduction basis for actual payment to the entity that has made the payment.

x) At the same time, while adopting the above view, there could be a practical difficulty in cases where the year of demerger is also the first year of the resulting company. The liabilities that would be discharged by the resulting company would pertain to the preceding previous years when the resulting company was not in existence and the expenses were booked by the demerged entity. Thus, the reporting under the relevant clause of the Tax Audit Report for section 43B stating liabilities pre-existing on the first day of the previous and being paid during the year, could be a practical challenge.

xi) The Mumbai Tribunal7 has relied on the principle held by the SC in the case of T Veerabhadra Rao, K Koteswara Rao & Co. (cited supra) and allowed the deduction of liabilities under section 43B to the transferee, on the reasoning that the transferee had taken over all the assets and liabilities of the transferor.

xii) The Mumbai Tribunal8 has analyzed the eligibility of deduction under section 43B in the hands of the transferor in the year in which slump sale took place. The Tribunal observed that the transferor cannot by contract, transfer or shift his statutory obligation to the transferee and thus, there was no basis to hold that impugned liability stands discharged by the transferor upon sale of its undertaking on slump sale basis.

Thus, in the absence of any explicit provisions, Revenue can contend a similar proposition even for demergers.

xiii) The implications in the case of demergers are litigious with divergent views. Thus, it is advisable to provide for a suitable clause in the scheme of arrangement for such statutory dues, which would give a legal sanction through approval of the scheme. Separately, it is also advised to have a suitable disclosure in the Tax Audit Report about the positions taken, to reflect the conscious and bonafide claim.


7   In KEC International (2011) 136 TTJ 60 (Mum Tri), Huntsman International (India) Private Limited (ITA No.3916 and 1539/Mum/2014)

8   Pembril Engineering (P) Ltd. v. DCIT (2015) 155 ITD 72 (Mum Tri)

C) IMPLICATIONS UNDER SECTION 79 IN LIGHT OF SECTION 72A

i) Section 79 of the Act restricts the carry forward and set off of business loss incurred in any preceding previous years by a company (other than a company in which the public is substantially interested and an eligible start-up company), if the shares of the company carrying more than 49 per cent of the voting power change hands and are beneficially held by different shareholders in the previous year when the losses are set off, as compared to the year when the losses were incurred. The provisions were introduced to prevent business reorganizations undertaken where the profits earned by a company are intended to be set off against the losses of the target company.

ii) Correspondingly, section 72A of the Act deals with specific provisions for carried forward and set-off of losses in case of amalgamations and demergers, subject to fulfilment of certain conditions.

iii) The provisions are mutually exclusive to each other. However, there could arise a situation in the cases of amalgamation and demergers between unrelated parties, which could lead to a change in the shareholding of the entities and where provisions of section 79 get triggered. At the same time, if the conditions of section 72A are fulfilled, the losses should be allowed to be carried forward in the hands of the successor company. Thus, it would be important to understand the interplay between the two provisions and we have tried to cover some issues in this regard.

Issue regarding carry forward of losses of the predecessor company to the successor company

iv) Before dealing with the interplay between the above provisions, it would be important to understand a scenario where the losses of the demerged entity are transferred to the resulting company, which is a profit-making entity. In the said scenario, the question is whether the provision of section 79 will be applicable in the said scenario. It may be noted that in the above scenario, the demerged entity is not going to claim the losses as the same are transferred to the resulting company. Thus, where the losses are not carried forward and set off by the demerged entity, the question of applying the provisions of section 79 will not be applicable.

Thereafter, another question is whether the provisions of section 79 will be applicable to the resulting company while setting off the losses of the demerged undertaking. It may be noted that the provisions of section 79 could come into play when losses of the same entity are proposed to be set off. In the above scenario, the losses proposed to be set off pertains to the demerged undertaking which comes due to demerger. Thus, ideally, a contention could be that the provisions of section 79 will not be applicable where the resulting company intends to set off the losses acquired by way of demerger.

Having said so, if there is contention to apply the provisions of section 79 even on set-off losses of the demerged undertaking by the resulting company, the following contentions could be considered.

v) One of the important legal interpretations of the above two provisions is that both Section 79 and Section 72A of the Act start with a non-obstante provision. While the former applies notwithstanding anything contained in Chapter VI of the Act, the latter applies notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of the Act. Thus, Section 79 of the Act has an overriding effect only over Chapter VI of the Act whereas Section 72A of the Act has an overriding effect over any other provisions of the Act. Thus, section 72A ideally should prevail over the provisions of section 79 of the Act.

vi) Another point to be noted is that the provisions of section 79 speak about losses incurred in the years preceding the previous year in which there is change in the shareholding of more than 49 per cent.

vii) Section 72A(1) states that in case of amalgamation, the losses incurred in the preceding previous years would be deemed to be the loss of the year in which the amalgamation took place and would be available for carry forward and set off for a period of 8 years thereafter. Accordingly, it can be contended that the provisions of section 79 will not be applicable in case of amalgamation and the amalgamated company can carry forward and set off the losses of the amalgamating company.

viii) However, unlike in the case of amalgamation, the provisions relating to a demerger are quite different. The provisions of sub-section (4) of section 72A do not cover the above deeming provisions. Accordingly, the losses of the preceding previous years would pertain to the said years only and would be available for carry forward and set off to the resulting company only for the balance years.

ix) However, a contention may be taken that the provisions of section 72A are more specific as it deal with an explicit scenario of amalgamation and demerger. Thus, as per the general rule of interpretation, the specific provisions will prevail over general provisions. Accordingly, the provisions of section 79 cannot be applied in case of amalgamations and demergers which meet the requirements of section 72A. This proposition is supported by a decision of the Mumbai Tribunal9.


9   Aegis Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT in ITA No. 1213 (Mum) of 2014

x) Thus, overall, considering the general rules of interpretation and intent of the introduction of provisions of section 72A, a liberal view is plausible that provisions of section 79 do not apply where requirements of section 72A are met.

xi) However, it may be noted that the present discussion is only limited towards the interplay of provisions of section 72A v/s section 79. There are other conditions also required to be fulfilled as per other provisions of the Act and requirements prescribed under section 72A need to be met to carry forward and set off the loss.

An issue where the successor company had losses and on account of amalgamation, the shareholding pattern changes by more than 49 per cent.

xii) In this scenario, say for example, the successor company had certain brought forward losses and pursuant to the business reorganization, the shareholding of the successor company changes by more than 49 per cent. Thus, as per the provisions of section 79 of the Act, the losses pertaining to the successor company would lapse. The provisions of section 72A would not apply to such losses, as section 72A deals with losses of the predecessor company getting transferred to the successor company.

xiii) Sub-section (2) of section 79 has provided certain exceptions where the provisions of section 79 will not apply. However, the said exceptions do not cover the above scenario. Thus, a position could be that the provisions of section 79 would get triggered, and the losses of the successor company may lapse.

xiv) Another way to look at the provisions is where the losses of the predecessor company are allowed to be set off in the hands of the successor company even if there is a change in the shareholding of the successor company by more than 49 per cent. However, at the same time, losses of the successor company itself are not allowed to carry forward and set off as the provisions of section 79 get triggered. Thus, this indicates an anomaly in allowing the set off of losses of the predecessor company and the successor company in the same restructuring of amalgamation and demerger.

xv) Additionally, it could also be a difficult proposition to digest the applicability of section 79 as the change in the shareholding is not on account of any transfer of shares by the existing shareholders of the successor company, but change is only in the percentage of shareholding i.e., dilution of the holding due to issue of shares to the new shareholders due to scheme of arrangement. However, it could be difficult to claim losses in the absence of any specific provisions and the basis of the literal reading of the provisions.

xvi) On the contrary, the applicability of section 79 in the above scenario could be genuine to avoid deliberate restructuring to set off the losses of the successor company against the profits of the predecessor company.

xvii) Thus, the contentions could change on the basis of the genuineness of the restructuring undertaken keeping aside the applicability of the provision basis the literal reading.

CONCLUDING THOUGHTS

There are following few other provisions which needs assessment for tax implications in the hands of the successor company:

— Implications under section 56(2)(viib) on the issue of shares pursuant to any business reorganization

— Treatment of depreciation on Goodwill / Intangible assets taken over

— Depreciation on other depreciable assets

— Tax implications under tax holiday provisions

Thus, there are plethora of issues which have implications in the hands of the successor entities apart from other transaction related issues, and it is important to take a position which has a reasonable view.

Power of AO to Grant Stay — Whether Discretionary or Controlled By the Instructions and Circulars

1. GENERAL BACKGROUND AND SCOPE

1.1 Upon completion of the assessment of total income by the Assessing Officer (AO), the amount of tax payable by the assessee is determined. It is quite common to see huge additions being made, in many cases, which result in huge demands arising as a result of a tax on additions made to the returned income and interest thereon under section 234B (and in cases where the return of income was filed beyond due date than under section 234A as well). The amount determined to be payable by the assessee is stated in the notice of demand issued under section 156 and the amount so mentioned is generally payable within 30 days from the date of issue of the notice of demand. The notice of demand issued under section 156 of the Act accompanies the assessment order.

1.2 Non-payment of the amount specified in the notice of demand, which is validly served on the assessee, within the time mentioned in the notice will mean that the assessee becomes an `assessee in default’ and consequently is liable to not only interest and penalty being levied on the amount of demand which is unpaid but also coercive steps being taken for recovery of the unpaid amount. Refunds of other years may be adjusted against such demands which have arisen as a result of disputed additions.

1.3 As per CBDT Instruction No. 1914 dated 2nd February, 1993 (hereinafter referred to as “the said Instruction”) —

i) the Board is of the view that, as a matter of principle, every demand should be recovered as soon as it becomes due;

ii) the responsibility of collection of the demand is upon the AO and the TRO;

iii) except for demands which are stayed every other demand is required to be collected;

iv) it is the responsibility of the supervisory authorities to ensure that the AOs and the TROs take all such measures as are necessary to collect the demand;

v) mere issuance of show cause notice with no follow-up is not to be regarded as an adequate effort to recover taxes.

1.4 While an assessee may choose to file an appeal against the assessment order, a question arises as to whether an assessee is bound to pay the demand which is disputed by the assessee. Many times, demands are of such a magnitude as would disrupt the smooth functioning of the business of the assessee. If recovery proceedings are to continue in spite of an appeal having been preferred, then the entire purpose of the appeal will be frustrated or rendered nugatory.

1.5 Does the filing of an appeal operate as a stay or suspension of the order appealed against? Is the assessee entitled to a stay of demand or instalments? Is the AO empowered to grant stay in a case where the assessee chooses to file a revision application under section 264? What is the position in case an assessee chooses not to contest the additions? Is granting of stay mandatory? Is AO bound by the Guidelines issued by CBDT? Is the AO bound by the restrictions imposed by the guidelines on exercise by the AO of the discretionary power conferred upon him by the statute under section 220(6) of the Act? These are some of the many questions which arise for consideration and are considered in this article.

1.6 Upon completion of the assessment, demand may arise as a result of —

i) additions made which are accepted by the assessee;

ii) additions which are disputed by the assessee and against which the assessee chooses to file a revision application under section 264 of the Act;

iii) additions which are disputed by the assessee and against which the assessee files an appeal under section 246 or section 246A to the JCIT(A) or CIT(A);

iv) additions which are disputed by the assessee and against which the assessee files an appeal to the Tribunal.

1.7 In a situation of the type referred to in (i) above it is quite unlikely (even unimaginable) that, in actual practice, a stay will ever be granted. Situations of the type mentioned in (ii) and (iv) above will be covered by the powers vested in the AO under section 220(3) of the Act. The situation of the type mentioned in (iii) above will be covered by the power vested in the AO under section 220(6) of the Act.

1.8 The power of the Tribunal to grant a stay of demand is not covered by this article.

2 ARE DECISIONS RENDERED IN THE CONTEXT OF PRE-DEPOSIT PRESCRIPTIONS PLACED BY A STATUTE OF RELEVANCE?

2.1 A plethora of judicial precedents are available in the context of pre-deposit prescriptions placed by a statute. The principles enunciated therein would clearly be relevant while examining the extent of power placed in the hands of the AO in terms of section 220(6) of the Act — National Association of Software and Services Companies (NASSCOM) vs. DCIT [(2024) 160 txmann.com 728 (Delhi HC); Order dated 1st March, 2024]. Courts have while deciding upon the allow ability or otherwise of the writ petitions filed by the assesses against refusal to grant stay by authorities, have based their decision on judicial precedents rendered in the context of pre-deposit prescription placed by a statute and have applied the ratio laid down by such decisions.

2.2 Consequently, this article contains references to decisions rendered in the context of Excise and Customs Laws to the extent it is considered that the said decisions are helpful in the context of the provisions of the Act.

3 NO COERCIVE RECOVERY CAN BE TAKEN DURING THE PENDENCY OF THE RECTIFICATION APPLICATION AND/OR STAY APPLICATION AND/OR TILL SUCH TIME AS STATUTORY TIME FOR FILING THE APPEAL EXPIRES.

3.1 Many times, assessment orders and/or tax computations have mistakes which are apparent on record and can be rectified by the AO under section 154 of the Act. An assessee is well advised to check if either the assessment order and/or the tax computation has any mistakes which are rectifiable under section 154 of the Act. In the event any such mistakes are found, an application should be made to the AO under section 154 of the Act requesting him to rectify these mistakes by passing an order under section 154 of the Act. Para D(iii) of the said Instruction requires the rectification application should be decided within 2 weeks of the receipt thereof. It goes on to say that instances where there is undue delay in deciding rectification applications, should be dealt with very strictly by the CCITs / CITs. In actual practice, this instruction is followed more in breach, and we find rectification applications undisposed for prolonged periods. Be that as it may, till the rectification application is not disposed of coercive steps cannot be taken for recovery of the demand because correct demand should be determined before an assessee can be treated as an assessee in default. For this proposition reliance may be placed on the decision in Sultan Leather Finishers P. Ltd. vs. ACIT [(1991) 191 ITR 179 (All. HC)].

3.2 Also, where an assessee has made an application to the AO for granting a stay of the demand which has arisen, then till the stay application is not disposed of by the AO, no coercive steps can be taken for recovery of the demand —Dr T K Shanmugasundaram vs. CIT & Others [(2008) 303 ITR 387 (Mad HC)] and UTI Mutual Fund vs. ITO [(2012) 345 ITR 71 (Bom.)].

Very recently, the Delhi High Court while deciding the writ petition filed by NASSCOM (supra) has termed the action of the AO in adjusting the refund against demand for AY 2018-19, while application for grant of stay under section 220(6) was pending to be wholly arbitrary and unfair. The court observed “Undisputedly, and on the date when the impugned adjustments came to be made, the application moved by the petitioner referable to section 220(6) of the Act had neither been considered nor disposed of. The respondents have thus, in our considered opinion, clearly acted arbitrarily in proceeding to adjust the demand for AY 2018-19 against the available refunds without attending to that application. This action of the respondents is wholly arbitrary and unfair.” The court allowed the writ petition and remitted the matter back to the AO for considering the application under section 220(6) in accordance with the observations made by the court in its order.

3.3 In a case where a stay application filed by the assessee before the AO is rejected or the AO has granted a stay but the assessee is not satisfied and has preferred an application to the PCIT / CIT for review of the order of AO then till such time as the application filed before the PCIT / CIT is not disposed of the AO cannot take any coercive steps to recover the demand. Para B(iii) of the said Instruction is also suggestive of this interpretation. However, the assessee should keep the AO informed of having preferred a review of his order.

3.4 No coercive action shall be taken till the expiry of the period within which an appeal can be preferred against the order which has resulted in the creation of the demand sought to be recovered — Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. vs. UOI [(1992) 59 ELT 505 (Bom. HC)].

3.5 The Bombay High Court has in the case of UTI Mutual Fund vs. ITO [(2012) 345 ITR 71 (Bom.)] held that no recovery of tax should be made pending—

i) expiry of the time limit for filing an appeal; and

ii) disposal of a stay application, if any, moved by the Applicant and for a reasonable period thereafter to enable the Applicant to move to a higher forum.

3.6 Recovery of demand arising as a result of high-pitched assessment is dealt with in Para 5 herein.

4 POWER OF THE AO TO GRANT STAY IN A CASE WHERE AN APPEAL HAS BEEN PRESENTED TO JCIT(A) / CIT (A) — SECTION 220(6)

4.1Section 220(6) reads as under —

“(6) Where an assessee has presented an appeal under section 246 or section 246A the Assessing Officer may, in his discretion and subject to such conditions as he may think fit to impose in the circumstances of the case, treat the assessee as not being in default in respect of the amount in dispute in the appeal, even though the time for payment has expired, as long as such appeal remains undisposed of.”

4.2 The following points emerge from the above provision—

i) the AO has the discretion to treat the assessee as not being in default in respect of the amount in dispute (in general parlance it is referred to as a grant stay on recovery of the amount demanded);

ii) the stay may be granted without any conditions or with conditions which the AO may think fit to impose in the circumstances of the case;

iii) the discretion can be exercised only in cases where an appeal has been presented under section 246 or section 246A. In other words, the discretion under this sub-section cannot be exercised in cases where an appeal lies to the Tribunal and/or the assessee chooses to file an application under section 264 instead of filing an appeal under section 246A;

iv) the power may be exercised even after the time for making the payment, as per the notice of demand, has expired;

v) the power can be exercised and stay granted only till the appeal remains undisposed;

vi) the discretion can be exercised only in respect of an amount in dispute in an appeal. In a case where a particular addition can be a subject matter of rectification under section 154, it is advisable that the assessee takes up such addition in a rectification application as well as take the issue in appeal;

vii) while the section does not provide that the power will be exercised only upon an application to be made by the assessee, it is unimaginable that an AO may exercise the discretion vested in him by virtue of section 220(6) suo moto;

viii) while on a literal interpretation, it appears that an assessee can make an application / power can be exercised by the AO only where the assessee has `presented an appeal under section 246 or section 246A’.

In practice, it is advisable to make an application even before an appeal is filed. The application, in such a case, should mention that the assessee is in the process of filing an appeal under section 246A of the Act. The assessee should undertake to file an appeal before the expiry of the statutory time for filing of an appeal and also to provide to the AO a copy of the acknowledgement of having filed an appeal once it has been filed. The AO may grant a stay on the condition that an appeal be filed within the statutory time limit. Failure to do so would vacate the stay so granted.

4.3 Every power is coupled with a duty to act reasonably. While section 220(6) confers a discretion / authority upon the AO, going by the principles laid down bythe courts, such an authority has to be construed as a duty to exercise that power. This is evident from the following —

i) The Apex Court in L Hriday Narain vs. ITO [(1970) 78 ITR 26 (SC)] has observed as under —

“If a statute invests a public officer with authority to do an act in a specified set of circumstances, it is imperative upon him to exercise his authority in a manner appropriate to the case when a party interested and having a right to apply moved in that behalf and circumstances for the exercise of authority are shown to exist. Even if the words used in the statute are prima facie enabling, the courts will readily infer a duty to exercise power which is invested in aid of enforcement of a right-public or private — of a citizen.”

ii) The Allahabad High Court in ITC Ltd. vs. Commissioner (Appeals), Customs & Central Excise [2003 SCC Online All 2224] has held as under-.

“24. Thus, even where enabling or discretionary power is conferred on a public authority, the words which are permissive in character, require to be constituted, involving a duty to exercise that power, if some legal right or entitlement is conferred or enjoyed, and for the effectuating of such right or entitlement, the exercise of such power is essential. The aforesaid view stands fortified in view of the fact that every power is coupled with a duty to act reasonably and the Court / Tribunal / Authority has to proceed to have strict adherence to the provisions of law [vide Julius vs. Lord Bishop of Oxford, (1880) 5 Appeal Cases 214; Commissioner of Police, Bombay vs. Gordhandas Bhanji, 1951 SCC 1088; K S Srinivasan vs. Union of India, AIR 1958 SC 419; Yogeshwar Jaiswal vs. State Transport Appellate Tribunal (1985) 1 SCC 725; Ambica Quarry Works, etc. vs. State of Gujarat (1987) 1 SCC 213.”

4.4 CBDT has, from time to time, issued guidelines regarding the procedure to be followed for recovery of outstanding demand, including the procedure for granting of stay of demand. Presently, the said Instruction read with Office Memorandum (OM) dated 31st July 2017 interalia provides for a grant of stay upon payment of 20 per cent of the disputed demand. Undoubtedly, under sub-section (6) of section 220 stay cannot be granted in respect of an amount which is admitted to be payable by the assessee.

4.5 A question often arises as to whether the discretion vested in the AO by section 220(6) is circumferenced by the said Instruction and the OM. Can the AO, in case circumstances so demand, exercise discretion and grant a stay of the entire amount of demand or on payment of an amount less than that mandated by the OM. Supreme Court in PCIT & Ors. vs. L G Electronics India Pvt. Ltd. [(2018) 18 SCC 477] has emphasized that the administrative circular would not operate as a fetter upon the power otherwise conferred upon a quasi-judicial authority and that it would be wholly incorrect to view the OM as mandating the deposit of 20 per cent, irrespective of the facts of the individual case.

The said Instruction states the following cases as illustrative situations where an assessee would be entitled to stay of the entire disputed demand where such disputed demand —

i) relates to the issues that have been decided in the assessee’s favour by an appellate authority or court earlier; or

ii) has arisen as a result of an interpretation of the law on which there is no decision of the jurisdictional high court and there are conflicting decisions of non-jurisdictional high courts;

iii) has arisen on an issue on which the jurisdictional high court has adopted a contrary interpretation, but the Department has not accepted that judgment.

The said Instruction read with OM suggests that where a stay is to be granted by accepting a payment of less than 20 per cent of the disputed demand then the AO should refer the matter to the administrative jurisdictional PCIT / CIT.

Undoubtedly, all such instructions and circulars are in the form of guidelines which the authority concerned is supposed to keep in mind. Such instructions/circulars are issued to ensure that there is no arbitrary exercise of power by the authority concerned or in a given case, the authority may not act prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue.

4.6 The courts have held that —

i) the discretion vested in the hands of the AO is one which cannot possibly be viewed as being cabined in terms of the OM [Nasscom (supra)];

ii) the requirement of payment of twenty per cent of the disputed tax demand is not a pre-requisite for putting in abeyance recovery of demand pending the first appeal in all cases — Dabur India Ltd. vs. CIT (TDS) & Another [2022 SCC OnLine Del 3905];

iii) it becomes pertinent to observe that the 20 per cent deposit which is spoken of in the OM dated 31st July 2017 is not liable to be viewed as a condition etched in stone or one which is inviolable — Indian National Congress vs. DCIT [2024: DHC: 2016 — DB];

iv) CBDT’s Office Memorandum cannot be read as mandating a pre-deposit of 20 per cent of the outstanding demand – Sushem Mohan Gupta vs. PCIT [(2024) 161 taxmann.com 257 (Delhi HC)];

v) Instruction 1914 sets out guidelines to be taken into account while deciding stay applications. As is evident on examining such guidelines, the discretion of the appellate authority remains, and it is not mandated that in all cases 20 per cent of the disputed tax demand should be pre-deposited. This aspect was noticed by this Court in the Order in Kannammal [2019 (3) TMI 1 — MADRAS HIGH COURT] wherein, the appellate authority was directed to take into account the classical principles relating to the consideration of stay petitions – Telugupalayam Primary Agricultural Co-operative Bank vs. PCIT [2024 (2) TMI 549 — MADRAS HIGH COURT];

vi) The requirement of payment of 20 per cent of disputed tax is not a pre-requisite for putting in abeyance recovery of demand pending the first appeal in all cases. The said pre-condition of deposit of 20 per cent of the demand can be relaxed in appropriate cases – Dr B L Kapur Memorial Hospital vs. CIT [(2023) 146 taxmann.com 422 (Delhi HC)];

vii) .. we fail to understand what is so magical in the figure of 20 per cent. To balance the equities, the authority may even consider directing the assessee to make a deposit of 5 per cent or 10 per cent of the assessed amount as the circumstances may demand as a pre-deposit – Harsh Dipak Shah vs. Union of India [(2022) 135 taxmann.com 242 (Guj. HC)].

In spite of the clear position having been explained by various High Courts, an assessee desiring a stay of entire demand or stay of demand by paying an amount less than 20 per cent of the disputed demand has to knock on the doors of the writ courts merely because the AOs take a view that they are bound by the Instructions and OMs issued by CBDT.

4.7 The plain reading of the sub-section (6) of section 220 would indicate that if the assessee has presented an appeal against the final order of assessment under section 246A of the Act, it would be within the discretion of the AO subject to such conditions that he may deem fit to impose in the circumstances of the case, treat the assessee as not being in default in respect of the amount in dispute in the appeal so long as the appeal remains undisposed of. What is discernible from the provisions of section 220(4) is that once the final order of assessment has been passed, determining the liability of the assessee to pay a particular amount and such amount is not paid within the time limit as prescribed under sub-section (1) to section 220 or during the extended time period under sub-section (3) as the case may be, then the assessee, because of the deeming fiction, would be deemed to be in default. Therefore, even if the assessee prefers an appeal challenging the assessment order before the Commissioner of Appeals as the First Appellate Authority, he would still be treated as an assessee deemed to be in default because the mere filing of an appeal would not automatically lead to a stay of the demand as raised in the assessment order. It is in such circumstances that the assessee has to make a request before the authority concerned for appropriate relief for a grant of stay against such demand pending the final disposal of the appeal. This relief that the assessee seeks is within the discretion of the authority. In other words, the authority may grant such a stay conditionally or unconditionally or may even decline to grant any stay. However, the exercise of such discretion has to be in a judicious manner. Such exercise of discretion cannot be in an arbitrary or mechanical manner.

4.8 However, when it comes to granting a discretionary relief like a stay of demand, it is obvious that the four basic parameters need to be kept in mind (i) prima facie case (ii) balance of convenience (iii) irreparable injury that may be caused to the assessee which cannot be compensated in terms of money and (iv) whether the assessee has come before the authority with clean hands.

4.9 The power under section 220(6) is indeed a discretionary power. However, it is one coupled with a duty to be exercised judiciously and reasonably (as every power should be), based on relevant grounds. It should not be exercised arbitrarily or capriciously or based on matters extraneous or irrelevant. The AO should apply his mind to the facts and circumstances of the case relevant to the exercise of discretion, in all its aspects. He has also to remember that he is not the final arbiter of the disputes involved but only the first among the statutory authorities. Questions of fact and law are open for decision before the two appellate authorities, both of whom possess plenary powers. In exercising his power, the AO should not act as a mere tax-gatherer but as a quasi-judicial authority vested with the power of mitigating hardship to the assessee. The AO should divorce himself from his position as the authority who made the assessment and consider the matter in all its facets, from the point of view of the assessee without at the same time sacrificing the interests of the Revenue.

4.10 In the context of what is stated above, the following observations of Viswanatha Sastri J. in Vetcha Sreeramamurthy vs. ITO [(1956) 30 ITR 252 (AP)] (at pages 268 and 269) are relevant —

“The Legislature has, however, chosen to entrust the discretion to them. Being to some extent in the position of judges in their own cause and invested with a wide discretion under section 45 of the Act, the responsibility for taking an impartial and objective view is all the greater.If the circumstances exist under which it was contemplated that the power of granting a stay should be exercised, the Income-tax Officer cannot decline to exercise that power on the ground that it was left to his discretion. In such a case, the Legislature is presumed to have intended not to grant an absolute, uncontrolled or arbitrary discretion to the Officer but to impose upon him the duty of considering the facts and circumstances of the particular case and then coming to an honest judgment as to whether the case calls for the exercise of that power.”

4.11 Since the power under section 220(6) is discretionary it is not possible to lay down any set principles on which the discretion is to be exercised. The question as to what are the matters relevant and what should go into the making of the decision, in such circumstances, has been explained in Aluminium Corporation of India vs. C Balakrishnan [(1959) 37 ITR 267 (Cal.)] as follows—

“A judicial exercise of discretion involves a consideration of the facts and circumstances of the case in all its aspects. The difficulties involved in the issues raised in the case and the prospects of the appeal being successful is one such aspect. The position and economic circumstances of the assessee are another. If the Officer feels that the stay would put the realisation of the amount in jeopardy that would be a cogent factor to be taken into consideration. The amount involved is also a relevant factor. If it is a heavy amount, it should be presumed that immediate payment, pending an appeal in which there may be a reasonable chance of success, would constitute a hardship. The Wealth-tax Act has just come into operation. If any point is involved which requires an authoritative decision, that is to say, a precedent that is a point in favour of granting a stay. Quick realisation of tax may be an administrative expediency, but by itself, it constitutes no ground for refusing a stay. While determining such an application, the authority exercising discretion should not act in the role of a mere tax-gatherer.”

4.12 The Apex Court has in the case of Pennar Industries Ltd. vs. State of A.P. and Ors. [(2009) 3 SCC 177 (SC)] has held that —

“If on a cursory glance, it appears that the demand raised has no leg to stand, it would be undesirable to require the Applicant to pay full or substantive part of the demand. Petitions for stay should not be disposed of in a routine manner unmindful of the consequences flowing from the order requiring the Applicant to deposit full or part of the demand. There can be no rule of universal application in such matters and the order has to be passed keeping in view the factual scenario involved.”

4.13 It is a settled position that when a strong prima facie case, on merits, has been demonstrated, then no demand whatsoever can be enforced. This proposition can be substantiated by the ratio of the following decisions —

i) If the party has made out a strong prima facie case, that by itself would be a strong ground in the matter of exercise of discretion as calling on the party to deposit the amount which prima facie is not liable to deposit or which demand has no legs to stand upon, by itself, would result in undue hardship if the party is called upon to deposit the amount — CEAT Limited vs. Union of India [250 ELT 200];

ii) In the case of UTI Mutual Fund vs. ITO [(2012) 345 ITR 71 (Bom.)] the Bombay High Court, referring to the decision in the case of CEAT Limited (supra) observed that “where the assessee has raised a strong prima facie case which requires serious consideration, as in the present case, a requirement of pre-deposit would itself be a matter of hardship.”

iii) The Delhi Bench of the Tribunal in the case of Birlasoft (India) Ltd. vs. DCIT [(2011) 10 taxmann.com 220 (Delhi Trib.)], following the decision of the Apex Court in Pennar Industries Ltd. (supra) held that where the taxpayer demonstrates prima facie case, the Tribunal must weigh in favour of granting stay of disputed demand, particularly if recovery of such demand would cause financial hardship to the taxpayer.”

4.14 Demand needs to be stayed where the order giving rise to the demand has been passed in violation of principles of natural justice such as the opportunity of personal hearing not having been granted, request for short adjournment for filing reply to show cause notice having been neglected and assessee was devoid of opportunity to file reply on account of option of furnishing the response on the portal having been disabled, assessment order having been passed without considering the reply of the assessee. The assessee in Renew Power P. Ltd. vs. National E-Assessment Centre [(2021) 128 taxmann.com 263 (Delhi HC)] filed a writ against the assessment order as having beenpassed in violation of the principles of natural justice. The court on the basis of prima facie opinion of the order having been passed in violation of principles of natural justice granted a stay on the operation of the assessment order, notice of demand, and also notice for initiation of penalty proceedings under section 270A of the Act.

Similarly, even in the case of B L Gupta Construction P. Ltd. vs. National E-Assessment Centre [(2021) 127 taxmann.com 131 (Delhi HC)], where the assessment order was passed in violation of principles of natural justice, the court granted a stay on the operation of the assessment order and demand notice.

In the following cases also the courts have, in writ petitions filed by the assessee, granted a stay on the operation of the assessment order, demand notice and initiation of penalty proceedings on the ground that the assessment order was passed in violation of principles of natural justice —

i) Lemon Tree Hotels Ltd. vs. NFAC [(2021) 437 ITR 111 (Delhi HC)]

ii) GPL-PKTCPL JV vs. NFAC [(2022) 145 taxmann.com 156 (Delhi HC)]

iii) Dr. K R Shroff Foundation [(2022) 444 ITR 354 (Guj. HC)]

iv) Dangee Dums Ltd. vs. NFAC [(2023) 148 taxmann.com 22 (Guj. HC)]

5 POWER OF THE AO TO GRANT STAY — SECTION 220(3)

5.1 Section 220(3) reads as under —

“(3) Without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-section (2), on an application made by the assessee before the expiry of the due date under sub-section (1), the Assessing Officer may extend the time for payment or allow payment by instalments, subject to such conditions as he may think fit to impose in the circumstances of the case.”

5.2 The following points emerge from the above provision—

i) the provisions of sub-section (3) of section 220 are without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 220 i.e., even if a stay is granted by the AO under section 220(3), the liability to pay interest leviable under sub-section (2) of the Act shall continue;

ii) the power conferred upon the AO under sub-section (3) can be exercised only upon satisfaction of twin conditions viz. an application being made by the assessee and such application being made before the expiry of the due date under sub-section (1);

iii) the AO has the power to either extend the time for payment or allow the payment by instalments;

iv) extension of time or payment by instalments may be permitted without imposing any conditions or it may be coupled with such conditions as the AO may think fit to impose in the circumstances of the case;

5.3 It is not necessary that the assessee making an application under sub-section (3) should have preferred an appeal under section 246A. This sub-section will therefore cover even cases where an appeal against an order lies to the
Tribunal or the assessee chooses to file a revision application under section 264 of the Act or the assessee accepts the additions made and chooses not to file an appeal.

5.4 On a comparison of the power vested under sub-section (3) with the power vested under sub-section (6), the following similarities and differences are evident —

SIMILARITIES

i) In both cases, the power is discretionary. In both cases, the power can be exercised and stay granted either with or without conditions as the AO may deem fit.

ii) In both cases, the assessee should make out a prima facie case; point of violation of principles of natural justice, if any; financial hardship and balance of convenience may be established.

DIFFERENCES

i) Power vested under section 220(3) can be exercised by the AO only on an application made by the assessee. Sub-section (6) does not have a reference to making an application by the assessee as a pre-condition for the exercise of the power vested under sub-section (6);

ii) Application under sub-section (3) needs to be made before the expiry of the time period mentioned in the notice of demand. However, an application under sub-section (6) may be made by the assessee even after the time period for making the payment, as mentioned in the notice of demand, has expired;

iii) For exercising the power vested under sub-section (3) it is not necessary that the assessee should have preferred an appeal to CIT(A). Even an assessee who has preferred a revision application under section 264 of the Act or an assessee who has preferred an appeal directly to the Tribunal can also apply for a stay. However, the power vested under sub-section (6) can be exercised only after the assessee has presented an appeal to the JCIT(A) / CIT(A).

iv) Sub-section (3) does not provide for an outer limit beyond which stay cannot be continued. However, under sub-section (6) can be granted only till such time as the appeal before CIT(A) is not disposed of.

v) The provisions of sub-section (3) are without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (2) whereas sub-section (6) is not without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (2).

vi) The stay granted pursuant to power under sub-section (6) can be only of disputed demand whereas that is not a pre-condition for grant of stay under sub-section (3).

vii) The said Instruction and the Office Memorandums are in connection with powers vested in the AO under sub-section (6).

6 INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY CBDT

6.1 With an intention to streamline recovery procedures, the Board has issued Instruction No. 1914 dated 2.2.1993 (herein referred to as “the said Instruction”). The said Instruction is stated to be comprehensive and is in supersession of all earlier instructions on the subjects and reiterates the then-existing Circulars on the subject.

6.2 Instruction No. 1914 is partially modified by Office Memorandum [F. No. 404/72/93-ITCC] dated 29th February, 2016 and also by Office Memorandum [F. No. 404/72/93-ITCC] dated 31st July, 2017.

6.3 OM dated 29th February, 2016 recognises that the field authorities often insist on payment of a remarkably high proportion of disputed demand before granting a stay of balance demand which results in hardship for taxpayers seeking a stay of demand. Therefore, to streamline the process of grant of stay and standardize the quantum of lumpsum payment, OM dated 29th February, 2016 provides for a lump sum payment of 15 per cent of the disputed demand as a pre-condition for a stay of demand disputed before CIT(A). Exceptions to this general rule, as given in the said Instruction read with OMs, are discussed in 6.7 below.

6.4 OM dated 31st July, 20217 only modifies the lump sum payment required to be made from 15 per cent as provided in OM dated 29th February, 2016 to 20 per cent. All other guidelines provided by OM dated 29th February, 2016 continue to be effective.

6.5 It is a settled position that such circulars and instructions are in the nature of guidelines and are issued to assist the Assessing Authority in the matter of grant of stay and cannot substitute or override the basic tenets to be followed in the consideration and disposal of the stay applications. However, the AOs feel that they are bound by the instructions issued by CBDT and therefore cannot act contrary thereto. Consequently, no matter how strong the facts of the case are, an AO never grants a stay of the entire demand but stays 80 per cent of the demand only if 20 per cent of the demand is paid.

6.6 The Bombay High Court in the case of Bhupendra Murji Shah vs. DCIT [(2020) 423 ITR 300 (Bom. HC)] held that the AO is not justified in insisting on payment of 20 per cent of the demand based on CBDT’s instruction dated 29th February, 2016 during the pendency of the appeal before CIT(A). The court held that this approach may defeat and frustrate the right of the Applicant to seek protection against collection and recovery pending appeal. Such can never be the mandate of law. The operative paragraph of the order makes an interesting read and therefore is reproduced hereunder —

“We are not concerned here with the Circular of the Central Board of Direct Taxes. We are not concerned here also with the power conferred in the Assessing Officer of collection and recovery by coercive means. All that we are worried about is the understanding of this Deputy Commissioner of a demand, which is pending or an amount, which is due and payable as tax. If that demand is under dispute and is subject to appellate proceedings, then, the right of appeal vested in the Petitioner / Applicant by virtue of the Statute should not be rendered illusory or nugatory. That right can very well be defeated by such communication from the Revenue / Department as is impugned before us. That would mean that if the amount as directed by the impugned communication is not brought in, the Petitioner may not have an opportunity to even argue his appeal on merits or that appeal will become infructuous if the demand is enforced and executed during its pendency.

In that event, the right to seek protection against collection and recovery pending appeal by making an application for stay would also be defeated and frustrated. Such can never be the mandate of law. In the circumstances, we dispose of both these petitions with directions that the Appellate Authority shall conclude the hearing of the Appeals as expeditiously as possible and during the pendency of these appeals, the Petitioner / Applicant shall not be called upon to make payment of any sum.”

6.7 An AO may demand a lump sum payment which is greater than 20 per cent of the disputed demand in the following cases where the disputed demand is as a result of additions —

i) which are confirmed by the appellate authorities in earlier years;

ii) on which decision of the Apex Court or jurisdictional High Court is in favour of revenue;

iii) which are based on credible evidence collected in a search or survey operation.

However, in cases where the disputed demand arises because of addition which is decided by appellate authorities in favour of the assessee and / or the addition is on an issue which is covered in favour of the assessee by the decision of the Apex Court and / or the jurisdictional High Court and the AO is inclined togrant stay upon payment of an amount lower than 20 per cent of the disputed demand, the OM dated 29th February, 2016 directs the AO to refer the matter to the administrative PCIT / CIT and states that the PCIT / CIT after considering all relevant facts shall decide the quantum / proportion of demand to be paid by the assessee as lump sum payment for granting a stay of the balance demand.

Therefore, while the AO can grant a stay upon directing payment of an amount greater than 20 per cent of the disputed demand, it appears on a literal interpretation of the said Instruction that the AO cannot reduce the magical figure of 20 per cent mentioned in the guidelines. This is contrary to what several courts have held upon interpreting the provisions of section 220(6) and even guidelines and circulars e.g., Madras High Court has in Mrs Kannammal vs. ITO [(2019) 103 taxmann.com 364 (Mad. HC)] has held as under —

“12. The Circulars and Instructions as extracted above are in the nature of guidelines issued to assist the assessing authorities in the matter of grant of stay and cannot substitute or override the basic tenets to be followed in the consideration and disposal of stay petitions. The existence of a prima facie case for which some illustrations have been provided in the Circulars themselves, the financial stringency faced by an assessee and the balance of convenience in the matter constitute the ‘trinity’, so to say, and are indispensable in consideration of a stay petition by the authority. The Board has, while stating generally that the assessee shall be called upon to remit 20 per cent of the disputed demand, granted ample discretion to the authority to either increase or decrease the quantum demanded based on the three vital factors to be taken into consideration.

6.8 In case the AO has granted a stay on payment of 20 per cent of the disputed demand and the assessee is still aggrieved, he may approach the jurisdictional administrative PCIT / CIT for a review of the decision of the AO.

6.9 The AO shall dispose of the stay application within 2 weeks of filing of the petition. Similarly, if reference has been made by the AO to PCIT / CIT or a review petition has been filed by the assessee the same needs to be disposed of within 2 weeks of the AO making such reference or assessee filing such review, as the case may be.

6.10 The other salient points arising out of the said Instruction No. 1914 read with the two OMs dated 29th February, 2016 and 31st July, 2017 are —

i) A demand will be stayed only if there are valid reasons for doing so;

ii) Mere filing of an appeal against the assessment order will not be sufficient reason to stay the recovery of demand;

iii) In the event that an appeal has been filed by an assessee to CIT(A), the AO shall grant stay upon payment of 20 per cent of the disputed demand;

iv) In the following cases, the AO can in his discretion, ask for payment of an amount greater than 20 per cent of the disputed demand —

a) where the disputed demand is on account of an addition which has been confirmed by the appellate authorities in earlier years;

b) where the disputed demand is on account of an issue on which the decision of the Apex Court or jurisdictional High Court is in favour of the revenue;

c) where the addition is based on credible evidence collected in a search or survey operation, etc.

However, this stands modified by a direction to refer the matter to the Administrative PCIT/CIT (see para 6.12).

6.11 The Bombay High Court in Bhupendera Murji Shah vs. DCIT [(2020) 423 ITR 300 (Bom.)] has held that – “The AO is not justified in insisting upon the payment of 20 per cent of the demand based on CBDTs instruction dated 29.2.2016 during the pendency of the appeal before the CIT(A). This approach may defeat and frustrate the right of the assessee to seek protection against collection and recovery pending appeal. Such can never be the mandate of law.”

6.12 However, where the disputed demand is on account of an addition which has been decided by appellate authorities in favour of the assessee in earlier years or where the decision of the Apex Court or jurisdictional High Court is in favor of the assessee, the said Instruction requires the AO to refer the matter to the administrative PCIT / CIT. The said Instruction states “The AO shall refer the matter to the administrative PCIT / CIT who after considering all relevant facts shall decide the quantum / proportion of demand to be paid by the assessee as lump sum payment for granting a stay on the balance demand.” The Instruction is shifting the discretion granted to the AO by the statute under section 220(6) to a superior authority. It is highly debatable as to whether CBDT has the power to divest the AO of his statutory powers and vest the same into a superior authority.

6.13 Section 220(6) empowers the AO to grant a stay subject to such conditions as he may think fit to impose in the circumstances of the case. While the section leaves it to the AO to decide the conditions to be imposed, the said Instruction No. 1914 lists 3 conditions, which may be imposed, as an illustration viz. —

i) requiring an undertaking from the assessee that he will cooperate in the early disposal of the appeal failing which the stay order will be cancelled;

ii) reserve the right to review the order passed after the expiry of a reasonable period (say 6 months) or if the assessee has not co-operated in the early disposal of the appeal, or where a subsequent pronouncement by a higher appellate authority or court alters the above situation;

iii) reserve the right to adjust refunds arising, if any, against the demand to the extent of the amount required for granting stay and subject to the provisions of section 245.

The conditions to be imposed are illustrative. The AO may consider imposing a condition/s which are other than the above-stated 3 conditions. However, such conditions to be imposed by the AO will need to be imposed considering the judicial exercise of his discretion. An AO imposing conditions will need to pass a speaking order listing reasons for his deciding to impose such conditions as he may decide to impose failing which his order may be subject to challenge as being arbitrary and having been passed without application of mind. Gujarat High Court has in the case of Harsh Dipak Shah (supra) observed that “Many times in the overzealousness to protect the interest of the Revenue, the authorities render their discretionary orders susceptible to the complaint that those have been passed without any application of mind.”

6.14 Where stay has been granted by the AO upon payment of 20 per cent as mentioned in the said Instruction and the assessee is aggrieved by such an order, the assessee may approach the jurisdictional administrative PCIT / CIT for a review of the decision of the AO.

6.15 The stay application as well as the review by the PCIT / CIT need to be decided within 2 weeks of filing of the application / making of a reference by the assessee / AO.

7 HIGH PITCHED ASSESSMENTS

7.1 High-pitched assessments are assessments where the assessed income is several times the returned income. Demand arising as a result of high-pitched assessment is generally required to stay.

7.2 The then Deputy Prime Minister, during the 8th Meeting of the Informal Consultative Committee held on 13th May 1969, observed as under —

“Where the income determined on assessment was substantially higher than the returned income, say, twice the amount or more, the collection of tax in dispute should be held in abeyance till the decision on the appeals, provided there was no lapse on the part of the Applicant.”

The above observations were circulated to the field officers by the Board as Instruction No. 96 dated  21st August, 1969 [F. No. 1/6/69-ITCC]. CBDT has on 1st December, 2009 issued `Clarification on Instructions on Stay of Demand’ [F. No. 404/10/2009-ITCC] wherein it is clarified that there is no separate existence of Instruction no. 96 dated 21st August, 1969 and presently it is Instruction No. 1914 which holds the field currently. Instruction No. 1914 does not mention a word about high-pitched assessment.

7.3 The courts have taken note of the tendency to make high-pitched assessments by the AO. Courts have observed that this tendency results in serious prejudice to the assessee and miscarriage of justice and sometimes may even result in insolvency or closure of the business if such power were to be exercised only in a pro-revenue manner — N Jegatheesan vs. DCIT [(2016) 388 ITR 410 (Mad. HC)] and Maheshwari Agro Industries vs. UOI [SB Civil Writ Petition No. 1264/2011 (Raj. HC)]. The Rajasthan High Court in Maheshwari Agro Industries (supra) has held that “it may be like the execution of death sentence, whereas the accused may get even acquittal from higher appellate forums or courts.”

7.4 Courts have consistently understood assessments where assessed income is twice the returned income to be a case of `high pitched assessment’ e.g., Gujarat High Court in Harsh Dipak Shah (infra) has held that the “high pitched assessment” means where the income determined and assessment was substantially higher than the returned income for example, twice the returned income or more”. The Madras High Court in N. Jegatheesan vs. DCIT [(2015) 64 taxmann.com 339 (Mad. HC)], in para 14, observed — “`High Pitched Assessment means where the income determined and assessment was substantially higher than returned income, say twice the later amount or more, the collection of tax in dispute should be kept in abeyance till the decision on the appeal provided there were no lapses on the part of the assessee.”. To a similar effect are the observations of the Delhi High Court in the case Valvoline Cummins Limited vs. DCIT [(2008) 307 ITR 103]; Soul vs. DCIT [(2010) 323 ITR 305] and Taneja Developers and Infrastructure Limited vs. ACIT [(2010) 324 ITR 247].

7.5 The view taken by the AO that in view of the CBDT Instructions and guidelines, he does not have the power to grant a stay unless 20 per cent of the disputed demand is paid is not legally correct.

Para 2B(iii) of the said Instruction No. 1914 states that “the decision in the matter of stay of demand should normally be taken by AO / TRO and his immediate superior. A higher superior authority should interfere with the decision of the AO / TRO only in exceptional circumstances e.g., where the assessment order appears to be unreasonably high pitched ….”

Para 2B(iii) of Circular No. 1914 CBDT which directs factors to be kept in mind both by the Assessing Officer and by the higher Superior Authority continues to exist and this part of Circular No. 1914 is left untouched by Circular dated 29th February, 2016. Therefore, while dealing with an application filed by an Applicant, both the AO and PCIT are required to examine whether the assessment is “unreasonably high pitched” or whether the demand for depositing 20 per cent / 15 per cent of the disputed demand amount would lead to a “genuine hardship to the Applicant” or not? — Flipkart India Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [396 ITR 551 (Kar. HC)].

7.6 The courts have in the following cases stayed the entire demand which was raised pursuant to high-pitched assessments e.g., see —

i) Delhi High Court in Valvoline Cummins Limited vs. DCIT [(2008) 307 ITR 103 (Del HC)]; Soul vs. DCIT [(2010) 323 ITR 305 (Del HC)]; Taneja Developers and Infrastructure Limited vs. ACIT [(2010) 324 ITR 247 (Delhi HC)]; Maruti Suzuki India Ltd. vs. ACIT [222 Taxman 211 (Delhi HC)]; Genpact India vs. ACIT [205 Taxman 51 (Delhi HC)];

ii) Bombay High Court in Humuza Consultants vs. ACIT [(2023) 451 ITR 77 (Bom. HC)]; BHIL Employees Welfare Fund vs. ITO [(2023) 147 taxmann.com 427 (Bom. HC)]; Mahindra and Mahindra vs. Union of India [59 ELT 505 (Bom. HC)]; Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. vs. AO [295 ITR 42 (Bom. HC)]; ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Co. Ltd. vs. CIT [226 Taxman 74 (Bom. HC)]; Disha Construction vs. Ms. Devireddy Swapna [232 Taxman 98 (Bom. HC)]

iii) Gujarat High Court in Harsh Dipak Shah vs. Union of India [(2022) 135 taxmann.com 242 (Gujarat)];

iv) Andhra Pradesh High Court in IVR Constructions Ltd. vs. ACIT [231 ITR 519 (AP)]

v) Allahabad High Court in Mrs R Mani Goyal vs. CIT [217 ITR 641 (All. HC)]

vi) Rajasthan High Court in Maharana Shri Bhagwat Singhji of Mewar (Late His Highness) vs. ITAT, Jaipur Bench & Others [223 ITR 192 (Raj. HC)]

7.7 Gujarat High Court in Harsh Dipak Shah vs. Union of India [(2022) 135 taxmann.com 242 (Gujarat)] has held that in case of high pitched assessment, wheretax demanded was twice or more of declared taxliability, the application of stay under section 220(6) could not be rejected merely by describing it to be against interest of the revenue if recovery was not made, and; in such cases, revenue could even consider directing the assessee to make a pre-deposit of 5 per cent or 10 per cent of the assessed amount as circumstances may demand.

8 APPLICATION FOR STAY

8.1 It is seen in practice that generally an application made to the AO for a grant of stay is brief and merely mentions the fact that an appeal has been preferred against the order giving rise to the demand in respect of which stay is being sought. However, it needs to be noted that merely filing an appeal against the assessment order will not be sufficient reason to stay the recovery of the demand.

8.2 It is advisable that the stay application should contain arguments to support the contention that the assessee is entitled to a stay of recovery. The assessee must explain the facts of his case in brief, the assessment history, briefly describe the nature of additions made, the arguments in support of the contention that the addition is incorrect and is likely to be deleted in appellate proceedings, and particulars of the appeal filed. The three factors which an assessee must establish in his application are prima facie case, financial stringency, and balance of convenience. In addition, violation of principles of natural justice, if any, must be narrated.

Balance of convenience means comparative mischief or inconvenience that may be caused to either party. An assessee must demonstrate that the balance of convenience is in its favour.

In Avantha Realty Ltd. vs. PCIT [(2024) 161 taxmann.com 529 (Delhi)], the court remanded the matter back for fresh adjudication to the PCIT on the ground that the assessee failed to directly raise contentions such as prima facie case, the balance of convenience and irreparable loss that may be caused. Rajasthan High Court in Kunj Bihari Lal Agarwal vs. PCIT [2023] 152 taxmann.com 339 (Rajasthan)] quashed the order passed by PCIT granting stay upon payment of 20 per cent and remanded it for fresh adjudication since PCIT had failed to give any findings about financial hardships pointed out by assessee and had also not taken into consideration factors such as prima facie case, balance of convenience and irreparable loss while passing impugned order. Madras High Court in Aryan Share and Stock Brokers Ltd. vs. PCIT [(2023) 146 taxmann.com 508 (Madras)] set aside the stay order since it was passed without taking note of financial stringency and balance of convenience.

8.3 Undoubtedly, all instructions and circulars are in the form of guidelines which the authority concerned is supposed to keep in mind. Such instructions/circulars are issued to ensure that there is no arbitrary exercise of power by the authority concerned or in a given case, the authority may not act prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue. However, when it comes to granting a discretionary relief like a stay of demand, it is obvious that the four basic parameters need to be kept in mind (i) prima facie case (ii) balance of convenience (iii) irreparable injury that may be caused to the assessee which cannot be compensated in terms of money and (iv) whether the assessee has come before the authority with clean hands — Harsh Dipak Shah vs. Union of India [(2022) 135 taxmann.com 242 (Gujarat HC)]

9 PARAMETERS TO BE FOLLOWED BY THE AUTHORITIES WHILE DISPOSING OF STAY APPLICATIONS

9.1 Many times stay applications are disposed of in a routine manner. Applications are rejected without granting reasons. Courts have come down heavily on the disposal of stay applications in an arbitrary manner leading the orders to their challenge in writ courts. Casual disposal of stay applications leads to severe consequences e.g., if a garnishee is issued and recovery made from the bank account then the business may get crippled, salaries / wages which are due could remain unpaid, etc. More than two decades back, the Bombay High Court in the case of K E C International vs. B R Balakrishnan [(2001) 251 ITR 158 (Bombay)] laid down the following parameters which authorities should comply with while passing orders on stay applications —

i) while considering the stay application, the authority concerned will at least briefly set out the case of the assessee;

ii) the authority will consider whether the assessee has made out a case for unconditional stay; if not, whether a part of the amount should be ordered to be deposited for which purpose, some short prima facie reasons could be given by the authority in its order;

iii) in cases where the assessee relies upon financial difficulties, the authority concerned can briefly indicate whether the assessee is financially sound and viable to deposit the amount if the authority wants the assessee to so deposit;

iv) the authority concerned will also examine whether the time to prefer an appeal has expired. Generally, coercive measures may not be adopted during the period provided by the statute to go into appeal. However, if the authority concerned comes to the conclusion that the assessee is likely to defeat the demand, it may take recourse to coercive action for which brief reasons may be indicated in the order; and

The court added that “if the authority concerned complies with the above parameters while passing orders on the stay application, then the authorities on the administrative side of the department like Commissioner need not once again give reasoned order.”

9.2 In spite of clear parameters having been laiddown, the authorities are even today passing orders more in breach of the above parameters. It is in the interest of the revenue to pass orders which are reasoned and speaking so that they stand the tests laid down by the judiciary.

10 CAN A RECOVERY NOTICE BE ISSUED IF THE AO HAS NOT ISSUED A LETTER / PASSED AN ORDER GRANTING A STAY

10.1 A question which often arises in actual practice is that recovery notices are issued while the stay application has been made but no order has been passed rejecting the application / granting a stay. At the outset, such an inaction on the part of the Assessing Officer is contrary to the mandate of para 2B(i) of the said Instruction. Para 2B(i) requires the Assessing Officer to dispose of the stay petition filed with him within two weeks of the filing of the petition by the taxpayer. The said Instruction also states the obvious i.e., the assessee must be intimated of the decision without delay. The said Instruction also deals with a situation where a stay petition is filed with an authority higher than the AO then a responsibility is cast upon such higher authority to dispose of the petition without any delay and in any case within two weeks of the receipt of the petition. Such higher authority is required to communicate the decision thereon to the assessee and also to the Assessing Officer immediately. The obvious reason for communicating the decision to the Assessing Officer immediately is that the Assessing Officer can thereafter take further actions which are in consonance with the said decision.

10.2 As has been mentioned in para 3, no recovery can be made during the pendency of the stay application.

As long as the order rejecting the application is not passed and communicated to the assessee, the position in law would be that the stay application will be regarded as pending and undisposed with the authority to whom it is made. The proposition that no recovery can be made during the pendency of the stay application is supported by the ratio of the decisions of the Madras High Court in Dr T K Shanmugasundaram vs. CIT & Others [(2008) 303 ITR 387 (Mad. HC)] and Bombay High Court in Mahindra and Mahindra Ltd. vs. UOI [(1992) 59 ELT 505 (Bom. HC)] and UTI Mutual Fund vs. ITO [(2012) 345 ITR 71 (Bom.)].

10.3 To sum up, upon an application having been made by an assessee seeking a stay of demand, the AO ought to pass an order granting a stay or rejecting the application made by the assessee.

10.4 The remedy available to an assessee against whom recovery has been made or steps have been taken for recovery while the stay application remains undisposed of will be to approach the higher authorities against such an illegal recovery and/or in the alternative file a writ petition to the High Court. More often than not, in such matters, a writ is the only effective remedy if the assessee wants the recovery made to be restored. Needless to mention, filing a writ petition is both expensive and time-consuming apart from the fact that it results in scarce judicial time on avoidable issues.

11 WHERE DISPUTED DEMAND IS PENDING AND STAY THEREOF HAS BEEN GRANTED UPON PAYMENT OF 20 PER CENT, CAN REFUND BE ADJUSTED AGAINST THE BALANCE WHICH HAS BEEN STAYED

11.1 In a case where disputed demand is outstanding and AO has granted stay thereof upon payment of 20 per cent which has been paid, can the refund due for another year be adjusted against the outstanding demand which has been stayed. The categorical answer is in the negative. Once the demand is stayed then recovery thereof is not permissible. Adjustment of refund against the said demand which has been stayed also amounts to recovery thereof. This position is supported by the ratio of the decision of the Bombay High Court in Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. vs. ADIT [(2021) 133 taxmann.com 320 (Bombay)].

11.2 In the event the assessee has not yet paid the lump sum amount of 20 per cent upon payment of which the stay of balance is to be granted, the refund, if any, can be adjusted only to the extent of 20 per cent. Bombay High Court has in Hindustan Unilever Ltd. vs. DCIT [(20150 377 ITR 281 (Bombay)] that it is not open to the revenue to adjust refund due to the assessee against recovery of demand which has been stayed by order of stay.

11.3 The situation of adjustment of refund against outstanding disputed demand qua which stay application is pending has been dealt with in para 3.2 above.

12 POWER OF CIT(A) TO GRANT STAY

12.1 The Supreme Court in ITO vs. Mohammed Kunhi [(1969) 71 ITR 815 (SC)] held that the Appellate Tribunal had powers to stay the collection of tax even though there was no specific provision conferring such power on the Tribunal. The Supreme Court had approved the principle that the power of the appellate authority to grant a stay was a necessary corollary to the very power to entertain and dispose of appeals. This lends credence to the general principle that wherever the appellate authority has been invested with power to render justice and prevent injustice, it impliedly empowers such authority also to stay the proceedings, in order to avoid causing further mischief or injustice, during the pendency of appeal. In fact, CIT(A) exercising power under section 251 has powerswhich are wider in content, and amplitude as compared to those of a Tribunal under section 254 of the Act. This is apart from the fact that the powers of CIT(A) are co-terminus with the powers of the AO. CIT(A) can do all that the AO can do. Therefore, relying upon the ratio of the decision of the Apex Court in Mohd. Kunhi (supra) it can safely be concluded that section 251 impliedly grants power to CIT(A) to do all such acts (including granting stay) as are necessary for the effective disposal of the appeal.

12.2 It is not correct to say that because a power to grant a stay, while the appeal is pending before CIT(A), has been specifically conferred upon an AO, the CIT(A) does not have power to grant a stay of demand during the pendency of the appeal before him because. Section 220(6) is no substitute for the power of stay, which was considered by the Supreme Court as a necessary adjunct to the very powers of the appellate authority. The powers conferred on the Assessing Officer and Tax Recovery Officer cannot be equated to the powers of the appellate authorities, either in their nature, quality, or extent or vis-à-vis the hierarchy — Paulsons Litho Works vs. ITO [(1994) 208 ITR 676 (Mad)].

12.3 In actual practice, CIT(A) generally does not grant a stay of demand. CIT(A) either keeps the stay application pending or in the alternative contends that under the Act it is the AO who has the discretion to grant a stay of demand or otherwise and that there is no express provision in the Act which grants power to CIT(A) to stay the demand raise.

12.4 The following decisions support the proposition that CIT(A) has the power to grant stay of demand —

i) Karmvir Builders vs. Pr. CIT [(2020) 269 Taxman 45 (SC)];

ii) Sporting Pastime India Ltd. vs. Asstt. Registrar [(2021) 277 Taxman 19 (Mad.)];

iii) Gorlas Infrastructure (P.) Ltd. vs. Pr. CIT [(2021) 435 ITR 243 (Telangana)];

iv) Prem Prakash Tripathi vs. CIT [(1994) 208 ITR 461 (All)];

v) Paulsons Litho Works vs. ITO [(1994) 208 ITR 676 (Mad)];

vi) Debashish Moulik vs. DCIT [(1998) 231 ITR 737 (Cal)];

vii) Punjab Kashmir Finance (P.) Ltd. vs. ITAT [(1999_ 104 Taxman 584 (P & H)];

viii) Bongaigaon Refinery & Petrochemicals Ltd. vs. CIT [ (1999) 239 ITR 871 (Gau)];

ix) Tin Mfg. Co. of India vs. CIT [(1995) 212 ITR 451 (All)]

12.5 Upon the filing of an appeal to CIT(A), where the assessee is of the view that it is entitled to stay of disputed demand without insisting upon the payment of 20 per cent of the disputed demand, it is desirable that a stay application is filed before CIT(A) as well. This will be useful in case the jurisdictional administrative PCIT / CIT does not pass the review order in favour of the assessee.

13 WRIT JURISDICTION

13.1 In cases where the assessee seeks a stay of demand by paying an amount less than 20 per cent of the disputed demand, more often than not, an assessee has to file a writ petition to seek a stay of demand. This is indeed a sorry state of affairs. As to what must be mentioned in the memorandum of the writ has been conveyed by the Apex court in ITO, Mangalore vs. M Damodar Bhat [1969 71 ITR 806 (SC)]. The Apex Court has conveyed that the writ applicant in the memorandum of his writ must furnish specific particulars in support of his case that the AO has exercised discretion in an arbitrary manner. It is just not sufficient to make an averment in the memorandum of writ application that “the order of the ITO made under section 220 is arbitrary and capricious.” In the absence of the specific particulars in the writ application, the High Court should not go into the question of whether the AO has arbitrarily exercised his discretion.

14 CONCLUSION

Section 220(6) confers discretion upon an AO to grant a stay of demand, whether conditionally or otherwise, in cases where the assessee has preferred an appeal to JCIT(A) / CIT(A). While granting a stay the AO has to exercise his discretion judiciously and grant a stay considering the facts and circumstances of the case. Prima facie case, balance of convenience, financial stringency and undue hardship need to be considered before deciding the stay application. The said Instruction, in the garb of standardising the procedure and percentage, curtails the power of the AO when it directs that the AO shall insist upon payment of at least 20 per cent of the demand. The said Instruction has been understood by the courts as only a guideline but not a curtailment of the power vested in the AO by the statute. The said Instruction is unfair as it states that if the circumstances so demand the AO can direct payment of a sum greater than 20 per cent of the disputed demand. However, if the circumstances demand that a sum lower than 20 per cent of the disputed demand be collected and the balance stayed then the said Instruction requires the AO to make a reference to the administrative PCIT / CIT. In case of high-pitched assessment, the assessee should be granted a total stay of demand. Stay application should state briefly the facts of the case and the merits, the application should demonstrate that the assessee has a prima facie case in its favour and bring out financial stringency and balance of convenience. Substantial litigation will be reduced if the authorities consider the stay application judiciously on merits. CBDT should issue a clarification to the effect that while 20 per cent payment is a general rule, the AO can without making a reference to the higher authorities grant a complete stay where circumstances so require.

Section 43B(h) – The Provisions And Debatable Issues

BACKGROUND

Micro and Small enterprises’ role in developing a country like India is significant. It generates employment opportunities, and rural growth is mainly because of micro and small enterprises. Like all business entities, micro and small enterprises also have various problems. Central and State Governments have always given support and multiple incentives for the growth of micro and small enterprises. Shortage of working capital and effective utilisation of available working capital are two significant problems that micro and small enterprises face. To overcome such a situation, the Government and RBI have provided guidelines for cheap and sufficient working capital finance to micro and small enterprises. However, many micro and small enterprises suffer acute working capital shortages due to delayed payments by buyers of goods and services. Several representations were made to the State and Central Governments for bringing a law to make timely payments to Micro and Small Enterprises mandatory. The Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act) was enacted to give relief to such units. Provision was introduced in said Act for payment of interest on delayed payments, and such interest was not allowable as a deduction under the Income Tax Act. Further, statutory auditors of companies were asked to provide an ageing analysis of trade payables to Micro and Small Enterprises. However, such measures did not yield the desired result. Hence, the Honourable Finance Minister introduced section 43B(h) in the Income Tax Act, 1961 through Finance Bill, 2023, to disallow expenses in case of delayed payments to micro and small enterprises. It may be noted that the provisions in section 43B(h) apply only to micro and small enterprises and not medium enterprises. Hence, the discussion in this article is restricted to Micro and Small Enterprises only unless expressly referred to as Medium Enterprises. At present, it is the most debated and burning topic for all assessees engaged in business, and hence, it is necessary to understand the provisions of section 43B(h) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and to see what are the debatable issues in the said provision.

SECTION 43B(h) OF THE INCOME TAX ACT:

It is necessary first to read the provisions of section 43B(h); hence, the section is reproduced below:

S. 43B. Certain deductions are to be only on actual payment. — Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act, a deduction otherwise allowable under this Act in respect of—

(h) any sum payable by the assessee to a micro or small enterprise beyond the time limit specified in section 15 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (27 of 2006) shall be allowed (irrespective of the previous year in which the liability to pay such sum was incurred by the assessee according to the method of accounting regularly employed by him) only in computing the income referred to in section 28 of that previous year in which such sum is actually paid by him:

It is to be noted that this subsection starts with the words “Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of this Act”. Hence, this is a non-obstante clause, overriding other law provisions.

PROVISIONS OF THE MSME ACT, 2006 RELEVANT TO SECTION 43B(H) OF THE INCOME TAX ACT:

The following terms in the MSMED Act, 2006 are relevant for the correct interpretation of provisions of section 43B(h).

  • Micro enterprise — section 2 (h):

“micro-enterprise” means an enterprise classified as such under sub-clause (i) of clause (a) or sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 7;

(so we should know what is provided in sub-clause (i) of clause (a) or sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 7).

  • Small enterprise — Section 2 (m):

“small enterprise” means an enterprise classified as such under sub-clause (ii) of clause (a) or sub-clause (ii) of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 7;

CLASSIFICATION OF ENTERPRISES UNDER THE MSME ACT, 2006

The MINISTRY OF MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES vide notification dated 1st July, 2020, which is applicable from 1st July, 2020, has classified an enterprise as a micro, small or medium enterprise on the basis of the following criteria:

Composite Criteria Investment in Plant & Machinery or Equipment Turnover
Micro Does not exceed ₹1 crore Does not exceed ₹5 crores
Small Above ₹1 crore but does not exceed ₹10 crores Above ₹5 Crores but does not exceed ₹50 crores
Medium Above ₹10 crores but does not exceed ₹50 crores Above ₹50 crores but does not exceed ₹250 crores

It is to be noted that both the conditions are simultaneous as the word “and” is coming between “Investment in Plant and Machinery or equipment” and “Turnover”. It is clarified by Explanation 1 to 7(1) of the MSMED Act that in calculating the value of an investment in plant and machinery or equipment, one has to see WDV as per the Income-tax Act of earlier year and plant and machinery does not include land, building, furniture fixtures, office equipment, vehicles like car, two-wheelers, computers, laptops, the cost of pollution control, research and development, industrial safety devices and such other items as may be specified, by notification.

In the same manner for calculating turnover, you have to exclude export turnover.

(b) The sum payable means when the sum becomes payable or due, which is prescribed in section 15 of the MSME Act, 2006, which is summarised as under.

 

It is important to note that the written agreement includes credit terms mentioned in any manner, either in the agreement or Purchase order or on the invoice or by any other mode of communication in writing like email or letter etc.

(c) Now let us understand what the day of acceptance or deemed acceptance.

(i) “The day of acceptance” means—

• the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services; or

• where any objection is made in writing by the buyer regarding the acceptance of goods or services within fifteen days or up to a maximum of forty-five days, as the case may be from the day of the delivery of goods or the rendering of services, the day on which the supplier removes such objection;

(ii) “the day of deemed acceptance” means where no objection is made in writing by the buyer regarding acceptance of goods or services within fifteen days or up to a maximum of forty-five days, as the case may be, from the day of the delivery of goods or the rendering of services, the day of the actual delivery of goods or the rendering of services;

Above is the understanding of the applicability of section 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, read with relevant MSME Act, 2006 provisions. Now, let us discuss some debatable issues.

DEBATABLE ISSUES:

SR. NO. DEBATABLE ISSUE / MATTER AUTHOR’S VIEWS
1 Whether the amount payable from a trader for purchase of goods or services would be covered u/s 43B(h)? Section 43B(h) says “any sum payable by the assessee to a micro or small enterprise” and if we see the definition of enterprise as per section 2 (e) of MSME Act, 2006, it includes an industrial undertaking engaged in the manufacture or production of goods or
engaged in providing or rendering of service or services. In view of the above definition of enterprise, it does not include trader and hence, the amount payable to trader is not covered u/s 43B(h) of Income-tax Act, 1961. A contrary opinion is that since the definition of supplier includes trader of specific nature, section 43B(h) would be applicable to trader who is buying goods from micro and small enterprises. However, in the author’s view, as section 43B(h) talks about amount payable to Micro or Small Enterprise and as enterprise does not include trader, the purchase of goods from trader will not be covered u/s 43B(h) of Income-tax Act,1961. Moreover, as per Para 2 of Office Memorandum: No. 5/2(2)/2020/E/P&G/POLICY dated 2nd July, 2021 issued by the Central Government, it has been clarified that “The Government has received various representations, and it has been decided to include Retail and wholesale trades as MSMEs and they are allowed to be registered on Udyam Registration Portal. However, benefits to Retail and Wholesale trade MSMEs are to be restricted to Priority Sector Lending only.” Central Government’s office memorandum ¼(1)/2021— P&G Policy, dated 1st September 2021, further clarifies that “the benefit to Retail and wholesale trade MSMEs are restricted up to priority sector landing only and other benefit, including provisions of delayed payment as per MSMED Act, 2006, are excluded”.
2 Would opening balance on 1st April, 2023 remaining unpaid on 31st March, 2024 attract section 43B(h)? In the author’s opinion, provisions of section 43B(h) would not be attracted to the opening balance as on
1st April, 2023, as section 43B(h) is for disallowance of the expense of the relevant previous year and in case of opening balance as on 1st April, 2023; the same is for expense debited in FY 2022–23 or earlier year/s and not in FY 2023–24 which is the year from which the said section 43B(h) is applicable and hence, for expense debited in year(s) before FY 2023–24, section 43B(h) would not be applicable.
3 If the amount for purchase of goods or taking services from micro or small enterprise is outstanding as at the year-end in the books of micro or small enterprise beyond the due date, is the amount disallowable u/s 43B(h)? There is no exception to the applicability of section 43B(h) to Micro and Small Enterprises; hence, in this case, the amount would be disallowed u/s. 43B(h). All paying entities, including Micro and Small Enterprises, are covered. Here, it will be against the objective of bringing this provision into law, i.e., Socio-economic benefit to Micro and Small Enterprises,  but till any amendment is made in the law, as per current provisions, it would apply to buyers who themselves are Micro and Small Enterprises.
4 Whether GST is to be included in purchases or expenses for services for disallowance u/s 43B(h)? Where input credit of GST is claimed, and purchase or expense for services is debited net of GST, it will be disallowed without GST as the expense is debited net of GST. However, where GST input credit is not available for any reason, then, in such cases, disallowance would be with GST as expense or purchase would have been debited inclusive of GST. Where the exempt and taxable sale is mixed and proportionate GST credit is taken, the purchase or expense of services will be disallowed, including GST, to the extent of input GST not claimed, disallowed, or reversed.
5 If goods or services are purchased from unregistered Micro and Small Enterprise, will provisions of section 43B(h) apply to such transactions? Para 2 of the Notification provides that any person who intends to establish a Micro, Small or Medium Enterprise may file Udyam Registration online on the Udyam Registration portal based on self-declaration with no requirement to upload documents, papers, certificates, or proof. The word ‘may’, used in the Notification, indicates that an enterprise does not need to get registered to establish itself as an MSME. However, Section 43B(h) mentions Section 15 of the MSMED  Act, which talks about the delay in payment to a ‘supplier’. Section 2(n) defines “supplier” to mean a micro or small enterprise that has filed a memorandum with authority referred to in Section 8(1) (i.e., Udyam Registration). So, without registration on the Udyam Portal, Section 15 of the MSMED Act may not be invoked for disallowance under Section 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act. Further, it is practically impossible for any buyer to determine whether a particular entity is Micro and Small Enterprises. In such circumstances, the only feasible method to conclude the supplier’s classification is to refer to his Udyam registration. Based on this, if the entity is a trader or a medium enterprise, one can ignore it; if it is not, one can take the information for calculating the disallowance.
6 Is the disallowance under Section 43B applicable if supplies are made before obtaining Udyam registration? Section 43B(h) will not apply with respect to payments for supplies made before the date of Udyam Registration. In such a case, the supplier would be regarded as a micro-enterprise or small enterprise only from the date of obtaining such registration, as Udyam Registration does not operate retrospectively. As per the MSMED Act,
registration is not mandatory, but as per the definition of supplier, it is compulsory to file a memorandum, and hence, instead of the date of registration, the most recent date of submission of the memorandum could be considered.
7 Can the information received in one year, say FY 2023–24, about registration as an MSME, be considered permanent and applicable forever? No. Each year, the status may change due to changes like business or investment in plant and machinery or turnover; hence, every year, information on the status of registration of micro or small enterprises must be verified. The registration needs to be renewed every year.
8 Will 43B(h) apply to an entity following the cash method of accounting? Since there would be no amount outstanding at the year-end in the books of account of creditors where the cash method of accounting is followed, provisions of section 43B(h) will not be applicable.
9 Does Section 43B(h) apply with respect to the amounts due towards the purchase of Capital Goods? Section 43B applies to sums payable in respect of which a deduction is otherwise allowable under this Act. Therefore, Section 43B(h) would apply to amounts payable to micro or small enterprises with respect to the purchase of capital goods for which a 100 per cent deduction is admissible under Sections 30 to 36. For example, the deduction of 100 per cent of capital expenditure under Section 35AD and the deduction of 100 per cent of capital expenditure on scientific research under Section. If a 100 per cent deduction of capital expenditure is not allowable, there would be no disallowance with respect to depreciation on capital goods purchased if the MSE supplier of capital goods is not paid in time. This is because depreciation is not a “sum payable in respect of which deduction is otherwise  allowable”, and depreciation is not
an expense but an allowance different from an expense. What can be disallowed under Section 43B(h) must have the character of a sum payable in respect of which deduction is otherwise allowable. The Courts had taken the view that depreciation cannot be disallowed on the cost of the asset, which was capitalised in books of account, but tax thereon was not deducted under Section 40(a)(i)/(ia) of the Act. Refer Lemnisk (P.) Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2022] 141 taxmann.com195 (Bangalore – Trib.). The same stand is taken for disallowance under section 40A(3) prior to its amendment, where it is mentioned explicitly that proportionate depreciation will be disallowed for breach of section 40A(3). As no such reference to disallowance of depreciation is available in 43B(h), one can take the stand that the same is not disallowable u/s 43B(h).
10 Is disallowance attracted if the assessee opts for a presumptive taxation scheme under Section 44AD, Section 44ADA, Section 44AE, etc.? Section 43B(h) begins with a non-obstante clause “notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act”. Therefore, Section 43B apparently overrides all provisions of the Act, including presumptive taxation under Section 44AD, Section 44ADA, Section 44AE, Section 44BBB and Section 115VA (Tonnage Tax). However, Sections 44AD, 44ADA, 44AE, 44BBB and 115VA also begin with non-obstante clauses as ‘Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 28 to 43C,…….’ Therefore, Section 43B(h) overrides all other provisions of the Act except Sections 44AD, 44AE, 44ADA, 44BBB and 115VA. Thus, Section 43B(h) will not apply to eligible assessee-buyers
who opt for presumptive taxation under Sections 44AD, 44AE, 44ADA, 44BBB or 115VA. When two non-obstante clauses are there, which clause will prevail over the other is an issue. Here, courts have also held that specific will prevail over general in such circumstances. In this case, provisions of section 44AD, 44ADA, 44AE, etc, are specific for particular businesses and provisions of section 43B(h) are generally applicable to all entities; in the author’s view, the specific will prevail over the general.
11 Would disallowance be attracted if provisions are made instead of crediting individual accounts of the trade creditors / suppliers? Provisions represent sums payable in respect of which deduction is otherwise allowable under Section 37(1). Therefore, they would fall within the ambit of Section 43B(h) irrespective of whether the same is credited to the creditor’s individual account or to a common “payable account” or “provisions account” by whatever nomenclature called. What is relevant is the booking of the expense and non-payment or delayed payment to the micro and small enterprise for purchasing goods or taking services.
12 Can disallowance under Section 43B(h) be made while computing book profit for MAT purposes? Section 43B(h) is applicable for calculating a company’s taxable business profits in regular assessment under the Act. It is not applicable for calculating Minimum Alternate Tax under Section 115JB of the Act.
13 What if any charitable trust is not making payment or is making a delayed payment to an MSME? Are such delayed or non-payments disallowable under section 43B(h)? As the income of a charitable trust is governed by section 11 to section 13 and is not taxable under the head business and profession, section  43B(h) does not apply to such a trust since, in the case of a trust, there is no allowance of expense. There is the application of income, which is reduced from the income
(donations). Unlike the applicability of sections 40A(3) and 40a(ia), which has been provided for in section 11, there is no provision in section 11 for treating such amount as non-application of income where provisions of section 43B(h) are applicable.
14 How does one compute investment in plant and machinery and turnover in the first year of operations? It is considered based on a declaration made by the enterprise on its own.
15 If the provision for expenses made on year-end is not paid on the due date, i.e., within 15 days or up to 45 days as specified in section 15 of the MSMED Act, will the said expenses be subject to disallowance u/s 43B(h)? In any business, provisions for certain expenses are made on the last date of the year to match the accrual concept of accounting. Where provision for expense is created like audit fees, legal fees, etc., then in the Author’s view, Section 43B(h) will not apply because payment as per Section 15 of the MSMED Act is to be made within the specified time after acceptance of services or goods. In such cases, payment will be made only after the services are rendered. For example, audit fees would become due for payment only after the audit is done, and therefore, such sum will not be hit by Section 15 of the MSMED Act till the services are rendered. Once the services have been rendered, payment must be made within the time limit from the date of rendering of services.
16 When part payment is made on or before the due date, would the entire expense be disallowed, or will only part of the amount not paid be disallowed? In the Author’s view, if part of the amount is paid on or before the due date, said part would be an allowable expense. The other part, if paid after year-end and if paid late or not paid on or before the due date under MSMED Act, shall be disallowed u/s 43B(h).
17 There is no agreement between the buyer and seller, but the seller, in its invoice, mentioned that the credit allowed is 15 days. Can this be treated as an agreement? Yes, if any written communication, whether on the invoice or through the purchase order, email, or letter, is exchanged between the two parties, then the
same could be treated as an agreement.
18 If an entity is engaged in trading and service providing or manufacturing and trading, will it be treated as an enterprise? One has to see the major activity, and if that activity falls into manufacturing and service, it will be treated as an enterprise. If significant activity is trading, it would not be treated as an enterprise.
19 Whether a proprietorship concern is treated as an enterprise? The definition of “enterprise” states that for an entity to be treated as an enterprise, it should be registered. If a proprietary concern is registered under the MSMED Act under the proprietor’s PAN, then the same will be treated as a registered entity and as an enterprise.
20 If one proprietor has more than one proprietorship concern, can all of them be treated as enterprises eligible as micro or small? In such a scenario, the turnover of all concerns should be calculated together. It has to be established that the major activity is manufacturing and/or service. The criteria of investment and turnover are per requirement for micro or small enterprises, and the proprietor has PAN. Then, one can decide whether such a proprietor is a micro or small enterprise.
21 Can retention money withheld by a buyer and outstanding at the year-end beyond the time limit prescribed u/s 15 of MSMED Act be disallowed u/s 43B(h)? As such, retention money is withheld as per contract and is to be paid after a certain period to fulfil certain conditions. So, it is a security deposit given out of payment received (deemed receipt); hence, retention money is not claimed as an expense, and therefore, it ought not to be disallowed u/s 43B(h) of the Act.
22 If a creditor is registered as a Micro or Small Enterprise on, say,
1st October, 2023, the purchase of goods prior to 1st October, 2023
and remaining unpaid as of
31st March, 2024 will be subject to disallowance u/s 43B(h)?
Since registration is mandatory, any purchases prior to registration shall not be subject to disallowance u/s 43B(h). As mentioned earlier, at the most, one could consider the date of filing the Memorandum (application for registration) for the purpose of disallowance rather than the date of registration as in the
definition of supplier u/s 15 of MSMED Act, the supplier is defined as the one that has filed a Memorandum.
23 If adjustment entry is passed for receivable against the sale of goods as payment by debiting the creditor account, is it treated as payment for 43B(h)? In the Author’s view, yes, as in section 43B(h), unlike 40A(3), there is no mention of the mode of payment in a specific manner, and in the case of 40A(3) also, it is treated as valid by rule 6DD.
24 Will payments made after the year-end (31st March) but before the due date of filing the return of income be allowed as a deduction? If the payment is made after the year-end (say, 31st March, 2024) but before the due date of filing the return of income, it will be allowed only in the next year, i.e., the year of payment (Y.E. 31st March, 2025) and not the year in which the expenses are incurred. In this respect, this provision differs from other provisions of section 43B.
25 Would delayed payments (beyond the time limit prescribed under the MSMED Act) to any micro and small enterprise within the Financial Year attract disallowance under section 43B(h)? No. The disallowance under section 43B(h) will be attracted only regarding the delayed payment to a micro and small enterprise, which has remained outstanding at the year’s end (i.e., 31st March).

5. CONCLUSION:

Efforts have been made to analyse all the provisions of section 43B(h) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, keeping in mind provisions of the MSMED Act, 2006 and to consider as many issues as may arise in calculating disallowance u/s 43B(h) while preparing statement of income, showing disallowance u/s 43B(h) in form 3CD and assessment/appellate proceedings. With the passage of time, there will likely be protracted litigation revolving around the interpretation and application of this provision since the impact of tax liability on account of disallowance may be more than taxable income without such disallowance. All assessees, professional bodies, etc., expect a notification from CBDT to clarify various debatable issues to reduce litigation and for better understanding. In the author’s opinion, for compliance with any law, shelter of the Income Tax Act should not be taken all the time. It is nothing but a breach of the real income principle. In some cases, tax liabilities are so high that they bring the business of the assessee to an end which is not the objective of the Government. The government cannot help or support MSMEs to grow at the cost of survival of all other types of enterprises, including MSMEs themselves, as they too may be subjected to disallowance u/s 43B(h) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, if they fail to pay within the timeframe for goods or services bought from other MSME.

Scope of Reassessment Proceedings in Search Cases In The Light of CBDT Instruction No. 1 of 2023

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Central Board of Direct Taxation (“CBDT”) has recently issued instruction no. 1 of 2023 dated 23rd August, 2023, (hereinafter referred to as “instruction”) in exercise of its powers under section 119 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) with the object of implementing the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in cases of PCIT vs. Abhisar Buildwell (P) Ltd [2023] 454 ITR 212 (SC) (hereinafter referred to as “Abhisar Buildwell”) and DCIT vs. U. K. Paints (Overseas) Ltd [2023] 454 ITR 441 (SC) (hereinafter referred to as “U K Paints”) in a uniform manner. The CBDT has taken a view that in cases where the proceedings did not abate at the time of the search, reassessment proceedings under section 147 / 148 of the Act will have to be undertaken in view of section 150 of the Act by following the procedure laid down under section 148A of the Act as inserted by Finance Act, 2021 in accordance with the law laid down by Supreme Court in case of Union of India vs. Ashish Agarwal [2022] 444 ITR 1 (SC). This article analyses the scope of the provisions of section 150 of the Act, and it is submitted that the said section is not applicable. Accordingly, the Revenue would be justified to initiate reassessment proceedings only if the time limit prescribed under section 149 of the Act is adhered to and it is submitted that any other view would mean that the CBDT instruction is not in accordance with the law and thus, invalid.

Part 1: Decision of the Supreme Court in the cases of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) and U. K. Paints (supra)

1. In the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra), the Hon’ble Supreme Court settled the dispute on the scope of the assessments under section 153A of the Act. The question before the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the batch of several appeals was whether the Assessing Officer (hereinafter referred to as “the AO”) was justified to make additions to total income in respect of assessment / reassessment proceedings which do not abate under the second proviso to section 153A(1) of the Act.

2. The Hon’ble Supreme Court vide order dated 24th April, 2023, held that in the absence of incriminating material, the AO cannot make any addition to the total income on the basis of other material. However, the AO may initiate reassessment proceedings under section 147 / 148 of the Act subject to fulfilling the conditions prescribed in law. In cases where incriminating material is found, the Hon’ble Court held that the AO will be entitled to make additions based on incriminating material as well as other material which is available with him including the income declared in the returns.

3. Subsequently, the Revenue moved miscellaneous application no. 680 of 2023 with a request that the Hon’ble Court may clarify that the Department is entitled to initiate reassessment proceedings under section 147 / 148 read with section 150 of the Act and that the AO may be given a period of 60 days to follow the procedure prescribed under section 147 to 151 of the Act. The request made by the Revenue to clarify was denied on the grounds that the prayers sought can be said to be in the form of review which requires detailed consideration. The Supreme Court vide order dated 12th May, 2023, relegated the Revenue to file an appropriate review application [PCIT vs. Abhisar Buildwell (P) Ltd (2023) 150 taxmann.com 257 (SC)].

4. After deciding the batch of appeals in respect of the scope of assessment under section 153A of the Act, the Supreme Court in U. K. Paints (supra) was considering the scope of assessment under section 153C of the Act. The principle laid down in Abhisar Buildwell (supra) was reiterated and held that in the absence of incriminating material, additions would not be justified. It was requested before the Hon’ble Court to observe that the Revenue may be permitted to initiate reassessment proceedings under section 147 / 148 of the Act. The Court, in paragraph 3 of its order dated 25th April, 2023, observed that “it will be open for the Revenue to initiate the re-assessment proceedings in accordance with law and if it is permissible under the law”.

Part 2: Instruction No. 1 of 2023 dated 23rd August, 2023

5. The instruction issued by the CBDT in the exercise of powers under section 119 of the Act states that the judgment of the Supreme Court is required to be done in a uniform manner and directs various aspects which need to be taken into consideration.

6. Paragraph 6.1 of the instruction states that there are cases where the assessment was made based on other material and the additions have been deleted by the appellate authorities on the ground that in the absence of incriminating material, the assessment / additions cannot be made. In various cases, the orders of the appellate authorities have attained finality because the same was not challenged. In such types of cases, it is stated that no action is required to be taken under sections 147 / 148 of the Act. However, in the following cases, reassessment as per section 147 / 148 of the Act is required to be carried out:

a. Lead and tagged cases before the Supreme Court.

b. Cases which are pending at appellate levels or before AO or any tax authority.

c. Cases in which a contrary decision has been given by appellate authorities after the Supreme Court decision in Abhisar Buildwell (supra).

7. Paragraph 7 states that the AO will have to categorise the cases in two categories viz. (i) pending / abated assessment and (ii) completed / unabated assessment.

8. Directions in respect of abated assessments: Paragraph 7.1 states that in respect of assessments which have abated owing to search and if assessments under section 153A(1) of the Act are annulled in appeal or any other legal proceedings (example: if search is quashed as illegal by a competent court) then the abated assessments shall stand revived from the date of receipt of order of annulment and the AO is required to assess in accordance with section 153A(2) and 153(8) of the Act.

The directions provided in the instruction issued by the CBDT in respect of assessment which stand abated appear to be in accordance with the law.

9. Directions in respect of unabated assessments: Unabated assessments are further classified into three categories as stated above and the CBDT has provided directions in respect of each category of case.

10. The first category is in respect of the cases which were before the Hon’ble Supreme Court (lead and tagged matters). It is stated that necessary action under section 147 / 148 of the Act needs to be taken in view of section 150 of the Act. The reassessment proceedings will be subject to the procedure specified under section 148A of the Act and in accordance with the law laid down by the Supreme Court in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra). The CBDT has also directed that the assessment shall be completed by 30th April, 2024, in view of section 153(6) of the Act.

11. The second category of cases are those where the matters are pending before the appellate authorities viz. Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals) [hereinafter referred to as “the CIT(A)”], Income-tax Appellate Tribunal (hereinafter referred to as “the Tribunal”) and the Hon’ble High Courts, as the case may be. It is stated that the decision of the Supreme Court in the cases of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) and U. K. Paints (supra) are required to be brought to the notice of the respective appellate authorities. Pursuant to the disposal of such appeals, the AO may be required to act under section 147 / 148 read with section 150 of the Act in appropriate cases after complying with the procedure laid down which is in force.

12. The third category of cases is where appellate authorities have rendered the decision after the order of the Supreme Court in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) and if the same is inconsistent with the decision of the Supreme Court, then necessary action may be taken to file miscellaneous application before the Tribunal or notice of motion before the Hon’ble High Court, as the case may be with a request to review the decision in line with Abhisar judgment with a prayer for condonation of delay. A suggested draft of the notice of motion / miscellaneous application is also provided. A perusal of the said draft indicates that the CBDT seems to be suggesting that a request be made before the Tribunal or the High Court (as the case may be) that the order already passed may be modified in line with the decision of the Supreme Court in case of Abhisar Buildwell.

Part 3: Point for consideration

The central point that arises pursuant to the instruction issued by the CBDT is whether the Revenue would be entitled to initiate reassessment proceedings under section 147 / 148 of the Act. Another issue that arises is whether CBDT is justified to direct filing of miscellaneous applications / notices of motion as stated in paragraph 7.2.3

Part 4: Discussion

Validity of reassessment proceedings as per section 150 of the Act

13. Reassessment proceedings under the Act are initiated upon issuance of a valid notice under section 148 of the Act. Section 149 of the Act provides that notice under section 148 of the Act cannot be issued beyond the period specified therein. Section 150(1) of the Act is an exception to the time limits prescribed under section 149 of the Act. If the conditions prescribed under section 150(1) of the Act are satisfied, notice under section 148 of the Act may be issued without the requirement to follow the time limit prescribed under section 149 of the Act. Section 150(2) of the Act is an exception to the sub-section and reinforces the time limit prescribed under section 149 of the Act to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act.

14. To appreciate the scope of section 150 of the Act, the provisions are reproduced hereunder:

“Provision for cases where assessment is in pursuance of an order on appeal, etc.

150. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 149, the notice under section 148 may be issued at any time for the purpose of making an assessment or reassessment or recomputation in consequence of or to give effect to any finding or direction contained in an order passed by any authority in any proceeding under this Act by way of appeal, reference or revision or by a Court in any proceeding under any other law.

(2) The provisions of sub-section (1) shall not apply in any case where any such assessment, reassessment or recomputation as is referred to in that sub-section relates to an assessment year in respect of which an assessment, reassessment or recomputation could not have been made at the time the order which was the subject-matter of the appeal, reference or revision, as the case may be, was made by reason of any other provision limiting the time within which any action for assessment, reassessment or recomputation may be taken”.

15. The effect of section 150(1) of the Act is that a notice under section 148 of the Act may be issued at any time (notwithstanding the time limit prescribed under section 149) for the purpose of making an assessment or reassessment or recomputation. However, such notice under section 148 of the Act can be issued subject to the condition that the same is being issued in consequence of or to give effect to any finding or direction contained in an order passed by any authority in any proceeding under the Act by way of appeal, reference or revision or by a Court in any proceeding under any other law.

16. Sub-section (2) to section 150 of the Act limits the scope of sub-section (1) of section 150 which has the effect of reintroducing the time limit prescribed under section 149 of the Act. A notice under section 148 of the Act cannot be issued for an assessment year if an assessment or reassessment or recomputation of such assessment year could not have been made at the time the order which was subject matter of appeal, reference or revision, as the case may be, was made by reason of any other provision limiting the time within which any action for assessment, reassessment or recomputation may be taken.

17. To appreciate the provisions of section 150(2), let us take an example of the lead case which was before the Hon’ble Supreme Court viz. Abhisar Buildwell.

a. Assessment years before the Delhi High Court: A.Ys. 2007-08 and 2008-09
b. Limitation under section 149 to issue notice under section 148 for A.Y. 2007–08: 31st March, 2014
c. Limitation under section 149 to issue notice under section 148 for A.Y. 2008–09: 31st March, 2015
d. Date of order passed by Delhi High Court which was before the Supreme Court: 24th July, 2019

18. In the case of Abhisar Buildwell, the order which was subject matter of appeal before the Hon’ble Supreme Court was the order passed by the Hon’ble Delhi High Court dated 24th July, 2019. Assuming section 150(1) of the Act applies, pursuant to the decision of the Supreme Court, the AO would be justified to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act for the assessment years 2007-08 and 2008–09 in the case of Abhisar Buildwell only if he had the time limit to issue a notice under section 149 of the Act as on 24th July, 2019. Since the time limit to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act for the assessment years 2007–08 and 2008–09 had already expired as illustrated above, the provisions of section 150(2) of the Act would operate as a limitation upon the powers of the AO to issue the notice under section 148 of the Act.

19. In view of the above, it is submitted that the provisions of section 150(2) of the Act will have to be applied depending upon the facts and circumstances
of each case and only then the AO can be said to have the jurisdiction to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act.

20. The Revenue is aware of the legal position in respect of section 150(2) of the Act. This is evident from the fact that the miscellaneous application was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court for the specific prayer that the limitation provided under section 150(2) of the Act be waived. This further supports the proposition that the CBDT instruction must be read in accordance with the provisions of section 150 of the Act and the limitations which are imposed upon the AO.

21. Having discussed the scope of section 150(2) above. Let us now consider the applicability of section 150(1) of the Act.

22. Apart from the limitation imposed upon the application of section 150(1) of the Act as discussed above, there are certain additional conditions to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act. The same are discussed hereunder.

a. There must be an order passed by (i) any authority in any proceeding under the Act by way of appeal, reference, or revision or by (ii) a Court in any proceeding under any other law; and

b. The notice under section 148 of the Act is being issued in consequence of or to give effect to any finding or direction contained in such order.

23. Having set out the conditions under which section 150(1) itself may apply, it would be necessary to consider the following:

a. Whether the decision of the Supreme Court in the cases of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) or U. K. Paints (supra) can be construed as a “finding or direction” for the purpose of section 150(1) of the Act?

b. Whether the Hon’ble Supreme Court can be regarded as falling within the scope of the expression “any authority” as provided under section 150(1) of the Act?

c. Whether civil appeal / special leave petitions before the Supreme Court can be regarded as “proceeding under this Act”?

24. The CBDT is of the opinion that paragraph 14(iv) of the Supreme Court decision in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) does constitute a finding / direction for the purpose of section 150(1) of the Act. To appreciate the same, the relevant paragraph 14(iv) in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) is reproduced hereunder:

“in case no incriminating material is unearthed during the search, the AO cannot assess or reassess taking into consideration the other material in respect of completed assessments / unabated assessments. Meaning thereby, in respect of completed / unabated assessments, no addition can be made by the AO in absence of any incriminating material found during the course of search under section 132 or requisition under section 132A of the Act, 1961. However, the completed / unabated assessments can be re-opened by the AO in exercise of powers under sections 147 / 148 of the Act, subject to fulfilment of the conditions as envisaged / mentioned under sections 147 / 148 of the Act and those powers are saved”. (Emphasis supplied)

25. In the case of U. K. Paints (supra), the Supreme Court observed as under:

“3. However, so far as the prayer made on behalf of the Revenue to permit them to initiate the re-assessment proceedings is concerned, it is observed that it will be open for the Revenue to initiate the re-assessment proceedings in accordance with law and if it is permissible under the law. (Emphasis supplied)

26. In both decisions, the Hon’ble Supreme Court has merely stated that the AO would be entitled to reopen provided the same is permissible in accordance with law.

Finding or direction for the purpose of section 150(1) of the Act

27. In the case of Rajinder Nath vs. CIT [1979] 120 ITR 14 (SC), the Supreme Court was considering the scope of the expressions “finding” and “direction”. The appellant before the Court was a partner in a partnership firm. The Assessing Officer had held that the partnership firm was the owner of the property and since the actual cost of the said property was higher than the cost debited in the books, the excess was taxed as income. On appeal, the first appellate authority had held that the property did not belong to the firm and thus, the excess could not be taxed in its hands. It was also held by the first appellate authority that the partners are owners of the said property. The first appellate authority also stated that the ITO “is free to take action” to assess the excess in the hands of the owners. The issue before the Court was whether the order of the first appellate authority can be said to constitute a finding or direction for the Assessing Officer to issue notice for reopening beyond the time limit prescribed.

In respect of the issue as to whether the order of the first appellate authority can be constituted as a finding, the Supreme Court held that a finding given in an appeal, revision or reference must be a finding necessary for the disposal of the case. It must be directly involved in the disposal of the case. In the facts of the case before the Court, it was held that all that has been recorded is the finding that the partnership firm is not the owner of the properties. It also held that the finding of the appellate authority was based on the fact that the cost was debited from the accounts of the owners. But that does not mean, without anything more, that the excess over the disclosed cost of construction constitutes concealed income of the Assessees. The finding that the excess represents their individual income requires a proper enquiry for which an opportunity must be provided.

It was also held that the expression “direction” must be an express direction necessary for the disposal of the case before the authority or the court. It must also be a direction which the authority or court is empowered to give while deciding the case before it. The Court held that the observation of the first appellate authority that the ITO “is free to take action” cannot be described as a direction. A direction by a statutory authority is an order requiring positive compliance. When it is left open to the option and discretion of the ITO whether to act, it cannot be described as a direction.

28. Applying the principle laid down in the case of Rajinder Nath (supra), it becomes clear that the relevant paragraphs of the Supreme Court decision in Abhisar Buildwell (supra) as well as U. K. Paints (supra) clearly show that the same were also in the nature of discretion and thus, it cannot be regarded as a direction.

29. Similarly, applying the principle laid down by the Supreme Court in the case of Rajinder Nath (supra), it is submitted that the scope of the appeals before the Supreme Court in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) was with respect to the scope of assessment under section 153A of the Act. The Court was called upon to decide on the correctness of the additions made to total income by the Assessing Officer in the absence of any incriminating material in respect of proceedings which do not abate as of the date of search. It is therefore respectfully submitted that the observation in paragraph 14(iv) cannot be held to be a finding for the purpose of section 150(1) of the Act because the said observation was not necessary for the purpose of deciding the question which was involved in the appeals.

30. The decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Rajinder Nath (supra) has thereafter been followed in various cases. Recently, the Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of Pavan Morarka vs. ACIT [2022] 136 taxmann.com 2 (Bombay) has followed the principle laid down in Rajinder Nath (supra).

31. To appreciate the principle laid down by the Hon’ble Bombay High Court, it is necessary to consider the facts that were before the Hon’ble Court. In that case, the petitioner owned 50 per cent of the share capital of a company viz. Shivum Holdings Private Limited (SHPL). The petitioner also owned 25 per cent share capital in a company called P&A Estate Private Limited (P&A). SHPL held an 85 per cent interest in a partnership firm called Lotus Trading Company (LTC) and the petitioner held the balance 15 per cent in the said LTC. P&A had received a loan advanced by LTC. The said loan was advanced by LTC on behalf of SHPL. The Assessing Officer held in the case of P&A that the loan was to be regarded as deemed dividends under section 2(22)(e) of the Act. On appeal, the CIT(A) held that section 2(22)(e) of the Act does not apply because it is necessary that P&A is a shareholder of SHPL. The Tribunal affirmed the order of the CIT(A) and the order of the Tribunal was affirmed by the Hon’ble Delhi High Court [CIT vs. Ankitech (P) Ltd (2011) 340 ITR 14 (Delhi)]. In paragraph 30 of the said order, it was observed by the Delhi High Court as under:

“30. Before we part with, some comments are to be necessarily made by us. As pointed out above, it is not in dispute that the conditions stipulated in section 2(22)(e) of the Act treating the loan and advance as deemed dividends are established in these cases. Therefore, it would always be open to the revenue to take corrective measure by treating this dividends income at the hands of the shareholders and tax them accordingly. As otherwise, it would amount to escapement of income at the hands of those shareholders”. (Emphasis supplied)

On the strength of the above paragraph 30, the Revenue initiated reassessment proceedings in the case of the petitioner. The Revenue argued that paragraph 30 constituted “finding” or “direction” for the purpose of section 150 of the Act. This argument was rejected by the Hon’ble Bombay High Court which held that when it is left to the option and discretion of the Income-tax Officer, it cannot be described as a direction. Similarly, since the Hon’ble Delhi High Court was dealing with a question as to whether section 2(22)(e) applies in case of P&A, it was held that paragraph 30 cannot be regarded as a finding.

32. Further, the CBDT instruction appears to be taking a view that the observation of the Supreme Court is the ratio decidendi and thus, binding under Article 141 of the Constitution. It is submitted that the understanding of the CBDT is without appreciating the fact that the subject matter of appeal before the Supreme Court was the scope of assessment under section 153A of the Act. Ratio decidendi is something which is essential to decide the issue involved. It is submitted that the observations which have been made in paragraph 14(iv) cannot be regarded as ratio decidendi because the observation was not necessary to decide the question involved in the appeals. As held by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Mavilayi Service Co-Operative Bank Ltd vs. CIT [2021] 431 ITR 1 (SC), it is only the ratio decidendi of a judgment that is binding as a precedent and what is of essence in a decision is its ratio and not every observation found therein.

33. Even otherwise, it is submitted that the observation cannot be interpreted as if the Supreme Court has given its prior approval to initiate reassessment proceedings in the future. In each case, the AO will have to satisfy the jurisdictional preconditions which may become the subject matter of consideration. All that the Hon’ble Supreme Court has observed is that the AO can reopen in accordance with the law. It is submitted that had the Supreme Court not made any observation, even then the action of the AO would be tested in accordance with the law. In other words, dehors the observations made by the Supreme Court, the AO is not precluded from initiating reassessment proceedings if the same is otherwise valid and in accordance with the law. It is thus submitted that the observations made by the Supreme Court which has been relied upon by the Revenue cannot be regarded as ratio decidendi.

The Hon’ble Supreme Court / High Court / Tribunal cannot be regarded as “any authority” for the purpose of section 150(1) of the Act

34. As discussed above, one of the conditions based on which the AO can issue notice under section 148 of the Act irrespective of the time limit specified under section 149 of the Act is when the said notice is being issued for the purpose of making an assessment or reassessment or recomputation in consequence of or to give effect to any finding or direction contained in an order passed by any authority in any proceeding under this Act by way of appeal, reference or revision.

35. In this regard, a question that arises is as to whether the Hon’ble Supreme Court can be regarded as an “authority”. A further issue that arises is as to whether civil appeals with which the Hon’ble Supreme Court was dealing with could be regarded as “proceeding under this Act”.

36. In the case of Pavan Morarka (supra), the Hon’ble Court held that authority is defined under section 116 of the Act and the Hon’ble Delhi High Court is not among the classes of income-tax authorities for the purpose of the Act. It is submitted that on the same principle, even the Hon’ble Supreme Court cannot be regarded as falling within the scope of expression “authority”, the provisions of section 150 of the Act do not apply. Similarly, the Tribunal as well as the High Court would not fall within the scope of “authority” for the purpose of section 150 of the Act and thus, the CBDT instruction to the extent it directs that the AO may initiate reassessment proceedings by following the procedure prescribed under section 148A of the Act after disposal of appeals by the Tribunal / High Court, is invalid.

37. There is one more way in which the expression “authority” may be interpreted. Sub-section (1) provides that notice under section 148 of the Act may be issued for the purpose of assessment or reassessment in consequence of or to give effect to any finding or direction contained in an order passed by any authority in any proceeding under this Act by way of appeal, reference or revision or by a Court in any proceeding under any other law. Under section 150(1), two separate expressions are used viz. authority and Court which are separated by the word “or”. It is therefore clear from the express language itself that the scope of the expression “authority” does not include a Court and would thus, exclude the Hon’ble Supreme Court and the Hon’ble High Court.

38. In view of the above discussion, it is submitted that the Tribunal, High Court and the Supreme Court would not fall within the scope of “authority” for the purpose of section 150 of the Act.

Civil Appeals / Special Leave petitions are not proceedings under the Act

39. In the batch of appeals in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) and U. K. Paints (supra), the Hon’ble Supreme Court was deciding a batch of civil appeals in its appellate jurisdiction. Originally, the Revenue had filed special leave petitions (“SLP”) under Article 136 of the Constitution which were converted into civil appeals.

40. In the case of Kunhayammed vs. State of Kerala [2000] 245 ITR 360 (SC), the Hon’ble Supreme Court has considered the scope and various stages of the appellate jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under Article 136 of the Constitution. It is observed that it is not the policy of the Court to entertain an SLP and grant leave under Article 136. It is only in certain cases where the Court may grant leave. Upon leave being granted, the SLP will be treated as an appeal, and it will register and be numbered as such. The said procedure is not under the Act but under the Supreme Court Rules which are framed under Article 145 of the Constitution.

41. It is therefore submitted that the decision of the Supreme Court is not an order from any proceeding under the Act and thus, even on this ground, section 150(1) of the Act may not be applicable. The issue may also be examined from another perspective. Section 261 of the Act provides for an appeal to the Supreme Court. However, the appeals filed by the Revenue in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) were not under section 261 of the Act and thus, not a proceeding under the Act.

Scope of miscellaneous application / notice of motion

42. Paragraph 7.2.3 provides that if the Tribunal / High Court decides the appeal pending before it contrary to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra), then a miscellaneous application / notice of motion is suggested. In case the time limit to file a miscellaneous application / notice of motion has expired, then the same may be filed with an application for condonation.

43. It appears that in all cases, the CBDT is requesting the Tribunal/ High Court to modify the order in line with paragraph 14(iv) of the Supreme Court decision in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra). In other words, the CBDT has directed the AO to request the Tribunal / High Court to modify the appellate order and hold that the AO has the power to act under section 147 / 148 of the Act if the same is permissible.

44. It is submitted that the Tribunal / High Court in its appellate jurisdiction is only called upon to decide the issues which are the subject matter of the appeal. In view of the ratio of the Supreme Court in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra), the Tribunal / High Court is bound to decide the appeals in favor of the Assessee and against the Revenue in all assessments under section 153A of the Act where additions were made in the absence of incriminating material. The power of the AO to reopen is not and cannot be the subject matter of the appeal.

45. It is therefore respectfully submitted that any other observation made by the Tribunal / High Court in the appellate order would be beyond the subject matter of appeal. It is therefore submitted that any miscellaneous application / notice of motion to modify the appellate order and insert observations in line with paragraph 14(iv) of the Supreme Court order in the case of Abhisar Buildwell (supra) would not be maintainable. In other words, when the scope of appeal itself is limited to determine the scope of assessment under section 153A of the Act, there does not arise any question of miscellaneous application / notice of motion which is in line with the decision of the Supreme Court. In any case, if the appellate order of the Tribunal / High Court is in line with the ratio of Abhisar Buildwell (supra), no modification in such order would be permissible.

46. In view of the above, the direction issued by the CBDT in paragraph 7.2.3 of the instruction is wholly untenable, misconceived and misdirected in law.

CONCLUSION

47. It is submitted that the CBDT instruction must be read and interpreted in a manner that is not contrary to the provisions of section 150 of the Act and the settled judicial precedents which continue to hold the field. Any other view would mean that there is no time limit to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act. It is a fundamental principle of law that there must be finality to all legal proceedings. An interpretation which leads to such a result must be avoided. One must not attribute the CBDT to disregard such a fundamental principle of law.

Angel Tax — Amendment and Its Implications

BACKGROUND

The concept of ‘Angel Tax’, first introduced by the Finance Act of 2012, has now been around for more than a decade. The intention behind the enactment of section 56(2)(viib) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘Act’) was to deter the creation of shell firms and to prevent the circulation of black money through the subscription of shares of closely held companies at unreasonably high valuations.

Prior to 1st April, 2023, the angel tax provisions were applicable only to funds raised by a closely held company from a person resident in India. The erstwhile provisions stated that, where a company, not being a company in which the public is substantially interested, receives, in any previous year, from any person being a resident, any consideration for the issue of shares that exceeds the face value of such shares, the aggregate consideration received for such shares as exceeds the fair market value of the shares shall be deemed to be the income of the concerned company and will be chargeable to tax under the head Income from other Sources for the relevant financial year.

Under the proviso to the section, the following investments are excluded from the ambit of angel tax provisions:

a. Investment received by a venture capital undertaking from venture capital companies or venture capital funds (‘VCFs’) or a specified fund [Category I and Category II Alternative Investment Funds (‘AIFs’)].

b. Investment received by a company from certain classes of persons as notified under the notification1 (The Ministry of Commerce and Industry notified companies2 that would qualify the definition of ‘start-up’ as being exempt).


1 Notification No. 13/2019/F. No. 370142/5/2018-TPL (Pt.) superseded by Notification No. 30/2023/F. No. 370142/9/2023-TPL (Part-I)
2 Notification No. G.S.R. 127(E), dated 19th February, 2019 issued by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry in the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade

For the determination of fair market value (‘FMV’) of shares for the purpose of the above provisions of angel tax, the explanation to the section provided that the FMV shall be the greater of the following value:

– Determined as per prescribed method; and

– As may be substantiated by the company to the satisfaction of the income tax authorities.

Under the erstwhile rules, the “prescribed method” under Rule 11UA of Income Tax Rules, 1962 (‘ITR’) for unquoted equity shares, allowed the taxpayer, i.e., the issuing company to value its unquoted equity shares either on the basis of book value per share based on the prescribed formula or value determined by a merchant banker using Discounted Cash Flow (‘DCF’) method. In the case of unquoted shares and securities other than equity shares in a company, the fair market value was to be determined based on the price it would fetch if sold in the open market on the valuation date. The Company may obtain a report from a merchant banker or an accountant for such valuation.

Amendment to section 56(2)(viib)
The Finance Act, 2023, has amended section 56(2)(viib) to widen the net of the specific anti-avoidance rules to include non-resident investors as well. Thereby, any share premium over and above the fair market value received from non-resident investors will now be taxed in the hands of the Indian company.

While exclusions that are currently provided to domestic venture capital funds, Cat I & II AIFs and registered start-ups as per proviso to the section are permitted to continue. The Central Board of Direct Taxes (‘CBDT’) has further notified the following class or classes of persons who will be outside the purview of angel tax provisions (‘Exclusion Notification’3):


3 Notification 29/2023 dated 24th May 2023 and Notification 30/2023 dated 24th May 2023.

 

i. Government and government-related investors, such as central banks, sovereign wealth funds, international or multilateral organisations or agencies, including entities controlled by the government or where direct or indirect ownership of the Government is 75 per cent or more;

ii. Banks or entities involved in the insurance business where such entity is subject to applicable regulations in the country where it is established or incorporated or is a resident;

iii. Any of the following entities, which is a resident of any country or specified territory (listed in Annexure – I), and such entity is subject to applicable regulations in the country where it is established or incorporated or is a resident:

a) entities registered with SEBI as Category-I Foreign Portfolio Investors;

b) endowment funds associated with a university, hospitals or charities;

c) pension funds created or established under the law of the foreign country or specified territory; and

d) Broad Based Pooled Investment Vehicle or fund where the number of investors in such a vehicle or fund is more than 50 and where such a fund is not a hedge fund or a fund which employs diverse or complex trading strategies.

However, vital countries, such as Singapore, Mauritius, UAE, Netherlands, Cayman Islands and BVI, from where the majority of FDI investment is received by India, are excluded from the said list of notified countries (refer to Annexure – I).

In addition to the above notification, CBDT has also extended the exemption from the angel tax provisions to a company on consideration received for issue of shares to non-resident investors on fulfilment of conditions prescribed in the said notification2 issued by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry (‘Startup Exemption’), which was earlier provided to resident investors only.

Amendment to Rule 11UA(2)

The extension of angel tax on investments made in closely held companies by non-residents made it necessary to amend Rule 11UA(2) to allow for more adaptable valuation methods in order to align with applicable pricing guidelines for foreign investments under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, which require the issue of shares by Indian companies to non-residents at a price higher than the Fair Market Value of the shares.

Introduced from 25th September, 2023, the revised rules prescribe the mechanism for computation of fair market value of unquoted equity shares as well as compulsory convertible equity shares (‘CCPS’) issued to resident and non-resident investors for the purposes of section 56(2)(viib). A closely held company will have an option to select any of the valuation methods for the purpose of valuation of unquoted shares.

Methods for valuation of unquoted equity shares

I. For Resident Investors

1. Book Value Method
The FMV of shares is to be determined based on the net worth of the company computed using book values of assets and liabilities and further subjected to prescribed adjustments.

2. Discounted Cash Flow Method (‘DCF’)
The FMV under this method is determined by calculating the present value of future cash flows generated by an investment or asset, by using an appropriate discounting rate. The FMV is to be determined by the merchant banker under this method as per the rules.

3. Benchmarking
The new regulations allow a price-matching mechanism in the following cases:

a. Where a Venture Capital undertaking receives any consideration for the issue of shares to a Venture Capital Fund, Venture Capital Company, or Specified Fund (Category I or II AIF).

b. Where a company receives any consideration for the issue of shares to a notified entity.

In the above cases, the issue price can be considered as the FMV for the issuance of shares to others, subject to adherence to the following criteria:

i. Total consideration received at above determined FMV from other investors does not exceed consideration from shares issued to the VCF, VCC, Specified Fund or notified entity as the case maybe; and

ii. The issuance of shares to other investors is within 90 days before or after the date of the issue of shares to the VCF, VCC, Specified Fund or notified entity as the case may be.

For example: Company A received a consideration of ₹30,00,000 from a notified entity on 1st January for the issue of 600 shares at ₹5,000 per share. The shares are allotted and credited to the demat account of the notified entity on 15th January. Accordingly, Company A may issue up to 600 shares at ₹5,000 to any other investor during a period from 15th October to 15th April by benchmarking to the above transaction.

II. For Non-resident Investors

In addition to the above methods in Point I, the following are the prescribed additional methods that a merchant banker may use for the valuation of unquoted equity shares for receipt of investment from non-resident investors:

4. Comparable company multiple method
Under this approach, the value of a company is determined by comparing it to a similar company in the same industry. This method relies on the premise that companies within the same industry or sector often trade at similar valuation multiples due to similar risk profiles and growth prospects. However, this is subject to case-specific adjustments to ensure the accuracy of valuation.

5. Probability weighted expected return method
The value determined under this method represents the average or expected value of shares, considering the weightage of multiple outcome-based scenarios and their associated probabilities. It provides a more comprehensive valuation approach than a single-point estimate and takes into account the uncertainty and risk associated with different potential outcomes.

6. Option pricing method
When estimating the fair market value of shares, the option pricing approach takes into account the value of the option to buy or sell the shares at a later time. The calculation of FMV is based on the supposition that the value of a share is the total of the present values of all expected future cash flows as well as the value of the option to exercise (buy or sell) the share at any time.

7. Milestone analysis method
Milestone analysis method is relevant for the valuation of companies with limited operating history. The valuation is based on the achievement of pre-agreed milestones aligned to business-specific metrics such as sales growth, user acquisition, etc., for computing the FMV of shares.

8. Replacement cost methods
The replacement cost method is a valuation method where the FMV of the shares is computed based on the cost of re-establishing the company / business. This will allow the investor to understand the worth of a particular business / company.

Valuation methods in case of valuation of CCPS

The amended rules have now introduced specific provisions for the valuation of compulsorily convertible preference shares (‘CCPS’). Further, parity has been brought in the valuation of CCPS and equity shares by permitting benchmarking of the valuation of CCPS to equity shares. Accordingly, at the option of the company, the FMV determined for unquoted equity shares (determined based on the above-mentioned prescribed approaches) can be considered as FMV of CCPS.

Further, CCPS can be independently valued based on the methods for valuation prescribed for unquoted equity shares (covered in Point I and II above for resident and non-resident investors respectively) except to the exclusion of the book value method.

Valuation methods in case of valuation of other securities

For the determination of the fair market value of preference shares other than CCPS, the valuation method continues based on the price it would fetch if sold in the open market on the valuation date. The company may obtain a report from a merchant banker or an accountant in respect of such valuation.

Summary for applicability of methods for unquoted equity shares and CCPS:

Approaches for determination of FMV Applicable for Type of share Type of share
Book value approach – FMV computed based on the net worth of the Company, computed based using book values of assets and liabilities and further subjected to prescribed adjustments Resident and
Non-resident
Unquoted equity share
Discounted Free Cash Flow method — FMV to be determined by a merchant banker Resident and
Non-resident
Unquoted equity share and CCPS
New valuation methods —FMV to be determined by a merchant banker through any of the below methods:

•   Comparable Company MultipleMethod

• Probability Weighted Expected Return Method

• Option Pricing Method

• Milestone Analysis Method

• Replacement Cost Method

Non-resident

 

Unquoted equity share and CCPS

 

Price at which shares issued to specified entities — Price at which shares issued to venture capital funds / company, specified fund or notified entities, within a period of 90 days before / after proposed share issuance — Consideration received for proposed share issuance not to exceed aggregate consideration received from venture capital fund / specified fund / notified entities Resident and
Non-resident
Unquoted equity share and CCPS

Price at which shares issued to specified entities — Price at which shares issued to venture capital funds / company, specified fund or notified entities, within a period of 90 days before / after proposed share issuance — Consideration received for proposed share issuance not to exceed aggregate consideration received from venture capital fund / specified fund / notified entities Resident and
Non-resident Unquoted equity share and CCPS

OTHER KEY CHANGES

Date of Valuation
Under the amended Rule 11UA, where the date of valuation report issued by the merchant banker is within a period of 90 days prior to the date of issue of shares, then such date at the option of assessee / company may be deemed to be the ‘valuation date’.

However, in case the assessee does not opt for a valuation date as per above, then the date on which the consideration is received by the assessee shall be the valuation date in accordance with Rule 11U(j).

Safe Harbour tolerance band
Under the amended Rule 11UA, a tolerance band of 10 per cent has been provided for both resident and non-resident investors in the case where the issue price exceeds the value determined by the valuer, but does not exceed 10 per cent of such value. In such a scenario, the issue price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such shares. However, the tolerance band is not extended to the price-matching mechanism against shares issued to VCF, specified funds, or notified entities. The safe harbour tolerance limit is a beneficial amendment which will address practical issues brought on by currency fluctuations, bidding procedures, multiple rounds of investment and other implementation challenges.

Illustration:
M Co. is issuing 500 equity shares to Y Co. (Indian Company) of face value ₹10 each. The FMV determined as per rule 11UA (except in case of price matching mechanism) of the equity share is ₹200 per share. Based on commercial negotiations, the issue price of a share is finalised as under:

Situation A) ₹218 per share
Situation B) ₹230 per share

Situation A) Issue price of ₹218 per share is within the tolerance band of 10 per cent of the FMV arrived above. [i.e., 218 < 220 (200+10 per cent)]. Therefore, for the purpose of section 56(2)(viib), the issue price of ₹218 per share will be considered as the fair market value.

Situation B) Similarly, the issue price of ₹230 exceeds the tolerance band of ₹220 per share in the current case. Therefore, for section 56(2)(viib), the FMV of shares will be R200 per share. Accordingly, the difference of ₹30 per share will be liable to tax under the Angel Tax provisions.

SUMMARY

The extension of angel tax to non-resident investors has opened a Pandora’s box. Exclusion of a certain class of persons and extended start-up exemption to non-resident investors is a much-needed relief, and introduction of additional methods of valuation along with a price-matching mechanism and safe harbour tolerance limit is beneficial for all stakeholders.

Having said that, challenges still prevail for angel tax. Issues which are yet to be addressed include no exemption on the issue of shares pursuant to court-approved schemes, non-inclusion of vital countries in the notified list of countries from where the major FDI investment comes to India, such as Singapore, Netherlands, etc., limited valuation methods available vis-à-vis FEMA regulations, validity of report by merchant banker up to 90 days, etc.

Annexure – I

List of Countries

Sr. No. Name of Country / Specified Territory
1 Australia
2 Austria
3 Belgium
4 Canada
5 Czech Republic
6 Denmark
7 Finland
8 France
9 Germany
10 Iceland
11 Israel
12 Italy
13 Japan
14 Korea
15 New Zealand
16 Norway
17 Russia
18 Spain
19 Sweden
20 United Kingdom
21 United States

Notice under Section 148 of The Income-Tax Act, Post Faceless Reassessment Scheme

INTRODUCTION
The provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) dealing with the reassessment of income have undergone a change by virtue of various amendments inter-alia to sections 147 to 151A of the Act made by the Finance Act, 2021 w.e.f. 1st April 2021. The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2021 states that the assessment or reassessment or re-computation of income escaping assessment, to a large extent, is information-driven, and therefore, there is a need to completely reform the system of assessment or reassessment or re-computation of income escaping assessment and the assessment of search-related cases.

The amendments made by Finance Act, 2021 were followed up by amendments made by the Finance Act, 2022 and also, to a certain extent, by amendments made by the Finance Act, 2023.

Any amendment made to the Act should normally be with a view to enlarge/curtail the scope of the provision being amended or to plug existing mischief or to make the law simpler, or to grant/take away discretion vested in an authority (which discretion Legislature believes is not being used in a manner it ought to be).

Experience, however, since the introduction of new provisions for reassessment, is that the amended provisions have brought in a flood of litigation, and much more is expected till the Apex Court settles the divergent views expressed by the High Courts.

ISSUE CONSIDERED IN THIS ARTICLE

Subsequent to coming into force of the e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022, notified by Notification dated 29th March, 2022 (“Faceless Reassessment Scheme”), a notice under section 148 of the Act has to be issued by the Faceless Assessing Officer (“FAO”), as is mandated by Faceless Reassessment Scheme. The issue for consideration is consequently whether all notices issued under section 148 of the Act, after coming into force of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme, by the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (“JAO”), being contrary to the provisions of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme, are bad in law and need to be struck down?

JURISDICTIONAL CONDITIONS  FOR ISSUANCE OF NOTICE  UNDER SECTION 148

Under amended provisions of the Act, a notice proposing reassessment is issued under section 148 of the Act if income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment and the Assessing Officer (“AO”) has obtained prior approval of the Specified Authority to issue such notice. Approval of Specified Authority is not needed in cases where an order under section 148A(d) has been passed with the approval of the Specified Authority that it is a fit case to issue a notice under section 148. The provisions of section 148 are subject to the provisions of section 148A. Thus, the AO issuing notice under section 148 must necessarily:

(i)    have information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment;

(ii)    ensure that the provisions of section 148A have been complied with;

(iii)    have the approval of the Specified Authority, where required, to issue such notice.

The notice under section 148 is to be served along with a copy of the order passed, if required, under section 148A(d) of the Act.

For the purposes of sections 148 and 148A –

(i)    The expression “information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment” is defined in Explanation 1 to section 148;

(ii)    Specified Authority has the meaning assigned to it in section 151.
Since the provisions of section 148 are subject to the provisions of section 148A, compliance with section 148A becomes a sine qua non for issuance of notice under Section 148. The trigger for reassessment is ‘information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment’. The information is available through Insight Portal. It is the case of the revenue that this information is in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board. It is understood that such information is linked to the PAN of the assessee and is available for viewing to the AO having jurisdiction over the PAN of the assessee i.e., JAO. Once the AO has ‘information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment’, section 148A requires the following –

i)    with the prior approval of the Specified Authority, the AO must conduct an enquiry with respect to the information suggesting that the income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment;

ii)    having made an enquiry, the AO must then provide to the assessee an opportunity of being heard by serving upon the assessee a notice requiring him to show cause as to why a notice under section 148 should not be issued on the basis of the information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in his case and results of an enquiry conducted, if any, as per clause (a) of section 148A and must give the assessee material which he has in his possession. The Assessing Officer must give the assessee a minimum time of seven days to respond to the show cause notice;

iii)    the AO must decide, on the basis of material available on record and also the reply of the assessee and after having provided an opportunity of being heard to the assessee, that it is a fit case to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act. This decision has to be in the form of an order under section 148A(d) of the Act, which needs to be passed with the prior approval of the Specified Authority. Order under section 148A(d) has to be passed within the time period mentioned therein.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE ABOVE PROCEDURE

The provisions of section 148A and, therefore, the above steps, are not required to be complied with in a case where a search is initiated under section 132 and also in a case where the AO is satisfied, with prior approval of PCIT or CIT, that any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article seized in a search under section 132 belongs to the assessee.

SANCTIONS TO BE OBTAINED

The following acts require the sanction of the Specified Authority to be obtained:
i)    conduct of an enquiry on the basis of information suggesting that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment;

ii)    up to 31st March, 2022, for issuing a show cause notice to the assessee, as required by section 148A(b), as to why a notice under section 148 should not be issued on the basis of information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment and results of enquiry conducted, if any, under clause (a) of section 148A;

iii)    passing an order under section 148A(d) of the Act, deciding that on the basis of material available on record, including reply of the assessee, that it is a fit case for issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act;

iv)    up to 31st March, 2022, for issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act in all cases;

v)    from 1st April, 2022, for issuance of notice under section 148 in cases where an order under section 148A(d) is not required to be passed;

vi)    in a case where, in the course of a search on any person other than the assessee, any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article or thing is seized and in respect of which the AO is satisfied that such money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article of thing belongs to the assessee, and consequently provisions of section 148A are not applicable to such a case.

FACELESS ASSESSMENT OF INCOME ESCAPING ASSESSMENT –  SECTION 151A

Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 has w.e.f. 1st November, 2020, inserted section 151A in the Act, captioned ‘Faceless assessment of income escaping assessment’. This section empowers Central Government to make a scheme, for the purposes of:

i)    assessment, reassessment or re-computation under section 147; or

ii)    issuance of notice under section 148; or
iii)    conducting of enquiries or issuance of show cause notice or passing an order under section 148A; or

iv)    sanction for issue of such notice under section 151.
The above powers are given to the Central Government so as to impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability by carrying out the processes mentioned in clauses (a) to (c) of section 151A(1) of the Act.

Section 151A(2) empowers the Central Government to issue directions that any of the provisions of the Act shall not apply or shall apply with such exceptions, notifications and adaptations as may be specified in the notification. Such direction is to be issued no later than 31st March, 2022

While section 151A has been introduced w.e.f. 1st November, 2020, the amended provisions dealing with the new reassessment scheme have come into force w.e.f. 1st April, 2021. Simultaneous with the introduction of the amended provisions, section 151A has been amended by the Finance Act, 2021, to cover conducting of enquiries or issuance of show cause notice or passing of an order under section 148A.

While the section is on the statute w.e.f. 1st November, 2020, the Scheme has been framed and is effective from 29.3.2022.

Section 144B already provides for reassessment or re-computation under section 147 of the Act to be done in a faceless manner. Therefore, the Scheme makes a reference to section 144B.

Notification issued under section 151A(2) – On 29th March, 2022 a Notification No. 18/2022/F. No. 370142/16/2022-TPL(Part 1] had been issued notifying a scheme known as ‘e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022’ (“Faceless Reassessment Scheme”). The Faceless Reassessment Scheme has come into force with effect from the date of its publication in the Official Gazette i.e., 29th March, 2022. The scope of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme is stated in Para 3 of the said Notification dated 29th March, 2022. Para 3(b) provides that for the purpose of this Scheme, issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in section 148 of the Act for issuance of notice, and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in section 144B of the Act with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of the assessee. (Emphasis supplied)

Section 144B does not deal with the issuance of notice under section 148 or conducting of enquiries or issuance of show cause notice or passing an order under section 148A; or sanction for the issue of such notice under section 151. Therefore, the expression “to the extent provided in section 144B of the Act with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of the assessee has to be read, only with making an assessment, reassessment or recomputation under section 147 and not with reference to other parts viz. issuance of notice under section 148; or conducting of enquiries or issuance of show cause notice or passing an order under section 148A; or sanction for the issue of such notice under section 151.

Does the scheme cover only cases covered by clause (i) of Explanation 1 to section 148 defining ‘information with the Assessing Officer which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment’ – The Scheme states that the issuance of notice under section 148 shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in section 148 for issuance of notice. Reference to risk management strategy formulated by the Board is only in clause (i) of Explanation 1 to section 148 which defines the expression ‘information with the Assessing Officer which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.’ Explanation 1 to section 148 has 5 clauses, each of which constitutes information with the AO which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. However, the Scheme covers only clause (i). In cases where the notice under section 148 is issued on the basis of clauses (ii) to (v) of Explanation 1, it is possible to take a view that such a notice cannot be issued in a faceless manner as the same is beyond the scope of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme. The cases covered by clauses (ii) to (v) of Explanation 1 to section 148 are cases where reopening is on account of:

(i)    an audit objection in the case of an assessee, or

(ii)    information received under an agreement referred to in section 90A, or

(iii)    any information made available to the AO under the scheme notified under section 135A, or

(iv)    any information which requires action in consequence of the order of a Tribunal or a Court.

ISSUES FOR CONSIDERATION

Para 3(b) of the Scheme provides that the notice under section 148 has to be issued in a faceless manner i.e., Faceless Assessing Officer will issue it. Therefore, a question which arises for consideration is whether all the notices issued under section 148 of the Act by the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer after the Scheme came into force are bad in law and, therefore can be challenged in a writ jurisdiction or otherwise.

In the alternative, is it that in view of the provisions of the Act, the Notification cannot be given effect to at all, or is it that the provisions of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme are to run concurrently with the normal provisions of the Act?

ANALYSIS OF THE ISSUE

Faceless Reassessment Scheme provides that a notice under section 148 of the Act is to be issued in a faceless manner. Therefore, the assesses are likely to challenge the notices issued under section 148 of the Act by JAO and contend that such notices are bad in law/illegal and need to be quashed since the same are not in accordance with the Faceless Reassessment Scheme, which requires notice under section 148 of the Act to be issued in a faceless manner.

Considering the recent trend of judicial decisions, it appears to be quite unlikely that the Courts will hold the notices issued by JAO to be illegal and/or without jurisdiction. The courts may try to harmoniously read the provisions of the Act and the Faceless Reassessment Scheme and may, for the following reasons, despite the Faceless Reassessment Scheme requiring a notice to be issued by FAO, hold that a notice under Section 148 issued by a JAO is to be upheld –

i)    information suggesting escapement of income, which is the trigger for the commencement of reassessment proceedings, is received by JAO;

ii)    the enquiry with respect to information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment is conducted, by JAO, with prior approval of the Specified Authority;

iii)    opportunity of being heard is provided to the assessee by the JAO by issuing a SCN required to be issued pursuant to section 148A(b) of the Act;

iv)    the assessee furnishes his explanation and explains the case to the JAO;

v)    it is the JAO who, on the basis of information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment and results of the enquiry conducted by him and also after considering the replies of the assessee, takes a decision that it is a fit case, for issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act and passes an order with the prior approval of the Specified Authority;

vi)    up to 31st March, 2022, issuance of notice under section 148 required prior approval of the Specified Authority. In case it is the FAO who is issuing the notice under section 148, then will it be approval of PCIT / CIT under whose jurisdiction the FAO is working who will approve the issuance of notice? If yes, then the approval for conducting an enquiry was given by PCIT / CIT under whose jurisdiction JAO works, but the approval for issuance of notice is by the PCIT/CIT under whose jurisdiction FAO works. If the answer is negative and, therefore, approval is to be obtained from the jurisdictional PCIT / CIT, then will the FAO be validly able to obtain such approval since, administratively FAO is not working under their jurisdiction?

vii)    Section 148 provides that the notice under section 148 should be issued along with copy of the order under section 148A(d);

viii)    from receiving of information till passing of the order under section 148A(d) it is the JAO who is satisfied that it is a fit case for issuance of notice under section 148, then can FAO issue a notice under section 148?

ix)    Assuming that it is FAO who is to issue a notice under section 148, then who will be the PCIT who will sanction issuance of notice?

x)    In view of the above, issuance of a notice under section 148 by FAO will only amount to being a ministerial act which is not what is envisaged by the Act.

POSSIBILITY OF HOLDING THAT JAO AND FAO HAVE CONCURRENT JURISDICTION TO ISSUE A NOTICE UNDER SECTION 148.

For the above reasons, which could be supplemented further by the courts/tribunals, the court may not strike down the notices issued by the JAOs. However, since such an interpretation may make the Scheme otiose, the Court may try and give meaning to the Scheme as well by holding that the provisions of the Act and the Scheme are to be read harmoniously. The Court may hold that both JAO and FAO have concurrent jurisdiction to issue notice under section 148 and therefore, in cases where information is with the JAO and the provisions of section 148A are complied with by the JAO, then it will be JAO who will be entitled to issue notice under section 148 and in cases where the information is with FAO and the provisions of section 148A are complied with in a faceless manner, then the notice under section 148 may be issued by FAO and sanction of Specified Authority under section 151 be obtained in a faceless manner as is provided in the Scheme.

THE SCHEME DOES NOT AMEND ANY PROVISIONS OF THE ACT, THOUGH FOR GIVING EFFECT TO THE SCHEME, SUCH AMENDMENTS COULD HAVE BEEN MADE.

Section 151A authorises the Central Government to make amendments to the provisions of the Act to the extent necessary to give effect to the Scheme. Such amendments could have been made till 31st March, 2022. The Notification dated 29th March, 2022 notifying the Faceless Reassessment Scheme does not amend any of the provisions of the Act, in the circumstances, can one say that the scheme is not to be given effect to. The Notification could have clearly amended the provisions of the Act to provide that the cases where information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment is with the JAO, and JAO has complied with the provisions of section 148A and has passed an order under section 148A(d), then the notice under section 148 shall be issued by JAO.

SEARCH CASES ARE ALSO COVERED BY FACELESS REASSESSMENT SCHEME.

The Scheme does not make any distinction between a search case and a non-search case. Can a notice under section 148 be issued in a faceless manner in the case of an assessee who has been subjected to an action under section 132 of the Act and in whose case even assessment is not done in a faceless manner?

THE SCOPE OF THE SCHEME IS NARROWER THAN WHAT SECTION 151A ENVISAGES.

Section 151A empowers the Central Government to make a scheme for the purposes of assessment, reassessment or re-computation under section 147 or issuance of notice under section 148 or conducting of enquiries or issuance of show cause notice or passing of order under section 148A or sanction for issue of such notice under section 151. The section does not provide for obtaining sanction for passing an order under section 148A(d).

Scope of the Scheme is provided in para 3 of the Scheme. For better appreciation of the issue, the said Para 3 of the Scheme is reproduced hereunder –

“3    Scope of the Scheme – For the purpose of this Scheme –

(a)    assessment, reassessment or re-computation under section 147 of the Act, or

(b)    issuance of notice under section 148 of the Actshall be through automated allocation, in accordancewith risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in section 148 of the Act for issuance of notice, and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in section 144B of the Act with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee.”

On a plain reading of para 3 of the Scheme, it is evident that the scope of the Scheme does not extend to conducting enquiries or issuing of show cause notice or passing of order under section 148A or sanction for issue of such notice under section 151.

The language of the 4 lines below clause (b) of Para 3 describing the process leaves much to be desired. The said lines are common for clauses (a) and (b), whereas the reference in these 4 lines to section 144B could be only for clause (a) and the reference to notice under section 148 is only for clause (b).

CONCLUSION

Litigation is time consuming and expensive both for the assessee as well as for the revenue, but more so for the assessee. In the circumstances, it would be desirable that a significant thought process is gone through before the schemes are formulated. Possibly, the Scheme could have been effective if there would have been corresponding amendments to the provisions of the Act and/or if the entire process of reassessment is to be implemented in a faceless manner. The Scheme ought to have been clear as to which of the functions/processes/steps are to be carried out by JAO, and which of the functions/processes/steps are to be carried out in a faceless manner. Schemes which are not well drafted often create results contrary to the legislative intent. It is desirable that suitable amendments be made at the earliest and/or steps taken to rectify the position and resolve the issues arising from the Scheme.

Taxation of Life Insurance Policies

INTRODUCTION

Proceeds from life insurance policies (LIPs) have caught attention of the law makers in recent years. The Finance Act, 2016 amended section 194DA to increase the rate of TDS to 2% and the Finance Act, 2019 made it 5% of the “income comprised” in the life insurance policy proceeds. This started a discussion on how income from a life insurance policy could be computed and under which head of income.

Two years later the Finance Act, 2021 inserted sub-section (1B) in section 45 giving capital gains characterization for the income from Unit Linked Insurance Policies (ULIPs) and Rule 8AD was inserted.

Three years later the Finance Act, 2023 has inserted clause (xiii) in section 56(2) providing taxation of income from life insurance policies not qualifying for the benefit of section 10(10D). This article summarises some of the issues related to the taxation of proceeds from life insurance policies.

WHAT IS A LIFE INSURANCE POLICY?

Life insurance companies issue several types of policies such as pension policies, annuity plans, health policies, group policies etc. Considering the types and varieties of policies issued by the insurance companies, it would be important to first determine whether the policy qualifies as a “life insurance policy” and then apply the relevant provisions.

The provisions dealing with life insurance policy under the Act are section 10(10D), section 194DA, section 80C(3), section 80C(3A) and section 56(x)(xiii). None of these provisions give a precise definition of the term “life insurance policy”.

The term “life insurance business” is defined under the Insurance Act, 19381 as follows:

“(11) “life insurance business” means the business of effecting contracts of insurance upon human life, including any contract whereby the payment of money is assured on death (except death by accident only) or the happening of any contingency dependent on human life, and any contract which is subject to payment of premiums for a term dependent on human life and shall be deemed to include—

(a) the granting of disability and double or triple indemnity accident benefits, if so provided in the contract of insurance,

(b) the granting of annuities upon human life; and

(c) the granting of superannuation allowances and benefit payable out of any fund] applicable solely to the relief and maintenance of persons engaged or who have been engaged in any particular profession, trade or employment or of the dependents of such persons;

Explanation. — For the removal of doubts, it is hereby declared that “life insurance business” shall include any unit linked insurance policy or scrips or any such instrument or unit, by whatever name called, which provides a component of investment and a component of insurance issued by an insurer referred to in clause (9) of this section. “


1. Section 2(11).

One possible approach could be to treat each policy issued in the course of running “life insurance business“ as getting covered by “life insurance policy”. This is on the basis that every policy issued in the course of carrying on a “life insurance business” should be treated as a “life insurance policy”.

The problem with the approach in the preceding para is that the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”) also recognises other types of policies and gives tax treatment for such policies. For example, section 10(10A) specifically deals with “pension policies”, section 80C(2)(xii) and section 80CCC deal with “annuity policy”, section 80D deals with “health insurance policy” etc.

Although the above policies are issued as a part of the “life insurance business” carried on by a life insurance company, the Act does not treat these policies as “life insurance policies” and gives different treatment. A better view could be that for a policy to qualify as a life insurance policy, it must be a policy on the life of a person. In other words, the life of a person must be an insured event i.e. on the occurrence of the death of a policyholder, the insurance company is obliged to pay the assured amount.

In this regard, the orders of the Amritsar bench of the Tribunal in the case of F.C. Sondhi & Co. (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT2 and DCIT vs. J.V.Steel Traders3 need to be noted. In these cases, the assessee had claimed a deduction for premia paid on insurance policies on the basis that these policies were “Keyman Insurance Policy”, as defined in Explanation 1 to section 10(10D). The Tribunal found that the policies were essentially Unit Linked Insurance Policies (ULIP) and the predominant feature of the policy was an investment plan. A small fraction of the premium paid by the assessee was towards insurance risk and the balance was towards investment. The Tribunal held that such policies cannot be treated as “life insurance policies”, as contemplated in section 10(10D)4, and hence deduction for premium was not allowable. Reference was also made to CBDT Circular No. 7625 in this regard.


2. [2015] 64 taxmann.com 139.
3. 0ITA No. 377 (Asr)/2010.
4. Explanation 1- For the purposes of this clause, “Keyman insurance policy” means a life insurance policy taken by a person on the life of another person who is or was the employee of the first-mentioned person or is or was connected in any manner whatsoever with the business of the first-mentioned person and includes such policy which has been assigned to a person, at any time during the term of the policy, with or without any consideration.
5. Dated 18-02-1998.

It would also be relevant to take note of the order of the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of Taragauri T. Doshi vs. ITO [2016] 73 taxmann.com 67 (Mumbai – Trib.) wherein the Tribunal allowed benefit of section 10(10D) for a life insurance policy issued by an American Insurance Company. The dispute in the case pertained to AY 2006-07. The definition of Unit Linked Insurance Policy inserted in the form of Explanation 3 to section 10(10D) by the Finance Act, 2021 makes a specific reference to IRDAI Regulations as well as the Insurance Act, 1938. However, it is possible to argue that this definition does not have an impact on insurance policies other than ULIPs and benefit of section 10(10D) can be availed for insurance policies issued by foreign insurance companies as well if all the conditions of section 10(10D) are satisfied.

RATIONAL FOR TAXING OR EXEMPTING LIPS

It is a settled principle that “capital receipts” are not subject to tax. The understanding or perception which prevailed for a long period of time was that the proceeds of LIPs are not subject to tax under the Act. However, disputes related to bonuses to policyholders necessitated the insertion of specific exemption in the form of section 10(10D) in the year 1991. The relevant observations in the CBDT Circular no. 6216 are reproduced hereunder:

“14. Payments received under an insurance policy are not treated as income and hence not taxable. However, in a recent judicial pronouncement, a distinction has been made between the sum assured under an insurance policy and further sums allocated by way of bonus under life policies with profits. The sum representing bonus has been held to be chargeable to income-tax in the year in which the bonus was declared by the Life Insurance Corporation.

14.1 Since such bonus has always been considered as payment under an insurance policy, section 10 of the Income-tax Act has been amended to exempt from income-tax the bonus declared or paid under a life insurance policy by the Life Insurance Corporation of India.

14.2 This amendment takes effect retrospectively from 1st April, 1962.”


6. Dated December 19, 1991.

Subsequently, the life insurance sector was opened for private-sector players. This not only increased the competition for Life Insurance Corporation of India, but also resulted in the availability of a variety of products to the customers. To some extent, the life insurance industry effectively also started competing with the mutual fund industry as the insurance products offered a variety of investment products. The provisions of section 10(10D) were amended from time to time to ensure that exemption was given to pure life insurance products. The following extracts from the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2023 need to be noted:

“1. Clause (10D) of section 10 of the Act provides for income-tax exemption on the sum received under a life insurance policy, including bonus on such policy. There is a condition that the premium payable for any of the years during the terms of the policy should not exceed ten per cent of the actual capital sum assured.

2. It may be pertinent to note that the legislative intent of providing exemption under clause (10D) of section 10 of the Act has been to further the welfare objective by benefit to small and genuine cases of life insurance coverage. However, over the years it has been observed that several high net worth individuals are misusing the exemption provided under clause (10D) of section 10 of the Act by investing in policies having large premium contributions (as it is acting as an investment policy) and claiming exemption on the sum received under such life insurance policies.

3. In order to prevent the misuse of exemption under the said clause, Finance Act, 2021, amended clause (10D) of section 10 of the Act to, inter-alia, provide that the sum received under a ULIP (barring the sum received on death of a person), issued on or after the 01.02.2021 shall not be exempt if the amount of premium payable for any of the previous years during the term of such policy exceeds Rs 2,50,000. It was also provided that if premium is payable for more than one ULIPs, issued on or after the 01.02.2021, the exemption under the said clause shall be available only with respect to such policies where the aggregate premium does not exceed Rs 2,50,000 for any of the previous years during the term of any of the policy. Circular No. 02 of 2022 dated 19.01.2022 was issued to explain how the exemption is to be calculated when there are more than one policies.

4. After the enactment of the above amendment, while ULIPs having premium payable exceeding Rs 2,50,000/- have been excluded from the purview of clause (10D) of section 10 of the Act, all other kinds of life insurance policies are still eligible for exemption irrespective of the amount of premium payable.

5. In order to curb such misuse, it is proposed to tax income from insurance policies (other than ULIP for which provisions already exists) having premium or aggregate of premium above Rs 5,00,000 in a year. Income is proposed to be exempt if received on the death of the insured person. This income shall be taxable under the income from been claimed as deduction earlier.”

POLICIES ISSUED PRIOR TO APRIL 1, 2023

The provisions of section 56(2)(xiii) are inserted with effect from 1-4-2024 i.e. they will apply from FY 2023-24 onwards. The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2023 clarifies that the proposed provision shall apply for policies issued on or after 1st April, 2023. There will not be any change in taxation for polices issued before this date.

The policies issued prior to April 1, 2023 (pre-Apr 2023 policies) will continue to be governed by the old provisions and not section 56(2)(xiii). The relevant issue then would be under which head of income the proceeds from such insurance policies be taxed if the benefit of section 10(10D) is not available. In the absence of any specific provision in section 56(2), the policyholder may decide to offer its income from LIP (not qualifying for Keyman policy) to tax either as capital gains or as income from other sources.

CAPITAL GAINS CHARACTERIZATION FOR PRE-APRIL 2023 POLICIES

For the computation of income under the head “capital gains”, the following must be satisfied:

  • there should be an identifiable “capital asset”
  • there should be a “transfer” of such capital asset
  • the computation machinery must work

The words “property of any kind” contained in the definition of the term “capital asset” in section 2(14) are given very wide interpretation to include various assets. A life insurance policy may be treated as a “property of any kind”. Such policies constitute a major asset for many individuals and support life of many families.

The definition of the term “transfer” has been a subject matter of several disputes and satisfaction of this definition would be most critical for capital gains characterization.

The following extract from Kanga & Palkhiwala’s Commentary7 needs to be noted:

“The supreme court held in Vania Silk Mills v CIT,8 that compensation received from an insurance company on the damage or destruction of an asset is not liable to Capital gains tax. The judgment of the court rested on three grounds:

i. When an asset is destroyed or damaged it is not possible to say that it is transferred: the words ‘the extinguishment of any rights therein’ postulate the continued existence of the corporeal property.9

ii. The word ‘transfer’ must be read in the context of s 45 which charges the gains arising from ‘the transfer… effected’; and so read, ‘transfer’ would include cases in which rights are extinguished either by the assessee himself or by some other agency, but not those in which the asset is merely destroyed by a natural calamity like fire or storm.10

iii. The insurance money represents compensation for the pecuniary loss suffered by the assessee and cannot be taken as ‘consideration received… as a result of the transfer’ which is the basis under s 48 for computing capital gains.”

Subsequently, sub-section (1A) and sub-section (1B) were inserted in section 45 to bring proceeds of insurance policy on account of damage or destruction of capital asset11 and proceeds of ULIP respectively to tax under the head “capital gains”.


7. 13th Edition updated by Arvind P Datar, page no. 1183 and 1184, Vol 1
8. 191 ITR 647, followed in CIT v Marybing 224 ITR 589 (SC); Agnes Corera v CIT 249 ITR 317; CIT v Kanoria 247 ITR 495; CIT v Herdelia 212 ITR 68 (under s 34); Travancore Electro v CIT 214 ITR 166; CIT v EID Parry 226 ITR 836; Air India v CIT 73 Taxman 66; Union Carbide v CIT 80 Taxman 197.
9. CIT v East India 206 ITR 152 (debenture stock extinguished).
10. Darjeeling Consolidated v CIT 183 ITR 493 (machinery lying in valley after storm).
11. On account of flood, typhoon, hurricane, cyclone, earthquake, riot, accidental fire or explosion, civil disturbance, enemy action etc.

Based on the insertion of sub-section (1A) and (1B) in section 45, one may argue that the legislative intent is to tax proceeds of insurance policies under the head “Capital gains”. This article does not analyse all the nuances of the definition of “transfer”. Given that sub-section (1A) and (1B) of section 45 gives a “capital gain regime” to tax certain insurance policies, the article proceeds on the basis that the definition of “transfer” is satisfied.

The taxability is to be examined in cases where the policy proceeds are received otherwise than on the occurrence of the death of a person. This could happen when the policy matures or when the policyholder surrenders the policy before that. In terms of section 2(47)(iva), the maturity or redemption of a zero coupon bond is treated as a “transfer” and based on this, one may argue that the definition of “transfer” gets satisfied in the case of life insurance policies as well. Further, reference can also be made to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT v. Grace Collis [2001] 115 Taxman 326 (SC) where in the apex court held that the expression “extinguishment of rights therein” in the definition of “transfer” extends to mean extinguishment of rights independent of or otherwise than on account of transfer.

Insertion of sub-clause (xiii) in section 56(2) however does create some confusion, although that provision is to be applied to only post-March-2023 policies.
Taxation under the head “capital gains” could be beneficial due to the lower tax rates applicable to capital gains as well as the benefit of indexation.

COMPUTATION OF CAPITAL GAINS

The application and implications of the computation provisions can be considered on the basis of examples. It is assumed that the policyholder in these cases did not claim the benefit of section 80C for the premiums paid.

Example 1

Mr. A acquired a single premium policy on December 1, 2012. Mr. A paid a premium of Rs. 150,000. The sum assured is Rs. 6,00,000 as the policy is having predominant features of an investment product.

Mr. A receives the policy proceeds on March 31, 2022 amounting to Rs. 9,50,000.

The capital gains from the policy would be computed as follows:

Particulars Rs. Rs.
Full value of consideration 950,000
Cost of acquisition 150,000
Indexed cost of acquisition 150,000*295/20012 221,250
Capital gains 728,750

The amount of Rs. 728,750 will be treated as a long-term capital gain and will be subject to tax at the reduced rate.


12. Cost Inflation Index for the financial year 2021-22 is assumed to be 295.

Example 2

Mr. A acquired a single premium policy on December 1, 2012. Mr. A paid a premium of Rs. 150,000. The sum assured is Rs. 6,00,000 as the policy is having predominant features of an investment product.

Mr. A was in dire need of Rs. 500,000 in December 2018 and he partially surrendered his policy on December 31, 2018.

After this partial surrender, the sum assured under the policy is reduced to Rs. 250,000. Mr. A receives the policy proceeds on March 31, 2022, amounting to Rs. 4,00,000.

ANALYSIS

In this case, Mr. A receives policy proceeds on two occasions and to make the computation machinery work, the following questions need to be answered:

  • Is there a “transfer” of “capital asset” on both occasions (i.e. on Dec 31, 2018, and on March 22, 2022)?
  • Is the “capital asset” identifiable for both events?
  • Is the cost of acquisition available?

In this case, the capital asset is the “life insurance policy” and the question which arises is, can the part of the policy surrendered be said to be transferred? In this case, the insurance company is able to give revised or balance sum assured after the partial surrender and hence it is possible to split the capital asset as well as the cost of acquisition in two parts.

If the capital asset was a house property and part of the property was transferred, there would be a separate capital gains computation for part of the property transferred.

Capital gains computation for FY 2018-19

Particulars Rs. Rs.
Full value of consideration 500,000
Cost of acquisition 87,500 (Note 1)
Indexed cost of acquisition 87,500*280/200 122,500
Capital gains for FY 2018-19 377,500

Note 1: The original cost of acquisition (i.e. premium paid) is split into two parts on the basis of the sum assured (i.e. 350,000: 250,000).

The amount of Rs. 377,500 will be treated as a long-term capital gain and will be subject to tax at the reduced rate.

Capital gains computation for FY 2022-23

Particulars Rs. Rs.
Full value of consideration 400,000
Cost of acquisition 62,500 (Note 1)
Indexed cost of acquisition 62,500*295/20013 92,188
Capital gains for FY 2021-22 307,812

13. Cost Inflation Index for the financial year 2021-22 is assumed to be 295

Note 1: The original cost of acquisition (i.e. premium paid) is split into two parts on the basis of the sum assured (i.e. 350,000: 250,000).

The amount of Rs. 307,812 will be treated as a long-term capital gain and will be subject to tax at a reduced rate.

Example 3

Mr. A acquired a life insurance policy on December 1, 2012, on which he paid a premium of Rs. 75,000 each for 8 years. The insured event, i.e. death of Mr. A, did not happen and at the end of the 15th year he got a sum of Rs. 740,000.

ANALYSIS

In this case, the real issue to be addressed is, in which year did Mr. A acquire the capital asset. This question is relevant from the perspective of indexation of the cost of acquisition.

The following approaches can be considered:

A. Treat the first year as the year of acquisition of a capital asset. This is on the basis that had Mr. A died in the first year itself, the insurance company was liable to pay the sum assured.

Under this approach, the entire premium of eight years i.e. Rs. 600,000 (75,000 * 8) will get indexed with reference to the first year. This is on the basis that once the capital asset is acquired, the year in which the consideration is paid is not relevant from the perspective of indexation. Section 48, section 49 or section 55 do not categorically provide that the entire cost of acquisition must have been “actually paid” by the assessee to claim indexation. However, whether extending the benefit of second proviso to section 48 dealing with Cost Inflation Index in such cases is contrary to the rationale for the provision could be an issue.

B. Treat the first year as the year of acquisition of a capital asset. Further, each year, the capital asset gets improved. This is on the basis that although the policy is acquired in the first year unless Mr. A keeps on paying premiums year after year, he would not get the benefits of the policy.

Under this approach, the premium paid for the years 2 to 8 will be treated as a “cost of improvement” and will be indexed on the basis of the cost inflation index for the respective years.

C. One-eighth of the policy gets acquired every year.
Under this approach, the premium paid for the years 1 to 8 will be treated as “cost of acquisition” and will be indexed based on the cost inflation index for the respective years.

RULE 8AD

Sub-section (1B) of section 45 provides that the method of capital gains computation would be prescribed and Rule 8AD gives the method. This method does not give indexation benefit for capital gains arising from ULIP products. While section 48 does not specifically deny indexation benefit to ULIP products, such benefit may be denied on the basis that section 45(1B) read with Rule 8AD is a specific provision for the computation of capital gains from ULIP products, which will prevail over general provisions of section 48.

TAXATION under section 56 FOR PRE-APR 2023 POLICIES

If the proceeds of insurance policy are subject to tax in terms of section 45, the same cannot be subjected to tax under section 56. However, given that the application of section 45 could lead to lesser tax payment, the tax authorities may attempt to apply section 56. Further, section 56 may also be applied on the basis that for Post-2023 policies the Finance Act, 2023 has inserted a specific provision in section 56(2)(xiii).

Deduction for expenses

The income taxable under the head “income from other sources” is also required to be computed on net basis. Section 57 and section 58 deal with the deductibility of expenses. In this regard, the following restrictions need to be considered.

Section 57(iii) permits a deduction for any other expenditure (not being in the nature of capital expenditure) laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purpose of making or earning such income. While premia paid would certainly qualify as “paid wholly and exclusively for the purpose of earning income”, the issue would be whether the premium can be said to be “capital expenditure”, especially in the case of a single premium policy.

Further, section 58(1)(a)(i) restricts the deduction for “personal expense” for the assessee. The argument could be that the primary purpose of the policy is to give financial support to the family members after the death of a person and hence the premium payment is in the nature of personal expense. Alternatively, this involves a dual purpose, requiring apportionment of cost.

However, it would be possible for the policyholder to rely on the observations in the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance (no. 2) Bill, 2019, which suggests that the intention is to allow a deduction for premia paid. Further, reliance can also be placed on CBDT Circular no. 07/2003 dated 5-09-2003 which explained the provisions of the Finance Act, 2003 which replaced section 10(10D) and restricted the scope of the exemption. The Circular provides that the income accruing on non-qualifying policies (not including the premium paid by the assessee) shall become taxable. The Nagpur bench of the Tribunal has in the case of Swati Dyaneshwar Husukale vs. DCIT [2022] 143 taxmann.com 375 upheld deduction for premia.

The policyholder may be eligible and may have claimed a deduction for premia in terms of section 80C. While there does not appear to be a specific restriction, if so claimed, the deduction for premium u/s 57(iii) may result in a double deduction. Certain other issues related to deduction for premiums are described in the subsequent paragraphs.

It will be relevant to take note of the order of the Kolkata bench of the Tribunal in the case of Bishista Bagchi vs. DCIT [2022] 138 taxmann.com 419. In this case, the assessee was not entitled to claim the benefit of section 10(10D) and claimed capital gains characterisation for the income arising from a single premium policy. The tax authorities subjected the income to tax under section 56. The Tribunal allowed the capital gains characterisation claimed by the assessee. The deduction was allowed after indexation of the premium paid only to the extent it was not allowed as a deduction under section 88.

POLICIES ISSUED AFTER 31ST MARCH, 2023

The Finance Act, 2023 has inserted clause (xiii) in section 56(2) which specifically deals with the taxation of post-March 2023 policies which do not qualify for the benefit of section 10(10D). Section 56(2)(xiii) does not apply in the following situations:

  • When the policy qualifies as a ULIP
  • When the policy qualifies as a Keyman insurance policy and income from such policy is subject to tax under section 56(2)(iv)
  • When the benefit of exemption under section 10(10D) is available

POST-MARCH 2023 LIPs – INCOME FROM OTHER SOURCES

When section 56(2)(xiii) is applicable, the amount described in the provision shall be subject to tax under the head “Income From Other Sources”. The amount described is the sum received (including the amount allocated by way of bonus) at any time during the previous year under a life insurance policy as exceeds the aggregate of the premium paid, during the term of such life insurance policy, and not claimed as deduction under any other provision of this Act, computed in such manner as may be prescribed.

It can be observed that the manner of computation would be prescribed separately and hence it can be said that the complete tax regime is not yet declared in this regard.

Double deduction for premium

It can be observed that the words “and not claimed as deduction under any other provision of this Act” in section 56(2)(xiii) ensures that the policyholder does not get a deduction for premia more than once. The policyholder may be eligible and may have claimed a deduction for premia under section 80C. It should be noted that the deduction for premium is capped under section 80C(3) and section 80C(3A) to 20%/10% of the actual capital sum assured. Thus, it is possible that the policyholder paid the premium of Rs. 10,000 but the deduction in terms of section 80C was restricted to Rs. 6,000.

In the following circumstances, the determination of whether or not the policyholder has claimed deduction could result in difficulties:

Where the total amount paid/invested on premium, PPF, tuition fees etc. qualifying for section 80C was Rs. 300,000 and deduction was restricted to Rs. 150,000.

Where the policyholder was required to file the return of income for one or more earlier previous years but did not file it.

Where the policyholder was not required and did not file the return of income for one or more earlier previous years.

Partial surrenders

At times, it is possible for the policy holder to partially surrender an insurance policy. Example 2 above deals with such a situation. Section 56(2)(xiii) as such does not seem to be contemplating the policyholder getting money prior to maturity and application of section 56(2)(xiii) to such situations where the policyholder gets money more than once from the insurance policy could be difficult. This may be prescribed as a part of the manner of computation.

Deduction under other sections

While section 56(2)(xiii) itself facilitates deduction for premiums which could be the biggest item of expenditure, there is no restriction for claiming a deduction for other expenses under section 57, provided the related conditions are satisfied.

Where the total of premia exceeds maturity proceeds

Ordinarily, this may not happen. However, it would be interesting to understand the application of section 56(2)(xiii) to such a situation. This provision describes what is chargeable under section 56. Further, the description contained in clause (xiii) contemplates excess of the amount received from the insurance policy over the aggregate of the premia paid. If the aggregate of premia paid does not exceed the policy proceeds, then prima facie clause (xiii) does not get triggered.

POST-MARCH 2023 LIPs – CAPITAL GAINS CHARACTERIZATION?

In terms of section 56(1), income not chargeable under other heads of income shall be chargeable under the head “Income from other sources”. However, sub-section (2) of section 56 gives a list of items of income which shall be chargeable to income-tax under the head “Income from other sources”. Thus, prima facie, if the policyholder offers income from post-March 2023 LIPs to tax under the head capital gains, such treatment may be denied.

In this regard, it would be relevant to take note of the order of the Mumbai bench of the Tribunal in the case of Tata Industries Ltd [TS-935-ITAT-2022(Mum)] involving a comparable situation. Mumbai ITAT, in this case, held that since Tata Industries’ held investments in various subsidiary companies for the purpose of exercising control over such companies, which constituted business activity, the resultant income in the form of dividends was of the character of business receipts, though it is taxed under the head ‘income from other sources’ pursuant to specific provision contained in section 56(2)(i). Accordingly, ITAT held that against the foreign dividends income, the Assessee shall be entitled to: (i) set off of current year loss, (ii) set off of brought forward business losses and unabsorbed depreciation of earlier years and (iii) deduction under Section 80G from the Gross Total Income, subject to the restrictions provided in that relevant section.

IMPLICATIONS OF AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2(24)

The Finance Act, 2024 also inserts sub-clause (xviid) in section 2(24) to specifically include in the definition of “income” the income from life insurance policies referred to in section 56(2)(xiii). This is consistent with several other sub-clauses inserted in section 2(24), which correspond to the items listed in specific clauses of section 28 or section 56.

As stated in the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2023, the new regime contained in section 56(2)(xiii) is applicable only to policies issued after March 31, 2023. Thus, there is no specific sub-clause in section 2(24) dealing with income from life insurance policies which are issued prior to April 1, 2023, which are not Keyman insurance policies and which do not qualify for the benefit of section 10(10D). Although income from such policies is not specifically included in the definition of income in section 2(24), it cannot be said that the amounts received from such policies cannot be treated as income. The definition given in section 2(24) is an inclusive definition.

CONCLUSION

Taxation of proceeds from life insurance policies is uncharted territory. Provisions specifically inserted in the Act for life insurance policies are new and the application of old provisions to such proceeds could also be new. The law is likely to further evolve on these issues and guidance from specific rules as well as the judiciary can be expected. This article does not attempt to give a final view on the issues but attempts to give related technical arguments.

Union Budget Receipt Side Movement Trends of Last 20 Years

An analysis of the Abstract of Receipts side of the Union Budget reveals some very interesting macro trends impacting federalism, fiscal prudence and impact of the decisions of Ministry of Finance (both at Centre and states) leadership.

Please see the Tables below which set the stage for study and discussions. Note that the values considered for study are ‘Revised Estimates’ of the completing year, given in the Budget booklet for the upcoming year. The details are:

A) Budget Statement details of Gross Receipts.

All Values are in Rupees Crores.

Abstract of Budget Revenues — Revised Estimates (RE) for the year coming to an end.

Details

RE 2002/03

RE 2012/13

RE 2022/23

CAGR % – 20 Years

REVENUE RECEIPTS

 

 

 

 

Total Tax Revenue collection (refer Note 1 below)

221918

1038037

3043067

14.00

Calamity Contingency

-1600

-4375

-8000

 

Share of States

-56141

-291547

-948406

15.18

Centre – Net Tax Revenue (refer Note 2 below)

164177

742115

2086661

13.56

Non Tax Revenue (dividends, profits, receipts of union
territories, others)

72759

129713

261751

6.61

Total Centre Revenue Receipts

236936

871828

2348412

12.15

Total Centre Capital Receipts

161779

564148

1842061

12.93

Draw-down of cash

 

-5150

 

 

Total Budget Receipts

398715

1430826

4190473

12.48

 

 

 

 

 

RATIOS

 

 

 

 

1. Share of states in gross
tax revenue – %

25.30

28.09

31.17

 

2. Composition of Total
Revenue Receipts

 

 

 

 

A. Centre Net Revenue Receipt

41.18%

51.87%

49.80%

 

B. Non Tax Revenue

18.25%

9.07%

6.25%

 

C. Capital Receipts

40.58%

39.43%

43.96%

 

3. Taxes contribution to
Total Revenue Receipts

 

 

 

 

Direct Tax

 

 

 

 

Corporate Tax

44700

358874

835000

15.76

Income Tax

37300

206095

815000

16.67

Expenditure & Wealth Tax

445

866

0

 

Cumulative Gross Direct Taxes

82445

565835

1650000

16.16

% of Gross Direct Tax to Total Tax Collection

37.15

54.51

54.22

 

Direct Tax

 

 

 

 

Customs Duty

45500

164853

210000

7.95

Union Excise Duty

87383

171996

320000

 

Service Tax

5000

132687

1000

 

GST

0

0

854000

 

Cumulative – ED, ST, GST

92383

304683

1175000

13.56

Cumulative Indirect Tax

137883

469536

1385000

12.23

% of Gross Indirect Tax to Total Tax Collection

62.13

45.23

45.51

 

Notes:

1.    Total Tax Revenue Collection = Cumulative Gross Direct Tax Plus Cumulative Indirect Tax plus other minor tax receipts.

2.    Centre –– Net Tax Revenue = Total Tax Revenue Collection minus Share of states as per agreed devolution per GST Committee and Finance Commission.

3.    RE 2022/23 represents the year of receipt of GST Taxes. Cumulative Indirect Tax = Customs Duty plus Union Excise Duty plus Service Tax plus GST.

4.    The above figures are taken from budget documents on a government website. Minor rounding off is ignored for the purpose of this article.

B)    20 Years Trends analysis of Union Budget Receipts side. It needs to be noted that 3 Prime Ministers were in Power at the Centre.

1.    The share of states from Central Tax Collection Pool has increased over 20 years, from 25.30 per cent of Gross Tax to 31.17 per cent. This higher devolution of funds is also borne out by the Compound Annual Growth Rate percentage (CAGR %) increase in states share being higher than CAGR % increase in Total Tax Collection by the Centre. This trend is good for India’s federal polity since many crucial spending actions happen at States’ end. GST compensations for 5 years started from July 2017. It has to be seen whether this trend of States percentage share is maintained. In the personal view of the author, the answer is YES.

2.    The increase in non-tax revenues is a weak link. It represents dividends, profits etc. That it’s CAGR % growth trajectory is restricted is evident since the growth percentage is just 6.61 per cent. The Central Public Sector Undertakings do not appear to be pulling their weight. It would be interesting to see what these receipts are as a percentage of Capital Invested on Govt of India Undertakings. Perhaps, that’s a separate topic but on the face of it – contrary to tax revenues, the non-tax revenues are not showing desired escalation. Also, the Customs Duty CAGR % growth is quite low, maybe because of high import tariffs in the past and duty rates adjustments under WTO requirements.

3.    Gross Direct Tax Growth in CAGR% at 16.16 per cent is faster than Gross Indirect Tax growth at 12.23 per cent. This is also borne out by the percentage of Direct Tax and Indirect Tax to Total Tax Revenue collected. Direct Tax percentage collection is improving and is now higher in percentage terms than Indirect Taxes collection. Interestingly, over 20 years the Direct Tax collection percentage has improved from 37.15 per cent to 54.22 per cent. One may say that Income Tax in India is quite regressive (due to exclusion of income from agriculture) but even then, through the effective use of tax deducted at source / tax collected at source mechanism and computerization, the income tax collections have spurted.

4.    It is the belief of many progressive economists that a Nation must have a superior Direct Tax collection than Indirect Tax collection, because Direct Tax is considered egalitarian and equitable since based on income levels while Indirect Tax does not consider income levels but is based on nature of Goods and Services sold. The more the shift to Direct Taxes improved collection, that nation’s tax structure is considered progressive.

5.    The Capital Receipts side (mainly in the nature of Borrowings / Debt) has stayed constant over 20 years at between 39 – 44 per cent of Total Central Receipts for the relevant year. Despite almost 3 years of Covid pandemic impact, the Debt taken in India Budget workings has not gone overboard. The high infrastructure spending, the Covid impact slowdown and the Russia / Ukraine war have given India a jolt on inflation. However, we seem to be escaping the banking sector financial security issue. While India is facing a sticky core inflation (mainly imported), it is in much better shape than many other economies – facing concurrent inflation and slowdown and now banking sector instability. This is due to fiscal prudence practiced over 20 years.

6.    For the purpose of taking such decadal comparatives (this is a 2 decades’ period) of Budget Receipts – it would help if some improved indexation criteria were released and implemented. The value of the Indian Rupee in 2002/03 is certainly not the same as the value in 2012/13 and 2022/23. Inflation has eaten away a lot of value. For a proper comparative of 2022/23, 2012/13 to 2002/23, an indexed value for both years compared to year 2002/03, would give a much more revealing outcome. Constant and comparative Rupee values for all 3 years 2002/03, 2012/13 and 2022/23 would make this a much more sensible comparative analysis. At indexed values (removing the effect of inflation), the comparatives of the 3 years across 2 decades would yield a much better comparative analysis since numbers value is constant.

Important Amendments by the Finance Act, 2023

This article, divided into 4 parts, summarises key amendments carried out to the Income-tax Act, 1961 by the Finance Act, 2023. Due to space constraints, instead of dealing with all amendments, the focus is only on important amendments with a detailed analysis. This will provide the readers with more food for thought on these important amendments. – Editor

PART I | NEW Vs. OLD TAX REGIME w.e.f. AY 2024-25

DINESH S. CHAWLA I ADITI TIBREWALA

Chartered Accountants

“The old order changeth yielding place to new and God fulfils himself in many ways lest one good custom should corrupt the world”.

Lord Alfred Tennyson wrote these famous lines several decades back.

In the present context, the old order in the world of Income tax in India is changing. And it is changing very fast. The new order is here in the form of the “new tax regime”. The new regime that was brought in vide the Finance Act 2020 has already been replaced now by a newer tax regime vide Finance Act 2023.

This article aims at simplifying the newest new tax regime for readers while comparing it with the erstwhile “old” regime.

I. APPLICABILITY AND AMENDMENTS

The Indian Government has introduced an updated new tax regime that will come into effect from AY 2024-25. This new regime can be exercised by Individuals, HUF, AOP (other than co-operative societies), BOI, and AJP (Artificial Juridical Person) under Sec 115BAC.

This new regime is a departure from the erstwhile regime that has been in place for several decades.

The 5 major amendments that affect the common man are:

1. Rebate limit increased from Rs. 5 lakh to Rs. 7 lakh;

2. Tax Slabs updated to 5 slabs with new rates (as given below);

3. Standard deduction for salaried tax payers would now be available even under the new regime;

4. Reduction in the top rate of surcharge from 37% to 25%, bringing the effective tax rate to 39% as compared to the erstwhile 42.74%;

5. Leave encashment limit for non-government salaried employees enhanced to Rs. 25 lakhs.

II. NEW SLABS & RATIONALE

New Tax Regime (Default Regime, w.e.f. AY 2024-25)

As per the amended law, the new regime has become the default regime w.e.f. AY 2024-25. Any taxpayer
who wishes to continue to stay in the old tax regime will have to opt-out of the new regime. In the original avatar of the new tax regime, the situation was exactly the opposite whereby the old regime was the default regime and anyone wanting to opt for the new regime had to do so in the ITR or by way of a separate declaration in case of persons having business/professional income.

The rationale behind the tweaks in the new tax regime is that it is expected to benefit the common-man with 20% lesser tax out-flow due to lower tax rates and streamlining of the tax slabs, when compared to the old regime. The catch here is that taxpayers will have to forego many investment-based deductions and exemptions vis-à-vis the old regime except the following:

1. Standard deduction of INR 50,000 under Sec 16,

2. Transport allowance for specially abled,

3. Conveyance allowance for travelling to work,

4. Exemption on voluntary retirement under Sec 10(10C),

5. Exemption on gratuity under Sec 10(10D),

6. Exemption on leave encashment under Sec 10(10AA),

7. Interest on Home Loan under Sec 24b on let-out property,

8. Investment in Notified Pension Scheme under Sec 80CCD(2),

9. Employer’s contribution to NPS,

10. Contributions to Agni veer Corpus Fund under Sec 80CCH,

11. Deduction on Family Pension Income,

12. Gift up to INR 5,000,

13. Any allowance for travelling for employment or on transfer.

The tax slabs under the new regime under Sec 115BAC(1A) are as follows:

Total Income Tax Rate
Up to 3 lakh Nil
From 3 lakh to 6 lakh 5%
From 6 lakh to 9 lakh 10%
From 9 lakh to 12 lakh 15%
From 12 lakh to 15 lakh 20%
Above 15 lakh 30%

Note: Surcharge and Cess will be over and above the tax rates.

Old Tax Regime

The old regime continues to be available to the taxpayers but, as mentioned earlier, they must now opt-in to be covered under this regime. Any taxpayer who has been claiming investment-based deductions may continue to opt for this regime, and may switch back & forth between the new regime and old regime (except for persons with income chargeable under the head “Profits and Gains of Business or Profession” (PGBP) as per their choice, on a yearly basis.

The tax slabs under the old regime are as follows:
Note: Surcharge and Cess will be over and above the tax rates.

Key Differences:

One of the key differences between the new regime and the old regime is the lower tax rates under the new regime. Taxpayers will be able to save money by way of lesser tax outflow, which will come at the cost of foregoing of deductions for investment-based savings.

Under the new regime, the taxpayers will not be able to claim investment-based deductions (Sec 80C, Sec 80D, etc.,) as well as certain exemptions that were available under the old regime. This means that taxpayers will have to pay taxes on their gross income without any deductions, with few exceptions (standard deductions, etc.).

This means that taxpayers will not be able to claim deductions for investments in tax-saving instruments like PPF, NSC, tuition fees for children, life & health insurance premium etc.

Taxpayers will also not be able to claim any deductions for home loan interest payments (in case of SOP), medical expenses, and education expenses, etc.

III. BENEFITS

The new regime has several benefits for taxpayers/tax department. Here are some of the key benefits:

1. Simpler structure (from the department’s perspective): The new regime has a simpler tax structure with lower tax rates. Taxpayers will no longer have to navigate the complex system of tax slabs and deductions that was prevalent under the old tax regime.

2. Lower rates: Under the new regime, taxpayers will be able to save money on taxes as the tax slabs are wider and tax rates are lower than the old regime. This will result in more disposable income (cash availability) for taxpayers.

3. No need for documentation: Since taxpayers are not allowed to claim deductions and exemptions under the new regime, they will no longer have to keep track of various tax-saving investments and deductions.

4. No investment proofs: Under the old regime, taxpayers had to submit investment proofs to claim tax deductions. Under the new regime, taxpayers will not be required to submit any investment proofs, as they are not allowed the deductions.

5. Encourages greater tax compliance: The simpler tax structure and lower tax rates under the new regime will encourage more people to file their tax returns, which will increase the tax base for the government.

6. Higher Rebate: Full tax rebate up to Rs. 25,000 on an income up to Rs. 7 lakh under the new regime, whereas, the rebate is capped at Rs. 12,500 under the old regime up to an income of Rs. 5 lakh. Effectively NIL tax outflow for income up to Rs. 7 lakh.

7. Reduced Surcharge for Individuals: The surcharge rate on income over Rs. 5 crore has been reduced from 37% to 25%. This move will bring down their effective tax rate from 42.74% to 39%.

IV. WHAT SHOULD YOU CHOOSE?

A salaried employee has to choose between the new regime and old regime at the beginning of each Financial Year by communicating in writing to the employer. If an employee fails to do so, then the employer shall deduct tax at source (TDS) as computed under the new regime. However, once the regime (new or old) is opted, it is not clear as to whether any employer will permit an employee to change the option anytime during the year. Therefore, salaried tax payers need to be very careful about what they chose at the beginning of the year.

An Individual who is earning income chargeable under the head “Profits and Gains of Business or Profession” has the option to opt out of the new regime and choose the old regime only once in a lifetime. Once such a taxpayer opts for the old regime, then he can opt out of it only once in his lifetime. Thereafter, it would not be possible to opt back into the old regime again as long as he is earning income under the head PGBP.

WHICH SCHEME IS MORE BENEFICIAL FOR A TAXPAYER?

1. Under the old regime, taxpayers can claim deductions and exemptions to save money (cash flows) on their taxes. However, the tax rates under the old regime are significantly higher than the tax rates under the new regime.

2. Under the new regime, taxpayers will not be able to claim most deductions and exemptions. However, the tax rates are lower, which can result in lower tax outflow, especially for those with lower / no deductions.

3. Taxpayers with lower deductions may benefit from the new regime as the lower tax rates will offset the lack of deductions. On the other hand, taxpayers with significant deductions may find the old regime more beneficial.

4. The parameters to effectively evaluate and select the tax regime (new or old) shall significantly depend on the tax profile of the taxpayer. Whichever regime is more beneficial in terms of better cash flows and their immediate financial needs, the taxpayers can evaluate and get a comparison done from the following link: https://incometaxindia.gov.in/Pages/tools/115bac-tax-calculator-finance-bill-2023.aspx.

5. The above link can also be accessed by scanning the following QR Code

PART II | CHARITABLE TRUTS

GAUTAM NAYAK

Chartered Accountant

In the context of taxation of charitable trusts, there were high expectations from the budget that the rigours of the exemption provisions would be relaxed, in the backdrop of the strict interpretation given to these provisions by the recent Supreme Court decisions in the cases of New Noble Education Society vs CCIT 448 ITR 594 and ACIT vs Ahmedabad Urban Development Authority 449 ITR 1. However, such hopes were dashed to the ground, as no amendment has been made in relation to the issues decided by the Supreme Court – eligibility for exemption of educational institutions, interpretation of the proviso to section 2(15) and the concept of incidental business under section 11(4A). On the other hand, some of the amendments further tighten the noose on charitable trusts, whereby their very survival may be at stake due to small mistakes.

Exemption for Government Bodies

The availability of exemption under section 11 to various government bodies and statutory authorities and boards, was also disputed in the case before the Supreme Court of Ahmedabad Urban Development Authority (supra). While the Supreme Court decided the issue in favour of such bodies, a new section 10(46A) has now been inserted, exempting all income of notified bodies, authorities, Boards, Trusts or Commissions established or constituted by or under a Central or State Act for the purposes of dealing with and satisfying with the need for housing accommodation, planning, development or improvement of cities, towns and villages, regulating or regulating and developing any activity for the benefit of the general public, or regulating any matter for the benefit of the general public, arising out of its objects. The notification is a one-time affair, and not for a limited number of years. Once such a body is notified, its entire income would be exempt, unlike under section 10(46) where only notified incomes are exempt, irrespective of the surplus that it earns without any controversy. Under this section, there is also no restriction on carrying on of any commercial activity, as contained in section 10(46). In case exemption is claimed u/s 10(46A), no exemption can be claimed u/s 10(23C).

Time Limit for Filing Forms for Exercise of Option/Accumulation

Under Clause (2) of explanation 1 to section 11(1), a charitable organisation can opt to spend a part of its unspent income in a subsequent year, if it has not applied 85% of its income during the year. This can be done by filing Form 9A online. Under section 11(2), it can choose to accumulate such unspent income for a period of up to 5 years, by filing Form 10 online. The due date for filing both these forms was the due date specified u/s 139(1) for furnishing the return of income, which is 31st October.

This due date for filing these two forms is now being brought forward by two months, effectively to 31st August. Since this amendment is effective 1st April 2023, it would apply to all filings of such forms after this date, including those for AY 2023-24. Therefore, charitable organisations would now have to keep in mind 3 tax deadlines – 31st August for filing Form No 9A and 10, 30th September for filing audit reports in Form 10B/10BB (in the new formats), and 31st October for filing the return of income.

The ostensible reason for this change is stated in the Explanatory Memorandum to be the difficulty faced by auditors in filling in the audit report, which requires reporting of such amounts accumulated or for which option is exercised, with the audit report having to be filed a month before the due date of filing such forms. Practically, this is unlikely to have been a problem in most cases, as generally auditors would also be the tax consultants who would be filing the forms, or where they are different, would be in co-ordination with the tax consultants.

The purpose could very well have been served by making the due date for filing these forms the same as the due dates for filing the audit reports. Since the figures for accumulation or for the exercise of the option can be determined only on the preparation of the computation of income, which is possible only once the audited figures are frozen, practically the audit for charitable organisations would now have to be completed by 31st August to be able to file these 2 forms by that date.

Of course, in case these forms are filed belatedly, an application can be made to the CCIT/CIT for condonation of delay – refer to CBDT Circular No. 17 dated 11.7.2022.

A similar change is made in section 10(23C) for seeking accumulation of income.

Exemption in Cases of Updated Tax Returns

A charitable trust is entitled to exemption u/s 11 only if it files its return of income within the time stipulated in section 139. An updated tax return can be filed u/s 139(8A) even after a period of 2 years. The Finance Act 2023 has now amended section 12A(1)(b) to provide that the exemption u/s 11 would be available only if the return is filed within the time stipulated under sub-sections (1) or (4) of section 139, i.e. within the due date of filing return or within the time permitted for filing belated return. Effectively, a trust cannot now claim exemption by filing an updated tax return, unless it has filed its original return within the time limits specified in section 139(1) or 139(4).

Exemption for Replenishment of Corpus and Repayment of Borrowings

The Finance Act 2021 had introduced explanation 4 to section 11(1), which provided that application from the corpus for charitable or religious purposes was not to be treated as an application of income in the year of application, but was to be treated as an application of income in the year in which the amount was deposited back in earmarked corpus investments which were permissible modes. Similar provisions were introduced for application from borrowings, where only repayment of the borrowings would be treated as an application of income in the year of repayment.

Such treatment of recoupment of corpus or repayment of loans has now been made subject to various conditions by the Finance Act, 2023 with effect from AY 2023-24 – i) the application not having been for purposes outside India, ii) is not towards the corpus of any other registered trust, iii) has not been made in cash in excess of Rs 10,000, iv) TDS having been deducted if applicable, has been actually paid, or v) has not been for provision of a benefit to a specified person.

Further, such treatment as the application would now be permitted with effect from AY 2023-24, only if the recoupment or repayment has been within 5 years from the end of the year in which the corpus was utilised. The reason stated for this amendment is that availability of an indefinite period for the investment or depositing back to the corpus or repayment of the loan will make the implementation of the provisions quite difficult. However, this time restriction brought in by the Finance Act 2023 would create serious difficulty for trusts who undertake significant capital expenditure by borrowing or utilising the corpus. Recoupment of such large expenditure or repayment of such a large loan may well exceed 5 years, in which case the recoupment or repayment would not qualify to be treated as an application of income, though the income of that year would have been used for this purpose. Such a provision is extremely harsh and will seriously hamper large capital expenditure by charities for their objects. A longer period of around 10 years would perhaps have been more appropriate.

Besides, recoupment or repayment of any amount spent out of corpus or borrowing before 31st March 2021 would also not be eligible to be treated as an application in the year of recoupment or repayment with effect from AY 2023-24. This is to prevent a possible double deduction, as a trust may have claimed such spending as an application of income in the year of spending since there was no such prohibition in earlier years.

Similar amendments have been made in section 10(23C).

Restriction on Application by Way of Donations to Other Trusts

Hitherto, a donation to another charitable organisation by a charitable organisation was regarded as an application of income for charitable purposes. An amendment was made by the Finance Act 2017, effective AY 2018-19, by insertion of explanation 2 to section 11(1) to the effect that a donation towards the corpus of another charitable organisation shall not be treated as an application of income. The Finance Act 2023 has now further sought to discourage donations to other charitable organisations by insertion of clause (iii) to explanation 4 to section 11(1). Henceforth, any amount credited or paid to another charitable organisation, approved under clauses (iv),(v),(vi) or (via) of section 10(23C) or registered under section 12AB, shall be treated as an application for charitable purposes only to the extent of 85% of such amount credited or paid with effect from AY 2024-25.

The Explanatory Memorandum states the justification for the amendment as under:

“3.2 Instances have come to the notice that certain trusts or institutions are trying to defeat the intention of the legislature by forming multiple trusts and accumulating 15% at each layer. By forming multiple trusts and accumulating 15% at each stage, the effective application towards the charitable or religious activities is reduced significantly to a lesser percentage compared to the mandatory requirement of 85%.

3.3 In order to ensure intended application toward charitable or religious purpose, it is proposed that only 85% of the eligible donations made by a trust or institution under the first or the second regime to another trust under the first or second regime shall be treated as application only to the extent of 85% of such donation.”

From the above explanatory memorandum, it is clear that, while the section talks of payments or credits to other trusts, it would apply only to such payments or credits which are by way of donation. The restriction would not apply to medical or educational institutions claiming exemption under clause (iiiab), (iiiac), (iiiad) or (iiiae) of section 10(23C), i.e. those organisations who are wholly or substantially financed by the government or whose gross receipts do not exceed Rs 5 crore, who are not registered u/s 12AB. It will also not apply to donations to charitable organisations, who may have chosen not to be registered u/s 12AB or u/s 10(23C).

This provision would obviously apply only in a situation where the donation is being claimed as an application of income, and would not apply to cases where the donation is not so claimed, on account of it being made out of the corpus, out of past accumulations under section 11(1)(a), etc.

The important question which arises for consideration is whether the balance 15% can be claimed by way of accumulation under section 11(1)(a), or whether such amount would be taxable, not qualifying for exemption under section 11. One view of the matter is that accumulation contemplates a situation of funds being available, which are kept back for spending in the future. If the funds have already been spent, it may not be possible to accumulate such amount u/s 11(1)(a).

The other view is that the 15% amount, though donated, would still qualify for the exemption. Reference may be made to the observations of the Supreme Court in the case of Addl CIT vs A L N Rao Charitable Trust 216 ITR 697, where the Supreme Court considered the nature of accumulation under sections 11(1)(a) and 11(2), as under:

“A mere look at Section 11(1)(a) as it stood at the relevant time clearly shows that out of total income accruing to a trust in the previous year from property held by it wholly for charitable or religious purpose, to the extent the income is applied for such religious or charitable purpose, the same will get out of the tax net but so far as the income which is not so applied during the previous year is concerned at least 25% of such income or Rs.10,000/- whichever is higher, will be permitted to be accumulated for charitable or religious purpose and will also get exempted from the tax net…..If 100 per cent of the accumulated income of the previous year was to be invested under section 11(2) to get exemption from income-tax then the ceiling of 25 per cent or Rs. 10,000, whichever is higher which was available for accumulation of income of the previous year for the trust to earn exemption from income-tax as laid down by section 11(1)(a) would be rendered redundant and the said exemption provision would become otiose. Out of the accumulated income of the previous year an amount of Rs. 10,000 or 25 per cent of the total income from property, whichever is higher, is given exemption from income-tax by section 11(1)(a) itself. That exemption is unfettered and not subject to any conditions. In other words, it is an absolute exemption. If sub-section (2) is so read as suggested by the revenue, what is an absolute and unfettered exemption of accumulated income as guaranteed by section 11(1)(a) would become a restricted exemption as laid down by section 11(2). ….Therefore, if the entire income received by a trust is spent for charitable purposes in India, then it will not be taxable but if there is a saving, i.e., to say an accumulation of 25 per cent or Rs. 10,000, whichever is higher, it will not be included in the taxable income.”

Since 15% of the donation is not considered to be applied for charitable purposes, it should be capable of accumulation, as per this decision.

The first interpretation does seem to be a rather harsh interpretation and does not seem to be supported by the intention behind the amendment, as set out in the Explanatory Memorandum. The figure of 85% also seems to have been derived from the fact that the balance 15% would in any case qualify for exemption under section 11(1)(a).

Consider a situation where a trust having an income of Rs. 100 donates its entire income to other charitable trusts. Had it not spent anything at all, it would have been entitled to the exemption of Rs. 15 under section 11(1)(a). Can it then be taxed on Rs. 15 merely because it has donated its entire income to other trusts? Based on the Explanatory Memorandum rationale, what is sought to be prohibited is the trust claiming accumulation of Rs. 15, and donating Rs. 85 to other trusts, who in turn claim 15% of Rs. 85 as accumulation. A possible view, therefore, seems to be that the trust should be entitled to the 15% accumulation u/s 11(1)(a), even though it has donated its entire income.

Similar amendments have been made in section 10(23C).

Registration u/s 12AB in case of New Trusts

Where a trust has not been registered under section 12AB and is applying for fresh registration, section 12A(1)(ac)(vi) provided that such a trust would have to apply for registration at least one month prior to the commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year from which registration was being sought. In such cases, section 12AB(1)(c) provided that such a trust would be granted provisional registration for a period of three years. Subsequently, as per section 12A(1)(ac)(iii), the trust would have to apply for registration 6 months prior to the expiry of a period of provisional registration, or within 6 months of commencement of its activities, whichever is earlier.

The law is now being amended with effect from 1.10.2023 to divide such cases of fresh registration into 2 types – those cases where activities have already commenced before applying for registration, and those cases where activities have not commenced till the time of applying for registration. The position is unchanged for trusts where activities have not yet commenced, with application having to be made one month prior to commencement of the previous year and provisional registration being granted.

In cases where activities have commenced, and such trust has not claimed exemption u/s 11 or 12 or section 10(23C)(iv),(v),(vi) or (via) in any earlier year, such trust can directly seek regular registration by filing Form 10AB, instead of Form 10A. Such trust may be granted registration, after scrutiny by the CIT, for a period of 5 years.

Unfortunately, the problem of a new trust (which has not commenced activities) having to seek registration prior to the commencement of the previous year has not been resolved even after this amendment. Take the case of a trust set up in May 2023. This trust would not be able to get exemption for the previous year 2023-24, since it has not applied one month prior to the commencement of the previous year (by 28th February 2023), a date on which it was not even in existence.

Similar amendments have been made in respect of approvals under clauses (iv),(v),(vi) and (via) of section 10(23C).

Cancellation of Registration u/s 12AB

The Explanation to section 12AB(4) provided for specified violations for which registration could be cancelled. Rule 17A(6) provided that if Form 10A had not been duly filled in by not providing, fully or partly, or by providing false or incorrect information or documents required to be provided, etc., the CIT could cancel the registration after giving an opportunity of being heard. The Finance Act 2023 has now amended section 12AB(4) with effect from 1.4.2023 to add a situation where the application made for registration/provisional registration is not complete or contains false or incorrect information, as a specified violation, which can result in cancellation of registration under section 12AB. In a sense, prior to this amendment, the provision in rule 17A(6) was ultra vires the Act. This amendment, therefore, removes this lacuna.

This provision is however quite harsh, where, for a simple clerical mistake while filling up an online form or forgetting to attach a document, the registration of a trust may be cancelled. Cancellation of registration can have severe consequences, attracting the provisions of Tax on Accreted Income under section 115TD at the maximum marginal rate on the fair market value of the assets of the trust less the liabilities. One can understand this provision applying to a situation where a trust makes a blatantly incorrect statement to falsely obtain registration, but the manner in which this provision is worded, even genuine clerical mistakes can invite the horrors of this provision. One can only wish and hope that this provision is administered with caution and in a liberal manner, whereby it is applied only in the rarest of rare cases.

Deletion of Second and Third Provisos to section 12A(2)

The second and third provisos to section 12A(2) provided a very important protection to charitable entities which had been in existence earlier, but had not applied for registration earlier u/s 12A/12AA/12AB. When such entities made an application for registration, they could not be denied exemption u/s 11 for earlier years for which assessment proceedings were pending, or reassessment proceedings could not be initiated in respect of earlier years on the ground of non-registration of such entity. These two provisos have been deleted by the Finance Act 2023, with effect from 1.4.2023.

The ostensible reason given for such deletion, as explained in the Explanatory Memorandum, is as under:

“4.5 Second, third and fourth proviso to sub-section (2) of section 12A of the Act discussed above have become redundant after the amendment of section 12A of the Act by the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020. Now the trusts and institutions under the second regime are required to apply for provisional registration before the commencement of their activities and therefore there is no need of roll back provisions provided in second and third proviso to sub-section (2) of section 12A of the Act.

4.6 With a view to rationalise the provisions, it is proposed to omit the second, third and fourth proviso to sub-section (2) of section 12A of the Act.”

The statement that these provisions have become redundant does not seem to be justified, as even now, a trust already in existence, which seeks registration for the first time, may desire such exemption for the pending assessment proceedings or protection from reassessment for earlier years. A very important protection for unregistered trusts, which was inserted with a view to encourage them to come forward for registration, has thus been eliminated.

These provisions had been inserted by the Finance (No 2) Act, 2014, which at that time, had explained the rationale as under:

Non-application of registration for the period prior to the year of registration causes genuine hardship to charitable organisations. Due to absence of registration, tax liability gets attached even though they may otherwise be eligible for exemption and fulfil other substantive conditions. The power of condonation of delay in seeking registration is not available under the section.

In order to provide relief to such trusts and remove hardship in genuine cases, it is proposed to amend section 12A of the Act to provide that in case where a trust or institution has been granted registration under section 12AA of the Act, the benefit of sections 11 and 12 shall be available in respect of any income derived from property held under trust in any assessment proceeding for an earlier assessment year which is pending before the Assessing Officer as on the date of such registration, if the objects and activities of such trust or institution in the relevant earlier assessment year are the same as those on the basis of which such registration has been granted.

Further, it is proposed that no action for reopening of an assessment under section 147 shall be taken by the Assessing Officer in the case of such trust or institution for any assessment year preceding the first assessment year for which the registration applies, merely for the reason that such trust or institution has not obtained the registration under section 12AA for the said assessment year.”

This amendment, therefore, seems to be on account of a change in the approach of the Government towards charitable entities, rather than on account of redundancy.

Extension of Applicability of S.115TD

Section 115TD provides for a tax on accreted income, where a trust has converted into any form not eligible for grant of registration u/s 12AB/10(23C), merged with any entity other than an entity having similar objects and registered u/s 12AB/10(23C), or failed to transfer all its assets on dissolution to any similar entity within 12 months from date of dissolution. By a deeming fiction contained in section 115TD(3), cancellation of registration u/s 12AB/10(23C), and modification of objects without obtaining fresh registration are deemed to be conversion into a form not eligible for grant of registration, and therefore attract the tax on accreted income. The tax on accreted income is at the maximum marginal rate on the fair market value of all the assets less the liabilities of the trust, on the relevant date.

The Finance Act, 2023 has now added one more situation in sub-section (3) with effect from 1.4.2023, where the trust fails to make an application for renewal of its registration u/s 12AB/10(23C) within the time specified in section 12A(1)(ac)(i),(ii) or (iii). Therefore, if a trust now fails to apply for renewal of its registration u/s 12AB at least 6 months prior to the expiry of its 5-year registration or 3-year provisional registration, the provisions of section 115TD would be attracted, and it would have to pay tax at the maximum marginal rate on the fair market value of its net assets.

This is an extremely harsh provision, whereby even a few days’ delay in making an application for renewal of registration can result in wiping out a large part of the assets of the trust. There is no provision for condonation of delay, except by making an application to the CBDT u/s 119. There is also no provision for relaxation of the provisions even if the delay is on account of a reasonable cause.

One can understand the need for such a provision in cases where the trust effectively opts out of registration by not seeking renewal at all – but a mere delay in seeking renewal of registration should not have been subjected to the applicability of section 115TD. Most charitable trusts in India are not professionally managed but are run on a part-time basis as an offshoot of social commitments felt by persons who may be engaged in employment or other vocations. To expect such absolute time discipline from them seems to reflect the Government’s intention of ensuring that only well-managed charitable organisations claim the benefit of the exemption. On the other hand, if an organisation is professionally run in order to be well managed, it would necessarily need to carry on an income-generating activity to meet its expenses, which may be treated as business attracting the proviso to section 2(15)!
Looking at the amendments in recent years and the stand taken in litigations, it appears that the Government seems to view all charitable entities with suspicion. The Government needs to adopt a clear position as regards tax exemption for charitable trusts – whether it wishes to encourage all genuine charitable trusts, which can at times reach far corners of India where even the Government machinery cannot reach, or whether it wishes to restrict the exemptions only to certain large trusts, which it monitors on a regular basis. Accordingly, given the complications introduced in the last few years, it is perhaps now time to decide whether there should be a separate tax exemption regime for small charities, just as there is a separate taxation regime for small businesses.

 

PART III | SELECT TDS / TCS PROVISIONS

BHAUMIK GODA | SHALIBHADRA SHAH

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

Background

The purpose of TDS/TCS provisions is two-fold a) to enable the government to receive tax in advance simultaneously as the recipient receives payment b) to track a transaction which is a subject matter of taxation. In recent years, major amendments have been made in Chapter XVII of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act) dealing with the deduction and collection of taxes.

Finance Act 2023 is no different. Amendments are likely to have far-reaching implications.

Increase in the tax rate on Royalty & FTS for Non-residents

Amendment in brief

Erstwhile Section 115A of the Act provided that royalty & FTS income of Non-residents (NR) shall be taxable in India at the rate of 10% (plus applicable surcharge & cess). Surprisingly, at the time of passing the Finance Bill in Lok Sabha, the rate of tax on royalty & FTS has been increased from the existing 10% to 20% (plus applicable surcharge & cess). A corresponding increase in TDS rates has also been provided in Part II of the First Schedule to FA, 2023. Hence effective 1 April 2023, any payment of royalty or FTS by a resident to a non-resident will invite TDS at the rate of 20% (plus surcharge & cess) under the Act.

Implications

  • Increase in tax rate

There is a sharp increase in FTS/royalty rate under the Act from 10% to 20% plus cess and surcharge. The amendment does not grandfather existing agreements or arrangements. Accordingly, any payment made after 1st April 2023 will attract a higher TDS rate of 20%. In the case of net of tax arrangements, it is likely to result in additional cash outflow, especially payments made to countries where the DTAA rate provides for a rate higher than 10% (e.g. DTAA of India – USA – 15%; India-UK – 15%; India-Italy -20%). It will impact cost, profitability and project feasibility which perhaps was not factored in by parties at the time of entering the arrangement.

  • Treaty superiority

With the increase in tax rate from 10% to 20%, the DTAA rate which ranges from 10% to 15% is advantageous. Non-residents will rely upon DTAA benefits to reduce their tax liability in India. The FTS clause in DTAA with Singapore, USA, UK, is narrow as it includes a make-available clause. In other words, even if services are FTS under Act, it needs to be demonstrated that there is a transfer of knowledge and the recipient is enabled to perform services independently without support from the service provider. India’s DTAAs with the Philippines, Thailand etc. do not have an FTS clause. In that case, a view is possible that in the absence of PE in India, FTS payment is not taxable. In the context of royalty, India-Netherland DTAA does not have an equipment royalty clause, India-Ireland DTAA excludes aircraft leasing from the scope of royalty. Supreme Court in the case of Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence v CIT (2021) 432 ITR 471 held that payment for shrink-wrapped software where the owner retains IP rights is not taxable under DTAA.

Treaty benefit is subject to the satisfaction of numerous qualifying conditions – both under the Act as also under DTAA. Failure to satisfy qualifying conditions will entail a higher TDS rate of 20% [apart from section 201 proceedings and payment of interest under section 201(1A)].

Section 90(4) provides that non-residents to whom DTAA applies, shall not be entitled to claim any relief under DTAA unless a certificate of his being a resident in any country outside India or specified territory outside India, is obtained by him from the Government of that country or specified territory. Ahmedabad ITAT in the case of Skaps Industries India (P.) Ltd v ITO1 held that requirement to obtain TRC does not override tax treaty. Thus, failure to obtain TRC does not stop non-residents from availing of DTAA benefits. This decision was followed by under noted decisions2. In practice, one encounters a number of situations where TRC is not available at the time of remittance – a) Transaction with Vendor is a one-off transaction and the cost of TRC outweighs the cost of services b) TRC is applied for but the Country of Residence takes time to process and issue TRC c) Vendor provides incorporation certificate, VAT certificate and states that his Country does not issue TRC d) TRC is not in the English language. In such situations, case by case call will be required to be taken. Considering the steep rate of 20%, decision-making becomes difficult if the tax liability is on the payer. In case reliance is placed on favourable decisions, the payer must maintain alternative documents which prove that the vendor is a resident of another Contracting State.


1 [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448 (Ahmedabad - Trib.)
2 Ranjit Kumar Vuppu v ITO [2021] 127 taxmann.com 105 (Hyderabad - Trib.); Sreenivasa Reddy Cheemalamarrim (TS-158-ITAT-2020)

On the DTAA front, Article 7 of MLI incorporates Principal Purpose Test (PPT) in DTAA. It provides that benefit under the DTAA shall not be granted in respect of an item of income if it is reasonable to conclude, having regard to all relevant facts and circumstances, that obtaining that benefit was one of the principal purposes of any arrangement or transaction that resulted directly or indirectly in that benefit unless it is established that granting that benefit in these circumstances would be in accordance with the object and purpose of the relevant provisions of the Agreement. Similarly, India-USA DTAA has a Limitation of Benefits (LOB) clause contained in Article 24 of DTAA; Article 24 of the India-Singapore DTAA contains a Limitation Relief article requiring remittance to be made in Singapore to avail DTAA benefits. It is necessary that the recipient satisfies the stated objective and subjective conditions laid down by DTAA. From a deductor standpoint, some conditions are subjective (e.g. principal purpose of arrangement). It will be difficult to reach objective satisfaction. The payer may obtain declarations to prove that he acted in a bonafide manner.

Section 90(5) mandates NR to provide prescribed information in Form 10F. Notification No 3/2022 dated 16 July 2022 (‘Notification’) requires Form 10F to be furnished electronically and verified in the manner prescribed. NR will be required to log in to the income tax portal and submit Form 10F in digital manner. This will require NR to have PAN in India and also the authorised signatory to have a digital signature. This requirement was deferred for NR not having PAN and who is not required to obtain PAN in India till 30 September 20233. Read simplicitor, NR having PAN in India – irrespective of the year and purpose for which PAN is obtained, needs to furnish Form 10F in digital format. Practical challenges arise as NR is not comfortable obtaining PAN in India to issue digital Form 10F. A question arises whether NR is not entitled to DTAA benefits if Form 10F is furnished in a manual format as against digital format. For the following reasons, it is arguable that the Notification requiring Form 10F in digital format is bad in law as it amounts to treaty override4:

  • Genesis of the requirement to obtain Form 10F is section 90(5) read with Rule 21AB. Rule 21AB(1) prescribes various information, which is forming part of Form 10F (e.g. Status, Nationality, TIN, Period of TRC, address). Importantly, Rule 21AB(2) provides that the assessee may not be required to provide the information or any part thereof referred to in sub-rule (1) if the information or the part thereof, as the case may be, is contained in TRC.
  • Thus, if the information contained in Form 10F is contained in TRC, then Form 10F is not required. Most of the TRCs contains prescribed information (the exception being Ireland and Hong Kong which does not contain address). Some information like PAN and status are India specific and accordingly, the absence of such information should not be read as mandating obtaining of Form 10F.
  • Section 139A read with Rule 114 / Rule 114B does not require NR to obtain PAN if income is not chargeable to tax pursuant to favourable tax treaty. AAR in under noted decisions5 has taken a view that the assessee is not required to file the return of income if capital gain income is exempt under India-Mauritius / India – Netherlands DTAA.
  • Notification requiring digital Form 10F is issued under Rule 131 which in turn is issued under section 295. Notification is not issued under section 90(5) and accordingly cannot override tax treaty.
  • Article 31 of the Vienna Convention provides that a treaty is to be interpreted “in good faith in accordance with the ordinary meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in the light of its object and purpose. The domestic legislature cannot override tax treaty.
  • In spite of section 90(4), the Tribunal has held that TRC is not mandatory if otherwise, NR can prove his residence6. A similar conclusion can be drawn for the Form 10F requirement.
  • Section 206AA prescribed a steep rate of 20% for payment made to a person not having PAN or invalid PAN. The question arose whether section 206AA overrides tax treaties. Tribunal/Court took a unanimous view7 that section 206AA cannot override tax treaty. In fact, Delhi High Court in Danisco India (P.) Ltd. v. Union of India [2018] 404 ITR 539 struck down the operation of section 206AA for cases involving tax treaties.
  • Section 206AA(7) read with Rule 37BC provides that the section is inapplicable if NR provides specified details. Details are identical to ones prescribed in Form 10F. Thus, it can be contended that the Notification mandating digitalization of Form 10F contradicts the provisions of Rule 37BC.

3 [Notification dated 12 December 2022 read with Notification dated 29 March 2022
4 Readers may refer to BCAJ – September 2022 Article – Digitalisation of Form 10F – New Barrier to Claim tax treaty?
5 Dow Agro Sciences Agricultural Products Limited [AAR No. 1123 of 2011 dated 11 January 2016] and Vanenburg Group B.V. (289 ITR 464)
6 Skaps Industries India (P.) Ltd v ITO [2018] 94 taxmann.com 448 (Ahmedabad - Trib.); Ranjit Kumar Vuppu v ITO [2021] 127 taxmann.com 105 (Hyderabad - Trib.)]
7 Infosys Ltd. v DCIT [2022] 140 taxmann.com 600 (Bangalore - Trib.); Nagarjuna Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. v. Asstt. CIT [2017] 78 taxmann.com 264 (Hyd.)

• Interplay with Transfer Pricing Provisions

Indian-based conglomerate makes royalty/FTS to its group companies deducting tax at DTAA rate. In the DTAA framework, this rate is subject to the rider that the concessional rate is available only to the extent of arm’s length payment. DTAAs contain following limitation clause:

“Where, by reason of a special relationship between the payer and the beneficial owner or between both of them and some other person, the amount of royalties or fees for technical services paid exceeds the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship, the provisions of this Article shall apply only to the last-mentioned amount. In such case, the excess part of the payments shall remain taxable according to the laws of each Contracting State, due regard being had to the other provisions of this Agreement”.

OECD Commentary states that excess amount shall be taxable in accordance with domestic law. From the Indian context, the excess amount shall be taxable at higher rate of 20%. Following are some illustrative instances of ongoing transfer pricing litigation that is factual and legal in nature:

  • Benchmarking of royalty payment
  • Management cross charge – the satisfaction of benefits test, service v/s shareholders function, duplicated cost, and adequate backup documents to prove the performance of the service.
  • Allocation of group cost – relevance to Indian companies, cost driver, appropriateness of markup charged by AEs.

In case, it is ultimately concluded (in litigation) that the Indian company has paid higher than ALP price, then the Indian company will be liable to pay tax at 20%. Thus, the transfer pricing policy adopted by Companies needs to factor in increased tax risk. The amendment is also likely to have an impact on Advance Pricing Agreement (APA). It typically takes 4-5 years to conclude APAs. Assume the Indian Company pays cost plus 10% to its German AEs. In APA it is concluded that services are low-value services and appropriate ALP is cost plus 5%. In such a case, the Indian Company will have to get an additional 5% back from German AE (secondary adjustment) and pay tax at 20% on excess 5%.

  • Interplay with section 206AA

Section 206AA provides that person entitled to receive any sum or income or amount, on which tax is deductible under Chapter XVIIB shall furnish his PAN to the person responsible for deducting such tax failing which tax shall be deducted at higher of a) at the rate specified in the relevant provision of this Act b) at the rate or rates in force c) 20%.

Section 2(37A)(iii) defines ‘rates in force’ to mean rate specified in the relevant Finance Act or DTAA rate. It is judicially held that 20% rate prescribed in section 206AA need not be increased by surcharge and cess8. Part II to Schedule to Finance Act 2023 specifies a 20% rate which needs to be increased by the cess and a surcharge. Thus, non-submission of PAN in a situation not covered by section 206AA(7) read with Rule 37BC will entail a higher withholding rate.


8 Computer Sciences Corporation India P Ltd v ITO (2017) 77 taxmann.com 306 (Del)
  • NR obligation to file a return of income

Section 115A(5) provides for exemption from filing return of income to non-residents if the total income of a non-resident consists of only interest, dividend, royalty and/or FTS and the tax deducted is not less than the rate prescribed under Section 115A(1) of the Act. The royalty and FTS rate prescribed in the majority of India’s DTAA is 10%. Prior to the amendment, NRs availing DTAA benefits adopted a position that they are not required to file tax returns in India as the rate at which tax is deducted is not less than 115A rate. Due to an increase in tax rate from 10% to 20%, non-residents availing DTAA benefits will have to file income-tax returns in India.

TDS on benefit or perquisites – Section 194R

Amendment in brief

Section 194R provides that any person responsible for providing to a resident, any benefit or perquisite, whether convertible into money or not, arising from business or the exercise of a profession, by such resident, shall, before providing such benefit or perquisite, as the case may be, to such resident, ensure that tax has been deducted in respect of such benefit or perquisite at the rate of ten percent of the value or aggregate of value of such benefit or perquisite. Explanation 2 to section 194R is inserted by Finance Act 2023 to clarify that the provisions shall apply to any benefit or perquisite whether in cash or in kind or partly in cash and partly in kind.

Implications

Prior to Explanation 2 to section 28(iv), the language of section 194R was identical to section 28(iv). Supreme Court in Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. vs. CIT [2018] 404 ITR 1 (SC) (‘M&M) held that section 28(iv) does not cover cash benefits. Taking an analogy from it, it was possible to contend that cash benefit does not fall within section 194R. In contrast to this popular view, CBDT in Circular No 12 of 2022 mentioned that provisions of section 194R would be applicable to perquisite or benefit in cash as well. Insertion of Explanation 2 to section 194R gives legislative backing to Circular.

Transactions like performance incentives in cash, gift voucher, prepaid payment instrument like amazon cards etc. will be subject to TDS. The applicability of section 194R to transactions like bad debt and loan waiver is not clear. Section 194R requires a) deductor to ‘provide’ benefit b) benefit to arise to the recipient from business or exercise of the profession. These conditions indicate that both parties agree to the benefit being passed on from one party to another. The word ‘provide’ is used in the sense of direct benefit being passed on. The indirect or consequential benefit is not what is envisaged by the provisions. In case of bad debt, there is no benefit intended to be provided. In fact, the benefit is the consequence of a write-off. In one sense there is no benefit. A write-off is merely an accounting entry as the party would retain his right to recover. Further, there is no valuation mechanism prescribed to value the impugned benefit. Question 4 of Circular No 12 of 2022 does not deal with such a situation.

As regards loan waiver, CBDT Circular No 18 of 2022 has exempted Bank from the applicability of section 194R to loan settlement/waiver. No similar exemption is given to other similarly placed transactions (e.g. loan by NBFC, private parties, parent-subsidiary loans). The rationale for exempting the bank was to give relief to the bank as subjecting it to section 194R would lead to extra cost in addition to the haircut already suffered. It can be argued that other similarly placed assessee should also merit exemption as the legislature cannot distinguish between two similarly placed assessees.

TDS on online Gaming – Section 194BA

In recent times there has been a surge in online gaming. Hence the government proposed to introduce TDS on online gaming with effect from 1 July 2023. Section provides that any person responsible for paying to any person any income by way of winnings from online games shall deduct tax on net winnings in user account computed as per prescribed manner (yet to be prescribed). Tax on net winnings from online games is to be deducted as per rates in force (i.e., 30%+ surcharge + cess). The Section is applicable to all users including non-residents. No threshold limit is provided for TDS. TDS is to be deducted at the time of withdrawal of net winnings from the user account or at the end of the FY in case of net winnings balance in the user account.

Implications

  • Computation of Net winnings

The section provides for the deduction of tax on net winnings. However, the computation mechanism of TDS is yet to be prescribed. Typically, online gaming requires a user to initially deposit cash in the wallet at the time of registration. This cash deposit can be utilised for playing games. However, such cash deposits are practically non-refundable and users can only withdraw the money out of winnings. Hence a question arises whether the initial cash deposit or losses in games can be permitted to be set off against the winning balance as the section uses the word net winnings. The dictionary meaning of “net” means after adjustment or end result. Thus, the plain language of the section seems to indicate that winnings can be offset against losses. Similarly, cash deposits which are also not refundable should be permitted to be set off against the winnings and tax should be deducted only on net winnings. However, one would have to wait for the computation mechanism which shall be prescribed by the government.

TDS on interest on specified securities – Section 193

The existing clause (ix) of the proviso to Sec. 193 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) prior to 1st April, 2023 provided that no tax shall be deducted on interest payable on any security issued by a company to a resident payee, where such security is in dematerialised form and is listed on a recognised stock exchange in India in accordance with the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 and the rules made thereunder. However, vide Finance Act 2023, the amendment has been made to omit the above clause with effect from 01-04-2023 and accordingly tax is required to be deducted w.e.f. 1st April, 2023 on interest payable to resident payee on such listed securities issued by a company.

In view of the above amendment and with effect from 1st April, 2023, tax will be deducted on any interest payable / paid on listed NCD held by respective investors.

Prior to the amendment, borrowers were deducting tax on interest payments to non-resident investors. Now, the tax will have to be deducted on the interest paid to resident investors. TDS will not be applicable to investors like insurance companies, mutual funds, National Pension Funds, Government, State Government who are exempt recipient under section 193, section 196, section 197(1E).

TCS on overseas remittances for overseas tour packages and other prupsoes (other than medical and education purposes) – Section 206C

TCS rate on overseas remittance is enhanced to 20% as against the existing rate of 5%. Accordingly, remittances towards overseas tour package or for any other purposes (other than remittances towards medical and educational purposes), TCS shall be collected at the rate of 20% as against earlier 5%. Further in respect of other purposes, the threshold of INR 7 lakhs has also been removed.

TCS will be applicable whenever any foreign payment is made through debit cards, credit cards and travel cards etc. without any threshold limit. This will result in a higher cash outflow for LRS remittance and overseas tour packages. Though the taxpayer will be eligible for a credit of tax collected or claim a refund by filing a return of income, it may lead to blockage of funds till the credit is availed or refund is received.

Concluding Thoughts

One important amendment which was expected by the taxpayers was an extension of the sunset date for concessional rate forming part of section 194LC/194LD. The sunset clause sets in from 1 July 2023. This will make the raising of capital in the form of ECB and other debt instruments costly.

Amendments are likely to have far-reaching implications. An inadvertent slippage is likely to be expensive. It is advisable that tax implication and consequential TDS implications are factored in at the time of entering into a transaction. It is recommended that positions adopted in the past are revalidated on a periodic basis in light of various developments.

PART IV | MUTUAL FUNDS

ANISH THACKER

Chartered Accountant

Introduction

Finance Acts in recent years have had their fair share of amendments which have focused on the financial services sector and in particular, funds, i.e., collective investment schemes. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has permitted various types of collective investment schemes such as Mutual Funds (MFs), Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs), Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs), Infrastructure Investment Trusts (InvITs), etc. to harness foreign and domestic investment. As these funds are set up with the specific purpose of channelizing investments into particularly designated sectors of the economy, and because these have certain peculiar features, these funds also have their own specific taxation provisions in the Income-tax Act, 1961(the Act). The taxation law as regards these funds continues to evolve with experience. Each Finance Act in recent times, therefore, has contained provisions which have amended the taxation scheme of these funds and their investors.

In this article, the key provisions of the Finance Act, 2023 that deal with Mutual Funds (for the sake of convenience, these are collectively called ‘Mutual Funds’ (admittedly loosely) for the sole purpose of this article only) have been discussed. It is submitted that the law as regards ‘Mutual Funds is still evolving, and one may well see a further amendment to the provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act) dealing with ‘Mutual Funds’ going forward.

Amendments Impacting the Taxation of Specified Mutual Funds

The Finance Bill, 2023 (FB 2023), when it was tabled before the Parliament, on 1st February 2023, sought to introduce a deeming fiction, by way of section 50AA in the Act, to characterize the gains on transfer, redemption, or maturity of Market Linked Debentures (MLDs) as ‘short-term capital gains’ (STCG), irrespective of the period for which the MLDs are held9.

Such gains are to be computed by reducing the cost of acquisition of such debentures and expenses incurred in connection with the transfer. However, as these are deemed to be ‘short term’, the benefit of indexation is not available while computing such gains.

At the time of moving of the FB 2023 before the houses of the Parliament for discussion, an amendment was made to Section 50AA of the Act10 whereby it was sought to extend the scope of the special deeming provisions applicable to MLDs to a unit of a Specified Mutual Fund (SMF) purchased on or after 1 April 202311. A SMF is defined to mean a mutual fund (by whatever name called) of which not more than 35% of total proceeds are invested in the equity shares of domestic companies. The percentage of holding in equity shares of domestic companies is to be computed by using the annual average of the ‘daily averages’ of the holdings unlike in the case of Equity Oriented Funds where to construe a fund as an equity-oriented fund, to calculate the percentage of holdings in equity shares of domestic companies (at least 65%), the annual average of the ‘monthly averages’ has to be used.


9 This article does not deal with the taxation of income from MLDs.
10 The Finance Act 2023 (after incorporating the amendments at the time of moving of the Finance Bill, 2023, has received the assent of the President of India.
11 Unlike in the case of MLDs where the new tax provision applies to existing MLDs already issued, I n case of units of a specified mutual fund, the application is prospective, i.e., section 50 AA of the Act applies only to units of a specified mutual fund acquired on or after 1 April 2023.

One very important point to note here is that the ‘mutual fund’ referred to in section 50 AA of the Act is not merely a ‘mutual fund’ as is commonly understood. Unlike the provisions of section 10(23D) of the Act or section 115R thereof, where a reference can reasonably be drawn that these apply only to a mutual fund registered with the SEBI, section 50AA does not make such a reference. In fact, it uses the expression ‘by whatever name called’ when it defines the term ‘Specified Mutual Fund’ in Explanation (ii) to the said section. A question therefore arises as to what does the expression ‘Specified Mutual Fund’ as contained in this section, bring within its ambit.

The SEBI Mutual Funds Regulations, 1996 (SEBI MF Regulations) define ‘mutual fund in regulation 2 (22q) to mean a fund established in the form of a trust to raise monies through the sale of units to the public or a section of the public under one or more schemes for investing in securities, money market instruments, gold or gold related instruments, silver or silver related instruments, real estate assets and such other assets and instruments as may be specified by the Board from time to time

This definition only covers a trust but does not cover a fund set up as a company. Also, it is unclear as to whether a fund set up outside India is covered by the expression ‘specified mutual fund’ or not. It will thus remain to be seen and debated and indeed litigated, as to what a ‘specified mutual fund’ would include, within its fold. Unfortunately, as this addition to the scope of section 50 AA of the Act was done not at the time of tabling the FB 2023 but later, there is no mention of this in the memorandum explaining the provisions of the FB 2023, which may guide taxpayers as to what position to take in respect of funds other than SEBI registered mutual funds. The Government may therefore be requested to issue guidance in this regard to avoid ambiguity and avoid potential litigation.

Coming back to the nature of the capital gains on the transfer of the units of this specified mutual fund, these are admittedly only ‘deemed’ to be STCG. Considering the judicial precedents12 in the context of capital gains arising on depreciable assets under a comparable provision (section 50 of the Act), it may be possible to take view that the section 50 AA of the Act merely modifies the method of computation of gains (by denying indexation benefit in case of SMF units) and does not change the ‘long term’ character of the assets mentioned in section 50AA of the Act, (MLD or SMF units) for other purposes like subjecting the gains to a lower rate of tax on long term capital gains, (section 112 of the Act) or roll over capital gains exemption (section 54F) and set off of losses. This is another area where taxpayers will need to take considered decisions on the positions to be taken in their return of income and brace themselves for a potential difference of opinion from their assessing officer (now the Faceless Assessment Centre for most).

Amendments relating to business trusts (REITs/ InvITs) and their unit holders:

Computation of certain distributions to be taxed as “other income” in the hands of business trust unit holders:

Section 115UA of the Act accords a partial ‘pass-through’ status to business trusts in terms of which certain specific incomes (i.e., interest, dividend, and rent) are taxed in the hands of the unit holders on distribution by the business trusts13 whereas other incomes are taxed in the hands of the business trust.


12 Illustratively, CIT v. V. S. Demo Co. Ltd (2016)(387 ITR 354)(SC), Smita Conductors v. DCIT (2015)(152 ITD 417)(Mum)
13 Comprising REITs and InvITs

From the memorandum explaining the provisions of the FB 2023, it could be inferred that the intention behind amending the scheme of taxation of business trusts and the unitholders thereof was to take care of a situation where, if a business trust received money by way of repayment of a loan from the Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) set up to acquire the property, the same arguably, was neither taxable in the hands of the business trust nor in the hands of the unitholders. This was due to the ‘pass through’ mechanism available under the provisions of the Act as they then prevailed.

It was apprehended that the business trusts were using these repayments to distribute money to the unitholders thereby increasing the internal rate of return (IRR) to these unitholders. The said ‘return’ was however ostensibly escaping tax, from the Revenue’s viewpoint.

Accordingly, amendments were proposed to sections 2(24), 115UA and 56(2) to seek to tax the repayment of loans.

The FB 2023 proposed to introduce a new set of provisions whereby any other distributions (such as repayment of debt) by business trusts that presently do not suffer taxation either in the hands of business trust or in the hands of unit holders, will henceforth be taxed as “other income” in the hands of unit holders.

Further, where such distribution is made on redemption of units by business trusts, then the distribution received shall be reduced by the cost of acquisition of the unit(s) to the extent such cost does not exceed the distribution so received.

Stakeholders represented for reconsideration of the proposal – more particularly, in respect of the treatment of redemption proceeds as normal income instead of capital gains.

At the time of the moving of the FB 2023 for discussion, an amendment was proposed to the said section, which has now been enacted, which provides a revamped version of the new provision. The revamped provisions provide the manner of computing the distribution which is taxable as “other income” in the hands of unit holders (referred to as “specified sum”). As per this computation, the “specified sum” shall be the result of ‘A – B – C’, where:

‘A’ Aggregate sum distributed by the business trust during the current Taxable Year (TY) or past TY(s), w.r.t. the unit held by the current unit holder or the old unit holder.

However, the following sum shall not be included in ‘A’:

 

–  Interest or dividend income from the SPV

 

–  Rental income

 

–  Any sum chargeable to tax in the hands of business trusts

‘B’ Issue price of the units
‘C’ Amount charged to tax under this new provision in any past TY(s).

If the result of the above is negative (i.e., where ‘B’ + ‘C’ is more than ‘A’), the “specified sum” shall be deemed to be zero.

The above computation mechanism indicates that specified sum is to be computed by taking into account the distribution made in the past Assessment Years (AY), including the distribution made to the old unit holders who were holding units prior to the current distribution date. Thus, while the levy as per the revamped provision applies prospectively w.e.f. AY 2024-25, the provision has a retroactive impact since it factors the distributions made prior to the previous year relevant to the said assessment year.

Furthermore, at the time of the movement of the FB 2023 for discussion an amendment was proposed, which now finds place in the Act, which omits the proposal of FB 2023 to reduce the cost of acquisition of units by the amount of distribution for computing “other income”. To this extent, the unitholders do get some kind of ‘relief’ (the term is used tongue in cheek, here).

The set of amendments brings forth their own interpretational issues, which can form the subject matter of another detailed article. Also, if we look at the interplay between the provisions of Double Tax Avoidance Agreements (DTAA), certain other interesting issues are likely to emerge.

Since these are not issues that affect a large number of taxpayers, these are not elaborated here. Suffice it to say that again this is not the last, one will hear on this topic.

Notified Sovereign Wealth Fund (SWF) and pension funds to be exempted from the above revamp provision:

The Act provides an exemption to notified SWF and pension funds by way of section 10(23FE), in respect of certain incomes including distribution received from business trusts.

The amended FB 2023, (this provision is now enacted) extends the exemption in respect to “other income” received by notified SWF and pension fund as per the revamped business trust taxation provisions mentioned above. For notified SWFs and pension funds therefore, the provisions discussed above will not apply and the existing exemption regime will continue to apply.

Computation of cost of acquisition of units in business trusts:

The Finance Act 2023 (at the enactment stage, this amendment was moved) introduces a provision to determine the cost of acquisition of units of a business trust. In determining the cost of acquisition any sum received by a unit holder from business trust w.r.t. such units, is to be reduced, except the following sums:

  • Interest or dividend income from the SPV
  • Rental income
  • Any sum not chargeable to tax in the hands of business trusts

Any sum not chargeable to tax in the hands of unit holders under revamped provision.

Furthermore, it provides that where units are received by way of transaction not considered as a transfer for capital gains, the cost of acquisition of such unit shall be computed by reducing the sum received from the business trust (as explained above), whether such sum is received before or after such transaction.

The above provision requires a reduction of all sums received from the business trust even prior to 1 April 2023, and to this extent, the provisions have a retroactive impact.

Amendments to the taxation of funds located in the International Financial Services Centre (IFSC)

Tax exemption for non-residents on distribution of income from Offshore Derivative Instruments (ODIs) issued by an IFSC Banking Unit (IBU)

The endeavor of the provision of exemption under section 10(4D) of the Act has been to provide parity in tax treatment to IFSC Funds as compared to Funds in offshore jurisdictions (of course, the overseas funds typically issue ODIs, popularly called P Notes or participatory notes to offshore investors). These notes are contracts which allow investors a synthetic exposure to income from Indian securities. To hedge the exposure that the funds take on, the funds typically hold the said securities in their own books. The same also applies to an IFSC fund including IFSC Banking units (IBUs). The discussion below is in the context of the IBUs.

Under the ODI contract, the IBU makes investments in permissible Indian securities. Such income may be taxable/ exempt in the hands of IBU as per the provisions of the ACT. The IBU would pass on such income to the ODI holders.

Presently, the income of non-residents on the transfer of ODIs entered with IBU is exempt under the Act. However, there is no similar exemption on the distribution of income to non-resident ODI holders. Resultantly, such distributed income may be taxed twice in India i.e., first when received by the IBU, and second, when the same income is distributed to non-resident ODI holders.

In order to remove double taxation, FB 2023 proposed an exemption to any income distributed on ODI entered with an IBU provided that the same is chargeable to tax in the hands of the IBU.

The condition of chargeability of such income to tax in the hands of IBU could have resulted in practical difficulties for non-residents to claim the exemption. Considering the various representations made on this aspect, the Amended FB 2023 addresses this anomaly by removing the said condition.

Non-applicability of surcharge and cess on income from securities earned by Category III AIFs and investment banking division of an Offshore Banking Unit (OBU) (i.e., “Specified Fund” as per section 10(4D) of the Act)

The Amended FB 2023 intends to remove the burden of surcharge and cess on income from securities earned by a Specified Fund. Under the Act, Specified Fund is inter alia defined to mean a Category III AIFs (which meets specified conditions) and investment banking division of an OBU (meeting specified conditions). In this context, a fact-specific evaluation may be required considering the nature of technical amendments.

The objective of the amendment appears to be to bring the taxation of Specified Funds in IFSC at par with the tax regime applicable for Fund investing from a jurisdiction with which India has a Tax Treaty.

Relocation of an off-shore Fund – Expansion of the definition of ‘Original Fund’

Presently, the Act provides for a tax-neutral relocation of offshore Funds to IFSC [i.e., assets of the Original Fund, or of its wholly owned special purpose vehicle, to a resultant Fund in IFSC] for promoting the Fund Management ecosystem in IFSC.

The definition of ‘Original Fund’ under the Act is now expanded to include:

  • an investment vehicle, in which Abu Dhabi Investment Authority (ADIA) is the direct or indirect sole shareholder or unit holder or beneficiary or interest holder and such investment vehicle is wholly owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by ADIA or the Government of Abu Dhabi, or
  • a Fund notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette (subject to such conditions as may be specified).

Shares issued by a private company to specified fund located in IFSC will not be subjected to angel taxation i.e., section 56(2) (viib) of the Act.

Prior to the FB 2023, shares issued by a closely held company to non-resident in excess of the company’s prescribed fair market value was not liable to tax in the hands of the closely held company issuing the shares under section 56(2)(viib) of the Act (popularly called by the media and now even more popularly called by most people as “angel tax”). Additionally, angel tax i.e., section 56(2) (viib) of the Act, did not apply with respect to (i) shares issued to a resident being a venture capital fund or a specified fund14; or (ii) shares issued by a notified start-up.


14 Being a fund established in India which has been granted a certificate of registration as Category I or II AIF and is regulated by Securities and Exchange Board of India (‘SEBI’) or IFSC Authority

FB 2023 extended the provisions of “angel tax” i.e., section 56(2)(viib) of the Act in respect of shares issued by closely held companies to non-residents also with effect from Financial Year 2023-24 i.e. Assessment Year 2024-25.
However, considering that a specified fund located in IFSC is now governed by the International Financial Services Centre Authority (Fund Management) Regulations, 2022, amended FB 2023 provides that shares issued by closely held companies to specified fund located in IFSC governed by said Regulations, 2022 will not be subject to “angel tax” i.e., section 56(2)(viib) even in its expanded avatar, would continue to be not applicable.

Conclusion

At a policy level, the importance of encouragement of collective investment, both domestic and foreign, be it from retail investors, or from private equity or institutional investors, is clearly brought out by repeated encouraging interviews given by senior Government officials to the media. Investors have also positively responded to this encouragement by looking at India’s growth trajectory and growth potential and committing significant investment in sectors where the Government has clearly felt the need for infusion of capital. The Government’s bold initiative of conceiving and developing the International Financial Services Centre has been welcomed, albeit initially with cautious optimism, but investment therein is steadily showing good progress. Investors are already dealing with unpredictable macro-economic and political situations in the recent past. In this situation, they look to the Government for a stable, certain, and unambiguous tax regime supporting the policy decision to encourage collective investment. On its part, the Government has also been giving them its full ear and trying to make the investment climate as conducive to them as possible. Some challenges, however, persist when amendments with rationalization and protection of tax base are made with retroactive effect. This creates some doubt in the minds of the investors. Also, to foster a stable and predictable tax regime, adequate guidance to taxpayers on contentious issues should be regularly published so as to encourage and incentivise tax compliance and result in a consequential increase in the tax base.

Conundrum on Section 45(4) – Pre- and Post-SC Ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing

BACKGROUND

The general concept of a partnership, firmly established by law, is that a firm is not an ‘entity’ or ‘person’ in law but is merely an association of individuals and a firm name is only a collective name of those individuals who constitute the firm. In other words, a firm name is merely an expression, only a compendious mode of designating the persons who have agreed to carry on business in partnership.

Prior to the insertion of section 45(4), it was a judicially well-settled position that cash/capital assets received by the partner on retirement or dissolution of the partnership firm neither resulted in the transfer of any asset from the perspective of the firm nor resulted in transfer of partnership interest from the perspective of partners1. The judicial decisions were rendered on the premise that (a) a partnership firm is not a distinct legal entity (b) a partnership firm has no separate rights of its own in the partnership assets (c) the firm’s property or firm’s assets are property or assets in which all partners have a joint or common interest (d) distribution of asset or property by the firm to its partners is nothing but a mutual adjustment of rights between the partners and there is no question of any extinguishment of the firm’s rights in the partnership assets (e) what a partner receives on retirement/dissolution is nothing but the realisation of pre-existing right and that does not result in any transfer.

In addition to the above, statutory exemption was provided under section 47(ii) on capital gains in the hands of a partnership firm on the distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm.


1. See Supreme Court (‘SC’) rulings in case of CIT v Dewas Cine Corporation [1968] 68 ITR 240, Malabar Fisheries Co v CIT [1979] 120 ITR 49 from the perspective of firm and Sunil Siddharthbhai v CIT [1985] 156 ITR 509, Addl. CIT v Mohanbhai Pamabhai [1987] 165 ITR 166, Tribuvandas G Patel v CIT [1999] 236 ITR 511, CIT v. R. Lingamullu Raghukumar [2001] 247 ITR 801 (SC) from the perspective of partners

Insertion of Section 45(4) to the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“Act”):

Section 45(4) was introduced vide Finance Act, 1987 with effect from 1 April 1988 and is as under:

“The profits or gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset by way of distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm or other association of persons or body of individuals (not being a company or a co-operative society) or otherwise, shall be chargeable to tax as the income of the firm, association or body, of the previous year in which the said transfer takes place and, for the purposes of section 48, the fair market value of the asset on the date of such transfer shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer.”

Upon insertion of section 45(4), vide Finance Act, 1987, s. 47(ii) was omitted. There was, however, no amendment made to the definition of ‘transfer’ in s. 2(47).

Explanatory Memorandum (‘EM’) to Finance Bill, 1987 explained the intent of legislature behind the insertion of section 45(4) which provided that there should be a distribution of capital asset by a firm to trigger section 45(4)2. CBDT Circular No. 495 dated 22 September 1987 explaining the provisions of the Finance Act, 1987 provided the following rationale for insertion of section 45(4):

“24.3 Conversion of partnership assets into individual assets on dissolution or otherwise also forms part of the same scheme of tax avoidance. Accordingly, the Finance Act, 1987 has inserted new sub-section (4) in section 45 of the Income-tax Act, 1961. The effect is that profits and gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset by a firm to a partner on dissolution or otherwise shall be chargeable as the firm’s income in the previous year in which the transfer took place and for the purposes of computation of capital gains the fair market value of the asset on the date of transfer shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accrued as a result of the transfer.”


2. Refer para 36 of EM to Finance Bill, 1987

Controversies arisen under section 45(4):

Insertion of section 45(4) gave rise to its fair share of controversies and resulted in litigation. By and large, prior to the SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing and Printing Mills [2022] 145 taxmann.com 151, controversies arose on interpretation of section 45(4) which were the subject matter of judicial scrutiny can be summed up as under:

  • Provisions of section 45(4) are triggered where the firm distributes capital asset on dissolution of a firm. Such will be the position even where no amendment is carried out to the definition of ‘transfer’ contained in section 2(47)3.
  • Provisions of section 45(4) are not triggered where the firm settles the retiring partner in cash including by taking into account the balance credited on revaluation of a capital asset4.
  • Provisions of section 45(4) are triggered where a firm distributes capital to a retiring partner during the subsistence of the firm. Such will be the position even where no amendment is carried out to the definition of ‘transfer’ contained in section 2(47)5.
  • However, there were two stray decisions on the subject. One is that of Madhya Pradesh HC ruling in the case of CIT v Moped and Machines [2006] 281 ITR 52 wherein HC held that to trigger section 45(4), it is essential that there must be a transfer of capital asset and in absence of an amendment to the definition of the term ‘transfer’ contained in section 2(47), there cannot be a charge under section 45(4). Second is that of Madras HC ruling in the case of National Company v ACIT [2019] 263 Taxman 511 wherein HC held that provisions of section 45(4) are not triggered where a subsisting firm distributes capital asset to a retiring partner. Strangely, Revenue has not preferred an appeal before SC against both these rulings.

3. CIT v Vijayalakshmi Metal Industries [2002] 256 ITR 540 (Madras), M/s Suvardhan v CIT [2006] 287 ITR 404 (Karnataka HC), CIT v Southern Tubes [2008] 326 ITR 216 (Kerala HC), CIT v Kumbazha Tourist Home [2010] 328 ITR 600 (Kerala HC), ITO v Pradeep Agencies [Tax Appeal No. 309 and 310 of 2004, order dated 10 December 2014] (Bombay HC)
4. CIT v R.K. Industries [Income Tax Appeal No. 773 of 2004) (Bombay HC, order dated 3 October 2007), CIT v Little & Co [Income Tax Appeal No. 4920 of 2010, order dated 1 August 2011] (Bombay HC), CIT v Dynamic Enterprises [2014] 359 ITR 83 (Karnataka Full Bench), PCIT v Electroplast Engineers [2019] 263 Taxman 120 (Bombay HC)
5. CIT v Rangavi Realtors / CIT v A N Naik & Associates [2004] 265 ITR 346 (Bombay HC)

Discussion on Bombay HC ruling in case of Rangavi Realtors (supra) and A N Naik Associates (supra):

In these two cases before Bombay HC, pursuant to a family settlement, the business carried on by the firm was distributed to the partner on retirement. The firm was reconstituted by the retirement of existing partners and the admission of new partners. One of the contentions put forth before HC by the taxpayer was whether the charge would fail under section 45(4) in absence of an amendment to section 2(47). As regards this contention, Bombay HC leaned in favour of the interpretation that section 45(4) created an effective charge without it being necessary to amend the definition of transfer in section 2(47). Relevant extracts from the Bombay HC ruling are hereunder:

“23. Considering this clause as earlier contained in section 47, it meant that the distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm, etc., were not regarded as “transfer”. The Finance Act, 1987, with effect from April 1, 1988, omitted this clause, the effect of which is that distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm would henceforth be regarded as “transfer”. Therefore, instead of amending section 2(47), the amendment was carried out by the Finance Act, 1987, by omitting section 47(ii), the result of which is that distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm would be regarded as “transfer”. Therefore, the contention that it would not amount to a transfer has to be rejected. It is now clear that when the asset is transferred to a partner, that falls within the expression “otherwise” and the rights of the other partners in that asset of the partnership are extinguished. That was also the position earlier but considering that on retirement the partner only got his share, it was held that there was no extinguishment of right. Considering the amendment, there is clearly a transfer and if, there be a transfer, it would be subject to capital gains tax.”

One more contention dealt with by the Bombay High Court was with regard to the controversy of whether the expression “otherwise” qualifies the transfer of a capital asset or whether it qualifies dissolution. Dealing with this controversy, Bombay HC observed as under:

“21. The expression “otherwise” in our opinion, has not to be read ejusdem generis with the expression, “dissolution of a firm or body or association of persons”. The expression “otherwise” has to be read with the words “transfer of capital assets” by way of distribution of capital assets. If so read, it becomes clear that even when a firm is in existence and there is a transfer of capital assets it comes within the expression “otherwise” as the object of the Amending Act was to remove the loophole which existed whereby capital gain tax was not chargeable. In our opinion, therefore, when the asset of the partnership is transferred to a retiring partner the partnership which is assessable to tax ceases to have a right or its right in the property stands extinguished in favour of the partner to whom it is transferred. If so read, it will further the object and the purpose and intent of the amendment of section 45. Once, that be the case, we will have to hold that the transfer of assets of the partnership to the retiring partners would amount to the transfer of the capital assets in the nature of capital gains and business profits which is chargeable to tax under section 45(4) of the Income-tax Act. We will, therefore, have to answer question No. 3 by holding that the word “otherwise” takes into its sweep not only cases of dissolution but also cases of subsisting partners of a partnership, transferring assets in favour of a retiring partner.”

It may be noted that against the Bombay HC ruling, taxpayers had filed SLP6 before SC and the same was granted. On grant of SLP, appeals were converted into Civil Appeals.


6. Civil Appeal No. 6255 of 2004 and Civil Appeal No. 6256 of 2004

Surprising SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra):

In the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra), SC was concerned with appeals for A.Y. 1993-94 and 1994-95. In this case, the revaluation of capital assets was carried out in A.Y. 1993-94 and corresponding credit was given to the Partners’ Capital Account (A/c). The total amount of revaluation was Rs. 17.34 crore. Amount to the extent of Rs. 20-25 lacs were withdrawn by the partners either during A.Y. 1993-94 or A.Y. 1994-95. Further, there was a conversion of the partnership firm into a company under Part IX of the Companies Act, 1956 in A.Y. 1994-95. However, not much information is available about conversion.

While concluding the assessment for A.Y. 1993-94, the assessing officer taxed the amount of Rs. 17.34 Cr. as being assessable to tax under section 45(4) by considering that the process of revaluation together with the credit of revaluation amount to the accounts of the partners attracted section 45(4) of the Act. Mumbai Tribunal [ITA No. 5998 & 5999/Mum/2002, order dated 26 October 2006] and Bombay HC [[2013] 219 Taxman 91 (Mag.)] deleted the additions on the ground that in the absence of distribution of capital asset to a partner, section 45(4) was not triggered. SC, however, upheld the addition made under section 45(4) for AY 1993-94 and thereby restored the order of the assessing officer. Relevant extracts from SC ruling at para 7.5 are as under:

“7.5 In the present case, the assets of the partnership firm were revalued to increase the value by an amount of Rs. 17.34 crores on 01.01.1993 (relevant to A.Y. 1993-1994) and the revalued amount was credited to the accounts of the partners in their profit-sharing ratio and the credit of the assets’ revaluation amount to the capital accounts of the partners can be said to be in effect distribution of the assets valued at Rs. 17.34 crores to the partners and that during the years, some new partners came to be inducted by introduction of small amounts of capital ranging between Rs. 2.5 to 4.5 lakhs and the said newly inducted partners had huge credits to their capital accounts immediately after joining the partnership, which amount was available to the partners for withdrawal and in fact some of the partners withdrew the amount credited in their capital accounts. Therefore, the assets so revalued and the credit into the capital accounts of the respective partners can be said to be “transfer” and which fall in the category of “OTHERWISE” and therefore, the provision of Section 45(4) inserted by Finance Act, 1987 w.e.f. 01.04.1988 shall be applicable”

In terms of the SC ruling revaluation of capital asset coupled with credit of such amount to Partners’ Capital A/c would ‘in effect’ result in the distribution of asset and such can be considered as ‘transfer’ under the category ‘otherwise’. Consequently, provisions of section 45(4) are triggered.

Considering the rationale of the SC ruling, provisions of erstwhile section 45(4) are triggered merely on the revaluation of a capital asset even where the actual distribution of that asset has not taken place.

Questions to ponder on post SC ruling in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra):

  • Explanatory Memorandum (EM) to the Finance Bill, 1987 and CBDT Circular No. 495 require the distribution of a capital asset to trigger provisions of section 45(4). Accordingly, can it be suggested that the SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) (which neither refers to EM to Finance Bill, 1987 nor CBDT Circular) is against the Legislative intent and thereby not laying down the correct law? It may be noted that Circulars are binding on Court. Once SC has interpreted the law, such interpretation becomes binding and if such interpretation is against the EM/Circular, such EM/Circular may not be regarded as placing correct interpretation of the law – refer the SC rulings in the cases of CCE v. Ratan Melting & Wire Industries [2008] 17 STT 103, and ACIT v Ahmedabad Urban Development Authority [2022] 143 taxmann.com 278.
  • At para 7.6 of the ruling in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra), SC has completely agreed with the Bombay HC ruling in the case of A N Naik Associates (supra). To reiterate, the Bombay HC ruling was delivered in the factual background that the firm had transferred capital asset (business undertaking) in favour of a retiring partner. If one refers to various observations from Bombay HC ruling in case of A N Naik Associates (supra), it has been held that transfer of capital asset by a firm to its partner results in the extinguishment of a capital asset and hence there is a transfer which falls within the term ‘otherwise’. Absent distribution of capital asset by firm (as it was in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra)), there cannot be transfer. In view of the same, there is a conflict between para 7.5 and 7.6 of SC ruling which is irreconcilable.
  • Whether revaluation of stock-in-trade may also trigger section 45(4) in the light of the SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra)? Taxability of stock in trade is not governed by the capital gains chapter and section 45(4) cannot be triggered on revaluation of stock in trade. Further, the head of income ‘Profits and gains from business or profession’ does not contain a provision similar to section 45(4) and hence no amount can be brought to tax under the head ‘Profits and gains from business or profession’. Additionally, one may rely on the SC ruling in the case of Chainrup Sampatram v CIT [1953] 24 ITR 581 to urge that valuation of stock cannot be ‘source of profit’ and hence revaluation of stock in trade cannot trigger section 45(4).
  • Whether the revaluation of a capital asset which is credited to Revaluation Reserve A/c (and not to Partner’s Capital A/c) triggers section 45(4) in the light of SC ruling in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra)? At para 7.5 of SC ruling, it is held that revaluation of capital asset coupled with credit to Partners’ A/c is regarded as ‘in effect’ distribution of a capital asset. Absent credit to Partners’ A/c, there is, arguably, no distribution of capital asset and hence section 45(4) is not triggered.
  • In view of SC ruling Mansukh Dyeing (supra), where a firm carries out ‘downward revaluation’ (i.e., devaluation) of a capital asset and the same is debited to Partners’ Capital A/c, can capital loss be granted to the firm? Arguably, when section 45(4) refers to profits or gains, it includes losses – see CIT v Harprasad & Co (P) Ltd. [1975] 99 ITR 118 (SC), CIT v Sati Oil Udyog Ltd. [2015] 372 ITR 746 (SC). Accordingly, downward revaluation coupled with a debit to Partner’s Capital A/c results in an effective distribution of a capital asset for section 45(4) per ratio of SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra). The capital loss so computed is incurred by the firm.
  • Consider a case where the firm carries out revaluation of a capital asset and credits the same to Partners’ Capital A/c which resulted in the trigger of section 45(4). In view of the SC ruling in Mansukh Dyeing (supra), as and when a firm transfers a capital asset to a third party, whether capital gains arise in the hands of a firm? If yes, whether amount considered in computing gains under section 45(4) be allowed as the cost of acquisition? Though not free from doubt, the firm may contend that once the distribution of capital asset has taken place, no capital gains arise on the transfer of capital asset to a third party. In case capital gain is again taxed in the hands of the firm, arguably, the amount considered in computing under section 45(4) shall be available as a cost to the firm. Any other view will result in double taxation, and such cannot be an intent of the Legislature – see Escorts Ltd. v Union of India [1993] 199 ITR 43 (SC), CIT v Hico Products (P) Ltd [2001] 247 ITR 797 (SC).
  • Consider a case where Mr. A, Mr. B and Mr. C are partners of a partnership firm. Mr. C decides to retire from the firm. No revaluation of partnership asset is carried out in the books of the partnership firm. However, the partnership deed provides that the outgoing partner’s dues shall be settled at fair value. An independent valuer carries out the valuation of partnership assets and thereby determines the share of Mr. C in the partnership. The amount determined to be payable to Mr. C is more than the amount standing in his Capital A/c. Accordingly, the excess amount (difference between the fair value of Mr. C’s share in partnership and the amount standing in the capital A/c of Mr. C) is debited to continuing partners’ capital A/c (capital A/cs of Mr. A, and Mr. B) and credited to Mr. C’s capital A/c. Further, Mr. C retires by withdrawing cash from the partnership firm. In such a case, even post SC ruling in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra), in absence of revaluation of capital asset in the books of accounts coupled with no credit to the retiring Partner’s Capital A/c, it is arguable that provisions of section 45(4) are not triggered.

Does SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) suffer from ‘per incuriam’?

As mentioned above, assesses have filed SLP before the SC against the Bombay HC ruling in the case of Rangavi Realtors (supra) and A N Naik Associates (supra), and the same have been granted.

In the case of M/s Suvardhan v. CIT [2006] 287 ITR 404, the Karnataka HC upheld that the charge under section 45(4) would be attracted to a case of distribution of a capital asset by the partnership firm on its dissolution. HC rejected assessee’s argument that a charge would fail in absence of an amendment to the definition of ‘transfer’ contained in section 2(47). While concluding, Karnataka HC relied on the Bombay HC decision in the case of A.N. Naik Associates (supra) on the scope of section 45(4). While rendering the decision, Karnataka HC made the following observations:

“A reading of the said provision would show that the profits or gains arising from transfer of capital assets by way of distribution of capital assets on dissolution of a firm shall be chargeable to tax as income of the firm in the light of transfer that has taken place. Transfer has been defined under section 2(47) of the Act. What is contended before us that if section 2(47) read with section 45(4), there is no transfer at all, and if there is any transfer, it is not by the assessee but by the retiring partner. Therefore, according to Sri Parthasarathi, orders are bad in law. To consider this aspect of the matter, we have to notice section 47 of the Income-tax Act. Section 47 is a special provision which would say as to which are the transactions not regarded as transfer. A reading of the said section 47 of the Act would show that several transactions were considered as no-transfer for the purpose of section 45 of the Act.

On the other hand, as rightly pointed out by Sri Seshachala, learned counsel for the Department, a similar question was considered by the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT v. A.N. Naik Associates [2004] 265 ITR 3462. In the said judgment, Bombay High Court has noticed the effect of Act of 1987. After noticing, the Bombay High Court has ruled that section 45 of the Income-tax Act is a charging section. Bombay High Court further ruled that:

“…From a reading of sub-section (4) to attract capital gains tax what would be required would be as under: (1) transfer of capital asset by way of distribution of capital assets: (a) on account of dissolution of a firm; (b) or other association of persons; (c) or body of individuals; (d) or otherwise; the gains shall be chargeable to tax as the income of the firm, association, or body of persons. The expression ‘otherwise’ has to be read with the words ‘transfer of capital assets’. If so read, it becomes clear that even when a firm is in existence and there is a transfer of capital assets it comes within the expression ‘otherwise’. The word ‘otherwise’ takes into its sweep not only cases of dissolution but also cases of subsisting partners of a partnership, transferring assets to a retiring partner….” (p. 347)

Bombay High Court has noticed section 2(47) and thereafter ruled reading as under:

“…The Finance Act, 1987, with effect from April 1, 1988, omitted this clause, instead of amending section 2(47), the effect of which is that distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm would be regarded as transfer….” (p. 347)

9. We are in respectful agreement with the judgment of the Bombay High Court. When the Parliament in its wisdom has chosen to remove a provision, which provided ‘no transfer’, there is no need for any further amendment to section 2(47) of the Act as argued before us. In our view, despite no amendment to section 2(47), in the light of removal of Clause (ii) to section 47, transaction certainly would call for tax at the hands of the authorities.”

Further, in the case of Davangere Maganur Bassappa v ITO [2010] 325 ITR 139, Karnataka HC was concerned with a case where the taxpayer firm was dissolved, and assets of the firm were distributed to partners. The taxpayer firm contended that no capital gains were triggered in the hands of the firm. Karnataka HC, relying on its earlier ruling in the case of M/s Suvardhan (supra), held that the taxpayer firm was liable to pay capital gains tax under section 45(4).

Against the Karnataka HC in the case of M/s Suvardhan (supra), Special Leave to Petition (SLP) was preferred by the taxpayer before SC7. SC granted Special Leave Petition, vide order dated 5 January 2007, on the ground that SLP has already been granted in the case of A N Naik (supra) and the Karnataka HC relied upon the Bombay HC ruling in the case of A N Naik Associates (supra) while passing the order. Similarly, against the Karnataka HC in the case of Davangere Maganur Bassappa (supra), the taxpayer filed SLP before SC8. SC granted SLP, vide order dated 29 March 2010, on the ground that SLP was granted in the case of M/s Suvardhan (supra). On granting the SLP, both the appeals in case of M/s Suvardhan and Davangere Maganur Bassappa were converted into Civil Appeal No. 98/2007 and 2961/2010 respectively before SC.


7. SLP (Civil) No. 21078 of 2006
8. SLP (Civil) No. 8446 of 2010

Post grant of SLP, four cases viz. Rangavi Realtors (supra), A N Naik Associates (supra), M/s Suvardhan (supra) and Davangere Maganur Bassappa (supra) were placed before Three Judge Bench. Taxpayers in the cases of Rangavi Realtors (supra) and A N Naik Associates (supra) withdrew their appeals and consequently, Civil Appeals were dismissed. Hence, no ratio was laid down by Court in their cases. In the cases of M/s Suvardhan (supra) and Davangere Maganur Bassappa (supra), SC dismissed the Civil Appeals without assigning any specific reasons. It must be noted that M/s Suvardhan (supra) and Davangere Maganur Bassappa (supra) do not deal with the mere dismissal of SLP. In these cases SLPs were granted, but resultant Civil Appeals were dismissed. Considering the same, one may rely on the following observations from SC ruling in the case of Kunhayammad v State of Kerala [2000] 245 ITR 360 (as approved by Khoday Distilleries Ltd. v. Sri Mahadeshwara Sahakara Sakkare Karkhane Ltd. [2019] 4 SCC 376) to contend that once the order is passed by SC, doctrine of merger is applicable, and order of HC becomes the order of SC.

“Once a special leave petition has been granted, the doors for the exercise of appellate jurisdiction of this Court have been let open. The order impugned before the Supreme Court becomes an order appealed against. Any order passed thereafter would be an appellate order and would attract the applicability of doctrine of merger. It would not make a difference whether the order is one of reversal or of modification or of dismissal affirming the order appealed against. It would also not make any difference if the order is a speaking or non- speaking one. Whenever this Court has felt inclined to apply its mind to the merits of the order put in issue before it though it may be inclined to affirm the same, it is customary with this Court to grant leave to appeal and thereafter dismiss the appeal itself (and not merely the petition for special leave) though at times the orders granting leave to appeal and dismissing the appeal are contained in the same order and at times the orders are quite brief. Nevertheless, the order shows the exercise of appellate jurisdiction and therein the merits of the order impugned having been subjected to judicial scrutiny of this Court

We may look at the issue from another angle. The Supreme Court cannot and does not reverse or modify the decree or order appealed against while deciding a petition for special leave to appeal. What is impugned before the Supreme Court can be reversed or modified only after granting leave to appeal and then assuming appellate jurisdiction over it. If the order impugned before the Supreme Court cannot be reversed or modified at the SLP stage obviously that order cannot also be affirmed at the SLP stage.”

Relying on the above, one may contend that order passed by Karnataka HC in the cases of M/s Suvardhan (supra) and Davangere Maganur Bassappa (supra) achieved finality and thereby order passed by Karnataka HC stood merged with order of SC. Judicial discipline requires that the decision of a Larger Bench must be followed by Bench with a lower quorum – refer to Union of India v Raghubir Singh (Dead) [1989] 2 SCC 754 (Constitution Bench) and Trimurthi Fragrances (P) Ltd. v Govt. of NCT of Delhi [TS-729-SC-2022] (Constitution Bench). Accordingly, a question that may arise is whether observations made by Karnataka HC as regards the requirement of transfer of a capital asset by way of distribution of capital assets to trigger provisions of section 45(4) are approved by SC? If yes, since the earlier ruling was rendered by Three Judges’ Bench, will the same not become binding on a Two Judge Bench in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra)? Further, will it mean that the ruling rendered in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) without referring to a Larger Bench ruling in the case of M/s Suvardhan (supra) and hence suffers from ‘per incuriam’?

Since we are purely treading on a legal issue, one shall remain guided by Senior Counsel.

Is there a possibility that SC may examine/re-examine the ratio laid down in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) in near future?

In the case of Hemlata S Shetty v ACIT [ITA No.1514/Mum/2010 and ITA No. 6513/Mum/2011, order dated 1 December 2015), Mumbai Tribunal was concerned with a case of money received by a partner on his retirement from the firm. In this case, the taxpayer had contributed Rs. 52.5 lacs as capital on being admitted as a partner on 16 September 2005. Subsequently, the partnership firm acquired immovable property in 2006 which was held as stock in trade and not as capital asset. From the facts, it appears that, immediately, post-acquisition of immovable property, revaluation was carried out and revaluation was credited to Partner’s Capital A/c. On 27 March 2006, the taxpayer retired from the partnership firm and received a sum of Rs. 30.88 Crores. The source of money for the discharge of the amount payable to the partner on his retirement was not known. Tax authorities sought to bring the difference between the amount received on retirement and the amount contributed by the tax taxpayer as capital gains. Tribunal, relying on various judicial precedents, held that the amount received on the retirement of a partner does not result in transfer and hence no capital gains are chargeable in the hands of the taxpayer. Against the Tribunal ruling, Revenue preferred an appeal before Bombay HC [reported in PCIT v Hemlata S Shetty [2019] 262 Taxman 324]. Bombay HC held that the amount received by the partner on retirement is not taxable in her hands and further held that capital gains liability (if any) can arise in the hands of the partnership firm.

Against the Bombay HC ruling, Revenue preferred SLP before SC – [SLP (C) No. 21474/2019]. This matter came up for hearing before SC on 10 November 2022. While hearing the matter, Counsels appearing for parties informed SC that a similar matter was heard by a co-ordinate bench [SLP (Civil) No. 3099/2014 – which is a matter of Mansukh Dyeing (supra)]. Accordingly, the case of Hemlata S Shetty before SC was parked in view of the pendency of the final Judgement of Mansukh Dyeing (supra). As the SC has, now, delivered the ruling in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra), it is likely that SC may refer to the ruling while disposing of SLP in the case of Hemlata S. Shetty (supra) which is scheduled to be heard on 15 February 2023. Interested parties may keep a close watch on this proceeding before SC.

Whether ratio laid down by SC in case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) has bearing on section 9B and / or substituted section 45(4)?

Vide Finance Act, 2021, with effect from AY 2021-22, section 9B was inserted and section 45(4) was substituted. Section 9B(1) provides that where a specified person (partner) receives a capital asset or stock in trade in connection with the dissolution or reconstitution of a specified entity (firm) then the firm shall be deemed to have transferred capital asset or stock in trade to partner. Substituted provisions of section 45(4) are triggered where a specified person (partner) receives during the previous year any money or capital asset or both from a specified entity in connection with the reconstitution of such specified entity.

An important question that may arise is that under the new regime where revaluation of capital asset and/or stock in trade is carried out and same is credited to Partner’s Capital / Current A/c, provisions of section 9B or section 45(4) are triggered9? In terms of SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) may urge that on revaluation of capital asset coupled with credit to Partner’s capital A/c is regarded as transfer. Relying on the SC ruling, tax authorities may urge that once there is a transfer of a capital asset, the asset cannot remain in a vacuum. The recipient of an asset has to exist, and the partner can only be the recipient. Accordingly, on revaluation, there is effective receipt of capital asset/stock in trade by a partner which triggers provisions of section 9B. Since section 45(4) is also triggered on a receipt basis, for similar reasons, there is a trigger of substituted section 45(4) also.


9. For the purpose of present analysis, we have proceeded on the assumption that revaluation and credit to the account of partners’ is along with reconstitution or dissolution of firm. It may be noted that mere revaluation of asset which is not coupled with reconstitution / dissolution, there is neither trigger of section 45(4) nor section 9B

For the following reasons, in view of author, revaluation of capital asset/stock in trade and credit to partner’s capital account does not trigger section 9B and section 45(4).

  • The dictionary meaning of the term ‘receipt’ means ‘to take into possession’, ‘conferred’, ‘have delivered’, ‘given’, ‘paid’, ‘take in’, ‘hold’ etc. On revaluation of capital asset and/or stock in trade, revalued asset remains within the coffers of a firm, and it is not the possession of the partner or conferred/given / paid to the partner. Absent receipt by the partner, there is no trigger of section 9B.
  • Section 9B and substituted section 45(4) are worded differently from erstwhile section 45(4). Under the old provision, in terms of sequence, distribution had to follow, and such distribution was deemed to be a transfer. In the amended provision, in terms of sequence, there should be a receipt of an asset by a partner and such receipt will be considered to be a transfer. Hence, before alleging that there is a transfer, there is an onus to establish that there is a receipt of an asset by the partners. The onus is to first establish that the act of revaluation results automatically in a receipt. The expression “distribution” does not appear in section 9B / 45(4). SC ruling in the case of Mansukh Dyeing (supra) that revaluation could amount to distribution cannot be applied in a case where there is no reference to the expression “distribution”.
  • Section 45(5)(b) uses the term ‘received’ for the purpose of taxing the enhanced compensation received on compulsory acquisition of an asset. In the context of section 45(5), reference may be made to the Karnataka HC ruling in the case of CCIT v Smt. Shantavva [2004] 267 ITR 67. In this case, the taxpayer received the amount of enhanced compensation in pursuance of an interim order which was subject to a final order. HC held that the amount received pursuant to the interim order cannot be considered as amount received for the purpose of section 45(5)(b). HC held that, ‘received’ shall mean ‘receipts of the amount pursuant to a vested right or enforceable decree’. In case of revaluation of an asset, the partner does not get any vested / binding right to demand the asset from the firm. During the subsistence of a firm, what all partners can demand is their share of profit and nothing beyond that. Additionally, as held by SC in the case of Sunil Siddharthbhai v CIT [1985] 156 ITR 509, the value of the partnership interest depends upon the future transactions of the partnership and the value of the partnership interest may diminish in value depending on accumulating liabilities and losses with a fall in the prosperity of the partnership firm. Accordingly, artificial credit on revaluation cannot be considered as a receipt in the hands of partners.
  • Where a partner receives any capital asset or stock in trade from the firm in connection with dissolution or reconstitution, section 9B(1) creates a fiction that there is deemed transfer of a capital asset or stock in trade by the firm to partner. Perhaps the fiction is created to overcome the past SC rulings10 wherein it was held that the distribution of an asset by the firm to its partners does not result in any transfer. The opening para of section 9B(2) provides that any profits and gains arising from deemed transfer shall be an income of the firm. Section 9B(2) creates a charge of income in the hands of the firm. In order to create a charge in the hands of the firm, there shall be profits and gains in the hands of the firm – see opening para of section 9B(2). There is no fiction created under section 9B to provide that deemed transfer results in deemed profits or deemed gains in the hands of firm. It is a well-settled principle that deeming fiction shall be construed strictly and cannot be extended beyond the purpose for which it is created – see State Bank of India v D. Hanumantha Rao [1998] 6 SCC 183 (SC), CIT v V S Dempo Company Ltd. [2016] 387 ITR 354 (SC). Accordingly, to trigger section 9B(2) there shall be commercial profits or gains. On mere revaluation, no profits or gains are derived by the firm – see CIT v Hind Construction Ltd. [1972] 83 ITR 211, Sanjeev Woollen Mills v CIT [2005] 279 ITR 434 (SC). The firm stands where it was. Further, it is a well-settled principle that one cannot earn income out of oneself – see Sir Kikabhai Premchand v CIT [1953] 24 ITR 506 (SC). Accordingly, it may also be urged that the firm cannot earn profits or gains out of itself to trigger provisions of section 9B(2).
  • On close scrutiny, a charge under section 45(4) is triggered where any profits and gains arising from the receipt of a capital asset or money in the hands of a partner. Section 45(4) seems to deem two aspects (a) profits and gains arising from receipt of a capital asset or money in the hands of a partner as income of the firm and (b) year of taxation to be the year of receipt of a capital asset or stock in trade. Like, section 9B, section 45(4) does not deem that receipt of a capital asset or money results in profits or gains in the hands of a partner. Accordingly, to trigger section 45(4) there shall be commercial profits or gains. Mere revaluation of the asset of the firm and credit to the account of the partner does not result in any commercial profits or gains in the hands of a partner. Partners’ interest in the firm remains the same with or without revaluation. The economic wealth of the partner would depend upon the inherent value of his share in the firm irrespective of whether revaluation is carried out or not. Mere revaluation cannot change the economic wealth or standing of a partner. Even where the partner was to assign his stake in the firm to a third party, he would have derived the same value, which he would derive irrespective of whether the revaluation of an asset was carried out by the firm or not. Absent commercial profit or gains, provisions of section 45(4) cannot be triggered.
  • Mere revaluation of an asset, even when there is no reconstitution will automatically result in the receipt of assets by partners without attracting any charge in absence of dissolution or reconstitution. Having already received the asset at some stage, there would be no further receipt possible in as much as the same asset cannot be received twice.

10. Dewas Cine Corporation (supra), Malabar Fisheries Co (supra)

Reopening of Assessments under section 147 with effect from 1st April 2021

1. INTRODUCTION

The law applicable to the reopening of assessments is enshrined in sections 147 to 151. That law was changed by the Finance Act 2021 with effect from 1st April 2021.

The objective for the change is explained in the Explanatory Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill 2021:

There is a need to completely reform the system of assessment or reassessment or re-computation of income escaping assessment and the assessment of search related cases. The Bill proposes a completely new procedure of assessment of such cases. It is expected that the new system would result in less litigation and would provide ease of doing business to taxpayers.

This Article discusses –

(i) Change in the law of reopening of assessments by the Finance Act 2021 with effect from 1st April 2021.

(ii) The consequences of the aforesaid change in the law.

(iii) Judgement of Hon. Supreme Court in UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (2022) 444 ITR 1 (SC)

(iv) How should the assessee reply to notices issued by the Assessing Officer under section 148A(b)?

(v) When should the assessee challenge, in a Writ Petition before the High Court, the order passed by the Assessing Officer under section 148A(d) as well as the notice issued by the Assessing Officer under section 148?

2. CHANGE IN LAW WITH EFFECT FROM 1ST APRIL 2021

With effect from 1st April 2021 the Finance Act 2021 changed the law applicable to reopening of assessments under section 147 read with sections 148 to 151. The New Scheme of reopening is based on the procedure laid down by the Hon. Supreme Court in GKN Driveshaft (India) Ltd vs ITO1 . In that case the Hon. Supreme Court held that on issuance of the notice under the erstwhile section 148 the assessee should file a return of income in response to such notice and seek reasons recorded by the Assessing Officer (AO) for issuing such notice. The AO is bound to furnish reasons to the assessee within a reasonable time. On receipt of the reasons, the assessee is entitled to file objections to the issuance of notice under section, 148 and the AO is bound to dispose of the objections by passing a speaking order. Only after following this procedure, the AO could proceed with the reassessment. This procedure, prescribed by the Hon. Supreme Court under the Old Law (applicable up to 31st March 2021), has now been incorporated in the New Law (applicable from 1st April 2021).


1. (2003) 259 ITR 19 (SC)

3. COMPARISON OF THE LAW

APPLICABLE UP TO 31ST MARCH 2021 (OLD LAW) AND THE LAW APPLICABLE FROM 1ST APRIL 2021 (NEW LAW)

The salient features of the Old Law and the New Law are highlighted in the table below –

Section Old
Law up to
31st
March, 2021
New
Law from
1st
April, 2021 inserted by Finance Act, 2021
147: Income escaping assessment •  Under the Old Law, before initiating
proceedings to reopen the assessment, the Assessing Officer (AO) had to
record ‘reasons to believe’ that income had escaped assessment.•  On the basis of those reasons, the AO was
required to form a belief that there is escapement of income and therefore
action is required under section 147.
•  Under the New Law, section 147 does not use
the phrase reason to believe that any income has escaped assessment but
rather states if any income has escaped assessment.•  So, now the reason to believe that any
income has escaped assessment is not necessary.•  Rather there is a requirement of having
prescribed information (as defined in Explanation 1 to
    section 1482) suggesting that
income has escaped assessment.
148 (2): Issue of notice where income
has escaped assessment
•  Under the old section 148 the AO was only
required to record reasons for reopening before issuing notice under section
148.•  Courts interpreted the phrase ‘reason to
believe’ to lay down several legal principles to prevent abuse of power by
the AO. [Refer CIT vs Kelvinator of India Limited (2010) 320 ITR 561
(SC)].
•  New section 148 provides that no notice can
be issued unless there is information (as defined in Explanation 1 to section
1483) which suggests that income has escaped assessment.
Explanation 1 to Section 148 Did
not exist under the Old Law
•  Under the New Law the AO can issue a notice
under section 148 only when the AO has information which suggests that the
income has escaped assessment.•  The statutory definition of ‘information
which suggests that the income has escaped assessment’ is provided in
Explanation 1 to section 1484.Note: In Explanation 1 to section 148 any
information flagged in the case of the assessee for the relevant assessment
year in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board
from time to time – this means information received by the AO from the Insight
Portal
of the Department.
Explanation 2 to Section 148 Did
not exist under the Old Law
•  Explanation 2 to section 148 lays down that
in cases of search, survey and requisition, initiated or made on or after 1st
April 2021, the AO shall be deemed to have information which suggests that
income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.•  So, in cases of search, survey and
requisition, NO information as defined in Explanation 1 to section 148 is
required by the AO to issue notice under section 148.
148A: Conducting inquiry and providing
opportunity before issue of notice under section 148
Did
not exist under the Old Law
•  Under the New Law before issuing notice
under section 148 the AO has to follow the procedure prescribed under section
148A and pass an order under section 148A (d).Thus, under section 148A, the AO has to –(1)
Conduct enquiry with respect to information which suggests that income
chargeable  to tax has escaped
assessment. Such enquiry is to be conducted with the prior approval of the
Specified Authority as prescribed in section 151. [Section 148A (a)]
(2)
Issue a notice upon the assessee to show cause why notice under
section 148 should not be issued on basis of information which suggests that
income chargeable  to tax has escaped
assessment and enquiry conducted under section 148A (a). The AO must provide time
of minimum 7 days
and
maximum 30 days to the assessee to respond to the show-cause notice.This
provision provides opportunity of being heard to the assessee before issue of
notice under section 148. 
[Section 148A (b)](3)
Consider the reply

of the assessee to the show-cause notice. [Section 148A (c)](4)
Decide
on
the basis of material available on record and reply of the assessee by
passing an order within one month of the assessee’s reply whether or not it
is a fit case for issuing notice under section 148 with the prior approval of
the Specified Authority as prescribed in section 151.The
AO has to consider the reply of the assessee, in response to the show-cause
notice under section  148A (b), before
passing an order under section 148A (d).

[Section 148A (d)]
149 (1): Time limit for issuing notice
under section 148
Under the Old Law –

•  General cases: 4 years

•  Where income escaping assessment more than 1
lakh: 6 years

•  Where there was undisclosed Foreign Asset
(including Financial Interest): 16 years.

Under the New Law –

•  General cases: 3 years

•  Where likely escapement of income in the
form of asset/expense/entry is more than Rs. 50 lakhs: 10 years

[the
term “asset” is defined in the Explanation to section 149 (1)5]

•  No separate category for undisclosed Foreign
Asset

151: Sanction for issue of notice •  If four years have elapsed from the end of
the relevant assessment year,
•  If three years or less than three years have
elapsed from the end of the relevant
    then the AO had to take approval/sanction
of PCCIT or CCIT or PCIT or CIT for issuing notice under section 148.•  If less than four years have elapsed from
the end of the relevant assessment year, then the AO himself had to be a
JCIT. Otherwise, the AO had to take approval/sanction of JCIT for issuing
notice under section 148.
assessment
year, then the AO has to take approval/sanction of PCIT or PDIT or CIT or DIT
for the purposes of conducting enquiries, issuing show-cause notice and
passing order under section 148A, and for issuing notice under section 148.•  If, however, more than three years have
elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year, then the AO has to take
approval/sanction of PCCIT or PDGIT or CCIT or DGIT for the aforesaid
purposes.

2. For statutory definition of the phrase ‘information which suggests that the income has escaped assessment’ please refer to Point 7.2 of Para 7
3. Ibid
4. Ibid
5. For discussion on the condition term ‘likely escapement of income in the form of asset/expense/entry is more than 50 lakhs’ please refer to Point 7.3 of Para 7

4. TIME LIMIT FOR COMPLETING THE REASSESSMENT UNDER THE NEW LAW

Section 153 (2): No order of assessment, reassessment or recomputation shall be made under section 147 after the expiry of nine months from the end of the financial year in which the notice under section 148 was served:

Provided that where the notice under section 148 is served on or after the 1st day of April, 2019, the provisions of this sub-section shall have an effect, as if for the words “nine months”, the words “twelve months” had been substituted.

5. JUDGMENT OF HON. SUPREME COURT IN UOI VS ASHISH AGARWAL (2022) 444 ITR 1 (SC)

  • Following the CBDT clarification by way of Explanations to the Notifications dated 31st March, 2021 and 27th April, 2021 issued under The Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 (TOLA), the AOs across the Country issued several reassessment notices under section 148 as per the Old Law even after 1st April 2021 (not complying with the procedural safeguards introduced in New Law by the Finance Act 2021).
  • This raised an interesting question: Whether, in view of TOLA, the Old Law or the New Law should apply to 148 notices issued from 1st April 2021 to 30th June 2021?
  • On Writ Petitions filed by the assessee, the High Courts of Allahabad6, Delhi7, Rajasthan8, Calcutta9, Madras10, and Bombay11, over the course of several decisions, quashed the 148 notices issued by the AOs from 1st April 2021 to 30th June 2021 under the Old Law. The High Courts held that once the Finance Act 2021 came into force on 1st April 2021, the Old Law ceased to exist and the same could not be revived through a Notification of the CBDT under TOLA.
  • The Department filed appeals before the Hon. Supreme Court against the common judgment of the Allahabad High Court in Ashok Kumar Agarwal vs Union of India12 (which directed the quashing of 148 notices issued from 1st April 2021 to 30th June 2021).
  • In UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra) the Hon. Supreme Court favourably allowed the Department’s appeals.
  • The Hon. Supreme Court held –
  • We are in complete agreement with the view taken by the various High Courts in holding that the New Law should apply on or after 1st April 2021 for reopening of even the past assessment years.
  • However, at the same time, the judgments of several High Courts would result in no reassessment proceedings at all, even if the same is permissible under the Finance Act 2021 and as per amended sections 147 to 151 of the IT Act. The Revenue cannot be made remediless and the object and purpose of reassessment proceedings cannot be frustrated.
  • Thus, the Hon. Supreme Court allowed an opportunity to the Department to continue with the reassessment proceedings initiated under the Old Law by following the procedure prescribed under the New Law.
  • The CBDT issued Instruction No. 01/2022, Dated 11th May 2022 interpreting the Judgement of Hon. Supreme Court in UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra) and issuing instructions to the AOs for completion of the reopened assessments.

6. Ashok Kumar Agarwal vs UOI [2021] 439 ITR 1 (Allahabad HC)
7. Man Mohan Kohli vs ACIT [2022] 441 ITR 207 (Delhi HC)
8. Bpip Infra Pvt. Ltd. vs Income Tax Officer & Others [2021] 133 taxmann.com 48 (Rajasthan HC); Sudesh Taneja vs ITO [2022] 135 taxmann.com 5 (Rajasthan HC)
9. Manoj Jain vs UOI [2022] 134 taxmann.com 173 (Calcutta HC)
10. Vellore Institute of Technology vs CBDT 2022] 135 taxmann.com 285 (Madras HC)
11. Tata Communications Transformation Services vs ACIT [2022] 137 taxmann.com 2 (Bombay HC)
12. 2021] 439 ITR 1 (Allahabad HC)

The AOs passed order under section 148A (d) after ostensibly considering replies of the assessee to notice under section 148A (b), in accordance with the Judgement of Hon. Supreme Court in UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra). However, in several cases such replies were not properly considered by the AOs.

Due to defects in the order passed by the AOs under section 148A (d) the assessees have filed Writ Petitions before various High Courts challenging the order passed by the AOs under section 148A (d) as well as the notice issued by the AOs under section 148.

These Writ Petitions are yet to be disposed of by the High Courts.

This has given rise to the second round of litigation as in view of the assessee the Department has failed to give effect to judgment of Hon. Supreme Court in UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra) in the right spirit.

6. THE JUDGMENT OF THE HON. SUPREME COURT IN UOI VS ASHISH AGARWAL (SUPRA) AND THE CBDT INSTRUCTION NO. 01/2022, DATED 11TH MAY 2022 ARE NOW NOT RELEVANT

The judgment of the Hon. Supreme Court in UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra) and the CBDT Instruction No. 01/2022, Dated 11th May 2022 were applicable to notices under section 148 issued by the AOs during the period 1st April 2021 to 30th June 2021. But for notices issued under section 148A (b), and under section 148, from 1st July 2021 onwards the judgment of the Hon. Supreme Court in UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra) and the CBDT Instruction No. 01/2022, dated 11th May 2022 are no longer relevant. For notices issued 1st July 2021 onwards we need to, without relying on UOI vs Ashish Agarwal (supra) and the CBDT Instruction No. 01/2022, dated 11th May 2022, check (action points related to new notices are discussed below) whether the notices meet the requirements of the New Law.

The action points related to new notices issued by the AOs under section 148, under the New Law, are discussed below.

7. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO IF YOU NOW RECEIVE NOTICE UNDER SECTION 148A (B) UNDER THE NEW LAW?

Reassessment notices issued under section 148 on or after 1st July 2022 have to be as per the New Law. So, before issuing notice under section 148 under the New Law notice under section 148A (b) must first be issued by the AO.

Upon receipt of notice under section 148A (b), you must check the following points.

Point 7.1: Whether the Notice is pertaining to AY 2016-17 and subsequent years?

Although, under the New Law, the Department can reopen assessments up to ten years from the end of the relevant assessment year, by virtue of the first Proviso to the new section 149 –

No notice under section 148 shall be issued at any time in a case for the relevant assessment year beginning on or before 1st day of April, 2021, if a notice under section 148 could not have been issued at that time on account of being beyond the time limit specified under the provisions of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of this section as it stood immediately before the commencement of the Finance Act 2021.

By virtue of this Proviso, reopening of assessment for any assessment year prior to AY 2016-17 would be time-barred and bad in law. That is because under the Old Law assessment could be reopened up to six years where the income escaping assessment was one lakh rupees or more (and where there was no undisclosed Foreign Asset). For AY 2015-16 and earlier years more than six years have already elapsed on 31st March 2022. So, under the New Law, the notices under section 148 read with section 148A (b) have to be now in relation to AY 2016-17 and later years.

Point 7.2: Whether the information provided by the AO along with the Notice under section 148A (b) suggest that income has escaped assessment?

Explanation 1 to Section 148 defines ‘information which suggests that income has escaped assessment’. We should check whether the information provided by the AO along with the notice under section 148A (b) meets the said definition.

Explanation 1 to section 148

For the purposes of this section and section 148A, the information with the Assessing Officer which suggests that the income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment means –

(i) any information in the case of the assessee for the relevant assessment year in accordance with the risk management strategy formulated by the Board from time to time; or

[Note: Information in accordance with the ‘risk management strategy formulated by the Board’ means information available on the Insight Portal of the Department and received by the AO from the Insight Portal.]

(ii) any audit objection to the effect that the assessment in the case of the assessee for the relevant assessment year has not been made in accordance with the provisions of this Act; or

(iii) any information received under an agreement referred to in section 90 or section 90A of the Act; or

(iv) any information made available to the Assessing Officer under the scheme notified under section 135A;
or

(v) any information which requires action in consequence of the order of a Tribunal or a Court.

Point 7.3: Whether the concerned AY is within 3 years, or beyond 3 years (but within 10 years) from the end of the relevant assessment year sought to be reopened?

As per section 149 (1), no notice under section 148 shall be issued beyond three years from the end of the relevant assessment year unless the AO has in his or her possession books of account or other documents or evidence which reveal that the income chargeable to tax is represented in the form of:

(a) an asset,

(b) expenditure in respect of a transaction or in relation to an event or occasion; or

(c) an entry or entries in the books of account,
and the amount of income which has escaped assessment amounts to or likely to amount to fifty lakh rupees or more.

As per Explanation to section 149(1), “asset” shall include immovable property, being land or building or both, shares and securities, loans and advances and deposits in bank account.

Further, as per section 149 (1A), where the income chargeable to tax represented in the form of an asset or expenditure has escaped assessment, and the investment in such asset or expenditure, in relation to an event or occasion, has been made or incurred, in more than one previous year relevant to the relevant assessment years, notice under section 148 shall be issued for every such assessment year.

Point 7.4: Whether the Notice is issued with the prior approval of the Specified Authority as laid down in section 151?

Sanctioning Authority under section 151 is –

(i) Where three or less than three years have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year: Principal Commissioner or Principal Director or Commissioner or Director

(ii) Where more than three years have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year: Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General or Chief Commissioner or Director General

Sanction by an unauthorized authority would render the approval bad in law. When the statue authorizes a specific officer to accord approval for issuing notice under section 148, then it is for that officer only, to accord approval and not for any other officer even superior in rank13.


13. (i) CIT (Central-1) vs Aquatic Remedies (P.) Ltd. [2020] 113 taxmann.com 451 (SC); (ii) Ghanshyam K Khabrani vs ACIT 2012 (3) TMI 266 (Bombay HC); (iii) Reliable Finhold Ltd vs Union of India [2015] 54 taxman.com 318 (Allahabad HC); (iv) Dr. Shashi Kant Garg vs CIT (2006) 285 ITR 158 / [2006] 152 Taxman 308 (Allahabad HC); (v) Sardar Balbir Singh vs Income Tax Officer [2015] 61 taxmann.com 320 (ITAT Lucknow)

Point 7.5: Whether sanction is obtained by the AO prior to issuance of Notice?

The AO must bring on record documents to demonstrate that he or she had obtained the sanction of the appropriate authority before issuing notice under section 148 or 148A. If the AO issues the notice for reopening the assessment before obtaining the sanction, the reopening proceeding is void ab initio.

Point 7.6: Whether a period of at least seven days has been provided to the assessee to respond to the Notice?

There have been instances where less than seven days have been given to the assessee to respond to the notice issued under section 148A (b). This results in a violation of the procedure laid down by law.

Violation of the Principles of Natural Justice is not a curable defect in appeal14. Lack of opportunity before the AO cannot be rectified by the Appellate Authority by giving such opportunity.


14 Tin Box Co. vs CIT (2001) 249 ITR 216 (SC)

7A Raise objections in reply to the Notice, file a robust reply, and seek an opportunity of a personal hearing.

On checking the notice under section 148A (b), if you find any defects and shortcomings highlighted above, you must raise objections to the notice in your reply. Further, you should file a detailed submission on the merits of your case and ask the AO to provide an opportunity of a personal hearing before the AO passes the order under section 148A (d). Filing of robust submission at the first stage i.e., reply to notice under section 148A (b) will help the assessee before the High Court (in case of a Writ Petition) or in appellate proceedings subsequent to completion of reassessment proceedings.

8. WHAT SHOULD YOU DO WHEN YOU NOW RECEIVE AN ORDER UNDER SECTION 148A (D) ALONG WITH NOTICE UNDER SECTION 148 UNDER THE NEW LAW?

On the basis of material available on record, including the reply of the assessee, the AO has to pass an order under section 148A (d), with the prior approval of the Specified Authority, within one month from the end of the month in which the reply of the assessee is received by the AO.

Upon receipt of an order under section 148A (d) you must check the following points.
Point

8.1: Whether Notice under section 148 has been served along with the Order under section 148A(d)

As per amended section 148 of the Act, under the New Law, the AO has to serve a notice under section 148 along with a copy of the order passed under section 148A (d).

Point 8.2: Whether in the order passed under section 148A (d) the AO has recorded a finding of income escaping assessment on the basis of “information” which suggests that income has escaped assessment?

When no finding of escapement of income is recorded in the order passed under section 148A (d) on basis of “information” as defined in Explanation 1 to section 148, but on some other ground, then the order under section 148A (d) will be invalid.

The Hon’ble Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs Jet Airways (I) Ltd15 held, under the Old Law, that if after issuing a notice under section 148 of the Act, the AO accepts the contention of the assessee and holds that income, for which he had initially formed a reason to believe had escaped assessment, has, as a matter of fact, not escaped assessment, it is not open to him to independently assess some other income; if he intends to do so, a fresh notice under section 148 of the Act would be necessary, the legality of which would be tested in event of a challenge by the assessee.


15. [2011] 331 ITR 236 (Bombay HC)

Point 8.3: Whether the AO has passed a detailed speaking Order under section 148A(d) after considering the reply of the assessee?

It is a well-settled law that the AO has to pass a speaking order disposing of the objections of the assessee. If the order is without dealing with the contentions and issues raised by the assessee in its reply to the notice under section 148A(b), then such an order would not be in accordance with the law. Such an order can be challenged in Writ Petition before the High Court.

Point 8.4: Whether the Order passed by the AO has the sanction of the Specified Authority?

Please refer to Point 7.4 above.

Point 8.5: Whether the Order is passed by the AO within one month?

The AO must pass an order under section 148A (d) within one month from the end of the month in which the reply of the assessee, in response to the notice under section 148A(b), is received by the AO.

Where the order under section 148A(d) is passed after a period of one month, such an order would be considered time barred and bad in law. Such an order can be challenged in Writ Petition before the High Court.

Point 8.6: Whether the information on the basis of which assessment is reopened was furnished to the AO during the original assessment?

[Please refer to Paragraph 5. Power to Review and Change of Opinion above]

Point 8.7: Whether your case is a search or search-related case?

No notice under section 148A is required for search cases, search-connected matters, cases where information has been obtained pursuant to a search, and cases where information has been received under section 135A of the Act.

Point 8.8: Whether the AO has followed the procedure prescribed under section 148A in a survey case?

As stated above in Point 13, Section 148A will not be attracted in certain cases, including search cases. Further, Explanation 2 to Sec. 148 lays down that in cases of search, survey and requisition, initiated or made on or after 1st April 2021, the AO shall be deemed to have information that suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. So, in cases of search, survey, and requisition, no information as defined in Explanation 1 to Sec. 148 is required by the AO to issue a notice under section 148.

However, the due procedure prescribed under section 148A needs to be followed in section 133A survey cases before issuing notice under section 148 – please refer to the Proviso to Section 148.

Therefore, in survey cases, section 148A of the Act is attracted and the AO has to issue a notice under section 148A (b) and pass an order under section 148A (d) in survey cases.

Point 8.9: Whether Opportunity of a personal hearing has been granted?

If the assessee asks for a personal hearing in response to the notice issued under section 148A (b), then the AO must grant the opportunity of a personal hearing. If the AO has not granted the opportunity of personal hearing despite the assessee asking for it, then the principle of natural justice is vitiated.

8A Filing Return of Income

Pursuant to the order under section 148A(d), the AO shall serve the assessee with a notice under section 148 asking the assessee to file the return of Income. In response, the assessee should file a return of income. The assessee can challenge the order under section 148A(d) as well as the notice under section 148, by filing a Writ Petition before the High Court, either before or after the filing of the return of income in response to notice under section 148. Filing of return of income does not cause any prejudice to the filing of Writ Petition.

Note: Penalty – As per section 270A(2)(c) of the Act, a person shall be considered to have under-reported his income, if the income reassessed is greater than the income assessed or reassessed immediately before such reassessment. Therefore, disclosing of income in the return in compliance with section 148 of the Act may not help during penalty proceedings.

9. When should you file a Writ Petition before the High Court?

Where you find, while checking Points 1 to 15 mentioned above, that there is any lapse or violation, then you can file a Writ Petition on receipt of the notice under section 148 of the Act along with an Order under section 148A(d) of the Act.

You may, however, note that a Writ Petition before the High Court, under Article 226 of the Constitution of India, is different from an appeal before the High Court under section 260A of the Act. One cannot file the Writ Petition in a routine manner when an alternative remedy is available.

If you choose not to file a Writ Petition but to go ahead with the reassessment (under the Faceless Assessment Regime), then you will have to go for the regular route of appeal to CIT (Appeals), ITAT, High Court and Supreme Court.

10 CONCLUSION

The New Law mandates that the AO shall carry out the procedure prescribed under section 148A before issuing a notice under section 148. Only after carrying out that procedure (conducting an enquiry, issuing a show-cause notice, considering the assessee’s reply to the show-cause notice and passing a speaking order whether it is a fit case for issuing notice under section 148) the AO can issue a notice under section 148 and reopen an assessment.

Further, the AO must have in his or her possession ‘information which suggests that income has escaped assessment’ as defined in Explanation 1 to section 148. Without such statutorily defined information, the AO cannot issue a notice under section 148 and reopen an assessment.

Also, if more than three years have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year then the AO can issue notice under section 148 only when the AO has in his or her possession books of account or other documents or evidence which reveal that the income chargeable to tax, represented in the form of (i) an asset (immovable property, being land or building or both, shares and securities, loans and advances and deposits in bank account); or (ii) expenditure in respect of a transaction or in relation to an event or occasion; or (iii) an entry or entries in the books of account, which has escaped assessment amounts to or is likely to amount to fifty lakh rupees or more.

For passing an order under section 148A (d) the AO has to obtain prior sanction or approval of appropriate authority specified in section 151.

The assessee should take note of these changes and check that the statutory procedure is followed by the AO for reopening the assessment. If the AO fails to follow such procedure, and if there are shortcomings and defects in the show-cause notice issued by the AO under section 148A (b) and in the order passed by the AO under section 148A (d), then the assessee should challenge the notice issued by the AO under section 148, by filing a Writ Petition before the High Court.

Let us hope that the AOs follow the new procedure in the right spirit so that unnecessary reopening of past assessments is prevented, and the taxpayers are spared the brunt of costly litigation.

Corpus Donations – Recent Developments

INTRODUCTION

The taxation of charitable trusts has been the subject matter of discussions among professionals, in various fora. Tax issues of charitable and religious trusts, which evoked limited interest earlier, have attained significant importance. In the past two or three decades, charitable trusts which were treated with indulgence by the administrators, and lenience by the judicial fora, are looked upon with a certain degree of suspicion. A major reason for this is the use of charitable trusts as vehicles of tax planning. This has resulted in a number of legislative amendments, both procedural and substantive, culminating with the two recent decisions of the Supreme Court in October 2022.

Income of charitable trusts enjoys exemption on the basis of application thereof, subject to various conditions enshrined in the law. Some of these conditions, particularly the one as regards application, do not apply to contributions received by such institutions as “Corpus.” It is for this reason that this term has been the subject matter of legislative and judicial examination.

This article intends to examine the provisions of the Income Tax Act (hereinafter referred to as the Act), in regard to various issues governing the receipt of contributions to the corpus, their investment, utilisation and the tax impact of various actions concerning these aspects.

MEANING OF THE TERM CORPUS/RELEVANT PROVISIONS IN THE ACT

The term is not defined in the act or any other tax statute. The word corpus is based on the Latin word “body”, indicating a degree of permanence or long-lasting form. In common parlance, the word corpus means a principal or capital sum as opposed to income or revenue.

The following provisions of the Act that are relevant in the context of “corpus” are discussed below:

(a) Section 2(24) (iia)

(iia) voluntary contributions received by a trust created wholly or partly for charitable or religious purposes or by an institution established wholly or partly for such purposes or by an association or institution referred to in clause (21) or clause (23), or by a fund or trust or institution referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or by any university or other educational institution referred to in sub-clause (iiiad) or sub-clause (vi) or by any hospital or other institution referred to in sub-clause (iiiae) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 or by an electoral trust.

The above is the definition as it stands today. The definition underwent an amendment by the Direct Tax Laws (Amendment) Act 1987 with effect from 1st April 1989 which added the following words “not being contributions made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus of the trust or institution”. These words were deleted by the Direct Tax Laws Amendment Act 1989 with effect from the same date.

CORPUS DONATIONS WHETHER A CAPITAL RECEIPT?

Whether a corpus donation can partake the character of income or whether it is of a capital nature has been the subject matter of judicial scrutiny.

The definition inserted by the Finance Act, 1972 with effect from 1st April 1973 gave legislative support to the proposition that a donation towards the corpus would be capital in nature and therefore need not be tested for exemption u/s 11. As mentioned earlier, the definition underwent an amendment from 1st April, 1989 and the definition as it stands today treats all voluntary contributions, whether with a specific direction or otherwise, as income. Many tribunal decisions have even after the amendment taken a view that the receipt of a corpus donation is of a capital nature, and therefore not exigible to tax irrespective of application /investment thereof. {ITO (Exemptions) Ward 2 Pune vs Serum Institute of India Research foundation 169 ITD 271 (Pune)} and {Bank of India Retired Employees Medical assistance Trust 96 taxmann.com 274 (Mum)}. A similar view has been taken by the Delhi High Court in the case of Director Income Tax vs. Basanti Devi & Shri Chakhan Lal Garg Education Trust 77 CCH 1213 (Del). Shri Nani Palkhivala, in his commentary “The law & Practice of Income Tax” has also taken the view that the mere fact of amendment of section 2(24) by Direct Tax Laws (Amendment) Act 1987 does not change the situation that such donations are capital receipts. The decisions referred to above hold that since the receipt is a capital receipt, even if a charitable institution is not registered u/s 12A, the same is not liable to tax. There are certain contrary decisions as well. {Veeravel Trust vs ITO 129 taxmann.com 358 (Chennai)}. If one takes a view that corpus donations are capital in nature, they will fall outside the ambit of income. Therefore, once the identity of the donor is established and the fact that it is with a specific direction that it is towards corpus is established, the receipt need not be tested for exemption for it will fall outside the scope of sections 4 and 5. Section 11(1)(d) will then have to be treated as having been enacted only for abundant caution.

CORPUS DONATION EXEMPT INCOME – THE OTHER VIEW

While section 11(1)(d), treats corpus donations as income, section 12 (1) provides as follows

12.(1) Any voluntary contributions received by a trust created wholly for charitable or religious purposes or by an institution established wholly for such purposes (not being contributions made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus of the trust or institution) shall for the purposes of section 11 be deemed to be income derived from property held under trust wholly for charitable or religious purposes and the provisions of that section and section 13 shall apply accordingly.”

In R.B.Shreeram Religious and Charitable Trust 172 ITR 373, the Bombay High Court held that voluntary contributions other than those with a specific direction that they shall form corpus of the trust would be in the nature of income even without the amendment to section 2 (24), which came into force from 1st April, 1972. This decision was approved by the Supreme Court in 233 ITR 53. How does one reconcile section 2(24)(iia), (post amendment in 1989) section 11(1)(d) and section 12(1)? A conservative interpretation would be that all voluntary contributions are in the nature of income. Sections 11 to 13 are virtually a code in themselves. Once a trust is entitled to the benefit of sections 11 and 12 having obtained registration u/s 12A, corpus donations would be exempt subject to the compliance of the conditions provided. If the trust is not registered u/s 12A, such corpus donations would not enjoy exemption. Once one accepts the power of the legislature to define income, even corpus donations which are voluntary contributions received by a charitable or religious institution will have to be treated as income. Considering the current status of jurisprudence, the author is of the view that it may be appropriate to take the more conservative view.

While trusts which are registered u/s 12A will enjoy exemption in respect of corpus donations, subject to conditions which we will analyse later in the article, those not so registered will have to meet the challenge of section 56(2)(x) as well. Voluntary contributions of property without consideration will be chargeable under the head ?income from other sources’. However, section 56 will come into play only if the receipt is in the nature of “income”. If one is able to establish that the receipt is capital in nature, section 56 itself will not trigger.

(b) Section 11(1)(d)

11. (1) Subject to the provisions of sections 60 to 63, the following income shall not be included in the total income of the previous year of the person in receipt of the income—

(d) income in the form of voluntary contributions made with a specific direction that they shall form part of the corpus of the trust or institution [subject to the condition that such voluntary contributions are invested or deposited in one or more of the forms or modes specified in sub-section (5) maintained specifically for such corpus].

The words “subject to the condition that such voluntary contributions are invested or deposited in one or more of the forms or modes specified in sub-section (5) maintained specifically for such corpus” as appearing in the above definition have been inserted by Finance Act, 2021 w.e.f. 1st April, 1922.

WHEN WILL A DONATION BE TREATED AS A CORPUS DONATION

Section 11(1)(d), reproduced above lays down that the following conditions that need to be satisfied:

(1)    the contribution is voluntary

(2)    it is made with a specific direction that it shall form part of the corpus

(3)    the said contribution is invested or deposited in one or more of the forms or modes specified in subsection (5), maintained specifically for such corpus

The words “specific direction” have been the subject matter of controversy. The real question is whether such a direction can be inferred from conduct of the donor and other attendant circumstances, or it has to be in writing.

It needs to be appreciated that a corpus donation, to enjoy exemption, does not require an application at all, at any point in time. It has therefore a hallowed status, in ascertaining the quantum of exemption to which the assessee trust is entitled. From the A.Y. 2022-23, apart from the specific direction of the donor, what has to be established is that the voluntary contribution is invested in modes u/s 11(5), maintained specifically for the said purpose.

The specific direction referred to in the provision must emanate from the donor. Merely the issue of receipt by the donee, stating that the voluntary contribution has been received towards the corpus would not be sufficient, though there are certain rulings in the assessee’s favour in that context. Further, since the said specific direction should be capable of verification by the assessing authority while granting the exemption u/s 11(1)(d), it must be in writing and must be from an identified donor.

In a particular case it was urged that where two boxes, one without any writing/description and the other labelled as “corpus donations”, were placed before a deity, the action of the donor placing his offerings in the corpus box as in preference to the other one which had no description should be treated as a specific direction. The tribunal did not accept the proposition. {Shri Digamber Naya Mandir vs ADIT 70 ITD 121 (Cal)}. The author is of the view, that such a direction based on circumstantial evidence would not be sufficient to treat the said donation as a corpus donation as the donor was not capable of identification and consequently his direction was also not verifiable. The Karnataka High Court in DIT vs Ramakrishna Seva Ashram 357 ITR 731, did take a view that the law does not provide that specific direction should be in writing and that the conduct of the trust and attendant circumstances should suffice to establish that the donation is a corpus donation. With utmost respect, it is difficult to accept that in the current scene of jurisprudence in regard to charitable trusts, this decision will hold the field. It would be advisable to tread with circumspection, and in the absence of a direction in writing, there would be a heavy burden on the trust to establish that attendant circumstances are so compelling that the donation cannot be anything other than a corpus donation.

The question of whether such a contribution should be tested for it being an anonymous donation in terms of section 115BBC will depend on whether the receiving trust is charitable, charitable and religious, or purely religious, as well as the quantum thereof. However, since anonymous donations are not the subject matter of this article, that is not being discussed here.

The law requires only a specific direction that the voluntary contribution should form part of the corpus. There is no requirement or condition that the donor should specify the purpose for which the donation is to be spent or utilised. {JCIT Vs Bhaktavatsalam Memorial Trust 54 taxmann.com 248 (Chennai)} Obviously the purpose must fall within the objects of the institution for if it does not fulfill that parameter, both the receipt and the utilisation would violate the charter of the trust itself. It is however not necessary that the purpose has to be utilisation for a capital expenditure though normally that is what is contemplated. The nomenclature of the corpus also does not matter. For example, contributions to building funds would satisfy the contribution being towards the corpus.

Another issue that often arises is whether if the corpus is invested and interest is earned, does such interest partake the character of the corpus itself? In other words, would the direction extend to the accretion by way of interest or other return on investment during the period that the corpus remains unutilised? Corpus donations have a hallowed status in the taxation of charitable trusts. Therefore, unless the intent of the donor is to cover such interest or return on investment, the specific direction would not apply to such interest or return. It would be the income of the institution and entitled to exemption on the basis of application. If, however, there is a specific direction by the donor to the effect that the interest would partake the character of his contribution during the period that it remains unutilised then it must be added to the corpus. {CIT (Exemptions)vs Mata Amrithanandmayi Math 85 taxmann.com 261(Ker), SLP rejected by the Supreme Court in 94 taxmann.com 82}

An interesting question that arises whether, if the trustees do not adhere to the conditions stipulated by the donor, what would be the effect? In the absence of any specific provision in that regard, it is difficult to treat the amount in respect of which the infringement arises as “income”. {CIT vs Sri Durga Nimishamba Trust 18 taxmann.com 173 (Kar)} The consequences of such infringement, which may arise under other statutes is a separate matter altogether. For example, the trustees may be liable for an action under the Maharashtra Public Trusts Act for having violated the directions of the donor. In fact, the Income Tax Act contemplates utilisation of the corpus for the other objects of the trust. This will be apparent from an analysis of explanation 4 to section 11(1), which appears later in this article.

The Finance Act, 2021 added another condition from A.Y. 2022-23. The amendment requires the corpus donation to be invested in modes specified u/s 11(5), maintained specifically for that purpose. A number of issues arise on account of this amendment. These are:

(a)    since the donation has to be “invested” does the law contemplate spending only the interest or income accrued thereon or can the corpus itself be spent?

(b)    What is the position in regard to the corpus donations received prior to the amendment coming into force and which have already been partially / fully utilised

(c)    what is the time gap between the receipt of the contribution within which the investment has to be made?

Since the amendment imposes a condition for claim of exemption, it would apply only prospectively, and ought not to affect corpus donations received in a period prior to the coming into force of the amendment.

In view of the author, the law does not bar on the spending of the corpus as long as the same is as per the directions of the donor. In fact, a corpus can also be spent for revenue purposes. {ITO vs Abhilash Kumari Public Charitable Trust 28 TTJ 523(Del)}. Therefore, the mandate to invest the amount would apply only to that amount that remains unspent after a reasonable lapse of time from the receipt of the corpus donation. To apply the law reasonably and harmoniously, it would be advisable to maintain a separate bank account in which corpus donations could be deposited. One view of the matter is that as long as the investments in the modes specified in section 11(5) are equal to or more than the unspent corpus donations, the condition is complied with. However, that may not satisfy the words “maintained specifically for such corpus”. The intent seems to be that the corpus donation is invested in identified earmarked investments. Obviously, there would be a time gap between the receipt and the actual investment. The words “maintained specifically for such corpus” seem to indicate the requirement of a specific action by the trust to comply with the mandate. Ideally, the satisfaction of the mandate should be tested at the commencement and at the end of the previous year. If the earmarked investments are equal to or more than the unspent corpus donations the law should be treated as having been complied with.

While it is true that the law does not require utilisation of a corpus, if it remains unutilised and invested for long periods without any foreseeable plan of trustees to utilise the same, it is possible that a trust is visited with some penal/adversarial action, say revocation of 10(23C) recognition or cancellation of 12A registration. It must be remembered that, while interpreting an exemption provision, a purposive interpretation has to be made. While unspent corpus contributions for valid reasons should not result in any adverse consequences, trustees would do well to remember that the absence of a requirement to utilise does not give them a carte blanche to keep the money invested without utilisation for charitable objects.

(c) Explanation 2 to section 11(1)

Explanation 2.—Any amount credited or paid, out of income referred to in clause (a) or clause (b) read with Explanation 1,  to any fund or trust or institution or any university or other educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or sub-clause (vi) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 or other trust or institution registered under section 12AA  or section 12AB, as the case may be, being contribution with a specific direction that it shall form part of the corpus], *shall not be treated as application of income for charitable or religious purposes.

• Emphasis Supplied

The law contemplates an exemption of income to the extent of application. It is probably for this purpose that the lawmakers have provided that, donations to another trust with the direction that the same shall form corpus of the donee trust, shall not be treated as application of income by the donor.

This amendment is in consonance with the spirit of the section. In the absence of this explanation, it would have been possible for the donor trust to receive voluntary contributions for which the donor may enjoy tax relief u/s 80G. Such contributions could then be contributed/donated to another trust towards its corpus. In the hands of the donor trust, the requirement of application would be satisfied while in the hands of the donee trust, there is no condition that the receipt would have to be utilised for charitable objects. This would then frustrate the grant of the exemption itself.

(d) Explanation 3A to Section 11(1)

Explanation 3A.—For the purposes of this sub-section, where the property held under a trust or institution includes any temple, mosque, gurdwara, church or other place notified under clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 80G, any sum received by such trust or institution as voluntary contribution for the purpose of renovation or repair of such temple, mosque, gurdwara, church or other place, may, at its option, be treated by such trust or institution as forming part of the corpus of the trust or the institution, subject to the condition that the trust or the institution,—

(a)    applies such corpus only for the purpose for which the voluntary contribution was made;

(b)    does not apply such corpus for making contribution or donation to any person;

(c)    maintains such corpus as separately identifiable; and

(d)    invests or deposits such corpus in the forms and modes specified under sub-section (5) of section 11.

(e) Explanation 4 to section 11(1)

[Explanation 4.— For the purposes of determining the amount of application under clause (a) or clause (b),—

(i)  application for charitable or religious purposes from the corpus as referred to in clause (d) of this sub-section, shall not be treated as application of income for charitable or religious purposes:

Provided that the amount not so treated as application, or part thereof, shall be treated as application for charitable or religious purposes in the previous year in which the amount, or part thereof, is invested or deposited back, into one or more of the forms or modes specified in sub-section (5) maintained specifically for such corpus, from the income of that year and to the extent of such investment or deposit;

This explanation has probably been inserted to take care of situations where notified religious places are undergoing reconstruction or major renovation. Trusts which carry out these projects of reconstruction/renovation may not find it feasible to spend or apply the donations within a period of five years, which is the maximum time for which income other than corpus donations can be accumulated. {Section 11(2)}. In the absence of this provision, the unutilised or unapplied donations would have been the subject matter of tax on the conclusion of five years from the year in which the contributions were received. This explanation takes care of this difficulty, and such religious institutions would be able to undertake long-term projects of renovation / reconstruction.

(e) Explanation 4

The scheme of the exemption u/s 10(23C) and section 11 is that income of a charitable/religious institution to the extent that it is applied for the objects enjoys exemption. An accumulation without fetter to the extent of 15 per cent, and an accumulation beyond that subject to certain conditions {for a period of five years in terms of section 11(2)}, is what is permissible. The exception to this requirement of application is in regard to corpus donations which are entirely exempt under section 11(1)(d), as corpus donations. Since such donations enjoy a blanket exemption, their utilisation cannot be claimed as application against other income. There were certain judicial rulings which had held that such a claim was possible. {JCIT vs Divya Jyoti Trust Tejas Eye Hospital 137 taxmann.com 472 (Ahd)} These rulings were clearly against the intent of the law. At the same time, there is no specific consequence provided for the utilisation of a corpus donation for the other objects of the trust. (Objects other than those specified by the corpus donor). In fact, a charitable institution may face a situation where, in the absence of non-corpus voluntary contributions, it would have to dip into its corpus fund to take care of a rainy day. This situation was faced by many institutions during the Covid -19 period.

The explanation inserted from A.Y. 2022-23, takes care of such eventualities. It provides that any expenditure from corpus donations, would not be treated as application. This would result in a depletion of the corpus fund itself. Consequently, in a subsequent year, in which regular voluntary contributions received are utilised for restoring the corpus, such restoration is to be treated as application of income. This is a welcome provision and takes care of unintended difficulties which a trust would otherwise have to face.

CONCLUSION

The subject of corpus donations is an interesting subject. They have a special place in the law in as much as while being included as income, they have no restriction as to the period of utilisation. They therefore operate as a mode through which, charitable trusts can undertake long-term projects without any risk of their exemption being affected. While accounting for, investing and utilising corpus donations, all the stakeholders of charitable institutions must ensure that they adhere to the spirit of the law and not only its letter. If this happens, probably the manner in which charitable trusts are perceived by the lawmakers and the administrators of the law will undergo a change.

Immunity from Penalty for Under-Reporting and from Initiation of Proceedings for Prosecution – Section 270AA

BACKGROUND
With a view to introduce objectivity, clarity and certainty, the Finance Bill, 2016 proposed a levy of penalty for under-reporting of income in lieu of penalty for concealment of particulars of income or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income. W.e.f. Assessment Year 2017-18, in respect of additions which are made to total income, penalty is leviable u/s 270A if there is under-reporting of income.

Under section 270A, penalty is levied at 50 per cent of tax for under-reporting of income and at 200 per cent of tax for under-reporting in consequence of misreporting. Of course, levy of penalty u/s 270A has to be in accordance with the provisions of section 270A.

Section 276C, providing for prosecution for wilful attempt to evade tax, etc., has been amended by the Finance Act, 2016 w.e.f. 1st April, 2017 to cover a situation where a person under-reports his income and tax on under-reported income exceeds Rs. 2,500,000.

Since, provisions of section 270A are enacted in a manner that in most cases, where there is an addition to the total income, penalty proceedings u/s 270A will certainly be initiated and barring situations covered by sub-section (6) of section 270A, penalty will also be levied. The Legislature, with a view to avoid litigation, has simultaneously introduced section 270AA to provide for grant of immunity from penalty u/s 270A and from initiation of proceedings u/s 276C and section 276CC.

IMMUNITY GRANTED BY SECTION 270AA

The Finance Act, 2016 has, w.e.f. 1st April, 2017, introduced section 270AA, which provides for immunity. The Delhi High Court in Schneider Electric South East Asia (HQ) Pte. Ltd. vs. ACIT [WP(C) 5111/2022; Order dated 28th March, 2022, has held that the avowed legislative intent of section 270AA is to encourage/incentivize a taxpayer to (i) fast-track settlement of issue, (ii) recover tax demand; and (iii) reduce protracted litigation.

Section 270AA achieves this objective by granting immunity from penalty u/s 270A and from initiation of proceedings u/s 276C and section 276CC, in case the assessee chooses not to prefer an appeal to CIT(A) against the order of assessment or reassessment u/s 143(3) or 147, as the case may be, and also pays the amount of tax along with interest within the period mentioned in the notice of demand.

Section 270AA has six sub-sections. It has not been amended since its introduction.

In this article, for brevity sake,

i) ‘immunity from imposition of penalty u/s 270A and initiation of proceedings u/s 276C or section 276CC’ is referred to as ‘IP&IPP’;

ii) an application by the assessee made u/s 270AA(1) for grant of IP&IPP is referred to as ‘application u/s 270AA’;

iii) the order of assessment or reassessment u/s 143(3) or 147, as the case may be, in which the proceedings for imposition of penalty u/s 270A are initiated and qua which immunity is sought by an assessee is referred to as ‘the relevant assessment order’;

iv) under-reporting in consequence of misreporting or under-reporting in circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9) of section 270A is referred to as ‘misreporting’; and

v)    Income-tax Act, 1961 has been referred to as ‘Act’.


BRIEF OVERVIEW OF SECTION 270AA
An assessee may make an application, for grant of IP&IPP, to the AO, if the assessee cumulatively satisfies the following conditions –

(a)    the tax and interest payable as per the order of assessment or reassessment u/s 143(3) or section 147, as the case may be, has been paid;

(b)    such tax and interest has been paid within the period specified in such notice of demand;

(c)    no appeal against the relevant assessment order has been filed. [Sub-section (1)]

The application for grant of IP&IPP needs to be made within a period of one month from the end of the month in which the relevant assessment order has been received. The application is to be made in the prescribed form i.e. Form No. 68 and needs to be verified in the manner stated in Rule 129. [Sub-section (2)]

The AO shall grant immunity if all the conditions specified in sub-section (1) are satisfied and if the proceedings for penalty have not been initiated in circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9). However, such an immunity shall be granted only after expiry of the time period for filing of appeal as mentioned in section 249(2)(b) [i.e. time for filing an appeal to the CIT(A) against the relevant assessment order] [sub-section (3)]

Within a period of one month from the end of the month in which the application is received by him, the AO shall pass an order accepting or rejecting such application. Order rejecting application shall be passed only after the assessee has been given an opportunity of being heard. [sub-section (4)]

The order made under sub-section (4) shall be final. [Sub-section (5)]

Where an order is passed under sub-section (4) accepting the application, neither an appeal to CIT(A) u/s 246A, nor the revision application u/s 264 shall be admissible against the relevant assessment order. [sub-section (6)]

SCOPE OF IMMUNITY
The immunity granted u/s 270AA is from imposition of penalty u/s 270AA and for initiation of proceedings u/s 276C or section 276CC.

Immunity granted u/s 270AA will be only for IP&IPP and not from imposition of penalty under other sections such as 271AAB, 271AAC, etc., though penalty under such other provisions may be initiated in the relevant assessment order itself.


CONDITIONS PRECEDENT FOR APPLICABILITY OF SECTION 270AA
An application u/s 270AA can be made only upon cumulative satisfaction of the conditions mentioned in sub-section (1) – see conditions mentioned at (a) to (c) in the para captioned `Brief overview of section 270AA’.

Sub-section (1) does not debar or prohibit an assessee from making an application even when penalty has been initiated for misreporting.

The application for immunity can be made only if the proceedings for imposition of penalty u/s 270A have been initiated through an order of assessment or reassessment u/s 143(3) or section 147, as the case may be, of the Act.

In a case where an assessment is made u/s 143(3) pursuant to the directions of DRP, it would still be an assessment u/s 143(3) and therefore an assessee will be entitled to make an application u/s 270AA.

In a case where search is initiated after 31st March, 2021, assessment of total income will be vide an order passed u/s 147 of the Act and therefore, it would be possible to make an application u/s 270AA in such cases.

Orders passed u/s 143(3) r.w.s. 254; section 143(3) r.w.s. 260;  143(3) r.w.s. 263 and 143(3) r.w.s. 264 which result in an increase in quantum of assessed income/reduction in amount of assessed loss and consequential initiation of proceedings u/s 270A, upon assessments being set aside by revisional / appellate authority as also orders passed to give effect to the directions of appellate authorities, will also qualify for making an application for grant of immunity u/s 270AA.  The following reasons may be considered to support this proposition –

i)     Sections 143, 144 and 147 are the only sections under which an assessment can be made;

ii)    Section 270AA refers to `order of assessment’ and not ‘order of regular assessment’;

iii)     The Bombay High Court has in Caltex Oil Refining (India) Ltd. vs. CIT [(1975) 202 ITR 375], held that “For these reasons, the impugned order of assessment passed by the ITO pursuant to the directions of the appellate authorities with a view to giving effect to the directions contained therein was an order of assessment within the meaning of section 143 or section 144 ….”

iv)    The Madras High Court in Rayon Traders (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO [(1980) 126 ITR 135] has held that “An order passed by the ITO to give effect to an appellate order would itself be an order under section 143(3).”

v)    Where the appellate authority’s order necessitates a re-computation e.g., when it holds that a particular receipt is not income from business but is a capital gain, the AO has to pass an order under this section (refers to section 143) making a proper calculation and issue a notice of demand [Law & Practice of Income-tax, 11th Edition by Arvind P. Datar; Volume II – page 2521 commentary on section 143];

vi)    The order itself mentions that it is passed u/s 143(3) though it is followed by ‘read with …..’;

vii)    Contextual interpretation requires that these orders would be regarded as ‘order of assessment u/s 143(3)’ for the purpose of section 270AA;

There can be hardly any arguments against the above stated proposition except contending that it is an order passed u/s 143(3) read with some other provision.

To avoid any litigation on this issue and to achieve the avowed object with which section 270AA is enacted, it is advisable that the matter be clarified by the Board.

An interesting issue will arise in cases where an assessment made u/s 143(3) without making any addition to returned income is sought to be revised for rectifying a mistake apparent on record after giving notice to the assessee and such rectification results in an increase in assessed income and also initiation of proceedings for levy of penalty u/s 270A. In such a case while the penalty is initiated in the course of rectification proceedings, the assessment is still u/s 143(3), and all that the order passed u/s 154 does is to change the amount of total income assessed u/s 143(3) by rectifying the mistake therein and consequently the amount of tax and interest payable will also undergo a change and a fresh notice of demand will be issued. It appears that the assessee, in such a case also, will be entitled to make an application for grant of immunity u/s 270AA if the assessee pays the amount of tax and interest as per the notice of demand issued along with order passed u/s 154 and such tax and interest is paid within the time mentioned in such notice of demand and the assessee does not prefer an appeal against the addition made via an order passed u/s 154. It is submitted that it would not be proper to deny the immunity on the ground that the proceedings for imposition of penalty have been initiated via an order which is not passed u/s 143(3) or section 147. The language of sub-section (1) is that ‘the tax and interest payable as per the order of assessment under section 143(3) has been paid within the period specified in the notice of demand’. The tax and interest payable pursuant to an order passed u/s 154 only rectifies the amount of tax and interest payable computed in the order of assessment u/s 143(3). Even going by the avowed intent of the legislature it appears that an application in such cases should be maintainable. In a case where the assessment made u/s 143(3) by making additions to returned income is sought to be rectified and against such assessment the assessee had applied for and was granted immunity, it appears that the assessee will be entitled to immunity since, as has been mentioned, order u/s 154 only amends the amount of assessed income in the assessment order passed u/s 143(3). However, if against the assessment u/s 143(3) the assessee had preferred an appeal to CIT(A) and such an assessment is rectified by passing an order u/s 154 the assessee may not qualify for making an application u/s 270AA.

The application for grant of immunity cannot be made where the proceedings for levy of penalty u/s 270A have been initiated by CIT(A) or CIT or PCIT.

Normally, the time period granted to pay the demand is thirty days. However, if the time mentioned in the notice of demand is less than thirty days, then the amount of tax and interest payable as per notice of demand will have to be paid within such shorter period as is mentioned in the notice of demand if the assessee desires to make an application for grant of IP&IPP.

If there is an apparent mistake in the calculation of the amount mentioned in the notice of demand accompanying the relevant assessment order, the assessee may choose to make an application for rectification u/s 154 of the Act. In the event that the rectification application is not disposed of before the expiry of the time period within which the application for grant of IP&IPP needs to be made, then the assessee will have to make the payment of amount demanded (though incorrect in his opinion) since pendency of rectification application cannot be taken up as a plea for making an application u/s 270AA(1) for grant of IP&IPP beyond the period mentioned in section 270AA(1).

It is not the requirement for making an application u/s 270AA that there should necessarily be some amount of tax and interest payable as per the relevant assessment order. Therefore, even in cases where the amount of demand as per the relevant assessment order is Nil (e.g. loss cases), subject to satisfaction of other conditions, an assessee can make an application u/s 270AA.

The CBDT has clarified that an immunity application by the assessee will not amount to acquiescence of the issue under consideration, for earlier years where a similar issue may have been raised and may be litigated by the assessee, and authorities will not take any adverse view in the prior year/s – Circular No. 5 of 2018, dated 16th August, 2018.


TIME WITHIN WHICH APPLICATION NEEDS TO BE MADE
The application for grant of immunity needs to be made within a period of one month from the end of the month in which the relevant assessment order is received by the assessee [Section 270A(2)].

Section 249(2)(b) provides that the time available for filing an appeal to the CIT(A), against the relevant order, if the same is appealable to CIT(A), is 30 days from the date following the date of service of notice of demand. Consequent to introduction of section 270AA, second proviso has been inserted to section 249(2)(b) to exclude the period beginning from the date on which the application u/s 270AA is made to the date on which the order rejecting the application is served on the assessee. Therefore, in a case where the application u/s 270AA is rejected and the assessee upon rejection of the application chooses to file an appeal to CIT(A), then the second proviso to section 249(2)(b) will come to the rescue of the assessee to exclude the period mentioned therein. However, the benefit of the second proviso will be available to the assessee only if he has filed an application u/s 270AA before the expiry of the time period for filing an appeal. In cases where the application u/s 270AA is made after the expiry of the time period of filing the appeal to CIT(A), the appeal of the assessee will be belated and the assessee will need to make an application to the CIT(A) seeking condonation of delay which application may or may not be allowed by CIT(A). This is illustrated by the following example–

Suppose, an assessee receives an assessment order passed u/s 143(3) on 10th December, 2022, wherein penalty u/s 270A has been initiated and the assessee is eligible to make an application u/s 270AA, then the assessee can make an application u/s 270AA till 31st January, 2023. The time period for filing an appeal against this assessment order is 9th January, 2023. If the assessee files his application u/s 270AA on say 2nd January, 2023 then in the event that the application of the assessee is rejected by passing an order u/s 270AA(4) on 14th February, 2023, then for computing the time period available for filing an appeal to CIT(A), the period from 2nd January, 2023 to 9th January, 2023 will need to be excluded and assessee will still have eight days from 14th February, 2023 (being the date of service of order u/s 270AA(4)) to file an appeal to the CIT(A). However, if the above fact pattern is modified only to the extent that the assessee chooses to file an application u/s 270AA on 14th January, 2023, then upon rejection of such application the assessee does not have any time available to file an appeal to the CIT(A), as there is no period which can be excluded from the time available u/s 249(2)(b). In this case, the assessee will need to make an application for condonation of delay in filing an appeal and will be at the mercy of CIT(A) for condoning the delay or otherwise.

Therefore, it is advisable to file an application u/s 270AA by a date such that in case the application u/s 270AA is rejected, then the assessee still has some time available to file an appeal to CIT(A).

TO WHOM IS THE APPLICATION REQUIRED TO BE MADE, FORM OF APPLICATION – PHYSICAL OR ELECTRONIC? FORM OF APPLICATION AND VERIFICATION THEREOF
The application u/s 270AA for grant of IP&IPP needs to be made to the AO [section 270AA(1)]. The application needs to be made to the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (JAO) in all cases i.e. even in cases where the assessment was completed in a faceless manner u/s 143(3) r.w.s.144B.

The application u/s 270AA needs to be made in Form No. 68. The Form seeks basic details from the assessee. Form No. 68 has a declaration to be signed by the person verifying the said form. The declaration is to the effect that no appeal has been filed against the relevant assessment order and that no appeal shall be filed till the expiry of the time period mentioned in section 270AA(4) i.e. the period within which the AO is mandated to pass an order accepting or rejecting the application made by an assessee u/s 270AA.

Form No. 68 is to be filed electronically on the income-tax portal. On the portal, Form 68 is available at the tab e-File>Income Tax Forms>File Income Tax Forms>Persons not dependent on any Source of Income (source of income not relevant)>Penalties Imposable (Form 68)(Form of Application under section 270AA(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961). Presently, immunity is granted by the JAO. The JAO who is holding charge of the case of the assessee can be known from the income-tax portal.

ACTION EXPECTED OF AO UPON RECEIVING THE APPLICATION
The AO, upon verification that all the conditions mentioned in sub-section (1) are cumulatively satisfied and also that the penalty has not been initiated for misreporting, shall grant immunity after expiry of the period for filing an appeal u/s 249(2)(b) [Section 270A(3)]. In other words, upon a cumulative satisfaction of the conditions, granting of immunity is mandatory.

The AO is not required to obtain approval of any higher authority for granting IP&IPP.

In the case of GE Capital US Holdings Inc vs. DCIT [WP No. (C) – 1646 /2022; Order dated 28th January, 2022, the Petitioner approached the Delhi High Court to issue a writ declaring Section 270AA(3) as ultra vires the Constitution of India or suitably read it down to exclude cases wherein the AO has denied immunity without ex-facie making out a case of misreporting of income. The Court observed that in the facts of the case before it – (i) the SCN did not particularize as to on what basis it is alleged against the Petitioner that he has resorted to either under-reporting or misreporting of income; and (ii) there was no finding even in the assessment order that the Petitioner had either resorted to under-reporting or misreporting. The Court has issued notice to the Department and till the next hearing has stayed the operation of the order passed u/s 270AA(4) and directed the AO not to proceed with imposition of penalty u/s 270A.

TIME PERIOD WITHIN WHICH AO IS REQUIRED TO PASS AN ORDER ON THE APPLICATION OF THE ASSESSEE FOR GRANT OF IP&IPP
While sub-section (3) casts a mandate on the AO to grant immunity upon satisfaction of the conditions mentioned in the previous paragraph, sub-section (4) provides that the AO shall within a period of one month from the end of the month in which an application has been received for grant of IP&IPP, pass an order accepting or rejecting such application. Proviso to sub-section (4) provides that an order rejecting application for grant of IP&IPP shall be passed only after the assessee has been given an opportunity of being heard.

Except in cases where penalty u/s 270A has been initiated for misreporting, it is not clear as to whether there could be any other reason as well for which application for grant of IP&IPP can be rejected by the AO. This is on the assumption that the assessee has satisfied conditions precedent stated in sub-section (1) of section 270AA.

While the outer limit for passing an order accepting or rejecting an application has been provided for in section 270AA(4) namely, one month from the end of the month in which the application for grant of immunity has been received, the AO will have to ensure that such an order is passed only after expiry of the period mentioned in section 249(2)(b) for filing an appeal to CIT(A).

A question arises as to what is the purpose of sub-section (4) since sub-section (3) clearly provides that the AO shall grant IP&IPP. One way to harmoniously interpret the provisions of these two sub-sections would be that in cases where conditions mentioned in sub-section (3) are satisfied, it is mandatory for the AO to grant immunity whereas in cases where conditions mentioned in sub-section (3) are not satisfied, it is discretionary on the part of the AO to grant immunity. This would be one way to reconcile the provisions of the two sub-sections, and it would in certain cases appear that such an interpretation would advance the intention of the legislature to avoid litigation. For example, take a case where the under-reporting of income is Rs. 10.05 crore, of which Rs. 5 lakh is on account of misreporting, whereas the balance Rs. 10 crore is for under-reporting simplicitor and the assessee applies for grant of immunity by paying the amount of tax and interest within the time mentioned in the notice of demand and does not file an appeal against such an order. If one were to interpret the provisions of sub-section (3), it would appear that the AO is not under a mandate to grant immunity but sub-section (4) possibly grants him a discretion to pass an order accepting or rejecting the application for grant of IP&IPP. This view can also be supported by the fact that if the initiation of penalty for misreporting was a disqualification, it would have been mentioned as a condition precedent in sub-section (1) that penalty should not have been initiated in the circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9) of section 270A of the Act. As on date, this view has not been tested before the judiciary. In case the AO chooses to reject the application then, of course, he will need to grant an opportunity of being heard to the assessee.

Also, it appears that in a case where the assessee has made an application for grant of IP&IPP and the AO is of the view that the penalty u/s 270A has been initiated in the circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9) of section 270A, then he may grant an opportunity to the assessee. The assessee, in response, may show cause as to how his case is not covered by the circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9), in case the AO is convinced with the submissions/ contentions of the assessee, he may pass an order granting immunity. Sub-section (4) is a statutory recognition of the principle of natural justice.

The Delhi High Court in the case of Schenider Electric South East Asia (HQ) PTE Ltd. [WP No. 5111/2022 & C.M. Nos. 15165-15166/2022; Order dated 28th March, 2022] was dealing with the case of a Petitioner whose application for grant of immunity was rejected by passing an order u/s 270AA(4) on the ground that the case of the Petitioner did not fall within the scope and ambit of section 270AA. The Court observed the show cause notice initiating the penalty proceedings did not specify the limb whether “under-reporting” or “misreporting”. The Court held that in the absence of particulars as to which limb of section 270A is attracted and how the ingredients of sub-section (9) of section 270A are satisfied, the mere reference to the word “misreporting” in the assessment order to deny immunity from imposition of penalty and prosecution makes the impugned order passed u/s 270AA(4) manifestly arbitrary. The Court set aside the order passed by the AO u/s 270AA(4) and directed the AO to grant immunity to the Petitioner.

To the similar effect is the ratio of the decision of the Delhi High Court in the case of Prem Brothers Infrastructure LLP vs. National Faceless Assessment Centre [WP No. (C) – 7092/2022; Order dated 31st May, 2022].


CONSEQUENCES OF AO NOT PASSING AN ORDER WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD MENTIONED IN SUB-SECTION (4) OF SECTION 270AA
The Delhi High Court in the case of Ultimate Infratech Pvt. Ltd. vs. National Faceless Assessment Centre, Delhi High Court – WP (C) 6305/2022 & CM Applns. 18990-18991/2022; Order dated 20th April, 2022] was dealing with the case of an assessee who filed a Writ Petition challenging the order levying penalty u/s 270A and also sought immunity from imposition of penalty u/s 270A of the Act in respect of income assessed vide assessment order for A.Y. 2017-18. The assessment of total income was completed by reducing the returned loss. There was no demand raised on completion of the assessment. The assessee filed an application u/s 270AA for grant of IP&IPP. No order was passed, within the statutory time period, to dispose of the application filed by the assessee. Penalty was imposed on the assessee on the ground that no order granting immunity was passed by the JAO within the statutory time period. The Court observed that the statutory scheme for grant of immunity is based on satisfaction of three fundamental conditions, namely, (i) payment of tax demand, (ii) non-institution of appeal, and (iii) initiation of penalty on account of under-reporting of income and not on account of misreporting of income. The Court noted that all the conditions had been satisfied. The Court held that in a case where an assessee files an application for grant of immunity within the time period mentioned in sub-section (2) of section 270AA and the AO does not pass an order under sub-section (4) of section 270AA within the time period mentioned therein, the assessee cannot be prejudiced by the inaction of the AO in passing an order u/s 270AA within the statutory time limit, as it is settled law that no prejudice can be caused to any assessee on account of delay / default on the part of the Revenue

ORDER REJECTING THE APPLICATION OF THE ASSESSEE FOR GRANT OF IP&IPP – WHETHER APPEALABLE?
Sub-section (5) of section 270A clearly provides that the order passed u/s 270A(4) shall be final. In other words, an order rejecting the application u/s 270AA is not appealable. The only option to the assessee who wishes to challenge the order rejecting the application u/s 270AA would be to invoke a writ jurisdiction. Since there is no alternate remedy available, the revenue will not be able to oppose the writ petition of the assessee on the ground that there is an alternate remedy which ought to be exercised instead of invoking the writ jurisdiction.

The Bombay High Court in a Writ Petition filed by Haren Textiles Private Limited, [WP No. 1100 of 2021; Order dated 8th September, 2021], was dealing with the case of an assessee who filed a revision application before PCIT against the action of the AO. The PCIT rejected the revision application filed by the assessee on the ground that sub-section (6) of section 270AA specifically prohibits revisionary proceedings u/s 264 of the Act against the order passed by the AO u/s 270AA(4) of the Act. The Bombay High Court while deciding the Writ Petition challenging this order of the PCIT, agreed with the contention made on behalf of the assessee that there is no such prohibition or bar as has been held by the PCIT.

The Court held that what is provided in sub-section (6) is that when an assessee makes an application under sub-section (1) of section 270AA and such an application has been accepted under sub-section (4) of section 270AA, the assessee cannot file an appeal u/s 246A or an application for revision u/s 264 against the order of assessment or reassessment passed under sub-section (3) of section 143 or section 147. This, according to the Court, does not provide any bar or prohibition against the assessee challenging an order passed by the AO, rejecting its application made under sub-section (1) of section 270AA. The Court observed that the application before PCIT was an order of rejection passed by the ACIT of an application filed by the assessee under sub-section (1) of section 270AA seeking grant of immunity from imposition of penalty and initiation of proceedings u/s 276C of section 276CC. The Court held that the PCIT was not correct in rejecting the application on the ground that there is a bar under sub-section (6) of section 270AA in filing such application. The Court set aside the order passed by PCIT u/s 264 of the Act.

It is humbly submitted that the court, in this case, has not considered the provisions of sub-section (5) of section 270AA which provide that the order passed under sub-section (4) of section 270AA shall be final. Had the provisions of sub-section (5) been considered, probably the decision may have been otherwise.    

CONSEQUENCES OF THE AO PASSING AN ORDER DISPOSING APPLICATION OF THE ASSESSEE FOR GRANT OF IP&IPP
In case an order is passed accepting the application, then the assessee will get immunity from imposition of penalty u/s 270A and from initiation of proceedings u/s 276C or section 276CC. Also, against the relevant assessment order, the assessee will not be able to file either an appeal to CIT(A) or a revision application to the CIT. However, in cases where an appeal against the relevant assessment order lies to the Tribunal, the assessee will be able to challenge the relevant assessment order in an appeal to the Tribunal, notwithstanding the fact that immunity has been granted, e.g. in cases where the relevant assessment order has been passed by the AO pursuant to the directions of Dispute Resolution Panel (DRP).

However, if an order is passed u/s 270AA(4) rejecting the application of the assessee for grant of immunity, the assessee will be free to file an appeal to the CIT(A) or a revision application to CIT against the relevant assessment order.

Normally, an application u/s 270AA will be rejected on the ground that the penalty u/s 270A has been initiated in the circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9) thereof. In order to avoid the possibility of the revenue contending at appellate stage or while imposing penalty u/s 270A, that the position that penalty has been initiated in circumstances mentioned in sub-section (9) of section 270A has become final by virtue of an order passed u/s 270AA(4) and the assessee has not challenged such an order, it is advisable that upon receipt of the order rejecting the application for grant of immunity, if the assessee chooses not to file a writ petition against such rejection, the assessee should write a letter to the AO placing on record the fact that he does not agree with the order of rejection and his not filing a writ petition does not mean his acquiescence to the reasons given for rejection of the application u/s 270AA.

The Hon’ble Delhi High Court has in the case of Ultimate Infratech Pvt. Ltd. vs. National Faceless Assessment Centre, Delhi High Court – WP (C) 6305/2022 & CM Applns. 18990-18991/2022; Order dated 20th April, 2022, has held that “it is only in cases where proceedings for levy of penalty have been initiated on account of alleged misreporting of income that an assessee is prohibited from applying and availing the benefit of immunity from penalty and prosecution under section 270AA.”

SOME OBSERVATIONS
i)    Immunity u/s 270AA is from initiation of proceedings u/s 276C and section 276CC. However, if before an assessee makes an application u/s 270AA, if proceedings u/s 276C or 276CC have already been initiated, then it appears that the assessee will be able to avail only immunity from penalty under section 270A.

ii)    Before making an application for grant of immunity, assessee is required to pay the entire amount of tax and interest payable as per the relevant assessment order within the period mentioned in the notice of demand. In case the application is rejected, the entire demand would stand paid and the assessee would be in an appeal before CIT(A), whereas had the assessee chosen not to apply for grant of immunity, the assessee would have, as per CBDT Circular, applied for and obtained a stay in respect of 80 per cent of the demand.

iii)    Till the date of filing an application u/s 270AA, the assessee should not have filed an appeal against the relevant assessment order. However, if the assessee has, upon receipt of the relevant assessment order, filed a revision application to CIT u/s 264, he is not disqualified from making an application. However, once an order is passed accepting the application for grant of IP&PP, then such a revision application already filed will no longer be maintainable in view of section 270AA(6).

iv)    There is no provision to withdraw the immunity once granted by passing an order u/s 270AA(4).

v)    There is no bar on assessee making an application under section 154 for rectification of the relevant assessment order even after an order is passed u/s 270AA(4) accepting the application of the assessee for grant of immunity.

CONCLUSION
Section 270AA is a salutary provision and if implemented in the spirit with which it is enacted, it would go a long way to reduce litigation and collect taxes and interest. While section 270AA grants IP&IPP, it makes the relevant assessment order not appealable in its entirety. The additions made in the relevant assessment order may be such as would attract penalty / penalties leviable under provisions other than section 270A. This may work as a disincentive to an assessee who is otherwise considering to apply for immunity and accept the additions which attract penalty u/s 270A. Also, in fairness, a provision should be made that in the event that the application u/s 270AA is rejected and the assessee chooses to file an appeal, the amount of tax and interest paid by him in excess of 20 per cent of the amount demanded will be refunded within a period of 30 days from the date of order rejecting the application for grant of immunity. This is on the premise that had the assessee not opted to make an application for immunity but directly preferred an appeal against the relevant assessment order, he would have got a stay of demand in excess of 20 per cent. It is advisable that the difficulties mentioned above and may be other difficulties which the author has not noticed be ironed out by issuing a clarification.

New Provisions for Filing an Updated Return of Income

BACKGROUND
In this year’s Budget, the provisions of Section 139 of the Income-tax Act have been amended effective from 1st April, 2022. The effect of this amendment is that an assessee can file a revised or updated return within two years of the end of the relevant assessment year. In Paras 121 and 122 of the Budget Speech delivered by the Finance Minister on 1st February, 2022, it is stated as under:

“121. India is growing at an accelerated pace and people are undertaking multiple financial transactions. The Income tax Department has established a robust frame work of reporting of tax payer’s transactions. In this context, some taxpayers may realise that they have committed omissions or mistakes in correctly estimating their income for tax payment. To provide an opportunity to correct such errors, I am proposing a new provision permitting taxpayers to file an Updated Return on payment of additional tax. This Updated Return can be filed within two years from the end of the relevant assessment year.

122. Presently, if the department finds out that some income has been missed out by the assessee, it goes through a lengthy process of adjudication. Instead, with this proposal now, there will be a trust reposed in the taxpayers that will enable the assessee herself to declare the income that she may have missed out earlier while filing her return. Full details of the proposal are given in the Finance Bill. It is an affirmative step in the direction of Voluntary tax Compliance.”

Reading the amendments in the Income-tax Act, it will be noticed that several conditions are attached to these provisions. In this Article, the new provisions for filing revised or updated returns of income are discussed.

FILING RETURN OF INCOME

Section 139(1) of the Income-tax Act provides that the assessee, depending on the nature of his income, has to file his returns before the due date i.e. 31st July (Non-Audit cases), 31st October (Audit cases) and 30th November (Transfer Pricing Audit cases). If an assessee has not filed his return before the due date, he can file the same on or before 31st December u/s 139(4). Earlier, this time limit was up to 31st March. If the assessee has filed his return of income before the due date, he can revise the return u/s 139(5) on, or before 31st December. Earlier this was possible on or before 31st March. In a case where the assessee was entitled to claim refund of tax, prior to 1st September, 2019, he could apply for the refund within one year from the end of the assessment year. This time has also been curtailed, and an application for a refund can be made u/s 239 by filing the Return of Income as provided in Section 139.

FILING AN UPDATED RETURN OF INCOME
The Finance Act, 2022 has amended Section 139 by inserting sub-section (8A) w.e.f. 1st April, 2022. This section permits the filing of a revised return u/s 139(4) or an updated return u/s 139(5) within 2 years after the expiry of the relevant assessment year. Such a Return is to be filed in Form ITR U. The assessee has to follow the procedure laid down by new Rule 12AC notified by CBDT on 29th April, 2022. However, there are several conditions attached to this facility. These conditions are as under:

(i) The revised or updated return should not be a loss return;

(ii) It should not have the effect of reducing the tax liability as determined in the returns already filed u/s 139;

(iii) It should not result in claiming a refund of tax or increasing the refund of tax;

(iv) If a revised or updated return is already furnished earlier for that year. In other words, a revised or an updated return for any year can be furnished only once u/s 139(8A);

(v)  If any assessment, reassessment, re-computation or revision of income is pending or has been completed for that assessment year. This means that if the case is taken up for scrutiny and notice u/s 142(1), or 143(2) is issued, the revised or updated return cannot be filed;

(vi) The AO has information in his possession about the assessee for that year under the specified Acts, and the same has been communicated to the assessee. These Acts are (a) Smugglers and Foreign Exchange Manipulators (Forfeiture of Property) Act, 1976, (b) Prohibition of Benami Property Transaction Act, 1988, (c) Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002 and (d) Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015;

(vii) Where information for that year has been received under the agreement referred to in section 90 or 90A (under DTAA) in respect of the assessee and is communicated to him;

(viii) Where any prosecution proceedings under Chapter XXII have been initiated in the case of the assessee for that year;

(ix) The assessee is such a person or belongs to such a class of persons as may be notified by CBDT;

(x) Where Search or Survey proceedings are initiated u/s 132, 132A or 133A (other than TDS/TCS Survey) the updated return cannot be filed for the relevant assessment year and any preceding assessment year;

(xi) However, in the following cases, the revised or updated return can be filed by the assessee:

(a) If the assessee has furnished a return showing loss, he can furnish an updated return if such a return shows income. This will mean that if the loss is reduced, the revised or updated return cannot be filed.

(b) If any carried forward loss, unabsorbed depreciation, or carried forward tax credit u/s 115JAA/115JD is to be reduced as a result of furnishing an updated return.

The above revised or updated return can be filed within 24 months of the end of the relevant assessment year. Where such a revised or updated return is filed, the AO has to pass an assessment order within 9 months of the end of the financial year in which such return is filed.

ADDITIONAL TAX PAYABLE

The tax, interest, and fees for the updated return is payable as under where no return was filed u/s139.

(i) Tax payable as per the updated return after the deduction of Advance tax, TDS/TCS, Relief u/s 89, 90, 90A or 91 and tax credit u/s 115 JAA or 115JD.

(ii) Interest for delay in filing return u/s 234A, 234B and 234C.

(iii) Fees payable for delay in filing return u/s 234F.

Where the return u/s 139 is already filed and the updated revised return is furnished to correct any error in the original return, the balance tax after deducting taxes already paid shall be payable. Interest is also payable on the difference in tax u/s 234A, 234B and 234C.

Apart from the above, additional tax is also payable for filing revised or updated return of income as stated below:

(i)    If the revised or updated return is filed within 12 months from the end of the assessment year for which time for filing the return u/s 139(4) or 139(5) has expired, 25 per cent of the aggregate tax and interest is to be paid.

(ii)    If the revised or updated return is filed after 12 months, but within 24 months from the end of the assessment year as stated above, 50 per cent of the aggregate tax and interest is to be paid.

For the above purpose, section 140B is added from 1st April, 2022. Consequential amendments are made in Sections 144, 153 and 276CC.

TO SUM UP

From the above discussion, it is evident that there are several conditions attached to the new provision for filing revised or updated returns of income. In cases where scrutiny assessment has been taken up or in search and survey cases, the advantage of this new provision cannot be taken. Further, if the revised or updated return shows a loss or reduces the tax liability, the advantage of the new provision cannot be taken. If a loss return is filed in time, any mistake noticed later on which reduces the loss, the advantage of the new provision cannot be taken by filing a revised return.

The way the new provision, giving the facility of filing revised or updated return of income is made, shows that this facility can be used only if additional tax is payable. Thus, if an assessee has forgotten to claim any relief due to him, he cannot take advantage of this new provision. In particular, if an assessee has an income below the taxable limit, and is entitled to claim a refund of tax deducted at source, the advantage of this new provision cannot be taken if he later finds that he has not claimed a refund for TDS from certain income. From Paras 121 and 122 of the Budget Speech, an impression was created that this provision will benefit the assessee also. However, the manner in which the amendments are made shows that the new provision is made for the benefit of the Tax Department, and collection of additional tax.

The only advantage to the assessee is that he will not be liable to a penalty or prosecution if he files the revised or updated return of income under new provision of section 139(8A) and pays additional tax and interest.

Charitable Trusts – Recent Amendments Pertaining to Books of Accounts and Other Documents – Part 2

[Part – I of this article was published in October, 2022 BCAJ. In this concluding part, the author has analysed the remaining provisions in detail.]

The following records are also required to be maintained:

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(iv)(Text)

Record of the following, out of the income of the person of any previous year preceding the current previous year, namely:-

(I)  
 application out of the income accumulated or set apart containing
details of the year of accumulation, amount of application during the
previous year out of such accumulation, name and address of the person
to whom any credit or payment is made and the object for which such
application is made;

(II)    application out of the deemed
application of income referred to in clause (2) of Explanation 1 of
sub-section (1)    of section 11 of the Act, for any preceding previous
year, containing details of the year of deemed application, amount of
application during the previous year out of such deemed application,
name and address of the person to whom any credit or payment is made and
the object for which such application is made;

(III)  
 application, other than the application referred to in Item (I) and
Item (II), out of income accumulated during any preceding previous year
containing details of the year of accumulation, amount of application
during the previous year out of such accumulation, name and address of
the person to whom any credit or payment is made and the object for
which such application is made;

(IV)    money invested or deposited in the forms and modes specified in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act;

(V)    money invested or deposited in the forms and modes other than those specified in subsection (5) of section 11 of the Act;

Analysis

This sub-clause requires details of application out of the income of any previous year preceding the current previous year.
Ordinarily, this would be the income exempt up to 15 per cent u/s
11(1)(a) or the income of preceding years accumulated u/s 11(2).

It
appears that the main purpose behind seeking these details is to
ascertain the amount of application which is not allowable u/s 11(1).

Application out of the deemed application of income referred to in explanation 1(2) of section 11(1) [item (ii)]

Ordinarily,
the details of credit balance in income and expenditure accounts are
not maintained year-wise. The assessee may now have to split up the
credit balance in income and expenditure year-wise based on the accounts
of preceding years, and then consider their utilization. In such a
case, the assessee may also have to record the basis on which the
amounts have been quantified. To illustrate, the credit balance in the
income and expenditure account as on 31st March, 2022 is Rs. 86 lakhs,
which can be regarded as composed as follows:

In the above case, the amount of Rs. 40 lakhs is regarded to have come out of the F.Y. 2020-21.

Also, see the analysis of Rule 17AA(1)(d)(iii)- ‘Out of previous year’ published on page 25 of October BCAJ.

Application other than the application referred in Item (I) and Item (II), [Item (III)]

Although not explicitly stated, this Item appears to apply to the application to be made within five years u/s11(2).

Money invested or deposited in permissible modes u/s 11(5); [Item (IV)]

The comments in Money invested or deposited in permissible modes of section 11(5) on Page 28 of October BCAJ apply to this para.

Money invested or deposited in impermissible modes [Item (V)]

The comments in Money invested or deposited in non- permissible modes on Page 28 of October BCAJ apply to this para.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(v)(Text)

Record of voluntary contribution made with a specific direction that they shall form Part of the corpus, in respect of-

(I)  
 the contribution received during the previous year containing details
of the name of the donor, address, permanent account number (if
available) and Aadhaar number (if available);

(II)    application
out of such voluntary contribution referred to in Item (I) containing
details of the amount of application, name and address of the person to
whom any credit or payment is made and the object for which such
application is made;

(III)    the amount credited or paid towards
corpus to any fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
referred to in subclause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or sub-clause (vi) or
sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 of the Act or other trust
or institution registered under section 12AB of the Act, out of such
voluntary contribution received during the previous year containing
details of their name, address, permanent account number and the object
for which such credit or payment is made;

 
(IV)    the
forms and modes specified in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act in
which such voluntary contribution, received during the previous year,
is invested or deposited;

(V)    the Money invested or deposited
in the forms and modes other than those specified in subsection (5) of
section 11 of the Act in which such voluntary contribution, received
during the previous year, is invested or deposited;

(VI)  
 application out of such voluntary contribution, received during any
previous year preceding the previous year, containing details of the
amount of application, name and address of the person to whom any credit
or payment is made and the object for which such application is made;

(VII)  
 The amount credited or paid towards corpus to any fund or institution
or trust or any university or other educational institution or any
hospital or other medical institution referred to in subclause (iv) or
sub-clause (v) or sub-clause (vi) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of
section 10 of the Act or other trust or institution registered under
section 12AB of the Act, out of such voluntary contribution received
during any year preceding the previous year, containing details of their
name, address, permanent account number and the object for which such
credit or payment is made;

(VIII)    the forms and modes
specified in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act in which such
voluntary contribution, received during any previous year preceding the
previous year, is invested or deposited;

(IX)    The Money
invested or deposited in the forms and modes other than those specified
in subsection (5) of section 11 of the Act in which such voluntary
contribution, received during any previous year preceding the previous
year, is invested or deposited;

(X)    The amount invested or
redeposited in such voluntary contribution (which was applied during any
preceding previous year and not claimed as application), including
details of the forms and modes specified in sub-section (5) of section
11 in which such voluntary contribution is invested or deposited;

Analysis

This
sub-clause requires details of receipts of corpus donations and their
utilization. Courts have held that the specific direction can be
inferred in many cases [e.g., when the donation is received to meet the
cost of a building [CIT vs. Sthanakvasi Vardhman Vanik Jain Sangh,
(2003) 260 ITR 366 (Guj); ACIT vs. Chaudhary Raghubir Singh Educational
& Charitable Trust, (2012) 28 taxmann.com 272 (Del)].
This aspect may have to be borne while preparing the details.

Application out of voluntary contribution referred to in Item (I) [Item (II)]

To
avoid any overlap between details under Item (II) and Item (III), the
details under this Item may be restricted to contributions other than
those covered under Item (III), that is, application towards corpus of
specified institutions.

Application out of such voluntary corpus contribution received during any previous year preceding the previous year [Item (VI)]

This item requires maintenance of application details out of corpus received during any previous year preceding the previous year.

Permissible
investments in which such voluntary contribution, received during any
previous year preceding the previous year, is made
[Item (VIII)]

This item requires details of permissible investments u/s 11(5) out of corpus received during any previous year preceding the previous year.

The comments in Money invested or deposited in permissible modes of section 11(5) on Page 28 of October BCAJ apply to this para.

Non-permissible
investments made from voluntary corpus contribution received during any
previous year preceding the previous year
[Item (IX)]

This item requires details of investments/deposits in impermissible modes out of corpus received during any previous year preceding the previous year.

The comments in the Money invested or deposited in non-permissible modes on Page 28 of October BCAJ apply to this para.

Amount invested or deposited back into corpus [Item (X)]

The
details are required only in respect of such investments or deposits
back into the corpus which satisfies the following conditions:

The voluntary contribution towards corpus was received in any preceding previous year;

Such voluntary contribution was applied during any preceding previous year;

Such application was not claimed as such application during any preceding previous year.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(viii)[Text]

record
of contribution received for renovation or repair of the temple,
mosque, gurdwara, church or other place notified under clause (b) of
sub-section (2) of section 80G, which is being treated as corpus as
referred in Explanation 1A to the third proviso to clause (23C) of
section 10 or Explanation 3A to sub-section (1) of section 11, in
respect of:

(I)    the contribution received during the previous
year containing details of the name of the donor, address, permanent
account number (if available) and Aadhaar number (if available);

(II)  
 contribution received during any previous year preceding the previous
year, treated as corpus during the previous year, containing details of
name of the donor, address, permanent account number (if available) and
Aadhaar number (if available);

(III)    application out of such
voluntary contribution referred to in Item (I) and Item (II) containing
details of the amount of application, name and address of the person to
whom any credit or payment is made and the object for which such
application is made;

(IV)    the amount credited or paid towards
corpus to any fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or sub-clause (vi) or
sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 of the Act or other trust
or institution registered under section 12AB of the Act, out of such
voluntary contribution received during the previous year containing
details of their name, address, permanent account number and the object
for which such credit or payment is made;

(V)    the forms and modes specified in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act in which such corpus, received during the previous year, is invested or deposited;

(VI)  
 the Money invested or deposited in the forms and modes other than
those specified in subsection (5) of section 11 of the Act in which such
corpus, received during the previous year, is invested or deposited;

(VII)  
 application out of such corpus, received during any previous year
preceding the previous year, containing details of the amount of
application, name and address of the person to whom any credit or
payment is made and the object for which such application is made;

(VIII)  
 the amount credited or paid towards corpus to any fund or institution
or trust or any university or other educational institution or any
hospital or other medical institution referred to in subclause (iv) or
sub-clause (v) or sub-clause (vi) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of
section 10 of the Act or other trust or institution registered under
section 12AB of the Act, out of such voluntary contribution received
during any year preceding the previous year, containing details of their
name, address, permanent account number and the object for which such
credit or payment is made;

(IX)    the forms and modes specified
in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act in which such corpus,
received during any previous year preceding the previous year, is
invested or deposited; Money invested or deposited in the forms and
modes other than those specified in sub- section (5) of section 11 of
the Act in which such corpus, received during any previous year
preceding the previous year, is invested or deposited;

Analysis

This
sub-clause refers to contributions received by a temple, etc. It
requires details pursuant to Explanation 3A and 3B to section 11(1).

Contribution received during the previous year [Item (I)]

This Item appears to require details of all contributions, whether corpus or otherwise.

Permissible modes in which corpus received during the previous year is invested or deposited
[Item (V)]

The details under this Item are partially sought under Item II to rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii).

The comments in Money invested or deposited in permissible modes of section 11(5) on Page 28 of October BCAJ apply to this para.

Non-permissible modes in which corpus received during the previous year is invested or deposited [Item (VI)]

The details under this Item are partially sought under Item II to rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii).

The comments in Money invested or deposited in non- permissible modes on Page 28 of October BCAJ apply to this para.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(vii)[Text]

record of loans and borrowings,-

(I)  
 containing information regarding amount and date of loan or borrowing,
amount and date of repayment, name of the person from whom loan taken,
address of lender, permanent account number and Aadhaar number (if
available) of the lender;

(II)    application out of such loan or
borrowing containing details of amount of application, name and address
of the person to whom any credit or payment is made and the object for
which such application is made;

(III)    application out of such
loan or borrowing, received during any previous year preceding the
previous year, containing details of amount of application, name and
address of the person to whom any credit or payment is made;

(IV)  
 repayment of such loan or borrowing (which was applied during any
preceding previous year and not claimed as application) during the
previous year;

Analysis

This sub-clause refers to
loans and borrowings by the assessee. Generally, it requires details
pursuant to Explanation 4(ii) to section 11(1).

The sub-clause requires details of loans and borrowings but not advances received.

Information regarding the amount and date of loan or borrowing [Item (I)]

A confirmation from the lender is not required under this Item. However, the assessee should keep it on record.

Application out of such loan or borrowing [Item (II)]

While
the details in respect of any credit or payment out of loans/borrowings
are required under this Item, in view of Explanation to section 11, the
amount credited to a person’s account will not be allowed as an
application of income unless it is paid.

Application out of such loan or borrowing, received during any previous year preceding the previous year [Item (III)]

This Item does not require details of the object for which such an application is made.

Repayment
of such loan or borrowing (which was applied during any preceding
previous year and not claimed as application) during the previous year
[Item (IV)]

This Item requires maintenance of details of repayment of loans/borrowings, which satisfy the following conditions:

  • The loan/borrowing was effected in the year preceding the previous year;

  • Such loan/borrowing is repaid during the previous year;

  • The loan/borrowing was applied during any preceding previous year;

  • The loan/borrowing was not claimed as an application during any preceding previous year.

To
illustrate, suppose Rs. 1 crore was borrowed in the F.Y. 2021-22 and
Rs. 60 lakhs was applied during the said year but not claimed as
application. In this situation, for F.Y. 2022-23, the rule requires
details of Rs. 60 lakhs and not the other Rs. 40 lakhs not applied
during the previous year.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(viii)[Text]

record of properties held by the assessee, with respect to the following, namely, –

(I)    immovable properties containing details of,

(i) nature, address of the properties, cost of acquisition of the asset, registration documents of the asset;

(ii) transfer of such properties, the net consideration utilized in acquiring the new capital asset;

(II) movable properties, including details of the nature and cost of acquisition of the asset;

Analysis

This
clause requires details of all properties of the assessee. Some details
are also required by Item II in Rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii). (Also refer Part I
of this article)

Immovable Properties [item (I)]

The term “immovable property” is defined in the explanation to section 11(5) as follows:

“Immovable
property” does not include any machinery or plant (other than machinery
or plant installed in a building for the convenient occupation of the
building) even though attached to, or permanently fastened to, anything
attached to the earth;

The definition is negative, hence some
elements of the following definition of “immovable property” in section
3(26) of the General Clauses Act, 1897 may become applicable:

“immovable
property” shall include land, benefits to arise out of the land, and
things attached to the earth, or permanently fastened to anything
attached to the earth;

The Item does not differentiate
between properties acquired as investment and properties acquired for
the purpose of activity of the assessee. Thus, land and building on
which a school is situated is required to be recorded.

Courts have held that tenancy
rights are immovable property of the tenant. [Jagannath Govind Shetty
vs. Javantilal Purshottamdas Patel, AIR 1980 Guj 41; Lal & Co. And
Anr. Vs. A.R. Chadha And Ors., ILR 1970 Delhi 202; Kanhaiya Lal v. Satya
Narain Pandey, AIR 1965 All 496].
Thus, tenancy rights are also immovable properties whose details are required to be recorded.

The
rule does not require details of sale consideration, expenditure in
relation to transfer, etc. However, it is advisable that such details
are also recorded.

Movable Properties [item (II)]

The term “moveable properties” is defined in section 2(36) of the General Clauses Act, 1897 as “property of every description, except immovable property.”

Thus,
all properties including plant and machinery, furniture and fixtures,
investments, cash and bank balance, book debt, loans and advances, and
inventory are also movable properties!

The rule does not
distinguish between movable property as investment or as capital asset
or otherwise in connection with the activities. Hence, for an assessee
running an institution such as a hospital, every piece of equipment,
furniture etc. is a movable property and its details are required!!

Details of all assets, whether existing on 31st March or not, are required to be recorded!!

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(ix)[Text]

record of specified persons, as referred to in sub-section
(3) of section 13 of the Act,-

(I)    containing details of their name, address, permanent account number and Aadhaar number (if available);

(II)  
 transactions undertaken by the fund or institution or trust or any
university or other educational institution or any hospital or other
medical institution with specified persons as referred to in sub-section
(3) of section 13 of the Act containing details of date and amount of
such transaction, nature of the transaction and documents to the effect
that such transaction is, directly or indirectly, not for the benefit of
such specified person;

Analysis

This clause requires
details of “interested parties” u/s 13(3) and the transactions with
them. Its details are required pursuant to section 12(2), 13(1)(c),
13(2) and 13(4) of the Act.

Interested parties [Item (I)]
 
The record will have to be updated, if the interested parties change during the year, e.g.

  • person makes a voluntary contribution of more than Rs. 50,000 during the year and becomes an interested party u/s 13(3)(b).

  • there is a change in the trustees.

A
substantial contributor is an interested party and includes any person
who has contributed Rs. 50,000 or above in aggregate to an assessee. To
illustrate, if a person has donated Rs. 5,000 per year from 1980 to
1990, he became a ‘substantial contributor’ from financial year 1990-91
onwards and his details are required to be maintained!!

Transactions [Item (II)]

Section
13(2) generally requires comparison with arm’s length price to
determine whether the benefit is granted to an interested party or not.
However, this sub-clause does not specifically require co-relation with
arm’s length price.

The assessee will need to give reference to
documents showing that no benefit is given to the interested party. For
this purpose, different transactions will require other documents. To
illustrate:

  • in case of remuneration to an interested party,
    evidence regarding his educational qualifications or experience in the
    relevant field or amount paid by the assessee to a non-interested person
    for similar work, etc., may be required.

  • In case of a sale
    transaction, a document showing the price at which it has been sold to
    other parties or the evidence regarding the market price of the product,
    etc., may be required.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(x)[Text]

Any other documents containing any other relevant information. [Rule 17AA(1)(d)(x)]

Analysis

This
is a very subjective requirement: it means that the assessee has to
determine whether any other document contains any “relevant information”
and, if so, maintain it. Now, the maintenance of documents is
mandatory. Hence, if the AO believes that any other document not
maintained by the assessee has “relevant information”, then he can hold that the assessee has not maintained the prescribed documents !! This is too wide a discretion given to AOs.

Rule 17AA(2)[Text]

The
books of accounts and other documents specified in sub-rule (1) may be
kept in written form, electronic form, digital form, or as printouts of
data stored in electronic form, digital form, or any other form of
electromagnetic data storage device.

Analysis

This
requirement reproduces the definition of “books of accounts” in section
2(12A). Under this provision, documents must also be maintained in
written or electronic form.

It appears that a combination of print and handwritten books of account/document is also permitted.

Rule 17AA(3)[Text]


The
books of account and other documents specified in sub-rule (1) shall be
kept and maintained by the fund or institution or trust or any
university or other educational institution or any hospital or other
medical institution at its registered office:

Provided
that all or any of the books of account and other documents as referred
to in sub-rule (1) may be kept at such other place in India as the
management may decide by way of a resolution and where such a resolution
is passed, the fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
shall, within seven days thereof, intimate the jurisdictional Assessing
Officer in writing giving the full address of that other place and such
intimation shall be duly signed and verified by the person who is
authorized to verify the return of income u/s 140 of the Act, as
applicable to the assessee.

Analysis

The books of
accounts and documents have to be maintained at the registered office.
Under the Companies Act 2013 (“CA 2013”), the books of account and other
records have to be kept at the registered office [s.128(1)]. Under the
Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (“the CGST Act”), the accounts
and records have to be kept at the principal office mentioned in the
certificate of
registration. [s.35(1)].

A company incorporated
under CA 2013 must have a registered office [s.12(1)]. In case of a
trust or a society registered under Societies Registration Act, 1860
there is no such statutory requirement. Since the Rules and the Act do
not define a registered office, such entities can designate any office
as a registered office. However, it should be the same as the office
specified in Form 10A/10B (application for registration) and in ITR-7.

Place where the books of accounts on electronic platform are maintained

The
Guidance Note on Tax Audit u/s 44AB of the Act, A.Y.2022-23 issued by
the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, states as follows:

In
case, where books of account are maintained and generated through the
computer system, the auditor should obtain from the assessee the details
of the address of the place where the server is located or the
principal place of the business/head office or registered office by
whatever name called and mention the same accordingly in clause 11(b).
Where the books of account are stored on the cloud or online, IP address
(unique) of the same may be reported.
(page 72).

Exception

The
books of accounts and documents may be maintained at a place other than
the registered office if the following conditions are satisfied:

  • The other place is in India;

  • The management decides by way of a resolution as to where the books/documents will be kept;

  • An intimation is sent in writing to the jurisdictional AO giving the full address of that other place;

  • the intimation is duly signed and verified by the person authorized to verify the return of income u/s 140;

  • the assessee intimates the AO within 7 days of the resolution.

A similar provision is found in section 128 of the CA 2013.

The
books of accounts may be kept at some other “place” which should be
construed to mean places, applying the principle in section 13 of the
General Clauses Act, 1897 that singular includes plural.

The
proviso provides that “any or all” the books of account may be kept at
other places. Hence, the books/documents may be kept partially at one
place and partially at some other place or places.

Intimate

The assessee shall “intimate” the AO. Dictionaries explain the term as follows:

(i)    To make known; formally to notify

[Legal Glossary 2015 by Govt of India, page 225]

(ii)    to make known especially publicly or formally:

[https://www.merriam-webster.com]

Thus,
“intimate” means “make known”; in other words, the AO should know that
the resolution has been passed, and such knowledge should be conveyed to
him within seven days of the passing of the resolution. The assessee
may not be able to argue that it has posted the intimation within seven
days of passing of the resolution and hence there is no default, even if
the intimation has not reached the AO.

No particular format is provided for the intimation.

A
similar requirement to keep books of account/other documents at the
registered office is not found in the Act for other profit
organizations.

Suppose the books/documents are temporarily
shifted elsewhere, say, for audit or for compilation of details to be
furnished to the AO, or to be presented to the GST authorities, etc. It
appears that such temporary movement does not mean that the books of
accounts/documents have not been kept and maintained at the registered
office or the designated place.

Rule 17AA(4)[Text]

“The
books of account and other documents specified in sub-rule (1) shall be
kept and maintained for a period of ten years from the end of the
relevant assessment year:
 
Provided that where the assessment in
relation to any assessment year has been reopened under section 147 of
the Act within the period specified in section 149 of the Act, the books
of account and other documents which were kept and maintained at the
time of reopening of the assessment shall continue to be so kept and
maintained till the assessment so reopened has become final.”

Analysis

The
books of account/documents must be kept for 10 years from the end of
the relevant assessment year (11 years from the end of the relevant
financial year). The corresponding requirement under the CA 2013 and
CGST Act 2017 is 8 financial years1 and 72 months2 from the due date of furnishing the annual return pertaining to the account records.

The period of 10 years corresponds with the maximum reassessment period u/s 149.

The
expression “final” would, perhaps, mean when neither the assessee or
the tax department challenges the reassessment any further and the AO
has passed the final order giving effect to the order by the Appellate
Authority.

The books of accounts/documents kept and maintained at
the time of reopening of the assessment shall continue to be kept and
maintained. On a literal interpretation, all books of accounts/documents
have to be kept and maintained whether or not they have bearing on the
matter under reassessment.

The proviso does not have
retrospective applicability; hence, it should apply only to books of
accounts/ documents prepared after the Rule has come into force. To
illustrate, suppose the assessment for F.Y. 2021-22 is reopened in F.Y.
2025-26 and is not final as on 31st March, 2032. In this case, the
proviso does not apply since the Rule itself is not applicable and
hence, the books of accounts/document need not be kept and maintained
till the reassessment is final. On the other hand, the books for the
year 2022-23 are required to be maintained up to end of 2032-33. Suppose
the assessment for the A.Y. 2023-24 is reopened in F.Y. 2027-28, and it
is not final till 31st March, 2033. Then the books of
accounts/documents for the said year must be maintained till the
reassessment becomes final.


1 Section 128(5)
2 Section 36


Consequences if the books of accounts/documents are not maintained for 10 years

Section
12A(1)(b) does not state that the books of accounts/documents shall be
maintained for such period “as may be prescribed”; in the absence of
these words, it is not clear whether the expression “in such form and
manner” used in the said provision and as explained below covers the
period for which the books/documents ought to be maintained.

  • The words “in manner and form” were construed by Lord Campbell, C. J. in Acraman vs. Herniman. (1881) 16 QB 998: 117 ER 1164
    as referring only to “the mode in which the thing is to be done” and
    not the time for doing it. This construction put by Lord Campbell on the
    words “in manner and form” was accepted in Abraham vs. Sales Tax Officer, AIR 1964 Ker 131 (FR) and Murli Dhar vs. Sales Tax Officer. AIR 1965 All 483. [K. M. Chopra & Co. vs. ACS, AIR 1967 MP 124, (1967) 19 STC 46 (MP)]


  •  …. in Stroud’s Dictionary it is stated that the words ‘manner and
    form’ refer only “to the mode in which the thing is to be done [Dr. Sri Jachani Rashtreeya Seva Peetha vs. State of Karnataka, AIR 2000 Kar. 91]


  • “Manner” means “method or mode or style” (see Webster’s International Dictionary) [Rama Shankar vs. Official Liquidator, Jwala Bank Ltd. [(1956) 26 Comp. Cas. 126 (All.)]

If
books of accounts/documents are not maintained after, say, 5 years,
there is no provision for any taxation in the sixth year; at the same
time, a reassessment can be made only in accordance with the conditions
in section 149. Hence, if a reassessment cannot be initiated, then it
could be argued that the non-maintenance of books of accounts/documents
for a period of 10 years cannot result in any adverse impact on the
income of the relevant year, notwithstanding the default under Rule
17AA(4).

It is now well settled that the legislature does not compel performance of impossibility (Life Insurance Corporation of India vs. CIT, (1996) 219 ITR 410 (SC)).
Hence, if the books of accounts and records are destroyed or mutilated
on account of causes beyond the control of the assessee, say a fire,
floods, etc., then it cannot be said that the assessee has not kept the
prescribed books in the prescribed form and manner.

CONCLUSION

The
tightening of reporting requirements of charitable institutions by the
tax department is aimed at higher transparency and avoiding
mis-utilization. However, Rule 17AA is very wide with overlapping
requirements. This will adversely impact small charitable institutions.
Further, the requirements are open to multiple interpretations, and any
difference of opinion between the assessee and the AO may result in
denial of exemption, which is too harsh a punishment, more so because
there is no express provision for giving the assessee an opportunity to
rectify the defect. Considering these, the CBDT may reconsider and
revise the rules.

[Author acknowledges assistance from Adv.
Aditya Bhatt, CA Kausar Sheikh, CA Chirag Wadhwa and CA Arati Pai in
writing this Article]

Charitable Trusts – Recent Amendments Pertaining to Books of Accounts and Other Documents – Part I

INTRODUCTION
Section
12A(1)(b) of the Income-tax Act 1961 (“the Act”) has been amended by
the Finance Act, 2022 w.e.f the assessment year 2023-24 to provide that a
charitable institution claiming exemption u/s 11 and 12 shall keep and
maintain books of account and other documents (“books of
account/documents”) in such form and manner and at such place, as may be
provided by rules.

BRIEF ANALYSIS OF THE SECTION

(a)  
 On a literal reading, even a solitary point of difference between the
assessee and the Assessing Officer (“AO”) as to whether prescribed
books/documents are maintained or whether they are maintained at the
prescribed place or whether they are maintained in the prescribed form
or in the prescribed manner can result in denial of exemption u/s 11/12
and taxation u/s 13(10). On the other hand, it has been held that “when
there is general and substantive compliance with the provisions of a
rule, it is sufficient.” [CIT vs. Leroy Somer and Controls India (P.)
Ltd., (2014) 360 ITR 532 (Del),
cited in Worlds Window Impex (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT, (2016) 69 taxmann.com 406 (Del.-Trib.)]

Also see:

•    Arvind Bhartiya Vidhyalya Samiti vs. ACIT, (2008) 115 TTJ 351 (Jaipur)

•    CIT vs. Tarnetar Corporation, (2014) 362 ITR 174 (Guj)

•    CIT vs. Sawyer’s Asia Ltd., (1980) 122 ITR 259 (Bom)

•    CIT vs. Harit Synthetic Fabrics (P.) Ltd., (1986) 162 ITR 640 (Bom)

Applying
the principle, it could be argued that if there is substantial
compliance with the prescribed rule, then exemption u/s 11 cannot be
denied. Further, it is also a moot point as to whether it could be
argued that having regard to the onerous consequences, the AO should
give an opportunity to the assessee to make good the deficiency and only
if the assessee fails to do so that the AO should deny the exemption
u/s 11.

(b)    While books of account should be maintained
regularly as a good practice, there is no provision requiring the other
documents/records to be maintained contemporaneously. Also, there is no
provision prohibiting correction in the records.

RULE 17AA

The
CBDT has notified Rule 17AA (“the Rule”) specifying the books of
accounts and other documents to be maintained by a charitable
institution. [Notification No. 94/2022 dated 10th August, 2022 under the Income-tax (24th Amendment) Rules, 2022]

This article analyses the said Rule, which contains more than 50 requirements.

Brief analysis of the Rule as a whole

The
Rule requires record keeping of various receipts/payments in respect of
which, Courts/Tribunal could have taken different views and hence,
there could be a controversy as to their scope. To illustrate, the Rule
requires records of application of income outside India. For this
purpose, Courts/Tribunal are divided on what constitutes the application
of income “outside India”. Thus, in such cases, if the assessee adopts a
favourable interpretation based on a judicial precedent which is not
accepted by the tax department, the AO may hold that proper documents
have not been maintained. To mitigate this exposure, it is advisable
that the assessee keeps notes explaining why it has considered or not
considered a particular receipt/payment under the relevant Rule. Such
notes may be kept along with the record to which it is applicable.
Difficulty may arise if a subsequent ruling of the Courts/Tribunal takes
a view different from what has been adopted hitherto by the assessee in
maintaining the records. In such circumstances, the assessee may
continue the old practice with a note that the interpretation based on
the judgment has not been followed by it. In the alternative, the
assessee could maintain specified information with a note that it is
maintained without prejudice to its claim to the contrary.

Difference between amount as per records and as per computation of income for return of income: whether permissible?

Suppose
the assessee has maintained records on a particular basis, but for the
return of income, he is advised to adopt a different basis favourable to
him. For the following reasons, it appears that the assessee can adopt
such different basis:

•    If a particular income is not
taxable under the Income-tax Act, it cannot be taxed on the basis of
estoppel or any other equitable doctrine. [CIT vs. V. Mr. P. Firm, Muar,
(1965) 56 ITR 67 (SC); Taparia Tools Ltd. vs. JCIT, (2015) 7 SCC 540].
Hence, the assessee is not estopped from offering correct income instead of the income as per the documents maintained by him.

•    The AO is duty bound to guide the assessee and compute the correct income. See

•    CBDT Circular No. 14 of 1955.

•    CIT vs. Mahalaxmi Sugar Mills Co. Ltd., (1986) 27 Taxman 267 (SC).

If
the AO is duty bound to assess the correct income, surely, he is duty
bound to accept the right of the assessee to offer correct income
contrary to what is ascertained on the basis of the documents maintained
by him.

•    It is now well settled that an additional ground not raised before the AO can be raised before CIT(A) [Jute Corporation of India Ltd vs. CIT, (1991) taxmann.com 30 (SC)] and subject to fulfillment of conditions, a claim could be made for the first time before the Tribunal [see National
Thermal Power Co. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1998) 229 ITR 383 (SC), Ahmedabad
Electricity Co. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1993) 199 ITR 351 (Bom)].

If
claim could be made for the first time before appellate authorities,
there is no reason why a claim contrary to documents/records maintained
may not be made in the return of income.

Date from which the Rule is applicable

The Rule has “come into force from the date of their publication in the Official Gazette”,
that is, 10th August, 2022. Since the Rule will be in force on the
first day of the A.Y. 2023-24, it may be contended that it is applicable
throughout the relevant previous year, that is, 1st April, 2022 to 31st
March, 2023. In other words, the books/documents are required to be
maintained for the entire period from 1st April, 2022. It could be
argued for the following reasons, that the Rule cannot apply to the
period prior to 10th August, 2022:

•    Section 295(4) provides
that a rule cannot have retrospective effect unless it is permitted
expressly or by necessary implication. In the instant case, the Rule
expressly mentions that it shall come into force from the date of
publication in the Official Gazette; in view of this express statement,
it appears that the condition for a Rule having a retrospective effect
is not satisfied by Rule 17AA.

•    The Supreme Court has observed as follows:

•    every
statute is prima facie prospective unless it is expressly or by
necessary implication made to have retrospective operations. [CIT vs.
Essar Teleholdings Ltd., (2018) 90 taxmann.com 2 (SC)]
(in the context of rule 8D of the Income-tax Rules);

•   
… one established rule is that unless a contrary intention appears, a
legislation is presumed not to be intended to have a retrospective
operation. The idea behind the rule is that a current law should govern
current activities. Law passed today cannot apply to the events of the
past. If we do something today, we do it keeping in view the law of
today and in force and not tomorrow’s backward adjustment of it. [CIT vs. Vatika Township P. Ltd., (2014) 367 ITR 466 (SC)].

In view of the above, the Rule cannot be said to require maintenance of books/documents for the period up to 10th August, 2022.

•  
 It appears that whenever a rule has to have a retrospective effect, it
clearly states that it shall come into force from a prior date.
Further, the Explanatory Memorandum in Notification dated 30th June,
2020 containing the Income-tax (15th Amendment) Rules, 2020 and
Notification dated 29th December, 2021 containing the Income-tax (35th
Amendment) Rules, 2021 also mention that the relevant rules have a
retrospective effect. It is pertinent that no such reference is made in
Rule 17AA. Further, the Rule explicitly states that it shall come into
force from the date of publication of Gazette; if it was to have
retrospective effect, it would have clearly stated 1st April, 2022.

Section
44AA(3) provides that the Board may prescribe the books of account and
other documents to be kept and maintained, the particulars to be
contained therein and the form and the manner in which and the place at
which they shall be kept and maintained. On the other hand, section
12A(b)(i) reads as follows:

(i) the books of account and other
documents have been kept and maintained in such form and manner and at
such place, as may be prescribed;

Thus, unlike section
44AA(3), section 12A(b)(i) does not provide for books/documents or the
particulars to be contained therein to be prescribed. It is a moot point
as to whether to the extent Rule 17AA requires the said details, it
conflicts with the section.

It may be noted that the Memorandum to Finance Bill 2022 reads as follows:
“However,
there is no specific provision under the Act providing for the books of
accounts to be maintained by such trusts or institutions…”.

Thus,
the Memorandum suggests that the amendment would list the books of
accounts to be maintained. However, an Explanatory Memorandum is usually
‘not an accurate guide of the final Act’, [Shashikant Laxman Kale vs. UOI, (1990) 185 ITR 104 (SC); Also see Associated Cement Co. Ltd. vs. CIT, (1994) 210 ITR 69 (Bom)]. Hence, it could be argued that a mere statement in Memorandum cannot override the Act.

The clauses of the Rule are now analysed, after reproducing the relevant text.

Rule 17AA(1)(a)(Text)

“Books of account and other documents to be kept and maintained—

(1)
Every fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
which is required to keep and maintain books of account and other
documents under clause (a) of the tenth proviso to clause (23C) of
section 10 of the Act or sub-clause (i) of clause (b) of sub-section (1)
of section 12A of the Act shall keep and maintain the following,
namely:-

(a)    books of account, including the following, namely….”

(i)    cash book;

(ii)    ledger;

(iii)    journal;

(iv)  
 copies of bills, whether machine numbered or otherwise serially
numbered, wherever such bills are issued by the assessee, and copies or
counterfoils of machine numbered or otherwise serially numbered receipts
issued by the assessee;

(v)    original bills wherever issued to the person and receipts in respect of payments made by the person;

(vi)  
 any other book that may be required to be maintained in order to give a
true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the person and
explain the transactions effected;

Analysis

Clause
(a), on a literal reading, is an inclusive provision which means that it
includes not only the specified books of accounts but also any other
book which is understood in normal accounting parlance as books of
account. This makes the definition highly subjective (what is “books of
accounts” in normal parlance?) and may result in litigation. For
instance, there could be a case where the assessee may have maintained
the books specified in Rule 17AA(1)(a). However, the AO may be of the
view that the assessee has not maintained certain other books/documents
which are not specifically mentioned but which, in his opinion, are
books of account in normal parlance and are necessary.

As against the above, it could be argued that the definition is exhaustive, on the basis of the following reasons:

•    The Supreme Court has observed that “it is possible that in some context the word “includes” might import that the enumeration in exhaustive”. [Smt. Ujjam Bai vs. State of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1962 SC 1621].

•  
 Rule 17AA(a)(vi) is a residuary clause which requires any “other” book
to give a true and fair view. The use of the expression “any other”
suggests that the list is exhaustive.

•    The clause uses the expression “namely” and it has been held that “… use
of the expression ‘namely’, … followed by the description of goods is
usually exhaustive unless there are strong indications to the contrary”.
[Mahindra Engineering and Chemical Products Ltd. vs. UOI, (1992) 1 SCR 254 (SC)].

Diaries or bundles of sheets are not books of account.

A mere collection of sheets or diaries cannot be regarded as books of account.

Please see:

•  
 A book which merely contains entries of items of which no account is
made at any time, is not a “book of account” in a commercial sense. [Sheraton Apparels vs. ACIT, (2002) 256 ITR 20 (Bom)]

•  
 A book of account… must have the characteristic of being fool-proof.
A bundle of sheets detachable and replaceable at a moment’s pleasure
can hardly be characterized as a book of account. [Zenna Sorabji vs. Mirabelle Hotel Co. Pvt. Ltd., AIR 1981 Bom 446]

Bills and receipts in respect of income [Rule 17AA(1)(a)(iv)]

This sub-clause refers to income of the assessee.

Paraphrasing, books of account include:

•    copies of bills issued by the assessee where the  bills have to be machine numbered or serially numbered; and

•  
 copies of receipts or counterfoils of receipts issued by the assessee
where the receipts or counterfoils, as the case may be, have to be
machine numbered or serially numbered.

The expression “bills issued by the assessee” is wide enough to include bills.

•    in respect of sale of capital assets;
•    arising in the course of business or otherwise; and
•    not paid by the counterparty.

“Receipts” include those in respect of

•    payment received against sale of goods/services by the charitable institution; and

•    donations received.

In
the context, the expression “wherever” means in any case or in any
circumstances in which a bill is issued; in other words, books of
account include only those bills which are issued: it does not mean that
the assessee should always issue bills.

Bill

The expression ‘bill’ is an itemized account of the separate cost of goods sold, services rendered, or work done: Invoice
[Webster’s Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary, page 84]. In the context
of this sub-clause, ‘bill’ means an invoice for goods sold or services
rendered, or work done and should include a cash memo [see CST vs. Krishna Brick Field, (1985) 58 STC 336 (All)].

Original bills and receipts [Rule 17AA(1)(a)(v)]

In
the previous sub-clause, it is stated that books of account include
copies of bills issued by “the assessee” whereas this sub-clause
requires original bills issued to “the person”; it appears that the word
“person” here refers to the assessee himself and not a third party.
With this interpretation, the preceding sub-clause and this sub-clause
become complementary to each other: one covering income/receipts and
other covering expenditure/payments.

The term “payment bills” and
“receipts” are wide enough to cover revenue expenditure and capital
expenditure. On a literal reading, even bills for purchase of
investments, such as debentures, are covered.

Any other book in order to give a true and fair view and explain the transactions effected [Rule 17AA(1)(a)(vi)]

This
requirement is similar to the requirement in section 128(1) of the
Companies Act 2013. However, Rule 6F, prescribing books for
professionals, does not have such a requirement.

Rule 17AA(1)(b)(Text)

Books of account, as referred in clause (a), for business undertaking referred in sub-section (4) of section 11 of the Act.

Analysis

This
clause requires books of accounts for a business undertaking referred
to in section 11(4). It requires separate books of accounts for every
business undertaking owned by the assessee.

The term “business undertaking” is not defined in the Act.

“Business” is defined in section 2(13) as includes any trade, commerce or manufacture or any adventure or concern in the nature of trade, commerce or manufacture;

Business ordinarily involves profit motive. See:

•    DIT(E) vs. Gujarat Cricket Association, (2019) 419 ITR 561 (Guj)

•    CIT(E) vs. India Habitat Centre, (2020) (1) TMI 21 – Delhi HC,

•    DIT(E) vs. Shree Nashik Panchvati Panjrapole, (2017) 81 taxmann.com 375 (Bom)]

The terms “undertaking/industrial undertaking” have been judicially explained as follows:

•  
 the existence of all the facilities including factory buildings,
plant, machinery, godowns and things which are incidental to the
carrying on of manufacture or production, all of which when taken
together are capable of being regarded as an industrial undertaking [CIT vs. Premier Cotton Mills Ltd., (1999) 240 ITR 434 (Mad)].

•    ‘Undertaking’ in common parlance means an ‘enterprise’, ‘venture’ and ‘engagement’. (Websters Dictionary). [P. Alikunju vs. CIT, (1987) 166 ITR 804 (Ker)].

Hence,
the expression “business undertaking” should mean an enterprise with
various assets and which is carried on with profit motive.

The
books of account are required to be maintained in order to be eligible
to claim an exemption u/s 11 [section 12A(1)]. If the business is such
that proviso to section 2(15) applies then there is no question of
obtaining the benefit of section 11 and maintaining the books is
irrelevant. However, on a literal reading, books of accounts are
required for every business undertaking, whether or not the profits of
the business undertaking are exempt under proviso to section 2(15).

The provision applies whether or not the profits of the business undertaking are exempt u/s 11(4A).

All
business undertakings irrespective of the object, that is, whether in
the course of medical relief or education or yoga or advancement of
general public utility, are covered by the clause.

Rule 17AA(1)(c)(Text)

Books
of account, as referred in clause (a), for business carried on by the
assessee other than the business undertaking referred in sub-section (4)
of section 11 of the Act;
[Rule 17AA(1)(c)].

Analysis

On
a plain reading, it refers to a business which is not carried on
through an undertaking. To illustrate, a one-off adventure in the nature
of trade could be regarded as a business; however, it may not be
carried on through an undertaking. The clause requires separate books of
accounts for such a business. Even in this case, it appears that the
profit motive ought to be there before the activity can be regarded as a
business.

The provision requires separate books of accounts for every business of the assessee.

On a literal reading, the provision covers all businesses:

(a)    whether or not the profits of the business are exempt under proviso to section 2(15) or u/s 11(4A); and

(b)    irrespective of the object pursuant to which the business is set up.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(i)(Text)

(d) other documents for maintaining

(i) record of all the projects and institutions run by the person containing details of their name, address and objectives;

Analysis

This clause refers to “other documents”, which term has been explained by High Court as follows:

The
authorities can require production of accounts and other documents. The
words “other documents” in the section are vague and indefinite. Under
the Rules of construction of statutes, where general words follow
particular words, the general words will have to be construed in the
light of particular words. … the ejusdem generis Rule. Therefore, “other
documents” will be in the nature of account books, bill books etc.,
that have some relation to the accounts and not any correspondence etc. [P. K. Adimoolam Chettiar, In Re (1957) 8 STC 741 (Mad.)].

Applying
the principle, it appears that the provision enables the CBDT to
prescribe only those documents having some relation to books of account
and not any other correspondence, paper, documents etc.

The term “document” is defined in section 3(18) of the General Clauses Act, 1897 as follows:

“document”
shall include any matter written, expressed or described upon any
substance by means of letters, figures or marks, or by more than one of
those means which is intended to be used, or which may be used, for the
purpose or recording that matter.

Projects and institutions

The requirements under this sub-clause are perhaps, pursuant to section 2(15), section 11(4) and section 11(4A).

Project

The
term ‘project’ is neither defined in the Act nor used in section 11 to
section 13. In ITR – 7, the details of projects are required, although
even in the ITR the term is not explained. In the absence of a clear
definition, there could be conflicting views between the assessee and
the tax department as to what constitutes a ‘project’.

According to the dictionary, a project means ‘A
set of activities intended to produce a specific output, which has a
definite beginning and end. The activities are interrelated and must be
brought together in a particular order, based on precedence
relationships between the different activities. Examples of projects
include the building of the Channel Tunnel and the design of a computer
system for an ambulance service. Projects are usually based on bringing
together teams of specialists within relatively temporary management
structures. Project management techniques are increasingly being used to
manage such tasks as the introduction of total quality management
within organizations.
[Oxford’s Dictionary of Business and Management, pages 423 and 424].

Every project undertaken will have to be included since there is no de minimus clause.

Institution

Section 2(24)(iia) covers ‘institution’ established wholly or partly for charitable purposes.

The term “institution” has not been defined in the Act. It has been judicially explained as follows:
In
the Oxford English Dictionary, Volume V at page 354, the word
“institution” is defined to mean “an establishment, organisation, or
association, instituted for the promotion of some object, especially one
of public or general utility, religious, charitable, educational, etc.”

[CIT
vs. Sindhu Vidya Mandal Trust, (1983) 142 ITR 633 (Guj); Mangilal
Gotawat Charitable Trust vs. CIT, (1985) 20 Taxman 207 (Kar)].

The term would include schools, colleges, hospitals, etc.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii)(Text)

record of income of the person during the previous year, in respect of, –

(I)  
 voluntary contribution containing details of name of the donor,
address, permanent account number (if available) and Aadhaar number (if
available);

(II)    income from property held under trust referred to under section 11 of the Act along with list of such properties;

(III)  
 income of fund or institution or trust or any university or other
educational institution or any hospital or other medical institution
other than the contribution referred in items (I) and (II);

Analysis

This
sub-clause requires maintenance of record of income during the previous
year. It applies only in the case of “income” and not receipts not
constituting income.

Voluntary contribution containing details of name of the donor, etc. [Item (I)]

The
requirement under this item is pursuant to section 11(1), including
section 11(1)(d) and section 115BBC (anonymous donations).

PAN and Aadhar number are to be recorded if available. Hence, they are not mandatory.

The
requirement regarding the name and address of donors also applies to a
religious trust, which gets donations in its donation box. In such
circumstances, obviously, it will not be possible for the Trust to
maintain such details and it should suffice if the assessee mentions
this fact. It may be noted that even section 115BBC, which deals with
anonymous donations, does not apply to a wholly religious trust.

The
requirement covers contributions in kind. Now, strictly speaking,
offerings in kind in a temple constitute voluntary contribution and
hence income (see CBDT Circular No. 580 dated 14th September, 1990).
There is no de minimis clause and to take an extreme example, all offerings made in a temple such as coconuts, pedhas,
etc. also constitute income whose details have to be recorded!
Similarly, record for donation of even rupees ten have to be collated!

Details of all voluntary contributions, corpus as well as non-corpus, are required.

It
appears that the documents supporting these details are not required to
be maintained; to illustrate, a photocopy of the Aadhar card is not
required to be maintained.

Income from property held under trust along with list of such properties; [Item (II)]

Section
12(1) provides that voluntary contributions (other than corpus
donations) shall, for the purposes of section 11, be deemed to be
“income derived from property held under trust”. On the other hand, this
item refers to “income from property held under trust”. Again,
voluntary contributions are already covered by Item I. Hence, for the
purpose of this item, the expression “income from property held under
trust” does not include voluntary contributions.

The term ‘property held under trust’ is very wide and includes:

(a) income earned by it in the course of carrying out its objects.

(b) assets acquired out of such income referred to in (i) above or out of donations received by it. [ACIT vs. Etawah District Exhibition and Cattle Fair Association, (1978) 1978 CTR 166 (All)]

Thus,
even an FD is ‘property held under trust’. Any change, such as
withdrawal of FD, would require alteration in the ‘list of such
properties’.

Property held under trust includes assets invested u/s 11(2).

The requirement under this item is also partially repeated in the following clause/sub-clause/item:

• (d)(iii)(VI)

• (d)(iv)(IV)/(V)

• (d)(v)(VI)/(VII)

Income other than the contribution referred in Items (I) and (II); [Item III]

The
requirement in this Item applies to all institutions including
religious trusts, which get donations in their donation box. It will
include anonymous donations.

Rule 17AA(1)(d)(iii)(Text)

(iii) record of the following, out of the income of the person during the previous year, namely:

(I)  
 application of income, in India, containing details of amount of
application, name and address of the person to whom any credit or
payment is made and the object for which such application is made;

(II)  
 amount credited or paid to any fund or institution or trust or any
university or other educational institution or any hospital or other
medical institution referred to in sub-clause (iv) or sub-clause (v) or
sub-clause (vi) or sub-clause (via) of clause (23C) of section 10 of the
Act or other trust or institution registered under section 12AB of the
Act, containing details of their name, address, permanent account number
and the object for which such credit or payment is made;

(III)  
 application of income outside India containing details of amount of
application, name and address of the person to whom any credit or
payment is made and the object for which such application is made;

(IV)  
 deemed application of income referred in clause (2) of Explanation 1
of sub-section (1) of section 11 of the Act containing details of the
reason for availing such deemed application;

(V)    income
accumulated or set apart as per the provisions of the Explanation 3 to
the third proviso to clause (23C) of section 10 or sub-section (2) of
section 11 of the Act which has not been applied or deemed to be applied
containing details of the purpose for which such income has been
accumulated;

(VI)    money invested or deposited in the forms and modes specified in sub-section (5) of section 11 of the Act;

(VII)  
 money invested or deposited in the forms and modes other than those
specified in subsection (5) of section 11 of the Act;

Analysis

The
requirement under this item is pursuant to section 11(1), Explanation
1(2), Explanation 2, 3, 4 to section 11(1), 11(2), 11(5), etc.

Its main purpose is to identify the amount of application of income which is allowable u/s 11(1)(a).

Out of “income of the previous year”

It appears that for this purpose income excludes “corpus donations” received by the assessee and treated as exempt u/s 11(1)(d).

The
expression “income of the previous year”, used in this clause can lead
to computational issues. To illustrate, if a payment is made on 1st
April, is it out of the income of the previous year? Again, in the case
of mixed funds (income for the year as well as accumulated income,
corpus donations, borrowing, etc.), how to determine which fund has been
applied? Three principles set out by judgments are explained below:

•    In Siddaramanna Charities Trust vs. CIT [(1974) 96 ITR 275 (Mys)],
donation was made by the assesse on the first day of the accounting
year; The Court noticed that during the relevant previous year, there
was a profit and the sum donated was less than the amount of the
profits. It was also not shown that the said amount was paid out of the
capital account. Hence, it was held that the said donation was
application of income of the previous year, although when the donation
was given on the first day there was no profit of the previous year.

•    In Infosys Science Foundation vs. ITO(E), TS-453-ITAT-2018(Bang),
it has been held that once income is accumulated u/s 11(2) [say, in
year 1], the assessee can claim that application of income in year 2
should be split into two: initially, the application should first be
considered as having been made out of the accumulation of year 1 and
only the remainder should be considered as an application of income of
year 2. In this case, both the accumulation of unutilized income of year
1 u/s 11(2) as well as the income of year 2 were deployed in the form
of fixed deposits in bank, which were renewed and reinvested and it was
not possible to link the identity of the deposits with either one of the
accumulations or the current income.

•    For the purposes of other sections, the Supreme Court has held as follows:

•  
 Where interest-free own funds available with the assessee exceeded its
investments in tax-free securities; investments would be presumed to be
made out of assessee’s own funds, and proportionate disallowance was
not warranted u/s 14A although separate accounts were not maintained by
the assessee for investments and other expenditure incurred for earning
tax-free income [South Indian Bank Ltd. vs. CIT, (2021) 130 taxmann.com 178 (SC)].

•  
 If interest-free funds available to the assessee were sufficient to
meet its investment in subsidiaries, the assessee’s claim for deduction
was justified [CIT vs. Reliance Industries Ltd., (2019), 102 taxmann.com 52 (SC)].

The above judgments could be relevant in ascertaining whether the application is “out of income of the previous year” or not.

It
appears that what is required is that the assessee should choose a
reasonable method of determining the source from which the application
is made and follow it uniformly.

Application of income in India [Item (I)]

This item requires maintenance of details of the application.

The
term ‘application of income’ is very wide and includes, expenditure on
salaries, administrative expenses, establishment expenses, donations to
other institutions, capital expenditure, etc.

Every payment is a
different and separate application. Thus, a voucher for even a payment
of Rs. 10 (for say, conveyance) shall have to be recorded separately.

The Rule requires details of the “amount” of application, which term has been judicially explained by Courts as follows:

•   
…from the point of view of linguistics, the words “sum” and “amount”
are synonyms. But under the Income Tax Act, each of the words “sum”,
“amount”, “income” and “payment” have different connotations. [T. Rajkumar vs. UOI, 2016 (4) TMI 593 – Madras High Court]

•  
 The word “amount” is used here in a wider sense than usual and that it
includes the total quantity of the debtor’s liabilities in cash or in
kind. Consequently, the payment of these “amounts” can also be either in
cash or in kind. [Shridhar Krishnarao vs. Narayan Namaji, AIR 1939 Nag 227]

Thus,
the Item may require details of the amount of application in kind also.
To illustrate, if a hospital receives an ambulance as a non-corpus
donation, then the value of the ambulance is to be regarded as income of
the hospital and if it is used for the purposes of the hospital,
simultaneously the same amount is be regarded as application of income
[see CBDT Circular No. 580 dated 14th September, 1990)]. In such a
circumstance, the details of the ambulance will have to be recorded
under this item.

If an assessee is constructing a building, he
will have to maintain details of every payment made for purchase of
cement, sand, bricks, iron and steel, etc. and daily payment to
contractor!!!

Every TDS from payment is a separate application and hence, will have to be separately recorded.

If
more than one payment is made to a person for the same object, then it
appears that all the payments during the previous year to such person
can be aggregated.

Explanation 2 to section 11(1) provides that a
“corpus donation” to another specified institution shall not be treated
as application of income. Similarly, Explanation 3 provides cash
payments or payments without  deduction of tax at source will be
partially disallowable and not treated as application. Whether these
Explanations have to be considered in recording the details? It appears
that the requirement of the Rule is complete record keeping. It should
not be affected by the tax treatment of expenses in the computation of
income. Hence, it may be advisable to consider all such payments as
application of income with due disclosure by way of note.

Amount credited or paid to any other Trust etc. [Item (II)]

Explanation to section 11(2) uses the same language, that is, amount credited or paid to any other trust.
However,
such payments are not required to be recorded under this item. This is
because what is required is amount paid or credited out of the income of
the previous year, whereas Explanation to section 11(2) covers any
amount credited or paid to a charitable institution out of “accumulated
income of preceding years”: such payments are required to be recorded
under Rule 17AA(1)(d)(iv)(III).

The details of all
payments/credits to the specified institution are required, irrespective
of whether the payment is towards corpus of the payee or not.

Application of income outside India [Item (III)]

There
is a huge controversy on what constitutes application of income outside
India. The purpose is to identify the amount of application which is
not to be considered for exemption of income u/s 11(1)(a).

Deemed application of income referred in Explanation 1(2) to section 11(1) [Item (IV)]

An
assessee can decide whether to opt for deemed application of income or
not only after the finalization of accounts and computation of taxable
income. Hence, this record cannot be maintained contemporaneously during
the year but only after the amount of deemed application is determined.

The
item requires details of reasons for availing of deemed application.
Explanation 1(2) to section 11(1) provides that the option may be
availed “(i) for the reason that the whole or any part of the income
has not been received during that year, or (ii) for any other reason”.

It appears that the assessee need not give precise reasons but cite the aforesaid provision to justify the option availed of.

Income accumulated or set apart u/s 11(2) [Item (V)]

This
amount can also be recorded only after the end of the previous year
when the amount of income accumulated u/s 11(2) is determined.

Money invested or deposited in permissible modes of section 11(5) [Item (VI)]

If
a fixed deposit is placed during the year and it  matures before 31st
March, is it required to be recorded under this provision? On a literal
reading, record has to be maintained for each and every investment  or
deposit, whether continuing at the end of the year or not.

It appears that income for this purpose does not include corpus donations received during the year.

The details under this item are partially sought also under Rule 17AA(1)(d)(ii)(II).

Money invested or deposited in non-permissible modes [Item (VII)]

In
this case also, each and every investment or deposit in non-permissible
mode is required to be reported. This is because section 13(1)(d)
provides that income is not exempt to the extent of investment or
deposit in non-permissible mode.

[Some other interesting issues of this amendment will be discussed by the Author in part – II of this Article.]

[Author
acknowledges assistance from Adv. Aditya Bhatt, CA Kausar Sheikh, CA
Chirag Wadhwa and CA Arati Pai in writing this Article.]

Intricate Issues in Tax Audit

INTRODUCTION
Since the provision for audit u/s 44AB of the Income-tax Act was introduced in 1984, it has occupied centre stage of activity for many CAs in practice. Popularly, it is referred to as Tax Audit. After nearly four decades, while the original provisions and forms may look simple, the task of conducting a tax audit has always been complex. While in earlier years, the complexities revolved around getting the client to prepare proper financial statements from manually maintained accounting records, today, the challenge is getting the client to compile the voluminous details before auditing and reporting these in the complex online utilities.

Before we get into some of the issues one has to tackle while forming a view and reporting on the same; it is important to understand the objective behind the introduction of Tax Audit.  The scope and effect of section 44AB were explained by the CBDT in Circular No. 387, dated 6th July, 1984 [(1985) 152 ITR St. 11] in para 17, as under:

“17.2 A proper audit for tax purposes would ensure that the books of accounts and other records are properly maintained, that they faithfully reflect the income of the taxpayer and claims of deduction are correctly made by him. Such audit would also help in checking fraudulent practices. It can also facilitate the administration of tax laws by a proper presentation of the accounts before the tax authorities and considerably saving the time of assessing officers in carrying out routine verifications, like checking correctness of totals and verifying whether purchases and sales are properly vouched or not. The time of the assessing officers thus saved could be utilised for attending to more important investigational aspects of a case.”

The reporting complexities have been continuously increasing over the years, and it is evident from the fact that after the introduction of the forms in 1984, the first major change in reporting happened in 1999, after almost 15 years. The changes in the law and forms have become more frequent thereafter. At times, the reporting requirements travel beyond mere furnishing of particulars. The most glaring example is clause 30C(a), which requires the auditor to report on whether the assessee has entered into an impermissible avoidance arrangement.

The Institute of Chartered Accountants’ of India has been providing guidance to the members in the form of Guidance Notes and other pronouncements from time to time. The 2022 revised edition of The Guidance Note on Tax Audit under section 44AB of the Income-tax Act, 1961 – A.Y. 2022-23 (the GN) has been recently published.

We may turn our attention to some of the important matters when it comes to reporting in Form Nos. 3CA / 3CB / 3CD.

REPORTING CONSIDERATIONS
As per section 145, an assessee has an option to follow cash or mercantile system of accounting. Under clause 13(a) of Form 3CD, the assessee has to state the method of accounting it follows. As stated in para 11.6 of the GN, Accounting Standards (AS) also apply to financial statements audited u/s 44AB, and members should examine compliance with mandatory Accounting Standards when conducting such audits. Further, as per para 13.9 of the GN, normal Audit Procedures will also apply to a person who is not required by or under any other law to get his accounts audited. Where in the case of an assessee, the law does not prescribe any specific format or requirements for the preparation and presentation of financial statements, the ICAI has recently published ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Non-Corporate Entities’ and ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Limited Liability Partnerships’.

The following matters need to be kept in mind while furnishing an audit report, especially under Form No. 3CB:

(a) Assessee’s responsibility and Tax Auditor’s responsibility paragraphs have to be included at appropriate places in both Form No. 3CA and Form No. 3CB, as the case may be. The illustrations of the same are given in para 13.11 of the GN.

(b)  If an assessee follows the cash system of accounting in accordance with section 145, then the said fact must be mentioned in Form No. 3CB while drawing attention to the notes included in the financial statements, if any.

(c)  In case the financial statements of an assessee are otherwise not required to be prepared or presented in any particular format by any law, and if the ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Non-Corporate Entities’ or ‘Technical Guide on Financial Statements of Limited Liability Partnerships’, as applicable, is not followed, then the said fact should be included as an observation.

PAYMENT OR RECEIPT LESS THAN 5% IN CASH IN CASE OF ELIGIBLE ASSESSEE COVERED BY SECTION 44AD
With effect from A.Y. 2020-21, a proviso was inserted to section 44AB(a), whereby a relaxation from getting accounts audited was provided to certain assessees. Thus, an assessee,  having sales, turnover or gross receipts below Rs. 10 crores, whose aggregate of all receipts or payments in cash (including non account-payee cheques / bank drafts) does not exceed five per cent of the sales, turnover or gross receipts, is not required to get its accounts audited u/s 44AB(a).

U/s 44AD(4) if an eligible assessee, who has declared profit for any earlier year in accordance with section 44AD, chooses to declare profit less than that prescribed in section 44AD(1) in any of the succeeding 5 years and his income exceeds the maximum amount which is not chargeable to tax, then he is liable to get his accounts audited u/s 44AB(e) r.w.s. 44AD(5).

The issue that arises for consideration is whether the benefit provided in the proviso to section 44AB(a) would also apply to assessees covered u/s 44AB(e). The objective of increasing the said limit, as stated, was to reduce the compliance burden on small and medium enterprises. Even the Finance Minister, in her speech, had said – “In order to reduce the compliance burden on small retailers, traders, shopkeepers who comprise the MSME sector, I propose to raise by five times (in Finance Act raised to Rs. 10 crores) the turnover threshold for audit ….”.

However, the stated object of the amendment and law ultimately introduced in this regard are at variance. It does not appear to encompass eligible assessees covered u/s 44AD by not extending the said proviso to section 44AB(e). Thus, reference to small retailers, traders, and shopkeepers in the Finance Minister’s speech is rendered meaningless, as they are the ones who are actually covered as eligible assessees u/s 44AD.

TURNOVER FROM SPECULATIVE TRANSACTIONS AND DERIVATIVES, FUTURES & OPTIONS
Determination of turnover or gross receipts from  Speculative Transactions as well as from Derivatives, Futures & Options has been a subject matter of many lengthy discussions. The GN has dealt with the subject and provided the following guidance in paras 5.14(a) and (b) for determination of turnover for applicability of section 44AB. In either case, the determination would be as under:

(a) Speculative Transactions: These are transactions in respect of commodities, shares or stocks etc., that are ultimately settled otherwise than by actual delivery. In such cases, transactions are recognised in the books of account on net basis of difference earned or loss incurred. According to the GN, the sum total of such differences earned or loss incurred, i.e. total of both the positives and negatives has to be taken into consideration for determination of turnover.

(b)  Derivatives, Futures & Options: These transactions are also settled, on or before the strike date, without actual delivery of the stocks or commodities involved. In such cases, the total of all favourable and unfavourable outcomes should be taken into consideration for determining turnover along with the premium received on the sale of options (unless included in determining net profit from transaction). The GN also states that differences on reverse trades would also form part of the turnover.

INTEREST AND REMUNERATION RECEIVED BY A PARTNER IN A FIRM
The applicability of provisions of section 44AB to receipt of interest and remuneration by a partner in a firm has been a matter of some litigation in the context of levy of penalty u/s 271B. There have been judgements of the ITAT both in favour and against. This issue came up before the Hon. Bombay High Court recently in Perizad Zorabian Irani vs. Principal CIT [(2022) 139 taxmann.com 164 (Bombay)] wherein it is held that:

“Where assessee was only a partner in a partnership firm and was not carrying on any business independently, remuneration received by assessee from said partnership firm could not be treated as gross receipts of assessee and, accordingly, assessee was justified in not getting her accounts audited under section 44AB with respect to such remuneration.”

In coming to the above conclusion, the High Court relied on the judgement of Hon. Madras High Court in Anandkumar vs. ACIT [(2021) 430 ITR 391 (Mad)]. The case before the Madras High Court was of an assessee who had declared presumptive income u/s 44AD at 8% of the remuneration and interest earned from the partnership firm. The Assessing Officer had disallowed the claim of benefit u/s 44AD while holding that the assessee was not carrying on business independently but as a partner in the firm, and receipts on account of remuneration and interest from firms cannot be construed as gross receipts as mentioned in section 44AD.

Thus, two important points emerge from the above discussion:

(a) Remuneration and Interest in excess of Rs. 1 crore would not make a partner of a firm liable to tax audit u/s 44AB, and

(b) Benefit of section 44AD is not available in respect of remuneration and interest received by a partner from a partnership firm.

INCOME COMPUTATION AND DISCLOSURE STANDARDS (ICDS)
Reporting under this clause assumes great significance as, most of the time, assessees are not fully aware of the said standards. Two important matters to note from an auditor’s perspective are:

(i)    If financial statements are prepared and presented by following the Accounting Standards, as discussed in Reporting Considerations herein before, then there might be some items of adjustments under ICDS and accordingly need reporting under clause 13 of Form No. 3CD, and

(ii)    If the ICDS are followed in the preparation and presentation of financial statements, especially in the case of non-corporate assessees or LLPs, then there would be a need for qualifications in Form No. 3CB, where the Accounting Standards are not followed.

Generally, one will have to take into consideration the following important items, amongst others, in respect of the following ICDS:

ICDS

Subject

Matters for consideration

ICDS – I

Accounting Policies

• Impact of changes in accounting policies

• Marked to market profit / losses

ICDS – II

Valuation of Inventories

• Inclusive vs. Exclusive

• Borrowing Costs

• Time value of money

• Clause 14(b)

ICDS – IV

Revenue Recognition

• Performance Obligations

• Provision for sales returns

ICDS – V

Tangible Fixed Assets

• Borrowing Cost

• Forex gain / loss treatment

• Clause 18

ICDS – VI

Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange
Rates

• Cash flow hedges

• Marked to market profit / losses

ICDS – VIII

Securities

• Average cost vs. Bucket Approach

ICDS – IX

Borrowing Costs

• Inventories

• Fixed Assets

Some of the above matters are covered for reporting under other clauses also. At times such multiple reporting results in further adjustments in the intimations received u/s 143(1).

1. Certain adjustments in respect of inventories relating to taxes, duties etc., are reported, as per ICDS II, under clause 13(e), as well as in clause 14(b) for reporting deviation from section 145A. When intimation u/s 143(1) is received, it is noticed that there are double additions made if the same item is reported in two different clauses as per the reporting requirements. It is difficult to prescribe any particular method of reporting in such a matter. However, one may take a practical view and report such adjustments in clause 14(b) as it is directly arising from the provision of law rather than under clause 13(e), which comes  from the requirement of delegated legislation in the form of ICDS. Of course, whatever manner of reporting is adopted by the assessee, it would be prudent to disclose the same in para 3 of Form No. 3CA or para 5 of the Form No. 3CB, as the case may be.

2. In cases of proprietary concerns, along with business affairs, many times other personal details are also reported in the financial statements. If the proprietor is following the mercantile system of accounting and is also earning some other incomes, which are credited directly to the capital account, then clause 13(d) is attracted. It may be remembered that ICDS also apply to the computation of income under the head ‘Income from Other Sources’. Clause 13(d) is attracted if any adjustments are required to be made to the profit or loss for complying with ICDS. The scope of ICDS also extends to the recognition of revenue arising from the use by others of the person’s resources yielding interest, royalties or dividends. Similarly, under clause 16, amounts not credited to the profit and loss account are required to be reported. Under clause (d) of the said clause, ‘any other item of income’ is to be reported.

This particular reporting has been causing some problems again in intimations received where the said amount, though declared as income from other sources, is added to business income.

To deal with such a problem, the correct course of action would be to segregate personal financial affairs from business affairs. However, where such segregation is not possible for some good reasons, then probably the assessee may have to make a choice of reporting or not reporting the same. The auditor, in turn, would have to disclose such fact as a qualification under clause 5 of Form No. 3CB if not reported. If reported, then probably, an explanation would need to be included at the appropriate place, probably along with other documents that are uploaded along with the financial statements.

One may face such situations in respect of other items also. As an auditor, it may be a good practice to disclose such fact/s in clause 3 of Form No. 3CA or clause 5 of Form No. 3CB, as the case may be. Such disclosure may simply be an observation or a qualification, also at times depending on the facts and circumstances of a given case.

CHANGES IN PARTNERSHIP
In clause 9(b), in respect of Partnership Firms or Association of Persons, changes in the partnership or members or in their profit-sharing ratio are required to be reported. There has been a major change in provisions of section 45(4) w.e.f. 1st April, 2021. Any profits or gains arising from receipt of money or capital asset by a partner because of reconstitution of partnership firm is chargeable to tax, and such tax has to be paid by the firm.

While there is no separate reporting required in Form 3CD of such gains, one will have to take the above into account to ensure that due payment or provision for tax is made in the books of account. In such cases, the assessee may have taken legal opinions on some of the issues. If reliance is placed on the same, then necessary audit procedures as also disclosure, if additionally required, may be discussed with the assessee. One would also need to examine the valuation reports in respect of some of the assets that may have been obtained for the determination of amounts payable to any partner on account of reconstitution. Also, the assessee needs to obtain Form No. 5C, where applicable, to determine the nature of capital gains and carried forward cost of assets retained by the firm.

IMPERMISSIBLE AVOIDANCE ARRANGEMENT (IAA)
Clause 30C requires reporting of impermissible avoidance arrangement entered into by the assessee during the previous year under consideration. Reporting under this clause was deferred to 1st April, 2022.

Chapter X-A deals with provisions of General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) contained in sections 95 to 102. The intent, as per the Explanatory Memorandum of provisions of GAAR is to target the camouflaged transactions and determine tax by determining transactions on the basis of substance rather than form. GAAR applies to transactions entered into after 1st April, 2017. There are elaborate procedures for a transaction to be declared an IAA. For an arrangement to be declared as IAA, its main purpose should be to obtain a tax benefit and should satisfy one or more conditions of section 96, which are as under:

  • it creates rights / obligations which are not ordinarily created between persons dealing at arm’s length,

  • it results, directly or indirectly, in misuse or abuse of the provisions of the Act,

  • it lacks commercial substance or is deemed to lack commercial substance, by virtue of fiction created by section 97, or

  • is entered into or is carried out, by means, or in a manner, which may not be ordinarily employed for bona fide purposes.

There are elaborate steps laid down where a matter travels from Assessing Officer to the CIT or PCIT and to the Approving Panel. The CIT or the PCIT may declare the transaction as IAA if the assessee does not respond to show cause notice. In case the assessee objects to such a treatment, then the matter is referred to the Approving Panel, which may or may not hold the transaction to be IAA.

As per Rule 10U, GAAR is not applicable in certain specified cases thereunder.

Thus, there are various complexities involved in determining whether a transaction is an IAA. It involves determining parties who are to be treated as one and the same person, calculation of tax benefit obtained and if the same is more than Rs. 3 crores and access to records of some or all of the connected parties. This will involve substantial uncertainty, impossibility of computing overall tax effect and involvement of substantial subjectivity. The very fact that, even for administrative purposes, such an elaborate system from AO to Approving Panel is put in place, is a pointer to the difficulties involved. It is well-nigh impossible for a Tax Auditor to come to a conclusion on such a matter. In any case, the first step of furnishing the details under this clause rests on the assessee. Thus, in view of the difficulties arising on account of uncertainty and subjectivity, an auditor would hardly ever be able to come to a true and correct view of the matter. Accordingly, a Tax Auditor should include a disclaimer in respect of reporting under this clause as per para 56.14 of the GN with necessary modification.

The GN also suggests inquiring about pending matters relating to IAA or declaration of any transaction as IAA in respect of any of the earlier years and reporting the facts relating to the same.

THE BREAK-UP OF TOTAL EXPENDITURE AND GST
Clause 44, in pursuance of the information exchange collaboration initiated between CBIC and CBDT, was inserted on 20th July, 2018, but kept in abeyance for reporting prior to 1st April, 2022. While the ultimate objective of this clause is not clear, it appears to be in the nature of data collation for the purposes of GST. It requires reporting of the break-up of expenditure of entities registered or not registered under GST in the following manner:

1. Total amount of expenditure incurred during the year (Column 2)

2. Expenditure in respect of entities registered under GST:

a.    Relating to goods or services exempt from GST (Column 3)

b.    Relating to entities falling under composition scheme (Column 4)

c.    Relating to other registered entities (Column 5)

d.    Total payment to registered entities (Column 6)

3.    Expenditure relating to entities not registered under GST (Column 7)

The first question that arises for the purpose of reporting under this clause is what is the ambit or scope of the term “expenditure”? Oxford dictionary defines it as “the act of spending or using money; an amount of money spent”. It appears that all the expenditures as reported in the Profit and Loss Statement may have to be bifurcated for the purpose of reporting at clause 44. However, there might be certain exclusions or inclusions that may have to be taken care of:

1. Provisions and allowances (e.g., provisions for doubtful debts) are not expenditure and therefore, will have to be excluded.

2. Depreciation and amortisation, not being in the nature of expenditure, will also have to be excluded.

3. Capital Expenditure shall also be treated as expenditure and requires to be reported.

4. Prepaid expenditure incurred in the current year but forming part of the expenditure of the subsequent year will have to be added and conversely, prepaid expenditure of previous year forming part of the expenditure of current year will have to be reduced.

Once the total expenditure incurred during the year is derived under column 2, this requires bifurcation into expenditure in respect of entities registered under GST and those not registered under GST. The expenditure in respect of registered entities requires further bifurcation into exempt goods or services, relating to entities under the composition scheme and those relating to other registered entities.

As per section 2(47) of CGST Act, 2017, exempt supply means “supply of any goods or services or both which attracts nil rate of tax or which may be wholly exempt and includes non-taxable supply”. Exempt supplies shall include the supply of goods or services that have been exempted by way of notification (e.g., interest) or subjected to a nil rate of tax by way of notification. It shall also include supplies which are currently outside the levy of GST, such as petrol, diesel and liquor.

Activities or transactions that are treated as neither supply of goods nor a supply of services under Schedule III do not fall within the ambit of exempt supplies. Thus, expenditure in respect of such activities may have to be reported under the residuary category at column 5, in case of registered entities, or column 7 in case of unregistered entities. However, Para 82.3 of GN states that such activities need not be reported under this clause.

The details of expenses under the reverse charge mechanism (i.e., RCM where the recipient is liable to pay tax) are also required to be reported. In the case of RCM expenses from registered entities, these shall form part of expenditure relating to other registered dealers under column 5. In the case of RCM expenses from unregistered dealers, it shall be reportable under expenditure relating to entities not registered in column 7.

The critical issue here is what should be the source of such details required to be reported under this clause, as currently, there is no return or form in GST that requires mandatory reporting with respect to all expenditures. The reporting in respect of supplies from entities under the composition scheme in Table 16 of Form GSTR-9 (Annual Return) is currently optional up to F.Y. 2021-22. Table 14 of Form GSTR-9C (Reconciliation Statement), which requires expenditure head-wise reporting of Input Tax credit availed, is also optional up to F.Y. 2021-22. Reporting in respect of inward supplies from composition entities and exempt inward supplies is also required in Table 5 of GSTR-3B. However, most taxpayers are not able to report it on a monthly basis.

An inward supplies register, if available, consisting of all the expenditures incurred for the year could be considered as the basis for compiling vendor-wise expense details. Additionally, internal data for vendor master may have to be analysed to obtain details of entities registered under the composition scheme, registered entities, and unregistered entities. All the entries not charged with GST may be analysed to obtain details pertaining to exempt supplies, those pertaining to composition entities and those pertaining to unregistered entities.

The reporting is not required head-wise or vendor-wise. However, it is advisable to separately report revenue and capital expenditure. It is also advisable to maintain detailed head-wise and vendor-wise details as, typically, it may expected to be called for during scrutiny.

GSTR-2A (a statement containing details of inward supplies) may also be considered for reporting details in respect of registered entities. Owing to the dynamic nature of the statement and further requirement of reconciling the same with the books, it may not give desired and accurate details. The details in respect of composition entities and unregistered entities will also have to be separately compiled as these shall not be available from GSTR-2A.

Reporting under clause 44 involves an elaborate exercise, and all the details may not be available in most of the cases. In most cases, it may not be true and correct as required for the purpose of reporting. Therefore, it may be necessary to consider adequate disclosures along with notes, partial disclaimers, and in an appropriate circumstance, a complete disclaimer on reporting in this clause.

CONCLUSION
In this article, some intricate contemporary matters have been touched upon. However, there are some evergreen issues that keep on springing some surprises during the conduct of the audit and teach us something new. While many things have become easy on account of technology, there are matters which also add to our difficulties in terms of submission of data, maintenance and preserving of audit records and, of course, not the least, the challenges posed by the portal at times.

Two things that one has come to realise about tax audit, after practicing for some decades:

  • Assessees and Tax Auditors adapt to reporting on many intricate issues and settle with the same in a couple of years, and

  • When the issues are settled, the law comes up with something new and more complex requirements to be reported.

The tax audit reporting is, therefore, never finally settled, adding to the woes of taxpayers and tax auditors.

RECENT AMENDMENTS FOR TAX DEDUCTION AND TAX COLLECTION AT SOURCE

1. BACKGROUND
The scope for Tax Deduction
at Source (TDS) and Tax Collection at Source (TCS) has been enlarged in
the last three Budgets presented by our Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala
Sitharaman, in 2020, 2021 and 2022. Various Sections of the Income-tax
Act (Act) dealing with TDS and TCS have been amended, and some new
sections are added for this purpose. All these amendments have increased
the compliance burden on taxpayers. In this article, the various
amendments made in the Act in the last three years are discussed.

2. SECTION 192: TDS FROM SALARIES
Finance Act, 2020, amended this Section, effective from A.Y.2021-22 (F.Y.2020-21).
Section 17(2)(vi) of the Act provides for taxation of the value of any
specified securities or sweat equity shares (ESOP) allotted to any
employee by the employer as a perquisite. The employer must deduct tax
at source on such perquisite at the time of exercise of option u/s 192.

To
ease the burden of Start-Ups, the amendments in this Section provide
that a company which is an eligible start-up u/s 80IAC will have to
deduct tax at source on such income within 14 days (i) after the expiry
of 48 months from the end of the relevant assessment year, or (ii) from
the date of sale of such ESOP shares by the employee or (iii) from the
date on which the employee who received the ESOP benefit ceases to be an
employee of the company, whichever is earlier. For this purpose, the
tax rates in force of the financial year in which the said shares (ESOP)
were allotted or transferred are to be considered. By this amendment,
the employee’s liability to pay tax on such perquisite and deduction of
tax on the same is deferred as stated above. Consequential amendments
are also made in Sections 140A (Self-Assessment Tax), 156 (Notice of
Demand) and 191 (Direct payment of Tax).

3. SECTION 194: TDS FROM DIVIDENDS
i)
Up to 31st March, 2020, domestic companies declaring / distributing
dividends to shareholders were required to pay Dividend Distribution Tax
(DDT) u/s 115-O of the Act at the rate of 15% plus applicable surcharge
and cess. Consequently, Section 10(34) granted an exemption to dividend
income in the hands of the shareholder. This provision in Section 115-0
for payment of DDT by the company and exemption of dividend in hands of
the shareholder has been deleted by the F.A. 2020 effective from 01.04.2020.

ii) Section 194 is amended from 01.04.2020
to provide that if the dividend paid by a domestic company to a
Resident Shareholder exceeds Rs 5,000 in a Financial Year, tax at the
rate of 10% shall be deducted at source. The rate of TDS in the case of a
Non-Resident Shareholder shall by 20% as provided u/s 195.

iii) Finance Act, 2021, has further amended this Section, effective from 01.04.2020,
to provide that TDS provision shall not apply to dividend credited or
paid to (a) A Business Trust i.e., Infrastructure Investment Trust or
Real Estate Investment Trust by a Special Purpose Vehicle or (b) Any
other notified person.

4. SECTION 194A: TDS FROM INTEREST INCOME
4.1 This Section deals with TDS from Interest Income. This section is amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
Prior to this date, a Co-operative Society was not required to deduct
tax at source from interest payment in the following cases.

i) Interest payment by a Co-operative Society (Other than a Co-Operative Bank) to its members.

ii) Interest payment by a Co-operative Society to any other Co-operative Society.

iii)
Interest payment on deposits with a Primary Agricultural Credit Society
or Primary Credit Society or a Co-operative Land Mortgage Bank.

iv)
Interest payment on deposits (Other than time deposits) with a
Co-operative Society (Other than Societies mentioned in (iii) above)
engaged in the business of banking.

Under the amendments made in Section 194A effective from 01.04.2020,
the above exemptions have been modified, and a Co-Operative Society
shall be required to deduct tax at source in all the above cases at the
rates in force if the following conditions are satisfied.

a) The
total sales, gross receipts or turnover of the Co-operative Society
exceed Rs 50 Cr. during the immediately preceding financial year, and

b)
The amount of interest, or the aggregate of the amounts of such
interest payment during the financial year, is more than Rs 50,000 in
case the payee is a Senior Citizen (Age of 60 years or more) or more
than Rs 40,000 in other cases.

4.2 i) It may be noted that Section 10(12) is amended by the F.A. 2021, effective from 01.04.2022.
By this amendment, interest credited to the account of an employee in
his account in a recognized Provident Fund is now taxable in respect of
his contribution in excess of Rs 2.50 Lakhs in a financial year. The
method of calculating such interest is provided in Rule 9D inserted in
the Income-tax Rules, effective from 01.04.2022. In this Rule, it
is provided that the Employees’ PF Trust will maintain a separate
account for each employee under the heading ‘Taxable Contribution
Account’ and credit his contribution, which is in excess of Rs 2.50
Lakhs during the F.Y. 2021-22 and each of the subsequent years. Interest accrued on this excess contribution shall be credited to this account.

ii)
The Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India, has issued
Circular No. WSU/6(1) 2019/Income tax / Part I (E – 33306) dated 5th
April, 2022. In this circular, it is stated that interest credited to
the employee’s account in the ‘Taxable Contribution Account’ as provided
in Rule 9D of the Income-tax Rules shall be subject to TDS u/s 194A at
10%. If PAN is not linked with the PF Account of the employee, the rate
of TDS will be 20%. If the total amount of such interest is less than Rs
500 in any Finance Year, this TDS provision will not apply. This tax
will have to be deducted by Trustees of Employees’ PF Trust and
deposited with the Government when it is credited or paid, whichever is
earlier.

5. SECTION 194C: PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTORS
This section is amended by the F.A. 2020 effective from 01.04.2020.
Prior to the amendment, the term “Work” was defined in the section to
include manufacturing or supplying a product according to the
requirement or specification of a customer by using material purchased
from such customer. Now, this term “Work” will also include material
purchased from the Associate of such Customer. For this purpose, the
term “Associate” means a person specified u/s 40A(2)(b).

6. SECTION 194 – IA: TDS FROM PAYMENT FOR TRANSACTION IN IMMOVABLE PROPERTY
This
Section requires that, if the consideration for the transaction is Rs
50 Lakhs or more, the buyer shall deduct tax at the rate of 1% of the
consideration for the transfer of immovable property. Effective from
01.04.2022, this Section is amended by the F.A. 2022 to provide that tax
at 1% is to be deducted from the amount determined for the Stamp Duty
Valuation if that amount is higher than the consideration. If the
consideration for transfer and the Stamp Duty Valuation is less than Rs
50 Lakhs, then no tax is required to be deducted.

7. SECTION 194J: TDS FROM FEES FOR PROFESSIONAL OR TECHNICAL SERVICES

This section is amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
The rate for TDS has been reduced from 10% to 2% in respect of Fees for
Technical Services. The rate of TDS for Professional Fees continues at 10%.

8. SECTION 194K: TDS FROM INCOME FROM MUTUAL FUND

This is a new Section inserted by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
It provides that income distributed by a Mutual Fund to a Resident unit
holder in excess of R5,000 in a financial year will be subject to TDS
at the rate of 10%. In the case of a Non-Resident Unit holder, the rate
of TDS is 20% u/s 196A. Prior to 1.4.2020, a Mutual Fund was
required to pay tax at the time of distribution of income u/s 195R and
the Unit Holder was granted exemption u/s 10(35).

9. SECTION 194LBA: TDS FROM INCOME DISTRIBUTED BY A BUSINESS TRUST
This section has been amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020,
to provide that in respect of income distributed by a Business Trust to
a resident unit holder, being dividend received or receivable from a
Special Purpose Vehicle, the tax shall be deducted at source at the rate
of 10%. In respect of a non-resident unit holder, the rate for TDS is
20% on such dividend income.

10. SECTION 194LC: TDS FROM INTEREST FROM INDIAN COMPANY
This section is amended by F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
The eligibility of borrowing under a loan agreement or by issue of long
term bonds for concessional rate of TDS under this section has now been
extended from 30.06.2020 to 30.06.2023. Further, Section 194LC(2) has
now been amended to include interest on monies borrowed by an Indian
Company from a source outside India by issue of Long Term Bonds or Rupee
Denominated Bonds between 01.04.2020 and 30.06.2023, which are listed
on a recognized Stock Exchange in any International Financial Services
Center (IFSC). In such a case, the rate of TDS will be 4% (as against 5%
in other cases).

11. SECTION 194LD: TDS FROM CERTAIN BONDS AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
This section is amended by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
This amendment is made to cover interest payable from 01.06.2013 to
30.06.2023 by a person to an FII or a Qualified Foreign Investor on
Rupee Denominated Bonds of an Indian Company or Government Security u/s
194LD. Further, now interest at specified rate on Municipal Debt
Securities issued between 01.04.2020 to 30.06.2023 will also be covered
under the provisions of this Section. The rate for TDS is 5% in such
cases.

12. SECTION 194N: TDS FROM PAYMENT IN CASH
Section
194N was inserted, effective from 01.09.2019, by the Finance (No.2)
Act, 2019. This Section provided that a Banking Company, Co-operative
Bank or a Post Office shall deduct tax at source at 2% in respect of
cash withdrawn by any account holder from one or more accounts with such
Bank / Post office in excess of Rs 1 Cr. in a financial year.

Now, the above Section has been replaced by a new Section 194N by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.07.2020. This new Section provides as under:

i) The provision relating to TDS at 2% on cash withdrawals exceeding Rs 1 Cr. as stated above is continued. However, w.e.f. 01.07.2020,
if the account holder in the Bank / Post Office has not filed returns
of income for all the three assessment years relevant to the three
previous years, for which the time for filing such return of income u/s
139(1) has expired, the rate of TDS will be as under:

a) 2% of
cash withdrawal from all accounts with a Bank or Post Office in excess
of R 20 Lakhs but not exceeding Rs 1 Cr. in a financial year.

b) 5% of cash withdrawal from all accounts with a Bank or Post Office in excess of Rs 1 Cr. in a financial year.

ii)
This TDS provision applies to all persons, i.e., Individuals, HUF, AOP,
Firms, LLP, Companies etc., engaged in business or profession and to
all persons having bank accounts for personal purposes.

iii) The
Central Government has been authorized to notify, in consultation with
RBI, that in the case of any account holder, the above provisions may
not apply or tax may be deducted at a reduced rate if the account holder
satisfies the conditions specified in the notification.

iv) This
Section does not apply to cash withdrawals by any Government, Bank,
Co-operative Bank, Post Office, Banking Correspondent, White Label ATM
Operators and such other persons as may be notified by the Central
Government in consultation with RBI if such person satisfies the
conditions specified in the notification. Such notification may provide
that the TDS may be at reduced rates or at “Nil” rate.

v) This
provision is made to discourage cash withdrawals from Banks and promote
the digital economy. It may be noted that u/s 198, it is provided that
the tax deducted u/s 194N will not be treated as income of the assessee.
If the amount of this TDS is not treated as income of the assessee,
credit for tax deducted at source u/s 194N will not be available to the
assessee u/s 199 read with Rule 37BA. If such credit is not given, this
will be an additional tax burden on the assessee.

13. SECTION 194-O: TDS FROM PAYMENT BY E-COMMERCE OPERATOR TO E-COMMERCE PARTICIPANT
New Section 194-O has been inserted by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020.
Existing Section 206AA has been amended from the same date. Section
194-O provides that the TDS provisions will apply to E-commerce
operators. The effect of this provision is as under:

i) The two
terms used in the Section are defined to mean (a) “e-commerce operator”
is a person who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility
or platform for electronic commerce and (b) “e-commerce participant” is
a person resident in India selling goods or providing services or both,
including digital products, through digital or electronic facility or
platform for electronic commerce. For this purpose, the services will
include fees for professional services and fees for technical services.

ii)
An e-commerce operator facilitating the sale of goods or provision of
services of an e-commerce participant through its digital electronic
facility or platform is now required to deduct tax at source at the rate
of 1% of the payment of the gross amount of sales or services or both
to the e-commerce participant.

iii) No tax is required to be
deducted if the payment is made to an e-commerce participant who is an
Individual or HUF if the payment during the financial year is less than
Rs 5 Lakhs and the e-commerce participant has furnished PAN or Aadhar Card
Number.

iv) Further, in the case of an e-commerce operator who
is required to deduct tax at source as stated in (ii) above or in case
stated in (iii) above, there will be no obligation to deduct tax under
any provisions of chapter XVII-B in respect of the above transactions.
However, this exemption will not apply to any amount received by an
e-commerce operator for hosting advertisements or providing any other
services which are not in connection with sale of goods or services.

v)
If the e-commerce participant does not furnish PAN or Aadhar Card
Number, the rate for TDS u/s 206AA will be 5% instead of 1%. This is
provided in the amended Section 206AA.

vi) It is also provided
that CBDT, with the approval of the Central Government, may issue
guidelines for the purpose of removing any difficulty that may arise in
giving effect to provisions of Section 194-O.

14. SECTION 194-P: TDS IN CASES OF SPECIFIED SENIOR CITIZENS
This is a new section inserted by F.A. 2021, from 01.04.2021.
Since the section deals with TDS and provides for relaxation from
filing Return of Income by Senior Citizens it will apply for the F.Y. 2021-2022 (A.Y. 2022-23).
This section grants exemption from filing of Return of Income by Senior
Citizens (age of 75 years or more). For this purpose, the following
conditions should be complied with:

i) Such Senior Citizen should have only pension Income.

ii) Such Senior Citizen may also have interest income from the same specified Bank in which he /she is receiving the pension.

iii) Such Senior Citizen will be required to furnish a declaration in the prescribed manner to the specified Bank.

In
the case of the Senior Citizen to whom the section applies, the
specified bank shall, after giving effect to the deductions allowable
under Chapter VIA and the Rebate allowable u/s 87A, compute the total
income and tax payable by such Senior Citizen for the relevant
assessment year and deduct income tax on such total income based on
applicable rates.

It may be noted that the above exemption from
filing return of income will not be available if such Senior Citizen has
Income from House Property, Business, Profession, Capital gains, and
Interest income from any other Bank or any person, Dividend etc.
Considering the conditions imposed in the Section, very few Senior
Citizens will be able to get benefit of this section.
        
15. SECTION 194-Q: TDS FROM PAYMENT FOR PURCHASE OF GOODS
This is a new section inserted by the F.A. 2021, effective from 01.07.2021.
Last year, section 206C(IH) was inserted to provide for the collection
of tax at source (TCS) by the seller of goods of the aggregate value
exceeding Rs 50 Lakhs at the rate of 0.1% of the value of goods
purchased by the purchaser. The new section 194Q applies to an assessee
whose total sales, gross receipts or turnover from business exceeds Rs 10
Cr. in the immediately preceding financial year. Further, this provision
will apply if the aggregate value of goods purchased in the financial
year exceeds Rs 50 Lakhs. In such a case, tax at the rate of 0.1% of the
amount in excess of Rs 50 Lacs is required to be deducted at source.
This provision will not apply if the tax is required to be deducted or
collected under any other provisions of the Act, other than TCS on the
sale of goods as provided in section 206C(IH). It is also provided that
if the buyer deducts tax on the purchase of goods under this section,
the seller will not be required to collect tax u/s 206C(IH). In other
words, if section 194Q, as well as section 206C(IH) applies to any
transaction, TDS provision u/s 194Q will apply and TCS provision u/s
206C (IH) will not apply except in the case of advance received by the
seller against sales.
In case the seller does not have PAN, the
applicable rate of TDS will be 5%. A consequential amendment is made in
section 206AA. It may be noted that the term “Goods” has not been
defined in sections 194Q or 206C (IH). If we rely on the definition
under the Sale of Goods Act, 1930, it will mean movable assets.
Therefore, immovable property will not be considered “Goods”.

16. SECTION 194-R: TDS FROM BENEFIT OR PERQUISITES
i) This is a new Section which has been inserted by the F.A. 2022 and comes into force from 01.07.2022. The
section provides that tax shall be deducted at source at the rate of
10% of the value of the benefit or perquisite arising from business or
profession if the value of such benefit or perquisite in a financial
year exceeds Rs 20,000.

ii) The provisions of this Section are
not applicable to an Individual or HUF whose Sales, Gross Receipts or
Turnover does not exceed Rs 1 Cr. in the case of business or Rs 50 Lakhs
in the case of profession during the immediately preceding financial
year.

iii) The section also provides that if the benefit or
perquisite is wholly in kind or partly in kind and partly in cash and
the cash portion is not sufficient to meet the TDS amount, then the
person providing such benefit or perquisite shall ensure that tax is
paid in respect of the value of the benefit or perquisite before
releasing such benefit or perquisite.

iv) In the Memorandum
explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2022, it is clarified
that Section 194R is added to cover cases where value of any benefit or
perquisite arising from any business or profession is chargeable to tax
u/s 28(iv) of the Act. It is also provided that the Central Government
shall issue guidelines to remove any difficulty that may arise in the
implementation of this section.

v) It may be noted that CBDT has
issued a Circular No. 12 of 2022. This Circular provides Guidelines for
the removal of difficulties arising from implementation of this section.
This Circular explains the transactions to which this section applies.
Briefly stated, the position about the following transactions will be as
under:

a) The section applies to any benefit or perquisite
provided to a person if such benefit or perquisite is taxable in the
hands of the recipient. However, the tax deductor is not required to
verify whether such benefit or perquisite is taxable in the hands of the
recipient u/s 28(iv).

b) If the benefit or perquisite is in the form of a Capital Asset, tax is required to be deducted under this section.

c)
This section will not apply to Sales Discount, Cash Discount and Rebate
on sales given by the assessee. However, if free samples are given or
if an incentive is given only to selected persons in the form of TV,
Computer, Gold Coin, Mobile Phone, Free Tickets for Travel etc., the
provisions of this section will apply.

d) If the benefit of use
of assets of ABC Co. Ltd., is given free of cost to BCD Co. Ltd or its
directors, employees or their relatives, ABC Co. Ltd., will have to
deduct tax under this section.

e) The valuation of the benefit or perquisite given in kind is to be made at fair market value.

The
above Circular deals with many other cases in which tax is either to be
deducted or not to be deducted under this section. Therefore, the
person liable to deduct tax at source will have to carefully study the
guidelines in the Circular before giving any benefit or perquisite to a
third person.

17. SECTION 194-S: TDS FROM TRANSFER OF VIRTUAL DIGITAL ASSET (VDA)

i) This is a new section inserted by the F.A. 2022 which comes into force on 01.07.2022.
The section provides that any person paying to a resident consideration
for transfer of any Virtual Digital Asset (VDA) shall deduct tax at 1%
of such sum. In a case where the consideration for transfer of VDA is
(a) wholly in kind or in exchange of another VDA, where there is no
payment in cash or (b) partly in cash and partly in kind but the part in
cash is not sufficient to meet the liability of TDS in respect of whole
of such transfer, the payer shall ensure that tax is paid in respect of
such consideration before releasing the consideration. However, this
TDS provision does not apply if such consideration does not exceed Rs
10,000 in a financial year.

ii) Section 194-S defines the term
“Specified Person” to mean any person (i) being an Individual or a HUF,
whose total sales, gross receipts or turnover from business or
profession does not exceed Rs 1 Cr. in case of business or Rs 50 Lakhs
in the case of profession, during the immediately preceding financial
year in which such VDA is transferred or (ii) being an Individual or a
HUF who does not have income under the head “Profits and Gains of
Business or Profession”.

iii) In the case of a Specified Person –

a)  
 The provisions of Section 203A relating to Tax Deduction and
Collection Account Number and 206AB relating to Special Provision for
TDS for non-filers of Income-tax Return will not apply.

b) If the
value or the aggregate value of such consideration for VDA does not
exceed Rs 50,000 during the financial year, no tax is required to be
deducted.

iv) In the case of a transaction to which Sections
194-O and 194-S are applicable, then tax is to be deducted u/s 194-S and
not under Section 194-O.

(v) The CBDT has issued certain
Guidelines by its Circular No. 13 of 2022 dated 22nd June, 2022 for
removal of difficulties under this Section. Briefly stated this Circular
states as under:

a) These guidelines apply only in cases where the transfer of VDA is taking place on or through an Exchange.

b)
When the transfer of VDA is taking place on or through an Exchange and
payment is made by the purchaser to the Exchange directly, or through a
Broker, the tax should be deducted by the Exchange. The Circular also
explains the circumstances under which tax is required to be deducted by
the Broker. The terms “Exchange” and “Broker” are defined in the
Circular.
    
c) When VDA-‘X’ is exchanged by the seller against
VDA–‘Y’ owned by the buyer, TDS provisions apply to both the seller and
the buyer. The Circular explains the mechanism for deduction of tax at
source when such transfer takes place directly or through the Exchange.

d)
It is clarified that when tax is deducted u/s 194-S, no tax is required
to deducted u/s 194-Q dealing with TDS from payment for purchase of
goods.

e) For TDS under this section, the consideration for VDA
is to be computed excluding GST and charges levied by the deductor for
rendering service.

f) The circular also explains the TDS
provisions relating to VDA in the form of questions and answers which a
person dealing in VDA will have to study before deducting tax at source
u/s 194-S.

(vi) CBDT has also issued another Circular No. 14 of
2022 on 28th June, 2022 explaining how the provisions of this Section
will apply when the transfer of VDA takes place for consideration in
cash or kind otherwise than through an Exchange.

18. SECTION 196-C: TDS FROM FOREIGN CURRENCY BONDS OR SHARES
This
section dealing with TDS from interest or dividend in respect of Bonds
or GDRs purchased by a Non-Resident in Foreign Currency has been amended
by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020. Under the amended Section, TDS at 10% is now deductible from interest or dividend paid to the Non-Resident.

19. SECTION 196-D: TDS FROM INCOME OF FII FROM SECURITIES
i)
This section deals with TDS from income in respect of securities held
by an FII. By amendment of the Section by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020, it is provided that Dividend paid to FII or FPI will be subject to TDS at the rate of 20%.
    
ii)
As stated above, this section provides for TDS at the rate of 20% on
income of FIIs from securities referred to in section 115AD(1)(a), other
than interest u/s 194LD. Due to this specific rate of 20%, the benefit
of lower rate under the applicable DTAA was not available. To give this
benefit to FIIs, the section has now been amended by the F.A. 2021,
effective from 01.04.2021, and it is now provided that in the
case of any FII, to whom DTAA applies, the tax shall be deducted under
this section at the rate of 20% or the rate as per the applicable DTAA,
whichever is lower. The FII must produce the ‘Tax Residency Certificate’
to get this benefit.
            
20. SECTIONS 206 AB AND 206 CCA: TDS/TCS FROM NON-FILERS OF ITR
i)
At present, sections 206AA and 206CC provide for TDS and TCS at higher
rates if the PAN is not furnished by the person to whom payment is made
or the person from whom the amount is received. Now, two new sections
206AB and 206CCA are inserted by the F.A. 2021 effective from 01.07.2021
for TDS and TCS at higher rates if the specified person from whom tax
is to be deducted or the tax is to be collected has not filed the return
of income for the two preceding years. These two new sections will
apply, notwithstanding anything contained in any other provisions of the
Act, where tax is required to be deducted or collected under Chapter
XVII-B or Chapter XVIIBB. However, these provisions will not apply to
TDS provisions under sections 192 and 192A (salary), 194B and 194BB
(winnings from lottery, crossword puzzle and horse races), 194LBC
(Income from investment in securitization Trust) or 194N (Payment of
certain amount in cash by Banks etc.).

ii) For the above purpose,
“specified person” is defined to mean (a) a person who has not filed
return of income for both the two immediately preceding years in which
tax is required to be deducted / collected, (b) the time limit to file
the Return of income for the above years u/s 139(1) has expired, (c)
aggregate of TDS/TCS exceeds Rs 50,000 in each of the two preceding
years an (d) the specified person shall not include a non-resident who
does not have a PE in India.

iii) The higher rate for TDS/TCS provided in the above sections is to be worked out as under:

a) TDS Rate: Higher of (a) Twice the rate specified in the relevant section or (b) Twice the Rate or Rates in force or (c) The rate of 5%.

b) TCS Rate: Higher of (a) Twice the Rate specified in the relevant section or (b) The rate of 5%.

iv)
It is further provided that if the provisions of section 206AA (for
TDS) or section 206CC (for TCS) are applicable to the specified person
in addition to section 206AB (for TDS) or section 206CCA (for TCS), the
higher of the two rates provided in the above sections will apply.

v)
For the convenience of the deductor and collector of tax, CBDT vide
Circular No. 11 of 2021 dated 21st June, 2021 has clarified the steps
taken to ease the compliance burden of the deductor/collector by launch
of new functionality ‘Compliance Check for sections 206AB and 260CCA’
through the reporting portal of the Income-tax department. The Deductor
or Collector using this functionality can get the information about the
specified person as to whether he has filed the return of income for the
preceding two years. It is also possible for the dedutor or collector
to obtain a declaration from the specified person as to whether he has
filed the return of income for the preceding two years, and if so on
what dates.

vi) These two sections are further amended by the F.A. 2022, effective from 01.04.2022. It
is now provided the TDS/TCS at higher rates in such cases will not
apply to cases under sections 194IA, 194IB and 194M where the payer is
not required to obtain TAN. Further, the test of non-filing the
Income-tax Returns under Sections 206AB / 206CCA has now been reduced
from two preceding years to one preceding year.

21. SECTION 206C: TCS FROM CERTAIN TRADING TRANSACTIONS

This
Section dealing with collection of tax at source (TCS) has been amended
by the F.A. 2020, effective from 01.10.2020. Hitherto, this provision
for TCS applied in respect of specified businesses. Under this
provision, a seller is required to collect tax from the buyer of certain
goods at the specified rates. The amendment of this Section, effective
from 01.10.2020, extends the net of TCS u/s 206C (1G) and (1H) to other
transactions as under:

i) An Authorized Dealer, who is authorized
by RBI to deal in foreign exchange or foreign security, receiving Rs. 7
lakhs or more from any person, in a financial year, for remittance out
of India under Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS), is liable to collect
TCS at 5% from the person remitting such amount. Thus, LRS remittance
upto Rs. 7 Lakhs in a financial year will not be liable for this TCS. If
the remitter does not provide PAN or Aadhar Card Number, the rate of
TCS will be 10% u/s 206CC.

ii) In the above case, if the
remittance in excess of Rs. 7 Lakhs is by a person who is remitting the
foreign exchange out of education loan obtained from a Financial
Institution, as defined in Section 80E, the rate of TCS will be 0.5%. If
the remitter does not furnish PAN or Aadhar Card No. the rate of TCS
will be 5% u/s 206CC.

iii) The seller of an overseas tour
programme package, who receives any amount from a buyer of such package,
is liable to collect TCS at 5% from such buyer. It may be noted that
the TCS provision will apply in this case even if the amount is less
than Rs. 7 Lakhs. If the buyer does not provide PAN or Aadhar Card No.
the rate for TCS will be 10% u/s 206CC.

iv) It may be noted that the above provisions for TCS do not apply in following cases:

a) An amount in respect of which the sum has been collected by the seller.

b)
If the buyer is liable to deduct tax at source under any other
provisions of the Act. This will mean that for remittance for
professional fees, commission, fees for technical services etc., from
which tax is to be deducted at source, this section will not apply.

c)
If the remitter is the Central Government, State Government, Embassy,
High Commission, Legation, Commission, Consulate, Trade Representation
of a Foreign State, Local Authority or any person in respect of whom
Central Government has issued notification.

v) Section 206C(1H), which comes into force on 01.10.2020
provides that a seller of goods is liable to collect TCS at the rate of
0.1% on receipt of consideration from the buyer of goods, other than
goods covered by Section 206C(1), (1F) or (1G). This TCS provision will
apply only in respect of the consideration in excess or Rs 50 Lakhs in
the financial year. If the buyer does not provide PAN or Aadhar Card
No., the rate of TCS will be 1%. If the buyer is liable to deduct tax at
source from the seller on the goods purchased and made such deduction,
this provision for TCS will not apply.

vi) It may be noted that the above Section 206C (1H) does not apply in the following cases:

a)
If the buyer is the Central Government, State Government, Embassy, High
Commission, Legation, Commission, Consulate, Trade Representation of a
Foreign State, Local Authority, person importing goods into India or any
other person as the Central Government may notify.

b) If the
seller is a person whose sales, turnover or gross receipts from the
business in the preceding financial year does not exceed Rs. 10 Cr.

vii)
The CBDT, with the approval of the Central Government, may issue
guidelines for removing any difficulty that may arise in giving effect
to the above provisions.

22. OBLIGATION TO DEDUCT OR COLLECT TAX AT SOURCE
Hitherto,
the obligation to comply with the provisions of Sections 194A, 194C,
194H, 194I, 194J or 206C for TDS/TCS was on Individuals or HUF whose
total sales or gross receipts or turnover from business or profession
exceeded the monetary limits specified in Section 44AB during he
immediately preceding financial year. The above Sections are now amended
by F.A. 2020, effective from 01.04.2020, to provide that above
TDS / TCS provisions will apply to an individual or HUF whose total
sales or gross receipts or turnover from business or profession exceed
Rs 1 Cr. in the case of business or Rs 50 Lakhs in the case of
profession. Thus, every individual or HUF carrying on business will have
to comply with the above TDS/TCS provisions even if he is not liable to
get his accounts audited u/s 44AB.

23.    TO SUM UP
i)
From the above amendments, it is evident that the net for TDS and TCS
has now been widened and even transactions which do not result in
income, are now covered under these provisions. Individuals and HUF
carrying on business and not covered by Tax Audit u/s 44AB will now be
covered by TDS and TCS provision. In particular, persons remitting
foreign exchange exceeding Rs 7 Lakhs under LRS of RBI, will have to pay
tax u/s 206C. This tax will be considered as payment of tax by the
remitter u/s 206C(4), and he can claim credit for such tax u/s 206C(4)
read with Rule 37-1.

ii) It may be noted that the Government
issued a Press Note on 13th May, 2020 providing certain relief during
the COVID-19 pandemic. By this Press Note, it announced that TDS/TCS
under sections 193 to 194-O and 206C will be reduced by 25% during the
period 14.05.2020 to 31.03.2021. This reduction is given only in respect
of TDS/TCS from payments or receipts from Residents. This concession is
not in respect of TDS from salaries or TDS from Non-Residents and
TDS/TCS under sections 260AA or 206CC.

iii) There are about 65
sections in the Income-tax Act dealing with the obligations relating to
TDS and TCS. These sections include certain procedural provisions which
the taxpayer has to comply with. With the above amendments made in the
last 3 years, the provisions relating to TDS/TCS have become more
complex. Every person will have to be very careful while making any
payment, purchase or sale in the course of his business, profession or
other activities, and he will have to first ascertain whether any of the
provisions for TDS/TCS are applicable. In case of non-compliance with
these provisions, he will have to face many penal consequences. Even
Chartered Accountants conducting Tax Audit u/s 44AB will have to verify
and report whether the entity under audit has correctly deducted tax or
not under the above sections.

DISCLOSURE OF FOREIGN ASSETS AND INCOME IN THE INCOME-TAX RETURN

ENABLING PROVISION

Section 139 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the IT Act”) deals with the filing of return of income. Sub-section (1) to section 139, inter alia, provides that every person whose total income exceeds the maximum amount not chargeable to tax shall file a return of income in the prescribed form and in the prescribed manner before the due date of filing of return of income.

The fourth proviso to section 139(1) provides that a person being a resident, other than a not ordinarily resident, who is not required to file return of income u/s 139(1) shall still be required to file a return of income if he satisfies any of the conditions mentioned in clauses (a) and (b) of the fourth proviso. The said clauses (a) and (b) under the fourth proviso broadly deal with the holding of any asset or being the beneficiary of any asset located outside India.

Therefore, any resident person who holds any asset located outside India or is a beneficiary of any asset located outside India shall be required to file a return of income u/s 139(1) even if the total income of such person does not exceed the prescribed limits. The conditions given under clauses (a) and (b) of the fourth proviso regarding the holding of any asset or being the beneficiary of any asset located outside India are dealt with in greater detail in subsequent paragraphs.

WHO IS REQUIRED TO REPORT?

The fourth proviso expressly provides that every person being a ‘resident’, other than not ordinarily resident in India within the meaning of section 6(6) of the IT Act, shall be required to file a return if he satisfies the prescribed conditions. Thus, the provision applies only to a ‘resident person’. Persons who are either not-ordinarily resident or non-residents are not covered under the fourth proviso to section 139(1).

Further, section 2(31) of the IT Act defines a person to include an Individual, HUF, Company, Firm, AOP or BOI, Local Authority and every artificial juridical person who does not fall in either of the specified categories. Therefore, the requirement of reporting foreign assets and income will apply to all such resident persons.

An illustrative list of persons who may get covered and require reporting are:

  • Non-residents who have become residents in India and have purchased/obtained assets outside India while they were non-residents in India;
  • Individuals who have invested funds outside India under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS);
  • Individuals who have invested outside India through ODI route;
  • Individuals employed with the Indian arm of a multi-national group, who have received ESOPs of the parent company outside India;
  • Individuals who are employed with the Indian Parent Company and have signing authority in the bank accounts of the foreign subsidiary companies;
  • Individuals who own foreign assets by way of gift/inheritance;
  • Foreign expats coming to India permanently and becoming residents in India;
  • Individuals who have for the first time shifted outside India for employment;
  • Companies who are subject to transfer pricing provisions; and
  • Companies having foreign branch/es.

WHEN IS REPORTING REQUIRED?

Clause (a) of the fourth proviso reads as follows:

“holds, as a beneficial owner or otherwise, any asset, (including any financial interest in any entity) located outside India or has signing authority in any account located outside India”

Thus, if a resident person, at any time during the previous year:

–    holds any asset, whether as a beneficial owner or otherwise; or

–    holds any financial interest in any entity; or

–    has signing authority in any account

located outside India, then such resident person is required to file a return of income even if the total income of such resident person does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax.

There is an exception to the aforesaid requirement which has been provided under the fifth proviso. As per the fifth proviso to section 139(1), the said requirement shall not apply to an individual, being a beneficiary of any asset located outside India and income arising from such asset is includible in the total income of the person referred to in the abovementioned clause (a).

Clause (b) of the fourth proviso reads as follows:

“Is a beneficiary of any asset (including any financial interest in any entity) located outside India”

Thus, if a resident person is a beneficiary of any asset located outside India or is a beneficiary of financial interest in any entity located outside India, then the resident person is required to file a return of income, even if his total income does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax.

Explanation 4 defines the term ‘beneficial owner’ in respect of an asset to mean “an individual” who has provided directly or indirectly consideration for the asset for the immediate or future benefit, direct or indirect, of himself or any other person.

It is important to note that the definition of the term beneficial owner in respect of an asset specifically refers to an individual as against the term resident person. Therefore, it raises a question as to whether the condition of holding the asset as a beneficial owner applies only in respect of an Individual and not all the other categories of persons given u/s 2(31) of the IT Act!

Similarly, Explanation 5 to section 139 of the IT Act defines the term ‘beneficiary’ in respect of an asset to mean “an individual” who derives benefit from the asset during the previous year and the consideration for such asset has been provided by any person other than such beneficiary.

Interestingly, the ITR Form Nos. 5, 6 and 7 which are prescribed for other categories of persons provide for reporting under Schedule FA.

Therefore, this mismatch of the requirement under the provisions of the IT Act and the requirement under the ITR Forms raises a larger issue as to whether the ITR Forms can go beyond what is provided in the provisions of the IT Act and require the assessee to comply with the requirement of disclosure and reporting of foreign assets and income?

Be that as it may, the reporting requirement under Schedule FA is only a disclosure requirement; all categories of resident persons must ensure due compliance of the requirement to avoid the adverse consequences under the IT Act and Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 (“BMA”).

WHAT IS THE PERIOD FOR WHICH SUCH REPORTING IS REQUIRED TO BE MADE?

From A.Y. 2022-23, the ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 require the reporting of foreign assets to be made if the same were held by the resident person at any time during the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021.

It is important to note that under the fourth proviso to 139(1), the applicability is triggered if the foreign asset is held by the resident person ‘at any time during the previous year’, whereas the reporting which is to be done is only in respect of the foreign assets held ‘at any time during the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021’. For example, a resident individual opens an account with a bank in Singapore in February, 2022 for the first time. In such a case, he will be required to file a return of income even if his total income during the previous year does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax. However, will he be required to report the foreign bank account balance in Singapore in the ROI filed for A.Y. 2022-23? The answer would be in the negative since the ITR form states that the reporting is required to be done for the foreign asset held at any time during the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021. Though the resident individual held the asset during the previous year 2021-22, since the ITR Form categorically states that the requirement of disclosing is in respect of the calendar year ending on 31st December, 2021, the resident individual will not be required to report the balance of the foreign bank account held by him in Singapore.

Suppose an ordinarily resident individual purchases certain shares of a USA-based company in January, 2021. Since January, 2021 falls within the calendar year ending 31st December, 2021, the same will have to be reported in the return for A.Y. 2022-23. This is despite the fact the said purchase of shares would have been reported by such an individual in his return of income for A.Y. 2021-22. Further, if the shares purchased in January, 2021 are sold in February, 2021, the same will still have to be reported even though the assessee did not hold the shares during the previous year 2021-22 relevant to A.Y. 2022-23. Due care will have to be taken in such cases as the resident individual may not even be required to file his return of income since he did not hold the foreign asset during the previous year! Extending the example further, if the resident individual makes a further purchase of shares of USA-based company in January, 2022, the same will not be reported even though the same falls within the previous year relevant to A.Y. 2022-23. However, the gains from the sale of the said shares (purchased in January, 2022) before 31st March, 2022, if any, will have to be offered as income for A.Y. 2022-23 on accrual basis. Further, if the total income of such an individual does not exceed the maximum amount not chargeable to tax, he will still be required to file the return of income under the fourth proviso to section 139(1) of the Act.

The period of reporting (relevant for A.Y. 2022-23) can be summarised with the help of the following table under different scenarios:

Sr. No. Scenario Falls in P.Y.
2021-22?
Falls in calendar year ending
31st December, 2021?
Required to file ROI under the fourth proviso to section 139(1) for A.Y. 2022-23?1 Required to disclose in the ROI for A.Y. 2022-23?
1 Foreign Asset held before January, 2021 No No No No
2 Foreign Asset held between January, 2021 to March, 2021?2 No Yes No Yes
3 Foreign Asset held between April, 2021 to December, 2021 Yes Yes Yes Yes
4 Foreign Asset held between January, 2022 to March, 2022 Yes No Yes No
5 Foreign Asset held after March, 2022 No No No No

1   This column deals with only those cases where the resident person holds the foreign asset during the previous year, but is otherwise not required to file his return of income u/s 139(1) of the IT Act.
2   This results in a peculiar situation due to the inconsistency between the fourth proviso and the ITR Form. However, in such a situation, it is ideal to file the return of income and also disclose and report the foreign asset even if there is no requirement to file the Return of Income as per the fourth proviso to section 139(1) so as to avoid any penalties for non-disclosure and other severe consequences under the IT Act and BMA.

IN WHICH CURRENCY IS THE REPORTING REQUIRED TO BE DONE?
All the amounts are required to be reported in Indian currency3.

WHAT IS THE RATE OF EXCHANGE TO BE USED?

The rate of exchange for conversion of the balances / amounts for the purpose of reporting in Indian currency is to be done by adopting the ‘telegraphic transfer buying rate’ (“TTBR”) of the foreign currency on the closing date4.

For the purpose of reporting peak balance, the TTBR on the date of the peak balance should be adopted, and for reporting the value of the investment, the TTBR on the date of investment shall be adopted for conversion into Indian currency5.

A question arises as to what will be the ‘closing date’ in a case where the foreign asset is purchased and sold before the end of the calendar year? In such a case, the date on which the asset is disposed may be taken as the closing date for the purpose of conversion of balance / amount.

3  As per Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.
4  Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.
5  Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.

WHAT IS REQUIRED TO BE REPORTED?
Details of foreign assets and income from a source outside India are required to be reported under Schedule FA in the ITR Form. Schedule FA consists of reporting under 9 Tables as follows:

A1 – Details of Foreign Depository Accounts (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • In case of joint holders in a depository account, it must be ensured that both the joint holders report the details in their respective ITRs. Further, the entire balance should be reported and not the proportionate share.
  • In case of foreign bank accounts which have multiple currencies – separate account numbers allocated to each currency account must be reported.

A2 – Details of Foreign Custodial Accounts (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

A3 – Details of Foreign Equity and Debt Interest (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?


Remarks:

  • Foreign Equity would generally cover investments in equity shares, preference shares, or any other shares.
  • Debt Interest would generally cover debentures, bonds and notes.
  • Investment in units of mutual funds and government securities will have to be reported under this part.
  • ESOPs granted to a resident employee of a foreign company and which have not vested or which are pending allotment may be reported with a note6 explaining that the interest is not ‘held’ until the satisfaction of the conditions and the disclosure is being made out of abundant caution.
  • Proceeds from the sale or redemption of investment during the period will be reported twice, i.e. under Table A2 (since there is a requirement to specify the nature of the amount credited in the Foreign Custodial Account) as well as under this Table.

6    In case of electronic return, there is no provision for filing notes to the return separately. However, this may be done by way of filing a letter to the jurisdictional Assessing Officer.

A4 – Details of Foreign Cash Value Insurance Contract or Annuity Contract (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Reporting under this clause to cover inter alia, the following:

– Insurance obtained by resident individual while he was a non-resident.

– Insurance contracts entered by a non-resident outside India where the resident person is a beneficiary.

  • Only cash value insurance contracts are covered. Therefore, insurance contracts such as term life insurance, general insurance contracts are not required to be reported.

B – Details of Financial Interest in any Entity (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Indian Companies having Subsidiaries and Step-down Subsidiaries should ensure that reporting is made in case of shares held by the Indian Company in its Step-down Subsidiaries.
  • If the Indian Holding/Parent Company has, say, 50 subsidiaries and 45 sub-subsidiaries, the details, though voluminous, in respect of all the subsidiaries must be given.
  • Financial interest7 would include the following:
  1. Where the resident assessee is the owner of record or holder of legal title of any financial account, irrespective of whether he is the beneficiary or not.

ii.    The owner of record or holder of a legal title of any financial interest is one of the following:

–    an agent, nominee, attorney or a person acting in some other capacity on behalf of the resident assessee with respect to the entity;

–    a corporation in which the resident assessee owns, directly or indirectly, any share or voting power;

–    a partnership in which the resident assessee owns, directly or indirectly, an interest in partnership profits or an interest in partnership capital;

–    a trust of which the resident assessee has beneficial or ownership interest; and

–  any other entity in which the resident assessee owns, directly or indirectly, any voting power or equity interest or assets or interest in profits.

7    Instructions to ITR Form No. 2 for A.Y. 2021-22. Instructions to ITR Forms for A.Y. 2022-23 have not been issued.

C – Details of Immovable Property (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Reporting under this table to cover, inter alia, the following:

– Immovable Property acquired by resident person while he was residing outside India.

– Immovable property held by expat employees.

– Guest house/Flat/Apartment/Bungalow purchased by the Indian Company outside India for the stay of Directors when on official visit outside India.

– Immovable property held pursuant to a gift/will.

  • Cost of immovable property acquired under a gift or will should be reported as per section 49 of the IT Act, i.e. at cost to the previous owner.
  • In case of purchase of under construction property, the same should be disclosed with a suitable note8.
  • In case of rental income from the immovable property, the amount under the column ‘income derived from the property’ and the amount of income offered in the return of income will differ due to the reporting requirement being for the calendar year 31st December, 2021.

8    In case of electronic return, there is no provision for filing notes to the return separately. However, this may be done by way of filing a letter to the jurisdictional Assessing Officer

D – Details of any other Capital Asset (including any beneficial interest):

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • Reporting under this part will inter alia include reporting of other assets such as bullions, cars, jewellery, jets, yacht, leasehold rights in land, etc.
  • Foreign Branch of an Indian Company is an extension of the head office and does not have its own legal existence. Therefore, the assets acquired by the foreign branch should be reported under this Part.

E – Details of accounts in which the resident person has signing authority (including any beneficial interest) and which has not been included in Part A to D above:

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

Reporting under this table to cover, inter alia, the following:

  • Bank accounts where the resident person is a signatory.
  • Bank account of companies of which resident individual is an employee and authorised signatory.
  • Bank accounts where the resident person is a joint holder.

F – Details of trusts created under the laws of a country outside India in which the resident person is a trustee, beneficiary or settlor:

What is to be reported?

Remarks:

  • If the trust is revocable, the income taxable in India in the hands of the Settlor should be disclosed.
  • If the trust is indeterminate, one will have to make the disclosure and report the details irrespective of whether the income is taxable in India.
  • The amount under the column ‘income derived’ will differ from the amount of income offered in the return of income.

G – Details of any other income derived from any source outside India which is not included in A to F above and income under the head business or profession:

Common observations in respect of all the above Tables

  • Since the reporting is for the calendar year ending 31st December, 2021, and the income accrued and offered for tax in the return of income is for the previous year 2021-22, the amount reported under Schedule FA and the amount offered as income in the return of income will not match;
  • Disclosure and reporting requirements should be complied with irrespective of whether the Foreign Income or Income from Foreign Asset is taxable during the assessment year.

WHAT ARE THE CONSEQUENCES OF NON-REPORTING?

Consequences under Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 (“BMA”)

Tax

Undisclosed foreign income and asset are chargeable to tax at the rate of 30% of such undisclosed foreign income and asset.

Further, the income included in the total undisclosed foreign income and asset under the BMA shall not form part of the total income under the IT Act. The provisions of IT Act and BMA are mutually exclusive.

Penalty

Section 41 of the BMA deals with a penalty in relation to undisclosed foreign income and asset. As per section 41, a penalty of a sum equal to 3 times the amount of tax computed has been prescribed.

Section 42 of the BMA deals with a penalty for failure to furnish a return in relation to foreign income and asset. As per section 42 of the BMA, if a person fails to file the return of income in contravention to fourth proviso to section 139(1) of the Act, then the AO has the power to levy a penalty of Rs. 10 lakhs. The only exception being in respect of an asset being one or more bank accounts having an aggregate balance which does not exceed Rs. 5 lakh at any time during the previous year.

Section 43 of the BMA deals with a penalty for failure to furnish in return of income, an information or inaccurate particulars about foreign asset or foreign income. The penalty prescribed under the said section for the default is Rs. 10 lakhs, with the only exception being a case of an asset, being one or more bank accounts having an aggregate balance which does not exceed
Rs. 5 lakhs.

Prosecution

Section 49 of the BMA deals with punishment for failure to furnish a return in relation to foreign income and asset. The punishment prescribed is rigorous imprisonment for a term ranging from 6 months to 7 years and with a fine in case of willful failure to furnish return of income required to be furnished u/s 139(1).

In addition to the above consequences, non-disclosure of foreign assets and income could also attract penal consequences under the IT Act.

RECENT JUDICIAL VIEWS ON REPORTING OF FOREIGN ASSETS AND INCOME

[2022] 216 TTJ 905 (Mum.-Trib) Addl. CIT vs. Leena Gandhi Tiwari

  • A mere non-disclosure of a foreign asset in the IT return, by itself, is not a valid reason for a penalty under the Black Money Act.
  • The use of the expression “may” in section 43 of the BMA signifies that the penalty is not to be imposed in all cases of lapses and that there is no cause and effect relationship simpliciter between the lapse and the penalty. Imposition of penalty under s. 43 is at the discretion of the AO, but the manner in which this discretion is to be exercised has to meet well-settled tests of judicious conduct by even quasi-judicial authorities.

[2021] 193 ITD 141 (Mum.-Trib.) Rashesh Manhar Bhansali vs. Addl. CIT

It was inter alia, held that the point of time for taxation of undisclosed foreign asset under BMA is the point in time when such an asset comes to the notice of the Government and it is immaterial whether the said asset existed at the time of taxation or for that purpose even at the time when BMA came into existence.

CONCLUDING REMARK

A flurry of summons is being issued, wherein thousands of assesses have been caught for non-compliance with the disclosure requirements. It is time now that the reporting of foreign assets and income be undertaken with the utmost care, lest one face the stringent penal consequences under the IT Act and the BMA.

RECENT AMENDMENTS IN TAXATION OF CHARITABLE TRUSTS

BACKGROUND
There have been significant amendments in the provisions of the Income-tax Act (Act) relating to taxation of Charitable Trusts. Our Finance Minister, Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman, started this process when she presented the Union Budget on 1st February, 2020. Since then, in her successive Budgets presented in 2021 and 2022, many significant amendments have been made. All these amendments have increased the compliance burden of the Charitable Trusts. In this Article, Public Charitable Trusts and Public Religious Trusts claiming exemption under sections 11, 12 and 13 of the Act are referred to as “Charitable Trusts”. Further, Universities, Educational Institutions, Hospitals etc., claiming exemption under section 10 (23 C) of the Act, are referred to as “Institutions”. Some of the important amendments made in the taxation provisions relating to Charitable Trusts and Institutions are discussed in this article.

REGISTRATION OF TRUSTS
Before the recent amendments, Institutions claiming exemption under section 10(23C) of the Act were required to get approval from the designated authority (Principal Commissioner or a Commissioner of Income-tax). The procedure for this was provided in section 10(23C). The approval, once granted, was operative until cancelled by the designated authority. For other Charitable Trusts, the procedure for registration was provided in section 12AA. Registration, once granted, continued until it was cancelled by the designated authority. The Charitable Trusts and other Institutions were entitled to get approval under section 80G from the designated authority. This approval under section 80G was valid until cancelled by the designated authority. On the strength of the certificate under section 80G the donor to the Charitable Trust or other Institutions could claim a deduction in the computation of his income for the whole or 50% of the donations as provided in section 80G. The Finance Act, 2020 has amended sections 10(23C), 11, 12A, 12AA and 80G and inserted section 12AB to completely change the procedure for registration of Trusts. These provisions are discussed below.

1. NEW PROCEDURE FOR REGISTRATION
(i)    A new section 12AB is inserted effective from 1st October, 2020. This section specifies the new procedure for registration of Charitable Trusts. Similarly, section 10(23C) is also amended and a similar procedure, as stated in section 12AB, has been provided. All the existing Charitable Trusts and other Institutions registered under section 10(23C) or 12AA will have to apply for fresh registration under the new provisions of section 10(23C) / 12AB within 3 months i.e. on or before 31st December, 2020. By CBDT Circular No. 16 dated 29th August, 2021, this date was extended up to 31st March, 2022. The fresh registration will be granted for 5 years. Thereafter, all Institutions / Trusts claiming exemption under section 10(23C)/11, will have to apply for renewal of registration every 5 years. For this purpose, the application for registration is to be made in Form No. 10A. The application for renewal of registration is to be made in Form No. 10AB.    

(ii)     Existing Charitable Trusts and Institutions have to apply for fresh registration under section 12AB or 10(23C) on or before 31st March, 2022. The designated authority will grant registration under section 12AB or 10(23C) for 5 Years. This order is to be passed within 3 months from the end of the month in which application is made. Six months before the expiry of the above period of 5 years, the Trusts/Institutions will have to again apply to the designated authority
for renewal of Registration which will be granted for a period of 5 years. This order has to be passed by the designated authority within six months from the end of the month when the application for renewal is made.

(iii) For new Charitable Trusts or Institutions the following procedure is to be followed:

(a) The application for registration in the prescribed form (Form No. 10AB) should be made to the designated authority at least one month prior to the commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year from which the registration is sought.

(b) In such a case, the designated authority will grant provisional registration for a period of 3 assessment years. The order for provisional registration is to be passed by the designated authority within one month from the last date of the month in which the application for registration is made.

(c) Where such provisional registration is granted for 3 years, the Trust/Institution will have to apply for renewal of registration in Form No. 10AB at least 6 months prior to expiry of the period of the provisional registration or within 6 months of commencement of its activities, whichever is earlier. In this case, designated authority has to pass order within 6 months from the end of the month in which application is made. In such a case, renewal of Registration will be granted for 5 years.

(iv) Section 11(7) is amended to provide that the registration of the Trust under section 12A/12AA will become inoperative from the date on which the trust is approved under section 10(23C)/10(46) or on 1st June, 2020 whichever is later. In such a case, the trust can apply once to make such registration operative under section 12AB. For this purpose, the application for making registration operative under section 12AB will have to be made at least 6 months prior to the commencement of the assessment year from which the registration is sought. The designated authority will have to pass the order within 6 months from the end of the month in which application is made. On making such registration operative, the approval under section 10(23C)/10(46) shall cease to have effect. Effectively, a trust now has to choose between registration under section 10(23C)/10(46) and section 12AB.

(v) Where a Trust or Institution has made modifications in its objects and such modifications do not conform with the conditions of registration, application should be made to the designated authority within 30 days from the date of such modifications.

(vi) Where the application for renewal of registration is made, as stated above, the designated authority has power to call for such documents or information from the Trust / Institution or make such inquiry in order to satisfy about (a) the genuineness of the Trust / Institution and (b) the compliance with requirements of any other applicable law for achieving the objects of the Trust or institution. After satisfying himself, the designated authority will grant renewal of registration for 5 years or reject the application after giving hearing to the trustees. If the application is rejected, the Trust or Institution can file an appeal before ITA Tribunal within 60 days. The designated authority also has power to cancel the registration of any Trust or Institution under section 12AB on the same lines as provided in the existing section 12AA. All applications for Registration pending before the designated authority as on 1st April, 2021 will be considered as applications made under the new provisions of section 10(23C)/12AB.

1.1 Section 80G(5)
Proviso to Section 80G(5)(vi) is added from 1st October, 2020. Prior to this date, certificate granted under section 80G was valid until it was cancelled. Now, this provision is deleted and a new procedure is introduced. Briefly stated, this procedure is as under.

(i) Where the trust/institution holds a certificate under section 80G, it will have to make a fresh application in the prescribed form (Form No. 10A) for a new certificate under that section on or before 31st March, 2022. In such a case, the designated authority will give a fresh certificate which will be valid for 5 years. The designated authority has to pass the order within 3 months from the last date of the month in which the application is made.

(ii) For renewal of the above certificate, application in Form 10AB will have to be made at least 6 months before the date of expiry of such certificate. The designated authority has to pass the order within 6 months from the last date of the month in which the application is made.

(iii) In a new case, the application for a certificate under section 80G will be required to be filed at least one month prior to commencement of the previous year relevant to the assessment year for which the approval is sought. In such a case, the designated authority will give provisional approval for 3 years. The designated Authority has to pass the order within one month from the last date of the month in which the application is made. In such a case, the application is to be filed in Form No. 10AB. By CBDT Circular No. 8 of 31st March, 2022, the date for filing such an application in Form 10AB is extended to 30th September, 2022.

(iv) In a case where provisional approval is given, an application for renewal will have to be made in Form No. 10AB at least 6 months prior to the expiry of the period of provisional approval or within 6 months of commencement of the activities by the trust/ institution whichever is earlier. In this case, the designated authority has to pass the order within six months from the last date of the month in which application is made.

In case of renewal of approval, as stated in (ii) and (iv) above, the designated authority shall call for such documents or information or make such inquiries as he thinks necessary in order to satisfy that the activities of the trust/institution are genuine and that all conditions specified at the time of grant of registration earlier have been complied with. After he is satisfied, he shall renew the certificate under section 80G. If he is not so satisfied, he can reject the application after giving a hearing to the trustees. The trust/institution can file an appeal to ITAT within 60 days if the approval under section 80G is rejected.

1.2 Section 80G(5)(viii) and (ix)
(i) Clauses (viii) and (ix) are added in Section 80G(5) from 1st April, 2021 to provide that every trust/institution holding section 80G certificate will be required to file with the prescribed Income-tax Authority particulars of all donors in the prescribed Form No. 10BD on or before 31st May following the Financial Year in which Donation is received. The first such statement had to be filed for the F.Y. 2021-22. The trust/institution also has to issue a certificate in the prescribed Form No. 10BE to the donor about the donations received by the trust/institution. Such certificates are generated from the Income-tax portal after filing the Form 10BD. The donor will get deduction under section 80G only if the trust/institution has filed the required statement with the Income-tax Authority and issued the above certificate to the donor. In the event of failure to file the above statement or issue the above certificate to the donor within the prescribed time, the trust / institution will be liable to pay a fee of Rs. 200 per day for the period of delay under new section 234G. This fee shall not exceed the amount in respect of which the failure has occurred. Further, a penalty of Rs. 10,000 (minimum), which may extend to Rs. 1 Lakh (Maximum), may also be levied for the failure to file details of donors or issue a certificate to donors under the new section 271K.

(ii) It may be noted that the above provisions for filing particulars of donors and issue of a certificate to donors will apply to donations for scientific research to an association or company under section 35(1)(ii)(iia) or (iii). These sections are also amended. Provisions for levy of fee or penalty for failure to comply with these provisions will also apply to the Company or Association, which received donations under section 35. As stated earlier, the donor will not get a deduction for donations as provided in section 80GG if the donee company or association has not filed the particulars of donors or not issued the certificate for donation.

(iii) Further, there is no provision for filing an appeal before CIT(A) or ITAT against the levy of fee under section 234G.

1.3 Audit Report
Sections 12A and 10(23C) are amended, effective from 1st April, 2020 to provide that the Audit Reports in Form 10B or 10BB for A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) and subsequent years shall be filed with the tax authorities one month before the due date for filing the return of income

1.4 Corpus Donation To Charitable Trust or Institutions
(i) A Corpus donation given by an Institution claiming exemption under section 10 (23C) to a similar institution claiming exemption under that section was not considered as application of income under that section. By an amendment of this section, effective from 1st April, 2020, the scope of this provision is enlarged and a Corpus Donation given by such an institution to a Charitable Trust registered under section 12A, 12AA or 12AB will not be considered as application of income under section 10(23C).

(ii) Similarly, section 11, provided that Corpus Donation given by a Charitable Trust to another Charitable Trust registered under section 12A or 12AA was not considered as an application of income. This section is also amended, effective from 1st April, 2020, to provide that Corpus Donation by a Charitable Trust to an Institution approved under section 10(23C) will not be considered as application of income.

(iii) It may be noted that Section 10(23C) is amended, effective from 1st April, 2020, to provide that, subject to the above exceptions, any Corpus Donation received by an Institution approved under that section will not be considered as income. This provision is similar to the existing provisions in sections 11 and 12.

2. AMENDMENTS MADE BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021:
The Finance Act, 2021, has further amended the provisions relating to Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under section 10(23C) and 11. These amendments are as under:

2.1 Enhancement In The Limit Of Receipts Under Section 10(23C)
At present, an Education Institution or Hospital etc, as referred to in section 10 (23C) (iiiad) and (iiiae) is not taxable if the aggregate annual receipts of such institution does not exceed Rs. 1 Crore. If this limit is exceeded, the institution is required to obtain approval under section 10(23C) (vi) or (via). This section is amended, effective from F.Y. 2021-22 (A.Y. 2022-23), to provide that the above exemption can be claimed if the aggregate annual receipts of a person from all such Institutions does not exceed Rs. 5 Crore.

2.2 Accounting Of Corpus Donation and Borrowed Funds
Hitherto, Corpus Donations received by a Charitable Trust or Institution Claiming exemption under section 10(23C) or 11 are not treated as Income and hence exempt from tax. No conditions are attached with reference to the utilization of this amount. These sections are amended effective from 1st April, 2021 as under:-

(a) Corpus Donation received by a charitable trust or institution will have to be invested or deposited in the specified mode of investment such as in Bank deposit or other specified investments as stated in section 11(5). Further, they should be earmarked separately as Corpus Investment or Deposit.

(b) Any amount withdrawn from the above Corpus Investment or Deposit and utilised for the objects of the Trust will not be considered as application of income for the objects of the trust or institution for claiming exemption. Therefore, if a Charitable trust withdraws Rs. 5 Lakhs from the investments in which Corpus Donation is deposited and utilizes the same for giving relief to poor persons affected by floods, this amount will not be counted for calculating 85% of income required to be spent for the objects of the Trust.

(c) If the Trust deposits back the said amount in the Corpus Investments in the same year or any subsequent year from its other normal income, such amount will be considered as application of income for the objects of the trust in the year in which such amount is reinvested.

(d) It is also provided that if the Charitable Trust or Institution borrows money to meet its requirement of funds, the amount utilised for the objects of the Trust or Institution, out of such borrowed funds, will not be considered as application of income for the objects of the Trust or Institution. When the borrowed monies are repaid, such repayment will be considered as application of income for the objects of the Trust or Institution.

(e) It will be noted that the above amendments will raise some issues relating to accounting of Corpus Donations and Borrowed Funds. The Trusts and Institutions will have to open a separate bank account for Corpus donations and Borrowed Funds and will have to keep a separate track of these Funds.

2.3 Set Off of Deficit of Earlier Years
One more amendment affecting the Charitable Trusts or institutions is very damaging. It is provided that if the trust or institution has incurred expenditure on the objects of the trust in excess of its income in any year, the deficit representing such excess expenditure will not be allowed to be adjusted against the income of the subsequent year. Hitherto, such adjustment was allowed in view of several judicial decisions, which are now overruled by this amendment. In view of this provision, accumulated excess expenditure of earlier years incurred upto 31st March, 2021 will not be available for set-off against the income of F.Y. 2021-22 and subsequent years.

3. AMENDMENTS MADE BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2022
Significant amendments are made in Sections 10(23C),11,12 and 13 of the Income-tax Act by the Finance Act, 2022. These amendments are as under:

3.1 Institutions Claiming Exemptions Under Section 10(23C)
Section 10(23C) granting exemption to specified Institutions is amended as under:

(i) Section 10(23C)(v) grants exemption to an approved Public Charitable or Religious Trust. It is now provided that if any such Trust includes any temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or other notified place and the Trust has received any voluntary contribution for renovation or repair of these places of worship, the Trust will have an option to treat such contribution as part of the Corpus of the Trust. There is no requirement of a specific direction towards corpus from the donor for such donations. It is also provided that this Corpus amount shall be used only for this specified purpose, and the amount not utilised shall be invested in specified investments listed in Section 11(5) of the Act. It is also provided that if any of the above conditions are violated, the amount will be considered as income of the Trust for the year in which such violation takes place. This provision is applicable from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21)

It may be noted that a similar provision is added, effective A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21), in Section11 in respect of Charitable or Religious Trusts claiming exemption under Section 11 of the Act.

(ii) At present, an Institution claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) is required to utilize 85% of its income every year. If this is not possible, it can accumulate the unutilised income for the next 5 years and utilise the same during that period. However, there is no provision for any procedure to be followed for such accumulation. The amendment of Section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), now provides that the Institution should apply to the A.O. in the prescribed form before the due date for filing the Return of Income for accumulation of unutilised income within 5 years. The Institution has to state the purpose for which the Income is being accumulated. By this amendment, the provisions of Section 10(23C) are brought in line with the provisions of Section 11(2) of the Act.

(iii) At present, Section 10(23C) provides for an audit of accounts of the Institution. By amendment of this Section, it is now provided that, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the Institution shall maintain its accounts in such manner and at such place as may be prescribed by the Rules. A similar amendment is made in section 12A. Such accounts will have to be audited by a Chartered Accountant, and a report in the prescribed form will have to be given by him.

(iv) Section 10(23C) is also amended by replacing the existing proviso XV to give very wide powers to the Principal CIT to cancel Approval or Provisional Approval given to the Institution for claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Institution he can conduct inquiry and after giving opportunity to the Institution cancel the Approval or Provisional Approval. The term “Specified Violations” is defined in this amendment.

(v) By another amendment of Section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), it is provided that the Institution shall file its Return of Income by the due date specified in Section 139(4C).

(vi) A new Proviso XXI is added in Section 10(23C) to provide that if any benefit is given to persons mentioned in Section 13(3) i.e. Author of the Institution, Trustees or their related persons such benefit shall be deemed to be the income of the Institution. This will mean that if a relative of a trustee is given free education in the Educational Institution the value of such benefit will be considered as income of the Institution. In this case, tax will be charged at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess under Section 115BBI.

(vii) It may be noted that Section 56(2)(x) has been amended from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23) to provide that if the Author, Trustees or their related persons as mentioned in Section 13(3) receive any unreasonable benefit from the Institution or Charitable Trust, exempt under sections 10(23C) or 11, the value of such benefit will be taxable as Income from Other Sources.

(viii) At present, the provisions of Section 115TD apply to a Charitable or Religious Trust registered under Section 12AA or 12AB. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the provisions of Section 115TD will also apply to any Institution, claiming exemption under Section 10(23C). Section 115TD provides that if the Institution loses exemption under section 10(23C) due to cancellation of its approval or conversion into non-charitable organization for other reasons the market value of all its assets, after deduction of liabilities, will be liable to tax at the maximum marginal rate.

3.2 Charitable Trusts Claiming Exemption Under Section 11
Sections 11, 12 and 13 of the Act provide for exemption to Charitable Trusts (including Religious Trusts) registered Under Section 12A, 12AA or 12AB of the Act. Some amendments are made in these and other sections as stated below:

At present, if a Charitable Trust is not able to utilize 85% of its income in a particular year, it can apply to the A.O. for permission for accumulation of such income for 5 years. If any amount out of such accumulated income is not utilised for the objects of the Trust upto the end of the 6th year, it is taxable as income in the Sixth Year. This provision has now been amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to provide that if the entire amount of the accumulated income is not utilised up to the end of the 5th Year, the unutilised amount will be considered as income of the fifth year and will become taxable in that year.

If a Charitable Trust is maintaining accounts on accrual basis of accounting, it is now provided that any part of the income which is applied to the objects of the Trust, the same will be considered as application for the objects of the Trust only if it is paid in that year. If it is paid in a subsequent year, it will be considered as application of income in the subsequent year. A similar amendment is made in Section 10 (23C) of the Act.This amendment will come into force from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22).

Section 13 deals with the circumstances in which exemption under Section 11 can be denied to the Charitable Trusts. Currently, if any income or property of the trust is utilised for the benefit of the Author, Trustee, or related persons stated in Section 13(3), the exemption is denied to the Trust. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), this section is amended to provide that only that part of the income which is relatable to the unreasonable benefit allowed to the related person will be subjected to tax in the hands of the Charitable Trust. This tax will be payable at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess under section 115BBI.

At present, Section 13(1)(d) provides that if any funds of the Charitable Trust are not invested in the manner provided in Section 11(5), the Trust will not get exemption under Section 11. This Section is now amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to provide that the exemption will be denied only to the extent of such prohibited investments. Tax on such income will be chargeable at 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess.

In line with the amendment in Section 10(23C) Proviso XV, very wide powers are now given by amending Section 12AB (4) to the Principal CIT to cancel Registration given to a Charitable Trust for claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Charitable Trust he can conduct an inquiry and, after giving an opportunity to the Trust cancel its Registration. The term “Specified Violations” is defined by this amendment.

3.3 Special Rate of Tax
A new Section 115BBI has been added, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), for charging tax at the rate of 30% plus applicable Surcharge and Cess. This rate of tax will apply to Registered Charitable Trusts, Religious Trust, Institutions, etc., claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) and 11 in respect of the following specified income.
(i) Income accumulated in excess of 15% of the Income where such accumulation is not allowed.

(ii) Where the income accumulated by the Charitable Trust or Institution is not utilised within the permitted period of 5 years and is deemed to be the income of the year when such period expires.

(iii) Income which is not exempt under Section 10(23C) or Section 11 by virtue of the provisions of Section 13(1)(d). This will include the value of benefit given to related persons, income from Investments made otherwise than what is provided in Section 11(5) etc.

(iv) Income which is not excluded from the Total income of a Charitable Trust under Section 13(1)(c). This refers to the value of benefits given to related persons.

(v) Income, which is not excluded from the Total Income of a Charitable Trust under Section 11(1) (c). This refers to income of the Trust applied to objects of the Trust outside India.

3.4 New Provisions for Levy of Penalty
New Section 271 AAE is added in the Income-tax Act for levy of Penalty on Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under Sections 10(23C) or 11. This penalty relates to benefits given by the Charitable Trusts or Institutions to related persons. The new section provides that if an Institution claiming exemption under Section 10(23C) or a Charitable Trust claiming exemption under Section 11 gives an unreasonable benefit to the Author of the Trust, Trustee or other related persons in violation of proviso XXI of Section 10(23C) or section 13(1) (c), the A.O. can levy penalty on the Trust or Institution as under:

(i) 100% of the aggregate amount of income applied for the benefit of the related persons where the violation is noticed for the first time.

(ii) 200% of the aggregate amount of such income where the violation is noticed again in the subsequent year.

4. TO SUM UP
4.1 The provisions granting exemption to Charitable Trusts and Institutions are made complex by the above amendments made by three Finance Acts passed in 2020, 2021 and 2022. When the present Government is propagating ease of doing business and ease of living, it has made the life of such Trustees more difficult. The effect of these amendments will be that there will be no ease of doing Charities. In particular, smaller Charitable Trusts and Institutions will find it difficult to comply with these procedural and other requirements. The compliance burden, including cost of compliance, will considerably increase. The Trustees of Charitable Trusts and Institutions are rendering honorary service. To put such onerous burden on such persons is not at all justified. If the Government wants to keep a track on the activities of such Trusts, these new provisions relating to renewal of Registration, renewal of Section 80G Certificates etc., should have been made applicable to Trusts having net worth exceeding Rs. 5 Crore or Trusts receiving donations of more than Rs. 1 Crore every year. Further, the provisions for filing details of Donors and giving Certificates to Donors in the prescribed form should have been made mandatory only if the aggregate donation from a Donor exceeds Rs. 5 Lakhs in a year.

4.2 Some of the amendments made by the Finance Act, 2022 are beneficial to the Charitable Trusts and Institutions. However, the manner in which the amendments are worded creates a lot of confusion. To simplify these provisions, it is now necessary that a separate Chapter is devoted in the Income-tax Act and all provisions of Sections 10(23C), 11, 12,12A, 12AA, 13 etc., dealing with exemption to these Trusts and Institutions are put under one heading. This Chapter should deal with the provisions for Registration, Exemption, Taxable Income, Rate of Tax, Interest, Penalty etc., applicable to such Trusts and Institutions. This will enable persons dealing with Charitable Trusts and Institutions to know their rights and obligations.

THE FINANCE ACT, 2022

1. BACKGROUND
Finance
Minister Smt. Nirmala Sitharaman presented her fourth regular Budget in
Parliament on 1st February,2022. In her Budget speech, she emphasised
four priorities, namely (i) PM Gatishakti, (ii) inclusive development,
(iii) productivity enhancement & investment, sunrise opportunities,
energy transition and climate action and (iv) financing of investments.
The Finance Minister has given a detailed explanation of the measures
that the Government proposes to take in the coming years.

The Finance Minister has also introduced the Finance Bill, 2022, containing 84 sections amending various sections of the Income-tax Act. Before the passage of the Bill, 39 amendments to the Bill were
introduced in Parliament. The Parliament passed the Bill with the
amendments on 29th March, 2022. The Finance Act, 2022, has received the
assent of the President on 30th March, 2022. By this Act, several
amendments are made to the Income-tax Act, increasing the burden of
compliance for tax payers. However, there are some amendments which will
give some relief to taxpayers. Contrary to the Government’s declared
policy , there are some amendments that will have retrospective effect.
In this article, some of the important amendments in the Income tax-Act
(Act) are discussed.

2. RATES OF TAXES FOR A.Y. 2023-24

2.1
There are no changes in the slabs and the rates for an Individual, HUF,
AOP and BOI. The tax rates remain unchanged in the case of a Firm
(including LLP), Co-operative Society and Local Authority. In the case
of a Domestic Company, the tax rate remains the same at 25% if a
company’s total turnover or gross receipts for F.Y. 2020-21 was less
than R400 Crore. In the case of other larger companies, the tax rate
will be 30%. The rate of 4% of the tax for ‘Health and Education Cess’
will continue for all assessees. Apart from what is stated in Para 2.2,
the rates of surcharge are the same as in earlier years.

2.2 It
may be noted that some relief in rates of surcharge is given in A.Y.
2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23). The revised rates of surcharge are as under:

(i) Individual, HUF, AOP / BOI
There
is no change in the surcharge rates on slab rates in A.Y. 2023-24.
However, the surcharge on income taxable under sections 111A, 112, and
112A and dividend income will not exceed 15%.

(ii) AOP (having corporate members only)
In
the case of AOP having only corporate members, the rate of surcharge
will be 7% if the income exceeds R1 crore but does not exceed R10
crores. The rate of surcharge will be 12% if the income exceeds R10
crores.

(iii) Co-operative Societies
The rate of
surcharge is reduced for A.Y. 2023-24 to 7% if the income is more than
R1 crore, but less than R10 crore. In respect of income exceeding R10
crore, the rate of surcharge is unchanged at 12%.

2.3. Alternate Minimum Tax
In
the case of co-operative societies, the Alternate Minimum Tax (AMT)
payable u/s 115JC is reduced from 18.5% to 15% from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y.
2022-23).

3. TAX DEDUCTION AND COLLECTION AT SOURCE (TDS AND TCS)

3.1 Section 194-IA:
This section is amended w.e.f. 1st April, 2022 – tax at 1% is to be
deducted on higher of stamp duty value or the transaction value. When
the consideration and stamp duty valuation is less than R50 Lakhs, no
tax is required to be deducted.

3.2 Section 194R: (i) This new section comes into force from 1st April, 2022.
It provides that tax shall be deducted at source at 10% of the value of
the benefit or perquisite arising from business or profession if the
value of such benefit or perquisite in a financial year exceeds R20,000.

(ii) The provisions of this section are not applicable to an
Individual or HUF whose sales, gross receipts or turnover does not
exceed R1 crore in the case of business or R50 Lakhs in the case of
profession during the immediately preceding financial year.

(iii)
The section also provides that if the benefit or perquisite is wholly
in kind or partly in kind and partly in cash, and the cash portion is
not sufficient to meet the TDS amount, then the person providing such
benefit or perquisite shall ensure that tax is paid in respect of the
value of the benefit or perquisite before releasing such benefit or
perquisite.

(iv) In the Memorandum explaining the provisions of
the Finance Bill, 2022, it is clarified that section 194R is added to
cover cases where the value of any benefit or perquisite arising from
any business or profession is chargeable to tax u/s 28(iv). Therefore,
this new TDS provision will apply only when the value of the benefit or
perquisite is chargeable to tax in the hands of the person engaged in
the business or profession u/s 28(iv). It is also provided that the
Central Government shall issue guidelines to remove any difficulty that
may arise in implementing this section.

3.3 Section 194-S: (i) This is a new section which will come into force on 1st July, 2022
– which provides that any person paying to a resident consideration for
transfer of any Virtual Digital Asset (VDA) shall deduct tax at 1% of
such sum. In a case where the consideration for transfer of VDA is (a)
wholly in kind or in exchange of another VDA, where there is no payment
in cash or (b) partly in cash and partly in kind but the part in cash is
not sufficient to meet the liability of TDS in respect of the whole of
such transfer, the payer shall ensure that tax is paid in respect of
such consideration before releasing the consideration. However, this TDS
provision does not apply if such consideration does not exceed R10,000
in the financial year.

(ii) Section 194-S defines the term
‘Specified Person’ to mean a person being an Individual or a HUF, whose
total sales, gross receipts or turnover from business or profession does
not exceed R1 crore in case of business or R50 Lakhs in the case of
profession, during the financial year immediately preceding year in
which such VDA is transferred or being Individual or a HUF who does not
have income under the head ‘Profits and Gains of Business or
Profession’. In the case of a Specified Person –

(a) The
provisions of section 203A relating to Tax Deduction and Collection
Account Number and section 206AB relating to special provision for TDS
for non-filers of Income-tax returns will not apply.

(b) If the
value or the aggregate value of such consideration for VDA does not
exceed Rs. 50,000 during the financial year, no tax is required to be
deducted.

(iii) In the case of a transaction to which sections
194-O and 194-S are applicable, then tax is to be deducted u/s 194-S and
not u/s 194-O.

3.4 Sections 206AB and 206CCA: These
sections deal with a higher rate of TDS and TCS in cases where the payee
has not filed his Income-tax returns for two preceding years and in
whose case aggregate TDS/TCS exceeds R50,000. At present, section 206AB
is not applicable in respect of TDS under sections 192, 192A, 194B,
194BB, 194BL and 194N. By amendment, effective from 1st April, 2022,
it is now provided that TDS/TCS at higher rates in such cases will not
apply u/s 194IA, 194IB and 194M where the payer is not required to
obtain TAN. Further, the test of non-filing the Income-tax returns under
sections 206AB/206CCA has been now reduced from two preceding years to
one preceding year.

4. DEDUCTIONS

4.1 Section 80CCD: At
present, the deduction for employer’s contribution to National Pension
Scheme (NPS) is allowed to the extent of 14% of the salary in the case
of Central Government employees. For others, the deduction is restricted
to 10% of the salary. In order to give benefit to State Government
employees, section 80CCD(2) is amended with retrospective effect from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20).
By this amendment, the State Government employees will now get a
deduction for employer’s contribution to NPS to the extent of 14% with
retrospective effect.

4.2 Section 80DD: At present, a
deduction is allowed in respect of the contribution to a prescribed
scheme for maintenance of a dependent disabled person if such scheme
provides for payment of the annuity or lump sum to such dependent person
in the event of death of the assessee contributing to the scheme, i.e.
the parent or guardian. This section is amended effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23)
to allow a deduction for such contribution even where the scheme
provides for payment of annuity or lump sum to the disabled dependent
when the assessee contributor has attained the age of 60 years or more
and the deposit to such scheme has been discontinued. It is also
provided by the amendment that such receipt of annuity or lump sum by
the disabled dependent shall not result in the contribution made by the
assessee to the scheme taxable.

4.3 Section 80-IAC: At
present, an eligible start-up incorporated on or after 1st April, 2016
but before 1st April, 2022, is entitled to claim an exemption of profits
for three consecutive assessment years out of ten years from the year
of incorporation. For this purpose, the conditions laid down in this
section should be complied. This section is now amended to provide that
the above benefit will be available to a start-up company incorporated
on or before 31st March, 2023.

4.4 Section 80LA: This
section provides for specified deduction in respect of income arising
from the transfer of an ‘aircraft’ leased by a unit in International
Financial Services Centre (IFSC) if the unit has commenced operation on
or before 31st March, 2024. The amendment of this section has extended
this benefit to a ‘ship’ effective A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23).

5. CHARITABLE TRUSTS AND INSTITUTIONS
Significant
amendments were made in the procedural provisions relating to
Charitable Trusts and Institutions in sections 10(23C), 12A and 12AA of
the Income-tax Act by Finance Acts 2020 and 2021. A new section 12AB was
added to the Income-tax Act. This year, far-reaching amendments are
made in sections 10(23C), 11 and 13 dealing with Specified Universities,
Educational Institutions, Hospital etc. (herein referred to as
‘Institutions’) and Charitable and Religious Trusts (herein referred to
as ‘Charitable Trusts’). These amendments are as under:

5.1 Institutions Claiming Exemptions u/s 10(23C)
Section
10(23C) of the Act provides for exemption to a Specified University,
Educational Institutions, Hospitals etc., (Institutions). This section
is amended as under:

(i)  Section 10(23C)(v) grants exemption to
an approved Public Charitable or Religious Trusts. It is now provided
that if any such Trust includes any temple, mosque, gurudwara, church or
other notified place and the Trust has received any voluntary
contribution for the purpose of renovation or repair of these places of
worship, the Trust will have option to treat such contribution as part
of the Corpus of the Trust. It is also provided that this Corpus amount
shall be used only for this specified purpose and the amount not
utilized shall be invested in specified investments listed in section
11(5) of the Act. It is also provided that if any of the above
conditions are violated, the amount will be considered as income of the
Trust for the year in which such violation takes place. This provision
will come into force from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21).

It may be noted that a similar provision is added, effective A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21), in section 11 in respect of Charitable or Religious Trusts claiming exemption u/s 11.

(ii)
At present, an Institution claiming exemption u/ 10(23C) must utilise
85% of its income every year. If this is not possible, it can accumulate
the unutilised income within 5 years. However, there is no provision
for any procedure to be followed for such accumulation. The amendment to
section 10(23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
now provides that the Institution should apply to the Assessing Officer
(AO) in the prescribed form before the due date for filing the return
of income for accumulation of unutilised income within 5 years. The
Institution must state the purpose for which the income is being
accumulated. By this amendment, the provisions of section 10(23c) are
brought in line with section 11 of the Act.

(iii) At present,
section 10(23C) provides for an audit of accounts of the Institution. By
amendment, it is now provided that, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
the Institution shall maintain its accounts in such manner and at such
place as may be prescribed by the Rules. Such accounts will have to be
audited by a CA, and a report in the prescribed form will have to be
given by him.

(iv) Section 10(23C) is also amended by replacing
the existing proviso XV to give very wide powers to the Principal CIT to
cancel approval or provisional approval given to the Institution for
claiming exemption. If the Principal CIT comes to know about specified
violations by the Institution, he can conduct an inquiry, and after
giving an opportunity to the Institution, cancel the approval or
provisional approval. The term ‘specified violations” is defined in this
amendment.

(v) By another amendment to section 10 (23C), effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), it is provided that the Institution shall file their returns of income by the due date specified in section 139(4C).

(vi)
A new Proviso XXI is added in section 10(23C) to provide that if any
benefit is given to persons mentioned in section 13(3), i.e., author of
the Institution, Trustees or their related persons, such benefit shall
be deemed to be the income of the Institution. This will mean that if a
relative of a trustee is given free education in the educational
Institution, the value of such benefit will be considered as income of
the Institution. In this case, the tax will be charged at 30% plus
applicable surcharge and cess u/s 115BBI.

(vii) It may be noted that section 56(2)(x) has been amended from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23)
to provide that if the Author, Trustees or their related persons as
mentioned in section 13(3) receive any unreasonable benefit from the
Institution or Charitable Trust exempt under sections 10(23C) or 11, the
value of such benefit will be taxable as ‘Income from Other Sources’.

(viii)
At present, the provisions of section 115TD apply to a Charitable or
Religious Trust registered u/s 12AA or 12AB. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), the
provisions of section 115TD will apply to any University, Educational
Institution, Hospital etc., claiming exemption u/s 10(23C) also. Section
115TD provides that if the Institution loses exemption u/s 10(23C) due
to cancellation of its approval or due to conversion into a
non-charitable organization or other reasons, the market value of all
its assets, after deduction of liabilities, will be liable to tax at 30%
plus applicable surcharge and cess.

5.2 Charitable Trusts claiming exemption u/s 11

Sections
11, 12 and 13 of the Act provide exemption to Charitable Trusts
(Including Religious Trusts), registered u/s 12A, 12AA or 12AB. Some
amendments are made in these and other sections as stated below:

(i)
As stated above, if a Charitable Trust owns any temple, mosque,
gurudwara, church etc., it can treat any contribution received for
repairs or renovation of such place of worship as corpus donation. This
amount should be used for the specified purpose. The unutilized amount
should be invested as provided in section 11(5). This provision will
come into force from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21).

(ii)
At present, if a Charitable Trust is not able to utilise 85% of its
income in a particular year, it can apply to the AO for permission for
the accumulation of such income for 5 Years. If any amount out of such
accumulated income is not utilised for the objects of the Trust up to
the end of the 6th year, it is taxable as income in the sixth year. This
provision has now been amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
to provide that if the entire amount of the accumulated income is not
utilised up to the end of the 5th Year, the unutilised amount will be
considered as income of the fifth year and will become taxable in that
year.

(iii) If a Charitable Trust is maintaining accounts on an accrual basis of accounting, it is now provided that any
part of the income which is applied to the objects of the Trust, the
same will be considered as application for the objects of the Trust only
if it is actually paid in that year.
If paid in a subsequent year,
it will be considered as application of income in the subsequent year.
This amendment will come into force from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22).

(iv)
Section 13 deals with the circumstances in which exemption under
section 11 can be denied to Charitable Trusts. At present, if any income
or property of the Trust is utilised for the benefit of the Author,
trustee or related persons stated in section 13(3), the exemption is
denied to the Trust. Now, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
this section is amended to provide that only that part of the income
which is relatable to the unreasonable benefit allowed to the related
person will be subjected to tax in the hands of the Charitable Trust.
This tax will be payable at 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess.

(v)
At present, section 13(1)(d) provides that if any funds of the
Charitable Trust are not invested in the manner provided in section
11(5), the Trust will not get exemption u/s 11. This section is now
amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23), to
provide that the exemption will be denied only in respect of the income
from such prohibited investments. Tax on such income will be chargeable
at 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess.

(vi) Section 12A has been amended, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
to provide that the Charitable Trust shall maintain its accounts in the
manner as may be prescribed by Rules. These accounts will have to be
audited by a Chartered Accountant.

(vii) In line with the
amendment in section 10(23c) proviso XV, very wide powers are now given,
by amending section 12AB (4), to the Principal CIT to cancel
registration given to a Charitable Trust for claiming exemption. If the
Principal CIT comes to know about specified violations by the Charitable
Trust, he can conduct an inquiry and after giving opportunity to the
Trust, cancel its registration. The term ‘Specified Violations’ is
defined by this amendment.

5.3 Special Rate of Tax
A new section 115BBI has been added, effective from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
for charging tax at 30% plus applicable surcharge and cess. This rate
of tax will apply to registered Charitable Trusts, Religious Trusts,
Educational Institutions, Hospitals etc., in respect of the following
specified income:

(i) Income accumulated in excess of 15% of the income where such accumulation is not allowed.

(ii)
Where the income accumulated by the Charitable Trust or Institution is
not utilised within the permitted period and is deemed to be the income
of the year when such period expires.

(iii) Income which is not
exempt u/s 10(23c) or section 11 by virtue of the provisions of section
13(1)(d). This will include the value of benefit given to related
persons, income from Investments made otherwise then what is provided in
section 11(5) etc.

(iv) Income which is not excluded from the
total income of a Charitable Trust u/s 13(1) (c). This refers to the
value of benefits given to related persons.

(v) Income which is
not excluded from the total income of a Charitable Trust u/s 11(1) (c).
This refers to income of the Trust applied to objects of the Trust
outside India.

5.4 New Provisions for Levy of Penalty

New
section 271 AAE is added in the Income-tax Act for levy of penalty on
Charitable Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption under sections
10(23C) or 11. This penalty relates to benefits given by the Charitable
Trusts or Institutions to related persons. The new section provides that
If an Institution claiming exemption u/s 10(23C) or a Charitable Trust
claiming exemption u/s 11 gives an unreasonable benefit to the Author of
the Trust, Trustee or other related persons in violation of proviso XXI
of section 10(23C) or section 13(1) (c), the AO can levy penalty on the
Trust or Institution as under:

(i) 100% of the aggregate amount
of income applied for the benefit of the related persons where the
violation is noticed for the first time.

(ii) 200% of the aggregate amount of such income where the violation is noticed again in the subsequent year.

6. INCOME FROM BUSINESS OR PROFESSION

6.1 Section 14A:
At present, expenditure incurred in relation to exempt income is not
allowed as a deduction. There was a controversy as to whether section
14A would apply when there was no income from a particular investment.
This section is now amended effective from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22)
to clarify that the disallowance under this section can be made even in
a case where no exempt income had accrued or was received, and
expenditure was incurred. It is also clarified that the provisions of
section 14A will apply notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the Income-tax Act.

6.2 Section 35 (1A):
Section 35 allows deduction of expenditure on scientific research. Under
section 35(1A), such deduction is denied under certain circumstances.
This section is now amended effective from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21) to
provide that the donor will not be allowed a deduction in respect of
the donation for research u/s 35 if the donee has not filed a statement
of donations before the specified authorities.

6.3 Section 17: This section is amended effective from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) to
provide that any sum paid by the employer in respect of any expenditure
actually incurred by the employee on medical treatment of the employee
or any of his family members for treatment relating to COVID-19 shall
not be regarded as taxable perquisite. This will be subject to such
conditions as may be notified by the Central Government.

6.4 Section 37(1): At
present, Explanation 1 to section 37(1) provides that any expenditure
incurred for any purpose which is an offence or which is prohibited by
law shall not be allowed as a deduction while computing income under the
head ‘Profits and Gains of Business or Profession’. Now Explanation – 3
is added from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22) to clarify that the following types of expenses shall not be allowed while computing the business income of the assessee:

(i)
Expenditure incurred for any purpose which is an offence under, or
which is prohibited by, any law in India or outside India, or

(ii)
Any benefit or perquisite provided to a person, whether or not for
carrying on business or profession, where its acceptance is in violation
of any law or rule or regulation or guidelines governing the conduct of
such person, or

(iii) Expenditure incurred to compound an
offence under any law, in India or outside India. It may be noted that
this amendment may affect the benefits or perquisites provided by
pharmaceutical companies to medical professionals. If any benefit or
perquisite is received by a medical professional from a pharmaceutical
company, the same is taxable as the income of the medical professional
u/s 28 (iv). This will now suffer TDS at 10% of the value of such
benefit or perquisite under new section 194R. Further, it will be
difficult to find out whether a particular benefit is prohibited by law
in a foreign country.

6.5  Section 40(a) (ii): (i) Tax
levied on ‘Profits and Gains of Business or Profession’ is not allowed
as a deduction under this section. In the case of Sesa Goa Ltd vs. JCIT 117 taxmann.com 96,
the Bombay High Court held that the term ‘tax’ will not include ‘cess’
levied on tax. A similar view was taken by the Rajasthan High Court.
This section is now amended retrospectively effective from A.Y. 2005-06 (F.Y. 2004-05),
and it is now provided that the term ‘tax’ shall include any surcharge
or cess on such tax. Thus, no deduction will be allowable for ‘cess’ on
the basis of the above High Court decisions.

(ii) It may be noted
that section 155 has been amended from 1st April, 2022 to provide for
the amendment of the computation of income/loss in a case where
surcharge or cess has been claimed and allowed as a deduction in
computing total income. This amendment is as under:

(a) If the
assessee has claimed the deduction for surcharge or cess as business
expenditure, the AO can rectify the computation of income or loss u/s
154. He can also treat this deduction as under-reported income u/s
270A(3) and levy a penalty under that section. For this purpose, the
limitation period of 4 years u/s 154 shall be counted from 31st March
2022. This will mean that such a rectification order can be passed on or
before 31st March, 2026.

(b) However, if the
assessee makes an application to the AO in the prescribed form and
within the prescribed time, requesting for recomputation of the income
by excluding the above claim for deduction of surcharge or cess and pays
the amount due thereon within the specified time, no penalty under
section 270A will be levied. It appears that interest will also be
payable with the tax.

(iii) This is a retrospective legislation.
The claim for deduction of surcharge or cess may have been made by some
assessees in view of the High Court decision. To levy a penalty u/s 270A
for such a claim made in earlier years is a very harsh provision.

6.6 Section 43B:
This section provides that interest payable on an existing loan or
borrowing from Financial Institutions shall be allowed only in the year
of actual payment. The Supreme Court, in the case of M.M. Aqua Technologies Ltd. vs. CIT reported in 436 ITR 582
held that the interest payable in such a case can be considered to have
been actually paid if the liability to pay interest is converted into
debentures. The Explanation 3C, 3CA and 3CD of section 43B have been
amended from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23) to provide that
if such interest payable is converted into debenture or any other
instrument, by which the liability to pay is deferred to a future date,
it shall not be considered as actual payment.

6.7 Section 50: This section was amended by the Finance Act, 2021, from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21). Now, an explanation is added from A.Y. 2021-22 to
clarify that reduction of the amount of goodwill of a business or
profession from the ‘block of assets’ as provided in section 43(6) (c)
(ii) (B) shall be deemed to be transfer of goodwill.

6.8 Section 79A:
At present, there is no restriction on the set-off of any loss or
unabsorbed depreciation against undisclosed income detected during a
search or survey proceedings under sections 132, 132A or 133A (other
than 133A (2A)). Now, a new section 79A is added from the A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22)
to provide that any loss, either of the current year or brought forward
loss or unabsorbed depreciation, cannot be adjusted against the
undisclosed income, which is defined as under:

(i) Any income of
the relevant year or any entry in the books of accounts or other
documents or transactions detected during a search, requisition or
survey, which has not been recorded in the books of accounts or has not
been disclosed to the Principal Chief CIT, Chief CIT, Principal CIT or
CIT before the date of search, requisition or survey, or

(ii) Any
expenditure recorded in the books of accounts or other documents are
found to be false and would not have been detected but for the search,
requisition or survey.

7. TAXATION OF VIRTUAL DIGITAL ASSETS
In
this year’s Budget, no ban has been imposed on dealing in
cryptocurrencies or other similar digital currencies. In para III of the
budget speech, the Finance Minister has stated that “Introduction of
Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) will give a big boost to digital
economy. Digital Currency will also lead to a more efficient and cheaper
management system. It is, therefore, proposed to introduce Digital
Rupee, using blockchain and other technologies, to be issued by the
Reserve Bank of India starting 2022-23”.

Further, in Para 131 of
the Budget Speech, the Finance Minister has stated that “There has been a
phenomenal increase in transactions in virtual digital assets. The
magnitude and frequency of these transactions have made it imperative to
provide for a specific tax regime. Accordingly, for taxation of virtual
digital assets, I propose to provide that any income from transfer of
any virtual digital assets shall be taxed at the rate of 30 per cent”.

To implement this decision the following amendments are made in various sections of the Income-tax Act effective A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23).

7.1 Section 2(47A): This
is a new section which defines the term ‘Virtual Digital Asset’ (VDA)
to mean any information or code or number or token (other than an Indian
currency or a foreign currency) generated through cryptographic means
in or otherwise, by whatever name called, providing a digital
representation of value exchanged with or without consideration with the
promise or representation of having inherent value, or functions as a
store of value or a unit of account including its use in any financial
transaction or investment, but not limited to investment scheme, and can
be transferred, stored or traded electronically. This definition also
includes non-fungible tokens or any other token of a similar nature. It
also includes any other digital asset that may be notified by the
Central Government. This definition comes into force from 1st April,
2022.

7.2 Section 115BBH: This is a new section which comes into force from A.Y. 2023-24. It provides as under:

(i)
Where the total income of an assessee includes any income from transfer
of VDA, income tax on such income is payable at 30% plus a surcharge
and cess. It may be noted that in this provision, no distinction is made
between income from transfer VDA in the course of trading or VDA held
as a capital asset. However, it is clarified that the definition of the
term ‘transfer’ in section 2(47) shall apply whether VDA is a capital
asset or not.

(ii) No deduction in respect of any expenditure
(other than the cost of acquisition) or allowance or set-off of any loss
shall be allowed to the assessee under any provision of the Income-tax
Act in computing income from transfer of such VDA.

(iii) No
set-off of loss from the transfer of the VDA shall be allowed against
income computed under any provision of the Income-tax Act, and such loss
shall not be allowed to be carried forward.

7.3 Section 56(2)(x): Gift
of VDA received by a non-relative will be taxable u/s 56(2) (x) as
‘Income from Other Sources’. If a person receives a gift of VDA of the
aggregate market value exceeding R50,000 or VDA is transferred to him
for a consideration where the difference between the consideration paid
and its market value is more than R50,000, tax will be payable by him as
provided in section 56(2) (x). Amendment in section 56(2) (x) provides
that the expression ‘property’ includes ‘VDA’. The CBDT will have to
frame rules for the determination of market value of VDA for the
purposes of section 56(2) (x).

7.4 Section 194-S: This is a
new section which provides for deduction of TDS @1% from the
consideration for VDA. The provisions of this section are discussed in
Para 3.3 above. This provision comes into force on 1st July, 2022.

7.5 General: In
the Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2022, it
is stated that “Virtual digital assets have gained tremendous popularity
in recent times and the volumes of trading in such digital assets has
increased substantially. Further, a market is emerging where payment for
transfer of virtual digital assets can be made through another such
asset. Accordingly, a new scheme to provide for taxation of such virtual
digital assets has been proposed in the Bill”.

Reading the above amendments, some issues arise for consideration.

(i)
The new provisions do not clarify as to under which head the income
from transfer of VDA will be taxable i.e. whether it is ‘Income from
Business’ or ‘Capital Gains’ or ‘Income from Other Sources’.

(ii)
A transfer of VDA in exchange for another VDA is liable to tax. It is
not clear how the market value of the VDA received in exchange will be
determined. The Central Government will have to frame Rules for this
purpose.

(iii) VDA is defined u/s 2(47 A) and this definition
comes into force on 1st April, 2022. A question will arise as to whether
income from transfer of similar VDA prior to 1st April, 2022 will be
taxable and if so whether it will be considered as a ‘Capital Asset’ as
defined in section 2(14). Under this definition, ‘Capital Asset’ means
“property of any kind held by an assessee, whether or not connected with
his business or profession”.

(iv) If income arising from
transfer VDA before 1st April, 2022 is considered taxable, a question
will arise whether the loss in such transactions will be allowed to be
adjusted against other income and carried forward loss will be allowed
to be adjusted against income in subsequent years.

We will have to wait for some clarification from CBDT on all the above issues.

8. CAPITAL GAINS

8.1 Section 2(42C): This
section defines ‘slump sale’. Finance Act, 2021, had widened this
definition to cover a case of transfer of an undertaking ‘by any means’,
which till then was restricted to a case of transfer ‘as a result of
the sale’. There was some doubt about the interpretation of this
provision. Therefore, this definition is now amended from A.Y. 2021-22 (F.Y. 2020-21)
to substitute the word ‘sales’ by the word ‘transfer’. Thus, the
definition now covers a case of transfer of any undertaking by means of a
lump sum consideration without assigning individual values to assets
and liabilities for such transfer.

8.2 Surcharge on Capital Gains: As
stated in Para 2.2 above, a surcharge on tax on long-term capital gains
u/s 111A, 112 and 112 A in the case of Individual, HUF, AOP, BOI etc.
will not exceed 15% of tax from the A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23).

9. INCOME FROM OTHER SOURCES

9.1 Section 56(2)(x): According
to the Government’s declared policy, amount received by a person for
medical treatment of COVID -19 illness should not be made liable to any
tax. Therefore, section 56(2) (x) has been amended to provide as under:

(i)
Any sum of money received by an Individual from any person in respect
of the medical treatment of himself or any member of his family for any
illness related to COVID -19, to the extent of the expenditure actually
incurred will not be taxable.

(ii) Any amount received by a
member of the family of a deceased person from the employer of the
deceased person will not be taxable.

(iii) An amount up to R10
lakhs received from any person by a member of the family of the deceased
person, whether the cause of death of such person was illness related
to COVID -19 will not be taxable. However, such amount should be
received within 12 months of the date of the death, and such other
conditions as may be notified by the Central Government are satisfied.

It
may be noted that for the purpose of (ii) and (iii), the word ‘family’
is given the meaning as defined in section 10(5). This word will,
therefore, mean (a) the spouse, (b) children of the individual and (c)
parents, brothers and sisters of the Individual or any of them who is
wholly or mainly dependent on the Individual.

The above amendments are made from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20)

9.2 Section 68: This
section provides that any sum credited in the books of the assessee
shall be considered as income if the assessee does not offer an
explanation about the nature and source of such sum. Even if the
explanation is offered by the assessee, but the AO is of the opinion
that the explanation offered by the assessee is not to his satisfaction,
the AO can treat such sum as income of the assessee. This section is
amended from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23). The amendment
now provides that where the amount received by the assessee consists of
loan or borrowing or otherwise, by whatever name called, the assessee
will have to give a satisfactory explanation to the AO about the source
from which the person in whose name the amount is credited obtained the
money. In other words, the assessee will now have to prove the source of
funds in the hands of the lender. However, this provision will not
apply if the amount is credited in the name of a Venture Capital Company
or a Venture Capital Fund.

It may be noted that this new
provision will create many practical difficulties for the assessee. If
the lender does not co-operate and share the details of the source of
his funds, the assessee borrower will suffer. Further, it is not clear
whether this new provision will apply to borrowings made on or after 1st
April, 2022 or to old borrowing also. There is also no clarity on
whether the assessee will have to prove the source of funds borrowed
from a Financial Institution, Banks or Co-operative Societies etc.

9.3 Dividend from Foreign Company:
At present, dividend income earned by an Indian Company from a Foreign
Company in which it holds 26% or more of the equity share capital is
taxed at the concessional rate of 15%. This provision is contained in
section 115BBD. By amendment of this section from A.Y. 2023-24 (F.Y. 2022-23),
this concession is withdrawn from 1st April, 2022. Thus, such dividends
will be taxed at the normal rate of 30%. However, the Indian Company
will be able to take benefit of deduction u/s 80M if it declares a
dividend out of such dividend from the Foreign Company.

10. ASSESSMENT AND REASSESSMENT OF INCOME

10.1 In the Finance Act, 2021, new
provisions were made for the procedure to be followed for assessment or
reassessment of income including that in the case of a search or
requisition. Sections 147, 148 and 149 were substituted and a new
section 148A was added from 1st April, 2021. The following amendments
are made in these provisions from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y. 2021-22):

10.2 Section 132 and 132B
dealing with search and requisition are amended to include reference to
the assessment, reassessment or re-computation under sections 14(3),
144 or 147 in addition to assessment under section 153A.

10.3 Explanation 1
to Section 148 lists items considered as information about income
escaping assessment. Following changes are made in this list:

(i)
One of the item relates to the final objection raised by C&AG. Now
the requirement is that if any ‘Audit Objection’ states that the
assessment for a particular year is not made in accordance with the
provisions of the Income-tax Act, it will become information, and the AO
can issue notice based on such information.

(ii) The scope of the ‘information’ is now extended to the following items:

(a) Any information received under an agreement referred to in section 90 or 90A.

(b)
Any information made available to the AO under the scheme notified u/s
135A, providing for the collection of information in a faceless manner.

(c) Any information which requires action in consequence of the order of a Tribunal or a Court.

10.4 Explanation 2 to
section 148 deals with information with the AO about escapement of
income in cases of search, survey etc. The following changes are made in
these provisions:

(i) Information about any function, ceremony
or event obtained in a survey u/s 133A (5) can now be used for reopening
an assessment u/s 148. This will include any marriage or similar
function.

(ii) The deeming fiction that Explanation 2 to section
148 was applicable for 3 assessment years immediately preceding the
relevant year has been removed.

10.5 The requirement of obtaining approval of any Specified Authority by the AO is modified as under:

(i)
If the AO has passed the order u/s 148A(d) to the effect that it is a
fit case for the issue of notice u/s 148, he is not required to take the
approval of the Specified Authority before issuing a notice u/s 148.

(ii) For serving a show-cause notice on the assessee u/s 148A(b), no approval of the Specified Authority is required.

(iii)
A new section 148B is inserted, providing that the AO below the rank of
Joint Commissioner is required to take the approval of Additional
Commissioner, Additional Director, Joint Commissioner or Joint Director
before passing an order of assessment or reassessment or re-computation
in respect of an assessment year to which Explanation 2 to section 148
applies.

10.6 Section 149(1)(b): This section provides for
extended time limit of 10 years for issuance of notice u/s 148. This
extended time limit applies where the AO has in his possession books of
accounts, documents or evidence to reveal that income represented in the
form of asset which has escaped assessment is of R50 Lakhs or more.
This provision is now amended to provide that the income escaping
assessment should be represented in the form of (a) an asset, (b)
expenditure in respect of a transaction or in relation to an event or
occasion or (c) An entry or entries in the books of account.

Further,
the words ‘for that year’ has been omitted. Thus, the threshold limit
of R50 Lakhs or more need not be satisfied for each assessment year for
which notice u/s 148 is to be issued.

10.7 Section 149(1A):
A new sub-section (IA) is added in section 149 to provide that, in case
investment in such asset or expenditure in relation to such event or
occasion has been made or incurred in more than one year within the 10
years period, a notice u/s 148 can be issued for every such assessment
year.

10.8 Section 148A: It is now provided that the
procedure for issue of a notice under this section will not apply where
the AO has received any information under the scheme notified u/s 135A.

10.9 It is now provided, effective from 1st April, 2021, that restriction in section 149(1) for issuance of a notice u/s 148 for A.Y. 2021-22 or
any earlier year, if such notice could not have been issued at that
time on account of being beyond the time limit as specified in section
149(1)(b) as it stood before 1st April, 2021, shall also apply to notice
under sections 153A or 153C.

10.10 Section 153: This section, dealing with the time limit for completing an assessment, has been amended from 1st April, 2021.
It is now provided that the assessment for the A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y.
2019-20) should be completed by 30th September, 2022 (within 18 months
of the end of the assessment year).

10.11 Section 153A:
Explanation 1 to this section provides for excluding the period to be
excluded for limitation. This section is now amended from 1st April, 2021
to provide for the exclusion of the period (not exceeding 180 days)
commencing from the date on which search is initiated u/s 132 or
requisition is made u/s 132A to the date on which the books of account,
documents, money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable articles seized
or requisitioned are handed over to AO having jurisdiction over the
assessee. A similar amendment is made in section 153B.

10.12 Section 153B: The time limit for completing assessment u/s 153A relating to search cases have now been removed from 1st April, 2021. In all cases where a search is made on or after 1st April, 2021,
the assessment will be made under sections 143, 144 or 147. Time limit
provided for such assessments will apply. However, in a case where the
last authorization for search or requisition u/s 132/132A was executed
in F.Y. 2020-21, or books/documents/assets seized were handed over to
the AO in F.Y. 2020-21, the assessment in such case for the A.Y. 2021-22
can be made on or before 30th September, 2022.

10.13 Section 271 AAB: This
section provides for the levy of penalty at a lower rate in search
cases if the specified conditions are complied. One of the conditions is
that the assessee should have paid tax on undisclosed income and filed
the return of income declaring the undisclosed income before the
specified date. The definition of ‘specified date’ is now amended from 1st April, 2021 to include the date on which the period specified in the notice u/s 148 expires.

11. FACELESS ASSESSMENTS SCHEME

11.1
Section 92CA deals with the provisions for reference to the Transfer
Pricing Officer. Section 144C deals with reference to Dispute Resolution
Panel. Section 253 deals with the procedure for filing appeals before
ITA Tribunal. Under these sections, power is given to notify a scheme
for faceless procedure for assessments and appeals before 31st March,
2022. Similarly, u/s 255 dealing with the procedure for disposal of
appeals before the ITA Tribunal, the notification for a faceless hearing
can be issued before 31st March, 2023. In all these sections,
amendments are made, and the above time limit for issue of notification
for faceless procedure is now extended up to 31st March, 2024.

11.2 Section 144B dealing with the procedure for faceless assessments has been amended from 1st April, 2022.
The faceless assessment scheme has come into force on 1st April, 2021.
Some amendments are made in section 144B, modifying the procedure under
the scheme. In brief, these amendments are as under:

(i) At
present, the scheme applies to assessments under sections 143(2) and
144. Now, it will also apply to assessments, reassessments and
recomputation u/s 147.

(ii) At present, the time limit for a
reply to a notice u/s 143(2) is 15 days from the receipt of notice. This
time limit is removed. Now, the time limit will be stated in the notice
u/s 143(2).

(iii) The concept of Regional Faceless Assessment Centre is done away with.

(iv)
It is now specified that the Assessment Unit can seek the assistance of
the Technical Unit for (a) determination of Arm’s Length Price, (b)
valuation of property, (c) withdrawal of registration and (d) approval,
exemption or any other matter.

(v) The procedure for Assessment
Unit (AU) preparing the draft assessment order and revising the same on
getting comments has been done away with. Now, AU has to state in
writing if no variations are proposed to the returned income. If
variations are proposed a show-cause notice is to be issued to the
assessee. On receipt of the response from the assessee, the National
Assessment Centre shall direct the AU to prepare a draft order, or it
can assign the matter to the Review Unit.

(vi) After receiving
the suggestions from the Review Unit, the National Assessment Centre has
to assign the case to the same AU which had prepared the draft order.
In the old scheme, the case had to be assigned to another AU. To this
extent, the new provision that the matter goes back to the original AU
which made the draft order is a welcome change.

(vii) In the old
scheme, there was no provision for referring the case for special audit
u/s 142(2A). Now, it is provided that if AU is of the opinion that
considering the complexity of the case, it is necessary to get special
audit done, it can refer the matter to the National Assessment Centre.

(viii)
Under the old scheme, a request for a personal hearing through video
conferencing could be granted only if the Chief Commissioner or Director
General approved the same. This provision is now amended and it is
provided that if the request for personal hearing is made by the
assessee, the Income tax Authority of the concerned Unit has to allow
the same through video conferencing. This is a welcome provision.

(ix)
At present, section 144B(9) provides that the assessment shall be
considered non-est if the same is not made in accordance with the
procedure laid down u/s 144B. This provision is now deleted with retrospective effect from 1st April, 2021. This is very unfair. It removes the safeguard, which ensured that the department would follow the procedure u/s 144B.

(x)
At present, section 144B(10) provides that the function of the
verification unit can be assigned to another verification unit. This
sub-section is now deleted from 1st April, 2022.

12. TO SUM UP

12.1
Contrary to the declared policy of the present government, there are
more than a dozen amendments in the Income-tax Act which have
retrospective effect. In particular, the amendment to disallow surcharge
and cess while computing business income is retrospective and applies
from A.Y. 2005-06. Further, such a claim made by an assessee based on
the High Court decision will be subject to a levy of penalty if the
assessee does not recompute the total income for that year and pay the
tax within the specified time. It is not clear whether interest on the
tax due will be payable. The AO is given time up to 31st March, 2026 to
pass the rectification order u/s 154 and levy penalty u/s 270A. Such
type of retrospective amendment is very harsh and may not stand judicial
scrutiny.

12.2 It is true that there is no increase in the rates
of taxes, and some relief is given to specific entities in the matter
of rates of surcharge. The only new tax levied is on Virtual Digital
Assets (VDA). This is a new type of asset, and some issues will arise
while computing the income from transactions relating to VDAs. The CBDT
will have to clarify issues relating to the valuation and reporting of
transactions.

12.3 Significant amendments were made in the
Finance Act 2020 and 2021 in the provisions relating to Charitable
Trusts and Institutions claiming exemption u/s 10(23c) and 11. This
year, some further amendments are made to these provisions. Some of
these amendments are beneficial to Charitable Trusts and Institutions.
However, the manner in which the amendments are worded creates a lot of
confusion. It is necessary that a separate chapter is devoted in the
Income-tax Act, and all provisions of sections 10(23c), 11, 12, 12A,
12AA, 12AB, 13 etc., dealing with exemption to these Trusts and
Institutions are put under one heading. This chapter should deal with
rate of tax, interest, penalty etc., payable by such Trusts and
Institutions. This will enable the person dealing with Public Trusts and
Institutions to know their rights and obligations.

12.4 The
scope for deduction of tax at source (TDS) has been extended to two more
items. New section 194-R has been added, and TDS provisions will now
apply to the value of benefit or perquisite given to a person engaged in
business or profession. Further, under the new section 194-S, the TDS
provisions apply to the transfer of VDA. These provisions will increase
the compliance burden of assessees.

12.5 Significant amendments
are made in the provisions relating to computation of ‘Income from
Business or Profession’. Now, expenditure incurred in relation to exempt
income will be disallowed even if no exempt income is received.
Further, the value of any benefit or perquisite provided to a person
where acceptance of such benefit or perquisite is prohibited by any law,
rule or guidelines governing the conduct of such person will be
disallowed. This will affect most of the pharmaceutical and other
companies providing such benefits or perquisites to their agents or
dealers.

12.6 Another damaging provision introduced by new
section 79A relates to denial of adjustment of current years or carried
forward loss or unabsorbed depreciation against specified undisclosed
income. This provision comes into force from A.Y. 2022-23 (F.Y.
2021-22).

12.7 The amendment to section 68, putting the burden of
proving the source of the money in the hands of the person from whom
funds are borrowed is another amendment that will increase the
compliance burden of the assessees. Now assessees will have to maintain
evidence about the source of funds in the hands of the lender. This is
going to be difficult.

12.8 A new provision is made in section
139 (8A), allowing the assessee to file a belated return of income
within 24 months after the end of the specified time limit for filing a
revised return. There are several conditions attached to this provision.
Further, interest, fees for late filing, and additional tax is payable.
Reading these conditions, it is evident that such belated return cannot
be filed to claim any relief in tax. Thus, very few persons will be
able to take advantage of this provision.

12.9 Taking an overall
view of the amendments made in the Income-tax Act this year, one can
take the view that it is a mixed bag. There are some retrospective
amendments which are very harsh. There are some amendments which are
with a view to give some relief to assessees but they are attached with
several conditions. In this effort, the Income-tax Act has become more
complex, and the Government’ declared objective to simplify the tax laws
is not achieved.

(This article summarises key direct tax
provisions. Because of the extensive amendments, provisions related to
updated returns, penalties and prosecution, IFSC, appeals and revisions,
and certain other amendments are excluded due to space constraints –
Editor)

FUNGIBILITY OF DIRECT TAX AND INDIRECT TAX FOR INDIVIDUAL INCOME TAXPAYERS AND INCOME TAX RETURNS FILERS

Kindly refer to my article – ‘India’s Macro-Economic & Financial Problems and Some Macro-Level Solutions’, published in September, 2021 BCAJ. Some professional colleagues and friends have opined that Fungibility of Direct and Indirect Taxes is never possible. No country in the World to their knowledge has such a facility given multiple difficulties etc. I accept their worthy views with a caveat that some country has to start. Why cannot India take the lead in this matter?

Others stated that my suggestion in the article is a solution that is self-defeating. The country loses out on Tax Revenues – Direct and Indirect and nobody gains in this matter. Please see the workings later.

My listing of benefits of tax fungibility is as under (from the above-published article):
1) Possibility of increased Income Tax Returns being filed by Individuals to claim the GST refund.
2) Widening of GST net due to individual income taxpayer asking for GST invoice.
3) The individual taxpayer MUST FEEL rewarded for filing income tax returns. Ultimately, Income Tax has always been a sensitive topic, and one must make the Tax Payer feel rewarded.

So far as individual income taxpayers are concerned, Indirect Tax is apparently unfair for B2C transactions (Business-to-Consumer). In B2B transactions, the business receiving goods and services is able to take an input tax credit of the same for its business and tax payment. While in B2C, this facility is not available. My proposal is aimed at making it
available.

Working:
By the working below, I wish to dispel this argument of Revenue Loss or no net increase in Tax Revenues. Note that this is only applicable to Individual Taxpayers filing ITRs 1 – 4.

Case: Individual ‘A’ (based on the old tax regime of income tax)

1

Total annual income

Rs 22.00 lakhs

2

Taxable annual income

Rs 20.00 lakhs

3

Income tax payable

(@ 21% tax rate (slab computation)

Rs 4.20 lakhs

4

Income available for annual spending (2-3)

Rs 15.80 lakhs

5

Amount spent

(assuming 80% spend on goods and services
and balance 20% savings)

Rs 12.64 lakhs

6

GST invoices available

(on 80% of total purchases)

Rs 10.10 lakhs

7

Value of purchases

GST paid on purchases

(at 15% average GST rate)

Rs 8.80 lakhs

Rs 1.30 lakhs

When filing the Income Tax Return, the individual taxpayer MUST show the amount of GST paid Rs 1.30 lakhs and claim an applicable Income Tax Refund. It is my view that even a 100% GST setoff will not impact Income Tax Revenues but will increase Income Tax Returns filings and add to GST revenues.

Note: Lower the value and percentage of GST Invoices, lower the GST set off against income tax payable. Individual purchasers/Buyers will insist on GST Invoices.

MECHANISM
To all those who already have PAN Cards and are filing any of the above 4 types of Income Tax Returns, the Income Tax office can send out a special code that is linked to the assessee’s PAN Card Number.

Those who have not filed their returns in the past MUST do so for availing GST setoff /refund and make an application to the Income Tax Authorities for the special code.

Every time a GST invoice is collected this special code must get referenced and scanned. That is the responsibility of the purchaser to show his special code card which the seller will scan and link with the GST Invoice. This can be done with safeguards and conditions that are easy to fulfill such as payment via debit/credit card/UPI/Electronic mode and even a threshold per transaction to start with.

Through the above referenced individual code, the Income Tax authorities must capture the GST paid by the individual as they are capturing the other Income and TDS thereon.

This collated information about sellers giving GST invoice details should also go to the GST authorities. They can then find out who is filing GST Returns and who is not.  Is the GST paid by the seller in line with the Sales
Invoice details given by the purchaser? An App or other modes of technology for this purpose could also come in handy.

As stated by me in the September, 2021 BCAJ article, the Revenue authorities must do some original thinking. There is a possible solution which MOST IMPORTANTLY favours the individual income tax payer. This must not be refrigerated but be worked on for 2023-24 implementation.

The key issue we are facing is the issue of Equity for the individual income taxpayer. Already, with Agriculture income out of ambit of the Income Tax Act, there is a high sense of frustration that large landowners and wealthy agriculturists are conveniently excluded.

Note: The author wishes to thank the members of the BCAJ Editorial team for value-added interventions to the article.  

DOES TRANSFER OF EQUITY SHARES UNDER OFFER FOR SALE (OFS) DURING THE PROCESS OF LISTING TRIGGER ANY CAPITAL GAINS?

The calendar year 2021 was a blockbuster year for Indian primary markets, with 63 companies collectively garnering Rs. 1.2 lakh crore through initial public offerings. The Indian primary market witnessed the largest and most subscribed public offers in this period. A large part of public offering was by way of Offer For Sale (OFS), i.e. promoters offloading (selling) their stake in companies to financial institutions / public. What follows the transfer of equity shares is the determination of capital gains income and income-tax liability thereon.

Finance Act, 2018 brought a paradigm shift in taxation of long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of equity shares and equity-oriented mutual funds. Finance Act, 2018 withdrew the exemption granted on long-term capital gains arising on transfer of equity shares and equity-oriented mutual funds. With the withdrawal of exemption, special provisions in the form of Sections 112A and 55(2)(ac) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) were inserted to determine capital gains income.

This article seeks to examine capital gains tax liability arising from the transfer of equity shares under an OFS in an IPO process under the new taxation regime.

BRIEF BACKGROUND OF THE PROVISIONS
Section 112A of the Act provides for a tax rate of 10% in case where (a) total income includes income chargeable under the head capital gains (b) capital gains arising from the transfer of long-term capital asset being equity shares (c) securities transaction tax is paid on acquisition and transfer of those equity shares1.

Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act provides a special mechanism for computation of cost of acquisition in respect of assets covered by Section 112A. Cost of acquisition of equity shares acquired prior to 1st February, 2018 is higher of (a) or (b) below:

(A) Cost of acquisition of an asset.
(B) Lower of:

1. Fair market value of the asset as on 31st January, 2018, and
2. Full value of consideration received or accruing on the transfer of equity shares.

The essence of the insertion of Section 55(2)(ac) is to provide grandfathering in respect of gains up to 31st January, 2018 regarding equity shares. This is with a rider that adopting fair market value does not result in the generation of loss.


1   Section 112A(4) of the act provides relief
from payment of securities transaction tax on acquisition of shares in respect
of certain transaction covered by Notification No. 60/2018 Dated 1st
October, 2018.

CASE UNDER EXAMINATION AND ANALYSIS

Mr. A, an individual, is the promoter of A Ltd. Mr. A had subscribed to equity shares of A Ltd. on 1st April, 2011 when the company was unlisted at their face value of Rs. 10. Since then, Mr. A has been holding these equity shares as a capital asset. Mr. A decides to sell the equity shares under the IPO process as an offer for sale at Rs. 1,000 per share in February, 2022. The question to be examined is: what should be the cost of acquisition of the shares, and how should one compute the capital gains?
In this case, the transfer of shares is covered by Section 112A of the Act since (a) total income of Mr. A includes income chargeable under the head ‘capital gains’; (b) capital gains arise from the transfer of long-term capital asset2 being equity shares; (c) in terms of Section 98 (entry no. 6) r.w.s. 97(13)(aa) of Finance (No.2) Act, 2004, Mr. A is required to pay securities transaction tax on the transfer of equity shares; (d) the requirement of payment of securities transaction tax on acquisition of equity shares is relieved in terms of Notification No. 60/2018 dated 1st October, 20183 as shares were acquired when equity shares of A Ltd. were not listed on a recognised stock exchange.

The provisions of Section 112A cover the case on hand and therefore the cost of acquisition of equity shares shall be determined in terms of Section 55(2)(ac), which requires identification of three components, namely cost of acquisition, fair market value as on 31st January, 2018 and full value of consideration. In the facts of the case, the cost of acquisition of each equity share is Rs. 10, and the full value of consideration accruing on the transfer of each share is Rs. 1,000. What remains for determination is the fair market value of the asset as on 31st January, 2018 to compute the cost of acquisition under Section 55(2)(ac).

Before determining the fair market value of equity shares as on 31st January 2018, one may refer to Section 97(13)(aa) of Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004, which provides that sale of unlisted equity shares under an OFS to the public in an initial public offer and where such shares are subsequently listed on recognised stock exchange shall be considered as taxable securities transaction and securities transaction tax is leviable on the same.

From the above, it is pertinent to note that when the equity shares are transferred under an OFS, such shares are unlisted and are listed on a recognised stock exchange only subsequent to the transfer. Further, the practical experience of applying for shares under an IPO suggests that consideration for equity shares is paid, and equity shares are credited to the purchaser’s account, prior to the date of listing of equity shares on a recognised stock exchange. This also corroborates that when the promoter transfers the equity shares under an OFS, such shares are still unlisted.

2   Equity
shares held by Mr. A qualifies as ‘long-term capital asset’ as equity shares
are held for a period exceeding 12 months.

3   Notification
No. 60/2018/F. No.370142/9/2017-TPL.

Determination of fair market value of equity shares as on 31st January, 2018

Clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act provides a methodology for the determination of fair market value.

Sub-clause (i) of clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) provides that where equity shares are listed on a recognised stock exchange as on 31st January, 2018, the highest price prevailing on the recognised stock exchange shall be the fair market value. In the present case, shares will only be listed post the IPO in February, 2022 (i.e. Equity shares were not listed on a recognised stock exchange as on 31st January, 2018). Accordingly, the case is not covered by said sub-clause.
Sub-clause (ii) of clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) does not apply to the present case as the subject matter of transfer is equity shares and not units of equity-oriented mutual fund/business trust.
Sub-clause (iii) of clause (a) of explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) provides that where equity shares are not listed on any recognised stock exchange as on 31st January, 2018, but listed as on the date of transfer, the fair market value of equity shares shall be the indexed cost of acquisition up to F.Y. 2017-18.

The literal reading of sub-clause (iii) of clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act suggests that the case of Mr. A will not be covered by said sub-clause as equity shares are not listed as on the date of transfer.

Considering the above, an important issue arises that when the fair market value of an asset cannot be determined basis the methodology provided in clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac), what shall be the impact of the same?

TAX AUTHORITIES MAY PUT FORTH FOLLOWING ARGUMENTS
With the withdrawal of exemption under Section 10(38) of the Act, the intent of insertion of Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act is to provide grandfathering of gains on equity shares up to 31st January, 2018. The legislature, in its wisdom, may provide the grandfathering in any manner.

In respect of equity shares, which are not listed on a recognised stock exchange as on 31st January, 2018, legislature has provided for the benefit of indexation in terms of sub-clause (iii) of clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act.
In the case under consideration, Mr. A’s equity shares were unlisted as on 31st January, 2018 and the transfer of shares took place subsequently. And although the equity shares held by Mr. A were not listed as on the date of transfer, considering the legislative intent, the case of Mr. A shall be covered by sub-clause (iii) of clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act. Accordingly, capital gains computation does not fail. In this regard, reference may be made to Supreme Court (‘SC’) ruling in the case of CIT vs. J. H. Gotla [1985] 156 ITR 323. In this case, the taxpayer had suffered a significant business loss in the earlier assessment years, which were carried forward. The taxpayer gifted certain oil mill machinery to his wife. A partnership firm was floated where the wife and minor children were partners. Income earned by wife and minor children from the firm was clubbed in the hands of the taxpayer, who claimed set-off of clubbed income against the business losses carried forward. Tax authorities denied such set off on the ground that for setting off losses business was required to be carried on by taxpayer and in this case, business was carried out by the firm and not the taxpayer. SC allowed the set-off of losses in the hands of the taxpayer against the clubbed income and made the following observations on interpretation of the law:

“Now where the plain literal interpretation of a statutory provision produces a manifestly unjust result which could never have been intended by the legislature, the Court might modify the language used by the legislature so as to achieve the intention of the legislature and produce a rational construction. The task of interpretation of a statutory provision is an attempt to discover the intention of the legislature from the language used. If the purpose of a particular provision is easily discernible from the whole scheme of the act which, in the present case, was to counteract, the effect of the transfer of assets so far as computation of income of the assessee was concerned, then bearing that purpose in mind, the intention should be found out from the language used by the legislature and if strict literal, construction leads to an absurd result, i.e., result not intended to be subserved by the object of the legislation found out in the manner indicated above, then if other construction is possible apart from strict literal construction, then that construction should be preferred to the strict literal construction. Though equity and taxation are often strangers, attempts should be made that these do not remain so always so and if a construction results in equity rather than in injustice, then such construction should be preferred to the literal construction.”

In the present case, legislative intent for providing grandfathering benefit in respect of equity shares which are not listed as on 31st January, 2018 and transferred subsequently can be gathered from the language employed in sub-clause (iii) of clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act and accordingly, the said sub-clause covers the case of Mr. A.

AS AGAINST THE ABOVE, THE TAXPAYER MAY SUBMIT AS UNDER
The computation of capital gains is carried out in terms of Section 48 of the Act. The computation of capital gains begins with the determination of full value of consideration which is reduced by (a) expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively in connection with transfer, (b) cost of acquisition of capital asset, and (c) cost of improvement of a capital asset. Accordingly, the before mentioned are four important elements of computing capital gains.

Section 55(2) of the Act provides for the determination of the cost of acquisition of capital assets for the purpose of Sections 48 and 49 of the act. Section 55(2)(ac) is a special provision for determining the cost of acquisition in certain specified cases. Unlike Section 55(2)(b) of the act4, Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act is not optional. Once the taxpayer’s case is covered by provisions of Section 55(2)(ac), the cost of acquisition of a specified asset has to be determined under that Section.

Clause (a) of Explanation to Section 55(2)(ac) defines the term ‘fair market value’ in an exhaustive manner, and accordingly, no other methodology can be read into Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act to determine the fair market value.

In order to determine the cost of acquisition under Section 55(2)(ac), one of the important components is the fair market value of the asset as on 31st January, 2018. In the absence of a determination of the same, the exercise of determination of cost of acquisition under Section 55(2)(ac) of the Act cannot be completed.

The SC, in the case of CIT vs. B. C. Srinivasa Setty [1981]128 ITR 2945, held that since the cost of acquisition of self-generated goodwill cannot be conceived, the computation of capital gains fails. On failure of computation provision, it was held that such asset is not covered by Section 45 of the Act and hence not subjected to capital gains. Similarly, in the case of Sunil Siddharth Bhai vs. CIT [1985] 156 ITR 509 (SC)6, where the taxpayer had contributed capital asset to a partnership firm, it was held that full value of consideration accruing or arising on transfer of capital asset cannot be determined and accordingly such asset is beyond the scope of capital gains chapter. Also, in the case of PNB Finance Ltd. vs. CIT [2008] 307 ITR 757, on the transfer of undertaking by the taxpayer pursuant to the nationalisation of the bank, SC held that undertaking comprises of various capital assets and in the absence of determination of cost of acquisition of undertaking, the charge fails and accordingly, capital gains cannot be charged.

4   Section
55(2)(b) of the act provides an option to taxpayer to either adopt the actual
cost of acquisition or fair market value as on 1st April, 2001 where capital
asset is acquired prior to 1st April, 2001.

5   Rendered
prior to insertion of Section 55(2)(a) of the Act.

6   Rendered
prior to insertion of Section 45(3) of the Act.

Reference may also be made SC ruling in case of  Govind Saran Ganga Saran vs. CST [1985] 155 ITR 144 rendered under Bengal Finance (Sales Tax) Act, 1941 (‘Sales Tax Act’) as applied to the Union Territory of Delhi. The case revolved around the interpretation of Sections 14 and 15 of the Sales Tax Act. Cotton yarn was classified as one of the goods of special importance in inter-state trade or commerce as envisaged by Section 14 of the Sales Tax Act. Section 15 of the Sales Tax Act provided that sales tax on goods of special importance should not exceed a specified rate and further that they should not be taxed at more than one stage. The issue arose because the stage itself had not been clearly specified, and accordingly, it was not clear at what stage the sales tax shall be levied. The Financial Commissioner held that in the absence of any stage, there was a lacuna in the law and consequently, cotton yarn could not be taxed under the sales tax regime. The Delhi High Court reversed the decision of the Financial Commissioner. However, SC held that the single point at which the tax may be imposed must be a definite ascertainable point, and in the absence of the same, tax shall not be levied. While rendering the ruling, SC has made the following observations which are worth quoting:

“The components which enter into the concept of a tax are well known. The first is the character of the imposition known by its nature which prescribes the taxable event attracting the levy, the second is a clear indication of the person on whom the levy is imposed and who is obliged to pay the tax, the third is the rate at which the tax is imposed, and the fourth is the measure or value to which the rate will be applied for computing the tax liability. If those components are not clearly and definitely ascertainable, it is difficult to say that the levy exists in point of law. Any uncertainty or vagueness in the legislative scheme defining any of those components of the levy will be fatal to its validity.”

The SC ruling in the case of Govind Saran Ganga Saran (supra) has been approved by Constitution Bench of SC in case of CIT vs. Vatika Township (P.) Ltd. [2014] 367 ITR 466. In the facts of the case, the measure or value to which the rate will be applied is uncertain in the absence of determination of cost of acquisition, and accordingly, a levy will be fatal.

The cardinal principles of interpreting tax statutes centre around the observations of Rowlatt J. In the case of Cape Brandy Syndicate vs. Inland Revenue Commissioner [1921] 1 KB 64, which has virtually become the locus classicus. In the opinion of Rowlatt J.:
“. . . . . . . . . in a Taxing Act one has to look merely at what is clearly said. There is no room for any intendment. There is no equity about a tax. There is no presumption as to a tax. Nothing is to be read in, nothing is to be implied. One can only look fairly at the language used.”8

AUTHOR’S VIEW
Considering that: (a) in terms of a literal reading, fair market value of equity shares as on 31st January 2018 cannot be determined, (b) computation provision and charging provision both together form an integrated code, and on the failure of computation provision, charge fails, (c) judicial precedents holding that uncertainty or vagueness in legislative scheme lead to the levy becoming invalid, and (d) requirement of taxing provisions to be construed in terms of language employed only, in the view of the author, the taxpayer stands on a firm footing that in the absence of a determination of the fair market value of equity shares as on 31st January, 2018 in terms of methodology supplied in Section 55(2)(ac) of the act, cost of acquisition of equity shares cannot be determined. In the absence of a determination of the cost of acquisition, the computation mechanism fails. Accordingly, one may vehemently urge that the equity shares transferred under the OFS are beyond the capital gains chapter.

One may also note that the issue discussed herein may not be restricted in its applicability to promoters transferring their equity shares under an offer for sale. It may equally apply to private equity players, institutions, financial investors, individuals etc., who have either subscribed to the shares of an unlisted company or have purchased the shares of an unlisted company from the market and are selling the shares under an offer for sale.

One shall note that courts may be slow in adopting a position of total failure of charge and transfer of capital asset falling beyond the provisions capital gains chapter. Further, considering the impact of the position stated above, one may expect high-rise litigation.

[The views expressed by author are personal. One may adopt any position in consultation with advisors.]

________________________________________________________________
8    The above passage has been quoted with approval in several SC rulings. Illustratively, refer PCIT vs. Aarham Softronics [2019] 412 ITR 623 (SC), CIT vs. Yokogawa India Ltd. [2017] 391 ITR 274 (SC), Orissa State Warehousing vs. CIT [1999] 237 ITR 589 (SC), Smt. Tarulata Shyam vs. CIT [1977] 108 ITR 345 (SC), Sole Trustee, Loka Shikshana Trust [1975] 101 ITR 234 (SC), CIT vs. Ajax Products Ltd. [1965] 55 ITR 741 (SC), CIT vs. Shahzada Nand and Sons [1966] 66 ITR 392 (SC).

THE GHOST OF B.C. SRINIVASA SETTY IS NOT YET EXORCISED IN INDIA

In this article, the taxability of capital gains arising on the transfer of internally generated goodwill and other intangible assets has been deliberated upon. We have also discussed whether the ratio laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in CIT vs. B.C. Srinivasa Setty [1981] 128 ITR 294 (SC) still holds the field in the case of self-generated goodwill and other internally generated intangible assets. Before we do so, it would be relevant to understand briefly the history of past litigation on this issue and the series of judicial amendments made.

DECISION IN B.C. SRINIVASA SETTY’S CASE AND INSERTION OF SECTION 55(2)(a)
The question as to whether ‘goodwill’ generated in a newly commenced business can be described as an ‘asset’ for the purposes of Section 45 came for consideration before a 3-judge bench of the hon’ble supreme court in the case of B.C. Srinivasa Setty’s case (supra).

While concluding that the self-generated goodwill was undoubtedly an asset of the business, the court, however held that self-generated goodwill was not an asset within the contemplation under Section 45.

The court took note of the provisions relating to capital gains and laid down the important principle that the charging section and the computation provisions together constitute an integrated code. When there is a case to which the computation provisions cannot apply, it is evident that such a case was not intended to fall within the charging section. The court observed that Section 48(ii) required deduction of the cost of acquisition from the full value of consideration in computing the capital gains chargeable under Section 45. Thus, the court held that what is contemplated under the provisions of Section 45 and 48 is an asset for which it is possible to envisage a cost of acquisition. Taking note of the fact that in case of goodwill of a new business acquired by way of generation, no cost element can be identified or envisaged, the court reached the conclusion that the goodwill of a new business, though an asset could not be regarded as an asset within the contemplation of the charge under Section 45.

In paragraph 12 of the said judgement, the court has observed that in the case of internally generated goodwill, it is not possible to determine the date when it comes into existence. It has been observed that the date of acquisition of the asset is a material factor in applying the computation provisions pertaining to capital gains. It has been held that the ‘cost of acquisition’ mentioned in Section 48 implies a date of acquisition.

To overcome the above decision in B.C. Srinivasa Setty’s case (supra), Section 55(2)(a) was inserted vide Finance Act, 1987 with effect from 1st April, 1988. The said section originally contained two clauses. Clause (i) dealt with capital asset being goodwill of a business acquired by purchase from a previous owner, and clause (ii) dealt with the residual clause.

However, a reading of the memorandum to Finance Bill, 1987 would indicate that the amendment sought to deal with two classes of goodwill being – a) purchased goodwill and b) self-generated goodwill.

Section 55(2)(a)(ii), which dealt with the latter, i.e.  self-generated goodwill, provided that for the purposes of Sections 49 and 50, the cost of acquisition of such self-generated goodwill would be taken to be nil.

The said section has been amended from time to time to include various classes of intangible assets.

PERIOD OF HOLDING AND LEVY OF TAX IN CASE OF SELF-GENERATED GOODWILL AND INTERNALLY GENERATED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

As discussed earlier, in order to overcome the decision in B.C. Srinivasa Setty’s (case), Section 55(2)(a)(ii) [currently Section 55(2)(a)(iii)] was inserted to deem the ‘cost of acquisition’ of the self-generated goodwill and other classes of internally generated intangible assets to be nil.

However, while making such an amendment, the legislature has not made any amendment to the provisions of the act to provide for the manner of computation of the period of holding in case of such assets.

As discussed earlier, it was observed by the Supreme Court that the date of acquisition in case of self-generated goodwill cannot be determined. The court has also observed that the date of acquisition is a material factor in applying the computation provisions relating to capital gains. It has also been held that the ‘cost of acquisition’ mentioned in Section 48 implies a date of acquisition.

The date of acquisition is a material factor in applying computation provisions considering that 2nd proviso to Section 48 replaces the ‘cost of acquisition’ in Section 48(ii) with ‘indexed cost of acquisition’ in case of gains arising from transfer of a long-term capital asset. The determination of whether a capital asset is a long-term capital asset would entail the determination of the period of holding in the hands of the assessee, which would, in turn, require the date of acquisition. Since the date of acquisition in the case of self-generated goodwill cannot be determined, the computation under Section 48 would not be possible.

By providing that the cost of acquisition in case of self-generated goodwill and other internally generated intangible assets as referred to in Section 55(2)(a) would be nil, the legislature may overcome the issue relating to the benefit of indexation under 2nd proviso to Section 48. However, this is not the end of the matter.

It would be pertinent to note that once the capital gains under Section 48 are computed and the charge under Section 45 is attracted, the tax payable on such capital gains would have to be determined based on whether such capital gain is a ‘short-term capital gain’ under Section 2(42B) or a ‘long-term capital gain’ under Section 2(29B). This exercise would, in turn, involve the determination of whether the capital asset is a ‘short-term capital asset’ under Section 2(42a) or a ‘long-term capital asset’ under Section 2(29AA).

A combined reading of sub Sections 42A, 42B, 29AA and 29B of Section 2 would indicate the following:

•    The period of holding of a capital asset will have to be determined in the hands of the assessee. In determining the same one will have to reckon the actual period for which the capital asset has been held by the assessee.

•    Having determined the period of holding in respect of the capital asset in the hands of an assessee, one will have to examine whether the capital asset would fall within the definition of ‘short-term capital asset’ under Section 2(42A) read with the provisos thereto based on such period of holding.

•    If such capital asset meets the definition of ‘short-term capital asset’, the gain arising from the transfer of the same would amount to short-term capital gain by virtue of Section 2(42B).

•    If such capital asset does not meet the definition of ‘short-term capital asset’ under section 2(42A), it will become a ‘long-term capital asset’ by virtue of  Section 2(29AA). Thus, in order to invoke the residuary provision of Section 2(29AA), such a capital asset must clearly not be a ‘short-term capital asset’ within the meaning of Section 2(29AA). Thus, where it cannot be conclusively concluded that a capital asset is not a ‘short-term capital asset’, it cannot, by virtue of the residuary provision under Section 2(29aa), become a ‘long-term capital asset’.

•    This is clear from the fact that ‘long-term capital asset’ has been defined to mean a capital asset that is not a ‘short-term capital asset‘. Firstly, the use of the word ‘means’ in Section 2(29AA) indicates that the definition given under Section 2(29aa) to the term ‘long-term capital asset’ is exhaustive. In this regard, reliance is placed on Kasilingam vs. P.S.G. College of Technology [1995] SUPP 2 SCC 348 (SC), wherein it has been held that the use of the term ‘means’ indicates that the definition is a hard and fast definition. Secondly, Section 2(29AA) defines a ‘long-term capital asset’ to mean a capital asset which is not a short-term capital asset. Thus, only where a capital asset is conclusively found not to be a ‘short-term capital asset’ within the meaning contemplation of Section 2(42A), it would fall within the purview of Section 2(29AA), and any gain arising from the transfer of the same would be a ‘long-term capital gain’ by virtue of Section 2(29B).

Since the period of holding of self-generated goodwill and other internally generated intangible assets cannot be determined, it would not be possible to conclusively rule out that such capital assets are not ‘short-term capital assets’ under Section 2(42A). Resultantly, such assets cannot be ‘long-term capital assets’. As a result, it would not be possible to determine whether the capital gains arising from the transfer of such assets are ‘short-term capital gains’ or ‘long-term capital gains’.

A fortiori, the applicable tax rates in respect of such capital gains cannot be determined as the nature of capital gains is unknown.

It may be noted that the impossibility in determination of the period of holding would further impact an assessee who acquires it from such previous owner who generated the goodwill or other intangible assets, under any of modes provided in clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 49(1).

In such case, by virtue of explanation 1(b) to Section 2(42A), in determining the period of holding in the hands of such assessee, the period of holding of the previous owner is required to be included. Since, the period of holding in the hands of the previous owner cannot be determined, the period of holding in the hands of the assessee would also be
indeterminate.

Can one argue that where the period of holding in the case of the previous owner is indeterminate, such period will have to be ignored for the purposes of explanation 1(b) to Section 2(42A)? However, such a view is clearly contrary to the mandate of the said explanation which provides that the period of holding of the previous owner ‘shall be included’.

Such being the case, it would also not be possible to determine the tax rates applicable to an assessee who acquires self-generated goodwill or internally generated intangible assets under the modes mentioned in Section 49(1)(i) to (iv), upon subsequent transfer of such assets by him.  In Govind Saran Ganga Saran vs. CST, 1985 SUPP SCC 205 : 1985 SCC (Tax) 447 at page 209:

‘6. The components which enter into the concept of a tax are well known. The first is the character of the imposition known by its nature which prescribes the taxable event attracting the levy, the second is a clear indication of the person on whom the levy is imposed and who is obliged to pay the tax, the third is the rate at which the tax is imposed, and the fourth is the measure or value to which the rate will be applied for computing the tax liability. If those components are not clearly and definitely ascertainable, it is difficult to say that the levy exists in point of law. Any uncertainty or vagueness in the legislative scheme defining any of those components of the levy will be fatal to its validity.’

From the above extract, it can be observed that there are four components of tax:

•    The first component is the character of the imposition,
•    The second is the person on whom the levy is imposed,
•    The third is the rate at which tax is imposed, and
•    The fourth is the value to which the rate is applied for computing tax liability.

Further, the court has held that if there is any ambiguity in any of the above four concepts, the levy would fail.

In the following cases, the ratio laid down in Govind Saran Ganga Saran’s case (supra) has been  followed:

•    CIT vs. Infosys Technologies Ltd. [2008] 297 ITR 167 (SC) (para 6);
•    CIT  vs. Vatika Township (P.) Ltd. [2014] 367 ITR 466 (SC) (para 39);
•    Commissioner of Customs (Import) vs. Dilip Kumar & Co. [2018] 95 taxmann.com 327 (SC) (para 42);
•    CIT vs. Govind Saran Ganga Saran [2013] 352 ITR 113 (Karnataka) (para 15);
•    CIT vs. Punalur Paper Mills Ltd. [2019] 111 taxmann.com 50 (Kerala) (para 9).

Thus, it is clear that the rate of tax is one of the important components of tax and any uncertainty in the legislative scheme in defining it will be fatal to the levy.
Thus, in case of self-generated goodwill and other intangible assets, the charge under Section 45 in respect of capital gains upon transfer of the same would fail as the rate of tax cannot be determined. The charge would fail not only in respect of the assessee who acquired it through self-generation but also another assessee who acquires it from the former under modes provided in Section 49(1).

COMPARISON WITH SECTION 45(4) AS RECAST BY FINANCE ACT, 2021
Section 45(4), as inserted by Finance Act, 2021 with effect from 1st April, 2021, creates a charge in respect of profits or gains arising from a receipt of any money or capital asset or both by a specified person from a specified entity in connection with the reconstitution of such specified entity. It also provides the formula for the determination of such profits
or gains.

The said section provides that such profits or gains shall be chargeable to income tax as income of such specified entity under the head ‘capital gains’ and shall be deemed to be the income of such specified entity of the previous year in which the specified person received such money or capital asset or both.

It may be noted that in a given case, a specified person may receive two or more capital assets from the specified entity, comprising of a combination of short-term and long capital assets. In such a case, it would not be possible to apportion the aggregate profits or gains between short-term and long-term capital gains as no such mechanism has been provided in Section 45(4).

Further, there may be cases where only cash is received by the specified person from the specified entity. In such case, there is no transfer of a capital asset (be it long-term or short-term) by the specified entity to the specified person.

However, irrespective of the above situations, the entire profit or gain as determined by applying the provisions of Section 45(4) would be chargeable to tax in the hands of the specified entity under the head ‘capital gains’.

Thus, Section 45(4) is indifferent to whether there is actually a transfer of a capital asset, let alone whether such capital asset is long-term or short-term. Likewise, it is indifferent to the classification of the gains as ‘short-term capital gains’ or ‘long-term capital gains’. The trigger point in Section 45(4), unlike Section 45(1), is not the transfer of a short-term or long-term capital asset, but is rather the receipt of any money or capital asset or both by a specified person from a specified entity in connection with the reconstitution of such specified entity.

Further, Section 45(4), unlike Section 45(1), provides the mechanism for the computation of the profits and gains. The said computation is independent of the existence of any capital asset or, if it existed, the nature of such capital asset (i.e. short-term or long-term), unlike the computation under  Section 48.

At this juncture, the question that would arise is what rate of tax would apply to the capital gains under Section 45(4). This is for the reason that the tax rate is dependent on the classification of the gains as ‘short-term capital gains’ or ‘long-term capital gains’ as discussed earlier.

According to the authors, the normal tax rates applicable to the assessee as per the first schedule to the relevant finance act would be applicable. This would be similar to the case of short-term capital gains other than those referred to in  Section 111A.

A reference may be made to Section 2(1) of the Finance Act, 2021. The said Section, subject to exceptions under Sections 2(2) and 2(3) of the said Act, provides for charge of income-tax at the rates specified in part I of the first schedule. In other words, the tax rates mentioned in Section 2(1) read with part I of the first schedule of the Finance Act, 2021 would generally apply for computing the tax chargeable subject to the exceptions provided in Sections 2(2) and 2(3) of the said Act. One of the exceptions under Section 2(3) of the Finance Act, 2021 is with respect to cases falling under Chapter XII of the Income Tax Act where the said Chapter prescribes a rate. In such a case, the rate provided in the said Chapter would be applicable and not the rates provided in Part I of First Schedule to the Finance Act, 2021.

It may be noted that Section 111A, falling within Chapter XII, deals with short-term capital gains arising from transfer of certain capital assets and provides the rate of tax in respect of the same. Sections 112 and 112A deal with long-term capital gains and provide the tax rates in respect of the same. However, with regard to short-term capital gains other than those covered under Section 111A, no rate of tax is provided either in Chapter XII or any other provisions of the Income Tax Act. Thus, by virtue of Section 2(1) read with Section 2(3) of the Finance Act, 2021, with respect to such short-term capital gains, the rates provided  in Part I of First Schedule to Finance Act, 2021 would apply.

The capital gains under Section 45(4) are not covered by Sections 111A, 112 and 112A. Such gains, therefore, form part of normal income and would suffer normal rates of tax as provided in Part I of First Schedule to Finance Act, 2021.

From the above, it can be observed that wherever the legislature has sought to do away with the requirement of the classification of the gains as short-term or long-term, it has done so.

However, the above would not apply in the case of self-generated goodwill and other internally generated intangible assets. Unless the period of holding of these assets is found, it cannot be determined whether they are ‘long-term capital assets’ or ‘short-term capital assets’ and the gains arising from the transfer thereof as short-term capital gain or long-term capital gain. In the absence of such determination, it would not be known whether such gain would fall under Section 112 and hence covered by Section 2(3) of the Finance Act. Unless its case is conclusively excluded from Section 2(3) of the Finance Act, Section 2(1), which provides for the normal rate cannot be pressed into service. Thus, the determination of the correct rate of tax becomes impossible, thereby frustrating the very levy.

CONCLUSION
Based on the foregoing analysis, it would not be unreasonable to take a stand that the charge under Section 45 and the subsequent levy of tax in respect of capital gains arising from transfer of capital assets, being self-generated goodwill and other intangible assets, would fail, despite the amendment under Section 55(2)(a). Thus, it would not be wrong to state that the ratio laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of B.C. Srinivasa Setty’s case (supra) is still good law, and the same continues to hold the field.

CHANGES IN PARTNERSHIP TAXATION IN CASE OF CAPITAL GAIN BY FINANCE ACT, 2021

A. INTRODUCTION
In the case of partnership, there may be transfer of capital asset by a partner to a firm or vice versa. Section 45(3) deals with transfer of a capital asset by a partner to a firm; before its substitution by the Finance Act, 2021, section 45(4) dealt with transfer by way of distribution of a capital asset by a firm to a partner on dissolution or otherwise. These provisions were inserted with effect from 1st April, 1988 to provide for full value of consideration in respect of the aforesaid transfer of capital assets between firm and partner.

While the aforesaid sections apply to even AOPs and BOIs, for the purpose of this article reference is made only to firm and partners.

When a partner’s account is settled on retirement or dissolution, he may be given one or more of the following;

(a) Cash, (b) Capital asset, (c) Stocks.

The aforesaid provisions dealt with transfer of capital asset in the limited circumstances provided thereunder.These sections generated a lot of controversies and have given rise to a number of court rulings. A prominent issue is, when a partner upon retirement or dissolution takes home more cash than his capital account balance at the time of retirement, whether he or the firm is liable to pay any tax. The courts are almost unanimous in holding that mere payment of cash would not give rise to any taxable capital gains either in the hands of the firm or in the hands of the partner. It has been held that what he gets is in settlement of his account and nothing more.

B. FINANCE ACT, 2021
The changes proposed in the Finance Bill, 2021 by way of substitution of section 45(4) and insertion of section 45(4A) were not carried through. The Finance Act, 2021 discarded the proposed changes but seeks to change the scheme of taxation of capital gain in the following manner:

(a) Existing section 45(3) is retained,
(b) Existing section 45(4) is replaced by a new sub-section,
(c) New section 9B is introduced,
(d) New clause (iii) is added to section 48.

The new scheme, through the combination of sections 45(4) and 9B, provides for taxation in the hands of the firm in the case of receipt of capital asset or stock-in-trade or cash (or a combination of two or more of them) by the partner on reconstitution or dissolution of the firm. Section 48(iii) seeks to mitigate the impact of double taxation.

Sections 9B and 45(4) apply to receipts by partner from the firm on or after 1st April, 2020 in connection with dissolution / reconstitution. A question arises as to whether these sections apply to such receipts in connection with dissolution / reconstitution which took place prior to 1st April, 2020. The literal interpretation suggests that the date of receipt being critical, the date of dissolution / reconstitution is immaterial as long as the  receipt is in connection with dissolution / reconstitution. One possible counter to this interpretation is that the erstwhile section 45(4) dealt with distribution of capital asset on dissolution or otherwise of the firm and it held the field till 31st March, 2020. Section 9B deals with receipt in connection with reconstitution or dissolution, while substituted section 45(4) deals with receipt in connection with reconstitution. One could notice some overlap between erstwhile section 45(4) and section 9B insofar as receipt of capital asset on dissolution is concerned.

On the basis of this reasoning, it is not unreasonable to expect that new provisions should be considered as applicable only when both the dissolution / reconstitution and receipt have taken place on or after 1st April, 2021. One more reason for this interpretation could be that once dissolution / reconstitution has taken place prior to 1st April, 2021, respective rights arising from such dissolution / reconstitution crystallised on the date of such dissolution / reconstitution. Any receipt thereafter is only in relation to such rights which crystallised before the effective date of the new provisions.

C. SECTION 9B

The Finance Bill, 2021 did not propose section 9B. It rather proposed a substitution of existing section 45(4) and insertion of new section 45(4A). However, while enacting the Finance Act, 2021, section 9B is introduced.

Explanation (ii) to section 9B defines ‘specified entity’ as a firm or other association of persons or body of individuals (not being a company or a co-operative society). Explanation (iii) defines ‘specified person’ as a person who is a partner of a firm or member of other association of persons or body of individuals (not being a company or a co-operative society) in any previous year. For the sake of convenience, in this article, specified entity is referred to as a firm and specified person is referred to as a partner.

Section 9B(1) provides that where a partner receives, during the previous year, any capital asset or stock-in-trade or both from a firm in connection with the dissolution or reconstitution of such firm, the firm shall be deemed to have transferred such capital asset or stock-in-trade, or both, as the case may be, to the partner in the year in which such capital asset or stock-in-trade or both are received by the partner.

Section 9B(2) provides that any profits and gains arising from such deemed transfer of capital asset or stock-in-trade, or both, as the case may be, by the firm shall be deemed to be the income of such firm of the previous year in which such capital asset or stock-in-trade or both were received by the partner. Such income shall be chargeable to income-tax as income of such firm under the head ‘Profits and gains of business or profession’ or under the head ‘Capital gains’ in accordance with the provisions of this Act.

As per section 9B(3), fair market value of the capital asset or stock-in-trade, or both, on the date of its receipt by the partner shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of such deemed transfer of the capital asset or stock-in-trade, or both, by the firm.

As per Explanation (i), reconstitution of the firm means, where
(a) one or more of its partners of firm ceases to be partners; or
(b) one or more new partners are admitted in such firm in such circumstances that one or more of the persons who were partners of the firm, before the change, continue as partner or partners after the change; or
(c) all the partners, as the case may be, of such firm continue with a change in their respective share or in the shares of some of them.

D. SALIENT FEATURES OF SECTION 9B

The purpose of placing section 9B outside the heads of income appears to be to avoid replication of charging and computation provisions under both heads of income, i.e., profits and gains from business or profession, and capital gains.

Section 9B would apply when a partner receives during the previous year any capital asset / stock-in-trade or both from a firm in connection with dissolution or reconstitution of firm.

Upon such receipt, the firm shall be deemed to have transferred such capital asset / stock-in-trade or both to the partner in the year of receipt of the same by the partner.

The business profits or capital gains arising from aforesaid deemed transfer shall be chargeable under the respective heads of income. Fair market value (FMV) of capital asset / stock-in-trade or both on the date of receipt shall be deemed to be the full value consideration (FVC) for determination of the business profits / capital gain.

Reconstitution would include the case of admission / retirement / change in profit-sharing ratio.

E. CERTAIN ISSUES ASSOCIATED WITH SECTION 9B
Section 9B(2) deems the profits and gains on deemed transfer of capital asset or stock-in-trade as the income of the firm in the year of receipt of asset by the partner. If receipts by one or more partners spread over to more than one year, the taxability thereof on the firm follows suit.

In the case of dissolved firm, it is interesting to note how the above fiction works when the partners receive the assets in the years subsequent to the year of dissolution. While there is a fiction to deem such receipt as a transfer by firm, there is no fiction to deem that the firm is not dissolved. In such a situation, whether the machinery provision of section 189(1) which permits the A.O. to proceed to assess the firm as if it is not dissolved, applies or not is a debatable issue.

The fair market value of the allotted asset shall be deemed to be the full value of consideration. For this purpose, the balance in the capital account of the partner is not relevant.

Section 9B does not as such provide for prescription of the rules for determination of the FMV. Therefore, recourse has to be had to section 2(22B) which defines FMV. Special provisions like sections 43CA and 50C do not apply in a case covered by section 9B.

The business profit arising u/s 9B, though chargeable under the head ‘profits and gains from business or profession’, does not fall u/s 28. Therefore, section 29 which provides that ‘the income referred to in section 28 shall be computed in accordance with the provisions contained in sections 30 to 43D’ may not apply. This is for the reason that section 29 refers only to income referred to in section 28. Therefore, business profits may have to be computed on commercial principles, without recourse to the aforesaid provisions providing any allowance or disallowance.

Unlike in the case of section 29 which refers only to section 28, section 48 refers to the head ‘capital gains’. Therefore, capital gains arising from section 9B will have to be computed after considering section 48. Therefore, the cost of acquisition, cost of improvement, their indexation and incidental transfer expenditure will be available as deduction.

While section 45 is saved by sections 54 to 54GB, there is no such saving provision in section 9B. Therefore, whether a firm is eligible for exemption u/s 54EC, etc., in respect of capital gains arising u/s 9B is an open question. While on a stricter note such exemption is not available, on a liberal note one may contend that exemption should be available if related conditions are fulfilled. Proponents of a stricter interpretation may argue that exemption u/s 54EC is inconceivable as there is no inflow in terms of actual consideration for satisfying the requirement of rollover. The proponents of a liberal interpretation may counter such contention by pointing out that deeming fiction requires logical extension and rollover sections do not require rupee-to-rupee mapping. If the liberal theory is accepted, the date of receipt being deemed to be the date of transfer, is relevant for reckoning the time limit irrespective of the date of change in constitution or dissolution.

F. SECTION 45(4)
Section 45(4) as it stood before substitution by Finance Act, 2021 read as follows:
‘(4) The profits or gains arising from the transfer of a capital asset by way of distribution of capital assets on the dissolution of a firm or other association of persons or body of individuals (not being a company or a co-operative society) or otherwise, shall be chargeable to tax as the income of the firm, association or body, of the previous year in which the said transfer takes place and, for the purposes of section 48, the fair market value of the asset on the date of such transfer shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer.’

The substituted section 45(4) by the Finance Act, 2021 reads as follows:
‘(4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where a specified person receives during the previous year any money or capital asset or both from a specified entity in connection with the reconstitution of such specified entity, then any profits or gains arising from receipt of such money by the specified person shall be chargeable to income-tax as income of such specified entity under the head “capital gains” and shall be deemed to be the income of such specified entity of the previous year in which such money or capital asset or both were received by the specified person, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Act, such profits or gains shall be determined in accordance with the following formula, namely:…’

The following table depicts some key differences between the two provisions:

Earlier
section 45(4)

Substituted
section 45(4)

It would apply to transfer of capital asset by a partner on
the dissolution of a firm

It would apply upon receipt of capital asset or money or both by
a partner in connection with reconstitution of a firm

Profits and gains arising from transfer are chargeable to tax as
the income of firm

Profits and gains arising from such receipt by partner are
chargeable to tax as income of the firm

Chargeable to tax in the PY in which the transfer took place

Such profits and gains chargeable to tax as income is deemed to
be the income of the firm in the PY in which money or capital asset or both
is received by partner

Capital gains are computed
u/s 48

Capital gains are computed as per the formula provided therein
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Act

FMV of the asset on the date of transfer shall be deemed to be
the FVC

Formula does not provide for any full value of consideration

 

However, aggregate of amount of money received and fair market
value of capital asset received on the date of receipt constitutes
consideration

Cost of acquisition, cost of improvement and incidental
expenditure upon transfer are reduced from FVC

Amount of capital account balance of partner in the books of
firm at the time of reconstitution is reduced from the above aggregate amount

Benefit of indexation is available

There is no element of cost of acquisition and cost of
improvement, hence no indexation

G. SALIENT FEATURES OF SECTION 45(4)
Section 45(4) would apply when a partner receives during the previous year any money or capital asset or both from a firm in connection with the reconstitution of a firm.

Any profits and gains arising from such receipt shall be chargeable in the hands of the firm under the head ‘capital gains’.

Such capital gain shall be deemed to be chargeable to tax in the previous year of receipt of such money or capital or both by the partner.

Reconstitution is defined in the same manner as is defined u/s 9B.

H. COMPUTATION OF CAPITAL GAIN U/S 45(4)
Capital gain shall be computed u/s 45(4) as per the formula provided therein, i.e., A=B+C-D.

The capital gain is computed by considering the following components:
B = Amount of cash received by the partner,
C = Amount of FMV of capital asset received by the partner,
D = Amount of capital account balance of a partner in the books of the firm at the time of its reconstitution.

The difference between capital account balance on the date of receipt and aggregate of cash received and FMV of capital asset received constitutes capital gains in the hands of the firm.

I. CORRIGENDUM TO SECTION 45(4)
On 22nd March, 2021, the Finance Ministry sent a notice of amendments to the Lok Sabha, wherein section 45(4) as proposed in the Bill was substituted completely by a new section 45(4). The newly-proposed section 45(4) had the words ‘…any profits or gains arising from receipt of such money by the specified person…’

On 23rd March, 2021, the Lok Sabha approved the Bill as amended by notice of amendments dated 22nd March, 2021. The Presidential Assent to the Bill was given on 28th March, 2021. The Finance (No. 13) Act, of 2021 was notified on 28th March, 2021. The Notified Finance (No. 13) Act, of 2021 carried Section 45(4) with the aforesaid words.

Two corrigenda were issued on 6th April, 2021 and 15th April, 2021. In the first corrigendum, for the words ‘…from receipt of such money by’, the words ‘…from such receipt by…’ were substituted. While it is not known as to the exact content of section 45(4) as approved by the Lok Sabha, on the basis of Notified Finance (No. 13) Act, of 2021 it can be inferred that the Lok Sabha has approved the Bill which carried section 45(4) as stated in the notice of amendments dated 22nd March, 2021.

The aforesaid substitution is not just correcting a clerical error, but it has substantial implications. The originally introduced words would have confined the scope of section 45(4) only to receipt of money, whereas the substituted words would extend it not only to receipt of money but also to receipt of capital asset.

Unless an Amendment Act is enacted, substituted words by a corrigendum having the effect of amending a law passed by the Parliament may be open to challenge on the ground of overreach by the executive.

J. COMPARISON BETWEEN SECTION 9B AND SECTION 45(4)
The following table compares above two provisions;

Section
9B

Section
45(4)

It would apply upon receipt of capital asset or stock-in-trade
or both by a partner from the firm on the dissolution or reconstitution of a
firm

It would apply upon receipt of capital asset or cash or both by
a partner from the firm in connection with reconstitution of the firm

Allotment of stock-in-trade is covered

Allotment of stock-in-trade is not covered

For the purpose of computation u/s 9B, FMV is deemed to be FVC
and computation would be in accordance with Chapter IV-C or D, i.e., ‘Profits
and gains of business or profession’ or ‘Capital gains’

Computation mechanism is given u/s 45(4) in the form of formula

The following table summarises the applicability of the above two sections:

  

 

Section
9B

Section
45(4)

Reconstitution

Yes

Yes

Dissolution

Yes

No

Cash to partner

No

Yes

Capital asset to partner

Yes

Yes

Stock-in-trade to partner

Yes

No

K. DOUBLE TAXATION AND ITS MITIGATION
As may be seen from a close reading of sections 9B and 45(4), in the event of receipt of capital asset by a partner from a firm in connection with its reconstitution, the firm is liable to tax under both section 9B and section 45(4).

Explanation 2 to section 45(4) clarifies that when a capital asset is received by a partner from a firm in connection with the reconstitution of such firm, the provisions of section 45(4) shall operate in addition to the provisions of section 9B and the taxation under the said provisions thereof shall be worked out independently.

Therefore, it is a clear case where double taxation is explicitly intended or provided for. Where Parliament in its wisdom chooses to explicitly provide for double taxation, it has a plenary power to do so.

In this regard, reliance is placed on the following decisions:

  •     Jain Bros vs. Union of India [1970] 77 ITR 107 (SC);
  •     Laxmipat Singhania vs. CIT [1969] 72 ITR 291 (SC);
  •     CIT vs. Manilal Dhanji [1962] 44 ITR 876 (SC);
  •     Escorts Limited vs. UOI [1993] 199 ITR 43 (SC); and
  •     Mahaveer Kumar Jain vs. CIT [2018] 404 ITR 738  (SC).

Thus, while double taxation cannot be inferred or implied, the same can be explicitly provided for.

Thus, it is a clear case of Parliament wanting to apply both sections in case of receipt of capital asset by a partner in connection with the reconstitution of a firm.

Section 48 is also amended by Finance Act, 2021 where Clause (iii) is inserted which reads as follows:
‘(iii) in case of value of any money or capital asset received by a specified person from a specified entity referred to in sub-section (4) of section 45, the amount chargeable to income-tax as income of such specified entity under that sub-section which is attributable to the capital asset being transferred by the specified entity, calculated in the prescribed manner:’

Section 48(iii) provides that the amount chargeable to tax u/s 45(4) to the extent attributable to the capital asset being transferred by a firm shall be reduced from the FVC of a capital asset being transferred by a firm. Such reduction, however, needs to be calculated in the prescribed manner. The rules in this regard are awaited. These provisions are applicable for PY 2020-21 and the rules were not out as on 1st April, 2021. Therefore, such rules when notified will have to be made retrospective so as to be applicable to PY 2020-21. If the retrospective application of rules causes prejudice to the taxpayer, the same may be open to challenge in terms of section 295(4).

As noted earlier, section 45(4) applies when a partner receives capital asset or money or both from a firm in connection with its reconstitution. If a partner receives capital asset with or without money, capital gain attributable to such receipt of capital asset will not be available for relief u/s 48(iii). This is for the obvious reason that the subject capital asset having already been given to a partner, could not be subsequently transferred by the firm to any other person. Upon allotment to a partner, the capital asset concerned ceases to exist with the firm.

However, if a firm is liable to tax on transfer of money with or without capital asset to the partner in connection with reconstitution of a firm, the capital gain on such transfer of money chargeable u/s 45(4) would be available for relief u/s 48(iii). This relief is given on the premise that when cash is paid to the retiring partner on reconstitution, the same may be attributed wholly or partly to the revaluation of one or more capital assets which are retained by the firm. Subsequently, when a firm transfers such revalued capital asset, it would be liable to pay tax on capital gain. In such a case, capital gain may include the revalued portion on which the firm would have discharged tax u/s 45(4). This will result in double taxation. In order to mitigate such double taxation, it is provided that capital gains already charged to tax u/s 45(4) to the extent attributable to the capital asset that is being transferred by a firm would be allowed as deduction u/s 48(iii).

It is interesting to note that section 48(iii) may also apply in a situation where both sections 9B and 45(4) are applied simultaneously in the same previous year.

As stated earlier, section 8 applies not only to capital gain chargeable u/s 45, but to any capital gains chargeable under the head ‘capital gain’. As section 9B provides for capital gains to be chargeable to tax under the head ‘capital gain’, section 48 is applicable to the capital gain covered u/s 9B as well.

While computing the capital gain chargeable u/s 9B read with section 48, capital gain chargeable u/s 45(4) to the extent attributable to the capital asset dealt with by section 9B would be reduced from the FVC determined u/s 9B(3). Section 48 does not provide for determination of the FVC. It only provides for deductions from the same. Therefore, there is no disharmony between section 9B(3) and deduction u/s 48(iii).

L. CERTAIN OTHER ISSUES OF SECTION 45(4)

What is the meaning of receipt of money? Whether receipt of money includes constructive receipt by way of credit to account? A mere credit to the account of the partner cannot be equated with the receipt of money. Upon reconstitution, certain sum may be credited to a partner’s account which is allowed to remain in the firm. In such case, it cannot be said that he received money from the firm upon a mere credit. However, when the amount so credited is withdrawn by him, section 45(4) is attracted. The answer could be different if the ratio of Raghav Reddy in 44 ITR 760 SC is applied to such credit unless such ratio is distinguished on the basis of Toshiku in 125 ITR 525 SC.

Whether receipt of rural agricultural land covered: As rural agricultural land is not a capital asset, section 45(4) is not attracted.

Receipt by legal heirs of deceased partner: Section 45(4) would apply to receipt by a partner from the firm. A receipt by the legal heir of the deceased partner cannot be regarded as receipt by the partner. Therefore, section 45(4) is not applicable.

Would capital balance include balances in current account and loan of partners: While the balance in current account could be appropriately called as part of capital balance, the same may not be so in the case of loan by partners.

Is proportionate share of reserves to be considered as part of capital: Credit balance in the profit and loss account or balances in the reserves should be credited to partners’ accounts before dissolution / reconstitution. In any case, payment from such credit / reserves cannot be regarded as payment in connection with dissolution / reconstitution.

How to compute if there is negative capital balance: A negative balance in the capital account represents money due by the partner to the firm. If such balance is not made good by him on dissolution / reconstitution, it amounts to a waiver which may in turn amount to payment of cash in the light of the ratio in Mahindra and Mahindra 404 ITR 1 SC.

M. WHEN GOODWILL IS TRANSFERRED
If goodwill, being a capital asset, is transferred to a partner, sections 45(4) and 9B as discussed earlier would apply. This is so irrespective of whether the goodwill is self-generated or acquired.

If goodwill is self-generated, in terms of section 55(2)(a) and section 55(1)(a) the cost of acquisition and cost of improvement shall be deemed to be nil.

If goodwill is purchased for a consideration, newly-introduced proviso to section 55(2)(a) would apply. This proviso provides that the actual cost of goodwill shall be reduced by the depreciation allowed up to A.Y. 2020-21.

Provisions of section 50 along with the newly-introduced proviso to section 50(2) may not apply in view of the fact that sections 45(4) and 9B are special provisions.

Additionally, upon such transfer, if no consideration is received or is accrued, provisions of section 50 may not operate unless the fiction of section 9B(3) is read into section 50. In any case, section 45(4) does not have any such fiction.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: The author acknowledges the inputs from Mr. S. Ramasubramanian and Mr. H. Padam Chand Khincha and the support of Mrs. Sushma Ravindra for the purposes of this analysis.

JDA STRUCTURING: A 360-DEGREE VIEW

“When a subject is multidimensional, a different approach is necessary. Instead of a series of standalone articles on the topic, a single article covering important aspects of the subject (JDA here) and have domain experts comment on each aspect of the subject was deemed worthwhile. The uniqueness of the article is in its subject coverage from the standpoint of each of the four perspectives: accounting, direct and indirect taxes and general and property law at once. This has resulted in an integrated piece where each facet is at once analysed from each of the four perspectives. Sunil Gabhawalla, CA, conceptualised the content and format of this article and shared the outline with three other domain experts. Through the medium of video calls, each one of them shared his perspectives on a number of touch-points outlined by Sunil. These were eventually compiled into this article. Ameet Hariani, advocate and solicitor, covered the Legal side; Pradip Kapasi, CA, covered the Direct tax aspects; Sudhir Soni, CA, covered Accounting aspects; and Sunil took on the Indirect taxation aspects. Thus, the article is a ‘joint development’ by all of them! – Editor”  

Joint development of real estate – A win-win for both landowner and developer?

In today’s scenario, joint development is the preferred mode of development of urban land. A joint development agreement (JDA) is beneficial for both the landowner as well as the developer. It is a win-win situation for both. Conceptually, the resources and the efforts of the landowner and the developer are combined together so as to bring out the maximum productive result post-construction.

What are the possible risk factors?

Having said so, real estate development is spread over quite a few years and is fraught with risks as diverse as price risk (the expected market price of the developed property at the end of the project not commensurate with the expectations), regulatory risk (frequent changes in development regulations at the local level), tax risk (significant lack of clarity on the tax implications of the present law as well as the risk of possible amendments therein before the project completion), business risk (inability of the landowner / developer to fulfil the commitments resulting in either substantial losses or disputes), financial risk (inability to match the regular cash outflows till the time the project becomes self-sustaining) and so on. Like many other businesses, there are risks involved in real estate development in general and joint development projects in particular.

Why this article?

It is not only the diversity of the risks but also the interplay of these risks which makes the entire subject complex and also results in varying models or transaction structures between the landowner and the developer for the joint development of the real estate project. This article attempts to draw upon the experiences of the respective domain experts to apprise the readers of the complex interplay of the risk factors which go into the structuring of the joint development agreements and provide a holistic view of this complex topic. It aims to introduce the nuances and niceties across multiple domains but is not intended to be an exhaustive treatise on the topic.

What are the possible transaction structures?
Well, there are choices galore. Each joint development agreement is customised to suit the specific needs of the stakeholders. While in most of these structures the landowner would pool in the development rights in the property already held by him, the developer would undertake development obligations and compensate the landowner either in the form of money or developed area (either fixed or variable, again either upfront or in instalments). Within this broad conceptual definition of the ‘deliverables’ by the respective stakeholders, a multitude of factors and a complex interplay between them will determine the ‘terms and conditions’ and, therefore, the essence of the joint development agreement. Without diluting the specificity of each joint development agreement, one may compartmentalise the scenarios into a few baskets as listed below:

1. Outright sale of land / grant of development rights by the landowner to the developer against a fixed monetary consideration either paid upfront or in deferred instalments over the project period.
2. Grant of development rights by the landowner to the developer against sharing of gross revenue earned by the developer from the sale of the project.
3. Grant of development rights by the landowner to the developer against sharing of net profits earned by the developer from the project.
4. Grant of development rights by the landowner to the developer against sharing of area developed by the developer in a pre-determined ratio.

How does one choose an appropriate structure?

Well, this is the million-dollar question. The experts spent a considerable amount of time brainstorming this question and identifying various parameters which will help in choosing an appropriate structure.

From the landowners’ perspective, the structure could be determined based on the fine balancing of the timing of the transfer of legal title in the property from the landowner and the timing of the flow of consideration to him. Throw in the subjective metrics of the risk-taking ability of the stakeholders and the level of comfort that the landowner and the developer have with each other in terms of the extent of trust and / or mistrust, and the entire equation starts becoming fuzzy. To add to the fizz, compliance obligations under regulations like RERA and restrictions under FEMA could also act as show-stoppers.

Ameet Hariani says, ‘For example, under RERA it is the promoter’s obligation to obtain title insurance of the real estate project. The relevant section of RERA, among other things, requires a promoter to obtain all such insurances as may be notified by the appropriate Government, including in respect of the title of the land and building forming the real estate project and in respect of the construction of the said project. Since both the landowner as well as the developer will be classified as promoters, it would be prudent for parties entering into a JDA to specify which party (among the “promoters”) will be responsible for obtaining the title insurance for the project.’

In some transaction structures, tax obligations (both direct tax as well as indirect tax – GST and, not to forget, stamp duty) could act as the final nail in the coffin. For example, the upfront exposure towards payment of stamp duty and income-tax coupled with the ab initio parting of the title may rule out the possibility of an outright sale of land by the landowner against deferred consideration from the developer. As stated by Ameet Hariani, ‘From a legal perspective, legal rights should be retained by the landowner till the performance by the developer of the developer’s obligations. Only then should legal rights be transferred.’

While stamp duty is a duty on the execution of the document and could be paid by either of the parties, Ameet Hariani has this to say, ‘So far as stamp duty implications are concerned, normally these are borne by the developer. All documents relating to immovable property should be registered and consequently the quantum of stamp duty is an important determinant to be worked out.’

The above factors are relevant from the developer’s perspective as well. However, many more aspects become relevant. While the landowner would like to protect and retain his title in the property to the last possible milestone, for the developer a restricted right in the land could present significant constraints in financing the project, especially if he is dependent on funding from banks. Ameet Hariani has a word of advice, ‘Legally speaking, agreements for development rights are significantly different from those for sale of land. Courts have held that some types of development agreements cannot be specifically enforced. The key is to ensure that the development agreements that are executed should be capable of being specifically enforced.’ More importantly, the marketability of the project to the end customer / investor depends significantly on the buyer taking a loan from the bank. Therefore, the customer’s and the customer’s lending institution’s perception of the transaction structure and the clarity of the title of land become very important factors.

Hence, Ameet Hariani warns, ‘Financial institutions normally will not give finance in respect of the development agreement unless there is a specific clause in the development agreement entitling the developer to raise finance on the property; and the developer must also have the right to also mortgage the developer’s proportionate share in the land. This often makes the landowner extremely uncomfortable, especially because the landowner’s contribution, i.e., the land comes into the “hotchpotch” almost immediately. This is a matter that is often debated strongly while financing the development agreement’. The local development regulations and restrictions may also play an important part. ‘Is the plot size economically viable? Is there some arbitrage available due to an adjacent plot of land also available for development? Does the development fit within the overall vision of the developer?’ These are some questions which occupy the mind-space of the developer.

Is there one dominant parameter determining the transaction structure?

With such a high level of subjectivity and associated complexity, the discussion amongst the panel of experts tried to focus on identifying whether there was one dominant factor for determining the transaction structure. ‘Cash, Cash and Cash’ was the vocal emphasis factor from the experts. Let’s see what Ameet Hariani has to say: ‘The essential part of the transaction is the cash flow requirement of the landowners. Based on this, all the other issues can be structured.’

Sudhir Soni concurs: ‘The commercial considerations are largely dependent on the cash flow requirements of the developer and the landowner. Grant of development rights against sharing of revenue or developed area are the more prevalent JDA structures and there is not much difference in the business context. Grant of development rights against share of net profits is rare. The commercial considerations for a landowner to select between an area share or revenue share arrangement also depend on the cash flow requirements and taxation implications.’

There is a financial facet other than cash which is equally important – the timing of revenue recognition. Says Ameet Hariani, ‘So far as the developer’s requirements are concerned, since revenues can now only be recognised effectively upon the Occupation Certificate being obtained, and keeping the RERA perspective in mind, the speed of completion of the project is of paramount importance. This is especially true so far as listed developers are concerned.’

Practically, joint development arrangements have specific performance clauses for both the parties and will not allow a mid-way exit to either party. However, the future is uncertain. What if a developer runs out of cash mid-way and needs to exit and bring in another developer? Ameet Hariani opines, ‘Normally, a landowner would be uncomfortable to have a provision whereby development rights can be transferred / assigned without the landowner’s consent. It will be a very rare case where such right is allowed to the developer. There is a high likelihood of litigation where there is a transfer of rights proposed to a third party developer by the current developer’.

The litigation risk is not only at the developer’s end but also at the landowner’s end. Ameet Hariani continues, ‘Also, in the event the landowner wants the developer to exit and wants to appoint a new developer, once again there is a high likelihood of litigation.’ But Ameet Hariani has a golden piece of advice suggesting the incorporation of an arbitration clause in the agreement. ‘Earlier, there was a debate as to whether developer agreements could be made subject to arbitration or not. Recent judgments read with the amendments to the Specific Relief Act and the Arbitration Act have now clarified the position significantly and a well-drafted arbitration clause would be key to ensure protection for both the parties’, he says.

But new transaction structures are emerging

While the discussion was around the traditional options of transaction structuring, the experts did agree that the scenario is fluid and specific situations may suggest the evolution of new transaction structures. While income-tax and stamp duty outflows act as a deterrent to the transaction structure of an outright sale of land, the grant of development rights could possibly be a subject matter of GST. There appears to be a notification which obliges the developer to pay GST on acquisition of development rights (under reverse charge) and another notification which obliges him to also pay GST on the area allotted to the landowner (under forward charge). Much to the chagrin of the developer, the valuation of such a barter transaction is far away from business reality and input tax credits (ITC) are also not allowed. Perhaps the only sigh of relief is that the substantial cash outflow on this account is deferred till the date of receipt of the completion certificate.

But wait! Weren’t transactions in immovable property expected to be outside the purview of GST? ‘Though there is a strong case to argue that such transactions should not be subjected to GST, there are conflicting interpretations on this front and the lower judicial forums are divided. One therefore has to wait for the Supreme Court to provide a final stand on this aspect,’ says Sunil Gabhawalla. Unluckily, businesses can’t wait and the stakes involved are phenomenal. The industry therefore tries to adapt and innovate newer transaction structures which are perhaps more tax-efficient.

Welcome the new concept of ‘Development Management Agreement’ wherein the developer acts as a project manager or a consultant to the landowner in developing the identified real estate. Suitable clauses are inserted to ensure that the developer and the landowner appropriate the profits of the venture in the manner desired. Essentially, this concept turns the entire relationship topsy-turvy and the key challenge is to ensure that the developer has a suitable title in the property while under development. ‘Safeguarding the developer’s rights and title in the property being developed becomes the most important aspect in this structure. Further, the brand value of the developer and past experience of other landowners with the developer is crucial for the landowner to make a choice as to which developer the landowner will go with,’ says Ameet Hariani.

It’s not really new for a tax aspect to be an important determinant for deciding a transaction structure. In case of corporate-owned properties put up for redevelopment, it is not uncommon to explore the route of demerger or slump sale and seek the associated benefits under the income-tax law. Pradip Kapasi says, ‘In case of demerger, the transfer of land by the demerged company to the resulting company would be tax-neutral provided the provisions of section 2(19AA) and sections 47(vib) and 47(vic) are complied with. No tax on transfer would be payable by the company or the shareholders. The cost of the land in the hands of the resulting company would be the same as was its cost in the hands of the demerged company’. Sunil Gabhawalla supports this approach, ‘GST is not payable on a transaction of transfer of business under a scheme of demerger’.

Well, the devil lies in the details. The provisions referred to above effectively require continuity of shareholding to the extent of at least 75%. This may not be possible in all cases. There comes up another option, of slump sale. Pradip Kapasi suggests, ‘The provisions of section 2(42C) r/w/s 2(19AA) and section 50B would apply on transfer of land as a part of the undertaking. No separate gains will be computed in respect of land. The company, however, would be taxed on the gains arising on transfer of the business undertaking in a slump sale. The amendments of 2021 in sections 2(42C) and 50B would have to be considered in computing the capital gains in the hands of the assignor company’. Effectively, income-tax becomes due on slump sale. What happens to GST? Sunil Gabhawalla opines, ‘There is an exemption from payment of GST.’

While such exotic products and arrangements may exist and appeal to many, there would always be takers for the plain vanilla example. The essential business case is that of the landowner and the developer coming together to jointly develop the property. A simple transaction structure could be to recognise the same as a joint venture, as an unincorporated association of persons. In fact, this is a risk parameter always at the back of the mind of any tax consultant. A less litigative route would be to grant such concept a legal recognition by entering into a partnership. To limit the liability of the stakeholders, the LLP / private limited company route can be considered. What could be the tax consequences of introduction of land into the entity?

Pradip Kapasi has this to say, ‘In such an event, of introduction in the partnership firm or LLP, provisions of section 45(3) of the Income-tax Act would be attracted and the landlord’s income under the head capital gains would be computed as per section 45(3) read with or without applying the provisions of section 50C. The profit / loss on subsequent development by the SPV would be computed under the head profits and gains of business and profession. In computing the income of the SPV, a deduction for the cost of land would be allowed on adoption of the value at which the account of the partner introducing the land is credited’. Would such introduction of land into the partnership have any GST implications? ‘Apparently, no, since such transactions are structured as in the nature of supply of land per se’, says Sunil Gabhawalla. He further comments, ‘If the transaction is structured as an introduction of a development right in the partnership firm, things can be different and reverse charge mechanism as explained earlier could be triggered’.

The next steps

Having dabbled with the possible transaction structures with an overall understanding of the complex factors at play in determining the possible transaction structures, we now proceed to dive into the accounting and tax issues in some of these specific structures. Since the landowner and the developer would be distinct legal entities, the discussion can be undertaken from both the perspectives separately.

Landowner’s perspective


Fundamentally different direct tax outcomes arise depending on whether the land or the development rights are contributed by the landowner as an investor or as a business venture.

Landowner as an investor
Essentially, in case the immovable property is held as an investor, it would be treated as a capital asset and the transfer of the capital asset or any rights therein would attract income-tax in the year of transfer itself under the head ‘capital gains’. While a concessional long-term capital gains tax rate and the benefits of reinvestment may be available, in order to curb the menace of tax evasion the Government prescribes that the value of consideration will be at least equivalent to the stamp duty valuation. This provision can become a spoilsport especially in situations where the ready reckoner values prescribed by the Government are not in alignment with the ground-level reality. However, Pradip Kapasi offers some consolation. While the said provisions would apply with full force to transactions of outright sale of land, the application of section 50C to grant of development rights transferred could be a matter of debate. But is the minor tax advantage (if at all) so derived really worth it? Remember the jigsaw puzzle of GST discussed above. But again, someone said that GST applies only on supplies
made in the course or furtherance of business. Did we not start this paragraph with the assumption that the landowner is an investor and is not undertaking a business venture?

Sunil Gabhawalla agrees with this thought process but at the same time cautions that the term ‘business’ is defined differently under the GST law and the income-tax law. He adds, ‘The valuation based on ready reckoner may be prescribed under income-tax law, but the same does not apply to GST where either the transaction value or equivalent market value become the key criteria’. Sudhir Soni endorses this thought from the accounting perspective as well, ‘The ready reckoner value will not necessarily be the fair value for accounting. The valuation for accounting purposes will be either based on the fair value of the entire land parcel received by the developer [or] based on the standalone selling price of constructed property given by the developer’.

In many cases, both the developer as well as the landowner wish to share the risks and rewards of the price fluctuations and also align cash flows. Accordingly, the consideration for the grant of development is both deferred as well as variable – either by way of share of gross revenue or share of profits, or sharing of area being developed. In cases where the landowner does not receive the money upfront and is keen on deferring the taxation to a future point of time, is it possible? The views of Pradip Kapasi are very clear, ‘Provision in agreement or deed for deferred payment or even possession may not help in deferring the year of taxation’. In the case of sharing of gross revenue, he further cautions that the fact of uncertainty of the quantum of ‘full value of consideration’ and its time of realisation may be impending factors but may not be conclusive for computation of capital gains, unless ‘arising’ of profits and gains on transfer itself is questioned. There could be debatable issues about the year of taxation of overflow or the underflow of consideration.

How does one really question or defer the timing of ‘arising’ of profits and gains on transfer? Without committing to the conclusiveness of the end position, which would be based on multiplicity of factors, Pradip Kapasi has a ray of hope to offer. In his words, ‘The cases where either the profit or developed area is shared could be differentiated on the ground that the landlord here has agreed to share the net profits of a business and therefore has actively joined hands to carry on a business activity for sharing of profits of such business. In such circumstances, his “share of profits” could arise as and when it accrues to the business’.

But tax law is full of caveats and provisos. Pradip Kapasi further warns, ‘There is a possibility that the landowner’s association with the developer here could be viewed as constituting an AOP and his action or treatment could activate the provisions of section 45(2) dealing with conversion of capital asset into stock-in-trade and / or the provisions of section 45(3) for introduction of capital asset into an AOP. In case of application of section 45(2) and / or 45(3), there would arise capital gains in the hands of the landlord and would be subjected to tax as per the respective provisions. The surplus, if any, could be the business profits; however, where the transactions are viewed as constituting an AOP, he would be receiving a share in the net profits of the AOP and the share of profit received from the AOP would be computed as per provisions of sections 67B, 86 and 110 of the Income-tax Act’.

Phew, that’s a barrage of cryptic sections to talk about! Let’s keep our fingers crossed and assume that the landlord survives this allegation of the transaction being treated as an AOP. The battle is then nearly won. Pradip Kapasi continues, ‘Where no profits and gains are brought to tax in the year of grant of development rights under the head “capital gains”, the capital gains can be held to have arisen in the year of receipt of the ready flats, where the gains would be computed by reducing the COA (cost of acquisition) of land from the SDV (stamp duty value) of the flats received. Further, if the transaction is structured such that no capital gains tax is levied in the year of receipt of ready flats, the capital gains may be taxed in the year of sale of the flats allotted by the developer’. He further warns about some practical difficulties in this stand being taken; ‘where the landlord on receipt of flats does not sell them but lets them out, difficulties may arise for bringing to tax the notional gains in the hands of the landlord’.

In case all this mumbo-jumbo has dumbed your senses, a landlord who is an individual or HUF may consider the possibility of entering into a ‘specified agreement’ prescribed u/s 45(5A) that involves the payment of consideration in kind, with or without cash consideration in part, for grant of development rights. Under the circumstances, the capital gains on execution of the development agreement shall stand deferred to the year of issue of the completion certificate of the project or part thereof where the full value of consideration for the purpose of computation of capital gains would be taken as the aggregate of the cash consideration and the stamp duty value of his share of area in the project in kind on the date of the issue of the completion certificate. This assumed concession is made available on compliance of the strict conditions including ensuring that the landlord does not transfer his share in the project prior to the date of issue of the completion certificate. Subsequent sale of the premises received under the agreement would be governed as per the provisions of section 45 r/w/s 48.

That’s too much of income-tax. Let’s divert our attention to GST. As a welcome change, Sunil Gabhawalla has a bit of advice for the landowners entering into joint development agreements after 1st April, 2019, ‘Sit back and relax. As stated earlier, the burden of paying the tax on supply of development rights has been transferred to the developer’. What happens when the landowner resells the developed area allotted to him under the area-sharing agreement? Sunil Gabhawalla adds, ‘If the developed area is sold after the receipt of the completion certificate, there is no tax. If the developed area is sold while the property is under construction, the landowner can argue that he is not constructing any area and therefore he is not liable for payment of GST. Remember, the GST on the area allotted to the landowner would also be paid by the developer’.

But life in GST cannot be so simple, right? Nestled in the by-lanes of a condition to a Rate Notification disentitling a developer from claiming input tax credit (ITC) for residential projects is an innocent-looking sentence which permits the landowner to claim ITC on units resold by him if he pays at least equivalent output tax on the units so resold. Sunil Gabhawalla says, ‘Well, the legal tenability of such a position can be questioned. But in tax laws, with the risk of litigation and retrospective amendments, the writing on the wall is that the boss is always right. If the landowner opts to fall in line, he would require a registration and would be paying additional GST on the difference between the tax charged to him and that which he charges to the end buyer. While this also brings commercial parity vis-à-vis the buyers for landowner’s inventory and the developer’s inventory, it could also result in some cash flow issue if not structured appropriately.’

In a nutshell, therefore, the key tax issue bothering the landowner in case of joint development agreements is not really GST but the upfront liability towards a substantial capital gains tax irrespective of actual cash realisation.

Landowner as a businessman

Will things change if the land is held as stock-in-trade? Actually, yes, and substantially. As a businessman, the landowner forfeits his entitlement of concessional long-term capital gains tax rate. But that pain comes with commensurate gain – the tax is attracted not when the transfer takes place but at a point of time when the income accrues in relation to such land. Says Pradip Kapasi, ‘The point of accrual of income is likely to arise on acquisition of an enforceable right to receive the income with reasonable certainty of realisation. The method of accounting and sections 145 and 28 may also play a vital role here. Provisions of ICDS and Guidance Note, where applicable, would apply’. Welcome to the wonderland of accounting and its impact on taxation!

Sudhir Soni says, ‘There may be alternatives. If it is treated as a capital gain, the amounts received as revenue share will be accumulated as advance and recognised at the end of the project, on giving possession. If it is treated as a business, at each reporting date apply percentage of completion to the extent of its share’. But is it really that simple? Well, the situation is fluid and the conflict is nicely summarised by Pradip Kapasi, ‘The fact that there was a “transfer” would not be a material factor in deciding the year of taxation. At the same time, the deferment of receipt may not be the sole factor for delaying the taxation where the enforceability of realisation is reasonably certain’.

Pradip Kapasi further cautions, ‘The provisions of section 43CA may play a spoilsport by introducing a deeming fiction for quantifying the revenue receipts.’ He has an additional word of advice. He suggests the preference of variable consideration models like gross revenue sharing, profit sharing or area sharing over the fixed consideration model. To quote him, ‘The case of the landlord here to defer the year of taxation could be better unless an income can be said to have accrued as per section 28 r/w/s 145, ICDS, where applicable, and Guidance Note of 2012’.

As usual, he has a few words of caution: firstly, ‘There is a possibility that the development rights held by the landlord are considered as a capital asset within the meaning of section 2(14) by treating such rights as a sub-specie of the land owned by him. In such case, a challenge may arise on the income-tax front where transfer of such
rights to the developer is subjected to taxation in the year of transfer itself. This possibility, however remote, could not be ignored though the better view is that even this sub-specie is a part of this stock-in–trade’; and secondly, ‘The possibility of treating the association with the developer as an AOP is not altogether ruled out especially in view of the amendment of 2002 for insertion of Explanation of section 2(31) dealing with the definition of “person” w.e.f. 1st April, 2002. In such an event, though remote, issues can arise in application of the provisions of section 45 to 55, particularly of sections 45(2), 45(3), 50C and 50D.’ Again, a plethora of sections to study and analyse. Well, that’s for the homework of the readers.

What happens on the GST front if the landowner is a businessman? Sunil Gabhawalla reiterates, ‘Sit back and relax if the development agreement is entered into after 1st April, 2019’. But what happens in cases where the development agreement is prior to that date? ‘I’m afraid, definitive answers are elusive. Whether transfer of development rights is liable for GST or not is itself a subject matter of debate. The issues of valuation and the timing of payment of tax are also not settled. We may need a separate article to deal with this,’ he adds.

Is Development Management Agreement a panacea for the landowner?
The concept of Development Management Agreement (DMA) has already been explained earlier. A quick sum and substance recap of the transaction structure would help us appreciate that the appointment of a development manager by the landowner vide a DMA would tantamount to the landowner donning the hat of a real estate developer and the development manager acting as a mere service provider. It will effectively mean that the landowner is the real estate developer who is developing a real estate project in his own land parcel. While this model offers significant respite in the GST outflow on development rights and also avoids the stretched interpretation of barter and consequent GST on free units allotted to existing members for self-consumption (remember, a redevelopment agreement entered into by a co-operative society is a sub-specie of a development agreement), it also helps the landowner in deferring the income-tax liability to a subsequent stage due to his becoming a businessman.

In the words of Pradip Kapasi, ‘In this case, the appointment of a Development Consultant under a DMA would itself be treated as a business decision in most of the cases. The appointment would signal the undertaking of an enterprise by the landlord on a systematic and continuous basis, constituting a business. Such an appointment would not be regarded as a “transfer” of capital asset and no capital gains tax would be payable on account of such an appointment. The first effect of such a decision would be to invite the application of section 45(2) providing for conversion or treatment of a capital asset into stock-in-trade and as a consequence lead to computation of capital gains that would be chargeable in the year of transfer of the stock-in-trade being developed. The market value of the land on such happening would be treated as the cost of the stock-in-trade and the rest would be governed by the computation of Profits and Gains of Business and Profession r/w/s 145, ICDS and Guidance Note’.

But is all hunky-dory as far as GST is concerned? Sunil Gabhawalla cautions, ‘While there is a respite in taxation for the landowner, it may be important to note that the developer relegates himself to the position of a contractor rather than a developer. This would disentitle him from claiming the concessional tax rate of 5% for developers and instead he would be liable for the general tax rate of 18% on the value of the services provided by him. However, this higher rate of tax comes with the eligibility towards claiming input tax credit.’

Developer’s perspective
Well, that was a lot of discussion from the point of view of the landowner. What happens at the developer’s end? Pradip Kapasi has a very simple and affirmative answer on this front. ‘The payment agreed to be made towards the development rights / land acquisition to the landowner would constitute a business expenditure that will be allowed to be deducted against the sale proceeds of the developed area, and if not sold by the yearend, would form the stock-in-trade and would be reflected in the books of accounts as its carrying cost’.

But what happens if the payment towards the development rights is deferred like in gross revenue sharing arrangements? ‘The net receipts subject to his method of accounting would be taxed in respective years of sale and / or realisation. The carrying cost of the stock would be represented by the amount of direct expenditure incurred by him excluding the notional cost of acquiring DR. In the alternative, the payment to be made to the landlord would constitute a business expenditure that will be allowed to be deducted against the gross sale proceeds, and if remaining to be sold by the yearend, would form part of the stock-in-trade and would be reflected in the books of accounts as its carrying cost’, says Pradip Kapasi.

In case of profit-sharing arrangements, however, he cautions about the risk of constitution of an AOP and the associated perils of sections 67B, 86 and 110. He is also afraid that the land cost may not be available as a deduction to the AOP. How does one deal with area-sharing agreements? Pradip Kapasi responds, ‘The net receipts of the balance area coming to the share of the developer would be taxed in respective years of sale and / or realisation where the cost of construction of all the flats would be allowed to be deducted as business expenditure. The carrying cost of the stock could be represented by the amount of direct expenditure incurred by him excluding the notional cost of acquiring DR. In the alternative, the payment to be made to the landlord in kind would constitute a business expenditure that will be allowed to be deducted against the gross sale proceeds, and if remaining unsold by the yearend, would form a part of the stock-in-trade and would be reflected in the books of accounts as its carrying cost.’

The clear essence of the above discussion is that the accounting treatment is important. But depending on certain criteria, enterprises are required to follow either IGAAP or Ind AS. Let us check out what Sudhir Soni has to say. ‘While there is very limited guidance available under IGAAP for accounting of joint development agreements, the cost that is incurred by the developer towards construction of the entire project is treated as cost towards earning the revenue from sale to the developer’s customers. Accordingly, in case of area share for landowner there is no separate accounting and in case of revenue share to landowner it is accounted through the balance sheet. Elaborate guidance is, however, available under Ind AS 115’.

He adds, ‘The JDA is a contract for specific performance and does not have a cancellation clause. For projects executed through joint development arrangements, it is evaluated that the arrangement with land owners are contracts with customers. The transaction is treated as if the developer is buying land from the landowner and selling the constructed area to the landowner. This results in a “grossing” of revenue and land cost, which is a difference from the accounting under Indian GAAP.’ Whether such a difference in accounting treatment will have any ramifications under the income-tax or GST law, only time will tell.

 

Having treated the transaction as a barter, there comes the issue of accounting for such a transaction. Sudhir Soni says, ‘For real estate projects executed through JDA not being jointly controlled operations, wherein the landowner provides land and the developer undertakes the development work on such land and agrees to transfer certain percentage of constructed area / revenue proceeds to the landowner, the revenue from the development and transfer of agreed share of constructed area / revenue proceeds in exchange of such development rights / land is accounted on gross basis. Revenue is recognised over time (JDA being specific performance arrangements) using input method, on the basis of the inputs to the satisfaction of a performance obligation relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of that performance obligation. The gross accounting at fair value for asset in form of land inventory (subsequently recognised as land cost over time basis stage of project completion) and the corresponding liability to the landowner (subsequently recognised as revenue over time basis stage of project completion) may be accounted on signing of JDA, but in practice the accounting is done on the launch of the project, considering the time gap between the signing of the JDA and the actual launch of the project. The developer’s commitments under the JDA, which is executed and pending completion of its performance obligation, are disclosed in the financial statements.’

Further, ‘For real estate projects executed through a JDA being jointly controlled operations, which provide for joint control to the contracting parties for the relevant activities, the respective parties would be required to account for the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses relating to their interest in such jointly controlled JDA.’

Now comes the next accounting issue of measurement of fair value for such a barter. Sudhir Soni says, ‘The fair value for the gross accounting of JDA is the market value of land received by the developer or based on the standalone selling price of the share of constructed property given by the developer. In case the same cannot be obtained reliably, the fair value is then measured at the fair value of construction services provided by the developer to the landowner’. Well, but the valuation provisions under GST are different. Sunil Gabhawalla agrees and says that each domain will have to be independently respected.

The bottom line, it seems, is that the direct tax consequences for the developer will closely follow the generally accepted accounting principles for determination of net profit for a year. But are things equally simple in GST? Not really. Sunil Gabhawalla shares his inputs. ‘Unless the developer in essence constitutes a contractor, all new residential projects attract 5% GST on the sale proceeds of the units sold while under construction. Even area allotted to the landowner attracts this 5% GST on the equivalent market value of the units allotted to the landowner. Affordable housing projects enjoy a concessional tax rate of 1%. However, no input tax credit is available to the developer’.

But wait a minute! This is not all. A plethora of reverse charge mechanism Notifications require the developer to pay tax on the expenses incurred by him. For example, the proportionate value of the development rights acquired by him from the landowner is liable to GST in the hands of the developer at the time of receipt of the occupation certificate. As Sunil Gabhawalla adds, ‘It may make sense for the developer to procure goods and services from registered dealers only since another Notification requires the developer to pay GST on reverse charge if the procurement from unregistered dealers exceeds 20%. Notably, no tolerance limit has been provided for procurement of cement, where reverse charge mechanism triggers from the first rupee of procurement from unregistered dealers.’

Summing up
This article was an attempt to apprise the readers of the nuances of this complex topic. All experts agreed that the tax efficiencies of each structure over the other would be determined largely by the available circumstances and the needs of the parties. No structure, in such an understanding, is superior to other structures, nor inferior to any.

 

COVID IMPACT AND TAX RESIDENTIAL STATUS: THE CONUNDRUM CONTINUES

The last 12 months have resulted in people facing challenges and difficulties coming at them from all sides, and often all at once. At the very inception of the lockdown in late March, 2020, a panic had set in amongst a large number of NRIs and PIOs stuck in India, despite wishing to leave the country to avoid becoming tax resident in India.

The CBDT came out with a welcome Clarification on 8th May, 2020 vide Circular No. 11/2020 and provided relief to such persons becoming accidental and unintentional residents. The accompanying press release, dated 9th May, 2020, provided further assurance from the Government that relief for F.Y. 2020-21 would be given in due course of time.

‘Further, as the lockdown continues during the Financial Year 2020-21 and it is not yet clear as to when international flight operations would resume, a Circular excluding the period of stay of these individuals up to the date of normalisation of international flight operations, for determination of the residential status for the previous year 2020-21, shall be issued after the said normalisation.’

By the time of the actual normalisation of international flight operations, the 182-day mark had already been crossed, thereby resulting in a situation in which a non-resident who was stranded in India due to the lockdown became a tax resident for F.Y. 2020-21. There was indeed a pressing need for a proactive step from the Government to provide a breather to such people stranded in India, or to instruct the CBDT to issue the necessary guidelines for them. However, our Government, recognising tax as a major source for revenue, felt it appropriate to leave the matter untouched and was busy in other priority matters not concerning the hardship that people would face. Accordingly, people had to make several representations to the Government for clarity, since the so-called commitment to issue a relief-granting Circular was never met, nor any statement or indication given by the Government as to its plans.

Finally, after multiple representations to the Government, an SLP had to be filed before the Supreme Court. While hearing the SLP filed by an NRI who gained involuntary residency in India, the Court pronounced that the CBDT was the appropriate body to grant relief and directed it to issue a Circular within three weeks. But despite all these efforts, the CBDT came out with an ineffective Circular and reasoning. On the international platform, the Government is trying to co-operate with OECD countries to tackle tax nuances whereas, on the other hand, this action of the Government reflects its fickle mind-set in relation to tax levy. It is important for the Government to understand that ‘trust is earned when actions meet words’. They should learn from the ancient days when kings collecting bali from the people were considerate not to collect such bali during the periods of drought / floods.

Circular No. 2/2021 was issued on 3rd March, 2021 and instead of granting any relief or concession, as was expected, it was merely a summarisation of the existing provisions of section 6 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘ITA’) and a short explanation of how Articles 4 and 16 of the India-US tax treaty work, amongst other things.

What was the CBDT trying to clarify through this Circular – the provisions of the ITA and the Tax treaty, or guidelines for stranded people in India? It is a perfect example of how CBDT easily discharged its obligation without considering the practical applicability of the Circular. No relief through this Circular means that non-residents have to again make representations and file SLPs before the due date to file returns in India, resulting in prolonged litigation for these NRIs. It is believed that this Circular will severely harm NRIs stranded in India.

On an examination of the reasons in the Circular for not granting any relief, the following points emerge:

ONE. There is no ‘short-stay’ in India

The first reason given by the Circular for not granting relief was that a ‘Short stay will not result in Indian residency’. This reason shows that the CBDT has not considered the situation that by the time international flights were normalised and stranded NRIs could leave the country and return to their country of usual residence, they had already exceeded the threshold of 183 days’ stay in India and become residents. Therefore, for most persons who were stranded in India as on 1st April, 2020 the terminology of a ‘short stay’ in India during F.Y. 2020-21 introduced by the CBDT is highly irrelevant, especially as it was evident that NRIs were forced to remain in India till at least July (when limited flights to the US and France were commenced) and in most other cases till October. Further, in case of several other countries such as Hong Kong and Singapore, flights have yet not resumed.

TWO. Possibility of dual non-residency is no reason for not granting relief
The Circular, while further explaining the rationale for not granting relief, raised an issue which has become a hot topic and a sore point for the Indian Government – the inequity and injustice of double non-taxation. The Indian Government has been focused on non-residents, especially NRIs, avoiding tax in India by ‘managing’ their residential status to remain outside India. Section 6 was significantly amended to tackle this scourge on the Indian exchequer. The Circular states that granting relief for the forced period of stay in India could result in a situation where ‘a person may not become a tax resident in any country in F.Y. 2020-21 even after staying for more than 182 days or more in India resulting in double non-taxation and end up not paying tax in any country.’ Therefore, the Government deems it fit to not grant any general relief.

Never mind that this aspect was not considered relevant while granting relief for F.Y. 2019-20, or that the Government had already committed to granting relief in May, 2020.

Coming back to the reasoning, even if a person ends up becoming a ‘stateless’ person (if relief were hypothetically provided), they would then be unable to seek recourse to any beneficial position under a tax treaty and have all their India-sourced income subject to tax in India anyway. The only tax revenue that the Indian Government would forgo would be in respect of foreign-sourced income, which anyway it has no right to tax. The reasoning defines the intention of the CBDT to tax global income of the NRI stranded in India due to the lockdown. Is the Indian Government morally right to levy tax on such foreign-sourced income under the ‘residence-based’ taxation rules?

Clearly, the answer to this must be an emphatic ‘No’. However, the knife is in the hands of the Indian Government and they would try to tax (i.e., cut) everything which comes their way in the name of legitimate tax collection. Just because NRIs have got stranded in India due to the lockdown by virtue of which they became residents in India satisfying the condition of section 6, the Government feels it has the right to tax their worldwide income. This shows that the Government interprets Indian laws as per its convenience. Further, if the source-country has ‘source-based’ taxation rules like India, then it will levy tax on such income, irrespective of the fact that the income-earner is a non-resident there. If the source-country has given up its right to tax such income arising and originating therein, then that should be of no concern to the Indian Government and remain a matter solely relevant to that Sovereign State.

It is also unfair for the involuntary period of stay in India to be considered while determining residential status. The Delhi High Court in its decision in CIT vs. Suresh Nanda [2015] 375 ITR 172 has articulated this point very well as follows:

‘It naturally follows that the option to be in India, or the period for which an Indian citizen desires to be here, is a matter of his discretion. Conversely put, presence in India against the will or without the consent of the citizen should not ordinarily be counted adverse to his chosen course or interest, particularly if it is brought about under compulsion or, to put it simply, involuntarily. There has to be, in the opinion of this Court, something to show that an individual intended or had the animus of residing in India for the minimum prescribed duration. If the record indicates that – such as for instance omission to take steps to go abroad, the stay can well be treated as disclosing an intention to be a resident Indian. Equally, if the record discloses materials that the stay (to qualify as resident Indian) lacked volition and was compelled by external circumstances beyond the individual’s control, she or he cannot be treated as a resident Indian.’

Besides, the newly-inserted section 6(1A) should have automatically addressed the concerns of the Indian Government of double-non-taxation of ‘stateless’ Indian citizens, if that is the thinking behind non-granting of relief.

The Indian Government seems to be taking a position that because some persons may get too much of a benefit, no relief should be granted to anyone, a position which is both disingenuous and inconsistent. By granting relief, the Indian Government would not have done any favour; instead, it would simply be forgoing a right it normally would, and should, never have had in the first place.

In addition to exposing the income of stranded foreign residents to tax in India, they shall be burdened with the additional responsibility of the disclosures and compliances in India as applicable to residents. In case the foreign assets’ disclosures are not made by such persons, then the Indian Assessing Officer has been given unfettered powers under the Black Money Act wherein he can levy penalties and prosecutions.

Further, they would also lose the benefit of concessional or beneficial tax provisions available to non-residents both under the ITA and a tax treaty. And, if they are engaged in a business or profession outside India or take part in the management of a company or entity outside India, they would risk the income arising to them through such business or profession becoming taxable in India, or the company being considered a resident in India by virtue of its place of effective management being in India. Compliances with tax audit provisions, transfer pricing provisions, etc., also become applicable to such persons and their business transactions when they become resident in India. Additionally, whatever payments such persons would make, whether personal in nature or for their business or profession, would also be subject to evaluation for taxability in India – for example, if a person who becomes resident in India due to being stuck here during the lockdown makes royalty payments in respect of his foreign business to a non-resident, then such royalty would be deemed to accrue and arise in India and be chargeable to tax in India.

These follow-on consequences of becoming a resident are completely ignored by the Government while evaluating the impact of not granting relief, since there is nothing which is going from its pocket instead of falsely piling up the case for taxing such income.

THREE. No tie to break
The Circular explains that the tie-breaker test under tax treaties will come to the rescue of dual-residents. This clarity completely misses its own stand as stated in the Circular in the earlier section, that if someone becomes a resident of India by virtue of their period of stay in India, they will not be able to access the tie-breaker test of the tax treaty because they may not qualify as residents of the country of their usual or normal tax residency. So, how would the tie-breaker test come to the rescue? The Government should take the trouble to explain in detail the difference in stand taken by it in the same Circular. Was the Circular drafted by two different persons applying their minds independently? Further, India does not have a tax treaty with each and every country and any person who is resident of such a country with which India does not have a tax treaty would have no such recourse available, even if he were to become a dual resident. In case of any non-compliance, the Government comes with retrospective clarifications to tax such people. Isn’t this a kind of tax terrorism?

The Circular further states that: ‘It is also relevant to note that even in cases where an individual became resident in India due to exceptional circumstances, he would most likely become not ordinarily resident in India and hence his foreign sourced income shall not be taxable in India unless it is derived from business controlled in or profession set up in India.’

If this is indeed the case, and eventually relief will anyway be granted by operation of the tie-breaker test or MAP (Mutual Agreement Procedure), or foreign source income will anyway not be subject to tax in India, then there should be no reason for the Indian Government to not grant relief pre-emptively and reduce the genuine hardship and burden on accidental residents. By the very reasoning adopted in the Circular, granting relief will not confer any additional benefit upon anyone and therefore the Government should not have had any reluctance and objection to granting such relief.

The issue of tie-breaker also raises the practical difficulty in claiming tax treaty based on non-residential status while filing the return of tax (‘ITR’) in India. There is no provision in the ITR for individuals to claim status as tax treaty non-residents if they are residents under the provisions of the ITA. It has become mandatory to provide details of period of stay in India in the ITR and, therefore, issues shall arise in cases where stay in India exceeds 182 days but the tie-breaker results in non-residence in India.

In such cases, the options are that the filer simply claims all foreign source income as exempt even though his status is disclosed as a resident, or the filer does not fill in the period of stay and files as a non-resident. Filing as a resident may expose him to the need to make unnecessary additional disclosures and compliances, such as in respect of foreign assets. However, if such disclosures are rightly not made, this may attract additional scrutiny and also the potential for proceedings under the Black Money law. Even if the proceedings may not eventually result in any consequence, the nuisance and additional effort and financial burden due to the scrutiny will nonetheless arise. Filing as a non-resident without providing details of period of stay may result in the ITR being considered defective, which has its own consequences. In the absence of any changes to the ITR or clarification on this subject from the CBDT, the fact that such difficulty has not been addressed will add to the anguish and confusion.

FOUR. Employment income
The Circular reiterates the current legal position that employment-related income of an accidental resident will only be subject to tax in India if his stay exceeds 183 days in India or if a PE of the foreign employer bears the salary.

Therefore, the Circular itself acknowledges the fact that many persons will be in India for 183 days or more when it talks about dual non-residency, (but) it ignores this very aspect while discussing taxation of salary and wages.

The salary structure of any employee is designed based on the applicable taxation and labour laws of the jurisdiction where the employee was expected to be exercising his employment. The tax deductions and taxability of perquisites, employment benefits such as pension, social security and retirement benefit contributions, stock options and similar reward schemes, etc., vary greatly from country to country and the calculation is extremely sensitive to the specific tax considerations under which the remuneration package was designed.

Therefore, all those persons stuck in India and exercising their employment in India will unnecessarily have their employment income subjected to tax in India. While there may not be an instance of double taxation, there surely will be instances of unforeseen and unexpected tax consequences on account of differing tax treatments and employment-related tax breaks not being available in India as against the jurisdiction of the employer.

Not merely this, the rates of tax applicable in India may be much higher than the rates of tax applicable in the person’s home country, and given the relatively weaker purchasing power of the Indian Rupee, it is likely that a major portion of the employment-related income would be subject to tax under the 30% tax slab, while the income would not have been subject to such high rates of tax in the home country. This will have a serious cash flow impact due to the additional tax liability to be borne in India.

FIVE. No credit-worthiness

This brings up the next matter which the Circular addressed, i.e., credit of foreign taxes. The Government’s argument is that even if there is a case of double taxation, credit of foreign taxes would be available in India as per Rule 128.

This ignores the concern of many of the accidental residents, that the real problem may not be double taxation but the overall rate of taxation. If the foreign tax liability and effective rate of tax is greater that the Indian rate of tax, there would be no concern. However, in most cases the Indian rate of tax is higher due to which even after eliminating double taxation there would be an additional tax cost borne in respect of Indian taxes. In this respect, the CBDT in its Circular could have clarified that such additional burden shall be refunded to the people taxed overly. On a serious note, if you want to tax people considering a certain scenario, then the Tax Department should also consider a scenario in which it has to refund money to them.

Apart from this, the elimination of double taxation through tax credit is irrelevant to the many Indian emigrants living and working abroad in lower tax or zero-tax rate countries such as the UAE, Bahrain, Oman, Qatar, Kuwait, Bahamas, Singapore, Cyprus, Mauritius, Hong Kong, etc. In such a scenario, the Indian Government is taxing something which it never had the right to tax. Clearly, the Government is taking undue advantage of the pandemic by deriving revenue from the stranded people.

SIX. International inexperience
The Circular then goes on to quote from the OECD Policy Responses to Coronavirus (Covid-19), which stated that the displacement that people would face would be for a few weeks and only temporary and opined that acquiring residency in the country where a person is stranded is unlikely.

This reference to the OECD’s analysis is of 3rd April, 2020, less than a week into India’s lockdown. The Circular relying on a projection in April, 2020 of people being stranded for a few weeks only is absurd given that this Circular is issued in March, 2021 and it is abundantly clear that people were stranded for several months (or even a year) and in almost all cases acquired residency in India.

A majority of OECD countries are in Europe where inter-country and cross-continental travel by road is fairly common and convenient due to the short distances involved. If a person working in France gets stranded in the Netherlands or Belgium, he could simply travel back to France by his own private car – this convenience is surely not available to a person working in the US and stranded in India.

If the Government really did want to rely on international experience to justify its actions, it should have fallen back on something more recent, which considers the situation as it is today, not on what it was in April, 2020 and definitely not an invalidated forecast from the past.

The Circular then mentions what other countries have done and states that the UK and the USA have provided an exclusion or relief of 60 days, subject to fulfilment of certain conditions, while some countries have not provided any relief or have undertaken to provide relief based on the circumstances of each case. The Indian tax authorities often argue that India is not bound by the actions, decisions and interpretations of other countries. This is done especially while denying benefits or adopting positions that are not aligned with the international experience and best practices. Conveniently in this case, the CBDT has taken its cue from international experience!

What is also relevant is the difference in circumstances between India and the other countries. A large number of Indians normally reside and work in other countries – estimated to be more than 13 million NRIs / PIOs globally. The US, the UK, Germany or Australia are more likely to host foreign citizens than have their own citizens working and living overseas. Therefore, these countries are less likely to be concerned about their emigrants accidentally re-acquiring residency under their domestic tax laws from being stranded due to the lockdown. The Indian Government, however, ought to have been more considerate to the plight of some of these 13 million people.

Another argument relied upon by the Circular is the position adopted by Germany which has held that ‘in the absence of a risk of double taxation, there is basically no factual inequity if the right to tax is transferred from one contracting state to another due to changed facts.’

However, this presumes that the taxation system and tax burden faced by the person in either jurisdiction will be similar or comparable. As has been argued above, there are real possibilities that accidental residents will suffer a much greater tax burden as compared to what they would have suffered had they continued to reside in the country of normal residence.

CONCLUSION
The position of the Government is correct to the extent that there are reduced chances of double taxation and that double taxation through dual residency can be mitigated and relieved through operation of tax treaties and credit for foreign taxes. The Circular also provides that persons suffering double taxation and not receiving relief can make an application to the CBDT for specific relief. It, however, ignores several other issues.

It neither acknowledges nor addresses the concerns of the large number of NRIs and PIOs who are normally residing in lower tax or zero-tax jurisdictions and will suffer a much higher tax burden only because an unforeseen global lockdown forced them to be physically present in India. It also ignores the implications arising out of residency in India that go beyond being subject to tax in India.

There would be a large number of persons who were resident in India previously but have recently emigrated to another country, but they become not just resident but also ordinarily resident in India because of their current year’s presence along with their past status and stay. This exposes their global income to tax in India, which is patently unfair.

Such forced residential status may also require them to disclose all their foreign assets in India and if they are unable to do so accurately and exhaustively, it exposes them to implications under Black Money law and severe non-disclosure related penalties. It will also restrict their access to beneficial tax provisions available to non-residents under the ITA simply because they were stranded in India.

Most importantly, however, none of the arguments made by the CBDT in the Circular are new or were not already known before. They were also known in May, 2020 when the Government provided relief for F.Y. 2019-20 and explicitly committed that it would issue a Circular to provide relief in respect of the period of stay in India till the normalisation of international flights.

The second petition filed against the Circular before the Supreme Court by the same NRI who had filed the original SLP makes the argument that the Government is obligated to provide relief based on its earlier promise. It relies on the Supreme Court’s ruling in the case of Ram Pravesh Singh vs. State of Bihar that there was a legitimate expectation of relief based on the fact that under similar facts relief had been provided for F.Y. 2019-20 and it had been promised for F.Y. 2020-21. The doctrine of ‘legitimate expectations’, although not a right, is an expectation of a benefit, relief or remedy that may ordinarily flow from a promise or established practice. The expectation should be legitimate, i.e., reasonable, logical and valid. Any expectation which is not based on established practice, or which is unreasonable, illogical or invalid cannot be a legitimate expectation. It is a concept fashioned by courts for judicial review of administrative action. It is procedural in character based on the requirement of a higher degree of fairness in administrative action, as a consequence of the promise made, or practice established. In short, a person can be said to have a ‘legitimate expectation’ of a particular treatment if any representation or promise is made by an authority, either expressly or impliedly, or if the regular and consistent past practice of the authority gives room for such expectation in the normal course.

In addition to this, the petition argues that the Circular is unconstitutional because it violates the principle of equality before law under Article 14 – there is inconsistency in not granting relief for F.Y. 2020-21, although under similar circumstances relief had been granted for F.Y. 2019-20. Another argument is that not granting relief from being a non-resident violates Article 19 because it interferes with the freedom to practice a trade or profession and places undue restrictions on the same. Lastly, it argues that the Constitution guarantees protection to life and personal liberty and the lockdown was a force majeure situation, where the appellant was forced to remain in India in order to protect his life and liberty – the Circular penalises him for merely exercising this Constitutional right because, if not for the pandemic, he would have travelled back to the UAE and not remained in India.

The fresh petition makes other arguments which have also been made here to seek justice from the Supreme Court in the matter. The CBDT was also possibly aware that it may have to provide additional relief since it has stated in the Circular that based on the applications that will be received it shall examine ‘whether general relaxation can be provided for a class of individuals or specific relaxation is required to be provided in individual cases’. We can only hope that given the almost universally negative response to the Circular, the CBDT relents and provides the much needed, and previously promised, general relief and exclusion. Else, the soon-to-be-heard petition seems to be the last resort for any equitable relief for the NRI and PIO community.

I HAD A DREAM

The intensity was brewing slowly in the court. Spectators were biting their nails, not knowing which shot will be fired next. Both players were not letting their guard down. The crowd was silent, the referee’s movement oscillated with the player’s delivery and the linesman kept a check on every movement. The match was telecast live on various channels. Young aspirants were seeing their heroes showcasing their skills – and just then the siren went berserk.

I woke up shaking, shut the alarm and realised that it was a dream. Although it might have seemed like that, but it was not a match at the Australian Open, rather, it was two learned tax experts arguing their case in the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal. It was telecast live on the ITAT’s channel and subscribers could watch any hearing going on across the country. ‘What a dream’, I whispered to myself, considering that it might have been the after-effect of the recent budget proposal of turning the ITAT faceless. However, instead of ruminating on the bizarre story, I thought about daydreaming and penned down my thoughts on my wish list for the future of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT).

The ITAT was established in 1941 and has been the torch-bearer of judicial fairness in the country. It can be compared to cricketer M.S. Dhoni in his heydays. It is the last fact-finding authority (the finisher), the first appellate authority outside the Income Tax Department (the ’keeper) and has led the way for being the Mother Tribunal of all the other tribunals in the country (the Captain). And the fact that the Department winning ratio in ITAT is just 27%1, it overturns many high-pitched assessments (the DRS winner) and it keeps on doing its work without making much of a fuss (the cool-headed).

I still remember the first day when I entered the Tribunal as a first-year article assistant. Though my only contribution to the paper book at that time was numbering the pages, I realised the holiness of the inner sanctum of the Tribunal when my manager insisted that I be meticulous on page numbering and he even reviewed the same after I finished it. The showdown was spectacular and I was awestruck by the intellect and inquisitiveness shown by the Honourable Tribunal members.

_______________________________________________________________________________
1    Economic Survey, 2017-18
That was the story of the past; now let’s focus back on the dream. The ITAT has stood the test of time and it is only possible because it is agile and adaptive to changes. Keeping with that spirit, I present my 7-point wish list for the future of the ITAT.

1. Less-Face and not Face-Less: Changes which might not have been sought by a Chief Technical Officer of an entity in a decade have been brought by Covid-19. Companies adapted and learnt to work from home and now are seeing multiple ways of saving costs through technical upgradation. Similarly, all cases in the Tribunal should be categorised into three: (a) Basic – Does not require a hearing and can be judged just based on submission; (b) Complex – Requires video hearing; and (c) Complex and high value – Requires in-person hearing. This will be cost and time-efficient for the Tribunal, the tax practitioners and the clients. Since in-person attendance will not be required, it will open a lot of opportunities for tax practitioners from tier-2 and tier-3 cities to grow their litigation practice.

2. One Nation – One Law – One Bench: In spite of numerous benches, currently there is a huge backlog of cases (88,0002). With the technological upgradation (mentioned at point 1 above) in place, Tribunal members from across the country could preside over hearings related to any jurisdiction. This will not only reduce the workload from overloaded benches but will also reduce the hectic travelling of Tribunal members who go on a tour to set up benches in several locations. This may also result in a spurt in the setting up of additional benches and Tribunals which can work in two shifts, having separate members if required.

3. Jack of all trades and master of one: A decade back, the accounting profession was mostly driven by general practitioners who were masters in all subjects. With rising complexities and frequent changes in the law, very few can now deal with all the intricacies of even a single income tax law. Most of the big firms have separate teams for Transfer Pricing, International Taxation, Individual Taxation, Corporate Taxes and so on. Owing to these complexities, the Honourable Tribunal members must spend a lot of time studying minute details of every case. If a ‘dynamic jurisdiction’ is in place (see point 2), judges of a specialised area / section can preside over all similar cases. This will ensure detailed, in-depth discussion on each topic and the results will be similar and swifter.

_______________________________________________________________________________
2

https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/business/india-business/88000-appeals-pending-before-income-tax-appellate-tribunal-chairman/articleshow/74322517.cms

4. OTT platform: Online telecasts of Tribunals can be done for viewers which will not only help tax practitioners and students learn some technical aspects, but will also help them to learn court craft. This will give confidence to newcomers and more lawyers and chartered accountants would be inclined to join litigation practice.

5. ETA: Currently, a lot of the time of a professional is spent waiting for his hearing. Once full digitisation kicks in with video conferencing facility, an ETA (Expected Time of Appeal!) could be provided. This would help tax professionals to schedule their day better.

6. Error 404 – Page not found: Many times, digitisation leads to further problems rather than solutions. A robust internal technical system which allows uploading of documents without size limit, writing of replies without word limit and allowance of documents to and from in the hearing would help the cause of e-hearing. Additionally, the facility of explaining through a live digital whiteboard and PowerPoint presentation would be the cherry on the cake.

7. Circular reference: Often, a case is remanded back to the Assessing Officer for finding the facts. Then, the whole circular motion of the A.O., CIT(A) and ITAT starts once again, which delays the decision-making. With the help of technological advancement, if a special cell is created at the ITAT level to finalise the facts and present them to the bench, it would surely ensure speedy justice.

The list can go on and on with the emphasis on technological upgrading and efficient utilisation of resources. However, the one thing that I don’t want to be changed is the way in which ITAT has upheld the principle of natural justice. This is one thing by which I was mesmerised as a young kid and I want any other person joining the profession to feel the same. I would be extremely grateful if some portion of my dream does come true.

Jai Hind! Jai Taxpayers!

FACELESS REGIME UNDER INCOME-TAX LAW: SOME ISSUES AND THE WAY FORWARD

INTRODUCTION
With a view to making the tax system ‘seamless, faceless and painless’, the Government of India had introduced the Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 (Faceless Assessments) in September, 2019. The purpose behind it was to ensure fair and objective tax adjudication and to make sure that some of the flaws in the operation of physical assessment proceedings (such as the element of subjectivity in assessment proceedings, non-consideration of written submissions, granting of inadequate opportunities to the taxpayers for filing responses, etc.) do not recur. What is equally commendable is the phased manner in which Faceless Assessments have been introduced (first, by introducing e-proceedings on a pilot basis, then on a country-wide basis, and lastly introducing Faceless Assessments).

All these steps were aimed in the right direction to impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability by (a) eliminating the human interface between taxpayers and tax officers; (b) optimising the utilisation of resources through economies of scale and functional specialisation; and (c) introducing a team-based assessment with dynamic jurisdiction.

Currently, all income tax assessments [subject to certain exceptions viz., (a) assessment orders in cases assigned to central charges; and (b) assessment orders in cases assigned to international tax charges] are being carried out in a faceless manner. For the purpose of carrying out Faceless Assessments, the Government had set up different units [i.e., National Faceless Assessment Centre (NaFAC), Regional Faceless Assessment Centres, Assessment Units, Verification Units, Technical Units and Review Units].

However, as it is still in its nascent stage, the taxpayers have had to grapple with several challenges / issues (as discussed below) during the course of Faceless Assessments. The Government needs to resolve these teething issues so that the objective of having a fair, efficient and transparent taxation regime is met. Nevertheless, there are some good features in the Faceless Assessment proceedings but these are not being fully utilised. There are some tabs in the e-proceedings section of the e-filing portal which provide details as to the date on which the notice was served to the taxpayer, the date on which the taxpayer’s response was viewed by the field authorities, etc., but such functionalities are not yet operational.

The following are some practical problems / issues faced by the taxpayers and the suggested changes:

  •  Requests for personal hearings and written submissions are not being considered before passing of assessment orders: A salient feature of Faceless Assessments is that personal hearing (through video conferencing) would be given only if the taxpayer’s request for such hearing is approved by the prescribed authority. Unfortunately, in some of the cases, written submissions were not considered at all. Moreover, it has come to light that some taxpayers’ request for personal hearings were also not granted before passing of the assessment order despite the fact that the frequently asked questions (FAQs) uploaded by the Income-tax Department on its website require the field authorities to provide reasons in case a request for personal hearing is rejected. In many such cases, taxpayers were forced to file writ petitions in courts to seek justice on the ground of violation of the ‘principles of natural justice’.

Fortunately, the courts came to their rescue and stayed the operation of such faceless assessment orders1 / directed the Department to grant personal hearing2 and do fresh assessments. One of the basic tenets of tax adjudication / tax proceedings is that the taxpayer should get a fair and reasonable hearing / chance to explain its case and make its submissions to present / defend its case. Written submissions are, perhaps, the most critical tool of taxpayers through which they can actualise this right. Needless to say, in Faceless Assessments the importance and vitality of written submissions grow manifold.

While the underlying objective of Faceless Assessments – to eliminate human interface – is certainly a commendable reason, it cannot be denied that on many occasions (especially for complex matters such as eligibility of tax treaty benefits, etc.), face-to-face hearings are needed for the taxpayer to properly and effectively represent its case and put forth its submissions / arguments as well as for the tax Department to understand and appreciate such arguments / merits. During a personal hearing, the taxpayer / its authorised representatives would generally gauge whether the Assessing Officer (AO) / tax authorities are receptive to their arguments and averments. This is helpful because it gives them an opportunity to make further submissions, oral or written, or to adopt a different line of reasoning / arguments in support of their case. This distinct advantage is lost under the faceless regime. From the perspective of the tax Department also, personal hearings are helpful as it not only saves their time, energy and effort in understanding the facts and merits of the case, but also gives them an opportunity to ask more effective / relevant questions of the taxpayers for doing an objective assessment.

Thus, the Government may consider amending Faceless Assessments and provide a threshold (say income beyond a particular amount, turnover beyond a particular amount, etc.) wherein the taxpayers’ right for personal hearing will not be denied / will not be at the discretion of the prescribed authority. Given that the Government’s focus is on digital push, it may consider allowing an oral-cum-video submission also in addition to filing of written submissions. This will improve the efficiency and efficacy of tax adjudication proceedings.

  •    Taxpayers’ requests for adjournment are not being considered before passing of assessment orders: One of the grievances of many taxpayers who faced Faceless Assessments has been that their adjournment requests (filed in time / before the expiry of due date fixed for compliance) were not considered before passing of the assessment order. This is certainly not fair and is against the core principles of tax adjudication. In this regard, certain taxpayers also knocked the doors of courts on the ground of violation of the ‘principles of natural justice’ and sought quashing of such assessment orders and consequent tax demands raised on them. Fortunately, the courts3 ruled in favour of the taxpayers and directed the tax Department to consider their written submissions and to do fresh assessments.

Further, instances have also come to light where very short deadlines were provided to taxpayers to comply with notices (sometimes only three to four days’ time was given). Since currently the service of notices is done electronically, the possibility of the taxpayers missing out on such notices or realising very late that such a notice has been issued, cannot be ruled out. This is even more critical in the current Covid pandemic situation wherein the functioning of offices is already disturbed. It is thus advisable that the tax Department should give a reasonable time period (at least ten to 15 days) to taxpayers for filing their explanations – written submissions / comply with the notices.

  •   Draft assessment orders are not sent to taxpayers before passing the final assessment order: Under Faceless Assessments, the tax Department is required to serve a show cause notice (SCN) along with a draft assessment order in case variations proposed in the same are prejudicial to the interests of the taxpayers. It has been reported that final assessment orders were passed in some cases without providing such draft assessment orders to the taxpayers. Such orders have been quashed / stayed by the courts4 in writ proceedings.

  •   Passing of assessment orders prior to the expiry of time allowed in SCN: One of the intentions of Faceless Assessments was to hasten the assessment proceedings and to ensure time-bound completion. This objective gets reflected in the annual budgetary amendments wherein the time limits for passing assessment orders are gradually being reduced. But on a practical basis, it has come to light that in some taxpayers’ cases Faceless Assessment orders were passed even before the expiry of the time allowed in the SCN. What has added to this grievance is that in some cases, taxpayers were not able to upload their written submissions also because the assessments orders were passed and the tab on the e-filing portal was closed. Again, this is neither fair nor pragmatic. In such cases also, the courts5 have granted relief to taxpayers by quashing such orders by observing that with the issuance of an SCN, the taxpayers’ statutory right to file a reply and seek a personal hearing kicks in and which cannot be curtailed.

  •   Notices are not getting uploaded / reflected on e-filing portal on real-time basis: As part of Faceless Assessments, notices issued by NaFAC in connection with the Faceless Assessment proceedings are to be uploaded on the taxpayers’ account on the e-filing portal. But cases have come to light where notices issued by NaFAC were getting reflected on the e-filing portal after one or two days – perhaps due to technical glitches. Due to such delays, taxpayers are left with less time to comply with such notices and as a consequence, they are left with no option but to file adjournment requests. One hopes that these technical glitches get resolved soon so that the notices are reflected on the e-filing portal on a real-time basis. This step will increase the efficiency of Faceless Assessments significantly. Even as per Faceless Assessments, every notice / order / any electronic communication should be delivered to the taxpayer by way of:

•    Placing authenticated copy thereof in taxpayer’s registered account; or
•    Sending an authenticated copy thereof to the registered email address of the taxpayer or its authorised representative; or
•    Uploading an authenticated copy on the taxpayer’s mobile app.
and followed by a real-time alert6.

It has been further specified that the time and place of dispatch and receipt of electronic record (notice, order, etc.) shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 13 of the Information Technology Act, 2000 (21 of 2000) which inter alia provides that receipt of an electronic record occurs at the time when the electronic record ‘enters’ the designated computer resource (that is, the taxpayer’s registered account on the e-filing portal) of the taxpayer. Thus, the crucial test for determining service / receipt of any notice / order, etc., is the time when it ‘enters’ the taxpayer’s registered account on the e-filing portal. Since there is a time lag between uploading of notice by the tax Department and its viewability by the taxpayer, an issue can arise as to what will be the date of service of notice.

The first step in a communication process is intimating the taxpayer about the issuance of any notice / order, etc. Thus, unless a taxpayer is informed, it will not be possible for the taxpayer to comply with the same. Further, in the case of reopening of assessments, there has been litigation on the aspect of issuance and service of reopening notice. The Supreme Court in the case of R.K. Upadhyaya vs. Shanabhai P. Patel [1987] 166 ITR 163 (SC) ruled that service of reopening notice u/s 148 is a condition precedent to making the order of assessment. Thus, service of a notice is an important element and
to avoid any unnecessary litigation it is advisable that the technical glitch gets resolved and notices are reflected on the e-filing portal on a real-time basis. Given that short messaging service (SMS) is one of the most effective ways of putting the other person on notice about some communication, it is advisable that sending of real-time alert to taxpayers by SMS be made mandatory.

  •   Certain restrictions / glitches on the e-filing portal: There are certain other technical restrictions or glitches on the e-filing portal which cause practical difficulties in the effective and efficient implementation of the Faceless Assessments. The same are discussed below:

•    Attachment size restriction: Currently, the e-filing portal has a restriction wherein attachment size cannot exceed 10 MB. This means that if the size of the response (written submissions / annexures) exceeds this limit, the same is required to be split into different parts such that each attachment size does not exceed 10 MB. While the tax Department is expected to read the entire response (written submissions and annexures) and assess the taxpayers’ income accordingly, practically it becomes difficult for the Department to open multiple files and read them in continuation when written submissions including annexures run into a number of pages (especially in case of large taxpayers). This difficulty for the tax Department becomes a cause of suffering for the taxpayers. Thus, the Government should consider investing in improvement of digital infrastructure and increase the attachment size limit (say to 40 to 50 MB per attachment).

•    Issuance of reopening notices: It is seen that reopening notices are issued by the tax Department asking the taxpayers to file their return of income. There is no window / tab available to the taxpayers to object to such reopening notice which was otherwise allowed under the physical assessment proceedings as per the settled position of law. Further, there is no window / option available on the e-filing portal to ask for reasons for reopening of an assessment even after filing the return of income in response to reopening notices.

•    All file formats are not allowed: Currently, the taxpayers can upload the documents / responses only in certain file formats – .pdf, .xls, .xlsx and .csv format. Other commonly used file formats, viz., .doc, .docx, .ppt, .pptx, etc., cannot be uploaded. The Government should consider investing in improvement of digital infrastructure on this count so that all types of file formats get supported by the e-filing portal.

•    Special characters are not allowed: The e-filing portal does not allow use of certain special characters. However, the problem occurs at the time when taxpayers are submitting their response in the respective fields, and just then they are given a message that special characters are not allowed. It is advisable that the disallowed special characters are highlighted, and the taxpayers get a pop-up as and when such special characters are used by them.

•    Other glitches: It has also been observed that taxpayers faced other technical glitches such as e-filing portal was not working at certain times, video conferencing link was not working, documents were not getting uploaded, etc.

CONCLUSION

One of the apprehensions of the entire taxpayer community is that with Faceless Assessments coming into force, proper hearing may not be given and this could lead to erroneous / unfair assessments. In this regard, attention is invited to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Dhakeswari Cotton Mills Ltd. vs. CIT [1954] 26 ITR 775 (SC) wherein it was held that the ‘principle of natural justice’ needs to be followed by the tax Department while passing assessment orders. The Court also ruled that the taxpayer should be given a fair hearing and aspects like failure to disclose the material proposed to be used against the taxpayer, non-granting of adequate opportunity to the taxpayer to rebut the material furnished and refusing to take the material furnished by the taxpayer to support its case violates the fundamental rules of justice. Thus, it is crucial that in doing Faceless Assessments, (a) proper hearing is afforded to the taxpayer; (b)‘written submissions’ filed are duly taken into account before passing the assessment order; and (c) adjournment is allowed in genuine cases.

The Government should resolve these teething issues (as discussed above) so that this fear / apprehension does not turn into reality. With revenue of Rs. 9.32 lakh crores7 already stuck in direct tax litigation in various forums, and considering the vision of the Government in making India a US $5 trillion economy, it will not be prudent if such teething issues are not resolved at the earliest. If not done, Faceless Assessments may need to pass through various litmus tests in courts8. Further, one hopes that the Central Board of Direct Taxes comes up with some internal instructions (such as writing proper reasons in the assessment order in case field authorities do not accept / reject judicial precedents cited by the taxpayer in its support) to the field authorities for fair, smooth and effective functioning of Faceless Assessments.

The Government is also on a spree to digitise the tax administration system in India which is evident from the fact that Faceless Assessments; Faceless Appeal Scheme, 2020; and Faceless Penalty Scheme, 2021 are already in force. Besides, enabling provisions have been introduced under the Income-tax Act, 1961 to digitise other aspects of tax adjudication, viz., faceless inquiry, faceless transfer pricing proceedings, faceless dispute resolution panel proceedings, faceless collection and recovery of tax, faceless effect of appellate orders, faceless Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, etc. Thus, it becomes all the more important to resolve the aforesaid teething issues at this stage itself so that other faceless schemes (existing as well as upcoming) are free of such shortcomings / gaps.

One hopes that the new, revamped e-filing portal of the Government will bring a new ray of hope to the taxpayers wherein such issues are taken care of.

(The views expressed in this article are the personal views of the author/s)

SLUMP SALE – AMENDMENTS BY FINANCE ACT, 2021

BACKGROUND
The sale of a business undertaking on a going concern basis for a lump sum consideration is referred to as ‘slump sale’ and section 50B of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act) provides for a mechanism to compute capital gains arising from such a slump sale. Section 50B has for long remained a complete code to provide the computation mechanism for capital gains with respect to only a specific transaction, being the ‘slump sale’.

The essence of this amendment seems to be to align this method of transfer of capital assets with other methods (such as transfer of shares, gifts, assets), wherein a minimum value has been prescribed and such prescribed minimum value did not apply to transfer of capital assets forming part of an undertaking transferred on a slump sale basis. For example, an immovable property could be transferred as an indivisible part of an undertaking under slump sale at any value, without having any reference to the value adopted or assessed by the stamp valuation authority, which if otherwise transferred on a stand-alone basis would need to be transferred at any value higher than the value adopted or assessed by the stamp valuation authority. In addition, the Finance Act, 2021 also expands the scope of section 50B from merely ‘sale’ of an undertaking to any form of transfer of an undertaking, whether or not a ‘sale’ per se, essentially to include ‘slump exchanges’ within its ambit.

Section 50B was inserted by the Finance Act, 1999 with effect from 1st April, 2000 and since then this amendment by the Finance Act, 2021 is the first major amendment to this code of taxing profits and gains arising from slump sales. This article evaluates the following amendments in the ensuing paragraphs:

i. Amendment in section 2(42C) of the Act;
ii. Substitution of sub-section 2 of section 50B of the Act;
iii. Insertion of clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act; and
iv. The date of enforcement of these amendments and whether these amendments will have retrospective effect.

LIKELY IMPACT OF THE AMENDMENT ON M&As / DEALS

Sale of business undertakings has been one of the prominent methods of deal consummation in India, since the buyers usually find it cleaner to acquire an Indian business without acquiring the legal entity / company and therefore keep the acquisition free of any legacy legal, tax or commercial disputes. In such transactions, it is hard to believe any transaction being consummated at a value less than its fair value, unless the transaction is consummated with the mala fide intention of transferring the assets for a value less than their fair value. Therefore, such transactions with independent parties are likely to remain un-impacted except the compliances attached with slump sale under the new provisions like obtaining a valuation report in compliance with the prescribed rules as on the date of the slump sale.

The amended section 50B is, however, likely to impact internal group restructurings wherein intra-group transfers were resorted to at book values which would often be less than the prescribed fair values. Such internal transfers of ‘undertakings’ or divisions from one company to another are often resorted to to get to the deal-ready structure (e.g., one company has two divisions and a deal is sought with respect to only one division – the other division will need to be moved out) and such transactions could have remained tax neutral if made within the group, similar to the way amalgamations / de-mergers remain tax neutral. Such restructurings could at times also be driven by regulatory changes or external factors and imposing tax consequences on such internal restructurings will discourage such transfers and the companies will need to resort to time-consuming structures like amalgamations / de-mergers which require a long-drawn process under sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, 2013, including approval by the National Company Law Tribunal.

Moreover, in case of transactions where the sale consideration against transfer of the undertaking is discharged in the form of shares / securities (‘slump exchange’), the seller would no more be able to walk away without paying its dues to the taxman.

ANALYSIS OF THE AMENDMENTS BY THE FINANCE ACT, 2021
(a) Amendment in section 2(42C) of the Act
Section 2(42C) defines the term ‘slump sale’ and read as follows before amendment by the Finance Act, 2021: ‘slump sale’ means the transfer of one or more undertaking as a result of the sale, for a lump sum consideration without values being assigned to the individual assets and liabilities in such sale.

The text underlined above is being substituted by the Finance Act, 2021 with ‘undertaking by any means’. Therefore, the amended definition of slump sale reads as follows: ‘slump sale’ means the transfer of one or more undertaking by any means, for a lump sum consideration without values being assigned to the individual assets and liabilities in such sale.

Thus, the amendment replaces the words ‘as a result of sale’ with ‘by any means’, thereby expanding the scope of the term ‘slump sale’ from merely ‘sale’ to ‘any transfer’. This amendment seeks to neutralise the judicial precedents like CIT vs. Bharat Bijlee Ltd. (365 ITR 258) (Bom) wherein the assessee transferred its division to another company in terms of the scheme of arrangement u/s 391 of the Companies Act, 1956 and that consideration was not determined in terms of money but discharged through allotment or issue of bonds / preference shares; it was to be regarded as ‘exchange’ and not ‘sale’ as envisaged under the then section 2(42C), and therefore could not be taxed as a ‘slump sale’. In other words, judicial precedents established the principle that a ‘sale’ must necessarily involve a monetary consideration in the absence of which a transaction, though satisfying all other conditions, will not qualify as a ‘slump sale’ and would merely be an ‘exchange’. Therefore, with the expanded scope of the term ‘slump sale’ to mean transfer ‘by any means’, transactions of varied nature will get covered including but not limited to slump exchanges.

Effective date of the amendment
The Finance Act, 2021 provides that the amendment shall be effective from 1st April, 2021 and shall accordingly apply to the assessment year 2021-22 and subsequent years.

With its applicability for A.Y. 2021-22 one could argue that the amended provisions are applicable to transactions executed on or after 1st April, 2020 and to this effect the amendment is retrospective in nature.

Could this amendment be considered merely clarificatory and therefore retrospective?
The Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2021 while explaining the rationale of this amendment, begins the last paragraph with ‘In order to make the intention clear, it is proposed to amend the scope of the definition of the term slump sale by amending the provision of clause (42C) of section 2 of the Act so that all types of transfer as defined in clause (47) of section 2 of the Act are included within its scope.’ The language is suggestive that the amendment is merely clarificatory in nature which is also abundantly clear from the language used in the Explanatory Memorandum with respect to this amendment, claiming that the pre-amended definition also included transactions like slump exchanges. A paragraph from the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Act, 2021 is reproduced hereunder:

‘For example, a transaction of – sale may be disguised as – exchange by the parties to the transaction, but such transactions may already be covered under the definition of slump sale as it exists today on the basis that it is transfer by way of sale and not by way of exchange. This principle was enunciated by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. R.R. Ramakrishna Pillai [(1967) 66 ITR 725 SC]. Thus, if a transfer of an asset is in lieu of another asset (non-monetary), it can be said to be monetised in a situation where the consideration for the asset transferred is ascertained first and is then discharged by way of non-monetary assets.’

In the absence of a retrospective operation having been expressly given, the courts may be called upon to construe the provisions and answer the question whether the Legislature had sufficiently expressed that intention of giving the statute retrospective effect. On the basis of Zile Singh vs. State of Haryana [2004] (8 SCC 1), four factors are suggested as relevant:
(i) general scope and purview of the statute; (ii) the remedy sought to be applied; (iii) the former state of the law; and (iv) what it was that the Legislature contemplated. The possibility cannot be ruled out that Indian Revenue Authorities (IRA) could contest this amendment to be clarificatory in nature to have always included ‘slump exchanges’. However, since the change doesn’t specifically call itself clarificatory nor does it give itself a retrospective operation, a reasonable view can be that the said change is prospective.

Essential characteristics of slump sale
With the modified definition, the Table below compares the essential characteristics of a transfer to qualify as a slump sale under the pre-amendment definition vis-à-vis the post-amendment definition u/s 2(42C) of the Act:

Characteristic

Pre-amendment

Post-amendment

Transfer

Yes

Yes

Of one or more undertaking(s)

Yes

Yes

As a result of sale

Yes

No

For a lump sum

Yes

Yes

Consideration

Yes

Yes

Without values being assigned

Yes

Yes

As one can see, all the essential characteristics of a transfer of an undertaking to qualify as a ‘slump sale’ continue, the only change being a transfer through sale vs. by any means.

By any means could have a very wide connotation when read with the newly-inserted Explanation 3 which provides that for the purposes of this clause [being section 2(42C)], ‘transfer’ shall have the meaning assigned to it in section 2(47).Therefore, this will include transactions or transfers wherein an undertaking is transferred for a lump sum consideration like an amalgamation which does not satisfy the conditions prescribed u/s 2(1B) of the Act or a de-merger which does not satisfy the conditions prescribed u/s 2(19AA) of the Act. A ‘gift’ of an undertaking will also be included within the meaning of ‘transfer’, but in the absence of the ‘lump sum consideration’, may not qualify to be a ‘slump sale’ even under the amended definition.

(b) Substitution of sub-section 2 of section 50B of the Act
The Finance Act, 2021 also substituted sub-section 2 of section 50B and the substituted text reads as follows:

[(2) In relation to capital assets being an undertaking or division transferred by way of such slump sale –

(i) The ‘net worth’ of the undertaking or the division, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the cost of acquisition and the cost of improvement for the purposes of sections 48 and 49 and no regards shall be given to the provisions contained in the second proviso to section 48;

(ii) The fair market value of the capital assets as on the date of transfer, calculated in the prescribed manner, shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration received or accruing as a result of the transfer of such capital asset.]

Essentially, the clause (ii) above has been newly inserted through substitution of the sub-section 2 as the clause (i) above existed in the form of previous sub-section 2 itself.

Section 50B provides for a complete code in itself for computation of profits and gains arising from transfer of ‘capital asset’ being an undertaking in case of slump sale. The erstwhile sub-section 2 provided that the ‘net worth’ of the undertaking would be considered as the cost of acquisition and there was no provision deeming the value of sale consideration or overriding the consideration agreed between the transferor and transferee. The newly-inserted sub-section 2 continues to provide that the ‘net worth’ of the undertaking shall be considered as the cost of acquisition and includes a deeming provision to impute the consideration, being the prescribed fair market value.

Rule 11UAE has been inserted in the Income-tax Rules, 1962 vide a notification dated 24th May, 2021 providing a detailed methodology for arriving at the deemed consideration of the ‘undertaking’ as well as a methodology for arriving at the value of non-monetary consideration received, if any (slump exchange transaction or amalgamation / de-mergers which may qualify as slump sale if they do not meet their respective prescribed conditions). The prescribed valuation rules provide for valuation of specific assets in line with already existing valuation methodologies under Rule 11UA and in this specific context, the Rule provides for value to be the value determined in accordance with the Rule or agreement value, whichever is higher.

Sub-rule (2) of the newly-inserted Rule 11UAE provides for determining the fair market value of the ‘capital assets’ transferred by way of slump sale and that could imply that the prescribed rules will not apply to value any asset other than ‘capital assets’ and such other assets will need to be taken at book values, for example, a parcel of land held as stock-in-trade and not as capital asset. Notably, even the newly-inserted sub-section (2) in clause (ii) refers to ‘fair market value of capital assets as on the date of transfer’ which supports the interpretation that Rule 11UAE would apply only to value ‘capital assets’ forming part of the undertaking being transferred through slump sale. However, one would need to be careful while applying this interpretation, as the specific clauses of Rule 11UAE do not distinguish between the assets as ‘capital assets’ or otherwise.

(c) Insertion of clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act
Explanation 2 to section 50B of the Act provides the mechanism to arrive at the value of total assets for computing the net worth. The said Explanation provides guidance on determination of values of respective assets forming part of the undertaking, in order to arrive at the ‘net worth’ being cost of acquisition for the purposes of section 50B of the Act. The Finance Act, 2021 inserted clause (aa) in Explanation 2 to section 50B which reads as follows:

(aa) in the case of capital asset being goodwill of a business or profession which has not been acquired by the assessee by purchase from a previous owner, nil.

Consequent to the insertion of the above-mentioned clause (aa), if ‘goodwill’ is one of the assets on the books of the undertaking, its value shall be considered to be ‘Nil’ for computation of net worth if it is not acquired by way of purchase which will result in its book value not being considered for computing the cost of acquisition. The amendment seems to be one of the consequential amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 with respect to ‘goodwill’.

In a situation where the goodwill is appearing on the books by virtue of a past amalgamation or a de-merger, its value shall be taken as nil for computing the net worth of the undertaking. Whereas, if the goodwill was purchased prior to 1st April, 2020 and depreciation has been allowed thereof, it would be considered as a depreciable asset and its written down value shall be considered while computing the ‘net worth’. Similarly, if the goodwill is acquired on or after 1st April, 2020, it will not be considered as a depreciable asset pursuant to other amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 and its book value shall be considered while computing the net worth of the undertaking.

CONCLUSION


Going forward, the expansion of scope of slump sale from merely ‘sale’ to any mode of transfer will bring transactions like ‘slump exchanges’ under the scanner. One needs to carefully consider the impact of this amendment on past slump exchange transactions and whether the amendment will be read as clarificatory and hence retrospective. The expanded scope of the definition will also cover amalgamations / de-mergers where the respective prescribed conditions are not met. In a situation where during the assessment proceedings the Indian Revenue Authorities challenge a specific condition not being satisfied, it could consequentially lead to the transaction being taxed as slump sale.

From a commercial perspective, the amendments do not impact genuine transactions. Even in genuine transactions where there are valuation gaps, the current law does not put the buyer in any adverse position and the tax risks seem to be restricted to the seller, primarily because section 56(2)(x) does not tax ‘undertaking’ as a property in the hands of the buyer.

One will still need to deal with challenges in application of the prescribed valuation methodology, especially valuation required to be as on the date of the slump sale, and the availability of the financials and data points to apply the rule.

UNFAIRNESS AND THE INDIAN TAX SYSTEM

In a conflict between law and equity, it is the law which prevails as per the Latin maxim dura lex sed lex, meaning ‘the law is hard, but it is the law’. Equity can only supplement law, it cannot supplant or override it. However, in CIT vs. J.H. Gotla (1985) 156 ITR 323 SC, it is held that an attempt should be made to see whether these two can meet. In the realm of taxes, the tax collector always has an upper hand. When this upper hand is used to convey ‘heads I win, tails you lose’, the taxpayer has to suffer this one-upmanship till all taxpayers collectively voice their grievance loud and clear and the same is heard and acted upon. In this article, the authors would be throwing light on certain unfair provisions of the Income-tax Act.

Case 1: Differential valuation in Rule 11UA for unquoted equity shares, section 56(2)(x)(c) vs. section 56(2)(viib); section 56(2)(x)(c) read with Rule 11UA(1)(c)(b)

Section 56(2)(x)(c) provides for taxation under ‘income from other sources’ (IFOS), where a person receives, in any previous year, any property, other than immovable property, without consideration or for inadequate consideration. ‘Property’, as per Explanation to section 56(2)(x) read with Explanation (d) to section 56(2)(vii), includes ‘shares and securities’.

Section 56(2)(x)(c)(A) provides that where a person receives any property, other than immovable property without consideration, the aggregate Fair Market Value (FMV) of which exceeds Rs. 50,000, the aggregate FMV of such property shall be chargeable to tax as IFOS. Section 56(2)(x)(c)(B) provides that where a person receives any property, other than immovable property, for consideration which is less than the aggregate FMV of the property by an amount exceeding Rs. 50,000, the aggregate FMV of such property as exceeds such consideration shall be chargeable to tax.

The FMV of a property, as per the Explanation to section 56(2)(x) read with Explanation (b) to section 56(2)(vii) means the value determined in accordance with a prescribed method.

Rule 11UA(1)(c)(b) provides for determination of FMV of unquoted equity shares. Under this Rule, the book value of all the assets (other than jewellery, artistic work, shares, securities and immovable property) in the balance sheet is taken into consideration. In case of the assets mentioned within brackets, the following values are considered:
a) Jewellery and artistic work – Price which it would fetch if sold in the open market (OMV) on the basis of a valuation report obtained from a registered valuer;
b) Shares and securities – FMV as determined under Rule 11UA;
c) Immovable property – Stamp Duty Value (SDV) adopted or assessed or assessable by any authority of the Government.

SECTION 56(2)(viib) READ WITH RULE 11UA(2)(a)

Section 56(2)(viib) provides for taxation of excess of aggregate consideration received by certain companies from residents over the FMV of shares issued by it, when such consideration exceeds the face value of such shares [angel tax].

Explanation (a) to the said section provides that the FMV of shares shall be a value that is the higher of the value
a) As determined in accordance with the prescribed method; or
b) As substantiated by the company to the satisfaction of the Assessing Officer based on the value of its assets, including intangible assets.

Rule 11UA(2)(a) provides for the manner of computation of the FMV on the basis of the book value of assets less the book value of liabilities.

DISPARITY BETWEEN RULES 11UA(1)(c)(b) AND 11UA(2)(a)

Section 56(2)(x)(c) deals with taxability in case of receipt of movable property for no consideration or inadequate consideration. Thus, the higher the FMV of the property, the higher would be the income taxable u/s 56(2)(x). Hence, Rule 11UA(1)(c)(b) takes into consideration the book value, or the OMV or FMV or SDV, depending on the nature of the asset.

Section 56(2)(viib) brings to tax the delta between the actual consideration received for issue of shares and the FMV. Therefore, the lower the FMV, the higher would be the delta and hence the higher would be the income taxable under the said section. Rule 11UA(2) provides for the determination of the FMV on the basis of the book value of assets and liabilities irrespective of the nature of the same.

One may note the disparity between the two Rules in the valuation of unquoted shares. Valuation for section 56(2)(x)(c) adopts FMV or OMV, so that higher income is charged to tax thereunder. Valuation for section 56(2)(viib) adopts only book value so that a higher delta would emerge to recover higher angel tax.

The levy of angel tax is itself arbitrary, because such tax is levied even if the share issue has passed the trinity of tests, i.e., genuineness, identity and creditworthiness of section 68. No Government can invite investment as it wields this nasty weapon of angel tax. Adding salt to the wound, the NAV of unlisted equity shares is determined by insisting on adopting the book value of the assets irrespective of their real worth.

It is time the Government takes a bold move and drops section 56(2)(viib). Any mischief which the Government seeks to remedy may be addressed by more efficiently exercising the powers under sections 68 to 69C. In the meanwhile, the aforesaid disparity in the valuation should be immediately removed by executive action.

Case 2: Indirect transfer – Rule 11UB(8)
Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) provides that an asset or a capital asset being any share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India shall be deemed to be, and shall always be deemed to have been, situated in India if the share or interest derives, directly or indirectly, its value substantially from the assets located in India (underlying asset).

Explanation 6(a) to section 9(1)(i) provides that the share or interest, referred to in Explanation 5, shall be deemed to derive its value substantially from the assets (whether tangible or intangible) located in India if, on the specified date, the value of such assets
a) Exceeds Rs. 10 crores; and
b) Represents at least 50% of the value of all the assets owned by the company or entity, as the case may be.

Explanation 6(b) to section 9(1)(i) provides that the value of an asset shall be its FMV on the specified date without reduction of liabilities, if any, determined in the manner as prescribed.

Rule 11UB provides the manner of determination of the FMV of an asset for the purposes of section 9(1)(i). Sub-rules (1) to (4) of Rule 11UB provide for the valuation of an asset located in India, being a share of an Indian company or interest in a partnership firm or association of persons.

Rule 11UB(8) provides that for determining the FMV of any asset located in India, being a share of an Indian company or interest in a partnership firm or association of persons, all the assets and business operations of the said company or partnership firm or association of persons are taken into account irrespective of whether the assets or business operations are located in India or outside India. Thus, even though some assets or business operations are not located in India, their value would be taken into account, thereby resulting in a higher FMV of the underlying asset in India and hence a higher chance of attracting Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i).

This is contrary to the scheme of section 9(1)(i) read with Explanation 5 which seeks to tax income from indirect transfer of underlying assets in India. Explanation 5 codifies the economic concept of location of the asset. Such being the case, Rule 11UB(8) which mandates valuation of the Indian asset ignoring the downstream overseas investments by the Indian entity, is ultra vires of Explanation 5. It offends the very economic concept embedded in Explanation 5.

Take the case of a foreign company [FC], holding shares in an investment company in India [IC] which has step-down operating subsidiaries located outside India [SOS]. It is necessary to determine the situs of the shares of the FC in terms of Explanation 5.

Applying Explanation 6, the value of the shares of IC needs to be determined to see whether the same would exceed Rs. 10 crores and whether its proportion in the total assets of FC exceeds 50%.

Shares in FC derive their value not only from assets in India [shares of IC] but also from assets outside India [shares of the SOS]. However, Rule 11UB(8) mandates that while valuing the shares of the IC, the value of the shares of the SOS cannot be excluded. It seeks to ignore the fact that the shares of IC directly derive their value from the shares of the SOS, and thus the shares of FC indirectly derive their value from the shares of the SOS. This is unfair inasmuch as it goes beyond the scope of Explanation 5 and seeks to tax gains which have no economic nexus with India.

This is a classic case of executive overreach. By tweaking the rule, it is sought to bring to tax the gains which may have no nexus with India, whether territorial or economic. It is beyond the jurisdiction of the taxman to levy tax on gains on the transfer of the shares of a foreign company which derive their value indirectly from the assets located outside India.

Taxation of indirect transfer invariably results in double taxation. Mitigation of such double taxation is subject to the niceties associated with complex FTC rules. Such being the case, it is unfortunate that the scope of taxation of indirect transfer is extended by executive overreach. Before this unfair and illegal action is challenged, it would be good for the Government to suo motu recall the same.

SHOULD CHARITY SUFFER THE WRATH OF SECTION 50C?

INTRODUCTION
In this article, the applicability of section 50C in the case of a charitable trust has been deliberated upon. Before we proceed any further, a basic understanding of the method of computation of capital gains in the case of a charitable trust would be very helpful.

COMPUTATION OF ‘INCOME’ IN THE CASE OF A CHARITABLE TRUST

Section 11 of the Income-tax Act deals with computation of income from property held for charitable and religious purposes. Section 11(1) provides the incomes that shall not be included in the total income of the previous year of the person in receipt of the income.

It is well settled that the ‘income’ as referred to in section 11(1) must be computed in accordance with commercial principles and not in accordance with the ordinary provisions of the Act.

In this regard, reference may be made to the following materials:
• Board Circular No. 5P (XX-6), dated 19th June, 1968;
• CIT vs. Ganga Charity Trust Fund [1986] 162 ITR 612 (Guj);
• CIT vs. Trustee of H.E.H. the Nizam’s Supplemental Religious Endowment Trust [1981] 127 ITR 378 (AP);
• CIT vs. Rao Bahadur Calavala Cunnan Chetty Charities [1982] 135 ITR 485 (Mad);
• CIT vs. Janaki Ammal Ayya Nadar Trust [1985] 153 ITR 159 (Mad) (para 13);
• CIT vs. Programme for Community Organisation [1997] 228 ITR 620 (Ker) upheld in CIT vs. Programme for Community Organisation [2001] 248 ITR 1 (SC);
• CIT vs. Rajasthan and Gujarati Charitable Foundation [2018] 402 ITR 441 (SC); and
• DIT(E) vs. Iskcon Charities [2020] 428 ITR 479 (Karn) (para 7).

Section 11(1A) and computation of capital gains in the hands of a charitable trust:
Section 11(1A) provides that for the purposes of section 11(1), where a capital asset held wholly for charitable or religious purposes is transferred and the whole or any part of the net consideration is utilised for acquiring another capital asset to be so held, then, the capital gain arising from the transfer shall be deemed to have been applied to charitable or religious purposes to the extent specified thereunder.

Given that the exemption u/s 11(1)(a) is subject to condition of application or accumulation, the Legislature found that such condition mandating application or accumulation of capital gains could lead to eroding the corpus of the trust. Hence, with a view to ease the onerous condition of requiring application or accumulation of capital gains for religious or charitable purposes, the Legislature introduced section 11(1A) vide Finance (No. 2) Act, 1971 with effect from 1st April, 1962. This is forthcoming from the Circular No. 72, dated 6th January, 1972.

It may be noted that section 11(1A) only deems acquisition of another capital asset held for charitable or religious purposes as application for the purposes of section 11(1). This is clear from the preamble of section 11(1A), which uses the words ‘for the purposes of sub-section (1)’.

It may be noted that the computation of capital gains will also have to be made u/s 11(1) by applying commercial principles as capital gains is also an ‘income’ u/s 11(1) and cannot receive any different treatment. Reference may be made to the Board Circular No. 5P (XX-6), dated 19th June, 1968 which provides that even income under the head ‘capital gains’ will have to be computed under commercial principles in case of a charitable trust.

APPLICABILITY OF PROVISIONS OF SECTION 50C

For section 50C to apply, the following prerequisites must be satisfied:
i) Consideration received or accruing as a result of a transfer of a capital asset is less than the value adopted or assessed or assessable by any Authority of a State Government for the purpose of stamp duty in respect of such transfer; and
ii) The capital asset being transferred is land or building, or both.

Section 50C is a deeming provision which deems the Stamp Duty Value (SDV) adopted, assessed or assessable as the full value of consideration for the purpose of computation of capital gains u/s 48.

It is well settled that the scope of a deeming provision must be restricted to the purpose for which it is created and must not be extended beyond such purpose. Such legal fiction must be carried to its logical conclusion and must not be taken to illogical lengths. One should not lose sight of the purpose for which the legal fiction was introduced. In this regard, reference may be made to the judgments in CIT vs. Mother India Refrigeration Industries P. Ltd. [1985] 155 ITR 711 [SC] and CIT vs. Ajax Products Ltd. [1965] 55 ITR 741 [SC].

Thus, the provisions of section 50C, which deem the SDV as the full value of consideration for the purposes of section 48, cannot be extended to the case of a charitable trust, in whose case the capital gains must be computed in accordance with commercial principles.

Even otherwise, it may be noted that there can be no room for importing a deeming fiction of Chapter IV-E in computing the income of a charitable trust on commercial principles u/s 11(1).

In the following judgments it has been held that section 50C has no application in case of charitable or religious trusts:
• ACIT vs. Shri Dwarikadhish Temple Trust, Kanpur (ITA No. 256 & 257/Lkw/2011, dated 21st August, 2014) (paras 4.3-6.2);
• ACIT vs. The Upper India Chamber of Commerce [ITA No. 601/Lkw/2011, dated 5th November, 2014 (2014) 46-B BCAJ 282] (paras 4 & 5).

It would also be pertinent to note that section 50C was inserted into the Income-tax Act much after section 11(1A) was introduced. However, the Legislature has not chosen to make an amendment to section 11(1A) after insertion of section 50C, thereby indicating that the Legislature does not intend to take away the benefit of section 11(1A) in the case of a trust with the introduction of section 50C into the statute book.

Wherever the Legislature has sought to provide for application of normal provisions of the Act in the case of a charitable trust, it has expressly provided so. It has done so because it is aware that the income of a charitable trust is to be computed in accordance with commercial principles. [See Explanation (ii) to section 11(1A) and Explanation 3 to section 11(1).]

However, it has consciously chosen not to import the fiction of section 50C into sections 11(1) and 11(1A) and hence section 50C would not be applicable in the case of a charitable trust.

It is a settled principle of interpretation that law has to be interpreted in the manner that it has been worded. Nothing is to be read into and nothing is to be implied in it while reading the law. There is no intendment to law. In this regard, reference may be made to the judgment in CIT vs. Kasturi & Sons Ltd. (1999) 237 ITR 24 (SC).

Even otherwise, it may be noted that section 50C is incompatible with the scheme of sections 11(1) and 11(1A) as there cannot be an application or accumulation of any artificial income or consideration created by way of a deeming fiction.

In CIT vs. Jayashree Charity Trust [1986] 159 ITR 280 (Cal), it was held that though section 198 provides that the amounts deducted by way of income tax are deemed to be ‘income received’, what is deemed to be income
can neither be spent nor accumulated for charitable purposes. Hence, the deeming provisions of section 198 should not be construed in a way to frustrate the object of section 11.

It may also be noted that a charitable trust cannot be expected to do the impossible act of applying / accumulating / investing a notional consideration which it has neither received nor is going to receive. In this regard, reference may be made to the judgments in Krishnaswamy S. Pd. vs. Union of India [2006] 281 ITR 305 (SC) and Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Private Limited vs. CIT [2021] 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC).

The interpretation that section 50C does not apply to charitable trusts saves the provisions of section 11 from the vice of the absurdity of requiring the application / accumulation / investment of a notional consideration.

Thus, the provisions of section 50C do not apply to the case of a charitable trust.

NON-APPLICABILITY OF SECTION 50C BY APPLYING MISCHIEF PRINCIPLE

By applying the Mischief rule, or Heydon’s rule of interpretation, while interpreting the provision, the real intention behind the enactment of the statute needs to be gone into in order to understand what mischief it seeks to remedy. This principle of interpretation finds support of the judgment in K.P. Varghese vs. ITO [1981] 131 ITR 597 (SC).

The overarching reason for insertion of section 50C would be to curb generation of black money by understating the agreed consideration on records. Under the erstwhile provisions, the A.O. without any evidence to the contrary could not question the consideration stated to have been agreed between the parties to a transaction by presuming the market value to be the full value of consideration. Hence, in order to plug evasion of taxes by understating consideration, section 50C has been inserted into the statute books. In Gouli Mahadevappa vs. ITO [2013] 356 ITR 90 (Karn), it has been held that the ultimate object and purpose of section 50C is to see that the undisclosed income of capital gains received by the assessees should be taxed.

In the case of a charitable trust, there can be no motivation whatsoever to generate any black money as the entire income generated is exempt from taxation if the conditions u/s 11 are met.

In case of a charitable trust, deposit of sale consideration into a Fixed Deposit amounts to utilisation as envisaged in section 11(1A). In this regard, reference may be made to Board Circular No. 833 of 1975 dated 24th September, 1975 and the judgment of the Calcutta High Court in CIT vs. Hindusthan Welfare Trusts [1994] 206 ITR 138 (Cal). Hence, a mere investment in a Fixed Deposit could amount to utilisation.

Thus, when there is no motivation to generate black money in case of a charitable trust, the mischief sought to be remedied by section 50C does not arise.

It may be noted that even qua the buyer of the land or building, the provisions of section 56(2)(x) do not apply by virtue of exception provided in clause (VII) of proviso to section 56(2)(x). Therefore, neither party will have any tax advantage in fixing a consideration lower than the actual consideration.

As discussed earlier, section 11(1A) was brought into the statute to do away with the erosion of the corpus. Thus, when the intention of the Legislature was to ensure that there is no erosion of corpus by way of requiring application of actual income, it can never be the intention of the Legislature to import section 50C into section 11(1A) and require the application or utilisation of an artificial sum, thereby eroding the corpus.

It can never be the intention of the Legislature to give a benefit with one hand and then take the same away with the other. Hence, a sincere attempt must be made to reconcile the provisions to ensure that the benefit given by the Legislature is not taken away. In this regard, reference may be made to the judgment in Goodyear India Ltd. vs. State of Haryana [1991] 188 ITR 402 (SC).

Thus, even applying the mischief rule of interpretation, section 50C cannot be applied in the case of a charitable trust.

IMPACT OF DECISIONS RENDERED IN THE CONTEXT OF INTERPLAY BETWEEN SECTIONS 50C AND 54-54H ON SECTION 11(1A)

Under section 11(1A)(a)(i), if the entire net consideration is utilised in acquiring another capital asset, the whole of such capital gains arising from the transfer shall be deemed to have been applied to charitable or religious purposes.

It may be noted that the definition of ‘Net consideration’ in Explanation (iii) to section 11(1A) is similar to that contained in Explanation 5 to section 54E(1), Explanation (b) to section 54EA(1), Explanation to section 54F(1) and section 54GB(6)(c).

In certain judgments, it has been held that though section 50C must not be applied for the purposes of computing ‘net consideration’ as referred to in sections 54F and 54EC, the capital gains referred to therein will also have to be computed without giving effect to the provisions of section 50C. In the said judgments, it has been held that the capital gains for the purposes of section 45(1) will have to be computed in accordance with section 48 read with section 50C. Thus, the effect would be that though the exemptions under sections 54F and 54EC are based on capital gains computed without applying the provisions of section 50C, the capital gains for the purposes of section 45(1) would be determined after applying the provisions of section 50C, thereby effectively taxing the difference between the deemed consideration as determined u/s 50C and the actual consideration agreed between the parties to the sale.

The same may be demonstrated by way of an illustration:

Particulars

Amount (Rs.)

Amount (Rs.)

Full value of consideration (actual sale consideration – Rs. 20 lakhs
or SDV – Rs. 36 lakhs, whichever is higher) [A]

 

36,00,000

Less: Indexed cost of acquisition [B]

 

(1,93,506)

Income chargeable under the head capital gains [C] = [A] – [B]

 

34,06,494

Less: Exemption u/s 54F [D]

 

(18,06,494)

Actual sale value [D1]

20,00,000

 

Less: Indexed cost of acquisition [D2]

(1,93,506)

 

Capital gain u/s 54F [D3] = [D1] – [D2]

18,06,494

 

Net consideration received

20,00,000

 

Amount invested in new asset

20,00,000

 

Deduction u/s 54F(1)(a) [since the net consideration is invested,
entire capital gains is exempt] [D4]

18,06,494

 

Taxable long-term capital gains [E] = [C] – [D]

 

16,00,000

From the above illustration it is clear that though the assessee has invested Rs. 20,00,000 in the acquisition of a new asset which is equal to the net consideration of Rs. 20,00,000, the assessee is suffering tax on a long-term capital gain of Rs. 16,00,000 (Rs. 36,00,000 – Rs. 20,00,000), which is nothing but the difference between the deemed sale consideration u/s 50C of Rs. 36,00,000 and the actual sale consideration of Rs. 20,00,000.

The above implications have been approved in:

• Shri Gouli Mahadevappa vs. ITO [2011] 128 ITD 503 (Bang) upheld in Gouli Mahadevappa vs. ITO [2013] 356 ITR 90 (Karn);
• Jagdish C. Dhabalia vs. ITO [TS-143-HC-2019 (Bom)];
• Mrs. Nila V. Shah vs. CIT [2012] 21 taxmann.com 324 (Mum) / [2012] 51 SOT 461 (Mum).

Without going into the correctness of the said judgments, the ratios laid thereunder have no application in the context of charitable trusts for the following reasons:

• The same were laid down in the context of sections 54F and 54EC and not in the context of section 11(1A).
• Sections 54F and 54EC form part of Chapter IV, whereas section 11 forms part of Chapter III. Thus, section 11 is to be applied prior to the stage of computation of income under Chapter IV which deals with computation of total income, and hence section 50C which forms part of Chapter IV would have no application in the context of section 11.
• Unlike section 54F which deals with exemption from chargeability u/s 45, section 11(1A) provides for computation of capital gains deemed to be applied to charitable or religious purposes. As held by various courts, ‘Application’ can be only of real income.
• Even if one were to conclude that section 50C would be applicable to the case of a charitable trust, the fiction imported for determining the full value of consideration will necessarily have to be imported into the utilisation of such consideration. This is based on the principle of parity of reasoning, which has been upheld by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Lakshmi Machine Works [2007] 290 ITR 667 (SC) and CIT vs. HCL Technologies Ltd. [2018] 404 ITR 719 (SC).
• The Board, vide Circular No. 5P (XX-6), dated 19th June, 1968, has itself stated that the income of the trust (including capital gains) must be computed by applying commercial principles. Thus, no notional income u/s 50C can be brought to tax in case of a charitable trust.
• The courts have reached the said conclusions keeping in mind the mischief sought to be remedied by section 50C. As discussed above, the mischief sought to be remedied by application of section 50C does not arise in the case of a charitable trust.
• Sections 11(1) and 11(1A) being exemption provisions with beneficial purposes, must be interpreted liberally. In this regard, reference may be made to the judgment in Government of Kerala vs. Mother Superior Adoration Convent [2021] 126 taxmann.com 68 (SC), wherein the five-judge Bench’s decision in Commissioner of Customs vs. Dilip Kumar & Co. [2018] 9 SCC 1 (SC), was distinguished on the ground that the said judgment did not refer to the line of authorities which made a distinction between exemption provisions generally and exemption provisions which have a beneficial purpose.

CONCLUSION
On the basis of the above, it may be argued that section 50C does not have any application in the case of a charitable trust. Hence, the capital gains as referred to in section 11(1A) will have to be computed without applying the provisions of section 50C. Any other interpretation will lead to the absurd result of requiring a charitable trust to apply / accumulate / invest notional gains which have never accrued or arisen to it, which can never be the intention of the Legislature.

 

TAXABILITY OF PRIVATE TRUST’S INCOME – SOME ISSUES

Taxability as to the income of the trustees of a private trust is something which at times eludes answers. This is despite the fact that most of the taxation law in this regard is contained in just a few sections, viz., sections 160 to 167.

SPECIFIC TRUST VS. DISCRETIONARY TRUST

Section 161 provides inter alia that tax shall be levied upon and recovered from the representative assessee in the like manner and to the same extent as it would be leviable upon the person represented. This phrase, ‘in like manner and to the same extent’, came to be interpreted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of C.W.T. Trustees of H.E.H. Nizam’s Family (Remainder Wealth) Trust, 108 ITR 555, page 595 in which the Court explained the three-fold consequences:

a) There must be as many assessments on the trustees as there are beneficiaries with determinate and known shares, though for the sake of convenience there may be one assessment order specifying separately the tax due in respect of the income of each of the beneficiaries;
b) The assessment of the trustees must be made in the same status as that of the particular beneficiary whose income is sought to be taxed in the hands of the trustee; and
c) The amount of tax payable by the trustees must be the same as that payable by each beneficiary in respect of the share of his income, if he were to be assessed directly.

Thus, it is clear that income in case of specific trust cannot be taxed in the hands of the trustees as one unit u/s 161(1) and tax on the share of each beneficiary shall be computed separately as if it formed part of the beneficiaries’ income. It is because of this reason that the Madras High Court in the case of A.K.A.S. Trust vs. State of Tamil Nadu, 113 ITR 66, held that a single assessment on the trustees by clubbing the income of all beneficiaries whose shares were defined and determined was not valid.

As opposed to specific trust there is a discretionary trust which means that the trustees have absolute discretion to apply the income and capital of the trust and where no right is given to the beneficiary to any part of the income of the trust property. Section 164 of the Act itself provides that a discretionary trust is a trust whose income is not specifically receivable on behalf of or for the benefit of any one person, or wherein the individual shares of the beneficiaries are indeterminate or unknown.

Therefore, section 161(1) can apply only where income is specifically received or receivable by the representative assessee on behalf of or for the benefit of the single beneficiary, or where there are more than one, the individual shares of the beneficiaries are defined and known. Tax in such a case would be levied on the representative assessee on the portion of the income to which any particular beneficiary is entitled and that, too, in respect of such portion of income. On the other hand, if income is not receivable or received by the representative assessee specifically on behalf of or for the benefit of the single beneficiary, or where the beneficiaries being more than one, their shares are indeterminate or unknown, the assessment on the representative assessee qua such income would be in accordance with the provision of section 164.

APPLICABILITY OF MAXIMUM MARGINAL RATE

The next issue is that relating to the interpretation of sub-section (1A) of section 161 which provides that in case of a specific trust where income includes profits and gains of business, tax shall be charged on the whole of the income in respect of which such person is so liable at the maximum marginal rate. Therefore, whenever there is any income of profits and gains of business in the case of specific trust, the whole income would suffer the tax at the maximum marginal rate irrespective of the tax which could have been levied upon the beneficiary as per the plain text of that section. But it has been held in CIT vs. T.A.V. Trust 264 ITR 52, 60 (Kerala) that where there are business income as well as other income in case of specific trust, then, too, income from the business earned by the trust alone shall be taxed at the maximum marginal rate and the other income has to be assessed in the hands of the trustees in the manner provided in section 161(1), i.e., in the hands of the beneficiaries. It would be appropriate if the observations of the High Court are extracted:

‘Now reverting to section 161(1A) of the Act it must be noted the sub-section (1A) only says, “notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1)”: in other words, it does not say “notwithstanding anything contained in this Act”. Thus, though the provisions of sub-section (1A) override the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 161, it does not have the effect of overriding the provisions of section 26 of the Act and consequently computation of the income from house property has to be made under sections 22 to 25 of the Act since the Tribunal had entered a categorical finding that the shares of the beneficiaries are definite. As already noted, as per sub-section (1A), where any income in respect of which a representative assessee is liable consists of, or includes, income by way of profits or gains of business, tax shall be charged on the whole of the income in respect of which such person is so liable at the maximum rate. The income so liable referred to in the said sub-section is only the business income of the trust and not any other income. It is only the income by way of profits and gains of business that can be charged at the maximum marginal rate. Any other interpretation, according to us, is against the very scheme of the Act and further such an interpretation will make the provisions of sub-section (1A) of section 161 unconstitutional. It is a well settled position that if two constructions of a statute are possible, one of which would make it intra vires and the other ultra vires, the Court must lean to that construction which would make the operation of the section intra vires (Johri Mal vs. Director of Consolidation of Holdings, AIR 1967 SC 1568).

This was an important interpretation placed by the Kerala High Court which is available to the taxpayers and can be pressed in appropriate cases.

According to section 164(1), income of the discretionary trust shall suffer tax at the maximum marginal rate, meaning that there would not be any basic exemption available except in situations provided under the provisos appended thereto. However, the Gujarat High Court in Niti Trust vs. CIT 221 ITR 435 (Guj.) has held that if there is a long-term capital gain, the maximum marginal rate applicable is 20% and such income would suffer the tax @ 20%. A similar position has been explained and taken by the Mumbai Bench of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal in the case of Jamshetji Tata Trust vs. JDIT (Exemption) 148 ITD 388 (Mum.) and in Mahindra & Mahindra Employees’ Stock Option Trust vs. Additional CIT 155 ITD 1046 (Mum).

It may, however, be noted that the maximum marginal rate (MMR) as per the existing tax structure otherwise would work out to approximately 42.74%. Therefore, it can be taken in case of discretionary trust that if income includes any income on which special tax rate is applicable, that special rate being MMR for that income would be applicable qua such income and the rest of the income would suffer the tax rate (MMR) of 42.74% approximately.

‘ON BEHALF OF’ ‘FOR THE BENEFIT OF’


Private trust in itself is not a ‘person’ under the Act. Trustees who receive or are entitled to receive income ‘on behalf of’ or ‘for the benefit of any person’ are assessed to tax as taxable entities. Although section 160(1) uses the twin expressions ‘on behalf of’ and ‘for the benefit of’, but section 5(1)(a) which prescribes the scope of total income, uses the expression ‘by or on behalf of’ and therefore the question arises as to whether the implications of both the expressions are similar or are different.

The Supreme Court in the case of W.O. Holdswords & Ors. vs. State of Uttar Pradesh, 33 ITR 472, had occasion to examine both the phrases in the context of the position of trustees. The Court held that trustees do not hold the land from which agricultural income is derived on behalf of the beneficiary but they hold it in their own right though for the benefit of the beneficiary. Besides, a trust is defined in the English Law as ‘A trust in the modern and confined sense of the word is the confidence reposed in a person with respect to property of which he has possession or over which he can exercise a power to the intent that he may hold the property or exercise the power for the benefit of some other person or objects’ (vide Halsbury’s Laws of England, Hailsham Edition, Volume 33, page 87, para 140).

Thus, it is more than evident that legal estate is vested in the trustees who hold it for the benefit of the beneficiary. Section 3 of the Indian Trust Act, 1882 is also clear and categorical on this point to the effect that the trustees hold the trust property for the benefit of the beneficiaries but not ‘on their behalf’.

Section 56(2)(x) introduced by the Finance Act, 2017 provides inter alia that any sum of money and / or property received by a person without consideration, or property received by a person without adequate consideration, would constitute income. There is some threshold limit in certain situations given under that section but that is not relevant for the purpose of the present discussion. Exceptions given in the proviso to section 56(2)(x) provide inter alia that money or property received from an individual by a trust created or established solely for the benefit of a relative of an individual would not be hit by clause (x) of section 56(2). Thus, if the settlor is an individual and the beneficiary is a relative of such individual, receipt of money and / or property by the trustees for the benefit of the relative would not be hit by the provisions of section 56(2)(x).

But whether the property settled by the individual settlor for the benefit of a non-relative would become taxable income u/s 56(2)(x) is a question which would engage all of us.

Section 4, which is the charging section, provides inter alia that income tax shall be charged for any assessment year in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act in respect of total income of the previous year of every person. Section 5 provides inter alia that total income of any previous year of a person includes all income from whatever source derived which is received or deemed to be received in India in such year by or on behalf of such person. Therefore, any income which is not received by the person or on behalf of such person cannot be brought within the scope of total income. In other words, income received for the benefit of such person is not contemplated to be covered u/s 5 and cannot be brought to tax in the hands of such person. Therefore, when the trustees receive the property for the benefit of the beneficiary, such receipt falls outside the scope of total income even if the beneficiary is a non-relative qua the settlor as the receipt of the property by the trustees cannot be said to be received by the beneficiary or received on behalf of the beneficiary. Therefore, the applicability of section 56(2)(x) even in the case of a non-relative beneficiary in the light of the above interpretation may not be easy for the Revenue. However, such interpretation is liable to be fraught with strong possibility of litigation.

In sum, taxability of private trust has been saddled with lots of controversies many of which have been sought to be given quietus with amendments made from time to time, but such controversies are never-ending.

 

The point of modern propaganda isn’t only to misinform or push an agenda. It is to exhaust your critical thinking, to annihilate truth
– Gary Kasparov

Teachers should prepare the student for the student’s future, not for the teacher’s past
– Richard Hamming

TAXABILITY OF FORFEITURE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT

As we enter the seventh month living with
the coronavirus in India, with each passing day we come across new issues and
manage to find ways to skip / survive them. The virus has not only affected
one’s physical well-being, it has also had an impact on one’s mental, social
and economic health!

 

Talking of the impact on economic health,
every individual, whether in business or employed, is grappling with liquidity
issues. With the entire payment chain affected, no one in the cycle is left
untouched. Needless to say, the domino effect of salary cuts and layoffs has
only multiplied people’s woes.

 

This article deals with the consequences
under the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) arising out of one of the many
issues which most people will come across or are already experiencing. It is
now common to hear about people defaulting on their monthly rental payments.
Apart from this, a lot of people are seeking reduction in rent or are prematurely
terminating their existing agreements in order to obtain the benefit of
competitive market rates. Whatever may be the reason, what could ensue, inter
alia
, is the forfeiture of the security deposit placed by the licensee with
the licensor.

 

An attempt will be made in this article to
explain the nature of security deposits and the taxability on their forfeiture
by the licensor and / or waiver by the licensee.

 

UNDERSTANDING THE NATURE OF SECURITY DEPOSITS

In general terms, a security deposit is

(a) a sum of money

(b) taken from the licensee

(c) to secure performance of contract, and

(d) to protect the licensor from the damage, if
any, caused to the property.

 

In a typical leave and license agreement,
the licensor takes a security deposit from the licensee. This is done to ensure
due performance by the licensee of his obligations under the contract and, more
particularly, as the name suggests, the deposit acts as a security to make sure
about the safe return of the property at the end of the license period. It is
usually refundable by the licensor to the licensee upon termination of the
license period. The amount of security deposit is not fixed and is mutually
agreed upon by the parties involved. The amount of security deposit is held in
trust for the licensee and is repayable to him. Therefore, the security deposit
represents the liability of the licensor / owner of the premises which has to
be repaid to the licensee at the end of the license period, provided no damage
is caused to the property.

 

The Supreme Court in Lakshmainer and
Sons vs. CIT (23 ITR 202) (SC)
held that a security deposit is in the
nature of a loan and observed as follows:

 

‘The fact that one of the conditions is
that it is to be adjusted against a claim arising out of a possible default of
the depositor cannot alter the character of the transaction. Nor can the fact
that the purpose for which the deposit is made is to provide a security for the
due performance of a collateral contract invest the deposit with a different
character. It remains a loan of which the repayment in full is conditioned
by the due fulfilment of the obligations under the collateral contract.’

 

Generally, in
most leave and license agreements security deposit is refundable upon
termination of the agreement. The question being considered is whether
forfeiture / waiver of security deposit constitutes ‘income’ chargeable to tax
or whether it is a capital receipt not chargeable to tax.

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT AND ITS FORFEITURE – WHETHER ‘INCOME’
UNDER THE ACT?

Section 4 of the Act deals with the charge
of income tax. As per this section, income tax shall be charged in respect of
the total income of every person.

 

‘Income’ is defined u/s 2(24). A security
deposit is not specifically covered within any of the specific sub-clauses under
this section. However, since the definition of income is an inclusive
definition, a particular item could still be treated as the income of the
assessee if it partakes the character of income even though it is not expressly
included in the definition of income.
The scope of income is therefore not
restricted to the receipts mentioned in the specific sub-clauses of the
definition, but also includes the receipts which could generally be understood
as income.

 

The term ‘income’ has been judicially
interpreted in the case of Shaw Wallace 6 ITC 178 by the Privy
Council to mean:

 

‘Income… in this Act connotes a
periodical monetary return “coming in” with some sort of regularity, or
expected regularity from definite sources. The source is not necessarily one which
is expected to be continuously productive but must be one whose object is the
production of a definite return, excluding anything in the nature of a mere
windfall.’

 

Further, receipts which are generally
capital in nature are not chargeable to tax unless there is a specific
provision in the Act which requires taxing such an item.

 

There are specific provisions under the Act
to bring certain capital receipts to tax, for example, capital gains u/s 45 and
gifts u/s 56(2); subsidy received from the Central or State Government, though
generally capital in nature, is specifically included in the definition of
income u/s 2(24) and hence chargeable to tax. However, there is no such
specific provision which treats a security deposit or its forfeiture as income in
the hands of the assessee.

 

Security deposit is a liability and cannot,
therefore, be regarded as income.

 

However, a question arises as to whether the
security deposit becomes taxable if the same is no longer required to be repaid
to the licensee and is forfeited for breach of the agreed terms of contract
between the licensor and the licensee, or if the licensee defaults in the
payment of rent to the licensor.

 

Like security deposit, forfeiture of
security deposit is also not specifically covered within the definition of
income. Further, forfeiture of security deposit also cannot be construed as
being a regular activity, nor is it expected to have any regularity and hence
is also out of the scope of income as judicially interpreted by the Privy
Council.

 

Besides, since security deposit itself does
not constitute income and is not chargeable to tax, its forfeiture also cannot
be brought to tax as income.

 

BURDEN OF PROOF

If the Department seeks to tax the same as
income, then the burden lies on it to prove that it falls within the taxing
provisions. The Supreme Court in Parimisetti Seetharamamma vs. CIT [1965]
57 ITR 532 (SC)
has observed as follows:

 

‘By
sections 3 and 4 the Act imposes a general liability to tax upon all income.
But the Act does not provide that whatever is received by a person must be
regarded as income liable to tax. In all cases in which a receipt is sought to
be taxed as income, the burden lies upon the Department to prove that it is
within the taxing provision.
Where however a
receipt is of the nature of income, the burden of proving that it is not
taxable because it falls within an exemption provided by the Act lies upon the
assessee.’

 

A similar view has been taken by the Courts
in the following cases:

i)   Udhavdas vs. CIT
[1965] 66 ITR 462 (SC);

ii)  Dr. K. George Thomas
vs. CIT [1985] 156 ITR 412 (SC);

iii) Amartaara Ltd. vs. CIT
[2003] 262 ITR 598 (Bom.);

iv) CIT vs. Rajkumar Ashok
Pal Singh Ji [1977] 109 ITR 581 (Bom.).

 

Therefore, if the Revenue authorities seek
to tax the security deposit, the onus will be on them to establish that the
same is covered within the taxing provisions and hence chargeable to tax. The
Department may also, inter alia, look into the terms of the agreement
and the conduct between the parties so as to determine the taxability of the
forfeiture of security deposit.

 

The following paragraphs deal with the
taxability or otherwise of forfeiture of security deposit under different
scenarios. For the sake of clarity and ease of understanding, the scenarios are
broadly classified depending upon whether the rental income is offered by the
assessee / licensor under the head ‘Profits and Gains of Business or
Profession’, or under the head ‘Income from House Property’.

 

 

IF THE ASSESSEE OFFERS RENTAL INCOME UNDER THE HEAD PROFITS
AND GAINS FROM BUSINESS OR PROFESSION

In this case, the licensor would primarily
be regarded as engaged in the business of renting of properties and would,
therefore, be offering the rental income under the head Profits and Gains from
Business or Profession.

 

Termination of agreement and consequent
forfeiture is a rare exception and can never be contemplated as a method of
profit-making by the assessee. Premature termination of a long-term contract
is not, by any means, a feature of business activity.
Upon forfeiture of
security deposit, the amount received by the assessee in the past which
undisputedly was capital in nature at the time of receipt, is now partly not
payable or is waived by the creditor, i.e., the licensee, and the amount
forfeited / waived continues to retain the same character as it held at the
time of receipt.

 

However, the same may not hold true in a
case where the security deposit is adjusted against dues. Where a person
defaults on payment of rent, the dues are adjusted against the security deposit
placed with the licensor. In such cases, the taxability will differ and the
same is dealt with in later paragraphs.

 

If the forfeiture of security deposit is
considered to be a revenue receipt chargeable to tax, the same would have to be
taxed u/s 28 which provides for items chargeable to tax under the head ‘Profits
and Gains of Business or Profession’, or u/s 41 which deals with taxing of
expenditure or trading liability upon its remission or cessation.

 

In CIT vs. Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd.
[2018] 404 ITR 1 (SC)
, the Apex Court considered the question whether
waiver of loan and interest thereon is a benefit or a perquisite arising from
the business of the assessee so as to be chargeable to tax under clause (iv) of
section 28. On this issue, the Court remarked that for applicability of section
28(iv), the income which can be taxed shall arise from the business or
profession. It also observed that the benefit which is received has to be in
‘some form other than money’. In the said case, the assessee procured equipment
from a US company. The supplier provided the said equipment on loan bearing
interest which was repayable after a period of ten years. Subsequently, another
US entity acquired the supplier company from whom equipment was purchased and
the loan was waived. In these facts, the Supreme Court held that the assessee
had received an amount due to waiver of loan and therefore the very first
condition of section 28(iv) which requires benefit or perquisite in the shape
of any form other than money, was not satisfied and in no circumstances could
it be said that the amount so received could be taxed u/s 28(iv). The Court therefore categorically laid down that waiver of loan is not income.

 

The ratio laid down by the Court in Mahindra
& Mahindra (Supra)
will also apply to a case of forfeiture of
security deposit since it is similar to that of loan and forfeiture of security
deposit, not being a benefit in any form other than money, section 28(iv)
cannot apply.

 

It is worthwhile to note that in the Mahindra
& Mahindra
case, the loan was taken for acquiring a capital asset
and the waiver was considered to be a capital receipt. Therefore, one may argue
that the ratio laid down in this case will apply only in cases where the
licensor holds the property as a capital asset and not where it is held as
stock-in-trade. However, for the purposes of section 28(iv) what is relevant is
that the benefit must be in some form other than money. Now, whether the
property is held as capital asset or stock-in-trade, the condition of section
28(iv) of benefit being in some form other than money still does not get
satisfied and therefore, even if the property is held as stock-in-trade, the
decision of the Supreme Court in this case (Mahindra & Mahindra)
will still apply and the forfeiture of security deposit will not be chargeable
to tax.

 

In continuation to the question of
taxability of forfeiture of security deposit u/s 28, a question arises as to
whether the same can be brought to tax as a normal business receipt. The
Department may tax forfeiture of security deposit u/s 28(i) rather than u/s
28(iv). For this, reliance may be placed by the Department on the decision of
the Bombay High Court in the case of Solid Containers Ltd. vs. DCIT
[2009] 308 ITR 417 (Bom.)
wherein it has been held that loan taken for
business purposes and subsequently waived is ultimately retained in business by
the assessee and since the same is directly arising out of the business
activity, it is liable to be taxed. With utmost respect, this ruling of the
Bombay High Court may not be correct in light of the following decisions
wherein it has been held that the character of the receipt is determined
initially at the time of receipt and if the receipt is not a trading receipt
initially, then subsequent events cannot turn it into a trading receipt. The
Courts, therefore, held that if a loan / security deposit is not repaid, then
it cannot be treated as income.

 

i)   Morely vs. Tattersall
7 IR 316 (CA);

ii)  British Mexican
Petroleum Company Ltd. vs. Jackson 16 TC 570 (HL);

iii) CIT vs. P. Ganesh
Chettiar 133 ITR 103 (Madras);

vi) CIT vs. Sesashayee Bros.
(P) Ltd. 222 ITR 818 (Madras).

 

To contest the abovementioned decisions, the
Department generally resorts to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case
of CIT vs. T.V. Sundaram Iyengar & Sons Ltd. [1996] 222 ITR 112 (SC).
In this case, the assessee received deposits from its customers in the course
of carrying on its business and these were treated as capital receipts. Since
the balances remained to be claimed by the customers, the assessee transferred
the amounts credited in the accounts of the customers to the Profit & Loss
Account. The Court held that though the amounts were not in the nature of
income when they were received, they subsequently became income and the
assessee’s own money since the claim of the customers became barred by
limitation. However, the Supreme Court categorically held that it was not a
case of security deposit and held as follows:

 

‘We are unable to uphold the decision of
the Tribunal. The amounts were not in the
nature of security deposits held by the assessee for performance of contract by
its constituents…

…The
amounts were not given and retained as security to be retained till the
fulfilment of the contract. There is no finding to that effect. The deposits
were taken in course of the trade and adjustments were made against these
deposits in course of trade. The unclaimed surplus retained by the assessee
will be its trade receipt. The assessee itself treated the amount as its trade
receipt by bringing it to its profit and loss account’
(paras 18 & 19).

 

In fact, after considering the decision of
the Supreme Court in T.V. Sundaram Iyengar & Sons (Supra),
the Mumbai Tribunal in ACIT vs. Das & Co. [2010] 133 TTJ 542 (Mum.)
held that forfeiture of security deposit on premature termination of agreement
is a capital receipt in the hands of the assessee. The question to be decided
by the Tribunal was regarding the taxability of forfeiture of security deposit.
The relevant facts in the said case were as follows:

 

i)   The assessee was engaged in the business of
leasing of properties, warehouses, etc., and offered the income from leasing of property as its business income;

 

ii) The assessee had entered into a leave and
license agreement to sub-lease its property. However, the licensee terminated
the agreement prematurely and upon termination of the lease, the assessee
forfeited the security deposit of Rs. 1.5 crores and received an amount towards
compensation. The assessee treated the said forfeiture of security deposit as a
capital receipt.

 

iii) The A.O. as well as the Commissioner of
Income-tax (Appeals) [CIT(A)] held that the receipts were revenue receipts and
were taxable as income;

 

iv)         The Tribunal allowed the appeal of the
assessee and held as follows:

 

*    Perusal of the terms of agreement showed that
security deposit was capital receipt and was treated as such by the assessee
and the same was accepted by the Department. The deposit was neither in the
nature of advance for goods nor could it be treated as part of the rental
component;

 

*    From the clauses of the termination agreement
it was clear that the forfeiture of security deposit was not in lieu of
the rental payments;

 

*    The quality and nature of receipt is fixed
once and for all when the same is received and its character cannot be changed
subsequently.

 

In the aforesaid case, the assessee was
engaged in the business of leasing of properties, warehouses, etc., and offered
the income from leasing of property as its business income.

 

A similar view has been taken by the Mumbai
Tribunal in the case of Samir N. Bhojwani vs. DCIT ITA No. 4212/Mum./2006
which has been relied upon and considered in the aforementioned decision of the
Mumbai Tribunal in the Das & Co. case (Supra).
Even in this case, the assessee was engaged, inter alia, in the business
of renting of its properties and offered rental income from leasing of flats
under the head business income.

 

However, the Mumbai Tribunal, in Anand
Automotive Systems Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT (ITA No. 1343/Mum./2012)(Mum) order dated
3rd June, 2013
, after considering the decision of the
coordinate bench in Das & Co. (Supra) has, in a subsequent
decision, held that forfeiture of security deposit on termination of lease
agreement was a receipt in lieu of the rents and hence liable to
be taxed as revenue receipt. The facts in the said case were as follows:

 

(a) The assessee had given premises on rent to one
of its group concerns and received a security deposit of Rs. 10.58 crores for
the same;

(b) Pursuant to sealing of the assessee’s premises,
the lessee requested the assessee to discontinue the agreement;

(c) The matter went into arbitration and the
Arbitrator, inter alia, ordered the lessee to forego the security
deposit to the extent of Rs. 5.8 crores and directed the assessee to refund the
balance security deposit to the assessee;

(d) The assessee regarded the said forfeiture of
security deposit as a capital receipt not chargeable to tax.

(e) The A.O. as well as the CIT(A) held the receipt
to be in the nature of revenue.

(f)  The Tribunal held that it was evident from the
order of the Arbitrator that the amount of Rs. 5.8 crores was nothing but
compensation received for loss of rent as a result of early termination of the
agreement. The amount so received by the assessee was on revenue account and
not capital account which constituted the business income of the assessee as
the rental income received from the property earlier was offered to tax as
business income by the assessee.

 

In the Das & Co. case (Supra),
the assessee had not forfeited the security deposit but was directed to adjust
it against the compensation due to it for loss of rent. The Tribunal
categorically observed that compensation received by the assessee from the
licensor was nothing but a payment in lieu of rent and since the
assessee offered rental income as its business income, the Tribunal held that
the compensation received was also chargeable to tax as business income of the
assessee.

 

However, the Mumbai Tribunal, in the Anand
Automotive Systems Ltd.
case (Supra), while dealing with
the case of the coordinate bench in Das & Co. (Supra), has
relied on the part of the judgment which deals with the taxability of
compensation to hold that the amount of security deposit forfeited was
chargeable to tax in the hands of the assessee. In this case, the security
deposit was forfeited by the assessee pursuant to an order of the Arbitrator
which also required the assessee to adjust the same towards the compensation
for early termination of the license agreement. In the peculiar facts of the
case, it was held by the Tribunal that the forfeiture of deposit was nothing
but compensation for loss of rent and therefore chargeable to tax as business
income of the assessee.

 

This decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the
case of Anand Automotive Systems Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT (ITA No.
1343/Mum./2012)(Mum)
has been challenged by way of an appeal before the
Bombay High Court which has been admitted and the same is pending till date.
The matter has, therefore, not attained finality.

 

Insofar as taxability u/s 41(1) is
concerned, it provides for taxing of loss, expenditure or trading liability in
respect of which allowance or deduction has been made in the past and,
subsequently, the assessee obtains any benefit in respect thereof by way of
remission or cessation. Therefore, what is necessary is that loss, expenditure
or trading liability in respect of which the assessee obtains benefit must have
been allowed as a deduction in the past.

 

When the licensor takes a security deposit,
there is no deduction whatsoever claimed by the licensor in respect thereof and
therefore there is no question of obtaining any benefit by the remission or
cessation and hence the provisions of section 41(1) cannot apply irrespective
of the fact whether the property is held by the licensor as a capital asset or
as a stock-in-trade.

 

This view also draws support from the
following decisions:

 

i)   CIT vs. Compaq
Electric Ltd. [2019] 261 Taxman 71 (SC)
, SLP dismissed by the Supreme
Court against the decision of the Karnataka High Court reported in CIT
vs. Compaq Electric Ltd. [2012] 204 Taxman 58 (Kar.);

ii)  CIT vs. Gujarat State
Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. [2013] 217 ITR 343 (Guj.);

iii) Pr. CIT vs. Gujarat
State Co-op. Bank Ltd. [2017] 85 taxmann.com 259 (Guj.).

 

The views expressed in the above
paragraphs apply to cases where the security deposit is forfeited.

 

Where the forfeiture is treated as
compensation for damages or adjusted towards the rent, it no longer remains a
security deposit and its colour changes to rent and will therefore be a revenue
receipt chargeable to tax in the hands of the licensor.

 

It is, therefore, necessary to determine
from the fine print of the agreement between the licensor and the licensee as
to whether the deposit is compensatory or in lieu of rent
and if that be the case, then the same will be chargeable to tax.

 

IF THE LICENSOR OFFERS RENTAL INCOME UNDER THE HEAD
INCOME FROM HOUSE PROPERTY

In this scenario, the licensor offers rental
income under the head Income from House Property, i.e., the income of the
licensor is charged u/s 22. As per section 22, the annual value of the property
consisting of any buildings or land appurtenant thereto of which the assessee
is the owner is chargeable to tax. Section 23 provides how the annual value of
any property is determined.

 

Now, in a case where the licensor offers
income under the head House Property and the licensee makes a default in
payment of rent or prematurely terminates the agreement, the licensor may either:

(a) Adjust the dues from the security deposit and
return the balance to the licensee:

In this situation,
the colour of deposit changes to rent to the extent it is adjusted. It is
nothing but an amount received by the licensor as rent and therefore taxable
under the head Income from House Property. The charge u/s 22 is on the annual
value and for the purpose of computing annual value the rent receivable has to
be considered.

OR

(b) Adjust the dues from the security deposit and
forfeit the balance security deposit:

In this case, the
taxability of the adjusted security deposit remains the same as mentioned at
point (1.) above. However, so far as the forfeited deposit is concerned,
the same cannot be brought to tax. This is based on the reasoning that what is
taxed u/s 22 is the annual value and any receipt other than annual value cannot
be brought to tax under the head Income from House Property.

OR

(c)        Entire
security deposit is forfeited:

In such a scenario as well, nothing will be
chargeable to tax in the hands of the licensor since it is only the annual
value which is chargeable to tax.

 

The Pune Tribunal in Datar & Co.
vs. ITO [2000] 67 TTJ 546 (Pune)
held that compensation received by the
owner from the lessee for premature termination of tenancy agreement was a
revenue receipt. However, such compensation was held not taxable as property
income. This was held so on the basis that it is only the annual value which is
assessable under the head Income from House Property and any other receipt
other than annual value cannot be computed as income under this head.

 

The Tribunal observed that the agreement was
terminated with effect from September, 1988 and there was a loss of future
rents for 20 months which amounted to Rs. 1,50,000. The compensation of Rs.
1,00,000 received by the assessee was nothing but the discounted present value
of the future rent for the unexpired period of the agreement. Plus, the
assessee was free to let out the bungalow to any party. Based on these facts,
the Tribunal held the compensation to be revenue receipt. However, as regards
the taxability of the compensation, the Tribunal held that it is only the
annual value which is assessable under the head Income from House Property as
follows:

 

‘In the present case, the compensation arises out of the agreement of
letting out immovable property and therefore, assumes the nature of the income
from house property. Therefore, in our opinion, such receipt would fall under
the head “income from house property”. However, it is only annual
value which can be assessed under the head “income from house
property”. Any other receipt other than the annual value cannot be
computed as income under this head. Therefore, following the decision of the
Bombay High Court in the case of
T.P. Sidhwa (Supra) and the decision of Supreme
Court in the case of
N.A. Mody (Supra), it is held that the compensation received by the assessee cannot
be taxed.’

 

Further, the Mumbai Tribunal in Addl.
CIT vs. Rama Leasing Co. (P) Ltd. [2008] 20 SOT 505 (Mum.),
following
the decision of the Pune Tribunal in the Datar & Co. case
(Supra)
held that compensation received by the assessee on premature
termination of the lease agreement is not chargeable to tax though it is a
revenue receipt.

 

A similar view has also been taken in one
more decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in ITO vs. Nikhil S. Goklaney in ITA
No. 2542/Mum/2017 order dated 6th September. 2019.

 

Though the aforementioned decisions of the
Pune and Mumbai Benches of the Tribunal deal with the receipt of compensation
due to premature termination of tenancy agreement and not forfeiture / waiver
of security deposit, the principle laid down by the Tribunal that it is only
the annual value which can be taxed under the head Income from House Property
still applies. In fact, a case of forfeiture of security deposit stands on a
better footing than receipt of compensation.

 

CONCLUSION

To conclude, forfeiture of security deposit,
to the extent the forfeited amount is adjusted towards rent, in my view, will
be chargeable to tax irrespective of the fact whether rental income is offered
as business income or income under the head House Property. Therefore, it is
essential to determine from the terms of the agreement whether or not the
deposit forfeited is compensatory. To the extent that the forfeited amount is
not adjusted or is not compensatory in nature, forfeiture will not be
chargeable to tax u/s 28(iv) or section 41(1) even if the assessee offers
rental income as business income. If rental income is offered as business income
and the property is held as stock-in-trade, the same could be taxed as regular
business income of the assessee u/s 28(i). If, however, the assessee offers
rental income under the head House Property, forfeiture of security deposit
will be a capital receipt not chargeable to tax. However, even if the same is
held to be a revenue receipt, nothing will be charged to tax as annual value
under sections 22 and 23. In my view, one must first determine from the terms
of the agreement between the parties the exact nature of deposit and then
determine the taxability in view of the provisions contained as well as the
decisions laid down by the Courts.

 

 

 

Twitter is like a Public Sector Bank. Its losses mount
year on year; the organisation is run by pompous individuals; the rules &
regulations are confounding & absurd; the complaints are seldom heard; the
decisions go mostly against your wishes; but everyone who hates it uses it

  
Anand Ranganathan, Author

 

 

Domestic Tax Considerations Due To Covid-19

Background

The intensifying Covid-19
pandemic and the looming uncertainty on future business outlook have put the
emergency brakes on India Inc. Sudden lockdown, supply side disruption, adverse
foreign exchange rate, travel restriction as also uncertainty on vaccine to
cure the misery have added to the uncertainty, pushing Captains of India Inc.
into rescue mode. Clearly, while the immediate focus is to save the ship from
sinking, tax considerations also require due consideration in time to come.
This article focuses on some of the direct tax issues which are likely to be
faced by Indian taxpayers.

 

Deduction
of expenses incurred on Covid 19

As the pandemic increased its
spread into the country, India Inc. rose to the occasion and started supporting
various noble causes of the society in terms of supplying food, medical
supplies, setting up of quarantine centres, etc. Most of the corporates joined
hands in the national interest and contributed to PM CARES and CM Covid-19
Funds to support frontline workers and assist in the medical war. MCA, with a
noble intention, amended Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013 (‘Cos Act’) to
include Covid-19 expenditure as eligible CSR expenditure in compliance with CSR
law.

 

Explanation 2 to section 37(1) of
the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) provides that any expenditure incurred by
an assessee on the activities relating to corporate social responsibility referred
to in section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013) shall not be deemed
to be an expenditure incurred by the assessee for the purpose of the business
or profession.

 

The amendment to Schedule VII of
the Companies Act read with the Explanation 2 to section 37(1) of the Act
raises the following issues:

 

a)   Whether the expenditure on Covid-19 is tax deductible for an
assessee not required to comply with CSR regulations of the Companies Act,
2013?

b)   Can an assessee claim business expenditure for
Covid -19 related expenditure which he does not claim to be CSR for the purpose
of compliance with section 135 of Cos Act?

It is possible to take a view
that Explanation 2 to section 37(1) of the Act is applicable only to those
assessees who are covered by section 135 of the Companies Act. Thus, if an
assessee is not covered by the said regulation, the limitation of Explanation 2
to section 37 is not applicable. Courts have held that factors like meeting
social obligation, impact on goodwill on contribution to society, etc. meet the
test of commercial expediency and deduction has been granted1. Thus,
onus will be on the assessee to prove nexus of the expenditure with the
business and the positive impact on business to perfect the claim of deduction.
Branding of company on distribution of food and essential requirements, images
of employees wearing company branded shirts and supporting larger cause, media
reports, posting on social websites will all support the claim for deduction.

 

The issue arises in the second
category i.e. an assessee who is otherwise covered by section 135 of Companies
Act who does not claim Covid-19 related expenditure for compliance with CSR
laws. The difficulty arises as Explanation 2 to section 37(1) disallows
expenditure ‘referred to in section 135’. Referred to would mean ‘mentioned’ in
section 135 of the Companies Act. Explanation 2 to section 37(1) fictionally
deems such expenditure as not being for business purpose. Whilst argument in
favour of deduction seems a better view of the matter, it is recommended that
assessee should take fact-specific legal advise before claiming deduction.

 

Impact on lease rental

Lockdown and
social distancing are likely to have significant impact on lease rentals. The
impact may be deep for let-out properties in shopping malls and hotels.
Further, the sudden lockdown may have resulted in economic disruption of
business of the lessee, impairing its ability to pay rent. Following situations
are likely to arise:

 

a)   Lessee does not pay rent for lockdown period by invoking force
majeure
, which is accepted by the lessor;

b)   Lessee invokes force majeure which is not accepted by the
lessor;

c)   Lessor and lessee defer rent for a mutually
agreed period;

d)   Lessee is unable to pay rent and vacates the
premises;

e)   Lessor is subsequently unable to find a
lessee for the property either on account of lockdown or lower rental yield;

 

In case of situation a), act of force
majeure
goes to the root of the contract making the contract unworkable. On
account of the said event, a view could be taken that the property ceases to be
a let-out property. Accordingly, it may be possible for the lessor to seek
benefit of vacancy allowance u/s 23(1)(c). The said provision states that in
case actual rent received or receivable is less than deemed Annual Let out
Value (ALV) on account of vacancy then, actual rent received or receivable will
be deemed to be ALV. In this case, vacancy arises contractually. In other
words, even though goods or assets of lessee may continue to be lying in said
property but still it has to be treated as not let out, absolving the  lessee from the liability to pay rent.
Vacancy in the context in which it is used in section 23(1)(c) will need to be
interpreted as the antithesis of let out.

 

Situation b) is tricky as there
is a rent dispute during the lockdown period. Section 23(1)(b) provides that
when actual rent received or receivable is higher than ALV, then said amount
will be treated as ALV. ‘Receivable’ postulates concept of accrual. As per one
option, lessor may treat same amount as unrealised rent and offer the same in
the year of receipt u/s 25A. However, if it is required to keep rent as
receivable in books of accounts to succeed under the Contract Act, then in such
an event, tax liability will arise.

 

Situation c) involves mere
deferment of payment of rent and accordingly lessor will be required to pay tax
on rent component as it fulfils the test of receivable u/s 23(1)(b). 

 

Situation d) is a case comparable
to unrealised rent. Explanation to section 23 read with Rule 4 provides for
exclusion of such rent if the conditions prescribed in Rule 4 are complied
with.

 

Issue in case of situation e)
arises as section 23(3) permits only two houses to be treated as self-occupied.
Situation narrated in e) needs to be distinguished from a situation wherein
assessee in past years has offered income from more than two houses under the
head Income from house property. Conclusion does not change for such assessee.
Situation e) deals with a situation wherein assessee desires to actually let
out his house but could not find a tenant. In such situations, the Tribunal2  has held that even if the house remains
vacant for the entire year despite the best attempts of the assessee, then
benefit of vacancy allowance u/s 23(1)(c) should be granted to the assessee and
accordingly ALV for such property would be Nil. Against this proposition, there
is also an adverse decision in the case of Susham Singla [2016] 76
taxmann.com 349 (Punjab & Haryana)
3. Perhaps a
distinguishing feature could be that in cases where vacancy allowance was
granted by the Tribunal, the assessee was able to demonstrate efforts made to
let out property.

 

Impact on business income


Revenue
recognition

Revenue recognition for computing
income under the head ?profits and gains of business or profession’ is governed
by the principles of accrual enshrined in section 4 as also ICDS IV dealing
with revenue recognition. ICDS IV permits revenue recognition in respect of
sale of goods only if the following criteria are met:

 

  •     Whether significant risks and rewards of ownership have been
    transferred to the buyer and the seller retains no effective control
  •     Evaluate reasonable certainty of its ultimate collection

 

These criteria are relevant for
revenue recognition for F.Y. 2019-20. On account of lockdown and logistics
issues, it is possible that goods dispatched could not reach the customer.
Contractually, even though the transaction may have been concluded, the seller
was obliged to deliver goods to the buyer. In such a case, because of lockdown,
goods may be in transit or in the seller’s warehouse. In such a situation,
significant risk and reward of ownership continues to be with the seller.
Accordingly, the seller may not be required to offer the said amount to tax.
Further, economic stress may change the credit profile of the customer, raising
a question on the realisability of sale proceeds of the goods sold even
pre-Covid-19 outbreak. In such a case, even though the test of accrual would be
met, since there is uncertainty in ultimate collection, the assessee may not
recognise such revenue. This criterion is also important as the customer may
invoke force majeure clause or material adverse clause and turn back
from its commitment. 

 

Section 43CB of the Act read with
ICDS IV requires the service industry to apply Percentage of Completion Method
(POCM). If duration of service is less than 90 days, the assessee can apply
Project Completion Method (PCM) and offer revenue to tax on completion of the
project. Disruption caused due to pandemic and work from home is likely to
impact numerous service contracts. Assessee will have to determine stage of
completion of contract on 31st March 2020 for each open contract at
year end to determine its chargeable income. It is equally possible that a
contract which was estimated to be completed in less than 90 days may take more
time and accordingly move from PCM to POCM basis of recognition. Thus, it is
possible that an income which was estimated to be offered to tax in F.Y.
2020-21 may partially be required to be taxed in F.Y. 2019-20, changing the
assumptions at the time of computing advance tax. An issue which judiciary is
likely to face is whether the 90 days period should be read as a rigid test or
exceptional events like Covid-19 can be excluded for computing the 90 days’
periods. 

 

Provision
for onerous contract

Ind AS 37 requires recognition of
provision for onerous contract. An onerous contract is a contract in which the
unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the
economic benefits expected to be received under it. If an entity has a contract
that is onerous, the present obligation under the contract shall be recognised
and measured as a provision.

 

Section 36(1)(xviii) of the Act
provides that mark to market (M2M) loss or other expected loss shall be
computed in accordance with ICDS. Section 40A(13) of the Act provides that no
deduction or allowance shall be allowed in respect of any M2M loss or expected
loss except as allowable u/s 36(1)(xviii). ICDS 1 provides that expected loss
shall not be recognised unless the same is in accordance with other ICDS. ICDS
X provides that no provision shall be recognised for costs that need to be
incurred to operate in the future. On co-joint reading of aforesaid law, no
deduction shall be allowed for onerous contract under normal provisions.
However, for MAT purposes, such provision will be deductible as it cannot be said
that such provision is for unascertained liability. This treatment will require
an assessee to accurately track expenses incurred on such contract in future
years and claim it as deduction in year of incurrence.

 

Liquidated
damages

Disruption in the supply chain
may result in claims or counter claims as it is possible that the assessee
would not be in a position to meet its contractual obligations. The contract
may provide for payment of liquidated damages. Courts have held that such
payment is tax deductible4.

 

Remeasurement
of provision

Lockdown and social distancing
have resulted in India Inc. rethinking on extension of warranty and service
period in respect of goods sold prior to Covid-19. This is likely to result in
change in warranty provision. Provision for warranty is tax deductible if
otherwise the requirements of ICDS X are met. Practically for companies
following Ind AS, warranty provisions are discounted to fair value. However,
ICDS X expressly prohibits deduction based on discounting to net present value
basis. This mismatch will require an assessee to accurately reconcile claims
made in the past ignoring NPV basis, revise the provision and ignore NPV
discounting for claiming deduction. This is much easier said than done.

 

Further, companies following Ind
AS are required to make provision for debtors based on Expected Credit Loss
(ECL) method. This method requires consideration of not only the historic data
but also of the future credit risk profile of debtor. In turbulent times like
these, making an estimate of the future profile of a customer is likely to be
challenging since the business outlook is uncertain. Further, the impact of
lockdown on each customer, its ability to raise finances and stay afloat
involves significant assumptions and customer-specific data. Normative
mathematical models cannot be relied upon. It is possible that ECL provision
may increase for F.Y. 2019-20. Such provision may not be tax deductible under
normal computation provisions [Explanation 1 to section 36(1)(vii)]. As regards
MAT, the issue is debatable. Gujarat High Court’s Full Bench in case of CIT
vs. Vodafone Essar Gujarat Ltd
5  has held that if the provision is accounted
as reduction from debtor / asset side and not reflected separately in
liabilities side then, in such case said provision is not hit by any limitation
of Explanation 1 to section 115JB and is tax deductible.

 

Inventory
valuation

ICDS 2 permits valuation of
inventory at cost or Net Realisable Value (NRV) whichever is lower. It is
possible that on account of prolonged shutdown, disruption in supply chain,
overhaul of non-essential commodities, some of the inventory which may be lying
in warehouse or stuck in transport may no longer be marketable e.g perishable
goods, inventory with short shelf life (food products) may be required to be
disposed of. In such case, it should be possible to recognise NRV at Nil. Care
should be taken to obtain corroborative 
evidence in terms of internal technical reports, subsequent measures to
dispose of, etc. to substantiate Nil realisable value.

Fixed
Asset

The spread of Covid-19 has had a
differing impact on various nations. It is possible that some of the fixed assets
acquired could not be installed on account of cross border travel prohibitions
not only in India but across the globe. In such a case, such assets which were
earlier contemplated to start active use in F.Y. 2019-20 will miss the
deadline. In absence of satisfaction of the user test, no depreciation can be
claimed in F.Y. 2019-20. Further in terms of ICDS V – tangible fixed assets,
cost attributable to such fixed asset may also be required to be capitalised.
Further, if such asset is purchased out of borrowed funds, interest expenditure
will be required to be capitalised. Unlike Ind AS 23, ICDS IX does not suspend
capitalisation when active development is suspended. This mismatch will require
the assessee to accurately determine interest cost which is expensed for books
purpose and capitalise it as part of borrowing for tax purposes. It is equally
possible that unexpected delay may impact advance tax projections made for F.Y.
2019-20.

 

Shares and securities

The Act provides special
anti-abuse provisions in respect of dealing in shares and securities. Sections
50CB and  56(2)(x) regulate transactions
where actual consideration is less than fair market value. Rule 11UA provides a
computation yardstick to compute fair market value. The economic downturn may force
some promoters to sell their shares at less than Rule 11UA value to genuine
investors either to repay debts borrowed on pledge of shares or to raise
capital for future survival. Provisions of sections 50CB and 56(2)(x), if
invoked, may result in additional tax burden. Fortunately, Mumbai Tribunal in ACIT
vs. Subhodh Menon
  relying on the
Supreme Court decision in the case of K P Varghese  read down the provision to apply only in
abusive situations.

 

Further, the pandemic may require
promoters to pump in capital into the company. Section 56(2)(viib) regulates
share infusion by a resident shareholder. The provision proposes to tax
infusion of share capital above the fair market value as computed by a merchant
banker. DCF is a commonly accepted methodology to value business. DCF requires
reasonable assumption of future cash flows, risk premium, perpetuity factor
etc. Considering that the present situation is exceptional, it may involve
significant assumptions by the valuer as also the company. Further, there will
be an element of uncertainty, especially when the business outlook is not
clear. It is possible that the actual business achievements may be at material
variance with genuine assumptions.

 

In contrast, the existing
situation may have an impact on capital infused in the past, say 2-3 years,
which were justified considering the valuation report availed from the Merchant
Banker at the said time. Tax authorities may now rely upon actual figures and question
the valuation variables used by the Merchant Banker. Tax authorities may
attempt to recompute fair value considering actual figures. In such a
situation, the onus will be on the assessee to demonstrate impact of Covid-19
on valuation assumptions made in the past. Evidence such as loss of major
customer, shutdown in major geographies, increased cost of borrowing, capacity
underutilisation will support the case of the assessee to justify valuation
done before Covid-19 breakout. 

 

Conclusion

One hopes normalcy returns soon.
Aforesaid are some of the issues which, in view of the authors, are only the
tip of the iceberg. If the pandemic deepens its curve, it is likely to result
in significant business disruption. Every impact on business has definite tax
consequences and tax professionals have a special role to play.   

 

________________________________________________

1   CIT vs. Madras Refineries Ltd., (2004) 266 ITR 170 (Mad);
Orissa Forest Development Corporation Ltd. vs. JCIT, (2002) 80 ITD 300
(Cuttack); Surat Electricity Co. Ltd. vs. ACIT, (2010) 5 ITR(Trib) 280 (Ahd)

2   Sachin R. Tendulkar vs.
DCIT [2018] 96 taxmann.com 253 (Mumbai – Trib.); Empire Capital (P.) Ltd vs.
DCIT [2018] 96 taxmann.com 253 (Mumbai – Trib.);
Ms. Priyananki Singh Sood vs. ACIT [2019] 101 taxmann.com 45 (Delhi –
Trib.)

3   SLP dismissed by Supreme Court [2017] 81 taxmann.com 167 (SC)

4    PCIT vs. Green
Delhi BQS Ltd [2019] 417 ITR 162 (Delhi); CIT
vs. Rambal
(P.) Ltd [2018] 96 taxmann.com 170 (Madras); PCIT
vs. Mazda Ltd
[2017] 250 Taxman 510 (Gujarat) ; Haji Aziz and Abdul Shakoor Bros [1961] 41
ITR 350 (SC)

5    [2017] 397 ITR 55 (Gujarat)

6    [2019] 103 taxmann.com 15 (Mumbai)

7    [1981] 131 ITR 597 (SC)

REMUNERATION BY A FIRM TO PARTNERS: SECTION 194J ATTRACTED?

From the remuneration payable by a
firm to its partners in pursuance of section 40(b) of the Income-tax Act, 1961
(‘the Act’), the firm does not deduct any tax at source (hereinafter also
referred to as ‘TDS’) under any provision of the Act. This position has been
undisputedly settled and accepted by the Income-tax Department for over 25
years since the new scheme of taxation of firms and partners was brought on the
statute book by the Finance Act, 1992 from the assessment year 1993-94.

But in a recent case I came across an
overzealous officer of the Income-tax Department adopting the stand that a firm
is liable to effect TDS u/s 194J of the Act @ 10% from the remuneration payable
to its partners as, in their view, the services rendered by the partners to the
firm are in the nature of ‘managerial services’ which fall within the scope of
the term ‘technical services’ employed in section 194J. Apart from a huge demand
of tax u/s 201(1), a substantial amount of interest u/s 201(1A) is also being
charged. This is playing havoc with the taxpayers, especially when the partners
have already paid tax on their remuneration in their respective individual
returns and the credit for such tax paid allowable under the first proviso
to sub-section (1) of section 201 is being denied on procedural technicalities.

Therefore, before proceeding further,
it is fervently pleaded that to alleviate the hardships faced by the taxpayers
and to avoid unnecessary litigation, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (‘CBDT’)
needs to urgently issue a circular clarifying the position on this subject, to
be followed (if necessary) by an appropriate legislative amendment in section
194J expressly excluding such remuneration from the purview of section 194J.

 

CLEAR LEGISLATIVE INTENT

Principally, it is submitted that the
remuneration payable by a firm to its partners cannot be subjected to TDS u/s
194J. In this regard the following propositions are submitted:

(1)  Firstly,
the legislative intent has always been clear beyond doubt that under the new
scheme of taxation of firms and partners, interest and remuneration payable by
a firm to its partners are not liable to TDS since by nature, character and
quality any such payment by a firm to its partners is nothing but a share in
the profits of the firm, though called interest or remuneration and though
deductible u/s 40(b). This legislative intent is manifestly evident from the
following:

 

ACCEPTED FOR OVER 25 YEARS

(a)  When
the new scheme of taxation of firms and partners was introduced by the Finance
Act, 1992 with effect from A.Y. 1993-94, section 194DD1 was also
proposed to be inserted in the Act which provided for TDS2 both from
interest and remuneration payable by a firm to its partners. But section 194DD
was dropped during the process of the Finance Bill, 1992 becoming an Act,
because the legislature was conscious that, conceptually, under the new scheme
of taxation of firms and partners, both interest and remuneration payable by a
firm to its partners are only a mode of transferring profits from the firm to
the partners for tax. This is fortified from the statutory provision that the
remuneration (as well as interest) received by a partner from the firm is treated
as business income in the individual hands of the partner u/s 28(v)3
of the Act4;

(b)  Explanation
2 below section 15 unambiguously provides that any salary, bonus, commission or
remuneration, by whatever name called, due to, or received by, a partner from
the firm shall not be regarded as ‘salary’. Consequently, provisions of section
192 relating to TDS from salaries are not attracted. This is statutory
recognition of the principle that there cannot be an employer-employee
relationship between a firm and its partners and as such no tax is required to
be deducted from such remuneration u/s 192;

(c)  Section
194A(3)(iv), likewise, expressly provides that no tax is to be deducted at
source from the interest payable by a firm to its partners;

(d) As
a matter of fact, any firm deducting tax at source under any provision of the
Act, including section 194J, from the remuneration payable to its partners is
unheard of in India and this position has been undisputedly, ungrudgingly and
eminently accepted by the Income-tax Department for over 25 years since the new
scheme of taxation of firms and partners came on the statute book;

(e)  Section 194J was introduced in the Act by the
Finance Act, 1995 with effect from 1st July, 1995 for TDS from fees
for professional services5  and fees for technical services6.
Later, by the Finance Act, 2012 a new category was added by inserting clause
(ba) in sub-section (1) of section 194J with effect from 1st July,
2012 which mandates TDS from ‘any remuneration or fees or commission, by
whatever name called, other than those on which tax is deductible u/s 192, to a
director of a company’. Thus, whenever the legislature intended that tax should
be deducted u/s 194J from the remuneration payable, it has expressly provided
for it in so many words as is the case with clause (ba) above applicable to
remuneration payable by a company to its directors. But no such specific clause
is inserted with regard to the remuneration payable by a firm to its partners;

while inserting clause (ba), the Memorandum explaining the provisions in the
Finance Bill, 2012 ([2012] 342 ITR [St] 234, 241) visibly
acknowledges that there is no specific provision for deduction of tax on the
remuneration paid to a director which is not in the nature of salary.
Furthermore, it is also judicially held7  that prior to insertion of the above referred
clause (ba) with effect from 1st July, 2012, no tax was deductible
u/s 194J from the commission / remuneration payable by a company to its
directors. It follows, therefore, that in the absence of any such specific
clause in section 194J postulating TDS from the remuneration payable by a firm
to its partners, the legislative intent is loud and clear – that no tax is
deductible u/s 194J by a firm from such remuneration.

 

A FIRM HAS NO LEGAL EXISTENCE

(2)  A
firm and its partners are treated as separate assessable entities for the
limited purpose of assessment under the Act, but, in law, as is settled
judicially for ages, a firm has no legal existence of its own, separate and
distinct from the partners constituting it, and the firm name is only a
compendious mode of describing the partners constituting the partnership. As
such, a person cannot render services to himself and there cannot be a contract
of service between a firm and its partners. Therefore, a firm cannot be
expected or made liable to deduct tax at source u/s 194J from such remuneration.


In CIT vs. R.M. Chidambaram
Pillai [1977] 106 ITR 292 (SC)
the Apex Court observed that a firm is
not a legal person even though it has some attributes of a personality; and
that in income-tax law a firm is a unit of assessment by special provisions,
but not a full person.

The Supreme Court then unequivocally
held that since a contract of employment requires two distinct persons, viz.,
the employer and the employee, there cannot be a contract of service, in
strict law, between a firm and its partners
8.

 

SHARE OF PROFITS OF THE FIRM

(3)  A
partner works for the firm since he is duty-bound to do so under the deed of
partnership as well as in terms of the provisions of the Indian Partnership
Act, 19329  and therefore
there is no relationship of service provider or consultant and client between
the partners and the firm.

(4)  Under
the Indian Partnership Act, 1932 since there is a relationship of ‘mutual
agency’ among the partners, there cannot be a relationship between a firm and
its partners which could give rise to a liability to deduct tax at source u/s
194J.

(5)  Conceptually,
whatever may be the amount received by a partner from the firm, whether called
salary or remuneration, it is not expenditure of the firm (though allowed as
such u/s 40[b]), nor in the nature of compensation for services in the hands of
the partner, but it is in the nature of a share of profits from the firm as is
settled judicially, including by the Supreme Court. In CIT vs. R.M.
Chidambaram Pillai (Supra)
it was categorically held that payment of
salary to a partner represents a special share of the profits of the
firm and salary paid to a partner retains the same character of the
income of
the firm.

(6)  Even
under the statutory provisions embodied in section 28(v) of the Act, both
interest and remuneration received by a partner from the firm are expressly
assessed as business income in the hands of the partner and as such interest
and remuneration both are statutorily recognised as in the nature of a share of
profits from the firm10.

 

RULE OF CONSISTENCY

(7)  Since
generally the remuneration payable to the partners is a percentage of the
profits of the firm determined at the end of the year, which keeps on varying with
the amount of profits and is not reckoned with with reference to the quantity
and quality of services rendered by the partners to the firm, the same is a
mode of transferring a share of the profits of the firm to the partners and not
a compensation for the services rendered by the partners to the firm, and hence
the question of invoking section 194J does not arise.

(8)  Inasmuch
as the position that no tax is required to be deducted by a firm from the
remuneration payable to its partners is undisputedly and consistently accepted
by the Income-tax Department for over a quarter of a century now, even the rule
of consistency11 obligates
that this position should not be disturbed by the Income-tax Department at this
stage.

(9) It
can also be contended that by nature the services rendered, if any, by a
partner to the firm do not fall within the connotation of either ‘professional
services’ or ‘technical services’ as defined and understood for the purposes of
section 194J.

(10) No tax is levied under the laws
relating to Goods and Services Tax (‘GST’) on the remuneration received by a
partner from the firm. Thus, the remuneration received by a partner from the
firm is not treated as consideration for the supply of services to the firm but
as a share of profits even under the GST laws.

One arm of the Union Government (the
Income-tax Department) cannot adopt a stand conflicting with the view accepted
by another arm of the same Union Government (GST Department). In Moouat
vs. Betts Motors Ltd. 1958 (3) All E R 402 (CA)
it was held that two
departments of the government cannot, in law, adopt contrary or inconsistent
stands, or raise inconsistent contentions, or act at cross purposes. Lord
Denning in this case succinctly summed up the principle in his inimitable
style: ‘The right hand of the government cannot pretend to be unaware of what
the left hand is doing.’ To the same effect was the Supreme Court decision in M.G.
Abrol, Addl. Collector of Customs vs. M/s Shantilal Chhotelal & Co. AIR
1966 SC 197
, holding, to the effect, that the customs authorities12
cannot, in law, take a stand or adopt a view which is contrary to that taken by
the licensing authority under the Export (Control) Order, 195413.
This principle of law has been consistently applied for income-tax purposes as
well in a variety of contexts under the Act14.

In view of the foregoing discussion,
it is submitted that the remuneration payable by a firm to its partners cannot
suffer TDS u/s 194J of the Act.  

__________________________________________________________________

1   Clause 74 of the Finance Bill, 1992: [1992]
194 ITR (St) 68-69

2   At the average rate of income-tax computed on the basis of the
rates in force for the financial year concerned

3   Read with section 2(24)(ve)

4      See
also CBDT Circular No. 636 dated 31st August, 1992: [1992] 198
ITR (St) 1, 42-43

5   Clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 194J

6   Clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 194J

7      See, among others, Dy. CIT vs. ITC
Ltd. [2015] 154 ITD 136 (Kol.)
and Dy. CIT vs. Kirloskar Oil
Engines Ltd. [2016] 158 ITD 309 (Pune).
See also Bharat Forge
Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT [2013] 144 ITD 455 (Pune)
(pre-2012 period) (sitting
fees to directors not ‘fees for professional services’ u/s 194J)

8   While reaching this conclusion, the Supreme
Court referred to, among others, Dulichand Laxminarayan vs. CIT [1956] 29
ITR 535 (SC); CIT vs. Ramniklal Kothari [1969] 74 ITR 57 (SC);
and
Addanki Narayanappa vs. Bhaskara Krishnappa AIR 1966 SC 1300

9      See sub-sections (a) and (b) of section 12
along with sub-section (a) of section 13 of the Indian Partnership Act, 1932

10  See also CBDT Circular No. 636 dated 31st
August, 1992: [1992] 198 ITR (St) 1, 42-43

11     The rule of consistency is settled by
countless judicial precedents. See, for example, Radhasoami Satsang vs.
CIT [1992] 193 ITR 321 (SC); Berger Paints India Ltd. vs. CIT [2004] 266 ITR 99
(SC); Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd. vs. UOI [2006] 282 ITR 273 (SC); CIT vs. Neo
Poly Pack (P) Ltd. [2000] 245 ITR 492 (Del.); CIT vs. Leader Valves Ltd. [2007]
295 ITR 273 (P & H); CIT vs. Darius Pandole [2011] 330 ITR 485 (Bom.)
;
and Pr. CIT vs. Quest Investment Advisors Pvt. Ltd. [2018] 409 ITR 545
(Bom.)

12  Under the Sea Customs Act, 1878

13  Issued under the Import and Export (Control)
Act, 1947

14  See, for instance, Mobile
Communication (India) P. Ltd. vs. Dy. CIT [2010] 33 DTR (Del) (Trib) 398, 416

PROSECUTION UNDER THE INCOME TAX ACT, 1961 – LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

INTRODUCTION

It has been
observed of late that the Income Tax Department has become very aggressive in
initiating prosecution proceedings against assessees for various offences under
the Income-tax Act, 1961. As per a CBDT press release dated 12th
January, 2018, during F.Y. 2017-18 (up to end-November, 2017) prosecution
complaints increased by 184%, complaints compounded registered a rise of 83%
and convictions marked an increase of 269% compared to the corresponding period
of the previous year. Even the Courts have adopted a proactive approach. In Ramprakash
Biswanath Shroff vs. CIT(TDS) [2018] 259 Taxmann 385 (Bom)(HC)
, where
the assessee filed a petition contending that Form No. 16 had not been issued
by his employer in time, the Court suggested the Income Tax Department also
invoke section 405 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 which is a non-cognisable offence.

      

When the offence is
committed by a company, an artificial juridical person, it is observed that
prosecution is launched against all the directors, including independent
directors, in a mechanical manner. As per section 2(47) r/w/s 149 of the
Companies Act, 2013, independent director means a director other than a
Managing Director, or a whole-time director, or a nominee director. Thus, an
independent director is not responsible for the day-to-day affairs of the
company.

 

Recently, the Court
of Sessions at Greater Mumbai, in the case of Eckhard Garbers vs. Shri
Shubham Agrawal, Criminal Revision application No. 267 of 2019
dated
16th December, 2019,
quashed prosecution proceedings
launched against Mr. Eckhard Garbers, an independent director and a foreign
national. This decision has received wide publicity in view of several
prosecution proceedings launched against directors who had no role in the
day-to-day affairs of the company. This article looks at the said decision in
addition to analysing section 278B which deals with prosecution against a
person/s in charge of or responsible for the conduct of the business of a
company.

The provisions
regarding the liability of the directors and other persons for offences
committed by the company are enumerated under various Acts such as Industries
(Development and Regulation) Act; Foreign Exchange Regulation Act; MRTP Act;
Securities Contracts (Regulations) Act; Essential Commodities Act; Employees’
Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act; Workmen’s Compensation Act;
Payment of Bonus Act; Payment of Wages Act; Environment (Protection) Act; Water
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act; Minimum Wages Act; Payment of
Gratuity Act; Apprentices Act; Central Excise and Salt Act; Customs Act, 1961;
Negotiable Instruments Act; etc. The provisions of these Acts are somewhat
identical in nature. Even section 137 of the CGST Act is identical to the
provisions of section 278B of the Income-tax Act, 1961. Hence, when the
provisions qua the directors’ liability are considered under the
Income-tax Act, 1961, or the GST Act, it is also pertinent to note the law as
laid down under other Acts by the Courts.

 

SCHEME
OF THE INCOME TAX ACT, 1961

 

PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 278B

As per sub-section
(1) of section 278B, where an offence under this Act has been committed by a
company, every person who, at the time the offence was committed, was in charge
of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct of the business of the
company as well as the company shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence and
shall be liable to be proceeded against and punished accordingly. The proviso
to sub-section (1) provides that nothing contained in this sub-section shall
render any such person liable to any punishment if he proves that the offence
was committed without his knowledge or that he had exercised all due diligence
to prevent the commission of such offence.

 

Sub-section (2)
provides that notwithstanding anything contained in sub-section (1), where an
offence under this Act has been committed by a company and it is proved that
the offence has been committed with the consent or connivance of, or is
attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or
other officer of the company, such director, manager, secretary or other
officer shall also be deemed to be guilty of that offence and shall be liable
to be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

 

As per sub-section
(3) where an offence under this Act has been committed by a person, being a
company, and the punishment for such offence is imprisonment and fine, then,
without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-section (1) or sub-section
(2), such company shall be punished with fine and every person referred to in
sub-section (1), or the director, manager, secretary or other officer of the
company referred to in sub-section (2), shall be liable to be proceeded against
and punished in accordance with the provisions of this Act. The Explanation to
section 278B provides that for the purposes of section 278B, (a) ‘company’
means a body corporate and includes (i) a firm; and (ii) an association of
persons or a body of individuals whether incorporated or not; and (b)
‘director’, in relation to (i) a firm means a partner in the firm; (ii) any
association of persons or body of individuals, means any member controlling the
affairs thereof.

 

LEGISLATIVE
HISTORY AND ANALYSIS OF THE SECTION

Section 278B was
inserted by the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Act, 1975 reported in [1975]
100 ITR 33 (ST)
w.e.f. 1st October, 1975. The object and
scope of this section was explained by the Board in its Circular No. 179 dated
30th September, 1975 reported in [1976] 102 ITR 26 (ST).

 

Under sub-section
(1) the essential ingredient for implicating a person is his being ‘in charge
of’ and ‘responsible to’ the company for the conduct of the business of the
company. The term responsible is defined in the Blacks Law dictionary to mean
accountable. Hence, the initial burden is on the prosecution to prove that the
accused person/s at the time when the offence was committed were ‘in charge of’
and ‘was responsible’ to the company for its business, and only when the same
is proved that the accused persons are required to prove that the offence was
committed without their knowledge, or that they had exercised all due diligence
to prevent the commission of such offence.

 

Both the
ingredients ‘in charge of’ and ‘was responsible to’ have to be satisfied as the
word used is ‘and’ [Subramanyam vs. ITO (1993) 199 ITR 723 (Mad)(HC)]. Under
sub-section (2) emphasis is on the holding of an offence and consent,
connivance or negligence of such officer irrespective of his being or not being
actually in charge of and responsible to the company in the conduct of the
business. Apart from this, while all the persons under sub-section (1) and
sub-section (2) are liable to be proceeded against, it is only persons covered
under sub-section (1) who, by virtue of the proviso, escape punishment
if they prove that the offence was committed without their knowledge or despite
their due diligence. From the language of both the sub-sections it is also
clear that the complaint must allege that the accused persons were responsible
to the firm / company for the conduct of its business at the time of the
alleged commission of the offence to sustain their prosecution. [Jai
Gopal Mehra vs. ITO (1986) 161 ITR 453 (P&H)(HC)].

 

Insertion of
sub-section (3) by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2004 w.e.f. 1st October,
2004 [2006] 269 ITR 101 (ST) was explained by Circular No. 5
dated 15th July, 2005 reported in [2005] 276 ITR 151 (ST).
The said amendment was brought to resolve a judicial controversy as to whether
a company, being a juristic person, can be punished with imprisonment where the
statute refers to punishment of imprisonment and fine. The Apex Court in Javali
(M.V.) vs. Mahajan Borewell and Co. (1998) 230 ITR 1(SC)
held that a
company which cannot be punished with imprisonment can be punished with fine
only. However, in a subsequent majority decision in the case of ACIT vs.
Veliappa Textiles Ltd. (2003) 263 ITR 550 (SC)
it was held that where
punishment is by way of imprisonment, then prosecution against the company
would fail. In order to plug loopholes pointed out by the Apex Court in Veliappa
Textiles (Supra)
, sub-section (3) was introduced whereby the company
would be punished with fine and the person/s in charge of or conniving officers
of the company would be punished with imprisonment and fine. It is also to be
noted that the legal position laid down in the case of Veliappa Textiles
(Supra)
was overruled by the Apex Court decision rendered in Standard
Chartered Bank vs. Directorate of Enforcement (2005) 275 ITR 81 (SC).

 

NATURE
OF LIABILITY

The principal
liability u/s 278B is that of the company. The other persons mentioned in
sub-section (1) and sub-section (2) are vicariously liable, i.e., they could be
held liable only if it is proved that the company is guilty of the offence
alleged.

 

The Apex Court in Sheoratan
Agarwal vs. State of Madhya Pradesh AIR 1984 SC 1824
while dealing with
the provisions of section 10 of the Essential Commodities Act which are similar
to section 278B, has held that the company alone may be prosecuted. The
person-in-charge only may be prosecuted. The conniving officer may individually
be prosecuted.

 

The Apex Court in Anil
Hada vs. Indian Acrylic Ltd. A.I.R. 2000 SC 145
while dealing with
section 141 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, held that where the company is
not prosecuted but only persons in charge or conniving officers are prosecuted,
then such prosecution is valid provided the prosecution proves that the company
was guilty of the offence.

 

The Supreme Court
in Aneeta Hada vs. Godfather Travels and Tours Private Limited (2012) 5
SCC 661
held that the director or any other officer of the company
cannot be prosecuted without impleadment of the company unless there is some legal
impediment and the doctrine of lex non cogit ad impossibilia (the law
does not compel a man to do that which is impossible) gets attracted.

 

STRICT
CONSTRUCTION

The Supreme Court in the case of Girdharilal Gupta vs. D.N. Mehta,
AIR 1971 SC 2162
has held that since the provision makes a person who
was in charge of and responsible to the company for the conduct of its business vicariously liable for an offence committed by the company, the
provision should be strictly construed.

 

MENS REA

Section 278B is a
deeming provision and hence it does not require the prosecution to establish mens
rea
on the part of the accused. In B. Mohan Krishna vs. UOI 1996
Cri.L.J. 638 AP
it is held that exclusion of mens rea as a
necessary ingredient of an offence is not violative of Article 14 of the
Constitution.

 

DIRECTORS
WHO ARE SIGNATORY TO AUDITED BALANCE SHEET

In Mrs.
Sujatha Venkateshwaran vs. ACIT [2018] 96 taxmann.com 203 (Mad)(HC)
it
was held as under: ‘Since assessee had subscribed her signature in profit and
loss account and balance sheet for relevant assessment year which were filed
along with returns, the Assessing Officer was justified in naming her as
principal officer and accordingly she could not be exonerated for offence under
section 277.’

IMPORTANT
JUDICIAL PRECEDENTS

In the case of Girdhari Lal Gupta (Supra),
the Supreme Court construed the expression, ‘person in charge and responsible
for the conduct of the business of the company’ as meaning the person in
overall control of the day-to-day business of the company. In arriving at this
inference, the Supreme Court took into consideration the wordings pertaining to
sub-section (2) and observed:

 

‘It mentions
director, who may be a party to the policy being followed by a company and yet
not be in charge of the business of the company. Further, it mentions manager,
who usually is in charge of the business but not in overall charge. Similarly,
the other officers may be in charge of only some part of business’.

 

The Apex Court in State
of Karnataka vs. Pratap Chand & Ors. (1981) 2 SCC 335
has, while
dealing with prosecution of partners of a firm, held that ‘person in charge’
would mean a person in overall control of day-to-day business. A person who is
not in overall control of such business cannot be held liable and convicted for
the act of the firm.

 

In Monaben
Ketanbhai Shah & Anr. vs. State of Gujarat & Ors. (2004) 7 SCC 15 (SC)

the Apex Court, while dealing with the provisions of sections 138 and 141 of
the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881, observed that when a complaint is filed
against a firm, it must be alleged in the complaint that the partners were in
active business. Filing of the partnership deed would be of no consequence for
determining this question. Criminal liability can be fastened only on those who
at the time of commission of offence were in charge of and responsible for the
conduct of the business of the firm. The Court proceeded to observe that this
was because of the fact that there may be sleeping partners who were not
required to take any part in the business of the firm, and / or there may be
ladies and others who may not know anything about such business. The primary
responsibility is on the complainant to make necessary averments in the
complaint so as to make the accused vicariously liable. In Krishna Pipe
and Tubes vs. UOI (1998) 99 Taxmann 568 (All)
it was held that sleeping
partners cannot be held liable for offence/s.

 

In Jamshedpur
Engineering & Machine Manufacturing Co. Ltd. & Ors. vs. Union of India
& Ors. (1995) 214 ITR 556 (Pat.)(HC)
, the High Court of Patna
(Ranchi Bench) held that no vicarious liability can be fastened on all
directors of a company. If there are no averments in the complaint that any
director was ‘in charge of’ or ‘responsible for’ the conduct of business,
prosecution against those directors cannot be sustained.

 

Justice Mathur,
while dealing with the liability of non-working directors in R.K.
Khandelwal vs. State [(1965) 2 Cri.L.J. 439 (AH)(HC)]
, very succinctly
stated as under:

 

‘In companies there can be directors who are not in charge of, and
responsible to the company for the conduct of the business of the company.
There can be directors who merely lay down the policy and are not concerned
with the day-to-day working of the company. Consequently, the mere fact that
the accused person is a director of the company shall not make him criminally
liable for the offences committed by the company unless the other ingredients
are established which make him criminally liable. To put it differently, no
director of a company can be convicted of the offence under section 27 of the
Act [The Drugs Act, 1940] unless it is proved that the sub-standard drug was
sold with his consent or connivance or was attributable to any neglect on his
part, or it is proved that he was a person in charge of and responsible to the
company, for the conduct of the business of the company.’

 

In Kalanithi
Maran vs. UOI [2018] 405 ITR 356 (Mad)(HC)
, while dealing with the
liability of the Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
company for the offence of non-deposit of TDS, it was held that merely because
the petitioner is the Non-Executive Chairman, it cannot be stated that he is in
charge of the day-to-day affairs, management and administration of the company.

 

The Court held in Chanakya
Bhupen Chakravarti and Ors. vs. Rajeshri Karwa and Ors. (4th
December, 2018) (Del)(HC) Crl. M.C. 3729/2017
that ‘there is some
distinction between being privy to what were the affairs of the company and
being responsible for its day-to-day affairs or conduct of its business.’

 

In Pooja
Ravinder Devidasani vs. State of Maharashtra & Anr. (2014) 16 SCC 1 (SC)
,
the Supreme Court ruled thus: ‘17. Non-Executive Director is no doubt a
custodian of the governance of the company but is not involved in the
day-to-day affairs of the running of its business and only monitors the
executive activity.’

 

In Mahalderam
Team Estate Pvt. Ltd. vs. D.N. Pradhan [(1979) 49 Comp. Cas. 529 (Cal)(HC)],

it was held that a director of a company may be concerned only with the policy
to be followed and might not have any hand in the management of its day-to-day
affairs. Such person must necessarily be immune from such prosecutions.

 

In the case of Om
Prakash vs. Shree Keshariya Investments Ltd. (1978) 48 Comp. Cas. 85 (Del)(HC)
,
the Court had held that a distinction has to be made between directors who are
on the board purely by virtue of their technical skill or because they
represented certain special interests, and those who are in effective control
of the management and affairs, and it would be unreasonable to fasten liability
on independent directors for defaults and breaches of the company where such
directors were appointed by virtue of their special skill or expertise but did
not participate in the management. This view has been followed by the Division
Bench of the Bombay High Court in the case of Tri-Sure India Ltd. [(1983)
54 Comp. Cas. 197 (Bom)(HC).

 

In S.M.S.
Pharmaceuticals Ltd. vs. Neeta Bhalla & Anr. [2005] 148 Taxmann 128 (SC)

the Court, while dealing with provisions of section 141 of the Negotiable
Instruments Act which is similar to section 278B, laid down the following
important law relating to the liability of directors:

 

(a)   It is necessary to specifically aver in a
complaint u/s 141 that at the time the offence was committed, the person
accused was in charge of, and responsible for, the conduct of business of the
company. This averment is an essential requirement of section 141 and has to be
made in a complaint. Without this averment being made in a complaint, the
requirements of section 141 cannot be said to be satisfied.

(b)   Merely being a director of a company is not
sufficient to make the person liable u/s 141 of the Act. A director in a
company cannot be deemed to be in charge of and responsible to the company for
the conduct of its business. The requirement of section 141 is that the person
sought to be made liable should be in charge of and responsible for the conduct
of the business of the company at the relevant time. This has to be averred as
a fact as there is no deemed liability of a director in such cases.

(c)   The Managing Director or Joint Managing
Director would be admittedly in charge of the company and responsible to the
company for the conduct of its business. When that is so, holders of such
positions in a company become liable u/s 141 of the Act. By virtue of the
office they hold as Managing Director or Joint Managing Director, these persons
are in charge of and responsible for the conduct of the business of the
company. Therefore, they get covered u/s 141.

In Madhumilan
Syntex Ltd. vs. UOI (2007) 290 ITR 199 (SC)
the assessee had deducted
TDS but credited the same to the account of the Central Government after the
expiry of the prescribed time limit, thereby constituting an offence u/s 276B
r/w/s/ 278B. A show-cause notice was issued against the company as well as its
four directors as ‘principal officers’. The accused pleaded the ground of
‘reasonable cause’. However, sanction for prosecution was granted as a
complaint was filed against the appellants on 26th February, 1992 in the Court of the Additional
Chief Judicial Magistrate (Economic Crime), Indore. The accused filed
applications u/s 245 of the Cr.PC, 1973 (the Code) for discharge from the case
contending that they had not committed any offence and the provisions of the
Act had no application to the case. It was alleged that the proceedings
initiated were mala fide. In several other similar cases, no prosecution
was ordered and the action was arbitrary as also discriminatory. Moreover,
there was ‘reasonable cause’ for delay in making payment and the case was
covered by section 278AA of the Act. The directors further stated that they
could not be treated as ‘principal officers’ u/s 2(35) of the Act and it was
not shown that they were ‘in charge’ of and were ‘responsible for’ the conduct
of the business of the company. No material was placed by the complainant as to
how the directors participated in the conduct of the business of the company
and for that reason, too, they should be discharged.

 

However the prayers
of the accused were rejected. Against this rejection a revision petition was
filed, which was also rejected. And against this, a criminal petition was filed
before the High Court, which was also dismissed. Hence, the accused approached
the Supreme Court. The following important points of law were laid down by the
Apex Court:

 

1.    Wherever a company is required to deduct tax
at source and to pay it to the account of the Central Government, failure on
the part of the company in deducting or in paying such amount is an offence
under the Act and has been made punishable;

2.    From the statutory provisions, it is clear
that to hold a person responsible under the Act it must be shown that he / she
is a ‘principal officer’ u/s 2(35) of the Act or is ‘in charge of’ and
‘responsible for’ the business of the company or firm. Where necessary
averments have been made in the complaint, initiation of criminal proceedings,
issuance of summons or framing of charges cannot be held illegal and the Court
would not inquire into or decide the correctness or otherwise of the
allegations levelled or averments made by the complainant. It is a matter of
evidence and an appropriate order can be passed at the trial;

3.    No independent and separate notice that the
directors were to be treated as principal officers under the Act is necessary
and when in the show-cause notice it was stated that the directors were to be
considered as principal officers under the Act and a complaint was filed, such
complaint can be entertained by a Court provided it is otherwise maintainable;

4.   Once a statute requires to pay tax and
stipulates the period within which such payment is to be made, the payment must
be made within that period. If the payment is not made within that period,
there is a default and appropriate action can be taken under the Act;

5.     It is true that the Act provides for
imposition of penalty for non-payment of tax. That, however, does not take away
the power to prosecute the accused persons if an offence has been committed by
them.

 

Though the Apex
Court did not go into the merits of the case and decided the issue in respect
of the maintainability of the criminal complaint, the decision has given a
clear warning to corporates and their principal officers on the need for strict
adherence to time schedules in the matter of payment of taxes, especially Tax
Deducted at Source.

 

Analysis of
recent decision of Court of Sessions at Greater Mumbai in the case of Eckhard
Garbers vs. Shri Shubham Agrawal, criminal revision application No. 267 of 2019
dated 16th December, 2019

 

FACTS
OF THE CASE

The facts of the
case as can be culled out from the order are as under:

(i)    The Income Tax Department had filed criminal
case bearing C.C. No. 231/SW/2018 against the company, its six directors and
Chief Financial Officer on the ground that the company had deducted income tax
by way of TDS from various parties but the said amount was not immediately
credited to the Central Government; subsequently, after a delay of between one
and eleven months, the said amount was credited to the Government; as such,
offences punishable u/s 276B r/w/s 278B of the Income Tax Act, 1961 were
attracted.

(ii)    The learned Additional Chief Metropolitan
Magistrate, 38th Court, Ballard Pier, Mumbai, by order dated 24th July,
2018, issued process against the accused persons for offences punishable u/s
276B r/w/s 278B of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

(iii)   Being aggrieved by the said order of issue of
process, the applicant / accused No. 7, i.e., Eckhard Garbers, had preferred
criminal revision application before the Sessions Court. He contended that he
is a foreign national and as such he was just a professional and an independent
director. He has not participated in the day-to-day business of the company and
was not in charge of such day-to-day business; as such, as per section 278B of
the Act, he is not liable for criminal proceedings.

 

FINDINGS
OF THE SESSIONS COURT

(a)   The averments regarding the position and the
liability of the accused persons, especially Mr. Eckhard, are vague in nature.
There is nothing in the complaint showing how each of the accused / directors
were in charge of and responsible for the day-to-day business of the accused
No. 1 / Company. The averment in the complaint is as under:

‘8. It is further
respectfully submitted that the accused are… the directors. The accused are
also liable for the said acts of omission and contravention committed by the
accused and therefore they are also liable to be prosecuted and to be punished
for the act committed by the accused… u/s 276B of the I.T. Act, 1961.’

 

(b)   There must be detailed averment showing how
the particular director / accused was participating in the day-to-day conduct
of the business of the company and that he was in charge of and responsible to
the company for its business and if such averments are missing, the Court
cannot issue process against such director. The Sessions Court, while coming to
the said conclusion, has relied on the following two decisions:

 

# Hon’ble Supreme
Court in the case of Municipal Corporation of Delhi vs. Ram Kishan
Rohtagi and others reported in AIR 1983 SC 67
. In paragraph 15 of the
judgment, it is observed by their Lordships as under:

‘15. So far as the
manager is concerned, we are satisfied that from the very nature of his duties
it can be safely inferred that he would undoubtedly be vicariously liable for
the offence, vicarious liability being an incident of an offence under the Act.
So far as the directors are concerned, there is not even a whisper nor a shred
of evidence nor anything to show, apart from the presumption drawn by the
complainant, that there is any act committed by the directors from which a
reasonable inference can be drawn that they could also be vicariously liable.
In these circumstances, therefore, we find ourselves in complete agreement with
the argument of the High Court that no case against the directors (accused Nos.
4 to 7) has been made out ex facie on the allegations made in the
complaint and the proceedings against them were rightly quashed.’

 

# In Homi
Phiroze Ranina vs. State of Maharashtra [2003] 263 ITR 6 636 (Bom)(HC)

while dealing with the liability of non-working directors, the Bombay High
Court held as follows:

‘11. Unless the
complaint disclosed a prima facie case against the applicants / accused
of their liability and obligation as principal officers in the day-to-day
affairs of the company as directors of the company u/s 278B, the applicants
cannot be prosecuted for the offences committed by the company. In the absence
of any material in the complaint itself prima facie disclosing
responsibility of the accused for the running of the day-to-day affairs of the
company, process could not have been issued against them. The applicants cannot
be made to undergo the ordeal of a trial unless it could be prima facie
showed that they are legally liable for the failure of the company in paying
the amount deducted to the credit of the company. Otherwise, it would be a
travesty of justice to prosecute them and ask them to prove that the offence is
committed without their knowledge. The Supreme Court in the case of Sham
Sundar vs. State of Haryana AIR 1989 SC 1982
held as follows:

 

… It would be a
travesty of justice to prosecute all partners and ask them to prove under the proviso
to sub-section (1) that the offence was committed without their knowledge. It
is significant to note that the obligation for the accused to prove under the proviso
that the offence took place without his knowledge or that he exercised all due
diligence to prevent such offence arises only when the prosecution establishes
that the requisite condition mentioned in sub-section (1) is established. The
requisite condition is that the partner was responsible for carrying on the
business and was during the relevant time in charge of the business. In the
absence of any such proof, no partner could be convicted…’ (p. 1984).

 

(c)   The Chief Finance Officer, who
was responsible for the day-to-day finance matters, including recovery of TDS
from the customers and to deposit it in the account of the Central Government,
was prima facie responsible for the criminal prosecution for the alleged
default committed, but certainly the Director, who is not in charge of and not
responsible for the day-to-day business of the company is not liable for
criminal prosecution, unless it is specifically described in the complaint as
to how he is involved in the day-to-day conduct of the business of the company.

 

CONCLUSION

From the analysis
of the provisions of section 278B it could be seen that the scope and the exact
connotation of the expression ‘every person who at the time the offence was
committed was in charge of, and was responsible to, the company for the conduct
of the business of the company’ assumes a very important role. If a person,
i.e., the director or an executive of the company falls within the purview of
this expression, he would be liable for the offence of the company and may be
punished for the same. If, on the other hand, the person charged with an
offence is not the one who falls within the ambit of that expression, the court
will relieve him of the accusation. Therefore, the essential question that
arises is as to who are the persons in charge of, and responsible to, the
company for the conduct of the business of the company. It should be noted that
the onus of proving that the person accused was in charge of the conduct of the
business of the company at the time the contravention took place lies on the
prosecution.

 

Another essential
aspect is that the complaint must not only contain a bald averment that the
director is responsible for the offence, but the averment must show how the
director who is treated as accused has participated in the day-to-day affairs
of the company. If such an averment is not found and the Magistrate has issued
process and taken cognisance of the complaint, then the accused director can
file a revision application before the Courts of Session. The director can also
file a Writ Petition before the High Court by invoking the provisions of
section 482 of the Cr.PC. The Bombay High Court in Prescon Realtors and Infrastructure
Pvt. Ltd. and Anr vs. DCIT & Anr WP/59/2019 dated 7th August,
2019
has stayed the proceedings before the trial court against the
company and its directors as self-assessment taxes were ultimately paid by the
company. Thus, in genuine cases the Bombay High is entertaining the Writ
Petitions challenging the processes issued by the Magistrate.

 

Where the directors
have resigned, or were not involved in the day-to-day affairs of the company,
the directors can also file discharge application u/s 245 of the Cr.PC before
the Magistrate Court. However, one must note that as per section 280C, offences
punishable with imprisonment extending to two years or fine, or both, will be
tried as summons cases and not warrant cases. There is no provision of discharge
in summons triable cases. Hence, in such cases the process may be challenged by
filing revision before the Sessions Court or by filing a Writ Petition before
the Bombay High Court.

 

The companies must
clearly cull out the responsibilities of directors, Chief Financial Officers,
accountants, etc. so that tax defaults can be appropriately attributed to the
right person in the company and all the key persons of the company don’t have
to face the brunt of prosecution.

ASSUMPTION OF JURISDICTION U/S 143(2) OF THE INCOME TAX ACT, 1961

Putting one to notice is one of the most
fundamental aspects of law and adjudication. As we are aware, in scrutiny
proceedings the Assessing Officer (AO), in order to ensure that the assessee
has not understated income or not claimed excessive loss, can call the assessee
to produce evidence to support the return of income filed. To assume proper
jurisdiction, the AO has to satisfy two conditions provided in section 143(2)
of the Income Tax Act (the Act). This section states that where a return of
income has been furnished, the AO shall, if he considers it necessary or
expedient to ensure
that the assessee has not understated income or has
computed excessive loss, serve on the assessee a notice requiring him to
adduce evidence in support of his return of income. The proviso to
section 143(2) of the Act states that no notice under the sub-section shall
be served on the assessee after
the expiry of six months from the end of
the month in which the return is furnished. It is pertinent to note that the
section, including the proviso, has not gone through any material
changes over the years.

 

It is clear from the above that it is
incumbent upon the AO to serve a notice u/s 143(2) and the proviso puts
a further limit on the AO to serve the notice within six months from the end of
the month in which the return of income was furnished. Now, one does not
require any authority to support the proposition that when the legislature has
used the word ‘shall’, it has not left any discretion with the AO and that it
is mandatory for him to follow such procedure. The issue eventually boils down
to interpretation of the word ‘serve’ and whether mere issuance of notice u/s
143(2) is sufficient compliance.

 

SECTIONS AND RULES
DEALING WITH SERVICE UNDER THE ACT

At this point it would be useful to go
through section 282 of the Act as it stood prior to the amendment brought in by
the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009; it stated that ‘a notice or requisition under
this Act may be served on the person therein named either by post or as if it
were a summons issued by a court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908’.
Therefore,
notice could have been served either through post or as if it were summons
under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (CPC). It would be pertinent to note
that Order 5 of the CPC deals with issue and service of summons. In Order 5 of
the CPC, Rules 9 to 20 are of relevance and Rules 17 and 20 are of some
importance for the discussion herewith.

 

Rule 17 of Order 5 of the CPC reads as
follows: ‘Where the defendant or his agent or such other person as aforesaid
refuses to sign the acknowledgement… the serving officer shall affix a copy of
the summons on the outer door or some other conspicuous part of the house in
which the defendant ordinarily resides or carries on business or personally
works for gain, and shall then return the original to the Court from which it
was issued, with a report endorsed thereon or annexed thereto stating that he
has so affixed the copy, the circumstances under which he did so, and the name
and address of the person (if any) by whom the house was identified and in
whose presence the copy was affixed.’

 

The Rule
provides that if the defendant or his agent refuses to sign the
acknowledgement, then the serving officer can affix a copy of the summons on
the outer door or any conspicuous part of the house and shall return the
original to the Court (in our case the AO) with a report saying under what
circumstances he affixed the copy on the outer door.

 

Rule 20 of Order 5 of the CPC reads as
under: ‘(1) Where the Court is satisfied that there is reason to believe
that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose of avoiding
service, or that for any other reason the summons cannot be served in the
ordinary way, the Court shall order the summons to be served by affixing a copy
thereof in some conspicuous place in the Courthouse, and also upon some
conspicuous part of the house (if any) in which the defendant is known to have
last resided or carried on business or personally worked for gain, or in such
other manner as the Court thinks fit.

(2) Effect of service substituted by
order of the Court shall be as effectual as if it had been made on the defendant personally.’

From a reading of the above Rule it is
evident that if the Court (in our case the AO) is satisfied that there is
reason to believe that the defendant is keeping out of the way for the purpose
of avoiding service, the Court shall order the summons to be served by affixing
a copy thereof in some conspicuous place. The aforesaid provisions are relevant
to appreciate the point that the Act sufficiently provides remedy to a
situation where the assessee is being evasive in receiving notices either in
order to frustrate the attempts of the AO to serve the notices within the time
limit prescribed under the Act and, as a consequence, to vitiate the entire
proceedings, or to stall the assessment proceedings. Further, the aforesaid
position will not change even under the amended provisions of section 282 of
the Act, as I will point out below.

 

The Act also deals with how the notice has
to be delivered to the person mentioned therein. Under the amended section
282(2) of the Act, the Board has been empowered to make rules providing for the
addresses to which a communication referred to in sub-section (1) may be delivered.
In view of the same, Rule 127 of the Rules was inserted. Further, the first proviso
states that if the assessee specifically intimates to the AO that notice shall
not be served on the addresses mentioned in sub-clauses (i) to (iv) of Rule
127(1) of the Rules (address in PAN database and return of income of the year
in consideration, or previous year, or in the MCA database) where the assessee
furnishes in writing any other address for the purpose of communication. The
second proviso states that if the communication could not be served on
the addresses mentioned in clauses (i) to (iv) of Rule 127(2) of the Rules as
well as the address mentioned in the first proviso as provided by the
assessee, then the AO shall deliver or transmit the document, inter alia,
to the address available with any banking company, or co-operative bank, or
insurance company, or post-master general, or address available in government
records, or with any local authority mentioned in section 10(20) of the Act. As
evident, the Rules have provided enough avenues to the AO to achieve the same.

 

The question which one would have to
consider is what would be the position when the assessee has not intimated the
AO of the new address and the notice issued on an old address comes back unserved
and, thereafter, the time limit to issue further notice has expired?

 

In my opinion, considering the sheer avenues
available with the AO in view of Rule 127 of the Rules, it was incumbent upon
the AO to serve or communicate the notice on any of the addresses provided
therein. The argument with respect to passing of time limit and, therefore, the
AO could not serve notice on the assessee, would not exonerate the AO from
making endeavours much before the passing of the time limit. If the assessee has
to be vigilant enough to meet deadlines, compliances and its rights and
contentions, equally, the AO, with all the resources at its disposal in today’s
technologically advanced environment, is expected to serve notices within the
time limit provided under the Act. If the AO issues a notice at the fag end of
the period of limitation and thereafter the service of the notice is called
into question, in my opinion, as stated above, it may not absolve the AO from
his duty to serve it within time for the simple reason that proceedings ought
to have been initiated a bit earlier on a conservative basis. Further, if, at
the same time, the conduct of the assessee is not forthcoming or is evasive,
the Courts, in my opinion, surely would step in to do justice.

 

Further, instances have come to light with
regard to E-assessment proceedings where the AO, rather than serving the
notices on the email address provided by the assessee, is merely uploading the
notices on the e-filing income tax portal of the assessee; this, in my opinion,
would also not be valid service of notice. The Rules mandate, as discussed
above, that the electronic record has to be communicated to the assessee on his
email address and not merely uploaded.

 

After dealing with the sections on modes of
service, it would be suitable to deal with sections mandating service of notice
in addition to section 143(2) of the Act. Section 292BB, which states that
where an assessee has appeared in any proceedings relating to an assessment,
then it shall be deemed that any notice which was required to be served upon
the assessee has been duly served upon him in time in accordance with the
provisions of the Act and such assessee shall be precluded from taking any
objection in any proceedings, inter alia, on the ground that the notice
was not served upon him on time. However, nothing contained in the section
would apply where the assessee raises that objection before the completion of
the assessment itself. The provision impliedly, or rather expressly, recognises
the fact that valid service of notice within the time limit prescribed under
the requisite provisions has been given utmost importance under the Act and
failure to service it within the stipulated time limit would vitiate the entire
proceedings.

 

Reference can also be made to section
153C(2) to demonstrate that the legislature has been emphasising the point of
service of notice u/s 143(2) and recognising a distinction between service and
issuance of notice. The section provides that where the incriminating material
as mentioned in 153(1) has been received by the AO of the assessee after the
due date of filing of return of the assessment year in which search was carried
out and no notice u/s 143(2) has been served and the time limit to serve the notice
has also expired before the date of receiving the incriminating material, then
the AO shall issue notice as per the manner prescribed u/s 153A.

 

Therefore, what the section provides is, all
other conditions remaining constant, if notice u/s 143(2) has been issued but
not served and the time limit for serving the notice has also expired, then the
AO can proceed as per the procedure provided u/s 153A. Therefore, the
legislature itself has again made a distinction between issue of notice and
service of notice u/s 143(2) and put beyond the pale of doubt that the
requirement as provided u/s 143(2) is of service of notice and not mere
issuance. It would also be relevant to take note of section 156, which also
puts an embargo of service of the notice of demand. Further, as I point out in
paragraph (vii) below, service of notice is a precondition to assume valid
jurisdiction.

 

A FEW DECISIONS OF THE
SUPREME COURT / THE COURT

The Supreme Court, in the context of section
156, dealt with the issue whether the subsequent recovery proceedings would
stand vitiated when no notice of demand had been served on the assessee. In the
case of Mohan Wahi vs. CIT (248 ITR 799), the Court, following
the decision in the case of ITO vs. Seghu Setty (52 ITR 528)
rendered in the context of the Income-tax Act, 1922 (1922 Act), held that the
use of the term ‘shall’ in section 156 implies that service of demand notice is
mandatory before initiating recovery proceedings and constitutes the foundation
for recovery proceedings and, therefore, failure to serve the notice of demand
would render the subsequent recovery proceedings null and void.

 

Reference can also be made to the Three-Judge
Bench decision
of the Supreme Court in the case of Narayana Chetty
vs. ITO (35 ITR 388)
wherein the Court, dealing with section 34
(providing power to reopen an assessment) of the 1922 Act, held that service of
the notice is a precondition and it is not a procedural irregularity. A similar
analogy, in my submission, can be drawn with regard to section 143(2) as well –
that section 143(2) mandates service of notice on the assessee and the said
notice also forms the bedrock of assessment proceedings, therefore, mere
issuance is not sufficient.

 

Further, I would like to point out the
decision of the Supreme Court in the case of R.K. Upadhyaya vs. Shanabhai
P. Patel (166 ITR 163)
  where the
Court has made a distinction between issuance of notice and service of notice.
However, prior to dealing with the same it is appropriate to discuss the
decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Bansari Debi vs. ITO (53 ITR
100).
The controversy in that is as follows: Section 34(1)(b) of the
1922 Act provided that the AO may, at any time within eight assessment years
from the end of the assessment year of which reopening is sought to be done,
reopen the assessment by serving a notice on the assessee. The aforesaid
section was amended by section 4 of the Indian Income tax (Amendment) Act, 1959
(Amending Act) which, inter alia, provided that no notice issued u/s 34(1)
can be called into challenge before any court of law on the ground that the
time limit for issuing the notice had expired. The assessee raised a plea that
when the notice is issued within a period of eight years but served beyond the
period of eight years, it would not be saved by the Amending Act, as it only
dealt with issuance of notice.

 

The Court, rejecting the argument of the
assessee, held that the purpose of bringing the Amending Act was to save the
validity of the notice; if a narrow interpretation of ‘issue’ is given, then
the Amending Act would become unworkable as the time limit prescribed in
34(1)(b) of the 1922 Act was only with regard to service of notice. Therefore,
to advance the purpose of the legislature, which was to save the validity of
notices beyond the time prescribed under the 1922 Act, the Court held that the
word ‘issue’ has to be interpreted as the word ‘service’. The Court held that a
wider meaning of the word ‘issue’ would be consistent with the provisions of
the Act as well. In conclusion, the Court in the aforesaid case held that
‘issue’ can be interchangeably used with ‘service’.

 

Thereafter, in the context of the 1961 Act,
the Supreme Court in the case of R.K. Upadhyaya (Supra)
was again called upon to decide whether service and issue can be used
interchangeably. The controversy before the Court was that the notice u/s 148
was issued by registered post prior to the date of limitation; however, it was
served after the period of limitation. The assessee / respondent before the
Court argued that though section 149 states that the no notice shall be issued
beyond the period of limitation and section 148 provides that reassessment
cannot be done without service of the notice u/s 148, in view of the decision
of Bansari Debi (Supra), ‘issue’ used in section 149 shall be
interpreted to mean ‘serve’; therefore, service beyond the period of limitation
is not valid in law.

 

The Supreme Court rejected the argument by
holding that the scheme of the 1961 Act is materially different from the 1922
Act. A clear distinction has been made between ‘issue of notice’ and ‘service
of notice’ under the 1961 Act. The Court held that section 148 provides service
of notice as a condition precedent to making the assessment and section 149
provides for issuance of notice before the period of limitation; therefore,
there is a clear distinction between the two. The decision in the case of Bansari Debi (Supra) could not be applied for the purpose of
interpreting the provisions of reopening under the 1961 Act.

 

In my view of the aforesaid decisions as
well as the provisions of the Act, it can be contended that service of notice
u/s 143(2) is a condition precedent for assuming jurisdiction u/s 143. The
legislature has made a clear distinction between the term ‘issue’ and ‘service’
and it is manifested from sections 148 and 149 of the Act. Therefore, the two
terms cannot be used interchangeably.

 

CIRCULARS /
INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY THE BOARD

Reference can also be made to Instruction
No. 1808 dated 8th March, 1989 which deals with the then
newly-inserted proviso u/s 143(2). The proviso is identically
worded as the new proviso, the only difference being the time limit for
service of the notice. The instruction which the Board gave to the authorities
is as follows:

 

‘4. It may be noted that, under the
aforesaid provision, it is essential that a notice under section 143(2) of the
Act is served on the assessee within the statutory time limit, and mere issue
of the notice within the statutory period will not suffice’
. The instruction clearly states that mere issuance of notice within
the statutory period will not suffice, it has to be served. Similar
instructions have been given by the Board for selection of cases u/s 143(2)(i)
vide Instruction No. 5 dated 28th June, 2002. A similar instruction
has been given in the General Direction issued by the Board vide Notification
No. 3265 (E) 62/2019 dated 12th September, 2019 with regard to the
new scheme of E-assessment, which has been brought with much fanfare.

 

In view of the aforesaid interpretation
given by the Board through various circulars and instructions that notice u/s
143(2) has to be served, it would not be open to Revenue to contend otherwise
that mere issuance of notice would suffice the requirement of the section. Considering
the aforesaid provisions, the dictum of the Supreme Court in the aforesaid
decisions and the interpretation given by the Board itself, it would be safe to
conclude that issuance of notice u/s 143(2) will not meet the requirement of
assuming valid jurisdiction to initiate proceedings u/s 143.

 

RECENT DECISION OF THE
SUPREME COURT

However, the Supreme Court recently,
in the case of Pr. CIT vs. M/s I-ven Interactive Ltd. (418 ITR 662),
has apparently altered the aforesaid position. The Court has not only put a
burdensome finding on the assessee but has also given a distinctive
interpretation of law which I would like to discuss.

 

Facts

The assessee filed its return of income
online on 28th November, 2006 for 2006-07 and also filed a hard copy
on 5th December, 2006. In the return of income, the assessee had
mentioned its new address. Thereafter, a notice u/s 143(2) was issued on 5th
October, 2007 at the old address, picked up from the PAN database of the
assessee. Though it is not coming out very clearly from the facts as narrated
by the Court in its order, the question of law before the Bombay High Court as
well as the grounds of appeal raised before the Tribunal proceeds on the footing
that the notice was indeed served on the associate entity of the assessee
within the time limit prescribed under the proviso to section 143(2).
Another notice u/s 143(2) was issued on 25th July, 2008 at the
address available in the PAN database. The assessment order was passed u/s
143(3) on 24th December, 2008.

 

The assessee challenged the order before the
Commissioner of Income tax (Appeals) (CIT[A]), inter alia, on the ground
that the notice u/s 143(2) issued on 5th October, 2007 was not
served on the assessee and the subsequent notices were served beyond the time
limit prescribed u/s 143(2). The CIT(A), vide order dated 23rd December,
2010, allowed the appeal holding that the AO passed the order without assuming a valid jurisdiction u/s 143(2).

 

Revenue challenged the order of the CIT(A)
before the Income tax Appellate Tribunal (the Tribunal) which, vide its order
dated 19th January, 2015, confirmed the order of the CIT(A). The
Tribunal, affirming the finding of the CIT(A), inter alia, held that the
assessee had, during the course of the assessment proceedings, brought to the
notice of the AO that the notice u/s 143(2) dated 5th October, 2007
was not served on the appellant, therefore, the proceedings u/s 143(3) were bad
in law.

 

Revenue challenged the order of the Tribunal
before the Bombay High Court in ITA No. 94 of 2016. The Bombay High Court,
dismissing the appeal, noted that the AO had, in fact, served at the new
address the assessment order u/s 143(3) on 30th November, 2006 for
assessment year 2004-05 which was very much prior to the notice u/s 143(2)
dated 5th October, 2007 and 25th July, 2008. The Bombay
High Court noted that the assessee, in the course of the assessment
proceedings, had raised the issue of valid service of notice u/s 143(2) and, therefore,
the Tribunal rightly held that in view of the proviso to section 292BB,
notice not being served within time was invalid.

 

Arguments before the Supreme Court

It was submitted that as there was no
intimation by the assessee to the AO of change of address, the notice u/s
143(2) was sent to the assessee at the available address as per the PAN
database. In view of these facts, the AO was justified in sending the notice
u/s 143(2) on the old address. Once the notice has been issued and sent to the
available address as per the PAN database, it is sufficient compliance of
provisions u/s 143(2).

 

The assessee argued that the AO was aware
about the new address and, therefore, the notice u/s 143(2) ought to have been
served at the new address only. But the notice u/s 143(2) was, in fact, served
on the old address and, therefore, the same was never served on the assessee.
Further, the subsequent notice was served beyond the time limit provided u/s
143(2). The assessee further relied on the decision of the Supreme Court in the
case of ACIT vs. Hotel Blue Moon (321 ITR 362) to submit that
notice u/s 143(2) has to be served within the time limit prescribed under the proviso
to section 143(2).

 

The assessee further argued that the AO was
aware about the change of address, which is evident from the fact that the AO
had sent assessment orders for the assessment years 2004-05 and 2005-06 to the
new address.

 

Conclusion of the Supreme Court

The Court held that as there was no
intimation of change of address to the AO, the AO was justified in issuing the
notice u/s 143(2) on the address available in the PAN database. The Court
further held that mere mentioning of the new address in the return of income
without specifically intimating the AO with respect to the change of address
and without getting the PAN database changed is not adequate. In the absence of
any specific intimation, the AO was justified in issuing the notice at the
address available in the PAN database, especially in view of the return being
filed under the e-filing scheme. The Court noted that the notices u/s 143(2)
are issued on selection of cases generated under the automated system of the
Department which picks up the address of the assessee from the PAN database.

 

The Court, thereafter, held that once a notice
is issued within the time limit prescribed as per the proviso to section
143(2), the same can be said to be sufficient compliance of section 143(2).
Actual service of the notice upon the assessee is immaterial. The Court gave
such an interpretation to the proviso because, in its wisdom, it felt
that in a case it may happen that though the notice is sent within the period
prescribed, the assessee may avoid actual service of the notice till the expiry
of the period prescribed. The Court further held that in the decision relied
upon by the assessee in the case of Hotel Blue Moon (Supra) also,
it was observed that issuance of notice u/s 143(2) within the time limit
prescribed under the proviso to section 143(2) is necessary.

 

With regard to the argument of the assessee
that the AO was aware of the change of address in view of the fact that the AO
himself had issued assessment orders for earlier assessment years, i.e. 2004-05
and 2005-06 on the new address, the Court held that the matter had been
adequately explained by the Revenue. In view of the aforesaid findings, the
Court set aside the order of the Bombay High Court and remanded the matter back
to the file of the CIT(A) to decide the issue on merits.

 

Analysis of the aforesaid decision

The Court came to the aforesaid conclusion
that issuance of a notice is sufficient and service is immaterial majorly on
the point that an assessee may deliberately avoid service of notice within the
time limit in order to stall the assessment proceedings. The remedy for the situation
envisaged by the Court has been adequately provided under the Act itself as
pointed out in paragraph (ii) above, that if the assessee is evasive then there
are various modes of effecting service which would be considered as valid forms
of service. Further, the Act has made clear the requirement of service of the
notice, and not mere issuance, as discussed in paragraph (vi) above. The Court
in its previous decisions has also opined that service of notice is a
precondition for assuming valid jurisdiction and also brought out distinction
between issue and service of notice and how it has been used distinctively
under the Act, which we have seen in aforesaid paragraph (viii). In fact,
Revenue itself has interpreted that service of notice is the most crucial point
of assuming jurisdiction u/s 143(2) which we have seen in paragraph (ix) above.

 

In my submission, it was not open to the
Revenue to contend otherwise. Further, reference can also be made to the
decision of the Supreme Court Three-Judge Bench in the case of UCO
Bank vs. CIT (237 ITR 889)
in which the Court dealt with a somewhat
similar issue. To a previous Three-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court, a CBDT
Circular was not pointed out which was in consonance with the provisions of the
Act and the concept of income. The Court held that circulars are issued for the
purpose of proper administration of the Act, to mitigate the rigours of the
application of provisions of the statute, in certain situations by applying
interpretation beneficial to the assessee, and circulars are not meant for
contradicting or nullifying any provision of the law. Such circulars are
binding on the Revenue and when one such circular was not put before the
earlier Three-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in a correct perspective, the
same would be contrary to the ratio laid down by the decision of the Constitutional
Bench
in the case of Navnitlal Jhaveri vs. AAC (56 ITR 198). In
my opinion, this can be similarly submitted with regard to the aforesaid
circulars referred to in paragraph (vi) as well.

 

Obiter vs.
ratio
of the decision

One more aspect
which I would like to highlight with regard to the aforesaid decision and that
can be kept in mind is that the notices were served on the associate of the
assessee within the time limit provided under the proviso to section
143(2) and that may have prompted the Court to reach the aforesaid conclusion.
Looking at it from another angle, we can wonder whether the interpretation
given by the Court is the ratio of the judgment or an obiter dictum?
It is well settled that even the obiter of the Court is binding
throughout the country and no authority is required to support that
proposition. The only point of distinction would be that when the obiter of
the Court contradicts the ratio of a previous decision, then the ratio
laid down in the previous decision has to be followed and not the obiter.

 

In this regard, I would draw attention to
the decision rendered by the Punjab and Haryana High Court in the case
of Sirsa Industries vs. CIT (178 ITR 437). Even there, the High
Court was dealing with a question in which seemingly a Three-Judge Bench
decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Chowringhee Sales
Bureau vs. CIT (87 ITR 542)
had taken a view contrary to the decision
of the Division Bench in the case of Kedarnath Jute Mfg. Co. Ltd.
vs. CIT (82 ITR 363)
. The facts of the case are noteworthy. The
assessee was following the mercantile system of accounting and claimed
deduction of sales tax payable by taking a view that the liability had accrued
and therefore deduction could be claimed. The AO sought to reopen the
assessment to deny deduction claimed on mercantile basis by taking the view
that in the case of Chowringhee Sales (Supra), the Supreme Court
held, even though that party was following the mercantile system of accounting,
that ‘a party would be entitled to claim deduction as and when it passes it
on to the government’.
The High Court held that the Supreme Court in the
case of Chowringhee Sales (Supra) was considering a different
issue and not the allowability or non-allowability of sales tax payable and,
therefore, it cannot be said that there is a conflict between the decision of
the Three-Judge Bench in the case of Chowringhee Sales (Supra)
and the decision of the Division Bench in the case of Kedarnath Jute Mfg.
(Supra),
which allowed deduction of sales tax liability on the basis of
accrual of liability. In view of the same, the High Court quashed the reopening
notices.

 

The facts of the case before the Court in
the case of I-ven Interactive, as narrated above, show that the notice was
served on the associate of the assessee within the time limit provided under
the proviso to section 143(2). Therefore, it is possible to argue that
the Court was called upon to decide only on the point as to whether or not
notice u/s 143(2) served on the associate of the assessee on the old address of
the assessee was a valid service u/s 143(2). Consequently, mere issuance of
notice u/s 143(2) was sufficient compliance of the provision of section 143(2)
was merely an observation made by the Court.

 

Considering the aforesaid provisions of the
Act, the decisions of the Court itself which the Court did not have the
occasion to deal with sufficiently, as well as the CBDT Circulars, in my
opinion it is still an arguable case that mere issuance of notice u/s 143(2) is
not a sufficient compliance of the provisions of section 143(2). Inversely,
whether service of notice should have been read as issuance of notice has not
been foreclosed.

 

With regard to the second important finding
which the Court had given, that merely mentioning the new address in the return
of income would not suffice, a specific intimation has to be filed with the AO
bringing to his notice the change of address as well as an application for
change of address has to be made in the PAN database. From 2nd
December, 2015 (the date from which Rule 127 of the Rules was inserted), the
Act has implicitly recognised the fact that once an address is mentioned in the
return of income, the AO is aware about that address and, thereby, notice can
be served on the said address as well in a given scenario. The second proviso,
inserted from 20th December, 2017, sheds some light on the
controversy dealt with by the Court. Therefore, in my view, after insertion of
Rule 127 of the Rules, failure to specifically bring to the AO’s notice would
not enable the AO to shirk his responsibility of serving the notice to the
assessee.

 

I have tried to comprehensively deal with
the aspect of issue vs. service as well as what would be the consequences of a
notice coming back unserved. In future on account of electronic transmission of
notices as well as e-assessments, service of notice would throw up innumerable
fresh challenges. It would be interesting to see how the Courts deal with the
same.

 

INCOME-TAX E-ASSESSMENTS – YESTERDAY, TODAY & TOMORROW

INTRODUCTION

The Government of
India has, over the last few years, taken various steps to reduce human
interface between the tax administration and the taxpayers and to bring in
consistency and transparency in various tax administrative matters through the
use of Information Technology. This has been very pronounced in the matter of
scrutinies being conducted by tax officers under the Income-tax Act, 1961 (the
Act). This article traces the history of E-assessments and takes a peep into
what the coming days will bring.

 

RECENT
HISTORY

When we look at the
recent past, one of the initial impacts of technology in the income tax
scrutiny assessment procedures was the implementation of the Computer-Assisted
Scrutiny Selection (CASS) scheme for selection of cases. The process of
selection of cases based on scrutiny on random basis was gradually dispensed
with and was replaced by a system-based centralised approach. Under CASS, the
selection of income tax returns for the purpose of scrutiny was based on a
detailed analysis of risk parameters and 360-degree data profiling of the
taxpayers.

 

The CASS
substantially reduced the manual intervention in the selection process of cases
for assessment proceedings. Nonetheless, some cases were manually picked up by
the taxmen on the basis of pre-determined revenue potential-based parameters.

 

The CASS provided
greater transparency in the selection procedures as the guidelines of selection
were placed in the public domain for wider information of taxpayers. The entire
process was made quite transparent and scientific.

 

In order to address
the concerns of taxpayers with respect to undue harassment and to ensure proper
tax administration, the Board, by virtue of its powers u/s 119 of the Act and
in supersession of earlier instructions / guidelines that in cases selected for
scrutiny during the Financial Year 2014-15 under CASS, on the basis of either
AIR data or CIB information or for non-reconciliation with Form 26AS data,
ensured that the scope of inquiry should be limited to verification of those
particular aspects only. The Assessing Officers (AOs) were instructed to
confine their questionnaire and subsequent inquiry or verification only to the
specific point(s) on the basis of which the particular return was selected for
scrutiny.

 

Apart from this,
the reason(s) for selection of cases under CASS were displayed to the AOs in
the Assessment Information System (AST) application and notices for selection
of cases of scrutiny u/s 143(2) of the Act, after generation from AST, were
issued to the taxpayers with the remark ‘Selected under Computer-Aided Scrutiny
Selection (CASS)’.

 

PILOT
PROJECT

In order to further
improve the assessment procedures and usher in a paperless environment, the
Department rolled out the E-assessment procedures via a pilot project wherein
the AOs conducted their inquiry by sending queries and receiving responses
thereto through e-mails.

 

The cases covered under the pilot project were initially those which had
been selected for scrutiny on the basis of AIR (Annual Information Return) /
CIB (Central Information Branch) information or non-reconciliation of tax with
Form 26AS data. However, the Department ensured that the consent of the
taxpayers was sought for their scrutiny assessment proceedings to be carried
out under the newly-introduced E-assessment proceedings and only willing
taxpayers were considered under the pilot run.

 

New Rule 127 was
inserted by the Income Tax (Eighteenth Amendment) Rules, 2015 w.e.f. 2nd
December, 2015 which gave the framework for issue of notices and other
communication with the assessee. It prescribes the rule for addresses
(including address of electronic mail or electronic mail message) to which
notices or any other communication may be delivered.

 

Between the years
2016 and 2018, the CBDT progressively amended rules, notified various
procedures and issued the required guidelines to increase the scope of
E-proceedings on the basis of the pilot study. Notification No. 2/2016 dated 3rd
February, 2016 and Notification No. 4/2017 dated 3rd April, 2017
were very important and provided the procedures, formats and standards for
ensuring secured transmission of electronic communications.

 

The Finance Act,
2016 introduced section 2(23C) in the Act to provide that the term ‘hearing’
includes communication of data and documents through electronic mode.
Accordingly, to facilitate the conduct of assessment proceedings
electronically, CBDT issued a revised format of notice(s) u/s 143(2) of the
Act.

 

The scope of
E-assessment proceedings was extended vide Instruction No. 8/2017 dated 29th
September, 2017 to cover all the cases which were getting barred by limitation
during the financial year 2017-18 with the option to the assessees to
voluntarily opt out from ‘E-proceedings’.

 

The CBDT later
issued Instruction No. 1/2018 dated 12th February, 2018 through
which the proceedings scheme was stretched to cover all the pending scrutiny
assessment cases. However, exceptions were carved out for certain types of
proceedings such as search and seizure cases, re-assessments, etc., where the
assessments were done through the personal hearing process. Further, there
remained an option to object to the conduct of E-assessment.

 

Thereafter,
Instruction No. 03/2018 dated 20th August, 2018 issued by the Board
carved out the way for all cases where assessment was required to be framed u/s
143(3) during the year 2018-19. It provided that assessment proceedings in all
such cases should mandatorily be through E-assessment

 

NEW
E-ASSESSMENT SCHEME

In September, 2019
the CBDT notified the ‘E-Assessment Scheme, 2019’ (scheme) laying down the
framework to carry out the ‘E-assessments’. As anticipated, the scheme was
churned out with the intention to bring about a 360-degree change in the way
tax assessments will be carried out in future.

 

The scheme is in line with the recommendations of the Tax Administration
Reforms Commission (TARC) which was formed with the intention to review the
application of Tax Policies and Tax Laws in the context of global best
practices and to recommend measures for reforms required in tax administration
in order to enhance its effectiveness and efficiency. An extract of the TARC
report is as under:

‘Currently, the
general perception among taxpayers is that the tax administration is focused on
only one dimension – that of revenue generation. This perception gains strength
from the manner in which goals are set at each functional unit of both the
direct and indirect tax departments. These goals, in turn, drive the
performance of individual tax officials. Therefore, the whole system of goal
setting, performance assessment, incentivisation and promotion appears to be
focused on only this dimension. This single-minded revenue focus can never meet
the criteria of the mission and values mentioned above. What is required is a
robust framework that is holistic in its approach to issues of performance
management.’

 

As the phrase
‘faceless’ suggests, under this scheme a taxpayer will not be made aware of the
AO who would be carrying out the assessment in his case. It could be an officer
located in any part of the country.

 

The prime objective
of the Government in introducing the E-Assessment Scheme, 2019 has admittedly
been to eliminate the interface between the taxpayers and the tax department
and to impart greater transparency and accountability. The scheme would also
help in optimising the utilisation of resources of the tax department, be it
human or technical, through economies of scale and functional specialisation.
The scheme envisages a team-based assessment with dynamic jurisdiction. It is
also intended to ensure the tax assessments are technically sound and that
consistent tax positions are taken on various issues to avoid prolonged and
unnecessary litigations for both the taxpayer as well as the tax officers.

 

The then Hon’ble
Finance Minister, the late Mr. Arun Jaitley, said in his Union Budget speech
for the financial year 2018-19:

 

‘E-assessment

We had
introduced E-assessment in 2016 on a pilot basis and in 2017 extended it to 102
cities with the objective of reducing the interface between the department and
the taxpayers. With the experience gained so far, we are now ready to roll out
the E-assessment across the country which will transform the age-old assessment
procedure of the income tax department and the manner in which they interact
with taxpayers and other stakeholders. Accordingly, I propose to amend the
Income-tax Act to notify a new scheme for assessment where the assessment will
be done in electronic mode which will almost eliminate person to person contact
leading to greater efficiency and transparency.’

In the above
background, two new sub-sections, (3A) and (3B), were introduced in section 143
of the Act enabling the Central Government to come out with a scheme for the
faceless electronic assessments which was finally notified as ‘E-Assessment Scheme, 2019’ vide Notification No. 61/2019
and 62/2019, dated 12th September, 2019 to conduct
E-assessments with effect from 12th September, 2019.

 

The scheme has laid out a functional structure of the E-assessment
centres at the national and the regional levels. The framework also provides
for specialised units in the Regional E-assessment Centre for carrying out
specific functions related to various aspects of an assessment. The proposed
structure is depicted as under:

 

 

The functions of
these centres and units set up under the scheme are discussed below:

 

NATIONAL E-ASSESSMENT CENTRE (NeAC)

NeAC will be an
independent office and a nodal point which would oversee the work of the
E-assessment scheme across the country. All the communications between the
income tax department and the taxpayers would be made through the NeAC, which
will enable the conduct of tax assessment in a centralised manner.

 

On 7th
October, 2019 the Revenue Secretary, Mr. Ajay Bhushan Pandey, inaugurated the
NeAC in Delhi. He stated that the setting up of the NeAC of the Income Tax
Department is a momentous step towards the larger objectives of better taxpayer
service, reduction of taxpayer grievances in line with the Prime Minister’s
vision of ‘Digital India’ and promotion of the Ease of Doing Business.

 

The NeAC in Delhi
will be headed by the Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax (Pr.CCIT) and
would coordinate between the different units in the tax department for
gathering information, coordination of assessment, seeking technical inputs on
tax positions, verification and review of the information submitted by
taxpayers, review of draft orders framed by the assessment units, etc.

 

REGIONAL
E-ASSESSMENT CENTRE

The Regional
E-assessment centre would comprise of (a) Assessment unit, (b) Review unit, (c)
Technical unit, and (d) Verification unit. Eight Regional E-assessment Centres
(ReAC) have already been set up in Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Ahmedabad,
Pune, Bengaluru and Hyderabad. Each of these ReACs will be headed by a Chief
Commissioner of Income Tax (CCIT).

 

(a) Assessment
units

Assessment units
under the E-Assessment Scheme will perform the function of making assessments,
which will include identification of points or issues material for the
determination of any liability (including refund) under the Act, seeking
information or clarification on points or issues so identified, analysis of the
material furnished by the assessee or any other person, and such other
functions as may be required for the purposes of making assessment. In simple
terms, the Assessment units will largely perform the functions of an AO.

 

(b) Verification
units

Verification units,
as the name suggests, will carry out the function of verification, which
includes inquiry, cross-verification, examination of books of accounts,
examination of witnesses and recording of statements, and such other functions
as may be required for the purposes of verification. This may also include site
visits for examining and verifying facts for carrying out assessments.

 

(c) Technical
units

Technical units
will play the role of experts by providing technical assistance which includes
any assistance or advice on legal, accounting, forensic, information
technology, valuation, transfer pricing, data analytics, management or any
other technical matter which may be required in a particular case or a class of
cases under this scheme. This apparently will include the functions of a
Transfer Pricing Officer in a transfer pricing assessment.

 

(d) Review units

The Review units
would perform the function of review of the draft assessment order, which
includes checking whether the relevant and material evidence has been brought
on record, whether the relevant points of fact and law have been duly
incorporated in the draft order, whether the issues on which addition or
disallowance that should be made have been discussed in the draft order,
whether the applicable judicial decisions have been considered and dealt with
in the draft order, checking for arithmetical correctness of modifications
proposed, if any, and such other functions as may be required for the purposes
of review.

 

As notified in
Notification No. 61/2019, the Assessment units, Verification units, Technical
units and Review units will have the authorities of the rank of Additional /
Joint Commissioner, or Additional / Joint Director, or Assistant / Deputy
Director, or Assistant / Deputy Commissioner, amongst other staff /
consultants.

 

The CBDT vide
Notification No. 77/2019 has already notified 609 tax officers to play the role
of Assessment, Technical, Verification and Review Units. As per the said
notification, these officers will concurrently exercise the powers and
functions of the AO to facilitate the conduct of E-assessment proceedings in
respect of returns furnished u/s 139 or in response to notice under sub-section
(1) of section 142 of the said Act during any financial year commencing on or
after the 1st day of April, 2018.

 

The E-Assessment
Scheme also provides for levy of penalty for non-compliance of any notice,
direction and order issued under the said scheme on any person including the
assessee. Such penalty order after providing adequate opportunity of being
heard to the assessee, will be passed by the NeAC.

 

After the
completion of assessment proceedings, the NeAC would transfer all the
electronic records of the case to the AO having jurisdiction over such case to
perform all the other functions and proceedings such as imposition of penalty,
collection and recovery of demand, rectification of mistake, giving effect to
appellate orders, submission of remand report, etc. which are otherwise
performed by an AO.

 

The notification
has also carved out an exception for cases wherein the NeAC may, at any stage
of the assessment, if considered necessary, transfer the case to the AO having
jurisdiction over such case.

 

DIGITAL
SERVICE OF NOTICE / RECORDS

All notices or records
or any other communication will be delivered to the assessee by electronic
means, viz. by placing it on the E-proceeding tab available on the income-tax
E-filing portal account of the assessee, or by sending it to the e-mail address
of the assessee or his authorised representative, or by uploading on the
assessee’s mobile application.

 

Notice or any
communication made to any person other than the assessee would be sent to his
registered e-mail address. It also provides that any delivery would also have
to be followed by a real-time alert to the addressee.

 

The date and time
of service of notice will be determined in accordance with the provisions of
section 13 of the Information Technology Act, 2000. As per the said section,
the time of receipt of an electronic record shall be, if the addressee has
designated a computer resource for the purpose of receiving electronic records,
the time when the electronic record enters the designated computer resource,
otherwise, the time when the electronic record is retrieved by the addressee.

 

E-RESPONSE
TO N
eAC

Under this scheme, the assessee, in response to notice or any other
communication received from the NeAC, shall file his response only through the
E-proceedings tab on his income-tax e-filing portal account. Any other person
can respond to the NeAC using his registered e-mail address.

PERSONAL HEARINGS

Generally, no personal hearings will be required between the assessee /
authorised representative and the income tax department in the course of the
E-assessment proceedings under this scheme. However, in the following cases,
the assessee by himself or through his authorised representative will be
entitled for hearings which will be conducted exclusively through video
conferencing:

 

(i)   Where a modification is proposed in the draft
assessment order, the assessee or his authorised representative in response to
show-cause notice may request a hearing;

(ii)   In the case of examination or recording of the
statement of the assessee or any other person (other than statement recorded in
the course of survey u/s 133A of the Act).

 

APPELLATE
PROCEEDINGS

The E-Assessment
Scheme has clarified regarding the filing of appeals u/s 246A of the Act
against the E-assessment orders passed by NeAC, which shall be filed with the
Commissioner (Appeals) having jurisdiction over the jurisdictional AO in such
case.

 

ISSUES
IN E-ASSESSMENT SCHEME

The E-Assessment
Scheme, 2019 is not a separate code by itself. It is a part of the existing
statute and therefore the scheme must gel well with the existing statute. Any
conflict there would create legal friction and attract litigation on the
validity of the very assessment.

 

Provision of the
newly-inserted sub-sections (3A), (3B) and (3C) to section 143 of the Act:

 

‘(3A) The
Central Government may make a scheme, by notification in the Official Gazette,
for the purposes of making assessment of total income or loss of the assessee
under sub-section (3) so as to impart greater efficiency, transparency and
accountability by

(a) eliminating
the interface between the Assessing Officer and the assessee in the course of
proceedings to the extent technologically feasible;

(b) optimising
utilisation of the resources through economies of scale and functional
specialisation;

(c) introducing
a team-based assessment with dynamic jurisdiction.

(3B) The Central
Government may, for the purpose of giving effect to the scheme made under
sub-section (3A), by notification in the Official Gazette, direct that any of
the provisions of this Act relating to assessment of total income or loss shall
not apply or shall apply with such exceptions, modifications and adaptations as
may be specified in the notification:

Provided that no
direction shall be issued after the 31st day of March, 2020.

(3C) Every
notification issued under sub-section (3A) and sub-section (3B) shall, as soon
as may be after the notification is issued, be laid before each House of
Parliament.’

 

The entire
E-Assessment Scheme, 2019 is born out of the provision of sub-section (3A) of
section 143 of the Act which empowers the Government to make a scheme for the
purposes of making assessments under sub-section (3) of section 143(3) of the
Act. Thus, although the assessments u/s 144, section 147 and section 153A etc.
are carried out conjointly u/s 143(3) of the Act, it appears from the scheme
that such assessment originating from the said sections would currently be
outside the ambit of the said scheme.

 

The E-Assessment
Scheme is based on the concept of dynamic jurisdiction. The Notifications No.
72 and 77 of 2019 have specified various income tax authorities in the NeAC (9)
and ReAC (609) which have been empowered with the concurrent powers and
functions of an AO in respect of returns furnished u/s 139 and section 142(1)
of the Act during the financial year commencing on or after 1st
April, 2018.

 

At this point, it is relevant to refer to the provisions of section 120
of the Act which deals with the jurisdiction of income tax authorities.
Sub-section (5) of the said section deals with concurrent jurisdiction. It
empowers the Board to allow concurrent jurisdiction in respect of any area or
persons or class of persons or incomes or classes of income or cases or classes
of cases, if considered necessary or appropriate. Under the scheme, the Board
has already allowed concurrent jurisdiction to over 600 income tax authorities.
Whether this is in line with the provision of section 120(5) of the Act is the
question that perhaps will be answered by the Courts in course of time.

 

The scheme in its holistic structure, despite having multiple units,
viz. Verification unit, Review unit, NeAC, Technical unit, still leaves the
entire discretion to complete the assessment to the Assessment unit. The
suggestions of the other units like the Technical unit which also appears to be
performing the functions of a Transfer Pricing Officer will not be binding on
the Assessment unit. This deviates from the existing provision of section 92CA
of the Act.

Under sub-section
(3B) of the Act, the Government has also been authorised to come out with such
notifications till 31st March, 2020 which may be necessary to give
effect to the E-Assessment Scheme by making exceptions, modifications and
adaptations to any provision of the Act. It still remains to be evaluated
whether this would amount to excessive delegation of power as the power to make
law is the jurisdiction of the Parliament. It is only the implementation of
such law that lies with the Government. Vide this provision, the Government is
allowed to make changes in the Act merely by way of notification. Although the
intention behind such provision is to ensure smooth implementation of the
scheme, one cannot deny the fact that there is also a possibility of it being
misused.

 

Although
sub-section (3C) of section 143 of the Act requires all such the notifications
to be tabled before each House of Parliament, it has not specified any
time-frame. Further, it does not necessitate discussion of such notifications
in the Parliament, which could prompt insightful debates and allow the Houses
to make necessary changes in the notifications. Thus, this provision appears to
be more routine in nature. Also, this arguably endows the power to make law to
the Board.

 

Section 144A of the
Act allows an assessee to approach the jurisdictional Joint Commissioner of
Income-tax requesting his authority to examine the case and issue necessary
directions to the AO for completion of assessment. With the advent of the
E-Assessment Scheme, this provision will more likely lose its relevance as all
the specified income tax authorities under the scheme, including Joint
Commissioners, will concurrently hold the power and perform the functions of an
AO.

 

The scheme provides
for review of assessment orders by the Review unit if considered necessary by
the NeAC. The Review unit, upon perusal of the draft assessment order, would
share its suggestions. However, the scheme does not provide that such
suggestions would be mandatory for the Assessment unit to follow while passing
the final draft assessment order.

 

At present, the
scheme covers only limited scrutiny cases as all the notices issued u/s 143(2)
of the Act in accordance with the scheme must, as mentioned in the Notification
Nos. 61 and 62 of 2019, have to specify the issue/s for selection of cases for
assessment. However, it is seen in some cases that such issues mentioned in
notices u/s 143(2) of the Act have been very general and vague; for example,
‘business expenses’, ‘import and export’,
etc. Thus, it needs to be seen whether such issues can even be termed as
specific if they are not broad and are imprecise.

 

Further, it does not visualise conversion of limited scrutiny cases to
complete scrutiny cases. However, it allows the NeAC to transfer cases to the
jurisdictional assessing officer at any given point of time during the course
of assessment. Needless to say but upon transfer, the jurisdictional assessing
officer can take necessary recourse under the Act for conversion of a case to
complete scrutiny. Further, it would require compliance of provision of section
127 of the Act for transfer of cases to the jurisdictional assessing officer.

 

An assessee under the circumstances specified in the scheme will be
allowed to represent his case in person or through his authorised representative
via video conferencing which will be attended by the Verification unit. It will
be interesting to see whether a recording of the discussion is forwarded to the
Assessment unit to avoid any spillage of information in the process.

 

The scheme provides for the Assessment unit to share with the NeAC, along
with the draft assessment order, details of penalty proceedings to be initiated
therein, if any. NeAC is then authorised to issue show cause on the assessee
for levy of penalty under the Act. It will have to be seen who, under this
scheme, will be considered to record satisfaction for levy of penalty. If such
satisfaction is held to be recorded by the Assessment unit, a show-cause notice
issued by the NeAC will be held as invalid since as per the current settled
position of laws, recording of satisfaction and issue of show cause notice for
levy of penalty have to be carried out by the same AO.

 

At present, the provision of section 264 empowers the Pr. Commissioner of
Income Tax or the Commissioner of Income Tax to call for and examine the record
of any assessment proceedings carried out by any income tax authority
subordinate to him, other than cases to which the provision of section 263
applies, and pass such order not being prejudicial to the assessee. With the
advent of faceless E-assessments, it would be interesting to see whether such
an order u/s 264 is passed by the Pr. Commissioner of Income Tax or the
Commissioner of Income Tax having jurisdiction over the Assessment unit, or the
one having jurisdiction over the jurisdictional assessing officer. As yet, the
scheme has not visualised such circumstances.

 

The provision of section 144C requires mandatory passing of a draft
assessment order in the case of foreign companies and cases involving transfer
pricing assessment. In such cases, the assessee has the option to choose to
file an application before the dispute resolution panel and it is only after
the direction of the dispute resolution panel that the final assessment order
is passed by the AO. It is quite clear that the scheme currently does not have
scope for carrying out assessment in these cases.

 

CONCLUSION

The scheme has been launched by the Government on 7th October,
2019 and 58,322 cases have already been selected for assessment under it in the
first phase by issue of e-notices on taxpayers for the cases related to tax
returns filed u/s 139 of the Act since 1st April, 2018.

 

There is no doubt that the scheme has conceptualised a complete paradigm
shift in the way assessments will be carried out in future. The assessments
have been centralised and made faceless. Exchange of communication between
taxpayers and the tax department as well as amongst the income tax authorities
in the tax department has been centralised. The allocation of cases by the NeAC
would be based on the automated allocation system. Thus, it goes without saying
that both the taxpayers and the tax department will need to gear up their
systems to adapt to the scheme.

SPECIFIED DOMESTIC TRANSACTIONS: RETROSPECTIVE OPERABILITY OF OMISSION OF CLAUSE (i) TO SECTION 92BA(1)

Section 92BA of
the Income-tax Act, 1961 defines ‘Specified Domestic Transaction’ by providing
an exhaustive list of transactions; this section was introduced through the
Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f. 1st April, 2013. The transaction for
expenditure payable / paid to certain persons [mentioned u/s 40A(2)(b)], being
one of the specified domestic transactions, was omitted from the statute book
through the Finance Act, 2017 w.e.f. 1st April, 2017.

 

The enumeration
of a domestic transaction in section 92BA is a necessary requirement for the
reference of the same to the Transfer Pricing Officer u/s 92CA. Accordingly,
the omission of clause (i) to section 92BA(1) had the effect of restraining
reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer in case of transactions for expenditure
payable / paid to certain persons [mentioned u/s 40A(2)(b)] on and after the
date of enforcement of the omission (1st April, 2017).

 

The above said
omission and its effect was clear enough to rule out the scope for any
ambiguities, but incidentally, there exist contradictory findings / judicial
pronouncements by certain Tribunals as well as the High Courts in relation to
(A) applicability of the above said omission since 1st April, 2013,
i.e. the date of introduction of section 92(BA); (B) on holding that the clause
(i) to be believed to have never existed on the statute book; and (C) holding
the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer in respect of clause (i)
transactions as void
ab initio. Hence, this
article puts forth a synopsis of various judicial decisions on the captioned
issue.

 

MOOT QUESTION FOR
CONSIDERATION

The moot question
for consideration is whether the provisions appearing in clause (i) to
section 92BA [i.e., the clause that included expenditures relating to clause
(b) of section 40A(2), under Specified Domestic Transactions], which was
omitted vide Finance Act, 2017 with effect from 1st April,
2017, will be considered as omitted since the date on which section 92BA was
brought into force (i.e., 1st April, 2013 itself), which makes
clause 92BA(1)(i) inapplicable even in respect of the period of assessment
prior to 1st April, 2017?

 

And accordingly, whether
it is a correct and settled position of law to state that when a provision is
omitted, its impact would be to believe that the particular provision did not
ever exist on the statute book and that the said provision would also not be
applicable in the circumstances which occurred when the provision was in force
even for the prior period?

 

WHAT IS CENTRAL TO THE
ISSUE

Section 92BA, as it
stood prior to the omission of clause (i), and section 92CA are central to the
issue at stake and hence are reproduced hereunder:

 

Section
92BA(1)
For the purposes of this section
and sections 92, 92C, 92D and 92E, ‘specified domestic transaction’ in case of
an assessee means any of the following transactions, not being an international
transaction, namely,

(i) any
expenditure in respect of which payment has been made or is to be made to a
person referred to in clause (b) of sub-section (2) of section 40A;

(ii) any
transaction referred to in section 80A;

(iii) any
transfer of goods or services referred to in sub-section (8) of section 80-IA;

(iv) any
business transacted between the assessee and other person as referred to in
sub-section (10) of section 80-IA;

(v) any
transaction referred to in any other section under Chapter VI-A or section
10AA, to which provisions of sub-section (8) or sub-section (10) of section
80-IA are applicable; or

(vi) any other
transaction as may be prescribed and where the aggregate of such transactions
entered into by the assessee in the previous year exceeds a sum of [five] crore
rupees.

Section
92CA(1)
– Where any person, being the
assessee, has entered into an international transaction or specified domestic
transaction in any previous year, and the Assessing Officer considers it
necessary or expedient so to do, he may, with the previous approval of the
Principal Commissioner or Commissioner, refer the computation of the arm’s
length price in relation to the said international transaction or specified
domestic transaction under section 92C to the Transfer Pricing Officer.

 

PROSPECTIVE, NOT
RETROSPECTIVE

It is pertinent to
note here that the deletion by the Finance Act, 2017 was prospective in nature
and not retrospective, either expressly or by necessary implication of the
Parliament. At this juncture, the findings of ITAT Bangalore (further
upheld by the High Court of Karnataka in ITA 392/2018) in Texport Overseas Pvt.
Ltd. vs. DCIT [IT(TP)A No. 2213/Bang/2018]
are of relevance:

 

The ITAT held that ‘clause (i) of section 92BA deemed to be omitted from its
inception and that clause (i) was never part of the Act. This is due to the
reason that while omitting the clause (i) of section 92BA, nothing was
specified whether the proceeding initiated or action taken on this continue.
Therefore, the proceeding initiated or action taken under that clause would not
survive at all in the absence of any specific provisions for continuance of any
proceedings under the said provision. As a result if any proceedings have been
initiated, it would be considered or held as invalid and bad in law.’

 

WIDE ACCEPTANCE

This finding of the
ITAT Bangalore received wide acceptance all over the country and had been
followed by various Tribunals (such as ITAT Indore, Ahmedabad, Cuttack and
Bangalore).

 

The Tribunal based
its finding completely on the following judicial pronouncements pertaining to
section 6 of the General Clauses Act, 1897:

i.  Kolhapur Canesugar Works Ltd. vs. Union of
India in Appeal (Civil) 2132 of 1994
vide
judgment dated 1st February, 2000 (SC);

ii. General Finance Co. vs. Assistant Commissioner
of Income-tax 257 ITR 338 (SC);

iii. CIT vs. GE Thermometrics India Pvt. Ltd. in ITA
No. 876/2008 (Kar.).

 

Before looking into
the findings of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in this regard, which were relied
upon by the ITAT Bangalore, sections 6, 6A and 24 of the General Clauses Act,
1897 should be considered. These sections are reproduced hereunder:

Section 6:‘Where this Act, or any Central Act or Regulation made after the
commencement of this Act, repeals any enactment hitherto made or hereafter to
be made, then, unless a different intention appears, the repeal shall not –

(a) revive
anything not in force or existing at the time at which the repeal takes effect;
or

(b) affect the
previous operation of any enactment so repealed or anything duly done or
suffered thereunder; or

(c) affect any
right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired, accrued or incurred under
any enactment so repealed; or

(d) affect any
penalty, forfeiture or punishment incurred in respect of any offence committed
against any enactment so repealed; or

(e) affect any
investigation, legal proceeding or remedy in respect of any such right,
privilege, obligation, liability, penalty, forfeiture or punishment as
aforesaid;

and any such
investigation, legal proceeding or remedy may be instituted, continued or
enforced, and any such penalty, forfeiture or punishment may be imposed as if
the repealing Act or Regulation had not been passed.’

 

Section 6A:‘Where any Central Act or Regulation made after the commencement of
this Act repeals any enactment by which the text of any Central Act or
Regulation was amended by the express omission, insertion or substitution of
any matter, then, unless a different intention appears, the repeal shall not
affect the continuance of any such amendment made by the enactment so repealed
and in operation at the time of such repeal.’

 

Section 24: ‘Where any Central Act or Regulation is, after the commencement of
this Act, repealed and re-enacted with or without modification, then, unless it
is otherwise expressly provided, any appointment notification, order, scheme,
rule, form or bye-law, made or issued under the repealed Act or Regulation,
shall, so far as it is not inconsistent with the provisions re-enacted,
continue in force, and be deemed to have been made or issued under the provisions
so re-enacted, unless and until it is superseded by any appointment
notification, order, scheme, rule, form or bye-law, made or issued under the
provisions so re-enacted.’

 

DEEMED ORDER

The effect of
section 24 insofar as it is material is that where the repealed and re-enacted
provisions are not inconsistent with each other, any order made under the
repealed provisions are not inconsistent with each other, any order made under
the repealed provision will be deemed to be an order made under the re-enacted provisions.

Section 24 of the
General Clauses Act deals with the effect of repeal and re-enactment of an Act
and the object of the section is to preserve the continuity of the
notifications, orders, schemes, rules or bye-laws made or issued under the
repealed Act unless they are shown to be inconsistent with the provisions of
the re-enacted statute. In the light of the fact that section 24 of the General
Clauses Act is specifically applicable to the repealing and re-enacting
statute, its exclusion has to be specific and cannot be inferred by twisting
the language of the enactments – State of Punjab vs. Harnek Singh (2002)
3 SCC 481.

 

WHERE AN ACT IS
REPEALED

Section 6 applies
to repealed enactments. Section 6 of the General Clauses Act provides that
where an Act is repealed, then, unless a different intention appears, the
repeal shall not affect any right or liability acquired or incurred under the
repealed enactment or any legal proceeding in respect of such right or
liability and the legal proceeding may be continued as if the repealing Act had
not been passed.

 

As laid down by the
Apex Court in M/s Gammon India Ltd. vs. Spl. Chief Secretary & Ors.
[Appeal (Civil) 1148 of 2006]
that, ‘…whenever there is a repeal of
an enactment the consequences laid down in section 6 of the General Clauses Act
will follow unless, as the section itself says, a different intention appears
in the repealing statute. In case the repeal is followed by fresh legislation
on the same subject, the court has to look to the provisions of the new Act for
the purpose of determining whether they indicate a different intention. The
question is not whether the new Act expressly keeps alive old rights and
liabilities but whether it manifests an intention to destroy them. The
application of this principle is not limited to cases where a particular form
of words is used to indicate that the earlier law has been repealed. As this
Court has said, it is both logical as well as in accordance with the principle
upon which the rule as to implied repeal rests, to attribute to that
legislature which effects a repeal by necessary implication the same intention
as that which would attend the case of an express repeal. Where an intention to
effect a repeal is attributed to a legislature then the same would attract the
incident of saving found in section 6.’

 

Section 6A is to
the effect that a repeal can be by way of an express omission, insertion or
substitution of any matter, and in such kind of repeal unless a different
intention appears, the repeal shall not affect the continuance of any such
amendment made by the enactment so repealed and in operation at the time of
such repeal.

 

Now, we examine the
observations of the Apex Court in General Finance Co. vs.
ACIT.
Therein, the Apex Court has examined the issue of retrospective
operation of omissions and held that the principle underlying section 6 as
saving the right to initiate proceedings for liabilities incurred during the
currency of the Act will not apply to omission of a provision in an Act but
only to repeal, omission being different from repeal as held in different
cases. In the case before the Apex Court, a prosecution was commenced against
the appellants by the Department for offences arising from non-compliance with
section 269SS of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (punishment for non-compliance with
provisions of section 269SS was provided u/s 276DD). Section 276DD was omitted
from the Act with effect from 1st April, 1989 and the complaint u/s
276DD was filed in the Court of the Chief Judicial Magistrate, Sangrur, on 31st
March, 1989.The assessee sought for quashing of the proceedings by filing a
petition u/s 482 of the Code of Criminal Procedure and Article 227 of the
Constitution. The High Court held that the provisions of the Act under which
the appellants had been prosecuted were in force during the accounting year
relevant to the assessment year 1986-87 and they stood omitted from the statute
book only from 1st April, 1989. The High Court, therefore, took the
view that the prosecution was justified and dismissed the writ petition. But
the Apex Court did not concur with the view of the High Court and ruled that:

 

‘…the principle
underlying section 6 of the General Clauses Act as saving the right to initiate
proceedings for liabilities incurred during the currency of the Act will not
apply to omission of a provision in an Act but only to repeal, omission being
different from repeal as held in the aforesaid decisions. In the Income-tax
Act, section 276DD stood omitted from the Act but not repealed and hence, a
prosecution could not have been launched or continued by invoking section 6 of
the General Clauses Act after its omission.’

 

PRINCIPLE OF EQUITY AND
JUSTICE

It is inferable
from the findings of the Apex Court that by granting retrospective operability
to the omission of a penal provision it was merciful and did uphold the
principles of equity and justice. But the moot question here is whether the
findings of the Apex Court in respect of a penal provision can be extended
universally to all kinds of provisions present under any law in force, i.e.
substantive, procedural and machinery provisions. A situation that revolves
around this moot question was before the Karnataka High Court in CIT vs.
GE Thermometrics India Pvt. Ltd. [ITA No. 876/2008]
and further in DCIT
vs. Texport Overseas Pvt. Ltd. [ITA 392/2018]
, which followed the ratio
laid down by the Apex Court in General Finance Co. vs. ACIT and
applied the findings in an identical manner to the cases involving omission of
the provision providing definitions.

 

The ITAT Bangalore
in Texport Overseas also relied upon the findings of the Apex
Court in Kolhapur Canesugar Works Ltd. vs. Union of India [1998 (99) ELT
198 SC]
, wherein the sole question before the Hon’ble Court was whether
the provisions of section 6 of the General Clauses Act can be held to be
applicable where a Rule in the Central Excise Rules is replaced by Notification
dated 6th August, 1977 issued by the Central Government in exercise
of its Rule-making power, (and) Rules 10 and 10A were substituted. The findings
of the Apex Court herein were also similar to those in General Finance
Co. vs. ACIT
, as to retrospective operability of the omission.

 

Section 6A of the
General Clauses Act is central to the captioned issue; it removes the ambiguity
of whether the repeal and omission both have the same effect as retrospective
operability. ‘Repeal by implication’ has been dealt with in State of
Orissa and Anr. vs. M.A. Tulloch and Co. [(1964) 4 SCR 461]
wherein the
Court considered the question as to whether the expression ‘repeal’ in section
6 r/w/s 6A of the General Clauses Act would be of sufficient amplitude to cover
cases of implied repeal. It was stated that:

 

‘The next
question is whether the application of that principle could or ought to be
limited to cases where a particular form of words is used to indicate that the
earlier law has been repealed. The entire theory underlying implied repeals is
that there is no need for the later enactment to state in express terms that an
earlier enactment has been repealed by using any particular set of words or
form of drafting but that if the legislative intent to supersede the earlier
law is manifested by the enactment of provisions as to effect such
supersession, then there is in law a repeal notwithstanding the absence of the
word “repeal” in the later statute.’

 

REPEAL VS. OMISSION

The captioned issue
in reference to the findings of the Apex Court in Kolhapur Canesugar
Works Ltd. vs. Union of India
and General Finance Co. vs. ACIT
was also discussed in G.P. Singh’s ‘Principles of Statutory Interpretation’ [12th
Edition, at pages 697 and 698] wherein the learned author expressed his
criticism of the aforesaid judgments in the following terms:

 

 

‘Section 6 of
the General Clauses Act applies to all types of repeals. The section applies
whether the repeal be express or implied, entire or partial, or whether it be
repeal
simpliciter or repeal accompanied by
fresh legislation. The section also applies when a temporary statute is
repealed before its expiry, but it has no application when such a statute is
not repealed but comes to an end by expiry. The section on its own terms is
limited to a repeal brought about by a Central Act or Regulation. A rule made
under an Act is not a Central Act or regulation and if a rule be repealed by
another rule, section 6 of the General Clauses Act will not be attracted. It
has been so held in two Constitution Bench decisions. The passing observation
in these cases that “section 6 only applies to repeals and not to
omissions” needs reconsideration, for omission of a provision results in
abrogation or obliteration of that provision in the same way as it happens in
repeal. The stress in these cases was on the question that a “rule” not being a
Central Act or Regulation, as defined in the General Clauses Act, omission or
repeal of a “rule” by another “rule” does not attract section 6 of the Act and
proceedings initiated under the omitted rule cannot continue unless the new rule
contains a saving clause to that effect…’

 

In a comparatively
recent case before the Apex Court, M/s Fibre Boards (P) Ltd. vs. CIT
Bangalore [(2015) 279 CTR (SC) 89]
, the Hon’ble Court reconsidered its
opinion as to retrospective operability of omissions and distinguished the
findings in Kolhapur Canesugar Works Ltd. vs. Union of India, General
Finance Co. vs. ACIT
and other similar cases. The Apex Court held that
sections 6 and 6A of the General Clauses Act are clearly applicable on
‘omissions’ in the same manner as applicable on ‘repeals’; it also held that:

 

‘…29. A reading
of this section would show that a repeal can be by way of an express omission.
This being the case, obviously the word “repeal” in both section 6 and section
24 would, therefore, include repeals by express omission. The absence of any
reference to section 6A, therefore, again undoes the binding effect of these
two judgments on an application of the
per incuriam
principle.

…31. The two
later Constitution Bench judgments also did not have the benefit of the
aforesaid exposition of the law. It is clear that even an implied repeal of a
statute would fall within the expression “repeal” in section 6 of the General
Clauses Act. This is for the reason given by the Constitution Bench in
M.A. Tulloch & Co. that only the
form of repeal differs but there is no difference in intent or substance. If
even an implied repeal is covered by the expression “repeal”, it is clear that
repeals may take any form and so long as a statute or part of it is obliterated,
such obliteration would be covered by the expression “repeal” in section 6 of
the General Clauses Act.

…32. In fact,
in ‘
Halsbury’s Laws of England’ Fourth Edition,
it is stated that:

“So far as
express repeal is concerned, it is not necessary that any particular form of
words should be used. [R vs. Longmead (1795) 2 Leach 694 at 696]
. All that is required is that an
intention to abrogate the enactment or portion in question should be clearly
shown. (Thus, whilst the formula “is hereby repealed” is frequently
used, it is equally common for it to be provided that an enactment “shall
cease to have effect” (or, if not yet in operation, “shall not have
effect”) or that a particular portion of an enactment “shall be
omitted”).’

 

In view of the
above-mentioned judicial pronouncements and the provision of law, it can be
interpreted that insofar as ‘omission’ forms part of ‘repeal’, the omission of
clause (i) to section 92BA(1) does not have retrospective operation and the
omission will not affect the reference to the Transfer Pricing Officer in
respect of transactions u/s 92BA(1)(i) for the accounting years prior to 1st
April, 2017. But on account of varied findings in this regard by the Tribunals
as well as the High Courts, the matter is yet to be settled.

TAX AND TECHNOLOGY – GETTING FUTURE-READY

We have seen a tectonic shift in the way tax administration has been
revolutionised in India adapting technology to make it easier to deliver
service to citizens. The tax department in India has been at the forefront to
rally measures which make the taxpayer service come alive through technology,
eliminating the need for physical interactions, to improve transparency,
facilitate data sharing across government arms (SEBI, MCA, RBI), to track
taxpayer behaviour and make precise audit interventions.

 

With e-invoicing now a reality and expected to go live in the calendar
year 2020, GST audits round the corner, approach to stimulate audits and
show-causes based on taxpayer profiling and approach to seamlessly analyse
information shared to it across the spectrum using specialised algorithms, we
will see the government strike its first goal and put the taxpayer on the back
foot with compelling facts it cannot ignore and counter facts with facts.

 

The key to the
future is to become proactive in terms of embracing technology rather than
being reactive.

 

REACTIVE

PROACTIVE

Data is maintained locally

Data is maintained in a centralised manner

Non-standard process

Standardised process

Work is mostly manual

Work is automated

No analytics involved

Involves usage of analytics

Increased amount of risk

Amount of risk exposure is less

 

Tax authorities
across the world are increasingly adopting technology to make it easier for the
assessees to make payment of taxes and to fulfil compliances. This requires the
tax professionals and the assessees to become even more adept with the technology,
because developments in implementation of technology in the tax function are
moving at a much faster pace.

 

To deep-dive into
this ocean, I have shared some global experiences which articulate how tax
authorities across the world are competing with one another to better their
taxpayer services and target their audits:

 

TECHNOLOGY
FOR TAXPAYERS – GLOBAL EXPERIENCES1, 2

 

ASSESSMENT PROCESS

        PARTICULARS

SINGAPORE

UK

US

INDIA

Is faceless assessment
(E-assessment) mandatory?

For the returns filed
electronically, assessments happen via the online
myTax portal

No, traditional way of
assessment

No, traditional way of
assessment

YES, except in the following
cases:

• Taxpayers not having
E-filing account / PAN

• Administrative difficulties

• Extraordinary
circumstances

Personal hearing through VC
– post draft order

Assessment process

• Tax Bills (notices of
assessment) are available in the myTax Portal of the IRAS. IRAS sends
tax bills in batches, some taxpayers receive it earlier than others

• HM Revenue and Customs
(HMRC) will write or phone to say what they want to check; if an
accountant
is used, then

• The IRS notifies the
assessee via mail and the audit is managed either by mail or
in-person interview

• The interview

• The E-assessment process
in India has been illustrated in detail in the article below

 

• If the tax bill is not
available in the myTax Portal, one can obtain a copy of the tax bill
at the Taxpayer & Business Service Centre at Revenue House

• If one disagrees with the
tax assessment when receiving the tax bill, one can file an objection within
30 days from the date of the tax bill using the ‘Object to Assessment’
e-Service
at myTax Portal; alternatively, one can also email the
same to IRAS

• For assessment purposes,
companies are divided into 2 categories based on the complexity of their
business and tax matters and risk to Revenue.

Companies with
straightforward tax affairs (90% of the companies)

• Companies with more
complex tax affairs (10% of the companies)

HMRC will contact the
accountant instead

• HMRC may ask to visit
one’s home, business or an adviser’s office, or ask one to visit them. One
can have an accountant or legal adviser along during a visit

• One can apply for
alternative dispute resolution (ADR) at any time if one doesn’t agree with
HMRC’s decision or what they’re checking.

• Post the check, HMRC will
write
to inform the results of the check

• Appeals can be made if
there is disagreement with the decision of the HMRC

 

may be at an IRS office
(office audit) or at the taxpayer’s home, place of business, or accountant’s
office (field audit)

•If the IRS conducts the
audit by mail, the letter will contain the request for additional
information; however, if there are too many books or records to mail, a
request for face-to-face audit can be made

•If the assessee disagrees
with the audit findings of the IRS, the IRS offers ADR, i.e., mediation or
appeal

 

 

 

BEST PRACTICES

 

US

JAPAN

CANADA

INDIA

Electronic Federal Tax
Payment System (EFTPS)

• Provides taxpayer with the
convenience and flexibility of making the tax payments via the Internet or
phone

• Helps to keep track of
payments by opting in for e-mail notifications when taxpayers enrol or update
their enrolment for EFTPS

• Businesses and individuals
can schedule payments up to 365 days in advance. Scheduled payments can be
changed or cancelled up to two business days in advance of the scheduled
payment date

• Provides up to 16 months
of EFTPS payment history

• Tax professionals /
providers can register through this software and send up to 1,000 enrolments
and 5,000 payments in one transaction. Users can synchronise enrolments and
payments between the software and EFTPS database in
real-time

 

E-Tax System

• Enables the taxpayers, by
way of Internet, to implement procedures for filing of return, notice of
change in place of tax payment, etc.

Digital signatures are
exempted if returns are filed through E-Tax

 

Ease of filing return and
payment of taxes

• Availability of filing
assistance
on the National Tax Agency (NTA) – allows the taxpayer to file the return by
just entering necessary information as displayed
on the screen

• NTA has set-up touchscreen
computers at tax offices for taxpayers who are unaccustomed to using PCs

• Easy payment of taxes by
utilising ATMs connected with Pay-easy

 

Other initiatives

• NTA has set up a
Professional Team for E-commerce Taxation (PROJECT); the team collects
information on
e-commerce service providers and others, conducts tax examination based

Online access to personal
information

My Account online

provides Canadians
with the convenience and flexibility of accessing their personal income tax
and benefit information on a secure website

• Drastic reduction in
taxpayers visiting office or calls to the traditional inquiries line

• Website survey measures
user satisfaction as consistently 85% (or more). While around 70% of
Canadians think it is unsafe to transact on the Internet in general, the CRA
enjoys the highest level of trust of any organisation

My Account
has upheld this trust by requiring a rigorous authentication of My
Account
users by requiring four ‘shared secrets’ to validate the
identity of the user

Ease of filing returns and
payment of taxes

• Easy E-filing of income
tax returns with pre-filled ITR-I and IV (taking data from
previously filed ITR)

• Facility of paying tax
online has been available for a long time

 

Infrastructure

Centralised Processing
Centre 2.0 Project
to bring down the processing time from the present 63
days to one day and  expedite refunds

The TDS Reconciliation
Analysis and Correction Enabling System (TRACES)
of the Income tax
Department allows online correction of already-filed TDS returns. Hassle-free
system that does away with the lengthy process of filing the revised return

 

Grievance redressal

• Department provides
state-wise IT ombudsman (an independent jurisdiction of the Income tax
Department) with whom the taxpayer can take up his grievances

 

 

US

JAPAN

CANADA

INDIA

• Option for bulk provider –
Designed for payroll processors who initiate frequent payments from and
desire automated enrolment through an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
compatible system

 

Where’s My Refund Tool

• Use the Where’s My
Refund Tool
or the IRS2Go mobile app to check your refund online. Fastest
and easiest way to track refund. The systems are updated once every 24 hours

• Refunds are generally
issued within 21 days of electronic filing of returns and 42 days of
paper-filing of returns

 

on information collected and
develops and accumulates the examination method. It provides the tax
officials and the tax office with the information collected and various
examination methods

• A call centre has been set
up to handle delinquency cases (where tax payment has been defaulted)

 

 

Assessment process

• Faceless assessment –
Scrutiny assessment with the objective to impart greater efficiency,
transparency and accountability, with dynamic jurisdiction. Personal hearing
(in limited scenarios) to be conducted through video-conferencing facilities

• VC facility – The same
shall be available on tabs, mobiles, PCs, etc.,  eliminating the requirement of assessees
visiting the Income tax Department

 

 

 

To simplify the structure
of the direct tax laws, the new direct tax code aims at benchmarking the Indian
practices with some of the best practices across the world and implementing the
same. While some countries have started electronic assessment of returns, India
has been the early adapter to fully implement E-assessment (except in certain
cases).

 

THE INDIAN STORY

The Indian tax
authorities have been early adapters of technology. The systems implemented so
far have helped direct taxpayers applying for tax registrations online,
e-payment of taxes, reconciliation and e-viewing of tax credits, e-filing of
tax returns, e-processing of returns and refunds by authorities, etc.

 

As for indirect
tax, with the implementation of the Goods and Services Tax (GST), all
compliances, payments and credits matching are proposed to be administered
online. The tax authorities have also used IT systems as a risk management tool
to pick up returns / consignments (in the case of customs) for scrutiny.

 

Some new
technologies that have been implemented have helped increase transparency and
reporting requirements; these are:

(i)    Monthly GST returns with invoice-level
information details.

(ii)    Reconciliation of GST returns with audited
financial statements and potentially in the future with filings across tax
filings, e.g., income tax.

(iii)   Increasing levels of disclosures in income tax
filing, e.g., disclosure of personal assets, comprehensive filing for
cross-border remittances and Income Computation Disclosure Standards (ICDS).

(iv)   Mandatory linking of Aadhaar and PAN and
quoting of Aadhaar on particular transactions: Annual information return (AIR)
replaced by statement of financial transactions (SFT) and expansion in the
scope to include details of high-value cash and other transactions such as
buybacks by listed companies, and purchase and sale of immovable property

(v)   Under BEPS section plan, requirement of
three-tiered TP documentation, i.e., (a) Master file; (b) local files; and (c)
CbCR.

(vi)   FATCA and CRS filings.

 

DATA
SHARING BETWEEN COUNTRIES

In recent years,
India has re-negotiated its tax treaties with countries for inclusion of an
exchange of information (EOI) clause. India has also complied with the
implementation of BEPS Action Plan 5 – Transparency Framework through timely
exchange of information, especially tax rulings, and sharing of information
concerning APA’s (except unilateral APA).

 

And in tune with the BEPS Action Plan 5 – Transparency Framework, India
has upgraded the relevant technological framework to ensure compliance with the
same. The 2018 peer review report on exchange of information on tax rulings
issued by OECD also corroborates India’s compliance with the terms of reference
(ToR) for exchange of information.

 

E-ASSESSMENT

E-assessment
enables the taxpayer to participate in tax assessment electronically without
visiting the tax office. This is an attempt to eliminate human interference and
bring in greater transparency and efficiency. The E-assessment process works as
follows:

 

SOME INITIAL CHALLENGES
LIKELY TO BE FACED UNDER E-ASSESSMENT

Given that the
Department has extended the deadline to respond to the tax notices issued under
the E-assessment scheme, it is evident that there are challenges being faced by
the assessees / tax officers. Some of the other challenges that may arise in
the future are as follows:

 

(a) Knowing whether the point of view highlighted by the taxpayer has
been fully understood by the Revenue – more so for large taxpayers with
evolving business models;

 

(b) Working around
the technology limitations, including extent of information which could be
uploaded; enable option to ‘Preview submission’ and give consent to closure of
assessment proceedings;

 

(c) Obtain clarity on a few areas including: (1) Procedure of video
conferencing – this should be mandatorily allowed prior to finalisation of
draft order by the assessment unit; (2) Allow maintenance of E-order sheet
which tracks events, movement of files and filings during the course of
assessment;

 

(d) Upload of
scanned version of documents not being in machine-readable format, resulting in
manual inspection;

(e) Difficulties
with respect to repeated uploading of voluminous scanned documents and varied
details being sought;

 

(f) Lack of
structured consumable information for the assessing officer and little to no
use of analytical technology;

 

(g) Since the
remand proceedings are left with the jurisdictional assessing officer who may
not be familiar with the issue, the system of remand may be time-consuming and
cumbersome;

 

(h) Rectification
of mistakes, levy of penalty is also the responsibility of the jurisdictional
assessing officer who may not be familiar with the issue. This may result in
delay in rectification proceedings and the process of levy of penalty becoming
cumbersome.

 

The above
challenges are quite evident but with the implementation of the scheme and the
familiarisation of both the Department and the taxpayers with the scheme, it
may eliminate these shortcomings in future and the objective of faceless
assessment for better tax administration will be definitely achieved.

 

THE ROAD AHEAD FOR
E-ASSESSMENT

(1) Taxpayer
profiling: The Income tax Department is considering whether to deploy
artificial intelligence to create a tax profile for the assessees. With the use
of machine learning along with artificial intelligence, the tax authority will
be able to get a comprehensive view of the taxpayer’s profile, transactions,
network and documents to drill down to the underlying crucial information;

 

(2) Out of the
58,322 E-assessment cases selected for F.Y. 2017-18, simple returns most likely
to be taken up and completed before the close of F.Y. 2019-20;

 

(3) Substantial
increase in the number of scrutiny notices to be issued u/s 143(2);

 

(4) Assessment
procedures likely to become more stringent with standardised positions from
technical unit, penalty, launch of prosecution; recovery of taxes expected to
be more seamlessly integrated;

 

(5) Trial period of
2016-17, 2017-18 and 2018-19 will allow the Department to create a robust mechanism
to analyse taxpayers further, test the facilities and infrastructure required
and create the required database (technical units) which will facilitate
faceless assessment;

 

(6) Office of CIT
(Appeals) most likely to be organised based on taxpayer industry with standard
technical positions to expedite disposal. Appeals to ITAT expected to be for
limited situations.

 

ROLE OF TAX
PROFESSIONALS3, 4

Tax professionals
are expected to move beyond their domain of working with legal principles
emanating from past tax rulings, accounting standards and confidently guide
their clients inter alia by understanding the challenges of implementing
taxation of digital economy, being intuitive to what tax administration will
look for in audits and synthesise these risks today, creating solutions and
compliance frameworks based on these future trends.

 

Apart from becoming
multi-disciplined, tax professionals expect the growing requirement for
business awareness to continue its upward trend. This is second on the list of
the most important areas where competency is currently lacking. Tax
professionals in business and in practice expect to move beyond their
traditional roles as technicians focusing on compliance and reporting the past.
Planning for future risk is moving beyond the possibility of an unexpectedly
large tax assessment. Consequently, tax specialists will need to look beyond
the tax silo. The increasing influence of, and interaction with, stakeholders
who are not tax specialists will require tax professionals to take a more
inclusive and risk-oriented view of business in the years to 2025.

 

They will need to
think and plan commercially and strategically. They will need to monitor
existing and expected legal, political, social and technological developments,
to assess potential outcomes and advise on the financial and reputational
challenges and opportunities of various courses of action. There have always
been grey areas in tax, but heightened media and public interest in tax
transparency will add more uncertainty. For example, pressure on governments
may intensify their focus on substance over form, leading tax authorities to
reject technically legal tax arrangements simply because they breach the spirit
of legislation.

 

Translating tax for
non-technical stakeholders, such as the board, business management, investors,
clients and the media, will become progressively more challenging. The roles
and responsibilities of tax professionals are expanding. Tax directors expect
that by 2020-25 they will be part of the business risk management structure.
They expect to collaborate in the design and running of control processes; they
expect to form partnerships with other business leaders, and not just to
provide them with information. Complex processes will follow basic tasks in
being outsourced to service providers and managing this will also require new
‘partnering’ skills.

 

The tax professional needs to start critiquing his tax reporting,
relooking at every function which is performed today:

(i)    be it in-house or externally managed;

(ii)    the type of ERP, software application being
used to deliver the reports;

(iii)   analyse audit trends, audit algorithms;

(iv)   analyse the stress arising from evolving
compliance regulations – 15 days’ response to tax notices, reduced time for
assessment completion, providing details with respect to GST as required by the
tax audit report as amended from time to time.

 

The tax professional
needs to have a conversation with the audit committee to explain the
requirements of an integrated tax function and the need to create a road map
which provides for phased implementation of technology in the tax function. An
indicative road map could cover these areas:

 

(A)   Introduction of technology in the following
areas:

 

   Document management in response to the
automated system followed by the government;

    Litigation management including ensuring
that there is a proper work flow to respond to notices received from the
government;

   Modularise tax submissions, attachments to
ensure consistency, brevity and analytical approach to data collation, review
and submissions;

   Relook at the data flows within the
organisation and identify tax control risks;

   Create one common repository system from
which all statutory compliance data is reported;

 

(B) Management of
tax content, rules and logic for companies with global presence using
technology;

 

(C)   Automation in the computation
of current tax provision, deferred tax provision and effective tax rate (ETR);

(D)   A data reconciliation engine can reconcile
data from different sources to increase the accuracy and reliability of the
data being submitted to the authorities.

 

This one-time
technology re-boot is also likely to include estimating its budget which would
vary taking into account the countries involved in the roll-out and the
reporting which are to be prioritised for the automation.

 

A precise way
forward would have to be devised for each organisation considering its
dynamics, global presence, evolution in the technology space, its tax history
and availability of talent to project-manage this transformation and power the
future of tax reporting as Indian corporates chase the US $5 trillion dream.

 

The above, while it
seemingly requires re-skilling of senior tax professionals, does provide a
platform for the chartered accountant of the future to evolve into a
technology-led service provider whose services remain even more critical in a
digitally-administered tax world.

 

(The author was
supported by Kirti Kumar Bokadia and Gokul B. in writing this article)

 

CASE STUDY: SECTION 36(1)(III) OF THE I.T. ACT, 1961 WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO PROVISO

ABC Ltd. commenced
development of a real estate project in F.Y. 2019-20. It proposes to enter into
agreements for sale of units under construction.

 

ABC Ltd. has
borrowed capital of Rs. 100.00 crores from financial institutions. The yearly
borrowing cost (interest) is Rs. 12.00 crores. The capital is borrowed for
construction of units which, as on 31st March, 2020 are in the state
of work-in-progress (WIP).

 

The company is
finalising its accounts for F.Y. 2019-20. It has capitalised interest in the
books of accounts in conformity with the Accounting Standard-16 on ‘Borrowing
Costs’ (AS-16). The accountant of the company raises an issue about the claim
for deduction in respect of the interest paid on the borrowing, for he wants to
know whether provision for taxation in the accounts of F.Y. 2019-20 should be
based on the profit as per the profit and loss account or should be based on such
profit as reduced by the amount of interest that is otherwise capitalised. The
company approaches you for guidance.

 

IDENTIFICATION
OF ISSUES

The central issue
for consideration is whether or not interest paid on borrowing used in
construction of real estate for sale is allowable, particularly in the light of
the proviso to section 36(1)(iii) as amended from A.Y. 2016-17.

 

The following
issues require consideration:

(i)    Scope of proviso to section
36(1)(iii): Whether, on the basis of the facts and circumstances, interest on
the borrowing used for construction of WIP would be an allowable expense
particularly in the light of the proviso to section 36(1)(iii) of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 (the Act)?

(ii)   Income Computation and Disclosure Standard
(ICDS): How will the provisions of ICDS-IX relating to the ‘Borrowing Cost’
impact the claim for deduction for interest in this case?

(iii) Can the treatment of interest in own books of
accounts be ignored? Whether a claim for deduction in respect of interest can
be made when the assessee has himself capitalised such interest in the books of
accounts?

Scope of proviso to section 36(1)(iii)

Section 36(1) in
its main part provides for allowance of the interest in respect of capital
borrowed for the purpose of business. However, the proviso carves out an
exception to the general provisions. The proviso reads as, ‘Provided
that any amount of the interest paid, in respect of capital borrowed for
acquisition of an asset (whether capitalised in the books of accounts or not),
for any period beginning from the date on which the capital was borrowed for
acquisition of the asset till the date on which such asset was first put to
use, shall not be allowed as deduction.’

 

The proviso
provides for disallowance of interest when the following circumstances exist
cumulatively:

(a)   interest is paid in respect of borrowing;

(b) the borrowing is used for acquisition of an
asset;

(c)   there is a time gap between the date on which
capital was borrowed and the date on which such asset was put to use.

 

If these conditions
are fulfilled, interest for the period from the date of borrowing till the time
the asset is put to use will be disallowed.

 

In this case, the
company has used borrowed capital on construction which is in the stage of WIP.
The proviso prescribes, under certain circumstances, disallowance of
interest if the borrowed capital is used for acquisition of an ‘asset’. In this
case, therefore, the question of disallowance of interest attributable to WIP
should arise provided it is shown first that ‘WIP’ is contemplated in the
meaning of the term ‘asset’. The language of the proviso does not
provide a straight answer. Therefore, the language of the proviso has to
be carefully considered to find out whether interest attributable to
‘inventory’, or ‘WIP’ is in contemplation of the proviso.

 

Two things stand
out from a reading of the proviso. It applies if there is an
‘acquisition’ of an asset, and two, that the asset is such as is capable of
being ‘put to use’. When the proviso is read in the context of interest
attributable to WIP, the ‘asset’ referred to in the proviso is WIP. In
order to find out whether WIP is contemplated as an ‘asset’ in the proviso,
we can test it by rephrasing the proviso thus: ‘…interest paid in
respect of capital borrowed for acquisition of WIP for any period beginning
from the date on which the capital was borrowed till the date on which such WIP
was first put to use…’

 

WIP in a case such
as this one is said to be ‘constructed’ and not ‘acquired’. The expression ‘WIP
is acquired’ has a completely different meaning from the meaning of the expression
‘WIP is constructed’. Random House Webster’s Unabridged Dictionary defines
‘acquisition’ as ‘act of acquiring or gaining possession, e.g., the acquisition
of real estate’. Black’s Law Dictionary defines ‘acquisition’ as ‘the gaining
of possession or control over something’. The word ‘acquire’ is defined in the
same dictionary as ‘to get possession or control of; to get; to obtain’. One
can see that the normal meaning of ‘acquisition’ carries in it a sense of a
thing that exists and the act of gaining possession of or control over that
thing is called ‘acquisition’.

 

With this
understanding of the term ‘acquisition’, let us rephrase the proviso to
see whether the language sounds natural when the proviso is sought to be
applied to the borrowing costs attributable to construction of WIP. The
rephrased proviso will read as ‘…interest paid in respect of capital
borrowed for acquisition of WIP…’. If this is the sentence, the usual sense
that is conveyed is that the person gains possession of or control over an asset
which so far existed, but its possession was not with him. When a builder
constructs units which are in the state of WIP, does the builder describe his
activities as amounting to ‘acquisition’ of WIP? Isn’t the builder more
accurate in describing his activities as amounting to ‘construction’ of WIP?
Thus, the use of the word ‘acquisition’ and the absence of the word
‘construction’ in the proviso is the first indication that WIP is not
contemplated as an ‘asset’ to which the proviso should apply.

 

There is one more
reason, and perhaps more indicative than the first reason, showing that WIP is
not contemplated in the meaning of the term ‘asset’ in the proviso. This
second reason is that the proviso prescribes the date on which the asset
was first ‘put to use’ as the terminus for capitalisation of interest. It
follows logically that if WIP is deemed to be contemplated in the meaning of
the term ‘asset’, then capitalisation of interest will cease on the date on
which the WIP is ‘put to use’. Now, one hardly ‘puts WIP to use’; what one
ordinarily does with WIP is to make it ready for sale. Thus, WIP or the units
constructed for sale do not have a date on which they are ‘put to use’. How
does one then decide the point of cessation of capitalisation of interest if
the proviso is applied to the interest attributable to the WIP?
Reference should be made here to paragraph 8(b) of the ICDS-IX which prescribes
the point of time when capitalisation of interest attributable to inventories
will cease. According to this paragraph, one arrives at this point of time
‘when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare such inventory for
its intended sale are complete’. Thus, it may be argued that even for ICDS-IX
the concept of ‘put to use’ is not relevant when it is dealing with
capitalisation of interest attributable to WIP; instead, the ICDS prescribes a
new terminus for capitalisation of interest while dealing with interest
attributable to WIP. The terminus prescribed by ICDS-IX is different from the
one that is prescribed in the proviso.

 

Two things can be
said about this inconsistency. One, this part of ICDS-IX which prescribes a new
terminus exceeds the scope laid down by the proviso; there is conflict
between the ICDS and the statutory provision. The conflict is that the law
amply indicates by its language that it is not intended to apply to interest
attributable to inventories, whereas the ICDS-IX ropes in such interest by
using a different language. Therefore, to that extent, the statutory provision
should prevail. Two, the framers of ICDSs believe that the concept of ‘put to
use’ insofar as WIP is concerned is not relevant, or else, they would not have
changed the terminus for capitalisation of interest attributable to WIP from
what is prescribed in the proviso.

 

Impact of ICDS-IX on Section 36(1)(iii)

As seen above, the proviso
uses the expression ‘acquisition of an asset’ which, as shown above, does not
serve well if the meaning that is intended to be conveyed is ‘construction of
an asset’. One may argue here that though the word ‘construction’ is not used
in the proviso, it is used in ICDS-IX. Therefore, interest on borrowing,
directly or indirectly attributable to WIP, should be disallowed if not under
the proviso then under ICDS-IX. To this argument, it may be said that
the argument would be valid if ICDS’s were allowed to exceed the statutory
provision which the ICDS’s find themselves in conflict with. Quite to the
contrary, the preamble to ICDS-IX states that in case there is a conflict
between the provisions of the Act and the ICDS, the provisions of the Act shall
prevail to that extent.

 

Therefore, when
ICDS-IX uses the words ‘construction’ and ‘production’ in addition to the term
‘acquisition’, it is in acknowledgement of the fact that ‘construction’ has a
distinct meaning different from the meaning of the term ‘acquisition’.
Therefore, when interest attributable to WIP is sought to be disallowed by
taking resort to ICDS-IX it should be recognised that ICDS-IX exceeds the scope
assigned to it by section 36(1)(iii). Therefore, to that extent, the provisions
of the Act shall prevail.

 

In the above
discourse, considerable emphasis is placed on the meaning of certain terms,
like ‘acquisition’ and ‘put to use’ and their usage in section 36(1)(iii)in
order to decipher the scope of the proviso. This approach of inferring a
meaning of a statutory provision is acceptable when the positive use of a word
or non-use of specific words can help decide an issue. A good example
deciphering meaning is provided by the Bombay High Court’s decision in the case
of CIT vs. Jet Airways (I) Ltd. (2011) 331 ITR 236 in which the
use of a pair of words ‘and also’ helped decide the issue.

 

Can the treatment of interest in
own books of accounts be ignored?

The allowability of
interest in a case like this should be decided independently and if the law is
found to allow such deduction, then it does not matter that the accounting
policy provides otherwise. As for the importance of accounts in determining
taxable income, the Supreme Court said in Taparia Tools Ltd. vs. CIT 372
ITR 605 (SC)
, ‘It has been held repeatedly by this Court that entries
in the books of accounts are not determinative or conclusive and the matter is
to be examined on the touchstone of provisions contained in the Act’.

 

As to the
relationship between the accounting policy and a provision of law, the Supreme
Court held in Tuticorin Alkali & Fertilizers Ltd. vs. CIT 227 ITR 172
(SC)
that ‘It is true that the Supreme Court has very often referred to
accounting practice for ascertainment of profit made by a company or value of
the assets of a company. But when the question is whether a receipt of money is
taxable or not, or whether certain deductions from that receipt are permissible
in law or not, the question has to be decided according to the principles of
law and not in accordance with accountancy practice. Accounting practice cannot
override section 56 or any other provision of the Act.’

 

OTHER POINTS

There is one more
reason to hold the view that the meaning of ‘asset’ in the proviso does
not contemplate ‘WIP’. This will be clear from a reading of the proviso
before it was amended by the Finance Act, 2015 effective from A.Y. 2016-17
which, when unamended, read as, ‘Provided that any amount of the interest paid,
in respect of capital borrowed for acquisition of an asset for extension of
existing business or profession (whether capitalised in the books of accounts
or not), for any period beginning from the date on which the capital was
borrowed for acquisition of the asset till the date on which such asset was
first put to use, shall not be allowed as deduction.’

 

The amendment has
not affected the meaning of the word ‘asset’; it has dropped the words, ‘for
extension of existing business or profession’. When these words formed part of
the proviso, it was hardly anybody’s case that interest on capital
borrowed for construction of WIP should be disallowed, because construction of
WIP would ordinarily not result in ‘extension of business’, and therefore,
interest was not disallowable. Now, with the removal of the words, ‘for
extension of existing business or profession’ from the proviso, the
interest attributable to an asset which interest earlier escaped disallowance
on account of the fact that the asset was acquired but not for extension of
business, will also be roped in for capitalisation. For example, a company buys
a machine which is put to use after 12 months from the time the capital for its
acquisition was borrowed. Interest paid for such period will be disallowed in
spite of the fact that the machine may not have been acquired for extension of
existing business.

 

A useful reference
may be made here to the Circular No. 19/2015 dated 27th November,
2015 explaining the amendment brought in by the Finance Act, 2015. The relevant
parts of the Circular are reproduced below:

 

‘16.1 The Income
Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS)-IX relating to borrowing costs
provides for capitalisation of borrowing costs incurred for acquisition of
assets up to the date the asset is put to use. The
proviso
to clause (iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act provided
for capitalisation of borrowing costs incurred for acquisition of assets for
extension of existing business up to the date the asset is put to use. However,
the provisions of ICDS-IX do not make any distinction between the asset
acquired for extension of business or otherwise.

 

16.2 Therefore, there was an inconsistency between
the provisions of
proviso
to clause (iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act and the
provisions of ICDS-IX. The general principles for capitalisation of borrowing
cost requires capitalisation of borrowing cost incurred for acquisition of an
asset up to the date the asset is put to use without making any distinction
whether the asset is acquired for extension of existing business or not. The
Accounting Standard Committee, which drafted the ICDS, also recommended that
there is a need to carry out suitable amendments to provisions of the
proviso
to clause (iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act for
aligning the same with the general capitalisation principles
.

 

16.3 In view of
the above, the provisions of
proviso to clause
(iii) of sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Income-tax Act have been amended
so as to provide that the borrowing cost incurred for acquisition of an asset
shall be capitalised up to the date the asset is put to use without making any
distinction as to whether an asset is acquired for extension of existing
business or not.’

 

It can be seen from
the contents of the Circular that the purpose of the amendment was to remove
inconsistency between the provisions of the proviso and the provisions
of ICDS-IX. However, when the proviso requires capitalisation of that
interest which is directly or indirectly attributable to the acquisition,
construction and production of a qualifying asset, ICDS-IX requires
capitalisation of interest even in cases where the qualifying asset is
constructed or produced, whereas the proviso mandates capitalisation of
interest in the cases where the qualifying asset was acquired. The Act
recognises the difference in the connotations of the terms ‘acquired’ and
‘constructed’ by using both in section 24(b). Thus, the provisions of ICDS-IX
in this regard exceed the scope of the statutory provision to which the
provisions of ICDSs have to yield.

 

A reference may be
made here to the decision of the Bombay High Court in the case of CIT vs.
Lokhandwala Construction Ind. Ltd. (2003) 260 ITR 579
. The assessee had
used borrowed capital on construction of buildings which were WIP. The
Commissioner invoked his powers u/s 263 and directed the interest to be
disallowed on the ground that it was incurred in relation to acquisition of a
capital asset and therefore the interest expenditure was capital in nature. The
High Court held otherwise and directed the interest to be allowed.

 

It is true that the
assessment year involved in this case is such that the proviso in any
shape was not on the statute book. However, the decision explains an important
principle of accountancy, which is that interest paid on capital borrowed and
used for construction, acquisition or production of inventory is expenditure of
revenue in nature. This principle should hold good even in the present times as
‘true income’ cannot be computed ignoring such principles of accountancy.

 

CONCLUSION

The accountant may
consider the interest capitalised in the books of accounts as deductible for
the purpose of computation of taxable income, and may provide for taxation
accordingly with a clear understanding that this may lead to litigation arising
mainly on account of inconsistency between the proviso to section
36(1)(iii) and ICDS-IX. The company has a good, arguable case on hand.

 

FINANCE (NO. 2) ACT, 2019 – ANALYSIS OF BUY-BACK TAX ON LISTED SHARES

BACKGROUND

A company
having distributable profits and reserves may choose one of two ways to return
profit to its shareholders – declare a dividend or buy-back its own shares. In
the former case, the company is liable to dividend distribution tax (DDT) u/s
115-O of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (IT Act), while in the latter case, the
taxability is in the hands of the shareholder on the capital gains as per
section 46A of the IT Act. Such capital gain on unlisted shares had been either
tax-free on account of the application of beneficial tax treaty provisions, or
the taxable amount used to be lower because of special tax treatment accorded
to capital gains under the IT Act (such as indexation benefit).

 

Unlisted
companies used to be under the spotlight as they opted for the buy-back route
instead of dividend declaration to avoid DDT liability and in such cases the
capital gains tax was lower than DDT due to the above-mentioned reasons. To
counter this practice, the Finance Act, 2013 introduced section 115QA in the IT
Act. This section created a charge on unlisted companies to pay additional
income tax at the rate of 20% on buy-back of shares from a shareholder. In such
cases, exemption was provided to income arising to the shareholder u/s 10(34A)
of the IT Act.

 

AMENDMENT BY
FINANCE (No. 2) ACT, 2019

The Memorandum
to the Finance Bill noted the instances of tax arbitrage even in case of listed
shares wherein companies resorted to buy-back of shares instead of payment of
dividend. The buy-back option was considered attractive on account of the
following:

 

(i) Taxability
in case of buy-back: The company did not have any liability and capital gain in
the hands of the shareholder was exempt u/s 10(38) of the IT Act. After
abolition of this exemption, section 112A of the IT Act caused a levy of 10%
tax on capital gain with effect from A.Y. 2019-20;

(ii) Taxability
in case of dividend declaration: The company was liable to DDT but the dividend
was exempt in the hands of the shareholder (except if it exceeded Rs. 10 lakhs
which was taxable at 10% as per section 115BBDA of the IT Act).

In the backdrop
of companies (including major IT companies) implementing buy-back schemes worth
Rs. 1.43 trillion in the past three years to return cash to shareholders, the
Finance Bill presented on 5th July, 2019 introduced an
anti-avoidance measure. Section 115QA of the IT Act – tax on distributed income
to shareholders that was hitherto applicable only to buy-back of shares not
listed on a recognised stock exchange – has been made applicable to all
buy-back of shares, including of listed shares.

 

By a parallel
amendment, exemption is provided in section 10(34A) of the IT Act for income
arising to the shareholder on account of such buy-back of shares.

 

The amendments
are effective from 5th July, 2019.

 

ANALYSIS

 

Calculation of buy-back tax

The company
shall be liable to additional income-tax (in addition to tax on its total
income – whether payable or not) at the rate of 20% on distributed income. As
per clause (ii) of Explanation to section 115QA(1) of the IT Act, the
distributed income means consideration paid on buy-back of shares, less amount
received by it for the issue of shares, determined as prescribed in Rule 40BB
of the Income tax Rules. The Rule describes various situations and
circumstances for determination of the amount received by the company. This
includes subscription-based issue, bonus issue, shares issued on conversion of
preference shares or debentures, shares issued as part of amalgamation,
demerger, etc.

 

For issue of
shares not covered by any of the specific methods prescribed in the Rule, the
face value of the share is deemed to be the amount received by the company as
per Rule 40BB(13). Applying this mechanism, if a shareholder has acquired
shares (face value Rs. 10) from an earlier shareholder at Rs. 100 and the
buy-back price is Rs. 500; the buy-back tax liability for the company will be
computed as Rs. 490 (500 less 10) and not on the gain of Rs. 400 (500 less 100)
in the hands of the shareholder.

In case of
buy-back of listed shares, provisions of Rule 40BB(12) will come into the
picture. This states that where the share being bought back is held in dematerialised
form and the same cannot be distinctly identified, the amount received by the
company in respect of such share shall be the amount received for the issue of
share determined in accordance with this rule on the basis of the
first-in-first-out method. If the shares have been dematerialised in different
tranches and in different orders, practical challenges will be faced in
computing buy-back tax.

 

Dividend or buy-back – what is more beneficial?

After this
amendment, a question arises as to whether a company is better off declaring
dividend rather than repurchasing its own shares? The pure comparison of the
rates of tax u/s 115-O of the IT Act: DDT at 20.56%, and u/s 115QA of the IT
Act: buy-back tax at 23.29%, suggest so. However, if one adds the taxation of
dividend income in the hands of the shareholder at the rate of 10% for dividend
in excess of Rs. 10 lakhs as per section 115BBDA of the IT Act, higher
surcharge of 25% / 37% on tax to the DDT tax liability, the overall outcome for
the company and the shareholder taken together gives a different perspective.
This is reflected in the following table:

 

The comparison
of total tax impact column shows tax arbitrage in case of the buy-back option.

 

Section 14A disallowance

As per section
14A of the IT Act, expenses incurred in relation to income that does not form
part of total income is not allowed as deduction. In the year of buy-back where
additional tax is paid by the company and exempt income is claimed by the
shareholder, section 14A of the IT Act may be triggered to make a disallowance
in the hands of the shareholder. One may draw reference to the Supreme Court
decision in the case of Godrej & Boyce Manufacturing Company Ltd.
(394 ITR 449).
In the context of disallowance u/s 14A of the IT Act on
tax-free dividend income that was subjected to DDT u/s 115-O, the Supreme Court
had ruled in favour of making a disallowance. The underlying principle of the
decision may be extended to cases covered by section 10(34A) of the IT Act as
well in the year of buy-back to contend that although buy-back has suffered
additional tax in the hands of the company, the applicability of section 14A of
the IT Act persists in the hands of the shareholder.

 

Whether loss in the hands of the shareholder will be
available for set off?

If buy-back
price (say 500) is lower than the price at which the shareholder acquired the
shares from the secondary market (say 700), the shareholder will record a loss
of Rs. 200. Section 10(34A) of the IT Act provides that any ‘income’ arising to
a shareholder on account of buy-back as referred to in section 115QA of the IT
Act will not be included in total income. Therefore, whether ‘income’ will also
include loss of Rs. 200, and as such this amount is to be ignored and not
considered for carry forward and set off purposes.

 

The Kolkata
Tribunal in the case of United Investments [TS-379-ITAT-2019(Kol.)]
examined whether when gain derived from the sale of long-term listed shares was
exempt u/s 10(38) of the IT Act, as a corollary loss incurred therefrom was to
be ignored. The Tribunal opined that in a case where the source of income is
otherwise chargeable to tax but only a specific specie of income derived from
such source is granted exemption, then in such case the proposition that the
term ‘income’ includes loss will not be applicable. It remarked that it cannot
be said that the source, namely, transfer of long-term capital asset being
equity shares by itself is exempt from tax so as to say that any ‘income’ from
such source shall include ‘loss’ as well. The legislature could grant exemption
only where there was positive income and not where there was negative income.
Referring to CBDT Circular No. 7/2013 on section 10A, the Tribunal noted that
exemption was allowable where the income of an undertaking was positive; and
the Circular also provided that in case the undertaking incurs a loss, such
loss is not to be ignored but could be set off and / or carried forward.
Accepting the reliance on the Calcutta High Court ruling in Royal
Calcutta Turf Club (144 ITR 709)
, the Mumbai Tribunal in Raptakos
Brett & Co. Ltd. (69 SOT 383)
, allowed benefit of carry forward of
losses.

 

 

Applying the
principles of the above decision, it can be said that transfer of listed shares
in a buy-back scheme is a taxable event per se and it is only a positive
income arising to the shareholder on buy-back effected as referred to in
section 115QA of the IT Act that has been granted exemption by the legislature.
In case of loss resulting from the buy-back price being lower than the
acquisition cost, it may be considered for carry forward and set off provisions
as per the relevant provisions of the IT Act. However, litigation on this
aspect cannot be ruled out.

 

Re-characterisation still possible?

In the past and
now in the recent case of Cognizant Technology Solutions, the tax authorities
have sought to disregard the buy-back scheme and treat it as distribution of
dividend. The General Anti-Avoidance Rules (GAAR) effective from 1st
April, 2017 has empowered the tax department to disregard and re-characterise
arrangements if the main purpose is to obtain tax benefit and other conditions
are satisfied.

 

Now that
distribution out of profits by way of dividend declaration and buy-back of
shares is chargeable to tax in the hands of the company as additional income,
will the income tax department still question the choice and manner chosen by
the company under the GAAR provisions remains to be seen. If such an attempt is
made, it would seek to ignore the very form of the transaction. The taxpayers
have recourse to CBDT Circular No. 7/2017 wherein it was clarified that GAAR
will not interplay with the right of the taxpayer to select or choose the
method of implementing a transaction.

 

A buy-back
scheme undertaken by a company compliant with the provisions of the Companies
Act and other regulatory frameworks may be alleged as a colourable device to
evade payment of DDT and tax on dividend income in the hands of the recipient.
The action of the tax authorities can be refuted by placing reliance on the
decision of the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Goldman Sachs (India)
Securities (P) Ltd. (70 taxmann.com 46)
which laid down that merely
because a buy-back deal results in lesser payment of taxes it cannot be termed
as a colourable device.

 

CONCLUDING
REMARKS

With the
immediate applicability of buy-back tax from 5th July, 2019 and
considering that it is an additional tax outflow for the company, the buy-back
price offered by companies and the return on investment will be affected. To
save the tax, companies may use surplus funds for additional investments or
deploy them back again in business rather than distribution to shareholders.

 

One will have
to wait and see if the grandfathering clause is considered by the Finance
Minister to protect and safeguard listed companies whose buy-back was already
underway as on budget day i.e. 5th July, 2019. Besides, the current
buy-back rules may need to be revisited to provide for situations that are
relevant to shares of listed companies. The rules ought to factor in a
situation where shares are acquired on a stock exchange at a higher price than
the issue price received by the company. If the acquisition price is considered
in such an instance, the buy-back tax will essentially be computed on the gain
in the hands of the shareholder (buy-back price less acquisition price).

THE FINANCE (No. 2) ACT, 2019

THE FINANCE ACT, 2019

Mr. Piyush Goyal, the eminent chartered accountant, in his capacity as
Finance Minister presented a very bold Interim Budget of the Narendra Modi
government on 1st February, 2019. He tried to give benefits to
farmers, the poor, the unorganised sector, salaried employees and the
middle-class families. The Interim Budget was unique as it gave relief to
certain deserving persons in respect of the income tax payable by them in the
financial year beginning from 1st April, 2019. No Finance Minister
in the past has given any concession in the direct tax provisions in an Interim
Budget. With this Interim Budget, the Finance Act, 2019 was passed in February,
2019 and received the assent of the President on 21st February,
2019.

 

BENEFITS TO SALARIED EMPLOYEES AND MIDDLE
CLASS FAMILIES

While delivering
the Interim Budget, the Finance Minister stated that as per convention the main
tax proposals would be presented in the regular budget. However, he pointed out
that small taxpayers, especially the middle class, salary earners, pensioners
and senior citizens, need certainty in their minds at the beginning of the year
about their taxes. He said that while the existing rates of income tax would
continue for the financial year 2019-20, the following amendments have been
made by the Finance Act, 2019 for giving benefits to salaried employees and
middle-class families; these benefits will be available in the computation of
income and in the taxes payable on income for the financial year commencing on
1st April, 2019.

 

Salary income: In the last Budget the provision for allowing
standard deduction of Rs. 40,000 was made in place of the earlier provision for
allowance for reimbursement of medical expenses and transport allowance. This
standard deduction is now increased to Rs. 50,000 w.e.f. 1st April,
2019. This will benefit all salaried employees and pensioners.

 

House
property income:
At present an individual is
entitled to claim exemption in respect of one self-occupied house property. But
from 1st April, 2019 he will be entitled to claim exemption in
respect of two residential houses. Therefore, if an individual owns two or more
houses, which are not let out, he can claim exemption in respect of two
residential houses of his choice. In respect of houses in excess of two which
are not let out, he will have to pay tax on the basis of notional income.

 

Properties
held as stock-in-trade:
In the case of
assessees holding house properties as stock-in-trade, i.e., builders,
developers and persons dealing in real estate, the Finance Act, 2017 had
provided that such assessees would have to pay tax on the basis of notional
income of the house property which is not let out after one year from the date
of completion of construction. By an amendment of section 23(5) of the Income
tax Act, it is now provided that no tax will be payable in respect of the house
properties which are not let out for the first two years after the date
of completion of the construction.

 

Interest on
housing loans:
Section 24 of the Income-tax Act
at present provides for deduction of interest (subject to a maximum of Rs. 2
lakhs) paid in respect of one house which is claimed to be self-occupied. This
provision is now amended to provide that this limit of Rs. 2 lakhs shall apply
in respect of two houses which are claimed to be for self-use and not
let out. Considering the present level of prices of real estate, when the
benefit of exemption to self-occupied houses is extended to two houses, the
above limit of Rs. 2 lakhs for deduction of housing loans for two such houses
should have been enhanced to
Rs. 5 lakhs.

 

Exemption of
capital gains:
Section 54 of the Act provides
for exemption in respect of long-term capital gains on sale of any residential
house by an individual or HUF. This exemption is available if the assessee
sells any residential house and reinvests the capital gain in the purchase of
another residential house within two years of sale, or constructs such residential
house within three years of the sale. This section is now amended, effective
from the financial year 2019-20, to provide that if the long-term capital gain
does not exceed Rs. 2 crores the individual or HUF can purchase or construct two
houses within the prescribed time limit to claim the exemption from tax. It is
also provided that if this benefit is claimed by the individual or HUF in any
assessment year, he cannot claim a similar benefit in any other year later on.
However, if the individual or HUF subsequently sells the residential house, the
benefit u/s 54 will be available if the capital gain is invested in the
purchase or construction of one residential house during the specified period.

 

Benefit for
affordable housing projects:
At present section
80IBA provides for exemption in respect of income of the assessee who is
developing and building affordable houses. This is available if such a housing
project is approved between 1st June, 2016 and 31st
March, 2019. To encourage this activity, it is now provided that the benefit of
this exemption u/s 80IBA can be claimed if such a housing project is approved
between 1st June, 2016 and 31st March, 2020.

 

Rebate in
computing income tax:
Section 87A of the
Income-tax Act provides that if the total income of a resident individual does
not exceed Rs. 3,50,000 he shall be entitled to a deduction from tax on his
total income of Rs. 2,500, or the actual tax payable on such income, whichever
is less. This section is now amended to provide that if the total income of an
individual does not exceed Rs. 5 lakhs, he shall be entitled to rebate of Rs.
12,500, or the actual tax payable on such income, whichever is less. This
amendment is effective from the financial year 2019-20. It may be noted that
the above benefit of tax rebate is available u/s 87A only to
individuals. An HUF or AOP will not get this benefit.

 

Tax deduction
at source:
Tax is deducted at source (TDS) at
10% if the interest receivable on bank / post office deposits exceeds Rs.
10,000 in a financial year. By an amendment of section 194A of the Act, the
threshold limit for TDS on such interest is increased from Rs. 10,000 to Rs.
40,000, effective from 1st April, 2019. This will benefit small
depositors and the non-working spouse who will not suffer TDS in respect of
interest from bank / post office deposits if such interest is less than Rs.
40,000.

 

Similarly, u/s
194-I, tax is required to be deducted from rent paid by the tenant to the
specified assessee at the rate of 10% if the total rent for a financial year is
more than Rs. 1,80,000. This threshold limit has been increased to Rs. 2,40,000 from 1st April, 2019. Thus, no tax will deductible if
the yearly rent is less than Rs. 2,40,000 from 1st April, 2019.

 

THE FINANCE (No. 2) ACT, 2019

After the recent
General Elections, Ms Nirmala Sitharaman took charge as the first lady Finance
Minister of the country and presented her Budget to Parliament on 5th
July, 2019. The Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2019 was presented with the Budget and
was passed in July, 2019. The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 received the assent of
the President on 1st August, 2019. Some of the important provisions
of this Act are discussed in this article. After the above Act was passed, the
President promulgated ‘The Taxation Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 2019’ on 20th
September, 2019 to further amend the Income-tax Act and the Finance (No. 2)
Act, 2019. Some of the important provisions of this Act and the Ordinance are
discussed in this article.

 

Rates of
taxes

The slab rates of
taxes for A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) for an individual, HUF, AOP, etc., are
the same as in A.Y. 2019-20. Similarly, the rates of taxes for firms,
co-operative societies and local authority for A.Y. 2020-21 are the same as in A.Y.
2019-20. However, in the case of a domestic company the rate of tax will be 25%
if the total turnover or gross receipts of the company in F.Y. 2017-18 was less
than Rs. 400 crores. In A.Y. 2019-20 the limit for total turnover or gross
receipts for this rate was Rs. 250 crores for F.Y. 2016-17. Thus, about 99% of
domestic companies will now pay tax at the rate of 25%. Other larger companies
will pay tax at the rate of 30%.

 

The existing rates of surcharge on income tax will continue to be levied
on companies, firms, co-operative societies and local authorities. However, the
rates of surcharge (S.C.) in cases of individuals, AOPs, HUFs, BOIs, trusts,
etc. (residents and non-residents) have been revised as under:

 

 

Total income

Existing rate of S.C.

Rate of S.C. for A.Y. 2020-21
(F.Y.2019-20)

1

Up to Rs. 50 lakhs

Nil

Nil

2

Rs. 50 lakhs to Rs. 1 crore

10%

10%

3

Rs. 1 crore to Rs. 2 crores

15%

15%

4

Rs. 2 crores to Rs. 5 crores

15%

25%

5

Rs. 5 crores and above

15%

37%

 

Thus, the
super-rich individuals, HUFs, AOPs, BOIs, Trusts, etc., will now pay more tax
if their income exceeds Rs. 2 crores. While proposing to levy this additional
surcharge on super-rich individuals and others, the Finance Minister stated in
para 127 of her Budget speech:

 

‘In view of
rising income levels, those in the highest income brackets need to contribute
more to the nation’s development. I, therefore, propose to enhance surcharge on
individuals having taxable income of Rs. 2 crores to Rs. 5 crores and Rs. 5
crores and above so that the effective tax rates for these two categories will
increase by around 3% and 7%, respectively.’

 

The impact of the above enhanced super surcharge was felt by many of the
Foreign Institutional Investors (FPI) who are assessed in the status of AOPs.
There was large-scale protest by them. In order to alleviate the tax burden in
such cases and for others who pay tax at special rates u/s 111A and 112A, the
Central government issued a press note on 24th August, 2019 announcing
that this additional super surcharge will not be payable in the following
cases… in order to give effect to this announcement, the ordinance dated 20th
September, 2019 has made the required amendments in the First Schedule to
the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019:

 

(i)    Capital gains on transfer of equity shares
in a company, redemption of units of an equity-oriented M.F. and units of a
business trust as referred to in section 111A and 112A.;

(ii)    Capital gains tax payable on derivatives
(futures and options) in the case of Foreign Institutional Investors (FPI)
which are taxable at special rates u/s 115AD;

(iii)   In the case of foreign companies there is no
change in the rates of taxes and surcharge. In the cases to which sections
92CE(2A), 115O, 115QA, 115R, 115TA or 115TD apply, the rate of S.C. will
continue to be 12%.

(iv)   The rate of health and education cess at 4%
of total tax will continue as at present.

 

Corporate
taxation

The ordinance dated
20th September, 2019 has amended certain provisions of the Income-tax
Act effective from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20). It is clarified in the press
note dated 20th September, 2019 that these amendments are made in
order to promote growth and investment. These amendments are as under:

 

Section 115BA This section provides for tax on income of
certain domestic companies. The taxation at the rate of 25% is at the option of
the company – if specified tax incentives are not claimed. Now, section 115BAB
has been inserted from A.Y. 2020-21 giving similar tax concession to certain
manufacturing companies. Therefore, it is now provided that where the company
exercises the option u/s 115BAB, the option exercised u/s 115BA will be
withdrawn.

 

Section
115BAA
This is a new section inserted effective
from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20). It provides that the tax payable by a
domestic company, at its option, shall be 22% plus applicable surcharge and
cess if such company satisfies the following conditions:

(a)   The Company does not claim any deduction u/s
10AA, 32(1)(iia), 32AD, 33AB, 33ABA, 35(1)(ii), (iia),(iii), 35(2AA), 35(2AB),
35AD, 35CCC, 35CCD or any of the provisions of chapter VIA under the heading ‘C
– deductions in respect of certain incomes’ excluding section 80JJAA;

(b)   The company does not claim deduction for
set-off of any carried forward loss which is attributable to deductions under
the above sections;

(c)   The company will be able to claim
depreciation u/s 32, excluding 32(1)(iia), which is determined in the
prescribed manner;

(d)   The company has to exercise the option for
the lower rate of 22% in the prescribed manner before the due date for filing
return of income u/s 139(1) relevant to A.Y. 2020-21. The option once exercised
will be valid for subsequent years. Further, the company cannot withdraw the
option once exercised in any subsequent year.

 

It may be noted
that section 115JB is also amended, effective A.Y. 2020-21, to provide that
section 115JB will not apply to a company which exercised the option under the
new section 115BAA.

 

The companies which
are engaged in trading activities, letting out of properties, rendering
services and other similar activities may find this concession in rate of tax
attractive if they are not claiming deductions under the sections stated in (a)
above.

 

Section
115BAB
This is also a new section inserted from
A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20). It provides that the tax payable by a
manufacturing domestic company, at the option of such company, shall be at the
rate of 15% plus applicable surcharge and cess if the company satisfies the
following conditions:

 

(i) The company
should be set up and registered on or after 1st October, 2019 and
should commence manufacturing on or before 31st March, 2023 and

– is not formed by
splitting up, or reconstruction, of a business already in existence. However,
this condition will not apply to reconstruction or revival of a company u/s
33B;

– it does not use
any machinery or plant previously used for any purpose.

However, this
condition will not apply to machinery or plant previously used outside India if
the conditions stated in Explanation – 1 in the section are satisfied. Further,
by Explanation 2, concession is given if the value of the old plant and
machinery used by the company does not exceed 20% of the total value of the
plant and machinery;

– The company
should not use any building previously used as a hotel or convention centre;

(ii)    The company should not be engaged in any
business other than the business of manufacture or production of any article or
thing. Further, the company has to ensure that the transactions of purchase,
sales, etc., are entered into at arm’s length prices;

(iii)   The total income of the company should be
computed without any deduction u/s 10AA, 32(1)(iia), 32AD, 33AB, 33ABA,
35(1)(2AA)(2AB)(iia)/(iii), 35AD, 35CCC, 35CCD, or under any provisions of
chapter VI A other than the provisions of section 80JJA;

(iv)   The option u/s 115BAB for concessional rate
is to be exercised in the first return to be submitted after 1st
April, 2020 before the due date u/s 139(1). This option once exercised cannot
be withdrawn.

 

It may be noted
that the provisions of section 115JB will not apply to a company which
exercises the option under this new section 115BAB. This new section will
encourage investment in new companies engaged in manufacture of goods and
articles in India.

 

TAX DEDUCTION AT SOURCE

The existing
provisions for TDS will continue. However, there are some modifications in
sections 194-A and 194-I made by the Finance Act, 2019 as discussed earlier.
Further, the following modifications and additions are made by the Finance (No.
2) Act, 2019:

 

Section 194
I-A
It provides for TDS at the rate of 1% when
payment of consideration is made at the time of purchase of immovable property.
The term ‘consideration for immovable property’ is not defined at present. This
section is now amended w.e.f. 1st September, 2019 to provide that
the consideration for immovable property will include charges in the nature of
club membership fees, car parking fees, electricity and water facility fees,
maintenance fees, advance fees or any other charges of similar nature, which
are incidental to the transfer of the immovable property. This deduction of 1%
tax will have to be made for payment made on or after 1st September, 2019.

 

Section 194M: A new section 194M has been inserted in the Income-tax Act with
effect from 1st September, 2019. At present, any individual or HUF,
not liable to tax audit, is not required to deduct tax from payments made to a
contractor, commission agent or a professional u/s 194C, 194H or 194J. It is
now provided in section 194M that if any individual or HUF makes payment for a
contract to a contractor, commission or brokerage or fees to a professional of
a sum exceeding Rs. 50 lakhs, in the aggregate in any financial year, tax at
the rate of 5% shall be deducted at source. This provision will apply even if
the payment is for personal work. The individual / HUF governed by section 194M
will not be required to obtain TAN for this purpose. The individual / HUF can
use his PAN for this purpose. This provision for TDS will come into force from
1st September, 2019 and will cover all payments made in F.Y.
2019-20.

 

Section 194N: A new section 194 N has been inserted w.e.f. 1st
September, 2019 which provides that a banking company, co-operative bank or a
post office shall deduct tax at source at 2% in respect of cash withdrawn by
any account holder from one or more accounts with the bank / post office in
excess of Rs. 1 crore in a financial year. This section does not apply to
withdrawal by any government, bank, co-operative bank, post office, banking correspondent,
white label ATM operators and such other persons as may be notified by the
Central government. This limit of Rs. 1 crore will apply to all accounts of a
person in any bank, co-operative bank or post office. Hence, if a person has
accounts in different branches of the same bank, total cash withdrawals in all
these accounts will be considered for this purpose. This TDS provision will
apply to all persons, i.e., individuals, HUFs, firms, companies, etc., engaged
in business or profession, as also to all persons maintaining bank accounts for
personal purposes. Thus, there will be no deduction of tax up to Rs. 1 crore.
This TDS provision applies on amounts drawn in excess of Rs. 1 crore in a
financial year. The provision is effective from 1st September, 2019.
Therefore, if a person has withdrawn cash of more Rs. 1 crore in the F.Y.
2019-20, tax of 2% will be deductible on or after 1st September,
2019. This provision has been made in order to discourage cash withdrawals and
promote digital economy.

 

It may be noted
that u/s 198 it is now provided that the tax deducted u/s 194N will not be
treated as income of the assessee. If the amount of this TDS is not treated as
income of the assessee, credit for this TDS amount will not be available to the
assessee u/s 199 read with Rule 37BA. If credit is not given, this will be an
additional tax burden on the assessee. It may be noted that by a press release
dated 30th August, 2019 the CBDT has clarified that if the total
cash withdrawal from one or more accounts with a bank / post office is more
than Rs. 1 crore up to 31st August, 2019, TDS will be deducted from
cash withdrawn on or after 1st September, 2019 only.

 

Section
194DA:
Section 194DA, providing for TDS in
respect of payment for life insurance policy has been amended w.e.f. 1st
September, 2019. At present the insurance company is required to deduct tax at
1% of the payment to a resident on maturity of life insurance policy if such
payment is not exempt u/s 10(10D). The present provision for TDS at 1% applies
to gross payment made by the insurance company although the assessee is
required to pay tax on the net amount after deduction of premium actually paid.
In order to mitigate the hardship, this section now provides that tax at the
rate of 5% shall be deducted at source w.e.f. 1st September, 2019,
from the net amount, i.e., actual amount paid by the insurance company on
maturity of policy after deduction of actual premium paid on the policy.

 

EXEMPTIONS AND DEDUCTIONS

Section
10(4C):
A new section 10(4C) is inserted in the
Income-tax Act after the press release dated 17th September, 2018.
Under this announcement the Central government had given exemption from tax in
respect of interest paid to a non-resident or a foreign company by an Indian
company or a business trust on Rupee-denominated bonds. Under the new section
10(4C), such interest received by the non-resident or foreign company during
the period 17th September, 2018 to 31st March, 2019 will
be exempt from tax.

 

Section
10(12A):
At present, payment from the National
Pension System Trust to an assessee on closure of his account or on opting out
of the pension scheme u/s 80CCD to the extent of 40% of the total amount
payable to him is exempt u/s 10(12A). This limit for exemption is now increased
to 60% of the amount so payable to the assessee by amendment of section 10(12A)
effective from F.Y. 2019-20.

 

Section 80C: In order to enable Central government employees to have more
options of tax savings investments u/s 80C, this section has been amended to
provide that such employees can now contribute to a specified account of the
pension scheme referred to in section 80CCD – (a) for a fixed period of not
less than three years, and (b) the contribution is in accordance with the
scheme as may be notified. For this purpose, the specified account means an
additional account referred to in section 20(3) of the Pension Fund Regulatory
and Development Authority Act, 2013.

 

Section
80CCD:
Section 80CCD(2) has been amended. The
Central government has enhanced its contribution to the account of its
employees in the National Pension Scheme (NPS) from 10% to 14% by a
notification dated 31st January, 2019. To ensure that such employees
get full deduction of this contribution, the limit of 10% in section 80CCD(2)
has been increased from F.Y. 2019-20 to 14%. For other employees the old limits
of 10% will continue.

 

Section
80EEA:
This is a new section that provides that
an individual shall be allowed deduction of interest payable up to Rs. 1,50,000
on loan taken by him from any financial institution for the purpose of
acquiring any residential house property. This deduction is subject to the
following conditions:

 

(a)   The individual is not eligible for deduction
u/s 80EE;

(b)   The loan has been sanctioned during the F.Y.
1st April, 2019 to 31st March, 2020;

(c)   The Stamp Duty Value of the residential house
does not exceed Rs. 45 lakhs;

(d)   The assessee does not own any other
residential house as on the date of sanction of the loan.

 

Once deduction of
interest is allowed under this section, deduction of the same interest shall
not be allowed under any other provisions of the Act for the same or any other
assessment year. It may be noted that the assessee will have the option to
claim deduction for interest up to Rs. 2 lakhs u/s 24(b) if he does not desire
to avail of the
above deduction.

 

Section
80EEB:
This is also a new section inserted to
encourage purchase of electric vehicles (EV) and preserve the environment. This
section provides that an individual can claim deduction for interest up to Rs.
1,50,000 payable on loan taken by him from a financial institution for purchase
of an EV. For this purpose the loan should have been sanctioned between 1st
April, 2019 and 31st March, 2023. Once a deduction of interest is
allowed under this section, no deduction for this interest will be allowable
under any other section for the same or any other assessment year. The terms
‘Electric Vehicle’ and ‘Financial Institution’ are defined in the section. It
may be noted that this deduction is allowable to an individual only and not to
any other assessee. From the wording of this section it is evident that an
individual can claim this deduction for interest even if the electric vehicle
is purchased for his personal use.

Section 80 –
IBA:
This section deals with deduction from
profits and gains from housing projects. The Finance Act, 2019 has extended the
date for approval of the project by the competent authority from 31st
March, 2019 to 31st March, 2020. However, in respect of the projects
approved on or after 1st September, 2019, some of the conditions
about the size of the project have been modified by amendment of the section as
under:

(i)    The restriction of plot area for the project
of 1,000 sq. metres which applied to only four metropolitan cities will now
apply to the cities of Bengaluru, Chennai, Delhi National Capital Region
(limited to Delhi, Noida, Greater Noida, Ghaziabad, Gurugram, Faridabad),
Hyderabad, Kolkata and the whole of the Mumbai Metropolitan Region (specified
cities);

(ii)    The carpet area of a residential unit in the
housing project should not exceed…

– In specified
cities 60 sq. metres (as against 30 sq. metres at present);

– In other cities
90 sq. metres (as against 60 sq. metres at present).

(iii)   The Stamp Duty Valuation of a residential unit
in the housing project should not exceed Rs. 45 lakhs.

 

The above
amendments will benefit some affordable housing projects.

 

CHARITABLE TRUSTS

The provisions of
section 12AA deal with the procedure for granting registration and cancellation
of registration in the case of a public trust or institution claiming exemption
u/s 11. This section is now amended, effective from 1st September,
2019, to give the following additional powers to the Commissioner (CIT):

(i)    At the time of granting registration, the
CIT can call for necessary information or documents in order to satisfy himself
about the compliance of such requirements of any other law for the time being
in force by the trust or institution as are material for the purpose of
achieving its objects;

(ii)    Where a trust or institution has been
granted registration u/s 12A or 12AA, and subsequently it is noticed that the
trust or institution has violated the requirements of any other law which is
material for the purpose of achieving its objects and the order, direction or
decree, holding that such violation under the other law has become final, the
CIT can cancel the registration granted to the trust or institution.

 

It may be noted
this is a very wide power given to the CIT. To give an example, if a trust
governed by the Bombay Public Trust Act takes a loan from a trustee or a third
party, or sells its immovable property without obtaining the permission of the
Charity Commissioner as provided in the BPT Act, and the non-compliance or
delay in compliance with the provisions of the BPT Act is not condoned by the
Charity Commissioner and his order becomes final, the CIT can cancel the
registration u/s 12A/12AA. The consequence of such cancellation of registration
will be that the trust or the institution will be denied exemption u/s 11. In
addition, tax on accreted income u/s 115TD will be payable at the maximum
marginal rate.

 

It may be noted
that similar amendment is made in section 10(23C) effective from 1st
September, 2019. Therefore, all hospitals, universities, educational
institutions claiming exemption u/s 10(23C) will have to ensure that they
comply with any other law which is material for the purpose of achieving their
objects.

 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CENTRE

Section
47(viia b):
This section provides that any
transfer of a capital asset such as bonds, global depository receipts,
Rupee-denominated bonds of an Indian company or derivatives, made by a
non-resident through a recognised stock exchange located in the International
Financial Services Centre (IFSC) will not be treated as a transfer. In other
words no tax will be payable on
such transfer.

 

By amendment of
this section, the Central government is given power to notify similar other
securities in respect of which this exemption can be claimed. The consequential
amendment is made in section 10(4D).

 

Section 80LA: At present any unit located in an IFSC is eligible for deduction
u/s 80LA in respect of the specified business. Under the existing provision 100%
of the income of the unit from the specified business is exempt for the first
five consecutive assessment years and 50% of such income is exempt for the
subsequent five years. By amendment of this section, effective from A.Y.
2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20), it is now provided that 100% of such income will be
exempt for ten consecutive assessment years, at the option of the assessee, out
of fifteen years beginning with the assessment year in which permission or
registration is obtained under the applicable law.

 

Section 115A: This section provides for special rate of tax for a non-resident or
a foreign company having income from dividend, interest, royalty, fees for
technical services, etc. In computing total income in such cases, deduction
under chapter VIA is not allowed from the gross total income. To give benefit
of section 80LA to the eligible unit set up in the IFSC, this section is
amended to the effect that in the case of such an eligible unit, deduction u/s
80LA will be allowed against the income referred to in section 115A. This
amendment is effective from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20).

 

Section 115-O: Under this section dividend distribution tax
(DDT) is not applicable on dividend distributed out of current income by a unit
in the IFSC deriving income solely in convertible foreign exchange on or after
1st April, 2017. By amendment of this section, effective from 1st
September, 2019, it is now provided that DDT will not be payable even if the
dividend is distributed out of the income accumulated after 1st
April, 2017 by such a unit in the IFSC.

 

Section 115R: This section provides for levy of additional
income tax (income distribution tax) by a Mutual Fund (MF). This section is now
amended, effective from 1st September, 2019 to provide that the
above income distribution tax will not be payable if such distribution is out
of income derived from transactions made on a recognised stock exchange located
in any IFSC. For this exemption, the following conditions will have to be
satisfied:

(a)   The M.F. specified u/s 10(23D) should be
located in an IFSC;

(b)   The M.F. should derive its income solely in
convertible foreign exchange;

(c)   All units in the M.F. should be beneficially
held by non-residents.

 

Section
10(15):
This section provides for exemption of
interest income from specified sources. A new clause (ix) has been inserted,
effective from 1st September, 2019 to provide for exemption in
respect of interest received by a non-resident from a unit located in an IFSC
on monies borrowed by such unit on or after 1st September, 2019.

 

From the above
amendments it is evident that the government wants to encourage units to be set
up in IFSCs (e.g., Gifts City).

 

INCOME
FROM BUSINESS OR PROFESSION

Section 32: At a press conference on 23rd August, 2019 the Finance
Minister announced that on vehicles purchased during the F.Y. 2019-20
depreciation will be allowed at the rate of 30% instead of 15%. For this
purpose the I.T. Rules will be amended. It is not clear from this announcement
whether this benefit will be given for only motor cars or all other vehicles
and whether it will apply to purchase of new vehicles or to purchase of second
hand vehicles also.

 

Section 43B: This section provides that deduction for certain expenditure will
be allowed in the year in which actual payment is made. This is irrespective of
the fact that liability for the expenditure is incurred in an earlier year.
This section is amended with effect from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) to provide
that interest on any loan or borrowing taken from a deposit-taking NBFC or
systemically important non-deposit-taking NBFC will be allowable only in the
year in which the interest is actually paid. It is also provided that in
respect of F.Y. 2018-19 or any earlier year, if the deduction for such interest
is actually allowed on accrual basis, no deduction will be allowed for the same
amount in the year in which actual payment is made.

 

Section 43D: This section provides that in the case of a scheduled bank,
co-operative bank and other specified financial institutions interest on
specified bad and doubtful debts is not taxable on accrued basis but is taxable
in the year in which the same is credited to the profit and loss account. By
amendment of this section this benefit is now extended, effective from A.Y.
2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20), to deposit-taking NBFCs and systemically important non-
deposit-taking NBFCs.

 

CAPITAL GAINS

Section 50CA: At present the difference between the fair market value and actual
consideration is taxed in the hands of the assessee who transfers unquoted
shares, held as a capital asset, for inadequate consideration. The section 50CA
is now amended, effective from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) to provide that this
section will not apply to any consideration received or accruing as a result of
transfer of such shares by such class of persons and subject to such conditions
as may be prescribed. The intention behind this amendment is that if the prices
of the shares are fixed by certain authority (e.g., RBI) and the assessee has
no control over fixing the price, the assessee should not suffer.

 

Section 54GB:
This section grants exemption in respect of
long-term capital gain arising from transfer of residential property if the net
consideration is invested in shares of an eligible startup company. The said
startup company has to utilise the amount so invested for purchase of certain
specified assets, subject to certain conditions. By amendment of section 54GB,
effective from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) some of the above conditions have
been relaxed as under:

(a)   Lock-in period of holding the new asset
(computer or computer software) by the company is now reduced from five to
three years;

(b)   Benefit of section 54GB is now extended to
transfer of residential property from 31st March, 2019 to 31st
March, 2021;

(c)   The minimum shareholding and voting power
requirement in the startup company is now reduced from 50% to 25%.

 

The wording of the
amended section suggests that the above relaxations will also apply to
investments made by an assessee in a startup company prior to 31st March,
2019.

 

Section 111A: At present short-term capital gain on transfer of Units of Fund of
Funds is not eligible for concessional rate of 15% under this section. The
section is now amended, from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) to provide that
short-term capital gain on transfer of units of Fund of Funds will be taxable
at the concessional rate of 15% plus applicable surcharge and cess.

 

INCOME FROM OTHER SOURCES

Section
56(2)(viib):
Under this section, share premium
received from a resident by a closely-held company from issue of shares at a
consideration in excess of the fair market value is taxable in the hands of the
company as income from other sources. This is popularly referred to as ‘Angel
Tax’. At present this provision does not apply to investments by a venture
capital fund under the ‘Category I Alternative Investment Funds’. By amendment
of this provision, it is now provided, effective from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y.
2019-20) that this section will not apply to investments by Category II
Alternative Investment Funds.

 

This section
provides that the Central government can declare that the provisions of this
section shall not apply to investment by specified class or classes of persons.
By amendment of this provision it is now provided that if there is failure on
the part of the company to comply with the conditions specified in the above
notification, the company will be liable to pay the ‘Angel Tax’ as provided in
the section in the year in which there is such default. Further, the difference
between the fair market value of shares and the actual consideration received
on issue of shares will be considered as under-reported income and penalty u/s
270A will be levied on such amount.

It may be noted
that by a press release dated 22nd August, 2019 the CBDT has
clarified that the provisions of this section will not apply to startup
companies recognised by the DPIIT. CBDT has also issued a comprehensive
circular on 30th August, 2019 to clarify the assessment procedure for
such startup companies and also clarifying the circumstances when the
provisions for levy of ‘Angel Tax’ will not apply to such companies. This
indicates that the government is keen to encourage startups and may amend the
Income-tax Act to give effect to the assurances given by the Finance Minister
at the press conference on 23rd August, 2019 and at various meetings
with stakeholders.

 

Section
56(2)(x):
This section provides that any sum of
money, immovable property or specified movable assets received by an assessee
for inadequate consideration, the difference between the fair market value and
the actual consideration will be taxable in the hands of the assessee. There
are certain exceptions to this provision as listed in the fourth proviso to the
section. An amendment has been made in this proviso and item XI is added to
provide that receipt from such class of persons, and subject to such conditions
as may be prescribed, will not be taxable under this section.

 

It may be noted
that the provisions of this section are now made applicable to a non-resident.
This has been provided by amendment of section 9(1)(viii). Therefore, if a
non-resident receives any money, immovable property or specified movable
property outside India on or after 5th July, 2019 for inadequate
consideration, tax u/s 56(2)(x) will be payable by the non-resident.

 

INCOME OF A NON-RESIDENT

Section 9: Section 9 of the Act deals with income deemed to accrue or arise in
India. Under the Act, non-residents are taxable in India in respect of income
that accrues or arises (including income deemed to accrue or arise) or received
in India. At present, a gift of money or property (movable or immovable)
received by a resident is taxed in the hands of the donee, subject to certain
exceptions as provided in section 56(2)(x) of the Act. However, in the case of
a non-resident (including a foreign company) who is outside India a view is
taken that such gift is not taxable as it does not accrue or arise or is
received in India and is a capital receipt. To ensure that such gifts by a
resident to a non-resident are subject to tax u/s 56(2)(x) of the Act, section
9 has been amended w.e.f. 5th July, 2019. The amendment provides in
new clause (viii), added in section 9(1), that such income is taxable u/s
56(2)(x) under the head ‘Income from Other Sources’. Thus, any sum of money
paid or transfer of any movable or immovable property situated in India on or
after 5th July, 2019 by a resident to a person outside India shall
now be taxable. In other words, section 56(2)(x) which provides for taxation of
a gift or a deemed gift where the value of the gift exceeds Rs. 50,000 will now
apply to such gift given by a resident to a non-resident. If there is a treaty
with any country, the relevant article of the applicable DTAA shall continue to
apply for such gifts as well.

 

Some of the cases
in which the above amendment will apply are considered below:

(a)   If Mr. ‘A’ (resident) who is not a relative
of Mr. ‘B’ (non-resident), as defined in section 56(2)(vii), remits more than
Rs. 50,000 as a gift to Mr. ‘B’ in a financial year, Mr. ‘B’ will be liable to
tax on this amount.;

(b)   In the above case, if Mr. ‘A’ has sold some
shares of an Indian company to Mr. ‘B’ at a price below its market value as
provided in section 56(2)(x), Mr. ‘B’ will have to pay tax on the difference
between the market value and the sale price, if such difference is more than
Rs. 50,000;

(c)   In the above case, if Mr. ‘A’ sells any
immovable property situated in India to Mr. ‘B’ at a price which is below the
Stamp Duty Valuation and the difference between the Stamp Duty Valuation and
the sale price is more than Rs. 50,000, the said difference will be deemed to
be the income of Mr. ‘B’;

(d)   It may be noted that the above amendment is
applicable to all transfers of property made on or after 5th July,
2019. Further, the amended provisions apply in all cases of transfers of
property situated in India by a resident (including an individual, HUF, AOP,
firm, company, etc.) to a non-resident person (including individual, firm, AOP,
company, etc.). In all such cases the resident will have to deduct tax at
source u/s 195 at applicable rates.

 

BUY-BACK OF SHARES

Section
115QA:
This section provides for levy of
additional income tax at the rate of 20% plus applicable surcharge and cess of
the distributed income on account of buy-back of shares by an unlisted domestic
company. As a result of this, the consequential income in the hands of the
shareholder is exempt u/s 10(34A). This provision does not apply to buy-back of
shares by a listed company. This section as well as section 10(34A) are now
amended. The amendment provides that even in the case of buy-back of shares by
a listed company on or after 5th July, 2019, the above additional
income tax will be payable by the company. So far as the shareholder is
concerned, exemption u/s 10(34A) will be allowed. It may be noted that the
ordinance dated 20th September, 2019 provides that this provision
will not apply to a listed company which has made a public announcement for
buy-back of shares before 5th July, 2019 in accordance with SEBI
regulations.

 

CARRY FORWARD OF LOSSES

Section 79: The existing section 79 which restricts carry-forward and set-off
of losses in the case of companies where there is change in shareholding of
more than 51%, has been substituted by a new section 79. This new section is
more or less on the same lines as the existing one. The only change made by the
new section is that this section will not apply from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y.
2019-20) to a company and its subsidiary and the subsidiary of such subsidiary
in the case where the National Company Law Tribunal (NELT), on an application
by the Central government, has suspended the Board of Directors of such a
company and has appointed new directors nominated by the Central government u/s
242 of the Companies Act, 2013 and a change in shareholding has taken place in
the previous year pursuant to a resolution plan approved by NCLT u/s 242 of the
Companies Act, 2013 after affording an opportunity of hearing to the Principal
C.I.T. concerned.

 

Section
115UB:
This section provides for pass-through
of income earned by Category I and II Alternate Investment Funds (AIF), except
for business income which is taxed at AIF level. Pass-through of income (other
than profit and gains from business) has been allowed to individual investors
so as to give them the benefit of lower rate of tax, if applicable.
Pass-through of losses is not permitted and these are retained at AIF level to
be carried forward and set off in accordance with chapter VI.

 

Sections
115UB(2)(i) and (ii) have been substituted and sub-section (2A) has been
inserted from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) to provide that the business loss of
the investment fund, if any, shall be allowed to be carried forward and it
shall be set off by it in accordance with the provisions of chapter VI and it
shall not be passed on to the unit holder. The loss other than business loss,
if any, shall be regarded as loss of the unit holders. It shall, however, be
ignored for the purposes of pass-through to its unit holders, if such loss has
arisen in respect of a unit which has not been held by the unit holder for a
period of at least 12 months.

 

The loss other than
business loss, if any, accumulated at the level of investment fund as on 31st
March, 2019 shall be deemed to be the loss of a unit holder who held the unit
on 31st March, 2019 and be allowed to be carried forward for the
remaining period calculated from the year in which the loss had occurred for
the first time, taking that year as the first year and shall be set off in
accordance with the provisions of chapter VI. The loss so deemed in the hands
of unit holders shall not be available to the investment fund.

 

FILING OF INCOME TAX RETURNS

Section 139: At present, section 139(1) provides that an individual, HUF, AOP,
BOI or Artificial Juridical Person has to file the return of income if their
total income exceeds the threshold limit without giving effect to exemptions /
deductions provided u/s 10(38), 10A, 10B, 10BA and chapter VIA. By amendment of
this section from the current financial year, in case of such assessees the
return of income will have to be filed if the total income exceeds the
threshold limit before claiming the benefit of sections 10(38), 10A, 10B, 10BA,
54, 54B, 54D, 54EC, 54F, 54G, 54GA, 54GB and chapter VIA.

 

Further, from the
A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) it will be necessary for an individual, HUF, AOP,
BOI, etc., to file the return of income although their income is below the
threshold limit in the following cases:

(i)    If the person has deposited an aggregate
amount exceeding Rs. 1 crore in one or more current accounts, with one or more
banks or co-operative banks during the year. It may be noted that this
requirement includes deposits in cash or by way of cheques, drafts, transfers
by electronic means, etc.;

(ii)    If the person has incurred expenditure
exceeding Rs. 2 lakhs on foreign travel for himself or any other person during
the year;

(iii)   If the person has incurred expenditure
exceeding Rs. 1 lakh on electricity consumption during the year; or

(iv)   If the person fulfils any
other conditions that may be prescribed.

 

Section 139A:
This section provides for allotment of PAN and
has been amended effective from 1st September, 2019 to provide as
under:

(a)   It is now provided that every person
intending to enter into any transaction, as may be prescribed, shall apply for
PAN;

(b)   Every person possessing Aadhaar number who is
required to furnish or quote his PAN which has not been allotted can furnish or
quote his Aadhaar number in lieu of PAN. He shall then be allotted a PAN in the
prescribed manner;

(c)   Every person who has been allotted PAN and
who has intimated his Aadhaar number u/s 139AA(2) can furnish or quote his
Aadhaar number in lieu of his PAN;

(d)   If a person is required to quote his PAN in
any document or transaction, as may be prescribed, he has to ensure that his
PAN or Aadhaar number is duly quoted in the document pertaining to such
transaction and authenticated in the prescribed manner;

(e)   It may be noted that in section 272, which
deals with levy of penalty for non-compliance of section 139A, consequential
amendment has been made effective from 1st September, 2019.

 

The above
amendments are made for ease of compliance and inter-changeability of PAN with
Aadhaar number effective from 1st September, 2019.

 

Section
139AA:
This section provides for linking of
Aadhaar number with PAN. The amendment in this section, effective from 1st
September, 2019, provides that if a person fails to intimate the Aadhaar
number, the PAN allotted to such person shall be made inoperative after the
date so notified in such manner as may be prescribed.

 

Section 140A: This section provides for payment of tax by way of self-assessment.
It has been amended effective from 1st April, 2007 to provide that
while calculating the amount of tax payable on self-assessment basis, any
relief of tax claimed u/s 89 can be deducted from the tax liability. Section 89
grants relief in tax payable when salary or allowances are paid to an employee
in advance. The consequential amendment is made in sections 143(1)(c), 234A,
234B and 234C. This amendment is only clarificatory.

 

Section 239: This section provides for a time limit for a person claiming refund
of tax. It has been amended with effect from 1st September, 2019.
Before the amendment, the provision was that, (a) the assessee claiming refund
of tax was required to file Form 30 prescribed by the I.T. Rules; and (b) such claim
for refund of tax could be made within one year from the last day of the
assessment year. Thus, claim for refund of tax could be made in respect of the
F.Y. ending 31st March, 2019 on or before 31st March,
2021. This time limit has now been reduced by one year and the requirement of
filing the prescribed Form No. 30 has been done away with by this amendment
from 1st September, 2019. Therefore, claim for refund of tax u/s 239
can be made by the assessee only within the time limit provided u/s 139. In other
words, claim for refund in respect of F.Y. 2018-19 will have to be made before
31st March, 2020.


MINIMUM ALTERNATE TAX (MAT)

At present, clause
(iih) of Explanation 1 below section 115JB(2) provides for book profits to be
reduced by the aggregate amount of unabsorbed depreciation and loss brought
forward in case of a company in respect of which an application for corporate
insolvency resolution process has been admitted by the Adjudicating Authority
u/s 7, 9 or 10 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

 

By amendment of
this section, this benefit is extended to a company and its subsidiary and the
subsidiary of such subsidiary, where the NCLT, on an application moved by the
Central government u/s 241 of the Companies Act, 2013 has suspended the Board
of Directors of such company and has appointed new directors who are nominated
by the Central government u/s 242 of the said Act. This amendment is effective
from the A.Y. 2020-2021 (F.Y. 2019-20).

 

The ordinance dated 20th September, 2019 has amended section
115JB(1) to provide that from A.Y. 2020-21, the rate of tax on book profits
will be reduced from 18.5% to 15%.

 

Section 115JB(5A)
is also amended to provide that this section will not apply to companies opting
to be taxed u/s 115BAA and 115BAB from A.Y. 2020-21.

 

TRANSFER PRICING PROVISIONS

Section 92CD: Section 92CD(3) provides that where the assessment or re-assessment
has already been completed and modified return of income has been filed by the
assessee pursuant to an Advance Pricing Agreement (APA), then the AO has to
pass the order of assessment, re-assessment or computation of total income.
This section is now amended, effective from 1st September, 2019, to
provide that the AO can pass such revised order only to the extent of modifying
the total income of the relevant assessment year in accordance with the APA.
The consequential amendment is also made in section 246A dealing with
appealable orders before CIT (Appeals).

 

Section
92CE(a):
Section 92CE(1) provides that the
assessee shall make secondary adjustment in a case where primary adjustment to
transfer price takes place as specified therein. Further, it is provided that
the said section shall not apply in cases fulfilling cumulative conditions, i.e.,
(a) where the amount of primary adjustment
made in any previous year does not exceed Rs. 1 crore; and (b) the primary
adjustment is made in respect of an assessment year commencing on or before 1st
April, 2016. Now this proviso is amended to make these two conditions
alternative. This amendment is effective from A.Y. 2018-19.

 

Section
92CE(1)(iii):
This section provides that
secondary adjustment shall be applicable where primary adjustment to transfer
price is determined by an advance pricing agreement. Now, section 92CE(1)(iii)
is amended to provide that the secondary adjustment will be applicable only
where the primary adjustment to transfer price is determined by an advance
pricing agreement entered into by the assessee u/s 92CC on or after 1st
April, 2017. Further, a new proviso after section 92CE(1) has been inserted
with effect from A.Y. 2018-19 to provide that no refund of the taxes already
paid till date under the pre-amended section shall be claimed and allowed.

 

Section
92CE(2):
This section
provides that the excess money available to the associated enterprise shall be
repatriated to India from such associated enterprise within the prescribed time
and, in case of non-repatriation, interest thereon is to be computed deeming
the excess money as advance to such associated enterprise. Now the said section
is amended to provide that the assessee shall be required to calculate interest
on the money that has not been repatriated. Further, an explanation has been
inserted to clarify that the excess money may be repatriated from any of the
associated enterprises of the assessee which is not resident in India in lieu
of the associated enterprise with which the excess money is available. This
amendment is effective from A.Y. 2018-19.

 

This section has
also been amended by insertion of new sub-sections (2A), (2B), (2C) and (2D) to
provide that where the excess money or part thereof has not been repatriated in
time, the assessee will have the option to pay additional income tax at the
rate of 18% on such excess money or part thereof. Such tax shall be in addition
to the computation of interest till the date of payment of this additional tax.
Further, if the assessee pays additional income tax, such assessee will not be
required to make secondary adjustment or compute interest from the date of
payment of such tax. Also, the deduction in respect of the amount on which
additional tax has been paid shall not be allowed under any other provision of
the Act and no credit of additional tax paid shall be allowed under any other
provision of the Act. This amendment is effective from 1st
September, 2019.

 

Section 286: This section provides for a specific reporting regime containing
revised standards for transfer pricing documentation and a template for
country-by-country reporting. Section 286(9)(a)(i) defines ‘accounting year’ to
mean a previous year in a case where the parent entity or alternate reporting
entity is resident in India. This definition is now amended effective from A.Y.
2017-18 and ‘accounting year’ in such a case will be the annual accounting
period with respect to which the parent entity of the international group
prepares its financial statements under any law of the country or territory of
which such parent entity is resident.

 

PENALTIES AND PROSECUTION

Section 270A:
This section provides for levy of penalty in a
case where a person has under-reported his income. The several cases of
under-reporting of income have been provided in section (2) of this section
which includes a case where no return of income has been furnished. In a case
where the person files his return of income for the first time in response to a
notice u/s 148, the mechanism for determining under-reporting of income and
quantum of penalty to be levied are not provided in this section. By amendment
of the section, effective from A.Y. 2017-18, it is now provided that where a
return of income has been filed for the first time in response to a notice u/s
148, if the income assessed is greater than the maximum amount which is not
chargeable to tax, then it will be considered that the assessee has
under-reported his income.

 

In such a case, the
amount of under-reported income shall be computed in the following manner:
(a)   In case of a company, firm or local
authority, the assessed income itself will be considered as under-reported
income;

(b)   In other cases, the excess of assessed income
over the maximum amount not chargeable to tax will be considered as
under-reported income.

 

Section
271DB:
This is a new section added with effect
from 1st November, 2019 which provides that if a person who is
required to provide facility for accepting payment through the prescribed
electronic modes of payment as referred to in new section 269SU, fails to
provide such facility, a penalty of Rs. 5,000 for each day of default will be
levied. This penalty can be levied only by the Joint Commissioner. No penalty
under this section will be levied if the person concerned proves that there
were good and sufficient reasons for such failure.

 

It may be noted
that new section 269SU has been added with effect from 1st November, 2019 to
provide that every person whose turnover or gross receipts in a business
exceeds Rs. 50 crores in the immediately preceding previous year shall provide
facility for accepting payment through prescribed electronic modes.

 

Section
271FAA:
This section provides for levy of a
penalty of Rs. 50,000 for default in compliance with clause (k) of section
285BA(1). Clause (K) referred to only reporting of prescribed particulars. By
amendment of this section, effective from 1st September, 2019, this
section has been made applicable to defaults in complying with reporting
requirements u/s 285BA(1)(a) to (k).

 

Section
276CC:
This section empowers prosecution in the
case of wilful default to furnish return of income within the prescribed time
limit. At present, in the case of a non-corporate assessee, prosecution cannot
be initiated if the tax payable on total income, as reduced by advance tax and
TDS, does not exceed Rs. 3,000. The amendment in this section from A.Y. 2020-21
(F.Y. 2019-20) provides that such prosecution cannot be initiated if the tax
payable on the total income assessed in a regular assessment, as reduced by
advance tax and self-assessment tax paid before the end of the assessment year
and TDS, does not exceed Rs. 10,000.

      

It appears that
raising of limit from Rs. 3,000 to Rs. 10,000 is inadequate when the government
is trying to reduce litigation. This limit should have been raised to Rs. 25
lakhs.

      

It may further be
noted that by CBDT circular No. 24/2019 dated 9th September, 2019 it
has now been clarified that no prosecution u/s 276B to 276CC should ordinarily
be initiated if the amount of tax is less than Rs. 25 lakhs. In cases where the
amount of tax is less than Rs. 25 lakhs, the prosecution should be initiated
only with the prior approval of the Collegium of two CCIT / DGIT. This is a
welcome move and will result in reduction of litigation.

 

It may further be
noted that by another circular No. 25/2019 dated 9th September,
2019, the CBDT has granted further time up to 31st December, 2019
for making an application for compounding of offences under Direct Tax Laws as
a one-time measure. Normally, an application for compounding of offences can be
filed within 12 months as per the guidelines issued by CBDT. In some cases, the
assessees have not been able to make such an application. In order to reduce
litigation the CBDT, by the above circular, has granted time up to 31st December,
2019 as a one-time concession. Therefore, assessees who have not been able to
make such compounding applications till now will be able to make such
applications up to 31st December, 2019.

 

Section 201: At present section 201 provides for treating certain persons as
assessees in default for failure to deduct tax and also provides for charging
interest in such cases. From this, relaxation is provided in cases of failure
of such deduction in respect of payments, etc. made to a resident subject to
the condition that such resident payee (a) has furnished his return of income
u/s 139; (b) has taken into account such sum for computing income in such
return of income; and (c) has paid the tax due on the income declared by him in
such return of income. In such cases, it is provided that the person shall not
be deemed to be an assessee in default in respect of such non-deduction of tax.

 

The above benefit
is now extended, by amendment of sections 201 and 40(a)(i), for payments made
to non-residents effective from 1st September, 2019.

 

Section
201(3):
This section provides that an order deeming
a person to be an assessee in default for failure to deduct whole or part of
the tax from a payment made to a resident shall not be made after expiry of
seven years from the end of the financial year in which payment is made or
credit is given.

 

Section 201(3) is
now amended, effective from 1st September, 2019, to provide that
such an order can be made up to:

(i)    expiry of seven years from the end of the
financial year in which payment is made or credit is given; or

(ii)    two years from the end of the financial year
in which the correction statement is delivered under proviso to section 200(3),
whichever is later.

 

OTHER AMENDMENTS

Section
2(19AA):
This section gives the definition of
‘demerger’. Section 2(19AA)(iii) provides that for such demerger, the property
and liabilities of the undertaking transferred by the demerged company to the
resulting company should be at book value. The applicable Indian Accounting
Standards (Ind AS) provides that in the case of demerger, the property and
liabilities of the demerged company should be transferred at a value different
from its book value.

 

This section has
been amended from A.Y. 2020-21 (F.Y. 2019-20) to provide that in a case where
Ind AS is applicable, the property and liabilities of the demerged company can
be recorded by the resulting company at values different from the book value.

 

Rule 68B of
Second Schedule:
At present the Rule provides
that sale of immovable property attached towards recovery shall not be made
after expiry of three  years from the end
of the financial year in which the order in consequence of which any tax,
interest, fine, penalty or any other sum becomes final.

 

The following
amendments have been made affective from 1st September, 2019 to
protect the interest of Revenue, especially to include those cases where demand
has been crystallised on conclusion of the proceedings:

(a)   Sub-rule 1 is amended to increase the time
limit for sale of attached property from a period of three years to seven
years; and

(b)   A new proviso has been inserted in the said
sub-rule so as to give powers to CBDT to extend the above period of limitation
by a further period of three years after recording the reasons in writing.

 

Section 206A: The existing section 206A dealing with submission of statement, in
the prescribed form to the prescribed authority, about Tax Deducted at Source
from payment of any income to a resident has been replaced by a new section
effective from 1st September, 2019. The new section is more or less
on the same lines as the old one with a few major modifications as under:

 

(i)  In the case of a bank or a co-operative bank
the threshold limit for submission of this statement for interest payment to
the resident will now be Rs. 40,000 instead of Rs. 10,000;

(ii) Earlier, the Central
government was authorised to issue a notification to require any other person
to submit a statement for TDS from other payments. This power is now given to
CBDT which will frame Rules for this purpose;

(iii) The persons required to submit these statements
can make corrections in the statement in the prescribed form.

 

Section
285BA:
This section provides for furnishing of statement
of financial transactions or reportable accounts by the specified persons. This
section is amended effective from 1st September, 2019, as under:

(a) At present, CBDT has power to prescribe different values for
different specified transactions. This is subject to the minimum limit of Rs.
50,000. This limit is now removed;

(b) If there is any
defect in the statement, at present it can be rectified within the specified
time provided in section 285BA(4). If this defect is not rectified by the
person concerned, it is now provided that such person has furnished inaccurate
information in the statement. This will invite penalty of Rs. 50,000 u/s
271FAA.

 

Promotion of
digital economy:
At present various sections of
the Income-tax Act encourage payment / receipts through account payee cheques,
drafts, electronic clearing systems, etc. From the current year sections 13A,
35AD, 40A, 43(1), 43CA, 44AD, 50C, 56(2) (X), 80JJA, 269SS, 269ST, 269T, etc.,
are amended to provide that in addition to the existing modes of payment /
receipt, any other electronic mode, as may be prescribed, will also be
considered permissible.

 

AMENDMENTS IN OTHER LAWS

Along with the
Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019, some of the sections of the following Acts are also
amended:

(a) The Reserve Bank
of India Act, 1934; (b) The Insurance Act, 1938; (c) The Securities Contracts
(Regulation) Act, 1956; (d) The Banking Companies (Acquisition and Transfer of
Undertakings) Act, 1970 and 1980; (e) The General Insurance Business
(Nationalisation) Act, 1972; (f) The National Housing Bank Act, 1987; (g) The
Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988; (h) The Securities and
Exchange Board of India Act, 1992; (i) The Central Road and Infrastructure Fund
Act, 2000; (j) The Finance Act, 2002, 2016, 2018 and The Finance (No. 2) Act,
2004; (k) The Unit Trust of India (Transfer of Undertaking and Repeal) Act,
2002; (m) The Prevention of Money-Laundering Act, 2002; (n) The Payment and
Settlement System Act, 2007; and (o) The Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income
and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015.

 

Finance Act,
2016:
The Income Declaration Scheme, 2016 –
Sections 187 and 191 of the Finance Act, 2016, have been amended effective from
1st June, 2016 as under:

(i) At present,
under the Income Declaration Scheme, 2016 there is no provision for delayed
payment of the tax, surcharge and penalty payable in respect of undisclosed
income. Further, section 191 of the Finance Act, 2016 states that any tax,
surcharge and penalty paid shall not be refunded. A proviso is now inserted in
section 187 of the Finance Act, 2016 to provide that where the tax, surcharge
and penalty has not been paid within the due date for the same, the government
may notify a class of persons who may make payment of the same within the notified
date along with interest at the rate of 1% for every month or part thereof from
the due date of payment till the date of actual payment.

(ii) Further, a proviso has been inserted to section 191 to enable the
government to notify a class of persons to whom excess tax, surcharge and
penalty paid shall be refunded.

 

TO SUM UP

From the above
analysis it is evident that Mr. Piyush Goyal, the then Finance Minister,
provided some relief to all deserving sections of the society in the Finance
Act, 2019 which was passed with the Interim Budget in February, 2019. In that
Interim Budget he had placed the vision document of the government covering ten
areas, such as building physical as well as social infrastructure, creating
digital India, making India a pollution-free nation, expanding rural
industrialisation, making our rivers and water bodies our life-supporting
assets, developing our coastlines, developing our space programmes, making
India self-sufficient in food, making India a healthy society and transforming
India into a ‘Minimum Government-Maximum Governance’ nation. He had also stated
that this would be the India of 2030. Further, there would be a proactive and
responsible bureaucracy which will be viewed as friendly to the people. If this
can be achieved, we can create an India where poverty, malnutrition and
illiteracy would be things of the past. He further stated that it is the vision
of the present government that by the year 2030 India will be a modern,
technology-driven, high growth, equitable, transparent society and a ‘Ten
Trillion Dollar Economy’. Let us hope that our present government is able to
achieve its vision.

 

The present Finance
Minister, Ms Nirmala Sitharaman, in her Budget speech has repeated the above
ten points of the vision of the government for the next decade. She has further
stated in para 10 of her Budget speech that ‘Today, we are nearing the three
trillion dollar level. So when we aspire to reach the five trillion dollar
level, many wonder if it is possible. If we can appreciate our citizens’
“purusharth” or their “goals of human pursuit” filled with their inherent
desire to progress, led by the dedicated leadership present in this House, the
target is eminently achievable’.

 

In the Finance Act,
2019 which was passed in February, 2019, some benefit was given to small
taxpayers, especially the middle class, salary earners, pensioners and senior
citizens. In the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019, several amendments have been made
in the Income-tax Act. The major amendment is in the field of surcharge on
income above Rs. 2 crores earned by all Individuals, HUFs, AOPs, Trusts, etc.
There was a lot of resistance from Foreign Institutional Investors. Considering
the issues raised by them, the Finance Minister has now announced that this super
surcharge will not be payable on capital
gains on sale of quoted shares by residents and non-residents. Further, as
promised by the government, the rate of tax for domestic companies is now
reduced to 25% where the turnover or gross receipts is less than Rs. 400
crores. This year’s Finance (No. 2) Act, 2019 passed in July, 2019 is unique as
it has been amended by an Ordinance within two months – on 20th
September, 2019. It is explained that this has been done to resolve several
issues raised and opposing some of the tax proposals. Further, some of the
amendments have been made by the ordinance to encourage the corporate sector to
invest in new manufacturing activities and thus boost the economy.

 

Another important
amendment relates to TDS provisions. Now tax is required to be deducted at 5%
by an individual or HUF, who has paid more than Rs. 50 lakhs in a financial
year to a contractor, commission agent or a professional even for personal
work. Further, TDS at 2% will now be deducted by a bank if an assessee
withdraws more than Rs. 1 crore in cash in a financial year. Since this tax is
not to be deducted from any income chargeable to tax, the assessee will not get
credit for the TDS amount. This will amount to an additional tax burden on the
assessee.

 

There are several
provisions in the Act to give incentives to units situated in International
Financial Services Centres (IFSC). Incentives are also provided to attract new
units to be established in IFSCs. Similarly, incentives are also given to
startups. It is proposed that the ‘Angel Tax’ shall not be charged on startups
registered with the DPIIT. Incentives are also provided for those engaged in
construction of affordable houses.

 

Last year, section
143 of the Income-tax Act was amended authorising the government to notify a
new scheme for ‘e-assessment’ to impart greater efficiency, transparency and
accountability. Under this scheme it is proposed to eliminate the interface
between the assessing officer and the assessee, optimise utilisation of resources
and introduce a team-based assessment procedure. The Finance Minister has
stated in her Budget speech that it is proposed to launch this scheme of
‘e-assessment’ in a phased manner this year. To start with, such ‘e-assessment’
will be carried out in cases requiring verification of certain specified
transactions or discrepancies. Cases selected for scrutiny shall be allocated
to assessment units in a random manner and notices will be issued
electronically by a central cell, without disclosing the name, designation or
location of the AO. The central cell will be the single point of contact
between the taxpayer and the Department. It is stated that this new scheme of
assessment will represent a paradigm shift in the functioning of the Income tax
Department. It may be noted that the CBDT has issued a notification dated 12th
September, 2019 notifying a detailed scheme called the ‘E-Assessment Scheme,
2019’ which provides for the procedure for e-assessment u/s 143(3A). The Scheme
will come into force on a date to be notified hereafter. There is going to be
some confusion in the initial years when the new scheme is introduced. Let us
hope that this new scheme is successful.

 

With the amendments
made in several sections of the Income-tax Act by this year’s Budget, the
Income-tax Act has become more complex. The committee appointed by the
government has submitted its report to simplify the Income-tax Act. The
proposal is to replace the present six-decade-old Act by a new Direct Tax Code.
This report is not yet in the public domain. Let us hope that we get a new
simplified law during the tenure of the present government.

 

 

 

SECTION 115BAA AND 115BAB – AN ANALYSIS

INTRODUCTION

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman presented her maiden Budget in the
backdrop of a significant economic slowdown which is now threatening to turn
into a recession. The Budget and the Finance Act passed thereafter did not
reduce the tax rates which many expected. In fact, the surcharge on individuals
was increased significantly, reversing the trend of a gradual reduction in
taxes in earlier Budgets. The increase was criticised and it was felt that the
high level of taxes would have a negative impact on the investment climate in
the country. Responding to the situation, the government issued the Taxation
Laws (Amendment) Ordinance, 2019 which seeks to give relief to corporates and a
fillip to the economy.

 

This article analyses the various issues in the two principal provisions
in the Ordinance. In writing this article I am using inputs from Bhadresh
Doshi, my professional colleague who spoke on the topic on the BCAS
platform a few days ago.

 

As I write this article, the Ordinance has been converted into a Bill. I
have considered the amendments made in the Bill while placing it before
Parliament. However, during its passage in Parliament, the said Bill may
further be amended. The article therefore should be read with this caveat.

 

SECTION 115BAA

The new provision 115BAA(1) provides that

(a) notwithstanding anything contained in the other provisions of the
Income-tax Act

(b)        income tax payable by

(c)        a domestic company

(d)       for A.Y. 2020-21 onwards

(e)        shall at the option of
the company

(f)        be computed at the rate
of 22% if conditions set out in sub-section (2) are satisfied

 

The proviso to this sub-section stipulates that in the event the company
opting for the lower rate violates any condition prescribed in sub-section (2),
the option shall become invalid for that previous year in which the condition
is violated and the provisions of the Act shall apply as if the option had not
been exercised for that year as well as subsequent years.

 

Sub-section (2) provides the following conditions:

(i)         the income of the
company is computed without deductions under sections 10AA, 32(1)(iia), 32AD,
33AB, 33ABA, 35(1)(ii)/(iia)/(iii), 35(2AA)/(2AB), 35CCC, 35CCD or any
deductions in respect of incomes set out in Part C of Chapter VIA other than a
deduction u/s 80JJAA;

(ii)        the company shall not
claim a set-off of any loss or depreciation carried forward from earlier
assessment years, if such loss or depreciation is attributable to the
provisions enumerated above;

(iii)       the company shall not
be entitled to set-off of any deemed unabsorbed loss or depreciation carried
forward by virtue of an amalgamation or demerger in terms of section 72A;

(iv) company shall claim depreciation u/s 32(1).

 

Sub-section (3) provides that the loss referred to in sub-section (2)
shall be treated as having been given effect to. The proviso, however, provides
that there would be an adjustment to the block of assets to the extent of the
depreciation that has remained unabsorbed for the years prior to assessment
year 2020-21.

 

Sub-section (4) provides that if the option is exercised by a company
having a unit in the International Financial Services Centre as referred to in
sub-section (1A) of section 80LA, the conditions contained in sub-section (2)
shall be modified to the extent that the deduction u/s 80LA shall be available
to such unit subject to compliance with the conditions contained in that
section.

 

Sub-section (5) provides that the section shall apply only if an option
is exercised by the company in the prescribed manner on or before the due date
specified under sub-section (1) of section 139 for any assessment year from
2020-21 onwards. The sub-section further provides that the option once
exercised cannot be withdrawn for the said year or future years.

The proviso provides that if an option exercised u/s 115BAB becomes
invalid on account of certain violations of the conditions set out in that
section, such a person may exercise the option under this section.

 

ANALYSIS

The new section grants an option to domestic companies to choose a lower
rate of tax @ 22% plus the applicable surcharge and cess and forgo the
deductions enumerated. It is fairly clear from the section that claim in an
anterior year attributable to the specified deductions which could not be
allowed on account of insufficiency of income cannot be set off in the year in
which an option under the section is exercised or future years.

 

The issue that may arise in this context is that except for the claim
u/s 35(1)(iv), the law does not contemplate a segregation of the business loss
into loss attributable to different sections. In fact, it is only in regard to
the loss arising on account of a capital expenditure u/s 35(1)(iv) that a
priority of set-off of losses is contemplated in section 72(2). Therefore, if
one is to give effect to section 115BAA(2), then the assessee company would
have to compute a breakup of a business loss which has been carried forward,
between various provisions to which it is attributable. Without such a
bifurcation the provision attributing loss to the enumerated deductions cannot
be given effect to. Even as far as depreciation is concerned, depreciation is
computed under sections 32(1)(i) and (iia). It is the aggregate of such depreciation
which is claimed as an allowance and a reduction from the written down value
(w.d.v.) of the block of assets. There is no specific provision requiring a
bifurcation between the two.

 

A harmonious interpretation would be that a company exercising the option
for the applicability of this section would have to give a breakup of the said
loss, attributing losses to the deductions referred to above and such
attribution would bind the Department, as the provisions for set-off do not
provide for an order of priority between general business loss and loss
attributable to the enumerated deductions.

 

The proviso
to sub-section (3) seeks to mitigate the double jeopardy to a person seeking to
exercise the option of the lower rate, namely, that set-off of unabsorbed
depreciation will not be allowed as well as the w.d.v. of the block would also
stand reduced. The proviso provides that if there is a depreciation allowance
in respect of a block of assets which has not been given full effect to, a
corresponding adjustment shall be made to the w.d.v. of the block. To
illustrate, if Rs. 1 lakh is unabsorbed depreciation in respect of a block of
assets for assessment year 2019-20, for computing the depreciation for the
block for assessment year 2020-21 the w.d.v. of the block shall stand increased
to that extent.

 

SECTION 115BAB

This section seeks to grant a substantial relief in terms of a reduced
tax rate to domestic manufacturing companies. The section provides that

(1)  a domestic company, subject
to conditions prescribed, would at its option be charged at a tax rate of 15%
from assessment year 2020-21 onwards;

(2)   it is, however, provided
that income which is neither derived from nor incidental to manufacturing or
production, and income in the nature of short-term capital gains arising from
transfer of non-depreciable assets, will be taxed at 22%. In regard to such
income, no deduction of expenditure would be allowed in computing it;

(3)   the income in excess of the
arm’s length price determined u/s 115BAB(6) will be taxed at 30%;

(4)     the conditions are:

 

(a)        the company is set up
and registered on or after 1st October, 2019 and commences
manufacture or production on or before the 31st day of March, 2023;

(b)        it is not formed by
splitting up or the reconstruction of a business already in existence (except
for re-establishment contemplated u/s 33B);

(c)        it does not use any
machinery or plant previously used for any purpose (except imported machinery
subject to certain conditions). Other than imported machinery, the condition
will be treated as having been fulfilled if the value of previously used
machinery or part thereof does not exceed 20% of the total value of machinery;

(d)       it does not use any
building previously used as a hotel or convention centre in respect of which a
deduction u/s 80-ID has been claimed and allowed;

(e)        the company is not
engaged in any business other than the business of manufacture or production of
any article or thing and research in relation to or distribution of such
article or thing manufactured or produced by it;

(f)        the explanation to
section 115BAB(2)(b) excludes development of computer software, mining,
conversion of multiple blocks or similar items into slabs, bottling of gas into
cylinders, printing of books or production of cinematograph film from the
definition of manufacture or production. The Central Government has also been
empowered to notify any other business in the list of excluded categories;

(g)        income of the company is
computed without  deductions under
sections 10AA, 32(1)(iia), 32AD, 33AB, 33ABA, 35(1)(ii)/(iia)/(iii),
35(2AA)/(2AB), 35CCC, 35CCD or any deductions in respect of incomes set out in
Part C of Chapter VIA other than a deduction u/s 80JJAA;

(h)        the company shall not be
entitled to set-off of any deemed unabsorbed loss or depreciation carried
forward by virtue of an amalgamation or demerger in terms of section 72A;

(i)         company shall claim
depreciation u/s 32(1).

 

Sub-section (3) provides that the loss referred to in sub-section (2)
shall be treated as having been given effect to.

 

Sub-section (4) empowers the CBDT, with the approval of the Central
Government, to remove any difficulty by prescribing guidelines in regard to the
fulfilment of the conditions regarding use of previously-used plant and
machinery or buildings, or the restrictive conditions in regard to the nature
of business.

 

Sub-section (5) provides that the guidelines issued shall be laid before
each House of Parliament and they shall bind the company as well as all income
tax authorities subordinate to the CBDT.

 

Sub-section (6) provides that if, in the opinion of the assessing
officer, on account of close connection between the company and another person,
the business is so arranged that it produces to the company more than ordinary
profits, he shall compute for the purposes of this section such profits as may
be reasonably deemed to have been derived from such business.

 

The proviso to the sub-section provides that if the aforesaid
arrangement involves a specified domestic transaction (SDT) as defined in
section 92BA, the profits from such transaction shall be determined having
regard to the arm’s length price as defined in section 92F.

 

The second proviso provides that the profits in excess of the arm’s
length price shall be deemed to be the income of the person.

 

Sub-section (7) provides that the section shall apply only if an option
is exercised by the company in the prescribed manner on or before the due date
specified under sub-section (1) of section 139 for any assessment year from
2020-21 onwards. The sub-section further provides that the option once
exercised cannot be withdrawn for the said year or future years.

 

The explanation to the section states that the expression ‘unabsorbed
depreciation’ shall have the meaning assigned to it in section 72A(7) for the
purposes of section 115BAB and 115BAA.

 

ANALYSIS

Unlike the provisions of section 115BAA, the provisions of this section
give rise to a number of issues, many of them arising on account of lacunae in
drafting which may be taken care of when the Taxation Laws (Amendment) Bill
becomes an Act. These are as under:

 

The threshold condition of eligibility is that the company is set up and
registered on or after 1st October, 2019 and commences manufacture
or production on or before the 31st day of March, 2023. It is not
clear as to whether the eligibility for the lower rate would be available to
the company after it is set up but before it commences manufacture or
production.

 

It needs to be pointed out that the situs of manufacturing unit
is not relevant. Therefore, manufacture outside India would also be entitled to
the lower rate of tax. Considering the tax cost in the country of manufacture,
this may not turn out to be tax effective, but such a situation is
theoretically possible.

 

If a company fails to meet the condition of commencement of manufacture
or production, the grant of the lower rate of tax would amount to a mistake
apparent from record amenable to a rectification u/s 154.

 

It is possible that in the interregnum between the setting up and
commencement of manufacture or production, the company may earn some income.
This is proposed to be taxed at 22% if it is not derived from or incidental to
manufacture or production. The term ‘incidental’ is likely to create some
controversy. While the higher rate of tax for such other income can be
understood, the condition that no deduction or expenditure would be allowed in
computing such income appears to be unjust. To illustrate, a company demolishes
an existing structure and disposes of the debris as scrap. The debris is
purchased by a person to whom it has to be transported and the company bears
the transport cost. On a literal interpretation of the section a deduction of
such expenditure will not be allowed. This aspect needs to be dealt with during
the passage of the Bill into an Act, or a suitable clarification needs to be
issued by
the CBDT.

 

Section 115ABA(2)(a)(i): This provides that the company is not formed by
splitting up or reconstruction of a business already in existence. As to what
constitutes splitting up or reconstruction of a business is already judicially
explained [Refer: Textile Machinery vs. CIT 107 ITR 195 (SC)].
There are several other decisions explaining the meaning of these terms. The
difference between this provision and all other incentive provisions is that in
those provisions (sections 80-I, 80-IA) this phrase was used in the context of
the business of an ’undertaking’. In this case the phrase is used in the
context of an assessee, namely, a domestic company. Therefore, an issue may
arise as to whether, after its formation, if a company acquires a business of
an existing entity (without acquiring its plant and machinery), the conditions
of this section would be vitiated. The words used are similar to those in other
incentive provisions, namely, ‘is not formed’. It therefore appears that a
subsequent acquisition of a business may not render a company ineligible for
claiming the lower rate of tax.

 

Section 115ABA(2)(a)(ii): This prescribes that the company does not ‘use’
any machinery or plant previously used for any purpose. While the explanation
grants some relaxation in regard to imported machinery, this condition is
extremely onerous. This is because hitherto the words used were ‘transferred to
a new business of machinery or plant’. Therefore, the undertaking had to be
entitled to some dominion and control over the old machinery for the condition
to be attracted. The provision as it is worded now will disentitle the company
to the relief if any old machinery is used. To illustrate, a company decides to
construct its own factory and the plant and machinery in the said factory is of
the value of Rs. 5 crores. During the course of construction, the company hires
for use a crane (which obviously has been used earlier), of the value of Rs. 2
crores. It would have, on a literal reading of the section, contravened one of
the eligibility conditions. It must be remembered that the condition is not
even connected with the business of manufacture but is attracted by ‘use’ of
the machinery by a company for any purpose.

 

Admittedly, this may not be the intention, but this condition needs to
be relaxed or amended to ensure that an overzealous tax authority does not deny
the rightful lower rate to a company which is otherwise eligible.

 

Section 115ABA(2)(a)(iii): This clause prescribes a condition that is even
more onerous. The company is not entitled to ‘use’ any building previously used
as a hotel or convention centre, in respect of which a deduction u/s 80-ID is
claimed. Here again the test is merely ‘user’ without there being any dominion
or control of the company over the building. Further, it is virtually
impossible for a company to ascertain whether the building in respect of which
it has obtained a right of temporary user has hitherto been used as a hotel or
convention centre, and whether deduction u/s 80-ID has been claimed by the
owner / assessee. To illustrate, a company decides to hold a one-month
exhibition of its manufactured goods and for that purpose obtains on leave and
licence 5,000 sq. ft. area in a commercial building. It holds its exhibition
and it later transpires that the said area was hitherto used as a convention
centre. On a literal reading of the section, the company would lose benefit of
the lower rate of tax. Clarity on this issue is required by way of issue of a
CBDT circular.

 

Section
115BAB(2)(b):
The
last condition, which is distinct from the conditions prescribed in 115BAA, is
in regard to restricting the eligibility to those companies whose business is
of manufacture or production of articles and things, research in relation to
such goods as well as distribution thereof. The term manufacture is defined in
the Act in section 2(29B). The same is as follows: [(29BA) ‘manufacture’, with
its grammatical variations, means a change in a non-living physical object or
article or thing:

(a)
resulting in transformation of the object or article or thing into a new and
distinct object or article or thing having a different name, character and use;
or

(b) bringing
into existence of a new and distinct object or article or thing with a
different chemical composition or integral structure.]

 

These two terms have been judicially interpreted and are distinct from
each other, though the common man uses them interchangeably. Reference may be
made to the decisions of the Apex Court in CIT vs. N.C. Budharaja 204 ITR
412 (SC); CIT vs. Oracle Software India Ltd. 320 ITR 546(SC)
. The term
production is a wider term, while the term manufacture must ensure that there
is change in the form and substance of an article at least commercially. While
introducing the Bill, development of software in any form, mining and certain
other activities which could have fallen into the realm of manufacture or
production have been specifically excluded. Companies engaged in such business
will therefore not be entitled to the lower rate. It is also provided that the
Central Government is empowered to notify further businesses which will not be
entitled to the lower rate. It is hoped that any notification will be
prospective in nature, because if a company is registered and it incurs a cost
in setting up a manufacturing facility, a subsequent notification denying it
the lower rate will be unfair.

 

The
conditions prescribed in section 115BAB(2)(c) are identical to those of section
115BAA and the analysis in regard thereto will apply with equal force to this
section as well.

 

Sub-section (6) seeks to limit the operation of the section to income
which is derived from the business of the company computed at arm’s length. The
proviso further provides that if the arrangement between the company and the
related person (associated enterprise), involves a specified domestic
transaction, then the profits from the transaction will be computed based on
the arm’s length price as defined in 92F(ii).

 

Like in the case of section 115BAA, sub-section (7) provides that, in
order to avail of the benefit of the section, the company must exercise the
option on or before the due date prescribed in section 139, and once exercised
the option cannot be subsequently withdrawn for that or any previous year.

 

The explanation provides that the term ‘unabsorbed depreciation’ will
have the meaning assigned to it in clause (b) of sub-section (7) of section
72A. It is therefore clear that the denial of unabsorbed depreciation in
computing income will be restricted to such depreciation that is deemed to be
unabsorbed on account of an amalgamation or demerger. This appears to be in
keeping with the intent of the lawmakers.

 

CONCLUSION

Both the sections are clear on intent but seem to suffer from lacunae in
drafting, particularly in the case of section 115BAB. Let us hope that these
creases are ironed out before the Bill becomes an Act or if that does not
happen, then the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) issues circular/s
clarifying the legislative intent.

 

PROSECUTION AND COMPOUNDING

PROSECUTION – The word Prosecution makes every person’s blood run cold. The
menace of black money, i.e., unaccounted money, and tax evasion have assumed
gigantic proportions. The need to control the menace resulted in taking of
drastic remedial measures by the Government. Prosecution and the resultant
terror of imprisonment serve as a powerful deterrent.
Under the Income Tax
Act, 1961 there are various sections for Penalties and Provisions to
ensure/enforce tax compliance, but the best and most effective measure is
Prosecution. Assessment proceedings are civil proceedings while penalty
proceedings are quasi-criminal and prosecution proceedings are criminal in
nature. Prosecutions for offences committed by an assessee are tried by the
Magistrates in the Criminal Courts of the country and the procedure thereof is
governed by the provisions of the Indian Penal Code where attracted, as well as
the rules in the Code of Criminal Procedure and the Indian Evidence Act. In
simple words, we can say that the Income Tax Department has three ways to
punish the assessee, i.e. Levy Interest, Levy Penalties and Prosecution if he
does not follow provisions as prescribed by the Act. Monetary Punishment does
not have that impact on the assessee that Prosecution proceedings have.

 

The roots of
such harsh/rigorous provisions of Prosecution were found in the Wanchoo
Committee Report. The final report by the said Committee states as follows:

 

NEED FOR VIGOROUS PROSECUTION POLICY


In the
fight against tax evasion, monetary penalties are not enough. Many a
calculating tax dodger finds it a profitable proposition to carry on evading
taxes over the years if the only risk to which he is exposed is a monetary
penalty in the year in which he happens to be caught. The public in general
also tends to lose faith and confidence in tax administration once it knows
that even when a tax evader is caught, the administration lets him get away
lightly after paying only a monetary penalty, when money is no longer a major
consideration with him if it serves his business interests….


The Supreme
Court in Gujarat Travancore Agency vs. CIT (1989) 77 CTR (SC) 174: (1989)
177 ITR 455 (SC)
observed that the creation of an offence by the statute
proceeds on the assumption that society suffers injury by the act of omission
of the defaulter and that a deterrent must be imposed to discourage the
repetition of the offence.

 

OFFENCES AND PROSECUTION UNDER INCOME TAX ACT, 1961


The term
“offence” is not defined under the Income Tax Act. Even the
Constitution does not define the term “offence” for the purpose of
Article 20. Section 3(37) of the General Clauses Act defines
“offence” to mean any act or omission made punishable by any law for
the time being in force. This definition would apply to ascertain whether or
not an offence had been committed and only if there is an offence committed the
offender would be prosecuted and would attract liability for punishment in
accordance with the law in force at the relevant time of the commission of the
offence. The term Prosecution is also not defined under the Income Tax Act;
however, Webster’s dictionary defines Prosecution as “The institution and
carrying on of a suit in a court of law or equity, to obtain some right, or to
redress and punish some wrong; the carrying on of a judicial proceeding on
behalf of a complaining party, as distinguished from the defence.”

 

CBDT recently
tabled its report[1]
on Performance Audit on Administration of Penalty and Prosecution before
Parliament wherein they pointed out various gaps in Administration of
Prosecution by the Department. They made some important recommendations; (a)
more robust mechanism to be employed for identifying cases for prosecution
which takes into account timelines, quantum of tax evasion and contemporary
impact, (b) posting of designated and experienced Nodal officer to handle
prosecution, (c) to identify the stage of pendency of all cases in the various
courts and follow it actively for resolution, (d) CBDT to consider compounding
offences before launching Prosecution so that revenues are collected, (e) CBDT
to deploy prosecution machinery for high-impact cases and avoid focusing on
low-impact cases.

 

Recently, it
has become a trend and it has been observed that notices for launching of
Prosecution are being issued in large numbers. The department went into
overdrive and issued show-cause notices en masse after CBDT released
Standard Operating Procedure to be followed for Prosecution in cases of the
TDS/TCS with a strict time frame to complete the entire process from
identification to passing order u/s. 279(1)/279(2) of the Act. Even for the
technical lapse, the department launched Prosecution or forced the assessee to go
for compounding. During FY 2017-18 (up to the end of November, 2017), the
Department filed Prosecution complaints about various offences in 2225 cases
compared to 784 for the corresponding period in the immediately preceding year,
marking an increase of 184%. Therefore, it has become very important to be
aware of the laws relating to Prosecutions under direct taxes.

 

KINDS OF OFFENCES


Income Tax
Act contains a Chapter XXII dealing with ‘offences and prosecution,’ i.e.
section 275A to section 280D of the Act, refer Appendix. Provisions of the
Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 are to be followed relating to all offences under
the Income Tax Act since the said Chapter XXII of the Act does not inter se
deal with the procedures regulating the prosecution. However, if the provisions
of the Code are contrary to what is specially provided for by the Act, then the
Act will prevail.

 

Recently,
Prosecutions have been initiated for various offences including wilful attempt
to evade tax or payment of any tax; wilful failure in filing returns of income;
false statement in verification; and failure to deposit the tax
deducted/collected at source or inordinate delay in doing so, among other
defaults.

 

For this
Article, sections 276B, 276C, 276CC and 277 of the Act are dealt hereunder
since most of the prosecution has been launched on the commission of offence
contained in these sections.

 

SECTION 276B – OFFENCE RELATED TO TAX DEDUCTION


Failure to
deduct tax is not an offence but having deducted but not paid to the Central
Government is an offence. If the accused wants to prove that he was prevented
by reasonable causes, the burden to prove is on the accused. The courts have
taken contrary positions with respect to Prosecution in the event the penalty
proceedings have been dropped. The Punjab and Haryana High Court held in Jag
Mohan Singh vs. ITO (1992) 196 ITR 473 (P&H)
that the offence is
complete on the due date on which the amount should have been deposited but not
deposited and a late deposit will not absolve the accused; the fact that the
income-tax authorities charged interest on such deposit and did not impose
penalty will not absolve the accused from liability to Prosecution. However, in
Banwarilal Satyanarayan & Ors. vs. State of Bihar & Anr. (1989) 80 CTR
(Pat) 31: (1989) 179 ITR 387 (Pat),
it has been held that when the
authority under the IT Act has dropped the penalty proceedings on finding that
assessee had furnished good and sufficient reasons for failure to deduct and/or
pay the tax, within time, the Prosecution for the same default is liable to be
discontinued.

 

SECTION 276C – WILFUL ATTEMPT TO EVADE TAX, ETC.


Section 276C
provides that if a person wilfully attempts to evade any tax, penalty or
interest chargeable or imposable under the Act, then without prejudice to any
penalty that may be imposable on him under any provisions of the Act, he will
be liable for prosecution. The Explanation inserted gives very wide coverage to
what constitutes ‘wilful attempt’. The Andhra Pradesh High Court in ITO vs.
Abdul Razaq (1990) 181 ITR 414 (AP)
held that to spell out a wilful attempt
there must be an assessment on the return filed. The Rajasthan High Court in Gopal
Lal Dhamani vs. ITO (1988) 67 CTR (Raj) 175: (1988)172 ITR 456 (Raj)
held
that what is contemplated is evasion before charging or imposing penalty or
interest; it may include wilful suppression in the returns before assessment
and completion; it is not necessary that an assessment must have been made
prior thereto and it is for the prosecution to prove the ingredients of the
offence before the
Criminal Court.

 

SECTION 276CC – FAILURE TO FURNISH A RETURN OF INCOME


With the
online return filings and various data at the disposal of the assessing
officer, it has become very easy to identify the assessees who despite having
taxable income have failed to file their tax return. This section opens with
the words “wilfully fails to furnish…return”. The word `wilful’
implies the existence of a particular guilty state of mind and it imports the
concept of mens rea. The Supreme Court (SC), in a recent ruling in the
case of Sasi Enterprises vs. ACIT [TS-43-SC-2014] has held that
prosecution proceedings u/s. 276CC of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) for
failure to file a return of income (ROI) could be initiated even while appellate
proceedings were pending. In deciding this case, the SC has placed reliance on
its earlier judgement in the case of Prakash Nath Khanna (Prakash Nath
Khanna vs. CIT [2004] 266 ITR 1 (SC)).

 

SECTION 277 – FALSE STATEMENT IN VERIFICATION, ETC.


This section punishes a person for providing the
Assessing Officer with information which he knows to be false or does not
believe to be true and thus induces him to make a wrong assessment resulting in
the levy of lower income-tax than is proper and due from the assessee. The
expression `person’ in this section is very wide and need not be restricted to
an assessee only. The Madras High Court in N.K. Mohnot vs. Chief CIT (1992)
195 ITR 72 (Mad)
held Prosecution to be valid against the accused who in a
conspiracy with the other accused and certain employees in the race club
applied for duplicate tax deduction certificates in the names of winners,
forged the signatures of the original winners, made false documents and filed
returns containing false declarations and forged signatures and obtained tax
refund orders which were encashed by them.

 

 SECTION 278E – ‘PRESUMPTION AS TO CULPABLE MENTAL STATE’


The burden of
proving the absence of mens rea is on the accused and provides that the
absence needs to be proved not only beyond ‘preponderance of probability’ but
also ‘beyond reasonable doubt[2]’.
He has to prove that he has no ‘culpable mental state’ which includes
intention, motive or knowledge of a fact or belief in, or reason to believe, a
fact. The Delhi High Court in V.P. Punj vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income
Tax & anr. (2002) 253 ITR 0369
held that in view of section 278E, the
absence of culpable mental state has to be proved by the accused in defence
beyond reasonable doubt — Otherwise the Court has to presume the existence of mens
rea
.

 

SECTION 278B – OFFENCES BY COMPANIES / FIRMS/ ASSOCIATION OF PERSONS (AOP)


In case the
default is committed by a company/firm or AOP, the provisions of section 278B
of the IT Act prescribe that every person who was in charge of the company/firm
or AOP at the time of the commission of the offence will also be deemed to be
guilty and liable for Prosecution. Courts have held that a person in charge for
the purposes of section 278B means a person who is in overall control of the
day-to-day business of the company/firm/AOP.

 

Such person
will not be liable for prosecution if he proves the offence was committed
without his knowledge or that he exercised due diligence to prevent the
commission of such an offence. In case it comes to light that an offence has
been committed with the consent or connivance of or such offence is
attributable to some neglect on the part of a director, manager, secretary or
other officer of an entity, then such person will also be liable for
Prosecution.

 

SECTION 280 – ACCOUNTABILITY OF THE PUBLIC SERVANT


If a public
servant furnishes any information or produces any document in contravention of
the provisions of sub-section (2) of section 138, he would be punishable.
However, such Prosecution can be instituted only with the previous sanction of
the Central Government.

 

THE PROCEDURE FOLLOWED BY THE DEPARTMENT


The Income
Tax Act does not prescribe any specific procedure to be followed. However, the
Department follows its own Manual on Prosecution which lays down the various
rules and regulations for the launch of Prosecution and proceedings thereafter.
The Assessing Officer initiates the process and refers the matter to his
Commissioner with a report on the offence committed. The Commissioner, if
satisfied, will issue a notice to the assessee. If the assessee can prove
‘beyond doubt’ of no culpable mental state, then the Commissioner may direct
the AO not to file a complaint before the Court. It may be noted that if the
accused is aged 70 years or above, no prosecution is to be initiated in view of
instructions of the Board and judgment of Allahabad High Court in Kishan Lal
vs. Union of India (1989) 179 ITR 206 (All).

 

THE PROCEDURE FOLLOWED BY THE COURT


Once the
complaint is received, the Court summons the accused by sending the copy of the
complaint, and if the accused is not present on the day of summoning, then the
Court can issue a warrant against the accused, wherein he may be arrested and
produced before the Court.

 

After giving
the opportunity of hearing to the accused if the Court feels that there is no
apparent case, then the court will dismiss the complaint, whereas if there is
any primary evidence available, then the Court will frame a charge and the
Prosecution proceedings will be continued under Criminal Procedure Code. If the
trial results in a conviction, the appeal to the court will lie under the CPC
to be filed within 30 days of the date of order. Sanction for each of the
offence under which the accused is prosecuted is mandatory, otherwise the
entire proceedings will be void ab initio.

 

In the case
of Champalal Girdharlal vs. Emperior (1933) 1 ITR 384 (Nag) (HC), where
sanction was issued for an offence u/s. 277, however, the accused was found
guilty u/s. 277C, Therefore, it was held that the conviction was illegal.

 

When the
magistrate issues bailable or non-bailable warrant, necessary application for
seeking bail has to be made. If the bail application is rejected, an appeal
lies before the Session Judge and thereafter an application lies u/s. 482 of
the Criminal Procedure Code before the Hon’ble High Court.

 

PROOF OF ENTRIES IN RECORDS OR DOCUMENTS


By insertion
of section 279B of the Act by the Amending Act, 1989, the requirement to produce
a number of original records, documents, seized books of accounts, etc., before
the Courts for establishing the case have been dispensed with. It is now
possible for the Court to admit as evidence the entries on the records or other
documents in the custody of an income-tax authority and all such entries may be
proved either by the production of such records or other documents or by the
production of a copy of the entries certified by the income-tax authorities.

The question
is whether there is any mode of conciliation to avoid the rigours of
Prosecution; and the answer is compounding of offence.

 

COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES


Section
279(2) of the Act provides that any offence under Chapter XXII of the Act may,
either before or after the institution of proceedings, be compounded by the
Chief Commissioner of Income Tax/Principal Chief Commissioner of Income Tax.
The CBDT has instructed that efforts should be made to convince the assessee to
go for compounding rather than face Prosecution. The Board has also instructed
that a prosecution should not ordinarily be compounded if prospects of success
are good. The number of complaints compounded by the Department during the
current FY (upto the end of November, 2017) stands at 1,052 as against 575 in
the corresponding period of the immediately preceding year, registering a rise
of 83%.

 

THE GENERAL MEANING OF COMPUNDING OF OFFENCES


Compoundable
offences are those which can be conciliated by the parties under dispute. The
permission of the Court is not required in such cases. When an offence is
compounded, the party, which has been distressed by the offence, is compensated
for his grievance.

 

A new set of
compounding guidelines are issued by the Income-tax Department vide
Notification F No. 185/35/2013 IT (Inv.V)/108 dated 23rd December,
2014 (2015) 371 ITR 7 (St) w.e.f 1st January, 2015.

 

The offences
under Chapter – XXII of the Act are classified into two parts (Category ‘A’ and
Category ‘B’) for the limited purpose of compounding of the offences, refer
Appendix. In case of an offence categorised in Category A, which are ‘less
grave’ offences, compounding is allowed only up to three occasions. Those
offences in Category B, or more serious offences, can be compounded only once.
The guidelines list down various other categories of persons who are not
eligible for compounding, for example: Offences committed by a person who was
convicted by a Court of law for an offence under any law, other than the Direct
Taxes laws, for which the prescribed punishment was imprisonment for two years
or more, with or without fine, and which has a bearing on the offence sought to
be compounded.

 

Notwithstanding
anything contained in the guidelines, the Finance Minister may relax
restrictions for compounding of an offence in a deserving case on consideration
of a report from the board on the petition of an appellant.

 

  •   Procedure for
    compounding

1.  Compounding of an offence may be considered
only in those cases in which the assessee comes forward with a written request
for compounding of offence;

2.  The amount of undisputed tax, interest and
penalties relating to the default should have been paid;

3.  The assessee should express his willingness to
pay both the prescribed compounding fees as well as establishment expenses;

4.  The assessee undertakes to
withdraw any appeal filed by him, if any, in case the same has a bearing on the
offence sought to be compounded. In case such appeal has mixed grounds, some of
which may not be related to the offence under consideration, the undertaking
may be taken for appropriate modification on grounds of such appeal;

5.  On receipt of the application for compounding,
the same shall be processed by the Assessing Officer/Assistant or Deputy
Director concerned and submitted promptly alongwith a duly filled in
check-list, to the authority competent to compound, through the proper channel;

6.  The competent authority shall duly consider
and dispose of every application for compounding through a speaking order in
the prescribed format within the time limit prescribed by the board from time
to time. In the absence of such a prescription, the application should be
disposed off within 180 days of its receipt. However, while passing orders on
the compounding applications, the period of time allowed to the assessee for
paying compounding charges shall be excluded from the limitation specified
above;

7.  Where compounding application is found to be
acceptable, the competent authority shall intimate the amount of compounding
charges to the applicant requiring him to pay the same within 60 days of
receipt of such intimation. Under exceptional circumstances and on receipt of a
written request for further extension of time, the competent authority may
extend this period up to further period of 120 days. Extension beyond this
period shall not be permissible except with the previous approval of the Member
(Inv), CBDT on a proposal of the competent authority concerned;

8.  However, wherever the compounding charges are
paid beyond 60 days as extended by the competent authority, the applicant shall
have to pay the additional compounding charge at the rate of 2% per month or
part of the month of the unpaid amount of compounding charges;

9.  The competent authority shall pass the compounding
order within 30 days of payment of compounding charges. Where compounding
charge is not deposited within the time allowed, the compounding application
may be rejected after giving the applicant an opportunity of being heard. The
order of rejection shall be brought to the notice of the Court immediately
through prosecution counsel in the cases where the prosecution had been
instituted. The Division Bench of the Hon’ble High Court of Delhi in response
to the writ petition titled Vikram Singh vs. UOI (W.P.(C) 6825/2016)
held that the CBDT cannot insist on a “pre-deposit” of the compounding fee even
without considering the application for compounding. The CBDT instructions to
that extent is undoubtedly ultra vires section 279 of the Act.

 

CONCLUSION


Prosecution
is a serious offence. It is high time that the assessee realise the seriousness
with which the Department has started pursuing prosecution. It is in the
interest of the assessee to comply with the law; at the same time, it is the
responsibility of the CA fraternity to guide and advise their clients in not
violating any of the provisions of the Act. The Department should also take a
holistic view before launching Prosecution and be guided by the conduct of the
taxpayer and the gravity of the situation.
 

 

APPENDIX
– SUMMARY OF PROVISIONS UNDER THE INCOME TAX ACT, 1961

 

Sr. No.

Act or omission which constitutes an offence

Section under I.T. Act, 1961

Maximum Punishment (Rigorous imprisonment)

Minimum Punishment (Rigorous imprisonment)

Classification for Compounding Category

1

2

3

4

5

6

1

Contravention
of an order u/s. 132(3)

275A

Up
to two years and fine

As
decided by the Court

B

2

Failure
to comply with provisions of S.132(1)(iib)

275B

Up
to two years and fine

As
decided by the Court

B

3

Removal,
concealment, transfer or delivery of property to thwart tax recovery (w.e.f.
1-4-1989)

276

Up
to two years and fine

As
decided by the Court

A

4

Liquidator 



(a)
Fails to give notice u/s. 178(1)

 

 

276A (i)

Up
to two years

Not less than six months unless special and
adequate reason given

B

(b)
Fails to set aside the amount u/s. 178(3)

276A (ii)

 

(c)
Parts with assets of company

276A (iii)

 

5

Failure
to comply with the provisions of section 269UC about the transfer of property
without entering into an agreement as specified; failure to surrender or
deliver/possession of the property vested in the Central Government on the
presumptive purchase or contravening the provisions putting a restriction on
registration of documents.

276AB

Up
to two years

Not less than six months unless special and
adequate reason given

B

6

Failure
to pay the tax deducted at source within the specified period.

276B

Up
to seven years and fine

Three months and fine

A

7

Failure
to pay tax collected at source

276BB

Up
to seven years and fine

Three months and fine

A

8

a)
Wilful attempt to evade tax, penalty, interest, etc., chargeable or imposable
under the Act.

276C(1)

If
tax evaded is over Rs. 2,50,000/ – Seven years and fine

 

In
any other case two years and fine

Six months and fine

 

 

Three months and fine

B

 

 b) Wilful attempt to evade payment of tax,
penalty or interest

 276C(2)

Two
years and fine

 Three months and fine

 

 9

Wilful
failure to file a return of income u/s. 139(1) or return of fringe benefit
u/s. 115WD(1) or in response to notice u/s. 115WD(2), 115WH, 142(1), 148 or
153A of the Act

276CC

If
the amount of tax evaded is over Rs. 2,50,000/-, up to seven years and fine

Six
months and fine

B

In
any other case, Simple imprisonment for a term of two years and fine

Three
months and fine

10

Wilful
failure to furnish in due time return in response to notice u/s. 158BC.

276CCC

Simple
imprisonment for a term of three years and fine

Three
months and fine

B

11

Wilful
failure to produce accounts and documents or non-compliance with an order
u/s. 142(2A) to get accounts audited etc.

276D

Up
to one year with fine

 

B

12

Whenever
verification is required under Law, making a false verification or delivery
of a false account or statement.

277

If
the amount of tax evaded is more than Rs. 2,50,000/- –Up to 7 years and fine

Six
months and fine





 Three months and fine

B

In
other cases, two years and fine

13

Falsification
of books of account or document, etc.

277A

Up
to two years and fine

Three
months and fine

B

14

Abetting
or inducing another person to make, deliver a false account, statement or
declaration relating to chargeable income, or to commit an offence u/s.
276C(1)

278

Amount
of tax, penalty or interest evaded more than Rs. 2,50,000/- – up to seven
years and fine

Six
months and fine

A
– Abetment of false return etc. with reference to Category ‘A’ Offences

Any
other case two years and fine

 Three months and fine

Abetment
of false return  etc. with
reference  to Category ‘B’ offences

15

A
person once convicted, under any of the sections 276B, 276(1), 276CC, 276DD,
276E, 277 or 278 is again convicted of an offence under any of the aforesaid sections.

278A

Up
to 7 years and fine

Six
Months and fine

 

16

A
public servant furnishing any information or producing any document in
contravention of s. 138

280

Up
to six months and fine

As
decided by the Court

 

 



[1] Union Government
Department of Revenue – Direct Taxes Report No. 28 of 2013

[2] Circular No. 469
dt. 23-9-1986 (1986) 162 ITR 21(St) (39)

TAXABILITY OF LOAN WAIVER POST SC DECISION IN CASE OF MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA

Introduction 

The decision
of the Supreme Court (SC) in the case of Commissioner vs. Mahindra &
Mahindra Ltd
.1
(Mahindra’s case) is a landmark ruling in the context of tax treatment
of loan waiver benefit obtained by a tax payer. The SC held that such waiver is
neither taxable as business perquisite u/s. 28(iv)2  of the Income-tax Act 1961 (ITA), nor taxable
as remission of trading liability u/s. 41(1)3 of the ITA.

 

The SC delivered the judgement after hearing a
batch of connected appeals with the lead case being that of Mahindra. In most
cases before the SC, the loan was utilised by the assessee for acquiring capital
assets (including in Mahindra’s case). But, there were also cases where the
loan was utilised by the assessee for working capital purposes. The SC has
delivered the judgment by analysing the fact pattern of Mahindra’s case as the
lead case.

 

To understand
the controversy in greater detail, it is worthwhile to revisit the history of
judicial development on this aspect.

 

OLD ENGLISH RULING ON NON – TAXABILITY OF REMISSION OF LIABILITY

 

As far back
as 1932, the House of Lords in the British Mexican Petroleum Company Limited
vs. The Commissioners of Inland Revenue
4 (British case) dealt
with a case where the tax payer used to purchase raw material from a supplier
who was also the promoter of the company. At a later date, there was remission
or waiver of indebtedness (including indebtedness which arose due to supplies
effected during the year of remission). The release from liability was not
regarded as a ‘trading receipt’. The Court held “how on earth the
forgiveness in that year of a past indebtedness can add to those profits, I
cannot understand”.

_________________________________________

1   [2018]
404 ITR 1

2   Section
28(iv) of the ITA provides for taxation under the head ‘Profits and gains from
Business or Profession’ of value of any benefit or perquisite whether
convertible into money or not arising from business or profession

3   Section
41(1) of the ITA provides for business taxation of any loss, expenditure or
trading liability which is claimed in past years in the year of remission or
cessation of such loss, expenditure or trading liability.

4   (16
Tax Cases 570) (HL)

 

 

BRITISH CASE FOLLOWED BY INDIAN JUDICIARY

In the case
of Mohsin Rehman Penkar vs. CIT5 before the Bombay High Court
(HC), there was waiver of loan (including waiver of interest expense
component).Following the ratio of the British case, the Bombay HC held “it
is impossible to see how a mere remission which leads to the discharge of the
liability of the debtor can ever become income for the purposes of taxation”
.

 

The ratio of these decisions was followed in the
following illustrative cases dealing with (a) waiver of a trading liability,
e.g. payable towards trading goods, or interest expense, allowed as deduction
from income, (b) waiver of a loan used for working capital purposes, and (c)
waiver of loan used for fixed capital.

 

Illustratively,
the following cases dealt with waiver of trading liability:

  •    Agarchand Chunnilal vs.
    CIT [1948] 16 ITR 430 (Nagpur HC) (A.Y. 1943-44)
  •   C.I.T. vs. Kerala Estate
    Moorlad Chalapuram [1986] 161 ITR 155(SC)(A.Y. 1964-65)

 

Further,
the  following cases dealt with waiver of
loan used for trading purposes:

  •   CIT vs. Phool Chand Jiwan
    Ram [1995] 131 ITR 37 (Delhi)(A.Y. 1957-58)

 

Further, the
following cases dealt with waiver of loan used for fixed capital purposes:

  •    Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd
    vs. CIT [2003] 261 ITR 501(Bom HC) (A.Y. 1976-77);
  •    Iskraemeco Regent Ltd vs.
    CIT [2010] 331 ITR 317(Mad HC (A.Y. 2001-02).

5     [1948] 16 ITR
183

 

 

 

STATUTORY INTERVENTION TO OVERCOME THE RATIO OF BRITISH CASE RESTRICTED TO REMISSION OF TRADING LIABILITY

To overcome
the ratio of British case, a new s/s. (2A) was added in section 10 of the
Indian Income-tax Act 1922 (erstwhile ITA), whereby waiver of trading liability
was expressly made liable to tax by treating the waiver or remission as profits
and gains of business chargeable to tax as such.

 

Section 41(1)
of ITA is successor to section 10(2A) of the erstwhile ITA. Section 41(1)
fictionally treats any amount or benefit received by way of remission or
cessation in respect of loss, expenditure or trading liability allowed in any
past year as profits and gains of business or profession. The fiction is
attracted regardless of discontinuance of business in respect of which the
allowance or deduction was originally made.

 

The question
whether section 41(1) is wide enough to overrule decisions like Phool Chand (supra)
dealing with non-taxability of loan used for working capital became the subject
matter of debate which is discussed a little later in
this article.

 

JUDICIAL DEVELOPMENTS FAVOURING NON TAXABILITY OF WAIVER OF FIXED CAPITAL LOAN

The judicial
development in context of non-taxability of waiver of loan utilised for fixed
capital like plant and machinery has been quite consistent. The Courts
consistently held that such waiver is neither taxable u/s. 28(iv) of the ITA as
a business perquisite nor taxable u/s. 41(1) of the ITA. Refer, the following
illustrative cases:

  •    Mahindra & Mahindra
    Ltd vs. CIT (supra);
  •   Narayan Chattiar Industries
    vs. ITO [2007] 277 ITR 426(Mad HC);
  •    CIT vs. Chetan Chemicals Pvt
    Ltd [2004] 267 ITR 770(Guj HC) (A.Y. 1982-83);
  •    Iskraemeco Regent Ltd vs. CIT
    (supra);

 

An aberration
to this trend was the Madras HC ruling in the case of CIT vs. Ramaniyam
Homes
6  which after
considering the earlier rulings including its own decision in the case of
Iskraemeco Regent (supra) held that waiver of loan has ‘monetary value’
and is, therefore, taxable u/s. 28(iv) of the ITA.

_________________________________

6     [2016] 384 ITR 530 (A.Y. 2006-07)

 

 

JUDICIAL DEVELOPMENTS FAVOURING NON TAXABILITY OF WAIVER OF WORKING CAPITAL LOAN

The Bangalore
Income-tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT) in the case of Comfund Financial
Services (I) Ltd vs. DCIT
7  held
that section 41(1) of the ITA does not capture remission of a loan liability
used for working capital purposes.

 

In that case,
Deutsche Bank (DB) was one of the promoters of the tax payer company. It also
acted as banker to the tax payer company. DB had extended huge overdraft
facilities to the tax payer company. During the year under reference (A.Y.
1983-84), the outstanding on account of principal amount was Rs. 44.70 crore
and the outstanding on account of interest was Rs. 2.60 crore.

 

On account of huge losses suffered by the tax
payer company, DB decided to write off the above outstanding. In the assessment
of the tax payer, there was no dispute as regards taxability of write-back of
interest amount of Rs. 2.60 crore which was offered to tax u/s. 41(1) of the
ITA. The write-back of principal amount of Rs. 44.70 crore was not offered by
the tax payer to tax on the ground that section 41(1) of the ITA did not apply
to such write-back. However, the Tax Department’s contention was that the
overdraft facility was used to buy securities on trading account, and the cost
of security was allowed as deduction.

 

The ITAT did
not accept the contentions of the Tax Department and held that neither section
41(1) nor section 28(iv) of the ITA was applicable to the facts of the case.
The ITAT, drawing distinction between trading transactions of the tax payer
comprising of purchase of securities and the loan transactions with DB, held that
the remission of loan does not constitute revenue income in the hands of the
tax payer.

 

JUDICIAL DEVELOPMENTS FAVOURING TAXABILITY OF WAIVER OF WORKING CAPITAL LOAN

However, the
tide turned against the tax payer with the Bombay HC ruling in the case of Solid
Containers Ltd vs. DCIT
8 which held that waiver of working
capital loan is taxable as income. The Bombay HC distinguished its earlier
ruling in the case of Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. (supra) where waiver
of loan used for acquiring capital assets was held to be non-taxable u/s. 41(1)
or section 28(iv) of the ITA. The Bombay HC ruling was followed by the Delhi HC
in the case of Rollatainers Ltd. vs. CIT9  and Logitronics (P.) Ltd. vs. CIT10  where the Delhi HC distinguished between
waiver of loan used for acquiring fixed assets and loan used for working
capital purposes. The Delhi HC held that waiver of loan used for acquiring
fixed assets is not taxable, whereas waiver of loan used for working capital
purposes is taxable as income. While in the case of Solid Containers and
Rollatainers (supras), the taxability was confirmed u/s. 28(iv) of the
ITA, in the case of Logitronics (supra) it is not clear whether the
taxability was confirmed u/s. 41(1) or section 28(iv) of the ITA. None of the
decisions considered the amount to be a chargeable receipt w.r.t section 28(i)
of the ITA, and, with respect, correctly so.

 

__________________________________

7   [1998]
67 ITD 304 (A.Y. 1983-84)

8   [2009]
308 ITR 417

 

 

While
sustaining taxability, the Bombay and Delhi HCs relied on SC decisions in the
cases of CIT vs. T.V. Sundaram Iyengar & Sons Ltd.11 and CIT
vs. Karamchand Thapar
12 for their conclusion on taxability of
waiver of working capital loan. Hence, it is necessary to understand the
purport of these SC rulings.

 

The SC in
Sundaram’s case (supra) held that if the amount is received as trading
transactions, even though it is not taxable in the year of receipt as being of
capital character, the amount changes its character when the amount becomes the
tax payer’s own money because of limitation or by any other statutory or
contractual right. 

 

In the case
of Karamchand (supra), the tax payer was acting as a delcredre agent of
collieries and also as an agent for purchase of coal. Excess collections from
the customers for payment of railways remained unclaimed with the tax payer and
the Tax authority sought to tax the same as revenue income. In this case, the
SC upheld taxability on the reasoning that the initial receipt from the
customers was on trading account as a part of trading transaction. Excess
remaining with the tax payer was a normal feature of the regular business of
the tax payer. The SC held that “we do not see the case as a case of
transaction on capital account; it is a simple case where trading receipts were
more than expenditure”.

___________________________

9 [2011] 339 ITR 54

10 [2011] 333 ITR 386

11 [1996] 222 ITR 344

12[1996] 222 ITR 112

 

 

Having regard
to the context before the SC in the above rulings, with utmost respect, the
authors believe that reliance on these SC cases was not apt. These SC cases are
distinguishable from loan waiver case inasmuch as the SC in Sundaram’s case (supra)
and tax payer’s case was dealing with a receipt which always represented a
trading transaction, at point of receipt. The ratio, with respect, could not
have been extended to waiver of a loan receipt which was never, to begin with,
a trading receipt forming part of the regular trade transaction.

 

BUNCH OF APPEALS BEFORE SC IN MAHINDRA’S CASE INVOLVES BOTH WAIVER OF FIXED CAPITAL AND WORKING CAPITAL LOANS

The Tax
Department appealed to the SC against HC rulings holding that waiver of loan
used for acquiring fixed assets is on capital account and not taxable. The tax
payer in Rollatainer’s case (supra) appealed against the Delhi HC ruling
to the extent it held that waiver of loan used for working capital purposes is
taxable as revenue income13. The tax payer in Ramaniyam Homes (supra)
also appealed to the SC against the Madras HC ruling holding that remission of
loan is taxable as ‘monetary benefit’ u/s. 28(iv) of the ITA. The SC heard all
the appeals together in Mahindra’s case and disposed them under a common judgement.

 

AS A LEAD CASE, SC DECIDED MAHINDRA’S CASE, INVOLVING WAIVER OF FIXED CAPITAL LOAN, IN FAVOUR OF THE TAX PAYER

The SC explicitly dismissed the Tax Department’s
appeal in Mahindra’s case making it clear that waiver of loan used for
acquiring capital assets is neither taxable u/s. 28(iv) of the ITA nor taxable
u/s. 41(1) of the ITA. The SC held that the scope of section 28(iv) of the ITA
is restricted to non-monetary benefits received during the course of business,
whereas waiver of loan is akin to receipt of money.

 

Further, since the loan when borrowed
was not allowed as deduction, waiver thereof is not taxable as remission of
trading liability u/s. 41(1) of the ITA.

_________________________

13    Civil Appeal No. 1214 of 2012

 

 
SC ‘disposed’ off
other appeals involving both fixed capital and working capital loan cases

While
concluding and dealing with other appeals including tax payer’s appeal in
Rollatainer’s case (supra), the SC observed as follows:

 

“17. To
sum up, we are not inclined to interfere with the judgment and order passed by
the High Court in view of the following reasons:

 

(a) Section
28(iv) of the IT Act does not apply on the present case since the receipts of
Rs 57,74,064/- are in the nature of cash or money.

(b) Section
41(1) of the IT Act does not apply since waiver of loan does not amount to
cessation of trading liability. It is a matter of record that the respondent
has not claimed any deduction under section 36 (1) (iii) of the IT Act qua the
payment of interest in any previous year.

 

18. In
view of above discussion, we are of the considered view that these appeals are
devoid of merits and deserve to be dismissed. Accordingly, the appeals are
dismissed. All the other connected appeals are disposed off accordingly,
leaving parties to bear their own cost.”

 

Unfortunately,
the SC did not expressly comment on the aspect of distinction between loan used
for acquiring fixed assets and a loan used for working capital purposes.

 

SC RULING ARGUABLY SETTLES WAIVER OF WORKING CAPITAL LOAN CONTROVERSY

In the view
of the authors, the reasoning adopted by the SC at para 17 of the judgment for
upholding non-taxability was that: (a) section 28(iv) of the ITA does not apply
to a benefit in the nature of cash; and (b) section 41(1) of the ITA does not
apply since waiver of loan is not cessation of trading liability for which
respondent has claimed deduction. These reasonings are as applicable to a loan
for working capital as to a term loan. In fact, the basis on which some of the
decisions turned against the tax payer stands demolished by the SC conclusion
that section 28(iv) of the ITA is inapplicable to a case of loan receipt which
was received in the form of cash or money.

 

Further, it is also arguable that the SC used the
term ‘disposed’ while dealing with other connected appeals as distinguished
from ‘dismissed’ or ‘allowed’ since it was concerned with both the Tax
Department’s and the tax payer’s appeals.

 

Hence, the
authors believe that the ratio of the SC ruling in Mahindra’s case is equally
applicable to waiver of working capital loan.

 

WHETHER WAIVER OF LOAN CAN BE TAXED U/S. 56(2)(x) OF THE ITA?

In Mahindra’s
case, while dealing with non-applicability of section 28(iv) of the ITA to
waiver of loan, the SC observed, “Hence, waiver of loan by the creditor results
in the debtor having extra cash in his hand.
It is receipt in the hands
of the debtor/assessee.” This observation raises concern whether a waiver of
loan granted by lender can be taxed as ‘Income from other sources’ u/s. 56(2)(x)
of the ITA.

 

Section
56(2)(x)14  of the ITA is an
‘anti-abuse’ provision. Section 56(2)(x) of the ITA provides that where any
person receives, in any previous year any sum of money, without
consideration
, the aggregate value of which exceeds fifty thousand rupees,
the whole of the aggregate value of such sum shall be regarded as income
chargeable to tax. The provision has certain exceptions (like gifts from
relatives) which are not relevant for the purposes of current discussion.

 

The authors
believe that the context and language of section 56(2)(x) of the ITA would not
permit such interpretation. Firstly, in context, on a strict construction
basis, the section could apply only in a case where there is physical instead
of a hypothetical receipt, and the chargeability is examined at the stage of
receipt. Secondly, when the amount was received, it was not without
consideration. Thirdly, more often than not, the creditor will grant waiver in
lieu of some condition to be fulfilled by the borrower. For example, the banker
may grant waiver of a part of the amount, provided the balance part is agreed
to be paid within a given time frame. In any such scenario, the waiver is
backed up by consideration and cannot be said to be a grant ‘without
consideration’. Fourthly, in case of a distressed or insolvent company, it
would be a case of inability to recover rather than an intent to place cash in
the hands of the company. All in all, the context of a provision should be
limited to cases which tap the abuse for which the provision is introduced, and
is, arguably, very unlikely to extend to a case of waiver of loan.

______________________________

14    As also its predecessor provisions of s.
56(2)(v) / (vi) / (vii) / (viia) of the ITA

 

 

MINIMUM ALTERNATE TAX (MAT) LIABILITY IS GOVERNED BY BOOK TREATMENT

The entire
discussion in the earlier part of this article is in the  context of computation under normal
provisions of the ITA. In contrast, section 115JB levies a MAT on ‘book profit’
of the company. The ‘book profit’ is largely governed by accounting treatment
adopted for recognition of gains and losses in Profit & Loss account
(P&L) as per applicable accounting standards. It is well settled by a
series of SC rulings starting with Apollo Tyres Ltd. vs. CIT15  that MAT requires strict construction and the
Tax Authority is not permitted to tinker with net profit shown in P&L
beyond what is expressly permitted by MAT provision itself.

 

Incidentally, the Expert Advisory Committee (EAC)
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India has opined that waiver of
loan should be credited to P&L16. Hence, if gain on account of
waiver of loan is credited to P&L, an issue arises whether such gain is
liable to MAT. This is a controversial issue which is not resolved by Mahindra’s
case since Mahindra’s case was concerned with normal tax treatment.

______________________________________

15  [2002]
255 ITR 273

16  Refer
EAC Opinion dated 24th December 1998

 

 

Mahindra’s
case is helpful to the extent it holds that the benefit of waiver of loan is
not in the nature of ‘income’. The debate which arises is whether a benefit
which does not fall within the scope of charging provisions of sections 4 and 5
of the ITA can be taxed under MAT merely because it is credited to P&L.
This is a highly debatable issue on which there is sharp difference of opinion
within the judiciary, but this part of the controversy is best discussed as an
independent subject.

 

CONCLUSION

Since the
introduction of Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, the waiver or re-calibration of
banking loans has been a matter of regular recurrence. The sacrifice made by
financial institutions plays a vital role in the rehabilitation of ailing
enterprises. The stamp of non-taxability on such waiver amount is perceived by
the tax payers as a substantial relief. The SC judgement is consistent with the
understanding that, but for a fictional provision in law, an income can only
accrue provided it originates from a source of income; the grace from a lender
is not reckoned to be a source from which income is expected to accrue to a man
in business. While the authors believe that the judgement is authentic enough
to urge for non-taxability of waiver of working capital loans, a clarification
to that effect from tax administration will go a long way in controlling
litigation in the years to follow. 
 

Is there a limitation for ‘reassessment’ when the return is processed U/s.143(1)?

fiogf49gjkf0d
The culminating point of the return filing exercise under the Income-tax Act, 1961 is its assessment. It may so happen that the income returned is accepted per se or subjected to some increase by virtue of the provisions of law. Section 2(8) very briefly defines the term ‘assessment’ as “assessment includes reassessment”. However, there is no definition of the term ‘reassessment’ under the Act.

When a return of income is filed by the taxpayer , it could be accepted. Later on, it could also be selected for detailed verification technically known as “scrutiny assessment”. However, there is a time limit for selecting a return for scrutiny assessment viz. six months from the end of the financial year in which the return was filed. Once this time limit expires, whether the tax authorities can invoke reassessment provisions which provide longer time limit has been litigated..

Recently, the Gujarat High Court in Olwin Tiles India P Ltd v. Dy. CIT (2016) 130 DTR (Guj) 209 analysed whether the Assessing Officer without having any extra material / information could reopen the case. This article discusses this decision which dissented from the decision in the case of CIT v. Orient Craft Ltd (2013) 87 DTR (Del) 313 / 354 ITR 536 (Del) as well asthe recent statutory amendments which require further fine tuning for having hassle free tax compliance in respect of the majority of taxpayers whose returns are accepted as it is by the tax authorities.

Olwin Tiles India (P) Ltd ’s case
The assessee filed its return of income declaring “nil” income. It was processed u/s. 143(1) and later on, a notice u/s. 148 was issued for reopening the assessment.

The reason given by the Assessing Officer for reopening the assessment was that the assessee had issued 60,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each at a premium of Rs.990 per share. The Assessing Officer based on the assets and liabilities furnished in the return of income computed the ‘net worth’ of the company and found book value of equity share to be Rs.33 per share. Hence, the Assessing Officer concluded that the shares were issued to the shareholders at a premium which was far above their book value or intrinsic worth.

Readers may note that the facts of the case relate to assessment year 2011-12 and hence clause (viib) of section 56(2) could not be applied as the said provision became operational by virtue of the Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f. the assessment year 2013-14.

The assessee submitted that the return having been accepted by the Assessing Officer cannot be subjected to reassessment on the basis of materials which are already available on record. It was contended that the Assessing Officer must have some tangible material which did not form part of the original record to enable him to reopen the case or else, it would amount to mere review of the earlier assessment, which is impermissible in law.

The reason recorded by the Assessing Officer was that the investors invested in the shares of the company at a value far above the net asset value which implied that the additional amounts represent unexplained cash credits chargeable to tax under section 68 of the Act.

The assessee relied on the decision in the case of CIT vs. Orient Craft Ltd (2013) 354 ITR 536 (Del).

Orient Craft’s case
The assessee in this case for the assessment year 2002- 03 filed its return of income declaring total income of Rs.445.35 lakh. The income returned included inter alia (i) claim of deduction u/s. 80HHC; and (ii) deduction u/s. 10B. The return was processed u/s. 143(1).

Later, a notice u/s. 148 was issued on the ground that the income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment by virtue of the items such as (i) duty drawback; (ii) DEPB; (iii) premium on DEPB; and (iv) sale of quota all of which were included in the ‘export turnover’ and thus excess deduction was allowed u/s. 80HHC. The assessee filed a return in response to the notice issued under section 148 declaring the same total income as was admitted in the original return.

The assessee questioned the reopening of assessment which the Assessing Officer rejected by citing clause (c) of the Explanation to section 147. The Assessing Officer claimed that the assessee had claimed excess deduction under section 80HHC by including ineligible items. The reassessment was completed by scaling down the deduction u/s. 80HHC to Rs.683.95 lakh from the original claim of Rs.874.21 lakh.

The assessee challenged the reassessment order both on the grounds of jurisdiction and merit. The CIT (Appeals) rejected the objection to jurisdiction , but on merit decided the issue in favour of the assessee. Before the tribunal, both the assessee and the Revenue filed cross appeals. The assessee challenged the jurisdiction assumed for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 as also certain other issues on merit which were decided against it by the CIT (Appeals).

The tribunal examined the assessee’s claim and found that the issue was decided in favour of the assessee for the earlier assessment years and accordingly decided the case by citing decision in the case of CIT vs. Kelvinator of India Ltd (2010) 320 ITR 561 (SC) in which it was observed “since there was no tangible material available with the Assessing Officer to form the requisite belief of escapement of income, the reopening of the completed assessment is unsustainable in the eyes of law. The same is, therefore cancelled”.

The matter went to the Delhi High Court where the court held that even an assessment u/s. 143(1) can be reopened u/s. 147 subject to fulfillment of the conditions precedent, which includes that the Assessing Officer must have “reason to believe” that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.

Though no assessment order was passed and intimation u/s. 143(1) is sent, the apex court in Asstt. CIT vs. Rajesh Jhaveri Stock Brokers (P) Ltd (2007) 291 ITR 500 (SC) has held that for initiating the proceedings u/s. 147 the ingredients of section 147 are to be fulfilled. The ingredient is the presence of “reason to believe” that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. The court held that this judgment does not give carte blanche to disturb the finality of the intimation issued u/s. 143(1).

The Delhi High Court finally held that the reasons recorded by the Assessing Officer were not based on any tangible material which came to his possession subsequent to the issue of intimation u/s. 143(1). It held that reopening of assessment after issue of intimation without any fresh material reflects an arbitrary exercise of the powers conferred u/s. 147. The decision hence was in favour of the assessee.

Reasoning in Olwin Tiles case
The Gujarat High Court referred to its precedent in Inductotherm India (P) Ltd vs. M.Gopalan, Dy. CIT (2012) 356 ITR 481 (Guj) where it was held that no assessment had taken place when an intimation under section 143(1) was issued accepting the return filed by the assessee. It held that the Assessing Officer would not have formed any opinion with respect to any of the aspect arising in such return. The power to reopen assessment is available when a return has been accepted u/s. 143(1) or a scrutiny assessment has been framed u/s. 143(3) of the Act. The common requirement in both the situations is that the Assessing Officer should have reason to believe that any income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment.

The Gujarat High Court in Olwin Tiles case (Supra) hence held that it cannot accept the contention of the assessee that the Assessing Officer must have some material outside or extraneous to the records to enable him to form an opinion or entertain a belief that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment. The only requirement to be fulfilled for issuing a notice for reopening the assessment is the ‘reason to believe’ that income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment.

It adverted to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Rajesh Jhaveri’s case (Supra) where it has been highlighted that ‘reason to believe’ does not have to be a final opinion that the additions would certainly be made to the income originally admitted / assessed. The reason recorded in Olwin Tiles case (Supra) by the Assessing Officer was that the share valuation of the company on the basis of balance sheet furnished in the return of income was only Rs.33 as against the issued price of Rs.1000 per share.

The court observed that the assessee-company had not commenced manufacturing activity and whether or not it has earned income cannot be gone into at this stage viz. at the time of deciding the validity of reassessment notice. The court accordingly held that it was not inclined to terminate the reassessment proceedings at this stage on the grounds put forth by the appellant.

Olwin Tiles vS. Orient Crafts – a comparative study
Prima facie the decision of the Gujarat High Court in Olwin Tiles case (Supra) was in favour of the Revenue and it dissented from the Delhi High Court decision in the case of Orient Crafts Ltd (Supra).

The decision rendered in Orient Craft’s case related to assessment year 2002-03 being an era preceding the electronic filing / processing of returns. Hence, at that time the assessee would have furnished the necessary details along with the return of income. Whereas in Olwin Tiles case (Supra) which pertained to assessment year 2011-12, the return of income would have been filed electronically and is an annexure-less return. No further details except the return form duly filled in were available with the tax authorities. This would show that a return processed u/s. 143(1) is prima facie an acknowledgement of the return, subject to a cursory verification of the claims contained therein.

Further tax returns are presently processed by Centralized Processing Centres (CPC). Though CPC is managed by the officials of the Department, it is not possible to analyse or validate the contents of the return filed by the taxpayers in the absence of supporting documents / evidences as the returns filed nowadays are annexure-less.

In this backdrop, it is debatable whether the return processed by CPC can be called as an appraisal of the return of income filed by the taxpayers. It appears that the e processing of the return is adequate only for detection of apparent errors or inconsistencies detected by the software based on the schedules forming part of the return, Thus processing of return and issue of intimation u/s. 143(1) in all fairness cannot taken as approval of the return filed by the taxpayers.

If the Delhi High Court (dealt with Orient Craft’s case) had dealt with the assessment year where the return is processed by CPC and not by the jurisdictional Assessing Officer, perhaps the decision may have been different. The decision of the Gujarat High Court (in Olwin Tiles case) is to be read in the context of the situation on the ground. Therefore a subsequent appraisal of the information contained in the return may also lead to formation of a reason to believe, and a consequent reopening.

Amendments in Finance Act, 2016
The Finance Act, 2016 probably taking note of the limitations in processing of returns by CPC enlarged the scope for adjustments on processing of returns which hitherto was limited to adjusting (i) arithmetical errors; and (ii) incorrect claims which are apparent from any information in the return.

Now w.e.f. 01.04.2017, four more sub-clauses to section 143(1) are inserted which validate adjustments to the returned income while processing the returns either by the Department (in the case of paper returns) or CPC which processes e-returns. These adjustments are popularly known as prima facie adjustments and they covers the following:

(i) Incorrect claim of brought forward loss when the return of the assessment year in which the loss was incurred, is filed beyond the ‘due date’ specified in section 139(1);

(ii) Disallowance of expenditure which could be deciphered from the audit report filed with the return but was not to be taken into account while computing the total income;

(iii) Disallowance of deduction under sections 10AA, 80- IA, 80-IAB, 80-IB, 80-IC, 80-ID or 80-IE when the return is furnished beyond the ‘due date’ specified in section 139(1); and

(iv) Addition of income due to mismatch of figures between Form 26AS or Form 16A or Form 16 vis a vis the income disclosed in the return.

Though the first three adjustments are are fully justified while processing the return u/s. 143(1), the fourth one could create substantial hardship, particularly when the mismatch arises on account of difference in method of accounting followed by the deductor and deductee. Consequently , if for any reason an adjustment falling within these categories is not made in processing u/s. 143(1), the provisions of section 148 cannot be resorted to subsequently. The tax authorities may invoke section 154 if such omitted adjustments would fall in the category of error apparent on record. Other debatable claim of expenditure or income, which do not require any disclosure in the return or in the audit report continue to remain beyond the scope of the said adjustments, and therefore possibly attract the provisions of section 148..An explicit amendment in sections 147 /148 would put an end to this kind of controversy.

Yet another subsisting controversy resolved by the Finance Act, 2016 relates to substitution of sub-section (1D) to section 143 by mandating processing of returns u/s. 143(1) before issue of notice u/s. 143(2). This is applicable w.e.f. 01.04.2017. However, processing of returns u/s. 143(1) is not permitted after issuance of an order u/s. 143(3). This amendment would provide the taxpayers the benefit of cash flow viz. refund of tax if any, on processing of return under section 143(1) which was hitherto kept in abeyance till the completion of assessment u/s. 143(3). Further as a corollary to insertion of sub-clauses (iii) to (vi) to section 143(1), the concept of limited scrutiny has been done away with by amending section 143(2) w.e.f. 01.06.2016.

Revision under section 263
Section 263 empowers the Commissioner to assume jurisdiction where any order passed by the Assessing Officer is erroneous or prejudicial to the interests of the revenue. Whether intimation u/s. 143(1) is an ‘order’ to permit the CIT to assume the revisionary jurisdiction u/s. 263 has also been litigated at various points of time.

The legislature by amending the law and the courts by interpreting the law have provided safeguards when Commissioner exercises revisionary powers u/s. 263 such as (i) revision not permissible in respect of debatable claims; (ii) mandating recording of reasons for revision; (iii) revision of matters limited to issues not pending in appeal; and (iv) wider meaning of ‘record’ for the purpose of permitting revision.

The catch phrase in section 263 is “any order passed therein by the Assessing Officer” which is erroneous or prejudicial to the interests of revenue. Prima facie, when the return is processed u/s. 143(1), there is no examination of the claims made in the return except prima facie items listed in section 143(1). Thus the intimation issued u/s. 143(1) may not qualify as an ‘order’ for the purpose of revision u/s. 263.

However, the Bombay High Court in CIT vs. Anderson Marine & Sons (P) Ltd (2004) 266 ITR 694 has held that the intimation u/s. 143(1) will have to be understood as having the force of an ‘order’ on self-assessment. By legal fiction, intimation u/s. 143(1) shall be deemed to be a notice of demand issued u/s.156 and all the provisions of the Act are applicable.

Thus the court held in the affirmative that intimation u/s. 143(1) is eligible for interference u/s. 263.

Conclusion
Based on the two legal decisions given at different points of time in the light of the fact that the returns were processed manually vis a vis electronically and the provisions of law as it stands now, one may summarize the position as follows:

(i) A return processed u/s. 143(1) in spite of the expanded scope of adjustments may be subjected to reassessment proceedings provided the Assessing Officer has reason to believe escapement of income or on the basis of some credible information from which he entertains the belief of escapement of income chargeable to tax.

(ii) Processing of a return u/s. 143(1), in the current scenario does not indicate appraisal of the return. Thus it appears that formation of the belief on the basis of a scrutiny of the return subsequent to the processing might result in a notice u/s. 148 and possession of information or knowledge by the tax authorities beyond the return may not be mandatory for issue of notice u/s. 148.

RULE FOR INTERPRETATION OF TAX STATUTES PAR T-IV

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction:
In the April, May and June issues of the BCAJ I had discussed the basic rules of interpretation of tax statutes and have tried to explain some rules with binding precedents. Other rules / concepts / dictums are finally discussed hereafter.

1. Harmonious Construction :

It is well settled that the provisions of a statute must be read harmoniously together. However, if this is not possible then it is settled law that where there is a conflict between two sections, and one cannot reconcile the two, one has to determine which is the leading provision and which is the subordinate provision, and which must give way to the other. A legislative instrument must be construed on the prima facie basis that its provisions are intended to give effect to harmonious goals. Where conflict appears to arise from the language of particular provisions, the conflict must be alleviated, so far as possible, by adjusting the meaning of the competing provisions to achieve that result which will best give effect to the purpose and language of those provisions while maintaining the unity of all the statutory provisions. Reconciling conflict provisions will often require to determine which is the leading provision and which the subordinate provision, and which must give way to the other. Only by determining the hierarchy of the provisions will it be possible in many cases to give each provision the meaning which best gives effect to its purpose and language while maintaining the unity of the statutory scheme.

2. Construction of a document :

A document, as is well known, must be read in its entirety. When character of a document is in question, although the heading thereof would not be conclusive, it plays a significant role. Intention of the parties must be gathered from the document itself but therefore circumstances attending thereto would also be relevant; particularly when the relationship between the parties is in question. For the said purpose, it is essential that all parts of the deed should be read in their entirety. A document as is well known, must primarily be construed on the basis of the terms and conditions contained therein. It is also trite that while construing a document the court shall not supply any words which the author thereof did not use.

3. Ratio decendi, the words and expressions :

It is a well settled principle of law that the decision on an interpretation of one statute can be followed while interpreting another provided both the statutes are in parimateria and they deal with identical scheme. However, the definition of an expression in one statute cannot be automatically applied to another statute whose object and purpose are entirely different. One should not place reliance on decisions without discussing how the factual situation fits in with the fact situation of the decision on which reliance is placed. There is always peril in treating the words of a speech or judgment as though they were words in a legislative enactment. Judicial utterances are made in the setting of the facts of particular cases. Circumstantial flexibility, one additional or different fact may make a world of difference between conclusions in two cases.

3.1. For reliance on the words and expressions defined in one statute and applying to the other statute it has also to be seen as to whether the aim and object of the two legislation, is similar. When the word is not so defined in the Act it may be permissible to refer to the dictionary to find out the meaning of that word as it is understood in the common parlance. But where the dictionary gives divergent or more than one meaning of a word, in that case it is not safe to construe the said word according to the suggested dictionary meaning of that word. In such a situation, the word has to be construed in the context of the provisions of the Act and regard must also be had to the legislative history of the provisions of the Act and the scheme of the Act. It is a settled principle of interpretation that the meaning of the words, occurring in the provisions of the Act must take their colour from the context in which they are so used. In other words, for arriving at the true meaning of a word, the said word should not be detached from the context. Thus, when the word; read in the context conveys a meaning, that meaning would be the appropriate meaning of that word and in that case we need not rely upon the dictionary meaning of that word.

4. Discretion :

Many provisions confer discretion on the Court or the Authority. Discretion should be exercised judiciously as a judicial authority well versed in law. In Halsbury’s Laws of England, it has been observed: “A statutory discretion is not, however, necessarily or, indeed, usually absolute; it may be qualified by express and implied legal duties to comply with substantive and procedural requirements before a decision is taken whether to act and how to act. Moreover, there may be a discretion whether to exercise a power, but; no discretion as to the mode of its exercise; or a duty to act when certain conditions are present, but a discretion how to act. Discretion may thus be coupled with duties”.

4.1. Discretion, in general, is the discernment of what is right and proper. It denotes knowledge and prudence, that discernment which enables a person to judge critically of what is correct and proper united with caution; nice discernment, and judgment directed by circumspection; deliberate judgement; soundness of judgment; a science or understanding to discern between falsity and truth between wrong and right, between shadow and substance, between equity and colourable glosses and pretences, and not to do according to the will and private affections of persons. When it is said that something is to be done within the discretion of the authorities, that something is to be done according to the rules of reason and justice, not according to private opinion; according to law and not humour. It is to be not arbitrary, vague, and fanciful, but legal and regular. And it must be exercised within the limit, to which an honest man, competent to the discharge of his office ought to confine; himself. (See S.G. Jaisinghani vs. Unkon of India and other AIR 1967 SC 1427.

4.2. The word ‘discretion’ standing single and unsupported by circumstances signifies exercise of judgement, skill or wisdom as distinguished from folly, unthinking or haste; evidently therefore a discretion cannot be arbitrary but must be a result of judicial thinking. The word in itself implies vigilant circumspection and care; therefore, where the Legislature concedes discretion it also imposes a heavy responsibility to exercise it soundly and properly.

5. Other Considerations :

Recourse to construction or interpretation of statute is necessary when there is ambiguity, obscurity or inconsistency therein and not otherwise. An effort must be made to give effect to all parts of statute and unless absolutely necessary, no part thereof shall be rendered surplus or redundant. True meaning of a provision of law has to be determined on the basis of what provides by its clear language, with due regard to the scheme of law. Scope of the legislation on the intention of the Legislature cannot be enlarged when the language of the provision is plain and unambiguous. In other words statutory enactments must ordinarily be construed according to its plain meaning and no words shall be added, altered or modified unless it is plainly necessary to do so to prevent a provision from being unintelligible, absurd, unreasonable, unworkable or totally irreconcilable with the rest of the statute. It is also well settled that a beneficent provision of legislation must be liberally construed so as to fulfill the statutory purpose and not to frustrate it.

5.1. In a taxing Act one has to look merely at what is clearly said. There is no room for any intendment. There is no equity about a tax. There is no presumption as to a tax. Nothing is to be read in, nothing is to be implied. One can look fairly at the language used.” This view has been reiterated by the Supreme Court time and again. In State of Bombay vs. Automobile and Agricultural Industries Corporation (1961) 12 STC 122, the court said (page 125) : “But the courts in interpreting a taxing statute will not be justified in adding words thereto so as to make out some presumed object of the Legislature……. If the Legislature has failed to clarify its meaning by the use of appropriate language, the benefit thereof must go to the taxpayer. It is settled law that in case of doubt, that interpretation of a taxing statute which is beneficial to the taxpayer must be adopted.”

5.2. To the extent not prohibited by the statute, the incidents of the general law are attracted to ascertain the legal nature and character of a transaction. This is quite apart from distinguishing the “substance” of the transaction from its “form”. The court is not precluded from treating what the transaction is in point of fact as one in point of law also. To say that the court could not resort to the so-called “equitable construction” of a taxing statute is not to say that, where a strict literal construction leads to a result not intended to subserve the object of the legislation another construction, permissible in the context, should not be adopted. In this respect, taxing statutes are not different from other statutes.

5.3. A public authority cannot be stopped from doing its duty, but can be estopped from relying on a technicality as said by the Lord Denning. Francis Bennion in his Statutory Interpretation, “Unnecessary technically : Modern courts seek to cut down technicalities attendant upon a statutory procedure where these cannot be shown to be necessary to the fulfilment of the purposes of the Legislation.”

5.4. The definition section of the Act in which various terms have been defined, if it opens with the words “in this Act, unless the context otherwise requires” would indicate that the definitions, which are indicated to be conclusive may not be treated to be conclusive if it was otherwise required by the context. This implies that a definition, like any other word in a statute, has to be read in the light of the context and scheme of the Act as also the object for which the Act was made by the legislature. While interpreting a definition, it has to be borne in mind that the interpretation placed on it should not only be not repugnant to the context, it should also be such as would aid the achievement of the purpose which is sought to be served by the Act. A construction which would defeat or was likely to defeat the purpose of the Act has to be ignored and not accepted.

5.5. In Raja Jagdambika Pratap Narain Singh vs. C.B.D.T. (1975) 100-ITR-698, Supreme Court held that “equity and income-tax have been described as strangers”. The Act, in the very nature of things, cannot be absolutely cast upon logic. It is to be read and understood according to its language. If a plain reading of the language compels the court to adopt an approach different from that dictated by any rule of logic, the court may have to adopt it, vide Azam Jah Bahadur (H.H. Prince) vs. E.T.O. (1972) 83- ITR-82 (SC). Logic alone will not be determinative of a controversy arising from a taxing statute. Equally, common sense is a stranger and an incompatible partner to the Income-tax Act. It does not concern itself with the principles of morality or ethics. It is concerned with the very limited question as to whether the amount brought to tax constitutes the income of the assessee. It is equally settled law that if the language is plain and unambiguous, one can only look fairly at the language used and interpret it to give effect to the legislative intention. Nevertheless, tax laws have to be interpreted reasonably and in consonance with justice adopting a purposive approach. The contextual meaning has to be ascertained and given effect to. A provision for deduction, exemption or relief should be construed reasonably and in favour of the assessee.

5.6. When a word is not defined in the Act itself, it is permissible to refer to dictionaries to find out the general sense in which that word is understood in common parlance. However, in selecting one out of the various meanings of a word, regard must always be had to the context, as it is a fundamental rule that ‘the meaning of words and expressions used in an Act must take their colour from the context in which they appear’.”

5.7. When a recognized body of accountants, such as the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, after due deliberation and consideration publishes certain material for its members, one can rely upon it. The meaning given by the Institute clearly denotes that in normal accounting parlance the word “turnover” would mean “total sales”. The sales would definitely not include scrap which is either to be deducted from the cost of raw material or is to be shown separately under a different head. There is no reason not to accept the meaning of the term “turnover” given by a body of accountants, having statutory recognition. If all accountants, auditors, businessmen, manufacturers normally interpret the term “turnover” as sale proceeds of the commodity in which the business unit is dealing, there is no reason to take a different view, as held in C.I.T. vs. Punjab Stainless Steel Industries (2014) 364-ITR-144 (SC).

5.8. The principle of statutory interpretation embodies the policy of the law, which is in turn based on public policy. The court presumes, unless the contrary intention appears, that the legislator intended to conform to this legal policy. A principle of statutory interpretation can therefore be described as a principle of legal policy formulated as a guide to legislative intention.

5.9. Justice P. N. Bhagwati in Francis Coralie Mullin vs. Administrator, Union Territory of Delhi, AIR 1981 S.C. 746 ‘emphasized the importance of reading the text of the Constitution in a progressive manner in tune with the social reality and to serve the cause of improverished sections of humanity : “The principle of interpretation which requires that a constitutional provision must be construed, not in a narrow and constricted sense, but in a wide and liberal manner so as to anticipate and take account of changing conditions and purposes so that constitutional provision does not get atrophied or fossilized but remains flexible enough to meet the newly emerging problems and challenges….”

6. Some Words & Doctrines :

(i) “Profit” : means the gross proceeds of a business transaction less the costs of the transaction. Profits imply a comparison of the value of an asset when the asset is acquired with the value of the asset when the asset is transferred and the difference between the two values is the amount of profit or gain made by a person. E.D. Sassoon and Company Ltd. vs. CIT (1954) 26-ITR-27 (SC).

(ii) “Without Prejudice” : The term “without prejudice” means (i) that the cause of the matter has not been decided on merits, (ii) that fresh proceedings according to law were not barred, as held in Superintendent (Tech.I) Central Excise, I.D.D. Jabalpur vs. Pratap Rai (1978) 114- ITR-231 (SC). It signifies that the mere filing of a return will not be allowed to be used against the assessee implying its admission. “Without prejudice” implies future rectification in accordance with law, as held in C.W.T. vs. Apar Ltd. (2004) 267-ITR-705 (Bom.).

(iii) “Sums Paid” : The context in which the expression “sums paid by the assessee” has been used makes the legislative intent clear that it refers to the amount of money paid by the assessee as donation, as held in H.H. Sri Rama Verma vs. C.I.T. (1991) 187-ITR-303 (SC).

(iv) “Presumption” : A presumption is an inference of fact drawn from other known or proved facts. It is a rule of law under which courts are authorized to draw a particular reference from a particular fact. It is of three types, (i) “may presume”, (ii) “shall presume” and (iii) “conclusive proof”. “May presume” leaves it to the discretion of the court to make the presumption according to the circumstances of the case. “Shall presume” leaves no option with the court not to make the presumption. The court is bound to take the fact as proved until evidence is given to disprove it. In this sense such presumption is also rebuttable. “Conclusive proof” gives an artificial probative effect by the law to certain facts. No evidence is allowed to be produced with a view to combating that effect. In this sense, this is an irrebuttable presumption- as held in P.R. Metrani vs. C.I.T. (2006) 287-ITR-209 (SC) at 211.

(v) “Suo Moto” : “Means of own accord or on its own motion. However the Judge, even when he is free, is still not wholly free. He is not to innovate at pleasure. He is not a knighterrant roaming at will in pursuit of his own ideal of beauty or of goodness. He is to draw his inspiration from consecrated principles. He is not to yield to spasmodic sentiment, to vague and unregulated benevolence. He is to exercise a discretion informed by tradition, methodized by analogy, disciplined by system, and subordinated to “the primordial necessity of order in the social life”. Wide enough in all conscience is the field of discretion that remains” as observed by Benjamin N. Cardozo in the legal classic “The Nature of the Judicial Process”.

(vi) Doctrine of lifting Veil : The doctrine of ‘piercing the veil’ is applied to reach at reality, substance and avoid façade. It can be invoked if the public interest so requires or if there is allegation of violation of law by using the device of corporate entity or when the corporate personality is being blatantly used as a cloak for fraud or improper conduct or where the protection of public interests is of paramount importance or where the Company has been formed to evade obligations imposed by law or to evade an existing obligation to circumvent a statue or to avoid a welfare legislation etc. State of Rajasthan vs. Gotam Lime Khanij Udhyog Pvt. Ltd. – AIR 2016 S.C. 510.

7. Conclusion :

General principles of interpretation of Law including the Tax Laws are to protect a citizen against the excesses of the Executive, Administration, Corrupt authority, erring individuals and the Legislature. It is an aid to protect and uphold ‘enduring values’ enshrined in the Constitution and Laws enacted by the Parliament/Legislatures. It is to assist, to arrive at the real intention, object and purpose for which Laws are enacted and to make life of each citizen worth living. Let the hopes of the framers of the Constitution and the father of Nation, Mahatma Gandhi, inspire all Constitutional functionaries, Judges, Jurists, Members of Tribunals, Advocates, Chartered Accountants and the people of India to preserve their freedom and mould their lives on sound principles of interpretation of Laws. Endeavour should be to deliver justice, which is a divine act.

GENERAL ANTI-AVOI DANCE RULE (GAAR)

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Background:

1.1 General Anti-Avoidance Rule (GAAR) was first introduced in sections 95 to 102 and 144BA of the Income tax Act by the Finance Act, 2012, w.e.f. A.Y. 2014-15. In view of large scale opposition by Trade and Industry Associations, these provisions were replaced by new sections 95 to 102 and 144BA by the Finance Act, 2013, w.e.f. AY . 2016-17.

1.2 In Para 150 of the Budget Speech while introducing the Finance Bill, 2013, the Finance Minister has stated as follows:

“150. Hon’ble Members are aware that the Finance Act, 2012 introduced the General Anti Avoidance Rules, for short, GAAR. A number of representations were received against the new provisions. An expert committee was constituted to consult stakeholders and finalise the GAAR guidelines. After careful consideration of the report, Government announced certain decisions on 14-1-2013 which were widely welcomed. I propose to incorporate those decisions in the Income tax Act. The modified provisions preserve the basic thrust and purpose of GAAR. Impermissible tax avoidance arrangements will be subjected to tax after a determination is made through a well laid out procedure involving an assessing officer and an Approving Panel headed by the judge. I propose to bring the modified provisions into effect from 1-4-2016.”

1.3 In the Explanatory Statement presented with the Finance Bill, 2013, the reasons for introducing the new provisions are explained as under:

“The General Anti Avoidance Rule (GAAR) was introduced in the Income tax Act by the Finance Act, 2012. The substantive provisions relating to GAAR are contained in Chapter X-A (consisting of sections 95 to 102) of the Income tax Act. The procedural provisions relating to mechanism for invocation of GAAR and passing of the assessment order in consequence thereof are contained to section 144 BA. The provisions of Chapter X-A as well as section 144BA would have come into force with effect from 1st April, 2014.

A number of representations were received against the provisions relating to GAAR. An Expert Committee was constituted by the Government with broad terms of reference including consultation with stakeholders and finalising the GAAR guidelines and a road map for implementation. The Expert Committee’s recommendations included suggestions for legislative amendments, formulation of rules and prescribing guidelines for implementations of GAAR. The major recommendations of the Expert Committee have been accepted by the Government, with some modifications. Some of the recommendations accepted by the Government require amendment in the provisions of Chapter X-A and section 144BA”.

1.4 In 2015 the Finance Minister, in Para 109 of his Budget Speech, stated as under:

“109 Implementation of the General Anti- Avoidance Rule (GAAR) has been a matter of public debate. The investment sentiment in the country has now turned positive and we need to accelerate this momentum. There are also certain issues relating to GAAR which need to be resolved. It has therefore been decided to defer the applicability of GAAR by two more years. Further, it has also been decided that when implemented GAAR would apply prospectively to investments made on or after 1-4-2017”

Accordingly, section 95 was amended to provide that the GAAR provisions contained in sections 95 to 102 will apply from A. Y. 2018-19 ( i.e. accounting year 1-4-2017 to 31.03.2018) and onwards.

1.5 Since the provisions relating to GAAR will come into form on 1.4.2017, the tax provisions which will affect some economic decisions by tax payers are discussed in this Article

2. GAAR Provisions:

2.1 Section 95: This section provides that an arrangement entered into by an assesse may be declared to be an impermissible avoidance arrangement. The tax arising from such declaration by the tax authorities will be determined subject to provisions of sections 96 to 102. It is also stated in this section that the provisions of sections 96 to 102 may be applied to any step or a part of the arrangement as they are applicable to the entire arrangement. Section 95(2) provides that Sections 95 to 102 shall apply from A/Y:2018-19 and onwards. Rule 10U of the Income tax Rules provides that Sections 95 to 102 shall not apply to an arrangement where the tax benefit in the relevant assessment year, to all parties to the arrangement, does not exceed Rs.3 Crore.

2.2 Impermissible Avoidance Arrangement (Section 96):

i) Section 96 explains the meaning of Impermissible Avoidance Arrangement to mean an arrangement, the main purpose of which is to obtain a tax benefit and it –

a) Creates rights or obligations which would not ordinarily be created between persons dealing at arm’s length.

b) Results, directly or indirectly, in misuse or abuse of the provisions of the Income tax Act.

c) Lacks commercial substance, or is deemed to lack commercial substance u/s. 97, in whole or in part, or

d) is entered into or carried out, by means, or in a manner, which are not ordinarily employed for bonafide purposes.

ii) An arrangement whereby there is any tax benefit to the assesse shall be presumed to have been entered into or carried out for the main purpose of obtaining tax benefits, unless the assesse proves otherwise. It will be noticed that this is a very heavy burden cast on the assesse. The Finance Minister has, however, declared on 7/5/2012 that the onus of proof will be on the department who has to establish that the arrangement is to avoid tax before initiating the proceedings under these provisions.

2.3 Lack of Commercial Substance (Section 97):

(i) Section 97 explains the concept of Lack of Commercial Substance in an arrangement entered into by the assesse. It states that an arrangement shall be deemed to lack commercial substance if :

a) The substance or effect of the arrangement, as a whole, is inconsistent with, or differs significantly from, the form of its individual steps or a part of such steps.

b) It involves or includes

• Round Trip Financing
• An accommodating party.
• Elements that have the effect of offsetting Or canceling each other or A transaction which is conducted through one or more persons and disguises the value, location, source, ownership or control of funds which is the subject matter of such transaction.

c) It involves the location of an asset or a transaction or the place of residence of any party which is without any substantial commercial purpose. In other words, the particular location is disclosed only to obtain tax benefit for a party, or

d) It does not have a significant effect upon the business risks or net cash flows of any party to the arrangement apart from any effect attributable to the tax benefit that would be obtained.

ii) For the above purpose, it is provided that round trip financing includes any arrangement in which through a series of transactions :

a) Funds are transferred among the parties to the arrangement, and,

b) Such transactions do not have any substantial commercial purpose other than obtaining tax benefit.

iii) It is further stated that the above view will be taken by the tax authorities without having regard to the following:

a) Whether or not the funds involved in the round trip financing can be traced to any funds transferred to, or received by, any party in connection with the arrangement.

b) The time or sequence in which the funds involved in the round trip financing are transferred or received, or

c) The means by, manner in, or mode through which funds involved in the round trip financing are transferred or received.

iv) The party to such an arrangement shall be treated as “Accommodating Party” whether or not such party is connected with the other parties to the arrangement, if the main purpose of, direct or indirect, tax benefit under the Income tax Act.

v) It is clarified in the section that the following factors may be relevant but shall not be sufficient for determining whether the arrangement Lacks commercial substance.

a) The period or time for which the arrangement exists

b) The fact of payment of taxes, directly or indirectly, under the arrangement.

c) The fact that exit route, including transfer of any activity, business or operations, is provided by the arrangement.

3. Consequence of Impermissible Avoidance Arrangement (Section 98):

3.1 Under section 144 BA, the Commissioner has been empowered to declare any arrangement as an impermissible arrangement. Section 98 states that if an arrangement is declared as impermissible, then the consequences, in relation to tax or the arrangement shall be determined in such manner as is deemed appropriate in the circumstances of the case. This will include denial of tax benefit or any benefit under applicable Tax Treaty. The following is the illustrative list of consequences and it is provided that the same will not be limited to this list.

i) Disregarding, combining or re-characterising any step in, or part or whole of the impermissible avoidance arrangement.

ii) Treating, the impermissible avoidance arrangement as if it had not been entered into or carried out;

iii) Disregarding any accommodating party or treating any accommodating party and any other party as one and the same person;

iv) Deeming persons who are connected persons in relation to each other to be one and the same person;

v) Re-allocating between the parties to the arrangement, (a) any accrual or receipt of a capital or revenue nature or (b) any expenditure, deduction, relief or rebate;

vi) Treating (a) the place of residence of any party to the arrangement or (b) situs of an asset or of a transaction at a place other than the place or location of the transaction stated under the arrangement.

vii) Considering or looking through any arrangement by disregarding any corporate structure.

viii) It is also clarified that for the above purpose the tax authorities may re-characterise (a) any equity into debt or any debt into equity, (b) any accrual or receipt of Capital nature may be treated as of revenue nature or vice versa or (c) any expenditure, deduction, relief or rebate may be re-characterised.

3.2 It may be noted that if only a part of the arrangement is declared to be impermissible under this section, Rule 10UA provides that the consequences in relation to tax shall be determined with reference to such part only.

4. Section 99: This section provides for treatment of connected persons and accommodating party. The section provides that for the purposes of sections 95 to 102, for determining whether a tax benefit exists –

i) The parties who are connected persons, in relation to each other, may be treated as one and same person.

ii) Any accommodating party may be disregarded.

iii) Such accommodating party and any other party may be treated as one and the same person.

iv) The arrangement may be considered or looked through be disregarding any corporate structure.

5. Section 102 : Some Definitions

i) “Arrangement” means any step in, a part or whole of any transaction, operations, scheme, agreement or understanding, whether enforceable or not, and includes the alienation of any property in such transaction, operation, scheme, agreement or understanding.

ii) “Benefit” includes a payment of any kind whether in tangible or intangible form.

iii) “Connected Person”, in relation to a person who is an Individual, Company, HUF, Firm, LLP, AOP or BOI is defined in more or less the same manner as the term “Related Person” is defined in Section 40A(2). It may be noted that, for this purpose, the definition of the word “Relative” is wider in as much as the definition of “Relative” given in Explanation to Section 56(2) (vi) is adopted, whereas in section 40A(2) the narrower definition of “Relative” given in Section 2(41) is adopted.

iv) “Fund” includes (a) any cash, (b) cash equivalents and (c ) any right or obligation to receive or pay in cash or cash equivalent.

v) “Party” means any person, including Permanent Establishment which participates or takes part in an arrangement.

vi) “Relative” has the same meaning as given in section 56(2) (vi) – Explanation. It may be noted that this definition is very wide as compared to the definition given in section 2 (41) which is adopted for the purpose of explaining related person in section 40A (2).

vii) The definition of a person having substantial interest in the company and other non- corporate body is the same as given in section 40A(2).

viii) “Step” includes a measure or an action, particularly one of a series taken in order to deal with or achieve a particular thing or object in the arrangement.

ix) “Tax Benefit” includes (a) a reduction, avoidance or deferral of tax or other amount payable under the Income tax Act, (b) an increase in a refund of tax or other amount under the Act, (c) a reduction, avoidance or deferral of tax or other amount that would be payable under the Act, as a result of tax treaty, (d) an increase in a refund of tax or other amounts under the Act as a result of tax treaty, (e) a reduction in total income or (f) increase in loss in the relevant accounting year or any other accounting year.

x) “Tax Treaty” means Agreements entered into by the Government with any foreign county, territory or Association u/s 90 or 90A.

6. Section 144 BA: Procedure for declaring an arrangement as impressible under sections 95 to 102 is given in this section. This section will come into force from A.Y. 2018-19

i) The Assessing Officer can, at any stage of assessment or reassessment, make a reference to the Commissioner for invoking GAAR. On receipt of reference the Commissioner has to issue a notice to the assesse to make his submissions and give a hearing within such period not exceeding 60 days. If he is not satisfied by the submissions of taxpayer and is of the opinion that GAAR provisions are to be invoked, he has to refer the matter to an “Approving Panel”. In case the assesse does not object or reply, the Commissioner can issue such directions as he deems fit in respect of declaration as to whether the arrangement is an impermissible avoidance arrangement or not. Under Rule 10UC (1)(i) no such direction can be issued after expiry of one month from the end of the month in which the date of compliance of the notice to the assesse u/s 144BA(2) is given.

ii) The Approving Panel has to dispose of the reference within a period of six months from the end of the month in which the reference was received from the Commissioner.

iii) The Approving Panel can either declare an arrangement to be impermissible or declare it not to be so after examining material and getting further inquiry made. It can issue such directions as it thanks fit. It can also decide the year or years for which such an arrangement will be considered as impermissible. It has to give hearing to the assesse before taking any decision in the matter.

iv) The Assessing Officer (AO) can determine consequences of such a declaration of arrangement as impermissible avoidance arrangement.

v) The final order, in case any consequence of GAAR is determined, shall be passed by the AO only after approval by Commissioner.

vi) The period taken by the proceedings before Commissioner and the Approving Panel shall be excluded from time limitation for completion of assessment.

vii) The Central Government has to constitute one or more Approving Panels. Each Panel shall consist of 3 members, including a chairperson. The constitution of the Panel shall be as under.

a) Chairperson – He shall be a sitting or retired judge of a High Court

b) Members – One member shall be IRS of the rank of CCIT or above. One member shall be an academic or scholar having special knowledge of matters such as direct taxes, business accounts and international trade practices.

The term of the Panel shall ordinarily be for one year and may be extended from time to time upto 3 years. The Panel shall have power similar to those vested in AAR u/s 245U. CBDT has to provide office infrastructure, manpower and other facilities to the Approving Panel’s members. The remuneration payable to Panel members shall be decided by the Central Government.

viii) In addition to the above, it is provided that the CBDT has to prescribe a scheme for efficient functioning of the Approving Panel and expeditious disposal of the reference made to it. No such scheme has been prescribed by CBDT so far.

ix) Appeal against the order of assessment passed under the GAAR provisions, is to be filed directly with the ITA Tribunal and not before CIT (A). Section 144 C relating to reference before DRT does not apply to this assessment order and, therefore, no reference can be made to DRT when GAAR provisions are invoked. No appeal can be filed by the AO against the directions given by the Approving Panel.

7. Procedure (Rules 10U to 10UC)

7.1 It is provided in section 100 that the provisions of sections 95 to 102 shall apply in addition to, or in lieu of, any other basis of determination of tax liability. Section 101 gives power to CBDT to prescribe the guidelines and lay down conditions for application of sections 95 to 102 relating to General Anti- Avoidance Rule (GAAR). It may be noted that for this purpose Rules 10U to 10UC and Forms 3CEG to 3CEI have been inserted in the Income tax Rules.

7.2 Rule 10U provides that the GAAR provisions of chapter X-A (Sections 95 to 102) shall not apply in respect of the following:

a) To an arrangement where the tax benefit in the relevant assessment year arising to all the parties to the arrangement does not exceed, in the aggregate, Rs. 3 Crore.

b) To a Foreign Institutional Investor (FII) who is assesse under the Income tax Act and has not taken benefit of DTTA u/s 90 or 90A. Further, such FII should have made investment in listed or un-listed securities with prior permission of SEBI under the applicable Regulations.

c) To a Non-resident, in relation to investment made by him by way of offshore derivative instruments or otherwise, directly or indirectly in a FII.

d) To any income accruing, arising or received by any person from transfer of Investments made before 1-4-2017 by such person.

e) Without prejudice to (d) above, it is clarified in the Rule that GAAR Provisions will apply to any arrangement, irrespective of the date on which it has been entered into, in respect of the tax benefit obtained from the arrangement on or after 1-4-2017. This will mean that if any impermissible arrangement is entered into prior to 1/4/2017, GAAR provisions will apply to the tax benefit obtained after 1/4/2017.

f) The term (a) FII, (b) offshore derivative instrument, (c) SEBI and (d) tax benefit are defined in the Rule.

7.3 Rule 10 UB provides for Forms and Notice for reference u/s. 144BA. If the Assessing Office is of the view that GAAR provisions are to be invoked to a particular arrangement or transaction he has to issue a notice to the assesse seeking his objections, if any, to the applicability of the provisions of Chapter X-A (i.e. Sections 95 to 102). In this notice A.O. has to state

a) Details of the arrangement to which provisions of Chapter X-A are proposed to be applied.

b) The tax benefit arising under the arrangement

c) The basis and reasons for considering that the main purpose of the arrangement is to obtain tax benefit.

d) The basis and reasons as to why conditions provided in Section 96(1) are satisfied.

e) The A.O. has to give a list of the documents and evidence relied upon by him supporting his reasons stated under (c ) and (d) above.

7.4 After receiving the objections from the assesse, the A.O., if not satisfied with the objections, can make a reference to the CIT u/s 144BA (1) in Form No. 3 CEG. If the CIT, after considering the reference by the A.O. and the objections filed by the assesse is satisfied that provisions of chapter X-A are not applicable to the facts of the case, he shall issue directions to A.O. in Form No. 3CEH. Such directions are to be given within a period of 2 months from the end of the month in which the final submissions of the assesse in response to notice issued u/s 144BA (2) are made.

7.5 If the commissioner decides to refer the matter to the Approving panel u/s 144BA(4), he shall record his satisfaction regarding the applicability of the provisions of Chapter X-A in Form No.3CEI and enclose the same with the reference. Rule 10UC provides that no reference shall be made to the Approving panel u/s 144 BA (4) after the expiry of 2 months from the end of the month in which final submissions of the assesse in response to notice u/s 144BA(2) is received.

8. To Sum Up:

8.1 The above GAAR provisions will have far reaching consequences for assesses engaged in the business with Indian or Foreign parties. GAAR is not restricted to only business transactions. Therefore, all assesses who are engaged in business or profession or who have no income from business or profession but have income from some source will be affected by these provisions. It appears that any assesse having any arrangement, agreement, or transaction with a connected person will have to take care that the same is at Arm’s Length Consideration. In particular, an assesse will have to consider the implications of GAAR while (a) executing a WILL or Trust, (b) entering into partnership or forming LLP, (c) taking controlling interest in a company, (f) entering into amalgamation of two or more companies, (c ) effecting demerger of a company, (f) entering into a consortium or joint venture, (g) entering into foreign collaboration, (h) acquiring an Indian or Foreign company or (i) making a Gift. It may be noted that this is only an illustrative list and there may be other transactions which may attract GAAR provisions.

8.2 From the wording of the above provisions of sections 95 to 102, 144BA and Rules it appears that the provisions of GAAR can be invoked even in respect of an arrangement made prior to 1-4- 2017. The CIT or the Approving Panel can hold any such arrangement entered into prior to 1-4- 2017 as impermissible and direct the AO to make adjustments in the computation of income or tax in the assessment year 2018-19 or any year thereafter. As suggested in Para 15.15 of the report of the Standing Committee on Finance on DTC Bill, 2010 GAAR provisions should have been applied prospectively so that they are not made applicable to existing arrangements / transactions. Even in the Press Note issued by the Central Government on 14-1-2013 it was stated that transactions entered into prior to 30-8-2010 will not be made subject to GAAR provisions. This has not been provided in the above sections and, therefore, the above GAAR provisions may have retroactive effect. The only exception made in Rule 10U is with reference to income from transfer of certain investments made prior to 1-4-2017.

8.3 The Government has not yet issued notification for constitution of Approving Panel u/s 144BA. Moreover, the CBDT has not yet issued the scheme for efficient functioning of the Approving Panel and expeditious disposal of the reference made to it.

8.4 The provisions in Rule 10U that GAAR Provisions will not apply where the aggregate tax benefit does not exceed Rs.3 crore, is welcome. Let us hope that in other cases the tax department will take a reasonable view while dealing with commercial arrangements made by tax payers while conducting their economic activities.

8.5 The Concept of GAAR is new in our Country. Therefore, it is necessary to educate the tax payers about the nature of arrangements and transactions which will be considered by the tax department as impermissible arrangements. For this purpose the CBDT should issue detailed guidelines giving illustrations of different types of arrangements which may be considered as impermissible. This can be given in question answer form. Such guidelines will enable tax payers to take care while entering into any arrangement or transaction. This will also reduce litigation.

Introduction Of Group Taxation Regime – A Key To Ease Of Doing Business In India?

It is an undisputed fact that economic growth and tax legislation are inextricably linked together. This would concurrently boost tax revenues and bring debt ratios under control.

An excessively complex tax legislation has an adverse impact on the investment climate of the country. Laws which are unnecessary, unclear, ineffective and disjointed generate an expendable burden on the economy. Even the Guiding Principles for Regulatory Quality and Performance, endorsed by Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) member countries, advised governments to “minimise the aggregate regulatory burden on those affected as an explicit objective, to lessen administrative costs for citizens and businesses”, and to “measure the aggregate burdens while also taking account of the benefits of regulation”.

In the recent Indian context, ‘Make in India’ which is a major new national programme of the Government of India, designed to facilitate investment and build best in class manufacturing infrastructure among other things in the country. The primary objective of this initiative is to attract investments from across the globe and strengthen India’s economic growth. This programme is also aimed at improving India’s rank on the ‘Ease of Doing Business’ index by eliminating the unnecessary laws and regulations, making bureaucratic processes easier, making the government more transparent, responsive and accountable. Though India has jumped up 30 notches and entered the top 100 rankings on the World Bank’s ‘Ease of Doing Business’ index, thanks to major improvements in indicators such as resolving insolvency, paying taxes, protecting minority investors and getting credit, it still has a long way to go, standing at ranking of 100 out of 190 surveyed countries. A review of the application of tax policies and tax laws in the context of global best practices and implement measures for reforms required in tax administration to enhance its effectiveness and efficiency, is the need of the hour for India. This article discusses the concept of Group Taxation Regime, a suggested effective tax reform, in line with the global best practices which could help India provide some policy support to investors and achieve its political, social and economic objectives.

GROUP TAXATION REGIME

A company diversifies into other fields of business as a part of its strategy. As a part of their strategy, the companies incorporate subsidiary companies with different business objectives due to regulatory requirement, ensure corporate governance or to invite fresh capital from other shareholders. Some businesses have a medium to long gestation period as a company takes time to establish its strategies, markets, financers. The idea of group taxation is to reduce the burden on the holding company as it may be required to inject funds into a loss making company without any reduction in corporate tax. Also, the holding company shall receive a return on its investment only when the subsidiary becomes profitable.

The group taxation regime has been adopted by several countries viz, (a) Australia; (b) Belgium (c) Denmark (d) France (e) Germany (f) Italy (g) New Zealand (h) Spain (i) United Kingdom; and (j) United States of America.    

A group taxation regime permits a group of related companies to be treated as a single taxpayer. Group taxation is designed to reduce the effect that the separate existence of related companies has on the aggregate tax liability of the group. The principles under the group taxation regime for income tax purposes are discussed below:
–    the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary companies are treated as assets and liabilities of the head company;
–    transactions undertaken by the subsidiary companies of the group are treated as transactions of the head company;
–  the head company is liable to pay instalments on behalf of the
consolidated group based upon income derived by all members of the consolidated
group;

   intra-group
transactions are ignored (for example, management fees paid between group
members are not deductible nor assessable for income tax purposes);

  the
head company is liable for the income tax-related liabilities of the
consolidated group that relate to the period of consolidation. However, joint
and several liability is imposed on members of the group in the event that the
head entity defaults;

  eliminate
income and loss recognition on intragroup transactions by providing for deferral
until after the group is terminated or the group member involved leaves the
group;  and

   permit
the offset of losses of one group member against the profits of a related group
member.

Unlike many countries, India does not have a system to consolidate the tax reporting of a group of companies or to offset the profits and losses of the members of a group of companies. The introduction of a system of group taxation would constitute a fundamental change to the Indian tax system. Such a regime could lead to significant benefits like (a) economic efficiency by better aligning the unit of taxation with integrated companies within a group (b) reduce compliance costs for taxpayers as groups of companies would have to apply a single set of tax rules across and deal with only one tax administration; (c) make certain compliance driven tax provisions like specified domestic transfer pricing redundant; (d) give flexibility to organise business activities and engage in internal restructurings and asset transfers without worrying about triggering a net tax; and (e) reduce the cost the government incurs in administration of the tax system including litigation cost.

The specific provisions of group taxation framework vary from country to country. The significant provisions relating to the regime are highlighted below:
    
Eligible Head of tax group (parent): The group tax consolidation laws in most countries consider a domestic company or a permanent establishment of a foreign company who is assessed to tax as per the domestic laws as an eligible parent company. Most of the countries restrict the definition of group companies to resident companies only and non-resident companies are excluded from this relief.  

Group company eligibility: Group taxation includes all legal entities within a group of taxable entities. The criteria is that a company is deemed to control another company if, on the first day of the tax year for which the consolidated regime applies, it satisfies certain requirements. In Spain, the controlling company must directly or indirectly hold at least 75% of the other company’s share capital. In France, at least 95% of the share capital and voting rights of the company must be held, directly or indirectly, by the French company. In New Zealand, a group of resident companies that have 100% common ownership can be considered for consolidated group regime.  The subsidiary company will be deemed to be 100% owned by the parent if the requisite degree of control is met as per the provisions of the group tax regime. The total income/ loss of the subsidiary company will be included in group taxation, even if the parent does not own 100% of a subsidiary. Prima facie, this advantage is given to the holding company of being able to utilise the losses of the subsidiary company although it does not own all the subsidiary’s shares. The minority shareholders will not be able to claim a group relief as they do not meet the requite control requirement. However, if the losses to be set off are restricted to percentage of shareholding, then it would mean that the loss making company in the group will be left with losses that cannot be set off immediately and can only be utilised against the company’s future profits.

Hence, in such scenarios, agreements, if any, made between shareholders may also be important. In several binding international rulings, it has been concluded that even if a company has the majority of the voting rights or the majority of the capital, joint taxation may still be denied due to agreement between shareholders. For instance, a minority shareholder has a veto on important decisions in the company, the majority shareholder cannot be jointly taxed with its subsidiary.  For illustration, in Denmark the tax consolidation regime provides for a cross-border tax consolidation option based on an “all-or-none principle”, which means that (i) either all foreign group entities are included in the Danish tax consolidation group or (ii) none of them are. In case of a veto power provided and exercised by the minority shareholder vide an agreement may cause hindrance for applicability of the group taxation regime for the entire group. In India, companies having 100% shareholding must only be covered within the group tax regime to avoid disparity between shareholders.

Minimum Term: The minimum term for opting for group taxation differs country to country. In Denmark, the minimum period is 10 years, in France and Germany, the minimum period is 5 years.  In Italy, Spain and USA, there is no requirement to opt for a minimum period. In India, having a minimum term of 5 years – 10 years would provide consistency and stability in the tax approach adopted by the group and as well as to the Revenue authorities from an assessment point of view.
    
Net operating loss: In all group relief provisions, only the current year losses and tax depreciation of group companies are available for set-off against the profits of the other companies in the group. In case of subsidiaries that are acquired, no  consideration needs to be given to whether the items are post or pre-acquisition as only the current year losses and tax depreciation are available for relief.

1.Worldwide Corporate Tax Guide, 2017
 2. BDO Joint Taxation in Denmark
  3. IBFD Country Tax Laws

Exiting the group:  A group member may exit the group at any point of time without terminating the group. A company will automatically exit the group as a result of liquidation or sale or merger or if the ownership requirements are not met. On exit, the adjustments made at the consolidated level maybe reassessed according to the standard rules and may give rise to additional tax liability in the hands of the exiting company. The exiting group member’s net operating loss carry forwards realised during the consolidation period would remain with the group. The losses generated while being a member of the consolidated group are transferred to the group and cannot be carried forward at the level of the exiting company when assessing its future taxable income. In France, the question was raised whether the exiting company should be compensated for the losses surrendered to the group. The Supreme Court of France ruled that the compensation given by a parent company to a loss making company subsidiary that exits a group does not constitute taxable income. Correspondingly, the payment is not a deductible expense of the parent company.  

In light of the aforesaid provisions, it can be safely stated with the introduction of group taxation regime, the compliance burden would reduce for companies as intra group taxation would be disregarded and only the ‘real income’ would be taxed. It would also promote stability in corporate structures in India and attract foreign investment in India. The Revenue authorities may be at a disadvantage due to loss of revenue due to setting off of income by way of intra group transactions. However, this is fairly insignificant as compared to the advantages that the introduction of this regime would have to offer. The introduction of a group taxation regime would be a welcome move by the Government and will allow the exchequer to tax the real income which is in line with International tax practices. For illustration, if A Co (holding company) has a profit of Rs. 2 million and A Co’s wholly owned subsidiaries B Co and C Co have a loss of Rs. 0.5 million each. With the introduction of group taxation the real income of A Co i.e Rs. 1 million (2-0.5-0.5) would be liable to tax in India.  

Currently, with the Indian Revenue authorities being well integrated with the wave of automation and digitisation lead by the current Government, the Revenue authorities can keep a real time tab on filings being made in different jurisdictions. For illustration, a company having a head office in jurisdiction X and subsidiaries in various jurisdictions like Y and Z would have to file separate return of income in each of the jurisdictions for each entity. The group taxation regime would require only the holding company to file its return of income in the jurisdiction where its head office is situated. This would lead to reduction in compliance burden for the corporates. Also, the Revenue authorities of the concerned jurisdiction i.e. Y and Z could view the filings made in jurisdiction X.  With easy accessibility of records and integration of the tax systems, a robust infrastructure system is put in place by the tax administrators which makes it feasible to implement the group taxation regime and provide ‘ache din’ to the corporates.

As aptly quoted by Edward VI, the King of England and Ireland, “I wish that the superfluous and tedious statutes were brought into one sum together, and made more plain and short”. We wait with baited breath for India to bridge the gap between its tax legislation and simplify them to further boost economic growth.

REFERENCES
–    BDO, Joint Taxation in Denmark
–   Ernst & Young, Implementation of Group Taxation in South Africa
–   IBFD, Group taxation laws
–    India Brand Equity Foundation
–    Length of a tax legislation a measure of complexity – Office of Tax Simplification, UK
–   Pre and Post Budget Representations, 2017
–    Tax Administration Reform Commission Reports
–    When laws become too complex, Review by UK Parliamentary Counsel
–   Worldwide Corporate Tax Guide, 2017 _

  4. IBFD Group Taxation in France

Section 80JJAA – A Liberalised Incentive

Introduction

Job creation is the objective of any welfare
state. In a developing country like India, with its typical demographic
profile, creating employment is a priority of the government. For this purpose,
the state often promotes labour intensive industry and business. Giving a tax
incentive to businesses which provide for jobs is a method adopted for this
purpose. If the object is to promote a certain category of expenditure a tax
incentive/deduction is normally related to the expenditure itself. Section
80JJAA, from the time it was brought on the statute book from assessment year
1999-2000, provided such a deduction with reference to “additional wages”
paid to new regular workmen.

The manner in which it was enacted,
restricted its availability to only a few assessees. Firstly, only those
carrying on the business of manufacture of goods in a factory were entitled to
the deduction. Secondly, the deduction was limited only to payments to workmen.
Thirdly, the deduction was available only with reference to new regular workmen
in excess of 50 workmen, and that too, only if there was an increase of 10% or
more in the number of workmen employed. All in all, the deduction did not
provide the requisite incentive.

Finance Act
2016, with effect from 1st April 2017, liberalised the deduction
substantially. While some further relaxation would make the provision even more
effective, in its current form as well, the deduction is welcome. Though the
amendment to this provision was enacted a year earlier, it does not seem to
have attracted the attention that it deserves. The object of this article is to
explain the provisions, and bring to the notice of the reader certain issues
that may arise.

 Scope of the deduction

The deduction granted u/s. 80JJAA (1)
specifies the following conditions:

(1) it applies to an assessee
to whom section 44AB applies

(2) the gross total income of
such an assessee should include any profits and gains derived from business.

If  these threshold conditions are satisfied, the
assessee is eligible for a deduction of 30% of “additional employee cost”
incurred in the course of such business for three assessment years commencing
from the year in which such employment is provided.

 Exclusions

The deduction will not be available if

(1) the business is formed by
splitting up or the reconstruction of an existing business (the proviso
excludes business which is formed as a result of re-establishment,
reconstruction or revival specified in section 33B)

(2) the business is acquired by
the assessee by way of a transfer from any other person or as a result of any
business reorganisation

(3) the assessee fails to
furnish along with the return of income the report of an accountant as defined
in the explanation to section 288, giving such particulars in the report as may
be prescribed ( Rule 19 AB and form 10DA).

 Definitions

The explanation defines the terms
“additional employee cost”, “additional employee” and “emoluments”.

 Additional employee cost

This means the total emoluments paid or
payable to additional employees employed during the previous year. In the first
year of a new business, the additional employee cost will be the aggregate
emoluments paid or payable to employees employed during the previous year. In
case of an existing business, if there is no increase in the number of
employees from the total number of employees employed on the last day of the
preceding year, the additional employee cost shall obviously be “nil”

Emoluments paid otherwise than by account
payee cheque, account payee bank draft or the use of electronic clearing system
through a bank account would not be eligible for deduction. This would ensure
that the payment to the employee is verifiable subsequently and, since cash
payments are not permissible, it would significantly reduce misuse.

 Additional employee

An additional employee is one who is
employed by the employer during the previous year and thereby increases the
total number of employees employed by the employer. The following employees are
excluded from this definition.

 (1)    Employees whose total
emoluments are more than Rs. 25,000 per month.

(2)    An employee whose entire
contribution is paid by the government under the employees pension scheme
notified in accordance with the Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous
Provisions Act 1952 (EPF Act). Under the EPF Act, this refers to employees with
a disability. The rationale and relevance of this exclusion is not understood
and is discussed separately in the following paragraphs.

(3)    An employee who is
employed for a period of less than 240 days during the previous year.

(4)    An employee who does not
participate in the recognised provident fund.

 Emoluments

The term emolument is defined as any sum
paid to the employee but excludes

 (1)    contribution by the
employer to a pension fund, provident fund or any other fund for the benefit of
employees

(2)    any lump sum payment
paid or payable to an employee at the time of termination of his service, or on
superannuation or voluntary retirement such as gratuity, severance pay, leave
encashment, voluntary retrenchment benefits, commutation of pension etc.

Deduction for earlier years

Sub-section 80JJAA (3), provides that the
provisions of this section as they stood prior to the amendment would govern
the deduction for the assessment year 2016-17, and earlier years.

Issues

The amended provisions are certainly far
more liberal than those in force for assessment year 2016-17, and earlier
years. However, certain issues still remain. These are

(1) The deduction is available only to an
assessee to whom section 44AB applies and whose gross total income includes any
profits and gains derived from business.
The question that arises is
whether an assessee carrying on a profession would be eligible for the
deduction.

The terms business and profession are defined distinctly in section 2. Further,
section 44AB itself prescribes different thresholds for business and
profession. The Act, where it seeks to include the term profession, does so
explicitly (e.g., section 28). Therefore, it appears that an assessee carrying
on a profession will not be eligible for the deduction.

(2) If an assessee acquires a business
either by way of transfer or business reorganisation
, such an assessee
would not be eligible for the deduction
. While denying the benefit to an
assessee who acquires business on transfer may have some logic, one does not
understand as to why the benefit should be denied in a case of business
reorganisation. An undertaking may be transferred in the course of an
amalgamation or demerger. The business in such a situation is continued in a
different entity post such amalgamation/demerger. The possible reason for this
exclusion may be that the benefit is not intended to be given on account of
employees added due to a business being received on amalgamation/demerger.

However, succession to a business which
falls neither in the term “transfer” or “business reorganisation”, should not
result in a denial of the deduction. To illustrate if a business is succeeded
by legal heirs on the demise of the proprietor, the legal heirs should be
entitled to the deduction, in regard to the remaining assessment year/s for
which the claim is available

(3) The term additional employee excludes a
person whose emoluments are more than 25,000 per month. It may so happen
that an employee joins employment at a lower salary, but during the period of
three years for which an assessee employer is entitled to the claim his
emoluments cross 25,000.
The issue would be whether emoluments paid to such
an employee, should be excluded in totality or if such exclusion is
partial/limited. The exclusion of the employee is one “whose total emoluments
are more than Rs. 25,000 per month”. Therefore, till the emoluments reach that
threshold, the employee would continue to be an additional employee. The
provision to be interpreted is a deduction granting relief. Consequently, the
emoluments paid till they reach the threshold should be eligible for the
deduction.

(4) An employee who is employed for a
period of less than 240 days is excluded from the definition of “additional
employee”.
An issue is whether leave taken by the employee is to be
included for counting the days of employment. If an employee is entitled to a
certain number of days leave for the days served, the days of paid leave should
certainly be included for the purposes of calculating the number of 240 days.
Even otherwise, just because an employee has gone on leave, it cannot be said
that his employment has ceased during that period.

(5) An employee who does not participate
in a recognised provident fund is excluded from the definition of additional
employee.
In a situation where the provident fund act does not apply to the
establishment, on account of the number of employees being less than the
threshold limit, this should not act as a disability. This is on account of the
established principle of law that an assessee cannot be asked to do the impossible.
Therefore, if the relevant statute does not apply to the assessee, he should
not be denied deduction.

(6) A very odd
provision seems to be the provision of Explanation (ii)(b). As has been
mentioned in the foregoing paragraphs, under the Employees Provident funds and
Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952, the contribution to the employees pension
fund is to be borne by the government in the case of an employee having a
disability. Such an employee is excluded from the definition of an additional
employee and consequently the emoluments paid to him do not qualify for
deduction. This provision does not seem to have any rationale, except perhaps,
that the Government does not want to give an additional benefit in such cases,
over and above the PF contribution that it is already bearing. The government
always seeks to promote and ensure that persons with disability are employed
gainfully. Therefore those employers who employ differently abled persons ought
to get an incentive. An amendment to this provision is called for.

 (7) One more issue is in respect of
calculation of number of additional employees. This could be a potent point for
litigation and therefore working of it is a key element. Consider the following
example in respect of eligible employees:

        

 

Year 1

Year 2

Employees at the beginning of the year

50

52

Resigned during the year

3

5

Added during the year

5

2

Net Addition

2

(3)

Total at year end

52

49

 

Considering the
above example, following questions arise:

a)  In Year 1, should net
additional employees be considered for deduction or gross addition?

b)  Does one need to maintain a
list of eligible employee and if so, how? If the numbers resigning / retrenched
are more, will deduction be denied?

c)  In Year 2, if there is a
net deduction, should the assessee still make a claim for 2 the additions made?

While at first blush this appears to be a
controversial issue, the answer is contained in the definition of additional
employee in the Explanation to the section. According to clause (ii) of the
explanation the term “additional employee” means an employee who has been
employed during the previous year and whose employment has the effect of
increasing the total number of employees employed by the employer as on the last
day of the preceding year.
In the illustration given above, the employer
employs five new employees during the year, but three resign resulting in a net
addition of two employees.

The issue arises because while the
explanation requires a comparison to be made with the strength of the employees
as on the last day of the preceding year, it does not contain a stipulation as
to when this comparison is to be made. When there is no specific mention one
would have to go by a purposive interpretation of the section. The incentive is
for employment generation. This is how the explanatory memorandum
describing the amendment refers to it. In light of the same, it will be
appropriate to consider only the net addition of employees. As to the point of
time when the comparison is to be made, it should be the last day of the
previous year for which the deduction is to be claimed. In respect of which
employee the deduction is to be claimed will be left to the discretion of the
employer assessee. Therefore in year one, the deduction should be claimed in
respect of the net increment of two employees. As far as the second year is
concerned, it appears that the assessee would not be entitled to any deduction.

Conclusion

Considering the provision in totality, it is
certainly far more liberal than its predecessor. A large number of assessees
could become entitled to the benefit of this deduction. This will be the first
year of the claim, and therefore, my professional colleagues should apprise
their clients of this deduction.

Reporting in form 3CD For AY 2017-18 – New Elements

Tax Audit has become more onerous with each
passing year. Tax Audit u/s. 44AB is carried out by perhaps the largest number
of practitioners, even more than statutory audit of companies. This article
seeks to cover important new points relevant to Tax Audit for AY 2017-18.

There have been notable changes in clauses related to ICDS and Loans. This
article seeks to put those points in perspective and update the reader of
nuances and intricacies that require a professional’s attention either as a
preparer or as the tax auditor.

 1.      Clause 8

        The relevant clause
of section 44AB under which the audit has been conducted is required to be
mentioned here. This aspect becomes important considering the fact that certain
deductions and exemptions may depend on the appropriate selection, and possibly
trigger action from CPC. A new category inserted in the utility pertains to S.
44ADA which is applicable from AY 1718:

         Clause (d) For
claiming profits less than prescribed u/s. 44ADA

        Eligible assessee [as
per section 44AA (1)] can select this clause in the utility if assessee chooses
to show taxable profit from specified profession less than 50% of total
turnover not exceeding Rs. 50 lakh.

 2.      CLAUSE 13 – Method of accounting                – ICDS Aspects

        Sub-clauses (d),
(e) and (f) have been inserted this year
to cover the impact of the Income
Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS). The Tax Auditor is required to
identify whether any adjustment is required to be made to the profit or loss as
per books of accounts in order to comply with the ICDS and if so, quantify the
adjustment. Further, the various disclosures required by each ICDS are required
to be given in clause (f). The following paragraphs deal briefly with each ICDS
and identify probable areas which may warrant adjustment from the income in the
books to arrive at the taxable income and consequent reporting under these
clauses.

 3.      ICDS discussed

        The Income
Computation and Disclosure Standards are applicable for computation of income
chargeable under the head “Profits and gains of business or
profession” or “Income from other sources” and not for the
purpose of maintenance of books of account. The Preamble to every ICDS provides
that in case of any conflict between the provisions of the Income-tax Act,
1961(‘the Act’) and the relevant ICDS, the provisions of the Act shall prevail
to that extent.

 3.1     ICDS II – Inventories

 3.1.1  ICDS II requires the
value of inventories to include duties and taxes (the “inclusive method”) in
line with the provisions of section 145A of the Act. This is in contrast with
Accounting Standard (“AS”) – 2 on Valuation of Inventories which mandates the
“exclusive method”. Under the exclusive method, inventories are to be valued
net of any duties or taxes that are subsequently recoverable from the taxing
authorities. The ICAI Guidance Note on Tax Audit provides detailed
reconciliation of the adjustments required u/s. 145A of the Act between both
the methods and concludes that the effect on the profit or loss due to these
adjustments would be ‘nil’. Looking at the requirements of ICDS II in isolation
one may conclude that the inclusion of recoverable duties and taxes in the
value of inventories would result in increase of profit for the year. However,
taking the effect of all the adjustments required as per the provisions of
section 145A, there would be no resulting increase or decrease of profit.
Accordingly, the Tax Auditor may report ‘nil’ under this head with a suitable
note detailing the Section 145A adjustments and the stand taken by her.

 3.1.2  In respect of business
of service providers, AS 2 does not cover work in progress (WIP) arising in the
ordinary course of business. Therefore, if under Ind-AS, WIP of service
providers is recognised, that is to be ignored under the ICDS unless it falls
under ICDS III.

 3.2     ICDS III – Construction
contracts

 3.2.1  ICDS III requires
contract revenue to be recognised when there is a reasonable certainty of
ultimate collection while AS 7 and Indian Accounting Standard (“Ind- AS”) -11
mandate recognition when it is possible to reliably measure the outcome of the
contract. In cases where these two conditions are not simultaneously met, it
could result in an adjustment.

 3.2.2  ICDS III provides for
adopting the percentage of completion method (‘POCM’) for recognising contract
revenue and contract costs at the reporting date. AS 7 and Ind-AS 11 also
provide similarly. The manner of determining the stage of completion for
recognition of contract revenue / contract costs is similarly provided.

 3.2.3  Under ICDS III, as in AS
7 and Ind-AS 11, during the early stage of contract where the outcome of the
construction contract cannot be estimated reliably, contract revenue is
recognised only to the extent of costs incurred. However, early stage of a
contract shall not extend beyond 25% of the stage of completion as per ICDS
III. There is no such requirement under AS-7 or Ind-AS 11. The difference in
treatment will result in an adjustment.

 3.2.4  Retention monies are
part of contract revenue as defined in ICDS III. AS 7 is silent on their
treatment. If the retention monies are not recognised in books till they are
due, there will be an adjustment required to taxable income.

 3.2.5  Both AS 7 and Ind-AS 11
require recognition of expected losses, that is, when it is probable that total
contract costs will exceed total contract revenue, as an expense immediately.
There is no such provision under ICDS III and such expected loss would be
recognised like any other loss from the contract on the basis of Percentage of
Completion Method followed. This difference in treatment would require an
adjustment while computing the taxable income.

 3.2.6  CBDT has ‘clarified’
that there is no specific ICDS applicable to real estate developers, BOT
projects and leases.1 However, in the later part of the
clarification, CBDT has stated, “Therefore, relevant provisions of the Act
and ICDS shall apply to these transactions as may be applicable”
. It
appears that since there is no special treatment given for these businesses,
all the ICDS would be relevant. However, the draft ICDS on Real Estate
Transactions issued in May 2017, would be notified in due course. In case
of  Builder-Developer, applicability of
ICDS III and ICDS IV  is questionable,
considering that such Developer is constructing on his own account and not as a
contractor, and further, is not selling goods or rendering servicces. However,
ICDS IV may apply for other income of Real Estate Developers.

 3.2.7  ICDS IV applies to sale
of goods and rendering of services. In cases where, in substance, the
transactions are not in nature of construction contracts, with the developer
not passing on the risk and rewards of ownership, the developer is selling
immovable property which are not goods and he is not rendering any services as
he develops the property on his own account and subsequently sells or leases
them. Hence, arguably, ICDS IV should also not apply to him.

 3.3    ICDS
IV – Revenue Recognition

 3.3.1  Revenue is measured
under Ind AS 18 at fair value of consideration received or receivable. If there
is an element of deferred payment terms in the consideration, then the fair
value of consideration may be less than the nominal amount of cash receivable.
In such a case, the difference is to be recognised as interest revenue. ICDS IV
does not require such treatment and the resulting difference in the amount of
revenue will require an adjustment.

 3.3.2  In cases where the
transaction price is composite, for instance, where the selling price of a
product includes consideration for after-sales service, Ind AS 18 requires the
consideration for such after-sales service to be deferred and recognised as
revenue over the period during which the service is performed. There is no such
requirement in
ICDS IV.

 3.3.3  Services contracts-

         AS 9 gives the option
of completed service contract method for services contracts in certain
situations. In contrast, under ICDS IV, services contract revenue is to be
recognised as per the percentage of completion method (POCM) in accordance with
ICDS III. The resulting difference would require an adjustment. Further, ICDS
IV permits completed services contract method in cases of services contracts
with duration of not more than ninety days. Similar relaxation is not available
under AS 9 and could result in an adjustment.

 3.3.4  Interest, royalty and
dividends-

a.  Interest received on
compensation or enhanced compensation is taxable when received [section
145A(2)] and ICDS IV is not applicable.

b.  ICDS requires interest on
any refund of tax, duty or cess to be recognised when received. This treatment
may be at variance with that in the books when such interest is recorded
earlier on accrual..

c.  Under ICDS IV, interest is
to be recognised on time basis while royalty on the basis of contractual terms.
The condition of reasonable certainty of ultimate collection contained in AS 9
or Ind-AS 18 is absent. The difference in treatment could result in an
adjustment.

 3.4    ICDS
V – Tangible assets

 3.4.1  Under Ind-AS 16, the
components of costs of property, plant and equipment (PPE) include estimated
costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site. Also
included in the costs are costs of major inspections. These costs are not
included under ICDS V and such expenditure cannot be considered as expenditure
directly attributable in making the asset ready for its intended use.

 3.4.2  Ind-AS 16 provides that
in case the payment for PPE is beyond the normal credit terms, the difference
between the cash price equivalent and the total payment is to be recognised as
interest over the period of credit unless such interest relates to a period
before such asset is ready for intended use and is capitalised in accordance
with Ind- AS 23. However, ICDS V is silent in this regard, and therefore, the
total payment would be treated as the cost.

 3.4.3  Under both AS 10 and
Ind-AS 16, cost of a fixed asset/PPE should be recognised as an asset only if
it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow
to the enterprise and such costs can be measured reliably. Under ICDSV, this
condition is absent. As a result, under ICDS V, the initial recognition of the
asset and subsequent addition to the cost would be made whether or not economic
benefits will flow to the enterprise.

 3.4.4  Though AS 10 recognises
that the cost of fixed asset may undergo changes subsequent to its acquisition
and construction due to exchange fluctuations, exchange losses or gains cannot
be capitalised after the asset is ready for its intended use. However, ICDS VI
provides for recognition of exchange difference as per section 43A of the Act.
Section 43A provides that, in case of an asset acquired from a country outside
India, the increase or reduction in liability while making payment towards the
cost of the asset or repayment of the moneys borrowed for acquiring the asset
due to change in the rate of exchange, shall be added to or deducted from the
actual cost of such asset. Section 43A has no application in case of asset
acquired from within India by availing a foreign currency loan. These
differences in treatment could result in an adjustment while computing the
taxable income.

 3.5    ICDS
VI – Effect of changes in Forex Rates

 3.5.1  ICDS VI requires
non-monetary items to be translated at the rate on the date of the transaction,
except in case of inventory which is carried at net realisable value
denominated in foreign currency, where it shall be reported at the closing
rate. This treatment is in accordance with AS 11 dealing with effects of
foreign exchange rates. However, ICDS [in para 5(ii)] provides that any
exchange difference arising on conversion of non-monetary items on the
reporting date shall not be recognised as income or expense of the year. There
is an apparent contradiction within ICDS VI itself in the treatment provided in
this respect.

 3.5.2  Foreign operations

        AS 11 and Ind-AS require that all assets and
liabilities of a non-integral foreign operation to be converted at closing rate
and resulting exchange differences to be taken to a Foreign Currency
Translation Reserve (FCTR). ICDS VI requires the transactions of a foreign
operation, integral or non-integral, to be treated as the transactions of the
assessee itself. Accordingly, the difference in treatment will give rise to
adjustment to the taxable income. Further, the transitional provisions require
any balance in FCTR as on 1st April, 2016 to be recognised in AY
2017-18 to the extent not recognized in the computation of income in the past
[FAQ 16 Circular No. 10/2017, dated 23rd March, 2017]. These
differences in treatment will result in adjustments while computing the taxable
income.

 3.5.3  Forward exchange
contracts

      AS 11 requires
mark-to-market (MTM) losses/gains to be recognised at the reporting date in
respect of trading or speculation contracts. In contrast, ICDS requires
premium/discount on such contracts to be recognised only on settlement.

 3.6    ICDS
VII – Government grants

 3.6.1  ICDS VII provides that
the recognition of government grants should not be postponed beyond the date of
receipt. In a case where the grant is received pending compliance of some
conditions and the accrual of the grant has not taken place, the grant would be
disclosed as a liability in the books of accounts. This difference in treatment
could result in an adjustment in the computation of income, though it can be
argued that where income has not accrued, ICDS VII should yield to section 5 of
the Act.

 3.6.2  As per AS 12, grants
that relate to non-depreciable assets are to be credited to a capital reserve.
Such an option is not available under ICDS VII and has to be recognised as
income. This will require an adjustment to the computation of total income.

 3.6.3  As per AS 12,
non-monetary assets given at concessional rates are to be accounted in the
books at their acquisition cost or if given free, such assets are to be
accounted at a nominal value. ICDS VII also requires similar treatment.
However, Ind-AS 20 requires such assets to be accounted at fair value,
warranting an adjustment in computation.

 3.7    ICDS
VIII – Securities

 3.7.1  Under ICDS VIII, where a
security is acquired in exchange for other security, the fair value of security
so acquired shall be its actual cost. This is in contrast to the treatment
under AS 13 wherein the acquisition cost should be the fair value of the
securities issued. This difference in treatment would result in different costs
of securities for accounting and tax purposes and will affect the resulting
gain or loss on their disposal.

 3.7.2  The treatment of
pre-acquisition interest is same in ICDS VIII and AS 13.

 3.7.3  ICDS VIII requires the
securities held as stock-in-trade to be valued at year-end at actual cost or
net realisable value, whichever is lower. However, the comparison of actual
cost and net realisable value is required to be done category-wise and not
item-wise
as is done under AS 13. The categories for the purpose of
comparison under ICDS VIII are shares, debt securities, convertible securities
and any other securities not covered above. Therefore, adjustments would need
to be made for the difference in valuation of closing stock.

 3.7.4  ICDS VIII requires
unlisted and thinly-traded securities held as stock in trade to be valued at
actual cost regardless of their realisable value. AS 13 does not deal with
unlisted and thinly-traded securities specifically.

 3.8    ICDS
IX – Borrowing Costs

 3.8.1  Borrowing costs defined-

         Section 36(1)(iii)
and Explanation 8 to section 43(1) of the Act cover only interest to be
considered for capitalisation to the cost of the asset. ICDS IX extends
capitalisation requirement to other components of borrowing costs [vide para
2(1)(a)]. Borrowing costs are defined in ICDS IX on the same lines as under AS
16 and Ind-AS 23, except that the exchange differences arising from foreign
currency borrowings to the extent they are regarded as an adjustment to
interest costs are not dealt with by ICDS IX.

 3.8.2  In case of inventories,
as per AS 2, interest and other borrowing costs are usually considered as not
relating to bringing the inventories to their present location and condition
and as a result not included in the cost of inventories. On the other hand,
inventories which require a substantial period of time to bring them to a
saleable condition are qualifying assets and borrowing costs that are directly
attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of such assets are
to be capitalised as part of the cost of such asset as laid down in AS 16.
However, Proviso to section 36(1)(iii) read with Explanation 8 to section 43(1)
require that interest paid on amount borrowed for the acquisition of new assets
for the period before such assets are first put to use is to be capitalised and
not allowable as revenue expenditure. Arguably, inventories are not for
extension of business or profession and are not ‘put to use’ and the proviso
ought not apply to inventories. Contrarily, ICDS IX requires capitalisation of borrowing
costs related to inventories which take more than twelve months to bring them
to saleable condition. This will result in an adjustment.

 3.8.3  Under AS 16 and Ind-AS
23, qualifying assets requiring capitalisation of borrowing costs are assets
requiring substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use. There
is no such requirement under ICDS IX. Thus, any delay, however short, in
putting to use any asset, being tangible or intangible assets listed in the
definition would require capitalisation of borrowing costs directly related to
their acquisition. The treatment mandated by ICDS IX is in accordance with
provisions of section 36(1)(iii) and Explanation 8 to section 43(1) of the Act.

 3.8.4  Further, there is no
provision in ICDS IX for suspension of capitalisation during extended periods
when active development in construction of a qualifying asset is interrupted as
is mandated by AS 16 and Ind-AS 23. This treatment is in accordance with the
provisions of section 36(1)(iii) and Explanation 8 to section 43(1) of the Act.

 3.8.5  Capitalisation –
Borrowing costs directly attributable borrowings

        Where funds are
borrowed specifically for acquisition, construction or production of a
qualifying asset, ICDS IX provides that the amount of borrowing costs to be
capitalised on that asset shall be the actual borrowing costs incurred during
the period on the funds so borrowed. In cases where funds borrowed are not
utilised for the qualifying asset or where funds are borrowed for other
purposes but are utilised for acquisition, construction or production of
qualifying asset, ICDS IX would have no application. However, such a literal
reading of ICDS IX could lead to an anomalous interpretation and the
consequences may be unintended. Utilisation of the funds borrowed for the
purposes of acquisition, construction or production of qualifying asset alone
should qualify for capitalisation.

 3.8.6  Capitalisation –
Borrowing costs of general borrowings

        ICDX IX gives detailed
calculations to determine borrowing costs to be capitalised in case of use of
general borrowings to acquire qualifying assets. The calculations given do not
envisage situations where funds are utilised out of general borrowings on
different dates. Both AS 16 and Ind-AS 23 provide for weighted average cost of
borrowing to be capitalised. The difference in determining the borrowing costs
for general borrowings could result in adjustment in computation of income.

 3.8.7  Income from temporary
investments out of borrowed funds

        Both AS 16 and Ind-AS
23 provide that where borrowed amounts are temporarily invested pending their
expenditure on the qualifying asset, the borrowing costs to be capitalised
should be determined as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing
during the period less any income on the temporary investment of those
borrowings. ICDS IX is silent in this respect and could result in an
adjustment. The Supreme Court has held that such interest cannot be set off
against interest paid and has to be offered to tax under the head ‘Income from
other Sources’.2 On the other hand, it was held in another case that
where the investment is inextricably linked with the process of setting up of
the plant, such interest should be set-off against the interest paid and the
net interest is to be capitalised3. The Tax Auditor may form her
opinion on the basis of specific facts of the auditee and apply these rulings.

 3.9    ICDS
X – Provisions and contingencies

 3.9.1  As in AS 29 and Ind AS
37, ICDS X does not require recognition of a contingent asset. However, for
subsequent recognition of a contingent asset as an asset, ICDS X requires
‘reasonable certainty’ of inflow of economic benefits, as against the need for
‘virtual certainty’ of inflow of economic benefits under AS 29 and Ind AS 37.

This difference in treatment could result in an adjustment.

 3.9.2  In respect to
recognising reimbursements of expenditure to be provided for, both AS 29 and
Ind AS 37 require a ‘virtual certainty’ of the receipt of reimbursement. In
contrast, ICDS X requires only ‘reasonable certainty’ to recognise the
reimbursements.

 3.9.3  Under ICDS X, provisions
are to be reviewed at every year-end and if it is no longer reasonably certain
that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, the
provision should be reversed. AS 29 and Ind AS 37 both require reversal of the
provisions if it is no longer probable that there will be an outflow of
resources. This difference in the trigger for reversal of provisions could lead
to an adjustment in computing taxable income.

 3.9.4  Transitional
provisions in ICDS X require that at the end of the financial year 2016-17, a
review of all past events is needed to be carried out to see whether any
provision is to be recognised or derecognised, and whether any asset is to be
recognised or derecognised, in relation to such past events, as per the
provisions of ICDS X.

3.10   One will have to
carefully consider the transitional provisions given in each ICDS to ascertain
exact applicability of the respective ICDS for previous year ended 31st
March 2017 being the first transitional year.

 3.11   An important point that
demands mention here relates to keeping track of ICDS related changes in the
following years. Since ICDS effect is given directly in the computation of
income, and not in books of account, one will have to keep a track on a
memorandum basis. In the subsequent year/s, this effect will have to be
considered at the time of computation of income since the same might be getting
reflected in the books of account and double inclusion of income and its
elimination will be required. For example, an item of revenue was considered in
FY 2017-18. Due to ICDS revenue standard, it was already added to taxable
profits in FY 2016-17 (AY 2017-18). In such a scenario, this item needs to be
removed at the time of computing the income for AY 2018-19.

 3.12   A welcome measure
introduced by way of a proviso to section 36 (1)(vii) which has considered the
possible implications of an item being considered as income even though not in
the books and its subsequent irrecoverability not being written off in the
books of account. This provision was introduced by Finance Act 2015 w.e.f.
1.4.2016 and accordingly applies from AY 2017-18 onwards.

 3.13   Disclosure required by
clause 13(f) is a new challenge. The online utility already contains a field
for standard wise disclosures. However, in the utility, no tables are getting
accepted thus necessitating description. It is suggested that the practitioner may
compile a list of ICDS disclosures required each ICDS wise, and insert them in
these fields. Alternatively, an annexure may be prepared of all such
disclosures ICDS wise, and uploaded as an annexure to the tax audit report.

 4.      CLAUSE 18: Depreciation

         Recently, the CBDT
has made changes in the Income Tax Rules to restrict the rate of
depreciation maximum up to 40% for block of assets which are currently eligible
for depreciation at a higher rate (50%, 60%, 80%, 100%). This amendment is
applicable from current financial year itself (i.e. FY 2016-17) in case of new
manufacturing companies (incorporated on or after 1.3.2016) which will opt for
lower corporate tax rate of 25% u/s. 115BA of the Income Tax Act, 1961.

       For all other
assessees, the Notification states the effective date is 01.04.2017. However,
ITRs for A.Y. 2017-18 have not been modified and they still mention rates of
depreciation higher than 40%. Hence, it can be inferred that the above
amendment is applicable from next year (i.e. FY 2017-18) for assesses not
opting for section 115BA benefit.

 5.      CLAUSE 26 – Section 43B – Any tax, duty or other sum

        Section 43B has been
amended vide Finance Act (FA) 2016 to include any sum payable by the assessee
to the Indian Railways for the use of railway assets [Clause (g)]. For
instance, this clause will include amounts charged by Indian Railways to hire
out wagons. The disallowance under this clause does not include railway freight
payable as the same is towards service of transportation and not for use of
railway assets.

 6.      CLAUSE 31: ACCEPTANCE OR REPAYMENT OF LOAN OR DEPOSIT OR SPECIFIED
SUMS (SECTION 269SS/SECTION 269T)

         Substantial changes
have been made in clause 31 of Form 3CD dealing with above transactions.

         Earlier there were
three sub clauses in clause 31. In the amended form, there are five sub
clauses.
Sub-clause (a) deals with particulars of each loan or deposit
in an amount exceeding the limit specified in section 269SS taken or accepted
during the previous year. Sub-clause (b) deals with particulars of each specified
sum
in an amount exceeding the limit specified in section 269SS taken or
accepted during the previous year.

          In both the above
clauses, following details to be reported additionally:

            Whether the loan or deposit or specified sum
was taken or accepted by cheque or bank draft or use of electronic clearing
system through a bank account;

            in case the loan or deposit or specified sum
was taken or accepted by cheque or bank draft, whether the same was taken or
accepted by an account payee cheque or an account payee bank draft.

         In this regard,
reference may be made to amendment to sections 269SS and 269T by the Finance
Act 2015, whereby the scope of these sections was extended to transactions in
immovable property. Explanation to section 269SS defines the term specified sum
as money receivable as advance or otherwise in relation to transfer of an
immovable property, whether or not transfer has taken place. Explanation to
section 269T defines the term specified sum as money in the nature of advance
or otherwise in relation to transfer of an immovable property, whether or not
transfer has taken place. This definition does not distinguish between capital
asset or stock in trade. So the scope of this section is very wide. All
transactions in immovable property exceeding the threshold will have to be
reported in this clause.

        Sub-clause (c) deals
with particulars of each repayment of loan or deposit or any specified sum in
an amount exceeding the limit specified in section 269T made during the
previous year. In addition to the existing details, the following details are
to be reported additionally:

     – whether the repayment
was made by cheque or bank draft or use of electronic clearing system through a
bank account;

     – in case the repayment
was made by cheque or bank draft, whether the same was taken or accepted by an
account payee cheque or an account payee bank draft

          In addition to the
above changes, two new sub- clauses (d) and (e) are inserted:

       Sub-clause (d) deals
with particulars of repayment of loan or deposit or any specified sum in
an amount exceeding the limit specified in section 269T received otherwise
than by a cheque or bank draft or use of electronic clearing system through a
bank account during the previous year.
Sub-clause (e) deals with
particulars of repayment of loan or deposit or any specified sum in an
amount exceeding the limit specified in section 269T received by a cheque or
bank draft which is not an account payee cheque or account payee bank draft during the previous year.

           Following details are
required to be given in these clauses:

(i) name, address and
Permanent Account Number (if available with the assessee) of the payer;

(ii) amount of loan or deposit or any specified advance received
otherwise than by a cheque or bank draft or use of electronic clearing system
through a bank account during the previous year / received by a cheque or bank
draft which is not an account payee cheque or account payee bank draft during
the previous year.

        The reporting
requirement in respect of section 269T was earlier applicable only in case of
the person making the repayment of loan or deposit or any specified advance.
Under the new clause 31, reporting is also to be done by the recipient. So the
person who receives any repayment of loan or deposit or any specified sum
in an amount exceeding the limit specified in section 269T, will have to
scrutinize the mode of repayment and report whether any repayment is received
by him otherwise than by a cheque or bank draft or use of electronic
clearing system through a bank account during the previous year or received by
a cheque or bank draft which is not an account payee cheque or account payee
bank draft during the previous year.
This information will enable the
department to initiate penalty proceedings u/s. 271E against the person who has
made the repayment in contravention of section 269T.

 7.      Cash 
deposits  during
demonetisation period – Impact on     Clause 16 (a) & 16(d)

         Cash deposits in the
bank accounts due to demonetisation would be very common. This needs to be
dealt with diligently as it might have consequences on taxable income of the
assessee. Clause 16 of the tax audit report requires reporting of certain
amounts not credited to the Profit & Loss A/c. It has several sub-clauses
out of which the followings may be relevant:

(a) the items falling within
the scope of section 28

(d) any other item of income

        It might be possible
that cash has been deposited in personal bank account of the assessee (who has
a proprietary concern) and it does not form part of the books of account
related to his business which have been audited. In such case, the auditor
should not be concerned about its source and evidences in that regard as the
scope of audit is restricted only to the books of account related to the
business or profession of the assessee.

        However, when cash
has been deposited in the regular bank account of the business and has also
been recorded in the books of account which are subject to audit, the auditor
needs to consider the following aspects:

  Whether
it is out of the balance available in the cash book as on that particular date?

  Are
there any irregular / unusual receipts which are recorded in the cash book
which have increased the cash balance matching with deposit into bank account?

   What
is the source of such receipts and are there sufficient audit evidences
available to justify it?

        In case of companies,
the disclosure made in the financial statements pursuant to MCA Notification GSR
308(E) dated 31-3-2017 should also be taken into account while reviewing the
above aspects. One may need to ascertain, especially in case of non corporate
assessees, that the available cash balance shown as on 31st March
consist of permitted / non SBN currency to ensure accuracy and validity of cash
balance.

          The
reporting under the specific clause as mentioned above or reporting of
qualification at the appropriate place in Form No. 3CA/3CB may be considered
depending upon outcome of the inquiry made in this regard. Where sufficient and
reliable audit evidences are not available justify the source of cash deposits,
the auditor may qualify his report by incorporating suitable qualification in
Form No. 3CA/3CB.

E-Assessments – Insights on Proceedings

In 2006, the Indian government introduced
mandatory e-filing of income tax returns by the corporate assesses. Later on,
this was extended to other types of assessees and since then, the digitisation
in this area has progressed for betterment. Gradually, a lot of facilities have
been provided through the official e-filing website of income tax like checking
refund status and demand status, filing of online rectifications, viewing 26AS
for the ease of tax payers etc.

Until now, processing of returns is done by
two ways, i.e. summary assessments u/s. 143(1) and scrutiny assessment u/s.
143(3). In summary assessment, the arithmetical accuracy of returns filed like
errors in interest calculation or claim of credit u/s. 26AS or any such errors
are checked by Centralised Processing Centre (CPC) on e-filing of return of
income. Intimation is thereby sent to the taxpayer by email determining a
demand, refund or just accepting the return as filed, if there are no errors.
Tax payer can file a response to this intimation online on the e-filing portal.
In the latter case of scrutiny assessment, the case is transferred from CPC to
the jurisdictional Income Tax Officer of the assessee to analyse the case in detail.

A scrutiny assessment requires submission of
lot of paper work, evidences and submission of basically everything which the
Assessing officer (AO) desires. Also, the assessee is required to be present
every time the AO will request attendance by way of notice. The entire process
of filing heaps of paper with several meetings and of course, a never-ending
wait outside the officer’s cabin has made the entire process of assessment time
consuming and cumbersome, not to mention the menace of growing corruption in
the whole practice.

As a part of the e-governance initiative and
with a view to facilitate a simple way of communication between the Department
and the taxpayer, through electronic means, the Central Board of Direct Taxes
(CBDT), the policy making body of income tax department, launched its pilot
project on E-assessment proceedings in October, 2015. The idea was to reduce
human interface in the proceedings and to bring transparency and speed.

Initially, the pilot project was launched in
5 metro cities i.e. in Ahmedabad, Bengalaru, Chennai, Delhi and Mumbai where a
few non corporate assessees were assessed through notices and replies shared
through electronic mails (E- mails) and through e-portal of income tax, and
later on it was extended to another two metros – Kolkata and Hyderabad. This
pilot project was successful in these 7 cities. A latest blue print prepared by
the department on the subject states that the number of paperless or
e-assessments over the internet has seen growth in the last three years. It
also said that a simple analysis of the figures states that the growth in the
number of cases being processed in an e-environment has jumped slightly over 78
times. As digital platform is now available to conduct end to end scrutiny
proceedings, CBDT has decided to utilise it in a widespread manner for conduct
of proceedings in scrutiny cases.    

The Finance Bill, 2016 proposed to amend
various provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961 read with Rule 127 of Income Tax
Rules, 1962 and the Notification No. 2/2016 issued by the Central Board of
Direct Taxes (CBDT) which aimed to provide adequate legal framework for
e-assessment, in order to enhance the efficiency and reduce the burden of
compliance.

Accordingly, section 282A is amended so as
to provide that notices and documents required to be issued by income-tax
authority under the Act shall be issued by such authority either in paper form
or in electronic form in accordance with
such procedure as may be prescribed. Also, sub-section (23C) is inserted to
section 2 so as to define the words “Hearing” to include the communication of
data and documents through electronic mode.

The Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT)
vide Income-tax (18th Amendment) Rules, 2015 had notified Rule 127
for Service of notice, summons, requisition, order and other communication on 2nd
December 2015. This rule states the manner of communications through physical
and electronic transmission. Also, the Principal Director General of Income tax
(Systems) has specified by Notification No. 2/2016, the procedure, formats and
standards for ensuring secured transmission of electronic communication in
exercise of the powers conferred under sub-rule (3) of Rule 127. So, all the e-
assessment proceedings will be governed by the above stated section, rule and
notification.

Who and what is covered under E-assessments?

  All
taxpayers who are registered under the e-filing portal of income tax –
http//:incometaxindiaefiling.gov.in are technically covered by this initiative.

 –  The
new regime is voluntary for the tax payer and the tax payer can choose between
the e-proceedings through electronic media or the existing manual assessment
proceedings with the income tax department.

 –  The
E-functionality shall be open for all types of notices, questionnaires, and
letters issued under various sections of the Income-tax Act, 1961, and it shall
cover the following:

    Regular Assessment
proceedings u/s. 143(3).

    Transfer pricing
assessments.

    Penalty proceedings under various
sections.

    Revision assessments.

    Proceedings in first
appeal for hearing notice.

   Proceedings for granting
or rejecting registrations u/s. 12AA, 80G or other exemptions.

    Proceedings for seeking
clarification for resolving e-nivaran grievances.

   Rectification applications
and proceedings and any other things which may be notified in future.

 Step by step procedure of E-assessment
proceedings
:

   All
the notices and questionnaires will be visible to the taxpayers after they log
onto the income tax e-filing website under “E-proceeding” tab and the same
shall also be sent to the registered email address of the taxpayer. In case a
taxpayer wishes to communicate through any other alternative email ID, the same
may be informed to the officer in writing. All mails from the income-tax
department for the e-assessment proceedings should be sent through the
designated email ID of the assessing officer having the official domain, for
eg: domain@incometax.gov.in.

 –   Also,
a text message will also be required to be sent on the mobile number of the
taxpayer registered on the e-filing website.

 –  Notice
received u/s. 143(2) should clearly mention the nature of scrutiny as “Limited
Scrutiny” or “Complete Scrutiny” as the case may be, along with issues
identified for examination i.e. reason for selection by the Assessing Officer
is supposed to have detailed description related to the case collected from
AIR, CIB and other sources.

 –   All
notices/questionnaires/communications sent by department through e-proceeding
shall be digitally signed by the Assessing officer.

 –  The
ITO along with these correspondences shall also send a letter by email seeking
consent for use of email based communication of paperless assessment. However,
the assessee will have the choice to opt out of the e-proceedings and this can
be communicated by sending a response through e-filing website. Also, the
assessee can, even after he has opted for e-assessment proceedings, at any time
choose to switch to manual proceedings with prior mention to the Assessing
Officer.
This should remove apprehensions about limiting the right to
being heard.

 –  Manual
mode can also be adopted for those assessees who are not registered on the
E-filing website of The Income-tax Department or if the Income-tax Authority so
decides with specific reasons which should be recorded in writing and approved
by the immediate supervisory authority.

 – Response
should be submitted in PDF format as attachments and the size of attachments in
a single email cannot exceed 10MB. In case total size of the attachments
exceeds 10 MB, then the tax payer shall split the attachment and send in as
many emails as may be required to adhere to the limit of the attachment size of
10MB per mail. Alternatively, responses may also be sent in e-filing website
through e-proceeding tab available.

 –  The
Assessee will be able to view the entire history of
notice/questionnaire/letter/orders on ‘My Account’ tab on the e-filing website
of the department, if the same has been submitted under this procedure.

 –  All
email communications between the tax officer and taxpayer shall also be copied
to e-assessment@incometax.gov.in for audit trail purposes.

   In
order to facilitate a final date and time for e-submission, the facility to
submit a response will be auto closed 7 days prior to the Time-Barring (TB)
date, if any. If there is no statutorily prescribed TB date, then the
income-tax authority can, on his volition, close the e-submission whenever the
compliance time is over or when the final order or decision is under
preparation to avoid last minute submissions. The authority shall close
proceedings in such case after mentioning in the electronic order sheet that
‘hearing has been concluded’        

 –  Once
the proceeding is closed or completed by the income-tax authority, e-submission
will not be allowed from assessee.

 – Once
the scrutiny/hearing is completed, the tax officer shall pass the assessment
order/final letter and email it in PDF format to the taxpayer and the same will
also be uploaded on the e-filing portal of the user.

Salient Features of CBDT’s Instruction no.9/2017
dated 29th September, 2017:

CBDT vide its Instruction No. 8/2017 dated
29th September, 2017 has brought about various aspects of conducting
assessments electronically in cases which are getting time barred by limitation
during the financial year 2017-18.

 –  All
time barring scrutiny assessments pending as on 1st October 2017,
where hearing has not been completed shall be now migrated to e-proceeding
module on ITBA. An intimation informing the same shall be sent by the AO to
assessee before 8th October, 2017.

 –  In
respect of ‘limited scrutiny’ cases, now an option has been made available to
the assessee to give his consent to conduct e-proceeding of their scrutiny
assessment. The consent is required to be submitted before 15th October,
2017.

 –  Scrutiny
cases which are covered as above or cases where assessee has opted for manual
proceedings, all time barring assessments u/s. 153C/53A or any specific time
barring proceedings such as proceedings before the transfer pricing officer,
before the Range head u/s. 144A shall be continued to be conducted
manually. 

 –  
Assessment proceedings being carried out through e–proceeding facility may
under following situations take place manually:

    Where manual books of
accounts or original documents needs to be examined.

    Where AO invokes
provisions of section 131 of the Act or notice has been issued for any third
party investigation/enquiries.

    Where examination of
witness is required to be made by the concerned assessee or department.

    Where a show cause notice
has been issued to the assessee expressing any adverse views and assessee
requests for personal hearing to explain the matter.

   In
time barring ‘limited scrutiny cases’ or seven metros under email based
assessment where now proceedings will be conducted through e-proceeding
facility, the records related to earlier case proceedings shall be continued to
be treated as part of assessment records. In these cases, case records as well
as note sheet of subsequent proceedings through e-proceeding shall be maintained
electronically.                       

 Advantages if the taxpayer opts for the
scheme:

  It
shall certainly save a lot of time and money of the tax payer contrary to the
existing scenario, where most of the time goes in travelling to the income tax
offices and being present personally before the officer, as also waiting
outside the cabins of the officers.

 –  No
bulky submissions are required to be made physically anymore, so this will
definitely reduce the compliance burden on the assessee. It will also result in
saving of tonnes of paper.

 –   Facilitates
ease of operation for both the taxpayer as well as the Income Tax Officer.
Taxpayer can at anytime, and from anywhere, reply to the questionnaires and
notices issued by the Income Tax Officer.

 – Taxpayer
and Assessing Officer can track a complete record of any number of proceedings
between the two, thus offering stability and uniformity.

 – The
e-assessment process will limit the interactions between the taxman and the
taxpayer and will improve transparency in the entire course of assessments,
accordingly helping in reducing corruption in the system.

  The
taxpayer has flexibility any time at his discretion to opt out of this scheme
with prior intimation to the Assessing Officer.

 Prospective issues which may occur:

  The
complete proceedings of e-assessments are based on technology and hence, the
system shall totally depend on the timely and appropriate two way communication
between the tax payer and the tax officer and also the simplicity the system
provides.

 –  Currently,
many tax payers are reluctant to opt for e-assessments, worrying that it will
be difficult to make a complex representation.

 –  For
assessments where voluminous data and details are asked by the assessing
officer, it may be a challenge to upload everything online within the given
limit of 10 MB, and may also become an onerous task at the same time.

 –  Once
the proceedings are closed by the officer, no e-submission of the assessee will
be accepted, one has to wait and watch the consequences of genuine defaults and
delays.

   The
proceedings can be a nightmare for senior citizens who may not be technology
savvy to use this service, so they may opt for manual proceedings only.

However, given the limited hardships it has,
the expediency offered by the paperless proceedings cannot be neglected. The
time and cost saved in consultants, record keeping, and making personal
representations are worth appreciating. Considering the significance of
technology in today’s era, it is a welcome move by the government towards
digitalisation of India.

The e-proceedings are hassle free and cannot
be tampered with under vigilant cyber security laws. If best practices are
adopted by the taxmen and the taxpayer towards the e-proceedings, it shall
prove to be a historic change in the tax systems of the country. A large number
of assessments today are done based on asking for details and data and seeking
justifications and explanations; this option should help such assessees.

The success of the scheme shall depend upon
the ease of operation in e-proceedings, acceptance of tax officers to get acquainted
with it and the willingness of the taxpayers to opt for it. _

 

The Finance Act 2018

1.  INTRODUCTION:

1.1  The Finance Minister, Shri Arun Jaitley, has
presented his last full Budget of the present Government for 2018-19 in the
Parliament on 1st February, 2018. This Budget can be described as
Pro-Poor and Pro-Farmer Budget. The Budget contains several schemes for
Agriculture and Rural Economy, Health, Education and Social Protection,
Encouragement to Medium, Small and Micro Enterprises (MSME), Employment
Generation, Improving Public Service Delivery etc.

1.2  The Finance Minister has summarized his views
about economic reforms in Para 3 of his Budget Speech.

1.3  In the field of Direct Taxes he has made some
amendments in the Income-tax Act. These amendments can be classified under the
following heads.

 

(i)    Tax Incentives for
promoting post-harvest activities  of
agriculture;

(ii)   Employment Generation;

(iii)   Incentive for Real
Estate;

(iv)  Incentive to MSMEs.

(v)   Relief to Salaried
Taxpayers;

(vi)  Relief to Senior
Citizens;

(vii)  Tax Incentives for
International Financial Services Centre (IFSC)

(viii) Measures to Control cash
Economy,

(ix)  Rationalisation of Long
term Capital Gains Tax.

(x)   Health and Education Cess

(xi)  E-Assessments

 

1.4  Out of the above, the
major amendment in the Income tax Act relates to levy of Long-term Capital
Gains Tax on Shares and Units of Equity Oriented Mutual Funds on which
Securities Transaction Tax (STT) is paid. Hitherto, this long term capital gain
was exempt from tax. This one proposal will bring in about Rs.20,000 crore
additional revenue to the Government. The logic for this new levy is explained
in Para 155 of the Budget Speech.

1.5  This year’s Budget and
the Finance Bill, 2018, has been passed, with some procedural amendments,
suggested by the Finance Minister, by the Parliament without any debate. The
Finance Act, 2018, has received the assent of the President on 29th
March, 2018. Most of the amendments in the Income-tax Act have come into force
from 1.4.2018 i.e. F.Y. 2018-19 (A.Y. 2019-20). In this Article some of the
important amendments in the Income-tax Act have been discussed.

 

2.  RATES OF TAXES:

2.1  There are no changes in
tax rates or tax slabs in the case of non-corporate assessees. There is no change
in the rates of surcharge applicable to all assessees. Similarly, there is no
change in the rebate from tax allowable u/s. 87A of the Income-tax Act.

 

2.2 The existing Education Cess (2%) and Secondary and Higher
Education Cess (1%) levied on tax payable has now been replaced from A.Y.
2019-20 by a new cess called “Health and Education Cess” at 4% of the tax
payable by all assessees.

 

2.3 In the case of domestic companies, there are some modifications
as under w.e.f. A.Y. 2019-20:

 

(i)  At present, where the
total turnover or gross receipts of a company does not exceed Rs. 50 cr., in
F.Y. 2015-16, the rate of tax is 25%. From A.Y. 2019-20, it is provided that
where the turnover or gross receipts of a company does not exceed Rs. 250 cr.,
in F.Y. 2016-17, the rate of tax will be 25%. This will benefit many small and
medium size companies.

 

(ii)  In the case of a
Domestic company which is newly set up on or after 1.3.2016, which complies
with the provisions of section 115BA, the rate of tax is 25% at the option of
the company.

(iii) In all
other cases, the rate of tax will be 30%.


2.4   There are no changes in the rates of tax and
surcharge chargeable to foreign companies. The rate of education cess is
increased from 3% to 4% as stated above.

2.5  As stated earlier, one major amendment this
year relates to levy of tax on long term capital gain on transfer of shares and
units of equity Oriented Mutual Funds on which STT is paid. Hitherto, this
capital gain was exempt from tax. By insertion of a new section 112A, it is now
provided that in respect of transfer of such shares or units on or after
1.4.2018, the long term capital gain in excess of Rs. 1 Lakh will be taxable at
the rate of 10% plus applicable surcharge and cess.

2.6  There is no change in the rate of Minimum
Alternate Tax (MAT) chargeable to companies. However, in the case of a Unit
owned by a non-corporate assessee located in an International Financial
Services Centre (IFSC), the rate of AMT payable u/s. 115 JC in respect of
income derived in foreign currency has been reduced from 18.5% to 9% plus
applicable Surcharge and Cess.

2.7  Section 115-O is amendment to levy tax at
the  rate of 30% plus applicable
surcharge and cess on a closely held company in respect of any loan given to a
related party to whom section 2(22) (e) applies. Hitherto, tax was payable by
the person receiving such loan u/s. 2(22)(e). This burden is now shifted to the
company giving such loan and the person receiving such will not be liable to
pay any tax from A.Y. 2019-20.

      

2.8  Section 115R has been amended to provide for
levy of tax on Mutual Fund in aspect of income distributed to Unit holders of
equity oriented mutual fund. This tax is at the rate of 10% plus applicable
surcharge and cess.

 

2.9  In view of the above, the effective maximum
marginal rate of tax (including surcharge and Health & Education Cess) for
A.Y. 2019-20 will be as under:

 

Assessee

Up to Rs. 50 lakhs

Above Rs.50 lakhs and up to Rs.1 crore.

Above Rs. 1 cr., and up to Rs.10 cr.

Above
Rs.10 cr.

Individual,
HUF etc.

31.2%

34.32%

35.88%

35.88%

Firms
(including LLP)

31.2%

31.2%

34.944%

34.944%

Domestic
Companies with turnover / gross receipts in F.Y.2016-17 not exceeding Rs. 250
cr.

26%

26%

27.82%

29.12%

New
Domestic Companies complying with the  conditions of section 115BA

26%

26%

27.82%

29.12%

Other
Domestic Companies

31.2%

31.2%

33.384%

34.944%

Foreign
Companies

41.6%

41.6%

42.432%

43.68%

 

2.10  Commodities
Transaction Tax:

The Finance
Act, 2013, has been amended to provided that the Commodities Transaction Tax
(CTT) shall be payable at the following Rates w.e.f. 1.4.2018.

 

Sr. No.

Taxable
Commodities Transaction

Rate

Tax payable
by

1

Sale of a
Commodity derivative

0.01%

Seller

2

Sale of an
option on Commodity derivative

0.05%

Seller

3

Sale of an
option on commodity derivative, where option is exercised

0.0001%

Purchaser

 

3.   TAX DEDUCTION AT SOURCE:

(i)   7.75% Savings (Taxable) Bonds, 2018 – Section 193           

              

It is now provided
tax shall be deducted at source on interest exceeding Rs. 10,000/- payable on
the above Bonds at the rates provided in section 193.

           

(ii) Interest on Deposits by Senior Citizens – Section
194A

 

Section 194A has
been amended w.e.f. 1.4.2018 to provide that tax will not be deducted at source
by a Bank, Co-operative Bank or Post Office in respect of interest upto Rs.
50,000/- on a deposit made by a Senior Citizen. 
It may be noted that under the newly inserted section 80TTB, it is now
provided that in the case of a Senior Citizen, deduction of interest up to Rs.
50,000/- received from a bank, co-operative bank or post office on all deposits
will be allowed for computing the Total Income.

 

4.   EXEMPTIONS
AND DEDUCTIONS:

4.1  Exemption
on withdrawal from NPS  – Section 10(12A)

At present,
withdrawal by an employee contributing to National Pension Scheme (NPS),
referred to in section 80CCD, on closure of account or opting out of the Scheme
is exempt from tax to the extent of 40% of the amount withdrawn on closure of
the account or opting out of the scheme.

The benefit of
this exemption u/s. 10(12A) is now extended to all other persons who are
subscribers to the NPS from the A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19). It may be noted
that the exemption given for partial withdrawal from NPS to employees u/s.
10(12B) from A.Y. 2018-19 has not been extended to other assessees.

4.2 Exemption from Long term Capital Gains Tax –
Section 10(38)

At present, long
term capital gain on transfer of equity shares of a company or units of equity
oriented Mutual Fund is exempt from tax u/s. 10(38) if STT is paid. This
exemption is now withdrawn by amendment of this section w.e.f. 1.4.2018. This
issue is discussed in detail in Para 9 under the head “Capital Gains.”


4.3  Deduction
from Gross Total Income – Section 80AC

At present,
Section 80AC provides that deductions u/s. 80 – IA, 80-IAB, 80-IB, 80-IC, 80-ID
or 80-IE will not be allowed if the assessee has not filed the return of Income
before the due date mentioned u/s. 139(1) of the Income tax Act. This section
is now amended w.e.f. A/Y: 2018-19 (F.Y:2017-18) to provide that deduction in
respect of Income under sections 80 H to 80 RRB (Part “C” of Chapter VIA) will
not be allowed if the return of Income is not filed within the time allowed
u/s. 139(1).


4.4  Deduction
for Health Insurance Premium –
Section 80D

At present, the amount paid for health
insurance  premium, preventive health
check-up or medical expenses is allowed to Senior Citizens upto Rs.
30,000/.  This limit is increased, by
amendment of Section 80D from A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19), to Rs. 50,000/-.
This amendment applies to all Senior Citizens (including Very Senior Citizens).

A new subsection
(4A) is added to provide that where the amount has been paid in Lump Sum to
keep in force an Insurance Policy on the health of the specified person for
more than a year, then deduction will be allowed in each year, on proportionate
basis, during which the insurance is in force.

4.5  Deduction for
medical treatment for Special Diseases – Section 80DDB

 At present,
Section 80DDB provides for deduction for medical expenses in respect of certain
critical illness, as specified in Rule 11DD. In the case of a Senior Citizen
this deduction is allowable upto Rs. 60,000/-. In the case of a very Senior
Citizen, the limit for this deduction is Rs. 80,000/-.  By amendment of this
section from  A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y.
2018-19), this limit for Senior Citizens (including very Senior Citizens) is
increased to Rs.1,00,000/-.

4.6  Incentives
to Start – Ups – Section 80 IAC

Section 80IAC
provides for 100% deduction of profits of an eligible start-up for three
consecutive years out of seven years beginning from the year of its
incorporation.  This section is amended
with retrospective effect from A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18). Some of the
conditions for eligibility of this exemption have been relaxed as under.

(i)  At present, this benefit is available to an
eligible start-up incorporated between 01.04.2016 to 31.03.2019. Now it is
provided that this benefit can be claimed by a start-up incorporated between
01.04.2016 to 31.03.2021.

(ii)  At present, this benefit is available to an
eligible start-up only if the total turnover of the business does not exceed
Rs. 25 crore during any of the years between F.Y. 2016-17 to F.Y. 2020-21. It
is now provided that this benefit can be claimed if the total turnover of the
business in the year for which the deduction is claimed does not exceed Rs. 25
crore.

(iii)  The definition of the term “Eligible
Business” has been substituted by a new definition as under;

“Eligible
Business” means a business carried out by an eligible start-up engaged in
innovation, development or improvement of Products or processes or services or
a scalable business model with a high potential of employment generation or
wealth creation.”

From the above,
it will be noticed that the existing requirement of development of ‘new
products’ and of the business being driven by technology or intellectual
property is now removed.

4.7  Incentives
for Employment Generation – Section 80 JJAA

(i) Section 80JJ
AA has been amended from A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19). This section provides for
an additional deduction of 30% in respect of salary and other emoluments paid
to eligible new employees who are employed for a minimum period of 240 days
during the year. At present, this requirement of 240 days of employment in a
year is relaxed to 150 days in the case of Apparel Industry. This concession
has now been extended to “Footwear and Leather” industry.

(ii)  The above deduction is available for a period
of 3 consecutive years from the year in which the new employee is employed. The
amendment in the section now provides that where the new employee is employed
in a particular year for less than  240 /
150 days but in the immediately succeeding year such employee is employed for
more than 240/150 days, he shall be deemed to have been employed in the
succeeding year. In such a case, the benefit of this section can be claimed in
such succeeding year and also in the two immediately succeeding years.

 4.8  Incentive to
Producer Companies – New Section 80 PA

(i)  Section 80PA is a new section inserted from
A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19). This section provides that a Producer Company (as
defined in section 581 A (l) of the Companies Act, 1956) shall be entitled to
claim deduction of 100% of its profits from eligible business during 5 years
i.e. A.Y. 2019-20 to A.Y. 2024-25. This benefit can be claimed by such a
company only in the year in which its turnover is less than Rs.100 crore.

For this
purpose, the eligible business is defined to mean-

(a) The
marketing of Agricultural Produce grown by its members;                       

(b) The purchase
of agricultural implements, seeds, livestock or other articles intended for
agriculture for the purpose of supplying to its members.

(c) The
processing of the agricultural produce of its members.

(ii)  It may be noted that the provisions of
section 581A to 581 ZT of the Companies Act, 1956 are applicable also to
Producer Companies registered under the Companies Act, 2013, by virtue of
section 465 of the Companies Act, 2013. The term ‘Producer Company’ is defined
in section 581A(l) and the term “Member” of such company is defined in section
581A (d).

 (iii)  It may be noted that the above deduction u/s.
80PA will be allowed in respect of the above 100% income included in the Gross
Total Income after reducing any other deduction claimed under Chapter VIA of
the Income-tax Act. It may further be noted that the above benefit of deduction
of 100% income is not available while computing book profits u/s.115 JB.
Therefore, such producer company will be required to pay MAT under Section 115
JB.

(iv)  Further, it may be noted that the above
benefit given under sections 80IAC, 80 JJAA or 80 PA will not be available if
the assessee does not file its return of income before the due date as provided
in section 139(1) in view of the fact that section 80AC is amended from A.Y. 2019-20.

4.9  Deduction
of Interest on Bank Deposits by Senior Citizens New Section 80TTB

(i)  At present, interest received on savings
account with a bank, co-operative bank or post office upto Rs. 10,000/- is
allowed as deduction in the case of an individual or HUF u/s. 80TTA. By an
amendment of section 80TTA, it is now provided that the said section shall not
apply to a Senior Section from A/Y:2019-20 (F.Y:2018-19).

(ii)  To give additional benefit to a Senior
Citizen (An Individual whose age is 60 years or more), a new section 80TTB is
inserted from A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19). This section provides that in the
case of a Senior Citizen deduction can be claimed upto Rs. 50,000/- in respect
of interest on any deposit (savings, recurring deposit, fixed deposit etc.)
with a bank, co-operative bank or post office. This deduction cannot be claimed
by a Senior Citizen who holds any such deposit on behalf of a Firm, AOP or BOI
in which he is a partner or member. As stated earlier, the bank, co-operative
bank or post office will not be required to deduct tax at source u/s. 194A from
the interest upto Rs. 50,000/- on such deposit.

 

5.   CHARITABLE
TRUSTS:

Sections 10(23C)
and 11 have been amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y2018-19) to provide for
certain restrictions while computing the income applied for objects of the
Trust. These sections apply to Educational Trusts, Hospitals and other Public
Charitable or Religious Trusts, which claim exemption u/s. 10(23C) or Section
11. It is now provided that restrictions on cash payment u/s. 40A(3) / (3A) and
consequences of non-deduction of tax at source u/s. 40 (a)(ia) will apply to
these Trusts. In other words, any payment in excess of Rs. 10,000/- made to a
person, in a day, otherwise than by an account payee cheque / bank draft will
not be considered as application of income to the objects of the Trust. Similarly,
if any payment is made to a person by way of salary, brokerage, interest,
professional fees, rent etc., on which tax is required to be deducted at
source under Chapter XVII of the Income-tax Act, and is not so deducted or paid
to the Government, the same will not be considered as application of income to
the extent provided in section 40(a)(ia). It may be noted that u/s. 40(a) (ia),
it is provided that 30% of such payment will not be allowed as deduction. Thus,
30% of the amount paid by the Trust without deduction of tax will not be
considered as application of income to the objects of the Trust.  Therefore, all public trusts claiming
exemption under the above sections will have to be careful while making
payments for scholarships, donations, professional fees, rent and other
expenses as they have to make sure that they comply with the provisions of
section 40A(3), 40A(3A) and 40(a) (ia).

 

6.   INCOME
FROM SALARY:

Sections 16 and
17 have been amended from A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19). The effect of these amendments
is
as under:

(i)  All salaried employees will now be allowed
standard deduction of Rs. 40,000/- while computing income from salary u/s 16
and 17. This deduction can be claimed by persons getting pension from the
employer.

(ii)  At present, exemption is given to the
employee in respect of reimbursement of medical expenses incurred upto Rs.
15,000/- while computing perquisites u/s 17. This exemption is withdrawn from
A.Y. 2019-20 as standard deduction is now allowed.

(iii)  At present, u/s. 10(14)(i) read with Rule
2BB, an employee can claim deduction upto Rs. 1,600/- P.M. by way of transport
allowance while computing the income from salary. As stated in Para 151 of the
Budget Speech, this benefit will be withdrawn from A.Y. 2019-20 as standard
deduction is now allowed.

The above
amendment will reduce compliance burden of providing and maintaining records
relating to medical expenditure incurred by the employees. The net effect of
the above amendment will be that a salaried employee will get additional
deduction of Rs. 5800/- in the computation of Salary Income.

7.   INCOME
FROM BUSINESS OR PROFESSION:

7.1  Compensation
or termination or modification of contracts – Section 28(ii)

Section 28(ii)
is now amended from A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19) to provide that any
compensation or other payments (whether of a revenue or capital nature) due to
or received by an assessee on termination of a contract relating to its
business will now be treated as its business income. Similarly, any such amount
due or received on modification of the terms and conditions of such contract
shall also be considered as business income.

7.2  Trading
in Agricultural Commodity Derivatives

At present,
section 43(5) considers a transaction of trading in commodity derivatives
carried on a recognised association which is chargeable to Commodities
Transactions Tax (CTT) as non-speculative. Since no CTT is payable on
transactions of Agriculture Commodity Derivatives, this section is amended from
A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19) to provide that in case of trading in Agricultural
Commodity Derivatives the condition of chargeability of CTT shall not apply.

7.3  Full Value of
Consideration for Transfer of assets

Section 43CA,
50C and 56(2)(X) have been amended from A/Y:2019-20  (F.Y:2018-19) giving some relief in
computation of full value of consideration for transfer of Immovable Property.
Briefly stated, the effect of these amendments is as under:

(i)  At present, section 43CA(1) provides that in
case of transfer of any land or building or both, held as stock-in-trade, the
value adopted or assessed or assessable by Stamp Duty Authority (Stamp Duty
Value) shall be deemed to be the full value of the consideration, if the actual
consideration is less. Similarly, section 50C, dealing with transfer of land,
building or both held as capital asset and section 56(2) (X) dealing with
receipt of consideration by any person on transfer of land, building or both
contains a similar provision.

(ii)  In order to provide some relief in cases of
such transactions, the above sections are amended to provide that where Stamp
Duty Value does not exceed the actual consideration by more than 5% of the
actual consideration, no adjustment under these sections will be made and
actual consideration will be considered as full value of the consideration.
Thus, if the sale consideration is Rs.1,00,000/- and the stamp duty value is
Rs. 1,04,000/- the sale consideration will be considered as full value of the
consideration.

(iii)  If, however, the Stamp Duty Value is more
than 5% of the actual consideration, the Stamp Duty Valuation will be
considered as the full value of the consideration. Thus, if the sale
consideration is Rs. 1,00,000/- and the stamp duty value is Rs. 1,06,000/-, the
stamp duty value will be considered as full value of the consideration.

7.4  Presumptive Taxation – Section 44 AE

Section 44 AE
provides for computation of income on a presumptive basis in the case of
business of plying, hiring or leasing of goods carriers carried on by an
assessee who owns not more than 10 goods carriers at any time during the year.
At present, this section does not provide for presumptive income rates based on
capacity of vehicles. Therefore, this section is amended effective from A.Y.
2019-20(F.Y. 2018-19) to provide that in respect of heavy goods vehicles (i.e.
where gross vehicle weight is more than 12000 Kilograms) the presumptive income
u/s. 44AE will be computed at the rate of Rs. 1,000/- per tonne of gross
vehicle weight or Unladen weight, as the case may be, for every month or part
of the month or such higher amount as earned by the assessee. In the case of
vehicles, other than heavy vehicles, the presumptive income shall be Rs.
7,500/- from each goods vehicle for every month or part of the month during
which the vehicle is owned by the assesse or such higher income as earned by
the assessee. The other conditions of the existing section 44 AE will continue
to apply to the assesse who opts to be assessed on presumptive income under
this section.

 7.5  Carry forward
and set-off of Losses – Section 79

At present,
section 79 allows carry forward and set off of loses by a closely held company
only if the beneficial ownership of shares carrying at least 51% of the voting
power, as on the last day of the year in which the loss is incurred, is
continued.

In order to give
relief to cases covered by Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, (IBC-2016)
this section is amended retrospectively from A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18). The
effect of the amendment is that the carry forward and set off of losses shall
be allowed, even if the change in the beneficial ownership of shares carrying
voting power is more than 51% as a result of the Resolution Plan under
IBC-2016, after providing an opportunity of hearing to the concerned
commissioner of Income tax. 

7.6  Taxation of
Book Profits – Section 115JB

(i)  Section 115 JB is amended from A.Y. 2018 – 19
(F.Y. 2017-18). – By this amendment, relief is given in the case of a company
against which an application for insolvency resolution has been admitted by the
Adjudicating Authority under IBC-2016. By this amendment it is now provided
that, from A.Y. 2018-19, the aggregate of unabsorbed depreciation and brought
forward losses, as per the books, shall be reduced in computing book profit.

(ii)  At present, the provisions of section 115JB
apply to Foreign Companies. Exception is made for companies which have no
permanent establishment in India and which are residents of countries with whom
India has entered into Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (DTAA). The exception is
also made with regard to companies resident of other countries with which there
is no DTAA and which are not required to seek registration under any applicable
laws. The section is now amended retrospectively from A.Y. 2001-02 to provide
that this section will not apply to foreign companies opting for presumptive
taxation under sections 44B, 44BB, 44BBA or 44BBB, where total income of such
companies comprises solely of income from business referred to in these sections
and such income has been offered for tax at the rates specified in those
sections.

8. INCOME computation AND DISCLOSURE
STANDARDS (ICDS):

8.1  Section 145(2) of the Income-tax Act
authorised the Central Government to notify ICDS. Accordingly, CBDT notified 10
ICDS by a Notification No. 87/2016 dated 29.09.2016. These ICDS came into force
from A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17). Under section 145(2), it is provided that
income from Business or Profession or Income from Other Sources should be
computed in accordance with ICDS. Further, ICDS applies to all assessees (other
than an Individual or HUF who is not required to get their accounts audited
u/s. 44AB) who follow the Mercantile System of Accounting for computation of
Income from Business or Profession or Income from Other Sources.

8.2 
The Delhi High Court, in the case of Chamber of Tax Consultants vs.
Union of India (252 Taxman 77)
have struck down some of the ICDS fully and
read down some of the ICDS partially holding them to be contrary to the
judicial precedents or the provisions of the Income-tax Act.

8.3  It may be noted that in the above judgement
of Delhi High Court ICDS –I (Accounting Policies) ICDS II (Valuation of
Inventories), ICDS VI (Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates), ICDS VII
(Government Grants), and Part “A” of ICDS VIII (Securities) have been held to
be Ultra vires the Income-tax Act and have been struck down. Further,
Para 10(a) and 12 of ICDS III (Construction Contracts), Para 5 and 6 of ICDS IV
(Revenue Recognition) and Para 5 of ICDS IX (Borrowing Costs) have been held to
be Ultra Vires the Act and therefore struck down.

8.4  In order to overcome the effect of the above
judgment of Delhi High Court specific provisions are made in sections 36(1)
(xviii), 40A(13), 43 AA, 43CB, 145A and 145B with retrospective effect from
A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17). In other words, these new provisions now validate
the objectionable provisions of ICDS which were struck down by the Delhi High
Court. The provisions of the above sections are as under:

(i)  Deduction
of marked-to-market loss

A new clause
(xviii) has been inserted in section 36(1) to provide for deduction of
marked-to-market loss or other expected loss as computed in accordance with the
ICDS VI. Further, a new sub-section (13) is inserted in Section 40A, to provide
that no deduction/ allowance of any marked-to market loss or other expected
loss shall be allowed, except those which are allowable as per the provisions
of section 36(1) (xviii).

(ii) Foreign Exchange Fluctuations – Section 43AA

New Section 43AA
has been inserted to provide that any gain or loss arising on account of any
change in foreign exchange rates shall be treated as income or loss, as the
case may be. Such gain or loss shall be computed in accordance with ICDS VI and
shall be in respect of all foreign currency transactions, including those
relating to –

(a) Monetary
items and non-monetary items

(b) Translation
of financial statements of foreign operations

(c) Forward
exchange contracts

(d) Foreign
currency translation reserve

The provisions
of this section are subject to the provisions of  section 43A.

(iii)  Income from Construction and Services Contracts –
Section 43 CB

New section 43CB
has been inserted to provide that –

 (a)  Profits and gains arising from a construction
contract shall be determined on the basis of percentage of completion method in
accordance with ICDS III, notified under section 145(2).

(b)  In respect of contract for providing services

(i) Where the duration of contract is not more
than 90 days, profits and gains from such service contract shall be determined
on the basis of project completion method;

(ii) Where the
contract involves indeterminate number of acts over a specific period of time,
profits and gains from such contract shall be determined on the basis of
straight line method;

(iii) In respect
of contracts not covered by (i) or (ii) above, profits and gains from such
service contract shall be determined on percentage of completion method in
accordance with ICDS III.

(c) For the
purpose of project completion method, percentage of completion method or
straight line method revenue shall include retention money and accordingly
retention money will be considered for the above purposes. Further, contract
costs shall not be reduced by any incidental income in the nature of interest,
dividend or capital gains.

(iv) Inventory valuation – section 145A

The existing
section 145A has been replaced by a new section 145A from A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y.
2016-17) to provide as under:

(a)  The valuation of inventory shall be made at
lower of actual cost or net realisable value computed in accordance with the
ICDS II. In case of securities held as inventory, it shall be valued as
follows:

 

Type of
Securities

Method of
Valuation

Securities
not listed on a recognised stock exchange or listed but not quoted on a
recognised stock exchange with regularity from time-to-time

At actual
cost initially recognised in accordance with the ICDS II

Securities
listed and quoted on a recognised stock exchange with regularity from
time-time

At lower of
actual cost or net realisable value in accordance with the ICDS II. The
comparison of actual cost and net realisable value shall be made category
wise.

In the case
of securities held as Inventory by a Scheduled Bank or a Public Financial
Institution

The
valuation shall be made as provided in ICDS II after taking into account the
applicable guidelines issued by the RBI

 

(b) The existing
section 145A provides for inclusion of the amount of any tax, duty, cess or fee
actually paid or incurred by the assesse to bring the goods to the place of its
location and condition as on the date of valuation of purchase and sale of
goods and inventory. The new section 145A retains the above provision and also
extends it to valuation of services. Therefore, services are required to be
valued inclusive of taxes which have been paid or incurred by the assesse.

(v)  Year of
taxability of certain Income – New section 145B

The applicable
ICDS provides for taxability of certain incomes even before they have accrued.
In order to validate such provisions of ICDS, the corresponding provisions have
also been incorporated in the new section 145B from the A.Y. 2017-18
(F.Y.2016-17) as follows:-

 

Type of
Income

Previous
year in which it shall be taxed

Any claim
for escalation of price in a contract or export incentives

Previous
year in which reasonable certainty of its realisation is achieved

Income
referred to in section 2(24) (xviii) i.e., subsidy, grant
etc.

Previous
year in which it is received, if not charged to tax in any earlier previous
year.

Interest
received by the assessee on any compensation or on enhanced compensation

Previous
year in which such interest is received


9.   CAPITAL
GAINS:

9.1  Long Term
Capital Gains On Transfer Of Quoted Shares And Securities

At present, long
term Capital Gain on transfer of quoted shares and Securities is exempt if
Securities Transaction Tax (STT) is paid on acquisition as well as on transfer
through Stock Exchange transactions. Now, under the new section 112A tax on
such long term capital gains on transfer of such shares and securities, on or
after 1.4.2018, will be payable at the rate of 10%. The rationale for this
proposal is explained by the Finance Minister in Para 155 of his Budget Speech.

9.2  Impact of New
Section 112A

The New Section
112A is inserted in the Income tax Act effective from A.Y. 2019-20 (i.e F.Y.
2018-19). Briefly stated, this new section provides as under.

(i) This section
will apply to transfer of following long term assets (hereinafter referred to
as “specified assets”) if the following conditions are satisfied.

(a) Quoted
Equity Shares on which STT is paid on acquisition as well as on sale. If such
shares are acquired before 1.10.2004 the condition for payment of STT on
acquisition will not apply. The Central Government will notify the cases where
the condition for payment of STT on acquisition will not apply.

(b) Units of
Equity Oriented Fund of a Mutual Fund and Business Trust on which STT is paid
at the time of redemption of the units. The above condition of payment of STT
will not apply where the transaction is entered into in an International
Financial Services Centre.

(ii) The rate of
tax on such Long term capital gains is 10% plus applicable surcharge and Health
and Education Cess on the capital gain in excess of Rs. 1 Lakh. If the capital
gain in any F.Y. is less than Rs. 1 Lakh no tax is payable on such capital gain

(iii) The cost
of acquisition of specified assets for computing capital gain in such cases
shall be computed as provided in section 55(2) (ac). This provision is as
under:-

If the above
specified assets are acquired before 1.2.2018 the cost of acquisition shall be
computed as per formula, given in section 55(2)(ac). According to this formula,
the cost of acquisition of the specified assets acquired on or before 31.1.2018
will be the actual cost. However, if the actual cost is less than the fair
market value of the specified assets as on 31.1.2018, the fair market value of
the specified assets as on 31.1.2018, will be deemed to be the cost of
acquisition.

Further, if the
full value of consideration on sale/transfer is less than the above fair market
value, then such full value of consideration or the actual cost, whichever is
higher, will be deemed to be the cost of acquisition.

Illustration to explain the above formula


 

A

B

C

D

Actual Cost
–Purchase prior to 1.2.2018

100

550

300

500

Market Value
as at 31/1/2018

150

350

450

300

Sale Price

500

600

350

450

 

——

——

——-

—–

Deemed Cost

150

550

350

500

Sale Price

500

600

350

450

 

——-

——-

——-

——

Capital Gain

350

50

Nil

(50)

 

——

——-

——-

——

 

(iv) No
deduction under Chapter VI A shall be allowed from the above Capital Gain.
Therefore, if Gross Total Income includes any such capital gain, deduction
under chapter VIA will be allowed from the gross total income after reducing
the above long term capital gain.

(v) Similarly,
tax Rebate u/s. 87A will be allowed from income tax on the total income after
deduction of the above long term capital gain.

(vi) For the
purpose of applicability of the above provisions for taxation of such long term
capital gains, the expression “Equity Oriented
Fund”
means a fund set up by a Mutual 
Fund specified u/s. 10(23D) which satisfies the following conditions-

A.  If such a Fund invests in Units of another
Fund which is traded on the recognised Stock Exchange-

 –  A minimum of 90% of the
proceeds are invested in units of such other Fund and

 – Such other Fund has invested 90% of its Funds in Equity Shares of
listed domestic companies.

B. In cases of
Mutual Funds, other than “A” above, minimum 65% of the total proceeds of the
Fund are invested in Equity Shares of listed domestic companies.

(vii)  The expression” Fair Market Value” as at
31.1.2018 for the Formula stated in (iii) above is defined in Explanation below
section 55 (2) (ac) to mean the highest price quoted on the Recognised Stock
Exchange. If there was no trading of a particular script on 31.1.2018 then the
highest price quoted for that script immediately prior to 31.1.2018. In the
case of Units of Equity Oriented Fund not quoted on the Stock Exchange the NAV
as on 31/1/2018 will be considered as fair market value.

(viii)  It is not clear from the above definition as
to how the highest price of a quoted script will be considered when the script
is quoted in two or more recognised Stock Exchanges. Whether highest of the
closing prices in these Stock Exchanges is to be considered or the highest
price quoted during the day in any one of the Stock Exchanges is to be
considered. This requires clarification.

(ix)  It may be noted that in respect of the
specified assets purchased on or after 1.2.2018, the Formula given in (iii)
will not apply for determining the actual cost of such specified assets. In
such a case, the actual cost of the specified assets will be deducted from the
sale price and, as stated in the third proviso to section 48, benefit of
Indexation will not be available.

(x)  It may also be noted that the above tax on
long term Capital Gain is not payable if the specified assets are sold on or
before 31.03.2018. This tax is payable only on sale of such specified assets on
or after 1.4.2018.

(xi)  Section 115 AD dealing with tax on income of
FII on Capital Gain has also been amended. It is clarified that any FII to
which section 115AD applies will have to pay tax on long term Capital Gain
arising on sale of quoted shares/units as provided in section 112A. In the case
of FII also, the rate of tax on such capital gain will be 10% in respect such
capital gain in excess of Rs. 1 Lakh in the A/Y:2019-20 (F.Y:2018-19) and
onwards.

(xii)  The exemption given to such long term capital
gain u/s. 10(38) has now been withdrawn w.e.f. 1.4.2018.

(xiii) It may be
noted that the above provisions of the new section 112A will not apply to
equity shares of a listed company acquired by an assessee after 1.10.2004 under
an off market transaction and no STT is paid. 
Similarly, where such equity shares are acquired prior to 1.10.2004 or
after that date and STT is paid at the time of acquisition, the above provisions
of section 112A will not apply if the shares are sold on or after 1.4.2018 in
an off market transaction. In such cases the normal provisions applicable to
computation of capital gain will apply and the assessee can claim the benefit
of indexation u/s 48 for computing cost of acquisition. Tax on such long term
capital gains will be payable at the rate of 20%. Therefore, the assessee will
have to ascertain, before selling the equity shares on or after 1.4.2018, the
tax impact under both the methods and decide whether to sell the shares in an off
market transaction or through Stock Exchange.

9.3  Capital Gains
Bonds

At   present,  
an   assessee   can 
claim  deduction  upto Rs. 50 lakh from
long term Capital Gain on sale of any capital asset by making an Investment in
specified bonds u/s. 54EC within 6 months of the date of sale. There is a
lock-in period of 3 years for such investment. In order to restrict this
benefit the following amendments are made in section 54EC.

(i)  The benefit of section 54EC can be claimed
only if the long term capital gain is from sale of immovable property (i.e.
land, building or both) on or after 1.4.2018. Thus, this benefit cannot be
claimed in respect of long term capital gain on any other capital asset in A.Y.
2019-20 or thereafter. The effect of this amendment will be that benefit of
section 54EC will not now be available in respect of long term capital gain
arising on or after 1-4-2018 in respect of compensation received on surrender
of tenancy rights or sale/transfer of shares, units of Mutual Fund, goodwill or
other movable assets.

(ii)  The
lock in period for this investment made on or after 1.4.2018 will be 5 years
instead of 3 years. From the wording of the amendments in section 54EC it
appears that investment in Bonds of National Highway Authority of India or
Rural Electrification Corporation Ltd., or other notified bonds made before
31.3.2018 will have a lock-in period of 3 years. In respect of investment in
bonds made on or after 1.4.2018 the lock-in period will be 5 years. Therefore,
it appears that even in respect of long term capital gain made on or before
31.3.2018 if the investment in such bonds is made within 6 months of the date
of sale but on or after 1.4.2018, the Lock-in period will be 5 years.

9.4  Conversion Of
Stock-In –Trade Into Capital Asset

(i)  The concept of conversion of a capital asset
into stock-in-trade is accepted in section 45(2) at present. It is provided in
this section that on such conversion there will be no tax liability. The tax is
payable only when the stock-in-trade is sold.

(ii)  New clauses (via) is now added in section 28
w.e.f. AY. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018.19) to provide that “the fair market value of
inventory as on the date on which it is converted into, or treated as, a
capital asset determined in the prescribed manner” shall be chargeable to
income tax under the head “ Profits and gains of business or profession”. This
will mean that on conversion of stock-in-trade (inventory) into a capital
asset, the difference between the cost and the market value on the date of such
conversion will be taxable as business income. This will be the position even
if the stock-in-trade is not sold. It may be noted that by insertion of clause
(xiia) in section 2(24) it is now provided that such notional difference
between the fair market value and cost of stock-in-trade shall be deemed to be
income liable to tax.

(iii)  Further, section 49 is also amended by
addition of clause (9) w.e.f. A.Y. 2019-20 (F.Y. 2018-19) to provide that where
capital gain arises on sale of the above capital asset (i.e. stock-in-trade
converted into capital asset) the cost of acquisition of such capital asset
shall be deemed to be the fair market value adopted under section 28(via) on
conversion of the stock-in-trade into capital asset. By an amendment in section
2(42A), it is also provided that in such a case, the period of holding such
capital asset shall be reckoned from the date of conversion of stock-in-trade
into capital asset.

(iv)  A new Explanation (1A) has been added in
section 43 (1) to provide that, if the above capital asset (after conversion of
stock-in-trade to capital asset) is used for the business or profession, the
fair market value on the date of such conversion shall be treated as cost of
the capital asset. Depreciation on such cost can be claimed by the assessee.

9.5  Exemption Of
Specified Securities From Capital Gain

Section 47 has
been amended by insertion of a new clause (viiab) w.e.f. AY. 2019-20
(F.Y.2018.19). It is now provided that any transfer of a capital asset viz (i)
Bond or Global Depository Receipt mentioned in section 115AC(1), (ii) Rupee
Denominated Bond of an Indian Company or (iii) a Derivative made by a
non-resident on a recognised Stock Exchange located in an International
Financial Services Centre shall not be considered as transfer. In other words,
any capital gain arising by such a transaction will be exempt from capital gain
tax.

9.6  Full Value of
consideration – Section 50C

As discussed in
Para 7.3 above, concession is now given from A/Y:2019-20 (F.Y:2018-19) for the
computation of full value of consideration on transfer of Immovable
Property.  Section 50C is amended to
provide that if the difference between the actual consideration and stamp duty
value is less than 5% the same will be ignored.

9.7  Tax On
Distributed Income Of Unit Holders Of Equity Oriented Fund – Section 115-R

(i)  Section 115R dealing with tax on distributed
income to holders of units in Mutual Funds has been amended w.e.f. 1.4.2018. At
present any income distributed to a unit holder of equity oriented fund is not
chargeable to tax. Since new section 112A now provides for levy of 10% tax on
the capital gains arising to unit holders of equity oriented funds, in excess
of Rs.1 lakh, section 115R has now been amended to provide for Dividend
Distribution Tax (DDT) at the rate of 10% by the Mutual Fund at the time of
distribution of income by an equity oriented fund.

(ii)  It is stated that this amendment is made with
a view to providing a level playing field between growth oriented funds and
dividend paying funds, in the wake of the new capital gains tax regime for unit holders of equity oriented funds. 

                 

10.  INCOME FROM OTHER SOURCES:

10.1  Transfer of
Capital Asset by a Holding Company to its wholly owned subsidiary company –
Section 56(2) (x)

Section 56(2)(x) of the Income tax Act provides
that if any person receives any property without consideration or for a
consideration which is less than its fair market value the difference between
the fair market value and the value at which the property is received will be
taxable as income from other sources in the hands of the recipient. There are
certain exceptions to this rule as provided in the Fourth Proviso. Clause IX of
this Fourth Proviso is now amended from the A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) to
provide that the provisions of section 56(2) (x) will not apply to any transfer
of a capital asset by a holding company to its wholly owned subsidiary company
or any transfer of a capital asset by a wholly owned subsidiary company to its
holding company.

10.2  Gift of
Immovable Property

As discussed in
Para 7.3 above, concession is now given from A/Y:2019-20 (F.Y:2018-19) for the
computation of full value of consideration on transfer of Immovable Property.
Section 56(2)(x) is amended to provide that if the difference between the
actual consideration and stamp duty value is less than 5% the same will be
ignored for the purpose of taxation in the hands of the recipient of Immovable
Property.

10.3  Compensation
on termination /modification of any contract of employment – Section 56(2) (xi)

A   new  
clause (xi)   is   inserted  
in   section 56(2)  from A.Y. 2019-20
(F.Y. 2018-19) to provide that any compensation received by any employee on
termination or modification of the terms and conditions of the contract of
employment on or after 1.4.2018 shall be taxable as Income from Other Sources.


10.4  Deemed
Dividend

(i)  Dividend Income is taxable under the head
Income from Other Sources – Section 2(22) defines the term “Dividend”.  Under section 2(22) (a) to (e) it is provided
that distribution by a company to its members under certain circumstances shall
be deemed to be Dividend to the extent of its “accumulated profits”. The
definition of the term “accumulated profits” is given in the Explanation to the
section 2 (22). From the A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18), a new explanation (2A)
has been added to provide that the accumulated profits (whether capitalised or
not) or loss of the amalgamated company, on the date of amalgamation, shall be
added / deducted to/from the accumulated profits of the amalgamating company.

 (ii)  At present, section 2(22) (e) provides that
any loan or advance given by a closely held company to a Related Party, as
defined in that section, shall be taxable as deemed dividend in the hands of
that related party to the extent of the accumulated profits of the Company.
There was some debate whether this deemed dividend can be taxed in the hands of
the related party if it is not a share holder of the company.

To eliminate
this doubt, it is now provided that the company giving such loan or advance
will pay tax at the rate of 30% plus applicable surcharge and Cess w.e.f.
1.4.2018.  Thus, the shareholder or
related party receiving such loan will not be required to pay tax on such
deemed dividend.

 

11.  TAXATION OF NON-RESIDENTS:

11.1 Expansion of scope of Business Connection –
Section 9

At present,
Explanation 2 to section 9(1)(i) defines the concept of “Business connection”
through dependent  agents. With an
objective to align with Article 12 of the Multilateral Instrument (MLI) forming
part of the BEPS Project to which India is a signatory, Explanation 2(a) has
been amended. By this amendment the term “business connection” will include any
business activity carried on through an agent who habitually concludes contract
or habitually plays a principal role leading to conclusion of contracts by the
non-resident where the contracts are:

 – In the name of
that non-resident; or

– For the
transfer of ownership of, or for granting the right to use of, the property
owned by that non-resident or that non-resident has the right to use; or

– For the
provision of services by that non-resident.

 11.2  Significant
economic presence resulting in Business Connection

(i)   At
present, section 9(1) (i) provides for physical presence based nexus for
establishing business connection of the non-resident in India. A new
Explanation (2A) to section 9(1)(i) now provides a nexus rule for emerging
business models such as digitized business which do not require physical
presence of the non-resident or his agent in India. This amendment is made from
A/Y:2019-20 (F.Y:2018-19).

 (ii) Accordingly, this amendment provides that a
non-resident shall be deemed to have a business connection on account of his
significant economic presence in India. This amendment would apply irrespective
of whether the non-resident has a residence or place of business in India or
renders services in India. The following shall be regarded as significant
economic presence of the non-resident in India.

  Any transaction in respect of any goods,
services or property carried out by non-resident in India including provision
of download of data or  software in
India, provided that the transaction value exceeds the threshold as may be
prescribed; or

  Systematic and continuous soliciting of
business activities or engaging in interaction with number of users in India
through digital means, provided such number of users exceeds the threshold as
may be prescribed.

In such cases,
only so much of income as is attributable to the above transactions or
activities shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India.

(iii)  It is further clarified in this section that
the transactions or activities shall constitute significant economic presence
in India, whether or not

 (a)  the agreement for such transactions or
activities is entered in India, or

 (b) the
non-resident has a residence or place of business in India, or

 (c) the
non-residnet renders services in India.

11.3  Exemption to
Royalty etc. under section 10(6D)

New clause (6D)
is added in section 10 from A/Y: 2018-19(F.Y. 2017-18) to grant exemption to a
non-resident.  This clause provides that
any income of a non-resident or a Foreign Company by way of Royalty from, or
fees for technical services rendered in or outside India to National Technical
Research Organisation will be exempt from tax. In view of this exemption no tax
will be deductible at source from this Royalty or Fees u/s 195.

11.4  Global
Depository Receipts – Section 47 (viiab)

As discussed in
Para 9.5 above transfer of a Bond or Global Depository Receipts (GDR) referred
to in section 115AC(1), or Rupee Denominated Bond of any Indian company, or
Derivative, executed by a non-resident on a recognized stock exchange located
in any International Financial Services Center (IFSC) shall not be considered
as a transfer under newly inserted section 47(viiab), if the consideration for
the transfer is paid in foreign currency. As a result of this amendment,
capital gains from such transaction will not be taxable.

12.  TAX ON INCOME REFERRED TO IN SECTIONS 68 TO
69D AND SECTION 115BBE:

(i)  Section 115BBE provides that income referred
to in sections 68,69,69A, 69B,69C or 69D shall be charged to tax at the rate of
60%. Section 115BBE(2) provides that no deduction in respect of any expenditure
or allowance or set off of any loss shall be allowed to the assessee under any
provision of the Act in computing his income referred to in the above sections.
However, sub-section (2) applied only to cases where such income is declared by
the assesse in the return of income furnished u/s. 139.

(ii)  Section 115BBE(2) has now been amended with
retrospective effect from A.Y.2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17) to provide that even in
cases where income added by the Assessing Officer includes income referred to
in the above sections, no deduction in respect of any expenditure or allowance
or setoff of any loss shall be allowed to the assessee under any provision of
the Act in computing the income referred to in these sections.

13.
ASSESSMENTS AND APPEALS:

13.1 Obtaining Permanent Account Number (PAN) in
certain cases – Section 139A

To expand the
list of cases requiring the application for PAN and to use PAN as Unique Entity
Number (UEN), amendment has been made w.e.f. 01.04.2018 by way of insertion of
clause (v) and clause (vi) in section 139A as under:

(i)  A resident, other than an individual, which
enters into a financial  
transaction   of   an  
amount  aggregating  to Rs. 2,50,000 or
more in a financial year is required to apply for PAN.

(ii) Managing
director, director, partner, trustee, author, founder, Karta, chief executive
officer, principal officer or office bearer or any person competent to act on
behalf of such entities is also required to apply for PAN.

 It may be noted
that the term “financial transaction” has not been defined.

13.2  Verification
of Return in case of a company under insolvency resolution process – Section
140

Section 140 has
been amended w.e.f. 1.4.2018 to provide that, during the resolution process
under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“IBC”), the return of Income
shall be verified by an insolvency professional appointed by the Adjudicating
Authority.

13.3  Assessment
Procedure – Section 143

(i)  Section 143 (1)(a) provides that at the time
of processing of return, the total income or loss shall be computed after
adding income appearing in Form 26AS or Form 16A or Form 16 which has not been
included in the total income disclosed in the return of Income, after giving an
intimation to the assessee. A new proviso to section 143(1)(a) has been
inserted to provide that no such adjustment shall be made in respect of any
return of Income furnished for Ay 2018-19 and subsequent years.

13.4  New Scheme for
scrutiny Assessments – New Section 143(3A) 143(3B
)

A new
sub-section (3A) is inserted in section 143 w.e.f 01.04.2018. This new section
143(3A) authorises the Government to notify a new scheme for “e-assessments” to
impart greater efficiency, transparency and accountability. It is stated that
this will be achieved by-

(i) Eliminating
the interface between the Assessing Officer and the assesse in the course of
proceedings to the extent of feasibility of technology.

(ii) Optimising
utilisation of the resources through economics of scale and functional
specialisation.

(iii)
Introducing a team-based assessment with dynamic jurisdiction.

For giving
effect to the above scheme, section 143(3B) authorizes the Government to issue
a Notification directing that the provisions of the Income-tax Act relating to
assessment procedure shall not apply or shall apply with such exceptions,
modifications and adaptations as may be specified in the notification. No such
notification can be issued after 31.03.2020. The Government has set up a
technical study group to advise about the Scheme for e-assessments.

13.5  Appeal to
Tribunal against the order passed under section 271J – Section 253

Section 253 has
been amended w.e.f. 01.04.2018 to provide for filing of an appeal by the
assessee before the ITA Tribunal against an order passed by the CIT(A) levying
penalty u/s. 271J on an accountant, a merchant banker or a registered valuer
for furnishing incorrect information in their report or certificate.

13.6  Increase in
penalty for failure to furnish statement of financial transaction or reportable
account – Section  271FA

Section 271FA
has been amended w.e.f. 01.04.2018 to enhance the penalty for delay in
furnishing of the statement of financial transaction or reportable account as
required u/s. 285BA to ensure greater compliance:

 

Particulars

Penalty

Delay in
furnishing the statement

Increased
from
Rs.100 to       Rs. 500 for each
day of default

Failure to
furnish statement in pursuance of notice issued by tax authority

Increased
from
Rs. 500 to Rs. 1000 for
each day of default

13.7  Failure to
furnish return of income in case of companies –Section 276CC

Section 276CC
provides that if a person willfully fails to furnish the return of income
within the due date, he shall be punishable with imprisonment and fine.
Immunity from prosecution is granted inter alia in a case where the tax
payable on the total income determined on regular assessment, as reduced by the
advance tax, if any paid, and any withholding tax, does not exceed Rs. 3,000
for any assessment year commencing on or after 1st April 1975.  By amendment of this section, w.e.f.
1.4.2018, it is now provided that this immunity will not apply to companies.

14.  TO SUM UP:

14.1  It is rather unfortunate that this year’s
Finance Bill has been passed in the Parliament without any discussion. Various
professional and commercial organisations had made post budget representations
and expressed concerns about some of the amendments proposed in the Finance
Bill. As there was no discussion in the Parliament, it is evident that these
representations have not received due consideration.

14.2  The Finance Act has provided some relief to
salaried employees, small and medium sized companies, senior citizens, other
assessees who have invested in NPS, start-up industries, producer companies and
to employers for employment generation. There are some provisions in the
Finance Act which will simplify some procedural requirements.

14.3  Last year, several amendments were made to
tighten the provisions relating to taxation of capital gains. Most of the
assessees have not yet understood the impact of the new sections 45(5A), 50CA,
56(2)(x) etc., introduced last year. This year, the introduction of new
section 112A levying tax on capital gain on sale of quoted shares and units of
equity oriented funds is likely to create some complex issues. There will be
some resistance to this levy as there is no reduction in the rates of STT. The
levy of tax on Mutual Funds on distribution of income by equity oriented funds
will affect the yield to the unit holders. Let us hope that the above impact on
the tax liability of the investors is accepted by all assessees as this
additional burden is levied in order to provide funds for various Government
Schemes for upliftment of poor and down trodden population of our country.

14.4 The concept
of Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS) was introduced from A.Y.
2017-18. The assessees have to maintain books of accounts by adopting
Accounting Standards issued by the Institute of Charted Accountants of India.
Recently the Government has notified Ind-AS which is mandatory for large
companies. Therefore, compliance with Ten ICDS notified u/s. 145(2) of the
Income tax Act was considered as an additional burden. When Delhi High Court
struck down most of the ICDS the assessees felt some relief. Now the Finance
Act, 2018, has amended the relevant sections of the Income-tax Act with
retrospective effect from A.Y. 2017-18 to revalidate some of the provisions of
ICDS. With these amendments the responsibility of professionals assisting tax
payers in the preparation of their Income tax Returns will increase. Similarly,
Chartered Accountants conducting tax audit u/s. 44AB will now have report in
the tax audit report about compliance with ICDS.

 

14.5 Section 143
of the Income-tax Act has been amended authorising the Government to notify a
new scheme for “e-assessments” to impart greater efficiency, transparency and
accountability. Under this scheme, it is proposed to eliminate the interface
between the assessing officer and the assessee, optimise utilisation of
resources and introduce a team based assessment procedure. There is
apprehension in some quarters as to how this new scheme will function.
Considering the present infrastructure available with the Government and the
technical facilities available with the assessees, it will be advisable for the
Government to introduce the concept of ‘e-assessment’ in a phased manner. In
other words, this scheme should be made applicable in the first instance in
cases of large listed companies with turnover exceeding Rs. 500 crore. After
ascertaining the success, the scheme can be extended to other corporate assessees
after some years. There will be many practical issues if the scheme is
introduced for all assessees immediately.

14.6   Taking an overall view of the amendments
discussed in this Article, it can be concluded that the provisions in the
Income-tax Act are getting complex. There is a talk about replacing this six
decade old law by a new simplified law. We have seen the fate of the Direct Tax
Code which was introduced in 2009 but not passed by the parliament.
Let us hope that we get a new simplified tax law in the coming years.

 

Delhi High Court On ICDS – Battle Begins!

The first ever decision on ICDS has been pronounced by Delhi High Court in a writ petition filed by The Chamber of Tax Consultants assailing its constitutional validity. The Court has read down the provisions of section 145(2) enabling the Central Government to notify only such standards which do not seek to override binding judicial precedents interpreting statutory provisions contained in the Act. Some of the ICDS have been struck down fully and few selected provisions of other ICDS which were inconsistent with judicial precedents have been knocked off.

Here is a summary of the important observations of the Court on the conflicting provisions of ICDS and the final decision of the Court thereon.

ICDS

Observations

Final Decision

ICDS I – Accounting Policies

Non-acceptance of the concept of prudence in
ICDS is per se contrary to the provisions of the Act. This concept is
embedded in Section 37(1) of the Act which allows deduction in respect of
expenses “laid out” or “expended” for the purpose of business. It is
acknowledged by the Courts also.

ICDS is unsustainable in law.

ICDS II – Valuation of Inventories

The requirement to value inventories at market
value in case of the dissolution of a firm, where its business is taken over
by other partners is contrary to the decision of the Supreme Court in the
case of Shakti Trading Co. vs. CIT 250 ITR 871.

 

Where the assessee regularly follows a certain
method for valuation of goods then that will prevail irrespective of the ICDS
because of a non-obstante clause in Section 145A.

ICDS is held to be ultra vires the Act
and struck down.

ICDS III – Construction contracts

ICDS requires recognition of the retention
money as a part of the contract revenue on the basis of percentage of
completion method. However, the retention money does not accrue to the
assessee until and unless the defect liability period is over. The treatment
to be given to the retention money depends upon the facts of each case and
the conditions attached to such amounts.

To that extent, Para 10(a) of ICDS is held to
be ultra vires.

Para 12 of ICDS III read with Para 5 of ICDS
IX, provides that no incidental income can be reduced from the borrowing cost
while recognising it as a part of contract costs. This is contrary to the
decision of the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Bokaro Steel Limited 236 ITR 315
wherein it was held that if an Assessee receives any amounts which are
inextricably linked with the process of setting up of its plant and
machinery, such receipts would go to reduce the cost of its assets.

This particular provision of ICDS is struck
down.

ICDS IV – Revenue Recognition

ICDS requires an Assessee to recognise income
from export incentive in the year of making of the claim if there is
‘reasonable certainty’ of its ultimate collection. It is contrary to the
decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. Excel Industries
Limited 358 ITR 295
wherein it was held that, until and unless the right
to receive export incentives accrues in favour of the assessee, no income can
be said to have accrued.

This particular provision in Para 5 of ICDS is
ultra vires the Act and struck down.

 

The proportionate completion method as well as
the contract completion method have been recognised as valid method of
accounting under mercantile system of accounting by the Courts. However, Para
6 of ICDS permits only one of the methods, i.e., proportionate completion
method for recognising revenue from service transactions and therefore, it is
contrary to the Court decisions.

This particular provision in Para 6 of ICDS is
ultra vires the Act and struck down.

ICDS VI – Effects of Changes in Foreign
Exchange Rates

In Sutlej Cotton Mills Limited vs. CIT 116
ITR 1 (SC
), it was held that exchange gain/loss in relation to a loan
utilised for acquiring a capital item would be capital in nature. ICDS
provides contrary treatment.

 

ICDS does not allow recognition of marked to
market loss/gain in case of foreign currency derivatives held for trading or
speculation purposes. This is also not in consonance with the ratio laid down
by the Supreme Court.

ICDS is held to be ultra vires the Act
and struck down as such.

 

Circular No. 10 of 2017 clarifies that Foreign
Currency Translation Reserve Account balance as on 1st April 2016 has to be
recognised as income/loss of the previous year relevant to the AY 2017-18. It
is only in the nature of notional or hypothetical income which cannot be even
otherwise subject to tax

 

ICDS VII – Government Grants

ICDS provides that recognition of government
grants cannot be postponed beyond the date of actual receipt. It is contrary
to and in conflict with the accrual system of accounting.

To that extent it is held to be ultra vires
the Act and struck down.

ICDS VIII – Securities (Part A)

The method of valuation prescribed under ICDS
is different from the corresponding AS. Therefore, the assessees will be
required to maintain separate records for income tax purposes for every year
since the closing value of the securities would be valued separately for
income tax purposes and for accounting purposes.

To that extent it is held to be ultra vires
the Act and struck down.

It is relevant to note that the Delhi High Court has held that the ICDS is not meant to overrule the provisions of the Act, the Rules there under and the judicial precedents applicable thereto as they stand.  There may be instances, other than those taken up before the Delhi High Court, where the provisions of ICDS are contrary to and/or overrule the judicial precedents applicable, in view of the ratio of the Delhi High Court, such provisions of ICDS will also have to give way to the provisions of the Act, the Rules there under and the judicial precedents applicable. To illustrate, ICDS IX on Borrowing Costs requires capitalization of interest to Qualifying Assets.  Work-in-progress in the case of a builder / developer will qualify as a qualifying asset as defined in ICDS IX.  A question arises as to whether the requirement of capitalizing borrowing costs to inventory as per ICDS is in conflict with section 36(1)(iii) of the Act.  The Bombay High Court has in the case of CIT vs. Lokhandwala Construction Industries (2003) 260  ITR 579 (Bom) held that interest on funds borrowed for construction of work-in-progress in case of a builder is a period cost.  Similar is the view expressed in the Technical Guide of ICAI on ICDS in para 4.5 of Chapter X titled ‘ICDS IX: Borrowing Costs’.  The ratio of the decision of Delhi High Court will be applicable to such cases as well.

The decision of the Delhi High Court is the only decision of the competent court in the country.  A question arises as to whether the decision of the Delhi High Court under consideration is binding throughout the country or it is binding only to cases falling within the jurisdiction of the Delhi High Court.   In this connection it is relevant to note that Bombay High Court in the case of  Group M. Media India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India [(2017) 77 taxmann.com 106] was dealing with a case where the Bombay High Court was concerned with an instruction which had been struck down by the Delhi High Court.  The Court, observed as under –  “Therefore, in view of the decision of this Court in Smt. Godavaridevi Saraf (supra), the officers implementing the Act are bound by the decision of the Delhi High Court and Instruction No.1 of 2015 dated 13th January, 2015 has ceased to exist. Therefore, no reference to the above Instruction can be made by the Assessing Officer while disposing of the petitioner’s application in processing its return u/s. 143(1) of the Act and consequent refund, if any, u/s. 143(1D) of the Act. Needless to state that the Assessing Officer would independently apply his mind and take a decision in terms of Section 143 (1D) of the Act whether or not to grant a refund in the facts and circumstances of the petitioner’s case for A.Y. 2015-16.”

In view of the above observations of the Bombay High Court, it appears that the ratio of the decision of the Delhi High Court could be considered to be binding on all the officers implementing the Act.

BCAS had made number of suggestions through representations (November 20161  to scrap ICDS and December 20152  on specific aspects of all 10 ICDS) which did not find favour in the formulation / implementation of ICDS. When the need of the hour is to bring tax certainty, bringing more cohesiveness amongst laws and bring reduction in multiplicity of compliances, ICDS in their present form are taking things in a contrary direction. It is unfortunate that the tax payers have to seek judicial intervention to arrest anomalies that are already pointed out through well reasoned representations.

This intervention and Court’s strictures seem to be a beginning of the battle over ICDS. Time will only tell as to what would be fate of these and many more controversial provisions of ICDS. 


1   https://www.bcasonline.org/resourcein.aspx?rid=389

2   https://www.bcasonline.org/files/res_material/resfiles/1612152944merged_document.pdf

Second Income Disclosure Scheme – 2016


      I.  Background

1.1 On 8th
November, 2016, the Central Government demonetised Rs. 500/1000 Currency Notes
(Old Notes).  New Currency Notes of Rs.
500/2000 have been issued to replace the old Currency Notes. Old Currency Notes
of Rs. 500/1000 could be deposited in the bank account of the person holding
such old notes between 10th November to 30th December,
2016. Once the old notes are deposited in the Bank Account of the person he
will have to explain the source of such deposit to the Income tax Authorities
.  The Government has stated in its
public announcements that an Individual or HUF may be holding some such old
notes out of their savings and kept them for household needs. Therefore, a
public assurance has been given that the Income tax Department will not inquire
about the source of such deposits if the total deposit during the above period
is less than Rs.2.5 lakh.

1.2   The
government felt that if large cash in the form of Old Notes was kept by some
persons out of their unaccounted income then they should pay tax at higher
rates and should also pay penalty when they deposit such cash in their Bank
Accounts. To achieve this objective the parliament enacted “The Taxation
(Second Amendment) Act 2016”. The Amendment Act amends some of the provisions
of the Income tax Act and the Finance Act, 2016. The above amendments provide
the Second Income Disclosure Scheme in the form of “Taxation and Investment
Regime for Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojna, 2016”.  In this Article some of the important
amendments by this Act and the Second Income Disclosure Scheme are discussed.

2.    The Second Disclosure Scheme:

2.1  First Disclosure Scheme:

The Finance Act, 2016 enacted on 14/5/2016, contained “The
Income Declaration Scheme, 2016”. This Scheme allowed any person to declare his
undisclosed income (Indian assets, including cash) of earlier years during the
period 1/6/2016 to 30/09/2016. Under this Scheme the declarant was required to
file declaration about valuation of undisclosed Indian assets and pay tax of
45% (including surcharge and penalty) in instalments. It is stated that assets
worth about Rs.67000 crore were disclosed under this scheme before 30/09/2016.

2.2   Second Income Disclosure Scheme:

In order to give one more
opportunity to persons holding old currency notes the present scheme is
introduced. Sections 199A to 199R are inserted in the Finance Act, 2016. These
sections provide for a new Scheme called “Taxation and Investment Regime for
Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojna, 2016”. The provisions of this Scheme are on
the same lines as the earlier Income Declaration Scheme, 2016, which ended on
30/09/2016. The Scheme has come into force on 17th December, 2016
and will come to an end on 31st March, 2017. Some of the important
provisions of the Scheme are discussed below:-

2.3   Declaration under the Scheme:

(i)  U/s. 199C any person may make a declaration in
the prescribed Form No.1 during the period 17-12-2016 to 31-3-2017 as notified
by Notifications dated 16.12.2016. This declaration is to be made for any
undisclosed income held in the form of cash or deposit in any account
maintained with a specified entity. Thus the benefit of this Scheme can be
taken by an Individual, HUF, Firm, AOP, Company or any person whether Resident
or Non-Resident.

(ii) The
income chargeable to tax under the Income tax can be declared under the Scheme
if it relates to F.Y:2016-17 and earlier years. The above declaration can be
made in respect of the above undisclosed income which is held in cash or
deposit in a specified entity as under –

(a) Reserve Bank of India

(b) Any Scheduled Bank (including Co-operative
Bank)

(c) Any Post Office

(d) Any other Entity notified by the Central
Government.

No deduction will be allowed for any expenditure, allowance,
loss etc. from such income.

(iii) The amount of Undisclosed Income declared in
accordance with the Scheme shall not be included in the income of the declarant
for any assessment year. In other words, immunity is given under the Income-tax
Act and the Wealth Tax Act. In the Press Note issued by the Government on
16.12.2016 it is clarified that the above declaration shall not be admissible
as evidence in any proceedings under the Income tax Act, Wealth tax Act,
Central Excise Act, Companies Act, etc. However, no immunity will be
available under any criminal proceedings under the Indian Penal Code,
Prevention of Corruption Act, prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act etc.,
as mentioned in section 199.0 of the Finance Act, 2016. 

2.4   Tax Payable on such Income:

Sections 199D and 199E provide for payment of tax, cess,
penalty etc. It is provided that the person making the Declaration u/s.
199C shall have to pay tax, cess and penalty that is an aggregate of 49.90% of
the income declared under the Scheme as under:

(i)     30% of Undisclosed income by way of tax

(ii)    33% of above tax (i.e. 9.9%) by way of
Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Cess.

(iii)   10% of undisclosed income by way of Penalty

2.5   Interest Free Deposit:

The declarant under the Scheme has also to deposit 25% of the
undisclosed income in the “Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme, 2016” as
provided in section 199F. This deposit will be for 4 years and no interest
shall be paid to the declarant on this deposit.

2.6   Time for payment of Tax and Deposit (Section 199H)

The above Tax, Cess and Penalty is to be paid before filing
the Declaration u/s. 199C. Similarly, the above Interest Free Deposit is to be
made before filing the Declaration u/s. 199C. The Declaration along with proof
of payment of tax etc. and proof of deposit is to be filed before 31st
March, 2017. Any amount of tax, cess or penalty paid under the scheme is
not refundable.

 

2.7   By a Notification dated 16.12.2016, the
CBDT has notified the “Taxation and Investment Regime for Pradhan Mantri Garib
Kalyan Yojana Rules, 2016”. These Rules have come into force on 16.12.2016.
Briefly stated, these Rules provide as under:

(i)  The declaration of undisclosed income for F.Y.
2016-17 and earlier years held in the form of cash or deposit with the
specified entity stated in Para 2.3 above can be made in Form No.1 during the
period. 17.12.2016 to 31.3.2017.

(ii) It may be noted that in Form No.1 the declarant
has to give particulars of Name, Address, PAN, Income declared, the details of
such income held in cash or deposit with specified entity, Tax, cess and
penalty payable, date of such payment, details of Interest free Deposit of 25%
of declared income made u/s. 199 F etc.

(iii) The above tax, cess and penalty is to be paid
and Interest Free Deposit is to be made before filing the declaration in Form No.1.

(iv) The Declaration is to be furnished to the
designated Principal CIT or CIT electronically or in print form physically

(v) If the declarant finds any mistake in the
declaration filed earlier, there is a provision to file a revised declaration
on or before 31.3.2017.

(vi) The Principal CIT or CIT will have to issue a
certificate in Form No.2 within 30 days from the end of the month in which
valid declaration is filed.

2.8  From the above, it
is evident that under this scheme a person can make declaration about the
undisclosed income held in cash or deposits with specified entities. The
declaration cannot be made if the declarant is holding such income in any other
form such as jewellery, ornaments, or immovable properties etc. This
undisclosed income may be relating to any year i.e. F.Y. 2016-17 or earlier
years. Therefore, the Scheme does not refer to only cash in the form of Rs.
500/- and Rs. 1000/- notes deposited in the Bank Account between the period
10.11.2016 to 30.12.2016. Such income may have been deposited in the bank or
with other specified entity prior to 10.11.2016 or even between 31.12.2016 to
31.03.2017. Hence, if a person has earned income in F.Y. 2015-16 or any earlier
year, which has been held in cash or deposited in the bank, but not disclosed
in the Income tax Return, he can make a declaration under this Second Income
Disclosure Scheme on or before 31.3.2017. He will have to pay 49.90% by way of
tax, Cess and penalty and make interest free deposit of 25% of such income for
4 years.

2.9      By another
Notification dated 16.12.2016, the Central Government has issued the “Pradhan
Mantri Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme, 2016”. This scheme has come into force on
17.12.2016 and is valid upto 31.3.2017. Briefly stated, this scheme provides as
under:

(i)     The Scheme applies to persons making
declaration of undisclosed income under the Second Income Disclosure Scheme.
Under this Scheme 25% of undisclosed income is required to be deposited in the
interest free deposit for 4 years.

(ii)    This deposit is to be made with the
Authorised Bank in Form No.II giving particulars of Name, Address, PAN, etc.
in cash, cheque or by electronic transfer drawn in favour of Authorised Bank.
The amount is to be deposited in multiples of Rs.100/-.

(iii)   The above deposit is to be made before the
declaration of undisclosed income u/s. 199C of the Finance Act, 2016 is filed.

(iv)   The certificate of holding of Deposit will be
issued to the declarant in Form No.1 as holder of Bond Ledger Account with
R.B.I.

(v)    Bond Holder can appoint one or more Nominees
to receive the refund in the event of his death in Form No.III. Such nomination
can be cancelled in Form No.IV and another nominee can be appointed.

(vi)   No interest is payable on the above deposit.
The Bond issued by the RBI for the above Deposit is not transferable and cannot
be traded in the market. In view of this the declarant may not be able to take
a loan against the mortgage of this Bond.

(vii)  The amount of the deposit under the scheme
will be refunded by RBI after 4 years on the date of maturity. 

2.10   Persons who cannot make a Declaration under the Scheme:

Section 199-O provides that the following persons cannot make
the Declaration under the above Scheme.

(i)  Any person in respect of whom an order of detention
has been made under the conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of
Smuggling Activities Act, 1974. Certain exceptions are provided in section
199-O (a).

(ii) Any person in respect of whom prosecution for
an offence punishable under Chapter IX or Chapter XVII of the Indian Penal
Code, the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1988, the Prohibition
of Benami Property Transactions Act, 1988 and the Prevention of Money
Laundering Act, 2002 has been launched.

(iii) Any person notified u/s. 3 of the Special Court
(Trial of Offence Relating to Transactions in Securities) Act, 1992.

(iv) The Scheme is not applicable to any undisclosed
foreign income and asset which is chargeable to tax under the Black Money
(Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015.

2.11   Other Procedural Provisions:

Sections 199G, 199J, 199L, 199M, 199N, 199P to 199R deal with
certain procedural matters as under:-

(i)  Person who can sign the declaration (section
199G)

(ii) Undisclosed Income declared under the Scheme
not to affect any concluded assessments (section 199J)

(iii) Declaration not admissible as evidence in other
proceedings (section 199L)

(iv) Declaration will be treated as void if it is
made by misrepresentation of facts (section 199M)

(v) Provisions of Chapter XV, sections 119, 138 and
189 of the Income-tax Act to apply to proceedings under the Scheme (section
199N).

(vi) Benefit, concession, immunity etc. under
the Scheme available to declarant only (section 199P).

(vii)  Central Government will have power to remove
difficulties under the Scheme within 2 years (section 199Q).

(viii) Power to make Rules for administration of the
Scheme given to Central Government (section 199R).

3.  Some Clarifications by CBDT:

By a circular dated 18.1.2017, CBDT has issued some
clarifications about the above Scheme. Some of the important clarifications are
as under:

(i)  Where a notice u/s. 142(1), 143(2), 148, 153A
or 153C of the Income-tax Act is issued by the ITO for any year, the assessee can
make a declaration under the scheme for that year.

(ii) A person against whom a search or survey
operation is initiated will be eligible to file a declaration under the Scheme
in respect of undisclosed income represented in the form of cash or deposits
with Banks, Post Office etc.

(iii) Undisclosed income utilised for repayment of an
overdraft, cash credit or loan account maintained with a bank can be declared
under this scheme.

(iv) Cash sized in any search and seizure action by
the department can be adjusted against payment of tax, surcharge and penalty
(i.e. 49.9%) payable under the scheme. For this purpose the person from whom
cash in seized will have to make application to the department. However, this
seized amount of cash cannot be adjusted against the Deposit of 25% to be made
under the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme.

(v) If Mr. “A” has given advance in cash out of
undisclosed income for purchase of goods (other than immovable property) or
services to Mr. B, who has deposited the money in his Bank Account, and later
on “B” has returned the money as goods are not supplied or services are not
rendered, Mr. “A” can declare the undisclosed income under the scheme.

4.  To Sum up

4.1  We should
congratulate the Government for the bold step taken to demonetise old high
value currency notes. This is a right step to deal with the problem of black
money, corruption, fake currency in circulation etc. .

4.2  The Government
recognised that the existing Income tax Act did not permit tax authorities to
levy any penalty on persons who would convert large amount of black money
through banking channel. Therefore, the Taxation (second amendment) Act 2016
was passed and section 115BBE was amended and section 271 AAC for levy of
penalty was introduced.

However, small income earners who had some high value notes
kept at home out of their savings to meet expenditure in emergency cannot be
considered as holding their unaccounted income. The Government had promised
that if such persons deposit in their Bank Account amount upto Rs. 2.50 lakh no
enquiry will be made by the tax Department. This promise has not been honoured
while passing this Amendment Act. It is, therefore, necessary that the CBDT
issues a Circular to the officers not to raise any doubt if an assessee gives
an explanation that amount upto Rs. 2.5 lakh is deposited out of household
savings.

4.3  The Second Income
Disclosure Scheme is welcome. Persons holding unaccounted money in cash will
take advantage of this scheme as the tax rate is 49.9%, and 25% of the amount
is blocked for 4 years in Interest Free Bonds. However, persons who decide to
offer such amount in their Return of Income for the current year will be at a
disadvantage as they will have to pay tax, surcharge and education cess u/s. 115BBE
at 77.25% of such income.

4.4 It may be noted that under the First Income Disclosure
Scheme announced in May, 2016, immunity was granted from proceedings under the
provisions of (i) Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988, (ii) Foreign
Exchange Management Act, (iii) Money Laundering Act, (iv) Indian Penal Code etc.

There was also an assurance that the secrecy will be
maintained about the contents of the Declaration under the Scheme. It is
unfortunate that the present Scheme does not provide for such immunity or
secrecy. Therefore, the assessees will have to be very careful while making the
Declaration under the Scheme.

4.5 It appears that the Second Income Disclosure Scheme as
announced by the Government is with all good intentions. It is advisable for
the persons who hold unaccounted money in cash to come forward and take
advantage of the Scheme and buy peace. Let us hope that this Scheme gets the
desired response.

4.6 The amendment in section 115BBE punishes
those assessees in whose cases additions are made for cash credits, unexplained
investments, unexplained expenses etc. Tax rate is now increased from
30% to 60%. Further, there will be additional burden of 15% surcharge and 6%
penalty. Such cases have no relationship with demonetisation of high value
currency. It is difficult to understand the reason for which such additional
burden is put on such assessees.

Demonetisation – Some Tax Issues

Delegalisation of High Denomination Notes

On 8th November, 2016, the Department of Economic
Affairs, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, issued a notification, SO No
3407(E) [F No 10/03/2016-Cy.I] exercising its powers u/s. 26(2) of the Reserve
Bank of India Act, 1934, notifying that bank notes (currency notes) of the
existing series of the value of Rs.500 and Rs.1,000 (referred to as “the
withdrawn bank notes”) would cease to be legal tender with effect from 9th
November 2016 for transactions other than specified transactions. The
notification also provided a limit for exchange of such notes for any other
denomination notes having legal tender character, and also permitted deposit of
such notes in bank accounts before 30th December 2016, after which
date such notes could be exchanged or deposited at specified offices of Reserve
Bank of India (RBI) or such other facility until a later date as may be
specified by RBI. As announced by the Prime Minister, this date is likely to be
31.3.2017.

Such an action, as stated in the notification, was actuated
by the facts that;

1.  fake currency notes of those denominations
were in circulation,

2.  high denomination notes were used for storage
of unaccounted wealth, and

3.  fake currency was being used for financing
subversive activities, such as drug trafficking and terrorism, causing damage
to the economy and security of the country.

Another Notification No. SO 3408(E) [F No 10/03/2016-Cy.I]
was issued on the same date, notifying that such withdrawn bank notes of Rs.500
and Rs.1,000 would not cease to be legal tender from 9th to 11th
November 2016 (later extended to 24th November 2016 and further
extended to 15th December 2016), in respect of certain transactions.
These transactions include payments to government hospitals and pharmacies in
government hospitals, for purchase of rail, public sector bus or public sector
airline tickets, purchases at consumer co-operative stores and milk booths
operating under Government authorisation, purchase of petrol, diesel and gas at
petrol pumps operating under PSU oil marketing companies, for payments at
crematoria and burial grounds, exchange for legal tender up to Rs.5,000 at
international airports by arriving and departing passengers and exchange by
foreign tourists of foreign exchange or such bank notes up to a value of
Rs.5,000. Some more permissible transactions were added later, such as payment
of electricity bills, payment of court fees, purchase of seeds, etc, and some
of the permissible transactions were modified from time to time. It also
permitted withdrawals from Automated Teller Machines (ATM) within the specified
limits.

On the same date, RBI issued a circular to all banks, specifying
the steps to be taken by them pursuant to such bank notes ceasing to be legal
tender, and giving formats of the request slip for exchange of the withdrawn
bank notes, and for reporting of details of exchanged bank notes. RBI also
issued FAQs on the subject. It has stated, inter alia, as under:

“1. Why is this scheme
introduced?
The incidence of fake Indian currency notes in higher
denomination has increased. For ordinary persons, the fake notes look similar
to genuine notes, even though no security feature has been copied. The fake
notes are used for anti-national and illegal activities. High denomination
notes have been misused by terrorists and for hoarding black money. India
remains a cash based economy hence the circulation of Fake Indian Currency
Notes continues to be a menace. In order to contain the rising incidence of
fake notes and black money, the scheme to withdraw has been introduced.

2. What is this scheme?
The legal tender character of the existing bank notes in denominations of ?500
and ?1000 issued by the Reserve Bank of India till November 8, 2016
(hereinafter referred to as Specified Bank Notes) stands withdrawn. In
consequence thereof these Bank Notes cannot be used for transacting business
and/or store of value for future usage. The Specified Bank Notes can be
exchanged for value at any of the 19 offices of the Reserve Bank of India or at
any of the bank branches of commercial banks/ Regional Rural Banks/
Co-operative banks or at any Head Post Office or Sub-Post Office.”

Given the fact that bank notes of these denominations of
Rs.500 and Rs.1,000 constituted 86% of the value of all bank notes in
circulation in India, withdrawal of these bank notes affected almost every
person in India. Pursuant to such notifications, people rushed to exchange the
withdrawn bank notes and to deposit such withdrawn bank notes in their
accounts, as well as to make withdrawals from their bank accounts to meet their
daily expenses.

On account of such forced exchange and deposit of withdrawn
bank notes, various issues relating to taxation in such cases arose. In
particular, issues arose as to the rate of taxation, whether any penalty was
attracted, whether prosecution could be launched against such person, whether
there would be liability to MAT and interest u/s. 234C of the Act, whether
provisions of the BTPA, PMLA, FEMA were attracted, whether the declarant was
liable to Service tax and VAT, etc. 

Some of these issues get answered and addressed by the
amendments proposed in the Income Tax (Second Amendment) Bill, 2016, including
the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojana, 2016 (PMGKY), introduced in Parliament
on 28th November 2016, and passed by the Lok Sabha on the next date
and received the assent of the President on 15th December,
2016. 

In the statement of objects and reasons annexed to the bill,
it has been stated that changes are being made in the Act to ensure that the
defaulting assessees are subjected to tax at a higher rate and stringent
penalty provision. It further  states
that , in the wake of declaring specified bank notes as not legal tender, there
had been representations and suggestions from experts that instead of allowing
people to find illegal ways of converting their black money into black again,
the government should give them an opportunity to pay taxes with heavy penalty
and allow them to come clean so that not only the government gets additional
revenue for undertaking activities for the welfare of the poor, but also the
remaining part of the declared income legitimately comes into the formal
economy. Thus, money coming from additional revenue as a result of the decision
to ban Rs. 1000 and Rs. 500 notes could be utilised for welfare schemes for the
poor. Therefore, an alternative scheme, namely, the Taxation and Investment
Regime for Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojna, 2016 (PMGKY) is introduced.

The amendments and PMGKY, like any other legislation,   give rise to some more issues. The major
issues arising out of demonetisation in taxation keeping in mind the amended
law and PMGKY are sought to be discussed in this article.

The issue of validity of demonetization has been referred to
various courts including the Supreme Court. The courts have refused the request
for staying the operation of the notifications issued for demonetization. The
request for extending the time for deposit has also been refused. The courts in
the time to come would be required to address pertinent issues like validity of
the notification particularly in the context of article 14, 19 and 300A of the
Constitution of India, the vires of section 26(2) of the Reserve Bank of India
Act and the powers of the government to restrict the circulation, exchange and
withdrawals of the high denomination notes.

The demonetisation and the Taxation Laws (Second Amendment)
Act, 2016 raised several issues in taxation arising in the varied
circumstances. One of the possibilities is where the cash is deposited in the
bank out of cash on hand as on 08/11/2016 from known or unknown sources of
income or accumulation. Another is where cash has been deposited out of the
receipts on or after 09/11/2016.

In the latter case, the recipient is required to be a person
authorized to receive high denomination notes as per the notifications on or
after 09/11/2016. This permission to receive has ended on 15/12/2016. No person
is authorized to receive such notes thereafter. The person in possession of
such notes is left with no option but to deposit it with specified entities by
30/12/2016 failing which with the special officer of the RBI by 31/03/2017.

In cases of persons authorised to receive cash on or after
09/11/2016, an explanation about genuineness of receipts will be required to be
furnished with evidence of receipt to the satisfaction of the Assessing
Officer. Failure to do so may result in him being taxed as per the provisions
of amended section115BBE of the Income-tax Act.

A question may arise about the possibility of a person opting
for PMGKY in cases where he is in receipt of the currency without any authority
to do so; apparently there does not seem to be any express or implicit
restriction in PMGKY to prevent him from opting for the scheme irrespective of
his authority to receive high denomination notes, post 08/11/2016. The issue of
his authority or otherwise to receive currency will be resolved under the Reserve Bank of India Act and not under the Income Tax Act.

The earlier case of the deposit of cash out of the receipts
up to 08/11/2016 may be dealt with in any one of the following manners;

   Possession explained out of income of the
year or accumulation over the years

   Opting for PMGKY and declare the same and
regularise possession on payment of tax, surcharge and penalty and deposits

  Includes the same in the total income in
filing the return of income for A.Y. 2017-18 and be taxed as per provisions of
the amended section115BBE of the Income-tax Act.

   Does not include the same in the total
income.

Some of these possibilities are sought to be examined in
greater detail hereafter.

When a person deposits such withdrawn notes into his bank
account, there could be various situations under which this is done. If a
person is maintaining books of account, and after 8th November 2016,
deposits or exchanges withdrawn bank notes equal to or less than the balance in
his cash book as of 8th November 2016, there should be no tax
consequence, as disclosed amounts of cash in hand are being deposited pursuant
to the withdrawal of such notes. Such amount would not be taxable. This view is
supported by the decisions in the cases of Sri Ram Tandon vs. CIT (1961) 42
ITR 689 (All), Gur Prasad Hari Das vs. CIT (1963) 47 ITR 634 (All), Narendra G
Goradia vs. CIT (1998) 234 ITR 571 and Lalchand Bhagat Ambica Ram vs. CIT
(1957) 37 ITR 288 (SC).

In Narendra Goradia’s case, the Bombay High Court held that
where the assessee had sufficient cash balance, there was no requirement of law
to maintain details of receipts of currency notes of various denominations
received by the assessee and failure to furnish detailed particulars of source
of acquisition of high denomination notes could not result in an addition to
the income. A similar view was taken by the Supreme Court in the case of Mehta
Parikh & Co vs. CIT 30 ITR 181.

When books of account are not maintained by the depositor,
how does he prove that such cash deposit does not represent his undisclosed
income?

Consider a situation where the aggregate amount deposited in
a bank account is less than Rs. 2.50 lakh. Advertisements have been issued by
the Ministry of Finance, stating that deposits of up to Rs. 2.50 lakh will not
be reported to the Income Tax Department. This has been followed by amendments
to Rule 114B (which relates to compulsory quoting of PAN) and Rule 114E
[furnishing of annual information returns (AIR) in respect of specified
transactions], vide Income Tax (30th Amendment) Rules, 2016,
Notification No. 104/2016, F.No.370142/32/2016-TPL dated 15th November
2016.

Rule 114B, which applied to transactions of deposit of cash
exceeding Rs.50,000 in a bank or post office, has now been extended to deposits
aggregating to more than Rs.2.50 lakh during the period from 9th
November to 30th December 2016. A new requirement of furnishing
details through AIR by banks and post offices has been inserted in rule 114E,
requiring furnishing of details of cash deposits made during the period 9th
November to 30th December 2016, if such cash deposits amount to
Rs.12.50 lakh or more in a current account, or Rs.2.50 lakh or more in any
other account. It therefore appears that banks would not be required to furnish
details where a person deposits less than Rs.2.50 lakh in aggregate in a bank
during the period from 9th November to 30th December
2016. However, if the amount of deposit is Rs.2.50 lakh, there would be a
requirement to report in the AIR.

It needs to be kept in mind that mere non-reporting in the
AIR does not mean that the amount of deposits (though less than Rs.2.50 lakh)
is not taxable. Such deposits may escape taxation in the case of a person who
is not an assessee, and does not file his tax returns. However, if the
depositor is an assessee, who files his tax return, the position would be quite
different. If his income tax return is selected for scrutiny, and such deposits
come to the notice of the assessing officer, the depositor would necessarily
have to explain the source of such cash deposits, as in the case of any other
cash deposits which may otherwise have come to the notice of the assessing
officer. There is no exemption provided from such scrutiny.

Where the aggregate amount of cash deposits in a bank or post
office during the relevant period is Rs.2.50 lakh or more (or Rs.12.50 lakh or
more, as the case may be), such deposits would obviously be reported to the
Income Tax Department through an AIR, which has to be filed by 31st January
2017. The source of such deposits will have to be proven by the depositor, when
called upon to do so by the tax authorities.

The Bombay High Court, in the case of Gopaldas T Agarwal
vs. CIT 113 ITR 447,
in the context of section 69B, has held that the
burden is always on the assessee, if an explanation is asked for by the taxing
authorities or the Tribunal, to indicate the source of acquisition of a
particular asset admittedly owned by the person concerned. It will depend upon
the facts of each case to decide what type of facts will be regarded as
sufficient to discharge such onus.

In Bai Velbai vs. CIT 49 ITR 130, the Supreme Court
considered a case where the assessee received certain amount by encashment of
high denomination notes. The ITO held that only part of the said sum could be
treated as savings of assessee and, therefore, assessed balance as income of
assessee from undisclosed sources. The Supreme Court, while allowing the
appeal, observed:

“Prima facie, the question
whether the amount in question came out of the saving or withdrawals made by
the appellant from her several businesses or was income from undisclosed
sources, would be a question of fact to be determined on a consideration of the
facts and circumstances proved or admitted in the case. A finding of fact does not alter its character as one of fact merely because it is itself an
inference from other basic facts.”

If books of account are not maintained, the following factors
would need to be considered in determining the reasonableness of such amount:

1.  Cash in hand as on 31st March 2016
as declared in the return of income for assessment year 2016-17 (particularly
in Schedule AL or in Balance Sheet details filled in the return).

2.  Cash withdrawals from bank accounts during the
period from 1st April 2016 to 8th November 2016.

3.  Income received in cash during the period from
1st April 2016 to 8th November 2016. It needs to be noted that with
effect from 1st June 2016, the provisions of tax collection at
source u/s. 206C at 1% of the sale consideration are applicable to transactions
where the sale of goods or services in cash exceeds Rs.2,00,000. Besides, with
effect from 1st April 2016, there is a requirement u/s. 114E of
furnishing AIR by any person liable for tax audit u/s. 44AB in respect of
receipt of cash payment exceeding Rs.2,00,000 for sale of goods or services.

4.  Any other cash receipts during the period from
1st April 2016 to 8th November 2016.

5.  Cash deposited in the bank during the period
from 1st April 2016 to 8th November 2016.

6.  Personal and other expenditure in cash of the
person and his family during the period from 1st April 2016 to 8th
November 2016. 

Ideally, a cash flow statement should be prepared to show the
cash in hand with the depositor as at 8th November 2016. Reference
may be made to a decision of the Patna High Court in the case of Manindranath
Dash vs. CIT 27 ITR 522,
where the Court held as under:

“The principle is well
established that if the assessee receives a certain amount in the course of the
accounting year, the burden of proof is upon the assessee to show that the item
of receipt is not of an income nature; and if the assessee fails to prove
positively the source and nature of the amount of the receipt, the revenue
authorities are entitled to draw an inference that the receipt is of an income
nature. The burden of proof in such a case is not upon the department but the
burden of proof is upon the assessee to show by sufficient material that the
item of receipt was not of an income character.

In the instant case it was
admitted that the assessee did not maintain any home chest account. It was
further admitted that he did not produce before the income-tax authorities
materials to show what was the disbursement for the various years. Unless the
assessee showed what the amount of disbursement was for the various years, it
was impossible to arrive at a finding that on the material date that is, on the
19-1-1946 the assessee had in his possession sufficient cash balance
representing the value of high denomination notes which were being encashed. It
was necessary that the assessee should have given further material to indicate
what was the disbursement out of the total income and satisfied the authorities
in that manner that on the material date the cash balance in his hand was not
less than the amount of Rs. 28,000 which was the value of the high denomination
notes. It was clear that the income-tax authorities were right in holding that
the assessee had failed to give sufficient explanation of the source and nature
of the high denomination notes which he encashed.

It was therefore, to be held
that the sum of Rs. 13,000 representing high denomination notes encashed on 19-1-1946, was income liable to income-tax.”

How does the depositor prove the reasonableness of the cash
in hand as of 8th November 2016, where the depositor is covered by
the presumptive tax scheme u/s. 44AD, and therefore does not maintain books of
accounts? In such cases, the assessee would in any case be required to maintain
details of turnover, or may be required to maintain books of account under
other laws, such as indirect tax laws. The reasonableness would have to be
judged by the quantum of the turnover of the depositor, in particular, the
turnover in cash, and other cash expenses of the business. Wherever possible, a
cash flow statement should be prepared to prove the reasonableness of the cash
deposited.

If a person covered by section 44AD wishes to offer income
arising from unaccounted sales to tax, it first needs to be verified whether
his turnover would exceed the limits of section 44AD, after including such
unaccounted sales. If so, then normal computation provisions may apply. If his
turnover, after inclusion of such amount, does not exceed the limit u/s. 44AD,
then 8% of the turnover or the actual income, whichever is higher, needs to be
declared. The cash deposits need to be factored in while computing the actual
income for this purpose.

What would be the position of a housewife, who has saved
money out of money received from her husband for household expenses over the
years, and deposits such savings amount in her bank account? Would such deposit
be taxable? If so, in whose hands would it be taxable – of the housewife or her
husband? In such a case, the reasonableness of the amount would have to be
gauged from the quantum of monthly withdrawals for household cash expenses, and
the reasonableness of the period over which the amount is claimed to have been
served. The taxability, if at all, would have to be considered in the hands of
the husband.

In the case of ITO vs. R S Mathur (1982) 11 Taxman
24
, the Patna bench of the Tribunal considered a case where the value of
high denomination notes encashed by the assessee’s wife, was included by the
ITO in the assessee’s assessment as income from undisclosed sources, rejecting
the explanation given by her that the notes were acquired out of savings
effected out of amounts given by her husband for household expenses. The
Tribunal held that the assessee was placed in high position and he was having
income from salary and interest. If the total earnings were taken into
consideration, the possibilities of saving to the extent of value of high
denomination note might not be ruled out. It therefore confirmed the deletion
of the addition.

If the depositor is unable to prove the reasonableness of the
cash deposited on the basis of the surrounding circumstances, and has not
offered such excess cash deposited as his income in his return of income, the
cash deposited in excess of the reasonable amount is liable to tax as his
income under the provisions of section 69A. Any amount taxed u/s. 69A is
taxable at an effective rate of 77.25% under the provisions of section 115BBE,
without any deduction in respect of any expenditure or allowance or set off of
any loss, as discussed above.

However, one also needs to keep in mind the common sense
approach adopted by the courts in similar cases in the past. The explanation
for such income needs to be credible and reasonable, given the facts and
circumstances. In this connection, a useful reference may be made to the
decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Sumati Dayal vs. CIT 214 ITR
801 (SC)
. In that case, the assessee claimed to have won 13 jackpots in
horse races during the year. The first jackpot was won on the first day that
she went to the races. The Supreme Court, while holding that it was possible
that the assessee had purchased the winning tickets in cash from the real
winner, and deciding against the assessee, observed:

“Apparent must be considered
real until it is shown that there are reasons to believe that the apparent is
not the real and that the taxing authorities are entitled to look into the
surrounding circumstances to find out the reality and the matter has to be
considered by applying the test of human probabilities.”

Would there be any other consequences if the amount deposited
is declared as business income of the year? One needs to keep in mind the
applicability of an indirect tax liability in respect of the amount of business
income declared, in the form of VAT, excise duty or service tax, depending on
the nature of business.

In case of a medical professional, one also needs to keep in
mind the requirement of keeping a register of patients. The fees indicated in
such register should match with the fees shown as income. Even for other
professionals, the details of the clients could be called for, for verification
of such details of cash alleged to have been received from clients.

Further, in a situation where the business or professional
income for assessment year 2017-18 is significantly higher than normal, and in
subsequent years, a normal lower income is declared, there is a high risk of a
detailed scrutiny in those subsequent years by the tax authorities to verify
whether the income disclosed in those years is correct or not, or has been
suppressed by the assessee. In particular, businesses or professions with large
cash receipts or large cash expenditures would be at higher risk of adjustments
to declared income in subsequent years.

Deposits out of Past Year’s Income or Additions

There may be cases wherein a person seeks to explain the
deposits in the bank by co-relating the deposits with the income of the past
years or out of the additions made in such years in assessing the total income.
In all such cases, the onus will be on the person depositing the money to
reasonably establish that the money so deposited represented the income of the
past years that had remained in cash and such cash was held in the High
Denomination Notes.

In such cases, the
possibility of a levy of penalty on application of Explanation 2 to section
271(1)(c) and/or section 270A(4) and (5) of the Act and now even section 271AAC
will also have to be considered. This is discussed later in this article. It is
seen that the Income Tax Department has issued notices u/s.133(6) for enquiring
into the source of deposits of the High Denomination Notes and in some cases
have carried out survey action u/s.133A. Many cases of search and seizure
action u/s.132 have also been reported. In all such cases, the issue of penalty
requires to be kept in mind. In ordinary circumstances, concealment or
misreporting is ascertained with reference to the Return of Income unless there
is a presumption running against the assesse. In cases of an enquiry u/s.133(6)
and survey u/s.133A, no such presumption is available for the year of notice or
action and, the liability to penalty will be solely determined with reference
to the income disclosed in the Return of Income. A presumption however, runs
against the assesse in cases of search and seizure u/s.132 by virtue of the
fiction available to the Revenue u/s.270AAB of the Act. To avoid the
application of the fiction and the consequential penalty, the person will have
to establish that the income and the consequential deposit thereof are duly
recorded in the books of account on the date of search.

Taxation of notes seized after 8th November 2016

In a case where withdrawn currency notes are seized by the
tax authorities after 8th November 2016 from an assessee who was in
possession of such notes as on 8th November, 2016 , can the assessee
argue that since such withdrawn currency notes are not legal tender after 8th
November 2016, they are not money or valuable article, and hence not
taxable u/s. 69A?

Support for this argument is sought to be drawn from the
decision of the Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT vs. Andhra Pradesh
Yarn Combines (P) Ltd 282 ITR 490.
In this case, the High Court held as
under:

“The expression ‘money’ has
different shades of meaning. In the context of income-tax provisions, it can
only be a currency token, bank notes or other circulating medium in general
use, which has the representative value. Therefore, the currency notes on the
day when they were found to be in possession of the assessee should have had
the representative value, namely, it could be tendered as a money, which has
intrinsic value. In the instant case, the final Fact-finding authority, namely,
the Tribunal, after noticing the ordinance issued by the Central Government,
coupled with the fact of the RBI refusing to exchange the high denomination
notes when they were tendered for exchange, concluded that on the day, when the
assessee was found to be in possession of high denomination notes, they were
only scrap of paper and they could not be used as circulating medium in general
use as the representative value and, therefore, it could not be said that the
assessee was in possession of unexplained money. Therefore, the high
denomination notes which were in possession of the assessee could not be said
as ‘unexplained money’, which the assessee had not disclosed in its return of
income and, therefore, it would not warrant levy of penalty u/s. 271(1)(c).”

However, when one examines the facts of that case, the time
limit for exchanging these withdrawn notes with RBI had expired, and in fact,
RBI had refused to exchange the notes.

So far as the current position is concerned, the withdrawn
currency notes, though ceasing to be legal tender, continue to be legal tender
for the purpose of deposit with banks till 30th December 2016, and
can thereafter be exchanged at notified offices of RBI up to 31st March,
2017. It cannot therefore be said, till 31st March, 2017 that the
withdrawn currency notes are not valuable, since they can be exchanged for
other currency notes up to 31st March, 2017 at the Banks or the
Reserve Bank of India. Therefore, until such time as the option of exchange
exists, such withdrawn currency notes are a valuable thing, though maybe not
money and the provisions of section 69A would apply in cases where it is found
in a search action before 31st March, 2017. The ratio of the
Karnataka High Court decision would apply only after the option of exchange
with RBI or with any other authority ceases to exist. The position however
could be different where the assessee is found to have received such notes on
or after 9th November, 2016 even though he was not authorised to
receive such notes.

Taxation of Receipts of high denomination notes post
08.11.2016

Many businesses have received withdrawn currency notes after
8th November 2016, as consideration for sale of goods or services,
or against payment of their outstanding dues, and subsequently deposited such
currency notes in their bank accounts. Can the businesses claim that the source
of deposit of the withdrawn currency notes was such subsequent sales, and that
therefore there is no undisclosed income?

Certain businesses, such as electricity companies, hospitals,
pharmacies, consumer co-operative stores, etc., were permitted to do so,
by specifically providing in a notification that the specified bank notes would
not cease to be legal tender up to a specified period, to the extent of certain
transactions specified in the notification. Such businesses can therefore
legitimately claim that the source of deposit of the withdrawn currency notes
by them in the bank account is on account of such sales or receipts.

The position is a little more complex when it comes to other
businesses not authorised to receive such currency. Attention is invited to the
demonetization of 1978 where besides providing that high denomination bank
notes of certain denominations would cease to be legal tender with effect from
16th January 1978, section 4 of the High Denomination Bank Notes
(Demonetisation) Act, 1978 specifically provided that, save as otherwise
provided under that Act, no person could, after the 16th day of
January 1978, transfer to the possession of another person or receive into his
possession from another person any high denomination bank note. The current
notification issued by the Ministry of Finance does not have a similar
provision apparently prohibiting transfer or receipt of withdrawn bank notes
after 8th November, 2016 so that such notes cease to be a legal
tender. Instead the notification permits a few persons or businesses to receive
such currency and with that by implication provides that all other persons are
prohibited from receiving such currency.

Given the difference between the provisions of the 1978 law
and the 2016 notification, one view is that there is no prohibition of transfer
or receipt of the currency notes which have ceased to be legal tender, if both
the parties to the transaction are willing to transact in such notes. At best,
the recipient of the withdrawn bank notes can claim that the transaction is
void, since the consideration was illegal. As per this view, a business can
therefore transact in such notes, even after 8th November 2016, and
deposit such notes in its bank account before 30th December 2016.

Given the fact that such notes are no longer legal tender,
use of such notes in settlement of legal obligations is impermissible. This view
also draws support from section 23 of the Indian Contract Act, 1882. Section 23
of the Indian Contract Act reads as under: “23. What consideration and
objects are lawful, and what not.
The consideration or object of an
agreement is lawful, unless it is forbidden by law; or is of such a nature
that, if permitted, it would defeat the provisions of any law; or is
fraudulent; or involves or implies, injury to the person or property of
another; or the Court regards it as immoral, or opposed to public policy. In
each of these cases, the consideration or object of an agreement is said to be
unlawful. Every agreement of which the object or consideration is unlawful is
void. 

The consideration of a contract to be settled by exchange of
withdrawn currency notes is opposed to public policy, and the consideration is
therefore unlawful, rendering the agreement as void. Further, under the current
demonetisation, by withdrawal of the currency notes as legal tender,
prohibition on their transfer should be implied. Therefore, one cannot claim
set off of such receipts against the deposit of the withdrawn currency notes.
This is also in accordance with the spirit of the action of withdrawal of the
legal tender status of these currency notes.

As far as the position in the Income-tax Act is concerned, it
is to be appreciated that as per one view discussed above, only a limited
number of persons are authorised to accept the high denomination notes, post
08.11.2016, besides the banks. All other persons are prohibited, expressly or
impliedly, to receive and accept such currencies as a medium of transaction. As
a direct off-shoot of this regulation, a person who has received such a
currency on or after 08.11.2016 is not entitled to deposit such a currency in
the bank. Please see Jayantilal Ratanchand Shah (supra) wherein the Apex
Court has held that the Reserve Bank of India was empowered to refuse to accept
the deposit of such notes. On failure to deposit, such a currency received
after 08.11.2016, loses its value and would have no economic worth. In the
circumstances, the person found in possession of such notes so received cannot
be taxed on the strength of its possession unless such currency is found to be
valuable. Please see the decision in the case of CIT vs. Andhra Pradesh Yarn
Combines (P) Ltd. 282 ITR 490 (Karn.).

Interesting issues may arise in a case of a sale of goods, on
or after 9.11.2016 against demonetised currency where he is not an authorised
person to receive such currency. In such a case, a question arises as to
whether the seller can be construed to have sold goods for no economic
consideration and can accordingly not be taxed on so called sale proceeds. If
so, the question will also then arise whether the purchaser of goods can be
subjected to tax u/s. 56(2)(vii) for having acquired the goods for inadequate
or no consideration, in such a case. The issue is likely to be a subject of
debate.

Trusts

The issue of deposits of High Denomination Notes by a
charitable trust and religious trust also requires consideration. A charitable
trust under the law of section 115BBC is liable to be taxed at the maximum
marginal rate in respect of anonymous donations. Such a trust would be required
to declare the identity of the donors to prevent the donation from being taxed u/s.
115BBC. Even in case of a religious trust, there will be an obligation to
establish that the donation in question was received by the trust on or before
08/11/2016.

In this connection, a decision of the Supreme Court in the
case of Jayantilal Ratanchand Shah vs. Reserve Bank of India, 1997 AIR 370,
in the context of the 1978 demonetisation is relevant. In this case, the
petitioner was the chairman of a society which was running a medical dispensary
at Surat. It was collecting funds to construct a public charitable Hospital,
and for that purpose, it had kept donation boxes at Surat and Bombay. On
demonetisation of 16th January 1978, instructions were given to the
office bearers not to accept any deposit or allow anyone to deposit any high
denomination bank notes in the collection boxes after midnight of 16th
January 1978. The collection box at Bombay was opened on 17th
January 1978, and the high denomination bank notes of Rs. 22.11 lakh found in
that were deposited with State Bank of India for exchange. The collection boxes
at Surat were opened on 20th January 1978, and were found to contain
Rs. 34.76 lakh in high denomination bank notes, which were also deposited with
State Bank of India for exchange.

State Bank of India refused to exchange the notes found in
the collection box at Surat on the ground that the Society had not explained
satisfactorily its failure to open the collection boxes immediately after the
issue of the ordinance, and that it had not been established that the notes had
reached the Society before demonetisation. The Central Government dismissed the
appeal again such rejection, pointing out that in the earlier year, the box
collection was only about Rs. 5,000 per month, and that the appellant had not
been able to prove that even in the past the trust was getting donations in
high denomination notes in the charity boxes and that this was a regular
feature.

The Supreme Court upheld the refusal to exchange the notes,
on the ground that the materials on record showed that the reasons which weighed
with the authorities to refuse payment to the Society in exchange of the high
denomination banknotes were cogent, and that the order was not perverse.

The Prohibition of Benami Transactions Act, 2016

The provisions of the Benami Transactions (Prohibitions)
Amendment Act, 2016 passed, on 10.8.2016, has been made effective from 1.11.
2016. Under this Act, holding of the property in the name of a person other
than the owner is an offence and the property so held is made liable to
confiscation and the owner of the property, in addition, is subjected to a fine
and punishment, too. Similarly, holding of the property in a fictitious name is
subjected to the same fate. This legislation should be a deterrent for the
persons holding properties including bank accounts in the name of a benamidar.
For example, deposits of magnitude in Jan Dhan Yojna Accounts. An exception has
been provided for the properties held in the name of a spouse or children,
amongst a few other exceptions. This law is administered by the Income tax
authorities.

The Government has also issued a press release dated 18th
November 2016, clarifying that such tax evasion activities can be made subject
to income tax and penalty if it is established that the amount deposited in the
account was not of the account holder, but of somebody else. Also, as per the
press release, the person who allows his or her account to be misused for this
purpose can be prosecuted for abetment under the Income Tax Act.

Borrowing from Persons Depositing High Denomination Notes

A person borrowing funds from the person who has deposited
demonetised currency will have to satisfy the conditions of section 68 and the
lender may be required to explain his source of the deposits.

Prevention of Money Laundering Act

Use of any ‘proceeds of crime’, for depositing high
denomination notes, will expose a person to the stringent provisions of the
Prevention of Money Laundering Act. This Act covers various offences under 28
different statutes including economic laws like SEBI and SCRA. Any money
received in violation of the provisions of these enactments may be treated as
the ‘proceeds of crime’ and will be subjected to confiscation and fine and
imprisonment for the offender. Any person indulging in conversion of the
prohibited currency may be considered to have committed an offence under the
Indian Penal Code and may be held to be in possession of the proceeds of crime
and may attract punishment under the PMLA.

Non Resident and FATCA

Like other tax payers, a non-resident in possession of the
demonetised currency shall be eligible for depositing the same in the bank
account subject of course to the compliance of the provisions of FEMA. Such a
deposit may be required to be reported by the bank under FATCA.

Case of non- deposit of High Denomination Notes

A person not depositing the demonetised currency by the
prescribed date shall lose the money forever as his holding shall cease to have
any market value.

Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojana, 2016

The Finance Act 2016 has been amended by the Taxation Laws
(Second Amendment) Act, 2016, by the insertion of Chapter IX-A and sections
199A to 199R, containing the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojana, 2016 (PMGKY or
‘Scheme’) which scheme has come into force from 17th December 2016. The Money
Bill introduced on 28/11/2016 received the President’s assent on 15th
December 2016. In pursuance of the scheme, the Rules titled the Taxation and
Investment Regime For Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Scheme Rules, 2016 have been
notified on 16/12/2016 under S.O. No. 4059(E) .

The scheme seeks to provide Taxation and Investment Regime
for PMGKY and introduce Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme (PMGKDS). A
statement dated 26/11/2016 by the Finance Minister explains the objects and
reasons behind introduction of scheme. It records that the scheme is introduced
on receipt of representations and suggestions from expert for stopping illegal
conversion of High Denomination Notes and to provide an opportunity to the tax
evaders to come clean on payment of taxes and to generate additional revenue
for government to be  utilised for
welfare activities and also for the use of funds in formal economy. The funds
to be deposited under PMGKDS are to be utilised for programmes of irrigation,
housing, toilets, infrastructure, primary education, health, livelihood,
justice and equity for poor.

The scheme is a code by itself and overrides the provisions
of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and any Finance Act. It shall come into force from
the date notified by the Central Government and shall remain in force till such
time is repealed by an Act of Parliament. It provides for filing of a
declaration by a person, latest by a date to be notified by the Central
Government (31st March 2017), with the principal commissioner or
commissioner authorised to receive declaration under the notification issued by
the Central Government. The declaration is to be in the prescribed form and is
to be verified in the manner prescribed and signed by the person in accordance
with section 140 of the Income-tax Act. The rules prescribe the Form for
declaration (Form 1), besides for revision of the declaration, issue of a
certificate by the Commissioner (Form 2) and other related things.

Section 199B defines the terms Declarant, Income-tax Act, and
PMGKDS. The term not defined shall take meaning from the Income-tax Act, 1961.
To opt for the scheme is optional and is at the discretion of the person and is
not mandatory for a person to be covered by it. However, a person opting for
the scheme is assured of certain immunities. Any person, whether an individual
or not resident or not, is entitled to make a declaration under the
scheme. 

Under the scheme, a person can make a declaration as per
section 199C in respect of any income chargeable to tax for AY 2017-18 or an
earlier year, in the form of cash or deposit in an account with a specified
entity (which includes a bank, RBI, post office and any other notified entity).
Such income would be taxed without any deduction, allowance or set off of loss.
The tax payable would be 30% of the undisclosed income, plus a surcharge of 33%
of the tax, the total being 39.99% as per section 199D. Further, a penalty of
10% of the undisclosed income as per section 199E would be payable, the
effective payment of tax, surcharge and penalty being 49.9%. No education cess
would be payable. Such tax, surcharge and penalty is to be paid before filing
the declaration as per section 199H and is not refundable in terms of section
199K. Neither ‘income’ nor ‘undisclosed income’ is defined under Chapter IX-A.
While declaration is for income, charge of tax, etc is on undisclosed income.
Proof of payment is to be filed along with the declaration. Any failure to pay
tax, etc as prescribed would result in declaration to be treated as void and
shall be deemed never to have been filed as per section 199M. There is no provision for part payment, at present.

The scheme vide section199F requires making of a deposit of
25% of the undisclosed income as per section 199H declared in the Pradhan
Mantri Garib Kalyan Deposit Scheme, 2016, before making the declaration. The
deposit would be interest-free, and would be for a period of 4 years before
refund. If one takes the opportunity loss of interest on such deposit at 8% per
annum, the effective loss of interest on a pre-tax basis would be 8% of the
declared income over the period of 4 years, but would be about 5.2% on a
post-tax basis. This raises the effective cost under the scheme to 55.1%, as
against 77.25% payable otherwise under the Act. The scheme is therefore an
effective alternative to disclosure as income in the tax return of AY 2017-18.

Section 199-I provides that the amount of undisclosed income
declared in accordance with the scheme shall not be included in the total
income of the declarant for any assessment year under the Income-tax Act.
Further, section 199L provides that nothing contained in the declaration shall
be admissible in evidence against the declarant for the purpose of any
proceeding under any Act, other than the specified Acts in respect of which a
declaration cannot be made, even if such Act has a provision to the contrary.

A declaration in terms of section 199-O, cannot be made by a
person in respect of whom an order of detention has been made under COFEPOSA,
or by any person notified u/s. 3 of the Special Court (Trial of Offences
Relating to Transactions in Securities) Act, 1992. A declaration cannot be made
in relation to prosecution for any offence punishable under chapter IX or
chapter XVII of the Indian Penal Code, the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic
Substances Act, 1985, the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967, the
Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988, the Prohibition of Benami Property
Transactions Act, 1988 and the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002. It
cannot be made in relation to any undisclosed foreign income and asset
chargeable to tax under the Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets)
and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015. Unlike under IDS, there is no prohibition on
making of a declaration for any year for which an assessment or reassessment
notice has been issued or in which a survey or search has taken place.

A declarant as per section 199J is not entitled to seek
reopening of any assessment or reassessment or to claim any set off or relief
in any appeal, reference or other proceeding in relation to any such assessment
or reassessment in respect of the undisclosed income which is declared under
the scheme. The tax, surcharge and penalty paid under the scheme is not refundable, section 199K.

Where a declaration has been made by misrepresentation or
suppression of facts or without payment of tax, surcharge or penalty, or
without making the deposit in the deposit scheme as required, such declaration
as per section 199M is void and is deemed never to have been made under the
scheme.

Section 199-I provides that the amount of undisclosed income,
declared in accordance with section 199C, shall not be included in the total
income of declarant for any assessment year under the Income-tax Act. The
income so declared is eligible for being excluded from the total income for any
assessment year. The immunity here is restricted to the total income of the
declarant and, unless otherwise clarified, will not extend to third parties.
This view is further confirmed by the express provisions of section 199P which
for the removal of doubts clarifies that nothing contained in the scheme shall
be constructed as conferring any benefit, concession or immunity on any person
other than the person making the declaration. The language of section 199-I is
clear enough to support the view that the income declared under PMGKY cannot be
included in the book profit for the purposes of levy of the minimum alternative
tax u/s. 115JB of the Income-tax Act, since such book profit is deemed to be
the total income. The language also supports the view that no penalty can be
levied or a prosecution can be launched under the Income Tax Act simply on the
basis of the income declared under the PMGKY. The provisions of sections 199D
and 199E specifically overrides the provisions of the Income-tax Act and also
of any Finance Act. No express provisions, as under the IDS, 2016, are
contained in PMGKY for conferring specific immunity from penalty or prosecution
under the Income-tax Act.

Another important immunity is provided vide section 199L
which expressly provides that anything contained in the declaration shall be
inadmissible in evidence against the declarant for the purpose of any
proceeding under any Act other than those listed in section 199-O. This is a
wide and sweeping immunity and shall help the declarant in keeping a safe
distance from any declaration based liability under any of the indirect tax
laws and also the civil laws. Denial of immunity for the statutes mentioned in
section 199-O is for the reason that the persons or the offences covered
therein are in any case made ineligible for making declaration of undisclosed
income under the scheme. Section 199L further confirms the understanding that
no penalty can be levied or prosecution be launched on the basis of the
declaration, alone.

A care has been taken u/s.199N to ensure the specific
application of sections 119, 138,159 to 180A and 189 of the Income Tax Act to
the declaration made under the scheme. This provision enables the continuity of
the proceedings by the subordinate authorities besides facilitating the making
and filing of declaration in specified cases of fiduciary relationships and
discontinued and dissolved entities. Application of section 138 shall enable
the authorities to restrict the sharing of information in their possession,
unless it is found to be in the public interest to do so.

The Central Government has been empowered vide section 199Q
to pass any order for removing the difficulty within a period of 2 years
provided such order is placed before each house of the Parliament.
Simultaneously the Board is empowered to make rules, by notification, for
carrying out the provisions of the scheme including for providing the form and
manner and verification of the declaration. Such rules when made are required
to be placed before each house of Parliament, while it is in session, for a
total period of 30 days.

The PMGKY contains many provisions similar to the Income
Disclosure Scheme, 2016 (IDS). There however are some important differences
between the PMGKY and IDS, some of which are listed here under:

  An income or undisclosed income is not
defined under the PMGKY while under IDS it was specifically defined to include,
a) Income not declared in an return of income filed u/s. 139, b) An income not
included in the return of income furnished, c) An income that has escaped assessment

  The aggregate rate of tax plus surcharge and
penalty is 49.9% under PMGKY against the aggregate of 45% under the IDS

   The surcharge under the PMGKY is to be used
for the Kalyan of Garib while under the IDS, it is to be used for Kissan Kalyan

   The penalty under PMGKY is levied on the
basis of undisclosed income while under the IDS it was levied on the basis of
tax excluding surcharge

   Under the PMGKY an interest free deposit of
25% or more of undisclosed income is required to be made for a period of 4
years from the date of deposit while IDS did not contain any such provision

  Under PMGKY the payment of taxes, etc is to
be made before filing the declaration, while under IDS such payment can be made
in 3 installments ending with 30.09.2017

  Under PMGKY a declaration is rendered void in
cases of misrepresentation or suppression of facts while under IDS only
declaration by misrepresentation are rendered void

   Under PMGKY a declaration made without
payment of tax, etc is void while under IDS the payment was to be made only on
demand by the Commissioner

   Under PMGKY no specific immunities have been
conferred from levy of wealth tax, application of Benami Transaction Provisions
Act and penalty and prosecution under the Income Tax Act and the Wealth Tax Act
while IDS contains specific provisions to such effect

   Under PMGKY a declaration is not possible in
cases of prosecution under the prohibition of Benami Property Transaction Act,
1988 and Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 while under the IDS there is
no such provision to prevent a person making a declaration for prosecution
under said Acts

  A person in receipt of any notices u/s.
143(2) or 142(1) or 148 or 153A of the Income Tax Act as also a person in
respect of whom a search or survey is carried out or requisition has been made
is not prohibited from making a declaration while under the IDS such a person
was prohibited from making a declaration

   Under PMGKY a declaration is not admissible
as evidence under any Act other than a few specified Acts while under IDS such
a declaration is not admissible as evidence for imposition of a penalty and
prosecution under the Income-tax Act and Wealth Tax Act.

Given the similarity of the provisions to IDS, 2016 the
clarifications issued from time to time under IDS, to the extent that the
language is similar or identical, can perhaps be utilised for understanding
PMGKY as well.

While a declaration can be made only after commencement of
the scheme and the rules and forms have been notified, a declaration can be
made for any deposits or any cash for any assessment year up to assessment year
2017-18. Therefore, even in respect of cash deposits made before or after 8 November,
but prior to the scheme coming into force, a declaration can be made under the
scheme. 

A reading of the statement of objects and reasons leads a
reader to believe that the scheme has been introduced for the purposes of
giving an opportunity, to come clean, to persons who are in possession of the
high denomination notes, for which they do not have any satisfactory
explanation, at a cost which is higher than the cost of the regular tax.

The use of the terms ‘a declaration in respect of any
income, in the form of cash or deposit in an account maintained by a person
with a specified entity chargeable to tax’
in section 199C, where read in
the context of the statement of objects and reasons, means that it is such cash
or deposit held in the high denomination notes that qualifies for the
declaration under the scheme. The language of section 199C, though not
restricting the scope of a declaration to the high denomination notes, has to
be read in a manner that supports the objects and the reasons for introduction
of the PMGKY. Form no.1 and the contents thereon also supports this view. The
form prescribes for the declaration of the amount of cash and deposits with
specified entities. Even the Notification dt.19.12.2016 issued by the RBI
enabling the person to pay tax, etc. and make deposit under the scheme
by use of the high denomination notes, also supports this view. The other view
is that the meaning and the scope of above captioned words,  used in section 199C(1), should not be restricted
to the high denomination notes in as much as the language is clear and
unambiguous so as to include any cash or deposit of any denomination including
of the new currency. This view is further confirmed by the express provisions
of section 199C(1) which enables a declaration of income for any assessment
year commencing on or before 1st April,2017. Obviously, a person
making a declaration for A.Y.2016-17 or earlier years cannot be holding the
declared income in cash since then and that too in the form of the high
denomination notes.

The language of section 199C makes it difficult for a
declarant wishing to come clean by declaring an unaccounted income which had
been used for payment of any expenditure, etc made at any time prior to the
date of commencement of the scheme; the payments might have been made in the
high denomination notes even after 08.11.2016 to authorised persons; even to
unauthorised persons, out of the unaccounted income held in the high
denomination note after 08.11.2016 and the declarant wishes to make a
declaration thereon irrespective of the legality of such payment. The question
also arises about the eligibility of the unauthorised recipient to declare cash
under the scheme and about the value of such cash.

In many a case of undisclosed income received up to
08.11.2016 in cash or by deposit, it is likely that such unaccounted income has
been utilised in acquiring some other asset or in advancing loan and is
therefore not in the form of cash or deposits as on the date of commencement of
the scheme.

The eligibility of such a person to make a declaration under
the scheme becomes contentious and debatable. This difficulty is further
confirmed by a reading of Form 1 which has no space for any such investments
and instead requires the declarant to specify the amount of cash and the
deposits, only. The above difficulties concerning the most important aspect of
declaration i.e. the scope of 
undisclosed income, is best resolved by the Government of India by issue
of appropriate clarification at the earliest.  

Section 115BBE and Amendment

Provisions and Scope

Section 115BBE was introduced by the Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f.
01.04.2013 and applied to assessment year 2013-14 and onwards. It was further
amended by the Finance Act, 2016. The section provided that;

   in computing the total income of a person,
the income referred to in sections 68, 69, 69A, 69B, 69C and 69D (‘specified
income’) no deduction shall be allowed,

   no set-off of loss shall be allowed against
the specified income,

   the specified income so included in the total
income shall be taxed at the rate of thirty per cent, and

  surcharge and the education cess, where
payable, shall be paid at the rate prescribed in the Finance Act of the
respective year.

No separate provisions were made for levy of penalty for the
specified income that are taxed at the rates prescribed u/s.115BBE of the Act.
Accordingly, penalty for concealment, etc where leviable, was leviable as per
section 271(1)(c) or section 270A, as the case may be. Likewise, no separate
provisions for prosecution were specifically prescribed for the specified
income and the provisions for initiating prosecution in regular course were
invoked, where applicable.

The provision did not enable an assessee to voluntarily
include the specified income in filing the return of income and pay tax
thereon.

A view has been prevailing for sometime, which view got
momentum in the wake of demonetisation, holding that an assessee can include an
amount in his total income without specifying the source of income or even the
head of income and voluntarily pay tax thereon; no penalty for concealment, etc
can be levied u/s. 270A of the Act; the provisions for prosecution were
inadequate for prosecuting such a person; such amount when included in the
return of income cannot be assessed u/s.68 to 69D of the Act and as such cannot
be taxed at the rates prescribed u/s.115BBE of the Act.

This view found a great favour with the tax experts during
the period commencing 9th November, 2016, post demonetization. It
is/was believed that any assessee, relying on the view, can deposit the
demonetized currency and offer the amount as his income in filing the return of
income for the assessment year 2017-18 without attracting any penalty and/or
prosecution.

It appears that the Government could not but concur with the
view. Realizing the lacuna in the law, it has amended the provisions of section
115 BBE and simultaneously introduced section 271AAC w.e.f. 1st April,
2017, vide enactment of the Taxation Laws (Second Amendment) Act, 2016 which
received the assent of the President of India on 15th December,
2016. The objects and reasons for amending section 115BBE are found in the
paragraph 2 of the Statement dt. 26th November, 2016 issued by Arun
Jaitley at the time of introducing the Bill. It reads as under; “concerns have
been raised that some of the existing provisions of the Income-tax Act, 1961
could possibly be used for concealing black money. It is, therefore, important
that, the Government amends the Act to plug these loopholes as early as
possible so as to prevent misuse of the provisions. The Taxation Laws (Second
Amendment) Bill, 2016, proposes to make some changes in the Act to ensure that
defaulting assessees are subjected to tax at a higher rate and stringent
penalty provisions.”

The    amendment      has 
the effect of substituting sub-section (1) of section 115BBE w.e.f
01.04.2016 and has application to A.Y 2017-18 and onwards. It inter alia ropes in, in its sweep, the
transactions from 1st April, 2016 to 14th December, 2016
and therefore has a retroactive if not retrospective effect.

The implication of amendment is that;

   it applies to any assessee, resident or
otherwise,

   it applies to assessment year 2017-18 and
onwards,

   it enables an assessee to reflect the
specified income in filing the return of income,

   it seeks to tax the specified income at the
rate of sixty per cent and included and reflected in the return of income
furnished u/s.139.

Simultaneously, section 2(9) of Chapter II of the Finance
Act, 2016 has been amended by inserting the Seventh proviso to provide for a
levy of surcharge at the rate of twenty five per cent of tax u/s.115BBE in
payment of advance tax. Education cess at the rate of three per cent will
continue to be levied.

The provision for taxing income at a flat rate, where it is
so assessed by the A.O as per sections 68 to 69D, are retained with the change
that the rates of tax would be sixty percent instead of thirty percent. No
deduction shall be allowed in computing such income and no set-off of loss will
be permissible in view of the provision of sub-section (2) of section 115BBE,
which are retained. No change is made in these provisions.

The amended section 115BBE, read with the Finance Act 2016 as
amended, now provides that, where an assessee, includes the specified income by
reflecting it in his return of income furnished u/s. 139, tax shall be payable
at 60% of such income, plus a surcharge of 25% of such tax (15% of income). The
effective tax rate, including 3% education cess, would therefore be 77.25%

The amendment of section 115BBE is neither restricted to the
high denomination notes nor to A.Y. 2017-18, only. It applies to even that part
of financial year 2016-17 consisting of the period during 01/04/2016 to
14/12/2016. It applies not only to deposits of withdrawn notes on or after
09.11.2016 but any such deposits during the current year, which an assessee has
no explanation for, and to all incomes covered by sections 68, 69, 69A, etc.
Therefore, the new rates of tax, surcharge and penalty would apply to items
such as loans treated as undisclosed cash credits, unexplained jewellery, etc.,
for assessment years 2017-18 and subsequent years.

The provision is wide enough to include a return of income
furnished u/s. 139(1), 139(3), 139(4), 139(4A), 139(4B), 139(4C) and 139(5). A
belated or a revised return can also enable an assessee to reflect the
specified income in his return of income. The option to reflect the specified
income in filing the return of income shall not be available in cases where
return is furnished in response to notice u/s. 142, or 148 or 153A of the Act.

In case the amount is not offered to tax in the return of
income, but the amount is added u/s. 68, 69A, etc by the Assessing Officer,
besides the tax, surcharge and cess of 77.25%, a penalty, at the rate of 10% of
the tax payable u/s. 115BBE(1)(i), would also be payable under the newly
inserted section 271AAC.

To include the specified income in total income is at the
discretion of the assessee. It is not mandatory for an assessee to do so and
pay tax voluntarily on such income. He may not do so where he is of a belief
that he will be able to explain to the satisfaction of the A.O that a
particular credit, money, investment, etc. does not represent any income.

Obviously, these provisions can apply only if the deposit is
in the nature of income, which is chargeable to tax. In other words, all such
deposits are not taxable. It is clear that such deposits can be regarded as
income only under certain circumstances.

Penalty u/s. 271AAC

Section 271AAC has been introduced simultaneously to provide for a levy of penalty at the rate of ten percent of the tax payable u/s.115BBE. The new section provides that;

  income referred to in sections 68 to 69D
shall be liable to penalty on its determination as income,

   penalty will be levied at the rate of ten
percent of the tax payable u/s.115BBE,

  levy of penalty is at the discretion of the
A.O,

  provisions of section 271AAC are applicable
for assessment year 2017-18, onwards,

   the provisions override any provisions of the
Act other than the provisions of section 271AAB which deal with the levy of
penalty in search cases,

  no penalty shall be levied u/s.270A in cases
where a penalty is levied u/s.271AAC,

  provision of section 274 shall apply
requiring the A.O.to follow the procedure prescribed therein,

  provision of section 275 shall apply
requiring the A.O to pass an order of penalty within the prescribed time,

–    importantly no penalty shall be levied where
an assessee has reflected the specified income in the return of income
furnished u/s.139 and has paid taxes on such income as per section 115BBE, on
or before the end of the relevant year,

   provisions of section 273B are not
specifically made applicable to the case of an income assessed as per section
115BBE. The said section provides that no penalty shall be imposable on a
person where he proves that there was a reasonable cause for the failure for
which the penalty is sought to be levied. In view of the fact that the levy of
penalty u/s. 271AAC is discretionary, it appears that no penalty will be levied
in the presence of a reasonable cause, and

   an assessee would not have the benefit of
waiver u/s. 270AA or 273A of the Income-tax Act.

Would the amount of such penalty be 6% of such income, or
7.725% of such income? The view that the amount of penalty would be 6%, draws
support from the fact that the reference in section 271AAC is to a specific
clause of the Act, namely section 115BBE(1)(a) where the rate of tax provided
for is flat 60%. Effective outgoing would be 83.25% in this case. The other
view is based on the fact that the term “tax” has been defined in section 2(43)
to mean tax chargeable under the provisions of the Act. Section 2 of the
Finance Act increases the amount of tax by a surcharge (which includes a cess),
but the nature of the entire amount remains a tax. Under this view, the tax
payable u/s. 115BBE(1)(i) is 77.25%, and therefore the penalty would be 10% of
this rate. Outgoing would be 84.97% in this case.

In the context of demonetisation, the applicability of the
above discussed provisions of section 115BBE and section 271AAC requires
consideration. As noted, the Government has introduced the provisions with the
object of plugging the loophole used for concealing black money and to prevent
misuse of the existing provisions. With this object in mind, an alternative has
been provided to the assesses to come clean, in cases where a declaration has
not been filed under PMGKY, by including the cash or deposits in the total
income and pay tax thereon by 31.03.2017 and reflect such income in furnishing
the return of income u/s. 139 of the Act.

The amended section 115BBE r.w.s. 271AAC surely provides a
way for the holders of unexplained high denomination notes to come clean
without penalty and prosecution on payment of taxes. No deposits are to be made
for any period as is required under the PMGKDS.

Strangely, any person is entitled to opt for being taxed as
per section 115BBE irrespective of the legality or otherwise of the source of
his income. Any of the persons, otherwise considered to be ineligible for
filing a declaration under the BMA 2015, IDS 2016 or PMGKY, 2016 can claim to
be taxed u/s. 115BBE without any limitation as to the nature and source of his
income. Again, the right to opt for section 115BBE is not limited by any
inquiry or investigation or the resulting detection, other than the one in
consequence of a search action u/s. 132 of the Act.

In many cases, one might find the rate of taxation u/s.
115BBE to be beneficial even where one were to take into consideration the
penalty u/s. 271AAC. The maximum rate together would be 84.97% and the minimum
would be 77.25%. Now in an ordinary case, this rate can be 102% of the income
(34% tax, etc plus 68% penalty) involving cases of misreporting otherwise
liable to a penalty at the rate of 200% of the tax sought to be evaded. This
surely is providing for a beneficial treatment to persons being taxed as per
section 115BBE.

Not all income is taxable u/s. 68 to Section 69D

If the value of such notes deposited exceeds the cash in hand
as per books of account as of 8th November 2016, the difference
would be taxable as the income of the depositor. If the depositor on his own
offers the income to tax as his income, would tax be payable thereon at the
rate specified under the amended section 115BBE? Section 115BBE applies when
provisions of sections 68, 69, 69A, 69B, 69C or 69D are applicable.

If an assessee offers such amount to tax in his return of
income and pays tax thereon at normal rates of tax, but is unable to explain
the source of such income to the satisfaction of the assessing officer, can an
assessing officer invoke the provisions of section 68 or 69A read with section
115BBE, and levy the tax on such amount at the flat rate of 60% plus applicable
surcharge and cess? Do the provisions of section 68 or 69A, which deem certain
amounts to be income of the assessee, apply to amounts which have already been
disclosed as income of the assessee?

It needs to be emphasized that provisions of section 68 to
section 69D are apparently invoked in cases where an assessee is unable to
explain the source of a particular receipt, money, investment, expenditure, etc
or part thereof to the satisfaction of the Assessing Officer. These provisions
have no application in cases where an assessee has been able to explain the
source of his receipt, etc. and in such cases the income reflected in filing
the return of income shall not be taxed at 77.25% of such income.

Sections 68 and 69A create certain deeming fictions, whereby
certain amounts which are not considered as income by the assessee, are deemed
to be income of the assessee. A deeming fiction of income cannot apply to an
item which is already treated as income by the assessee himself. The question
of deeming an item to be income can only arise if the item is not otherwise an
income.

The Delhi High Court, in the case of DIT(E) vs. Keshav
Social and Charitable Foundation (2005) 278 ITR 152,
considered a situation
where the assessee, a charitable trust, had disclosed donations received by it
as its income, and claimed exemption u/s. 11. The Assessing Officer, on finding
that the assessee was unable to satisfactorily explain the donations and the
donors were fictitious persons, held that the assessee had tried to introduce
unaccounted money in its books by way of donations and, therefore, the amount
was to be treated as cash credit u/s. 68. The Delhi High Court held that
section 68 did not apply, as the assessee had disclosed such donations as its
income.

This view is also supported by the income tax return forms,
where Schedule SI – Income Chargeable to Tax at Special Rates, does not include
section 1115BBE, though it includes section 115BB. In addition, a useful
reference may be made to Schedule OS, Entry 1(d) and Guidance (iii) thereto and
Instruction 7(ii)(29) appended to the Return of Income.

In our considered opinion, the language of the amended
provision of section 115BBE does not cover the case of a person declaring his
income voluntarily for explaining a deposit or cash on hand. The legislature,
for taxing a voluntarily declared income, is required to amend the provisions
of sections 68 to 69D so as to cover any income for which a satisfactory
explanation as to its source is not furnished by the assessee. It is only on
inclusion of such an income that the provisions of section 115BBE, can be made
applicable for taxing such income at the rate of 77.25%; till such time the
provisions of section 68 to section 69D are not amended, the issue in our
humble opinion would remain at the most debatable.

Other Important aspects

One needs to examine the following where an assessee includes
an income, otherwise unexplained, in filing his return of income and pays tax
as per section 115BBE of the Act.

   Whether the specified income so offered for
tax as per section 115BBE will be accepted by the A.O. without any inquiry and
additions for the year or for any other year,

   Whether any penalty be levied for tax on
additions,

   Whether the person offering such income be
prosecuted under the Income-tax Act,

   Whether there is any immunity from sharing
information with other authorities,

  Whether there is any immunity from
applicability of provision of other laws including indirect tax laws,

   Whether there is any saving from
applicability of the MAT, and

   Whether a person can include the specified
income in the return of income even inquiry and investigation.

Estimation And Assumption; A person in cases where
income is offered under Return of Income voluntary offering to be covered by
amended section 115BBE for A.Y. 2017-18 onwards depositing the high
denomination notes should pass appropriate accounting entries in the book of
accounts maintained by him besides making appropriate noting in the bank slips.
Entries supporting the income, received in high denomination notes, would be
independent of the entries supporting the deposit of such high denomination
notes in the bank. In cases where these entries are found to be false, the
Assessing Officer would be entitled to reject the books of account and estimate
the income, on application of s.145 of the Act. Such a possibility is not
altogether ruled out. Even in cases where a person is unable to explain the
source of income or produce satisfactory evidences in support thereof, there
may be a possibility of estimation of income for preceding previous years.
Please see Anantharam Veerasinghaiah 123 ITR 457 (SC) wherein the Court
held that “There can be no escape from the proposition that the secret
profits or undisclosed income of an assessee earned in an earlier assessment
year may constitute a fund, even though concealed, from which the assessee may
draw subsequently for meeting expenditure or introducing amounts in his account
books. But it is quite another thing to say that any part of that fund must
necessarily be regarded as the source of unexplained expenditure incurred or of
cash credits recorded during a subsequent assessment year. The mere
availability of such a fund cannot, in all cases, imply that the assessee has
not earned further secret profits during the relevant assessment year. Neither
law nor human experience guarantees that an assessee who has been dishonest in
one assessment year is bound to be honest in a subsequent assessment year. It
is a matter for consideration by the taxing authority in each case whether the
unexplained cash deficits and the cash credits can be reasonably attributed to
a pre-existing fund of concealed profits or they are reasonably explained by
reference to concealed income earned in that very year. In each case, the true
nature of the cash deficit and the cash credit must be ascertained from an
overall consideration of the particular facts and circumstances of the case.
Evidence may exist to show that reliance cannot be placed completely on the
availability of a previously earned undisclosed income. A number of
circumstances of vital significance may point to the conclusion that the cash
deficit or cash credit cannot reasonably be related to the amount covered by
the intangible addition but must be regarded as pointing to the receipt of
undisclosed income earned during the assessment year under consideration. It is
open in to the revenue to rely on all the circumstances pointing to that
conclusion”.

Can an assessing officer question the year of taxability of
the income, and seek to tax the income in earlier years, on the ground that
based on the past years’ tax returns, it was impossible for the depositor to
have earned such a large amount within the short period of 7 months from 1st
April to 8th November 2016?

In Gordhandas Hargovandas vs. CIT 126 ITR 560, in the
context of section 69A, the Bombay High Court held that section 69A merely
gives statutory recognition to what one may call a commonsense approach. It
does not bring on the statute book any artificial rule of evidence, a presumption
or a legal fiction. It contains an approach which, if applied, to any
particular assessment cannot be regarded as contravening any principle of law
or any rule of evidence. In that case, there was no material on record to show
that the said amounts related to the income of the assessees for any earlier
year or any year other than the year under consideration. If there was no
material on record, then, the High Court held that the amounts which
represented the sale proceeds of the gold must be regarded as the assessee’s
income from undisclosed sources in the years in question, in as much as they
were introduced in the books at the relevant time. 

If the assessing officer contends that the income should not
be wholly added as income for a particular year, and that it should be spread
over or that it should be liable to be considered as income for another year,
the onus will be upon the assessing officer to point out the material or
circumstance which supports the argument. In the absence of any material or
circumstance, the income cannot be treated as the income of another year.

Further, in a situation where the business or professional
income for assessment year 2017-18 is significantly higher than normal, and in
subsequent years, a normal lower income is declared, there is a high risk of a
detailed scrutiny in those subsequent years by the tax authorities to verify
whether the income disclosed in those years is correct or not, or has been
suppressed by the assessee. In particular, businesses or professions with large
cash receipts or large cash expenditures would be at higher risk of adjustments
to declared income in subsequent years.

Penalty; Needless to say that in cases of estimation
of income, the difference between the returned income and the assessed income
may be exposed to the penalty unless it is established that no penalty shall be
levied in as much as neither there was any under reporting of the income by
virtue of clauses (b) and (c) of sub-section (6) of section 270A of the Act nor
there was an addition as that could be said to have been made u/s. 68 to 69D
read with section 115BBE so as to attract the penalty under newly introduced
section 271AAC of the Income-tax Act.

In cases wherein a person seeks to explain the deposits in
the bank by co-relating the deposits with the income of the past years or out
of the additions made in such years in assessing the total income, as discussed
earlier, the onus will be on the person depositing the money to reasonably
establish that the money so deposited represented the income of the past years
that had remained in cash and such cash was held in the high denomination
notes.

One will also have to examine the possibility of a levy of
penalty on application of Explanation 2 to section 271(1)(c) and/or section
270A(4) and (5) of the Act. A person, supporting the deposits on the basis of
additions made in the preceding previous years, would be exposed to penalty
under a deeming fiction of Explanation 2 to section 271(1)(c). The Explanation
provides that a penalty would be levied, in the year of addition, once a person
is found have correlated his deposit or investment in any other year with the
additions so made. Of course, no penalty would be levied second time in a case
where a penalty was already levied on the basis of addition made in the
preceding previous year. The provisions of sub-sections (4) and (5) of the
newly inserted section 270A will also have to be kept in mind, which
provisions, if not negotiated out of, may cause avoidable trouble for A.Y
2017-18 or thereafter, as well.

Can penalty be levied for concealment u/s. 270A, in a
situation where the assessee himself has disclosed such income in his return of
income but not u/s. 115 BBE? Penalty u/s. 270A is leviable if there is
under-reporting of income or misreporting of income. Section 270A(2) defines
what is under-reporting of income. A person is considered to have
under-reported his income, inter alia, if the income assessed is greater
than the income determined in the return processed u/s. 143(1)(a), or the
income assessed is greater than the maximum amount not chargeable to tax, in a
case where no return of income has been furnished. Therefore, where an item of
income is included in the return of income, such an item would also be part of
the income determined in the return processed u/s. 143(1)(a). When such item of
income is again assessed as part of the total income in an assessment u/s.
143(3), since the item of income is included in both the intimation u/s.
143(1)(a) as well as in the assessment order u/s. 143(3), it would not result
in a difference between the two incomes. Therefore, in effect, such income
reported in the return of income cannot be regarded as under-reporting of
income.

Section 270A(9) lists out cases of misreporting of income. It
includes, inter alia, misrepresentation or suppression of facts, failure
to record investments in the books of account, recording of any false entry in
the books of account, and failure to record any receipt in books of account
having a bearing on total income. However, sub-section (9) of section 270A
refers to sub-section (8) of the same section. It provides that the cases of
misreporting of income referred to in s/s. (8) shall be the following. If one
examines the provisions of s/s. (8), it provides that where under-reported
income is in consequence of any misreporting thereof by any person, the penalty
shall be equal to 200% of the amount of tax payable on underreported income.
Therefore, for an item to amount to misreporting of income, it has first to be
in the nature of under-reporting of income. It is only then that one can say
that it is a case of misreporting of income. Further, the computation of the
penalty would also fail if there is no under-reported income, since the penalty
is equal to 200% of the amount of tax payable on under-reported income.

From the above, it is clear that no penalty u/s. 270A can be
levied in a situation where the excess amount of withdrawn notes deposited into
a bank account are disclosed in the return of income filed for assessment year
2017-18 unless such amount is assessed to tax as per the provisions of sections
68 to 69 D, in which case the penalty will be leviable u/s. 271AAC, alone.

Prosecution; Doubts have been raised about the
possible application of the provisions of section 276C, section 277, section
277A and section 278 for initiating the prosecution in cases where an income is
included in the total income by filing ROI for A.Y 2017-18 for supporting the
deposit of the high denomination notes. The doubts arise in both the cases;
where return is filed in accordance with the provisions of section 115BBE or
where it is not so filed but in both the cases the income is included in the
total income in filing the return of income.

Section 276C deals with the offense of the willful attempt to
evade any tax, penalty or interest chargeable or imposable under the Act or
where he under reporting of income. This provision is independent of levy of
penalty. An Explanation to section 276C expands the scope of the provision to
cover the cases of a false entry or statement or omission to make an entry
besides causing circumstances for enabling evasion of tax. The person convicted
of offense in such a case is punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term
ranging between 6 months to 7 years depending upon the quantum of evasion of
tax. In addition such a person is liable to a fine of an unspecified amount.
While the scope of the provision is wide so as to it cover a range of cases,
the provisions in our opinion would not be attracted in a case where the
assesse has included an income corresponding to the amount of deposit of High
Denomination Notes in filing the Return of Income in as much as no tax, etc.
could be said to have been evaded by him and in the absence of any evasion, the
provisions including the deeming fiction should fail to apply.

A person consciously making a statement, in any verification
or delivering an account which is false, is punishable u/s.277 for a term
ranging between 6 months to 7 years. In addition such a person is liable to
fine of an unspecified amount. This provision is not specifically made
independent of levy of penalty. The prosecution under clause (i) here (like
section 276C) is based on the quantum of the tax sought to be evaded. Hence in
cases where the assessee has included the income in the Return of Income and
paid tax thereon, there would not be any basis for initiating prosecution.
However, under cl. (ii) of section 277 a prosecution may still be possible for
the reason that the said clause permits the punishment independent of the
quantum of tax sought to be evaded. Needless to say that the burden of proof
for establishing the falsity of the statement, etc. shall always be on the
Revenue.

 Section 277A provides
for prosecuting a person who is found guilty of making an entry or a statement
which is false with the intent to enable other person to evade any tax, etc.
and on being proved guilty is liable for an imprisonment for a term ranging
between 3 months to 2 years. In addition, such a person is liable to fine of an
unspecified amount. This provision, unlike section 276C is not specifically
made independent of levy of penalty. Again the provision of section 277A is
related to the evasion of tax and in the absence of any evasion of tax, etc. in our opinion, the provisions might not apply unless the
Revenue establishes an evasion of tax by the other person.

Unlike section 276C, prosecution u/s. 277, 277A and 278 is
not specifically made without prejudice to levy of penalty. In the
circumstances, it may be possible to contend that a prosecution is not possible
in a case where no penalty is leviable under the Act. Please see the decision
of the Supreme Court in the case of K. C. Builders vs. ACIT, 265 ITR 562
(SC).

Abetting or inducing another person to make an account or a
statement or a declaration, relating to an income chargeable to tax, which is
false is liable for prosecution u/s.278 of the Act. Similarly, abetting a
person to commit an offense of willful evasion of tax, etc. u/s.276C is
also liable for prosecution u/s.278. In both the cases the punishment ranges
for a term of 6 months to 7 years. In addition such a person is liable to fine
of an unspecified amount. This provision, unlike section 276C is not
specifically made independent of levy of penalty. Once again the prosecution
under clause (i) here is based on the quantum of the tax sought to be evaded
and in cases where the assesse has included the income in the Return of Income
and paid tax thereon, in our opinion there would not be any basis for
initiating prosecution. However, under cl. (ii) of section 278 a prosecution
may still be possible for the reason that the said clause permits the
punishment independent of the quantum of tax sought to be evaded. Needless to say
that the burden of proof for establishing the falsity of the statement, etc.
shall always be on the Revenue. Section 138 protects a person for
confidentiality for the information declared in the Return of Income unless it
is in public interest to do so. Obviously, the protection here is not
comparable to the one available under IDS 1 and IDS 2.

Indirect tax laws and confidentiality: No immunity of
any nature is available under any of the other laws, including indirect tax
laws, in respect of the specified income. Neither is any special immunity
available for the confidentiality of the declaration other than the one
available u/s. 138 of the Income-tax Act.

MAT and High Denomination Notes: In case of a company,
the Income declared in the Return of Income for A.Y. 2017-18, representing the
demonetised currency, shall also be a part of the book profit and will be
subjected to MAT u/s. 115JB of the Act.

Enquiry and Investigations before filing Return of Income:
It is seen that the Income-tax Department has issued notices u/s.133(6) for
enquiring into the source of deposits of the High Denomination Notes and in
some cases have carried out survey action u/s.133A. A few cases of search and
seizure action u/s.132 have also been reported. In all such cases, the issue of
penalty u/s. 270A and for section 271AAC requires to be kept in mind. In
ordinary circumstances, concealment or misreporting is ascertained with
reference to the Return of Income unless there is a presumption running against
the assesse. In cases of an enquiry u/s.133(6) and survey u/s.133A, no such
presumption is available for the year of notice or action and, the liability to
penalty will be solely determined with reference to the income disclosed in the
Return of Income.

A presumption however, runs against the assessee
in cases of search and seizure u/s.132 by virtue of the fiction available to
the Revenue u/s. 271AAB of the Act. To avoid the application of the fiction and
the consequential penalty, the person will have to establish that the income
and the consequential deposit
thereof are duly recorded in the books of account on the date of search.

TDS U/s. 194-Ib on Payment of Rent by Certain Individuals or Hindu Undivided Family

Background

Section 194-I of the
Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) interalia requires an individual or a
Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) carrying on business or profession of which
turnover or gross receipts in the immediately preceding previous year exceed
the monetary limits mentioned in section 44AB of the Act to deduct tax at source
while making payment of rent, to a resident. Under section 194-I, liability to
deduct tax arises if the amount of rent exceeds Rs. 1,80,000 in a year. Under
section 194-I tax is required to be deducted @ 10%.  

Therefore, an individual or a Hindu undivided family not
carrying on a business or a profession or carrying on a business or profession
the turnover or gross receipts of which did not exceed the monetary limit
mentioned in section 44AB of the Act in the immediately preceding previous year
is not required to deduct tax at source from payment by way of rent.

With a view to widen the scope of tax deduction at source,
the Finance Act, 2017 has, with effect from 1.6.2017, inserted section 194-IB
in the Act. This article attempts to analyse the provisions of section 194-IB
of the Act.

Provision of section 194-IB in brief 

An individual or an HUF (other than those covered by s.
194-I) responsible for paying to a resident, any income by way of rent
exceeding Rs. 50,000 for a month or part of a month during the previous year,
shall deduct an amount equal to five per cent of such income as income-tax
thereon.  The deduction is required to be
made at the time of credit of rent for the last month of the previous year or
the last month of tenancy if the property is vacated during the year, to the
account of the payee or at the time of payment thereof whichever is
earlier.  The deductor is not required to
obtain TAN.  In case the payee does not
have PAN and the provisions of section 206AA apply, the amount of deduction
shall not exceed the amount of rent payable for the last month of the previous
year or the last month of tenancy, as the case may be.

Cumulative Conditions for application of Section 194-IB

i)   the payer is an individual or a Hindu
undivided family;

ii)  in the immediately preceding previous year the
turnover or gross receipts of the business / profession carried on by such
individual or HUF, if any, did not exceed the monetary limits mentioned in
section 44AB;

iii)  the payer is responsible for paying income by
way of rent for use of any land or building or both.  For the purpose of this section, rent is
defined in an Explanation to section 194-IB;

iv) the amount of rent exceeds Rs. 50,000 for a
month or part of a month during the previous year;

v)  the payee is a resident. 

Consequences

If the above mentioned
conditions are cumulatively satisfied, the payer is required to deduct tax @ 5%
of such income as income-tax.

time of deduction 

Tax is required to be deducted on earlier of the following two
dates –

i)   credit to the account of the payee of rent
for the last month of the previous year or the last month of tenancy, if the
property is vacated during the year;  OR

ii)  at
the time of payment thereof in cash or by issue of a cheque or draft of by any
other mode.  It needs to be noted that
the word `thereof’ signifies the payment of rent for last month of the
previous year or the last month of tenancy, if the property is vacated during
the year.

Other points 

i)   The payer is not required to obtain TAN;

ii)  In case the provisions of section 206AA apply
(i.e. the payee does not have PAN) the amount of deduction shall not exceed the
amount of rent payable for last month of the previous year or the last month of
the tenancy, as the case may be.
 

Who should be the payer / To whom is the section applicable?

Section 194-IB applies to a payer of rent who is an
individual or an HUF (other than those referred to in the second proviso to
section 194-I). The amount of rent should be in excess of the amount mentioned
in the section (given in subsequent paragraphs).

Therefore, the section will apply to a salaried employee, a
farmer, a retired person, an individual or an HUF carrying on business or
profession whose total turnover or gross receipts in the immediately preceding
previous year does not exceed the monetary limits mentioned in section 44AB of
the Act, an individual not carrying on business and whose total income is less
than the maximum amount not chargeable to tax.

Since the term `individual’ has been held to also include
group of individuals, the section may apply to trustees of a trust [DIT vs.
Sharadaben Bhagubhai Mafatlal Public Charitable Trust (2001) 247 ITR 1 (Bom)]
.
It may also apply to Executors of the estate of a deceased person [see CIT
vs. G B J Seth 6 Taxman 318 (MP)
].

Who should be the payee?

The payee of rent should be a
resident.  If the payee is a
non-resident, then tax may be deductible u/s.195 of the Act but not under this
section.  The legal status of the payee is
not relevant. The payee could be a listed company, a private limited company, a
firm, a trust, LLP, individual, HUF, etc.

Threshold for deduction of tax

Tax is required to be
deducted only if the amount of rent exceeds Rs. 50,000 for a month or a part of
a month during the previous year. Once the rent for a month or part of a month
exceeds Rs. 50,000, tax is deductible on the entire amount of rent. Unlike the
other provisions of TDS, the payments made during the previous year are not
required to be aggregated for deduction of tax at source.  To illustrate, if the amount of rent paid in
first 3 months is at the rate of  Rs.
45,000 per month and for next 6 months @ Rs. 55,000 per month and for last 3
months at Rs. 40,000 per month, tax is required to be deducted only from
rent of those months where the amount of rent exceeds Rs. 50,000 for a month or
part of a month.
  Therefore, amount
of tax to be deducted at source will be Rs. 16,500 [5% of Rs. 3,30,000 (55,000
x 6)].

It needs to be noted that
in case of rent for part of a month, the monthly rate of rent is not relevant
but what is relevant is that the amount paid / payable for a part of the month
should be in excess of Rs. 50,000.  To
illustrate, if amount of rent paid for 15 days is Rs. 40,000 tax will not be
required to be deducted (though rent per month is Rs. 80,000) but if the amount
of rent paid for 3 weeks is Rs. 60,000 then tax is required to be deducted
under this section.

Is the limit of Rs. 50,000 per month or part of a month qua each property or qua the payee?

A
question arises as to whether the limit of Rs. 50,000 per month or part of a
month is qua each property or qua each payee. To illustrate if Mr. T has
taken on rent from Mr. L a residential house on a monthly rent of Rs. 15,000
and also a factory for a monthly rent of Rs. 40,000, if the limit of Rs. 50,000
is qua each property, Mr. T is not required to deduct tax at source u/s.
194-IB whereas if the limit of Rs. 50,000 is qua the payee, Mr. T is
required to deduct tax in accordance with the provisions of section
194-IB.  It appears that the limit of Rs.
50,000 per month or part of a month is not qua the property, but qua
the aggregate of all the rents which an individual or a HUF may pay to a payee.
The threshold of Rs. 50,000 per month or part of a month will have to be
examined qua each payee and not qua each property. Therefore, Mr.
T will be required to deduct tax in accordance with the provisions of section
194-IB.

Meaning of `rent’

The section requires deduction of tax from payment of “rent”.  The word “rent” is defined in Explanation to
section 194-IB as follows –

     “Rent means any payment, by whatever
name called, under any lease, sub-lease, tenancy or any other agreement or
arrangement for the use of any land or building or both.”

The definition of ‘rent’ is
similar to the definition in section 194-I. Considering the definition of rent,
it is clear that payment for use of any land or building or both constitutes
rent. However, payment for use of furniture will not be covered by this section. 

Whether payment for use of a part of a building is covered?

A  question arises as to whether payment for use
of a part of the building is covered by the tax deduction obligation imposed by
this section?  It is relevant to note
that the legislature has in sections 27, 194IA, 194LA, 194LAA, 269AB
specifically mentioned part of a building. 
However, in the context of section 194-I, CBDT has in Circular number
718, dated 22.08.1995 (for section 194-I) clarified as under:

     Query No. 5 : Whether section 194-I
is applicable to rent paid for the use of only a part or a portion of any land
or building?

     Answer : Yes, the definition of the
term “any land” or “any building” would include a part or a
portion of such land or building.”

Further, in view of the legal maxim OmneMajuscontinet in
se minus which means “the greater contains the less”
Atma Ram
vs. State of Punjab, AIR 1959 SC 519; ICI India Ltd. vs DCIT, (2004) 90 ITD 258
(Kol)]
], it is possible to argue that rent for part of a building would
also be covered by the provisions of this section.

Therefore, it appears that the
payment for use of a part of a building, say a flat or an office in a building
or an industrial gala in an industrial estate would constitute rent and would
be subject to TDS if other conditions of this section are satisfied.

Composite rent

Where rent is a composite amount
comprising of payment for use of land or building or both as also for other
facilities and amenities and the amount for use of land or building is known
separately then tax is required to be deducted only on the payment for use of
land or building or both.  However, if
the amount of payment for use of land or building or both is not known
separately, can one contend that the section will not apply and no deduction need
be made? One really needs to look at the substance of the arrangement – if it
is primarily for use of land or building, then provisions of section 194-IB
would apply. It is relevant to note that in the context of section 194-I, CBDT,
vide Circular No. 715 dated 8.8.1995, has clarified that tax would be
deductible on the entire amount.  The
relevant portion of the said Circular reads as follows -.

     Question 24: Whether in a case
of a composite arrangement for user of premises and provision of manpower for
which consideration is paid as a specified percentage of turnover, section
194-I of the Act would be attracted ?

     Answer If the composite arrangement
is in essence the agreement for taking premises on rent, the tax will be
deducted u/s. 194-I from payments thereof.”

Payment to hotel 

A question arises as to
whether payment to a hotel for rooms hired would be covered by the provisions
of this section.  In the context of
section 194-I, the CBDT vide Circular No. 715, dated, 8-8-1995 clarified
that payments made by persons for hotel accommodation taken on regular basis
will be in the nature of rent subject to TDS u/s.194-I (see question 20 of the
Circular).The CBDT further clarified the above, vide Circular No. 5,
dated 30-7-2002 which reads as under:

     “Furthermore,
for purposes of section 194-I, the meaning of ‘rent’ has also been considered.
“‘Rent’ means any payment, by whatever name called, under any lease . . .
or any other agreement or arrangement for the use of any land. . .”
[Emphasis supplied]. The meaning of ‘rent’ in section 194-I is wide in its
ambit and scope. For this reason, payment made to hotels for hotel
accommodation, whether in the nature of lease or licence agreements are
covered, so long as such accommodation has been taken on ‘regular basis’. Where
earmarked rooms are let out for a specified rate and specified period, they
would be construed to be accommodation made available on ‘regular basis’.
Similar would be the case, where a room or set of rooms are not earmarked, but
the hotel has a legal obligation to provide such types of rooms during the
currency of the agreement.”

Further, Andhra Pradesh High Court in case of Krishna
Oberoi vs. UOI [[2002] 123 Taxman 709]
held that amount paid to the hotels
for use and occupation of hotel rooms squarely falls within the meaning of
rent.

In view of the above, it appears
that if payment is made to the hotels on a regular basis, it will constitute
rent.  However, for payment to hotels for
occasional use see the discussion hereafter.

Lease premium  

For the following reasons, payment of lease premium would not
require deduction of tax at source under this section –

i)   Lease premium is a capital receipt;

ii)  In the context of section. 194-I, courts have,
considering the facts of the case, held that payment of lease premium does not
require deduction of tax at source. Reference may be made to the following
decisions –

(a) Rajesh Projects (India) (P.) Ltd. vs. CIT
[2017] 78 taxmann.com 263 (Delhi)

(b) ITO vs. Navi Mumbai SEZ Pvt. Ltd. [2013]
38 taxmann.com 218 (Mum. – Trib.)

(c) Earnest Towers (P.) Ltd. [2015] 155 ITD
372 (Kol. – Trib.)

(d) ITO vs. Wadhwa& Associates Realtors (P.)
Ltd.
[2013] 36 taxmann.com 526 (Mum. – Trib.)

iii)  The CBDT vide Circular No. 35, dated
13-10-2016 has also clarified that TDS under section 194-I is not
required in case of lump sum lease payment or one time upfront lease payment.

License fee paid under a leave and license agreement for use
of a flat/office/industrial gala

 A question arises as
to whether the payment for use of land or building or both made under a leave
and license agreement will qualify as `rent’. 
The definition of rent interaliacovers payment by whatever name called
under “any other agreement or arrangement for the use of land or building or
both”. 

The expression “any other agreement or arrangement” is not
defined in the section. Considering the context in which the expression has been
used, it appears that income-tax would require to be deducted on payment of
rent made under a leave and license agreement.

In
the context of section 194-I, the meaning of the expression “any other
agreement or arrangement” is explained by High Court in case of Krishna
Oberoi vs. UOI [[2002] 123 Taxman 709 (AP
)] as under :

     “9. The expressions ‘any payment, by
whatever name called’, and ‘any other agreement or arrangement’ occurring in
the definition of the term ‘rent’ in Explanation to section 194-I have
widest import. According to Black’s Law Dictionary, the word ‘any’ is
often synonymous with either ‘every’ or ‘all’. Its generality may be restricted
by the context in which that word occurs in a statute. The Supreme Court in Lucknow
Development Authority vs. M.K. Gupta
AIR 1984 SC 787 dealing with the use
of the word ‘service’, in the context it has been used in the definition of the
term in Clause (o) of section 2 of the Consumer Protection Act, has opined that
the word ‘any’ indicates that it has been used in wider sense extending from
‘one to all’. In G. Narsingh Das Agarwal vs. Union of India [1967] 1 MLJ
197, the Court opined that the word ‘any’ means ‘all’ except where such a wide
construction is limited by the subject-matter and context of the statute. The
Patna High Court in Ashiq Hassan Khan vs. Sub-Divisional Officer, AIR
1965 Pat.446 (DB) and Chandi Prasad vs. Rameshwar Prasad Agarwal AIR
1967 Pat. 41 has held that the word ‘any’ excludes ‘limitation or
qualification’. In State of Kerala vs. Shaju[1985] Ker. LJ 33, the Court
held that the word ‘any’ is expressive. It indicates in the context ‘one or
another’ or ‘one or more’, ‘all or every’, ‘in the given category’; it has no
reference to any particular or definite individual, but to a positive but
undetermined number in that category without restriction or limitation of
choice. Thus, having regard to the context in which the expressions ‘any
payment’ and “any other agreement or arrangement” occurring in the
definition of the term “rent” (have been used) it only means each and
every payment (that has been) made to the petitioner-hotel under each and every
agreement or arrangement with the customers for the use and occupation of the hotel rooms.”

Warehousing charges  

In the context of section 194-I, the CBDT vide
Circular No. 718, dated 22-8-1995 clarified that TDS is required to be deducted
on warehousing charges. The relevant para of the said Circular reads as under:

    Query No. 3 : Whether the tax
is to be deducted at source from warehousing charges ?

     Answer : The term ‘rent’ as defined
in Explanation (i) below section 194-I means any payment by whatever name
called, under any lease, sub-lease, tenancy or any other agreement or
arrangement for the use of any building or land. Therefore, the warehousing
charges will be subject to deduction of tax u/s.194-I.”

Is the section applicable to occasional renting?

 A question arises as to whether tax deduction
obligation under this section arises even in a case where an individual takes
on rent say a land or building occasionally for a period of one day/few days,
say for a wedding in the family and the amount of rent exceeds Rs. 50,000 for a
day, or where a person stays in a hotel for a few days and the aggregate room
rent exceeds Rs. 50,000.  Considering the
language of the section, it appears that the section envisages letting for a
continuous period, e.g., s/s.(2) requires deduction at the time of credit of
rent for the last month of the previous year or last month of tenancy. Similar
is the language in s/s.(4) which deals with the amount of tax to be deducted in
a case where provisions of s. 206AA are applicable. Also, if one looks at the
particulars to be filled in Statement-cum-Challan in Form No. 26QC through
which tax deducted has to be paid to the credit of Central Government one finds
that it requires details of “Period of tenancy” and the notes in the said Form
26QC state that Period of tenancy will be the period (i.e. months) for which
tenant is paying the rent.  Also, “Total
value of rent payable” is required to be mentioned. It is stated that Total
value of rent payable is equal to number of months for which rent is payable
multiplied by value of rent per month. These particulars and notes could be
indicative of the position that the section does not contemplate deduction of
rent in respect of occasional letting. 
However, the matter is not free from doubt and it can also be argued
that a day is also a part of a month and if the amount of rent for the period
the land or building is taken on rent is more than Rs. 50,000 the tax deduction
obligation under this section is triggered if the payer is covered by this
section.  In view of the penal
consequences which arise due to non-deduction, a safer view would be to deduct
tax even in such cases.  Though, in a
case where one has for some reason failed to deduct tax in some genuine case
one may be able to contend that the section requires letting for some
continuous period.

Rate at which tax is required to be deducted

Tax is required to be deducted @
5%. 

Rate at which tax is required to be deducted where payee does
not have PAN

In
a case where payee does not have PAN, section 206AA requires the deductor to
deduct tax at highest of the three rates mentioned in section 206AA. Therefore,
in a case where the payee does not have PAN, by virtue of provisions of section
206AA, deduction of tax could be @ 20%. However, sub-section (4) of section
194-IB clearly states that in a case where provisions of section 206AA apply,
deduction shall not exceed the amount of rent payable for the last month of the
previous year or the last month  of the
tenancy, as the case may be. To illustrate, if rent has been paid @ Rs.60,000
per month from 1.6.2017 to a person who does not have PAN, the amount of tax
required to be deducted at source would be Rs. 1,20,000  [20% of rent paid i.e. 20% (Rs. 60,000 x
10)].  However, by virtue of s/s. (4),
the deduction shall not exceed the amount of rent payable for last month of the
previous year. Therefore, deduction in this case will be restricted to Rs.
60,000.

Payment of rent by deducting tax at a rate lower than 5% or
without deduction of tax at source 

Section
197 which enables an assessee to obtain from the AO a certificate authorising
the payer to deduct tax at a lower rate has not been amended to incorporate a
reference to this section.  Therefore, an
assessee will not be able to obtain a certificate from the AO authorising the
payer to deduct tax at a rate lower than the one mentioned in section 194-IB
i.e. 5%.  Also, the payee may be having
brought forward losses or may not be liable to pay tax on the income by way of
rent being received by him since his total income may be likely to be less than
the maximum amount chargeable to tax. 
However, since the provisions of section 197A have not been amended, the
payee will not be able to issue a declaration in Form No. 15G / 15H authorising
the payer to deduct tax at a lower rate.

Does section require deduction of tax only once during the
previous year?

While it appears that the section requires deduction of tax only once
during the previous year, it may not necessarily be so in all cases. As has
been mentioned above, deduction is at the time of credit of rent of the last
month of the previous year or rent of the last month of tenancy, as the case
may be, to the account of the payee or at the time of payment thereof whichever
is earlier.  To illustrate, in a case
where an individual, living throughout the financial year 2017-18 in a rented
flat changes the flat rented by him (assuming rent is more than Rs. 50,000 per
month) say on September 30, 2017 and also on December 31, 2017, he will be
required to deduct tax thrice during the financial year 2017-18 on September
30, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (being last month of tenancy) and on March 31,
2018 (being last month of the previous year) assuming of course, that he has
credited rent to the account of the payee or has paid the rent on these dates
or thereafter.

If the rent for last month
of the previous year or last month of tenancy is not credited by the payer to
the account of the payee, the tax deduction obligation will arise at the time
of payment of such rent. In such a case, if the two dates fall in different
financial years, there will be difficulty on account of mismatch of TDS as
well.  To illustrate if assuming that in
the illustration referred to in the above para, if the individual assessee did
not credit rent to the account of any of the 3 landlords but paid rent to all 3
landlords on June 30, 2018, he will be required to deduct tax at the time of
payment i.e. on June 30, 2018 and therefore the credit for TDS will be
reflected in Form 26AS of the landlords in the AY 2019-20 whereas they may be
required to offer rental income for taxation in AY 2018-19.

Is the deductor required to obtain TAN?

Sub-section
(3) of section 194-IB clearly provides that the provisions of section 203A
shall not apply to a person required to deduct tax in accordance with
provisions of section194-IB. Therefore, an individual or a HUF deducting tax in
accordance with section194-IB is not required to obtain TAN. 

Time of payment of tax deducted to the credit of Central
Government

Rule 30(2B) requires that the tax
deducted shall be paid within 30 days from the end of the month in which
deduction is made.  The payment shall be
accompanied by a Challan-cum-statement in Form 26QC. This procedure is similar
to the procedure as that for tax deducted at source on payments for purchase of
an immovable property  u/s. 194-IA.

Certificate of deduction 

The payer of rent is
required to furnish to the payee a certificate of deduction of tax at source in
Form No. 16C within a period of 15 days form the due date for furnishing the
challan-cum-statement in Form 26QC.  The
certificate is to be generated and downloaded from the web portal specified by
the Principal Director General of Income-tax (Systems) or the Director General
of Income-tax (Systems) or the person authorised by him.

Payer to have PAN

Payment of tax at source
can be made only if the payer has PAN. Therefore, persons deducting tax at
source under this section, will have to obtain PAN, though they may otherwise
not be required to do so.

Rent for the period prior
to 1.6.2017 

Section 194-IB has been
inserted with effect from 1.6.2017. Therefore, in a case where the time of
deduction was before 1.6.2017, the provisions of this section will not apply.
However, if the time of deduction is on or after 1.6.2017, then the provisions
of this section will apply, and tax will have to be deducted at source even
though the rent pertains to a period prior to 1.6.2017. To illustrate, if rent
for April 2017 and May 2017 was paid prior to 1.6.2017, then tax is not required
to be deducted at source under this section, but if the rent for the month of
May 2017 is paid on 10th June, 2017, then tax will be required to be
deducted at source under this section (ofcourse, if all the other conditions
are satisfied).  Also, if an individual
has not paid rent for financial year 2016-17 but pays it after 1.6.2017, then
tax will be required to be deducted at source in accordance with the provisions
of this section.

Consequences of non-deduction

In a case where an individual of a HUF, required to deduct
tax in accordance with the provisions of s. 194-IB fails to do so or having
deducted the amount fails to pay the whole or part of the tax, such individual
or HUF will be deemed to be an assessee-in-default u/s. 201 of the Act.  This shall be in addition to his obligation
to pay interest/penalty under other provisions of the Act.

Conclusion

Salaried employees paying
rent whether or not claiming exemption u/s.10(13A); individuals/HUFs paying
rent on occasional basis such as individuals going for a vacation and paying
rent for a bungalow/group of bungalows, rent for ground taken on occasion of
marriage in the family, etc.; small businessmen who are not covered by
tax audit, etc. would be required to consider the applicability of the
provisions of
this section.

Tax Issues in Computation of Taxable Income for Companies Adopting Ind-AS

The Challenge:

Tax Practioners would need to have knowledge of both
standards i.e. Indian Accounting Standards (Ind-AS) and Income Computation and
Disclosure Standards (ICDS) to assist the companies adopting Ind-AS in
finalising their tax returns

One
of the challenges that tax practitioners will face while finalising tax returns
for assessment year (AY) 2017-18, is in computation of the taxable income of
companies, which have adopted Ind-AS for the first time in the financial year
(FY) 2016-17.  It is normally the profits
as per the profit and loss account which is the starting point for computation
of taxable income. So far, only adjustments required to be made under the
Income-tax Act (the Act) were being made to the computation of taxable income.
However, with the advent of Ind-AS and the corresponding introduction of ICDS,
which is also applicable for the first time from AY 2017-18, a significant
number of adjustments would have to be made to the profit as per the profit and
loss account, to arrive at the taxable income. This requires a proper
understanding not only of ICDS, but also of the differences between accounts
prepared under Ind-AS and those prepared under the earlier accounting standards
(existing AS).

In this article, an attempt has
been made to analyse and list out some significant adjustments which are likely
to be made to the profit and loss account, to arrive at the taxable income of
the companies’ whose accounts are prepared adopting Ind-AS.

Indian Accounting Standards (Ind-AS)

The MCA had notified
IFRS-converged Ind-AS as Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015
vide Notification dated 16th February 2015. The said Notification
also laid down the roadmap for the applicability of Ind-AS for certain class of
companies as under:

Roadmap for implementation of Ind-AS

Sr. No.

Companies covered

Voluntary
phase

Under Phase I, any company had the
option to adopt Ind-AS on voluntary basis for FY 2015-16.

Mandatory
phase 1

Adoption
of Ind-AS is mandatory for the FY 2016-17 for:

(a) Companies
listed/in process of listing on Stock Exchanges in India or Outside India
having net worth > INR 500 crores,

(b) Unlisted
Companies having net worth > INR 500 crore, and

(c)   Parent,
Subsidiary, Associate and JV of companies listed at (a) and (b).

Mandatory
phase 2

Ind-AS
from FY 2017-18 would be mandatory for:

(a) Companies
which are listed/or in process of listing inside or outside India on Stock
Exchanges not covered in Phase I (other than companies listed on SME
Exchanges),

(b) Unlisted
companies having net worth INR 500 crore> INR 250 crore, and

(c)   Parent,
Subsidiary, Associate and JV of companies listed at (a) and (b).

Mandatory
phase 3

Banks
and NBFCs would be required to adopt Ind-AS from FY 2018-19. Insurance
companies would be required to adopt
Ind-AS from FY 2020-21.

All companies adopting
Ind-AS are required to present comparative information for earlier FY, as per Ind-AS. Accordingly, they will have to apply Ind-AS for preparation of
standalone as well as consolidated Balance sheet and consolidated Statement of
Profit and Loss for FY 2015-16. Once Ind-AS is applicable to the entity for one
year, it has to be mandatorily followed for all subsequent FYs.

Companies listed on SME exchange are not required to apply
Ind-AS. Companies not covered by the above roadmap shall continue to apply
existing Accounting Standards notified in Companies (Accounting Standards)
Rules, 2006 issued by the ICAI as revised vide notification dated 30th March
2016 (“existing AS”).

Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS)

The Central Government vide Notification No. SO 892(E) dated
31st March 2015 notified 10 ICDS. These ICDS were applicable from FY
2015-16 (AY 2016-17). Subsequent to notification of the ICDS, a number of
representations were received for postponement/cancellation of ICDS. The
implementation of ICDS was kept on hold by the CBDT in July 2016.

In September 2016, the CBDT rescinded the earlier notified
ICDS, and notified revised ICDS (I to X) applicable from FY 2016-17 (AY
2017-18).

Adjustments required to the Profit as per Statement of Profit
& Loss for Companies adopting Ind-AS

1. Revenue recognition from sale
of goods on deferred payment basis

Revenue recognition as 
per Ind-As

As per Ind-AS 18 which deals with Revenue recognition,
revenue shall be measured at the fair value of
the consideration received or receivable. Paragraph 11 of Ind-AS 18 provides as
under:

“11. In most cases, the consideration is in the form of cash or cash
equivalents and the amount of revenue is the amount of cash or cash equivalents
received or receivable. However, when the inflow of cash or cash equivalents is
deferred, the fair value of the consideration may be less than the nominal
amount of cash received or receivable. For example, an entity may provide
interest-free credit to the buyer or accept a note receivable bearing a
below-market interest rate from the buyer as consideration for the sale of
goods. When the arrangement effectively constitutes a financing transaction,
the fair value of the consideration is determined by discounting all future
receipts using an imputed rate of interest. The imputed rate of interest is the
more clearly determinable of either:

(a)    the prevailing rate
for a similar instrument of an issuer with a similar credit rating; or

(b)    a rate of
interest that discounts the nominal amount of the instrument to the current
cash sales price of the goods or services.”

In such arrangements of deferred receipt of consideration,
the fair value of the consideration is measured by discounting all future
receivables using an imputed rate of interest i.e. a rate of interest that
discounts the nominal amount of the instrument to the current cash sales price
of the goods or services.

The difference between the
fair value and the nominal amount of the consideration would be considered as
interest. Such interest would be recognised as revenue using the effective
interest rate (EIR) method as per Ind-AS 109. EIR is a method of calculating
the amortised cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and allocating the interest income or interest expense
over the relevant period.

Revenue
recognition as per ICDS

As per ICDS IV which deals with basis
of revenue recognition, the revenue from sale of goods is to be recognised when
the seller of goods has transferred to the buyer the property in the goods for
a price or all significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred
to the buyer and the seller retains no effective control of the goods
transferred to a degree usually associated with ownership.

As per ICDS IV, the term “Revenue” has been defined to mean
gross inflow of cash, receivables or other consideration arising in the course
of the ordinary activities of a person from the sale of goods.

Difference
between Ind-AS and ICDS

There is a significant difference in the basis of revenue
recognition as per Ind-AS 18 and ICDS IV in respect of sale of goods on
deferred payment basis. As per Ind-AS 18, the seller has to bifurcate the total
sales into fair value of consideration and interest. Fair value of
consideration would be recognised as revenue straightaway in the year of sale,
whereas interest income would have to be recognised as revenue over the
relevant credit period.

The concept of bifurcation of sale consideration in respect
of sale of goods on deferred payment basis is not present in ICDS. As per ICDS,
entire income from sale of goods will be recognised as revenue in the year of
sale, without any bifurcation of total sales consideration into fair value of
consideration and interest.

An Example

An example would explain the above
difference between the treatment under Ind-AS 18 and ICDS IV. A company which
has adopted Ind-AS has sold goods for Rs. 22 lakh on 1st March 2017
to a customer with 10 months credit period. The same goods are sold to other
customers on cash basis at Rs. 20 lakh. Accordingly, as per Ind-AS 18, the
company would have to recognise revenue from sale of goods at Rs. 20 lakh. Rs.
2 lakh would be considered as interest, which would be recognised as revenue in
terms of Ind-AS 109.

Accordingly, a credit
period of 10 months starts from 1 March 2017, Rs. 20,000, being 1/10th of interest
of Rs. 2,00,000, would be recognised as revenue in the FY 2016-17. Balance
interest of Rs. 1,80,000 would be recognized as revenue in the FY 2017-18.
Hence, what would be recognized as revenue in the FY 2016-17 would be Rs. 20
lakh of sales and Rs. 20,000 of interest. Rs. 1,80,000 of interest would be
recognized as revenue in the FY 2017-18. However, as per ICDS IV, entire sale
consideration of Rs. 22 lakh would be recognised as revenue in FY 2016-17.

Impact of
the above differences

CBDT vide Notification No. 10/2017
dated 23 March 2017, in response to question no. 5 has clarified that “ICDS
shall apply for computation of taxable income under the head ” Profit and gains
of business or profession” or “Income from other sources” under the Income Tax Act.
This is irrespective of the accounting
standards adopted by companies i.e. either Accounting Standards or Ind-AS.”

In view of the above
clarification of the CBDT, the company would have to recognise entire sale
consideration of Rs. 22 lakh as revenue in its computation of income for AY
2017-18, even though what has been recognized as revenue in Ind-AS compliant
financials is only Rs. 20.02 lakh.

The company, while preparing computation of taxable income
would have to give effect to such differences which arise as per Ind-AS as well
as the Act/ ICDS. The company would also have to maintain details of such
income streams which gets recognised as revenue in different FYs on account of
different basis of revenue recognition as per Ind-AS and ICDS.

2.    Revenue recognition from composite/bundles transactions

Impact
Revenue Recognition as per Ind-AS

As per paragraph 13 of
Ind-AS 18, the revenue recognition criteria are usually required to be applied
separately for each transaction. However, where the transaction is a composite/
bundled transaction, the revenue recognition criteria has to be applied
separately for each identifiable component of a single transaction, in order to
reflect the substance of the transaction. As per the example given in Ind-AS
18, when the selling price of a product includes an identifiable amount for
subsequent servicing, that amount relatable to subsequent servicing is deferred
and recognised as revenue over the period during which the service would be
performed.

As per paragraph 19 of
Ind-AS 18, “revenue and expenses that relate to the same transaction or
other event are to be recognised simultaneously, as the matching concept of
revenues and expenses. As per the example given in Ind-AS 18, all expenses
including future warranties and other costs to be incurred after the shipment
of the goods, can normally be measured reliably. Such expenses which are to be
incurred in future, directly relatable to sale of goods should be recognised as
expenses in the year of sale, when the other conditions for the recognition of
revenue are satisfied. However, when the expenses to be incurred in future
cannot be measured reliably, any consideration already received for the sale of
the goods should be recognised as a liability”.

Accordingly, where sale of goods comprises of composite/
bundled transaction, the company would have to identify each individual
transaction forming part of composite/ bundled transaction. The company would
have to apply revenue recognition criteria to each transaction. Any expenses to
be incurred on such composite/ bundled transaction have to be measured reliably
and provided for as a liability. Where such expenses to be incurred cannot be
measured reliably, any consideration already received for the sale of the goods
has to be recognised as a liability.

Revenue recognition as per ICDS

As per ICDS IV, there is no provision for splitting up of the
sale consideration in respect of a composite/bundled transaction. The revenue
would be the gross inflow arising from sale of goods, and shall be recognised
when the seller of goods has transferred to the buyer, the property in the
goods for a price or all significant risks and rewards of ownership have been
transferred to the buyer and the seller retains no effective control over the
goods transferred. Therefore, where no separate charge is levied for the
servicing, the entire sales proceeds would be treated as revenue from the sale
of goods.

As per ICDS X, a present obligation arising from past events,
the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the person of
resources embodying economic benefits should be provided for as a liability.
Therefore, a provision for warranty expenses to be incurred on sales effected,
made on a scientific or actuarial basis, would be allowable as a deduction
[which is also in accordance with the Supreme Court decision in the case of Rotork
Controls India (P) Ltd vs. CIT (2009) 314 ITR 62(SC)]
.

Difference between  Ind-AS and ICDS

Ind-AS, in respect of transaction involving composite/
bundled transactions requires the revenue recognition criteria to be applied
separately for each identifiable component of a single transaction. Revenue and
expenses relating to the same transaction or other event should be recognised simultaneously.
Where such expenses to be incurred in future cannot be measured reliably, any
consideration already received for the sale of the goods should be recognised
as a liability.

ICDS IV however does not give any
guiding principles on bifurcation of consideration for each identifiable
component of a single transaction, forming part of composite/ bundled
transaction. ICDS IV does not allow treatment of consideration already received
for the sale of goods as a liability, where expenses to be incurred cannot be
measured reliably.

An example

An
example on the above would explain the difference between the Ind-AS 18 and
ICDS IV. A company which has adopted Ind-AS, is in the business of
manufacturing and sale of cars. It sold a car to a customer at Rs. 5 lakh on 1st
January 2017. The sale of car also includes free after sale service for a
period of 2 years and free warranty for 1 year. The standard price of after
sale service for 2 years, included in sale price of Rs. 5 lakh, would be Rs.
50,000.

As per Ind-AS 18, the company would have to separately
identify each component of single transaction of sale of car i.e. it has to
bifurcate composite/ bundled transaction of sale of car into separate
identifiable transaction viz. sale of car, rendering of after sale services and
providing warranty.

Accordingly, Rs. 4,50,000 (i.e. sale consideration of Rs. 5
lakh less Rs. 50,000 towards 2 years after sale services) would be recognised
as revenue in the FY 2016-17. Revenue recognition in respect of after sales services
of Rs. 50,000 has to be spread over the 2 years period. Rs. 6,250 for January
to March 2017 has to be recognized as revenue in the FY 2016-17 and balance Rs.
43,750 would be recognised as revenue in the FY 2017-18 and FY 2018-19.

The company would have to estimate the expenditure it would
incur in future over the free warranty, which can be recognised as expenses,
based on principle of matching concept in the year of sale of car. If it is not
in a position to estimate expenses to be incurred as per Ind-AS 18, sale
consideration relatable to free warranty should be recognised as liability in
FY 2016-17 and should be recognised as revenue in subsequent years.

ICDS IV, however is silent on bifurcation of consideration
for each identifiable component of a single transaction, forming part of
composite/ bundled transaction. Further, ICDS does not allow treatment of
consideration already received for the sale of goods as liability, where
expenses to be incurred in future cannot be measured reliably.

Impact of the above differences

Taxation of after-sales
services

In view of the fact that ICDS
does not give any guiding principles on bifurcation of each identifiable
component of composite/bundled transaction, the company may not be able to
bifurcate the consideration of Rs. 50,000 for after sale services of 2 years from
the sales price of cars. Therefore, the gross sales price may have to be
considered as revenue in the year of sale. The question arises whether the
company can claim deduction for the estimated future expenditure that it may
incur on after sales service.

Based on the provisions of
paragraph 5 of ICDS X, if such expenditure is estimated on a scientific basis,
such future liability may be recognised as a provision under the ICDS, which is
a liability. This is on account of the fact that there is a present obligation
as a result of a past event, it is reasonably certain that an outflow of
resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the
obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of obligation.
Therefore, one can take a view that the estimated liability for after sales
service is an allowable deduction u/s. 37 read with ICDS X.

Warranty expenses

It is a common practice for car manufacturers to make
provision for warranty expenses in the books, based on past experience,
historical data of actual warranty expenses incurred or some ad-hoc estimate
and claim deduction thereof u/s. 37 of the Act.

The issue on allowability
of warranty provision has been settled by the Supreme Court. The Supreme Court
in the case of Rotork Controls vs. CIT (314 ITR 62) (SC) has allowed the
assessee’s claim for deduction of warranty provision as expense on the ground
that “warranty became integral part of the sale price of the product and a
reliable estimate of the expenditure towards such warranty was allowable
.”
In this case, the Supreme Court held that all the conditions for recognising a
liability were fulfilled – arising out of obligating events, involving outflow
of resources and involving reliable estimation of obligation.

However, in the tax return, where the company is not in a
position to estimate expenditure to be incurred on warranty on some
scientific/reliable basis, it would not be in a position to postpone revenue
recognition from the sale consideration of car. Such treatment is permitted as
per Ind-AS, but has no specific permission in ICDS. However, where such
warranty provision is made on a scientific basis, under paragraph 5 of ICDS X,
the liability for warranty would be regarded as a provision, which is defined
as a liability which can be measured only by using a substantial degree of
estimation, and would therefore be an allowable deduction.

The company would have to maintain details of such different
basis of revenue recognition as per Ind-AS and ICDS i.e. after sales services
in the above example, to arrive at correct taxable income.

3.    Revenue
recognition in case of rendering of services

Revenue recognition as per Ind-AS

As per Ind-AS 18, the recognition of revenue from rendering
of services is measured by reference to the stage of completion of a
transaction i.e. the percentage of completion method. Under this method,
revenue is recognised in the accounting periods in which the services are
rendered. As per paragraph 20 of Ind-AS 18, “percentage of completion method has
to be followed where the outcome of a transaction can be measured reliably.
Such reliable measurement of outcome requires fulfilment of the following
conditions:

(a) the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

(b) it is
probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow
to the entity;

(c) the
stage of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period can
be measured reliably; and

(d) the
costs incurred for the transaction and the costs to complete the transaction
can be measured reliably”.

As per paragraph 26 of Ind-AS 18, “when the outcome of the
transaction involving the rendering of services cannot be estimated reliably,
revenue shall be recognised only to the extent of the expenses incurred and are
recoverable”.

As per paragraph 27 of this Ind-AS, “where execution of
the transaction has just started or has only reached preliminary stage
(referred to as early stage of a transaction), it may not be possible to
estimate outcome of the transaction involving the rendering of services. In
such situation, it is permissible for the entity to recognise revenue only to
the extent of costs incurred that are expected to be recoverable”.

Paragraph 28 states “when the outcome of a transaction
cannot be estimated reliably and it is not probable that the costs incurred
will be recovered, revenue is not recognised and the costs incurred are
recognised as an expense”.

Revenue recognition as per ICDS

As per ICDS IV dealing with
Revenue Recognition, revenue from service transactions shall be recognised by
the percentage of completion method. It is expressly provided that ICDS III on
Construction contracts shall apply to the recognition of revenue and associated
expenses, for a service transaction. In view of the express applicability of
ICDS III to a service transaction, where service transactions are at an early
stage, it would be possible for the entity to recognise revenue only to the
extent of the expenses incurred (as under Ind AS). However, ICDS IV provides
that the early stage of a contract cannot extend beyond 25% of the stage of
completion. Therefore, under ICDS IV, recognition of revenue by percentage of
completion method is compulsory beyond 25% of the stage of completion.

When services are provided by an indeterminate number of acts
over a specific period of time, revenue may be recognised on a straight line
basis over the specific period.

ICDS, however provides a
concession to certain service contracts with duration of less than 90 days. In
respect of such service contracts with duration less than 90 days, the assessee
has an option to treat revenue from such contracts to be recognised when the
rendering of services under that contract is completed or substantially
completed.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

Ind-AS as well as ICDS requires recognition of revenue from
rendering of services as per the percentage of completion method for all
services. Under Ind-AS, percentage of completion method is to be adopted only
once reliable measurement of outcome is possible, which is possible only when
revenues and expenses can be measured reliably, and stage of percentage of
completion can also be measured reliably. There is no specific stage specified
in the Ind-AS from when the percentage of completion method becomes applicable,
but it would depend upon the conditions being satisfied in each case. However,
under ICDS IV, percentage of completion method would have to be followed once
the 25% stage of completion is reached, irrespective of whether the outcome can
be measured reliably.

Similarly, under Ind-AS, it is possible that when the outcome
of a transaction cannot be estimated reliably and it is not probable that the
costs incurred will be recovered, revenue is not recognised and the costs
incurred are recognised as an expense, resulting in a loss. However, under ICDS
IV read with ICDS III, if 25% threshold has been crossed, only the
proportionate loss based on the percentage of completion can be recognised.
ICDS is silent as to what happens in the early stages when outcome cannot be
reliably measures and the costs will not be recovered.

Further, ICDS additionally
grants an option to the assessee to recognize revenue from the contract with
project duration less than 90 days only on completion of contract or when it is
substantially completed. There is no such provision in Ind-AS 18.

An example

An example on the above would explain the difference between
Ind-AS 18 and ICDS IV. The company is engaged in the logistic business, whereby
it arranges inbound/ outbound transportation of goods. The company has huge
volume of transactions. In all cases of inbound/outbound transportation of
goods, the completion of transport of goods does not take more than 90 days period.

As on the last day of reporting period, the said company has
various pending logistic contracts, which have not reached 100% completion. The
company accordingly has to measure contract revenue from such contracts in
progress, only to the extent of percentage of logistics work complete. The said
estimation requires information of percentage of logistics work completed for
all contracts in progress, and the shipments in many of the contracts may be
mid-road/mid-sea/mid-air on the last day of the reporting period.

For Ind-AS purposes, the
company has to work out revenue from rendering of services by following
percentage of completion method, where the outcome of the contract (including
the stage of completion) can be reliably measured. Accordingly, it would have
to work out the percentage of contract completed for each contract in progress,
and the proportionate revenue and expenditure of each contract in progress, as
on the last day of the reporting period, where the outcome (including stage of
completion) can be reliably measured. However, as per ICDS, while filing the
tax return, the company can opt to offer the entire income from logistics
contracts only on completion of the entire work.

In many cases of logistics contracts, it may not be possible to
reasonably estimate the stage of completion. In that situation, under Ind AS,
the revenue from the contract would be recognised only to the extent of costs
incurred, and the profit would effectively be accounted for on completion of
the contract, as is the case under ICDS.

Impact of the above differences

The company, for commercial
reasons, may want to offer income from logistics contracts, with duration less
than 90 days, to income tax by following ICDS, only on completion of the
contract, where completion of services falls in a different FY. Such a company
would have the option to recognise revenue from contracts with duration of less
than 90 days, only on completion of the
contract
. This would be irrespective of the fact that as per Ind-AS, it has recognised contract revenue by reference to the stage of
completion of the contract activity, at the reporting date. In normal
circumstances, where any contract commences as well as is completed in the same
year, revenue recognition as per Ind-AS 18 and ICDS IV would be the same.
However, where any contract with duration of less than 90 days commences and is
completed in a different FY, the company would have to maintain detailed
records, both for Ind-AS purposes as well as ICDS, where it opts for
recognising income on completion basis.

4.    Revenue recognition
in case of Construction contracts

Revenue recognition as per Ind-AS

As per Ind-AS 11
‘Construction Contracts’, the recognition of revenue and expenses is required
to be made by reference to the stage of completion of a contract i.e.
percentage of completion method. Under this method, contract revenue is matched
with the contract costs incurred in reaching the stage of completion, resulting
in the reporting of revenue, expenses and profit which can be attributed to the
proportion of work completed.

As per paragraph 32 of Ind-AS 11, when the outcome of a
construction contract cannot be estimated reliably (a) revenue shall be
recognised only to the extent of contract costs incurred that probably will be
recoverable, and (b) contract costs shall be recognised as an expense in the
period in which they are incurred.

Paragraph 33 of Ind-AS 11 explains a situation, where it
would be necessary for the entity to recognise contract revenue only to the
extent of contract costs. As per the said paragraph, “where the Construction
contract is at the early stages of a contract, it is often the case that the
outcome of the contract cannot be estimated reliably. In such a situation,
contract revenue can be recognized only to the extent of contract costs
incurred that are expected to be recoverable”
. Ind-AS 11 also requires
recognition of expected loss, when it is probable that total contract costs
will exceed total contract revenue. This amount of expected loss is allowed to
be recognised as an expense immediately, irrespective of whether work has
commenced on the contract and the stage of completion of contract activity.

Revenue recognition as per ICDS

As per ICDS III dealing with Construction contracts, contract
revenue and contract costs associated with the construction contract should be
recognised as revenue and expenses respectively by reference to the stage of
completion of the contract activity, at the reporting date.

The said ICDS however gives concessional treatment to
contracts in the early stage of execution i.e. contracts which have not
completed a percentage of up to 25% of the total construction. During the early
stages of a contract, where the outcome of the contract cannot be estimated
reliably, contract revenue can be recognized only to the extent of costs incurred.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

Ind-AS 11 as well as ICDS III, both permit recognition of
revenue only to the extent of expenses incurred, where the project is at an
early stage of execution and outcome cannot be estimated reliably. Ind-AS
however does not give any specific percentage of the construction activity to
be completed for the construction project to be categorised as ‘early stage of
execution’. Accordingly, for the construction activity where even 30% of the
total construction has been completed, revenue may be recognized only to the
extent of cost incurred, if based on the facts of the particular construction
contract it is established that the outcome cannot be estimated reliably.

The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) has
issued ‘The Guidance Note on Accounting of Real Estate Transactions (revised
2016)’ (GN) which is applicable to entities to which Ind-AS is applicable. As
per the said GN, a reasonable level of development is not achieved if the
expenditure incurred on construction and development costs is less than 25% of
the construction and development costs. As per the GN, a reasonable level of
development is measured with reference to ‘construction and development cost’
and excludes ‘Cost of land and cost of development rights’ as well as
‘Borrowing cost’. Though the GN applies only to real estate transactions and
not to construction contracts, it may be possible to apply this level of 25%
for construction contracts.

ICDS III, however expressly provides that the early stage of
a contract shall not extend beyond 25% of the stage of completion.

Further, Ind-AS requires a company to recognize the entire
expected loss, when total contract costs is likely to exceed total contract
revenue. However, ICDS does not specifically provide for recognition of
expected loss. The expected loss can be recognised only on percentage of
completion method, i.e. proportionately.

Impact of the above differences

 The stage of profit
recognition by following percentage of completion method under Ind-AS and ICDS
may differ on account of the differing concepts of early stage of contract
where outcome cannot be reasonably estimated. While, as per accounts, profits
may not be recognized, it is possible that, under ICDS, profits have to be
recognised.

Where such company has recognised the entire loss on the
contract in the profit and loss account on the ground that total contract costs
is likely to exceed total contract revenue, it would not have the benefit of
the entire expected loss as per ICDS. In the tax return, irrespective of that
fact that there would be a loss at the end of the project, it would have to
recogniswe contract revenue (and therefore estimated total loss) by following
the percentage of completion method, at the year-end.

5.    Purchases of goods
on deferred payment terms

Cost of purchase as per Ind-AS
2

As per Ind-AS 2, the cost of inventories shall comprise all
costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the
inventories to their present location and condition. Further, where the inventory
is purchased on deferred payment terms, and the purchase price is higher than
the purchase price for such inventory on normal credit terms basis, the
arrangement effectively contains a financing element. In such a situation, the
difference between the actual purchase price and the purchase price of goods
with normal credit terms, is recognized as financing cost.. The said financing
cost has to be charged to the statement of profit and loss, over the period of
the financing.

Cost of purchase as per ICDS
II As per ICDS II which deals with valuation of inventories, the costs of
purchase shall consist of purchase price including duties and taxes, freight
inwards and other expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition.
However, interest and other borrowing costs shall not be included in the cost
of inventories.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

There is a difference in the cost of purchase as per Ind-AS 2
and ICDS II. As per Ind-AS 2, where goods are purchased on deferred payment
terms, the difference between the purchase price with normal credit terms and
the amount paid with deferred payment term, is considered as interest expense
and would have to be excluded from the purchase price of goods. However, as per
ICDS II, entire purchase price paid, irrespective of outright purchase price or
purchase on deferred payment terms, is considered as cost of purchase. This
would result in difference in the valuation of stock, as well as timing
difference on account of charge of the financing cost to the Profit & Loss
Account over the finance period in accordance with Ind AS, as against treatment
as purchase as per ICDS.

An example

An example on the above would explain the difference between
the Ind-AS 2 and ICDS II. The company has purchased goods from the seller at
Rs. 75,000 on 1st January 2017 with 12 months credit period. The
same goods could be purchased at Rs. 65,000 with normal credit period of 3
months generally allowed in the Industry. As per Ind-AS 2, difference of Rs.
10,000 would be considered as interest expense, which can be charged to profit
and loss account over the period of financing. Accordingly, interest expense of
Rs. 10,000 beyond normal credit period of up to 31st March 2017,
would be considered as interest expense only in FY 2017-18. Where the company
has purchased such inventory out of borrowed funds, any interest paid would
have to be expensed out to the profit and loss account and would not be
considered as ‘cost of inventory’.

However, as per ICDS II, entire purchase cost of Rs. 75,000,
irrespective of deferred payment terms, would be treated as cost of purchases,
and would be included in the cost of inventory, if the said goods are lying in
stock as on 31st March 2017.

Impact of the above differences

Accordingly, there would be
difference between the cost of purchases as per Ind-AS and ICDS. The company
would have to maintain records of such interest expense arising because of
deferred payment basis and which has been charged to profit and loss account in
subsequent FY. Such interest which has been charged to the profit and loss
account both in current FY as well as in subsequent FY would, under ICDS, have
to be treated as part of purchase cost/ inventory valuation in the current FY.

The company would also have to maintain details of all such
differences which arise because of difference in Ind-AS and ICDS.

6.    Initial cost of
fixed assets purchased on deferred settlement terms

Initial cost of fixed assets as per Ind-AS 16

As per Ind-AS 16, an item of Property, Plant and Equipment
(PPE) that qualifies for recognition as an asset shall be measured at its cost.
The cost of such asset is the cash price
equivalent at the recognition date.
If payment is deferred beyond normal
credit terms, difference between the cash price equivalent and the total
payment towards purchase of assets, is recognized as interest over the period
of credit, unless such interest is capitalised in accordance with Ind-AS 23
which deals with borrowing cost. Ind-AS 23 lays down conditions as to when
borrowing cost can be added to the cost of
assets purchased.

Actual cost as per ICDS V

As per ICDS V dealing with tangible fixed assets, the actual
cost of an acquired tangible fixed asset shall comprise of its purchase price,
import duties and other taxes, excluding those subsequently recoverable, and
any directly attributable expenditure on making the asset ready for its
intended use.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

There is a material difference in the cost of fixed assets as
per Ind-AS 16 and ICDS V. As per Ind-AS 16, cash price equivalent at the
recognition date would be regarded as initial cost of fixed assets. However, as
per ICDS V, entire purchase price of the fixed assets, irrespective of deferred
payment terms, would be considered as actual cost of fixed assets. Accordingly,
any financing cost arising because of bifurcation of payment towards purchase
of assets into cash price equivalent and the financing element, would have to
be added to written down value of the respective ‘block of assets’ in the year
of purchase, irrespective of its treatment as per Ind-AS.

An example

An example on the above would explain the difference between
the Ind-AS 16 and ICDS V. The company has purchased a machine for Rs. 5,00,000
on 31st March 2017 with 12 months credit period. The said machine
had cash price of Rs. 4,50,000. As per Ind-AS 16, difference of Rs. 50,000
would be considered as finance cost over the period of financing. Accordingly,
Rs. 50,000 would be considered as finance cost in FY 2017-18, as the same
pertains to period after 31st March 2017.

Impact of the above differences

Accordingly, there would be difference between the cost of
PPE as per Ind-AS and ICDS. The company would have to maintain records of such
finance cost arising because of difference between the cash price equivalent
and the total payment towards purchase of PPE. Such cost, which would be
charged to the statement of profit and loss in subsequent FYs, would have to be
added to the cost of the respective ‘block of assets’, in order to comply with
ICDS provisions. The company would be entitled to depreciation on such cost in
the current year itself and would increase its block of assets by the said
amount, even though the same would be charged to the statement of profit and
loss in the next FY.

7.    Interest free loan
to subsidiary or to employee (for long term)

Recognition of
interest free loan given as  per I
nd-As 109

Ind-AS 109 requires that financial assets and liabilities
should be recognised on initial recognition at fair value, as adjusted for the
transaction cost. In accordance with Ind-AS 109 ‘Financial Instruments’, in
case the loan is for a period exceeding one year (i.e. long term) the lender
would recognise the loan at its fair value as per the EIR method. Accordingly, interest
free loan exceeding one year given by the parent company to its subsidiary or
by an employer to its employee would be recorded at fair value, which would be
less than the amount of loan given. In spite of the fact that the said loan was
interest free, notional interest on fair value of the loan would be credited as
interest income in the profit and loss.

Recognition of interest free loan given to subsidiary/employee
as per ICDS

Under ICDS, there is no concept of recognition of financial
assets at fair value. There is also no concept of recognition of notional
interest as income in the statement of profit and loss. For income tax
purposes, the said interest free loan given would be recorded at the nominal
amount of the loan. No interest would be regarded as accruing on the loan,
since it is contractually an interest-free loan.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

As per Ind-AS, every year the imputed interest income will be
provided in the statement of profit and loss for the year, with the corresponding
debit to the value of loan reflected as an asset. Over the years, loan amount
will finally be reinstated to what would be the repayable amount (the amount
that was received originally). Simultaneously, an appropriate amount will be
transferred from equity to the statement of profit and loss account, which will
have the effect of negating the interest income in the statement of profit and
loss. .

Impact of the above differences

Such notional interest which has been credited to the
statement of profit and loss of the parent company/employer would not be
“income” as per the Act. Accordingly, the same would have to be reduced from
the total income of the parent company/employer to arrive at taxable income.

8.    Borrowing cost

Borrowing cost as per Ind-AS
23

As per Ind-AS 23 dealing with borrowing costs, the borrowing
costs includes interest expense calculated using the effective interest method,
finance charges in respect of finance leases recognised in accordance with
leases and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the
extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs.

Ind AS 23 defines a qualifying asset as an asset that
necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended
use or sale. As per paragraph 7 of Ind-AS 23, the following types of assets may
be qualifying assets: (a) inventories, (b) manufacturing plants, (c) power
generation facilities, (d) intangible assets, (e) investment properties and (f)
bearer plants. Financial assets and inventories that are manufactured or
otherwise produced, over a short period of time are not qualifying assets.
Further, assets that are ready for their intended use or sale when acquired are
not qualifying assets.

As per paragraph 12 of Ind-AS 23, “the amount of borrowing
costs eligible for capitalization is the actual borrowing costs incurred during
the period less any investment income on the
temporary investment of those borrowings.

Further, as per paragraph 14 of Ind-AS 23, “where the
entity has borrowed funds generally (and not for specific purpose of acquiring
qualifying assets) but used such borrowed funds for acquisition of a qualifying
asset, borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation are to be determined, by
applying a capitalisation rate to the expenditures on that asset”.

As per paragraph 22 of Ind-AS 23, “an entity shall cease
capitalising borrowing costs, when substantially all the activities necessary
to prepare the qualifying asset for its intended use or sale are complete”.

Borrowing costs as per ICDS IX read with section 36(1)(iii)

Section 36(1)(iii) provides for deduction of interest in
respect of capital borrowed for the purposes of business. The proviso to
section 36(1)(iii) requires that interest in respect of capital borrowed for
acquisition of an asset from the date of borrowing till the date the asset is
put to use, is not allowable as a deduction.

As per ICDS IX, borrowing costs are interest and other costs
incurred by a person in connection with the borrowing of funds and include (i)
commitment charges on borrowings, (ii) amortised amount of discounts or
premiums relating to borrowings, (iii) amortised  amount 
of  ancillary  costs 
incurred  in  connection 
with  the arrangement of
borrowings and (iv) finance charges in respect of assets acquired under finance
leases or under other similar arrangements.

As per ICDS IX, the term
“Qualifying asset” for the purposes of capitalisation of specific borrowing
costs means: (i) land, building, machinery, plant or furniture, being tangible
assets, (ii) know-how, patents, copyrights, trade-marks, licenses, franchises
or any other business or commercial rights of similar nature, being intangible
assets and (iii) inventories that require a period of twelve months or more to
bring them to a saleable condition.

As per ICDS IX, general borrowing costs are capitalized to
the qualifying assets based on a particular formula. For the purpose of
capitalisation of general borrowing costs, the term “Qualifying Asset” means
any asset which necessarily requires a period of 12 months or more for its
acquisition, construction or production. Further, an entity shall cease
capitalizing borrowing costs, when such asset is first put to use or when
substantially all the activities necessary to prepare such inventory for its
intended sale are complete.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

A major difference between Ind AS 23 and ICDS IX is in
respect of capitalisation of costs of borrowings taken specifically for
acquisition of an asset. Under ICDS IX read with the proviso to section
36(1)(iii), cost of borrowings taken for acquisition of all fixed assets, up to
the date of put to use, is to be capitalised. However, under Ind AS 23, qualifying
assets, where such borrowing costs are to be capitalised, are only those assets
which necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their
intended use or sale, and not all fixed assets. This requires judgement to be
applied and can be subjective – the period for qualifying assets under Ind-AS
23 can be even 6 months or even 24 months.

There is also a material difference in the concept of
borrowing costs as per Ind-AS 23 and ICDS IX.As per Ind-AS 23, borrowing cost
is calculated using the effective interest method, whereas as per ICDS, it is
calculated at actual interest and other costs incurred.

Exchange differences arising in respect of foreign currency
borrowing, forms part of borrowing costs as per Ind-AS, whereas the same does
not form part of borrowing cost as per ICDS.

As per Ind-AS, any income from temporary investment of
borrowed funds is to be reduced from the borrowing cost required to be
capitalised, whereas such reduction is not permissible in ICDS.

There is also a material difference in the formula for
capitalising general borrowing cost, in that under ICDS, the cost of general
borrowing is apportioned in the ratio of the qualifying assets to the total
assets based on the opening and closing values of such assets, without
considering the amount of or movement in borrowings during the year Under Ind
AS, the weighted average cost of general borrowing is applied to the value of
qualifying assets for the relevant period.

As per Ind-AS 23, inventories that do not necessarily take a
substantial period of time for getting ready for sale will not qualify as
qualifying assets. The term “substantial period of time” is not defined, and
hence could be even less than 12 months. However, as per ICDS, the period of
time is defined as 12 months, and hence inventories that require less than 12
months to bring them to a saleable condition are not qualifying assets.

As per Ind-AS, an entity shall cease capitalizing borrowing
costs to assets, when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare
such asset for its intended use or sale are complete. However, as per ICDS, the
capitalization would cease where fixed assets are put to use, or when
substantially all the activities necessary to prepare such inventory for its
intended sale are complete.

Impact of the above differences.

There are various differences between Ind-AS and ICDS on
definition of borrowing cost and qualifying assets, treatment of income arising
from temporary investment of borrowed fund, formula for capitalising borrowing
cost in case of general borrowings and finally, on the time of cessation of
capitalisation. These would result in different capitalisation of borrowing
costs as per accounts, and in computation of income as per ICDS. Accordingly,
the interest debited to Statement of Profit and Loss and that allowable as a
deduction would also differ. These differences would also impact the
depreciation.

9.    Financial assets

Financial assets as per Ind-AS
109

As per Ind-AS 109, all financial asset are required to be
subsequently measured at fair value through profit & loss (FVTPL), fair
value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) or at amortised cost (normally
for debt instruments), at each balance sheet date, depending upon their initial
classification by the entity.

Investments

Investments are not covered by ICDS, but any gain or loss is
to be considered as capital gains on transfer of such investments. Therefore,
any item in statement of profit or loss or other comprehensive income, on
account of remeasurement of financial assets, is to be ignored for computation
of taxable income.

Any security on acquisition as stock in trade shall be
recognised at actual cost. At the end of any previous year, securities held as
stock-in-trade shall be valued at actual cost initially recognised or net
realizable value at the end of that previous year, whichever is lower.
Securities not listed on a recognized stock exchange or listed but not quoted
on a recognised stock exchange with regularity from time to time, shall be
valued at actual cost initially recognized.

For the purpose of applying the above principles, the
comparison of actual cost initially recognised and net realisable value shall
be done category-wise and not for each individual security. For this purpose,
securities shall be classified into the following categories, namely:-

(a) shares,

(b) debt securities,

(c) convertible securities, and

(d) any other securities, not covered above.

The value of securities held as stock-in-trade of a business
as on the beginning of the previous year shall be:

(a) the cost
of securities available, if any, on the day of the commencement of the business
when the business has commenced during the previous year; and

(b) the
value of the securities of the business as on the close of the immediately
preceding previous year, in any other case.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

There is material difference in the valuation of securities
held as stock in trade as per Ind-AS 109 and ICDS IX. As per Ind-AS, the
valuation of securities are required to be made at fair value. However, as per
ICDS, the listed securities, held for trading shall be valued at actual cost
initially recognised or net realisable value at the end of that previous year,
whichever is lower, Further, ICDS requires valuation on securities to be made
category-wise., and not on individual investment basis as per Ind-AS.

Impact of the above differences

In view of the above difference, there would be differences
in gain or loss recognised by the company in its profit and loss account vis-à-vis
as per tax return. The company would have to maintain detailed records of
transactions of securities traded as well as held as inventory, by applying
principles laid down in Ind-AS as well as ICDS.

10.  Actual cost of assets
– Cost of Dismantling and restoration

Cost of an asset as per Ind-AS
16

As per Ind-AS 16, an item of property, plant and equipment
that qualifies for recognition as an asset shall be measured at its cost. Cost
for this purpose also includes “the initial estimate of the costs of
dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is
located, the obligation for which an entity incurs
.”

Actual cost of asset as per ICDS IV

As per ICDS IV, the actual cost of an acquired tangible fixed
asset shall comprise its purchase price, import duties and other taxes,
excluding those subsequently recoverable, and any directly attributable
expenditure on making the asset ready for its intended use. Any initial
estimate of the costs of dismantling, removing the item and restoring the site
on which it is located, is not treated as actual cost.

Difference between the Ind-AS
and ICDS

Actual cost of assets as per Ind-AS includes cost of the
initial estimate of the costs of dismantling, removing the item and restoring
the site on which it is located. However, the same has to be ignored as per the
ICDS.

Impact of the above differences

Accordingly, any increase in actual cost of the assets
because of cost of dismantling being included as per Ind-AS has to be ignored
while computing actual cost of assets as per ICDS V.

Impact on Book Profits under Minimum Alternative Tax

In the above article, the impact on book profits under
section 115JB has not been considered, since the starting point for that
purpose is the profit as per statement of profit and loss account, and the
further adjustments required to be made are listed out in sub-sections (2A),
(2B) and (2C) of section 115JB.

Conclusion

These are only some of the significant differences which one
may come across, while computing the income chargeable to tax under the
Income-tax Act, 1961, where the accounts have been prepared by adopting Ind AS.

There are many more differences which one may
come across during the course of review of the accounts. Being aware of such
differences is essential for a tax auditor or tax advisor, and hence it is
essential to understand the differing accounting treatment being necessitated
on account of adoption of Ind AS.

The Finance Act, 2017

1       Background

          Shri Arun Jaitley, the Finance
Minister, presented his Fourth Budget with the Finance, Bill 2017, in the Lok
Sabha on 1st February, 2017. This was a departure from the old
practice inasmuch as that this year’s Budget was presented to the Parliament on
the first day of February instead of the last day and the Railway Budget was
now merged with the General Budget. Thus, the Railway Minister has not
presented a separate Railway Budget.

          After some discussion, the Parliament
has passed the Budget with some amendments to the Finance Bill, 2017 as
presented. The President has given his assent to the Finance Act, 2017, on 31st
March, 2017. There are in all 150 Sections in the Finance Act, 2017, which
include 89 sections which deal with amendments in the Income-tax Act, 1961, the
Finance Act, 2005 and the Finance Act, 2016.

1.1     During the Financial year 2016-17, the
Parliament passed the Constitution Amendment Act paving the way for introduction
of Goods and Services Tax (GST) legislation to replace the existing Excise
Duty, customs Duty, Service Tax, value Added Tax etc., GST council has
been constituted and it is hoped that GST will be introduced effective from 1st
July, 2017. Another major step taken by the Government during the financial
year 2016-17 was demonetisation of high denomination bank notes with a view to
eliminate corruption, black money and fake notes in circulation.

1.2     In Financial Year 2016-17, two Income
disclosure schemes were introduced by the Government with a view to enable
persons, who had not disclosed their unaccounted income to declare the same and
get immunity from rigorous penalty and prosecution provisions under the
Income-tax Act. The first disclosure scheme was provided in the Finance Act,
2016, and was in force from 01-06-2016 to 30-09-2016. The second scheme was
provided by the Taxation (Second Amendment) Act, 2016 which was in force from
17-12-2016 to 31-03-2017.

1.3     In Para 181 of the Budget Speech, the Finance
Minister has stated that the net revenue loss due to Direct Tax proposals in
the Budget is about Rs. 20,000/- crore. There is no significant loss or gain in
any of the indirect tax proposals.

1.4     In this article, some of the important
amendments made in the Income-tax Act by the Finance Act, 2017, are discussed.
Most of the amendments have only prospective effect. Some of the amendments
have retrospective effect.

2.      Rates of Taxes:

2.1     In the case of an Individual, HUF, AOP etc.,
following changes are made w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18)

(i)  The rate of tax in the first slab of Rs. 2.50
lakh to Rs. 5.00 lakh has been reduced from 10% to 5%. Similarly, in the case
of a Senior Citizen the rate of tax in the first slab of Rs. 3.00 Lakhs to
Rs.  5.00 lakh will now be 5% instead of
the existing rate of 10%. This will give some relief to assessees in the lower
income group. There is no change in the rates of tax in other two slabs or in
the rate of Education Cess which is 3% of tax

(ii) Section 87A granting rebate upto Rs. 5,000/- to
a Resident Individual if his total income does not exceed Rs. 5 lakh has been
reduced from A.Y. 2018-19 in view of the above relief in tax. It is now
provided that the maximum rebate available under this section shall not exceed
Rs. 2,500/- and that such rebate will be available only if the total income
does not exceed Rs. 3.50 lakh.

(iii) At present, the rate of Surcharge is 15% of the
tax if the total income of an Individual, HUF, AOP etc., is more than
Rs. 1 crore. In view of the reduction in the rate of tax in the first slab, as
stated above, it is now provided that a surcharge of 10% of the tax will be
chargeable if the income of such an assessee is more than Rs. 50 lakh but less
than Rs.1 crore. If the income exceeds Rs. 1 crore, the existing rate of 15%
will continue.

2.2     In the case of a domestic company, the
rates of tax for A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) will be as under:

(i)  Where the total turnover or gross receipts of
a company does not exceed Rs. 50 crore, in F.Y. 2015-16, the rate of tax will
be 25%. It may be noted that in A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17) where the turnover
or gross receipts of a company did not exceed Rs. 5 crore., in F.Y. 2014-15,
the rate of tax was 29%.

(ii) In case of all other companies the rate of tax
will be 30%.

(iii) There is no change in the rate of surcharge or
education cess.

2.3     In the case of a Domestic company which is
newly set up on or after 1.3.2016, engaged in the business of manufacturing or
production etc., the rate of tax will be 25% subject to the conditions
laid down in section 115 BA of the Income-tax Act. This concessional rate is
applicable at the option of the company as provided in the above section. This
section was inserted by the Finance Act, 2016.

2.4     In the case of a Firm (including LLP),
Co-operative Society, Foreign Company or Local Authority, there is no change in
the rates of Income tax, Surcharge and Education Cess. Similarly, there is no
change in the rate of tax on book profit of a Company as provided in section
115JB.

2.5     Last year, a new section 115BBDA was
inserted in the Income tax to provide for levy of tax at the rate of 10% (Plus
applicable Surcharge and Education Cess) on the Dividends in excess of Rs. 10
lakh received from Domestic companies by any resident Individual, HUF or a Firm
(including LLP). This section is now amended to provide that, w.e.f. A.Y.
2018-19, this tax of 10% will be payable by all resident assessees, excluding
domestic companies and certain funds, public trusts, institutions referred to
in section 10(23C) (iv) to (via) and public trusts registered u/s. 12AA. This
will mean that this additional tax of 10% on dividends received in excess of
Rs. 10 lakh will be payable in A.Y. 2018-19 and subsequent years by all
resident Individuals, HUF, Firms, LLPs, Private trusts, AOP, BOI, foreign
companies etc. The exemption is given to only domestic companies and
certain public recognised trusts.

3.      Tax Deduction and collection at source:

3.1     TDS from Rent (New Section 194-1B) –
Increase in obligation of Individuals and HUF’s

          At present, section 194-I provides
that an Individual or HUF who is liable to get his accounts audited u/s. 44AB
should deduct tax from Rent if the amount exceeds Rs.1,80,000/- per year. Now,
section 194-1B is inserted w.e.f. 1.6.2017 which provides that any Individual
or HUF who is not covered by section 194-I (Tenant) will have to deduct tax at
source at the rate of 5% from payment of rent for use of any building or land
or both if such rent exceeds Rs. 50,000/- per month or part of the month. This
tax is to be deducted at the time of credit of rent for the last month of the
Financial Year. If the premises are vacated by the tenant earlier during the
year, the tax is to be deducted from rent of the month in which the premises
are vacated. Thus, the deduction of tax is to be made only once in the last
month of the relevant year or last month of the tenancy. The tax deductor is
not required to obtain Tax Deduction Account Number (TAN). The person receiving
the rent will have to furnish his PAN to the tenant. If PAN is not provided,
the tax will have to be deducted at the rate of 20% of the rent. It may be
noted that the amount of tax required to be deducted at the rate of 20% should
not exceed the rent payable for the last month of the relevant year or the
month of vacating the premises. The obligation under this section applies to a
lessee, sub-lessee, tenant, sub-tenant etc.

3.2     TDS from consideration payable u/s.
45(5A) – New section 194-1C:

          New section 194-1C is inserted w.e.f.
1.4.2017 to provide that tax at the rate of 10% shall be deducted from the
monetary consideration payable to a resident in the case of a Joint Development
Agreement (JDA) to which section 45(5A) is applicable.

3.3     TDS from fees payable to Professionals –
Section 194-J:

          Section 194-J is amended w.e.f.
1.6.2017 to provide that in the case of a payment to a person engaged in the
business of operation of Call Centre, the rate of TDS shall now be 2% instead
of 10%.

3.4     TDS from payment on Compulsory
Acquisition – Section 194-LA:

          This section is amended w.e.f.
1.4.2017 to provide that no tax shall be deducted at source from compensation
payable pursuant to an award or agreement made u/s. 96 of Right to Fair
Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013.

3.5     TDS from Insurance Commission – Section
194D:

          Under Section 194D, the rate for TDS
from Insurance Commission is 5% if such commission exceeds Rs. 15,000/-. In
order to give relief to Insurance Agents, section 197A is now amended w.e.f.
1.6.2017 to provide that an Individual or HUF can file self-declaration in Form
15G / 15H for non-deduction of tax at source in respect of Insurance Commission
referred to in section 194D. Therefore, an Insurance Agent who has no taxable
income can now take advantage of this amendment.

4.      Exemptions and Deductions:

4.1     Exemption on partial withdrawal from
National Pension Scheme (NPS) New section 10(12B)

          At present withdrawal from NPS is
chargeable u/s. 80CCD(3) on closure or opting out of the NPS subject to certain
conditions. Section 10(12A) provides that 40% of the amount payable on such
closure or opting out of NPS. Now, new section 10(12B) provides that if an
employee withdraws part of the amount from NPS according to the terms of the
Pension Scheme, exemption will be allowed to the extent of the Contribution
made by him. This benefit will be available from A.Y. 2018 – 19 (F.Y. 2017-18)
onwards.

4.2     Income of Political Parties – Section
13A:

          At present, political parties
registered with the Election Commission of India are exempt from paying Income
tax subject to certain conditions provided in section 13A. This section is
amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) to provide as under:

(i)  No donation of Rs. 2000 or more shall be
received by a Political Party otherwise than an account Payee Cheque, bank
draft or through Electoral Bonds.

(ii) Political Party will have to compulsorily file
its return of income as provides in section 139(4B) on or before the due date.

          Thus, even if a donation of Rs. 2000/-
or more is received in cash or its Income tax Return is not filed in time, the
Political Party shall lose its exemption u/s. 13A.

          A new Scheme of issuing Electoral
Bonds is to be framed by RBI. Under the scheme, a person can buy such Bonds and
donate to a Political Party. Such Bonds can be enchased by the Political party
through designated Banks. It will not be necessary for the Political party to
maintain record about the name, address etc. of donors of such Bonds
consequential amendments are made in the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and
the Representation of the People Act, 1951.

4.3     Deduction of Donations – Section 80G:

          At present, section 80G (5D) provides
that no deduction for donation u/s. 80G will be allowed the amount of donation
exceeding Rs. 10,000/- is in cash. This limit is now reduced to Rs. 2,000/- by
amendment of the section w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18). Therefore, if
donation of more than Rs. 2,000/- is given in cash, deduction u/s. 80G will not
now be available.

4.4     Deduction to Start-Up Companies – Section
80 -IAC:

          At present, section 80-IAC provides
that eligible Start-ups-incorporated between 1.4.2016 to 31.3.2019 can claim
100% deduction of the profit earned for 3 consecutive years. This claim can be
made in any 3 years out of the first five years from the date of incorporation.
This period of 5 years has been extended to 7 years by amendment of the section
to provide relief to start-up companies. Thus, an eligible Start-up company can
claim the deduction u/s. 80-1AC in respect of profits for any 3 years out of 7
years from the date of its incorporation.

4.5     Deduction in respect of affordable Housing
Projects – Section 80 IBA:

          This section was enacted last year by
the Finance Act, 2016, w.e.f. 2017-18. It provides for deduction of 100% of the
income from affordable Housing Projects approved during the period 1.6.2016 to
31.3.2019 subject to certain conditions. By amendment of this section w.e.f.
1.4.2017, some of the conditions are related as under:

(i)  Under the existing section, the eligible
project should be completed within 3 years. This period is now increased to 5
Years.

(ii) The reference to “Built-up Area” in the section
is changed to “Carpet Area”. Therefore, it is now provided as under:

(a) If the project is located within cities of
Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata or Mumbai the carpet are of the residential Unit cannot
exceed 30 Sq. Mtrs.

(b) For other places (including at places located
within 25 Kilometers of the cities mentioned in (a) above) the carpet are of
the residential Unit cannot exceed 60 sq. Mtrs. It may be noted that other
conditions in existing section 80 – IBA will have to be complied with for
claiming the deduction provided in the section.

5.      Charitable Trusts:

          Some
of the provisions relating to the exemption granted to public Charitable
Trusts, University, Educational Institutions, Charitable Hospital etc.,
u/s. 10(23C), 11 and 12A have been amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2018 – 19 (F.Y. 2017-18)
with a view to make them more stringent. These amendments are as follows:

(i)  Under the existing provisions of section 11,
the corpus donations given by one trust to another trust were considered as
application of income in the hands of donor trust. Further, the recipient trust
was able to claim the exemption in respect of such corpus donations without
applying them for charitable or religious purposes. In order to curb such a
practice, amendment of the section provides that any corpus donation out of the
income to any other trust or institution registered u/s./12AA shall not be
treated as application of income of donor trust for charitable or religious
purposes.

(ii) Similar amendment has been made in section
10(23C) in respect of corpus donations given by any fund, trust, institution,
any university, educational institution, any hospital or other medical
institution referred to in Section 10(23C)(iv) to (via) or to any other trust
or institution registered u/s./12AA.

(iii) It may be noted that the above restriction
applies to corpus donation given by a trust from its income to another trust.
This restriction does not apply to a donation given by one trust to another
trust out of the corpus of the donor trust.

(iv) At present, there is no explicit provision in
the Act which mandates the trust or institution to approach for fresh
registration in the event of adoption of new object or modifications of the
objects after the registration has been granted. Section 12A has now been
amended to provide that the trust shall be required to obtain fresh
registration by making an application to CIT within a period of thirty days
from the date of such adoption or modifications of the objects in the prescribed
Form.

(v) Further, the entities registered u/s. 12AA are
required to file return of income, if the total income without giving effect to
the provisions of sections 11 and 12 exceeds the maximum amount which is not
chargeable to income-tax. A new clause (ba) has been inserted in section 12A
(1) so as to provide for a further condition that the trust shall furnish the
return of income within the time allowed u/s. 139 of the Act. In case the
return of income is not filed by a trust in accordance with the provisions of
section 139(4A), within the time allowed, the trust or institution will lose
exemption u/s. 11 and 12.

6.      Income from House Property:

6.1     At present, section 23(4) provides that if
an assessee owns two or more houses, which are not let out, he can claim
exemption for one house for self occupation. For the other houses, he has to
pay tax by determining the ALV on notional basis as provided in section 23(1)
(a). In the cases of CIT vs. Ansal Housing Construction Ltd 241 Taxman
418(Delhi)
and CIT vs. Sane and Doshi Enterprises 377 ITR 165 (Bom),
it has been decided that this provision is applicable in respect of houses held
as Stock-in-trade by the assessee. In order to give relief to Real Estate
Developers, section 23 is amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18). By this
amendment, it is provided that if the assessee is holding any house property as
his stock-in-trade which is not let out for the whole or part of the year, the
Annual Value of such property will be considered as NIL for a period upto one
year from the end of the financial year in which the completion certificate is
obtained from the Competent Authority. This new provision will benefit the Real
Estate Developers. It may be noted that this relief cannot be claimed by other
assessees who do not hold the house property as their stock-in-trade.

6.2     Section 71 provides that Loss under any
head of income (Other than Capital Gains) can be set off against income from
any other head during the same year. Therefore, loss under the head “Income
from House Property” can be set off against income under any other head of
Income. Section 71 is now amended to provide that any loss under the head
income from house property which is in excess of Rs. 2 lakh in any year will be
restricted to Rs. 2 lakh. In other words, an assessee can set off loss under
the head income from house property in A.Y. 2018-19 and onwards only to the
extent of Rs. 2 lakh in the year in which loss is incurred. The balance of the
loss can be carried forward for 8 assessment years and set off against income
from house property as provided in section 71B. This amendment will adversely
affect those cases where, on account of high interest rates on housing loans,
the assesses have to suffer loss in excess of Rs. 2 lakh in any year.

7.      Income from Business or profession:

7.1     Provision for Doubtful Debts – Section
36(1) (viia)
– At present, specified banks are allowed deduction upto 7.5%
of the total income, computed in the specified manner, if they make provision
for doubtful debts. From the A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) this limit is
increased to 8.5% by amendment of section 36(1)(viia).

7.2     Determination of Actual Cost – Section
43(1) and 35AD(7B)
– Where any asset on which benefit of section 35AD is
taken is used for any purpose not specified in that section, the deduction
granted under the section in earlier years will be deemed to the income of the
assessee. There was no provision for determination of actual cost of the asset
in such cases. In order to clarify this position, an amendment is made in
Explanation 13 of section 43(1) to provide that in such cases the actual cost
of the asset shall be the actual cost, as reduced by the depreciation which
would have been allowed to the assessee had the asset been used for the
purposes of the business since the date of its acquisition. Although this
amendment is effective from A.Y. 2018-19, since it is a clarificatory
amendment, it may be applied with retrospective effect.

7.3     Maintenance of Books – Section 44 AA
– This section requires a person carrying on Business or Profession to maintain
books of accounts in the manner specified in the section. At present such
person has to comply with this requirement if his income exceeds Rs. 1.20 lakh
or his turnover or gross receipts exceed Rs. 10 lakh in any one of the three
preceding years. In order to reduce compliance burden in the case of an
individual or HUF carrying on a business or profession, these monetary limits
are increased from A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) in respect of income from Rs. 1.20
lakh to Rs. 2.50 lakh and in respect of turnover or gross receipts from Rs. 10
lakh to Rs. 25 lakh .

7.4     Tax Audit u/s. 44 AB in Presumptive Tax
Cases
– Finance Act, 2016, had raised the threshold limit for turnover in
cases of persons eligible to take advantage of section 44AD from Rs. 1 crore to
Rs. 2 crore w.e.f. A.Y 2017-18. However, the limit for turnover for tax audit
u/s. 44AB was not increased in such cases. Section 44AB has now been amended
w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17) to provide that in the case of a person who
opts for the benefit of section 44 AD, the threshold of total sales turnover or
gross receipts u/s. 44AB will be Rs. 2 crore. In other words, such person will
not be required to get his accounts audited u/s. 44AB for F.Y. 2016-17 and
subsequent years.

7.5     Presumptive Taxation – Section 44AD
– An assessee who is eligible to claim the benefit of presumptive taxation u/s.
44AD can offer to pay tax by estimating his income at the rate of 8% of his
sales turnover or gross receipts if such turnover / gross receipts do not
exceed Rs. 2 crore. In order to encourage digital transactions, this section is
amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17) to provide that the profit presumed
to have been earned in such cases shall be 6% (instead of 8%) of the gross
turnover or gross receipts which are received by account payee cheque, bank
draft or any other electronic media during the financial year or before the due
date for filing return of income u/s. 139(1). In respect of the balance of the
turnover / gross receipt the rate of presumptive profit will continue to be at
the rate of 8%.

7.6     Tax on Carbon Credits – Section 115BBG
– As per the Kyoto Protocol, carbon credits in the form of Certified Emission
Reduction (CER) Certificate are given to entities which reduce the emission of
Greenhouse gases. These credits can be freely traded in the market. Currently,
there are no specific provisions in the Act to deal with the taxability of the
income from carbon credits. However, the same is being treated as business
income and taxed at the rate of 30% by the Income-tax Department. There are
some conflicting decisions (Refer TS-141 (Ahd), 365 ITR 82 (AP) and 385 ITR 592
(Kar). In order to clarify the position, a new section 115BBG has been inserted
to tax the gross income from transfer of Carbon Credit at the rate of 10% plus
applicable surcharge and cess. No expenditure will be allowed from such income.
This section will come into force w.e.f. A/Y:2018-19 (F.Y:2017-18).

8.      Measures to discourage Cash Transactions:

          One of the themes, as stated in the
Budget Speech of the Finance Minister this year, was to encourage Digital
Economy in our country. In Para 111 of the Budget Speech he had stated that
promotion of a digital economy is an integral part of Governments strategy to
clean the system and weed out corruption and black money. To achieve this goal
some amendments are made in the various sections of the Income-tax Act which
will be effective from 1st April, 2017. In brief these amendments
are as under:

8.1     Section 35AD – This section provides
for investment linked deduction of capital expenditure incurred for specified
business, subject to certain conditions. This section is now amended to provide
that any capital expenditure exceeding Rs. 10,000/- paid by the assessee in a
day, otherwise than by an account payee cheque, bank draft or any electronic
media will not be allowed as deduction.

8.2     Section 40A(3) and (3A) – Under this
section, any payment of expenses in excess of Rs. 20,000/-, in a day, is not
allowed as a deduction in computing income from business or profession unless
such payment has been paid by account payee cheque, bank draft or any
electronic media. This section is now amended and the limit of Rs. 20,000/-
is reduced to Rs. 10,000/-. Thus, payments in excess of Rs. 10,000/- made in
cash to any party, in a day, will be disallowed from A.Y. 2018-19
(F.Y. 2017-18).

8.3     Section 80G – At present, deduction
u/s. 80G for any eligible donation is not allowed if such donation in excess of
Rs. 10,000/- is paid in cash. This limit is reduced to Rs. 2,000/- by amendment
of section 80G. Therefore, all donations to eligible public trusts in excess of
Rs. 2,000/- will have to be made by account payee cheque, bank draft or any
electronic media.

8.4     Section 13A – As stated earlier, a
political party, claiming exemption u/s. 13A, cannot receive any donation in
excess of Rs. 2,000/- in cash.

8.5     Section 43(1) – This section deals
with determination of actual cost of a capital asset used in a business or
profession. In order to curb cash transactions, this section is amended w.e.f.
1.4.2017 to provide that capital expenditure in excess of Rs. 10,000/- paid, in
a day, otherwise than by an account payee cheque, bank draft or through
electronic media shall be ignored for calculating the cost of the asset
acquired by the assessee. Therefore, payments made for purchase of an asset,
payments to a labourer or similar payments for transport or installation of a
capital asset, if made in cash, in excess of Rs. 10,000/-, in a day, will not
form part of the cost. Thus, the assessee will not be able to claim
depreciation on such amount.

8.6     Section 44AD – As stated earlier,
with a view to encourage digital economy section 44AD (1) has been amended
w.e.f. A/Y: 2017-18 (F.Y: 2016-17).  A
person carrying on business in which the Sales Turnover or Gross Receipts do
not exceed Rs. 2 crore has option to pay tax on presumptive basis by estimating
net profit @ 6% of such turnover or gross receipts if the amount received is in
the form of account payee cheque, bank draft or any electronic media. This will
encourage small traders covered by this presumptive method of taxation to make
their sales through digital mode.

8.7    Curb on Cash Transactions – Sections 269ST,
271 DA and 206C (1B)

(i)       New Section 269ST: A new section
269 ST has been inserted in the Income-tax Act. This section has come into
force on 1.4.2017. The section provides that no person shall receive Rs. 2 lakh
or more, in the aggregate, from another person, in a day, or in respect of a
single transaction or in respect of transactions relating to one event or
occasion in cash. In other words, all such transactions have to be made by
account payee cheques, bank draft or any electronic media. It is, however, provided
that this section shall not apply to amount received by a Government, Bank,
Post Office, Co-operative Bank, transactions referred to in section 269 SS and
such transactions as may be notified by the Central Government. By a press note
dated 5.4.2017 the CBDT has clarified that this section will not apply to
withdrawal of Rs. 2 lakh or more from one’s Bank account. This section applies
to all persons whether he is an assessee or not.

(ii)      New Section 271DA: This is a new
section inserted in the Income-tax Act w.e.f. 1.4.2017. It provides for levy of
penalty equal to the amount received by the person in contravention of the
above section 269ST. This penalty can be levied by a Joint Commissioner of
Income tax. If the person is able to prove that there was good and sufficient
reason for such receipt of money, no penalty may be levied. Readers may note
that the test “good and sufficient reason”, is a sterner test than “reasonable
cause “.

(iii)     Section 206C(1D) and (1E): In view
of the introduction of the above two sections the requirement of collection of
tax at source u/s. 206C(1D) on sale consideration for sale of Jewellery in
excess of Rs. 5 lakh and other goods and services in excess of 2 lakh has been
deleted.

9.      Income from Other Sources:

9.1     Section 56(2) (vii) and (viia) : The
concept of taxation of Gifts received in the form of money or property, in
excess of Rs. 50,000/-, from non-relatives has been introduced in section 56(2)
(vii) some years back. This was extended to receipt of shares of closely held
companies by a firm or a closely held company at prices below market value u/s.
56(2) (viia). These provisions operated in a restricted field. In order to
widen to scope of these sections, substantive amendments are made in the
section. Therefore, operation of the provisions of these sections are now
restricted upto A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17).

9.2     New Section 56(2)(x) – Effective
from 1.4.2017, section 56(2)(x) has now been inserted. This section will
replace sections 56(2)(vii) and 56(2)(viia). The new section provides that any
receipt by a person of a sum of money or property, without consideration or for
inadequate consideration, in excess of Rs. 50,000/-, shall be taxable in the
hands of the recipient under the head “Income from Other Sources”. There are,
however, certain exceptions provided in the section. This new provision will
now cover all persons, whether he is an Individual, HUF, Firm, Company, AOP,
BOI, Trust etc, and tax will be payable by them if any money or property is
received by the person and the aggregate value of such property is in excess of
Rs. 50,000/-.

9.3     The exceptions provided in section 56(2)
(x) are more or less the same as provided in existing section 56 (2) (vii).
Therefore, any receipt (a) from a relative, (b) on the occasion of the marriage
of the Individual, (c) Under a will or by way of inheritance, (d) in
contemplation of death of the payer or donor, (e) from a Local Authority, (f)
from or by a public trust registered u/s. 12A or 12AA, or an University, educational
institution, hospital or medical institution referred to in section 10(23C),
(g) by way of a transactions not regarded as transfer u/s. 47(i), (vi), (via),
(viaa), (vib), (vic), (vica), (vicb), (vid) or (vii) and (h) from an Individual
by a trust created or established solely for the benefit of relatives of the
Individual will not be taxable u/s. 56(d)(x). It may be noted the expressions
“Relative”, “Fair Market Value”, “Jewellery”, “Property”, “Stamp Duty
Valuation” etc., in the section shall have the same meaning as in the
existing section 56(2)(vii).

9.4     The effect of this new section 56(2)(x) can
be, briefly, explained as under:

(i)  Existing section 56(2)(vii) applied to only
gifts received by an Individual or HUF. New section will now apply to gifts
received by an Individual, HUF, Company, Firm, LLP, AOP, BOI, Trust (excluding
public trusts and private trust for relatives) etc.

(ii) Existing section 56(2) (viia) applied to a
closely held company, Firm, or LLP receiving shares of a closely held company
without consideration or for inadequate consideration. New section will apply
to any gift received by a company (whether closely held or listed company) Firm
or LLP in the form of shares of a closely held or a listed company, or a sum of
money, or any movable or immovable property.

(iii) New section exempts gifts from Local Authority
as defined in section 10(20). It is for consideration whether capital subsidy
received by a Company, Firm, LLP, AOP, Trust etc. from a Government will
now become taxable.

(iv) Similarly, if any movable or immovable property
is given to a company, Firm, LLP, AOP, Trust etc., by the Government, at
a concessional rate, the same may become taxable in the hands of the recipient.

(v) Gift by any Individual to a trust for his relatives
is exempt under this section. However, no exemption is provided in respect of a
gift received from a company, Firm , LLP etc., by a trust created for
the benefit of the its employees or others. Therefore, such gifts may now
become taxable under the new section.

(vi) In respect of an existing family trust, various
clauses of the trust deed giving benefits to beneficiaries will have to be
examined before making any further gift to the trust. If any benefit is given
to a non-relative, such further gift on or after 1.4.2017 will be taxable in
the hands of the Trust.

(vii)Any
Bonus Shares received by a Shareholder from a company may now be considered as
receipt without consideration. This may lead to litigation, and the CBDT should
come out with a clarification in this regard.

(viii)Any
Right shares issued to a shareholder by a company at a price below its market
value may be considered as a movable property received for inadequate
consideration.

(ix) From the wording of the Section, it is possible
that a view may be taken that in the case of transfer of capital asset (a) by a
company to its wholly owned subsidiary company, (b) by a wholly owned
subsidiary company to its holding company, (c) on conversion of a proprietary
concern or a firm into a company or (d) on conversion of a closely held company
into LLP as referred to in section 47(iv), (v), (xiii), (xiib) and (xiv) the
tax will be payable by the transferee under this new section on the difference
between the fair market value of the asset and the value at which the transfer
is made. This will be unfair as the transferor is exempt from tax and the cost
in the hands of the transferor is to be considered as cost in the hands of the
transferee under sections 47 and 49. This certainly is not the intent of
section 56(2)(x). The issue may arise because while the transaction is not a
transfer for the purposes of section 45, section 56 does not contain any
specific exclusion.

9.5     Consequential amendment is made in section
2(24) to provide that any gift which is taxable u/s. 56(2)(x) shall be deemed
to be “income” for the purposes of the Income-tax Act. Consequential amendment
is also made in section 49(4) to provide that for computing the cost of
acquisition of the asset received without consideration or for inadequate
consideration will be determined by adopting the market value adopted for levy
of tax u/s. 56(2)(x).

9.6     Section 58 – This section gives a
list of some of the payments which are not deductible while computing income
under the head “Income from Other Sources”. It is now provided that, with
effect from A.Y. 2018-19 (FY 2017-18), the provisions of section 40(a) (ia)
providing for disallowance of 30% of the amount payable to a resident if TDS is
not deducted. Similar provision exists for disallowance of expenditure for
computing income under the head income from business or profession.

10.    Capital Gains:

10.1   Section 2(42A) – This section defines
the term “Short Term Capital Asset” to mean a capital asset held by the
assessee for less than 36 months preceding the date of its transfer. There are
some exceptions to this rule provided in the section. Third proviso to
this section is now amended w.e.f. A.Y 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) to provide that a
Capital Asset in the form of Land, Building or both shall be considered as a
short – term capital asset if it is held for less than 24 months. In other
words, the period of holding any Land / Building for the purpose of
consideration as long term capital asset is reduced from 36 months to 24
months.

10.2   Sections
2(42A), 47 and 49
– At present, there is no specific exemption from levy of
capital gains tax on conversion of Preference Shares of a company into Equity
Shares. Section 47 has now been amended w.e.f. AY 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) to provide
that such conversion shall not be treated as transfer. Consequently, section
2(42A) has also been amended to provide that the period of holding of the
equity shares shall include the period for which the preference shares were
held by the assessee. Similarly, section 49 has been amended to provide that
the cost of acquisition of equity shares shall be the cost of preference
shares.

10.3   Sections 2(42A) and 49 – Last year,
section 47 was amended to provide that transfer of Unit in a consolidating plan
of a mutual fund scheme by a unit holder against allotment of units in the
consolidated plan under that scheme shall not be regarded as taxable transfer.
However, consequential amendments were not made in sections 2(42A) and 49.
Therefore, these sections are now amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17) to
provide that the period of holding of the unit shall include the period for
which the units were held in the consolidating plan of the M.F. Scheme.
Similarly, the cost of acquisition of the units allotted to the unit holder
shall be the cost of units in the consolidating plan.

10.4   Joint Development Agreement – Section
45(5A) (i)
This is a new provision introduced from 1.4.2017, with a view to
bring clarity in the matter of taxation of joint development of any property
(land, building or both). Section 45(5A) provides that if an Individual or HUF
enters into a registered agreement (specified agreement) in which the owner of
the property allows another person to develop a real estate project on such property
in consideration of a share in such property, the capital gain shall be
chargeable to tax in the year in which the completion certificate is issued by
the competent authority for whole or part of the project. It may be noted that
the above consideration may be wholly by way of a share in the constructed
property or partly in such share and the balance in the form of monetary
consideration. In respect of the monetary consideration, the developer will
have to deduct tax at source @ 10% u/s 1941C. It may so happen that monetary
consideration is paid at the time of registration of the agreement whereas the
share in the constructed property may be received after 2 or 3 years. In such a
case, the assessee will be able to claim credit for TDS only in the year in
which capital gain becomes taxable when the completion certificate is received.

(ii)  It is also provided in the above section that
the full value of the consideration in respect of share in the constructed
portion received by the assessee shall be determined according to the stamp
duty valuation on the date of issue of the completion certificate.
Consequently, amendment is made in section 49 to provide that the cost of the
property received by the assessee under the above agreement shall be the stamp
duty value adopted for the computation of capital gains plus the monetary
consideration, if any.

(iii)  It is further provided that, in case the
assessee transfers his share in the project on or before the date of issue of
the completion certificate, the capital gain shall be chargeable in the year in
which such transfer takes place. In such a case, the stamp duty valuation on
the date of such transfer together with monetary consideration received shall
be deemed to be the full value of the consideration.

(iv) It may be noted that the above provision
applies to an Individual or HUF. Therefore, if such joint development agreement
is entered into by a Company, Firm, LLP, Trust etc. the above provision
will not apply.

10.7   Section 48 – Exemption from Capital Gains
tax is at present granted to a non-resident investor who has “Subscribed” to
Rupee Denominated Bonds issued by an Indian Company. This exemption is granted
is respect of foreign exchange gains on such Bonds. From the A. Y. 2018-19
(F.Y. 2017-18), this exemption can also be claimed by a non-resident who is
“holding” such Bond.

10.8   Shifting the base year for cost of
acquisition of a capital asset – Section 55

(i)  This section provides that where the assessee
has acquired a capital asset prior to 1.4.1981, he has an option to substitute
the fair market value as on that date for the actual cost. The amendment to
this section now provides that from the A.Y. 2018 – 19 (F.Y. 2017-18) if the
assessee has acquired the asset prior to 1-4-2001, he will have option to
substitute the fair market value on that date for the actual cost.

(ii) Consequently, section 48 has also been amended
to provide that indextion benefit will now be available in such cases with
reference to the fair market value of the asset as on 1.4.2001. Consequent
amendment is also made for determining indexed cost of improvement of the
capital asset.

10.9   Long term Capital Gains Tax. Exemption –
Section 10(38)
(i) At present, Long term capital gain on transfer of equity
shares of a company is exempt u/s 10(38) where Securities Transaction Tax (STT)
is paid at the time of sale. In order to prevent misuse of this exemption by
persons dealing in “Penny stocks”, this section is amended w.e.f. A.Y 2018-19
(F.Y. 2017-18) to provide that this exemption will now be granted in respect of
equity shares acquired on or after 1-10-2004 if STT is not paid at the time of
acquisition of such shares.  However, it
is also provided that such exemption will be denied only to such class of cases
as may be notified by the Government. Therefore, cases in which this exemption
is not given will be liable to tax under the head long term capital gain.

(ii)  It may be noted that the Government has issued
a draft of the Notification on 3-4-2017 which provides that the exemption u/s.
10(38) will not be available if equity shares are acquired by the assessee
under the following transactions on or after 1.10.2014 and no STT is paid at
the time of purchase of equity shares.

(a)  Where acquisition of listed equity share in a
company, whose equity shares are not frequently traded in a recognised stock
exchange of India, is made through a preferential issue other than those
preferential issues to which the provisions of chapter VII of the Securities
and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements)
Regulations, 2009 does not apply:

(b)  Where transaction for purchase of listed
equity share in a company is not entered through a recognised stock exchange;

(c)  Acquisition of equity share of a company
during the period beginning from the date on which the company is delisted from
a recognised stock exchange and ending on the date on which the company is
again listed on a recognized stock exchange in accordance with the Securities
Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 read with Securities and Exchange Board of
India Act, 1992 and any rules made thereunder;

          Considering the intention behind this
amendment, it can safely be presumed that clause (b) of the above notification
refers to purchase of equity shares of a listed company whose shares are not
frequently traded.

10.10  Full
Value of Consideration – New Section 50CA
            (i)  This is a new section which is inserted
w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18). It provides that where the consideration
for transfer of shares of a company, other than quoted shares, is less than the
fair market value determined in the manner prescribed by Rules, such fair
market value shall be considered as the full value of consideration for the
purpose of computing the capital gain. For this purpose the term “Quoted Share”
is defined to mean share quoted on any recognised stock exchange with
regularity from time to time, where the quotation of such share is based on
current transaction made in the ordinary course of business.

(ii) This new provision will have far reaching
implications. It may be noted that section 56(2)(x) provides that where a
person receives shares of a company (whether quoted or not) without
consideration or for inadequate consideration, he will be liable to tax on the
difference between the fair market value of the shares and the actual
consideration. This will mean that in the case of a transaction for transfer of
shares of the unquoted shares the seller will have to pay capital gains tax on
the difference between the fair market value and actual consideration u/s. 50CA
and the purchaser will have to pay tax on such difference under the head income
from other sources u/s. 56(2) (x).

(iii) It may be noted that this section can be
invoked even in cases where an assessee has transferred for inadequate
consideration unquoted shares to a relative or transferred such shares to a
trust created for his relatives although such a transaction is not covered by
section 56(2)(x).

(iv) In the case of Buy-Back of shares by a closely
held company if the consideration paid by the company to the shareholder is
below the fair market value as determined u/s 50CA, this section may be invoked
to levy capital gains tax on the shareholder on the difference between the fair
market value and the consideration actually received by him.

10.11  Section 54EC – At present investment of
long term capital gain upto `50 lakhs can be made in Bonds of National High
Authority of India or Rural Electrification Corporation Ltd., for claiming
exemption. By amendment of this section it is provided that the Government may
notify Bonds of other Institutions for the purpose of investment u/s. 54EC to
claim exemption from capital gains.

10.12  Section 112(1)(c)(iii)   In the case of a Non-resident the rate of tax
on long term capital gain on transfer of shares of unlisted companies is
provided in this section if the assessee does not claim the benefit of the
first and second proviso to section 48. This benefit was available
w.e.f. 1.4.2017 as provided in the Finance Act, 2016. By amendment of this
provision the benefit is given from 1.4.2013.

11.    Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT):

11.1   Section 115JB (2) provides for the manner in
which Book Profits of a Company are to be calculated. This is to be done on the
basis of the audited accounts prepared under the provisions of the Companies
Act 1956. Since, the Companies Act, 2013 (Act), has replaced the 1956 Act,
reference to 1956 Act is now modified and reference to relevant provisions of
2013 Act are made.

11.2   Impact of Ind AS – Section 129 of the
Companies Act provides that the financial statements shall be in the form as
may be provided for different class or classes of companies as per Schedule III
to the Act. This Schedule has been amended on 6/4/2016 and Division II has been
added. Instructions for preparation of financial statements and additional
disclosure requirements for companies required to comply with Ind AS have been
given in this part of Schedule III. The form of Statement of Profit and Loss is
also given. In the light of these changes, the provisions of section 115JB have
been amended by inserting new sub-sections (2A) to (2C) which are applicable to
companies whose financial statements are drawn up in compliance with Ind AS.
Since the Ind AS are required to be adopted by certain companies from financial
year 2016-17 onwards and by other companies in 2017-18 onwards, the following
adjustments are to be made in the computation of ‘book profit’ from the
assessment year 2017-18 onwards;

(i)   Section 115JB (2A) provides that any item
credited or debited to Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) being ‘items that will
not be reclassified to profit or loss’ should be added to or subtracted from
the ‘book profit’, respectively. It is also provided that for the following
items included in OCI, viz., Revaluation surplus for assets in accordance with
Ind AS 16 and Ind AS 38 and gains or losses from investment in equity
instruments designated at fair value through OCI as per Ind AS 109 the amounts
will not be added to or subtracted. However, it will be added to or subtracted
from ‘book profit’ in the year of realisation/disposal/retirement or otherwise
transfer of such assets or investments. Further, this section provides for
addition to or reduction from the book profit of any amount or aggregate of the
amounts debited or credited respectively to the Statement of Profit and Loss on
distribution of non-cash assets to shareholders in a demerger as per Appendix A
of the Ind AS 10. 

(ii)  Section 115JB (2B) provides that in the case
of resulting company, if the property and liabilities of the undertaking(s)
being received by it are recorded at values different from values appearing in
the books of account of the demerged company immediately before the demerger,
any change in such value shall be ignored for the purpose of computing of book
profit of the resulting company.

(iii)  Section 115JB (2C) provides that the ‘book
profit’ in the year of convergence and subsequent four previous years shall be
increased or decreased by 1/5th of transition amount. The term
‘transition amount’ is defined to mean the amount or the aggregate of the
amounts adjusted in Other Equity (excluding equity component of compound
financial instruments, capital reserve and securities premium reserve) on the
convergence date but does not include (a) Amounts included in OCI which shall
be subsequently reclassified to the profit or loss; (b) Revaluation surplus for
assets as per Ind AS 16 and Ind AS 38; (c) Gains or losses from investment in
equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI as per Ind AS 109; (d)
Adjustments relating to items of property, plant and equipment and intangible
assets recorded at fair value as deemed cost as per Paras D5 of Ind AS 101; (e)
Adjustments relating to investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and
associates recorded at fair value as deemed cost as per para D15 of Ind AS 101:
(f) Adjustments relating to cumulative translation differences of a foreign
operation as per para D13 of Ind AS 101.

(iv) Proviso to section 115JB (2C) further
provides that the effect of the items listed at (b) ;to (e) above, shall be
given to the book profit in the year in which such asset or investment is
retired, disposed, realised or otherwise transferred. Further, the effect of
item listed at (f) shall be given to the book profit in the year in which such
foreign operation is disposed or otherwise transferred.

(v)  The term ‘year of convergence’ means the
previous year within which the convergence date falls. The terms ‘convergence
date’ means the first day of the first Ind AS reporting period as per Ind AS
101.

        The above amendments are applicable
with effect from AY 2017-18 (F.Y:2016-17).

11.3   Extension of period for availing of MAT
and AMT credit Section 115JAAand 115JD:
Under the existing provisions of
section 115JAA, credit for Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) paid by a company u/s.
115JB is allowable for a maximum of ten assessment years immediately succeeding
the assessment year in which the tax credit becomes allowable. Similarly, for
non-corporate assessees liable to Alternate Minimum Tax (AMT) u/s.115JC, credit
for AMT is allowable for maximum of ten assessment years as per section 115JD.
Both the sections 115JAA and 115JD are amended and the period of carry forward
of MAT/AMT Credit is increased from 10 years to 15 years.

11.4   Restriction of MAT and AMT credit with
respect to foreign tax credit (FTC)
– Section 115JAA and section 115JD have
been amended to provide that if the Foreign Tax Credit (FTC) allowed under
sections 90 or 90A or 91 against MAT or AMT liability, is more than the FTC
admissible against the regular tax liability (tax liability under normal
provisions), such excess amount of FTC shall be ignored for the purpose of
calculating MAT or AMT credit to be carried forward.

12.    Transfer Pricing:

12.1   Domestic Transfer Pricing – Section 92BA
At present, payments by an assessee to certain “Specified Persons” u/s. 40A(2)
(b) were subject to transfer pricing reporting requirement u/s. 92BA. Sections
92,92C, 92D and 92E applied to such transactions if they exceeded Rs. 20 crore.
The assessee was required to obtain audit report u/s. 92E in Form 3CEB for such
transactions. This provision is now deleted from A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17).
However, the provisions of section 92BA will continue to apply to transactions
referred to in sections 801A, 801A(8), 801A (10), 10AA etc., as stated
in section 92BA (ii) to (vi).

12.2   Secondary Adjustments in Income – New Section
92CE –

(i)   This is a new section inserted w.e.f. AY.
2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18). This section provides for Secondary adjustment in
certain cases. Such adjustment is to be made by the assessee where primary
adjustment to transfer price is made (a) Suomoto by the assessee in his
return of income; (b) Made by the Assessing Officer which has been accepted by
the assessee; (c) Determined by an advance pricing agreement entered into by
the assessee u/s. 92CC; (d) Made as per the safe harbor rules framed u/s. 92CB;
or (e) Arising as a result of resolution of an assessment by way of the mutual
agreement procedure under an agreement entered u/s. 90 or 90A for avoidance of
double taxation.

(ii)  The terms ‘primary adjustment’ and ‘secondary
adjustment’ have been defined in section 92CE(3).

(iii)  Where, as a result of the primary adjustment,
there is an increase in the total income or reduction in the loss of the
assessee, the assessee is required to repatriate the excess money available
with the associated enterprise to India, within the time as may be prescribed.
If the repatriation is not made within the prescribed time, the excess money
shall be deemed to be an advance made by the assessee to such associated
enterprise and the interest on such advance, shall be computed as the income of
the assessee, in the manner as may be prescribed.

(iv) This section shall not apply where the primary
adjustment in any year does not exceed Rs. 1 crore.

(v)  This section will not apply to assessment year
2016-17 and earlier years. The wording of the section is such that the section
may apply to assessment year 2017-18.

12.3   Concept of Thin Capitalisation – New
Section 94.B
– This is a new section inserted w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y.
2017-18) – It provides that, where an Indian Company or permanent establishment
of a foreign company in India, being a borrower incurs any expenditure by way
of interest or of similar nature exceeding Rs. 1 crore and where such interest
is deductible in computing income chargeable under the head “Profits and Gains
from Business or Profession” in respect of debt issued by a non-resident, being
an associated enterprise of such borrower, deduction shall be limited to 30 per
cent of EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation)
or interest paid, whichever is less. It is also provided that for the purpose
of determining the debt issued by the non-resident, the funds borrowed from a
non-associated lender shall also be deemed to be borrowed from an associated
enterprise if such borrowing is based on implicit or explicit guarantee of an
associated enterprise. It is, further, provided that interest which is not
deductible as aforesaid, shall be allowed to be carried forward for 8
assessment years immediately succeeding the assessment year in which the interest
was first computed, to be set-off against income of subsequent years subject to
overall deductible limit of 30 %. These provisions shall not apply to entitles
engaged in Banking or Insurance business.

13.    Return of Income:

13.1   Section 139 (4C) – This Section is
amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) to provide that Trusts or
Institutions which are exempt from tax u/s. 10(23AAA) Fund for welfare of
Employees, section 10(23EC) and (23 ED) Investors Protection Fund, 10(23EE)
Core Settlement Guarantee Fund, and 10 (29A) Coffee Board, Tea Board, Tobacco
Board, Coir Board, Spices Board etc., shall have to file their returns
within the time prescribed u/s. 139 if their income (Without considering the
exemption under the above sections) is more than the
taxable limit.

13.2   Revised
Return of Income – Section 139(5)
– At present return of income filed u/s.
139(1) or 139 (4) can be revised u/s. 139(5) before the expiry of one year from
the end of the relevant assessment year or before the completion of the
assessment. This time limit is now reduced by one year and it is provided that
from A/Y:2018-19 (F.Y: 2017-18) return u/s. 139(5) can be revised before the
end of the relevant Assessment Year. Therefore, an assessee can revise his
return u/s. 139(5) for A.Y. 2017-18 upto 31.3.2019 whereas return for A.Y.
2018-19 can be revised on or before 31.03.2019 u/s 139(5).

13.3   Quoting of Aadhaar Number – New Section 139AA
– This is a new section which has come into force w.e.f. 1.4.2017. It provides
for quoting for Aadhaar Number for obtaining PAN and in the Return of Income.
Briefly stated, the section provides as under.

(i)   Every person who is eligible to obtain
Aadhaar Number has to quote the same on or after 1.7.2017 in (a) the
application for allotment of PAN and (b) the return of income. Thus in the
return of income filed on or after 1.7.2017 for A.Y. 2017-18 or a revised
return u/s. 139(5) failed for A.Y. 2016-17 it will be mandatory to quote
Aadhaar Number.

(ii)  If a person has not received Aadhaar Number,
he will have to quote the Enrolment ID of Aadhaar application issued to him.

(iii)  Every person who is allotted PAN as on
1.7.2017 and who is eligible to obtain Aadhaar Number, will have to intimate
his Aadhaar Number to such authority on or before the date to be notified by
the Government in the prescribed form.

(iv) If the above intimation as stated in (iii)
above is not given, the PAN given to the person shall become invalid.

(v)  The provisions of this section shall not apply
to such persons as may be notified by the Central Government.

          As Non-Residents, HUF, Firms, LLP,
AOP, Companies etc. are not eligible to get Aadhaar Number this section
will not apply to them.

13.4   New Section 234F – (i) This is a new
section inserted w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18) to provide for payment of a
fee payable by an assessee who delays filing of return of income beyond the due
date specified in section 139(1). The fee payable in such cases is as follows:

Status of return

Amount of Fee

 

Total income does not exceed  Rs. 5,00,000

Total income exceeds Rs. 5,00,000

If the
return is furnished on or before 31st December of the relevant
assessment year.

Rs. 1,000

Rs. 5,000

In any
other case i.E return is furnished after 31st December or return
is not furnished at all

Rs.1,000

Rs. 10,000

(ii)      The above fee is payable mandatorily
irrespective of the valid reasons for not furnishing return within the due
date. As a result of levy of fee, the penalty leviable u/s. 271F for failure to
furnish return of income will not be leviable.

(iii)     The consequential amendment is also made in
section 140A to include a reference to the fee payable u/s. 234F. Therefore,
the assessee is required to pay tax, interest as well as fee before furnishing
his return. Section 143(1) has also been amended to provide that in the
computation of amount payable or refund due on account of processing of return,
the fee payable u/s. 234F shall be taken into account.

(iv)     This Fee is payable in respect of return of
income for A.Y. 2018-19 and onwards. It is necessary to make a representation
to the Government that there is no justification for such a levy of Fee when
section 234A provides for payment of interest at the rate of 1% PM or part of
the month for the period of the delay in submission of the return of income.
Further, section 239(2)(c) provides that a Return claiming Refund of Tax can be
filed within one year of the end of the assessment year. Therefore, persons
filing return of income claiming refund due to excess payment of advance tax or
TDS will be penalized by this provision of mandatory payment of Fee even if
they file the return claiming refund u/s. 239(2)(c) within one year from the
end of the assessment year.

14.    Assessments, Reassessments and Appeals:

14.1   Section
143(1D) :
At present, it is not mandatory to process the return of income
u/s. 143(1) if notice u/s.143(2) is issued for scrutiny assessment. This
section is now amended to provide that, from the A.Y. 2017-18 onwards, the
processing of the returns and issuance of refunds u/s. 143(1) can be done even
if notice u/s. 143(2) is issued. It may, however, be noted that a new section
241A is inserted, from A.Y. 2017-18 to give power to the Assessing officer to withhold
the refund till the completion of assessment u/s. 143(2) if he is of the
opinion that granting the refund will adversely affect the revenue. For this
purpose, he has to record reasons and obtain prior approval of the Principal
CIT.

14.2   Section 153(1) – The existing time
limit for completion of assessment reassessment, re-computation etc., is
revised by amendment of section 153 (1) as under. Such time limit is with
reference to the number of months from the end of assessment year.

Particulars

Existing
Time Limit From End of  A.Y.

Revised
Time Limit From End of A.Y.

Completion
of Assessment U/s. 143 Or 144

 

 

(i)  Relating to AY 2018-19

21
months

18
months (30-9-2020)

(ii)
Relating to AY 2019-20 or  later

21
months

12
months

Completion
of assessment u/s. 147 where

notice
u/s. 148 is served on or after
1st April 2019

 

9
months from the end of the Financial Year.

12
months from the end of the Financial Year.

Completion
of fresh assessment in  pursuance to an
order passed by the ITAT or revision order by 
CIT or order giving effect to any order of any appellate authority 

9
months from the end of Financial Year.

12
months from the end of Financial Year.

          Where a reference is made to the TPO,
the time limits for assessment will be increased by 12 months.

          Similar time limits have been
prescribed u/s. 153 A and 153B for completion of assessments in search cases.
It may be noted that the time limit of 2 years u/s. 245A (Settlement Commission
Cases) is also reduced as provided in section 153(1).

14.3   Foreign Tax Credit – Section 155(14A) A
new sub-section (14A) is inserted in section 155 w.e.f. A.Y. 2018-19 (F.Y.
2017-18) to enable an assessee to claim credit for foreign taxes paid in cases
where there is a dispute relating to such tax. Now section 155(14A) provides
that, where credit for income-tax paid in any country outside India or a
specified territory outside India referred to in sections 90, 90A or section 91
has not been given on the grounds that the payment of such tax was under
dispute, the Assessing Officer shall rectify the assessment order or an
intimation u/s. 143(1), if the assessee, within six months from the end of the
month in which the dispute is settled, furnishes evidence of settlement of
dispute and evidence of payment of such tax along with an undertaking that no
credit in respect of such amount has directly or indirectly been claimed or
shall be claimed for any other assessment year. It is also provided that the
credit of tax which was under dispute shall be allowed for the year in which
such income is offered to tax or assessed to tax in India.

14.4   Authority
for Advance Ruling (AAR) – Chapter XIX – B –
With a view to promote ease of
doing business, various sections in Chapter XIXB dealing with Advance Rulings
by AAR have been amended w.e.f. 1.4.2017. By this amendment, the AAR will now
be able to give Advance Rulings relating to Income tax, Central Excise, Customs
Duty and Service Tax. It is possible that this provision will be extended to
GST also after this new tax is introduced by merging Excise, Customs, Service
Tax, VAT etc. Accordingly, consequential amendments are made in the
other sections. Further, amendments are made in the sections dealing with
appointment of Chairman, Vice-Chairman and other members of AAR.

14.5   Advance Tax Instalments – Section 211
– This section is amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 to provide that an assessee
engaged in a professional activity and opting for taxation on presumptive basis
u/s. 44ADA can pay Advance Tax in a single instalment on or before 15th
March instead or usual 4 instalments. Thus, the benefit at present enjoyed by
the assessees covered u/s. 44AD is extended to those covered by section 44ADA.
Further, section 234C is amended to provide that in such cases interest will be
payable on shortfall of Advance tax only for one instalment due in March.

14.6   Interest on shortfall in Advance Tax –
Section 234C
  At present,
difficulty is experienced in paying Advance Tax instalments on dividend income
taxable u/s. 115 BBDA as the timing of declaration of dividend is uncertain.
Therefore, the first proviso to section 234C is now amended with effect from AY
2017-18, to provide that interest shall not be chargeable in case of shortfall
on account of under-estimation or failure to estimate the taxable dividend as
long as advance tax on such dividend is paid in the remaining instalments or
before the end of the financial year, if dividend is declared after 15th
March of that year.

14.7   Interest on Refund of TDS – Section
244(1B)
– Sub-section (1B) is added w.e.f. 1.4.2017 to provide for payment
of interest by the Government on refund of TDS. It is now provided that
interest @ 0.5% per month or part of the month shall be paid for the period
beginning from the date on which the claim for refund of TDS in Form 26B is
made, or, where the refund has resulted from giving effect to an order of any
appellate authority, from the date on which the tax is paid, till the date of
grant of refund. However, no interest will be paid for any delay attributable
to the deductor.

15.    Search, Survey and Seizure:

15.1   Sections 132 and 132A – Under sections
132(1) and 132(1A) if the specified authority has ‘reason to believe’ about
evasion of tax by any assessee he has power to pass order for search. Section
132(1) is now amended w.e.f. 1.4.1962 and section 132(1A) is amended w.e.f.
1.10.1975 to provide that the specified authority is not required to disclose
these reasons to the assessee or any appellate authority i.e CIT(A) or ITA
Tribunal. Similar amendment is made in section 132A(1) dealing with requisition
of books of account, documents etc., w.e.f. 1.10.1975. This provision
will deprive the right of the assessee from knowing the reasons for any search.
This amendment goes against the declared policy of the Government about
transparency in the tax administration and also against the assurance that no
amendments in tax laws will be made with retrospective effect. From the wording
of the section, it is evident that such reasons will be disclosed only to the
High Court or Supreme Court if the matter is agitated in appeal or a Writ.

15.2   Section 132(9B)(9C) and (9D) – Sub-sections
(9B) to (9D) have been inserted in section 132 w.e.f. 1.4.2017 to provide that
during the course of a search or seizure or within a period of sixty days from
the date of which the last of the authorizations for search was executed, the
authorised officer, for protecting the interest of the revenue, may attach
provisionally any property belonging to the assessee, with the prior approval
of Principal Director General or Director General or Principal Director or
Director. Such provisional attachment shall cease to have effect after the
expiry of six months from the date of order of such attachment.

          It is also provided that in the case
of search, the authorised officer may, for the purpose of estimation of fair
market value of a property, make a reference to a Valuation Officer referred to
in section 142A. It is also provided that the Valuation report shall be
submitted by the Valuation Officer within sixty days of receipt of such
reference.

15.3   Section 133 – This section authorises
certain Income tax Authorities to call for information for the purpose of any
inquiry or proceeding under the Income tax Act. By amendment of this section
w.e.f. 1.4.2017 this power is now given to Joint Director, Deputy Director and
Assistant Director. It is also provided that where no proceeding is pending,
the above authorities can make an inquiry. The existing requirement of
obtaining prior approval of Principal Director, Director or Principal
Commissioner or Commissioner is now removed.

15.4   Section 133A – At present, the
specified Income tax Authority can conduct a Survey operation at the premises
where a person carries on any business or profession. By an amendment of this
section from 1.4.2017, this power to conduct survey is extended to any place at
which an activity for charitable purpose is carried on. Thus, such survey can
be conducted on charitable trusts also. However, this amendment does not
authorise survey at a place where a Religious Trust carries on its activities.

15.5   Sections 153A and 153C – Section 153A
relates to assessment in cases of search or requisition. In such cases, at
present, assessment for six preceding assessment years can be reopened. The
section is amended w.e.f. 1.4.2017 extending the period of 6 years to 10 years.
The extension of 4 years is subject to the following conditions –

(i)   The Assessing Officer has, in his possession,
books of account or other documents or evidence which reveal that the income
which has escaped assessment amounts to or is likely to amount to Rs. 50 lakh
or more in the aggregate in the relevant four assessment years (falling beyond
the sixth year);

(ii)  Such income escaping assessment is represented
in the form of asset which shall include immovable property being land or
building or both, shares and securities, deposits in bank account, loans and
advances;

(iii)  The escaped income or part thereof relates to
such assessment year or years; and

(iv) Search u/s. 132 is initiated or requisition
u/s. 132A is made on or after the 1st day of April, 2017.

          In a case where the above conditions
are satisfied, a notice can be issued for the relevant assessment year beyond
the period of six years. Further, similar amendment has been made to section
153C relating to assessment of income of any other person to whom that section
applies.

16.    Penalties:

16.1   New Section 271J – (i) This is a new
section inserted w.e.f. 1.4.2017. At present, assessees are required to obtain
reports and certificates from a qualified professional under several provisions
of the Income tax Act. The section provides that the assessing officer or
CIT(A) can levy penalty of Rs.10,000/- on a chartered Accountant, Merchant
Banker or Registered Valuer if it is found that he has furnished incorrect
information in any report or certificate furnished under any provision of the
Act or the Rules. However, section 273B is amended to provide that if the
concerned professional proves that there was a reasonable cause for any such
failure specified in section 271J, then the above penalty will not be levied in
such a case.

ii)   It may be stated that such a provision to
levy penalty on a professional who is assisting the Income tax Department by
giving expert opinion in the form of a report or certificate can be considered
as a draconian provision. The power to penalise a professional is with the
Regulatory Body of which he is a member. Giving such a power to an officer of
the Department, is not at all justified. Such a penal provision can be opposed
for the following reasons.

(a)  In the case of Chartered Accountants, there
are sufficient safeguards under the C.A. Act to discipline a member of ICAI if
he gives a wrong report or a wrong certificate. Therefore, there was no need
for making a provision for levy of penalty under the Income-tax Act.

(b)  This section gives power to levy such penalty
to the assessing officer or CIT (A).

(c)  There is no clarity as to which officer will
levy such penalty. Whether the A.O. under whose jurisdiction the professional
is practicing or the A.O. of his client to whom the report or the certificate
is given? Professionals issue such certificates to their clients situated in
various jurisdictions in the same city or in different cities. If the officers
making assessments of various clients are to levy such penalty, it will create
many practical issues and will require professionals to face litigation at
various places involving lot of time and expenses for actions of different
officers at various places.

(d)  This section refers to incorrect information
in a “Report” or “Certificate”. It is well known that Report given by a
professional only contains his opinion whereas the certificate states whether
information given in the certificate is true or not. Therefore, penalty cannot
be levied for the opinion given in a ‘Report’ (e.g. Audit Report or a Valuation
Report). Further, the certificate is also given on the basis of information
given by the client and the evidence produced before the professional.
Therefore, if incorrect information is given by the client, the professional
cannot be penalised.

(e)  This section comes into force w.e.f. 1/4/2017.
It is not clarified in the section whether it will apply to report or
certificate given by a professional on or after 1/4/2017. If this is not so,
the A.O. or CIT(A) can apply the penal provision under this section while
passing orders on or after 1/4/2017 in respect of report or certificate given
in earlier years. If the section is applied to reports or certificates given by
a professional prior to 1/4/2017 the provision will have retrospective effect.
This will be against the principles of natural justice. It is settled law that
no penalty can be levied for any acts or omissions committed prior to the date
of enactment of a penalty provision.

(f)   If this
section is considered necessary, the CBDT should issue a circular to the effect
that (a) the section shall apply to reports or certificates issued on or after
1.4.2017, and (b) the penalty under this section can be levied only by the A.O.
or CIT (A) of the range or ward where the professional is being assessed to
tax.

16.2   The Taxation (Second Amendment) Act, 2016,
was passed in December, 2016. This Act amends some of the sections of the
Income-tax Act relating to higher rates of taxation and penalties w.e.f. A.Y.
2017-18. These provisions are discussed in the following paragraphs.

16.3   Section 115 BBE:            (i) Section 115BBE of the Income-tax Act deals with
rate of tax on income referred to in sections (i) 68 – Cash Credits, (ii) 69 –
Unexplained Investments, (iii) 69A – Unexplained Money, bullion, jewellery or
other valuable articles, (iv) 69B- Amount of Investments, Jewellery etc.
not fully disclosed, (v) 69C – Unexplained Expenditure and (vi) 69D – Amount
borrowed or repaid on a hundi in cash. The section provides that the rate of
tax payable on addition made by the Assessing Officer (AO) under the above
sections, if no satisfactory explanation for the above deposits/investments/
expenditure etc., is furnished by the assessee, will be at a flat rate
of 30% plus applicable surcharge and education cess. This section is now
amended w.e.f. 1-4-2017 (A.Y. 2017-18) as under:

(a)  It is now provided that in respect of income
referred to in sections 68, 69, 69A, 69B, 69C or 69D which is offered for tax
by the assessee in the Return of Income filed u/s. 139 the rate of tax on such
income will be 60% plus applicable surcharge and education cess.

(b)  Further, if the income referred to in sections
68, 69, 69A, 69B, 69C or 69D is not offered for tax but is found by the AO and
added to the income of the assessee by the AO the rate of tax will be 60% plus
applicable surcharge and education cess. 

(ii)  Section 2(9) of the Finance Act, 2016 dealing
with surcharge on tax has also been amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18. It is now
provided that the rate of surcharge will now be 25% in respect of tax payable
u/s. 115BBE irrespective of the quantum of total income for A.Y. 2017-18. This
means that any income in the nature of cash credit, unexplained investments,
unexplained expenditure etc. which is offered for taxation u/s. 139 or
which is added to declared income by the AO u/s. 68, 69,69A to 69D will now be
taxable in the case of Individual, HUF, AOP, Firm, Company etc. at the
rate of 60% (instead of 30% earlier) plus surcharge at 25% of tax (instead of
15% earlier). Besides the above, education cess at 3% of tax will also be
payable.

(iii)  It may be noted that if an Individual, HUF,
AOP, Firm, Company etc. deposits old `500/1,000 notes in his Bank a/c
between 10-11-2016 and 30-12-2016 and he is not able to give satisfactory
explanation for the source, he will have to pay tax at 75% (60%+15%) plus
Education Cess even if this income is shown in the Return u/s. 139 for A/Y:
2017-18.

16.4   Penalty in Search Cases – Section 271 AAB –
(i)    Section 271AAB was inserted in the
Income-tax Act by the Finance Act, 2012 w.e.f. 1-7-2012. Under this section,
penalty is leviable at the rate ranging from 10% to 90% of undisclosed income
in cases where Search is initiated u/s. 132 on or after 1-7-2012. By amendment
of this section, it is provided that the existing provisions of section 271AAB
(1) for levy of Penalty will apply only in respect of Search u/s. 132 initiated
between 1-7-2012 and 15.12.2016.

(i)       New Section 271AAB(1A) provides w.e.f.
15.12.2016  for levy of penalty at 30% of
undisclosed income in cases where Search is initiated on or after 15.12.2016.

For this
purpose, the conditions are as under:

(a)      The assessee admits such income u/s. 132(4)
and specfies the manner in which it was earned.

(b)      The assessee substantiates the manner in
which such income was earned.

(c)      The assessee files the return including
such income and pays tax and interest due before the specified date.

(ii)      If the assessee does not comply with the
above conditions the rate of penalty is 60% of undisclosed income. It may be
noted that prior to this amendment the rates of penalty were 10% to 90% under
specified circumstances.

16.5   Section 271AAC – (i)       This section is inserted w.e.f. 1-4-2017
(A.Y. 2017-18) to provide for levy of penalty in respect of income from cash
credits, Unexplained investments, unexplained expenditure etc. added by
the A.O. u/s. 68, 69, 69A to 69D. This penalty is to be computed at the rate of
10% of the tax payable u/s. 115BBE (1)(i). Since the tax payable u/s.
115BBE(1)(i) is 60% of the income added by the AO u/s. 68, 69, 69A to 69D, the
Penalty payable under this section will be 6% of the income added by the AO
under the above sections. Thus, the total tax (including penalty) in such cases
will be 83.25% (77.25% + 6%).

(ii)  It may be noted that no penalty under this new
section will be payable if the assesse has declared the income referred to in
sections 68, 69, 69A to 69D in his return of income u/s. 139 and paid the tax
due u/s. 115BBE before the end of the relevant accounting year. In other words,
if any assessee wants to declare the amount of old notes deposited in the bank
during the specified period in his return of income u/s. 139 for A.Y. 2017-18,
he will have to pay the tax at 75% (including surcharge) and education
cess.  In this case the above penalty
will not be levied.

(iii)  It is also provided that in the above cases no
penalty u/s. 270A will be levied on the basis of under reported income. It is
also provided that the procedure u/s. 274 for levy of penalty and time limit
u/s. 275 will apply for levy of penalty u/s. 271AAC.

17.    Other Important Provisions:

17.1   Section
79
– At present, a closely held company is not allowed to carry forward the
losses and set-off against income of a subsequent year if there is a change in
shareholding carrying more than 49% of the voting power in the said subsequent
year as compared to the shareholding that existed on the last day of the year
in which such loss was incurred. By amendment of this section, w.e.f. AY
2018-19 (F.Y. 2017-18), it is now provided to relax the applicability of this
provision to start-up companies referred to me section 80-IAC of the Act. This
section will enable the eligible start–up company to carry forward the losses
incurred during the period of seven years, beginning from the year in which
such company is incorporated, and set off against the income of any subsequent
previous year. However, it is provided that such benefit shall be available
only if all the shareholders of such company who held shares carrying voting
power on the last day of the year or years in which the loss was incurred
continue to hold those shares, on the last day of the previous year in which
loss is sought to be set-off. Thus, dilution of voting power of existing
shareholders would therefore not impact the carry forward of losses so long as
there is no transfer of shares by the existing shareholders. However, change in
voting power and shareholding consequent upon the death of a shareholder or on
account of transfer of shares by way of gift to any relative of shareholder
making such gift, shall not affect carry forward of losses.

17.2   Section 197(c) of Finance Act, 2016
This section came into force on 1-6-2016. A doubt was raised in some quarters
that under this section A.O. can issue notice for assessment or reassessment
for income escaping assessment for any number of assessment years beyond 6
preceding years. This had created some uncertainty. In order to clarify the
position this section is now deleted
w.e.f. 1.6.2016.

17.3   General Anti-Avoidance Rule (GAAR):

          It may be noted that sections 95 to
102 dealing the provisions relating GAAR inserted by the Finance Act, 2013,
have come into force from 1.4.2017. CBDT has issued a Circular No.7 of 2017
dated 27.1.2017 clarifying some of the doubts about these provisions.

17.4   Place of Effective Management (POEM)
Section 6 (3) was amended by the Finance Act, 2016, w.e.f. 1.4.2017. Under this
section, a Foreign Company will be deemed to be Resident in India if its place
of Effective Management is in India. This provision will come into force from
A.Y. 2017 – 18 (F.Y. 2016-17). By circular No. 6 dated 24/1/2017 issued by the
CBDT,  it is explained as to when the
provisions of this section will apply to a Foreign Company.

17.5   Income Computation and Disclosure
Standards (ICDS)
– CBDT has notified ICDS u/s 145(2) of the Income-tax Act.
They are applicable to assesses engaged in business or profession who maintain
accounts on accrual method of accounting. These standards are applicable w.e.f.
A.Y. 2017 – 18 (F.Y. 2016-17). By Circular No.10 of 2017 dated 23.03.2017, CBDT
has clarified some of the provisions of ICDS which can be followed while filing
the return of income for A.Y. 2017-18 and subsequent years.

18.    To Sum Up:

18.1   During the Financial Year 2016-17 the
Government has taken some major steps such as introduction of two Income
Disclosure Schemes, one during the period 01.06.2016 to 30.09.2016 and the
other during the period 17.12.2016 to 31.03.2017, advancing the date for
presentation of Budget to first day of February, merging Railway Budget with
the General Budget, Demonetisation of high value currency notes, finalising the
structure for GST etc. All these steps are stated to be for elimination
of corruption, black money, fake notes in circulation and other administrative
reasons.

18.2   The declared policy of the Government is to
ensure that there is “Ease of Doing Business in India”. For this purpose the
administrative procedures have to be simplified and tax laws also have to be
simplified. However, if we consider the amendments made in the Income-tax Act this
year it appears that some of the provisions have complicated the law and will
work as an impediment to creating an environment where there is ease of doing
business.

18.3   The insertion of new section 56(2)(x) is one
section which will create may practical problems during the course of transfer
of assets within group companies and for business reorganisation. In case of
some transfer of assets there will be tax liability in the hands of the
transferor as well as the transferee in respect of the same transaction.

18.4   Amendment in section 10(38) levying tax on
sale of quoted shares through stock exchange if STT is not paid at the time of
purchase will raise many issues. If the Notification to be issued for exclusion
of some of the transactions from this amendment is not properly worded,
assessees will find difficulties in taking their decisions about business
reorganization.

18.5   New section 50CA is another section which
will create many practical problems. There will be litigation on the question
of valuation of unquoted shares. In some cases the seller of unquoted shares
will have to pay capital gains tax u/s. 50CA and at the same time the purchaser
will have to pay tax under the head Income from other sources u/s. 56(2)(x) on
the same transaction.

18.6   Provision in new section 234F relating to
levy of Fee for late filing of the Return of Income is also unfair as the
assessee is also required to pay interest @1% p.m. for the period of delay.
Further, persons claiming refund of tax will also be required to pay such fee
for late filing of Return of Income with Refund application.

18.7   Provisions relating to levy of penalties are
very harsh. Further, insertion of new section 271J for levy of penalty on
professionals for giving incorrect information in the report or certificate
given to the assessee is not at all justified. Many practical issues of
interpretation will arise. Strong representation is required to be made for
deletion of such type of penalty.

18.8   Amendments in the provisions relating to
search, survey and seizure will have far reaching implications. Arbitrary
powers are given to officers of the Income tax Department which are liable to
be misused. Denial of reasons for conducting search and seizure operations upto
ITAT Tribunal level can be considered to be against the principles of natural
justice. This provision is liable to be challenged in a court of law.

18.9        Taking
an overall view of the amendments made by this year’s Finance Act, one would
come to the conclusion that very wide and arbitrary powers are given to the
officers of the tax department for conducting search, survey and seizure
operations and levy of penalty. If these powers are not used in a judicious
manner, one would not be surprised if unethical practices increase in the administration
of tax laws. This will go against the declared objective of the present
Government to provide a cleaner tax administration.

ANALYSIS OF “EQUALISATION LEVY” AND SOME ISSUES

1.    Background

The Finance Act,
2016  (FA) in the  chapter VIII (comprising clauses 163 to 180)
has introduced a new tax i.e “equalisation levy” on consideration received or
receivable for any specified services.

The article deals with
some of the important provisions of the chapter and the issues arising there
from.

The Government of India
constituted a committee on taxation of E- commerce. The said committee made
proposal for equalisation levy on specified transactions. The Committee took
cognisance of the Report on Action 1 of Base Erosion & Profit Shifting
(BEPS) Project, wherein very significant work has been undertaken for identifying
the tax challenges arising from digital economy, the possible options to
address them and constraints likely to be faced. The Committee also noted that
this report has been accepted by G-20 countries, including India and OECD,
thereby providing a broad consensus view on these issues. The committee
submitted its report in February, 2016 and accepting the proposal contained in
the report, the Government has introduced this chapter.

The committee stated in
its report that “The significant difference, between an ‘Equalisation Levy’
that is proposed to be imposed on gross amount of payments, and the withholding
tax under the Income-tax Act, 1961 would be that under the latter, withholding
tax is only a mechanism of collecting tax, whereas an ‘Equalisation Levy’ on
gross payments would be a final tax.”

As far as
constitutionality of the provision is concerned, the committee expressed the
view that “Equalisation levy on gross amounts of transactions or payments made
for digital services appears to be in accordance with the entries at Serial
Number 92C70 and 9771 of the First List in the Seventh Schedule of the
Constitution of India. The existing precedent in the form of the Service Tax
appears to remove any ambiguities and doubts in this regard. Thus this
committee is of the view that Equalisation Levy as a tax on gross amounts of
transactions, imposed by the
Union through a statute made by the
Parliament, would satisfy the test of constitutional validity.”

It is noteworthy to look
at the memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance bill so as to
understand the rationale for imposition of the levy.

“……..The Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has recommended, in Base
Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project under Action Plan 1, to impose a
final withholding tax on certain payments for digital goods or services
provided by a foreign e-commerce provider or imposition of a equalisation
levy on consideration for certain digital transactions received by a
non-resident from a resident or from a non-resident having permanent
establishment in other contracting state.

Considering the
potential of new digital economy and the rapidly evolving nature of business
operations it is found essential to address the challenges in terms of taxation
of such digital transactions as mentioned above. In order to address these
challenges, it is proposed to insert a new Chapter titled “Equalisation
Levy” in the Finance Bill, to provide for an equalisation levy of 6 % of
the amount of consideration for specified services received or receivable by a
non-resident not having permanent establishment (‘PE’) in India, from a
resident in India who carries out business or profession, or from a
non-resident having permanent establishment in India
.”

The objective of the
Government is to impose tax on the consideration received by the non-resident.
The rationale is, on the one hand the consideration paid is tax deductible
while computing the income of the payer, the same escapes the source country
taxation, because payee does not have a permanent establishment in India or
otherwise. The equalisation levy is quantified with reference to the
consideration received by the non resident. The equalisation levy is charged at
the rate of 6% on the amount of consideration received or receivable by the non
resident.

2.    Scope
of the levy

2.1.  Section163
provides that the provisions of the chapter extends to the whole of India,
except Jammu and Kashmir and the same will come into force from the date of its
applicability notified by the Central Government i.e appointed date. The
Government has appointed 1st day of June,2016 as the date on which
Chapter VIII would come into force.

2.2.  The
provisions will apply to the consideration received or receivable for specified
services provided on or after the appointed date. By implication, any
consideration received after the appointed date for the services provided
before the appointed date shall be outside the provisions of this chapter. The
provisions of the chapter will not apply to the consideration received or
receivable for the services provided outside the territorial jurisdiction. This
obviously would require determining the place of provision of the services. For
determining the place of provision of services, one may have to look at the
provisions of the service tax act and the rules framed thereunder. Generally,
place of provision of service is the location of the service receiver.

3.    Important
Definitions

Section 164 defines
various terms used in the chapter. It also provides that any words and
expressions which is used in the chapter but not defined in the chapter will
have the same meanings as it has under the Income tax act (ITA) or the rules
there under if the same have been defined there under. Some of the important
terms defined in the chapter are:

i)   “equalisation
levy” means the tax leviable on consideration received or receivable for any
specified service under the provisions of this Chapter;  It may be noted that though the word levy is
used in the nomenclature, it is clearly a tax.

ii)  “specified
service” means online advertisement, any provision for digital advertising
space or any other facility or service for the purpose of online advertisement
and includes any other service as may be notified by the Central Government in
this behalf. The committee on E-commerce has recommended more services to be
subject to equalisation levy and the Government has accordingly retained the
power to notify more services as specified services.

iii)  “online”
means a facility or service or right or benefit or access that is obtained
through the internet or any other form of digital or telecommunication network;

iv) “permanent
establishment” includes a fixed place of business through which the business of
the enterprise is wholly or partly carried on. The definition is an inclusive
definition and is on the same line as is in section 92F(iiia) of the ITA.

4.    Charge
of levy

4.1.  Section
165 deals with the charge of the equalization levy. It provides that the
equalisation levy @6% be charged on the amount of consideration received or
receivable for providing specified services. The other conditions are:

a)  The
service provider has to be non-resident and

b)  It
should receive consideration for the services from

            i)   a 
person resident in India who is carrying on business or profession or

            ii)  a non resident having a permanent
establishment (PE) in India (hereinafter referred to as ‘specified persons’ or
‘assessee’).

4.2.  It
also provides for the cases when the equalisation levy will not be charged.
They are:

i)   when
the non resident who is providing the specified services has a permanent
establishment in India and such services are effectively connected to the said
permanent establishment i.e when the non-resident offers the income from the
specified services as a part of its PE profit.

ii)  when
the aggregate amount of consideration received or receivable for the specified
services from each of the specified persons in a previous year is INR one lakh
or less.

iii)  when
the specified persons makes the payment towards specified services not for the
purposes of carrying on its business or profession. In such a case even if the
payment exceeds INR one lakh, the same will not be subject to equalisation levy
since the same is not claimed as deduction for the purposes of computing the
taxable income of the specified persons.

It is pertinent to note
that as per the Article 7 of any double taxation avoidance agreement (DTAA),
non residents are taxable in their country of residence as far as the taxation
of the business profits is concerned. They can be taxed in the source country
only if they carry on business in the source country through a permanent
establishment  and in such case also only
to the extent of the income attributable to the permanent establishment. Equalisation
levy is sought to be imposed on the business income of the non resident when
the non resident has no PE in India. Hence, to that extent the tax is not
consistent with the provisions of the DTAA. However, it may be noted that the
scope of the DTAA is confined only to the taxes covered under Article 2. Since
this is a new tax, none of the existing DTAA would have covered the same.
However, a question may arise that whether equalisation levy be regarded as an
identical or similar tax to the existing taxes covered by the Article 2? Most DTAA
provides to include similar taxes imposed subsequently to be included within
the scope of Article 2 subject to certain conditions. Hence, if the answer to
the question is yes, then imposition of equalisation levy on the business
profits of the non resident when it has no PE in India may not be regarded as
compatible with Article 7 of the DTAA. The current imposition presupposes that
it is not.. The stand of the Government appears to be that it is not a tax on
the income (and hence, it it has been kept outside the ITA and imposed by the
Finance Act) and therefore there is no inconsistency between the treaty
provisions and the imposition of equalisation levy.

5.    Collection
and Recovery

5.1.  Section
166 provides for the collection and recovery of the equalisation levy. It
designates the specified persons as assessee and cast an obligation on them to
deduct the amount of equalisation levy from the amount of consideration paid or
payable to the non resident towards the provision of the specified services.

5.2.  There
is no obligation to deduct the levy from the consideration if the aggregate
amount payable to a non resident in a previous year is INR one lakh or less.
The wording seems to suggest that the limit of one lakh rupees is qua
each non resident. The assessee has to pay levy so deducted during a month to
the credit of the Central Government by the 7th of the next calendar
month. Delay in the payment would be visited with the simple interest @ 1% per
month or part thereof. In addition to the interest, the assessee would be
liable to a penalty of INR 1000 per day of delay. However, it is provided that
such penalty should not exceed the amount of the levy.

5.3.  The
liability to pay the levy would be there irrespective of the fact whether the
assessee has deducted the same from the payment made to the non resident. When
the assessee fails to deduct the levy, in addition to the interest, penalty
equivalent to the amount of levy is imposable on the assessee. In such a case a
question would arise as to whether the levy so paid will increase the cost of
the services availed or it will appear as a separate item in the books of
accounts. In both the cases, in my view the amount should be deductible while
computing the income of the assessee.

5.4.  The
possible three scenarios which can arise in view of the above provision is
illustrated by the respective accounting entries:

a.  Assessee
makes payment of Rs. 100 towards specified services to X and deduct tax there
from:



Specified Services A/c.          Dr.     100

      To X                                                                                                                 100

 

X A/c                           Dr.
    100

To Bank                                          94        

To Equalisation Levy                                   06

 

Equalisation Levy 
      Dr.     6

To  Bank                                            6

b. Assessee has as a
part of agreement agreed to bear the equalisation levy

Specified Services A/c.              Dr.      106.38

         To X                                                106.38

X A/c                           Dr.
106.38

         To
Bank                                               100      

         To
Equalisation Levy                           06.38

Equalisation Levy       
Dr.  6.38

         
To  Bank                             6.38

(In both the above cases, the payment of
Equalisation levy by the assessee would be regarded as deducted from the
payment made to X)

c.  Assessee
fails to deduct but makes the payment of the levy as envisaged u/s. 166(3)

Specified Services A/c.              Dr.      100

      To X                                                  100

X A/c                          Dr.
  100

      To
Bank                                             100 

Equalisation Levy       
Dr.  6

     
To  Bank                              6

Would the 3rd scenario survive? The act has
envisaged the same. In this case the assessee may save the tax of 0.38 but he
will be exposed to the penalty equivalent to the amount of equalisation levy
u/s. 171. However, it may be noted that penalty is discretionary and may not be
levied in appropriate cases.

5.5.  As
noted above, the levy is not chargeable when the non resident providing the
service has a PE in India and the specified service is effectively connected to
such PE. The assessee is either a person resident in India or a PE of a non
resident in India. The assessee before deducting the levy will have to ensure
that the non resident providing the service has no PE in India and even if it
has a PE in India, the said service is not effectively connected to the said
PE. They may have to possibly depend on the declaration from the non -resident
in this respect.

5.6.  Whether
a non-resident has a PE in the source country or not is generally a contentious
issue and it is very rare that the taxpayer and the tax authorities would agree
at the initial stage. If it is ultimately found or held that the levy was not
chargeable, can the refund be granted to the assessee? There are provisions in
the chapter for grant of the refund to the assesse on processing the statement
furnished by the assessee. Such a case may not be covered by the said refund
provision and also because there are limitations of the time to grant refund
under such cases. Can the refund be claimed on the ground that the levy is
without any authority of law and hence the limitation should not apply? 

6.    Procedure
and Penalties

6.1.  Section
167 imposes an obligation on every assessee to furnish a statement in the
prescribed format in respect of all specified services during the financial
year. The government has notified Equalisation Levy Rules, 2016 and prescribed
Form No. 1 as the prescribed form of the statement. The rules provide that the
said form should be furnished annually on or before 30th June in
respect of the preceding financial year. The form should give information in
respect of all the specified services chargeable to equalisation levy during
the financial year.

6.2.  The
assessee would be entitled to revise the statement if he notices any errors or
omissions at any time within two years from the end of the financial year in
which the specified service was provided. He may also furnish the statement in
the aforesaid period if he has not furnished the statement within the
prescribed time.

6.3.  The
Assessing officer may serve a notice on any assessee to furnish the statement
if he has not furnished the same within thirty days from the date of service of
the notice. However, the section does not provide any time limit within which
the AO may serve the said notice. On a harmonious reading of the provisions,
one may take a view that the said notice has to be served within the aforesaid
period of two years. What is the basis on which the AO can issue such notice
has not been provided. What are the rights available to the assesse when he
receives the notice, can he challenge the issue of the notice by the AO?  Section 172 provides that an assessee who
fails to furnish the statement within the time prescribed under the rules or
the time prescribed by the AO in his notice, would be liable to pay a penalty
of INR 100 for each day of failure.

6.4.  The AO, before imposing any penalty under the
chapter has to give the assessee an opportunity to advance his case as to why
the penalty should not be imposed. If the assessee proves that that there was a
reasonable cause for the failure and the AO is satisfied about the same, AO
should not impose any penalty. The order imposing the penalty has been made
appealable to CIT(A) and the order of CIT(A) 
has been made appealable to the Tribunal.  Provision of section 249 to 251 and section
253 to 255 of the ITA has been made applicable to such appeals. Section 178 of
the FA, 2016 list down various other sections of the ITA which would apply in
relation to equalisation levy as they apply in relation to income tax.

6.5.  Section
168 provides for the processing of the statement and issue of intimation to the
assessee after carrying out adjustment in respect of arithmetical accuracy and
computation of interest. The intimation is required to be sent within one year
from the end of the financial year in which the prescribed statement under
clause 167 is furnished.

6.6.  Section
169 empowers the AO to rectify the intimation for any mistake apparent from
record and provides that the intimation be amended within one year from the end
of the financial year in which the same was issued. The AO may rectify the
mistake on his own or on the same being brought to his notice by the assessee.
Any rectification which has the effect of increasing the liability of the
assessee or reducing the refund entitlement to the assessee, be made only by
making an order and after giving the assessee a show cause to that effect and a
reasonable opportunity of being heard. If in consequence of any order, any
amount is payable by the assessee, the rules provides the AO to serve a notice
of demand in form no.2 specifying the amount payable by the assessee. The
chapter is silent about the appellability of this order. Under the rules, it is
provided that the intimation u/s. 168 is deemed to be notice of demand. If the
intimation is deemed as notice of demand under the ITA and the same is in
consequence of an order, then the appeal provisions under the ITA should also
follow.

7.    Consideration
to be exempt from tax in the hands of non resident

7.1.  A new
clause (50) has been introduced in section 10 of the Income-tax act, whereby
any income arising from specified services which is chargeable to equalisation
levy under chapter VIII of the FA 2016 is exempt from the charge to the income
tax. The said clause is reproduced hereunder for ready reference:

‘(50) any
income arising from any specified service provided on or after the date on
which the provisions of Chapter VIII of the Finance Act, 2016 comes into force
and chargeable to equalisation levy under that Chapter.

Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause,
“specified service” shall have the meaning assigned to it in clause (i) of
section 164 of Chapter VIII of the Finance Act, 2016.’

7.2.  In
other words income of the non resident from provision of the specified services
to the assessee under chapter VIII of the Finance Act, 2016 is exempt from
income tax in the hands of the non resident if the same is chargeable to
equalisation levy. However, it does not mean that the income of the non
resident from the specified services would be charged to income tax if the same
is not chargeable to equalisation levy for any reason. The charge to income tax
has to be independently established under the ITA.

8.    Disallowance
of payment in the hands of payer

8.1.  A new
clause (ib) has been introduced in section 40 of the Income-tax act with effect
from 1st June,2016. Section 40 provides for the cases when the
amount is not permitted to be deducted from computing the income under the head
“profits and gains of business or profession” or permitted to be deducted
subject to certain conditions. The said clause is reproduced hereunder for
ready reference:

 (ib)
any consideration paid or payable to a non-resident for a specified service on
which equalisation levy is deductible under the provisions of Chapter VIII of
the Finance Act, 2016, and such levy has not been deducted or after deduction,
has not been paid on or before the due date specified in sub-section (1) of
section 139:

        Provided
that where in respect of any such consideration, the equalisation levy has been
deducted in any subsequent year or has been deducted during the previous year
but paid after the due date specified in sub-section (1) of section 139, such
sum shall be allowed as a deduction in computing the income of the previous
year in which such levy has been paid;”.

8.2.  In
this respect, the following may be noted:

a) Chapter
VIII of the FA 2016 provides for due dates of payment of the equalisation levy
and consequence of the delayed payment. For the purpose of section 40(ib) of
the ITA, the same is irrelevant. The relevant date for the same will be the due
date of furnishing the return of income u/s. 139 of the ITA.

b) Section
166(3) of the Finance Act envisages a situation when the assessee fails to
deduct the levy from the amount paid or payable to a non resident. As per the
said section, the assesse e is liable to pay the levy even if he has not
deducted the same from the payment. Section 40(ib) of the ITA envisages
situation of deduction of the levy and payment thereof thereafter. Can a view
be taken that cases u/s. 166(3) of the FA are not covered by section 40(ib) of
the ITA? Whether in such a case, provision of section 43B of the ITA would be
applicable and the compliance thereof would be necessary?.

c) What will
be the impact of non discrimination article of the relevant double tax
avoidance agreement (DTAA) on section 40(ib) of the ITA? Relevant extract of
article 24(4) of the OECD and UN model convention (both are identical) is
reproduced hereunder for ready reference:

24(4) Except where the provisions of paragraph 1
of Article 9, paragraph 6 of Article 11 or paragraph 4 of Article 12, apply,
interest, royalties and other disbursements paid by an enterprise of a
Contracting State to a resident of the other Contracting State shall, for the
purpose of determining the taxable profits of such enterprise, be deductible
under the same conditions as if they had been paid to a resident of the
first-mentioned State….
.

Section 40(ib) disallowance is applicable in
respect of consideration paid or payable to non-resident for specified services
and not to the resident. Hence, prima facie, the assessee can invoke the
said article of the relevant DTAA. Article 24(6) provides that the provisions
of non discrimination article will not be restricted to the taxes covered under
article 2 and the same extends its applicability to taxes of every kind and
description. In view of this, equalisation levy would be covered by the
non-discrimination article notwithstanding what is the scope of article 2. The
question that may still survive is whether payment towards specified services
would be covered within the words “other disbursements” appearing in article 24(4)?

It may be noted that any consideration received
or receivable by a resident from the provision of the specified services to the
assessee is not subject to equalisation levy and hence, there is no question of
any deduction from the payment and consequential disallowance. In fact, to this
extent there is discrimination. However, the existing provision of Article 24
does not specifically recognise such discrimination. Can revenue argue that the
payment to resident is not subject any equalisation levy at all and hence,
there is no discrimination within the meaning of Article 24(4)?

9.    Challenges

9.1.  A
question that arises is whether it is a tax on the income of the non resident?
According to the Government, it is not a tax on the income of the non resident.
In fact the income of the non resident which is subject to the levy is
specifically made exempt from income tax. By exempting the income under the ITA
which is subject to equalisation levy, whether the Government has weaken its
case that it is not a tax on income or a tax akin to tax on income?

9.2.  Who is
the person chargeable to tax? Under the FA, the assessee is the person making
payment towards the specified services and claiming the said payment as
expenditure while computing its taxable income. Whether he is charged to tax or
it is the non resident?

9.3.  In tax
jurisprudence, it is well settled that following four factors are essential
ingredients to a taxing statute:-

a.  subject
of tax;

b.  person
liable to pay the tax;

c.  rate at
which tax is to be paid, and

d.  measure
or value on which the rate is to be applied.

9.4.  From
the analysis of the provisions of the chapter, it is clear that the subject of
tax is the specified services. From the harmonious reading of the section 165
and 166, it appears that the person liable to pay tax is non resident, but the
collection and the recovery is made from the persons paying the considerations
towards the specified services by way of deduction and they are being regarded
as assessee. It is interesting to note that the non resident receiving the
consideration has no obligation whatsoever under the chapter. What is the
difference between a person charged to tax and a person liable to pay tax? Can
a person who is charged to tax be not liable to tax? Can not the person who is
liable to tax and who is also regarded as assessee, should be considered as the
person charged to tax? Is it that in the scheme of equalisation levy, these questions
does not matter? These questions pose a significant challenge to the new tax.
_

RULES FOR INTERPRETATION OF TAX STATUTES – PAR T – III

fiogf49gjkf0d

Introduction
In the April and May issues of the BCAJ I had discussed the basic rules of interpretation of tax statutes and have tried to explain some rules with binding precedents. Other rules / concepts are dealt with hereunder and hereafter.

1. Rules of Consistency, Resjudicata & Estoppel :

The principle of consistency is a principle of equity and would not override
the clear provisions of law. It is well accepted that each assessment year is
separate and if a particular aspect was not objected to in one year, it would
not fetter the Assessing Officer from correcting the same in a subsequent year
as the principles of res judicata are not applicable to tax proceedings. In Radhasaomi
Satsang the Supreme Court held that (page 329 of 193-ITR) : “where a
fundamental aspect permeating through the different assessment years has been
found as a fact one way or the other and parties have allowed that position to
be sustained by not challenging the order, it would not be at all appropriate
to allow the position to be changed in a subsequent year”. As is apparent
from the said decision, the rule of consistency has limited application – where
a fundamental aspect permeates through several assessment years; the said
aspect has been found as a fact one way or the other; and the parties have not
challenged the said finding and allowed the position to sustain over the years.
Clearly, the said principle will have no application where the position
canvassed militates against an express provision of law as held by Delhi High
Court in Honey Enterprises vs. C.I.T. (2016) 381-ITR-258 at 278.

 1.1. In Radhasaomi itself, the Supreme Court acknowledged that there is
no res judicata, as regards assessment orders, and assessments for one year may
not bind the officer for the next year. This is consistent with the view of the
Supreme Court that there is no such thing as res judicata in income-tax
matters’ (Raja Bahadur Visheshwara Singh vs. CIT (1961) 41-ITR- 685 (SC); AIR
1961 SC 1062). Similarly, erroneous or mistaken views cannot fetter the
authorities into repeating them, by application of a rule such as estoppel, for
the reason that being an equitable principle, it has to yield to the mandate of
law. A deeper reflection would show that blind adherence to the rule of
consistency would lead to anomalous results, for the reason that it would
endanger the unequal application of laws, and direct the tax authorities to
adopt varied interpretations, to suit individual assessees, subjective to their
convenience – a result at once debilitating and destructive of the rule of law.
The rule of consistency cannot be of inflexible application.

1.2. Res judicata does not apply in matters pertaining to tax for different
assessment years because res judicata applies to debar courts from entertaining
issues on the same cause of action whereas the cause of action for each
assessment year is distinct. The courts will generally adopt an earlier
pronouncement of the law or a conclusion of fact unless there is a new ground
urged or a material change in the factual position. The reason why courts have
held parties to the opinion expressed in a decision in one assessment year to
the same opinion in a subsequent year is not because of any principle of res
judicata but because of the theory of precedent or precedential value of the
earlier pronouncement. Where the facts and law in a subsequent assessment year
are the same, no authority whether quasi-judicial or judicial can generally be
permitted to take a different view. This mandate is subject only to the usual
gateways of distinguishing the earlier decision or where the earlier decision
is per incuriam. However, these are fetters only on a co-ordinate Bench, which,
failing the possibility of availing of either of these gateways, may yet differ
with the view expressed and refer the matter to a Bench of superior
jurisdiction. In tax cases relating to a subsequent year involving the same
issues as in the earlier year, the court can differ from the view expressed if
the case is distinguishable as per incuriam, as held by the Apex Court in
Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd. vs. Union of India (2006) 282-ITR-273 (SC) at
276-277.

1.3. Estoppel normally means estopped from re agitating same issue. However,
it is settled position in law that there cannot be an estoppel against a
statute. There is no provision in the statute which permits a compromise
assessment. The above position was indicated by the apex court in Union of
India vs. Banwari Lal Agarwal (1999) 238-ITR-461 (S.C.).

2. Actus Curiae Neminem gravabit :

An act of the Court should not prejudice anyone and the maxim actus curiae
neminem gravabit is squarely applicable. It is the duty of the Court to see
that the process of the court is not abused and if the court’s process has been
abused by making a statement and the same court is made aware of it, especially
a writ court, it can always recall its own order, for the concession which
forms the base is erroneous. It is a well settled proposition of law that no
tax payer should suffer on account of inadvertent omission or mistake of an
authority, because to do justice is inherent and dispensation of justice should
not suffer. It is equally well settled that any order on concession has no binding
effect and there is no waiver or estoppel against statue.

3. Same word in different statues :

In interpreting a taxing statute, the doctrine of “aspect”
legislation must be kept in mind. It is a basic canon of interpretation that
each statute defines the expressions used in it and that definition should not
be used for interpreting any other statute unless in any other cognate statute
there is no definition, and the extrapolation would be justified as held by
Kerala High Court in All Kerala Chartered Accountants’ Association vs. Union of
India & Others (2002) 258-ITR-679 at 680. “A particular word occurring
in one section of the Act having a particular object, cannot carry the same
meaning when used in a different section of the same Act, which is enacted for
a different purpose. In other words, one word occurring in different sections
of the same Act can have different meanings, if the objects of the two sections
are different and they operate in different fields as held by the Supreme Court
in J.C.I.T. vs. Saheli Leasing and Industries Ltd. (2010) 324-ITR-170 at 171.

 “The words and expressions defined in one statute as judicially
interpreted do not afford a guide to the construction of the same words or
expressions in another statute unless both the statutes are pari materia
legislations or it is specifically provided in one statute to give the same
meaning to the words as defined in another satute as held in Jagatram Ahuja vs.
C.I.T. (2000) 246-ITR-609 at 610 (SC).

4. Rules to yield to the Act :

Rules are made by the prescribed authority, while Act is enacted by the
Legislature, hence rules are subservient to the Act and cannot override the
Act. If there is conflict the Act would prevail over the rules. Rules are
subordinate legislation. Subordinate legislation does not carry the same degree
of immunity as enjoyed by a statute passed by a competent Legislature.
Subordinate legislation may be questioned on any of the grounds on which
plenary legislation is questioned; in addition, it may also be questioned on
the ground that it does not conform to the statute under which it is made. It
may further be questioned in the ground that it is inconsistent with the
provisions of the Act, or that it is contrary to some other statute applicable
in the same subject-matter. It may be struck down as arbitrary or contrary to
the statute if it fails to take into account vital facts which expressly or by
necessary implication are required to be taken into account by the statute or
the Constitution. Subordinate legislation can also be questioned on the ground
that it is manifestly arbitrary and unjust. It can also be questioned on the
ground that it violates article 14 of the Constitution of India as held in J.
K. Industries Ltd. and Another vs. Union of India (2008) 297-ITR-176 at
178-179.

5. Literal Interpretation & Casus Omissus :

The principles of interpretation are well-settled :
(i) a statute has to be read as a whole and the effort should be to give full
effect to all the provisions;
(ii) interpretation should not render any provision redundant or nugatory;
(iii) the provisions should be read harmoniously so as to give effect to all
the provisions;
(iv) if some provision specifically deals with a subject-matter, the general
provision or a residual provision cannot be invoked for that subject as held in
C.I.T. vs. Roadmaster Industries of India (P) Ltd. (2009) 315-ITR-66 (P&H).
Except where there is a specific provision of the Income-tax Act which
derogates from any other statutory law or personal law, the provision will have
to be considered in the light of the relevant branches of law as held in C.I.T.
vs. Bagyalakshmi & Co. (1965) 55-ITR-660 (SC).

5.1. When the language of a statute is clear and unambiguous, the courts are to
interpret the same in its literal sense and not to give a meaning which would
cause violence to the provisions of the statute, as held in Britania Industries
Ltd. vs. C.I.T. (2005) 278-ITR-546 at 547 (SC). It is a well settled principle
of law that the court cannot read anything into a statutory provision or a
stipulated condition which is plain and unambiguous. A statute is an edict of
the Legislature. The language employed in a statute is the determinative factor
of legislative intention. While interpreting a provision the court only
interprets the law and cannot legislate it. If a provision of law is misused
and subjected to the abuse of process of law, it is for the Legislature to
amend, modify or repeal it, if deemed necessary. Legislative casus omissus
cannot be supplied by judicial interpretative process.

A casus omissus ought not to be created by interpretation, save in some case of
strong necessity” as held in Union of India vs. Dharmendra Textiles
Processors and Others (2008) 306-ITR-277 at page 278 (SC).

5.2. I f the construction of a statutory provision on its plain reading leads
to a clear meaning, such a construction has to be adopted without any external
aid as held in C.I.T. vs. Rajasthan Financial Corporation (2007) 295-ITR-195
(Raj F.B.). A taxing statute is to be construed strictly : in a taxing statute
one has to look merely at what is said in the relevant provision. There is no
presumption as to a tax. Nothing is to be read in, nothing is to be implied.
There is no room for any intendment. There is no equity about a tax. In
interpreting a taxing statute the court must look squarely at the words of the
statute and interpret them. Considerations of hardship, injustice and equity
are entirely out of place in interpreting a taxing statute as held in Ajmera
Housing Corporation and Another vs. C.I.T. (2010) 326-ITR-642 (SC).

5.3. In construing a contract, the terms and conditions thereof are to be read
as a whole. A contract must be construed keeping in view the intention of the
parties. No doubt, the applicability of the tax laws would depend upon the
nature of the contract, but the same should not be construed keeping in view
the taxing provisions as held in Ishikawajima – Harima Heavy Industries Ltd.
vs. Director of Income-tax (2007) 288-ITR-408 (SC). The provisions of a section
have to be interpreted on their plain language and not on the basis of
apprehension of the Department. A statute is normally not construed to provide
for a double benefit unless it is specifically so stipulated or is clear from
the scheme of the Act as held in Catholic Syrian Bank Ltd. vs. C.I.T. (2012)
343-ITR-270 (SC). Where any deduction is admissible under two Sections and
there is no specific provision of denial of double deduction, deduction under
both the sections can be claimed and deserves to be allowed.

5.4. It is cardinal principle of interpretation that a construction resulting
in unreasonably harsh and absurd results must be avoided. The cardinal
principle of tax law that the law to be applied has to be the law in force in
the assessment year is qualified by an exception when it is provided expressly
or by necessary implication. That the law which is in force in the assessment
year would prevail is not an absolute principle and exception can be either
express or implied by necessary implication as held in C.I.T. vs. Sarkar
Builders (2015) 375-ITR-392 (SC)

5.5. The cardinal rule of construction of statutes is to read the statute
literally that is, by giving to the words used by legislature their ordinary
natural and grammatical meaning. If, however, such a reading leads to absurdity
and the words are susceptible of another meaning the Court may adopt the same.
But if no such alternative construction is possible, the Court must adopt the
ordinary rule of literal interpretation. It is well known rule of
interpretation of statutes that the text and the context of the entire Act must
be looked into while interpreting any of the expressions used in a statute The
Courts must look to the object, which the statute seeks to achieve while interpreting
any of the provisions of the Act. A purposive approach for interpreting the Act
is necessary.

5.6. It is a settled principle of rule of interpretation that the Court cannot
read any words which are not mentioned in the Section nor can substitute any
words in place of those mentioned in the section and at the same time cannot
ignore the words mentioned in the section. Equally well settled rule of
interpretation is that if the language of statute is plain, simple, clear and
unambiguous then the words of statute have to be interpreted by giving them
their natural meaning as observed in Smita Subhash Sawant vs. Jagdeshwari
Jagdish Amin AIR 2016 S.C. 1409 at 1416.

6. Interpretations – favourable to the tax payer to be adopted.

It is
well settled, if two interpretations are possible, then invariably the court
would adopt that interpretation which is in favour of the taxpayer and against
the Revenue as held in Pradip J. Mehta vs. C.I.T. (2008) 300-ITR-231 (SC).
While dealing with a taxing provision, the principle of ‘strict interpretation’
should be applied. The court shall not interpret the statutory provision in
such a manner which would create an additional fiscal burden on a person. It
would never be done by invoking the provisions of another Act, which are not
attracted. It is also trite that while two interpretations are possible, the
court ordinarily would interpret the provisions in favour of a taxpayer and
against the Revenue as held in Sneh Enterprises vs. Commissioner of Customs
(2006) 7-SCC-714.

7. Doctrine of Ejusdem generis :

Birds of the same feather fly to-gether. The rule of ejusdem generis is applied
where the words or language of which in a section is in continuation and where
the general words are followed by specific words that relates to a specific
class or category. The Supreme Court in the case of C.I.T. vs. Mcdowel and
Company Ltd. (2010 AIR SCW 2634) held : “The principle of statutory
interpretation is well known and well settled that when particular words
pertaining to a class, category or genus are followed by general words are
construed as limited to things of the same kind as those specified. This rule
is known as the rule of ejusdem generis. It applies when :

(1) the statute contains an enumeration of specific words;
(2) the subjects of enumeration constitute a class or category;
(3) that class or category is not exhausted by the enumeration;
(4) the general terms follow the enumeration; and
(5) there is no indication of a different legislative intent. The maxim ejusdem
generis is attracted where the words preceding the general words pertain to
class genus and not a heterogeneous collection of items as held in the case of
Housing Board, Haryana (AIR 1996 SC 434). Same view has been iterated in Union
of India vs. Alok Kumar AIR 2010 S.C. 2735.

7.1. General words in a statute must receive general construction. This is,
however, subject to the exception that if the subject-matter of the statute or
the context in which the words are used, so requires a restrictive meaning is
in permissible to the words to know the intention of the Legislature. When a
restrictive meaning is given to general words, the two rules often applied are
noscitur a sociis and ejusdem generis. Noscitur a sociis literally means that
the meaning of the word is to be judged by the company it keeps. When two or
more words which are susceptible of analogous meaning are coupled together,
they are understood to be used in their cognate sense. The expression ejusdem
generis – “of the same kind or nature” – signifies a principle of
construction whereby words in a statute which are otherwise wide but are
associated in the text with more limited words are, by implication given a
restricted operation and are limited to matters of the same class of genus as preceding
them.

8. “Mutatis Mutandis” & “As if” :

Earl Jowitt’s ‘The Dictionary of English Law 1959) defines ‘mutatis mutandis’
as ‘with the necessary changes in points of detail’. Black’s Law Dictionary
(Revised 4th Edn, 1968) defines ‘mutatis mutandis’ as ‘with the necessary
changes in points of detail, meaning that matters or things are generally the
same, but to be altered when necessary, as to names, offices, and the like…..
‘Extension of an earlier Act mutatis mutandis to a later Act, brings in the idea
of adaptation, but so far only as it is necessary for the purpose, making a
change without altering the essential nature of the things changed, subject of
course to express provisions made in the later Act. It is necessary to read and
to construe the two Acts together as if the two Acts are one and while doing so
to give effect to the provisions of the Act which is a later one in preference
to the provisions of the Principal Act wherever the Act has manifested an
intention to modify the Principal Act.

8.1. “The expression “mutatis mutandis” itself implies
applicability of any provision with necessary changes in points of detail. The
phrase “mutatis mutandis” implies that a provision contained in other
part of the statute or other statutes would have application as it is with
certain changes in points of detail as held in R.S.I.D.I. Corpn. vs. Diamond
and Gen Development Corporation Ltd. AIR 2013 SC 1241.

8.2. The expression “as if”, is used to make one applicable in
respect of the other. The words “as if” create a legal fiction. By
it, when a person is “deemed to be” something, the only meaning
possible is that, while in reality he is not that something, but for the
purposes of the Act of legislature he is required to be treated that something,
and not otherwise. It is a well settled rule of interpretation that, in
construing the scope of a legal fiction, it would be proper and even necessary,
to assume all those facts on the basis of which alone, such fiction can
operate. The words “as if”, in fact show the distinction between two
things and, such words must be used only for a limited purpose. They further
show that a legal fiction must be limited to the purpose for which it was
created. “The statute says that you must imagine a certain state of affairs;
it does not say that having done so, you must cause or permit your imagination
to boggle when it comes to the inevitable corollaries of that state of
affairs”. “It is now axiomatic that when a legal fiction is
incorporated in a statute, the court has to ascertain for what purpose the
fiction is created. After ascertaining the purpose, full effect must be given
to the statutory fiction and it should be carried to its logical conclusion.
The court has to assume all the facts and consequences which are incidental or
inevitable corollaries to giving effect to the fiction. The legal effect of the
words ‘as if he were’ in the definition of owner in section 3(n) of the
Nationalisation Act read with section 2(1) of the Mines Act is that although
the petitioners were not the owners, they being the contractors for the working
of the mine in question, were to be treated as such though, in fact, they were
not so”, as held in Rajasthan State Industrial Development and Investment
Corporation vs. Diamond and Gem Development Corporation Ltd. AIR-2013-1241 at
1251.

9. Approbate and Reprobate :

A party cannot be permitted to “blow hot-blow cold”, “fast and
loose” or “approbate and reprobate”. Where one knowingly accepts
the benefits of a contract, or conveyance, or of an order, he is estopped from
denying the validity of, or the binding effect of such contract, or conveyance,
or order upon himself. This rule is applied to ensure equity, however, it must
not be applied in such a manner, so as to violate the principles of, what is
right and, of good conscience. It is evident that the doctrine of election is
based on the rule of estoppel the principle that one cannot approbate and
reprobate is inherent in it. The doctrine of estoppel by election is one among
the species of estoppels in pais (or equitable estoppel), which is a rule of
equity. By this law, a person may be precluded, by way of his actions, or
conduct, or silence when it is his duty to speak, from asserting a right which
he would have otherwise had.

10. Legal Fiction – Deeming Provision :

Legislature is competent to create a legal fiction, for the purpose of assuming
existence of a fact which does not really exist. In interpreting the provision
creating a legal fiction, the Court is to ascertain for what purpose the
fiction is created and after ascertaining this, the Court is to assume all
those facts and consequences which are incidental or inevitable corollaries to
the giving effect to the fiction. This Court in Delhi Cloth and General Mills
Company Limited vs. State of Rajasthan : (AIR 1996 SC 2930) held that what can
be deemed to exist under a legal fiction are facts and not legal consequences
which do not flow from the law as it stands. When a statute enacts that
something shall be deemed to have been done, which in fact and in truth was not
done, the Court is entitled and bound to ascertain for what purposes and
between what persons the statutory fiction is to be resorted to.

10.1. It would be quite wrong to carry this fiction beyond its originally
intended purpose so as to deem a person in fact lawfully here not to be here at
all. The intention of a deeming provision, in laying down a hypothesis shall be
carried so far as necessary to achieve the legislative purpose but no further.
“When a Statute enacts that something shall be deemed to have been done,
which, in fact and truth was not done, the Court is entitled and bound to
ascertain for what purposes and between what persons the statutory fiction is
to be resorted to”. “If you are bidden to treat an imaginary state of
affairs as real, you must surely, unless prohibited from doing so, also imagine
as real the consequences and incidents, which, if the putative state of affairs
had in fact existed, must inevitably have flowed from or accompanied it…. The Statute
says that you must imagine a certain state of affairs; it does not say that
having done so, you must cause or permit your imagination to boggle when it
comes to the inevitable corollaries of that state of affairs”. In The
Bengal immunity Co.Ltd. vs. State of Bihar and Others AIR 1955 SC 661, the
majority in the Constitution Bench have opined that legal fictions are created
only for some definite purpose.

10.2. In State of Tamil Nadu vs. Arooran Sugars Ltd. AIR 1997 SC 1815 : the
Constitution Bench, while dealing with the deeming provision in a statute,
ruled that the role of a provision in a statute creating legal fiction is well
settled, and eventually, it was held that when a statute creates a legal
fiction saying that something shall be deemed to have been done which in fact
and truth has not been done, the Court has to examine and ascertain as to for
what purpose and between which persons such a statutory fiction is to be
resorted to and thereafter, the courts have to give full effect to such a statutory
fiction and it has to be carried to its logical conclusion. The principle that
can be culled out is that it is the bounden duty of the court to ascertain for
what purpose the legal fiction has been created. It is also the duty of the
court to imagine the fiction with all real consequences and instances unless
prohibited from doing so. That apart, the use of the term ‘deemed’ has to be
read in its context and further the fullest logical purpose and import are to
be understood. It is because in modern legislation, the term ‘deemed’ has been
used for manifold purposes. The object of the legislature has to be kept in
mind.

THE FINANCE ACT, 2016

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Back ground:

The Finance Minister, Shri Arun Jaitley, presented his third Budget with the Finance Bill, 2016, in the Lok Sabha on 29th February, 2016. After some discussions, the Parliament has passed the Budget with some amendments. The President has given his assent to the Finance Act, 2016, on 14th May, 2016. There are in all 241 Sections in the Finance Act, 2016, which include 115 sections which deal with amendments in the Income tax Act, 1961. The Finance Minister has divided his tax proposals in nine categories such as (i) Relief to small tax payers (ii) Measures to boost growth and employment generation (iii) Incentivising domestic value addition to help Make in India (iv) Measures for moving towards a pensioned society (v) Measures for promoting affordable housing (vi) Additional resource mobilization for agriculture, rural economy and clean environment (vii) Reducing litigation and providing certainty in taxation (viii) Simplification and rationalization of taxation and (ix) Use of Technology for creating accountability.

1.1 It will be noticed that one of the objectives stated above is “Reducing Litigation and providing certainty in taxation.” In this context, Paragraphs 163 to 165 of the Budget Speech outline his “Dispute Resolution Scheme”.

1.2 One of the important features of this year’s Budget is that a “Income Declaration Scheme, 2016,” has been announced in Sections 181 to 199 of the Finance Act, 2016. .

1.3 In Para 187 of the Budget Speech he has stated that the Direct Tax Proposals will result in revenue loss of Rs.1,060 Cr., and Indirect Tax Proposals will yield additional revenue of Rs.20,670 Cr. Thus the net revenue gain from this year’s proposals will be of Rs.19,610 Cr.

1.4 In this article some of the important amendments made in the Income tax Act by the Finance Act, 2016, have been discussed. These amendments have only prospective effect.

2. Rates of taxes:

2.1 There are no changes in the tax slabs, rates of Income tax or rates of education cess for all categories of assesses, other than companies. As per the announcement made earlier, in this Budget a beginning to reduce the corporate rates in a phased manner has been made. In the case of an Individual, HUF, AOP and BOI whose total income is more than Rs. 1 crore, the surcharge has been increased from 12% to 15%. This has been done to tax the super rich Individuals, HUF etc. There is no change in rate of surcharge in other cases.

In the case of a Resident Individual having total income not exceeding Rs. 5 Lakh Rebate Upto Rs. 2,000/- or tax payable whichever is less is allowable upto A.Y. 2016- 17. This Rebate in now increased upto Rs. 5,000/- or tax payable, whichever is less, for A.Y. 2017-18.

2.2 The surcharge on income tax will be as under in A.Y. 2016-17 and 2017-18:

Note: The rate of surcharge on Dividend Distribution Tax u/s 115- 0, Tax payable on Buy back of Shares u/s 115-QA and Income Distribution tax payable by M.F u/s 115R is 12% as in earlier years.

The existing rate of 3% of Education Cess (including Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Cess) on Income tax and Surcharge will continue in A.Y. 2017-18.

2.3 In view of the above, the effective maximum marginal rate of tax
(including Surcharge and Education Cess) will be as under in A.Y. 2017 – 18:




2.4 I n the case of a Domestic Company, which is newly set up on or after 1.3.2016, engaged in the business of Manufacture or Production and Research in relation to, or distribution of articles manufactured or produced by it, the rate of Income tax for A.Y. 2017-18 will be 25% plus applicable surcharge and education cess. This will be subject to following conditions stated in new section 115 BA

(i) Such company shall not be entitled to claim deduction u/s 10AA, 32(1)(iia), 32 AC, 32AD, 33AB, 33ABA, 35(1)(ii), (iia), (iii), (2AA), 2(AB), 35AC, 35AD, 35CCC, 35CCD as well as under Chapter VIA Part C i.e. sections 80H, to 80RRB (excluding section 80 JJAA).

(ii) Such company will not be entitled to claim set off of loss carried forward from earlier years if the same is attributed to the above deductions. Such carried forward loss shall be deemed to have been allowed and will not be allowed in any subsequent year.

(iii) Depreciation u/s 32 {other than u/s 32(1)(iia)} shall be deducted in the manner as may be prescribed.

(iv) The above concessional rate u/s 115 BA will be available at the option of the assessee company. Such option is to be exercised before the due date for filing Return of Income for the first year after incorporation of the company. Further, such option once exercised, cannot be withdrawn by the company in any subsequent year.

2.5 A new section 115 BBDA has been inserted w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y 2016-17). This section provides that in the case of any resident individual, HUF or a Firm (including LLP) if the total income for A.Y. 2017-18 and onwards includes Dividend from domestic company or companies, in excess of Rs. 10 Lakh, the dividend upto Rs 10 Lakh will be exempt u/s 10(34) but the excess over Rs 10 Lakh will be chargeable to tax at the rate of 10% plus applicable surcharge and education cess. It is also provided that no deduction in respect of any expenditure or allowance or set off of loss shall be allowed under any provision of the Income tax Act against such dividend.

2.6 Section 115JB is amended from A.Y:2017-18 to provide that in the case of a Company located in International Financial Services Centre and deriving its income solely in convertible Foreign Exchange, the MAT u/s 115JB shall be chargeable at the rate of 9% instead of 18.5%.

3. Tax deduction at source:

3.1 The Income tax Simplification Committee, under the Chairmanship of Justice R.V. Easwar, has suggested in its Interim Report that the provisions relating to tax deduction at source (TDS) should be simplified.

The committee has suggested higher threshold limits and lower rates for TDS in respect of payment u/s 193 to 194 LD. The Finance Minister has accepted this recommendation only partially and amended various sections of the Income tax Act for TDS w.e.f. 1.6.2016 as under:

(i) Revision in Threshold Limit for tds unde r variou s sections.

(ii) Revision in Rates of tds under various Sections

(iii) Provision for TDS under Section 194 K (Income in respect of Units) and section 194L (Payment of compensation on acquisition of capital Asset) deleted w.e.f. 1.6.2016.

3.2 The provisions for issue of certificates for lower or non-deduction of tax at source by an assessing officer u/s 197 have been extended with effect from 1st June, 2016, to cover income payable to a unit holder in respect of units of alternate investment funds (AIFs Category I or II), which is subject to TDS u/s 194LBB, and income payable to a resident investor in respect of investment in a securitization trust, which is subject to TDS u/s 194LBC.

3.3 The provision for non- deduction of TDS on issue of a declaration u/s 197A, has been extended to cover payments of rent, on which tax is deductible u/s 194-I, with effect from 1st June, 2016.

3.4 Section 206AA provides for higher rate of TDS at either the prescribed rate or at the rate of 20%, whichever is higher, if the payee does not furnish his Permanent Account Number to the payer. There has been litigation as to whether this provision applies to foreign companies and non-residents. With effect from 1st June, 2016, the provisions of this section will not apply to a foreign company or to a non-resident in respect of payment of interest on long-term bonds referred to in Section 194 LC or any other payment subject to prescribed conditions. The Finance Minister has announced that any payment to Non-Resident will not attract the higher rate of TDS (i.e 20%) u/s 206AA if any alternate document, as may be prescribed, is furnished.

3.5 TAX COLLECTION AT SOURCE (TCS ): Section 206C has been amended w.e.f. 1.6.2016 to provide as under:

(i) u/s 206C (1D), at present, tax is to be collected by seller of bullion or jewellery at 1% if the payment is made by the purchaser of bullion (exceeding Rs 2 Lakh) or Jewellery (exceeding Rs. 5 Lakh).

(ii) The above requirement of TCS is now enlarged from 1.6.2016 to the effect that the seller will have to collect tax @ 1% if purchase of any other goods or services for amount exceeding Rs 2,00,000/- is made and the purchaser / service receiver makes payment for the same in cash. It may be noted that this provision will not apply to payments by such class of buyers who comply with the conditions as may be prescribed. It is also provided that the above requirement of TCS will not apply where tax is required to be deducted at source by the payer under chapter XVII-B of the Income tax Act.

(iii) New clause (IF) added in this section provides that w.e.f. 1.6.2016 seller of a Motor Vehicle of the value exceeding 10 Lacs will have to collect from the buyer tax @ 1% of the sale consideration. This provision for TCS will apply even if payment for purchase of Motor vehicle is made by cheque.

(iv) The above provisions have been made to enable the Government to bring high value transactions in the tax net.

4. Exemptions and Deductions:

In order to give benefit to assessees certain amendments are made in the Income tax Act as under:

4.1 Section 10 – Income not included in total income: This section is amended from A.Y. 2017-18 (F.Y. 2016-17) as under:

(i) SECTION 10(12A) – This is a new provision. At present deduction is available for contribution made to National Pension Scheme (NPS) u/s 80 CCD. Withdrawal of such contribution along with the accumulated income from the NPS on account of closure or opting out of NPS is taxable in the year of withdrawal if deduction was claimed in the earlier years.

It is now provided that out of any such withdrawal from NPS, 40% of the amount will be exempt u/s 10(12A). However, the whole amount received by the nominee on death of the assessee under the circumstances referred to in section 80CCD (3) (a) shall be exempt from tax. Section 80CCD (3) is also amended for this purpose.

(ii) SECTION 10(13) – At present, any payment from an approved superannuation fund to an employee on his retirement is exempt from tax. The scope of this exemption is now extended by new subclause (v) to transfer of an amount to the account of the assessee under NPS as referred to in section 80CCD and notified by the Government.

(iii) SECTION 10(15) – At present, interest on Gold Deposit Bonds issued under Gold Deposit Scheme 1999 is exempt. It is now provides that interest on Deposit Certificates issued under the Gold Monetization Scheme, 2015, will also be exempt from tax.

A consequential amendment is made in section 2(14) that such Deposit Certificates issued under the above scheme will not be considered as a Capital Asset. Therefore, any gain on transfer of such Deposit Certificates will also be exempt from Capital Gains tax.

(iv) SECTION 10(23FC) – At present interest received by a Business Trust from a Special Purpose Vehicle is exempt from tax. It is now provided that Dividend received by such Trust from a Specified Domestic Company as referred to in the newly inserted clause (7) of section 115-0 will also be exempt from tax.

(v) SECTION 10(38) – This section grants exemption from tax in respect of long – term capital gain from transfer of equity share where STT is paid. It is now provided that in respect of long term capital gain arising from transfer of equity shares through a recognized Stock Exchange Located in International Financial Service Centre (IFSC), where consideration is received in Foreign Currency, the condition for payment of STT will not apply.

(vi) SECTION 10(48A) – This is a new provision. It is now provided that income of a Foreign Company on account of storage of Crude Oil in India and sale of such Crude Oil to any person resident in India will not be taxable. This is subject to terms and conditions of the agreement entered into with the Central Government.

(vii) SECTION 10(50) – This is a new provision. It provides that income arising from specified services as stated in chapter VIII (Sections 160 to 177) of the Finance Act, 2016, shall be exempt from tax. Chapter VIII deals with “Equalization Levy”. This provision will be applicable after the above Chapter VIII of the Finance Act, 2016 comes into force.

4.2 SECTION 10AA – DEDUCTION TO SEZ UNITS : This section grants 100% deduction to income of newly established units in SEZ (i.e eligible business) which begin activity of manufacture, production or rendering services on or after 1.4.2006. This is subject to conditions provided in section 10AA. Now a sun-set clause is added in this section whereby such Units which commence such eligible business on or after 1.4.2021 will not be able to claim deduction under section 10AA.

4.3 SECTION 17 – PERQUISITES: At present, u/s 17(2)(vii) contribution to approved Superannuation Fund by the employee upto Rs. 1 Lakh is exempt from tax. This limit is now increased to Rs.1.5 Lakh from A.Y. 2017 – 18.

4.4 SECTION 80EE – DEDUCTION FOR INTEREST ON LOAN FOR RESIDENTIAL HOUSE: The existing section 80EE granted deduction for interest on housing loan to a limited extent. This section is replaced w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 to provide for deduction upto Rs. 50,000/- in respect of interest on Housing Loan taken by an individual from the Financial Institution or Housing Finance Company if the following conditions are complied with.

(i) Loan should be sanctioned during 1.4.2016 to 31.3.2017.

(ii) Loan amount should not exceed Rs.35 Lakh and the value of the Residential House should not exceed Rs 50 Lakh.

(iii) The assessee should not own any other Residential House on the date of sanction of the Loan.

(iv) The above deduction can be claimed in A.Y. 2017- 18 and in subsequent years.

It may be noted that the above deduction can be claimed even if the Residential House is not for self occupation and is let out. Further, the above deduction can be claimed in addition to deduction of interest upto Rs. 30,000/- (Rs 2 Lakh in specified cases) allowable for interest on housing loan for self-occupied residential house property.

4.5 SECTION 80GG – DEDUCTION FOR RENT : At present, an assessee can claim deduction for expenditure incurred on Rent for Residential House occupied by himself if he is not in receipt of House Rent Allowance from his employer subject to certain conditions. This deduction is limited to Rs 2,000/- P.M. or 25% of total income or actual rent paid in excess of 10% of total income whichever is less. The above limit of Rs 2,000/- P.M. is now increased to Rs 5,000/- P.M. effective from A.Y. 2017-18.

4.6 SECTION 80-IA – DEDUCTION TO INFRASTRUCTURE UNDERTAKINGS: Section 80 – 1A(4) grants exemption to infrastructure undertakings subject to certain conditions. It is now provided that this exemption will not be available to an undertaking which starts the development or operation and maintenance of the infrastructure facility on or after 1.4.2017.

4.7 SECTION 80 – IA B – DEDUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKING: By amendment of this section it is provided that the provisions of Section 80-IAB shall not apply to an assessee, being a Developer, where the development of SEZ begins on or after 1.4.2017.

4.8 SECTION 80 – IAC – THE INCENTIVES FOR START UPS:

(i) With a view to providing an impetus to start-ups and facilitate their growth in the initial phase of their business, this new section is inserted w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18. It provides for 100% deduction of the profits and gains derived by an Eligible Start-UP (Company or LLP) from a business involving Innovation, Development, Deployment or Commercialization of new products, processes or services driven by technology or intellectual property. This deduction is available at the option of the assessee for any three consecutive assessment years out of five years starting from the date of incorporation.

(ii) Eligible start-up means a company or LLP incorporated between 1.4.2016 to 31.3.2019. The turnover of the business should be less than Rs 25 Crores in any of the years between 1.4.2016 to 31.3.2021. Further, such company / LLP should hold a certificate for eligible business from the Inter Ministerial Board of Certification.

(iii) It is necessary to ensure that such start-up is not formed by splitting up or reconstruction of a business already in existence or by transfer of machinery or plant previously used for any other purpose, subject to certain exceptions provided in the section.

(iv) With a view to encourage an Individual or HUF to invest in such a start-up company or LLP, section 50 GB has been amended to grant exemption from Capital Gain Tax if the capital gain on sale of Residential House is invested in such a company or LLP. Similarly, a new section 54 EE has been inserted to grant deduction upto Rs. 50 Lacs if investment is made in such a company or LLP out of capital gain arising on transfer of long term specified asset.

4.9 SECTION 80 – IB – DEDUCTION TO CERTAIN INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS:
The deduction granted to certain specified Industrial Undertakings stated in Section 80 – 1B(9)(ii),(iv) and (v) will be discontinued in respect of Industrial undertakings started on or after 1.4.2017.

4.10 SECTION 80 – IBA – DEDUCTION TO CERTAIN HOUSING PROJECTS

This is a new section which provides for 100% deduction in respect of profits and gains of eligible Housing Projects of Affordable Residential Units from A.Y. 2017-18. The section applies to assessees engaged in developing and building Housing Projects approved by the competent Authority after 1.6. 2016 but before 1.4.2019. This deduction is subject to following conditions:

(i) The project is completed within a period of three years from the date on which the building plan of such project is first approved and it shall be deemed to have been completed only when certificate of completion of project is obtained from the Competent Authority.

(ii) The built-up area of the shops and commercial establishments does not exceed 3% of the aggregate built up area.

(iii) If the project is located in Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai or Kolkata or within 25 km from the municipal limits of these cities:

(a) It is on a plot of land measuring not less than 1000 sq. meters

(b) The residential unit does not exceed 30 square meters and

(c) The project utilizes not less than 90% of the floor area ratio permissible in respect of the plot of land.

(iv) If the project is located in any other area:

(a) It is on a plot of land measuring not less than 2,000 sq. meters

(b) The residential unit does not exceed 60 square meters and

(c) The project utilizes not less than 80% of the floor area ratio permissible in respect of the plot of land.

(v) In both above cases the project is the only project on the land specified above.

(vi) The assessee maintains separate books of account.

(vii) If the housing project is not completed within the specified period of three years, deduction availed in the earlier years will be taxed in the year in which the period of completion expires. The definitions, of certain terms such as ‘housing project’, ’ built-up area’ etc. are also given in section 80-IBA(6)

(viii) The benefit under this section is not available to a person who executes the Housing Project as a works contract awarded by any other person (including any state or Central Government)

4.11 SECTION 80JJAA – INCENTIVE FOR EMPLOYMENT GENERATION:

At present, an assessee engaged in manufacture of goods in a factory can claim deduction of 30% of additional wages paid to new regular workmen for 3 assessment years. This deduction can be claimed in respect of additional wages paid to a workman employed for 300 days or more in the relevant year. Further, there should be an increase of at least 10% in the existing workforce employed on the last date of the preceding year. The existing section will apply in A.Y. 2016-17 and earlier years. New Section 80JJAA has been inserted w.e.f. AY 2017-18.

This new section applies to all assesses who are required to get their accounts audited u/s 44AB. The deduction allowable is 30% of additional employee cost for a period of 3 assessment years from the year in which such additional employment is provided. This deduction is subject to the following conditions:

(i) The business should not be formed by splitting up, or the reconstruction of an existing business.

(ii) The business should not be acquired by the assessee by way of transfer from any other business or as a result of any business reorganization.

(iii) Additional employee cost means total emoluments paid to additional employees employed during the year. However, in the first year of a new business, emoluments paid or payable to employees employed during the previous year shall be deemed to be the additional employee cost. Accordingly, deduction will be allowed on that basis in such a case.

(iv) No deduction will be available in case of existing business, if there is no increase in number of employees during the year as compared to number of employees employed on the last day of the preceding year or the emoluments are paid otherwise than by an account payee cheque or account payee bank draft or by use of electronic clearing system.

(v) Additional employee would not include employee whose total emoluments are more than Rs. 25,000 per month or an employee whose entire contribution under Employees’ Pension Scheme notified in accordance with Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, is paid by the Government or if an employee has been employed for less than 240 days in a year or the employee does not participate in recognized provident fund.

(vi) Emoluments means all payments made to the regular employees. This does not include contribution to P.F., Pension Fund or other statutory funds. Similarly, it does not include lump-sum payable to employee on termination of service, Superannuation, Voluntary Retirement etc.

(vii) The assessee will have to furnish Audit Report from a Chartered Accountant in the prescribed form.

4.12 FOURTH SCHEDULE – PART A: Rule 8 of this Schedule is amended from A.Y:2017-18 to grant exemption to the employee if the entire balance standing to the credit of the employee in a recognized Provident Fund is transferred to his account in the National Pension Scheme referred to in Section 80CCD.

5. CHARITABLE TRUSTS:

5.1 A new chapter XII – EB (Sections 115 TD, 115 TE and 115TF) has been inserted in the Income tax Act effective from 1.6.2016. The provisions of these sections are very harsh and are likely to create great hardship to trustees of charitable trusts. In the Explanatory Memorandum to Finance Bill, 2016, it is explained that “there is no provision in the Income tax Act which ensure that the corpus and asset base of a trust accreted over a period of time, with promise of it being used for charitable purpose, continues to be utilized for charitable purposes. In the absence of a clear provision, it is always possible for charitable trusts to transfer assets to a non-charitable trust. In order to ensure that the intended purpose of exemption availed by the trust or institution is achieved, a specific provision in the Act is required for imposing a levy in the nature of an Exist Tax which is attracted when the charitable organization is converted into a non-charitable organization”. It appears that the stringent provisions in section 115TD to 115 TF have been inserted to achieve this objective. This is another blow to charitable trusts. Since these sections apply to all trusts and institutions registered u/s 12A/12AA which claim exemption u/s 10(23C) or 11, they will apply to all charitable or religious trusts claiming exemption u/s 11 and education institutions, hospitals etc., claiming exemption u/s 10(23C).

5.2 Broadly stated these sections provide as under:

(i) A trust or an institution shall be deemed to have been converted into any form not eligible for registration u/s 12AA in a previous year, if,

(a) The registration granted to it u/s 12AA has been cancelled; or

(b) It has adopted or undertaken modification of its objects which do not conform to the conditions of registration and it has not applied for fresh registration u/s 12AA in the said previous year; or has filed application for fresh registration u/s 12AA but the said application has been rejected.

(ii) Under the Section 115TD, it has been provided that the accretion in income (accreted income) of the trust or institution will be taxable on

(a) Conversion of trust or institution into a form not eligible for registration u/s 12 AA, or

(b) On merger into an entity not having similar objects and registered u/s 12AA, or

(c) On non-distribution of assets on dissolution to any charitable institution registered u/s 12AA or approved u/s 10(23C) within a period of twelve months from end of month of dissolution. The accreted income will be the amount of aggregate of total assets as reduced by the liability as on the specified date.

(iii) The assets and the liability of the charitable organization which has been transferred to another charitable organization within specified time would be excluded while calculating the accreted income. Similarly, any asset which is directly acquired out of Agricultural Income of the Trust or institution will be excluded while computing accreted income. It is not clear whether Agricultural Land Settled in Trust or received by the Trust by way of Donation will be excluded from such computation.

(iv) Any asset acquired by the Trust or Institution during the period before registration is granted u/s 12A / 12AA and no benefit u/s 11 has been enjoyed during this period, will be excluded from the above computation of accreted income.

(v) The method of valuation of such assets / liability will be prescribed by Rules.

(vi) The accreted income will be taxable at the maximum marginal rate (i.e. 30% plus applicable surcharge and education cess) in addition to any income chargeable to tax in the hands of the entity. This tax will be the final tax for which no credit can be taken by the trust or institution or any other person, and like any other additional tax, it will be leviable even if the trust or institution does not have any other income chargeable to tax in the relevant previous year.

(vii) The principal officer or trustee of the trust has to deposit the above tax within 14 days of the due date as under:

(a) Date on which the time limit to file appeal to the Tribunal u/s 253 against order cancelling Registration u/s 12AA expires if no appeal is filed.

(b) If such appeal is filed but the Tribunal confirms such cancellation, the date on which Tribunal order is received.

(c) Date of merger of the trust with an entity which is not registered u/s 12A / 12 AA

(d) When the period of 12 months end from the date of dissolution of trust if the assets are not transferred to an entity registered u/s 12A / 12AA.

(viii) Section 115 TE provides that if there is delay in payment of the above Exist Tax, the person responsible for payment of such tax will have to pay interest at the rate of 1% P.M. or part of the month.

5.3 Section 115TF provides that the principal officer or any trustee of the trust will considered as assessee in default if the above tax and interest is not paid before the due date. In other words, they can be made personally responsible for payment of such tax and interest. It is also provided that the non-charitable entity with which the trust has merged or to whom the assets of the trust are transferred will also be liable to pay the above exist tax and interest. However, the liability of such an entity will be limited to the value of the assets of the trust transferred to such entity.

6. INCOME FROM HOUSE PROPERTY:

6.1 Under Section 24 (b) interest paid on loan taken on or after 1-4-1999 for acquiring or constructing a residential house for self occupation is allowed as deduction subject to the limit of Rs.2 Lakh. This deduction is available provided the acquisition or construction is completed within 3 years from the end of the financial year in which loan was taken. By amendment of this section this period is now extended to 5 years from A.Y. 2017-18.

6.2 Existing Sections 25A, 25AA and 25B dealing with taxation of unrealised rent are now consolidated into a new section 25A from A.Y. 2017-18. The new section provides that arrears of rent or amount of unrealised rent which is received by the assessee in subsequent years shall be chargeable to tax as income of the financial year in which such rent is received. This amount will be taxable in the year of receipt whether the assessee is owner of the property or not. The assessee will be entitled to claim deduction of 30% of such arrears of rent which is taxable on receipt basis.

7. INCOME FROM BUSINESS OR PROFESSION:

7.1 INCOME-SECTION 2(24)(XVIII ): The definition of “income” u/s 2(24) was widened by insertion of clause (xviii) last year. Under this definition any receipt from the Government or any authority, body or agency in the form of subsidy, grant etc., is considered as income. However, if any subsidy, grant etc., is required to be deducted from the cost of any asset under Explanation (10) of section 43(1) is not considered as income. Amendment in the section, effective from A.Y.2017-18, now provides that any subsidy or grant by the Central Government for the purpose of the corpus of a trust or institution established by the Central Government or the State Government will not be considered as income. It may be noted that u/s 2(24) (xviii) no destinction is made between Government Grants of a capital nature and revenue grants. From the wording of the section it is not clear as to whether subsidy or grant received to set up any business or to complete a project will be exempt as held by the Supreme Court in the case of Sahney Steel and Press Works Ltd vs. CIT (228 ITR 253). Further, from the amendment made this year, it is not clear whether subsidy or grant by a State Government for the purpose of corpus of a trust or Institution established by the Government will be exempt.

7.2 NON-COMPETE FEES RECEIVABLE BY A PROFESSIONAL – SECTION 28(VA): At present a Noncompete Fees receivable in cash or kind is chargeable to tax in the case of a person carrying on a Business u/s 28(va). This section is amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 to extend this provision to a person carrying on a profession. Consequential amendment is also made in section 55 to treat cost of acquisition or cost of improvement as ‘NIL’ in the case of right to carry on any profession. In view of this, any amount received on account of transfer of right to carry on any profession will be taxable as capital gains.

7.3 ADDITIONAL DEPRECIATION – SECTION 32(1)(IIA ) : At present benefit of Additional Depreciation at 20% of actual cost of new plant and machinery is available to the assessee engaged in generation or generation and distribution of power. It is now provided that from A.Y. 2017-18 the benefit can be claimed also by an assessee engaged in Generation, Transmission or Distribution of power.

7.4 INVESTMENT ALLOWANCE – SECTION 32 AC : This section was amended by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2014 w.e.f. A.Y 2015-16. At present it provides for deduction of 15% of cost of new plant and machinery acquired and installed during the year if the total cost of such plant & machinery is more than Rs.25 crore. From reading the section it was not clear whether the benefit of the section can be claimed only if the plant or machinery is purchased and installed in the same year. By amendment of this section, effective from A.Y. 2016-17, it is now provided that even if the plant or machinery is acquired in one yare but installed in a subsequent year, the benefit of deduction can be claimed in the year of installation. Therefore, if the new plant or machinery is acquired in an earlier year but installed on or before 31.3.2017, deduction can be claimed in the year of installation.

7.5 WEIGHTED DEDUCTION FOR SPECIFIED PURPOSES:

In line with the Government policy for reduction of rates of taxes in a phased manner and reduction of incentives provided in the Income tax Act, section 35,35AC, 35AD, 35CCC and 35CCD have been amended w.e.f. A.Y 2018- 19 as under:

7.6 EXPENDITURE FOR OBTAINING RIGHT TO USE SPECTRUM – SECTION 35ABA: (i) This is a new section inserted w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18. It provides for deduction for capital expenditure incurred for acquiring any right to use spectrum for telecommunication services. The actual amount paid will be allowed to be spread over the period of right to use the license and allowed as a deduction in each year. This deduction will be allowed starting from the year in which the spectrum fee is paid. If such fee is paid before the business to operate telecommunication services is started, deduction will be allowed from the year in which business commences. It is also provided that provisions of section 35ABB(2) to (8) relating to transfer of licence, amalgamation and demerger will apply to spectrum also.

(ii) It is also provided that if deduction is claimed and granted for part of the capital expenditure, as stated above, in any year, the same will be withdrawn in any subsequent year if there is failure to comply with any of the provisions of this section. Such withdrawal can be made by rectification of the earlier assessments u/s 154.

7.7 DEDUCTION FOR EXPENDITURE ON SPECIFIED BUSINESS – SECTION 35AD: (i) At present, deduction of 100% of capital expenditure is allowed in the case of an assessee engaged in certain

specified business listed in section 35AD(8). In respect of business listed in section 35AD (i),(ii),(v), (vii) and (viii) such deduction is allowed at 150% of the capital expenditure. From A.Y. 2018-19 such expenditure will be allowed at 100% only.

(ii) Further, the list of specified business in section 35AD(8) has been expanded. By this amendment, effective from A.Y. 2018-19, capital expenditure in the business of “Developing or Maintaining and Operating or Developing, Maintaining and Operating a new Infrastructure facility” which commences operation on or after 1.4.2017 will be entitled to the benefit u/s 35AD. This is subject to the condition that such business is owned by (i) an Indian Company or a consortium of such companies or by an authority or a board or corporation or any other body established or constituted under any Central or State Act and (ii) such entity has entered into an agreement with the Central or State Government or Local authority or any Statutory body Developing, Maintaining etc., of the new Infrastructure facility.

7.8 NBFC – DEDUCTION FOR PROVISION FOR DOUBTFUL DEBTS – SECTION 36(1),(VIIIA )
Deduction for provision for Bad and Doubtful Debts is allowed at present to Banks u/s 36(1)(viiia) subject to certain conditions. This benefit is now extended to a NBFC also. This amendment is effective from A.Y. 2017- 18. This deduction cannot exceed 5% of the total income computed before making deduction under this section and deduction under Chapter VI A.

7.9 DISALLOWANCE OF EQUALISATION LEVY – SECTION 40(a): This is a new provision which is effective from 1.6.2016. Chapter VIII of the Finance Act, 2016, provides for payment of Equalisation Levy on certain payments to Non-Residents for specified services. Now, section 40(a)(ib) provides that if this Levy is not deposited with the Government before the due date for filing Return of Income u/s 139(1), deduction for the payment to Non- Resident will not be allowed to the assessee. If the above Levy is deposited after the such due date for filing Return of Income, the deduction for the payment to Non-Resident will be allowed in the year of deposit of this Levy with the Government.

7.10 DEDUCTION ON ACTUAL PAYMENT – SECTION 43B: This section is amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017- 18 to provide that any amount payable to Indian Railways for use of Railway Assets will be allowed only in the year in which actual payment is made. However, if such actual payment is made before the due date for filing the Return of Income u/s 139(1), for the year in which it was payable, deduction will be allowed in the year in which the amount was payable. This provision will apply to rent payable in premises of Indian Railways taken on rent or such similar transactions.

7.11 TAX AUDIT – SECTION 44AB: At present a person carrying a profession is required to get his accounts audited if his gross receipts exceed Rs.25 Lakh in any Financial Year. This limit is increased to Rs.50 Lakh from A.Y. 2017-18. In a case where the profits are not declared in accordance with provisions of section 44AD (Business) or 44ADA (Profession) the assessee will have to get the accounts audited u/s 44AB irrespective of the amount of turnover or gross receipts.

7.12 PRESUMPTIVE BASIS OF COMPUTING BUSINESS INCOME – SECTION 44AD:

(i) This section provides for computation of Business Income in the case of an eligible assessee engaged in eligible business at 8% of total turnover or gross receipts in any financial year. For this purpose the limit for turnover or gross receipts was Rs. 1 Cr. This has now been increased to Rs. 2 Cr., from A.Y. 2017-18.

(ii) Section 44AD (2) provides that in the case of a Firm / LLP declaring profit on presumptive basis, deduction for salary and interest paid by the Firm / LLP to its partners is allowable. This provision is deleted w.e.f. AY. 2017-18. Hence no such deduction will be allowed. It may be noted that the partner will have to pay tax on such salary or interest received from the Firm/LLP.

(iii) Section 44AD(4) is replaced by another section 44AD(4) from A.Y. 2017-18. It is now provided that any eligible person who carries on eligible business and declares profit at 8% or more of total turnover or gross receipts for any year in accordance with this section, but does not declare profit on such presumptive basis in any of the five subsequent years, shall not be eligible to claim the benefit of taxation on presumptive basis under this section for 5 subsequent assessment years. In view of this, such assessee will be required to maintain books as provided in section 44AA and get the accounts audited u/s 44AB.

7.13 PRESUMPTIVE BASIS OF COMPUTING INCOME FROM PROFESSION – SECTION 44ADA:

(i) This is a new provision which will come into force from A.Y. 2017-18. This provision will benefit resident professionals who carry on the profession on a small scale and the yearly gross receipts are less than Rs. 50 Lacs. Broadly stated the provisions of the new section 44ADA are as under:

a) The section is applicable to every resident assessee who is engaged in any profession covered by section 44AA(1) i.e. legal, medical, engineering, architectural, accountancy, technical consultancy, interior decoration or any other profession as is notified by the Board in the Official Gazette. The Explanatory Memorandum states that this section is applicable only to individuals, HUF and partnership firms (excluding LLPs). However the wording of the Section makes it clear that it applies to all resident assesses.

b) Presumptive profit shall be 50% of the total gross receipts or sum claimed to have been earned from such profession, whichever is higher.

c) Deductions under sections 30 to 38 shall be deemed to have been allowed and no further deduction under these sections will be allowed.

d) The written down value of any asset used for the purpose of profession shall be deemed to have been calculated as if the depreciation is claimed and allowed as a deduction.

e) The assessee is required to maintain books of account and also get them audited if he declares profit below 50% of the gross receipts.

(ii) It may be noted from the above that there is no provision in Section 44ADA for deduction of salary and interest paid by a Firm or LLP to its partners. Therefore, if a professional Firm/LLP offers 50% of its gross receipts for tax under this section, the partners will have to pay tax on salary and interest received by the partners.

(iii) It may be noted that Justice Easwar Committee has suggested in its report that taxation of income on presumptive basis is popular with small business entities as they are not required to maintain books or get their accounts audited. The committee has, therefore, suggested that this scheme should be extended to persons engaged in the profession. In para 5.1 of their report it is stated that “the committee recommends the introduction of a presumptive income scheme whereby income from profession will be estimated to be thirty three and one-third (33 1/3%) of the total receipts in the previous year. The benefit of this scheme will be restricted to professionals whose total receipts do not exceed one crore rupees during the financial year”. From the provisions of new section 44ADA it will be noticed that the above recommendation has been partly implemented.

(iv) A question for consideration is whether remuneration and interest on capital received by a partner of a firm or LLP engaged in any profession can be considered as income from the profession within the meaning of section 44 ADA. It is possible to take a view that this is income from profession as section 28(v) provides that “any interest, salary, bonus, commission or remuneration, by whatever name called, due to, or received by, a partner of a firm from such firm” shall be chargeable under the head “Profits and gains of Business or Profession”. Even in the Income tax Return Form such Interest and Remuneration received by a partner from the firm is to be shown under the head profits and gains from business or profession. Therefore, if a professional has received total interest and remuneration of Rs.25 Lakh and Rs.15 lakh as share of profit from the professional firm in which he is a partner and he has no other income under the head profits and gains from business or profession, he can offer Rs.12.5 Lakh for tax u/s 44ADA.

7.14 INCOME FROM PATENTS – SECTION 115BBF:

This is a new section which provides for taxation of Royalty from Patents at a concessional rate of 10% from A.Y. 2017-18. The new section provides as under:

(i) If the total income of the eligible assessee includes any income by way of Royalty in respect of Patent developed and registered in India, tax on such Royalty shall be payable at the Rate of 10% plus applicable surcharge and education cess.

(ii) Such tax will be payable on the gross amount of Royalty. No expenditure incurred for this purpose shall be allowed against the Royalty Income or any other income.

(iii) For this purpose the Eligible assessee is defined to mean a person resident in India who is the true and first Inventor of the invention and whose name is entered on the Patent Register as a Patentee in accordance with the Patents Act. Further, a person being the true and first Inventor of the invention will be considered as an eligible assessee, where more than one persons are registered as Patentees under the Patents Act in respect of the Patent.

(iv) Explanation to the section defines the expressions Developed, Patent, Patentee, Patented Article, Royalty etc.

(v) The eligible assessee has to exercise option, if he wants to take benefit of this section, in the prescribed manner before the due date for filing Return of Income u/s 139(1) for the relevant year.

(vi) If the eligible assessee who has opted to claim the benefit of this section does not offer for taxation such Royalty income in accordance with this section, he will not be able to take benefit of this section in subsequent 5 assessment years.

(vii) The above Royalty Income shall not be included in the “Book Profit” computation u/s 115JB. Similarly, any expenditure relatable to Royalty income will not be deductible from such “Book Profit”.

7.15 CARRY FORWARD OF LOSS – SECTIONS 73A(2) AND 80: At present Section 73A (2) provides that carry forward of Loss incurred in any business specified in section 35AD(8)(C) is allowable for set-off against income of any specified business in subsequent year. Section 80 is amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2016-17 to provide that such carry forward of Loss u/s 73A(2) will be allowed only if the Return of Income for the year in which loss is incurred is filed before the due date u/s 139(1).

8. INCOME FROM OTHER SOURCES – SECTION 56(2)(vii):
Section 56(2)(vii) provides for levy of tax an Individual or HUF in respect of any asset received without consideration or for inadequate consideration. Second Proviso to this section provides for certain exceptions whereby the said section does not apply to certain transactions. The scope of this proviso is now extended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18 to receipt by individual or HUF of shares of-

(i) A successor Co-op. Bank in a business reorganization in lieu of shares of a predecessor co-op. Bank (Section 47(vicb).

(ii) A resulting company pursuant to a scheme of Demerger (Section 47(vid).

(iii) An amalgamated company pursuant to a scheme of amalgamation (Section 47 (vii).

9 CAPITAL GAINS:

9.1 DEFINITIONS – SECTION 2 (14) AND 2(42A):

(i) Section 2(14) defining “Capital Asset” is amended from A.Y. 2016-17 to state that Deposit Certificates issued under Gold Monetization Scheme, 2015, will not be considered as Capital Asset for fax purposes.

(ii) Section 2(42A) defines the term “Short-term Capital Asset”. This definition is amended from A.Y. 2017-18 to provided that shares (equity or preference) of a non-listed company will be treated as short-term capital asset if they are held for less than 24 Months. It may be noted that prior to 10.7.2014, this period was 12 months. It was increased to 36 months by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2014 w.e.f. 11.7.2014. Now, this period is reduced to 24 Months from 1.4.2016.

9.2 SOVEREIGN GOLD BONDS – SECTION 47 (VIIC ):
It is now provided from A.Y. 2017-18 that any gain made by an Individual on redemption of Sovereign Gold Bonds issued by RBI shall not be chargeable as capital gains.

9.3 CONVERSION OF A COMPANY INTO LLP – SECTION 47(XIII B):
The exemption from capital gains given to a private or a public unlisted company u/s 47 (xiiib) is subject to several conditions. One of the conditions, at present, is that the total sales, turnover or gross receipts in a business of the company in any of the three preceding years does not exceed Rs. 60 Lacs.

Instead of removing this condition or increasing the limit of turnover, a new condition is now added from A.Y. 2017- 18. It is now provided that total value of the assets, as appearing in the books of account of the company, in any of the three preceding years, does not exceed `5 Crores. This will prevent many small investment or property companies from converting themselves into LLP.

9.4 UNITS OF MUTUAL FUNDS – SECTION 47(XIX): Capital Gain arising on transfer of units in a consolidated plan of a M.F. Scheme in consideration of allotment of units in consolidated plan of that scheme will not be chargeable to tax from A.Y. 2017-18.

9.5 MODE OF COMPUTATION OF CAPITAL GAIN – SECTION 48: This section which deals with computation of capital gain is amended from A-Y 2017-18 as under:

(i) For computing long term capital gain on transfer of Sovereign Gold Bonds issued by RBI it will now be possible to consider indexed cost as cost of acquisition.

(ii) In the case of a non-resident assessee, for computing capital gain on redemption of Rupee Denominated Bond of an Indian company subscribed by him, the gain arising on account of appreciation of Rupee against a Foreign Currency shall be ignored.

9.6 COST OF CERTAIN ASSETS – SECTION 49: Section 49 provides for determination of cost of acquisition of certain Assets. By amendment of this section it is provided, from A.Y. 2017-18, that in respect of any asset declared under the “Income Declaration Scheme, 2016” Under Chapter IX of the Finance Act, 2016, the fair market value of the Asset as on 1.6.2016 shall be deemed to be the cost of acquisition for the purpose of computing capital gain on transfer of that asset.

9.7 FULL VALUE OF CONSIDERATION – SECTION 50C: This section is amended from A.Y.2017-18 to bring it in line with the provisions of section 43CA. This amendment is based on the recommendation of Justice R. Easwar Committee Report (Para 6.2). At present, Stamp Duty valuation as on the date of transfer of immovable property is compared with the consideration recorded in the transfer document. It is now provided that if the date of the agreement for sale and the date of actual transfer of the property is different, the stamp duty valuation on the date of Agreement for sale will be considered for the purpose of section. This is subject to the condition that the amount of the consideration or a part there of has been received by the seller by way of an account payee cheque or draft or by use of electronic clearing system through a bank on or before the date of the Agreement for sale.

9.8 EXEMPTION ON REINVESTMENT OF CAPITAL GAIN – SECTION 54 EE AND 54 GB: As discussed in Para 4.8 above, new section 54EE and amendment in section 54GB provides for exemption upto `50 Lacs if the capital gain on transfer of specified assets are invested in startup company or LLP. These provisions come into force from A.Y. 2017-18. Broadly stated these provisions are as under:

(i) Section 54EE Provides that if whole or part of capital gain arising from transfer of a long term capital asset (original asset) is invested within 6 months, from the date of such transfer, in a longterm Specified Asset, the assessee can claim exemption in respect of such capital gain. For this purpose the “Specified Asset” is defined to mean unit or units issued before 1.4.2109 by such Fund as may be notified by the Central Government. The Explanatory Memorandum to Finance Bill, 2016, states that it is proposed to establish a Fund of Funds to finance the start-ups. The following are certain conditions for claiming this exemption.

(a) Investment in long term specified asset should not exceed `50 lakh during a financial year. In case where the investment is made in two financial years, for the capital gains of the same year, the aggregate investment which qualifies for exemption from capital gain will not exceed Rs. 50 lakh.

(b) The long term specified asset is not transferred by the assessee for a period of three years from the date of its acquisition. The assessee does not take any loan or advance against the security of such long term specified asset. In a case where the assessee takes a loan or an advance against security of long term specified asset, it shall be deemed that the assessee has transferred the long term specified asset on the date of taking the loan or an advance.

(e) If the assessee, within a period of three years from the date of its acquisition, transfers that long term specified asset or takes a loan or an advance against security of such long term specified asset, the amount of capital gain which is allowed as exempt u/s 54EE will be charged to tax under the head “Capital Gains” as gain relating to long term capital asset of the previous year in which the long term capital asset was transferred.

(ii) Section 54GB, at present, grants exemption to an Individual or HUF in respect of long term capital gain arising on transfer of a Residential property (House or a Plot of Land) if the net consideration is utilized for subscription in equity shares of an eligible company. This provision will not apply to transfer of a residential property after 31.3.2017. By amendment of this section it is now provided that this exemption will be available to an Individual or HUF if net consideration on transfer of Residential property (Land, Building or both) is invested in an “Eligible Start Up” company or LLP. The term “Eligible Start-up” has been given the same meaning as in Explanation below section 80-IAC(4). (Refer Para 4.8 above). The above investment is to be made before the due date for filing the Return of Income. The above concession is not available if the transfer of Residential property is made after 31.3.2019. It may be noted that other conditions in existing section 54GB will apply to the above Investment also.

(iii) It may be noted that an Individual or HUF who is claiming exemption u/s 54 or 54F on transfer of a long term Capital Asset (including a Residential House) can claim deduction u/s 54EC (Investment in Bonds upto Rs. 50 Lakh) as well as u/s 54EE Investment in specified units (upto Rs. 50 Lakh) and u/s 54GB (Investment in eligible start up without any limit). If we read sections 54EC, 54EE and 54GB it will be noticed that no restriction is put in any of these sections that claim for deduction on reinvestment can be made under any one section only. Therefore, if an individual / HUF sells his Residential House, he can claim deduction u/s 54EC (upto Rs. 50 Lakh), u/s 54EE (up to Rs. 50 Lakh), u/s 54GB (without limit) as well as u/s 54 for purchase of another Residential House.

9.9 TAX ON SHORT -TERM CAPITAL GAIN – SECTION 111A: At present, this section provides for levy of tax on short-term Capital Gain at 15% from transfer of equity shares where STT is paid. By amendment of this section from A.Y. 2017-18 it is provided that in respect of short-term capital gain arising from transfer of equity shares through a Recognized Stock Exchange located in International Financial Service Centre (IFSC) where consideration is received in Foreign Currency, the condition for payment of STT will not apply.

9.10 TAX ON LONG – TERM CAPITA L GAIN – SECTION 112: At present, the tax on long – term capital gain on transfer of unlisted securities in the case of nonresident u/s 112 (1)(a) (iii) is chargeable at the rate of 10% if benefit of first and second proviso to section 48 is not taken. There was a doubt whether the word “Securities” include shares in a company. In order to clarify the position this section is amended from A.Y. 2017-18 to provide that long term Capital Gain from transfer of shares of a closely held company (whether public or private) shall be chargeable to tax at 10% if benefit of first and second proviso to section 48 is not claimed.

10. MINIMUM ALTERNATE TAX (MAT) – SECTION 115JB:

Applicability of MAT to foreign companies has been a burning issue. In line with the recommendations of the Justice A.P. Shah Committee, section 115JB is amended to provide that the provisions of section 115JB shall not be applicable to a foreign company if

(i) The assessee is a resident of a country or a specified territory with which India has an agreement referred to in section 90(1) or an agreement u/s 90A(1) and the assessee does not have a permanent establishment in India in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Agreement; or

(ii) The assessee is a resident of a country with which India does not have an agreement under the above referred sections and is not required to seek registration under any law for the time being in force relating to companies.

This amendment is made effective retrospectively from A.Y. 2001-02.

11. DIVIDEND DISTRIBUTION TAX (DDT) – SECTION 115-O:

(i) At present, under the specific taxation regime for business trusts, a tax pass through status is given to Real Estate Investment Trust (REITs) and Infrastructure Investment Trust (INVITS). However, a Special Purpose Vehicle, being a company, which is held by these business trusts, pays normal corporate tax and also suffers dividend distribution tax (DDT) while distributing the income to the business trusts being a shareholder.

(ii) It is now provided by amendment of section 115-0 w.e.f. 1.6.2016 that no DDT will be levied in respect of distribution of dividend by an SPV to the business trust. The exemption from levy of DDT will only be in the cases where the business trust holds 100% of the share capital of the SPV excluding the share capital other than that which is required to be held by any other person as part of any direction of the Government or any regulatory authority or specific requirement of any law to this effect or which is held by Government or Government bodies. The exemption from the levy of DDT will only be in respect of dividends paid out of current income after the date when the business trust acquires the shareholding of the SPV as referred to above. Such dividend received by the business trust and its investor will not be taxable in the hands of trust or investors as provided in the amended sections 10(23FC) & 10(23FD). The dividends paid out of accumulated and current profits upto this date will be liable for levy of DDT as and when any dividend out of these profits is distributed by the company either to the business trust or any other shareholder.

(iii) It is further provided in section 115-0(8) that no DDT will be levied on a company, being a unit located in an International Financial Services Centre, deriving income solely in convertible foreign exchange, for any assessment year on any amount of dividend declared, or paid by such company on or after 1 April, 2017 out of its current income, either in the hands of the company or the person receiving such dividend.

12. TAX ON BUY BACK OF SHARES:

(i) At present section 115QA of the Act provides that income distributed on account of buy back of unlisted shares by a company is subject to the levy of additional Income-tax at 20%. The distributed income has been defined in the section to mean the consideration paid by the company on buy back of shares as reduced by the amount which was received by the company, for issue of such shares. Buy-back has been defined to mean the purchase by a company of its own shares in accordance with the provisions of section 77A of the Companies Act, 1956.

(ii) It is now provided w.e.f. 1.6.2016 that section 115QA will apply to any buy back of unlisted shares undertaken by the company in accordance with the law in force relating to companies. Accordingly, it will also cover buy-back of shares under any of the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and the Companies Act, 2013. It is further provided that for the purpose of computing distributed income, the amount received by a company in respect of the shares being bought back shall be determined in the prescribed manner. These Rules may provide the manner of determination of the amount in various circumstances including shares being issued under tax neutral reorganizations and in different tranches as stated in the Explanatory Memorandum.

13. SECURITIZATION TRUSTS – CHAPTER XII EA :

(i) Chapter XII EA was added by the Finance Act, 2013, effective from A.Y. 2014-15. Under these provisions it was provided that: (a) A ny income of Securitisation Trust will be exempt u/s 10 (23DA), (b) Income received by the Investor any securitized debt instrument or securities issed by such trust will be exempt u/s 10(35A), and (c) The Trust was required to pay additional Income tax on distributed income u/s 115TA (25% in the case of Individual / HUF and 30% in case of others). There were other procedural provisions in sections 115TA to 115TC.

(ii) Section 115 TA is amended w.e.f 1.6.2016. New Section 115TCA has been inserted from A.Y. 2017-18. It is now provided that the current tax regime for Securitization Trust and its investors, will be discontinued for the distribution made by Securitisation Trust with effect from 1 June, 2016, and will be substituted by a new regime with effective from A.Y 2017-18. This effectively grants pass through status to the Securitisation Trust. The new regime will apply to a Securitisation Trust being an SPV defined under SEBI (Public Offer and Listing of Securitised Debt Instrument) Regulations, 2008 or SPV as defined in the guidelines on securitization of standard assets issued by RBI or a trust setup by a securitization company or a reconstruction company in accordance with the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 or guidelines or directions issued by the RBI (SARFAE SI Act).

(iii) The income of Securitisation Trust will continue to be exempt section under 10(23DA) which is also amended to effectively define the term securitization. The income accrued or received from the Securitisation Trust will be taxable in the hands of investor in the same manner and to the same extent as it would have happened had the investor made investment directly in the underlying assets and not through the trust. Consequential amendment is made in section 10(35A). The payment made by Securitisation Trust will be subject to tax deduction at source u/s 194LBC at the rate of 25% in case of payment to resident investors who are individual or HUF and @ 30% in case of others. In case of payments to non-resident investors, the deduction of tax will be at rates in force. The facility for the investors to obtain lower or nil deduction of tax certificate will be available. The trust will also provide breakup regarding nature and proportion of its income to the investors and also to the prescribed income-tax authority.

14. TAXATION OF NON-RESIDENTS:

(i) PLACE OF EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT (POEM) – SECTION 6:

(a) The concept of treating a foreign company as resident in India if its place of effective management is in India was introduced by the Finance Act, 2015 and was to become effective from Assessment Year 2016-17. Under this concept, foreign companies will be considered as resident in India if its POEM is in India. The Finance Minister has now recognized that before introducing this concept, its ramifications need to be analyzed in detail. Accordingly, the implementation of concept of POEM has been deferred by one year and the same will now be applicable from Assessment year 2017-18.

(b) A new section115JH is inserted to empower the Government to issue notification to provide detailed transition mechanism for companies incorporated outside India, which due to implementation of POEM, will be assessed for the first time as resident in India. The notification will be issued to bring clarity on issues relating to computation of income, treatment of unabsorbed depreciation, set off or carry forward of losses, applicability of transfer pricing provisions, etc., applicable to such foreign companies considered to be resident in India.

(ii) INCOME DEEMED TO ACCRUE OR ARISE IN INDIA – SECTION 9(1)(I)

A new clause has been inserted in Explanation 1, providing that no income shall be deemed to accrue or arise in India to a foreign company engaged in mining of diamonds, through or from activities confined to display of uncut and unassorted diamonds in any notified special zone. This amendment is effective from Assessment Year 2016-17.

(iii) FUND MANAGER’S ACTIVITIES – SECTION 9A:

(a) This section lays down the conditions under which a fund manager based in India does not constitute a business connection of the foreign investment fund. One of the conditions is that the fund is a resident of a country or a specified territory with which India has entered into a double taxation avoidance agreement. This condition is now modified effective from A.Y. 2017-18 by extending it to funds established, incorporated or registered in a notified specified territory.

(b) Another condition is that the fund should not carry on or control and manage, directly or indirectly, any business in India or from India. This condition is now modified to apply only to a fund carrying on, or controlling and managing, any business in India.

(iv) REFERENCE TO TRANSFER PRICING OFFICER (TPO) – SECTION 92CA : At present where a reference has been made by the A.O. to a TPO, the TPO has to pass the order at least 60 days prior to the date of limitation u/s 153/153 B for passing the assessment or reassessment order. Section 92CA has been amended w.e.f. 1.6.2016 to extend this period in cases where the period of limitation available to the TPO for passing the order is less than 60 days, to a period of 60 days, if the assessment proceedings were stayed by an order or injunction of any court, or a reference was made for exchange of information by the Competent Authority under a double taxation avoidance agreement.

(v) MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS – SECTION 92D: This section requires every person who has entered into an international transaction to keep and maintain such information and documents in respect thereof as may be prescribed. A requirement is now introduced for a constituent entity of an International Group to keep and maintain such information and documents in respect of an international group as may be prescribed, and to furnish such information and documents in such a manner, on or before the date, as may be prescribed. Failure to furnish such information and documents will attract a penalty of Rs. 5,00,000 u/s 271AA unless reasonable cause is shown u/s 273B.

15. REPORT RELATING TO INTERNATIONAL GROUP :

(i) Section 286 is a new section inserted from A.Y. 2017-18. The OECD in Action Plan 13 of the BEPS Project has recommended a standardized approach to transfer pricing documentation to be adopted by various Countries. Pursuant to this recommendation, this section is inserted to provide for a specific reporting system in respect of country- by country (CbC) reporting. This system is a three-tier structure with (i) a master file containing standardized information relevant for all members of an International Group; (ii) a local file referring specifically to material transactions of the local taxpayer; and (iii) a CbC report containing certain information relating to the global allocation of the International Group’s income and taxes paid together with certain indicators of the location of economic activity within the group.

(ii) This section provides that every Constituent Entity, resident in India if it is constituent of an International Group and every parent entity or the alternate reporting entity, resident in India, has to furnish report in the prescribed form to the prescribed authority before the due date for filing return of Income u/s 139(1). The manner in which report is to be submitted is provided in the section.

(iii) Penalties are prescribed in section 271GB for nonfurnishing of the information by an entity which is obligated to furnish as also for knowingly providing inaccurate information in the report.

16. EQUALIZATION LEVY:

Chapter VIII (Sections 163 to 180) of the Finance Act, 2016, provides for Equalization Levy on Non-Residents. This Chapter will come into force on the date to be notified by the Central Government. In order to overcome the challenges of typical direct tax issues relating to e-commerce i.e characterization of nature of payments, establishing a nexus between a taxable transaction, activity and a taxing jurisdiction and keeping in view the recommendations of OECD in respect of Action 1 – Addressing the Tax Challenges of Digital Economy, of the BEPS Project, this new chapter is inserted. The chapter is a complete code for charge of Equalisation Levy, its collection, recovery, furnishing statements, processing Statements, Rectification of Mistakes, charge of interest for delayed payment, penalty for non-compliance with the provisions, Appeals to CIT(A) and ITA Tribunal, Prosecution, Power of Government to frame Rules etc. The provisions for Equalisation Levy can be briefly stated as under:

(i) The Equalisation Levy is at 6% of the amount of consideration for specified services received or receivable b y a non-resident (not having a PE in India) from a resident carrying on a business or profession or from a non-resident having a PE in India (Payer).

(ii) The specified services are (a) Online advertisement; (b) Any provision for digital advertising space; (c) Any other facility or service for the purpose of online advertisement; and (d) Any other services as may be notified.

(iii) Simultaneously with the introduction of this chapter for Equalisation levy, section 10(50) has been inserted to provide exemption to income arising from the above-mentioned specified services chargeable to Equalisation Levy.

(iv) The payer is obliged to deduct the Equalisation Levy from the amount paid or payable to a nonresident in respect of such specified services at 6% if the aggregate amount of consideration for the same in a previous year exceeds Rs.1 lakh.

(v) In addition, section 40(a)(ib) is inserted to provide that the expenses incurred by a payer towards specified services chargeable to Equalisation Levy shall not be allowed as deduction in case of failure to deduct and deposit the same to the credit of Central Government before the due date as explained in Para 7.9 above.

(vi) This Chapter extends to the whole of India except the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

17. ASSESSMENTS AND REASSESSMENTS:

(i) JURISDICTION OF ASSESSING OFFICER – SECTION 124: This section is amended from 1.6.2016. It is now provided that u/s 124(3) no person will be entitled to call into question the jurisdiction of A.O. after the expiry of one month from the date on which notice u/s 153A(1) or 153C(2) is served or after completion of assessment whichever is earlier. This provision is in line with the existing provision in section 124(3) which applies to objection to jurisdiction of A.O. when return u/s 139 is filed or notice u/s 142(1) or 143(2) is issued.

(ii) POWER TO CALL FOR INFORMATION – SECTION 133C: This section is amended from 1.6.2016. It is now provided that when information or document is received in response to any notice u/s 133C(1) the prescribed authority can process the same and available outcome will be forwarded to A.O.

(iii) HEARING BY A.O. – SECTION 2 (23C): This clause is inserted from 1.6.2016 to provide that notices for hearing can be given by electronic mode and communication of data and Documents can be made by electronic mode.

(iv) FILING INCOME TAX RETURN – SECTION 139: At present an Individual, HUF, AOP and BOI is required to file return of income before the due date if the total income, without considering deductions under Chapter VI-A, exceeds the maximum amount which is not chargeable to tax. It is now provided in the sixth proviso to section 139 (1) that income from long term capital gains exempt u/s 10(38) shall also be added to the total income for determining the threshold limit for determining whether the assessee is required to file the return of income.

(v) BELATED FILING OF RETURN OF INCOME – SECTION 139(4): The existing section 139(4) is replaced by new section 139(4) from A.Y. 2017- 18. It is now provided that if an assessee has not furnished his Return of Income before due date u/s 139(1), he can file the same at any time before the end of the relevant assessment year or before completion of assessment whichever is earlier.

(vi) REVISED RETURN – SECTION 139(5): The existing Section 139(5) is replaced by new section 139(5) from A.Y. 2017-18. At present a revised return can be filed u/s 139(5), only if the return originally filed is before the due date u/s 139(1). Such a revised return can be filed before the expiry of one year from the end of the relevant assessment year or completion of assessment, whichever is earlier. It is now provided that a belated return filed pursuant to section 139(4), can also be similarly revised within the time limit given above.

(vii) DEFECTIVE RETURN – SECTION 139(9): This section is amended from A.Y. 2017 – 18. At present a return of income will be treated as defective if self-assessment tax and interest payable u/s 140A is not paid before the date of furnishing the return. Now clause (aa) of the Explanation to section 139(9) has been deleted and hence a return will now not be treated as defective merely because self-assessment tax and interest thereon is not paid before the date of furnishing the return.

(viii) ADJUSTMENT TO RETURNED INCOME – SECTION 143(1): This section is now amended from A.Y. 2017-18. The scope of adjustments that can be made at the time of processing the Return of Income u/s 143(1) has been expanded to cover the following items:

(a) Disallowance of loss claimed, if return for the year for which loss has been claimed was furnished beyond the due date specified in section 139(1).

(b) Disallowance of expenditure indicated in tax audit report but not considered in the Return of Income

(c) Disallowance of deduction claimed u/s 10AA, 80-IA, 80-IAB, 80-IB, 80-IC, 80-ID or 80-IE, if the return has been filed beyond the due date specified in section 139(1).

(d) Addition of income due to mismatch in income as reflected in the return of income and as appearing in Form 26AS or Form 16A or Form 16.

The above adjustments will be made based on information available on the record of the tax department either physically or electronically. However, no adjustment will be made without intimating the assessee about such adjustment in writing or in electronic mode and giving him a time of 30 days to respond. The adjustment will be made only after considering the response received or after the lapse of 30 days in case no response is received.

(ix) PROCESSING OF RETURN OF INCOME – SECTION 143(ID): This section is amended w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18. It is now provided that the processing of the Return of Income u/s 143(1) will not be necessary within one year if notice u/s 143(2) is issued. However, such Return of Income shall be processed u/s 143(1) before assessment order u/s 143(3) is passed.

(x) INCOME ESCAPING ASSESSMENT – SECTION 147: This section has been amended from 1.6.2016. New clause (ca) has been added in Explanation 2 to section 147. The amendment provides that income shall be deemed to have escaped assessment if, on the basis of the information received u/s 133C(2), it is noticed by the A.O that the income exceeds the maximum amount not chargeable to tax or where the assessee had understated the income or has claimed excessive loss, deduction, allowance or relief in the return.

(xi) LIMITATION FOR COMPLETING ASSESSMENT OR REASSESSMENT – SECTION 153
The existing section 153 has been replaced by a new section 153 from 1.6.2016. This new section provides as under:

(a) The time limit for completion of assessment has now been reduced as under:
• For order u/s 143 and section 144 – from the existing two years to twenty one months from the end of the assessment year in which the income was first assessable.
• For order u/s 147 – from the existing one year to nine months from the end of the financial year in which the notice u/s 148 was served.
• For giving effect to order passed u/s 254, 263, 264, setting aside or cancelling an assessment – from the existing one year to nine months from the end of the financial year in which the order is received or passed by the designated Commissioner.

(b) The period for completing the assessment shall be extended by one year where reference has been made to the Transfer pricing Officer u/s 92CA,

(c) At present, there is no time limit for giving effect to an order passed u/s 250 or 254 or 260 or 262 or 263 or 264. Now it is provided that action under the above section shall be completed within three months from the end of the month in which order is received or passed by the designated Commissioner. Additional time of six months may be granted to the Assessing Officer by the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner, based on reasons submitted in writing, if the Commissioner is satisfied that the delay is for reasons beyond the control of the Assessing Officer.

(d) At present there is no time limit for completion of assessment, reassessment or re-computation in consequence of or to give effect to any finding or direction contained in an order under the above mentioned sections or in an order of any court in a proceeding otherwise than by way of appeal or reference under the Act. Now such order giving effect should be passed on or before the expiry of twelve months from the end of the month in which such order is received by the designated Commissioner.

(e) Similarly, in case of assessment made on a partner of a firm in consequence of an assessment made on the firm u/s 147, the time limit is now introduced. Accordingly, the assessment of the partner shall be completed within twelve months from the end of the month in which the assessment order in case of the firm is passed.

In calculating the above time limit, the time or the period referred to in Explanation 1 of section 153(9) shall be excluded.

(f) For cases pending on 1st June, 2016, the time limit for taking requisite action (in case of (c), (d) and (e) above will be 31st March, 2017 or twelve months from the end of the month in which such order is received, whichever is later.

(g) The existing Section 153 shall aply to any order of assessment, reassessment or recomputation made before 1/6/2016.

(xii) LIMITATION FOR COMPLETION OF ASSESSMENT IN SEARCH CASES – SECTION 153B:

The existing Section 153B is replaced by new Section 153B w.e.f. 1.6.2016. The old section 153B shall apply in relation to any order of assessment, reassessment or re-computation is made on or before 31.5.2016. The new section 153B provides for reduction in time limit for completion of assessment, reassessment etc., in case of a search u/s 153 A or 153C as under:

(a) In each assessment year falling within the six years referred to in section 153A(1)(b) or assessment year in which search is conducted u/s 132 or requisition is made u/s 132A – from two years to twenty one months from the end of the financial year in which the last of the authorization for search or requisition was executed:

(b) In case of other persons referred to in section 153C, to twenty one months (from the existing two years) from the end of the financial year in which the last of the authorization for search or requisition was executed or nine months (from the existing one year) from the end of the financial year in which the books of account or documents or assets seized or requisitioned are handed over u/s 153C to the Assessing Office having jurisdiction over such person, whichever is later.

(c) In case where reference is made to the Transfer Pricing Officer u/s 92CA, the period of limitation as given above will be extended by a period of twelve months.

(d) In calculating the above time limit, the time or the period referred to in Explanation 1 of section 153B(3) shall be excluded.

18. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND INTEREST:

18.1 ADVANCE TAX PAYMENT – SECTION 211: (i) The provisions of Section 211 have been amended from 1.6.2016. Now, all non-corporate assesses, who are liable to pay advance tax, will have to pay such tax in 4 installments as applicable to corporate assesses instead of 3 installments. The installments for advance tax payment are as follows:

(i) Eligible assesses referred to in section 44AD opting for computation of profits and gains of business on presumptive basis are required to pay the entire advance tax in one installment on or before 15th March of the financial year. No similar exception has been given for eligible professionals covered under presumptive taxation u/s 44ADA.

(ii) The provisions of section 234C in respect of interest payable for deferment of advance tax have been amended to bring them in line with the provisions of section 211 of the Act. Interest u/s 234C will be levied at 1% p.m. for 3 months on shortfall of advance tax paid as compared with the amount payable as per the above installments in case of all assesses (except the eligible assesses u/s 44AD). However, no interest will be levied if the advance tax paid is more than 12% (For 15th June instalment) and more than 36% (For 15th September instalment).

(iii) A new exception is now provided that interest u/s 234C will not be levied in case of assesses having income chargeable under the head ‘profits and Gains of business or Profession’ for the first time. These assesses will be required to pay the whole amount of tax payable in the remaining installments of advance tax which are due after they commence business or by 31st March of the financial year if no installments are due.

18.2 INTEREST ON REFUNDS – SECTION 244A:

(i) Section 244A granting interest on refunds to assesses has been amended w.e.f. 1.6.2016 to provide that in case where the return of income is filed after the due date as per section 139(1), then interest on refund out of TDS, TCS and advancetax will be granted only from the date of filing the return and not from 1st April of the assessment year.

(ii) It is further provided that an assessee will be entitled to interest on refund of self-assessment tax paid u/s 140A of the Act from the date of payment to tax or date of filing the return, whichever is later up to the date on which the refund is granted.

(iii) It is also provided that an assessee will be entitled to additional interest on refund arising on giving effect to an appellate / revisionary order which has been passed beyond a time limit of 3 months from the end of the month of receipt of the appellate / revisionary order by the Commissioner. It is further clarified that if an extension is granted by the Principal Commissioner / Commissioner for giving effect to the appellate/ revisionary order, then the additional interest will be granted from the expiry of the extended period. The Principal Commissioner / Commissioner may extend the period for giving effect to the appellate / revisionary order up to 6 months. The additional interest on such refunds will be calculated at the rate of 3% p.a. from the date following the date of expiry of the specified time limit upto the date of granting the refund. Effectively, the assessee will be entitled to interest in such cases at the rate of 9% p.a. against the normal rate of 6% p.a for delay in giving effect to an appellate order beyond the specified time limit.

18.3 RECOMMENDATION OF JUSTICE R. EASHWAR COMMITTEE: It may be noted that this committee had made two recommendations as under

(i) The tax payer should be allowed automatic stay on payment of 7.5% of disputed taxes till the first appeal is decided. In cases of High-Pitched assessments, it may be difficult for the assessee to pay even 7.5% of the disputed demand. In such cases he can approach the CIT(A) and request stay of the entire demand. No such amendment is made in the Act. However, CBDT has modified the Instruction No. 1914 of 21.3.1996 on 29.2.2016 directing assessing officers to grant stay till the disposed of first appeal on payment of 15% of disputed tax subject to certain conditions.

(ii) As regards interest on delayed refunds the committee has suggested that section 244A may be amended to provide that interest of 1% P.M. should be paid if the refund is delayed up to 3 months and interest at 1.5% P.M. should be paid if the delay is more than 3 months. It will be noticed that this recommendation is only partly accepted while amending section 244A.

19. APPEALS AND REVISION:

19.1 APPEAL BY DEPARTMENT – SECTION 253(2A): Section 253(2A) has been amended from 1.6.2016. Now, it will not be possible for the Department to file appeal before ITA Tribunal against the order passed pursuant to the directions of Dispute Resolution panel (DRP).

19.2 RECTIFICATION OF ORDER OF ITA TRIBUNA L – SECTION 254: At present the ITA Tribunal can rectify any mistake in its order which is apparent from the records within 4 years of the date of the order. This period is now reduced to 6 months from the end of the month in which the order is passed. This amendment is effective from 1.6.2016. Although it is not clarified in the Finance Act, 2016, it is presumed that this amendment will apply to orders passed on or after 1.6.2016.

19.3 SINGLE MEMBER CASES – SECTION 255(3): This section is amended from 1.6.2016 to provide that a Single Member Bench of ITA Tribunal may dispose of any case where assessed income does not exceed Rs. 50 Lacs. At present, this limit is Rs. 15 Lakh which has now been increased to Rs. 50 Lakh.

20. DISPUTED TAX SETTLEMENT SCHEME – SECTIONS 197 TO 208 OF THE FINANCE ACT, 2016:

20.1 The Finance Minister has, in his Budget speech on 29th February 2016, stated that the tax litigation in our country is a scourge for a tax friendly regime and creates an environment of distrust in addition to increasing the compliance cost of the tax payer and administrative cost of the Government. He has also stated that there are over 3 Lac tax cases pending with the commissioner of Income tax (Appeals) with disputed amount of tax of about 5.5 Lac Crores. In order to reduce these appeals before the first appellate authority he has announced a new scheme called “ Dispute Resolution Scheme -2016” Two separate Schemes are announced in this Budget, one for settlement of disputed taxes under Income tax and wealth tax Act and the other for disputed taxes under Indirect Tax Laws.

20.2 In chapter X of the Finance Act, 2016, (Act), Sections 201 to 211 Provide for “The Direct Tax Dispute Resolution Scheme – 2016”. Similarly, Chapter XI (Sections 212 to 218) of the Act provides for “The Indirect Tax Dispute Resolution Scheme – 2016”.

20.3 THE SCHEME:

(i) The Direct Tax Dispute Resolution Scheme 2016 (Scheme) will come into force on 1st June, 2016. This scheme will enable all assesses whose assessments under the Income tax Act or the wealth tax have been completed for any assessment year and whose appeals are pending before the Commissioners of Income tax (Appeals) as on 29.2.2016 to settle the tax dispute. The scheme also applies to those assesses in whose case any disputed additions are made as a result of retrospective amendments made in the Income tax or wealth tax Act and whose appeals are pending before the CIT(A), ITA Tribunal, High Court, Supreme Court or before any other authority.

(ii) Section 202 of the Finance Act provides that the assessee who wants to settle the tax dispute pending before the concerned appellate authority as on 29.02.2016, can make a declaration in the prescribed Form on or after 01.06.2016 but before the date to be notified by the Central Government. In the case of an assessee in whose case the assessment or reassessment is made in the normal course and not due to any retrospective amendment, and the appeal is pending before CIT (A) as on 29.02.2016, the tax dispute can be settled as under:-

(a) If the disputed tax does not exceed `10 Lacs for the relevant assessment year, the assessee can settle the same on payment of such tax and interest due upto the date of assessment or reassessment.

(b) If the disputed tax exceeds ` 10 Lacs for the relevant assessment year, the dispute can be settled on payment of such tax with 25% of minimum penalty leviable and interest upto the date of assessment or reassessment. It is difficult to understand why minimum penalty is required to be paid when the disputed addition may not be for concealment or inaccurate furnishing of particulars of income.

(c) In the case of appeal against the levy of penalty, the assessee can settle the dispute by payment of 25% of minimum penalty leviable on the income as finally determined.

(iii) In a case where the disputed tax demand relates to addition made in the assessment or reassessment order made as a result of any retrospective amendment in the Income tax or wealth tax Act, the dispute can be settled at the level of any appellate proceedings (i.e. CIT(A), ITA Tribunal, High Court etc.) by payment of disputed tax. No interest or penalty will be payable in such a case.

20.4 PROCEDURE FOR DECLARATION:

(i) The declaration for settlement of disputed tax for which appeal is pending before CIT(A) is to be filed in the prescribed form with the particulars as may be prescribed to the Designated Authority. The Principal Commissioner will notify the Designated Authority who shall not be below the rank of commissioner of Income tax. Once this declaration is filed for settlement of a tax dispute for a particular year, the appeal pending before the CIT (A) for that year will be treated as withdrawn.

(ii) In the case where the tax dispute is in respect of any addition made as a result of retrospective amendment, the assessee can file the declaration in the prescribed form with the designated authority. The assessee will have to withdraw the pending appeal for that year before CIT (A), ITA Tribunal, High Court, Supreme Court or other Authority after obtaining leave of the Court or Authority whereever required. If any proceedings for the disputed tax are initiated for arbitration, conciliation or mediation or under an agreement entered into by India with any other country for protection of Investment or otherwise, the assessee will have to withdraw the same. Proof of withdrawal of such appeal or such other proceedings will have to be furnished by the assessee with the declaration. Further, the declarant will have to furnish an undertaking in the prescribed form waiving his right to seek or pursue any remedy or any claim for the disputed tax under any agreement.

(iii) It is also provided that if (a) any material particulars furnished by the declarant are found to be false at any stage, (b) the declarant violates any of the conditions of the scheme or (c) the declarant acts in a manner which is not in accordance with the undertaking given by him as stated above, the declaration made under the scheme will be considered as void. In this event all proceedings including appeals, will be deemed to be revived.

20.5 PAYMENT OF DISPUTED TAX:

(i) On receipt of the declaration from the assessee the Designated Authority will determine the amount payable by the declarant under the scheme within 60 days. He will have to issue a certificate in the prescribed form giving particulars of tax, interest, penalty etc., payable by the Declarant.

(ii) The Declarant will have to pay the amount determined by the Designated Authority within 30 days of the receipt of the Certificate. He will have to send the intimation about the payment and produce proof of payment of the above amount. Upon receipt of this intimation and proof of payment, the Designated Authority will have to pass an order that the declarant has paid the disputed tax under the scheme. Once this order is passed it will be conclusive about the settlement of disputed tax and such matter cannot be re-opened in any proceedings under the Income tax or Wealth tax Act or under any other law or agreement.

(iii) Once this order is passed, the Designated Authority shall grant immunity to the declarant as under:

(a) Immunity from instituting any proceedings for offence under the Income tax or Wealth tax Act.

(b) Immunity from imposition or waiver of any penalty or interest under the income tax or wealth tax Act. In other words, the difference between interest or penalty chargeable under the normal provisions of the Income tax or wealth tax Act and the interest or penalty charged under the scheme cannot be recovered from the declarant.

It is also provided that any amount of tax, interest or penalty paid under the Scheme will not be refundable under any circumstances.

20.6 WHO CAN MAKE A DECLARATION:

(i) Section 208 of the Finance Act provides that in the following cases declaration under the Scheme for settlement of disputed taxes cannot be made.

(a) In relation to assessment year for which assessment or reassessment under Section 153A or 153C of the Income tax Act or Section 37A or 37B of the Wealth tax Act is made.

(b) In relation to assessment year for which assessment or reassessment has been made after a survey has been conducted under section 133A of the Income tax Act or 38A of the Wealth tax Act and the disputed tax has a bearing on findings in such survey.

(c) In relation to assessment year in respect of which prosecution has been instituted on or before the date of making the declaration under the scheme.

(d) If the disputed tax relates to undisclosed income from any source located outside India or undisclosed asset located outside India.

(e) In relation to assessment year where assessment or reassessment is made on the basis of information received by the Government under the Agreements under section 90 or 90A of the Income tax Act.

(f) Declaration cannot be made by following persons.

• If an order of detention has been made under the Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities Act, 1974.

• If prosecution has been initiated under the Indian Penal Code, The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967, the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985. The Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or for purposes of enforcement of any civil liability.

(g) Declaration cannot be made by a person who is notified u/s. 3 of the Special Court (Trial or Offences Relating to Transactions in Securities) Act, 1992.

20.7 GENERAL:

(i) The Act authorizes the Central Government to issue directions or orders to the authorities for the proper administration of the scheme. The Act also provides that if any difficulty arises in giving effect to any of the provisions of the scheme, the Central Government can pass an order to remove such difficulty. Such order cannot be passed after expiry of 2 years i.e after 31.5.2018. Central Government is also authorized to notify the Rules for carrying out the provisions of the scheme and also prescribe the Forms for making Declaration, for certificate to be granted by the Designated Authority and for such other matters for which the rules are required to be made under the scheme.

(ii) In 1998 similar attempt was made to reduce tax litigation through “Kar Vivad Samadhan Scheme” which was introduced by the Finance (No:2) Act, 1998. This year, similar attempt is made to reduce tax litigation through this Scheme. One objection that can be raised is with regard to levy of penalty when the disputed tax is more than Rs.10 Lakh. There is no logic in levying such a penalty. Even if the assessee is not successful in the appeal before CIT(A), his liability will be for payment of disputed tax and interest. Penalty is not automatic. The disputed addition or disallowance may be due to interpretation of some provision in the tax law for which no penalty is leviable. Therefore, in case where disputed tax is more than Rs.10 Lakh, the assessee will not like to take benefit of the scheme and to that extent litigation will not be reduced.

(iii) As stated earlier, section 202 of the Finance Act provides that declaration can be filed for settlement of disputed taxes only in respect of an appeal pending before CIT (A). There is no reason for restricting this benefit to appeal pending before the first appellate authority. This scheme should have been made applicable to appeals filed by the assessee before ITA Tribunal, High Court or the Supreme Court which are pending on 29.02.2016. If this provision had been extended to all such appeals, pending litigation before all such judicial authorities would have been reduced.

(iv) The provision in section 202 of the Finance Act relating to settlement of disputed taxes levied due to retrospective amendment in the Income tax and Wealth tax Act is very fair and reasonable. In such cases only tax is payable and no interest or penalty is payable. This provision is made with a view to settle the disputed taxes levied due to retrospective amendment made in section 9 by the Finance Act, 2012. This related to taxation as a result of acquisition of interest by a Non-Resident in a company owning assets in India. (Cases like VODAFONE, CAIRN and others). However, there are some other sections such as sections 14A, 37, 40 etc., where retrospective amendments have been made. It appears that it will be possible to take advantage of the scheme if appeals on these issues are pending before any Appellate Authority or Court as on 29.2.2016.

(v) It may be noted that last year the CBDT had made one attempt to reduce the tax litigation by issue of Circular No. 21/2015 dated 10/12/2015 whereby appeals filed by the Income tax Department where disputed taxes were below certain level were withdrawn with retrospective effect. This year the Government has issued this scheme whereby assesses can settle the demand for disputed taxes and thus reduce the tax litigation.

21. PENALTIES AND PROSECUTION:

21.1 Sections 98 to 110 of the Finance Act, 2016, make major amendments in Penalty provisions under the Income tax Act. In Para 166 of his Budget Speech the Finance Minister has explained the new Scheme for levy of penalty.

21.2 EXISTING PENALTY PROVISIONS FOR CONCEALMENT .

(i) At present, Section 271 of the Income tax Act (Act) provides for levy of penalty for concealment of income or for furnishing inaccurate particulars of income at the rate of 100% of tax which may extend to 300%. The Assessing Officer (AO) has discretion in the matter of levy of penalty. There are 8 Explanations in the Section to explain the circumstances under which a particular income will be considered as concealment of income or when the assessee will be deemed to have furnished inaccurate particulars of Income. Various clauses of this section have been considered and interpreted by the various High Courts and the Supreme Court in various judgements. The law relating to levy of penalty appeared to be more or less settled by now. How far these judgements will apply to the new Scheme for levy of penalty will depend on the manner in which officers administer the new provisions.

(ii) Recently, Income tax Simplification Committee (Justice Eashwar Committee) has submitted its Report. In para 26.1 of its Report the committee has considered the provisions of sections 271 and 273B and made certain suggestions. These suggestions have been made with a view to reduce tax litigation. If we consider the amendments made by the Finance Act, 2016, it will become evident that these suggestions are only partly implemented.

21.3 NEW SECTION 270A (UNDER REPORTING OF INCOME)

(i) It is now provided that existing Section 271 shall apply upto Assessment Year 2016-17. For A.Y. 2017-18 and onwards new sections 270A and 270AA have been added. The provisions of these sections are as under.

(ii) Section 270A authorizes an Assessing Officer, CIT (A), Commissioner or Principal Commissioner to levy penalty at the rate of 50% of tax in case where the assessee has “Under Reported” his income. In cases where the assessee has “Misreported” his income the penalty of 200% of tax will be levied. It may be noted that u/s 271, although the minimum penalty was 100% of tax and maximum penalty was 300% of tax, in most of the cases only minimum penalty of 100% was levied.

(iii) Section 270A(2) provides that the assessee will be considered to have “Under Reported” his income (a) If Income assessed is greater than income determined under section 143(1) (a) i.e Income as per Return of Income, or if Income assessed is greater than the maximum amount not chargeable to tax, if Return of Income is not filed by the assessee, (b) If Income assessed or deemed book profit u/s 115JB/115JC is greater than the income assessed or reassessed immediately before such assessment, (c) If Book Profit assessed u/s 115JB / 115 JC is greater than Book Profit determined u/s 143(1)(a) or Book Profit assessed u/s 115JB/115JC, if no return of income is filed by the assessee or (d) If Income assessed or reassessed has the effect of reducing loss declared or such loss is converted into income.

(iv) In all the above cases the difference between the income assessed or reassessed and the income computed u/s 143(1)(a) will be considered as Under Reported income and penalty at 50% of tax will be levied. If the loss declared by the assessee is reduced or converted into income the difference will be liable to penalty @ 50% of tax. The concept of income concealed or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income, which existed u/s 271, is now given up under the new section 270A.

(v) In a case where Section 115JB / 115JC is applicable the amount of Under Reported income will be worked out by applying the formula given in the section. This can be explained by the following illustration.

In the above case Under Reported Income u/s 270A will be Rs. 3,00,000/- (Rs. 2,00,000+ Rs.1,00,000/-)

(vi) Section 270A(4) provides that where any addition was made in the computation of total income in any earlier year and no penalty was levied on such addition in that year, and the assessee contends that any receipt, deposit or investment made in a subsequent year has come out of such addition made in earlier year, the assessing officer can consider such receipt, deposit or investment as under reported income. This provision is on the same lines as existing Explanation (2) of Section 271.

(vii) Section 270A (6) provides that no penalty will be levied in respect of any Under Reported Income where (a) the assessee offers an explanation and the Income tax Authority is satisfied that the explanation is bona fide and all material facts have been disclosed, (b) Such Under Reported income is determined on the basis of an estimate, if the accounts are correct and complete but the method employed is such that the income cannot be properly deduced there from (c) The addition is on the basis of estimate and the assessee has, on his own, estimated a lower amount of addition or disallowance on the same issue and has included such amount in the computation of his income and disclosed all the facts material to the addition or disallowance, (d) Addition is made under Transfer pricing provisions but the assessee had maintained information and documents as prescribed under section 92D, declared the international transaction under Chapter X and disclosed all material facts relating to the transaction or (e) The undisclosed income is on account of a search operation and penalty is leviable under section 271 AAB.

21.4 NEW SECTION 270A (MISREPORTIN G OF INCOME):

(i) A s stated earlier, the penalty on Unreported Income in consequence of Misreporting of Income will be 200% of the tax on such Misreported Income. Section 270A (9) provides that the assessee will be considered to have Misreported his income due to (a) Misrepresentation or suppression of facts (b) Failure to record investments in the books of account (c) Claim of expenditure not substantiated by any evidence (d) Recording of any false entry in the books of account, (e) Failure to record any receipt in books of account having a bearing on total income or (f) Failure to report any International transaction or any transaction deemed to be an International transaction or any specified domestic transaction, to which provisions of Chapter X apply.

(ii) It may be noted that disputes may arise due to the wording of the above clauses in Section 270A(9). Clause (b) refers to Investments not recorded in books of account. In the case of an Individual or HUF it may so happen that certain genuine Investments may have been debited to personal Capital Account and may not appear separately in the books of account. If the assessee is declaring income from such Investments regularly, there is no reason to consider cost of Investments not recorded in books as Misreporting of Income. If the income from such Investment is declared, there is no Under Reporting much less Misreporting of Income. Moreover, when the Investment is debited to Capital Account it cannot be said that the same is not recorded in the books.

(iii) Similarly, clause (c) above states that expenditure claimed for which there is no evidence will be treated as Misreporting of Income. It is not clear as to what will be considered as an adequate evidence for this purpose. Disputes will arise on the question about adequacy of the evidence for this purpose.

(iv) Section 270A (10) provides that for the purpose of levy of penalty as a result of Under Reporting or Misreporting of income amount of tax on such income will be calculated on notional basis according to the Formula given in that Section.

(v) It is pertinent to note that there is no provision similar to Section 270A(6), as discussed in Para 21.3 (vii) above, whereby the assessee can offer an explanation about his bona fides for omission to disclose any amount of income which the tax authority wants to consider as Misreporting of Income . In other words, before the A.O. comes to the conclusion that there is misreporting of income on any of the grounds stated in Para (i) above, there is no provision to give an opportunity to the assessee to offer explanation as provided in section 270A(6). The assesses will have to litigate on such matters as absence of such a provision is against principles of the natural justice.

21.5 IMMUNITY FROM PENALTY AND PROSECUTION (SECTION 270AA ):

(i) New Section 270AA has been inserted in the Income tax Act w.e.f. assessment year 2017-18 to grant immunity from imposition of penalty and initiation of prosecution in certain circumstances. Under this section an assessee can make an application to the A.O. to grant immunity from imposition of penalty under Section 270A and initiation of prosecution proceedings under Section 276C. or 276CC. For this purpose the following conditions will have to be complied with by the assessee:-

(a) Tax and Interest payable as per the assessment order u/s 143(3) or reassessment order u/s 147 should be paid before the period specified in the Notice of Demand.

(b) No Appeal against the above order should be filed before CIT(A).

(c) The application for immunity should be filed within one month of the end of the month in which the above assessment order is received. This application is to be made in the prescribed form.

(ii) It may be noted that the power to grant immunity under this section is given to the AO only with reference to penalty leviable u/s 270A (7) @ 50% of Tax for Under Reporting of Income. If the addition or disallowance is made in the assessment or reassessment order on the ground of Misreporting of Income as explained u/s 270A(9) and where penalty is @ 200% of Tax, no such immunity u/s 270AA can be granted. To this extent this provision in section 270AA is very unfair.

(iii) After the A.O. receives the application for grant of immunity, he will have to pass an order accepting or rejecting the application within one month from the end of the month when such application is received. If he accepts the application, no penalty u/s 270A will be levied and no prosecution u/s 276C or 276CC will be initiated. If the A.O. wants to reject the application he will have to give an opportunity to the assessee of being heard. If the A.O. rejects the application, the assessee can file an appeal before CIT(A) against the assessment / reassessment order. For this purpose the time taken for making the application to the AO and the time taken by A.O. in passing the order for rejection of the application will be excluded in computing the period of limitation u/s 249 for filing appeal to CIT(A).

(iv) The order passed by the A.O. accepting or rejecting the application shall be treated as final. If the A.O. has accepted the application by his order u/s 270AA(4), no appeal before CIT(A) or revision application before CIT can be filed against the assessment or reassessment order.

(v) It may be noted that the A.O. is given discretion to accept or reject the application. This appears to be an absolute power given to the same officer who has passed the assessment order. There are no guidelines as to when the application can be rejected. There is no provision for appeal against the order rejecting the application for immunity. To this extent this provision is unfair.

(vi) As stated in (ii) above the above application for immunity can be filed only in respect of additions / disallowances made due to Under Reporting of Income where penalty is of 50% of Tax. No such application can be made if the additions/ disallowances are for Misreporting of Income where penalty is of 200% of Tax. There is no clarity in Section 270AA about a situation where in any assessment / reassessment order some additions / disallowances are for Under Reporting of Income and some additions / disallowances are for Misreporting of Income. Question arises whether the application for immunity u/s 270AA can be made in such a case for getting immunity. If so, whether such application will be for items added/ disallowed for Under Reported Income only and whether the assessee can file appeal to CIT(A) only with reference to items added / disallowed on the ground of Misreporting of Income. If this is the position, then a question will arise whether the assessee will have to revise the appeal petition later on in respect of addition / disallowance made for items of Under Reported Income if the application for immunity is rejected. If the intention of the Government is to reduce litigation and grant immunity from penalty and prosecution the benefit of Section 270 AA should have been given to all assessee where additions / disallowances are made for Under Reporting or Misreporting of Income.

21.6 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO MAINTAIN INFORMATION AND DOCUMENTS (SECTION 271 AA ): This section has been amended w.e.f. A/Y: 2017-18 to provide that if the assessee fails to furnish the information and documents as required under Section 92D(4), the prescribed authority can levy penalty of Rs.5 Lakh. It may be noted that Under Section 92D(4) a constituent entity of an International Group is required to maintain certain information and documents in the prescribed manner and furnish the same to the prescribed authority before the due date as provided in that section.

21.7 PENALTY WHERE SEARCH HAS BEEN INITIATED (SECTION 271AA B):

Section 271AAB provides for levy of penalty in which search has been conducted on or after 1.7.2012. Specific rates are provided u/s 271AAB(1) (a),(b) and (c). Amendment made in this section, effective from A.Y. 2017-18, is in clause (c). Here the rate of minimum penalty is 30% and maximum penalty is 90% of the Undisclosed Income. This will now be a flat rate of 60% of Undisclosed Income from A.Y. 2017-18. Further, it is also provided that no penalty u/s 270 A shall be levied on undisclosed income where penalty u/s 271 AAB (1) is leviable.

21.8 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH REPORT U/S. 286 (NEW SECTION 271 GB): A new Section 286 has been added from A.Y 2017-18 providing for furnishing of report in respect of International Group. New 271 GB has been added effective from A.Y. 2017-18 to provide for penalty for non compliance of Section 286 as under.

(i) If any Reporting Entity referred to in section 286 fails to furnish report referred to in Section 286(2) before the due date, the Prescribed Authority can levy penalty at Rs.5,000/- per day if the delay in upto one month and at Rs.15,000/- per day if the failure continues beyond one month.

(ii) If any Reporting Entity fails to produce the information or documents within the period allowed u/s 286(6), the prescribed authority can levy penalty at Rs.5,000/- per every day when the default continues. If this default continues even after the above order levying penalty is passed, the prescribed authority can levy penalty at the rate of Rs.50,000/- per day if the default continues even after service of the first penalty orders.

(iii) If any Reporting Entity Knowingly furnishes inaccurate information in the Report required to be furnished u/s 286(2) the prescribed authority can levy penalty of Rs.5 Lakh.

21.9 PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH INFORMATION, STATEMENTS ETC (SECTION 272A): Section 272 A provides for levy of penalty of Rs. 10,000/- for each failure or default to answer the questions raised by an Income tax Authority, refusal to sign any statement or failure to attend and give evidence or produce books or documents as required u/s 131(1). The scope of this section is now extended by amendment of the section from A.Y. 2017-18. It is now provided that penalty of Rs. 10,000/- for each default or failure to comply with a notice issued u/s 142(1), 143(2) or 142(2A) can be levied by the Income tax Authority.

21.10 POWER TO REDUCE OR WAIVE PENALTY IN CERTAIN CASES (SECTION 273A):

This section empowers the Principal Commissioner or the commissioner of Income tax to reduce or waive penalty levied u/s 271 of the Income tax Act. This power is extended to penalty levied u/s 270A also w.e.f. A.Y. 2017-18. Further, new subsection (4A) has been added in this section from 1/6/2016 to provide that the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner shall pass the order accepting or rejecting the application for waiver or reduction of penalty within a period of one year from the end of the month when application is made by the assessee. As regards all applications for waiver or reduction of penalty pending as on 1.6.2016, the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner shall pass the order accepting or rejecting the application on or before 31.5.2017. The Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner shall have to give hearing to the assessee before passing the above order.

21.11 POWER TO GRANT IMMUNITY FROM PENALTY BY PRINCIPAL COMMISSIONER OR COMMISSIONER (SECTION 273 AA ): This section has been amended w.e.f. 1.6.2016. As in section 273A, the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner is now required to pass the order accepting or rejecting the application for grant of immunity from levy of penalty within one year from the end of the month in which the assessee has made the application for such immunity. As regards pending applications as on 1.6.2016, the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner has to pass orders accepting or rejecting the application on or before 31.5.2017.

21.12 GENERAL:
(i) From the above discussion it is evident that the existing concept of levying penalty u/s 271 for concealment of income or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income is now given up. New Section 270A, which will replace Section 271 from 1.4.2016, introduces a new concept of “Under Reporting of Income” and “Misreporting of Income”. Considering the way these two terms are explained in the new Section 270A, it appears that there will be a thin line of distinction between the two in respect some of the items of additions and disallowances. Since the penalty with respect to Under Reporting of Income is 50% and the penalty with respect of Misreporting of income is 200%, the A.O. will try to bring as many items of additions / disallowances under the head Misreporting of Income. Questions of interpretation will arise and tax litigation on this issue may increase.

(ii) As stated earlier, the recommendation of Justice Eshwar Committee has not been fully implemented while drafting the new Section 270A. The committee has specifically stated that no penalty should be levied where the A.O. takes a view which is different from the bona fide view adopted by the assessee on any issue involving the interpretation of any provision and is supported by any judicial ruling. It is unfortunate that this concept is not introduced in the new section 270A.

22. OTHER PROVISONS :

22.1 TAX ON DEEMED INCOME U/S 68 – SEC 115 BBE

Section 115 BBE is amended w.e.f. A.Y 2017-18. At present this section provides that deemed income u/s 68, 69, 69A, 69B, 69C and 69D is taxable at the rate of 30%. Further, no deduction for any expenditure or allowance relatable to such income is allowed. It is now provided that no set off of any loss shall be allowable from such deemed income u/s 68, 69, 69A to 69D.

22.2 ASSESSEE DEEMED TO BE IN DEFAULT – SECTION 220: Section 220 provides that an assessee shall be deemed to be in default if the taxes due are not paid. Interest is payable u/s 220(2) for the delay in payment of tax. If the assessee applies for waiver or reduction of interest to the Commissioner u/s 220(2A), the same can be waived or reduced. Section 220(2A) is now amended, effective from 1.6.2016, to provide that the commissioner should pass the order accepting or rejecting such application within a period of 12 months of the end of the month when application for waiver or reduction of interest is made. In respect of all pending applications, the order will have to be passed by the commissioner on or before 31.5.2017.

22.3 PROVISION TO GIVE BANK GUARANTEE – SECTION 281B:

(i) At present, the AO may provisionally attach an assessee’s property if he considers it necessary for protecting revenue’s interest during the pendency of assessment or reassessment proceedings. Section 281B is amended w.e.f. 1.6.2016.

(ii) Based on Justice Easwar Committee’s recommendation, this amendment provides that the assessee may provide bank guarantee of sufficient amount. In such a case the AO has to revoke the provisional attachment if the guarantee is for more than the fair market value of the property attached or it is sufficient to meet the revenue’s interest. The AO may refer to the Valuation Officer for valuing the property. The AO should pass an order revoking provisional attachment within 15 days from the date of receipt of the bank guarantee or within 45 days if reference is made to Valuation Officer. The AO may invoke the bank guarantee if the assessee fails to pay tax demand or if he fails to renew or furnish new bank guarantee at least 15 days prior to the expiry of the bank guarantee.

22.4 AUTHENTICATION OF NOTICE – SECTION 282A: To facilitate e-assessment, it has now been provided from 1.6.2016 that the notice and other documents issued by the department can be either in paper form or in electronic form. The detailed procedures for this purpose will be prescribed.

22.5 SECURITIES TRANSACTION TAX (STT ): Section 98 of the Finance (No.2) Act, 2004 has been amended w.e.f. 1.6.2016. The present rate of 0.017% STT on sale of option on securities, where option is not exercised, is increased to 0.05%. It is also provided that STT will not be payable on securities transactions entered into on a recognized Stock Exchange located in International Financial Service Centre.

23. THE INCOME DECLARATION SCHEME – 2016:

23.1 As stated by the Finance Minister in Para 159 to 161 of his Budget Speech, in Chapter IX (Sections 178 to 196) of the Finance Act, 2016, “The Income Declaration Scheme, 2016”, has been announced. This scheme is akin to a Voluntary Disclosure Scheme. The scheme will come into force on 1st June, 2016. The declaration for undisclosed domestic income or assets can be made in the prescribed form within 4 months i.e on or before 30th September, 2016. The tax at the rate of 30% of the disclosed income will be payable with surcharge called Krishi Kalyan Surcharge at 7.5% and penalty at 7.5%. Hence, total amount payable will be 45% of the income declared by the assessee under the scheme. This tax, surcharge and penalty will be payable within two months (i.e. on or before 30th November, 2016)

23.2 WHO CAN MAKE DECLARATION UNDER THE SCHEME:

Any Individual, HUF, AOP, BOI, Firm, LLP or company can make a declaration of undisclosed income or assets during the specified period (1.6.2016 to 30.09.2016). However, Section 193 of the Finance Act, Provides that the provisions of the Scheme shall not apply to following persons.

(i) Any person in respect of whom an order of detention has been made under the Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities Act, 1974.

(ii) Any person in respect of whom prosecution has been launched for an offence punishable under Chapter IX or Chapter XVII of the Indian Penal Code, the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act, 1985, the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 and the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988.

(iii) Any person who is notified u/s 3 of the Special Court (Trial of Offences Relating to Transactions in Securities) Act, 1992.

(iv) The scheme is not applicable in relation to any undisclosed foreign income and asset which is chargeable to tax under the Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015.

(v) Any undisclosed income chargeable to tax under the Income tax Act for any previous year relevant to Assessment Year A. Y. 2016-17 or earlier years where (a) N otice u/s 142, 143(2), 148, 153A or 153C of the Income tax Act has been issued and the assessment for that year is pending (b) Search u/s 132 or requisition u/s 132A or survey u/s 133A of the Income tax Act has been made in the previous year and notices u/s 143(2), 153A or 153 C have not been issued and the time limit for issue of such notices has not expired and (c) Information has been received by the competent authority under an agreement entered into by the Government u/s 90 or 90A of the Income tax Act in respect of such undisclosed asset.

23.3 WHICH INCOME OR ASSETS CAN BE DECLARED:

Section 180 of the Act provides that every eligible person can make declaration under the Scheme in respect of the undisclosed income earned in any year prior to 1.4.2016. For this purpose income which can be disclosed will be as under.

(i) Income for which the person has failed to furnish return of income u/s 139 of the Income tax Act.

(ii) Income which the person has failed to disclose in the return filed before 1.6.2016.

(iii) Income which has escaped assessment by reason of the failure on the part of the person to furnish return of income or to disclose fully and truly all material facts.

(iv) Where such undisclosed income is held in the form of investment in any asset, the fair market value of such asset as at 1.6.2016 shall be deemed to be the undisclosed income. For the purpose of determination of Fair Market Value of such assets, CBDT has been authorized to prescribe the Rules.

(v) No deduction for any expenditure or allowance shall be allowed against the income which is disclosed under the Scheme.

23.4 MANNER OF DECLARATION:

(i) The declaration under the Scheme is to be made in the prescribed Form. The same is to be submitted to the Principal Commissioner of Income tax or the Commissioner of Income tax who is authorized to receive the same. The declaration is to be signed by the authorized person as provided in Section 183 of the Finance Act. A person who has made a declaration under the scheme cannot make another declaration of his income or income of any other person. If such second declaration is made it will be considered as void. It is also provided that if a declaration under the scheme has been made by misrepresentation or suppression of facts, such declaration shall be treated a void.

(ii) As stated earlier, the tax (including Surcharge and penalty) of 45% of the income declared is to be paid on or before 30.11.2016. The proof of such payment will have to be filed before the due date. If this payment is not made, the declaration will be considered as void. In this case, if any tax is deposited, the same will not be refunded. If the declaration is considered as void, the amount declared by the person will be deemed to be income of the declarant and will be added to the other income of the declarant and assessed under the Income tax Act. If the declarant has paid the tax, Surcharge and penalty due as per the declaration before the due date, the income so disclosed will not be added to the income of any year. There will be no scrutiny or enquiry regarding such income under the Income tax or the Wealth tax Act.

(iii) The declarant shall not be entitled to reopen any assessment or reassessment made under the Income tax or Wealth tax Act or claim any set off or relief in any appeal, reference or other proceedings in relation to such assessment or reassessment. In other words, declaration under the scheme shall not affect the finality of completed assessments.

23.5 IMMUNITY:

(i) The scheme provides for immunity from proceedings under other Acts as under:

(a) Provisions of Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 1988, shall not apply in respect of the assets declared even if such assets exist in the name of ‘Binamidar’.

(b) No Wealth tax shall be payable under the Wealth tax Act in respect of any undisclosed cash, Bank Deposits, bullion, jewellery, investments or any other asset declared under the scheme.

(c) No prosecution will be launched against the declarant under the Scheme in respect of any income/asset declared under the Income tax or Wealth tax Act.

(iii) It is also provided that nothing contained in the declaration made under the Scheme shall be admissible as evidence against the declarant under any other law for the purpose of any proceedings relating to imposition of penalty or for the purposes of prosecution under the Income tax or Wealth tax Act.

(iv) It may be noted that no immunity is provided in the scheme from proceedings under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, Money Laundering Act, Indian Penal Code or any other Act.

23.6 GENERAL:

(i) Section 195 of the Finance Act provides that if any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of the Scheme, the Central Government can pass an order to remove such difficulty. Such order cannot be passed after the expiry of 2 years i.e. after 31.5.2018. Section 196 of the Finance Act authorizes the Government to notify the Rules for carrying out the provisions of the scheme and also prescribe the Form for making the declaration under the scheme.

(ii) Last year an Amnesty Scheme under the Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015, was announced. Under this Scheme it is reported that 644 persons declared income of about Rs.4,164 crore, and paid tax of about Rs.2,428.40 crore.

(iii) In the Finance Act, 2016 in order to give one time opportunity to persons to declare undisclosed domestic income and assets this disclosure scheme has been announced. It appears that under this Scheme the declarant will have to disclose income and specify the year in which it was earned. Further, there is a provision in the scheme that any person in whose case notice u/s 142(1), 143(2), 148, 153A or 153C is issued for any year, and assessment is pending, such person cannot declare undisclosed income of that year. This will be a great impediment in the success of the scheme. It appears that the scheme is announced by the Government with all good intentions. It will be advisable for the persons who have not complied with the provisions of the Income tax Act or the Wealth tax Act to come forward and take advantage of the scheme and buy peace.

24. TO SUM UP:

24.1 The Finance Minister has taken some steps towards his declared objective of granting relief to small tax payers, granting incentives for promotion of affordable housing, reducing tax litigation, affording onetime opportunity to declare undisclosed domestic income and assets etc. In some of the areas the efforts are half hearted and the assessees may not get full advantage from the provisions made in the Financial Act.

24.2 Justice Easwar Committee appointed to make recommendations for simplification of Income tax provisions has submitted its report. Some of the amendments made in the Income tax Act are based on these recommendations. It is rather unfortunate that these recommendations are only partly implemented in this Budget.

24.3 Last year the Government made an attempt to address the issue relating to undisclosed income and assets in Foreign Countries. A “Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015” was passed. This year the Finance Act contains “The Income Declaration Scheme, 2016”. Under this Scheme one time opportunity is given to those persons who have not declared their domestic income or assets in the past. 45% tax (including surcharge and penalty) is payable on such undisclosed income. There are some conditions in the scheme which may be difficult to comply with. CBDT has issued some clarifications on various issues. It is reported that the last year’s scheme for declaration of undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets did not get adequate response. Let us hope that the scheme announced this year for declaration of undisclosed domestic income and assets gets adequate response.

24.4 Another step taken by the Finance Minister relates to reduction in tax litigation. For this purpose “Dispute Resolution Scheme – 2016” has been announced. This scheme is similar to “Kar Vivad Samadhen Scheme”, which was introduced in 1998. This scheme is limited to settlement of tax disputes pending on 29.2.2016 before CIT (A). It does not cover tax disputes before ITA Tribunal, High Court or the Supreme Court. Here also the provision for payment of notional penalty @ 25% where disputed tax exceeds Rs. 10 Lakh will be an impediment in the success of the scheme. This Scheme covers Settlement of tax disputes due to retrospective amendments made in the Income tax Act. For such cases tax disputes pending before any appellate authority can be settled on payment of only disputed tax. Interest and penalty will be waived. It will be possible for assessees to settle tax disputes relating to retrospective amendments made in section 9, 14A, 37, 40, etc.

24.5 The introduction of a new chapter XII – EB (Section 115 TD to 115 TF) effective from 1.6.2016 to levy ‘Exit Tax’ on Charitable Trusts is a big blow on Charitable Trusts. In our country Charitable Trusts are working to supplement the work of the Government in the field of education, medical relief, eradication of poverty, relief during calamities such as drought, earthquake etc. For this reason, exemption is given to such charitable trusts: In recent years it is noticed that the provisions relating to the exemption to such trusts are being made more complicated. The attempt of the tax administration is to see how best this benefit to charitable trusts is denied. By levy of “Exit Tax” on cancellation of registration u/s 12AA is one such step. It is the general experience of such trusts that section 12AA Registration is being cancelled on some technical grounds and the trusts have to litigate on this issue. If, ‘Exit Tax’ is levied on cancellation of Registration u/s 12AA, the trustees of such trusts will be put to great hardship.

24.6 Another major amendment made this year is about change in the concept for levy of penalty. The concept of concealment of Income or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income for levy of penalty is now given up. Now, penalty will be leviable if there is a difference between the assessed income and declared income. Such difference will be divided into two parts viz. “Under Reporting” and “Misreporting” of income. There is a thin line of distinction between the two. This new concept will invite litigation about interpretation whether there is “Under Reporting” where penalty is 50% of tax or “Misreporting” where penalty is 200% of tax. The old concept of concealment or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income for levy of penalty has been interpreted in several judgments of the High Courts and the Supreme Court in last more than 6 decades. The law on the subject was well settled. This new concept of “Under Reporting” and “Misreporting” introduced this year will unsettle the settled law and assessees will have to face fresh litigation.

24.7 Welcome provision introduced this year on the recommendation of Justice Easwar Committee relates to extension of concept of presumptive taxation in cases of small professionals earning gross receipts not exceeding Rs. 50 Lakh. They will not be required to maintain accounts if they offer 50% of Gross Receipts as their income. Justice Easwar Committee had suggested limit of gross receipts at Rs. 1 Crore and presumptive income at 33 1/3%. This suggestion is only partly implemented. This provision will go a long way in resolving tax disputes in cases of small professionals.

24.8 Taking an overall view of the amendments made this year in the Income tax Act, one can compliment the Finance Minister for his sympathetic approach to the tax payers. Some of the amendments are really tax payer friendly as they grant relief to small tax payers. He has taken measures to promote affordable housing and to boost growth and employment generation.

24.9 While concluding his Budget Speech he has observed in Para 188 and 189 as under:

“188. This Budget is being presented amidst global and domestic headwinds. There are several challenges. We see them as opportunities. I have outlined the agenda of our Government to “Transform India” for the benefit of the farmers, the poor and the vulnerable.

“189. It is said that “Champions are made from something they have deep inside of them – a desire, a dream, a vision. We have a desire to provide socio-economic security to every Indian, especially the farmers, the poor, and the vulnerable; we have a dream to see a more prosperous India, and vision to “Transform India”.

Let us hope he is able to achieve his goal with the cooperation of all citizens of the country.

RULES FOR INTERPRETATION OF TAX STATUTES – PART – II

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction
In the April issue of the BCAJ, I had discussed the basic rules of interpretation of tax statutes.This article continues to explain each rule extensively and elaborately, supported by binding precedents.

1. Interpretation of Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements :

The principles set out in Vienna Convention as agreed on 23rd May, 1969 are recognised as applicable to tax treaties. Rules embodied in Articles 31, 32 and 33 of the Convention are often referred to in interpretation of tax treaties.S Some aspects of those Articles are good faith; objects and purpose and intent to enter into the treaty. Discussion papers are referred to resolve ambiguity or obscurity. These basic principles need to be kept in mind while construing DTAA .

1.1. Maxwell on the Interpretation of Statutes mentions the following rule, under the title ‘presumption against violation of international law’: “Under the general presumption that the legislature does not intend to exceed its jurisdiction, every statute is interpreted, so far as its language permits, so as not to be inconsistent with the comity of nations or the established rules of international law, and the court will avoid a construction which would give rise to such inconsistency, unless compelled to adopt it by plain and unambiguous language. But if the language of the statute is clear, it must be followed notwithstanding the conflict between municipal and international law which results”.

2.2. In John N. Gladden vs. Her Majesty the Queen, the Federal Court observed:”Contrary to an ordinary taxing statute, a tax treaty or convention must be given a liberal interpretation with a view to implementing the true intentions of the parties. A literal or legalistic interpretation must be avoided when the basic object of the treaty might be defeated or frustrated insofar as the particular item under consideration is concerned.” The Federal Court in N. Gladden vs. Her Majesty the Queen 85 D.T.C. 5188 said : “”The non-resident can benefit from the exemption regardless of whether or not he is taxable on that capital gain in his own country. If Canada or the U.S. were to abolish capital gains completely, while the other country did not, a resident of the country which had abolished capital gains would still be exempt from capital gains in the other country.”

1.3. An important principle which needs to be kept in mind in the interpretation of the provisions of an international treaty, including one for double taxation relief, is that treaties are negotiated and entered into at a political level and have several considerations as their bases. Commenting on this aspect of the matter, David R. Davis in Principles of International Double Taxation Relief, points out that the main function of a Double Taxation Avoidance Treaty should be seen in the context of aiding commercial relations between treaty partners and as being essentially a bargain between two treaty countries as to the division of tax revenues between them in respect of income falling to be taxed in both jurisdictions.

1.4. The benefits and detriments of a double tax treaty will probably only be truly reciprocal where the flow of trade and investment between treaty partners is generally in balance. Where this is not the case, the benefits of the treaty may be weighted more in favour of one treaty partner than the other, even though the provisions of the treaty are expressed in reciprocal terms. This has been identified as occurring in relation to tax treaties between developed and developing countries, where the flow of trade and investment is largely one way. Because treaty negotiations are largely a bargaining process with each side seeking concessions from the other, the final agreement will often represent a number of compromises, and it may be uncertain as to whether a full and sufficient quid pro quo is obtained by both sides.” And, finally, “Apart from the allocation of tax between the treaty partners, tax treaties can also help to resolve problems and can obtain benefits which cannot be achieved unilaterally.

1.5. The Supreme Court in Vodafone International Holdings B.V. vs. Union of India (2012) 341-ITR-1 (SC) observed: “The court has to give effect to the language of the section when it is unambiguous and admits of no doubt regarding its interpretation, particularly when a legal fiction is embedded in that section. A legal fiction has a limited scope and cannot be expanded by giving purposive interpretation particularly if the result of such interpretation is to transform the concept of chargeability. It also reiterated and declared “All tax planning is not illegal or illegitimate or impermissible”. McDowell ‘s case has been explained and watered down.

1.6. Tax treaties are intended to grant tax relief and not to put residents of a contracting country at a disadvantage vis-a-vis other taxpayers. Section 90(2) of the Income-tax Act lays down that in relation to the assessee to whom an agreement u/s. 90(1) applies, the provisions of the Act shall apply to the extent they are more beneficial to that assessee. Circular No. 789 dated April 13, 2000 (2000) 243-ITR-(St.) 57 has been declared as valid in Vodafone International Holdings B.V. vs. UOI (2012) 341 ITR 1 ) SC) at 101. The Supreme Court in C.I.T. vs. P.V.A.L. Lulandagan Chettiar (2004) 267-ITR-657 (SC) has held : “In the case of a conflict between the provisions of this Act and an Agreement for Avoidance of Double Taxation between the Government and a foreign State, the provisions of the Agreement would prevail over those of the Act.

1.7. The Jaipur Bench of I.T.A.T. (TM) in Modern Threads Case 69-ITD-115 (TM) relying on the Circular dated 2.4.1982 held that the terms of DTAA prevail. It also observed: “The tax benefits are provided in the DTAA as an incentive for mutual benefits. The provisions of the DTAA are, therefore, required to be construed so as to advance its objectives and not to frustrate them. This view finds ample support from the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case Bajaj Tempo Ltd. vs. CIT 196-ITR-188 and CIT vs. Shan Finance Pvt. Ltd. 231-ITR-308”. The Bangalore Bench in IBM World Trade Corp. vs. DIT (2012) 148 TTJ 496 held that the provisions of the Act or treaty whichever is beneficial are applicable to the assessee.

2. Explanation :

The normal principle in construing an Explanation is to understand it as explaining the meaning of the provision to which it is added The Explanation does not enlarge or limit the provision, unless the Explanation purports to be a definition or a deeming clause. If the intention of the Legislature is not fully conveyed earlier or there has been a misconception about the scope of a provision, the Legislature steps in to explain the purport of the provision; such an Explanation has to be given effect to, as pointing out the real meaning of the provision all along. If there is conflict in opinion on the construction of a provision, the Legislature steps in by inserting the Explanation, to clarify its intent. Explanation is normally clarificatory and retrospective in operation. However, the rule governing the construction of the provisions imposing penal liability upon the subject is that such provisions should be strictly construed. When a provision creates some penal liability against the subject, such provision should ordinarily be interpreted strictly.

2.1. The orthodox function of an Explanation is to explain the meaning and effect of the main provision. It is different in nature from a proviso, as the latter excepts, excludes or restricts, while the former explains or clarifies and does not restrict the operation of the main provision. An Explanation is also different from rules framed under an Act. Rules are for effective implementation of the Act whereas an Explanation only explains the provisions of the section. Rules cannot go beyond or against the provisions of the Act as they are framed under the Act and if there is any contradiction, the Act will prevail over the Rules. This is not the position vis-à-vis the section and its Explanation. The latter, by its very name, is intended to explain the provisions of the section, hence, there can be no contradiction. A section has to be understood and read hand in hand with the Explanation, which is only to support the main provision, like an example does not explain any situation, held in N. Govindaraju vs. I.T.O. (2015) 377-ITR-243 (Karnataka).

2.2. Ordinarily, an Explanation is introduced by the Legislature for clarifying some doubts or removing confusion which may possibly arise from the existing provisions. Normally, therefore, an Explanation would not expand the scope of the main provision and the purpose of the Explanation would be to fill a gap left in the statute, to suppress a mischief, to clear a doubt or as is often said to make explicit what was implicit as held in Katira Construction Ltd. vs. Union of India (2013) 352-ITR-513 (Gujarat).

3. Proviso :

A proviso qualifies the generality of the main enactment by providing an exception and taking out from the main provision, a portion, which, but for the proviso would be part of the main provision. A proviso, must, therefore, be considered in relation to the principal matter to which it stands as a proviso. A proviso should not be read as if providing by way of an addition to the main provision which is foreign to the principal provision itself. Indeed, in some cases, a proviso may be an exception to the main provision though it cannot be inconsistent with what is expressed thereinand, if it is, it would be ultra vires the main provision and liable to be struck down. As a general rule, in construing an enactment containing a proviso, it is proper to construe the provisions together without making either of them redundant or otiose. Even where the enacting part is clear, it is desirable to make an effort to give meaning to the proviso with a view to justifying its necessity.

3.1. A proviso to a provision in a statute has several functions and while interpreting a provision of the statue, the court is required to carefully scrutinise and find out the real object of the proviso appended to that provision. It is not a proper rule of interpretation of a proviso that the enacting part or the main part of the section be construed first without the proviso and if the same is found to be ambiguous only then recourse maybe had to examine the proviso. On the other hand, an accepted rule of interpretation is that a section and the proviso thereto must be construed as a whole, each portion throwing light, if need be, on the rest. A proviso is normally used to remove special cases from the general enactment and provide for them specially.

3.2. A proviso must be limited to the subject-matter of the enacting clause. It is a settled rule of construction that a proviso must prima facie be read and considered in relation to the principal matter to which it is a proviso. It is not a separate or independent enactment. “Words are dependent on the principal enacting words to which they are tacked as a proviso. They cannot be read as divorced from their context” (Thompson vs. Dibdin, 1912 AC 533). The rule of construction is that prima facie a proviso should be limited in its operation to the subject-matter of the enacting clause. To expand the enacting clause, inflated by the proviso, is a sin against the fundamental rule of construction that a proviso must be considered in relation to the principal matter to which it stands as a proviso. A proviso ordinarily is but a proviso, although the golden rule is to read the whole section, inclusive of the proviso, in such manner that they mutually throw light on each other and result in a harmonious construction” as observed in: Union of India & Others vs. Dileep Kumar Singh (2015) AIR 1421 at 1426-27.

4. Retrospective or Prospective or Retroactive :
It is a well-settled rule of interpretation hallowed by time and sanctified by judicial decisions that, unless the terms of a statute expressly so provide or necessarily require it, retrospective operation should not be given to a statute, so as to take away or impair an existing right, or create a new obligation or impose a new liability otherwise than as regards matters of procedure. The general rule as stated by Halsbury in volume 36 of the Laws of England (third edition) and reiterated in several decisions of the Supreme Court as well as English courts is that “all statutes other than those which are merely declaratory or which relate only to matters of procedure or of evidence are prima facie prospective” and retrospective operation should not be given to a statute so as to effect, alter or destroy an existing right or create a new liability or obligation unless that effect cannot be avoided without doing violence to the language of the enactment. If the enactment is expressed in language which is fairly capable of either interpretation, it ought to be construed as prospective only.

4.1. In Hitendra Vishnu Thakur vs. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1994 S.C. 2623, the Supreme Court held: (i) A statute which affects substantive rights is presumed to be prospective in operation, unless made retrospective, either expressly or by necessary intendment, whereas a statute which merely affects procedure, unless such a construction is textually impossible is presumed to be retrospective in its application, should not be given an extended meaning, and should be strictly confined to its clearly defined limits. (ii) Law relating to forum and limitation is procedural in nature, whereas law relating to right of action and right of appeal, even though remedial, is substantive in nature; (iii) Every litigant has a vested right in substantive law, but no such right exists in procedural law. (iv) A procedural statute should not generally speaking be applied retrospectively, where the result would be to create new disabilities or obligations, or to impose new duties in respect of transactions already accomplished. (v) A statute which not only changes the procedure but also creates new rights and liabilities, shall be construed to be prospective in operation, unless otherwise provided, either expressly or by necessary implication. This principle stands approved by the Constitution Bench in the case of Shyam Sunder vs. Ram Kumar AIR 2001 S.C. 2472.

4.2. It has been consistently held by the Supreme Court in CIT vs. Varas International P. Ltd. (2006) 283-ITR-484 (SC) and recently, that for an amendment of a statute to be construed as being retrospective, the amended provision itself should indicate either in terms or by necessary implication that it is to operate retrospectively. Of the various rules providing guidance as to how a legislation has to be interpreted, one established rule is that unless a contrary intention appears, a legislation is presumed not to be intended to have a retrospective operation. The idea behind the rule is that a current law should govern current activities. Law passed today cannot apply to the events of the past. If we do something today, we do it keeping in view the law of today and in force and not tomorrow’s backward adjustment of it. Our belief in the nature of the law is founded on the bedrock, that every human being is entitled to arrange his affairs by relying on the existing law and should not find that his plans have been retrospectively upset. This principle of law is known as lex prospicit non respicit : law looks forward not backward. As was observed in Phillips vs. Eyre3, a retrospective legislation is contrary to the general principle that legislation by which the conduct of mankind is to be regulated, when introduced for the first time to deal with future acts, ought not to change the character of past transactions carried on upon the faith of the then existing laws as observed in CIT vs. Township P. Ltd. (2014) 367-ITR-466 at 486.

4.3. If a legislation confers a benefit on some persons, but without inflicting a corresponding detriment on some other person or on the public generally, and where to confer such benefit appears to have been the legislators’ object, then the presumption would be that such a legislation, giving it a purposive construction, would warrant it to be given a retrospective effect. This exactly is the justification to treat procedural provisions as retrospective. In the Government of India & Ors. vs. Indian Tobacco Association, (2005) 7-SCC-396, the doctrine of fairness was held to be a relevant factor to construe a statute conferring a benefit, in the context of it to be given a retrospective operation. The same doctrine of fairness, to hold that a statute was retrospective in nature, was applied in the case of Vijay vs. State of Maharashtra (2006) 6-SCC-289. It was held that where a law is enacted for the benefit of community as a whole, even in the absence of a provision the statute may be held to be retrospective in nature. Refer CIT vs. Township P. Ltd. (2014) 367-ITR-466 at 487. In my view, in such circumstances, it would have a retroactive effect.

4.4. In the case of CIT vs. Scindia Steam Navigation Co. Ltd. (1961) 42-ITR-589 (SC), the court held that as the liability to pay tax is computed according to the law in force at the beginning of the assessment year, i.e., the first day of April, any change in law affecting tax liability after that date though made during the currency of the assessment year, unless specifically made retrospective, does not apply to the assessment for that year. Tax laws are clearly in derogation of personal rights and property interests and are, therefore, subject to strict construction, and any ambiguity must be resolved against imposition of the tax.

4.5. There are three concepts: (i) prospective amendment with effect from a fixed date; (ii) retrospective amendment with effect from a fixed anterior date; (iii) clarificatory amendments which are retrospective in nature; and (iv) an amendment made to a taxing statute can be said to be intended to remove “hardships” only of the assessee, not of the Department. In ultimate analysis in CIT vs. Township P. Ltd. (2014) 367-ITR-466 at 496-497 (SC), surcharge was held to be prospective and not retrospective.

4.6. The presumption against retrospective operation is not applicable to declaratory statutes. In determining, the nature of the Act, regard must be had to the substance rather than to the form. If a new Act is ‘to explain’ an earlier Act, it would be without object unless construed retrospectively. An explanatory Act is generally passed to supply an obvious omission or to clear up doubt as the meaning of the previous Act. It is well settled that if a statute is curative or merely declaratory of the previous law, retrospective operation is generally intended. An amending Act may be purely declaratory to clear a meaning of a provision of the principal Act, which was already implicit. A clarificatory amendment of this nature will have retrospective effect. It is called as retroactive.

5 May or Shall :
The use of the word “shall” in a statutory provision, though generally taken in a mandsssatory sense, does not necessarily mean that in every case it shall have that effect, that is to say, unless the words of the statute are punctiliously followed, the proceeding or the outcome of the proceeding would be invalid. On the other hand, it is not always correct to say that where the word “may” has been used, the statute is only permissive or directory in the sense that non-compliance with those provisions will not render the proceedings invalid. The user of the word “may” by the legislature may be out of reverence. The setting in which the word “may” has been used needs consideration, and has to be given due weightage.

5.1. When a statute invests a public officer with authority to do an act in a specified set of circumstances, it is imperative upon him to exercise his authority in a manner appropriate to the case, when a party interested and having a right to apply moves in that behalf and circumstances for exercise of authority are shown to exist. Even if the words used in the Statute are prima facie enabling, the courts will readily infer a duty to exercise power which is invested in aid of enforcement of a right – public or private – of a citizen. When a duty is cast on the authority, that power to ensure that injustice to the assessee or to the revenue may be avoided must be exercised. It is implicit in the nature of the power and its entrustment to the authority invested with quasi-judicial functions. That power is not discretionary and the Officer cannot, if the conditions for its exercise were shown to exist, decline to exercise power conferred as held by the Supreme Court in L. Hirday Narain vs. I.T.O. (1970) 78 I.T.R. 26.

5.2. Use of the word “shall” in a statute ordinarily speaking means that the statutory provision is mandatory. It is construed as such, unless there is something in the context in which the word is used which would justify a departure from this meaning. Where an assessee seeks to claim the benefit under a statutory scheme, he is bound to comply strictly with the conditions under which the benefit is granted. There is no scope for the application of any equitable consideration when the statutory provisions are stated in plain language. The courts have no power to act beyond the terms of the statutory provision under which benefits have been granted to a tax payer. The provisions contained in an Act are required to be interpreted, keeping in view the well recognised rule of construction that procedural prescriptions are meant for doing substantial justice. If violation of the procedural provision does not result in denial of fair hearing or causes prejudice to the parties, the same has to be treated as directory notwithstanding the use of word ‘shall’, as observed in Shivjee Singh vs. Nagendra Tiwary AIR 2010 S.C. 2261 at 2263.

5.3. In certain circumstances, the word ‘may’ has to be read as ‘shall’ because an authority charged with the task of enforcing the statute needs to decide the consequences that the Legislature intended to follow from failure to implement the requirement. Hence, the interpretation of the two words would always depend on the context and setting in which they are used.

6. Mandatory or Directory :

It is beyond any cavil that the question as to whether the provision is directory or mandatory would depend upon the language employed therein. (See Union of India and others vs. Filip Tiago De Gama of Vedem Vasco De Gama, (AIR 1990 SC 981 : (1989) Suppl. 2 SCR 336). In a case where the statutory provision is plain and unambiguous, the Court shall not interpret the same in a different manner, only because of harsh consequences arising therefrom. In E. Palanisamy vs. Palanisamy (Dead) by Lrs. And others, (2003) 1 SCC 122), a Division Bench of the Supreme Court observed: “The rent legislation is normally intended for the benefit of the tenants. At the same time, it is well settled that the benefits conferred on the tenants through the relevant statutes can be enjoyed only on the basis of strict compliance with the statutory provisions. Equitable consideration has no place in such matter.”

6.1. The Court’s jurisdiction to interpret a statute can be invoked when the same is ambiguous. It is well known that in a given case, the Court can iron out the fabric but it cannot change the texture of the fabric. It cannot enlarge the scope of legislation or intention when the language of provision is plain and unambiguous. It cannot add or subtract words to a statue or read something into it which is not there. It cannot rewrite or recast legislation. It is also necessary to determine that there exists a presumption that the Legislature has not used any superfluous words. It is well settled that the real intention of the legislation must be gathered from the language used. It may be true that use of the expression ‘shall or may’ is not decisive for arriving at a finding as to whether statute is directory or mandatory. But the intention of the Legislature must be found out from the scheme of the Act. It is also equally well settled that when negative words are used, the courts will presume that the intention of the Legislature was that the provisions are mandatory in character.

7. Stare Decisis :

To give law a finality and to maintain consistency, the principle of stare decisis is applied. It is a sound principle of law to follow a view which is operating for a long time. Interpretation of a provision rendered years back and accepted and acted upon should not be easily departed from. While reconsidering decisions rendered a long time back, the courts cannot ignore the harm that is likely to happen by unsettling the law that has been settled. Interpretation given to a provision by several High Courts without dissent and uniformly followed; several transactions entered into based upon the said exposition of the law; the doctrine of stare decisis should apply or else it will result in chaos and open up a Pandora’s box of uncertainty.

7.1. The Supreme Court referring to Muktul vs. Manbhari, AIR 1958 SC 918; and relying upon the observations of the Apex Court in Mishri Lal vs. Dhirendra Nath (1999) 4 SCC 11, observed in Union of India vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan (2003) 263 ITR at 726: “A decision which has been followed for a long period of time, and has been acted upon by persons in the formation of contracts or in the disposition of their property, or in the general conduct of affairs, or in legal procedure or in other ways, will generally be followed by courts of higher authority other than the court establishing the rule, even though the court before whom the matter arises afterwards might be of a different view.”

8. Subject to and Non-obstante :
It is fairly common in tax laws to use the expression ‘Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or Other Acts” or “Subject to other provisions of this Act or Other Acts”. The principles governing any non obstante clause are well established. Ordinarily, it is a legislative device to give such a clause an overriding effect over the law or provision that qualifies such clause. When a clause begins with “Notwithstanding anything contained in the Act or in some particular provision/provisions in the Act”, it is with a view to give the enacting part of the section, in case of conflict, an overriding effect over the Act or provision mentioned in the non obstante clause. It conveys that in spite of the provisions or the Act mentioned in the non-obstante clause, the enactment following such expression shall have full operation. It is used to override the mentioned law/provision in specified circumstances.

8.1 The Apex court in Union of India vs. Kokil (G.M.) AIR 1984 SC 1022 stated : “It is well known that a non -obstante clause is a legislative device which is usually employed to give overriding effect to certain provisions over some contrary provisions that may be found either in the same enactment or some other enactment, that is to say, to avoid the operation and effect of all contrary provisions.” In Chandavarkar Sita Ratna Rao vs. Ashalata S. Guram, AIR 1987 SC 117, it observed : “A clause beginning with the expression ‘notwithstanding anything contained in this Act or in some particular provision in the Act or in some particular Act or in any law for the time being in force, or in any contract’ is more often than not appended to a section in the beginning with a view to give the enacting part of the section, in case of conflict an overriding effect over the provision of the Act or the contract mentioned in the non obstante clause. It is equivalent to saying that in spite of the provision of the Act or any other Act mentioned in the non-obstante clause or any contract or document mentioned in the enactment following it will have its full operation, or that the provisions embraced in the non-obstante clause would not be an impediment for an operation of the enactment. The above principles were again reiterated in Parayankandiyal Eravath Kanapravan Kalliani amma vs. K. Devi AIR 1996 SC 1963 and are well settled.

8.2 The distinction between the expression “subject to other provisions’ and the expression “notwithstanding anything contained in other provisions of the Act” was explained by a Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court in South India Corporation (P.) Ltd. vs. Secretary, Board of Revenue (1964) 15 STC 74. About the former expression, the court said while considering article 372: “The expression ‘subject to’ conveys the idea of a provision yielding place to another provision or other provisions to which it is made subject.” About the non obstante clause with which article 278 began, the court said : “The phrase ‘notwithstanding anything in the Constitution’ is equivalent to saying that in spite of the other articles of the Constitution, or that the other articles shall not be an impediment to the operation of article 278.”

To be continued in the next issue.

RULES FOR INTERPRETATION OF TAX LAWS – PAR T 1

fiogf49gjkf0d
1.Introduction:
No enactment has been enacted by the Legislature for Interpretation of Statues including on Tax Laws. However, in many an acts, definition clause is inserted to mean a ‘word’ or ‘expression’. Explanations and Provisos are inserted to expand or curtail. No codified rules have been made by the rule making authority or the Legislature. Rules are judge made, keeping due regard of the objects, intent and purpose of the enacted provision. Interpretation is the primary function of a court of law. The Court interprets the provision whenever a challenge is thrown before it. Interpretation would not be arbitrary or fanciful but an honest continuous exercise by the Courts.

1.1. The expression “interpretation” and “construction” are generally understood as synonymous even though jurisprudentially both are distinct and different. “Interpretation” means the art of finding out of true sense of the enactment whereas “Construction” means drawing conclusions on the documents based on its language, phraseology clauses, terms and conditions. Rules for Interpretation of “Tax Laws” are to some extent different than the General Principles of Interpretation of Common Law. Rules of Interpretation which govern the tax laws are being dealt in this series of articles.

2. Particulars in a Statute:
Every enactment normally contains Short title; Long title; Preamble; Marginal notes; Headings of a group of sections or of individual sections; Definition of interpretation clauses; Provisos; Illustrations; Exceptions and saving clauses; Explanations; Schedules; Punctuations; etc. Title may be short or long. Preamble contains the main object. Marginal notes are given. Chapters and Headings are group of sections. In the Finance Bill, Memorandum containing explanation on every clause, intent and purpose for the proposal is given. Central Board of Direct Taxes issues Circulars explaining each clause. Finance Minister in his speech refers to the proposed insertions, amendments, alterations, modifications etc. It is highly desirable to go through such material apart from unmodified provision for proper understanding, pleadings and arguments.

3. Classification of the Statute:
Statute can be of various classifications. Providing date of commencement, territorial jurisdiction, mandatory or directory, object, whether codifying or consolidating or declaratory or remedial or enabling or disabling, penal, explanatory, amending retrospective or retroactive or repeal with savings or curative, corrective or validating. Applicability can be on all the subjects or class of persons or specified territorial area or specified industries etc. Assent of the President is a requisite condition. Rules have to be framed by the rule making authority and to be operative from specified date or notified date.

4. The General Principles of Interpretation:
Broadly, the general principles, as applied from time to time by the Courts are : The literal or grammatical interpretation; The mischief rule; The golden rule; Harmonious construction; The statute should be read as a whole; Construction ut res magis valeat quam pereat; Identical expressions to have same meaning; Construction noscitur a sociis; Construction ejusdem generis; Construction expression unius est exclusion alterius; Construction contemporanea exposition est fortissimo in lege; etc. Taxation statutes collecting taxes, duty, cess, levies, etc. from the subjects, have to be beneficially and liberally construed in favour of the tax payers. Penal statutes have to be construed strictly and the benefit of doubt to go to the culprit. Penalty provisions are a civil liability, but have to be construed reasonably. Penalty is corrective and not revenue earner. Levy of interest is compensatory and is treated as mandatory. Charge should be specific and there must be satisfaction of the authority issuing show-cause and levying penalty.

4.1. Other statutes in pari-materia have to be cautiously applied and if phraseology and intent is identical, may apply. Ratio decendai may also apply. Amending statutes are normally prospective unless specifically stated as retrospective. There are mandatory and directory or conjunctive and disjunctive enactments. There exist internal or external aids to interpretation. There can be retrospective, prospective or retroactive operation of a provision. Many maxims are used for interpretation. While interpreting tax laws ‘Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements’ have to be considered as supreme and would prevail even if meaning and language in the statute is different and there exists a confrontation. No provision should be in infringement of the Constitution and it should not be violative or unconstitutional but intravires – not ultravires. Certain issues may be resintegra or nonintegra.

4.2. There are binding precedents under articles 141 and 226 – 227 of the Constitution of India. Even order of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal and High Court, other than the jurisdictional High Court, have to be respected. Judgment of larger bench as well as co-ordinate bench has to be followed unless and until raised issue is referred to the President of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal or the Chief Justice, as the case may be, for constituting a larger bench. Judgment of the Constitutional Bench prevails over judgments of lower authorities and single benches. However recently it has been noticed that even orders of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal or Single or Division Bench of High Courts have been referred and considered, if no appeal has been filed by the Revenue and their ratio has been accepted impliedly or explicitly.

4.3. The General Clauses Act, 1897, contains definitions, which are applicable to all common laws including tax laws, unless and until any repugnant or different definition is contained in the definition section of the tax laws. It also contains general rules of construction, which are applied on common law as well as tax laws. Provisions of Civil Law, Criminal Law, Hindu Law, Evidence Act, Transfer of Property Act, Partnership Act, Companies Act and other specific, relevant and ancillary laws equally apply unless until a different provision is enacted in tax statute and such laws expressly excluded. As analysed, about 108 Acts other than tax statutes need be read, referred and relied upon to make an effective representation, knowledge whereof is imperative.

4.4. Ordinances are also issued, which have limited life, till the statute is enacted or for the specified period. Its purpose is to be operative during the intervening period, where after it automatically lapses. Circulars, instructions, directions are issued statutorily as well as internally, which are binding on tax administration, but not on a tax payer. By such circulars, scope of exemption, deduction or allowance can be expanded, even though literal meaning of the relevant provision may be to the contrary; being beneficial to the tax payer.

5. The Tax and Litigation:
Return is filed. Assessment is framed by the assessing authority. First appeal lies with the Commissioner of Income-tax (Appeals), a superior assessing authority. Second appeal lies, and lis commences, on appeal to the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal. Income Tax Appellate Tribunal is final fact finding body. Third appeal lies with the Division Bench of the jurisdictional High Court, on substantial question of law and finality is given by the Supreme Court, where an appeal as well as a Special leave Petition can be filed. Appeal is statutory and S.L.P. is discretionary. Scope is larger on SLP. Revisional power is with the Commissioner of Income-tax u/s. 263 as well as 264. Writ remedy can be availed before the jurisdictional High Court, if there is no alternative, effective, efficacious remedy of appeal or if there is lack of jurisdiction or violation of principles of natural justice or perversity or arbitrariness, disturbing conscious of the Court. The Hon’ble High Courts are slow in permitting writ jurisdiction. Even notice u/s.148 can be challenged by writ, on lack of jurisdictional requirements. Substantial disputes can be settled through the medium of Income Tax Settlement Commission and Dispute Resolution mechanism. Interpretation of documents is a substantial question of law as held by the Apex Court in Unitech Ltd. vs. Union of India (2016) 381-ITR-456 (S.C.).

5.1. Eminent Jurist Cardozo states, “You may say that there is no assurance that judges will interpret the mores of their day more wisely and truly than other men. I am not disposed to deny this, but in my view it is quite beside the point. The point is rather that this power of interpretation must be lodged somewhere, and the custom of the Constitution has lodged it in the Judges. If they are to fulfill their function as Judges, it could hardly be lodged elsewhere. Their conclusions must, indeed, be subject to constant testing and retesting, revision and readjustment; but if they act with conscience and intelligence, they ought to attain in their conclusions a fair average of truth and wisdom.”

5.2. Article 265 of the constitution mandates that no tax shall be levied or collected except by the authority of law. It provides that not only levy but also the collection of a tax must be under the authority of some law. The tax proposed to be levied must be within the legislative competence of the Legislature imposing the tax. The validity of the tax is to be determined with reference to the competence of the Legislature at the time when the taxing law was enacted. The law must be validly enacted i.e. by the proper body which has the legislative authority and in the manner required to give its Acts, the force of law. The law must not be a colourable use of or a fraud upon the legislative power to tax. The tax must not violate the conditions laid down in the constitution and must not also contravene the specific provisions of the constitution.

5.3. No tax can be imposed by any bye-law, rule or regulation unless the ‘statute’ under which the subordinate legislation is made specifically authorises the imposition and the authorisation must be express not implied. The procedure prescribed by the statute must be followed. Tax is a compulsory exaction made under an enactment. The word tax, in its wider sense includes all money raised by taxation including taxes levied by the Union and State Legislatures; rates and other charges levied by local authorities under statutory powers. Tax includes any ‘impost’ general, special or local. It would thus include duties, cesses or fees, surcharge, administrative charges etc. A broad meaning has to be given to the word “tax.”

5.4. Taxes are levied and collected to meet the cost of governance, safety, security and for welfare of the economically weaker sections of the Society. It is well established that the Legislature enjoys wide latitude in the matter of selection of persons, subject-matter, events, etc., for taxation. The tests of the vice of discrimination in a taxing law are less rigorous. It is well established that the Legislature is promulgated to exercise an extremely wide discretion in classifying for tax purposes, so long as it refrains from clear and hostile discrimination against particular persons or classes. In Jaipur Hosiery Mills (P.) Ltd. vs. State of Rajasthan (1970) 26-STC-341; the apex court while upholding the classification made on the basis of the value of sold garments, held that the statute is not open to attack on the mere ground that it taxes some persons or objects and not others. The same view has been taken in State of Gujarat vs. Shri Ambica Mills Ltd., (1974) 4-SCC-916. In ITO vs. N. Takin Roy Rymbai (1976) 103-ITR-82 (SC); (1976) 1 SCC 916, the apex court held that the Legislature has ample freedom to select and classify persons, districts, goods, properties, incomes and objects which it would tax, and which it would not tax.

5.5. With National litigation policy of the Government of India, the Central Board of Direct Taxes issued Instruction No. 5 dated July 10, 2014 and lately in exercise of powers conferred u/s. 268(A) of the Income-tax Act issued Circular dated December 10, 2015 bearing No. 21 of 2015, enhancing monetary limits for an appeal before the Tribunal exceeding tax Rs. 10 lakh, before the High Court exceeding tax Rs. 20 lakh and before the Hon’ble Supreme Court exceeding tax Rs. 25 lakh with specified exceptions. Tax would not include interest. Same limit for penalty appeals. It applies to pending appeals and references. Writs have been excluded. The instruction will apply retrospectively to pending appeals and appeals to be filed henceforth in High Courts/Tribunals. Pending appeals below the specified tax limits may be withdrawn or not pressed. Appeals before the Supreme Court will be governed by the instructions on this subject, operative at the time when such appeal was filed.

5.6. The Hon’ble Bombay High Court in C.I.T. vs. Sunny Sounds Pvt. Ltd. (2016) 281-ITR-443 (Bom.) at 452 observed: “The need for the Central Board of Direct Taxes to issue the December 15, 2015, Circular and to clarify that it would apply retrospectively to govern even pending appeals arose on account of the enormous increase in the number of appeals being filed by the Revenue over the years”. It also observed: “This policy of non-filing and of not pressing and/or withdrawing admitted appeals having tax effect of less than Rs. 20 lakh has been specifically declared to be retrospective by the Circular dated December 10, 2015. There is no reason why the circular4 should not apply to pending references where the tax effect is less than Rs. 20 lakh as the objective of the Circular would stand fulfilled on its application even to pending references”. Ultimately reference application of the Revenue was returned unanswered. The Ahmedabad Bench of I.T.A.T. in Dy. Commissioner vs. Some Textiles & Industries Ltd. and Others (2016) 175-TTJ (Ahd.) 1 by Order dated 15.12.2015 have also held so for pending appeals. Thus cost of the Government has been saved. Fairly large number of pending appeals have been / are being withdrawn. Appeals / References which fall under the Circular as interpreted by the Courts and Tribunals need be brought to the notice of the relevant forum or the concerned Commissioner for its expeditious withdrawal. It is ‘Professional Social Responsibility’ of each one of us. I have noticed department is slack and is not filing withdrawal applications or providing lists to the I.T.A.T./ High Courts. It is improper.

5.7. Regularly at short intervals, Voluntary Disclose or Declaration Schemes and Schemes to reduce / waive outstanding demands like Kar Vivad Samadhan Scheme etc. are introduced. The Finance Bill, 2016 also introduces (1) The Income Declaration Scheme, 2016; (2) The Direct Tax Dispute Resolutions Scheme, 2016, benefit whereof deserves to be availed of by the eligible persons. It is advisable to cut down tax disputes, purchase peace and concentrate on earning income after developing tax culture. Our duty is to guide clients for payment of due and legitimate taxes.

5.8. In tax administration, accountability is absent, work culture is missing and slackness is apparent. High pitched additions are made, arbitrarily, capriciously, with perversity and malafides. Corruption is flagrant. The Raja Chelliah report suggested that black marks be given to such officers, whose additions do not stand test of appeal. But the same was not accepted. However, by the Finance Bill, 2016 some steps towards accountability and expeditious are proposed. Such steps need to be implemented vigorously to usher in discipline. Many more measures are necessary and expedient in the interest of just collection.

6. Charging and Machinery Provision :

The rule of construction of a charging section is that before taxing any person, it must be shown that he falls within the ambit of the charging section by clear words used in the section. No one can be taxed by implication. A charging section has to be construed strictly. If a person has not been brought within the ambit of the charging section by clear words, he cannot be taxed at all. The Supreme Court in CWT vs. Ellis Bridge Gymkhana and Others (1998) 229 ITR 1 held: “The Legislature deliberately excluded a firm or an association of persons from the charge of wealth-tax and the word “individual” in the charging section cannot be stretched to include entities which had been deliberately left out of the charge.

6.1. The charging section which fixes the liability is strictly construed but that rule of strict construction is not extended to the machinery provisions which are construed like any other statute. The machinery provisions must, no doubt, be so construed as would effectuate the object and purpose of the statute and not defeat the same. (See Whitney vs. Commissioner of Inland Revenue (1926) AC 37, Commissioner of Income-tax vs. Mahaliram Ramjidas (1940) 8-ITR-442 (PC), India United Mills Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Excess Profits Tax, Bombay (1955) 27-ITR-20 (SC); and Gursahai Saigal vs. Commissioner of Income-tax, Punjab (1963) 48-ITR-1 (SC).

6.2. The choice between a strict and a liberal construction arises only in case of doubt in regard to the intention of the Legislature, manifest on the statutory language. Indeed, the need to resort to any interpretative process arises only when the meaning is not manifest on the plain words of the statute. If the words are plain and clear and directly convey the meaning, there is no need for any interpretation. Liberal and strict construction of an exemption provision are, as stated in Union of India vs. Wood Papers Ltd. (1991) 83-STC-251 (SC) “to be invoked at different stages of interpreting it. When the question is whether a subject falls in the notification or in the exemption clause then it being in the nature of exception is to be construed strictly and against the subject. But once ambiguity or doubt about applicability is lifted and the subject falls in the notification then full play should be given to it and it calls for a wider and liberal construction.”

6.3. The Apex Court in C.I.T. vs. Calcutta Knitwears (2014) 362-ITR-673 (S.C.) stated: “The courts, while interpreting the provisions of a fiscal legislation, should neither add nor subtract a word from the provisions. The foremost principle of interpretation of fiscal statutes in every system of interpretation is the rule of strict interpretation which provides that where the words of the statute are absolutely clear and unambiguous, recourse cannot be had to the principles of interpretation other than the literal rule”. It also observed: “Hardship or inconvenience cannot alter the meaning of the language employed by the Legislature if such meaning is clear and apparent. Hence, departure from the literal rule should only be in very rare cases, and ordinarily there should be judicial restraint to do so” and : It is the duty of the court while interpreting machinery provisions of a taxing statute to give effect to its manifest purpose. Wherever the intention to impose liability is clear, the courts ought not to be hesitant in espousing a common sense interpretation of the machinery provisions so that the charge does not fail. The machinery provisions must, no doubt, be so construed as would effectuate the object and purpose of the statute and not defeat it”.

Income characterisation on sale of tax-free bonds

fiogf49gjkf0d
Taxation in India existed since ancient times. It was a ‘duty’ paid to
the rulers. The incidence and rules of tax have changed. A peep into the
Indian history reveals that income was formally made a subject matter
of tax by Sir James Wilson in 1860. Over these years, the legislation
has been grappling with the ever-evolving concept of income. One of the
biggest ironies of income-tax statute today is its inability to define
‘income’. The reason is its dynamic characterisation.Levy and quantum of
tax in India depends on the genre of income. It is thus critical to
reckon the characterisation of income to impose the appropriate levy.
This exercise of characterising has only become complex with the
evolution of business. A recent addition to this complexity has been
introduction of Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (“ICDS”).

The
objective of introducing ICDS (previously styled as Tax Accounting
Standards) was (i) reduction of litigation; minimization of alternatives
and giving certainty to issues. The prescribed standards (in the form
they are currently) could have far reaching ramifications. It needs to
be closely examined if they have achieved the core objectives with which
they were introduced or are in the process of drifting away into a new
quagmire of controversies. A discussion is inevitable important to have a
firm ground to pitch in the newness that ICDS seeks to inject. This
write-up initiates a discussion on one such instance which interalia
finds no clarity or certainty under the ICDS regime:

An
assessee holds certain tax free bonds. These bonds are sold before the
record date for payment of interest. The question is whether the
difference between the sale price and the purchase price is to be
treated as capital gain or to be segregated into capital gain and
interest accrued till the date of sale? In other words, whether interest
accrues only on the record date or accrues throughout the year?

The
question under consideration is the ‘characterisation of receipt’ on
sale of the bonds before the record date. Whether such receipts in
excess of the purchase price is wholly chargeable to tax as ‘capital
gains’ or should it be apportioned between ‘capital gains’ and ‘tax free
interest income’? A corollary question which crops up is whether such
tax-free interest accrues only on the record date or throughout the year
on a de die in diem basis?

Section 4 of the Income-tax Act,
1961 (“the Act”) imposes a general charge. The ambit of the charge is
outlined in section 5. Section 5 encompasses not only income actually
accruing in India, but also income deemed to accrue in India. ‘Accrual’
as a legal concept refers to the right to receive. It represents a
situation where the relationship of a debtor and creditor emerges.
Section 5 focuses on ‘accrual of income’, but does not outline the
timing of such accrual. Initially, accrual of interest income chargeable
to tax under the head ‘Income from other sources’ is being examined.

Time of accrual of interest income:
Section 56 of the Act mandates that interest on securities is
chargeable to tax under the head ‘Income from other sources’ if not
chargeable as ‘Profits and gains from business or profession’. The term
‘securities’ is not defined in the section. One may possibly borrow the
meaning of ‘securities’ from The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act,
1956 (“SCRA”). SCRA defines securities to include bonds. Accordingly,
interest on tax free bonds is enveloped within the provisions of section
56. Section 56 (although a charging section) does not provide for time
of accrual of interest income.

Section 145 of the Act requires
that income ‘chargeable’ under the head “Profits and gains from business
or profession” and “Income from other sources” be computed as per the
cash or mercantile system of accounting regularly employed by the
assessee. Section 145(2) empowers the Central Government to notify
Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (“ICDS” for brevity) to be
followed by any class of assessees or in respect of any class of income.
The Central Government has currently notified 10 ICDS(s) vide
Notification No. 32/2015 dated 31.3.2015. These standards are to be
followed in computing the income where the ‘mercantile system’ of
accounting is adopted.

On traversing through the various
ICDS(s), two standards may be relevant in the present context – namely,
ICDS I & IV. The following paragraphs discuss the impact of these
standards on the issue under consideration:

ICDS I [Accounting policies] deals
with three accounting assumptions. The third accounting assumption is
that revenues and costs accrue as they are earned or incurred and
recorded in the previous year to which they relate. Incomes are said to
accrue under the ICDS when they are ‘earned’ and ‘recorded’ in the
previous year to which they relate. The cumulation of ‘earning’ and
‘recording’ of income connote accrual under ICDS.

Accrual as
understood u/s. 5 means a “right to receive” in favour of the assessee.
It is indicative of payer’s acknowledgement of a debt in favour of the
assessee. The question is whether ‘accrual’ u/s. 5 as hitherto
understood, is now to undergo changes in the light of the definition of
the said term under ICDS.

Lack of clarity in ICDS I:
Applying the ICDS definition, interest income accrues when it is earned
and recorded in the previous year. The Standard neither clarifies the
connotation of the term ‘earn’ nor does it specify the time and place of
recording the interest. “Earn” as per the Shorter Oxford English
Dictionary means – “Receive or be entitled to in return for work done or
services rendered, obtain or deserve in return for efforts or merit”.
Earning is a phenomenon of the commercial world. It is depictive of an
event warranting a reflection in the financial statements. Accrual in a
legal sense traverses a little further. The earning of an income has to
translate/transform into a right to receive. An earning of income is the
cause of its accrual. Earning therefore precedes accrual. A lag is thus
conceivable between the two caused by time or other factors. ICDS in
attempting to equate the two is trying to blur the difference. The
attempt may not achieve its purpose as the definition (of accrual) is in
the realm of accounting and not in the sphere of section 5.

Even
otherwise, earning of income can be said to occur – (i) at the time of
investment; (ii) on a de die diem basis; or (iii) specific record dates
given in the instruments. As regards recording, a further question could
be, should the recording be done in – books of accounts or return of
income. Recording is generally referred to in relation to books of
account. If this were to be the inference, what about those assessees
who do not maintain books of account but earn interest? Throughout the
notification [notification no. 32/2015], it is clarified that ICDS does
not apply for the purposes of maintenance of books of accounts, although
the standard applies only to those who adopt the mercantile basis of
accounting. Interestingly therefore, it is arguable that ICDS would not
apply unless the mercantile basis of accounting is adopted. If no
accounting is employed, as books are not maintained, ICDS may not apply.
Although income is offered for tax on accrual basis, being one of the
parameters of section 5.

Ambiguity in ICDS I enhanced by the
language in ICDS IV: ICDS IV [on revenue recognition] provides revenue
recognition mechanism for sale of goods; provision of services and use
of resources by others yielding interest, royalty or dividends. Para 7
of the Standard deals with interest income. It reads as under:

“7.
Interest shall accrue on the time basis determined by the amount
outstanding and the rate applicable. Discount or premium on debt
securities held is treated as though it were accruing over the period to
maturity.”

The Standard specifies that interest shall accrue on
‘time basis’. Accrual of income under ICDS I refers to culmination of
earning and recording. Under ICDS IV, interest as one of the streams of
income, accrues on ‘time basis’. Time basis under ICDS IV is said to
satisfy the criteria of ‘earning’ and ‘recording’. The import of the
expression ‘time basis’ is however not clarified. Interest is inherently
a product of ‘time’. There cannot be any dispute about the involvement
of ‘time factor’ in quantification and claim to receive interest. The
Standard merely states that accrual of interest happens on time basis.
It is not clarified whether time based accrual means (i) an
‘on-going/real time’ accrual or (ii) an accrual based on the ‘specific
timing’ prescribed by the concerned instrument. Both these are offshoots
of time basis. The Standard does not pinpoint the mechanism of
determining the time of accrual. The latter portion of paragraph (7)
explicitly mentions that discount or premium on debt securities accrue
over the period of maturity. It is not a single point accrual. Such
clarity is conspicuously missing in the first portion of the para
dealing with interest income.

Role of Accounting Standards in ICDS interpretation: One
may observe that the language employed in all the notified ICDS is
largely influenced by the Accounting Standards. ICDS IV owes its genesis
to AS 9 [Revenue recognition]. Para 8.2 of the AS 9 mirrors para 7 of
ICDS IV. Para 13 of AS 9 reads as follows:
“13. Revenue arising from
the use of others of enterprise resources yielding interest, royalties
and dividends should only be recognised when no significant uncertainty
as to measurability or collectability exists. These revenues are
recognised on the following bases:
(i) Interest: on a time proportion basis taking into account the amount outstanding and the rate applicable.”

The
aforesaid AS deals with recognition on ‘time proportion basis’. The use
of the term ‘proportion’ in this expression is indicative of the
concept of recognising ‘part or share’ of income or part of a year.
Interest under the AS has thus been viewed to be a time based
phenomenon. The interest is thus mandated to be recognised on a spread
out basis. It is not on one specific date. However, ICDS IV does not
employ the term ‘proportion’. One could therefore believe that the
understanding in AS 9 cannot be imported into ICDS. The conspicuous
absence of ‘proportion’ in ICDS paves way for an interpretation which is
different from that of AS 9. The expression ‘time basis’ employed in
ICDS IV definitely appears to deviate from AS 9 theory of
proportionality. Thus, if interest is to be paid on specific dates,
‘time basis’ could mean accrued on those specific dates. Whereas ‘time
proportion basis’ would have meant accrual upto the year end at least,
if such date happens to be an intervening event between the specified
dates.

“Tax accounting” should not essentially be different from
commercial accounting. Tax accounting recognises and accepts commercial
accounting if it is consistent and statute compliant. Income recognised
as per such commercial accounting is the base from which the taxable
income is determined. Tax laws incorporate specific rules that cause a
sway from commercial accounting in determining the taxable income. This
disparity is caused by the different purposes of commercial accounting
and taxation; difficulties in precise incorporating economic concepts in
tax laws, etc. To reiterate, one of the issues where commercial
accounting may not synchronise with tax principles is “accrual of
income”.

The Guidance Note issued by ICAI on ‘Terms Used in
Financial Statements’ defines accrual and accrual basis of accounting as
under:

“1.05 Accrual
Recognition of revenues and
costs as they are earned or incurred (and not as money is received or
paid). It includes recognition of transactions relating to assets and
liabilities as they occur irrespective of the actual receipts or
payments.

1.06 Accrual Basis of Accounting
The method
of recording transactions by which revenues, costs, assets and
liabilities are reflected in the accounts in the period in which they
accrue. The ‘accrual basis of accounting’ includes considerations
relating to deferrals, allocations, depreciation and amortisation. This
basis is also referred to as mercantile basis of accounting.”

The
accounting definition of accrual and the definition provided by the
ICDS I is similar. The Guidance note on the “Terms used in financial
statements” explains that accrual basis of accounting may involve
deferral, allocation or non-cash deductions (such as depreciation/
amortisation).

For the reasons already detailed earlier, accrual
for tax purposes is different. This could be better appreciated on a
consideration of ICDS III which deals with Percentage of Completion
Method. Under this method, revenue is matched with the contract costs
incurred in reaching the stage of completion. This results in
recognising income attributable to the proportion of work completed
having satisfied the test of ‘earning’ and hence accrual from an
accounting perspective. Such accounting accrual may not satisfy the tax
concept of accrual which connotes a right to receive. Accounting accrual
is driven more by matching principles. Such a method cannot however
alter the meaning of accrual as understood in the context of section 5.
Judiciary, at various fora, has explained the meaning of the term
‘accrual’ in context of section 5. It may be relevant to quote two among
those several judgments on this matter:

(a) The Apex Court in
the case of E.D. Sassoon & Co. Ltd. vs. CIT (1954) 26 ITR 27 (SC)
discussed the concepts of ‘accrual’, ‘arisal’ and ‘receipt’. The
relevant observations are as under:

“’Accrues’, ‘arises’ and
‘is received’ are three distinct terms. So far as receiving of income is
concerned there can be no difficulty; it conveys a clear and definite
meaning, and I can think of no expression which makes its meaning
plainer than the word ‘receiving’ itself. The words ‘accrue’ and ‘arise’
also are not defined in the Act. The ordinary dictionary meanings of
these words have got to be taken as the meanings attaching to them.
‘Accruing’ is synonymous with ‘arising’ in the sense of springing as a
natural growth or result. The three expressions ‘accrues’, ‘arises’ and
‘is received’ having been used in the section, strictly speaking
accrues’ should not be taken as synonymous with ‘arises’ but in the
distinct sense of growing up by way of addition or increase or as an
accession or advantage; while the word ‘arises’ means comes into
existence or notice or presents itself. The former connotes the idea
of a growth or accumulation and the latter of the growth or accumulation
with a tangible shape so as to be receivable
. It is difficult to
say that this distinction has been throughout maintained in the Act and
perhaps the two words seem to denote the same idea or ideas very
similar, and the difference only lies in this that one is more
appropriate than the other when applied to particular cases. It is
clear, however, as pointed out by Fry, L.J., in Colquhoun vs. Brooks
[1888] 21 Q.B.D. 52 at 59 [this part of the decision not having been
affected by the reversal of the decision by the Houses of Lords [1889]
14 App. Cas. 493] that both the words are used in contradistinction to
the word ‘receive’ and indicate a right to receive. They represent a
state anterior to the point of time when the income becomes receivable
and connote a character of the income which is more or less inchoate”

(b) The Apex Court in CIT vs. Excel Industries Limited (2013) 358 ITR 295 (SC) observed:

“19.
This Court further held, and in our opinion more importantly, that
income accrues when there “arises a corresponding liability of the other
party from whom the income becomes due to pay that amount.”

Thus,
judicially ‘accrual’ has been defined to mean enforcement of a right to
receive (from recipient standpoint) with a corresponding obligation to
pay (from payer’s perspective). It has the attribute of accumulation
inherent in it and a growth sufficient to assume a taxable form. It
denotes that the payer of the sums is a debtor. Interestingly, the
position in a construction contract is just the reverse, with the
contractor denoting the sums received as a liability in his books and
hence acknowledging himself to be debtor – a position contrary to what
the tax law demands for accrual.

Supremacy of section 5:
Section 5 outlines the scope of total income. It encompasses income
within its fold on the basis of accrual, arisal or receipt subject to
the residential status of the assessee and locale of income. Thus,
accrual, arisal and receipt form the basis for taxing incomes. This
canon of taxation is sacrosanct and has to be strictly adhered to. ICDS
owes its genesis from a notification which springs out of section 145.
It does not in any manner trespass the supremacy of section 5. It is
pellucid that the scope of the term ‘accrual’ in the context of section 5
remains sacrosanct and immune to ICDS. The definition of ‘accrual’ in
ICDS is the same as the definition housed in Accounting Standard I
issued u/s. 145(2).

This definition of AS 1 u/s. 145(2) has been
in existence from 1996. The presence of such definition, was not
understood to alter the understanding of section 5. The section should
not be different under the ICDS regime. The definition at best has a say
in accounting.

In such setting, ICDS should not in any manner
influence or affect the point of accrual in case of interest income. The
existing understanding of the term ‘accrual’ in the context of section 5
should hold good. The contours of our existing understanding of the
expression ‘accrual’ should be held as steadfast.

Point of accrual of interest income: The
point of accrual of interest income has been addressed by judicial
precedents. The dictum of the Courts does not appear to be unanimous.
The variety in the judgments is captured below:

(a) Interest on securities would be taxable on specified dates when it becomes due and not on accrual basis

In DIT vs. Credit Suisse First Boston (Cyprus) Ltd. 351 ITR 323 (Bombay), the Mumbai High Court observed as under:

“When
an instrument or an agreement stipulates interest to be payable at a
specified date, interest does not accrue to the holder thereof on any
date prior thereto. Interest would accrue or arise only on the date
specified in the instrument. A creditor has a vested right to receive
interest on a stated date in future does not constitute an accrual of
the interest to him on any prior date. Where an instrument provides for
the payment of interest only on a particular date, an action filed prior
to such date would be dismissed as premature and not disclosing a cause
of action. Subject to a contract to the contrary, a debtor is not bound
to pay interest on a date earlier to the one stipulated in the
agreement / instrument. In the present case, it is admitted that
interest was not payable on any date other than that mentioned in the
security.”

(b) Interest gets accrued normally on a day to
day basis, but when there is no due date fixed for payment of interest,
it accrues on the last day of the previous year.

In CIT vs.
Hindustan Motors Ltd. (1993) 202 ITR 839 (Calcutta), the
assessee-company did not charge interest for the relevant previous year
on the amount due to it by its 100% subsidiary. It was explained that
owing to difficult financial position of the subsidiary company, the
board of directors decided not to charge interest in order to enable the
subsidiary to tide over the financial crisis. The Revenue authorities
held that interest accrued on day to day basis whereas the decision not
to charge interest was taken by the assessee-company after the end of
the relevant accounting year, i.e., long after the accrual of interest.
In this context, the Calcutta High Court observed as under:

“In
our view, the income by way of interest on the facts and circumstances
of this case had already accrued from day to day and, in any event, on
31-3-1971, being the last day of the previous year relevant to the
assessment year 1971-72. Therefore, the passing of resolutions
subsequently on 10-5-1971, and/ or on 21-8-1971, in the meeting of board
of directors of the assessee- company is of no effect.”

(c) Interest accrues de die in diem [daily]

The Apex Court in the case of Rama Bai vs. CIT (1990) 181 ITR 400 (SC)

“…we
may clarify, is that the interest cannot be taken to have accrued on
the date of the order of the Court granting enhanced compensation but
has to be taken as having accrued year after year from the date of
delivery of possession of the lands till the date of such order.”

The
accrual of interest on de die in diem basis has been approved by CIT
vs. MKKR Muthukaruppan Chettiar (1984) 145 ITR 175 (Mad).

Apart
from these schools of thought, various circulars have propounded the
proposition that interest income must be offered to tax on an annual
basis. Some of such circulars are as under (although not in the context
of tax free bonds):

(a) Circular no. 243 dated 22.6.1978

Whether
interest earned on principal amount of deposits under reinvestment
deposit/recurring deposit schemes, can be said to have accrued annually
and, if so, whether depositor is entitled to claim benefit of deduction
in respect of interest which has accrued

1…..

2..

3.
The question for consideration is whether the interest at the
stipulated rate earned on the principal amount, can be said to have
accrued annually and if so whether a depositor is entitled to claim the
benefit of deduction, u/s. 80L, in respect of such interest which has
accrued.

4. Government has decided that interest for each
year calculated at the stipulated rate will be taxed as income accrued
in that year. The benefit of deduction u/s. 80L will be available on
such interest.

This was a concessional circular to help
assessees avail the benefit of section 80L over the years. The circular
does not provide any definitive timing of accrual. As evident in para 4,
the timing of taxation was a ‘decision’ of the Government and not the
enunciation of any principle.

(b) Circular no. 371 dated 21.11.1983

Interest on cumulative deposit scheme of Government undertakings – Whether should be taxed on accrual basis annually
1.
The issue regarding taxability of interest on cumulative deposit scheme
announced by Government undertakings has been considered by the Board.
The point for consideration is whether interest on cumulative deposit
scheme would be taxable on accrual basis for each year during which the
deposit is made or on receipt basis in the year of receiving the total
interest.

2. The Central Government has decided that the
interest on cumulative deposit schemes of Government undertakings should
be taxed on accrual basis annually.

3. The Government
undertakings will intimate the accrued interest to the depositors so as
to enable them to disclose it in their returns of income filed before
the income-tax authorities.

This circular also provides for
annual accretion of interest. Accrual does not await the due or maturity
date. The above convey a ‘decision’ of the Government. It does not
enunciate a principle of law.

(c) Circular no. 409 dated 12.2.1985

Interest on cumulative deposit schemes of private sector undertakings – Whether should be taxed on accrual basis annually

1.
The issue regarding taxability of interest on cumulative deposit
schemes of the private sector undertakings has been considered by the
Board. The point for consideration is whether interest on cumulative
deposit schemes would be taxable on accrual basis for each year during
which the deposit is made or on receipt basis in the year of receiving
the total interest.

2. The Central Government has decided that
interest on cumulative deposit schemes of private sector undertakings
should be taxed on accrual basis annually.

3. The private sector
undertakings will intimate the individual depositors about the accrued
interest so as to enable them to disclose it in their returns of income
filed before the income-tax authorities.

(d) Circular 3 dated 2.3.2010 [relevant extracts]

“In
case of banks using CBS software, interest payable on time deposits is
calculated generally on daily basis or monthly basis and is swept &
parked accordingly in the provisioning account for the purposes of
macro-monitoring only. However, constructive credit is given to the
depositor’s/ payee’s account either at the end of the financial year or
at periodic intervals as per practice of the bank or as per the
depositor’s/payee’s requirement or on maturity or on encashment of time
deposits; whichever is earlier.

4. In view of the above
position, it is clarified that since no constructive credit to the
depositor’s/ payee’s account takes place while calculating interest on
time deposits on daily or monthly basis in the CBS software used by
banks, tax need not be deducted at source on such provisioning of
interest by banks for the purposes of macro monitoring only. In such
cases, tax shall be deducted at source on accrual of interest at the
end of financial year or at periodic intervals as per practice of the
bank or as per the depositor’s/payee’s requirement or on maturity or on
encashment of time deposits; whichever event takes place earlier;

whenever the aggregate of amounts of interest income credited or paid or
likely to be credited or paid during the financial year by the banks
exceeds the limits specified in section 194A.

The circular
states that there could be multiple point of accrual for interest
incomes. It seeks to fasten tax withholding at the earliest point in
time.

Thus, the issue of time of accrual has received varied
interpretation on the basis of source of interest (vide a decree,
compensation, investment, etc.), terms of interest (whether payable on a
specific due date or otherwise), legal obligation and surrounding
circumstances. The alternatives discussed above can be captured in the
flowchart below:

Based on the alternatives outlined above, it is
to be examined whether interest accrues on the date of sale of bonds.
The question is whether timing of accrual (of interest) has a bearing on
the characterisation of receipts from sale of bonds. The impact can be
understood under the twin possibilities envisaged in the above diagram
as discussed below:

*
This principle may not apply in the present context since generally
interest is payable either on the stipulated dates or on withdrawal/
maturity. The case on hand contemplates a sale of instrument. The terms
of the bond may not permit interest receipt upto the date of transfer of
bonds

(a) If interest is payable on specific dates:

When
interest payable on specific due dates, the accrual of income concurs
with such dates (for the reasons already detailed earlier). If the due
date falls prior to the sale, the interest accrues in the hands of the
seller. If it is subsequent to the date of sale, the interest accrues in
the hands of buyer. The accrual of interest is distinct from sale of
bonds and the consideration involved therein.

Tax free bonds are
‘capital assets’ for the investor (assuming that the concerned assessee
is not in the business of investment in bonds). Sale of such capital
asset should culminate in capital gains or loss. There is no interest
receipt from the third party buyer as there is no debt due by the buyer
to the seller. The third party buyer of bonds is under no obligation to
pay ‘interest’. The liability to pay interest lies with the company
issuing the bonds. The diagram below explains the flow of transaction.

(b) If the interest is not payable on specific dates:

As
mentioned earlier, interest may not be received upto the date of
transfer of bonds. The receipt in such situations could be on maturity
if not on specific dates. The receipt of interest would be by the buyer
(on maturity) or specific dates. Interest accumulates, but does not
become ‘due’ and ‘payable/receiveable’ till the appointed date. The
seller thus parts away with the bonds and the legal right to receive
interest. Correspondingly, the payment made by the buyer is towards the
principal and interest element inbuilt in the bond. The question in such
an eventuality is whether the consideration receivable by the seller on
sale of bonds:

(a) Should be wholly considered as full value of consideration for sale of bonds [taxable as capital gains]; or

(b)
Should the consideration be split into consideration for sale [as
capital gains] and interest income [as other sources income].

As
mentioned earlier, tax free bonds are capital assets. Consideration on
transfer of bonds would ordinarily result in capital gains. Even if the
sale is made on ‘cum interest’ basis, one could still argue that the
amount received would constitute full value of consideration towards
transfer. Although the price paid by the third party may factor in the
interest component, the amount paid is towards ‘value’ of the bond. It
is not interest payment.

Accumulation of interest would step-up
the sale consideration. It does not alter the characterization of income
from capital gains to interest. At best, one could split the
consideration between ‘purchase price’ (of the bond) and ‘right to
receive interest’ (assuming interest component is factored in the
price). In which case, it would be sale of two separate capital assets
or an asset (tax bonds) along with congeries of rights associated
therewith.

It may be relevant to quote the observation of the
Mumbai High Court in the case of DIT vs. Credit Suisse First Boston
(Cyprus) Ltd. (referred above) wherein the Court observed:

“12.
The appellant’s submission ignores the fact that such securities or
agreements do not regulate the price at which the holder is to sell the
same to a third party. The holder is at liberty to sell the same at any
price. The interest component for the broken period i.e. the period
prior to the due date for interest is only one of the factors that may
determine the sale price of the security. There are a myriad other
factors, both personal as well as market driven, that can be and, in
fact, are bound to be taken into consideration in such transactions. For
instance, a person may well sell the securities at a reduced price in
the event of a liquidity crisis or a slow down in the market and/or if
he is in dire need of funds for any reason whatsoever. Market forces
also play a significant part.

For instance, if the rate of
interest is expected to rise, the securities may well be sold at a
discount and conversely if the interest rates are expected to fall, the
securities may well earn a premium. This, in turn, would also depend
upon the period of validity of the security and various other factors
such as the financial position and commercial reputation of the debtor.

13.
The appellant’s contention is also based on the erroneous presumption
that what is paid for is the face value of the security and the interest
to be paid for the broken period from the last date of payment of
interest till the date of purchase. What, in fact, is purchased is the
possibility of recovering interest on the date stipulated in the
security. It is not unknown for issuers of securities, debentures and
bonds, to default in payment of interest as well as the principal. The
purchaser therefore hopes that on the due date he will receive the
interest and the principal. The purchaser therefore, purchases merely
the possibility of recovery of such interest and not the interest per
se. It would be pointless to even suggest that in the case of Government
securities, the possibility of a default cannot arise. The
interpretation of law does not depend upon the solvency of the debtor or
the degree of probability of the debts being discharged. Indeed the
solvency, reputation and the degree of probability of recovering the
interest are also factors which would go into determining the price at
which such securities are bought and sold. There is nothing in the Act
or in the DTAA, to which we will shortly refer that warrants the
position in law being determined on the basis of such factors viz. the
degree of probability of the particular issuer of the security, bond or
debenture or such instruments, honouring the same.”

Based on
the above, one can conclude that excess of receipt on sale of bonds
over their costs should be categorised as ‘capital gains or loss’. The
splitting of consideration into two heads of income (with interest
falling under Income from other sources) is not a natural phenomenon. It
should be done when statutorily provided for. The law has specifically
provided for such split mechanism wherever deemed necessary. For
instance, circular 2 of 2002 explains tax treatment of deep discount
bonds. It provides that such bonds should be valued as on the 31st March
of each Financial Year (as per RBI guidelines).

The difference
between the market valuations as on two successive valuation dates will
represent the accretion to the value of the bond during the relevant
financial year and will be taxable as interest income (where the bonds
are held as investments) or business income (where the bonds are held as
trading assets). Where the bond is transferred at any time before the
maturity date, the difference between the sale price and the cost of the
bond will be taxable as capital gains in the hands of an investor or as
business income in the hands of a trader. For computing such gains, the
cost of the bond will be taken to be the aggregate of the cost for
which the bond was acquired by the transferor and the income, if any,
already offered to tax by such transferor (in earlier years) upto the
date of transfer. Thus, gains from such bonds, is specifically split
into interest and capital gains by a specific mechanism provided by the
circular.

Similarly, section 45(2A) [conversion of capital
assets into stock-in-trade] splits consideration into business income
and capital gains income. The statute may also provide for the reverse.
If the consideration includes more than one form of income, the statute
could conclude the whole of such consideration to be one form of income.
Further, section 56(2)(iii) [composite rent] concludes the whole of
consideration to be income from other sources although it contains
portion of rental incomes. Such ‘dissecting’ or ‘unified’ approach is
not prescribed for sale of bonds (whether sold cum-interest or
ex-interest).

The term ‘accrual’ connotes legal right to
receive. It is the enforcement of right to receive (from a recipient’s
standpoint) with a corresponding obligation to pay (from payer’s
perspective) [Refer CIT vs. Excel Industries Ltd (2013) 358 ITR 295
(SC)]. Thus, for an income to accrue, the right (of the income
recipient) and obligation (of the payer) must co-exist. Applying this
theorem in the present context, the question is whether the company
issuing bonds is under an obligation to pay interest when such bonds are
sold on ‘cum interest’ basis. Generally, interest on bonds would be
payable either on a periodic basis or on maturity. Bonds which are
issued without any terms on interest payouts are seldom in vogue. If
this proposition is accepted, then interest can be said to accrue only
on specific dates (being on periodic payout dates or maturity date). In
which case, interest always accrues to the buyer if the bonds are sold
on cum-interest basis. Consequently, consideration received on sale of
bonds would wholly constitute full value of consideration on transfer.
There is no interest element therein.

It may also be relevant to note that the definition of interest provided in the Act. Section 2(28A) defines interest as under:

“(28A)
“interest” means interest payable in any manner in respect of any
moneys borrowed or debt incurred (including a deposit, claim or other
similar right or obligation) and includes any service fee or other
charge in respect of the moneys borrowed or debt incurred or in respect
of any credit facility which has not been utilised”

The definition can be bisected as under –

(a)
interest payable in any manner in respect of any moneys borrowed or
debt incurred (including a deposit, claim or other similar right or
obligation); or

(b) any service fee or other charge in respect
of the moneys borrowed or debt incurred or in respect of any credit
facility which has not been utilised.

In the present context,
the payment is not towards moneys borrowed or debt or any service fee or
other charge in this regard. It is for purchase of assets. One cannot
therefore ascribe the color of interest to a consideration paid for
purchase of assets. The receipt of consideration cannot partake the
character of interest as there is no debt owed by the buyer to the
seller. There is a ‘seller-purchaser’ relationship. Thus, unless there
is a ‘lender-borrower’ relationship, the liability to pay or right to
receive interest does not arise.

The discussion would be
incomplete without a reference to the Apex Court verdict in the case of
Vijaya Bank Limited vs. CIT (1991) 187 ITR 541 (SC). In this case, the
assessee (bank) received interest on securities purchased from another
bank (as well as in the open market). The assessee claimed that
consideration paid towards acquisition of these securities was
determined with reference to their actual value and interest which
accrued to it till the date of sale. Accordingly, such outflow should be
allowed as a claim against interest income earned by the assessee
subsequent to purchase. In this context, the Apex Court observed as
under:

“In the instant case, the assessee purchased
securities. It is contended that the price paid for the securities was
determined with reference to their actual value as well as the interest
which had accrued on them till the date of purchase. But the fact is,
whatever was the consideration which prompted the assessee to purchase
the securities, the price paid for them was in the nature of a capital
outlay and no part of it can be set off as expenditure against income
accruing on those securities. Subsequently when these securities yielded
income by was of interest, such income attracted section 18.”

The
Apex Court adjudged that consideration paid for purchase of securities
is in the nature of ‘capital outlay’. It is not expenditure on revenue
account having nexus to interest income which it earned subsequently.
The entire consideration was thus concluded to be towards purchase of
bonds. When this dictum is viewed from seller’s standpoint, the entire
consideration received should constitute capital gains. There is no
interest element therein.

The possible counter to the aforesaid
discussion is that interest accrues on a de die diem basis.
Consideration received from the buyer which factors the interest element
has to be split between capital receipt and interest income. If such
split is not carried out, there may be a dual taxation. This could be
better explained through an illustration:

Mr X purchased a bond
for Rs.100. He wishes to sell this bond to Mr Y on a cum interest basis
at Rs.110. Interest accrued till the date of sale is Rs.10. In such an
eventuality, Mr X would have to bear capital gains tax on Rs.10 [being
110 (sale consideration) – 100(cost)]. Mr Y would have to discharge tax
on interest income (of Rs.10). Therefore, on an interest income of Rs.10
paid by the company, there is a taxable income of Rs.20 (being Rs.10
factored in capital gains computation of Mr X and Rs.10 as interest
income in the hands of Mr Y). One may argue that such absurd result is
unintended and cannot be an appropriate view.

However, this line
of argument can be answered by stating that there is no equity in tax.
This is an undisputed principle. The parties to the transaction being
taxed on Rs.20 (although being economically benefited by Rs.10) would
only reflect a bad bargain. Further, Mr Y would have to shoulder tax on
interest income (Rs.10) but would avail a deduction or a loss
subsequently of Rs.10 (being part of the purchase consideration of
bonds).

The learned author Sampath Iyengar in his treatise Law
of Income tax (11th edition at page 2661 – Volume II) has made a
reference on this matter (although in the context of section 18 of the
Act):

“15. Charge of interest on sale or transfer of
securities – (1) No splitting of interest as between seller and
purchaser – When an interest bearing security is sold during the
currency of an interest period, the question arises as to how far the
purchaser is liable in respect of interest accrued due before the date
of his purchase. It frequently happens that the purchaser pays to the
seller the value for interest accrued till the date of the sale, and
that the seller receives the equivalent of interest up to the date of
the sale from the purchaser. Nevertheless, for the purposes of revenue
law, the only person liable to pay tax is the person who is the owner of
the securities at the date when the interest falls to be paid. Such
owner is the person liable in respect of the entire amount of interest.
Though as between the transferor and the transferee, interest may be
computed de die in diem, it does not really accrue from day to day, as
it cannot be received until the due date. This section makes it clear
that the assessment is upon the person entitled to receive, viz, the
holder of the security on the date of maturity of interest. Further, the
machinery sections of the Act do not provide for taking separately the
vendor and the purchaser or to keep track of interest adjustments
between the transferor and transferees. Tax is exigible when the income
due is received and is on the person who receives. The principle is that
the seller does not receive interest; he receives the price of
expectancy of interest, and expectancy of interest is not a
subject-matter of taxation. The only person who receives interest is the
purchaser. Where an interest bearing security is sold and part of the
sale price represents accrued but hitherto unpaid interest that accrued
interest is not chargeable to tax, unless it can be treated as accruing
from day to day.”

To conclude, accrual is an intersection of
legal right to receive and a corresponding obligation to pay. Accrual
of interest on bonds is influenced by the contractual terms. A holder of
bond contractually holds the right to receive the interest. The
transfer of bonds results in passing on the interest (receivable from
the bond-issuing company) from the seller to the buyer. This benefit of
accumulated interest is discharged by the buyer in form of
consideration. The payment made by the buyer is for acquisition of bonds
which factors the interest element. The buyer however does not pay
‘interest’ to the seller. It is only the purchase consideration. It is
inconceivable that the purchaser would step into the shoes of the bond
issuing company and pay interest along with consideration for purchase
of bonds. Payment receivable by the seller of bonds would wholly be
included in the capital gains computation. There is no interest element
contained therein.

Financial statements form the substratum for
income-tax laws. They are two sides of the same coin, yet they operate
in their individual domains. There are inherent variations in commercial
and tax profits. Today’s accounting norms are distilled, refined and
robust. With an ‘ever evolving’ story of tax and accounting world, the
relationship remains complementary but not interchangeable. In any departure, commercial accounting norms would be subservient to tax principles.
Therefore, the attempt by ICDS to elevate the accounting principles to
match with the concept of accrual under the tax principles may not have
achieved its avowed objective.

Section 263 – An Analysis

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction:
1.1 Section 263 empowers the Commissioner of Income Tax to revise any order passed under the Income-tax Act, 1961, “ the Act” which is erroneous insofar as it is prejudicial to the interest of the revenue. These are special and wide powers conferred upon the Commissioner of Income Tax, to bring to tax any loss of revenue from the orders passed under the Act. At the same time, these are not unfettered powers but are specific and are subject to conditions contained in the section for invoking the jurisdiction. A bare reading of section 263, makes it clear that the prerequisite to exercise of jurisdiction by the CIT suo moto under it is that the order of the ITO is erroneous insofar as it is prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue. The CIT has to be satisfied of twin conditions, namely, (i) the order of the AO sought to be revised is erroneous; and (ii) it is prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue. If one of them is absent—if the order of the ITO is erroneous but is not prejudicial to the Revenue or if it is not erroneous but is prejudicial to the Revenue—recourse cannot be had to section 263(1) of the Act.

1.2 In the above background, in many cases, the ground of invoking jurisdiction u/s. 263 is found to be non-inquiry or failure to make inquiry by the Assessing Officer that warrants revision of the order passed by the Assessing Officer. The law had been settled that if there is a failure to make enquiry which causes prejudice to the interest of the revenue, the Commissioner gets the jurisdiction to revise the order. By the Finance Act 2015, an amendment has been brought in by adding an Explanation to section 263 providing that an order passed by the Assessing Officer shall be deemed to be erroneous insofar as it is prejudicial to the interests of the revenue, if, in the opinion of the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner, the order is passed without making inquiries or verification which should have been made. The Amendment has raised concerns about the exact implications of the Amendment and the possible interpretations of the Explanation. An attempt is therefore made to analyse the law that prevailed and the ramifications of the Amendment.

2. Failure to make inquiry – Erroneous:
2.1 Whenever the orders passed by the Assessing Officers are found to be cryptic and without any inquiry, thereby accepting the return of income as filed by the assessee, the orders have been held to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of revenue. The Supreme Court in case of Rampyari Devi Sarogi vs. CIT ( 67 ITR 84) and in Smt. Tara Devi Aggarwal vs. CIT ( 88 ITR 323) have upheld the orders u/s. 263 on this ground. In these cases, the assessment record showed lack of inquiry by the Assessing Officers and mere acceptance of the returned income. The Commissioners made independent inquiries to show that the order caused prejudice to the revenue. In these facts, the Supreme Court came to the conclusion that passing an order without any inquiry would make the order erroneous.

The Delhi High Court in case of Ghee Vee Enterprises vs. Add CIT ( 99 ITR 375) has given a further dimension to the aspect of ‘failure to make inquiry.’ It held that the position and function of the ITO is very different from that of a civil Court. The statements made in a pleading proved by the minimum amount of evidence may be accepted by a civil Court in the absence of any rebuttal. The civil Court is neutral. It simply gives decision on the basis of the pleading and evidence which comes before it. The ITO is not only an adjudicator but also an investigator. He cannot remain passive in the face of a return which is apparently in order but calls for further inquiry. It is his duty to ascertain the truth of the facts stated in the return when the circumstances of the case are such as to provoke an inquiry. The meaning to be given to the word “erroneous” in section 263 emerges out of this context. It is because it is incumbent on the ITO to further investigate the facts stated in the return when circumstances would make such an inquiry necessary. The word “erroneous” in section 263 includes the failure to make such an inquiry. The order becomes erroneous because such an inquiry has not been made and not because there is anything wrong with the order if all the facts stated therein are assumed to be correct.

It implies that the Assessing Officer is bound to carry out prudent inquiries so as to ascertain and assess the correct income of the assessee. If they are lacking, the order becomes erroneous.

3. Failure to make inquiry – Scope:
The ground of failure to make inquiry would cover different situations. They can be categorised as follows

i. There is a complete failure to make inquiry while passing the order. The entire assessment order is passed summarily. The record does not show any examination or verification of the details furnished. The AO called for the basic details of income returned and accepted the same. The record, order sheet as well as the order is cryptic and silent about the application of mind by the AO. In this situation, the simple ground of non-enquiry by AO is sufficient to make the order erroneous and could warrant action u/s. 263 by CIT.

ii. In a given case, the AO may have completely missed verification of one aspect of income and no facts or details have been called for and furnished by the assesse. This lack of inquiry then results into prejudice to the revenue. In this situation both the error as well as prejudice to revenue is so apparent and glaring which could not have escaped the attention of any prudent Assessing Officer. E.g. the assessee had significant borrowings and at the same time, there are significant non-business advances to sister concerns. The rates of interest are variable. If the AO does not make any inquiry whatsoever about the claim of interest, the order may become erroneous if the facts prima facie indicate prejudice to the revenue.

iii. The AO has made enquiries about the income of the assessee. After applying his own judgment about the inquiries to be carried out, the income was assessed by him. The record is speaking about the inquiries, examination and application of mind by the AO. In such situation, CIT feels that a particular inquiry should have been carried out in a particular manner which has not been done or the AO should have taken particular view about a particular income. On such ground of failure of inquiry, action for revision is invoked. The Bombay High Court in a well- known decision in the case if CIT vs. Gabriel India Ltd. ( 203 ITR 108) has dealt with the situation and explained the law as –An order cannot be termed as erroneous unless it is not in accordance with law. If an ITO acting in accordance with law makes certain assessment, the same cannot be branded as erroneous by the Commissioner simply because according to him the order should have been written more elaborately. This section does not visualise a case of substitution of judgment of the Commissioner for that of the ITO , who passed the order, unless the decision is held to be erroneous. Cases may be visualised where ITO while making an assessment examines the accounts, makes enquiries, applies his mind to the facts and circumstances of the case and determines the income either by accepting the accounts or by making some estimates himself. The Commissioner, on perusal of the records, may be of the opinion that the estimate made by the officer concerned was on the lower side and, left to the Commissioner, he would have estimated the income at a higher figure than the one determined by the ITO . That would not vest the Commissioner with power to re-examine the accounts and determine the income himself at a higher figure. It is because the ITO has exercised the quasi-judicial power vested in him in accordance with law and arrived at a conclusion and such a conclusion cannot be termed to be erroneous simply because the Commissioner does not feel satisfied with the conclusion. It may be said in such a case that in the opinion of the Commissioner the order in question is prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue. But that by itself will not be enough to vest the Commissioner with the power of suo moto revision because the first requirement, namely, the order is erroneous, is absent.”

In CIT vs. Honda Siel Power Products Ltd., the Delhi High Court held that while passing an order u/s. 263, the CIT has to examine not only the assessment order, but the entire record of the profits. Since the assessee has no control over the way an assessment order is drafted and since, generally, the issues which are accepted by the AO do not find mention in the assessment order and only those points are taken note of on which the assessee’s explanations are rejected and additions/disallowances are made, the mere absence of the discussion would not mean that the AO had not applied his mind to the said provisions. In this connection, reference is invited to the decisions in CIT vs. Mulchand Bagri (108 CTR 206 Cal.) CIT vs. D P Karai (266 ITR 113 Guj) and Paul Mathews vs. CIT ( 263 ITR 101 Ker).

4. Failure to make inquiry vs. Application of mind:
4.1. In Malabar Industrial Co. Ltd. vs. CIT 243 ITR 83 (SC) the Apex Court considered the scope of the word “erroneous” and held that:

“The provision cannot be invoked to correct each and every type of mistake or error committed by the AO; it is only when an order is erroneous that the section will be attracted. An incorrect assumption of facts or an incorrect application of law will satisfy the requirement of the order being erroneous. In the same category fall orders passed without applying the principles of natural justice or without application of mind. The phrase “prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue” is not an expression of art and is not defined in the Act. Understood in its ordinary meaning, it is of wide import and is not confined to loss of tax. The scheme of the Act is to levy and collect tax in accordance with the provisions of the Act and this task is entrusted to the Revenue. If due to an erroneous order of the ITO , the Revenue is losing tax lawfully payable by a person, it will certainly be prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue. The phrase “prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue” has to be read in conjunction with an erroneous order passed by the AO. Every loss of revenue as a consequence of an order of the AO cannot be treated as prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue, for example when an ITO adopted one of the courses permissible in law and it has resulted in loss of revenue, or where two views are possible and the ITO has taken one view with which the CIT does not agree, it cannot be treated as an erroneous order prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue unless the view taken by the ITO is unsustainable in law.”

4.2 The above observations of the Supreme Court highlight the fact that if there is an application of mind by the AO, the order cannot become erroneous. The question has to be decided by evaluating the process of assessment undertaken by the AO. If the assessment has been done after proper application of mind and thereby adopting a permissible course of action, it cannot be said to be erroneous.

5. Prejudice to the Revenue:
5.1 The lack of inquiry making the order erroneous has to be coupled with prejudice to the interest of the revenue. As explained by Bombay High Court in case of Gabriel India Ltd., there must be some prima facie material on record to show that tax which was lawfully exigible has not been imposed or that by the application of the relevant statute on an incorrect or incomplete interpretation a lesser tax than what was just has been imposed. There must be material available on record called for by the Commissioner to satisfy him, prima facie, that the aforesaid two requisites are present. If not, he has no authority to initiate proceedings for revision. Exercise of power of suo moto revision under such circumstances will amount to arbitrary exercise of power.

6. Principles Emerging:
The following principles emerge from the above discussion-

1. Failure to make inquiries coupled with prejudice to revenue makes the order vulnerable for revision u/s. 263 being erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue.

2. For evaluating as to whether inquiry was made or not, the complete record at the time of assessment has to be seen. Absence of discussion in the assessment order is not sufficient to conclude that there has been no noninquiry.

3. The ground of lack of inquiry so as to substitute the judgment of CIT over that of AO is not permissible. If AO has used his judgment and passed the order in accordance with law, CIT cannot substitute his judgment about how a particular assessment has to be done by carrying out enquiries in a particular manner.

4. The powers of revision cannot be invoked to correct each and every mistake but only when the order is erroneous on account of an incorrect assumption of facts or an incorrect application of law or without applying the principles of natural justice or without application of mind or inquiry.

5. Every loss of revenue as a consequence of an order of the AO cannot be treated as prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue, for example when an ITO adopted one of the courses permissible in law and it has resulted in loss of revenue, or where two views are possible and the ITO has taken one view with which the CIT does not agree, it cannot be treated as an erroneous order prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue unless the view taken by the ITO is unsustainable in law.

7. Amendment by Finance Act 2015:

7.1 With effect from 1st June 2015, an Explanation is added to section 263 which provides as under-

“Explanation 2.—For the purposes of this section, it is hereby declared that an order passed by the Assessing Officer shall be deemed to be erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of the revenue, if, in the opinion of the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner,—

(a) the order is passed without making inquiries or verification which should have been made;

(b) the order is passed allowing any relief without inquiring into the claim;
(c) the order has not been made in accordance with any order, direction or instruction issued by the Board under section 119; or
(d) the order has not been passed in accordance with any decision which is prejudicial to the assessee, rendered by the jurisdictional High Court or Supreme Court in the case of the assessee or any other person.”

8. Memorandum Explaining the Provisions:
The memorandum explaining the provisions states as under

“Revision of order that is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of revenue

The existing provisions contained in sub-section (1) of section 263 of the Income-tax Act provides that if the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner considers that any order passed by the assessing officer is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue, he may, after giving the assessee an opportunity of being heard and after making an enquiry pass an order modifying the assessment made by the assessing officer or cancelling the assessment and directing fresh assessment. The interpretation of expression “erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of the revenue” has been a contentious one. In order to provide clarity on the issue it is proposed to provide that an order passed by the Assessing Officer shall be deemed to be erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of the revenue, if, in the opinion of the Principal Commissioner or Commissioner,—

(a) the order is passed without making inquiries or verification which, should have been made;
(b) the order is passed allowing any relief without inquiring into the claim;
(c) the order has not been made in accordance with any order, direction or instruction issued by the Board under section 119; or
(d) the order has not been passed in accordance with any decision which is prejudicial to the assessee, rendered by the jurisdictional High Court or Supreme Court in the case of the assessee or any other person.”

9. Analysis of the Amendment:
9.1 A plain reading of the above amendment implies that the said Explanation has been added for clarifying the scope of the words ‘erroneous so far as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue.’ The term was not been defined under the Act. But by way of this amendment, the scope of the term has been clarified. While clarifying the position, four different situations have been contemplated so as to call an order to be ‘erroneous so far as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue.’ The provision further creates a fiction as to order being erroneous in so far as prejudicial to the interest of revenue if the Commissioner or Principal Commissioner forms an opinion about the existence of four situations stated therein.

9.2 Considering the phraseology or the words used in the amendment and also considering the fact that the amendment pertains to procedural or machinery provisions, the same is perceived as clarificatory and may apply to pending proceedings. The amendment can also be understood to be a “Declaratory Law” thereby explaining or clarifying the law that prevailed all along. Needless to mention, assessee would like to argue that the amendment is substantive in nature and therefore would operate prospectively. In that situation, the question would become debatable and would be left for the Courts to decide.

9.3 The question arises as to whether it implies a subjective opinion of the Commissioner or Principal Commissioner and having formed such opinion, the jurisdiction u/s. 263 can be invoked without any fetters. The question has relevance to mainly to first situation as well as second situation regarding inquiry not done by AO as it deals with more of a factual or practical situation and may lend unfettered powers to the Commissioner for revising the order. The other two situations mainly consider the incorrect application of law by not applying the relevant circular or judicial decisions. Extending the question further, does the provision mean merely a formality on the part of the Commissioner or Principal Commissioner to form an opinion and invoke the jurisdiction?

9.4 To answer the above question, the scheme of revision provisions under the Act has to be considered. The power of revision is vested with Commissioner which is perceived to be his exclusive jurisdiction to be excercised upon satisfaction of conditions stated therein. The powers can be invoked on his satisfaction arrived after examination of record. The words satisfaction or opinion of Commissioner perceived in section 263 has been explained by Bombay High Court in Gabriel India Ltd. as- “ It is well-settled that when exercise of statutory power is dependent upon the existence of certain objective facts, the authority before exercising such power must have materials on records to satisfy it in that regard. If the action of the authority is challenged before the Court, it would be open to the Courts to examine whether the relevant objective factors were available from the records called for and examined by such authority. Any other view in the matter will amount to giving unbridled and arbitrary power to revising authority to initiate proceedings for revision in every case and start re-examination and fresh enquiries in matters which have already been concluded under the law. It is quasi-judicial power hedged with limitation and has to be exercised subject to the same and within its scope and ambit. So far as calling for the records and examining the same is concerned, undoubtedly it is an administrative act, but on examination, “to consider”, or in other words, to form an opinion that the particular order is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue, is a quasijudicial act because on this consideration or opinion the whole machinery of reexamination and reconsideration of an order of assessment, which has already been concluded and controversy about which has been set at rest, is again set in motion. It is an important decision and the same cannot be based on the whims or caprice of the revising authority. There must be materials available from records called for by the Commissioner.”

The above principles explained by the Bombay High Court therefore enable us to reach to the conclusion that the formation of opinion cannot be arbitrary and left at the whims of the authority this being a quasi judicial act that would be subjected to judicial review by higher authorities.

9.5 The further question arises about the application of fiction as to whether it allows an interpretation that having formed an opinion about non inquiry the order becomes erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of revenue. The fiction impliedly raises a presumption. It can be seen that the factum of inquiry is always verifiable with reference to record. If after forming an opinion by Commissioner about non inquiry, the record speaks about proper inquiry and application of mind by AO, the presumption should be open for rebuttal. More so since the question of inquiry is a factual aspect. The Explanation therefore can be interpreted to raise a rebuttable presumption. The rebuttal can be made before the higher authorities contesting the validity of action with reference to the actual record. The possibility of rebuttal can also be supported with the power of revision being a quasi judicial act subjected to judicial review.

9.6 The law that prevailed all along with reference to the application of mind by AO or adopting a permissible course of action in law cannot be understood to have been disturbed. Since the Income-tax Act gives exclusive jurisdiction of assessment to the Assessing Officer, the act of assessment is perceived as an independent quasi judicial act. The Commissioner under the provisions of revision could not substitute his judgment over the Assessing Officer about the manner in which the assessment or inquiry or a particular view to be adopted. The said amendment nowhere makes a departure from the above position by the phraseology or the contextual meaning.

9.7 The Explanatory Memorandum with reference to the said amendment refers to the intention behind the said amendment. In view of that, the interpretation of ‘erroneous in so far as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue’ was a contentious issue. In order to provide clarity on the issue, an amendment has been brought in by way of an Explanation. Considering the law explained by Courts with reference to the expression used in the amendment, there does not appear to be any deviation from the principles evolved. It broadly defines the scope of ‘erroneous in so far as prejudicial to the interest of the revenue’ and provides support to the main section. Reading the main provision along with the Explanation, the Scheme of revision with reference to the principles laid down, remains the same.

9.8 In the first situation, the words used are ‘if the order is passed with making inquiries or verification which should have been done’. The expression ‘which should have been done’ suggests an objective test to be applied so as to highlight necessity of making appropriate inquiry for assessing the correct income and absence of which may cause prejudice to the revenue. The condition of ‘prejudice to the interest of the revenue’ also cannot be said to have toned down or understood to have impliedly complied with formation of an opinion.

10. Conclusion:
The amendment by way of an Explanation to section 263 may give rise to extreme interpretations or an impression that the power of revision is at the whims of Commissioner. The Department is likely to adopt such interpretation and use the same causing to revision of the orders passed by the Assessing Officers at the sweet will of the Commissioners. However, considering the law laid down and on proper interpretation of the amendment, such view is unlikely to be supported by higher judicial forums. Let us hope that the judiciary would make a just interpretation and avoid giving unfettered powers to the Commissioner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FAT CA) and Common Reporting Standards (CRS) – the next stage

fiogf49gjkf0d
Background
In the first two of my articles that were
published in the BCA Journal (February 2015 and April 2015 issues), we
had looked at the broad approach under FATCA and some portions of the
(then) draft regulations which had been at that stage circulated by the
Government to a small group for comments. The purpose of this article is
to trace the developments since then and address specific matters.

Before
proceeding, I must state that the views expressed in the article are my
personal views. They are not intended to be in the nature of tax advice
to the reader. They cannot be used as a defence against penalties
either under FATCA or any other law. The intent is to make readers aware
of a possible view. In regard to specific situations, they should
obtain advice from US tax advisors.

In the field of FATCA, the
Government of India signed the Model 1 Inter-Governmental Agreement
(IGA) on 9th July, 2015. The Rules for reporting u/s. 285BA were
notified on 7th August, 2015 and the first reporting deadline in respect
of records for 2014 was set at 31st August, 2015. This deadline was
later extended to 10th September, 2015. The initial guidance was issued
on 31st August and it is expected that additional detailed guidance may
be available later in the year. Even before these developments took
place, India signed the Minutes of Multilateral Competent Authority
Agreement (MCAA) in Paris as part of India’s commitment to be an early
adopter of OECD’s Common Reporting Standards (CRS).

IGA and the Rules
The
IGA lays down certain broad principles of the inter- Governmental
cooperation. Under Article 10(1), the IGA enters into force on the day
when India notifies the US that it has completed its internal procedures
for entry into force of the IGA. As India notified the US accordingly,
the IGA has entered into force.

Rules 114F, 114G and 114H
governing the reporting and the new reporting form i.e. Form 61B have
been introduced in the Income-tax Rules 1962 with effect from August 7,
2015. The attempt here is to examine the IGA and the Rules together for
ease of comparison and understanding.

Reporting deadlines and information required
The Table below gives the FATCA and the CRS reporting deadlines and the information required to be reported.



Abbreviations:
TIN – Taxpayer Identification Number; DOB – Date of birth; POB – Place
of Birth; DOI – Date of Incorporation; POI – Place of Incorporation;
NPFI – Non-Participating Financial Institution

An NPFI is a
financial institution as defined in Article 1(r) of the IGA1 other than
an Indian financial institution (FI) or an FI of any other jurisdiction
with which the US has an IGA. Where an FI is treated as an NPFI in terms
of the IGA between that other jurisdiction and the US, such NPFI will
also be treated as an NPFI in India.

Who is to report
In
terms of Rule 114G(1), every reporting financial institution (FI) has
to do the relevant reporting. The term reporting FI is defined under
Rule 114F(7) to mean

– A financial institution which is resident
(the reference here is to tax residence status) in India but excluding a
branch outside India of an Indian FI
– A ny branch in India of an FI that is not (tax) resident in India

In both cases, a non-reporting FI (not to be confused with NPFI) will be excluded from the ambit of the term reporting FI.

An Indian bank’s branch in (say) London will not be treated as a reporting FI but a Singapore or a US bank’s branch in India will be treated as reporting FI under Rule 114F(7).

Rule
114F(3) defines a financial institution to mean a custodial
institution, a depository institution, an investment entity or a
specified insurance company. The Explanation to Rule 114F(3) explains
the meaning of the four terms used in the sub-rule.

Under Rule 114F(5), a ‘non-reporting financial institution’ means any FI that is, –

(a)
A Government entity, an international organisation or a central bank
except where the FI has depository, custodial, specified insurance as
part of its commercial activity;
(b) R etirement funds of the Government, international organisation, central bank at (a) above;
(c) A non-public fund of the armed forces, an employee state insurance fund, a gratuity fund or a provident fund;
(d)
A n entity which is Indian FI solely because of its direct equity or
debt interest in the (a) to (c) above; (e) A qualified credit card
issuer;
(f) A FI that renders investment advice, manages portfolios
for and acts on behalf or executes trades on behalf a customer for such
purposes in the name of the customer with a FI other than a
non-participating FI;
(g) A n exempt collective investment vehicle;
(h)
A trust set up under Indian law to the extent that the trustee is a
reporting FI and reports all information required to be reported in
respect of financial accounts under the trust;
(i) A n FI with a local client base;
(j) A local bank;
(k)
In case of any US reportable account, a controlled foreign corporation
or sponsored investment entity or sponsored closely held investment
vehicle.

Paras (I), (J) and (K) of the Explanation to Rule
114F(5) clarify that Employees State Insurance Fund set up under the ESI
Act 1948 or a gratuity fund set under the Payment of Gratuity Act 1972
or the provident fund set up under the PF Act 1925 or under the
Employees’ (PF and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1952 will be treated as
non-reporting FI.

Para (N) of the Explanation to Rule 114F(5)
defines an FI with a local client base as one that does not have a fixed
place of business outside India and which also does not solicit
customers or account holders outside India. It should not operate a
website that indicates its offer of services to US persons or to persons
resident outside India. The test of residency to be applied here is
that of tax residency. At least 98%, by value, of the financial accounts
maintained by the FI must be held by Indian tax residents. The local FI
must, however, set in place a system to do due diligence of financial
accounts in accordance with Rule 114H.

The term ‘local bank’ will
include a cooperative credit society, which is operated without profit
i.e. it does not operate with profit motive. In this case also offering
of account to US persons or to persons resident outside India, will be
treated as a bar to being characterised as a local bank. The assets of
the local bank should not exceed US$ 175 million (assume Rs. 1050
crores, although the USD-INR exchange rate may fluctuate) and the sum of
its assets and those of its related entities does not exceed US$ 500
million (assume Rs. 3,000 crores). Certain other conditions also apply.

What is a financial account
Rule
114F(1) defines a ‘financial account’ to mean an account (other than an
excluded account) maintained by an FI and includes (i) a depository
account; (ii) a custodial account (iii) in the case of an investment
entity, any equity or debt interest in the FI; (iv) any equity or debit
interest in an FI if such interest in the institution is set up to avoid
reporting in accordance with Rule 114G and for a US reportable account,
if the debt or equity interest is determined directly or indirectly
with reference to assets giving rise to US withholdable payments; and
(v) cash value insurance contract or an annuity contract (subject to
certain exceptions).

For this purpose, the Explanation to Rule 114F(1) clarifies that a ‘depository account’ includes any commercial, savings, time or thrift account or an account that is evidenced by certificate of deposit, thrift certificate, investment certificate, certificate of indebtedness or other similar instrument maintained by a FI in the ordinary course of banking or similar business. It also includes an account maintained by an insurance company pursuant to a guaranteed investment contract. In ordinary parlance, a ‘depository account’ relates to a normal bank account plus certificates of deposit (CDs), recurring deposits, etc. A ‘custodial account’ means an account, other than an insurance contract or an annuity contract, or the benefit of another person that holds one or more financial assets. In normal parlance, this would largely refer to demat accounts. The National Securities Depository Ltd. (NSDL) statement showing all of their investments listed at one place will give the readership an idea of what a ‘custodial account’ entails. These definitions are at slight variance with the commonly understood meaning of these terms in India.

Para (c) of the Explanation clarifies that the term ‘equity interest’ in an FI means,

(a)    In the case of a partnership, share in the capital or share in the profits of the partnership; and
(b)    In the case of a trust, any interest held by
–    Any person treated as a settlor or beneficiary of all or any portion of the trust; and
–    Any other natural person exercising effective control over the trust.

For this purpose, it is immaterial whether the beneficiary has the direct or the indirect right to receive under a mandatory distribution or a discretionary distribution from the trust.

An ‘insurance contract’ means a contract, other than an annuity contract, under which the issuer of the insurance contract agrees to pay an amount on the occurrence of a specified contingency involving mortality, morbidity, accident, liability or property. An insurance contract, therefore, includes both assurance contracts and insurance contracts. An ‘annuity contract’ means a contract under which the issuer of the contract agrees to make a periodic payment where such is either wholly or in part linked to the life expectancy of one or more individuals. A ‘cash value insurance contract’ means an insurance contract that has a cash value but does not include indemnity reinsurance contracts entered into between two insurance companies. In this context, the cash value of an insurance contract means

(a)    Surrender value or the termination value of the contract without deducting any surrender or termination charges and before deduction of any outstanding loan against the policy; or

(b)    The amount that the policy holder can borrow against the policy

whichever is less. The cash value will not include any amount payable on death of the life assured, refund of excess premiums, refund of premium (except in case of annuity contracts), payment on account of injury or sickness in the case of insurance (as opposed to life assurance) contracts Para (h) of the Explanation to Rule 114F(1) defines an ‘excluded account’ to mean

(i)    a retirement or pension account where

  •     the account is subject to regulation as a personal retirement account;

  •     the account is tax favoured i.e. the contribution is either tax deductible or is excluded from taxable income of the account holder or is taxed at a lower rate or the investment income from such account is deferred or is taxed at a lower rate;

  •    information reporting is required to the income-tax authorities with respect to such account;
  •    withdrawals are conditional upon reaching a specified retirement age, disability, death or penalties are applicable for withdrawals before such events;

  •    the contributions to the account are limited to either US$ 50,000 per annum or to US$ One million through lifetime.

(ii)    an account which satisfies the following requirements viz.

  •    the account is subject to regulations as a savings vehicle for purposes other than retirement or the account (other than a US reportable account) is subject to regulations as an investment vehicle for purposes other than for retirement and is regularly traded on an established securities market;

  •    the account is tax favoured i.e. the contribution is either tax deductible or is excluded from taxable income of the account holder or is taxed at a lower rate or the investment income from such account is deferred or is taxed at a lower rate;

  •     withdrawals are conditional upon specific criteria (educational or medical benefits) or penalties are applicable for withdrawals before such criteria are met;

  •     the contributions to the account are limited to either US$ 50,000 per annum or to US$ One million through lifetime.

(iii)    An account under the Senior Citizens Savings Scheme 2004;

(iv)    A life insurance contract that will end before the insured reaches the age of 90 years (subject to certain conditions to be satisfied);

(v)    An account held by the estate of a deceased, if the documentation for the account includes a copy of the will of the deceased or a copy of the deceased’s death certificate;

(vi)    An account established in connection with any of the following

  •    A court order or judgment;

  •   A sale, exchange or lease of real or personal property, if the account is for the extent of down payment, earnest money, deposit to secure the obligation under the transaction, etc.

 

  •    An FI’s obligation towards current or future taxes in respect of real property offered to secure any loan granted by the FI;

(vii)    In the case of an account other than a US reportable account, the account exists solely because a customer overpays on a credit card or other revolving credit facility and the overpayment is not immediately returned to the customer. Up to December 31, 2015, there is a cap of US$ 50,000 applicable for such overpayment.

How to report

Under Rule 114G(9), the reporting FI must file the relevant Form 61B with the office of the Director of Income-tax (Intelligence and Criminal Investigation) electronically under a digital signature of the designated director. The reporting FI must register on the income-tax e-filing website through its own login giving certain information including a ‘designated director’ and a ‘principal officer’. Although not stated in the Rules, the latter will generally be the contact person for the Government of India for any queries and the former will be the escalation point. These two terms are used under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA). Currently, the registration is possible without obtaining a General Intermediary Identification Number (GIIN).

The report in Form 61B is, however, required to be uploaded through the personal PAN login of the designated director on the e-filing website. This feature is likely to undergo a change for the next reporting cycle.

Next steps and developments to come

The FIs will need to set up systems to do extensive due diligence procedures for existing accounts in order to comply with Rule 114H and to develop systems to capture the reporting information. Under Rule 114G(11), the local regulators for the FIs viz. the Reserve Bank of India, the Securities and Exchange Board of India, the Insurance Regulatory Development Authority will have to issue instructions or guidelines to the FIs under their respective supervision. To avoid conflicting instructions, such instructions must be synchronised. At the Government’s end, the e-filing website must allow for filing of Form 61B through the reporting FIs login under the digital signature of a person who is not necessarily a person authorised to sign the tax return of the reporting FI. We will connect again on due diligence and on these other developments.

Cancellation of registration upon violation of section 13(1) – section 12AA(4)

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Background

Section 12AA (3) of the Income-tax Act,
1961 (hereinafter referred to as “the Act”) deals with cancellation of
registration of a charitable institution in circumstances specified in
the said section. The Income-tax Appellate Tribunal [“Tribunal”] has
consistently held in a number of cases that registration of an
institution cannot be cancelled u/s. 12AA (3) merely because section
13(1) of the Act applies to it. [Krupanidhi Educational Trust vs. DIT,
(2012) 27 taxmann.com 11 (Bang); Cancer Aid and Research Foundation vs.
DIT, (2014) 34 ITR (Trib) 56 (Mum); Parkar Medical Foundation vs. DCIT,
(2014) 34 ITR (Trib) 286 (Pune), TS-469-ITAT -2014 (Pune)]. In order to
overcome this position in law, the Finance (No.2) Act, 2014 inserted
section 12AA (4) with effect from 1-10-2014 to provide for cancellation
of registration of a charitable institution upon operation of section
13(1). This article attempts to explain and analyse the provisions of
section 12AA(4).

2. Text

Section 12AA(4) reads as follows:

“(4)
Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (3), where a trust
or any institution has been granted registration under clause (b) of
sub-section (1) or has obtained registration at any time under section
12A [as it stood before its amendment by the Finance (No.2) Act, 1996]
and subsequently it is noticed that the activities of the trust or the
institution are being carried out in a manner that the provisions of
section 11 and 12 do not apply to exclude either whole or any part of
the income such trust or institution due to operation of sub-section (1)
of section 13, then, the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner may
by an order in writing cancel the registration of such trust or
institution:

Provided that the registration shall not be
cancelled under this sub-section, if the trust or institution proves
that there was a reasonable cause for the activities to be carried out
in the said manner.”

3. Summary

Preconditions for applicability of section 12AA(4)

(a) A charitable institution been granted registration u/s. 12AA(1)(b) or section 12A.
(b) After the registration, it is noticed that
(i) section 13(1) applies to the charitable institution;
(ii)
the activities of the charitable institution are being carried out in a
manner that section 11/12 do not apply to whole or any part of the
income due to operation of section 13(1)
(c) The charitable
institution cannot prove that there was reasonable cause for the
activities to be carried out in the said manner.

Consequences of applicability of section 12AA94)

(a) The Principal Commissioner (“PCIT”) or the Commissioner (“CIT”) may cancel the registration of such charitable institution.
(b) Such cancellation shall be done by an order.
(c) Such cancellation order shall be in writing.

4. Rationale/Purpose

4.1 The relevant passage in Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2014 reads as follows:

“There
have been cases where trusts, particularly in the year in which they
have substantial income claimed to be exempt under other provisions of
the Act, deliberately violate provisions of section 13 by investing in
prohibited mode etc. Similarly, there have been cases where the income
is not properly applied for charitable purposes or has been diverted for
benefit of certain interested persons. Due to restrictive
interpretation of the powers of the Commissioner under section 12AA,
registration of such trusts or institutions continues to be in force and
these institutions continue to enjoy the beneficial regime of
exemption. …

Therefore, in order to rationalise the provisions
relating to cancellation of registration of a trust, it is proposed to
amend section 12AA of the Act to provide that where a trust or an
institution has been granted registration, and subsequently it is
noticed that its activities are being carried out in such a manner
that,—
(i) its income does not enure for the benefit of general public;
(ii)
it is for benefit of any particular religious community or caste (in
case it is established after commencement of the Act);
(iii) any income or property of the trust is applied for benefit of specified persons like author of trust, trustees etc.; or
(iv)
its funds are invested in prohibited modes, then the Principal
Commissioner or the Commissioner may cancel the registration if such
trust or institution does not prove that there was a reasonable cause
for the activities to be carried out in the above manner.”

4.2 The relevant paragraphs in Circular explaining the provisions of the Finance (No.2) Act, 2014 read as follows:

“9.2
There have been cases where trusts, particularly in the year in which
they had substantial income claimed to be exempt under other provisions
of the Income-tax Act though they deliberately violated the provisions
of section 13 of the said Act by investing in prohibited modes other
that specified modes, etc. Similarly, there have been cases where the
income is not properly applied for charitable purposes or is diverted
for the benefit of certain interested persons. However, due to
restrictive interpretation of the powers of the Commissioner under the
said section 12AA, registration of such trusts or institutions continued
to be in force and these institutions continued to enjoy the beneficial
regime of exemption.

9.4 Therefore, in order to
rationalise the provisions relating to cancellation of registration of a
trust, section 12AA of the Income-tax Act has been amended to provide
that where a trust or an institution has been granted registration, and
subsequently it is noticed that its activities are being carried out in
such a manner that,—
(i) its income does not enure for the benefit of general public;
(ii)
it is for benefit of any particular religious community or caste (in
case it is established after commencement of the Income-tax Act, 1961);
(iii)
any income or property of the trust is used or applied directly or
indirectly for benefit of specified persons like author of trust,
trustees etc.; or
(iv) its funds are not invested in specified modes,

then
the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner may cancel the
registration, if such trust or institution does not prove that there was
a reasonable cause for the activities to be carried out in the above
manner.”

[CBDT Circular No. 1 / 2015, dated 21.01.2015]

5. Violation of section 13 cannot be used as a ground to deny registration

Courts/Tribunal have held that violation of section 13 is not a ground on which registration can be denied to a charitable institution [see CIT vs. Leuva Patel Seva Samaj Trust, (2014) 42 taxmann.com 181 (Guj), (2014) 221 Taxman 75 (Guj); Malik Hasmullah Islamic Educational and Welfare Society vs. CIT, (2012) 24 (taxmann.com 93 (Luck), (2012) 138 ITD 519 (Luck), (2013) 153 TTJ 635 (Luck); PIMS Medical & Education Charitable Society vs. CIT, (2013) 31 taxmann.com 371 (Chd)(Trib), (2013) 56 SOT 522 (Chad)(Trib), (2012) 150 TTJ 891 (Chd)(Trib); Chaudhary Bishambher Singh Education Society vs. CIT, (2014) 48 taxmann.com 152 (Del)(Trib); Kurni Daivachara Sangham vs. DIT, (2014) 50 taxmann.com 53 (Hyd)(Trib); Modern Defence Shikshan Sanstha vs. CIT, (2008) 26 SOT 21 (Joh)(URO); Ashoka Education Foundation vs. CIT, (2014) 42 CCH 0090 (Pune)(Trib)]. On a plain reading, there is no change in this position even after amendment. This is because section 12AA(4) provides that “where a trust or any institution has been granted registration under clause (b) of sub-section (1) or has obtained registration at any time under section 12A [asit stood before its amendment by the Finance (No.2) Act, 1996] and subsequently it is noticed that …”. Thus, the section is triggered only subsequent to the registration.

6.    Is cancellation independent of assessment? Can CIT suo moto take cognisance of the violation of section 13(1) prior to assessment by AO?

The section states that “if it is noticed that the activities of the trust or the institution are being carried out in a manner …” It does not state that the violation of section 13(1) is noticed only upon assessment. If the CIT can independently come to a conclusion that there has been a default u/s. 13(1) and the provisions of section 11 and 12 do not apply as a result of the default, then, on a literal reading, he can suo moto take cognisance of the violation of section 13(1) prior to assessment by AO. Thus, the action u/s.er section 12AA(4)

     a. could precede the assessment; or

     b. be concurrent with the assessment; or

     c. succeed the assessment.

To illustrate :

Suppose, a search and seizure action u/s. 132 is taken against a charitable institution and during the proceedings, it is found that the Managing Trust has siphoned off certain funds of the institution. In that case, section 13(1)(c) could apply and the PCIT or CIT could initiate proceedings u/s. 12AA(4).

However, it appears that the ultimate outcome of cancellation would, inter alia, depend on the position taken or finally accepted in assessment proceedings vis-à-vis the operation of section 13(1). Hence, if the assessment order is reversed at the appellate stage, then the cancellation order cannot survive.

     7. Cancellation only in respect of operation of section 13(1)

7.1    The provision applies pursuant to operation of section 13(1). Thus, it does not apply pursuant to operation of the following sections :

     Section 13(7) – anonymous donations

     Section 13(8) – exemption not available on account of first proviso to section 2(15) becoming applicable to the institution.
7.2    The position vis-à-vis other sub-sections of sectio     13 is explained in the following paragraphs :

     Section 13(2)

The said sub-section provides for situations when the income or property of an institution is deemed to have been used or applied for the benefit of an interested party. This sub-section is an “extension of section 13(1)(c) / (d)” and hence a violation of section 13(2) could also trigger the proceedings for cancellation of registration u/s. 12AA(4).

     Section 13(4) and 13(6)

Section 13(4) provides that if the investment in a concern in which an interested person referred to in section 13(3) does not exceed 5% of the capital of that concern, then, subject to its provisions, the exemption u/s. 11 or section 12 shall not be denied in relation to any income other than the income arising to the trust or the institution from such investment.

Section 13(6) provides that if a trust has provided educational or medical facilities to an interested person referred to in section 13(3), the exemption u/s. 11 or 12 shall not be denied in relation to any income other than the income referred to in section 12(2).

It appears that the above sections are not independent sections : both are in connection with violation u/s. 13(1)(c) or section 13(1)(d). They merely give a concession and relax the rigors of section 13(1)(c) and section 13(1)(d) apply. Income is not excluded from section 11 by reason of application of section 13(4) or (6), The breach would be only be on account of section 13(1)(c) or (d). Hence, it appears that, on a literal interpretation, the provision covers cases where section 13(4) and section 13(6) are applicable.

     8. General principles for interpretation of section 12AA(4)

Section 186 (1) of the Act, prior to its omission with effect from 01.04.1993, read as follows:
“(1) If, where a firm has been registered or is deemed to have been registered, or its registration has effect under sub-section (7) of section 184 for an assessment year, the Assessing Officer is of opinion that there was during the previous year no genuine firm in existence as registered, he may, after giving the firm a reasonable opportunity of being heard cancel the registration of the firm for that assessment year:”

It is noticed that both, section 186(1) and section 12AA(4), refer to cancellation of registration and both use the term ‘may’, that is, the Assessing Officer (in section 186) and the PCIT or CIT [in section 12AA(4)] may cancel the registration.

Hence, the principles laid down by Courts in section 186 could be applied for interpreting section 12AA(4), to the extent applicable. Now, in the context of section 186, it has been held that withdrawal of the benefit of registration in respect of an assessment year results in serious consequences; it is penal in nature in that the consequences are very serious to the assessee and that is why discretion is conferred on the authority by requiring him to give a second opportunity [CIT vs. Pandurang Engg. Co., (1997) 223 ITR 400 (AP)]. Likewise, it is submitted that section 12AA(4) is also a penal provision and the principles applicable in interpretation of penal proceedings, including the following, could ordinarily apply in interpreting section 12AA(4):

    A penal provision must be interpreted strictly and in favour of the assessee [CIT vs. Sundaram Iyengar & Sons (P) Ltd. (TV), (1975) 101 ITR 764 (SC); Jain (NK) vs. Shah (CK), AIR 1991 SC 1289 and CIT vs. Pandurang Engg. Co., (1997) 223 ITR 400 (AP) (in the context of section 186 of the Act)]

    If two views are possible, the benefit should go to the assessee. [CIT vs. Vegetable Products Ltd., (1973) 88 ITR 192 (SC) (in the context of section 271 of the Income-tax Act); CIT vs. Pandurang Engg. Co., (1997) 223 ITR 400 (AP) (in the context of section 186 of the Act)]. In other words if two possible and reasonable constructions can be put upon a penal provision, the court must lean towards that construction which exempts the subject from penalty rather than the one which imposes penalty. A court is not competent to stretch the meaning of an expression used by the Legislature in order to carry out the intention of the Legislature. [Associated Tubewells Ltd. vs. Gujarmal Modi (RB), AIR 1957 SC 742]
 

    9. Does a default u/s. 13 automatically lead to cancellation of registration?

For the following reasons, it appears that a mere default u/s. 13(1) would not automatically result in cancellation of registration:

    Section 12AA(4) provides that the PCIT/CIT may by an order in writing cancel the registration. The use of the word “may” shows that it is discretionary, and the PCIT/CIT has a discretion not to cancel registration even in spite of the default of the assessee. [see J. M. Sheth vs. CIT, (1965) 56 ITR 293 (Mad); CIT vs. Standard Mercantile Co., (1986) 157 ITR 139 (Pat), (1985) 49 CTR 139 (Pat), (1985) 23 TAXMAN 452 (Pat) (both in the context of section 186)].

    A similar term is used in section 271(1)(c), where the AO “may” levy penalty on an assessee upon the assessee furnishing inaccurate particulars of income or concealing income. Courts have held that in view of the word “may”, the penalty is not automatic [Dilip N. Shroff vs. JCIT, (2007) 161 Taxman 218 (SC), (2007) 191 ITR 519 (SC)]. Now, section 12AA(4) is also a penal provision. Hence, applying the same principle, the cancellation u/s. 12AA(4) is also not automatic.

    Section 12AA(3) provides that if the Commissioner is satisfied that the activities of trusts are not genuine, he shall pass an order in writing cancelling the registration. The use of the word “may” in section 12AA(4) as against “shall” in section 12AA(3) clearly shows that the power in section 12AA(4) is discretionary.

    The proviso to section 12AA(4) states that the registration shall not be cancelled if the charitable institution proves that there was a reasonable cause for the activities to be carried out in the manner provided in the section. Hence, a mere default does not trigger cancellation, if there is a reasonable cause for the default.

    The relevant passage in section 12AA(4) reads as follows:

“… it is noticed that the activities of the trust or the institution are being carried out in a manner that the provisions of section 11 and 12 do not apply to exclude either whole or any part of the income such trust or institution due to operation of sub-section (1) of section 13, then, the Principle Commissioner or the Commissioner may by an order in writing cancel the registration …”

Suppose the expression “the activities of the trust or the institution are being carried out in a manner” (hereinafter referred to as “the relevant expression”) is removed from the language. In that case, the provision (hereinafter referred to as “modified provision”) would read as follows:

“It is noticed that … the provisions of section 11 and 12 do not apply to exclude either whole or any part of the income such trust or institution due to operation of sub-section (1) of section 13, then, the Principal Commissioner or the Commissioner may by an order in writing cancel the registration.”

A plain reading of modified provision shows that if provisions of section 11 and 12 do not apply due to operation of section 13(1), then it could trigger cancellation of registration. Thus, if mere default in section 13(1) triggered cancellation, then the modified provision without the relevant expression would have been sufficient and the relevant expression would be superfluous!

It is now very well settled that redundancy should not be attributed to the legislature and no part of a statute should be read in a manner that it becomes superfluous. [CWT vs. Kripashankar Dayashanker Worah, (1971) 81 ITR 763 (SC)] If a mere default in section 13(1) could result in the CIT exercising his power, then the entire expression “the activities of the trust or the institution are being carried out in a manner ” would not have been required and it would have been sufficient if the section had been worded as “it is noticed that the provisions of section 11 and 12 …”. In view of this, some meaning has to be attributed to the relevant expression. The point for consideration is what meaning should be attributed to the said phrase? It is submitted as follows:

    i)“Activities”

The relevant expression refers to “activities”. Now ordinarily, section 13 of General Clauses Act, 1897, provides that singular includes plural and vice versa, unless the context otherwise requires. It could be argued that in this case, depending on facts, the expression “activities” in plural may not include singular “activity” especially because cancellation of registration is an onerous provision and a single default should not result in such harsh consequences.

    ii)“Are being carried out”

The relevant expression uses the phrase “are being carried out”. The terms ‘is’ (singular of ‘are’) and “being” have been judicially interpreted as follows:

    In F. S. Gandhi vs. CWT, (1990) 51 Taxman 15 (SC), (1990) 184 ITR 34 (SC), (1990) 84 CTR 35 (SC), the Supreme Court had to interpret the expression “any interest in property where the interest is available to an assesssee for a period not exceeding six years…” The Court observed as follows:

The word ‘available’ is preceded by the word ‘is’ and is followed by the words ‘for a period not exceeding six years’. The word ‘is’, although normally referring to the present often has a future meaning. It may also have a past signification as in the sense of ‘has been’ (See Black’s Law Dictionary, 5th edn., p. 745). We are of the view that in view of the words ‘for a period not exceeding six years’ which follow the word ‘available’ the word ‘is’ must be construed as referring to the present and the future. In that sense it would mean that the interest is presently available and is to be available in future for a period not exceeding six years.

    The term “being” has been interpreted as follows:

    “In Stroud’s Judicial Dictionary (fourth edition) the expression “being” is explained thus at page 267 of volume I:

“Being — ‘Being as used in a sense similar to that of the ablative absolute, has sometimes been translated as, ‘having been’; but it properly denotes a state or condition existent at the time when the conclusion of law or fact has to be ascertained.”

In other words, it is clear that the phrase “the business of such company is not being continued” must be interpreted to mean the company whose business is non-existent at a time when the requisite opinion contemplated by the section is formed by the Central Government and if at such time the business is not continued or has stopped, the case would fall within that phrase.”

[UOI vs. Seksaria Cotton Mills Ltd., (1975) 45 Comp. Cas 613 (Bom)] [for the purpose of: section 15A of the Industries (Development & Regulation) Act, 1951] In  Harbhajan  Singh  vs.  Press  Council  of India, AIR 2002 SC 135, the Supreme Court observed as follows :

“In Maradana Mosque (Board of Trustees) vs. Badi-ud-Din Mahmud and Anr.- (1966) 1 All ER 545, under the relevant Statute the Minister was empowered to declare that the school should cease to be an unaided school and that the Director should be the Manager of it, if the Minister was satisfied that an unaided school “is being administered” in contravention of any provisions of the Act. Their Lordships opined, “Before the Minister had jurisdiction to make the order he must be satisfied that ‘any school. is being so administered in contravention of any of the provisions of this Act’. The present tense is clear. It would have been easy to say ‘has been administered’ or ‘in the administration of the school any breach of any of the provisions of this Act has been committed’, if such was the intention of the legislature; but for reasons which common sense may easily supply, it was enacted that the Minister should concern himself with the present conduct of the school, not the past, when making the order.

This does not mean, of course, that a school may habitually misconduct itself and yet repeatedly save itself from any order of the Minister by correcting its faults as soon as they are called to its attention. Such behaviour might well bring it within the words ‘is being administered’ but in the present case no such situation arose. There was, therefore, no ground on which the Minister could be

‘satisfied’ at the time of making the order. As appears from the passages of his broadcast statement which are cited above, he failed to consider the right question. He considered
 

only whether a breach had been committed, and not whether the school was at the time of his order being carried on in contravention of any of the provisions of the Act. Thus he had no jurisdiction to make the order at the date on which he made it”.

On a combined reading of the term “are” as a plural of “is” and “being”, as interpreted above, it could be argued that the defaulting activities should continue to be carried out or at least they have been carried out in near past. The CIT cannot invoke the provision for a default committed before many years and especially in a re-assessment when the default u/s. 13 was completed much earlier and was not detected or was held as not being applicable in the original assessment.

    10. Proceedings before PCIT/CIT

10.1    Cancellation of the registration should only be after complying with the principles of natural justice, which necessarily implies that –

    if the PCIT/CIT is satisfied with the explanation offered by the assessee, he must drop the proposal to cancel the registration. [see CIT vs. Pandurang Engg. Co., (1997) 223 ITR 400 (AP) (in the context of section 185)]

    a reasonable opportunity of being heard shall be given to the assessee;
    the PCIT/CIT shall not use any material without giving an opportunity to the assessee to rebut such material.

10.2    The PCIT/CIT should exercise his power not arbitrarily or capriciously but judicially in a manner consistent with judicial standards and after a consideration of all relevant circumstances. [see Hindustan Steel Ltd. vs. State of Orissa, (1970) 25 STC 11 (SC), (1972) 83 ITR 26 (SC); J.M Sheth vs. CIT, (1965) 56 ITR 293 (Mad) (in the context of section 186)].

10.3    For the purpose of section 271(1) it has been held that the regular assessment order is not the final word upon the pleas which can be taken at the penalty stage. The assessee is entitled to show-cause in penalty proceedings and to establish by the material and relevant facts which may go to affect his liability or the quantum of penalty. He cannot be debarred from taking appropriate pleas simply on the ground that such a plea was not taken in the regular assessment proceedings. [Jaidayal Pyarelal vs. CIT, (1973) Tax LR 880 (All)]

Applying the same principle an assessee cannot be debarred from taking appropriate pleas in the cancellation proceedings simply on the ground that such a plea was not taken in the regular assessment proceedings.

10.4    For the purpose of section 271 it has been held that the findings given in assessment proceedings, though relevant and admissible material in penalty proceedings, cannot operate as res judicata. [CIT vs. Gurudayalram Mukhlal, (1991) 95 CTR 198 (Gau), (1992) 60 Taxman 313 (Gau), (1991) 190 ITR 39 (Gau).] Similarly, the findings in respect of section 13(1) given in assessment proceedings cannot operate as res judicata.

10.5    It has been held that additional evidence is admissible in penalty proceedings and it is possible for the parties to bring on record additional material for determining if the penalty should be imposed. [CIT vs. Babu Ram Chander Bhan, (1973) 90 ITR 230 (All)]. Applying the same principle it appears that additional evidence is admissible in the cancellation proceedings.

    11. Order passed by CIT/PCIT

Section 12AA(4) requires the CIT/PCIT to pass an order ‘in writing’.

It is now well settled that a quasi-judicial order has to be a speaking order containing

    a) submissions of the assessee;

    b) detailed reasons why the submissions are not acceptable. [Associated Tubewells Ltd. vs. Gujarmal Modi (RB), AIR 1957 SC 742; Travancore Rayons vs. UOI, AIR 1971 SC 862; Appropriate Authority  vs.  Hindumal  Balmukand  Investment Co. P. Ltd., (2001) 251 ITR 660 (SC)] or a mere statement that after hearing the assessee and perusing the record, he did not find any substance in the submissions is not enough [see Sanju Prasad Singh vs. Chotanagpur Regional Transport Authority, AIR 1970 Pat 288 explaining the meaning of “speaking order”].

    12. Reasonable cause

12.1    Registration cannot be cancelled if the assessee proves that there was reasonable cause for the activities to be carried out in a particular manner.

12.2    Institution to prove reasonable cause

The institution has to prove that a reasonable cause existed for the activities being carried out in the particular manner. The term “proved” is defined in section 3 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 as follows:

“A fact is said to be ‘proved’ when after considering the matters before it, the Court either believes it to exist, or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists.”

In view of the above, the test of proof is that there is such a high degree of probability that a prudent man would act on the assumption that the thing is true. [Pyare Lal Bhargava vs. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1963 SC 1094, (1963) 1 SCR Supl. 689 (SC)]

12.3    Reasonable cause – meaning

Courts have explained the term “reasonable cause” as follows:

    ‘Reasonable cause’ as applied to human action is that which would constrain a person of average intelligence and ordinary prudence. It can be described as a probable cause. It means an honest belief founded upon reasonable grounds, of the existence of a state of circumstances, which, assuming them to be true, would reasonably lead any ordinary prudent and cautious man, placed in the position of the person concerned, to come to the conclusion that the same was the right thing to do. The cause shown has to be considered and only if it is found to be frivolous, without substance or foundation, the prescribed consequences will follow. [Woodward Governors India (P.) Ltd. vs. CIT, (2002) 253 ITR 745 (Del) (For the purpose of section 273B of the Income-tax Act, 1961)]

    In Oxford English Dictionary (first edn. published in 1933 and reprinted in 1961, Volume VIII), the expression ‘reasonable’ has been defined to mean ‘fair, not absurd, not irrational and not ridiculous’. Likewise, the expression ‘good’ has been defined in the said Dictionary in Volume IV to mean ‘adequate, reliable, sound’. Similarly, the expression ‘sufficient’ has been defined under the same very Dictionary in Volume X to mean ‘substantial, of a good standard’.

From the definitions referred to above, it would appear that reasonable cause or excuse is that which is fair, not absurd, not irrational and not ridiculous … if a reason is good and sufficient, the same would necessarily be a reasonable cause. [Banwarilal Satyanarain vs. State of Bihar, (1989) 46 TAXMAN 289 (Pat), (1989) 179 ITR 387 (Pat), (1989) 80 CTR 31 (Pat) (for the purpose of section 278AA of the Income-tax Act, 1961)]

    Reasonable cause, as correctly observed by the Administrative Tribunal, is a cause that a prudent man accepts as reasonable. The test to assess the reasonableness of the cause for default is, therefore, to find whether in the judgment of a common prudent man the cause is such that any normal man would, in the same or similar circumstances be also a defaulter. [Eknath Kira Akhadkar vs. Administrative Tribunal, AIR 1984 Bom 144 [for the purpose of section 22(2)(a) and section 32(4) of the Goa, Daman and Diu Buildings (Lease , Rent and Eviction) Control Act, 19968]]

The Bombay High Court has held that the expression ‘reasonable cause’ in section 273B for non-imposition of penalty u/s. 271E would have to be construed liberally depending upon the facts of each case. [CIT vs. Triumph International Finance (India) Ltd., (2012) 22 taxmann. com 138 (Bom), (2012) 208 TAXMAN 299 (Bom), (2012) 345 ITR 270 (Bom), (2012) 251 CTR 253 (Bom)]

12.4    Some illustrations/principles regarding reasonable cause

a)    Ignorance of law

It has been held that ignorance of law can constitute a reasonable cause [see ACIT vs. Vinman Finance & Leasing Ltd., (2008) 115 ITD 115 (Visk)(TM), para 13; Kaushal Diwan vs. ITO (1983) 3 ITD 432 (Del)(TM) (in the context of 285A of the Income-tax Act, 1961)]. Hence, in a given situation, the ignorance of the provisions of section 13(1) may constitute a reasonable cause.
 

    b) Bonafide belief

It has been held that penalty is not justified where the breach flows from a bonafide belief of the offender that he is not liable to act in the manner prescribed by the statute. [see

    Hindustan Steel Ltd. vs. State of Orissa, (1970) 25 STC 211 (SC), (1972) 83 ITR 26 (SC);
    DCIT vs. Dasari Narayana Rao, (2011) 15 taxmann.com 208 (Chennai Trib) (in the context of section 272A of the Income-tax Act, 1971);

    ACIT vs. Dargapandarinath Tuljayya & Co. (1977) 107 ITR 850 (AP) followed in Thomas Muthoot vs. ACIT, (2014) 52 taxmann.com 114 (Coch Trib) (in the context of section 271C of the Income-tax Act, 1961);

    IL & FS Maritime Infrastructure Co. Ltd. vs. ACIT, (2013) 37 taxmann.com 297 (Mum Trib), para 8 (in the context of section 271BA of the Income-tax Act, 1961)].

Applying the aforesaid principle, a mistaken bonafide belief that section 13(1) is not applicable can constitute a reasonable cause.

(c) Expert opinion

It has been held that if a particular action is bonafide taken on the basis of an opinion from a senior counsel, then, it constitutes a reasonable cause and merely because it turns out to be wrong, a penalty cannot be levied on the assessee. [CIT vs. Viswapriya Financial Services & Securities Ltd., (2008) 303 ITR 122 (Mad)] Applying the same principle, if a charitable institution has relied upon an expert opinion, then, merely because the expert had held a different view, it does not mean that there is no reasonable cause for the default.

(d) Bonafide mistake

It has been held that registration of an assessee firm cannot be cancelled upon a bonafide mistake which was not intentional.[see CIT vs. Pawan Sut Rice Mill, (2004) 136 Taxman 640 (Pat) (in the context of section 186 of the Act)]. Applying the principle, the registration may not be cancelled if there is unintentional, bonafide mistake as a result of which section 13(1) became applicable to an assessee.

    13. No penalty upon technical or venial
breach

It has been held that the authority competent to impose the penalty will be justified in refusing to impose the penalty when there is a technical or venial breach of the provisions of the Act. [Hindustan Steel Ltd. vs. State of Orissa, (1970) 25 STC 211 (SC), (1972) 83 ITR 26 (SC)]. Applying the same principle, the registration may not be cancelled when there is technical or venial breach upon application of section 13(1).

    14. Whether registration can be cancelled in certain situations involving quantum assessment

For the purpose of section 271(1)(c), it has been held that penalty cannot be levied in the following situations :

    a. the assessee’s appeal against the quantum assessment has been admitted as substantial question of law (because this shows that the issue is debatable) [CIT vs. Liquid Investment and Trading Co., ITA No. 240/Del/2009, dated 05.10.2010].

    b. where two views are possible in respect of a particular addition in the quantum assessment and the issue is debatable.

    c. where the position adopted by the assessee is supported by a Tribunal or High Court judgment in another case.

Likewise, if the applicability of section 13(1) has been admitted by the High Court as a substantial question of law or if two views are possible regarding operation of section 13(1) or there is a case u/s. 13(1) supporting the view adopted by the assessee, it is a point for consideration as to whether the PCIT/CIT should not cancel the registration on the ground that the discretionary power u/s. 12AA(4) entails him to use the discretion in favour of the assessee in such matters and/or their exists a reasonable cause for the activity to be carried out by the assessee in the manner it has done.

    15. Wilful default

The registration can be cancelled if the default is a wilful default. [See CIT vs. Standard Mercantile Co., (1986) 157 ITR 139 (Pat), (1985) 49 CTR 139 (Pat), (1985) 23 TAXMAN 452 (Pat) (in the context of section 186)]
    
16. Cancellation – whether with retrospective effect?

16.2    There are two views on the issue :

    a. Registration cannot be cancelled retrospectively

    b. Registration can be cancelled retrospectively

16.3    Registration cannot be cancelled retrospectively

    For the purpose of section 35CC/CCA, Courts have held that an approval granted could not be withdrawn with retrospective effect.

[see B. P. Agarwalla & Sons Ltd. vs. CIT, (1993) 71 Taxman 361 (Cal), (1994) 208 ITR 863 (Cal)

CIT vs. Bachraj Dugar, (1998) 232 ITR 290 (Gau), (1999) 152 CTR 367 (Gau)

Jai Kumar Kankaria vs. CIT, (2002) 120 Taxman 810 (Cal)]

Applying the aforesaid principle, registration cannot be cancelled with retrospective effect.

    For the purpose of sales tax, it has been held that the registration certificate of a dealer could not be cancelled with retrospective effect. [M. C. Agarwal vs. STO, (1986) 11 TMI 372 (Ori), (1987) 64 STC 298 (Ori)]

    Section 12AA(4) does not refer to cancellation with retrospective effect. In the absence of such specific provision, registration cannot be cancelled with retrospective effect.

16.4    Registration can be cancelled retrospectively

    In Mumbai Cricket Association vs. DIT, (2012) 24 taxmann.com 99 (Mum), the Tribunal held that registration of a charitable institution could be cancelled u/s. 12AA(3) with retrospective effect. Applying the same principle, registration could be cancelled u/s. 12AA(4) with retrospective effect.

    The judgments for section 35C/CCA and under sales tax are distinguishable since a retrospective cancellation in those cases prejudicially affected the counterparty. However, in retrospective cancellation of certificate u/s. 12AA(4), it is primarily the charitable institution which is affected.

16.5    Even if registration can be cancelled retrospectively it can not be before 1st October 2014

Even if registration could be cancelled with retrospective effect, it could not be retrospective before 1st October, 2014 being the date of insertion of section 12AA(4). This is supported by the following arguments:

    In Mumbai Cricket Association vs. DIT, (2012) 24 taxmann.com 99 (Mum), it was held that the registration to a charitable institution could not be cancelled beyond 1st October, 2010, being the date on which the provision became applicable.

    It is now well settled that law that a person, who has complied with the law as it exists, cannot be penalised by reason of the amendment to the law effected subsequently, unless such intention is expressly stated and the imposition of such penalty is not contrary to any of the provisions of the Constitution.[CIT vs. Kumudam Endowments, (2001) 117 Taxman 716 (Mad)]

Again, it is now well settled that unless the terms of a statute expressly so provide or necessarily imply, retrospective operation should not be given to a statute so as to take away or impair an existing right or create a new obligation or impose a new liability otherwise than as regards matters of procedure. [CED vs. Merchant (MA), (1989) 177 ITR 490 (SC); CWT vs. Hira Lal Mehra, (1994) 205 ITR 122 (P&H); A fiscal statute will not therefore be regarded as retrospective by implication, particularly a penal provision therein. [CWT vs. Ram Narain Agarwal, 1976 TLR 1074 (All); Thangalakshmi vs. ITO, (1994) 205 ITR 176 (Mad)]

16.6    Summary

The matter is not free from doubt. However, even if it is held that the registration can be cancelled with retrospective effect, the retrospectivity cannot be prior to 1.10.2014.

To illustrate, suppose an assessee commits a default in financial year 2013-14; the CIT notices the default in June 2015 and cancels the registration in July 2015. In this case, the cancellation can have effect from 1st October 2014, and not for the period prior to 1st October, 2014.
 


16.7    Impact of cancellation of registration upon past years if registration cannot be cancelled with retrospective effect. (view 1)

Suppose a charitable institution violates section 13(1) during financial year 2015-16 and its registration is cancelled in financial year 2018-19. If there is no default u/s. 13(1) in financial year 2016-17 and 2017-18, can it avail of the benefit of section 11 and 12 during these years?

Section 12A(1)(a)/(aa) provide that the provisions of section 11 and 12 shall not apply in relation to the income of a charitable institution unless such trust is registered u/s. 12AA. Thus, in order to avail of the benefit of exemption, an institution is required to be registered u/s. 12AA. It appears that if the registration is valid throughout the previous year and if it is cancelled after 31st March of the relevant previous year, then, so far as the said previous year is concerned, it ought to be regarded as registered u/s. 12AA for the purposes of aforesaid section 12A(1) (a)/(aa). Thus, in the aforesaid illustration, the institution should be regarded as registered for financial year 2016-17 and financial year 2017-18, that is, assessment years 2017-18 and 2018-19; the registration should be regarded as cancelled only from financial year 2018-19 onwards.

17    Writ

Like any other order, in an appropriate case, a writ under Article 226 of the Constitution would lie against the cancellation order before the jurisdictional High Court and the Court may stay the operation of the cancellation order; or quash the cancellation order; or set aside the order directing the PCIT/CIT to pass a fresh order after complying with the directions of the Court.

18    Appeal against the cancellation order

An assessee aggrieved by the order passed by PCIT or CIT, may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal against such order. [see section 253(1)(c)]

Dual appeal

An assessee whose registration has cancelled will now have to pursue two appeals, one against the assessment order with the CIT(A) and another against the cancellation order with the Tribunal.
    
19.On cancellation, whether the charitable institution is debarred from making fresh application for registration?

Suppose the registration is cancelled for a default which no longer exists. To illustrate, an institution made an investment contrary to the mode specified in section 11(5). It has liquidated the investment and there is no continuing default u/s. 11(5). In such circumstances, even if the CIT cancels the registration, it appears that the institution can immediately reapply for fresh registration and the CIT has to deal with such application in accordance with the provisions of section 12AA(1).

20. Impact on cancellation order upon deletion of operation of section 13(1) in merits

The Supreme Court has authoritatively laid down that where the additions made in the assessment order, on the basis of which penalty for concealment was levied, are deleted, there remains no basis at all for levying the penalty for concealment and, therefore, in such a case no such penalty can survive and the same is liable to be cancelled. [K. C. Builders vs. ACIT, (2004) 265 ITR 562 (SC)]

Likewise, if it is held in the appellate proceedings that there is no violation of section 13(1) then, the cancellation order cannot survive. Further, such reversal of the cancellation order should be regarded to have retrospective effect ab initio and all the actions taken on the basis of the cancellation order would no longer survive.

21    Implications under other sections

21.2    Section 56(2)(vii)

Section 56(2)(vii) provides that if an individual or HUF receives any sum of money or property without consideration, then, the sum of money so received or the value of property so received shall be regarded as income
of the individual. The proviso to the said section provides that the provision will not apply in respect of any sum of money or property received from a charitable institution registered u/s. 12AA. Hence, if the institution supports any individual after the cancellation of registration, then such donation or contribution/aid would be regarded as income of the individual and shall be taxable beyond the basic exemption of Rs.50,000.

21.3    Section 80G

Section 80G(5)(i) provides that an institution is eligible for approval u/s. 80G if its income is not liable to inclusion in its total income under the provisions of sections 11 and

    Now, if the registration is cancelled, the exemption u/s. 11 and 12 would not be available to the institution and the income would be liable to inclusion in total income. In such circumstances, the institution would not be eligible to obtain an approval u/s. 80G(5) or its existing approval would be liable for cancellation.

21.4    Exemption u/s. 10

Where an institution has been granted registration u/s. 12AA or 12A and the said registration is in force for any previous year, then the assessee is not eligible for exemption u/s. 10 except exemption in respect of agricultural income or u/s. 10(23C) [section 11(7)]. By implication once the registration is cancelled, the assessee would be entitled to claim exemption under section 10 e.g. dividend income u/s. 10(34) or long term gains u/s. 10(38).

22    Conclusion

Section 12AA(4) is another measure by the Government to tighten the law relating with charitable institutions. While the tax department may invoke it in many cases involving operation of section 13(1), it is felt that the ultimate cancellation of registration hinges on fulfilment of many conditions and restrictions and would lead to protracted litigation.

Transfer of immovable property – TDS under section 194-IA: Analysis and Issues

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction
Section 194-IA has been introduced by the Finance Act, 2013 (FA, 2013) with effect from 1st June, 2013. Section 194-IA provides for deduction of tax at source in respect of payment, by any person, being a transferee, to a resident transferor, of any sum by way of consideration for transfer of any immovable property. The Explanation to the section defines the terms `agricultural land’ and `immovable property’.

Object of introducing section 194-IA
In case the language of the provision is capable of two interpretations then the one which advances the object of introducing the provision will have to adopted. The Memorandum explaining the salient features of the Finance Bill, 2013 classified this provision under the caption `Widening of Tax Base and Anti Tax Avoidance Measures’. The Heydon’s Mischief Rule of Interpretation states that while interpreting a provision that interpretation has to be adopted which removes the mischief which was prevalent before the introduction of the provision. The Object of introducing the provision and the Mischief which the Legislature sought to remove can be better understood from the following extracts from the Explanatory Memorandum to the Finance Bill:

“E. WIDENING OF TAX BASE AND ANTI TAX AVOI DANCE MEASURES
Tax Deduction at Source (TDS) on transfer of certain immovable properties (other than agricultural land)

…………. However, the information furnished to the department in Annual Information Returns by the Registrar or Sub-Registrar indicate that a majority of the purchasers or sellers of immovable properties, valued at Rs. 30 lakh or more, during the financial year 2011-12 did not quote or quoted invalid PAN in the documents relating to transfer of the property.

……… In order to have a reporting mechanism of transactions in the real estate sector and also to collect tax at the earliest point of time, it is proposed to insert a new section 194-IA to provide that every transferee, at the time of making payment or ………”

A perusal of the above, clearly indicates that the difficulty faced was that the Annual Information Return, furnished to the Department, by the Registrar or Sub-Registrar, in a majority of the cases, did not have a PAN or had an invalid PAN in the documents relating to transfer of property. This is what is sought to be curbed by introducing the provisions of section 194-IA.

The two objects of introducing the provisions of section 194-IA are:-

(i) to have a reporting mechanism of transactions in the real estate sector; and
(ii) to collect tax at the earliest point of time.

These objectives will have to be kept in mind while interpreting some of the provisions, the language whereof is capable of two interpretations.

Text of Section 194-IA:
For the sake of convenience, the provisions of section194- IA are reproduced hereunder:

“194-IA. (1) Any person, being a transferee, responsible for paying (other than the person referred to in section 194LA) to a resident transferor any sum by way of consideration for transfer of any immovable property (other than agricultural land), shall, at the time of credit of such sum to the account of the transferor or at the time of payment of such sum in cash or by issue of a cheque or draft or by any other mode, whichever is earlier, deduct an amount equal to one per cent of such sum as income-tax thereon.

(2) No deduction under sub-section (1) shall be made where the consideration for the transfer of an immovable property is less than fifty lakh rupees.

(3) The provisions of section 203A shall not apply to a person required to deduct tax in accordance with the provisions of this section.

Explanation.–– For the purposes of this section,––

(a) “agricultural land” means agricultural land in India, not being a land situated in any area referred to in items (a) and (b) of sub-clause (iii) of clause (14) of section 2;

(b) “immovable property” means any land (other than agricultural land) or any building or part of a building.”

Analysis of Section 194-IA:
Conditions for applicability of the section:
(i) there is a transferee;
(ii) there is a transferor;
(iii) the transferor is a resident;
(iv) there is a transfer of an immovable property, as defined, from the transferor to the transferee;
(v) the transferee is responsible for paying any sum;
(vi) such sum is by way of consideration for transfer of any immovable property;
(vii) the amount of consideration is Rs. 50 lakh or more;
(viii) the transferee is not a person referred to in section 194LA;
(ix) the transferee either :
(a) credits such sum referred to in (vi), or
(b) makes a payment of such sum;
(x) the payment referred to in (ix)(b) is made either by

(a) cash, or
(b) by issue of cheque, or
(c) by issue of draft, or
(d) by any other mode.

Consequences if the above conditions apply:
(i) The transferee becomes liable to deduct tax at source;
(ii) such deduction shall be of an amount;
(iii) the amount of deduction shall be equal to 1% of the sum referred to in (vi) above;
(iv) such a liability arises upon credit of such sum or at the time of making the payment, whichever is earlier;
(v) provisions of section 203A shall not apply to the transferee.

Exceptions: This section would not apply if –
(i) The transferee is a person covered by section 194LA; or
(ii) the transferor is a non-resident; or
(iii) consideration for transfer of immovable property is less than Rs. 50 lakh; or
(iv) the immovable property transferred is an agricultural land as explained subsequently.

Analysis of certain terms used in section 194-IA:
Immovable Property has been defined in Explanation (a) to section 194-IA to mean:
• any land [including land described in section 2(14) (iiia) and 2(14)(iiib) i.e. land which is commonly known as urban agricultural land];
• any building; and
• any part of a building;
• but does not include `agricultural land’.

Agricultural land has been defined in Explanation (b) to section 194-IA – Agricultural land situated in India not being land referred to in section 2(14)(iiia) and 2(14)(iiib). Transferee: The obligation to deduct tax is on the transferee of any immovable property, as defined. The transferee may be any person. He may be an individual, Hindu undivided family, firm, LLP, company, AOP, BOI, cooperative society. He could even be a builder / developer. However, where Government is the purchaser, the section may not apply since Government is not a person (CIT vs. Dredging Corporation of India) (174 ITR 682) (AP). Residential status of the transferee is immaterial. The section applies even to a non-resident buyer or even to a buyer who is an agriculturist. Other conditions being satisfied, the section will apply even when the purchaser / transferee is a family member / relative of the seller / transferor. However, the purchaser / transferee should not be a person referred to in section 194LA. If the purchaser / transferee is a person referred to in section 194LA, such a person is not required to deduct tax under this section. Joint transferee: In case of joint transferee each coowner will be liable for compliance with this section. Transferor: The transferor / seller may be any person. The transferor should be a resident. He may even be Resident but Not Ordinarily Resident. If the transferor / seller happens to be a non-resident the provisions of section 195 may apply but certainly not the provisions of this section.

Any sum: The section states that the purchaser / transferee should be responsible for paying to the seller / transferor any sum by way of consideration for transfer of immovable property. The term `sum’ has not been defined in the Act.

The expression “any sum paid” has been interpreted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of H.H. Sri Rama Verma vs. CIT (187 ITR 308) (SC) to mean only amount of money given as donations and not to donations in kind.

In the context of section 194-IA an issue would arise as to whether the section applies when the consideration is in kind e.g. in cases of exchange. This issue has been dealt with, in detail, subsequently under the caption `Issues’.

Consideration: The term `consideration’ has not been defined in the Act. The term is also not defined in the Transfer of Property Act. The Patna High Court in Rai Bahadur H.P. Banerjee vs. CIT ([1941] 9 ITR 137)(Pat) held that the word ‘consideration’ is not defined in the Transfer of Property Act and must be given a meaning similar to the meaning which it has in the Indian Contract Act. Similar view has been taken by the Kerala High Court in the case of CGT vs. Smt. C K Nirmala (215 ITR 156)(Ker) and by the Bombay High Court in the case of Keshub Mahindra vs. CGT (70 ITR 1)(Bom). Section 2(b), of the Indian Contract Act defines `consideration’ as under:

“When, at the desire of the promisor, the promisee or any other person has done or abstained from doing, or does or abstains from doing or promises to do or to abstain from doing, something, such act or abstinence or promise is called a consideration for the promise.”

An issue which arises for consideration is whether the amount of service tax, VAT payable by the transferee to the transferor constitutes part of consideration and therefore tax is required to be deducted even on these amounts. By virtue of Circular No. 1/2014 dated 13.1.2014, tax is not required to be deducted at source on the amount of service tax. The question of deduction of tax at source, therefore, survives only in respect of VAT . Looked at it from a common man’s perspective the amount of service tax and VAT agreed to be paid by the transferee to the transferor would certainly form part of consideration for transfer of immovable property. The liability to pay these amounts under the respective statutes is of the transferor. Accordingly, it appears that VAT amount constitutes consideration and tax will have to be deducted even on the amount of VAT . In addition, these amounts may also attract stamp duty under the stamp law of a State. However, in cases where the transferee is faced with a show cause notice for failure to deduct tax at source on the amount of VAT , the transferee may contend that the analagoy of excluding service tax would apply equally to VAT as well.

Immovable Property: This term is defined exhaustively to mean land (other than agricultural land) or any building or a part of a building. Agricultural land is not immovable property. Agricultural land is defined for this purpose. Urban agricultural land is immovable property. Immovable property could be land, agricultural land outside India, urban agricultural land, office, flat, shop, godown, theatre, hotel, hospital, etc. Immovable property could be stock-intrade of the developer. Immovable property could be held as either stock-in-trade or as capital asset.

Meaning of ‘transfer’: The section applies to consideration for transfer. The question which arises is whether the term `transfer’ would mean only transfer by way of conveyance under general law through a registered instrument or it would even cover the transactions / agreements referred to in section 2(47)(v) and (vi) i.e. in cases where possession is given in part performance of the contract u/s. 53A of the Transfer of Property Act or a transaction of becoming a member of a co-operative society, company, etc. Also, would the provisions be applicable to part payments made but not in the year of transfer (conditions of 2(47)(v) not being satisfied)?

Immovable Property located outside India: The section does not mention that the immovable property should be situated in India. Therefore, a literal interpretation would be that the immovable property could be situated any where may be in India or may be outside India. Further, the term `agricultural land’ has been defined to mean agricultural land situated in India. The fact that agricultural land in India is excluded from immovable property could be understood in two ways – one that from the immovable property in India exclusion is to be made of agricultural land in India and the other could be that from the immovable property wherever situated only the agricultural land in India is excluded. Thus, two interpretations are possible. However, if a view is taken that the section applies even in respect of immovable property situated outside India then the position will be that a buyer who is outside India and who is neither a citizen of India nor a resident of India who is buying immovable property located outside India from a resident of India, will be required to deduct income-tax under the provisions of the Act. Therefore, it would mean that it is expected of every person dealing with a resident of India to be aware of the provisions of the Indian laws. Assuming that such a buyer is aware of these provisions and decides to comply with the provisions of this section, he will have to obtain a PAN so as to be able to make payment of the amount of TDS. A question would arise as to whether the Government of India can cast an obligation on a non-resident to deduct tax from payments made by him for purchase of a property which is situated outside India. The only nexus which such a transferor has with India being that he is buying immovable property from a person who is a resident of India. In case of default in complying with the provisions of this section, the buyer would be regarded as an assessee-in-default and would be liable to pay interest and penalty as well. Such an interpretation may not be upheld by Courts. Therefore, it appears that the section would apply to only immovable property situated in India.

Threshold for non-deduction: Sub-section (1) of section 194-IA casts an obligation on the transferee to deduct tax at source. S/s. (1) does not have a threshold limit. S/s. (2) provides that no deduction under subsection (1) shall be made where the consideration for the transfer of an immovable property is less than fifty lakh rupees. The issue for consideration is whether the limit of fifty lakh rupees is qua the immovable property or is it qua the transferee. This issue is dealt with, in detail, subsequently under the caption `Issues’.

Quantum of tax to be deducted: Deduction is to be of an amount equal to one per cent of such sum as incometax. Surcharge and cess on this amount are not to be deducted. If the transferor / seller does not provide PAN, technically, the rate of tax could be 20% by virtue of provisions of section 206AA. However, the challan for payment of tax deducted u/s. 194-IA requires PAN as a compulsory field and it does not proceed without PAN having been filled in. Challan No. 281 which is applicable for payment of TDS other than TDS u/s. 194-IA, does not have a field to make payment of TDS u/s. 194-IA, though the same may have been deducted at the rate mentioned in section 206AA. It seems that the procedure has been so designed so as to further the objective stated in the Memorandum explaining the salient features of the provisions of the Finance Bill, 2013 viz. to overcome the difficulty which was being faced viz. the PAN Nos. not being quoted or invalid PAN Nos. being quoted in the AIR.

At this stage, it would be relevant to note the Karnataka High Court in the case of A. Kowsalya Bai vs. UOI (346 ITR 156)(Kar) has read down the provisions of section 206AA and has held it to be inapplicable to persons whose income is less than the taxable limit.

The deduction is with reference to consideration and not with reference to valuation as done by stamp valuation authorities though in the case of transferor / seller section 50C / section 43CA may be attracted.

No deduction / Deduction at lower rate: There is no provision of either the transferor giving a declaration to the transferee asking him not to deduct tax at source or to deduct tax at lower rate. Transferor cannot even obtain an order from the Assessing Officer authorizing the transferee / buyer not to deduct tax or to deduct it at a lower rate. Thus, tax is deductible at source even in cases where the transferor is entitled to exemption u/s. 54, 54EC, 54F. Similar is the position where the transferor is to suffer a loss as a result of transfer or has brought forward losses which are available for set off against gain on transfer of immovable property.

Consequences of non-deduction: Failure to deduct tax under this section may result in the person i.e. the transferee being deemed to be an assessee in default. Failure to deduct tax will attract interest and penalty. Also, provisions of section 40(a)(ia) will be attracted with effect from assessment year 2015-16.

No requirement to obtain TAN / file quarterly returns: The transferee is not required to obtain TAN if he does not have one. Also, he is not required to file quarterly returns / statements.

Obligation to pay tax so deducted and issue certificate: The tax deducted by the transferee has to be paid to the credit of the Central Government within 7 days from the end of the month in which the deduction is made. TDS payment shall be accompanied by a challancum- statement in Form 26QB. Payment is to be made by remitting it electronically to RBI or SBI or any authorised bank or by paying it physically in any authorised bank. Payer / Transferee is required to issue TDS certificate in Form 16B, to be generated online from the web portal. The TDS certificate is to be issued within 15 days from the due date for furnishing challan-cum-statement in Form 26QB.

Issues: Various issues arise in day to day practice on the applicability of the provisions of section 194-IA of the Act. The author does not necessarily have an answer to all the issues which may arise. Some of the important and more common issues are as under: –

(a) Amounts paid before the provision coming into effect – Provisions of section 194-IA have been introduced in the Income-tax Act, 1961 with effect from 1.6.2013. The obligation to deduct tax under this section arises at the time of payment or at the time of credit of the amount to the account of the transferor, which ever is earlier. Therefore, in a case where either the payment or the credit has been made before 1.6.2013, the question of deduction of tax at source under this section should not arise. While this position may appear to be quite obvious interpretation of the provision, if an authority is required for this proposition a reference can be made to the order dated 3rd June, 2015 of the Karnataka High Court while deciding the Writ Petition in the case of Shubhankar Estates Private Limited vs. The Senior Sub-Registrar, The Union Bank of India and the Chief Commissioner of Income-tax (Writ Petition No. 57385/2013). The Karnataka High Court in this case directed the Registrar to complete the registration without insisting on the deduction of tax at source and to release the document to the petitioner. The Court has, in para 5 of the order, held as under –

“5. In that light, if the provision contained in Section 194-IA as extracted above is noticed, the obligation on the transferee to deduct 1% of the sale consideration towards TDS had come into effect only on 1.6.2013. If that be the position, as on 2.3.2012 when the petitioner in the instant case as the transferee had paid the amount to the transferor, there was no obligation in law on the petitioner to deduct the said amount. If this aspect of the matter is kept in view, even though the provision had come into force as on the date of presentation of the sale certificate for registration, the petitioner having parted with the sale consideration much earlier, was not expected to deduct the amount and produce proof in that regard to the Sub-Registrar. It is no doubt true that in respect of the said amount the third respondent would have the right to recover the taxes due. But, in the instant case, the communication as addressed from the third respondent to the first respondent could not have been held against the petitioner in the circumstances stated above. In the peculiar circumstances of the instant case, where the petitioner being an auction purchaser had paid the entire sale consideration much earlier to the provision coming into force, the endorsement dated 4.12.2013 requiring the petitioner to deduct the income-tax and indicating that the registration would be made thereafter cannot be sustained.”

(b) Applicability of section 206AA – Section 194-IA requires deduction of tax at source at the rate of one per cent. In a case where the transferor does not provide the payer with his PAN, technically, the provisions of section 206AA would be attracted and the deduction would have to be made at the rate of 20%. However, such a situation seems to be quite unlikely since the challan by which the tax is required to be paid by the deductor, transferee, requires the PAN of the transferor as a compulsory field. Hence, in the event that the deduction has to be made, it will have to be made at the rate mentioned in section 194- IA i.e. one per cent.

(c) Applicability to composite transactions where both land and building are subject matter of transfer – Under provisions of section 194-IA tax is required to be deducted, subject to satisfaction of other conditions mentioned in the section, on the amount of consideration for transfer of immovable property. The term `immovable property’ is defined in Explanation (a) to the section as meaning any land or any building or part of a building. Provisions of sections 43CA, 50C and 56(2)(vii) use the term land or building or both. The word `both’ is absent in section 194-IA. Therefore, in cases where tax has not been deducted (not deliberately as a planning measure) on amount of consideration for transfer of a composite transfer comprising of land and building both, one may contend that the Legislature has consciously used a different language in section 194-IA and has left out composite transactions of both land and building e.g. purchase of a bungalow comprising of building and also the land beneath it.

(d) Payment of consideration by a Bank / Housing Finance Institution to a transferor on behalf of the transferee – In a case where the transferee has taken a loan for discharge of consideration to the transferor, the bank / housing finance institution disburses the loan by issuing a cheque / pay order to the transferor towards consideration due to him from the transferee. In such a case, a question arises as to how does a transferee comply with his obligation to deduct tax at source under this section. The banks / financial institutions in such a case issue a cheque / pay order in favour of the transferor of the net amount and the amount equivalent to tax deductible at source under this section is given to the transferee upon his producing a challan evidencing the amount deposited by him towards tax deducted at source. The alternative to this could be that the transferee requests and authorises the bank / financial institution, in writing, to disburse the net amount to the transferor and to deposit the amount required to be deducted at source under this section to the credit of the Central Government on behalf of the transferee i.e. in such a case, the bank / financial institution will deposit tax at source as an agent of the transferee and the challan will contain the PAN and other particulars of the transferee. In actual practice, it is understood that, the first option is what the banks / financial institutions have been following.

(e) Limit of Rs. 50 lakh – whether it is qua an immovable property or qua the transferee / transferor – Threshold for non-deduction: Sub-section (1) of section 194-IA casts an obligation on the transferee to deduct tax at source. S/s. (1) does not have a threshold limit. S/s. (2) provides that no deduction under subsection (1) shall be made where the consideration for the transfer of an immovable property is less than fifty lakh rupees. The issue for consideration is whether the limit of fifty lakh rupees is qua the immovable property or is it qua the transferee. The following paragraphs attempt to address this issue :-

(i) The Memorandum explaining the salient provisions of Finance Bill, 2013 says the Annual Information Returns filed by sub-registrars often indicate that in majority of the cases purchaser or sellers of immovable property did not quote or quoted an invalid PAN in the documents relating to transfer of immovable property. The Sub-Registrar in terms of Rule 114E read with section 285BA is required to report each transaction involving purchase or sale of an immovable property valued at Rs. 30 lakh or more in the Annual Information Return.

(ii) Thus it is clear that the purpose of the newlyinserted section 194-IA is to augment what is already being reported by the Sub-Registrar.

(iii) It may be noted that the Sub-Registrar has got to report a transaction even if the share of each buyer, in case of joint ownership, is below Rs. 30 lakh.

(iv) Following the purpose for which the section 194-IA was inserted, one may conclude that the threshold limit of Rs. 50 lakh for applicability of Section 194-IA is to be determined property-wise and not transferee-wise. This is so because the buyers of immovable properties can’t be allowed to do what the sub-registrar couldn’t do i.e. split up the sale consideration buyer-wise and claim immunity from deduction of TDS since consideration attributable to each buyer is below Rs. 50 lakh.

(v) Thus, the provisions of section 194-IA will apply to a property transaction involving more than one buyer though the share of each buyer in the property is less than Rs. 50 lakh, but the consideration for transfer of the immovable property, in aggregate, is more than Rs. 50 lakh. In such case, tax will be deducted and deposited by each buyer in respect of their respective share in the immovable property.

(vi) Similarly, in case of a transaction involving more than one seller, tax will be deducted in respect of amount paid to each seller and their respective PAN will be quoted in Form 26QB while making payment.

(vii) Judicial pronouncements under Chapter XX-C of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (hereinafter referred to as Chapter XX-C) propose a similar philosophy that immovable property which is the subject matter of the transfer has to be seen in real light and provisions of Chapter XX-C shall apply when by a single agreement of transfer, co-owners of a property agreed to sell the property to the respondent which was above the limit prescribed for application of 269C.

(viii) Chapter XX-C dealt with purchase by Central Government of immovable properties in certain cases of transfer and provided for pre-emptive right of purchase of immovable property by the Government in a case where the apparent consideration for transfer of such property exceeded the specified limit mentioned under Section 269UC.

(ix) Section – 269-UC (1) read as follows:

“Notwithstanding anything contained in the Transfer of Property Act, 1882 (4 of 1882), or in any other law for the time being in force, no transfer of any immovable property in such area and of such value exceeding five lakh rupees, as may be prescribed, shall be effected except after an agreement for transfer is entered into between the person who intends transferring the immovable property (hereinafter referred to as the transferor) and the person to whom it is proposed to be transferred (hereinafter referred to as the transferee) in accordance with the provisions of s/s. (2) at least four months before the intended date of transfer.”

(x) The Bombay High Court in the case of Jodharam Daulat Ram Arora vs. M. B Kodnanai (120 CTR 166)(Bom) wherein there was one vendor and three purchasers, held as under:

‘The agreement in question before it was a composite agreement in respect of the flat and there was nothing in the agreement which indicate that the purchasers had agreed to buy individually an undivided 1/3rd share of the flat from the vendor. All the concerned parties had filed Form No.37-I and therefore it was not open to them to contend that section 269UD had no application and the appropriate authority had no jurisdiction.’

(xi) However, the Madras High Court took a contrary view in the case of K. V. Kishore vs. Appropriate Authority (189 ITR 264)(Mad). The Court held that –

‘What is sold, is the individual undivided share in the property and the value of each such share in the said immovable property was less than Rs. 25 lakh. The transferors were co-owners and each coowner was getting an apparent consideration that was less than the limit prescribed i.e less than Rs. 25 lakh. The provisions of Chapter XX-C was not attracted even though the amount that all the coowners received exceeded Rs. 25 lakh.’

(xii) Other High Courts in various judgments also upheld the above stated view of the Madras High Court.

(xiii) However, in Appropriate Authority vs. Smt. Varshaben Bharatbhai Shah (248 ITR 342)(SC), where two co-owners entered into an agreement to transfer immovable property, situated in Ahmedabad, to a seller for a sum of Rs. 47 lakh which was above the limit prescribed for application to appropriate authority u/s. 269UC of the Act, the Supreme Court reversing the decision of Gujarat High Court in Varshaben Bharatbhai Shah vs. Appropriate Authority (221 ITR 819)(Guj) and various judgments of other High Courts held that :

‘What, in our opinion, has to be seen for the purposes of attracting Chapter XX-C is: what is the property which is the subject-matter for such transfer and what is the apparent consideration for such transfer. This has to be seen in a real light with due regard to the object of the Chapter and not in an artificial or technical manner. Looked at realistically, it was the immovable property which was the subject matter of transfer. If the apparent consideration for the transfer is more than the limit prescribed for the relevant area under Rule 48K, what has then to be seen is whether the apparent consideration for the property is less than the market value thereof by 15 % or more. If so, the notice for pre-emptive purchase can be issued and it is then for the parties to the transaction to satisfy the appropriate authority that the apparent consideration is the real consideration for the transfer.’

‘In the present case the said agreement is for the sale of the immovable property and that the equal shares of the Respondent Nos. 2 and 3 therein were to be transferred to Respondent No. 1 is a necessary incident of such sale. The parties had also in Form 37-I correctly stated that what was being sold was the property and not the onehalf shares of the transferors and that the total apparent consideration for the transfer was Rs. 47 lakh. It was of no consequence that Respondents owned the property as tenants-in-common or that that was how they had shown their ownership in their income-tax returns. The provisions of Chapter XX-C applied.’

(xiv) The Supreme Court further added that: ‘Even if the agreement had been so drawn so as to show the transfer of the equal shares of the second and third respondents in the said immovable property, our conclusion would have been the same for, looked at realistically, it was the said immovable property which was the subject of transfer.’

‘We are of the opinion that the judgments of the Madras, Karnataka, Delhi and Calcutta High Courts referred to above are based on a wrong approach and are erroneous. We approve of the view taken by the Bombay High Court in Jodharam Daulatram Arora’s Case [1996]’

(xv) From the above judgment of the Apex Court, it is the law of the land that even if the property is owned by more than one persons and the apparent consideration in relation to the interest of each co-owner in the property is less than the ‘specified limit’, the provisions of Chapter XXC would be applicable if such property is transferred under a single agreement and the apparent consideration for the property as a whole exceeds the ‘specified limit’.

(xvi) Therefore, u/s. 194-IA also, if the consideration for the purchase of an immovable property shoots beyond 49,99,999/-, one has to withhold tax @ 1 per cent. The number of buyers signing up the agreement for transfer will not make a difference nor would the number of sellers make any difference either.

(f) Applicability of the section to a transaction of transfer by way of an exchange / where the consideration is in kind – The section requires deduction of tax at source by the transferee to a resident transferor out of any sum paid by way of consideration for the transfer of any immovable property (other than agricultural land). Questions do arise as to whether the provisions of this section are to be complied with, in cases, where the consideration is in kind eg., transactions of exchange or cases where the agreement is for joint development of the land belonging to the transferor by the transferee and the transferor is entitled to receive from the transferee a portion of the developed area i.e. a certain percentage of flats. There is no monetary consideration involved in such transactions. Assuming that the other conditions of the section are satisfied, the question being examined in this paragraph is whether the section contemplates the deduction only in cases where the consideration is in monetary terms or even in cases where the consideration is in kind. This controversy arises because of the words `any other mode’ used in sub-section (1) of section 194-IA.

The following arguments can be considered to support the proposition that the provisions of section 194-IA would apply only when the consideration is fixed in monetary terms:-

As has been stated earlier, the expression “any sum paid” has been interpreted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of H. H. Sri Rama Verma vs. CIT (187 ITR 308) (SC) to mean only amount of money given as donations and not to donations in kind.

The provision contemplates `deduction’ – in cases where consideration is paid in kind ‘deduction’ is not possible.

Section 194B which deals with deduction from payment of any income by way of winnings from any lottery or cross word puzzle or card game or other game of any sort. This section has a specific proviso which was inserted by the Finance Act, 1997, w.e.f. 01.06.1997 which specifically deals with winnings wholly in kind or partly in cash and partly in kind, but the part in cash not being sufficient to meet liability of tax. Prior to the insertion of the proviso the CBDT had in Circular No. 428 dated 8.8.1985 stated that the section does not apply where the prize is given only in kind. The relevant portion of the circular is reproduced hereunder –

Circular : No. 428 [F. No. 275/30/85-IT(B)], dated 8-8-1985.

“3. The substance of the main provisions in the law insofar as they relate to deduction of income-tax at source from winnings from lotteries and crossword puzzles, is given hereunder :

(1) No tax will be deducted at source where the income by way of winnings from lottery or crossword puzzle is Rs. 1,000 or less.

(2) Where a prize is given partly in cash and partly in kind, income-tax will be deductible from each prize with reference to the aggregate amount of the cash prize and the value of the prize in kind. Where, however, the prize is given only in kind, no income-tax will be required to be deducted. ………..” U/s. 194B deduction is out of specified income.

U/s. 194-IA deduction is out of consideration for transfer of immovable property. Like consideration, income could be in cash or in kind. Following the above mentioned circular it can be safely argued that tax is not deductible when consideration is in kind. Recently, the Karnataka High Court in the case of CIT vs. Chief Accounts Officer, Bruhat Bangalore Mahanagar Palike (BBMP) (ITA NO. 94 of 2015 and ITA No. 466 of 2015; order dated 29th September, 2015), was dealing with a case where BBMP had taken over certain lands which were reserved and in lieu thereof it had allotted CDR (Certificate of Development Rights) to the persons who were the owners of the land so taken over. The owners of land were allotted CDR rights in the form of additional floor area, which shall be equal to one and a half times of area of land surrendered. The AO treated the BBMP as an assessee in default for not having deducted TDS u/s. 194LA. The language of section 194LA is materially similar to the language of section 194-IA. The Court has in para 9 held that where there is neither any quantification of the sum payable in terms of money nor any actual payment is made in monetary terms, it would not be fair to burden a person with the obligation of deducting tax at source and exposing him to the consequences of such default.

Thus, for the reasons stated above, it appears that the tax will be required to be deducted at source only in those cases where consideration is fixed in monetary terms. The consideration having been fixed by the parties in monetary terms the same may be discharged in kind. In cases, where the consideration is fixed in monetary terms but is discharged in kind, it is possible to argue that the provisions of the section may apply. In cases where consideration is fixed in kind (e.g. exchange transactions or cases of development agreement where the land owner is entitled to a share in the developed area and no monetary consideration), the better view appears to be that tax will not be required to be deducted at source. (f) Applicability of the section to rights in land or buildings or to reversionary rights -The section applies to consideration for transfer of immovable property (other than agricultural land). Immovable property has been defined to mean land or building or part of a building. Questions do arise as to whether tax is required to be deducted at source when the subject matter of transfer is not land or building or part of a building but rights in land or rights in building e.g. transfer of tenancy rights, grant of lease, etc. In the context of section 50C which applies to cases of transfer of land or building or both, the Tribunals have in the following cases taken a view that the provisions of section 50C do not apply to cases of transfer of rights in land or building but applies only when there is a transfer of land or building:
Kishori Sharad Gaitonde (ITA No. 1561/M/2009) (Mum SMC)(URO)
DCIT vs. Tejinder Singh [2012] 50 SOT 391 (Kol.)(Trib.)
Atul G. Puranik vs. ITO [2011] 58 DTR 208 (Mum.)(Trib.)
ITO vs. Yasin Moosa Godil [2012] 18 ITR 253 (Ahd.)(Trib.)

Following the ratio of the above decisions, it is possible to take a view that the provisions of section 194-IA do not apply to transfer of rights in land or building.

However, when reversionary rights are transferred by the landlord, the consideration paid for acquiring reversionary rights would be subject to deduction of tax at source in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(g) Applicability of the section to introduction of an immovable property by a partner of a firm into a firm – When a partner of a firm introduces land or building into a partnership firm where he is a partner, question arises whether tax is required to be deducted at source. If yes, who will deduct tax at source and on what amount? In a case where a partner of a firm introduces immovable property into a firm as his capital contribution, there is undoubtedly a transfer. Supreme Court has in the case of Sunil Siddharthbhai vs. CIT (1985) (156 ITR 509) (SC) held that what was the exclusive interest of a partner in his personal asset is, upon its introduction into the partnership firm as his share to the partnership capital, transformed into a shared interest with the other partners in that asset. Qua that asset, there is a shared interest. For the purposes of computing capital gains, the amount credited to the capital account of the partner is deemed to be full value of consideration by virtue of the deeming fiction created by section 45. The deeming fiction had to be introduced to overcome the observations of the Supreme Court in the case of Sunil Siddharthbhai (supra) where the SC held that the interest of a partner in the partnership firm is an interest which cannot be evaluated immediately. It is an interest which is subject to the operation of future transactions of the partnership, and it may diminish in value depending on accumulating liabilities and losses with a fall in the prosperity of the partnership firm. The evaluation of a partner’s interest takes place only when there is a dissolution of the firm or upon his retirement from it. While it may be an arguable proposition, to contend that the deeming fiction is only for the purposes of computation of capital gain and cannot be extended to provisions of section 194-IA of the Act, it would certainly be safer for the partnership firm to deduct tax at source u/s. 194-IA by considering the amount credited to the partner’s capital account as the amount of consideration.

Conclusion:
The above are some of the issues which arise in connection with the applicability of the provisions of section 194-IA. There are several other issues which are not covered here e.g. Applicability to cases of slump sale, amalgamation, amount paid by builder to a co-operative housing society/member thereof on redevelopment of property, applicability to acquisition of shares with occupancy rights attached to them, assignment of booking rights, etc. It would now be worthwhile to remind the reader of the golden rule applicable while interpreting the provisions of TDS i.e. when in doubt – Deduct. The arguments stated above can be resorted to in the event of any inadvertent slip in complying with the provisions.

Income Computation & Disclosure Standards – Some Issues

fiogf49gjkf0d
The 10 Income Computation and Disclosure Standards (ICDS) which have been notified on 31st March 2015 u/s. 145(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 have significant implications on the computation of income for assessment years beginning from assessment year 2016-17.

Under the notification, these standards come into force from 1st April 2016, i.e. assessment year 2016-17, apply to all assessees following mercantile system of accounting, and are to be followed for the purposes of computation of income chargeable to income tax under the head “Profits and gains of business or profession” or “Income from other sources”. The notification also supercedes notification dated 25th January 1996 [which notified 2 Accounting Standards u/s 145(2) – Disclosure of Accounting Policies, and Disclosure of Prior Period and Extraordinary Items and Changes in Accounting Policies], except as regards such things done or omitted to be done before such supersession.

Background
Section 145, which deals with method of accounting, was substituted by the Finance Act, 1995, with effect from assessment year 1997-98. Sub-section (2) to this section, after this amendment, provided that the Central Government may notify in the Official Gazette from time to time accounting standards (“AS”) to be followed by any class of assessees or in respect of any class of income.

The provisions of sub-section (1) were made subject to the provisions of sub-section (2), whereby the income chargeable under the head “Profits and gains of business or profession” or “Income from other sources” was to be computed in accordance with either cash or mercantile system of accounting regularly employed by the assessee, subject to the provisions of subsection (2).

Sub-section (3) provided that where the assessing officer was not satisfied about the correctness or completeness of the accounts of the assessee, or where the method of accounting provided in sub-section (1) or AS notified under sub-section (2) had not been regularly followed by the assessee, the assessing officer could make an assessment in the manner provided in section 144 (i.e. a best judgement assessment).

In 1996, AS notified by ICAI were not mandatory for companies, but were mandatory for auditors auditing general purpose financial statements. On 29th January 1996, two AS (“IT-AS”) were notified by the CBDT, Disclosure of Accounting Policies, and Disclosure of Prior Period and Extraordinary Items and Changes in Accounting Policies.

In July 2002, the Government constituted a Committee for formulation of AS for notification u/s 145(2). In November 2003, this Committee recommended the notification of the AS issued by ICAI without any modification, since it would be impractical for a taxpayer to maintain two sets of books of account. It also recommended appropriate legislative amendments to the Act for preventing any revenue leakage due to the AS being notified by ICAI. These recommendations were not implemented.

With the imminent introduction of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in India in the form of Ind- AS, in December 2010, the Government constituted a Committee of Departmental Officers and professionals to suggest AS for notification u/s. 145(2). The terms of the Committee were as under:

i) to study the harmonisation of AS issued by the ICAI with the direct tax laws in India, and suggest AS which need to be adopted u/s. 145(2) of the Act along with the relevant modifications;

ii) to suggest method for determination of tax base (book profit) for the purpose of Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) in case of companies migrating to IFRS (IND AS) in the initial year of adoption and thereafter; and

iii) to suggest appropriate amendments to the Act in view of transition to IFRS (IND AS) regime. This Committee submitted an interim report in August 2011. The recommendations of the Committee in such interim report were as under:

1. Separate AS should be notified u/s. 145(2), since the AS to be notified would have to be in harmony with the Act. The notified AS should provide specific rules, which would enable computation of income with certainty and clarity, and would also need elimination of alternatives, to the extent possible.

2. Since it would be burdensome for taxpayers to maintain 2 sets of books of account, the AS to be notified should apply only to computation of income, and books of account should not have to be maintained on the basis of such AS.

3. T o distinguish such AS from other AS, these AS should be called Tax Accounting Standards (“TAS ”).

4. S ince TAS were based on mercantile system of accounting, they should not apply to taxpayers following cash system of accounting.

5. S ince TAS are meant to be in harmony with the Act, in case of conflict, the provisions of the Act should prevail over TAS .

6. S ince the starting point for computation of taxable income was the profit as per the financial accounts, which are prepared on the basis of AS whose provisions may be different from TAS , a reconciliation between the income as per the financial statements and the income computed as per TAS should be presented.

In October 2011, drafts of 2 TAS – Construction Contracts and Government Grants – were released for public comment. In May 2012, drafts of another 6 TAS were released for public comment.

The Committee gave its final report in August 2012. It focused only on formulation of TAS harmonised with the provisions of the Act, since the position regarding the transition to Ind-AS was fluid and uncertain, and therefore even the impact of Ind-AS on book profits relevant for the purposes of MAT could not be ascertained.

It recommended that of the 31 AS issued by ICAI, 7 AS did not need to be examined, since they did not relate to computation of income. Of the remaining 24 AS, 10 related to disclosure requirements, were not yet mandatory or were not required for computation of income. The Committee therefore provided drafts of 14 TAS . The Committee also recommended that TAS in respect of certain other areas be considered for notification – Share based payment, Revenue recognition by real estate developers, Service concession arrangements (example, Build Operate Transfer agreements), and Exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources.

In January 2015, the CBDT released the draft of 12 TAS (renamed as ICDS) for public comment. These did not include 2 TAS recommended by the Committee – Contingencies and Events Occurring After the Balance Sheet Date and Net Profit or Loss for the Period, Prior Period Items and changes in Accounting Policies.

Section 145 was amended by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2014 with effect from 1st April 2015 (assessment year 2015-16), by substituting the term “income computation and disclosure standards” for the term “accounting standards” in sub-section (2). Similarly, sub-section (3) was amended to substitute the “not regular following of accounting standards” with “non-computation of income in accordance with the notified ICDS”.

Finally, in March 2015, the CBDT notified 10 ICDS as under:

ICDS I – Accounting Policies
ICDS II – Valuation of Inventories
ICDS III – Construction Contracts
ICDS IV – Revenue Recognition
ICDS V – Tangible Fixed Assets
ICDS VI – Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates
ICDS VII – Government Grants
ICDS VIII – Securities
ICDS IX – Borrowing Costs
ICDS X – Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

The draft ICDS prepared by the Committee but not notified were those relating to Leases and Intangible Fixed Assets.

Applicability & Issues
The notified ICDS apply with effect from assessment year 2016-17, while section 145(2) was amended with effect from assessment year 2015-16. Therefore, for assessment year 2015-16, IT-AS would not apply, since the section provides for ICDS to be followed. Further, since ICDS were not notified till March 2015, ICDS were also not required to be followed for that year. Effectively, for assessment year 2015-16, neither IT-AS nor ICDS would apply. ICDS would apply only with effect from assessment year 2016-17.

ICDS would apply to all taxpayers following mercantile system of accounting, irrespective of the level of income. It would not apply to taxpayers following cash system of accounting. It would not apply only to taxpayers carrying on business, but even to other taxpayers, who may have income under the head “Income from Other Sources”. Effectively, since almost every taxpayer would have at least bank interest, which is taxable under the head “Income from Other Sources”, it would apply to most taxpayers. Further, most taxpayers choose to offer income for tax on an accrual basis, to facilitate matching of tax deducted at source (TDS) from their income with their claim for TDS credit as per their return of income.

Would it apply to taxpayers who do not maintain books of accounts? The provisions would certainly apply to all taxpayers who offer their income to tax under these 2 heads of income on a mercantile basis. Can a taxpayer choose to offer his income to tax on a cash basis, where books of account are not maintained, or is it to be presumed that his income has to be taxed on a mercantile or accrual basis in the absence of books of accounts?

In N. R. Sirker vs. CIT 111 ITR 281, the Gauhati High Court considered the issue and held as under:

“It can safely be assumed that ordinarily people keep accounts in cash system, that is to say, when certain sum is received, it is entered in his account and in the case of firms, etc., where regular method of accounting is adopted, sometimes accounts are kept in mercantile system. In the instant case it was not the case of the department that the assessee’s accounts were kept in mercantile system. On the other hand, the assessment orders showed that no proper accounts were kept. That being so it would not be justified to presume that the assessee kept his accounts in the mercantile system. Income-tax is normally paid on money actually received as income after deducting the allowable deductions. In the case of an assessee maintaining accounts in mercantile system, there was some variation, inasmuch as moneys receivable and payable were also shown as received and paid in the books. In order to apply this method, the proved or admitted position must be that the assessee keeps his accounts in mercantile system.”

Similarly, in Dr. N. K. Brahmachari vs. CIT 186 ITR 507, the Calcutta High Court held that unless and until it was found that the assessee maintained his accounts on accrual basis, income accrued but not received could not be taxed.

In CIT vs. Vimla D. Sonwane 212 ITR 489, the Bombay High Court considered a case where the assesse did not maintain regular books of accounts and did not follow mercantile system of accounting. The Bombay High Court held in that case:

“Option regarding adoption of system of accounting is with the assessee and not with the Income-tax Department. The assessee is indeed free even to follow different methods of accounting for income from different sources in an appropriate case. The department cannot compel the assessee to adopt the mercantile system of accounting. As a matter of fact, it was not adopted.”

In Whitworth Park Coal Co. Ltd. vs. IRC [1960] 40 ITR 517, the House of Lords laid down that where no method of accounting had been regularly employed, a non-trader cannot be assessed, (in the Indian context, u/s. 56 under the head ‘Income from other sources’) in respect of money which he has not received. The House of Lords observed:

“…The word ‘income’ appears to me to be the crucial word, and it is not easy to say what it means. The word is not defined in the Act and I do not think that it can be defined. There are two different currents of authority. It appears to me to be quite settled that in computing a trader’s income account must be taken of trading debts which have not yet been received by the trader. The price of goods sold or services rendered is included in the year’s profit and loss account although that price has not yet been paid. One reason may be that the price has already been earned and that it would give a false picture to put the cost of producing the goods or rendering the services into his accounts as an outgoing but to put nothing against that until the price has been paid. Good accounting practice may require some exceptions, I do not know, but the general principle has long been recognised. And if in the end the price is not paid it can be written off in a subsequent year as a bad debt.

But the position of an ordinary individual who has no trade or profession is quite different. He does not make up a profit and loss account. Sums paid to him are his income, perhaps subject to some deductions, and it would be a great hardship to require him to pay tax on sums owing to him but of which he cannot yet obtain payment. Moreover, for him there is nothing corresponding to a trader writing off bad debts in a subsequent year, except perhaps the right to get back tax which he has paid in error.” (p. 533)

“The case has often arisen of a trader being required to pay tax on something which he has not yet received and may never receive, but we were informed that there is no reported case where a non-trader has had to do this whereas there are at least three cases to the opposite effect—Lambe v. IRC [1934] 2 ITR 494, Dewar v. IRC 1935 5 Tax LR 536 and Grey v. Tiley [1932] 16 Tax Cas. 414, and I would also refer to what was said by Lord Wrenbury in St. Lucia Usines & Estates Co. Ltd. v. St. Lucia ( Colonial Treasurer) [1924] AC 508 (PC). I certainly think that it would be wrong to hold now for the first time that a non-trader to whom money is owing but who has not yet received it must bring it into his income-tax return and pay tax on it. And for this purpose I think that the company must be treated as a non-trader, because the Butterley’s case [1957] AC 32 makes it clear that these payments are not trading receipts.” (p. 533)

Therefore, for income falling under the head “Income from other sources”, it is clear that in the absence of books of accounts, and where the assessee has not exercised any option, the income would be taxable on a cash basis.

It is well settled that the method of accounting is vis-a-vis each source of income, since computation of income is first to be done for each source of income, and then aggregated under each head of income. An assessee can choose to follow one method of accounting for some sources of income, and another method of accounting for other sources of income. In J. K. Bankers vs. CIT 94 ITR

107    (All), the assessee was following mercantile system of accounting in respect of interest on loans in respect of its moneylending business, and offered lease rent earned by it to tax on a cash basis under the head “Income from Other Sources”. The Allahabad High Court held that an assessee could choose to follow a different method of accounting in respect of its moneylending business and in respect of lease rent. Similarly, in CIT vs. Smt. Vimla D. Sonwane 212 ITR 489, the Bombay High Court held that “The assessee is indeed free even to follow different methods of accounting for income from different sources in an appropriate case”.

Where an assessee follows cash method of accounting for certain sources of income and mercantile system of accounting for others, ICDS would apply only to those sources of income, where mercantile system of accounting is followed and would not apply to those sources of income, where cash method of accounting is followed. For instance, an assessee may have a manufacturing business, and a separate commission agency business. He may be following mercantile system of accounting for his manufacturing business, and a cash method of accounting for his commission agency business. ICDS would then apply only to the manufacturing business, and not to the commission agency business.

Can a taxpayer opt to change his method of accounting from mercantile to cash basis, in order to prevent the applicability of ICDS? Under paragraph 5 of ICDS I, an accounting policy shall not be changed without reasonable cause. Under AS 5, such a change was permissible only if the adoption of a different accounting policy was required by statute or for compliance with an accounting standard or if it was considered that the change would result in a more appropriate presentation of the financial statements of the enterprise. Would a change in law amount to reasonable cause? If such a change is made from assessment year 2016-17, the year from which ICDS comes into effect, an assessee would need to demonstrate that such change was actuated by other commercial considerations, and not merely to bypass the provisions of ICDS.

Do ICDS apply to a taxpayer who is offering his income to tax under a presumptive tax scheme, such as section 44AD? Under the presumptive tax scheme, books of account are not relevant, since the income is computed on the basis of the presumptive tax rate laid down under the Act. It therefore does not involve computation of income on the basis of the method of accounting, or on the basis of adjustments to the accounts. Therefore, though there is no specific exclusion under the notification for taxpayers following under presumptive tax schemes from the purview of ICDS, logically, ICDS should not apply to such taxpayers. However, where the presumptive tax scheme involves computation of tax on the basis of gross receipts, turnover, etc., it is possible that the tax authorities may take a view that the ICDS on revenue recognition would apply to compute the gross receipts or turnover in such cases.

Would ICDS apply to non-residents? The provisions of ICDS apply to all taxpayers, irrespective of the concept of residence. However, where a non-resident taxpayer falls under a presumptive tax scheme, such as section 115A, on the same logic as that of presumptive tax schemes applicable to residents, the provisions of ICDS should not apply. Further, where a non-resident claims the benefit of a double taxation avoidance agreement (DTAA), by virtue of section 90(2), the provisions of the DTAA would prevail over the provisions of the Income-tax Act, including section 145(2) and ICDS notified thereunder. In other cases of incomes of non-residents, which do not fall under presumptive tax schemes or DTAA, the provisions of ICDS would apply.

It has been stated in each ICDS that the ICDS would not apply for the purpose of maintenance of books of accounts. While theoretically this may be the position, the question arises as to whether it is practicable or even possible to compute the income under ICDS without maintaining a parallel set of books of account, given the substantial differences between AS being followed in the books of accounts and ICDS. Most taxpayers would end up at least preparing a parallel profit and loss account and balance sheet, to ensure that ICDS and its consequences have been properly taken care of while making the adjustments.

Further, the Committee had recommended that a tax auditor is required to certify that the computation of taxable income is made in accordance with the provisions of ICDS. Before certification, a tax auditor would invariably require such parallel profit and loss account and balance sheet to be prepared, to ensure that all adjustments required on account of ICDS have been considered. This will result in substantial work for most businesses, and may even result in the requirement of parallel MIS, one for the purposes of regular accounts, and the other for the purposes of ICDS. One wonders whether the Committee really wanted to avoid the requirement of maintenance of 2 sets of books of account, as stated by it, or has taken into account the practical difficulties, given the complex and myriad adjustments it has suggested through ICDS.

An interesting issue arises in this context. Can an assessee maintain 2 separate books of accounts – one under the Companies Act or other applicable law on a mercantile system, and a parallel set of books of accounts for income tax purposes on a cash basis? If one looks at the provisions of section 145(1), it provides that income chargeable under these 2 heads of income shall be computed in accordance with either cash or mercantile system of accounting regularly employed by the assessee. What is the meaning of the term “regularly employed”? Normally, the system of accounting adopted by the assesse in his books for his dealings with the outside world would be adopted for the purposes of computing the profit or loss for tax purposes also. The accounts are those maintained in the regular course of business. It may therefore be difficult for an assessee to maintain separate books of account with different system of accounting only for income tax purposes.

It may be noted that even after the introduction of ICDS, the computation still has to be in accordance with the method of accounting regularly employed by the assessee. Compliance with ICDS is an additional requirement. Therefore, the computation in accordance with the method of accounting is merely modified by the requirements of ICDS, and not substituted entirely.

Since ICDS is not applicable for the purposes of maintenance of books of account, one wonders as to what is the purpose and ambit of ICDS I on Accounting Policies. Since the purpose of ICDS is not to lay down accounting policies which are to be followed in the maintenance of the books of account, ICDS I should be regarded as merely a disclosure standard and not a computation standard. There are however certain provisions in ICDS I which relate to computation.

For example, the provision that accounting policies adopted shall be such was to represent a true and fair view of the state of affairs and income of the business, profession or vocation, and that for this purpose, the treatment and presentation of transaction and events shall be governed by their substance and not merely by their legal form, and marked to market loss or an expected loss shall not be recognised, unless the recognition of such loss is in accordance with the provisions of any other ICDS, really relates to what accounting policies an assessee should follow in its books of account. This is inconsistent with the preamble to this ICDS, that it is not applicable for the purpose of maintenance of books of account. This is also ultra vires the powers available under the provisions of section 145(2), which provide for computation in accordance with notified ICDS, and no longer contain the power to notify accounting standards.

This anomaly possibly arose on account of the fact that the provisions of section 145(2) were modified only after the Committee provided the draft of the relevant ICDS. Possibly, such provisions of ICDS I may not be valid.

Each ICDS states that in the case of conflicts between the provisions of the Income-tax Act and the ICDS, the provisions of the Act would prevail to that extent. Such a provision is ostensibly to harmonise the provisions of the ICDS with the provisions of the Act. One wonders as to why the Committee did not take into account the various provisions of the Act while framing ICDS. While such a provision is helpful, it would lead to substantial litigation in cases where there is no express provision in the Act, but where courts have interpreted the provisions of the Act in a manner which is inconsistent with the provisions of the ICDS.

There have been 3 specific amendments made to the Income-tax Act by the Finance Act 2015, to ensure that the provisions of the Act are in line with the provisions of ICDS. These 3 provisions are as under:

1.    The definition of “income” u/s. 2(24) has been amended by insertion of clause (xviii) to include assistance in the form of a subsidy or grant or cash incentive or duty drawback or favour or concession or reimbursement (by whatever name called) by the Central Government or a State Government or any authority or body or agency in cash or kind to the assessee, other than the subsidy or grant or reimbursement, which is taken into account for determination of the actual cost of the asset in accordance with the provisions of explanation 10 to clause (1) of section 43. This is to align it with the provisions of ICDS VII on Government Grants.

2.    The provisions of the proviso to section 36(1)(iii) have been modified to delete the words “for extension of existing business or profession”, after the words “in respect of capital borrowed for acquisition of an asset”, to bring the section in line with ICDS IX on Borrowing Costs, whereby interest in respect of borrowings for all assets acquired, from the date of borrowing till the date of first put to use of the asset, is to be capitalised.

3.    A second proviso has been inserted to section 36(1) (vii), to provide that where a debt has been taken into account in computing the income of an assessee for any year on the basis of ICDS without recording such debt in the books of accounts, then such debt would be deemed to have been written off in the year in which it becomes irrecoverable. This is to facilitate the claim for deduction of bad debts, where the debt has been recognised as income in accordance with ICDS, but has not been recognised in the books of accounts in accordance with AS.

Obviously, with the amendment of the Income-tax Act as well, the provisions of the ICDS in this regard read along with the amended Act, which may be contrary to earlier judicial rulings, would now apply.

There could be earlier judicial rulings which are based on the relevant provisions of the accounting standards, and where the court therefore interpreted the law on the basis of such accounting standards. These judicial rulings would now have to be considered as being subject to the requirements of ICDS, as the method of accounting is now subject to modification by the provisions of ICDS.

The third and last category of judicial rulings would be those where the courts have laid down certain basic principles while interpreting the tax law, in particular, the relevant provisions of the tax law. In such cases, such judicial rulings would override the provisions of ICDS, since such rulings have interpreted the provisions of the Act, which would prevail over ICDS.

For instance, various judicial rulings have propounded the real income theory. The Delhi High Court, in the case of CIT vs. Vashisht Chay Vyapar 330 ITR 440 has held, based on the real income theory, that interest accrued on non-performing assets of non-banking financial companies cannot be taxed until such time as such interest is actually received. Would the contrary provisions of ICDS IV on revenue recognition change the position? It would appear that the ruling will still continue to hold good even after the introduction of ICDS.

In case any of the provisions of ICDS is contrary to the Income Tax Rules, which one would prevail? The provisions of ICDS are silent in this regard. Given the fact that rules are a form of delegated legislation, while ICDS is in the form of a notification, which then becomes a part of the legislation, it would appear that the provisions of ICDS should prevail in such cases.

Since ICDS is not applicable for the purpose of maintenance of books of account, it is clear that the provisions of ICDS would not apply to the computation of “book profits” for the purposes of minimum alternate tax under section 115JB.

In fact, most of the ICDS provisions would increase the gap between the taxable income and the book profits, instead of narrowing down the gap. In this context, one wonders whether a recent Telangana & Andhra Pradesh High Court decision would be of assistance. In the case of Nagarjuna Fertilizers & Chemicals Limited 373 ITR 252, the High Court held that where an item of income was taxed in an earlier year but was recorded in the books of account of the current year, on the principle that the same income could not be taxed twice, such income had to be excluded from the book profits of the current year.

Can one use the provisions of AS for interpreting ICDS, where the provisions of both are identical? If one compares the ICDS with the corresponding AS, one notices that the bold portion of the AS has been picked up and modified, and issued as ICDS. Where the provisions of the AS and ICDS are identical, one should therefore be able to take resort to the explanatory paragraphs forming part of the AS, though they do not form part of the ICDS, in order to interpret the ICDS.

Impact & Conclusion

One thing is certain – the provisions of ICDS will create far greater litigation, then what one is now witnessing. That would defeat the very purpose of ICDS of bringing in tax certainty and reduction of litigation. Does reduction of litigation mean introduction of complicated provisions which are unfair to taxpayers? Is there at least one provision in the ICDS which decides a disputed issue in favour of taxpayers?

Does the CBDT believe that what is accepted worldwide as income (profit determined in accordance with IFRS), is not the real income when it comes to taxation? Are the Indian tax authorities an exception to the rest of the world? ICDS does not increase taxes – it merely results in advancement of taxability of income to an earlier year, and postponement of allowability of expenditure to a later year. Is the need for advancement of tax revenues so pressing, that taxpayer convenience and compliance costs are brushed aside?

Looking at the requirements of ICDS, one cannot but help wonder as to whether ICDS has been merely brought in to overcome the impact of adverse judicial rulings, and not really with a view to facilitate transition to IndAS. What ought to have been done by amendments to the law is being sought to be implemented through ICDS.

Assessees would now have to cope with not only frequent changes to the law, but also with frequent changes to ICDS, given the unfinished agenda of 4 draft ICDS yet to be notified, and the further 4 recommended for notification by the Committee. One understands that the Committee is in the process of drafting further ICDS for notification.

One also understands that the CBDT is likely to issue FAQs to clarify various aspects of ICDS. One only hopes that such FAQs will not create further confusion, but would help clear the confusion created by the ICDS.

One wonders as to how such ICDS fits in with the Prime Minister’s promise to improve the ease of doing business. The additional compliance costs in order to comply with ICDS would far outweigh the advantages gained by the tax department by recovering taxes at an earlier stage. Would business be keen to expand or would persons be willing to set up new businesses, given the significant compliance costs? The country would certainly take a significant hit in the “Ease of Doing Business Survey” once ICDS is implemented.

Tax auditors will now be in an extremely difficult situation, if the recommendation relating to requirement of certification of computation of income in accordance with ICDS is implemented. So far, they merely had to certify the true and fair view of the accounts, and the correctness of the information provided in Form 3CD. They did not have to certify the correctness of the claims for various deductions. If an auditor would now have to certify the correctness of the computation of income, this would give rise to various issues as to how such certification could be carried out, particularly in cases where the issue was debatable.

Instead of taxpayers, tax auditors may bear the brunt of the income tax department’s actions in respect of claims for deduction or exemption made which, in the view of the income tax department, is not allowable. Would assessees be willing to remunerate tax auditors for such additional high risks which they would bear in certifying the computation of income? If such a requirement of certification of the computation of income were introduced, it is possible that many chartered accountants may no longer be willing to carry out tax audits.

The biggest beneficiaries of ICDS may be tax lawyers and chartered accountants, who will have to handle the resultant additional litigation. The biggest losers will be the taxpayers, due to additional compliance and litigation costs, and the country, due to loss of productive manhours, and the loss of potential growth in business.

BLACK MONEY ACT: A MALEVOLENT LAW

fiogf49gjkf0d
Black money is a cancer in our economic system, not yet terminal or life-threatening, and unquestionably deserves closer scrutiny by the government. However, the kind of action that has been taken on this front of late is difficult to understand. The replacement of the dreaded Foreign Exchange Regulation Act (FERA) was supposed to put an end to harassment by tax sleuths and enforcement officials. But, through various recent actions, the government has opened the door to such behaviour once again.

In this article, I have tried to capture various issues which have cropped up with the enactment of the Black Money law. Even after the CBDT has tried to address few issues by rolling out circular of frequently asked questions, still there is a lack of clarity in many areas on applicability of this dreadful law.

Constitutional Validity of Change in Date of Commencement of Act
To start with the list of issues, firstly, the move of the Finance Ministry to advance the date of operation of the black money law from April 1, 2016 to July 1, 2015 is highly questionable. Could the government have “amended” a law passed by the Parliament which had already received the assent of the President through an Executive Order? If the date from which the law would come into force was part of the Bill passed by both Houses of Parliament, then how anybody other than Parliament could have changed it. The government should have gone to the Parliament for amending it.

Section 86 (1) of the Act empowers the Central government to order to remove difficulties not inconsistent with the provisions of the main Act as a delegate of Parliament. But in the instant situation, the government has actually amended section 1(3) of the main Act by altering the date when the Act shall come into force from 1st April, 2016, to 1st July, 2015 in a notification issued by an officer of the rank of Under Secretary to remove any “difficulty” that comes in the way of giving effect to the provisions of the Act through an order. But the “difficulty” that the section refers to cannot apply to the date from which the law would come into force. Further, a delegated legislation cannot amend the parent legislation.

Duration of Compliance Window
It was expected that the government would provide a compliance window of 3 to 6 months, though the author’s view is that a period of 6 to 9 months would have to be provided for those, who may want to take this one time opportunity and to get the proper valuation of their assets done in terms of complicated Rules for valuation. The 3-month window will certainly be a practical difficulty faced by persons who are genuinely interested in making a disclosure of undisclosed foreign assets. Supposedly, a person having investments and assets in, let us say, 7 tax havens (Switzerland, Cayman Islands, Bermuda, Luxembourg, Jersey, Singapore and Mauritius) and wants to come clean by making declaration of undisclosed assets. Further, calculating the fair value of unlisted shares will be a pain and above that it will be a task to satisfy the tax authority that the disclosure made under the one-time compliance window is correct. An individual who holds shares in an unlisted firm will have to find out the fair value of all assets that firm holds which will be time-consuming. It will not be easy to complete the valuation exercise in three months time frame allotted (at the time of writing this article, approximately one month of the time frame has already elapsed) for one-time compliance window, but the downside of not declaring could be severe in view of the automatic exchange of information becoming effective soon. If this three-month compliance scheme is compared with the tax authority’s 2 year time frame to complete an assessment, such short compliance scheme may cause undue hardship and be a burden to declarants to satisfy the requirements prescribed under the scheme. If the information comes to the notice of the tax department post this window, the payout would be much more and there would be the risk of imprisonment and prosecution. More so if anyone, even by mistake, makes an incorrect declaration, then the entire declaration will be treated as null and void. The tax and penalty paid will not be refunded and the information given in the form will be used against the person for initiating proceedings by any demand raised against the declarant.

CONFUSION OVER NON-REFUNDABLE TAX AND PENAL TY UPON REJECTION OF THE DECLARA TION UNDER CO M-LIANCE WINDOW SCHEME

If the declaration is regarded as void under section 68 of the Act (Chapter VI – Compliance Window Scheme), then whether the tax and penalty paid would be refunded? This question requires clarification from the CBDT. However, having regard to the provisions of section 66 and section 68, such tax and penalty may not be refunded to the declarant and the declaration shall be deemed never to have been filed under Chapter VI of the Act. Now, since the declaration is deemed never to have been filed, the Assessing Officer may issue a notice under the normal provisions of this Act. Consequently, the declaration may be required to pay tax and penalty, as per the provisions of the Act. However, the declarant should be allowed to claim set-off of the amount of tax and penalty already paid under this chapter for the assets declared vide the declaration (which was regarded as void under section 68) and therefore only the remaining amount of tax and/or penalty should be required to be paid.

PROBLEM ON OBTAINING INFORMATION ON BANKS ACCOUN TS BY THE DECLARANT

Under Indian Income Tax Act, the tax department can go back up to 16 years whereas under the Black Money Act (which prescribes no time limit) the resident is expected to disclose, as per the circular issued, income or assets even for a period beyond 16 years also. This could be 20, 30 or even 40 years depending on when an account was opened or even sums inherited by a person or person from whom assets were inherited did not pay taxes on such assets. Some of the accountholders in the Liechtenstein bank LGT had opened accounts in the late 1960s and 1970s. Foreign banks do not have account details beyond 10 years. If a person cannot furnish all details, then he would not be able to comply and the tax department will reject the application which is made under the one-time compliance window. However, in a case where there are undisclosed assets other than bank accounts in the declaration, it is uncertain whether the entire declaration would be rejected or only the bank account declaration would stand reject on account of non-compliance of the details so prescribed by the Government.

In some countries like the UAE, there is no income tax and also no legal requirement to maintain books of accounts for tax purpose. In such cases, it will be difficult for individuals to get details of all transactions in the bank account.

Prior Information received by Govt under DTAA
Declarant under the compliance window has no means to know whether the Government has received any prior information under DTAA on or before 30 June 2015 about his undisclosed assets. Supposedly, where a declarant has disclosed the information under the compliance window scheme and is later on informed by the Government that they had information about these undisclosed assets, then that declarant would have to exclude such undisclosed assets from the declaration and will also lose immunity from prosecution under Income-tax Act, Wealth Tax Act, Customs Act, FEMA and Companies Act. But the question here arises, on what grounds that declarant should rely on Government’s statement of having prior information. So, declarants may contest the Government’s assertion by filing RTI application to disclose documentary evidence substantiating Government’s claim that information under DTAA was received on or before 30th June 2015.

Valuation of Immovable Properties acquired abroad

Properties acquired abroad will be taxed on the basis of a valuation report of a valuer recognised by the foreign government. Clarification is required regarding the evidence the declarant will have to produce to prove that the valuer is recognised by that particular foreign government and to get valuation done. In most of the foreign countries, there is no system of a registered valuers notified by the Government and valuation is generally carried out by private asset valuation companies. This becomes more difficult and time-consuming for a person to first conduct a search for finding a registered valuer otherwise the declaration made would be rejected and deemed to have never been made leading to more severe and harsh consequences like higher penalty and fear of prosecution.

Valuation of Any other assets

The rules prescribed by the Government provide for valuation of any other asset. Clarification is required regarding its definition. Whether that will include intangible assets as well. Further regarding its valuation the rules provide that FMV shall be higher of cost and the price that the asset would fetch if sold in the open market on the valuation date in an arm’s-length transaction. Whether a valuation report is required for this?

Indian Nationals returning to India after few years

Professionals who return to India after having worked abroad may have opened retirement pension accounts like 401K account in US. CBDT has clarified that assets acquired when the person was a non-resident do not fall under the definition of undisclosed assets and will not be taxed under the Black Money Act or Income-tax Act. However, a question arises whether the balance in the 401k accounts will have to be disclosed by a resident in the Income Tax Return under the Schedule for Foreign Assets? Since CBDT’s circular has stated that non-reporting of foreign assets in Income-tax return and makes the person liable for penalty of Rs 10 lakh under the Act. Further, the threshold limit of Rs. 5 lakh prescribed by the Government for which the penalty is not applicable is in respect of bank account only. So, such 401k balances does not represent as bank account and the threshold limit would also not be applicable in this regard. Clarification needs to be sought from CBDT on this issue since the penalty will be harsh for a mere non-disclosure even if there is no detriment to the Government as the asset was created out of income earned when the individual was a non-resident and which is not taxable in India.

Further, there is a practical difficulty of retrieving details of such balance for those who returned to India from abroad long back. It makes no sense in putting such people to hardship without any commensurate benefit to the Government. It would be better if CBDT instructs Assessing Officers not to impose penalty in cases where non-disclosure causes no loss to the Revenue.

Inheritance of property

The CBDT in the circular containing a list of frequently asked questions has stated that in case of inheritance of property from the father and which has been sold by the son in an earlier year, son can make the declaration in respect of such property as legal representative where source of investment in the property by the father was unexplained. What happens if son is not aware of the source? Can he be liable under this Act, in case he fails to make such disclosures? Similarly, there is conflict between the Act and the Circular issued by the CBDT, where in the Circular it appears as if the non-residents are also being covered by the Act, while section 3 of the Act provides the applicability of this act to ordinarily residents only.

Further, would it be correct to argue that non-disclosure would only attract penalty of Rs. 10 lakh u/s. 42? Tax and penalty of 120% would be attracted only on income accrued on such inherited property that is not disclosed post inheritance?

Threat of Abetment

The Act imposes liability for abetting or inducing another to wilfully attempt to evade tax or to make false statements/ declarations in relation to foreign income and assets. The objective of this provision is to target professional advisors such as private banks, accountants, lawyers and other consultants whose actions may potentially be covered under ‘abetment or inducement’. This move is intended to make the Act comprehensive in its scope. That said, it is bound to cause concern among practitioners as there is no clear guidance on what precautions or due diligence will be sufficient to indicate practitioners acted within their rights or that they did not beach their code of conduct. Imposition of such liability on professional advisors and intermediaries may adversely affect advising of Indian clients by practitioners may apprehend the risk of undue harassment at the hands of Revenue officials.

There is a dire need for the Government to step in and clear the air on many issues and by not just issuing a press release stating the views in the media reports are based on surmises and may not be factually accurate or correctly reflecting the legal position. Thus, until and unless the Government lends an ear to the problems faced and helps in resolving them, this dreadful Black Money Law will only be a tool of tax terrorism.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act – the Indian side of regulations

fiogf49gjkf0d
FATCA reporting
In a country which has
entered into an Inter-Governmental Agreement (IGA) Model 1 agreement,
the Foreign Financial Institutions (FFIs) are not required to report
financial information directly to the US IRS. Instead, the FFIs have to
report such financial information to the Government of the country where
they are operating. This addresses a major hurdle in FAT CA
implementation viz., the issue of data privacy. Once the laws of an IGA
Model 1 country provide for the FFIs to provide data to the Government
of the country in which they are operating, it is difficult for the FFI
or the clients of the FFI to challenge such requirements under data
privacy laws operating in most countries.

In India, the term FFI,
would generally include banks, nonbank finance companies, housing
finance companies, depository participants (custodians), insurance
companies and similar institutions. In order to make FAT CA reporting
possible in the IGA Model 1 framework, the Government of India needed to
have a policy decision that India would participate in the information
exchange programme, a legal framework to authorise collection of such
financial information, an agency to administer the exchange of
information requirements. Work on some of these areas started in 2013
and significant steps have been taken till end of March 2015. Additional
steps are being taken to strengthen the information exchange programme.

India – policy decision
One of the first decision
points was whether India would participate in the FAT CA initiative
launched by the US. After examining possible consequences for the Indian
financial sector if India remains away and in light of India’s
commitment to global financial transparency, the Government of India
decided that it would enter into an IGA. As negotiation of tax treaties
and exchange of information was generally handled by the Ministry of
Finance (MoF), it was decided that the MoF would be the nodal agency for
FATCA and other similar financial information exchange initiatives.
From the second half of 2013 to early 2014, the MoF officials worked
with regulators in the Indian financial sector to determine what should
be the broad agreement with the US IRS. The principal regulators
involved in the consultation were the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), the
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) and the Insurance
Regulatory & Development Authority (IRDA). Based on this
consultation, an agreement ‘in substance’ was entered into in April
2014. One crucial administrative detail that remained was the formal
approval by the Union Cabinet supporting the signing of the final IGA.
This was scheduled for March 2014 but ultimately was obtained in March
2015.

Regulations
Before the IGA in substance was
entered into, one of the key questions before the Indian Government, the
regulators and before the FFIs was whether there was any regulatory
support for FFIs to send financial information in respect of their
clients to the US IRS directly. One school of thought was that Article
28(1) and 28(2) of the India-US Double Tax Avoidance (DTAA ) allowed the
exchange of information subject to the limitations under Article 28(3) –
for ease of reference, all three are reproduced below – at Government
to Government level but FFIs could not directly report to the US IRS.

1.
The competent authorities of the Contracting State shall exchange such
information (including documents) as is necessary for carrying out the
provisions of this Convention or of the domestic laws of the Contracting
States concerning taxes covered by the Convention insofar as the
taxation thereunder is not contrary to the Convention, in particular,
for the prevention of fraud or evasion, of such taxes. The exchange of
information is not restricted by Article 1 (General Scope). Any
information received by a Contracting State shall be treated as secret
in the same manner as information obtained under the domestic laws of
that State. However, if the information is originally regarded as secret
in the transmitting State, it shall be disclosed only to persons or
authorities (including Courts and administrative bodies) involved in the
assessment, collection, or administration of, the enforcement or
prosecution in respect of or the determination of appeals in relation
to, the taxes which are the subject of the Convention. Such persons or
authorities shall use the information only for such purposes, but may
disclose the information in public Court proceedings or in judicial
decisions. The competent authorities shall, through consultation,
develop appropriate conditions, methods and techniques concerning the
matters in respect of which such exchange of information shall be made,
including, where appropriate, exchange of information regarding tax
avoidance.

2. The exchange of information or documents shall be
either on a routine basis or on request with reference to particular
cases, or otherwise. The competent authorities of the Contracting States
shall agree from time to time on the list of information or documents
which shall be furnished on a routine basis.

3. In no case shall the provisions of paragraph 1 be construed so as to impose on a Contracting State the obligation :

(a)
to carry out administrative measures at variance with the laws and
administrative practice of that or of the other Contracting State;
(b)
to supply information which is not obtainable under the laws or in the
normal course of the administration of that or of the other Contracting
State;
(c) to supply information which would disclose any trade,
business, industrial, commercial, or professional secret or trade
process, or information the disclosure of which would be country to
public policy (ordre public).

The regulators, however, believed
that the statutes did not generally empower them to ask for financial
information of the type envisaged under FAT CA and that an amendment of
the statute was necessary. The Finance (No. 2) Act, 2015 amended the
Income-tax Act, 1961 by substituting new section 285BA for the earlier
section with effect from 1st April, 2015. This amendment also provides
for registration with the Government of India, of any reporting
institution, a provision that was absent in the old section 285BA.

Registration
Although
an FFI may be operating in an IGA Model 1 country like India and will
report through its host country Government, it is still required to
obtain the Global Intermediary Identification Number (GIIN) as an FFI.
Although India entered into an IGA in substance in early April 2014,
Indian regulators did not give the green signal to apply for GIIN in
April 2015 i.e. the cut-off date for getting the GIIN by June before the
FAT CA implementation date of 1st July, 2014. FFIs having multi-country
operations e.g. State Bank of India, however, applied for and obtained
GIIN in the first list. FFIs operating in India were treated as being
FAT CA compliant till 31st December, 2014 in terms of the IGA in
substance. On 30th December, 2014, both RBI and SEBI directed FFIs to
apply for and obtain GIIN by 1st January, 2015. The IRDA issued similar
instructions a little later. The stage was set for FFIs in India to
obtain GIIN.

Regulations

While section 285BA has been substituted with effect from  1st  april,  2015,  the  rules  and  the  data  structure were not notified. It is India’s intention to have a common data structure and simplified framework to implement not only FATCA under the IGA model 1 requirements but also to accommodate the reporting requirements under the  OECD’s Common reporting Standards (CRS).   india is one of the early implementation countries for CRS and is expecting to implement CRS from 1st january, 2016 to cover persons of other nationalities besides uS persons who are covered for reporting under FATCA.

In  late  2014,  the  mof  circulated  to  a  limited  group, the  draft  version  3  of  the  proposed  rules  for  CRS  and fatCa for comments by stakeholders. in early 2015, the draft version 5 was similarly circulated for comments. the suggestions that have come in are currently under evaluation  on  the  MOF  side.  It  is  understood  that  a reporting entity will obtain, apart from the 20-character GIIN   under   FATCA,   a   16-character   indian   reporting entity identification number. This will be in addition to any Permanent account number (PAN) that the entity may have but will capture the PAN (or TAN) as part of the 16-characters. this requirement is broadly similar to that in the UK, where FATCA implementation under model 1 IGA has progressed further. The FFI will have to file separate reports in respect of different activities e.g. a bank maintaining bank accounts and also providing demat accounts will report the information for bank accounts separately from that relating to custody accounts. the nature of the reporting requirements and complications will also necessitate issuance of detailed guidance by the MOF.

Meanings of specific terms
Certain   terms   have   been   defined   under   the  draft regulations.  Some  of  the  important  ones  are  briefly discussed here.

A financial institution (hereinafter referred to as ‘fi’) is defined to mean a custodial institution, a depository institution, an investment entity or a specified insurance company.  the terms ‘custodial institution’ and ‘depository institution’ are not directly defined. We have to derive  the meaning indirectly from usage in the definition of ‘financial account’.

A ‘financial account’ means an account (other than an excluded account) maintained by an FI and includes (i) a depository account; (ii) a custodial account (iii) in the case of an investment entity, any equity or debt interest in the FI; (iv) any equity or debit interest in an FI if such interest in the institution is set up to avoid reporting under (iii); and
(v) cash value insurance contract or an annuity contract (subject to certain exceptions).

For  this  purpose,  a  ‘depository  account’  includes  any commercial, savings, time or thrift account or an account that is evidenced by certificate of deposit, thrift certificate, investment certificate, certificate of indebtedness or other similar instrument maintained by a FI in the ordinary course of banking or similar business. It also includes an account maintained by an insurance company pursuant to a guaranteed investment contract. In ordinary parlance, a ‘depository account’ relates to a normal bank account plus certificates of deposit (CDs), recurring deposits, etc. A ‘custodial account’ means an account, other than an insurance contract or an annuity contract, or the benefit of another person that holds one or more financial assets. In normal parlance, this would largely refer to demat accounts.  The national Securities depository Ltd. (NSDL) statement showing all of their investments listed at one place will give the readership an idea of what a ‘custodial account’ entails. These definitions are at slight variance with the commonly understood meaning of these terms in india.

the term ‘equity interest’ in an FI means,
(a)    in the case of a partnership, share in the capital or share in the profits of the partnership; and
(b)    in the case of a trust, any interest held by
–    Any person treated as a settlor or beneficiary of all or any portion of the trust; and
–    any other natural person exercising effective control over the trust.

For this purpose, it is immaterial whether the beneficiary has the direct or the indirect right to receive under a mandatory distribution or a discretionary distribution from the trust.

An ‘insurance contract’ means a  contract,  other  than an annuity contract, under which the issuer of the insurance contract agrees to pay an amount on the occurrence of a specified contingency involving mortality, morbidity, accident, liability or property. an insurance contract, therefore, includes both assurance contracts and insurance contracts. an ‘annuity contract’ means a contract under which the issuer of the contract agrees   to make a periodic payment where such is either wholly or in part linked to the life expectancy of one or more individuals. a ‘cash value insurance contract’ means an insurance contract that has a cash value but does not include indemnity reinsurance contracts entered into between two insurance companies. in this context, the cash value of an insurance contract means

(a)    Surrender value or the termination value of the contract without deducting any surrender or termination charges and before deduction of any outstanding loan against the policy; or
(b)    The amount that the policy holder can borrow against the policy

whichever is less.   the cash value will not include any amount payable on death of the life assured, refund of excess premiums, refund of premium (except in case    of annuity contracts), payment on account of injury or sickness in the case of insurance (as opposed to life assurance) contracts

An ‘excluded account’ means
(i)    A retirement or pension account where
•    The account is subject to regulation as a personal retirement account;
•    The account is tax favoured i.e. the contribution is either tax deductible or is excluded from taxable income of the account holder or is taxed at a lower rate or the investment income from such account is deferred or is taxed at a lower rate;
•    Information reporting is required to the income-tax authorities with respect to such account;
•    Withdrawals are conditional upon reaching a specified retirement age, disability, death or penalties are applicable for withdrawals before such events;
•    The contributions to the account are limited to either $ 50,000 per annum or to $ one million through lifetime.

(ii)    An account which satisfies the following requirements viz.
•    The account is subject to regulations as a savings vehicle for purposes other than retirement or the account (other than a uS reportable account) is subject to regulations as an investment vehicle for purposes other than for retirement and is regularly traded on an established securities market;
•    The account is tax favoured i.e. the contribution is either tax deductible or is excluded from taxable income of the account holder or is taxed at a lower rate or the investment income from such account is deferred or is taxed at a lower rate;
•    Withdrawals are conditional upon specific criteria (educational or medical benefits)  or  penalties  are applicable for withdrawals before such criteria are met;
•    The contributions to the account are limited to either $ 50,000 per annum or to $ one million through lifetime.

(iii)    An account under the Senior Citizens Savings Scheme 2004;

(iv)    A life insurance contract that will end before the insured reaches the age of 90 years (subject to certain conditions to be satisfied);

(v)    An account held by the estate of a deceased, if the documentation for the account includes a copy of the will of the deceased or a copy of the deceased’s death certificate;

(vi)    An account established in connection with any of the following

•    A court order or judgment;
•    A sale, exchange or lease of real or personal property, if the account is for the extent of down payment, earnest money, deposit to secure the obligation under the transaction, etc.
•        An FI’s obligation towards current or future taxes in respect of real property offered to secure any loan granted by the FI;

(vii)    In the case of an account other than a US reportable account, the account exists solely because a customer overpays on a credit card or other revolving credit facility and the overpayment is not immediately returned to the customer. Up to 31st december, 2015, there is a cap of $ 50,000 applicable for such overpayment.

Before any analysis of these definitions can be done in the India context, it is important  to note  the definition  of ‘non-reporting financial institution’. A ‘non-reporting financial institution’ means any FI that is, –

(a)    A Government entity, an international organisation or a central bank except where the fi has depository, custodial, specified insurance as part of its commercial activity;
(b)    Retirement funds of the Government, international organisation, central bank at (a) above;
(c)    A non-public fund of the armed forces, an employee state insurance fund, a gratuity fund or a provident fund;
(d)    An entity which is indian fi solely because of its direct equity or debt interest in the (a) to (c) above;
(e)    A qualified credit card issuer;
(f)    A FI that renders investment advice, manages portfolios for and acts on behalf or executes trades on behalf a customer for such purposes in the name of the customer with a fi other than a non- participating fi;
(g)    An exempt collective investment vehicle;
(h)    A trust set up under indian law to the extent that the trustee is a reporting fi and reports all information required to be reported in respect of financial accounts under the trust;
(i)    An FI with a local client base or with low value accounts or a local bank;
(j)    In case of any US reportable account, a controlled foreign corporation or sponsored investment entity or sponsored closely held investment vehicle.

An FI with a local client base is one that does not have  a place of business outside india and which also does not solicit customers or account holders outside india. It should not operate a website that indicates its offer of services to uS persons or to persons resident outside india. The test of residency to be applied here is that of tax residency.  The term ‘local bank’ will include cooperative credit societies. In this case also offering of account to US persons or to persons resident outside india, will be treated as a bar to being characterised as a local bank.

Due Diligence
The draft regulations provide for three categories of due diligence exercise in respect of client documentation under  FATCA for accounts of US persons viz.

(i)    new account due diligence (NADD);
(ii)    Pre-existing account due diligence (PADD)

•    For high value accounts i.e. where the balance is in excess of $ one million as at 30th june, 2014 or as at 31st december of any subsequent year;

•    For low value accounts i.e. where the balance is in excess of $ 50,000 but does not exceed US$ one  million  as  at  30th  june,  2014  or  as  at  31st december of any subsequent year.

The  methodology  of  the  due  diligence  differs  for  these although the documentation requirements are broadly similar. For NADD, the residency certificate issued by the authorities overseas forms the primary evidence of tax residency. For Padd, the address on record should be treated as being the indicator of the tax residency. If the FI does not rely on current mailing address, it must do an electronic search of its records for identification   of tax residency outside india, or a place of birth in the US, or a current mailing or residence address (including post office box) outside India, or one or more telephone numbers outside india and no telephone number in india, or standing instructions to transfer funds to an account maintained in a jurisdiction outside india, or power of attorney given to a person outside india, or ‘hold mail’ or ‘care of’ address outside india. all of these indicia may be overridden by specific declarations from the customer. The FI will not be entitled to rely on the customer’s self- declaration, if the fi knows or has reason to know that the self-certification or documentation is incorrect. An example of this is where an account holder who is ostensibly a resident of india informs the fi’s representative that he (the account holder) is uS ‘green card’ holder and has to  visit  the  US  to  retain  his  green  card   this  is  a  case where the fi has to ignore the local address in india and treat the account holder s being a US person. For high value accounts, enhanced due diligence is required to be done through the relationship manager meeting with the customer. Where any indicia show the account holder to be resident of more than one jurisdiction, the FI should treat the customer as being resident of each of the jurisdictions i.e. the FI shall not apply tie breaker tests.   The  Padd  exercise  must  be  completed  by  30th june, 2015 for US reportable accounts and by 30th jun, 2016 for other accounts.  For US reportable accounts, an FI is not required to do Padd (but may elect to do so) in respect of accounts where the depository account or the cash value of the insurance contract is up to $ 50,000 as at 31st december, 2014.  For entity accounts (as opposed to individual accounts), the threshold cut off is $ 250,000 but the measurement date is 30th june, 20141.  Once an account is identified as a US reportable account, it shall be continued to be treated in such a manner unless the indicia are appropriately cured at a later stage.

Reporting Deadlines
The draft regulations provide for reporting deadline of 31st july, 2015 for reporting to be done in respect for 2014 and as 31st may in later years.  This reporting is, in terms of the model 1 IGA, to be done through the MOF.

Next Steps and Conclusion
The  next  steps,  from  the  side  of  the  Government,  are signing of the IGA, issuance of the final regulations, notifying the data structure and setting up the infrastructure for receiving the reports. For the industry, the work has already begun with nadd and Padd. interim work on development of reporting systems is in progress but the UAT stages are held up for want of the final data structure from the Government side. Over the next few years, the fis will invest a lot of time and capital in the preparedness for financial transparency in respect of customer accounts in line with the expectations of the G20 nations, as we move beyond FATCA to the OECD’s Common reporting Standards (CRS).

THE FINANCE ACT – 2015 DIRECT TAX PROVISIONS

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Background

1.1 The Finance Minister, Shri Arun Jaitley, presented his second budget in the Lok Sabha on 28th February, 2015. After some discussions, both the houses of Parliament have passed the Finance bill with some amendments in the Finance Bill, 2015, and the same has received presidential assent on 14th May, 2015. There are 80 sections in the Finance Act dealing with amendments in direct tax provisions.

1.2 In Paras 96 to 98 of his budget speech he has referred to certain steps which the Government proposes to take in the field of Indirect Taxes and Corporate Taxation, in the coming years. These are

(a) Expediting the process to legislate Goods and Services Tax (GST)
(b) Reduce the corporate tax to 25% over the next four years and phase out exemptions and incentives.

1.3 I n Para 99 of his budget speech he has enumerated the themes adopted by him for his tax proposals as under;

“99. While finalizing my tax proposals, I have adopted certain broad themes, which include;

A Measures to curb black money;
B Job creation through revival of growth and investment and promotion of domestic manufacturing and ‘Make in India’.
C Minimum government and maximum governance to improve the ease of doing business;
D Benefits to middle class taxpayers;
E Improving the quality of life and public health through Swachch Bharat initiatives; and
F Stand alone proposals to maximize benefits to the economy”

1.4 It may be noted that another major step in this year’s budget is about abolition of wealth tax from A.Y. 2016-17. The justification for this is given in Para 113 of the budget speech as under;

“113. My next proposal is regarding minimum government and maximum governance with focus on ease of doing business and simplification of Tax Procedures without compromising on tax revenues. The total wealth tax collection in the country was Rs. 1,008 Crore in 2013-14. Should a tax which leads to high cost of collection and a low yield be continued or should it be replaced with a low cost and higher yield tax? The rich and wealthy must pay more tax than the less affluent ones. I have therefore decided to abolish the wealth tax and replace it with an additional surcharge of 2% on the super-rich with a taxable income of over Rs. 1 Crore. This will lead to tax simplification and enable the Department to focus more on ensuring tax compliance and widening the tax base. As against a tax sacrifice of Rs. 1,008 Crore, through these measures the Department would be collecting about Rs. 9,000 Crore from the 2% additional surcharge. Further, to track the wealth held by individuals and entities, the information regarding the assets which are currently required to be furnished in wealth-tax return will be captured in the income tax returns. This will ensure that the abolition of wealth tax does not lead to escape of any income from the tax net”.

1.5 While concluding his budget speech, he has stated that the Direct Tax proposals will result in revenue loss of Rs. 8,315 Crore. As compared to this, his Indirect Tax proposals will yield estimated revenue of Rs. 23,383 Crore. Thus the net revenue gain will be about Rs. 15,068 Crore.

1.6 I n this article some of the important amendments made to the Income-tax Act by the Finance Act, 2015, have been discussed. It may be noted that the amendments, as in last year’s Finance Act, have only prospective effect i.e., will operate for assessment year 2016-17, unless specifically provided

2. Rates of Taxes

2.1 I n view of the changes in threshold limits made by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2014, the exemption limit for Individuals, HUF, AOP as well as the rates of tax remain unchanged.The rates of income tax in the case of corporate and non-corporate assessees in A.Y. 2015-16 and A.Y.: 2016-17 will be the same.

2.2 T herefore, in the case of an Individual, HUF, AOP, BOI etc., the rates of Income-tax for A.Y. 2015-16 and A.Y. 2016-17 will be as under:

Note: Rebate of Tax – A Resident Individual having total income not exceeding Rs. 5 lakh, will get Rebate upto Rs. 2,000/- or tax payable, whichever is less u/s. 87A.

2.3 A s stated earlier, due to abolition of wealth tax from A.Y. 2016-17, the rate of Surcharge on tax has been increased from 10% to 12% for Super Rich assessees. This increased surcharge will be charged as under from A.Y. 2016-17.

(i) I n the case of an Individual, HUF, AOP etc. the rate of surcharge on tax will be 12% if the total income of the assessee exceeds Rs.1 crore.
(ii) In the case of a firm, LLP, Co-operative Society and a Local Authority the rate of Surcharge on tax will be 12% if the total income exceeds Rs.1 crore.
(iii)In the case of a domestic company the rate of surcharge on tax will be as under:
(a) I f the total income exceeds Rs.1 crore but does not exceed Rs.10 crore the rate of surcharge will be 7%.
(b) I f the total income exceeds Rs.10 crore, the rate of surcharge will be 12%.
(iv) I n the case of a foreign company there is no increase in the rate of surcharge on tax. Hence, the existing rate which is 2% in respect of total income between Rs.1 crore and 10 crore and 5% in respect of total income exceeding Rs.10 crore will continue.
(v) T he rate of surcharge on Dividend Distribution Tax u/s. 115-0, Tax on Buy Back of shares u/s. 115 QA, Income Distribution Tax payable by Mutual Funds u/s. 115R, and Income Distribution Tax payable by Securitisation Trusts u/s. 115 TA will be 12%.

2.4 T he existing rate of 3% for Education Cess (including Secondary and Higher Secondary Education Cess) on Income tax and surcharge will continue in A.Y. 2016-17.

2.5 T he effective maximum marginal rate of tax (including Surcharge and Education Cess ) will be as under for A.Y. 2016 – 17.

3. Tax Deduction at Source:

3.1 Section 192: At present, the person responsible for paying salary has to depend upon the evidence and particulars furnished by the employee in respect of deduction, exemptions and set-off of loss claimed by the employee while deducting tax at source. There is no guidance available about the evidence or particulars to be collected. Therefore, s/s. (2D) is inserted from 1.6.2015 to provide that the person responsible for deduction of tax will have to get particulars, evidence etc. about the deduction claimed from the salary in the Form which will be prescribed in the Rules.

3.2 Section 192A: This is a new section inserted from 1.6.2015. In the case of an employee participating in a Recognised Provident Fund (RPF), the accumulated balance to his credit in his PF account is excluded from his total income if Rule 8 of Part A of Schedule IV is applicable. If this Rule does not apply, the trustees of RPF are required to deduct tax at source. The Trustees of P.F. sometimes find it difficult to determine the rate of tax for TDS. To resolve this issue, section 192A provides that, at the time of payment of the accumulated balance due to the employee, trustees shall deduct income-tax at the rate of ten per cent. If the employee fails to furnish his PAN to the trustees, tax shall be deducted at the maximum marginal rate. Tax is not deductible under this section where the aggregate amount of withdrawal is less than Rs. 30,000/- or where the employee furnishes a selfdeclaration in the prescribed Form 15G/15H that tax on his estimated total income would be nil.

3.3 Section 194A: This section has been amended from 1.6.2015. The effect of this amendment is as under:

(i)    A co-operative Bank will have to deduct tax at source from interest paid or payable on time deposit made by its member. This deduction is to be made if the amount of the interest exceeds Rs.10,000/-. however, no such deduction will be required to be made on interest paid or payable on time deposit by a co-operative society. Similarly, a primary agricultural society, a primary credit society, a Co-operative land mortgage bank, or a Co-operative land development bank will not be required to deduct tax at source from interest payment. the  amendment  to  section  194a(3)(v)  sets  at  rest  the controversy created by a recent decision of the Bombay high Court.

(ii)    Hitherto, there was no tdS from interest paid by a Bank  on  recurring  deposits.  now,  tax  will  be  required to be deducted by the bank in respect of interest on recurring deposit also.( amendment to explantion 1 of section 194 a).

(iii)    At present, the threshold limit of exemption from tdS provisions apply to interest credited or paid by a branch on an individual basis in the case of a bank, Co- operative bank or a public company engaged in long- term housing finance. It is now provided that the TDS provisions u/s. 194a with reference to interest credited or paid by such entities as a whole will apply if the entity has adopted core banking solutions. in other words, in such cases, total interest paid or payable by all branches will have to be considered for determining the threshold limit of exemption.

(iv)    Interest paid on compensation amount awarded by the motor accident Claim tribunal (MACT) shall now be liable to TDS u/s. 194a only at the time of payment of interest, if the aggregate amount of such payment during the financial year exceeds Rs. 50,000/-. Hence, as per the amended provision, there will be no withholding of tax at the time when such interest is credited.

3.4    Section  194C:   This  section  is  amended  from 1.6.2015. at present, payment to a transporter carrying on the business of plying, hiring, or leasing of goods carriages is not subject to TDS u/s. 194C if the transporter furnishes his Pan to the payer. Now, this exemption will be available only to such transporterwho owns ten or less goods carriages at any time during the previous year and also furnishes a declaration to that effect to the payer along with his Pan.

3.5    Section  194-I:   This  section  is  amended  from 1.6.2015. It is now provided that tax will not be deducted u/s. 194-I from rent paid or payable to a Business trust (real  estate  investment  trust)  in  respect  of  any  real estate asset as referred to in section 10(23fCa) owned directly by such business trust.

3.6    Section 194 LBA: This section is amended from 1.6.2015. Section 194LBA was inserted by the finance (no.2) act, 2014, w.e.f. 1.10.2014 to provide for deduction of tax @10% from income referred to in section 115ua (i.e.  interest  income  received  by  a  Business trust  from SPV)  distributed  to  a  resident  unit  holder.  in  the  case of  non-resident  unit  holder  the  rate  of  TDS  was  5% plus applicable Surcharge and education  Cess.  By an amendment of this section, the scope of this TDS provision is extended to income of Business trust from renting, leasing or letting out any real estate asset owned by it distributed to its unit holder. it is now provided that, in the case of a resident unit holder the rate of TDS will be 10% and in the case of a non-resident unit holder,  tax will be deductible at the applicable rate if the distribution of income is from income referred to in section 10 (23FCA) i.e., rental from the real estate asset.

3.7    Section 194 LBB: This is a new section inserted from1.6.2015. this section provides for deduction of tax @10% from income distributed to persons holding units issued by “investment fund” (refer section 115 uB) out of income other than that referred to in section 10(23fBB) (i.e. income of investment fund  other than income from business or profession).

3.8    Section  194  LD: This  section  was  inserted  by the finance act, 2013, w.e.f. 1.6.2013. under this section, tax is required to be deducted at concessional rate of 5% from interest payable to foreign institutional investors or Qualified Foreign Investors on Government Securities or rupees denominated Bonds of any indian Company. This concessional rate was applicable on interest payable during  the  period  1.6.2013  to  1.6.2015.  this  will  now continue in respect of interest payable till 1.7.2017.

3.9    Section  195:    This  section  is  amended  from 1.6.2015. Section 195(1) requires any person responsible for paying to a non-resident any interest or other sum chargeable under the provisions of this act  to  deduct tax from such payment. At  present,  such  person  has to furnish the information relating to payment of any sum in form 15Ca. now, section 195(6) is amended to provide for furnishing of information, whether or not such remittances are chargeable to tax, in such form as may be  prescribed.  this  will  cast  an  onerous  obligation  on payers. Section 271-I has been introduced to provide for a penalty of Rs.1,00,000/-, if the person required to furnish information under this section fails to furnish such information or furnishes inaccurate particulars. this is a new provision for levy of penalty.

3.10    Section   197A:      This   section   is   amended from1.6.2015 to provide as under:

(i)    Section 194da provides for deduction of tax at source at the rate of 2% from payments made under life insurance policy, which is chargeable to tax if the amount is rs. 1,00,000/- or more. it is now provided that tax shall not be deducted, if  the recipient of the payment on which tax is deductible furnishes to the payer a self-declaration in the prescribed form no.15G/15h declaring that the tax on his estimated total income for the relevant previous year would be nil.

(ii)    Similarly, as stated in Para 3.2 above, it is now provided that tax shall not be deducted u/s. 192a if a salaried employee withdrawing the accumulated balance from P.f. a/c gives a self-declaration in form no.15G/15h.

3.11    Section   203A:       This   section   is   amended from1.6.2015 to provide that the requirement of obtaining and quoting of TAN shall not apply to the persons as notified by the Central Government. This is in order to reduce the compliance burden for those individuals or huf who are not liable for audit u/s. 44aB or for one time transaction such as single transaction of acquisition of immovable property by an individual or huf, on which tax is deductible.

4.    Exemptions and Deductions:

In order to give certain benefits to middle class taxpayers and with a view to encourage savings and to promote health care among individual taxpayers, the following amendments are made in various sections of the income -tax act.

4.1    Section 80C: at present, section 80C (2) (vill) of the income-tax act provides that any subscription to   a scheme notified by the Central Government will be eligible for deduction in the case of an individual or huf. By Notification No.9/2015 dated 21-1-2015, a scheme for the welfare of the girl child under the SukanyaSarmiddhi Account Rules, 2014, has been notified. In view of this, amendment is made in section 80Cfrom1-4-2015. under this amendment any deposit by any individual, in the name of girl child of that individual or by legal guardian of the girl child as specified in the scheme will be eligible for deduction u/s. 80C within the overall limit of Rs.1.50 lakh as provided in that section. an amendment is also made to provide u/s. 10(11A) to grant exemption to the individual in respect of interest on the deposit under the above scheme or for the amount withdrawn from such deposit. Since this amendment comes into effect from
a.y. 2015 – 16 any such deposit made on or before 31-3- 2015 will be eligible for this deduction.

4.2    Section  80CCC:     This  section  provides  for deduction in the case of an individual in respect of contribution to any annuity Plan of LiC or any other insurer for receiving pension from the fund set up under a  pension  scheme  upto  Rs.1  lakh.    this  limit  is  now raised to Rs. 1.50 lakh froma.y. 2016-17. it may be noted that u/s. 80CCe an overall cap of Rs. 1.50 lakh for such deduction is provided for contribution u/s. 80C, 80CCC and 80CCd(1).  There is no amendment to raise this limit.

4.3    Section   80CCD:  this   section   provides   that an individual contributing to national Pension Scheme (NPS) can claim deduction upto 10% of salary, in the case of an employee or 10% of the gross total income in other cases subject to a cap of Rs.1 lakh u/s. 80CCD(1A). However, this deduction is subject to overall ceiling limit  of  Rs.1.50  lakh  u/s.  80CCe.    it  is  now  provided from A.Y. 2016-17 that the cap of Rs.1 lakh u/s. 80CCD(1A) be removed.

With a view to encourage individuals to contribute towards NPS, it is now provided, by insertion of section 80CCD(1B), that an additional deduction upto Rs.50,000/- will be allowed if the individual contributes to NPS.  this deduction will be allowed even if it exceeds 10% limit in respect of salary income (for employees) or gross total income  (for  others).  Further,  this  deduction  will  be  over and  above  the  ceiling  limit  of  Rs.1.50  lakh  provided u/s. 80CCe relating to deduction u/s. 80C, 80CCC and 80CCD(1). therefore, with proper planning of investments in PF, PPF, LIP, savings certificates etc. (section 80C), annuity Plan of LIC or other insurers (section 80CCC) and contribution to NPS (section 80CCD) an assessee can claim deduction upto Rs.2 lakh under these sections.

4.4    Section 80D: this section provides for deduction for premium paid for mediclaim policies for self, family members and Parents of the individual. Similarly, similar deduction for premium paid by huf for mediclaim polices of members of huf is allowed. the present limits for such deduction is Rs.15,000/- and for Senior Citizens it is Rs. 20,000/-.  these  limits  are  now  raised  from   A.Y.  2016- 17and a further provision is made for deduction of actual medical expenses under certain circumstances.  the new provisions are as under.

(i)    In view of continuous rise in the cost of medical expenditure, the limit of deduction is raised from Rs.15,000/-  to  Rs.  25,000/-  in  case  of  premium  for mediclaim policy for individual and his family members. Similarly, in the case of huf such deduction for premium on mediclaim policies for members of huf is also raised from Rs.15,000/- to Rs. 25,000/-. In the case of a Senior Citizen the deduction for premium on mediclaim policies is raised from Rs.20,000/- to Rs. 30,000/-.

(ii)    In the case of very Senior Citizens (i.e 80 years and above), it may not be possible to get a mediclaim policy and they cannot get benefit of the above deduction. therefore, as a welfare measure, it is now provided that deduction upto Rs.30,000/-   will be allowed for medical expenditure in respect of very senior citizens if no mediclaim policy is taken out.  The aggregate expenditure available for deduction in the case of an individual/huf  for premium on mediclaim policy and expenditure on medical expenditure for parent or family member who is a very senior citizen shall not exceed Rs. 30,000/-.

4.5    Section   80   DDB:This   section   provides   for deduction   for   expenditure   incurred   by   a   resident individual or huf for medical treatment of certain chronic and protracted diseases. It is provided that the expenditure in the case of individual should be in respect of medical treatment of himself or his dependant relative and in the case of huf it should for any member of HUF.   The  medical  treatment  should  be  for  a  disease specified in Rule 11DD and should be supported by a certificate from an authorised Doctor in a Govt. Hospital. at  present,  the  deduction  allowable  is  upto  Rs.  60,000 if the medical treatment is of a Senior Citizen and in other  cases  deduction  is  allowed  upto  Rs.  40,000/-. In view of the difficulties experienced in obtaining certificate from a specialised doctor in a Govt. Hospital, the section is now amended to provide that the assessee should obtain prescription from a specialized doctor as  may  be  prescribed.  further,  in  the  case  of  medical treatment of a very senior citizen the ceiling for deduction of   expenditure   is   now   raised   from   Rs.   60,000/-   to Rs. 80,000/- from A.Y. 2016-17.

4.6    Section  80DD:  This  section  provides  that  a resident individual or huf can claim deduction for (i) expenditure for medical treatment (including nursing), training and rehabilitation of a dependant relative suffering from specified disability or (ii) any amount paid to LIC or other insurer in respect of a scheme for the maintenance of a disabled dependant relative. At present, this deduction can be claimed upto Rs.50,000/- in the case of medical treatment for specified disability and upto rs.1 lakh in the case of medical treatment for severe disability as defined in the section. In view of rising costs of medical treatment, these limits have been raised, by amendment of this section, from A.Y. 2016-17 from Rs.50,000/- to Rs.75,000/- (for disability) and from Rs.1 lakh to Rs.1,25,000/- (for Severe disability).

4.7    Section 80U: this section provides for deduction of Rs.50,000/- in the case of a resident individual suffering from a specified Disability. If such individual is suffering from specified Severe Disability deduction of Rs.1 lakh is allowed. in view of rising costs of special needs of disabled persons, these limits are now raised from A.Y. 2016-17 from Rs. 50,000/- to Rs.75,000/- (for disability) and from Rs.1 lakh to Rs.1,25,000/- (for Severe disability).

4.8    Section 80G: this section provides for deduction of amounts contributed by way of donations to various institutions  set  up  for  charitable  purposes.  this  section has been amended as under:-
(i)    Two   funds,   namely,   “Swachh   Bharat   Kosh”   and “Clean  Ganga  fund”  have  been  established  by  the Central Government. With a view to encourage people to participate in this national effort, section 80G is amended from A.Y. 2015-16 to provide that deduction of 100% of the donation to any of these funds will be allowed. Since this amendment has been made from A.Y. 2015-16,  such donation made upto 31-3-2015 will be eligible for deduction under the amended section. it may be noted that such donation made by a company in pursuance of Corporate  Social  responsibility  (CSR)  expenditure  u/s. 135(5) of the Companies act, 2013, will not qualify for this deduction. it may be noted that section 10(23C) has been amended from A.Y. 2015-16 to provide that income of “Swachh Bharat Kosh” and “Clean Ganga fund” will be exempt from income tax.

(ii)    By another amendment to section 80G from a.y. 2016- 17  donation  made  to  “the  national  fund  for  control  of drug abuse” will now be eligible to 100% deduction.

4.9    Section 80 JJAA: This section is amended from A.Y. 2016-17. this section allows deduction to an indian Company deriving profit from manufacturing of goods in a factory. This benefit is now extended to non-corporate assessees  also.  The  quantum  of  deduction  allowed  is equal to 30% of additional wages paid to new regular workmen employed by the assessee in such factory in the previous year. this deduction can be claimed for 3 assessment years. At present, additional wages for this purpose has been defined to mean wages paid to new regular  workmen  in  excess  of  100  workmen.  This  limit is now reduced to 50. It is also clarified that the above benefit will not be granted where factory is acquired by way of transfer from any other person or as a result of any business reorganisation.

5.    Investment Fund:
a  new  Chapter XII – FB has been added in the income tax act from A.Y. 2016-17. Special provisions relating to  tax  on  income  of  “investment  funds”  and  income received from such funds are made in sections 115 UB, 10 (23 FBA) and 10 (23FFB) of the act.   In brief, these provisions are as under:

5.1    “Investment fund” means any fund established or incorporated in india in the form of a trust, Company, LLP or a body corporate which has been granted certificate of registration as a Category I or a Category II alternate investment fund (AIF) and is regulated under SEBI (AIF) regulations, 2012.

5.2    In order to rationalise the taxation of Category –i and Category-ii AIFS (i.e. investment funds) section 115uB  provides  for  a  special  tax  regime.  The  taxation of income of such investment funds and their investors shall be in accordance with the provisions applicable to such funds irrespective of whether they are set up as a trust, company, or LLP etc. the salient features of these provisions are as under:

(i)    Income of a person, being a unit holder of an investment fund, out of investments made by the investment fund shall be chargeable to income-tax in the same manner as if it was the income accruing or arising to, or received by, such unit holder.

(ii)    Income in the hands of investment fund, other than income from profits and gains of business, shall be exempt from tax. The income in the nature of profits and gains of business or profession shall be taxable in the case of investment fund.

(iii)    Income in the hands of investor which is of the same nature as income by way of profits and gain of business at investment fund level shall be exempt.

(iv)    Where any income, other than income which is taxable at investment fund level, is payable to a unit holder by an investment fund, the fund shall deduct income-tax at the rate of 10%.

(v)    The income paid or credited by the investment fund shall be deemed to be of the same nature and in the same proportion in the hands of the unit holder as if it had been received by, or had accrued or arisen to, the investment fund.

(vi)    If in any year there is a loss at the fund level either current loss or the loss which remained to be set off, the loss shall not be allowed to be passed through to the investors but would be carried over at fund level to be set off against income of the next year in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Vi of the income-tax act.

(vii)    The provisions of Chapter Xii-d (dividend distribution tax) or Chapter Xii-e (tax on distributed income) shall not apply to the income paid by an investment fund to its unit holders.

(viii)    The income received by the investment fund would be exempt from TDS requirement. this would be provided by issue of appropriate notification u/s. 197A(1F) of the act subsequently.

(ix)    It shall be mandatory for the investment fund to file its return of income.  The investment fund shall also provide to the prescribed income-tax authority and the investors, the details of various components of income, etc. for the purposes of the scheme.

6.    Business Trusts:

6.1    This  was  a  new  concept  introduced  by  the finance (no.2) act, 2014 w.e.f. A.Y. 2015-16.  new chapter XII FA (Section 115 UA) was inserted in the income-tax Act, w.e.f. 1.10.2014. The definition of the term “Business trust”  is  now  amended  in  section  2(13a)  from  a.y. 2016-17 to mean a trust registered as an “infrastructure investment trust” (inVitS) or a real estate investment trust” (reit), under the relevant SeBi regulations, the units of which are required to be listed on a recognised Stock exchange, in accordance with the SeBi regulations. in brief, at present the following is the taxation position of the trust.

Out any real estate asset owned directly by the reit, by granting exemption to the reit u/s. 10(23fCa) and taxing such income in the hands of the unit holder, by amending section 115ua(3) to provide that the distributed income, of the nature referred to in section 10(23fCa), received by a unit holder during the previous year shall be deemed to be the income of the unit holder and shall be charged to tax as his income of the previous year. Consequential amendments have been made in relation to tdS provisions in sections 1941 and 194LBa, which are effective from 1st june, 2015.

6.5    In view of the above amendments from A.Y. 2016- 17, the taxation structure of reit and its unit holders shall be as under:

(i)    Any income of reit by way of renting or leasing or letting out any real estate asset owned directly by such business trust shall be exempt;

(ii)    The distributed income or any part thereof, received by a unit holder from the reit, which is in the nature of income by way of renting or leasing or letting out any real estate asset owned directly by such reit, shall be deemed to be income of such unit holder and shall be charged to tax.
 
6.2    Section 47(xvii) Currently provides that the
 
(iii)    The reit shall effect tdS on rental income allowed to be passed through. in case of resident unit holder, tax shall be deducted @ 10%, and in case of distribution
 
Transfer of shares of a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) to a Business trust by a share holder (Sponsor) in exchange of units allotted by the trust to the share holder is not considered as a transfer for the purpose of capital gains in the hands of the share holder. Section 10(38) has now been amended to provide that the long term capital gain from transfer or such units will be exempt. Section 111a has also been amended to provide that short term capital gains arising on transfer of such units of a Business trust shall be charged to tax at the rate of fifteen per cent.

6.3    Therefore,   units   received   by   a   ‘Sponsor’  in exchange of shares of a SPV, are now at par with other units of a Business trust.  further, Stt is now chargeable on sale of unlisted units of a Business trust under an offer for Sale. therefore, Sale of such unit in an offer for sale will qualify for exemption u/s. 10(38) and the concessional rate of tax in respect of short term capital gains u/s. 111A.

6.4    reit has been granted pass through status also in respect of income by way of renting or leasing or letting
to non-resident unit holder, the tax shall be deducted at applicable rate.

(iv)    No deduction of tax at source shall be made u/s. 194- 1 of the act, where the income by way of rent is credited or paid to such business trust, in respect of any real estate asset held directly by such reit (Business trust)

7.    Charitable Trusts:

7.1    Section 2(15): The Definition of “charitable purpose” in the section has been amended from A/Y:2016- 17 as under:-

(i)    “yoga” is now recognised as a charitable purpose. hence any charitable trust for promotion of “yoga” can now claim exemption u/s. 11 to 13 of the income tax act.

(ii)    Under the existing provisions of section 2(15) if a charitable trust having “any other object of general public utility”, carries on any activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business, or any activity of rendering any service in relation to the above for a consideration, will lose the exemption u/s. 11 if the total receipts from such activities is more than Rs. 25 lakh. By amendment of this section, it is now provided that such a trust will not lose its exemption if:

(a)    Such activity is undertaken in the course of actual carrying out of such advancement of any other object of general public utility; and

(b)    The aggregate receipts from such activities, during the previous year, do not exceed 20% of the total receipts of the trust.

(c)    This  amendment  will  create  a  fresh  round  of litigation for charitable trusts. the limit of 20% will affect small charitable instituitions adversely.

7.2    Section 11 provides that a charitable trust should apply at least 85% of its income for charitable or religious purposes. if it is not possible to do so, it can apply the balance  of  unspent  amount  in  the  next  year.  for  this purpose, the trust can write a simple letter to a.o. before the due date for filing the return u/s. 139(1). It is now provided from a/y: 2016-17 that the trust can exercise such option only by filing the prescribed from before the due date for filing the return of income.

7.3    Section 11 also provides that if a trust is not able to apply 85% of the income or any part of the same it can apply for accumulation of such unspent amount for 5 years. For this purpose the trustees have to file an accumulation application in Form No.10. No specific time limit is fixed in the Act. The Supreme Court in CIT vs. Nagpur Hotel Owners Association (247ITR201) held that Form 10 can be filed at any time before completion of the assessment. now, by amendment of section 11 from A.Y. :2016-17, it is provided that form no.10 should be filed before due date for filing Return u/s. 139(1). By amendment of section 13 it is also provided that if the return  of  income  as  well  application  in  form  10  is  not filed before the due date provided in section 139(1), the benefit of accumulation will not be available.

7.4    A university or educational institution, hospital or other Institution which is wholly or substantially financed by the Government and which is exempt u/s. 10(23C) (iiiab) or (iiiac) is not required to mandatorily file its return of income. By amendment of section 139(4C), it is now provided that these entities will have to mandatorily file return of income from A.Y. 2016-17.

7.5    Section 10(23C)(vi) and (via) provides that educational institutions or hospital specified in section 10(23C)(iiiab) to (iiiae) have to  obtain  approval  from the prescribed authority. If this approval is denied there  is at present no specific  remedy.  Section  253(1)  is now amended from 1.6.2015 to provided that appeal to ITA Tribunal can be filed against any order for denying such approval.

8.    Income from business or profession:

8.1    Income: The definition of “Income” in section 2(24) has now been widened by insertion of clause (xviii) in section 2(24) from A.Y 2016-17. Under this definition, any receipt from the central or state Government or any authority, body or agency in the form of any assistance in the form of subsidy, grant, cash incentive, duty drawback, waiver, concession or reimbursement in cash or kind will be considered as income. however, if any subsidy, grant etc is required to be deducted from the cost of any asset under explanation (10) to section 43(1), the same will not be considered as income.

From the wording of the above definition it will be seen that no distinction has been made between Government Grants which are of a capital nature and which are in the nature  of  revenue  grant.  The  Supreme  Court  and  the various high Courts have held that subsidy received from Government as an incentive to set up an industry is a capital subsidy not liable to tax. In the case of Sahney Steel & Press Works Ltd vs. CIT (2281TR 253), the Supreme Court has held that subsidy given to set up the business or to complete a project will be considered as a Capital receipt not liable to tax. In view of the above amendment assessees will have to enter into fresh litigation about taxability of subsidy received from the Government.

8.2    Additional Depreciation : at present, additional depreciation of 20% is allowed in respect of new plant and machinery (other than ships and aircraft) installed  by an assessee engaged in the business of manufacture or production or in the business of generation as well   as generation and distribution of power u/s. 32(1) (iia). There was no clarity about deduction in the event of Plant & machinery installed and put to use for less than 180 days. By amendment of section 32(1) from A.Y. 2016-17  it is now provided that in such a case 10% of additional depreciation will be allowed in the year if the new plant & machinery is used for less than 180 days and the balance of 10% will be allowed in the subsequent year.

8.3    Backward Area Incentive: a special incentive is given by way of additional depreciation at the rate of 35% (instead of 20%) in respect of new plant & machinery (other than ships and aircraft) acquired and installed during  the  period  1.4.2015  to  31.3.2020. this  incentive will be available to new plant & machinery installed in  the notified backward area of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, telangana  and  West  Bengal.  in  this  case  also,  if  the new plant and machinery is used for less than 180 days, 17.5% additional depreciation will be allowed in the first year and balance 17.5% additional depreciation will be allowed in the next year.

8.4    Investment Allowance: A new section 32 ad has been inserted from a.y. 2016 – 17 providing for deduction of one time investment allowance in respect of newly established undertaking for  manufacture or production in the notified backward areas of Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, telangana  and  West  Bengal.  This  deduction  will  be  at 15% of the actual cost of the new asset (other than office equipments, vehicles etc.) acquired and installed in the new undertaking during the period 1.4.2015 to 31.3.2020. this deduction is allowable in the year of installation of new plant and machinery and isin addition to depreciation (including additional depreciation) allowable u/s. 32 and investment allowance allowable u/s. 32AC. It is also provided that if the above plant and machinery is sold or transferred within 5 years from the date of installation, otherwise than in connection with amalgamation, demerger or business  re-organisation  (section  47  (xiii), (xiii b), or (xiv), the amount of deduction allowed u/s. 32ad shall be taxable as income of the year of sale or transfer.

8.5    Section 35(2AB): under this section a company can claim deduction of 200% of the expenditure on scientific research by way of in house research and development facility.  For this purpose, the company has to comply with certain formalities. One of the requirements is to get the accounts maintained for this research facility audited. This requirement is now modified from A.Y. 2016-17 and its is provided that the company should fulfill such conditions with regard to maintenance of accounts and audit and furnishing the reports as may be prescribed by the rule.

8.6    Section 36:  this section is amended from A.Y. 2016-17 as under

(i)    Section 36(1) (iii) provides for deduction of interest paid on funds borrowed for the purposes of business.
It is provided in this section that  interest  paid  in  respect of amount borrowed for acquisition of asset for extension of existing business shall not be allowed. By amendment  of  this  section  the  words  “for  extension  of existing business or profession” have now been deleted. the  effect  of  this  amendment  is  that  interest  paid  for acquisition of any asset for the business or profession from the date of purchase to the date it is put to use,   will not be allowed. it appears that this amendment is made to bring this provision in line with income Computation and disclosure Standard (ICDS IX) relating to “Borrowing Costs”.

(ii)    Section 36(1) (vii) dealing with allowance of Bad debits is also amended to provide that an amount of any debt or part thereof is considered as income under any ICDS issued u/s. 145(2) without recording in the  books of accounts, it will be possible to claim deduction for such amount in the year in which such debt becomes irrecoverable.  thus,  if  the  a.o.  makes  any  addition  in the computation of income from business under ICDS IV  dealing  with  “revenue  recognition”  and  no  entry  is made in the books of accounts, deduction u/s. 36(1) (vii) can be claimed in any subsequent year when the debt representing such amount becomes irrecoverable.

(iii)    Section 36(1)(xvii):  this provision  added in section 36(1) provides for deduction  of  expenditure  incurred  by a co-operative society engaged in the business of manufacturing of sugar for purchase of sugarcane at a price which is equal to or less than the price approved by the Government.

9.    Income computation and disclosure standards (ICDS):

9.1    Section 145 of the income-tax act (act) dealing with “method of accounting” was amended by the finance act, 1995, effective from a.y. 1997- 98. the concept of Tax Accounting Standards was introduced for the first time by this amendment. this section has been amended by the finance (no.2) act, 2014, effective from 1.4.2015.  By this amendment, the concept of computation of income from “Business or Profession” and “income from other Sources” are required to be computed in accordance with “income Computation and disclosure Standards” (ICDS) notified by the Central Government. In brief, section 145 is divided into three parts as under.

(i)    Income under the heads “income from Business or Profession” and “income from other sources” shall be
    computed in accordance with either (a) cash or (b) mercantile system of accounting regularly adopted by the assessee.

(ii)    The  Central  Government  shall  notify  ICDS  to  be followed by the assessee for computation of income from the above two sources.

 
(iii)    The assessing officer (A.O) can make a best judgment assessment u/s. 144 of the act by estimating the income if the provisions of section 145 are not complied with by the assessee.

9.2    On 25.1.1996, the Central Government notified two accounting Standards viz. (i) disclosure of accounting Polices and (ii) disclosure of Prior period and extra ordinary items and Changes in accounting Policies”. these  standards  were  required  to  be  followed  by  the assessee while maintaining its books of account.   These two standards were more or less on the same lines as AS-1 and AS-5 issued by the institute of Chartered accountants of  india  (ICAI).  Thereafter,  for  about  two  decades,  no information and make the adjustments while computing the taxable income from these two sources. If the required information is not furnished by the assessee, the A.O. can make the best judgment assessment u/s. 144 of the Act.
 
Accounting Standards were notified u/s. 145(2) of the Act.

9.3    CBDT has now notified 10 Accounting Standards u/s.  145(2)  on  31/3/2015.  this  Standards  are  called “income Computation and disclosure Standards” (iCdS). The notification u/s. 145(2) states that ICDS will have   to be followed by the assessee following mercantile system of accounting for the purpose of computing income chargeable to tax under the head “Profits and Gains of Business or Profession” and “income from other sources”. This Notification comes into force with effect from 1/4/2015 i.e. a/y:2016-17 (f.y:2015-16).

9.4    The Ten ICDS notified u/s. 145(2) of the Act and the corresponding aS issued by iCai and ind – aS as notified under the companies Act, 2013, are as under:

9.5    It may be noted that ICDS issued u/s 145(2) of the act only provide that income from Business/Profession or income from other sources should be computed in accordance  with  the  standards  ICDS.  Therefore,  the assessee will have to maintain its accounts in accordance with applicable AS issued by ICAI or IND – AS notified under the Companies act. if there is any difference between the accounting results and the requirements of applicable ICDS, the assessee will have to make adjustments while computing its taxable income from the above two sources while filing its Return of Income. If this is not done, the a.o. can call upon the assessee to furnish the required information     and    make     the     adjustments     while     computing the taxable income from these two sources. if the required information is not furnished by the assessee, the a.o. can make    the    best    judgment    assessment    u/s.    144    of    the    Act.

 
9.6    It may be noted that the amended section 145 (3) of the Act provides that if the A.O. is not satisfied about the correctness or completeness of the accounts of the assessee or where the method of accounting as provided in section 145(1), i.e. either cash or mercantile has not been regularly followed by the assessee or income has not been computed in accordance with the requirements of ICDS, he can make a best judgment assessment. In fact, the standards notified are “computation “ standards and not accounting standards.there is no mandate that the assessee should maintain accounts which comply with iCdS. in view of this, in the case of a company, no adjustment can be made in the computation of Book Profits u/s. 115JB of the Act if the accounts are prepared in accordance with the applicable accounting Standards and the Provisions of of the Companies act. in other words, ICDS do not apply for computation of Book Profits u/s 115jB of the act.

9.7    In the preamble of all the ten ICDS it is stated that in case of conflict between the provisions of the income tax act and ICDS, the provisions of the act shall prevail to that extent.  To take an example, if a provision for any tax, duty, cess or fee etc. is made and the same is in accordance with any ICDS, deduction will not be allowable unless actual payment is made as provided in section 43B of the act. Similar will be the position where provisions of section 40(a)(i) or 40 (a)(ia) are applicable.

10.    Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT)

During the last over a year there has been an extensive debate  aboutcertain  provisions  of  section  115JB  which levies tax on Book Profits. By amendment of this Section from A.Y. 2016-17, the Government has tried to deal with some of the issues in brief, these amendments are as under.

(i)    Income  accruing  or  arising  to  a  foreign  Company from (i) Capital Gains arising on transactions in securities or  (ii)  interest.   royalty  or  fees  for  technical  Services chargeable at the concessional rates specified in Chapter Xii, after deduction of expenses relatable to such income (i.e. net income), shall not form part of Book Profits u/s. 115  jB.  this  provision  will  apply  if  the  tax  payable  on such net income is less than the tax payable at the rate specified u/s. 115JB

(ii)    Share of a company in the income of aoP or Boi on which tax is payable u/s. 86, after deduction of expenditure relatable to such income, shall not be included in the computation of Book Profit u/s. 115JB. This will benefit companies which have entered into joint venture and income of the j.V. is taxed as AOP.

(iii)    Notional Gain or notional loss on transfer of capital asset,  being  shares  in  SPV  to  a  Business  trust,    in exchange of units allotted by such trust, as referred to in section 47 (xvii), shall not be considered in the computation of Book Profits u/s. 115JB. Similarly, notional gain or  loss resulting from any change in carrying amount of the said units or gain or loss on transfer of units referred to in section 47(xvii) will be excluded from the computation of Book Profits u/s. 115JB. It may be noted that certain adjustments, as provided in the amended section for computation of cost of shares or units, have to be made in computing the notional gain or loss on such transfer  of shares or units.

11.    Capital Gains:

11.1    Sections 2(42a), 47 and 49 have been amended from  a.y.  2016–17.  The  amendments  in  the  sections provide that consolidation of two or more similar schemes of mutual  funds  under  the  process  of  consolidation  of schemes of mutual funds in accordance with SEBI (mutual funds) regulations, 1996 will not be treated as a transfer.  the consolidation should be of similar schemes i.e. two or more schemes of an equity oriented fund or two or more schemes of a non-equity oriented fund. Consequently, section 2 (42A) and section 49 relating to the period of holding and cost of acquisition, respectively, have been amended to provide that the cost of acquisition of the units of the consolidated scheme shall be the cost of the units in the consolidating scheme and the period of holding of the units of the consolidated scheme shall include the period for which the units in the consolidating scheme were held by the assessee.

11.2    The provisions of section 49 have been amended from A.Y. 2016-17 to provide that the cost of acquisition of a capital asset acquired by a resulting company in      a scheme of demerger shall be the cost for which the demerged company acquired the  asset  as  increased by the cost of improvement incurred by the demerged company. Consequently, the period of holding of the capital asset by the demerged company will be considered in the hands of the resulting company u/s. 2 (42a).

11.3    Section 49 has been amended from A.Y. 2016-
17 to provide that cost of acquisition of shares of a company  acquired  by  a  non-resident  on  redemption  of Global  depository  receipts  (GDR)  referred  to  in  section 115AC (1)(b) shall be the price of the shares quoted on the recognised Stock exchange on the date on which request for such redemption is made. A consequential amendment is made in section 2(42A) to provide that the period of holding of such shares shall be reckoned from the date on which such request for redemption of Gdr is made.

12.    Domestic Transfer Pricing:

At present, section 92BA can be invoked only if the aggregate of transactions, to which the provision applies exceeds  Rs.5 Crore.  this limit is now increased to Rs. 20 Crore from a.y. 2016-17.

13.    Deferment of applicability of general anti-avoidance rule (GAAR):

Sections 95 to 102 (chapter X-a) dealing with provisions of Gaar were to come into force from a.y. 2016-17 (i.e. accounting year 1-4-2015 to 31-3-2016 and onwards). in order to accelerate the momentum in investment (Para 109 of the speech of the finance minister) the applicability of Gaar has been postponed to a.y. 2018 – 19 (i.e from accounting year 1.4.2017 to 31.3.2018 and onwards).

14.    Measures to curb black money:

14.1    One of the broad themes adopted by the finance  minister  in  the  finance  Bill  was  to  curb  black money. Provisions of the income-tax act 1961, were felt to be inadequate as regards to achieve this objective. In the opinion of the finance minister it required stringent measures, which he summarised in in Paras 103 to 105 of his budget speech.

14.2    To achieve the above objective, the Parliament has    passed  the  Black  money“  undisclosed  foreign income and assets (imposition of tax) act, 2015”.   this act has come into force from 1.4.2015 (A.Y. 2016-17). Suitable amendments are also made in Prevention of   money-   laundering  act,   2002,   foreign   exchange management act, 1999 and other relevant acts. Since the said act is an independent legislation, the same is being mentioned in this article and not analysed.

15.    Furnishing of returns, assessment and reassessment:

15.1    Section 139 has been amended from a.y. 2016- 17  to  provide  that  a  resident  (other  than  notordinarily resident in india) who is not required to furnish his return as his income is below taxable limit or for any other reasons will now be required to file his return of income mandatorily before the due date. this amended provision will apply if the assessee –

(i)    Holds, as beneficial owner or otherwise, any asset (including any financial interest in any entity) located outside india or has signing authority in any account loaded outside india, or,

(ii)    Is a beneficiary of any asset (including any financial interest in any entity) located outside india.

It is also provided that if the assessee is a beneficiary of any asset located out of India, will not be required to file return under the above provision if income from such asset is includible in the income of the person referred to in (i) above under the provisions of the act.

15.2    In section 139, it is now provided that every “Investment Fund” shall file its return of income from A.Y. 2016-17.

15.3    In the form of return of income, from a.y. 2016- 17, the assessee will be required to give details of assets
of prescribed nature and value held by him as a beneficial owner or otherwise or as a beneficiary. This will mean that details  of  assets  of  a  trust  in  which  the  assessee  is  a beneficiary will have to be disclosed.

15.4    Section 151 is amended to provide that notice u/s. 148 can be issued by an Assessing Officer, after the expiry of a period of four years from the end of the relevant assessment year, only after the sanction of Principal Chief Commissioner or Chief Commissioner or Principal Commissioner or Commissioner. In any other case, where Assessing Officer is below the rank of the Joint Commissioner, sanction of joint Commissioner is required.

16.    Appeals and Revision:

16.1    A new procedure for non-filling an appeal by the Commissioner before the income tax appellate tribunal (itat)tribunal against the order of the CIT (a) for avoiding multiple litigation has been introduced from 1.6.2015 in section 158 aa.

This Procedure is as under:

(i)    If a question of law decided by the CIT (a) is in favour of the assessee and the identical question of law is pending before the Supreme Court either by way of an appeal or by way of a Special Leave Petition in case of the same assessee for any other year and the Commissioner receives an acceptance from the assessee that the question of law is identical to the one which is pending before the Apex Court, he need not file before ITAT.

(ii)    On receipt of the acceptance from the assessee, the Assessing Officer will apply to the ITAT stating that an appeal against the order of CIT (a) on a question of law may be filed within 60 days of receipt of the order of the Supreme Court.

(iii)    If no acceptance is received from the assessee, the Commissioner will proceed to file an appeal before the ITAT.

(iv)    If the order of the CIT(a) is not in conformity with Supreme Court order, the Commissioner will file an appeal against the CIT(a)’s order, within 60 days of receipt of Supreme Court order.

It may be noted that similar facility is already given to the assessee in section 158A.

16.2    As stated earlier any order rejecting the application for approval of an educational institution or hospital u/s. 10(23C) can be challenged in appeal before ita tribunal from 1/6/2015.

16.3    A single member bench of the itat can now dispose of any case where the income assessed by the Assessing Officer does not exceed Rs.15 lakh. Earlier this limit was Rs. 5 lakh.  this amendment in section 255 from 1/6/2015.

16.4    At present, the CIT is empowered to revise u/s. 263 the order passed by the Assessing Officer, if it is erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue. The section does not provide for the meaning of the words ‘erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the revenue’. Explanation 2 is added in section 263(1) from 1.6.2015  to provide that an order passed by the Assessing Officer shall be deemed to be erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of revenue, if in the opinion of the CIT:-

(i)    The  order  is  passed  without  making  inquiries  or verification which should have been made;

(ii)    The order is passed allowing any relief without inquiring into the claim;

(iii)    The order has not been made in accordance with any order, direction or instruction issued by the Board u/s. 119; or

(iv)    The order has not been passed in accordance with any decision which is prejudicial to the assessee, rendered by the jurisdictional High Court or Supreme Court in the case of the assessee or any other person.

From  the  above  explanation,  it  will  be  noticed  that  very wide powers are given to CIT to revise the order passed by A.O. the extent of enquiry or verification is a very subjective matter.  thus,  any assessment order passed by the A.O. will not become final for 2 years during which it can be revised by CIT on any of the above grounds. CIT may try to revise the order of A.O if A.O is not able to reopen the assessment u/s. 147 on some technical or other ground.

17.    Settlement Commission:

Chapter XIX-A deals with settlement of cases. Several amendments have been made in some of the sections in this Chapter from 1.6.2015. Consequential changes have also been made in a few other sections. The important amendments are as under:
(i)    For   an   assessee   to   approach   the   Settlement Commission u/s. 245a, it was necessary that a notice u/s. 148 was received for every assessment year for which the application was to be made. this provision is amended to provide that where a notice u/s. 148 is issued for any assessment year, the assessee can approach the Settlement Commission for other assessment years even if notice u/s. 148 for such other assessment years has not been issued if return of income for such other assessment years has been furnished u/s. 139 of the act or in response to notice u/s. 142 of the act.

(ii)    In Section 245A(b), the explanation is amended to provide that a proceeding for assessment or reassessment referred to in clause (i) or clause (iii) or clause (iiia) for any assessment year shall be deemed to have commenced from the date on which a return of income is furnished u/s. 139 or in response to notice u/s. 142 and concluded on the date on which the assessment is made or on the expiry of two years from the end of relevant assessment year, in a case where no assessment is made.

(iii)    The provision for time limit for rectification of an order assed by the Settlement Commission has been revised.

(iv)    Section 245h is amended to provide that while granting immunity to the applicant from prosecution, the Settlement Commission must record its reasons in writing.

(v)    245K is amended to ensure that in respect of an individual who has made an application to the Settlement Commission u/s. 245C, any entity controlled by such person is also barred from making an application to the Settlement Commission. Hitherto, only the concerned person was prevented from making another application to the Settlement Commission. Now, entities controlled by such a person will also be prevented. The situations when an entity will be considered to be controlled by the applicant are provided in the explanation inserted after section 245K(2).

(vi)    Section 132B is amended to allow the assets seized from an assessee u/s. 132 or requisitioned u/s. 132a to be adjusted against the liability arising on an application made to the Settlement Commission u/s. 245C.

Sub-section (2A) is inserted in section 234B to levy interest on the shortfall, if any, that may arise in the advance tax on account of an application made u/s. 245C. The interest would be calculated from the 1st april of the assessment year and ending on the date of making the application. Similarly, interest would also be payable on the additional shortfall, if any, arising on the basis of an order passed u/s. 245d for the period from 1st day of april of the assessment year and ending on the date of the order.

18.    Taxation of non-residents:

18.1    Section 6 of the income-tax act has been amended from A.Y. 2015–16 to provide that in the case  of an individual who is a citizen of india and a member of a crew of a foreign bound ship leaving india, the period of stay in india shall be determined as prescribed in the rules.  The  earlier  explanation  (now  renumbered  as explanation 1 applied only to indian Ship.

18.2    Section 6 has been further amended from a.y. 2016-17. Under the existing provisions, a company is said to be resident in india in any previous year, if:

a)    It is an indian company; or

b)    During that year, the control and management of its affairs is situated wholly in india.

Therefore, currently, a foreign company which is partially or wholly controlled abroad is to be regarded as non- resident in india. now section 6, has introduced the concept of ‘Place of effective management’ (Poem), in substitution of the existing provisions of requiring the control and management of affairs to be situated wholly india. In view of the above, provisions of this section has been amended to provide that a company shall be said to be resident in india in any previous year, if;

a)    It is an indian company; or

b)    Its place of effective management, in that year, is in india. (it may be noted that in the finance Bill, 2015, the proposal was to provide that the company will be resident in india if Poem is “at any time” in that year is in india.  the words “at any time” in india have been dropped while passing the finance act.)

Further, POEM has been defined to mean a place where key management and commercial decisions that are necessary for the conduct of the business of an entity as a whole are, in substance,  made.  this is a far reaching amendment as a number of indian Companies have foreign subsidiaries and what would be considered as POEM in such cases will be a subject matter of litigation. if any foreign company becomes resident in india, it will have to comply with the various provisions of the income-tax Act such as filing return of income, getting accounts audited u/s. 44aB, complying with tdS provisions etc.

18.3    Explanation 5 to section 9(1) provides that an asset being any share or interest in a foreign company or entity shall be deemed to have been situated in india if it derives, directly or indirectly, its value substantially from assets located in india.  The word “substantially”   in the explanation was not defined. In order to clarify the position, new explanation (6) is added from A.Y. 2016-17 to provide as under

(i)    If the value of assets (tangible on intangible) situated in india exceeds Rs.10 crore and represents at least 50% of the value of total assets of the foreign company as on valuation date (without deduction of any liabilities) it will be deemed that the interest in the foreign company is substantially from assets in india.

(ii)    the  valuation  date  shall  be  the  last  day  of  the accounting period preceding the date of transfer or the date of transfer in case the book value of assets on the date of transfer exceeds book value as on the last day of the accounting period by 15%.

(iii)    The taxation of gains arising on transfer of share or interest deriving directly or indirectly its value substantially from assets located in india will be on proportional basis and the method for determination of such proportion shall be  provided  in  the  rules. To  avoid  hardship  in  genuine cases, exemption is available in certain transfers subject to fulfillment of prescribed conditions.

Moreover, to keep a track of such offshore transactions, an obligation has been cast on the indian concern to furnish information in respect of off-shore transactions resulting into modification of its control or ownership structure. any non-compliance in this regards by the india concern would attract penalty of Rs.5 lakhs or 2% of transaction value, as the case may be.

18.4    At  present,  income  arising  to  foreign  Portfolio investors   (‘FPIS’)   from   transactions   in   securities   is treated as capital gains. however, the provisions of the act did notadequately address the apprehension of fund managers, resulting in a large number of offshore funds choosing to locate their investment managers outside india. therefore, new section 9a is inserted in the income tax act from A.Y.2016-17 for providing clarity on issues relating to business connection/permanent establishment and residential status of offshore funds. in order to facilitate location of fund managers of off-shore funds in India, this section now provides that, subject to fulfillment of certain conditions by the fund and the fund manager:

(i)    The tax liability in respect of income arising to the fund from investment in india would be neutral to the fact as to whether the investment is made directly by the fund or through engagement of fund manager located in india;

(ii)    Income of the fund from the investments outside india would not be taxable in india solely on the basis that the   fund   management   activity   in   respect   of   such investments have been undertaken through a fund manager located in india;

(iii)    In the case of an eligible investment fund, the fund management activity carried out through an eligible fund manager acting on behalf of such fund shall not constitute business connection in india of the said fund;

(iv)    An eligible investment fund shall not be said to be resident in india merely because the eligible fund manager undertaking fund management activities on its behalf is located in India, subject to certain conditions.

(v)    The term “Eligible Investment Fund” is defined in section  9a(3)  and  the  term  “eligible  fund  manager”  is defined in section 9A(4).

Further,  every  eligible  investment  fund  shall,  in  respect of its activities in financial year, furnish within ninety days from the end of the financial year, a statement in the prescribed form to the prescribed income-tax authority containing information relating to the fulfillment of the conditions or any information or document which may be prescribed. In case of non-furnishing of the prescribed information  or  document  or  statement,  penalty  of  Rs.5 lakh shall be leviable on the fund.

18.5    Under the provisions of Securities Contracts (regulation) (Stock exchanges and Clearing Corporations) Regulations, 2012 (SECC) notified by SEBI, the Clearing Corporations are mandated to establish a fund, called Core  Settlement  Guarantee  fund  (Core  SGF)  for  each segment of each recognised stock exchange to guarantee the settlement of trades executed in respective segments of the exchange. under the existing provisions, income by way of contributions to the investor Protection fund set up by recognised stock exchanges in india, or by commodity exchanges in india or by a depository is exempt from taxation.  on  similar  lines,  the  income  of  the  Core  SGF arising from contribution received and investment made by the fund and from the penalties imposed by the Clearing Corporation subject to similar conditions as provided  in  case  of  investor  Protection  fund  set  up  by a recognised stock exchange or a commodity exchange or a depository will now be exempt u/s. 10(23ee) from A.Y. 2016-17.

However, where any amount standing to the credit of the fund and not charged to income-tax during any previous year is shared, either wholly or in part with the specified persons, the whole of the amount so shared shall be deemed to be the income of the previous year in which such amount is shared.

The specified person for this purpose is defined to mean any recognised clearing corporation which establishes and maintains the Core Settlement Guarantee fund and the recognised stock exchange being the shareholder of such clearing corporation.

18.6    The  CBDT,  in  its  Circular  no.740  dated  17/4/1996 had clarified that branch of a foreign company in India is a separate entity for the purpose of taxation under the act and accordingly tdS provisions would apply along with separate taxation of interest paid to head office or other branches of the non-resident, which would be chargeable to tax in india.

Considering that there are several disputes on the issue which are pending and likely to arise in future, section 9 is amended form a.y. 2016-17 to provide that, in the case of a non-resident, being a person engaged in the business of banking, any interest payable by the permanent establishment in india of such non-resident to the head office or any permanent establishment or any other part of such non-resident outside india shall be deemed to accrue or arise in india and shall be chargeable to tax   in addition to any income attributable to the permanent establishment in india and the permanent establishment in india shall be deemed to be a person separate and independent of the non-resident person of which it is a permanent establishment and the provisions of the act relating to computation of total income, determination of tax and collection and recovery would apply. Accordingly, the PE in india shall be obligated to deduct tax at source on any interest payable to either the head office or any other branch or PE, etc. of the non-resident outside india. Further,  non-deduction  would  result  in  disallowance  of interest claimed as expenditure by the PE and may also attract levy of interest and penalty in accordance with relevant provisions of the act.

18.7    Section 115a (1)(b) has been amended from a.y. 2016-17  to  provide  that  the  rate  of  tax  on  royalty  or fees for technical Services received by a non-resident or a foreign Company shall now be 10% instead of 25%.

18.8    Section 91(1) of the income-tax act provides for relief in respect of income-tax on the income which is taxed in india as well as in the country with which there is no double taxation avoidance agreement (DTAA).   it provides that an indian resident is entitled to a deduction from the india income-tax of a sum calculated on such doubly taxed income, at the indian rate of tax or the rate of said country, whichever is lower. in case of countries with which india has entered into an agreement for the purposes of avoidance of double taxation u/s. 90 or section 90A, a relief in respect of income-tax on doubly taxed income is available as per the respective dtaas. the  income-tax  act  does  not  provide  the  manner  for granting credit of taxes paid in any country outside india. accordingly, Section 295(2) is amended from 1.6.2015 to provide that CBDT may make rules to provide the procedure for granting relief or deduction, of any income-tax paid in any country or specified territory outside india, u/ss. 90,90A or 91, against the income-tax payable under the act.

19.    Restrictions    about    Appointment Tax Auditors:

19.1    Assessees are, under various  provisions  of  the act, required to obtain and/or furnish  the  reports and certificates from an ‘accountant’. At present, the term “accountant” is defined in theExplanation below section 288(2) to mean a chartered accountant within the meaning of the Chartered accountants act, 1949. From 1.6.2015 this definition has been amended. The amended definition defines the term ‘accountant’ to mean a chartered accountant as defined in section 2(1)(b) of the Chartered accountants act, 1949 who holds a valid certificate of practice u/s. 6(1) of that Act. The definition specifically excludes the following chartered Accountants for purposes of Tax Audit and certification.

(1)    Where the assessee is a company – any person who is not eligible for appointment as an auditor of the said company in accordance with the provisions of section 141(3) of the Companies act, 2013;
(2)    Where the assessee is a person other than a company –

(i)    Where the assessee is an individual, firm or association of persons or hindu undivided family – the assessee himself or any partner of the firm, or member of the association or the family;
(ii)    Where the assessee is a trust or institution, any person referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (cc) of section 13(3) of the act;

(iii)    Where the assessee is any person other  than  those referred to in (i) and (ii) above any person who is competent to verify the return u/s. 139 in accordance with the provisions of section 140;

(iv)    Any relative of any of the persons referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) above;

(v)    An officer or employee of the assessee;

(vi)    An individual who is a partner, or who is in employment of an officer or employee of the assessee;

(vii)    An individual who himself or his relative or his partner

(a)    Is holding any security of or interest in, the assessee;

however, the relative may hold security or interest in the assessee of the face value up to Rs. 1,00,000/-.
(b)    Is indebted to the assessee;

however, the relative may be indebted to the assessee for an amount upto Rs.1,00,000/-.

(c)    Has given a guarantee or provided any security in connection with the indebtedness of any third party to the assessee;

However, the relative may give guarantee or provide any security in connection with the indebtedness of any third person to the assessee for an amount up to Rs.1,00,000/.

(viii)    Any person who, whether directly or indirectly, has business relationship with the assessee of such nature as may be prescribed;

(ix)    A person who has been convicted by a court of an offence involving fraud and a period of ten years has not elapsed from the date of such conviction.

19.2    For this purpose, the term ‘relative’ in relation to an individual  is defined to mean (a) spouse of the individual;
(b) Brother or sister of the individual; (c) brother or sister of the spouse of the individual; (d) any lineal ascendant or descendant of the individual; (e) any lineal ascendant or descendant of the spouse of the individual; (f) spouse of the person referred to in clause (b), (c), (d) or (e) above; or
(g) Any lineal ascendant or descendant of a brother or sister of either the individual or of the spouse of the individual.

19.3    The above disqualification will apply only to professional assignment as tax auditor or assignment for Certification of financial statements for tax purposes. It may be noted that disqualification noted in Para 19.1 (2) above is on similar lines as provided in Section 141(3) of the Companies act, 2013. As the amended provisions come into force from 1.6.2015, many non-corporate assessees will have to change their tax auditors for auditing the accounts for the accounting year 2014-15 if the existing tax auditor is to be considered as disqualified under amended explanation as stated in Para 19.1 (2) above. It may be noted that the above disqualification does not apply to representation by a Chartered accountant before tax authorities.

19.4    Sub-section (4) of section 288 has been amended to provide that a person who has become insolvent or has been convicted by a court for an offence involving fraud, shall be disqualified to represent an assessee for a period of ten years from the date of conviction.

20.    Penalties :

20.1    Section 271: (i) under the  existing  provisions of this section penalty for concealment of income or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income is levied on the “amount of tax sought to be evaded”, which has been defined, inter alia, as the difference between the tax due on the income assessed and the tax which would have been chargeable had such total income been reduced by the amount of concealed income.

(ii)    There was no clarity on the computation of amount of tax sought to be evaded, where the concealment of income or furnishing inaccurate particulars of income occurred in the computation of income under the other provisions whereas the book profits u/s. 115JB remained unchanged.  further, in the case of CIT vs.  Nalwa Sons Investments Ltd. [327 ITR 543 (Del)], it was held that penalty u/s. 271(1)(c) cannot be levied in cases where the concealment of income occurred under the income computed under general provisions but the tax was paid under  the    provisions  of  sections  115JB,  where  there was no addition to the Book Profit. The SLP against the judgment of the Delhi High Court was dismissed by the Supreme Court.

(iii)    In order to deal with such cases, it is now provided from A.Y. 2016-17 that the amount of tax sought to be evaded shall be the summation of tax sought to be evaded under the general provisions and the tax sought to  be  evaded  under  the    provisions  of  section  115JB. However, if an addition on any issue is considered both under the general provisions and also u/s. 115JB, then such amount shall not be considered in computing tax sought to be evaded under provisions of section 115JB or 115JC.  Further, in a case where the provisions of section 115 JB are not applicable, the computation of tax sought to be evaded under the provisions of section 115JB shall be ignored.

20.2    Sections 269SS/269T and 271D / 271E:
(i)    Sections  269SS  and  269t,    at  present,  prohibit acceptance  of  loan  or  deposit  in  excess  of  Rs.20,000/- by any person or repayment of loan or deposit in excess of Rs.20,000/- by any person in cash. The scope of both these sections has been enlarged by amendments in these sections from 1.6.2015. This amendment in section 269SS extends its scope to specified items. In brief, this section will also apply to any sum of money received or receivable as advance or otherwise in relation to an immovable property, whether or not the transfer takes place.   Similar   amendment   in   section   269T  prohibits repayment of advance in relation to transfer of an immovable property, whether or not the transfer takes place. With these amendments, any advance given or repaid in cash, where such advance exceeds Rs. 20,000/- in immovable property transactions will contravene the provisions of  Section 269SS or 269T.

(ii)    Section 271D and 271E levying penalty of a sum equivalent to the amount received or paid in cash in contravention     of     269SS  and  269T has  now  been extended to the above transactions relating to immovable properties from 1.6.2015.

20.3    Section 271 FAB: under new section 9A(5), an eligible investment fund is required to furnish a statement, information or document within the prescribed time. if this is not furnished, this new section inserted from A.Y. 2016- 17 provides for levy ofpenalty of Rs.5,00,000/-

20.4    Section 271 GA: new Section 285A provides for furnishing information/document by an indian Concern. if this is not done in accordance with the prescribed rules, penalty @ 2% of the value of the transaction as specified in the section can be levied under this new section from A.Y. 2016-17. in any other case of default u/s. 285 A, penalty of Rs.5,00,000/- can be levied.

20.5    Section   271   –   I   :   This   is   a   new   section inserted from 1.6.2015. It provides for levy of penalty of Rs.1,00,000/- if the information required u/s. 195 (6) is not furnished or inaccurate information is furnished.

20.6    Section  272A:   this  section  is  amended  from 1.6.2015. under the existing provisions, Government deductors/collectors are allowed to pay TDS / TCS through book  entry.    rules  30  and  rule  37CA  of  the  income- tax Rules required the Paying Officer to furnish Form 24G detailing the deduction / collection and adjustment. There are no penal consequences for non-furnishing of the said information.

With a view to enforce compliance for reporting of payment through book entry of TDS/TCS, sections 200 (2a) and section 206(3a) are inserted requiring furnishing of the prescribed information for TDS / TCS by the Government dedicators / collectors concerned. Section 272a has been suitably amended to extend levy of penalty of Rs. 100/- for every day of delay in filing the requisite statement under section 200(2a) and 206(3a) in respect of tdS / tCS which shall not exceed the amount of tax.

21.    Other Provisions

21.1    Interest payable u/s. 234B: in case of increase in the assessed income on reassessment u/s. 147 or 153A, currently interest u/s. 234B is chargeable from the date of the regular assessment up to the date of reassessment. Section 234B has now been amended from 1/6/2015to provide that such interest would be chargeable from 1st april of the relevant assessment year up to the date of reassessment on the additional tax liability.

21.2    Section  285A:  this  is  a  new  section  inserted from a.y. 2016-17. It is provided in this section that where any share of or interest in a foreign company or entity, derives directly or indirectly, its value substantially from assets located  in india (refer section 9(1)(i) explanation 5, the indian concern owning such assets shall furnish such information as may be prescribed within the prescribed time limit.

21.3    Wealth Tax Act: Section 3 of the wealth – tax has been amended. it is provided there in that net Wealth shall not be changed to wealth-tax with effect from a.y. 2016-17. Thus, assessees will have to file return of wealth tax in respect of net Wealth as at 31.3.2015 and no such return will be required to be filed from next year.

22.    To sum up:

22.1    From the above discussion it is evident that the finance  minister  has  lived  upto  his  promise  made  last year that all major amendments in the Income tax Act will be only prospective. This year one major step taken for tax reforms relates to Goods and Service tax (GST).  The necessary legislation, as a first step, is passed in the Lok Sabha. It is expected to be cleared in the Rajya Sabha during  the  year.  Let  us  hope  that  GSt  is  implemented from 1/4/2016 as promised by the Government.

22.2    In the last year’s Budget Speech an assurance was given that direct tax Code Bill, 2010, which lapsed, will be revived after consultation with the stakeholders. It is surprising that in this year’s budget speech the finance minister has stated in Para 129 of his Speech that now there is no need for revival of dtC.

In view of this, we will have to live with the present income-tax act with so many sections, sub-sections, clauses, provisos, explanations etc. and many different interpretations leading to unending litigation.

22.3    Another  important  step  taken  by  the  finance minister is to address the burning issue about Black money. he has listed steps taken and proposed to be taken in Para 103 of his Budget Speech. in order to tackle the  issue  relating  to  Black  money  stacked  in  foreign Countries  Black  money  “undisclosed  foreign  income and  assets  (imposition  of  tax)  act,  2015”,  has  been passed. Harsh penalty and prosecution provisions are made in this legislation. if this act was made applicable to persons holding foreign assets exceeding rs.1 crore small assesses would not have been put to any hardship.

22.4    The  finance  minister  has  tried  to  show  some sympathy so far as personal taxation is concerned. he has also given some benefit to the salaried employees by increasing the exemption limit for the transport allowance from   Rs.800/-   per   month   to   Rs.1,600/-   per   month. However, if we consider the other procedural provisions of the income-tax act, very wide powers are given to assessing officers and commissioners. This will be evident from the amendments relating to taxation of charitable trusts where compliance cost to trusts  will  increase  and the responsibility of trustees, who generally render honorary service, will increase. further, amendments in section 263 will give wide powers to Commissioners to revise the orders of the assessing officers. Thus, cases in which the assessments cannot be reopened by the assessing officers will be reopened through this route. again, the finance minister, while abolishing the Wealth tax  act,  has  stated  that  to  track  the  wealth  held  by individuals and entities, information regarding the assets which are currently required to be furnished in wealth tax return will be captured in the income tax return. This will show that compliance cost of getting valuation of assets, which were subject to wealth tax, will not reduce. Further, this information will have to be given by firms, AOP, etc. who were outside the wealth tax provision. Let us hope that this requirement of disclosing assets in the income tax return is introduced only in cases where the value of such assets exceed the specified limit and is restricted to only those who were otherwise liable to the wealth tax. If this is not done, all taxpayers, whether small or big, will have to get valuation of assets done for disclosing in the income tax return.

22.5    The concept of minimum alternative tax (mat) was introduced for the first time by the Finance Act, 1987 effective from A/Y:1988-89.  The finance minister at that time explained that many Companies were not paying any tax or paying nominal tax but were showing large profits in the published accounts and paying dividend to shareholders. This was because they were availing of tax incentives and reducing taxable profits as compared to book profits. For this reason, tax on Book Profits (MAT) was introduced. It was always understood that these provisions   (sections   115J,   115JA  or   115JB)   applied to domestic Companies. In last couple of years, the tax  department  has  started  applying  mat  provisions  to foreign Companies (in particular FIIS) although they are not required to prepare accounts under the Companies act,   1956.   in   view   of   the   loud   protest   by   foreign Companies, the finance act has made only halfhearted attempt   to   amend   section   115JB   from  A/Y :2016-17. Earlier year’s issues, involving huge tax demands which are under litigation, are now being considered by an expert Committee.   The ideal way of handling the issue was  to  declare  that  section  115JB  does  not  apply  to foreign Companies which have no P.E. in india.

22.6    One disturbing feature relates to notification issued u/s. 145(2) requiring assesses carrying on business or profession or having income from other sources to comply with “income Computation and disclosure Standards” (iCdS) from A/Y:2016-17. Since accounts are required to be prepared according to Accounting Standards notified by the Government under the Companies and ICDS notified u/s. 145(2) are different in some important areas there will be lot of confusion while  computing  taxable  income.     This  will  lead  to unending litigation.

22.7    Another area of concern is about the provisions relating  to  disclosure  of  foreign  income  and  foreign assets  in  the  return  of  income. These  provisions  also apply  to  residents  who  have  no  taxable  income.   This new provision read with the new legislation Black money “undisclosed foreign income and assets (imposition of tax) act, 2015” which has come into force from A/Y:2016-17 will create lot of confusion and hardships. Some asessees who are not aware of these provisions will suffer harsh penalty and prosecution proceedings.

22.8    The   finance   minister   has   assured   that   the amendments made in the act will not put small assesses to any hardship. While concluding his speech he has stated as under:-

“To conclude, it is no secret that expectations of this Budget have been high. . In this speech, I think I have clearly outlined not only what we are going to do immediately, but also a roadmap for the future.

I think I can genuinely stake, for our Government, a claim of intellectual honesty. We have been consistent in what we have said, and what we are doing. We are committed, to achieving what we have been voted to power for: Change, growth, jobs and genuine, effective upliftment of the poor and the under-privileged. This will be in the spirit of the Upanishad-inspired mantra:

Om Sarve Bhavantu Sukhinah, Sarve Santu Nir-Aamayaah, Sarve Bhandraanni Pashyantu,
Maa Kashcid-Dukkha-Bhaag-Bhavet,
Om Shaantih Shaantih Shaantih!

(OM! May All Be Happy, May All Be Free From Illness, May All See What is Beneficial, May No One Suffer)”

Let us hope, the present Government is able to achieve its goal and make our life happier.

AGREEMEN T TO SELL – TAX IMPLICATIONS

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction:
While purchasing an immovable property in the
form of land or building, generally an agreement to purchase/ sell is
entered into between the parties stipulating the conditions or terms of
the transaction and thereafter actual conveyance deed or sale deed is
executed. An Agreement to Sell is a formal legal document and has legal
implications under the General Law. Under the Income-tax Act, the income
under the head capital gains pertaining to such transaction is
considered under clause (v) of section 2(47) which refers to Part
Performance u/s. 53A of the Transfer of Property Act. The capital gains
implications are therefore seen with reference to possession as against
an agreement to sell. Recently, the Supreme Court in the case of Sanjeev
Lal vs. CIT reported in 365 ITR 389, had an occasion to deliberate on
the question as to transfer u/s. 2(47) as also exemption u/s. 54 and in
the process, the Apex Court has made certain observations in connection
with the “Agreement to sell”. The observations of the Supreme Court are
vital and give rise to further questions as to the implications of
‘Agreement to sell’ for tax purposes. It is therefore felt necessary to
analyse the concept of “Agreement to sell” under the Income-tax Act in
the light of the decision of Supreme Court.

Position under Transfer of Property Act, 1882:
Before
discussing the position under the Income-tax Act, it would be
imperative to understand the implications under the General Law i.e.
Transfer of Property Act. Section 54 of Transfer of Property Act
provides that ‘A contract for the salel of immovable property is a
contract that a sale of such property shall take place on terms settled
between the parties. It does not, of itself, create any interest in or
charge on such property.’ As the section expressly provides, an
agreement to sell is merely a contract for sale on agreed terms and the
agreement itself does not create any right or interest in the property.
It is therefore considered as a contract between the parties with
ensuing respective contractual obligations. In so far as the property is
concerned, no right in the property is affected. The parties to the
contract however get a right of specific performance of contract under
Specific Relief Act. This right of specific performance is a right
independent of the right in the property. This right is also construed
as right to obtain conveyance.

Further, section 40 of Transfer
of Property Act provides that where a third person is entitled to the
benefit of an obligation arising out of contract, and annexed to the
ownership of immovable property, but not amounting to an interest
therein or easement thereon, such right or obligation may be enforced
against a transferee with notice thereof or a gratuitous transferee of
the property affected thereby, but not against a transferee for
consideration and without notice of the right or obligation, nor against
such property. E.g., A sells Sultanpur to C. C has notice of the fact
that there is a contract of sale between A and B. B may enforce the
contract against C who is a third person and stranger to contract just
as he could enforce it against A. This provision is based on equity.
Accordingly, although a contract for sale does not create any interest
in land or charge upon it yet, it does create an obligation annexed to
ownership of property. However, it is to be seen that this obligation is
not enforceable against a transferee for consideration who had no
notice of the earlier contract.

Part Performance:
It
would also be necessary to appreciate the provisions of Part Performance
u/s. 53A of the Transfer of Property Act. As the provisions of section
53A where any person contracts to transfer for consideration any
immovable property by writing signed by him or on his behalf from which
the terms necessary to constitute the transfer can be ascertained with
reasonable certainty, and the transferee has, in part performance of the
contract taken possession of the property or part thereof, or the
transferee, being already in possession, continues in possession in part
performance of the contract and has done some act in furtherance of the
contract and the transferee has performed or willing to perform his
part of the contract, then notwithstanding that the contract, though
required to be registered, has not been registered, or, where there is
an instrument of transfer, that the transfer has not been completed in
the manner prescribed therefore by the law for the time being in force,
the transferor or any person claiming under him shall be debarred from
enforcing against the transferee and persons claiming under him any
right in respect of the property of which the transferee has taken or
continued in possession, other than a right expressly provided by the
terms of the contract:

Provided that nothing in this section
shall affect the rights of a transferee for consideration who has no
notice of the contract or the part performance thereof.

This
doctrine is a step subsequent to the execution of agreement to sell. It
applies where the transferee is in possession of the property in
pursuance of agreement for transfer of the property and he is willing to
perform his obligation under the agreement, then transferor is debarred
from claiming any right against the transferee. This doctrine gives a
right to the transferee to protect his possession and does not create a
title in the property. This right can be used as a shield but not as a
sword. This is based on the principle of equity However, the proviso to
section 53A further makes it clear that the right under this section
does not affect the right of a transferee who is different than the one
with whom the agreement to sell is made.

Thus it can be seen
that under both the situations above, there is no transfer of any right
in the property to the transferee but they give some other rights in
different forms. In case of Agreement to sell, the purchaser gets right
of specific performance of the agreement and in case of part
performance, the purchaser is entitled to protect his possession. The
transferor can transfer the property to third person and the new
transferee for a consideration who has no notice of such earlier
agreement gets proper title.

Position under Income-tax Act:

The  right  arising  fromthe  agreement  to  sell  has  been explained in various decisions. Since, the agreement to sell does not create rights in the assets, there have been instances where the assessee claimed specific performance of the contract and in that process, the amount received by assigning the right of specific performance was claimed to be capital receipt. While dealing with such question, the hon. Bombay high Court in case of CIT vs. Tata Services 122 ITR 594 held a contract of salel of land is capable of specific performance. It is also assignable. therefore, such right to obtain conveyance was ‘property’.
 

As contemplated by section 2(14). in that case, the assessee entered into an agreement with Seth Anandji Haridas for purchase of 5,000 sq. yards of land situated at  Bombay,  @  Rs.  175  per  sq.  yard  and  paid  earnest money of Rs. 90,000. the vendor was to obtain requisite permission from municipal and other authorities at his cost. the agreement of purchase was to be completed within 6 months of its execution. if the permission was not obtained on any account whatsoever, the vendor was entitled to cancel the agreement and the earnest money was to be refunded. the vendor could not obtain requisite permission  and  wanted  to  cancel  the  agreement.  this was  not  accepted  by  the  assessee.  finally,  a  tripartite agreement was entered into among Seth anandji haridas, the assessee and m/s advani & Batra. in consideration, the assessee received a sum of Rs. 5,90,000 from m/s. advani & Batra, consisting of rs. 5 lakh as consideration for transfer and assigning its rights, etc., and Rs. 90,000, being the earnest money paid to Seth anandji haridas. the tribunal held that it was a case of transfer of a capital asset. the case of the assessee was that the agreement for sell did not create any interest or right in land in favour of  the  assessee  as  per  section  54  of  the  transfer  of property act.  the  amount  of  Rs.  5,90,000  was  merely compensation and not consideration of transfer of any right, etc. in the land as the assessee did not own any asset as contemplated by section 2(14) of the act. the hon’ble Court pointed out that as per section 54 of the transfer of property act, a contract for sell of immovable property does not by itself create any interest in such property. However, it was difficult to see how the aforesaid provisions were applicable to the facts of the case. It was nobody’s case that the aforesaid agreement gave rise to a right in the land which was agreed to be sold by Seth anandji  haridas  and  purchased  by  the  assessee.  the case  of  the  revenue  was  that  under  the  agreement  to sell, the assessee had a right to obtain a conveyance of the immovable property. This right of conveyance either get extinguished or was assigned in favour of m/s. advani & Batra for a consideration, of rs. 5,90,000. the hon’ble Court referred to the definition of ‘capital asset’ given in section 2(14) of the act and pointed out that it has a wide ambit. The hon’ble Court also referred to the provisions of section 2(47) of the Act, which defines the term ‘transfer’ to include the sell, exchange, relinquishment of asset    or extinguishments of any right therein, etc. It was also pointed out that a contract of sell of land is capable of specific performance. It is also assignable. Therefore, such right to obtain conveyance was ‘property’ as contemplated by section 2(14). This right was assigned in favour of m/s. advani & Batra and, therefore, it amounted to transfer of right by way of extinguishment of any right therein. a similar view has been taken in the following cases–

CIT vs. Vijay Flexible containers 186 ITR 693 Bom,
K. R. Shrinath vs. ACIT 268 ITR 436 Mad CIT vs. H. Anil Kumar 237 CTR 537 Kar

The above decisions imply that the right acquired under agreement to Sell is a right which is a capital asset since the definition of Capital asset u/s. 2(14) provides property of any kind. it further implies that this right is different than the property itself. The agreement to Sell gives rise to a right which is separate and independent right than the right in the property itself. Applying this principle of law,  in cases where the assessee enters into agreement to sell with the intention to purchase a flat to be constructed in a scheme by a builder, and if the rights are sold before possession and conveyance, the capital gains are chargeable on account of transfer of rights arising out of the agreement to sell.

Right to sue:
The right to obtain specific performance or right to obtain conveyance is further distinguished from right to sue. in a given case, if after agreement to sell, one of the party refuses to perform his part of the contract but also disposes of the subject-matter, the injured party has nothing left in the contract except the right to sue for damages. there is no other right flowing from the contract except the right to complain about breach and sue for damages or specific performance of the contract with or without injunction as well as restitution of the benefit which the defaulting party has received from the injured party. Once there is a breach of contract by one party and the other party does not keep it alive but acquiesces in the breach and decides to receive compensation therefor, the injured party cannot have any right in the capital asset which could be transferred by extinguishment to the defaulter for valuable consideration. That is because a right to sue for damages not being an actionable claim, a capital asset, there could be no question of transfer by extinguishment of the assessee’s rights therein since such a transfer would be hit by section 6(e) of the transfer of property act. Section 6(e) provides for exceptions to property that can be transferred. it provides in clause (e) that a mere right to sue cannot be transferred. in such situation, the amount received an account of damages would not be chargeable under the head capital gains. Gujrat high Court in case of Baroda Cement & Chemical Ltd vs. CIT 158 ITR 636 has adopted this line of proposition. In order to find out the exact nature of amount received by the assessee   as to whether it is from assignment of right attracting capital gains or purely damages for breach of contract  to be treated as capital receipt, it would be essential      to refer to the agreement minutely and determine the exact transaction.

Period of holding:
The next question  is as to the period of holding. for the purpose of determining the nature of capital gains as to long term or short term, the period of holding is relevant. the question arises as to which date, the capital asset was acquired, the date of agreement to sell or the date of possession or actual conveyance. Section 2(42a) defines short term capital asset as a capital asset held by an assessee for not more than 36 months immediately preceding the date of its transfer. as per this section, the period for which the asset was held by the assessee is to be seen. the interpretation of the word ‘held’ requires attention. the term can be understood to mean held as a legal owner in which case the date of acquiring the legal title would be relevant or the term ‘held’ can be interpreted to include beneficial ownership as well without the legal title.  the  Bombay  high  Court  in  case  of  CIT  vs.  R.  R. Sood 161 ITR 92 held that it is well-settled in law that     a mere agreement to purchase a land does not convey any title to the said land or create any interest in the said land. all that the intended purchaser acquires under such an agreement is an equity to obtain specific performance. the fact that she was put in possession of the said plot does not in any way confer on the assessee a title to the land in question. at best, such possession might give the assessee a right to claim the benefit of part performance, but it is clear that the fact of being put in possession in part performance of the agreement cannot confer any title on the assessee to the land in question. It was only on the execution of the conveyance that the assessee acquired title to the said plot and it was only from the date of conveyance that it can be said that the assessee held the said plot as the owner thereof. However, the punjab  & haryana high Court in case of CIT vs. Ved Parkash & Sons (HUF) 207 ITR 148 has taken a different view on the question. in the case before the punjab & haryana high Court, the assessee entered into an agreement for sell and was put into possession on the same day. the consideration was to be paid in installments. When the last installment was paid, the same day the property was sold. the capital  gains was assessed as short  term  by ao. the high Court held that from the bare reading of section 2(42A) of the act, word `owner’ has designedly not  been  used  by  the  legislature.  The  word  `held’ as per dictionary meaning means to possess, be the owner, holder or tenant of (property, stock, land. ). Thus, person can be said to be holding the property as an owner, as a lessee, as a mortgagee or on account of part performance of agreement, etc. Conversely, all such other persons who may be termed as lessees, mortgagees with possession or persons in possession as part performance of the contract would not, in strict parlance, come within the purview of an `owner’. As per Shorter oxford dictionary, edition 1985, `owner’ means one who owns or holds something; one who has the right to claim or title to a thing. the assessee in terms of agreement to sell having been put in possession, remained in its occupation as of right and thus for all intents and purposes was its beneficial owner from the start. the capital gain was a long-term capital gain. the meaning of beneficial ownership was also adopted in case of decision of itat in A. Suresh Rao vs. ITO 144 ITD 677 (Bang). The decision of the Bombay high Court in case of r. r. Sood was before the amendment to Section 2(47) by which the concept of part performance u/s. 53a of transfer of property act was recognised for the purpose of transfer. The meaning of beneficial ownership may be possible and if the assessee is in possession of the property as a beneficial owner and is beneficially enjoying it, such date can be suitably adopted for computing the period of holding. Other relevant and supporting factors for claiming beneficial ownership could be the municipal bill, the electricity connection or income from the property if assessed in his hands. On the other hand, if the rights to obtain conveyance are transferred, the date of agreement would be the date relevant for computing period of holding as held in Gulshan Malik vs. CIT 102 DTR 354 (Del) in which case the booking rights were transferred.

Nature of Transaction of sale: The transaction of sale of property may involve two stages. first,  the  stage  of  agreement  to  sell.  if  the  agreement is entered into and thereafter it becomes matured for conveyance by fulfillment of the respective obligations from both sides, it would be a transaction of sell of property i.e land or building. the agreement to sell gives rise to right of specific performance but if the conditions are fulfilled, the right thereafter gets merged or converted into ownership after the purchase of the property. if however, the terms are not fulfilled; either party has option to use their right of specific performance under Specific Relief Act. The suit for specific performance may have various outcomes. The Court may direct for specific performance in a given case or the parties may arrive at the settlement involving assignment of this right to someone else or the party may accept pure damages. in such cases where the right is assigned, it would be a transfer of right to obtain specific performance liable for capital gains u/s.
45. It is essential to carefully identify in a given situation as to whether is it transaction of sale of property itself or transfer of right of obtaining conveyance in pursuance of agreement to sell.

Transfer u/s. 2(47):
In both the situations, the point at which the transfer u/s. 2(47) needs to be determined. In the case where the right is surrendered, the transfer u/s. 2(47) would arise at a time when the agreement for surrender of such right is entered into. in other case where the agreement to sell is to be acted upon by fulfilling the obligations, section 53A would be applicable. Section 2(47) was amended in 1987 which enlarged the scope of transfer to transaction contemplated  u/s.  53A of  transfer  of  property act. the CBDT’s Circular no. 495, dt. 22nd Sept., 1987 [(1988) 67 CTR (St) 1] provides an insight into the background and objective of the said clauses :

“11.1 The existing definition of the word ‘transfer’ in section 2(47) does not include transfer of certain rights accruing to a purchaser, by way of becoming a member of or acquiring shares in a co-operative society, company, or aop or by way of any agreement or any arrangement whereby such person acquires any right in any building which is either being constructed or which is to be constructed. transactions, of the nature referred to above are not required to be registered under the registration act, 1908. Such arrangements confer the privileges of ownership without transfer of title in the building and are a common mode of acquiring flats particularly in multi- storeyed constructions in big cities. The definition also does not cover cases where possession is allowed to be taken or retained in part performance of a contract, of the nature referred to in sectiosssssn 53A of the transfer of property act, 1882. now sub-cls. (v) and (vi) have been inserted in section 2(47) to prevent avoidance of capital gains liability by recourse to transfer of rights in the manner referred to above.”

The above amendment makes it clear that earlier, there was no transfer unless conveyance deed was executed. To prevent avoidance of capital gains liability to indefinite period, the scope of transfer was widened and the event of transfer was preponed to the stage of contemplated under part performance u/s. 53a of transfer of property act.  This  goes  to  show  that  the  mere  execution  of agreement to sell did not trigger transfer u/s. 2(47) of the property. Specifically in the context of purchase of property, the transfer has to be seen with reference to clause (v) of section 2(47) dealing with part performance. The necessary event would therefore be the obtaining of possession by the transferee in pursuance of agreement to sell.

Decision of The supreme court in The case of Sanjeev Lal:

in the case before the Supreme Court, the agreement to sell was made in 2002. the assessee received Rs. 15 lakh out of total consideration of rs 1.32 crore. the assessee purchased  new  house  on  30-4-2003.  thereafter,  there were suits filed challenging the will document by which the assessee had acquired the  property.  Because  of the interim order of the court of civil suit restraining the parties to deal with the property, the sell deed could not be executed. the dispute was resolved and then the sell deed was executed on 24-9-2004. The assessee claimed the capital gains to be exempt since the gain was invested in new house. the claim was rejected on the ground that the transfer took place in 2004. Since the new house was purchased before one year prior to the date of transfer, the exemption was held to be not allowable by the learned ao.  the  matter  reached  upto  the  Supreme  Court.  in dealing with the question of transfer the Supreme Court held that-

1.    An agreement to sell gives rise to a right in personam in favour of transferee. It gives right of specific performance if vendor is not executing sell deed.
2.    Some right in respect of capital asset had been transferred in favour of vendee which got extinguished because after agreement to sell as it was not open to the appellants to sell the property to some one else in accordance with law. There was a transfer u/s. 2(47) on agreement to sell.
3.    Purposive interpretation should be given while considering a claim of exemption. Since the amount was invested in new house, the assessee was entitled to exemption u/s. 54.

The  immediate  question  that  is  raised  in  one’s  mind  is that does it lay down the law that transfer of property u/s. 2(47) gets triggered on agreement to sell. As discussed earlier considering the provisions of section 2(47), the amendment in 1987 so as to insert clause (v) thereby encompassing the situation of part performance within the meaning of transfer, the reading of the decision to that effect may not be appear to be in consonance with the existing or prevailing provisions of the act. The provisions of transfer of property also do not provide for any express bar for the transferor to sell the property to third person. the agreement to sell gives rise to independent right of Specific Performance without affecting the title of the owner or transferor. Even the obligation attached to the property in view of section 40 of the transfer of property act does not bind the third person is he has no knowledge of the contract.

In view of this inconsistency between the above interpretation of the decision and the prevailing law, the decision could not be understood to be laying down the law on transfer u/s. 2(47) for agreement to sell in general. the Supreme Court’s verdict was on the whole question as to the transfer of property u/s. 2(47) as also the exemption u/s. 54. Since the assessee had invested the capital gain in new asset, the Supreme Court proceeds to adopt purposive interpretation and did not hesitate to hold that the transfer was effected u/s. 2(47) on agreement  to sell appreciating that ultimately the legislature did not want to burden the tax payer if he invested in prescribed asset. If one looks at the decision as a whole question, it can be said that the decision is in the specific context of facts and law before them. The obvious reason for such view is that the Supreme Court decides not to go into the law on transfer in general but restricts itself to question of exemption rws transfer u/s. 2(47). In the context of general law, the Supreme Court makes a categoric observation in para 20 of the decision that the question as to whether the entire property can be said to have been sold at the time when agreement to sell is entered into, in normal circumstances has to be answered in the negative. The entire discussion of the Supreme Court in connection with transfer u/s. 2(47) is in the background of exemption u/s. 54 which appears expressly in the judgement.

In  the  context  of  general  law,  section  52  of transfer  of property act is based on a doctrine called “Lis Pendens” meaning during the pendency of any suit regarding title of a property, any new interest in respect of that property should not be created. in essence, the provision prohibits transfer of property pending litigation. This aspect though crucial in general law could not prevail the mind of the Supreme Court as it did not find relevant for deciding the question before them.

Similar situation arose before Supreme Court in case of CIT vs. Sun Engineering Works P. Ltd. 198 ITR 297 in which the Supreme Court had to interpret the judgement of Supreme Court in case of V. Jaganmohan Rao vs.  CIT reported in 75 ITR 373. it was urged before the Supreme  Court  that  in  case  of  jaganmohan  rao,  the Supreme Court has taken a view that in reassessment proceedings, the entire assessment is reopened and the original assessment is wiped off. The Supreme Court in case of Sun engineering held that to read the judgment in  V.  jaganmohan  rao’s  case  (supra),  as  laying  down that reassessment wipes out the original assessment and the reassessment is not only confined to “escaped assessment” or “underassessment” but to the entire assessment for the year and starts the assessment proceedings de novo giving the right to an assessee to re-agitate matters which he had lost during the original assessment proceedings, which had acquired finality, is not only erroneous but also against the phraseology of section 147 of the act and the object of reassessment proceedings. Such an interpretation would be reading that judgment totally out of context in which the questions arose for decision in that case. it is neither desirable nor permissible to pick out a word or a sentence from the judgment of this Court, divorced from the context of the question under consideration and treat it to be the complete  “law”  declared  by  this  Court.  the  judgment must be read as a whole and the observations from the judgment have to be considered in the light of the questions which were before this Court. A decision of this Court takes its colour from the questions involved in the case in which it is rendered and, while applying the decision to a later case, the Courts must carefully try to ascertain the true principle laid down by the decision of this Court and not to pick out words or sentences from the judgment, divorced from the context of the questions under consideration by this Court, to support their reasoning. in Madhav Rao Jivaji Rao Scindia Bahadur vs. Union of India (1971) 3 SCR 9 : AIR 1971 SC 530, this Court cautioned :”it is not proper to regard a word, clause or a sentence occurring in a judgment of the Supreme Court, divorced from its context, as containing a full exposition of the law on a question when the question did not even fall to be answered in that judgment.” The above observations thus help us in interpretation of the decision in Sanjeev lal’s case.

Conclusion:
Agreement to sell in the literal as also in legal sense means, a contract or agreement to transfer property on agreed terms. It needs to be perceived as a contractual arrangement to be fulfilled in future. The taxability on transfer of property may not be guided by the agreement to  sell.  The  verdict  of  Supreme  Court  needs  to  be interpreted being restricted to the question before it in light of the discussion above. However, the agreement to sell is an essential document to find out and determine the exact nature of property that is transferred and its chargeablity to capital gains.

Domestic Transfer Pricing

fiogf49gjkf0d
1. Introduction
The Domestic Transfer Pricing Regulations were introduced in India by the Finance Act, 2012 with effect from the Assessment Year 2013-14. The amendment has been brought in basically by amending Chapter X of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) whereby the applicability of the international transfer pricing provisions has been extended to certain domestic transactions between specified related parties referred to as the ‘Specified Domestic Transactions’ (“SDTs”). Corresponding amendments have also been brought in the specific provisions of the Act – i.e. sections 40A(2), 80A(6), 80IA(8) and 80IA(10). Thus, with effect from the Financial Year 2012-13, the SDTs are subject to the transfer pricing provisions, which hitherto, were applicable only to international transactions and accordingly, a new concept of ‘Domestic Transfer Pricing’ (“DTP”) has been introduced in India. The DTP regulations essentially provide for a mechanism to determine the arm’s length price (ALP) in cases of SDTs, require the assessees to maintain information and documents supporting the ALP of such transactions as also obtain and file an accountant’s report in respect of such transactions along with the return of income. The DTP regulation does not apply to small assessees, since a monetary limit of Rs. 5 crores has been set in respect of the SDTs for the DTP provisions to apply.

1.2. Hence, an assessee who undertakes SDTs during a financial year, aggregating in value by more than Rs. 5 crore, would require to comply with the following:

ensure that the value of such transactions is at arm’s length price having regard to the methods prescribed under the Act;

maintain and keep information and documents in relation to such transactions as statutorily required;

obtain and file an accountant’s report in respect of such transactions along with his return of income.

1.3. Genesis of the DTP provisions is the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. GlaxoSmithkline Asia P. Ltd. (2010) 195 Taxman 35 (SC). The Apex Court gave suggestions, in order to “reduce litigation” to consider amendments in the law with a view to:

Make it compulsory for the tax payer to maintain books and documentation on the lines of Rule 10D;

Obtain audit report from a CA;

Reflect the transactions between related entities at arms’ length price;

Apply the generally accepted methods specified in TP regulations.

1.6. T he above suggestions have been duly carried out by the legislature. The Explanatory Memorandum (“EM”) clearly recognises the suggestions of the Supreme Court. It talks about extending the TP provisions “for the purposes of section 40A, Chapter VI-A and section 10AA”. The EM states the objective to amend the Act is to provide applicability of the transfer pricing regulations to domestic transaction “for the purposes of” computation of income, disallowance of expenses, etc. “as required under provisions of sections 40A, 80- IA, 10AA, 80A, sections where reference is made to section 80-IA, or to transactions as may be prescribed by the Board…”. The relevant extract of the EM reads as under:

“the application and extension of scope of transfer pricing regulations to domestic transactions would provide objectivity in determination of income from domestic related party transactions and determination of reasonableness of expenditure between related domestic parties. It will create legally enforceable obligation on assessees to maintain proper documentation”….Therefore, the transfer pricing regulations need to be extended to the transactions entered into by domestic related parties or by an undertaking with other undertakings of the same entity for the purposes of section 40A, Chapter VI-A and section 10AA.” (emphasis supplied)

1.7. T he fundamental propositions that emerge out of this analysis are:

a. DTP provisions are computation provisions and are neither charging provisions nor disallowance provisions;
b. DTP provisions have limited applicability to specified provisions of the Act;
c. DTP provisions, in addition to governing computation, impose administrative obligation of maintaining documentations and getting accounts audited.

2. Meaning of SDT

1.1. Section 92BA of the Act defines the term ‘Specified Domestic Transactions’ in an exhaustive manner. It basically refers to the following transactions:

a. Any expenditure in respect of which payment has been made or is to be made to a person referred to in section 40A(2)(b);

b. Any transaction referred to in section 80A; c. A ny transfer of goods or services referred to in section 80-IA(8); d. A ny business transacted between the assessee and other person as referred to in section 80- IA(10);

e. Any transaction referred to in any other section under Chapter VIA to which provisions of section 80 IA(8)/(10) are applicable;

f. Any transaction referred to in section 10AA to which provisions of section 80-IA(8)/(10) are applicable; where the aggregate value of such transactions in a previous year exceeds Rs. 5 crore.

1.2. T he definition starts with the phrase “for the purposes of this section and sections 92, 92C, 92D and 92E”. Thus, ordinarily, this meaning of SDT will not be extended to any other provision of the Act. However, the term SDT is referred to in the proviso to sections 40A(2), clause (iii) of the Explanation to section 80A(6), Explanation to section 80IA(8) and the proviso to section 80IA(10). It is nothing but incorporation by reference and since these sections refer to this phrase as understood within the meaning of section 92BA, its meaning for the purposes of those sections will have to be understood as given in section 92BA.

1.3. Further, the definition excludes “an international transaction” from the scope of the term SDT. Hence, “international transaction” and “specified domestic transactions” are two mutually exclusive concepts. As a corollary, a single transaction would not be subject to both International Transfer Pricing regulations and DTP regulations. It can be subject to only one of the two regulations.

1.4. Further, the word “domestic” in the expression “specified domestic transactions” is a bit misleading, since a specified domestic transactions may be a transaction within the domestic territory of India or it may also be a cross border transaction between parties who are not “associated enterprises” as defined u/s. 92A but are covered within the scope of the specific sections included in various clauses of section 92BA. For example, take a transaction of payment of an expenditure by an Indian company to its foreign shareholder holding, say, 25% shares in the said Indian company. Since the shareholding is less than 26%, the parties will not be related as associated enterprises within the meaning of section 92A. However, since the shareholding of more than 20% amounts to “substantial interest” within the meaning of section 40A(2)1 , the transaction will qualify as a SDT.

1.5. T o constitute SDT, the value of all the transactions referred to in the definition entered into by an assessee in a previous year should exceed Rs. 5 crore. As per the EM of the Finance Bill, 2012, such monetary limit has been prescribed with a view to provide relaxation to small assessees from the requirements of the DTP regulations, such as maintenance of documents, filing of accountant’s report, etc. The monetary limit of Rs. 5 crore is applicable with respect to the aggregate value of all the transactions and not individual transactions. Hence, where several transactions of less than Rs. 5 crore sum up to the total of more than Rs. 5 crore, all such transactions would be regarded as SDTs, even though their individual value is less than Rs. 5 crore.
1.6.    It is not specified in the definition as to what value has to be considered while computing the aggregate value of the transactions i.e. is it the arm’s length price or the actual price of the transactions that needs to be considered. however, since the monetary limit has been prescribed to determine whether the ALP of the transactions have to be computed or not, logically, the monetary limit would have to computed having regard to the actual recorded value of the transactions.

1.7.    Further, where the transactions referred to in the definition cover both income as well as expense items, both the receipt as well as outflow from the transactions would be required to be aggregated for testing the monetary limit. in other words, both income side and expense side of the transactions referred to in the definition would need to be aggregated to test whether the monetary limit of Rs. 5 crore has been exceeded or not. However, while deciding as to whether the income or the expense item has to be added up or not, it should be first ascertained as to whether such item is covered within the definition or not. For example, transaction referred to in clause
(i) Of section 92BA is ‘any expenditure…..’. hence, in such cases, only expense items would need to be considered.

1.8.    Cases may arise where the same transaction falls in more than one clauses of section 92Ba. For example, transfer of goods and services between two units would fall both within clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 92Ba. Similarly, purchase of goods from a person specified u/s. 40a(2)(b) for the purpose   of an eligible unit may fall within  clauses  (i)  as well as clause (iv) of section 92Ba, which refers    to transactions referred to in section 80ia(10). In such cases, it has not been clarified as to whether such transactions should be considered twice for determining the aggregate value. However, since the section requires to aggregate the value of the transactions ‘entered into’ by the assessee, a single transaction cannot be considered twice, for the purpose of determining the sum total.

1.9.    Further, consider a case of a company getting converted into a LLP with effect from, say, october 1, 2014. it borrowed monies from a party covered u/s. 40a(2). interest cost for the period april 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014 is rs. 1.5 crores and for the period october 1,2014 to march 31, 2015 is rs. 4.5 crore. there are no other transactions falling under any of the clauses of section 92BA. A question that arises is as to whether for determining the applicability of the provisions of Chapter X, should the aggregate interest expense of the two periods be considered or whether the interest expense of the two periods on a stand-alone basis should be considered.

1.10.    One view is that upon conversion of a company into LLP, new assessee comes into existence. the company is succeeded by the LLP. For the period from april to September 2014, the company would file its return of income and for the period october 2014 to march 2015, the LLP would file a separate return of income. Section 170(1) of the act provides that where a person carrying on any business or profession (such person hereinafter in this section being referred to as the predecessor) has been succeeded therein by any other person (hereinafter in this section referred to as the successor) who continues to carry on that business or profession,—
(a) the predecessor shall be assessed in respect  of the  income  of  the  previous  year  in  which  the succession took place up to the date of succession;(b) the successor shall be assessed in respect of the income of the previous year after the date of succession. hence, the threshold should be considered separately for both the assessees.

1.11.    The other view is also possible. it proceeds on the following lines :

  •     Section 92Ba refers to the aggregate of such transactions entered into by the “assessee” ;
  •     the  word  “assessee”  would  include  even  its predecessor, in the view  of  the  decision  of  the Supreme Court in the case of CIT vs. T. Veerbhadra Rao (155 ITR 152) (SC).
  •     the  case  was  concerning  section  36(2)  which requires that for allowing deduction in respect of a bad debt, such debt should have been taken into account in computing the income of the “assessee” and the Supreme Court held that debt if the predecessor had taken that debt into account in computing its income, the successor would be eligible for claiming bad debts if it writes off such debt in its Profit and Loss account.
  •     thus a combined total ought to be taken of the predecessor and successor with a view to apply threshold of rs. 5 crore.

1.12.    Personally, the auditors prefer the first mentioned view. however, having regard to the general adversarial approach of the tax department,  it  may be safer to go by the second view and ensure compliance   of   the   transfer   Pricing   Provisions anyway.

3.    DTP in relation to section 40A(2)

3.1.    Clause (i) of section 92B, which defines Sdt, refers to any expenditure in respect of which payment has been made or is to be made to a person referred to in clause (b) of section 40a(2). Section 40a(2) is    a computation provision, providing for disallowance of an expenditure incurred in a transaction entered into with specified persons, subject to satisfaction of other conditions mentioned in that section. Under this section, such expenditure is disallowed if it is considered as excessive or unreasonable having regard to the following:

–    the fair market value of the goods, services or facilities for which the payment is made; or
–    the legitimate needs of the business or profession of the assessee; or
–    the benefits derived by or accruing to him therefrom.

3.2.    The  said  three  conditions  are  separated  by  the conjunction ‘or’, which indicates that all the three circumstances need not exist simultaneously and that these requirements are independent and alternative to each other. Further, in respect of the first condition that the expenditure incurred should be at fair market value, the Finance act, 2012 has inserted a new proviso to section 40a(2)(a) with effect from assessment year 2013-14, which reads as under:

“Provided that no disallowance, on account of any expenditure being excessive or unreasonable having regard to the fair market value, shall be made in respect of a specified domestic transaction referred to in section 92BA, if such transaction is at arm’s length price as defined in clause (ii) of section 92F.”

3.3.    This amendment is consequential to the introduction of the dtP regulations in the act. hence, post amendment, the reasonableness of an expenditure in respect of a SDT needs to be ascertained based on the transfer pricing methods prescribed in Chapter X of the act. Further, the assessee also needs to maintain proper documents to demonstrate that the transactions are entered into on arm’s length basis.

3.4.    The said clause refers only to “expenditure”. hence, items of income are not covered for the purpose of  this clause. Therefore, the section applies only to an assessee who has incurred the expenditure and not the assessee who has earned the income in the very same transaction.

3.5.    Further, though it refers to ‘any’ expenditure in respect of which payment has been made or is to be made to a person referred to in section 40a(2) (b), it does not cover such expenditure, which is not claimed as deduction by the assessee while computing its income under the head ‘Profits or Gains from Business or Profession’. in other words, it does not cover expenditure of, say, capital nature or say, claimed as deduction while computing “income from house  property”,  since  the  scope of section 40a(2)(b) is restricted only to compute “Profits and Gains from Business or Profession”. this is also clear from the em of the Finance Bill, 2012, which clearly states that the dtP provisions have been introduced ‘for the purpose of’ section 40a(2), etc. hence, clause (i) of section 92Ba cannot be applied for purpose other than for section 40a(2). the only exception to the above would be computation of income under the  head  “income for other Sources”, since section 58(2) of the act, imports the provisions of section 40a(2) for the purpose of computation of income under that head.

3.6.    Clause (b) of section 40a(2) provides for an exhaustive list of persons for various kinds of assessees. hence, where any transaction involving an expenditure is entered into with such specified persons, and such expenditure is deductible while computing the income under the “Profits or Gains from Business or Profession” or “income from other Sources”, it would automatically fall within clause (i) of section 92Ba.

4.    DTP in relation to section 80A/80IA(8):
4.1.    Clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 92Ba refers to transactions referred to in sections 80a(6) and 80ia(8), respectively. Both these sections contain provisions for computation of the eligible profits claimed as deduction under the sections specified therein having regard to the market value, in a case where there has been transfer of goods or services to or from the eligible undertaking/unit/enterprise/ business of an assessee from or to other business of the assessee. Further, the Explanation to these sections has been amended by the Finance act, 2012, providing that where such transfer of goods or services is regarded as an Sdt, the market value of the goods or services would mean the ALP as defined under section 92F(ii).

4.2.    The transaction referred to in section 80a(6)/80ia(8) is inter-unit transfer of goods or services. hence, the transaction referred to in these sections is internal transfer of goods and services as against transaction between two persons. Hence, transfers within separate businesses of an assessee covered under these sections would also need to be considered and aggregated for the purpose of determining the monetary  limit  of  Rs.  5  crore  u/s.  92Ba.  Further, unlike clause (i) of section 92BA, it would cover both items of income as well as expenses. however, where a transaction is covered under both section 80a(6) and section 80ia(8), it would be considered only once for the purpose of finding the aggregate total.

4.3.    However, mere allocation of common costs between several units/businesses of the assessee would not be covered under these sections. the said sections provides that the profits of an eligible business shall be determined based on the market value of the goods and services, where such goods or services have been ‘transferred’ by such unit to ‘any other business’ or vice versa and, in either case, the consideration, if any, for such transfer as recorded in the accounts of the eligible business does not correspond to the  market  value  of  such  goods  or services as on the date of the transfer. hence, u/s. 92Ba r.w.s. 80a(6)/80ia(8), the transfer pricing provisions have been applied to a particular unit    of the assessee, whose profit is to be determined based on arm’s length principles only in certain specified scenarios, the same being:

a.    there should be inter-unit ‘transfer’ of goods or services;
b.    Such transfer should be to/from any other ‘business’ of the assessee; and
c.    Such transfer should be at a consideration that does not correspond to the market value.

4.4.    In case of common expenses, such as managerial remuneration, general administrative expenses or research, marketing and finance expenses, etc., it may be noticed that they are not ‘transferred’ by any one unit of the assessee to another unit. Further, such activities may qualify as “services”, the same cannot be regarded as another “business” of the assessee. Hence, it may not be strictly covered u/s. 80ia(8), implying that such common cost need not be allocated to the eligible unit on an arm’s length basis.

4.5.    However, attention may be brought to sub-section (5) of section 80IA, which requires that the profits of the undertaking claiming deduction under section 80ia should be computed as if the undertaking is the only source of income of the assessee. in view of this provision, Courts have held that the essence of the phrase ‘as if such eligible business was the only source of income’ used in the said sub-section (5) is that the expenses of the business, whether direct or indirect; project-specific or common expenses, had to be considered and allocated for computation of the profits and gains of an eligible business. See:
    Nitco Tiles Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner of Income-tax [2009] 30 SOT 474 (MUM.);
    Kewal Kiran Clothing Ltd., Mumbai vs. Assessee ITA No. 44/Mum/2009;
    Control & Switchgear Co. Ltd. vs. Deputy Commissioner Of Income Tax;
    Nahar Spinning Mills Ltd. vs. Joint Commissioner of Income-tax, Range VII, Ludhiana [2012] 54 SOT 134 (CHD)(URO):[2012] 25 taxmann.com 342 (Chd.);
    Synco Industries Ltd. vs. Assessing Officer of Income-tax [2002] 254 ITR 608 (Bom)

4.6.    Hence, the common costs do need to be allocated to the eligible unit u/s. 80ia(5). however, such allocation is not required u/s. 80IA(8) or section 80a(6), since these provisions apply only when there is a ‘transfer’ of goods and services from an eligible ‘business’ to another or vice versa. Hence, the pre-requisite for invoking these provisions is that goods or services should be ‘transferred’ from one unit to another. in absence of any transfer, this provision would not be triggered. Indeed, when there is no transfer, no price would be regarded for any transfer of goods in the books of the eligible unit and hence, there would be no occasion to examine as to whether such price adopted by the eligible unit is as per the market value of such goods or not.

4.7.    In this context, attention may be invited to the decision in Cadila Healthcare Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner of Income-tax, Range –  I,  [2013]  56 SOT 89 (Ahmedabad – Trib.). In that case, the assessee was carrying out only one manufacturing business that was eligible for deduction under section 80iC. Hence, it carried out both manufacturing and selling and distribution activity as a part of one single business. The issue arose before the tribunal as to whether such manufacturing and distribution businesses need to be segregated and a notional transfer of goods from the manufacturing business to the selling business needs to be assumed for determine the profits of the manufacturing business.

4.8.    It was held that for applying this provision, one cannot assume an artificial or notional transfer of good or services between the units. Section 80iC(7) read with section 80IA(8) does not require that eligible profit should be computed first by transferring the product at an imaginary sale price to the head office and then the head office should sell the product in the open market. in that case, the ao had suggested two things; first that there must be inter-corporate transfer, and second that the transfer should be as per the market price determined by the ao. it was held that both these suggestions are not practicable. If these two suggestions are to be implemented, then a Pandora box shall be opened in respect of the determination of arm’s length price vis-a-vis a fair market and then to arrive at reasonable profit. rather a very complex situation shall emerge. Specially when the Statute does not subscribe such deemed inter-corporate transfer but subscribe actual earning of profit, then the impugned suggestion of the ao does not have legal sanctity in the eyes of law. When the method of accounting as applicable under the Statute, does not suggest such segregation or bifurcation, then it is not fair to draw an imaginary line to compute a separate profit of the eligible unit. it was held that there is no such concept of segregation of profit. rather, the profit of an undertaking for section 80ia deduction purposes should be computed as a whole by taking into account the sale price of the product in the market. If the Statute wanted to draw such line of segregation between the manufacturing activity and the sale activity, then the Statute should have made a specific provision of such demarcation. But at present the legal status is that the Statute does not do so.

4.9.    Thus,  this  provision  cannot  be  invoked  by  the revenue authorities for allocating the common expenses of the assessee to the eligible business of the assessee. For example, allocation of the expenditure incurred on managerial remuneration to an eligible unit, which was debited to another non-eligible unit by the assessee, was held in Nahar Spinning Mills Ltd. vs. Joint Commissioner of Income-tax, Range VII, Ludhiana [2012] 54 SOT 134 (CHD)(URO) to be not covered u/s. 80ia(8),   in absence of any transfer of goods or services between the two units. Indeed, managerial services would qualify as “services”. Also, managerial services is not the “business” of an assessee. These provisions apply when the goods and services held for an eligible business are transferred to other business or vice-versa. Therefore, these provisions do not apply to such allocation of expenses

4.10.    Further under 80ia(5), the common cost needs to be only allocated i.e. apportioned between various eligible units on actual basis without adding any notional mark-up. had section 80ia(8) applied, then a mark-up would have been added, since in that case, it would have been regarded as transfer of goods and services by one unit to another, and as per the arm’s length principle, such transfer would have been made not at cost but at a price, which obviously includes mark – up.

4.11.    Besides, reference may also be made to sections 92(2a) and 92(2) of the act. Section 92(2a) provides that allocation of any cost or expense in relation to the Sdt shall be computed having regard to the ALP. Similarly, section 92(2) provides that where in a Sdt, two or more associated enterprises enter into a mutual agreement or arrangement for the allocation or apportionment of, or any contribution to, any cost or expense incurred or to be incurred in connection with a benefit, service or facility provided or to be provided to any one or more of such enterprises, the cost or expense allocated or apportioned to, or, as the case may be, contributed by, any such enterprise shall be determined having regard to the ALP of such benefit, service or facility, as the case may be.

4.12.    As would be observed, though these sections deal with computation of allocation of cost/expense having regard to ALP, such allocation should be in respect  of  a  transaction,  which  is  a  SdT.  In  other words, the allocation should be in respect of a transactions referred to in sections 40a(2), 80a(6), 80ia(8), 80ia(10) for the purposes of those sections. as stated earlier, the allocation of common cost between units of an assessee is not a transaction covered u/s. 80a(6)/80(8). Further, sections 80ia(10) and 40a(2) are totally inapplicable for the purpose of such allocation. Accordingly, since there is no Sdt at the first place, the question of applying section 92(2) or section 92(2a) would not apply.

4.13.    Also, as far as section 92(2) is concerned, it applies only in respect of Sdt between two ‘associated enterprises’. Clearly, two units of same assessee cannot be regarded as ‘associated enterprises’ as defined u/s. 92a of the act. though sub-clause (ii) of clause (a) of rule 10a, defines the term ‘associated enterprise’, in relation to Sdt entered into by an assessee to include “other units or undertakings or businesses of such assessee in respect of a transaction referred to in section 80a or, as the case may be, sub-section (8) of section 80ia”, the said definition is applicable only for the purposes of the rules and cannot be imported for the purpose of section 92(2). Hence, even u/s. 92(2)/(2a), the transfer pricing methods need not be applied in allocating the common expenses to the eligible unit.

4.14.    Difficulties could arise also where different entities of a group that are related to each other u/s. 40a(2) have arranged their affairs in such a manner that some employees and some resources are jointly used and each entity raises debit note on the other towards sharing of costs every month based on certain fixed criteria – like number of staff, turnover, etc. Since the charges are essentially towards sharing of costs, companies would like to contend that the inter-company charge is reasonable having regard to ALP as determined under CUP method. however, the point that is being missed is that the basis of sharing should really meet the arm’s length principle because if such basis is not scientific, then, the condition in section 40a(2) that the expenditure should be reasonable having regard to  not  only the ALP but also to the legitimate needs of the business and benefits derived therefrom may come under a challenge.

4.15.    Section 80ia(8) has been referred to in various other provisions of Chapter VIA and in section 10aa, so that while computing the profits eligible  for deduction under those provisions, effect needs to be given to this sub-section of section 80ia.

Clause (v) of section 92Ba provides that even such transactions of assessee claiming deduction under these other provisions to which section 80ia(8) applies would also be covered for the purpose of SDT.  For  example,  sections  80iB(13),  10aa(9), 80iaB(3), 80iC(7), 80id(5) and 80ie(6) provides  that while computing the provisions contained in section 80ia(8) shall, so far as may be, apply to the eligible business under this section. Hence, inter unit transfer of goods and services where one of the unit is eligible to claim deduction u/s. 80iB would also be regarded as transactions covered under clause (v) of section 92Ba.

5.    DTP in relation to section 80IA(10):

5.1.    Clause (iv) of section 92BA refers to any business transacted between the assessee and another person as referred to in section 80IA(10). unlike sections 80A(6) and 80IA(8), which deal with inter-unit transfer of goods and services, section 80IA(10) deals with a case where the assessee having an eligible business enters into a transaction with another person, which owing to the “close connection” between them or otherwise, is arranged in a manner which results in the eligible business showing more than ordinary profits.

5.2.    Hence, for a transaction to be covered u/s. 80IA(10) and therefore under clause (iv) of section 92Ba, it should be a transaction which is ‘arranged’ to show more than ordinary profits from the eligible business.

5.3.    Further, invoking section 80IA(10) is a prerogative of the ao. the ao can recompute the profits eligible for tax holiday if the tax payer having business with another party of “close connection” earns more than ordinary profits because of such “close connection” or  “for  any  other  reason”.  The  section  does  not provide for any objective criteria to decide whether there is any “close connection” between two parties doing business with each other. Generally, the expression ‘close connection’ has been interpreted to cover all companies which belong to  the same group 2.

5.4.    Also, “any other reason” is a term that is subjective and which reflects the legislative intent of providing freedom to the ao to examine all facts and circumstances of the case and decide. For example, an unrelated person who has lived with the assessee as a paying guest for several years and for whom he develops affection may be covered under “close connection”. At the same time two brothers separated from each other may run independent companies which may do business with each other, but the “close connection”, in substance, is absent.

5.5.    The  new  law  casts  the  onus  on  the  assessee and the auditors to identify and report such transactions! it is impossible to comply with  such a requirement unless, like section 40A(2) or section 92A there are objective criteria to determine the persons having “close connection”. Also, cases of “any other reason” can never be imagined by the assessee or the auditors for reporting.

5.6.    Further, like sub-section (8) of section 80IA, even sub-section (10) of section 80ia has been referred to in various other sections. hence, even such transactions of assessee claiming deduction under these other provisions to which section 80IA(10) applies would also be considered as Sdt.

6.    Issues in relation to DTP regulations
6.1.    Whether DTP regulations can be made applicable even in a case where there is no tax arbitrage:

The Supreme Court in CIT vs. GlaxoSmithkline Asia P. Ltd. (supra), on the facts of that case, refused to interfere “as the entire exercise is revenue neutral” and accordingly dismissed the  SLP  filed  by  the  revenue.  The  Court  has also observed that in the case of domestic transactions, the under-invoicing of sales and over-invoicing of expenses ordinarily would be revenue neutral in nature, except in those cases, which  involve  tax  arbitrage.  The  Court  has  then listed the circumstances where there could be tax arbitrage as under:

(i)    if one of the related companies is a loss making company and the other is a profit making company and profit is shifted to the loss making concern; and

(ii)    if there are different rates for two related units [on account of different status, area-based incentives, nature of activity,  etc.] and if profit   is diverted towards the unit on the lower side of the tax arbitrage. For example, sale of goods or services from non-SEZ area, [taxable division]  to SEZ unit [non-taxable unit] at a price below the market price so that taxable division will have less taxable profit and non-taxable division will have a higher profit exemption.

Hence, applying the ratio of this decision, the DTP regulations should be applicable only to such cases that involve tax arbitrage.

Further, in the context of section 40a(2), the CBDT vide Circular no. 6P dated 06-07-1968 has clearly specified that the same cannot be applied in cases where there is  no  tax  evasion.  The  relevant  extract  of  which  reads as under:

“No disallowance is to be made u/s. 40A(2) in respect of payment made to relatives and sister concerns where there is no attempt to evade tax. ITO is expected  to  exercise  his  judgment  in a reasonable and fair manner. It should be borne in mind that  the  provision  is  meant  to check evasion of  tax  through  excessive or unreasonable payments to relatives and associated concerns and should not be applied in a manner which will cause hardship in bona fide cases.” (emphasis supplied)

In CIT vs. V.S. Dempo & Co (P) Ltd [2011] 196 Taxman 193 (Bom), it has been observed that the object of section 40A(2) is to prevent diversion of income. an assessee, who has large income and is liable to pay tax at the highest rate prescribed under the act, often seeks to transfer a part of his income to a related person who is not liable to pay tax at all or liable to pay tax at a rate lower than the rate at which the assessee pays the tax. In order to curb such tendency of diversion of income and thereby reducing the tax liability by illegitimate means, Section 40a was added to the act by an amendment made by the Finance act, 1968. hence, in cases where there has been no attempt to evade tax, section 40A(2) cannot be attracted. Also see:
    CIT vs. Jyoti Industries (2011) 330 ITR 573  (P&H);
    CIT vs. Udaipur Distillery Co Ltd. (2009) 316 ITR 426 (Raj);
    Deputy  Commissioner  of   Income-tax   vs.   Ravi Ceramics [2013] 29 taxmann.com 22 (Ahmedabad – Trib.);
    CIT vs. Indo Saudi Services (Travel) (P.) Ltd. [2008] 219 CTR 562 (Bom);
    Orchard Advertising (P.) Ltd. vs. Addl. CIT [2010] 8 taxmann.com 162 (MUM);
    DCIT vs. Lab India Instruments (P.) Ltd. [2005] 93 ITD 120 (PUNE);
    ACIT vs. Religare Finvest Ltd. [2012] 23 taxmann. com 276 (Delhi);
    Aradhana Beverages & Foods Co. (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2012] 21 taxmann.com 135 (Delhi);
    CIT vs. J. S. Electronics P. Ltd. (2009) 311 ITR 322 (Del).

Hence, it can be said that the dtP regulations should not be applied where there is no tax advantage to the parties, especially in cases where section 40A(2) is being applied. However, the act, as it stands today, does not so provide. transactions  between  related  resident  parties  may  be subject to the rigours of DTP regulations even if there is no tax arbitrage or an advantage obtained by any of the parties from such a transaction. For example, transaction of sale and purchase of goods between two indian companies, which are subject to the same maximum marginal rate of tax, would not lead to any tax advantage to either of them. However, if the said two companies  are related to each other under section 40A(2)(b) of the act and the volume of the transactions between the two companies exceeds rs. 5 crore in a given financial year, the transactions between the two companies would still be subject to the domestic transfer pricing regulations and accordingly, the companies would be required to maintain proper documents in support of the arm’s length price of such transactions and would also be required to obtain an accountant’s report in respect of such transactions. Similarly, in case of an assessee having two eligible units u/s. 80IA of the act, transfer of goods between the two units would not lead to any tax advantage to either of them, but nevertheless, they would be subject to the domestic transfer pricing regulations.

The  irony,  thus,  is  that  while  the  transactions  that  are revenue neutral shall not suffer any disallowance in terms of the Supreme Court ruling, the related parties entering into such transactions will,  nevertheless,  be  required to maintain documentation and records under the new transfer pricing provisions.

6.2.    Whether ‘corresponding adjustments’ are allowed under the DTP regulations in the hands of the other assessee:

On a plain reading of section  92(2a),  it  may  appear that since ALP adjustment is required both in the case  of income as also expense,  the total income of both   the parties to the transaction would be adjusted for the difference, if any, between the recorded/actual price and the aLP of the transaction.

However, this is not the case, when this  provision  is read along with section 92(3), which provides that the provisions of section 92 would not apply where such ALP adjustment has the effect of reducing the income chargeable to tax or increasing the losses.

Hence, though ALP adjustment may be required  in  case of the assessee whose income stands increased, corresponding adjustment in the case of the counter- party would not be permissible, since that would result in  reduction  of  his  taxable  income.  this  would  lead  to double taxation of same income twice. This is apparently contrary to an important canon of taxation, namely, the rule against double taxation of the same income.3

Unlike this, in case of international transactions, in most of the DTAAs, Article 9 provides that if an adjustment   on account of ALP  is  made  for  determining  the income of enterprise of the first contracting state, then corresponding adjustment shall be made to the income of enterprise of the second contracting state. hence, where there has been adjustment to the total income of the indian assessee u/s. 92(1) or section 92(2), the DTAA generally provides for a corresponding adjustment to the counter non-resident party, upon satisfaction of certain conditions.

Article 9(2) of the OECD Model provides as under:

“2. Where a Contracting State includes in the profits of an enterprise of that State — and taxes accordingly —profits on which an enterprise of the other Contracting State has been charged to tax in that other State and the profits so included are profits which would have accrued to the enterprise of the first-mentioned State if the conditions made between the two enterprises had been those which would have been made between independent enterprises, then that other State shall make an appropriate adjustment to the amount of the tax charged therein on those profits. In determining such adjustment, due regard shall  be  had  to  the other provisions of this Convention and the competent authorities of the Contracting States shall if necessary consult each other.”

Article 9 of the united nations model Convention too provides for such corresponding adjustments, though subject to certain further conditions. The relevant paras of Article 9 read as under:

“2. Where a Contracting State includes in the profits of an enterprise of that State—and taxes accordingly—profits on which an enterprise of the other Contracting State has been charged to tax in that other State and the profits so included are profits which would have accrued to the enterprise of the first-mentioned State if the conditions made between the two enterprises had been those which would have been made between independent enterprises, then that other States hall make an appropriate adjustment to the amount of the tax charged therein on those profits. In determining such adjustment, due regard shall  be  had  to  the other provisions of the Convention and the competent authorities of the Contracting States shall, if necessary, consult each other.

3. The provisions of paragraph 2 shall not apply where judicial, administrative or other legal proceedings have resulted in a final ruling that by actions giving rise to an adjustment of profits under paragraph1, one of  the  enterprises  concerned  is liable to penalty with respect to fraud, gross negligence or wilful default.”

Hence,   though   section   92(3)   of   the    act   prohibits corresponding   adjustments   even   in   the   cases   of international transactions, a relief of corresponding adjustments, subject to certain conditions, is available to the non-resident assessees in the relevant dtaas. in such cases, there is no double taxation of the said amount.

Such unequal treatment of the Indian assessees and foreign assessees would lead to hostile discrimination between them, which is not permitted under article 14  of the Constitution of india. hence, such discrimination between the two assesses may be constitutionally challenged.

6.3.    DTP and section 35AD:

Section 35ad provides for deduction/weighted deduction in respect of certain capital expenditure incurred by an assessee wholly and exclusively, for the purposes of any business specified in that section, carried on by him during the previous year.

Sub-section (7) of this section provides that “the provisions contained in sub-section (6) of section 80a and the provisions of sub-sections (7) and (10) of section 80-IA shall, so far as may be, apply to this section in respect of goods or services or assets held for the purposes of the specified business”. Hence, the provisions of section 80a(6) and section 80IA(10) are applicable even to section 35AD.

Prima facie, it may appear that in view of the reference to sections 80A(6) and 80IA(10), the DTP regulations would also be applicable to this section. however, for applying the dtP provisions, existence of a SDT is a pre-requisite. Now, on close reading of the definition of Sdt4, it would be clear that it covers transactions referred to in section 80a(6), any business transaction referred to in section 80IA(10) as also any transaction, referred to in any other section ‘under Chapter VI-A or section 10AA’, to which provisions of section 80IA(10) are applicable. however, it does not cover transactions referred to in any other provision of the act other than Chapter VIA and section 10AA, to which the provisions of section 80IA(10) apply. Now, SDT has been defined “to mean……”, so that it is an exhaustive definition and cannot be construed widely to cover transactions other than those mentioned therein. hence, since the transactions referred to in section 35AD are not covered within the  ambit  of  SDT,  the  DTP  provisions  contained in sections 80A(6) and 80IA(10) would not apply to it. Further, the other dtP provisions contained in  Chapter  X,  which  are  applicable  to  SDT,  would also not apply to transactions covered under section 35ad.

6.4.    Directors’ Remuneration -: Whether Companies Act provisions/approval is valid benchmark?

A director of a company is covered in the list of persons specified under clause (b) of section 40a(2). Hence, the remuneration paid to it by the company would be subject to the provisions of section 40A(2) and consequently, to the DTP regulations.

Now, u/s. 92C, the aLP of a transaction needs to  be determined by applying the most appropriate method.  Rule  10C  deals  with  the  criteria  for  the selection  of  the  most  appropriate  method.  the most appropriate method is one which best suits   to the facts and circumstances of each particular transaction and which provides the most reliable measure of an arm’s length  price  in  relation  to the transaction. Now, under CUP method,  the prices charged/paid for a comparable uncontrolled transaction are considered. However, having read the provision of section 92Ba read with section 40a(2)(b) of the act, payment of remuneration to a director, being a party specified in section 40a(2)(b) of the act, would always be a controlled transaction. Hence, since CUP method works only in case where comparable uncontrolled transaction exists, this method may not apply from that angle. Nevertheless, under this method, tribunals have taken a view5   that payments, if approved by appropriate authorities would be considered as being at arm’s length royalty under CUP method. See:

– DCIT vs. Sona Okegawa Precision Forgings Ltd. [2012] 17 taxmann.com 98 (Delhi);
–    Sona Okegawa Precision Forgings Ltd. vs. ACIT[2012] 17 taxmann.com 141 (Delhi);
–    Thyssenkrupp Industries India (P.) Ltd. v. ACIT [2013] 33 taxmann.com 107 (Mumbai – Trib.);
– SGS India (P.) Ltd. vs. ACIT [2013] 35 taxmann. com 143 (Mumbai – Trib.)

However, there also exist views contrary to the same. See:

– Perot Systems TSI (India) Ltd. vs. DCIT [2010] 37 SOT 358 (Delhi);
–    SKOL Breweries Ltd. vs. ACIT [2013] 29 taxmann. com 111 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Hence, it is arguable that so long as the directors’ remuneration is within the limits prescribed under the Companies act, 1956/2013, such remuneration should be regarded as at ALP under CUP method, though contrary view cannot be ruled out.

now,  RPM  is  generally  preferred  where  the  entity performs basic sales, marketing, and distribution functions (i.e. where there is little or no value addition) and therefore, it cannot be applied in the instant case. Similarly, CPm which is generally adopted in cases of provision of services, joint facility arrangements, transfer of semi-finished goods, long term buying and selling arrangements, etc, the same fails in the present case. PSm method is applicable in cases where there are multiple interrelated transactions between aes and when such transactions cannot be evaluated independently. Since payment of remuneration by Company to its directors is a single transaction capable of being evaluated separately, applicability of PSm method fails in the present case.  TNMM  requires  a  comparison  between the income derived by unrelated entities from uncontrolled transactions and the income derived by the assessee from its transactions with related parties. In this method, it is the profit and not the price that forms the basis for comparison. In case of a transaction of payment of director’s remuneration, the profits of unrelated parties shall always be from “controlled transactions” because the directors are covered within the meaning of related parties u/s. 40a(2).  Therefore,  it  is  not  possible  to  find  any comparable company that qualifies for selection for comparison of profits. Accordingly, this method is also not capable of being implemented.

As would be observed, all the methods prescribed, (except, arguably, the CUP method) are rendered unsuitable for determining the aLP in the present case. Hence, recourse may be made to the residuary  method  prescribed  under  rule  10AB  of the rules, which permits application of any rational basis for determining the ALP, where none of the other methods are applicable.

Now, the CBDT has, in its Circular No. 6P (LXXVI-66), dated july 6, 19686  , while clarifying the introduction to section 40a to act vide Finance act, 1968, at para 75 remarked that when the remuneration of a director of the Company is approved by a Company Law administration, the reasonableness of the same cannot be doubted. the relevant extract of the said circular reads as under:

“In regard to the latter provisions, the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance observed in Lok Sabha (during the debates on the Finance Bill, 1968) that where the scale of remuneration  of a director of a company had been approved by the Company Law Administration, there was no question of the disallowance of any part thereof in the income-tax assessment of the company on the ground that the remuneration was unreasonable or excessive.”

Thus, as per the CBDT’s own views, if the remuneration paid by a Company is within the ceiling limits provided under the provisions of the Companies act, 1956 or approved by the Company Law administration, then disallowance u/s. 40a(2) of the act cannot be sustained.

Hence, having regard to this Circular, one may proceed to benchmark the remuneration paid by a Company to  its directors under the residuary method. Indeed, the aforesaid CBDT circular has not been withdrawn even after the introduction of DTP regulations under Chapter X of the act. also, one may keep in mind the decision of the Supreme Court7 that circulars issued by the Board are binding on all officers and persons employed in the execution of the act.

Thus,   it   may   safely   be   concluded   that   where   the remuneration paid to the directors (including commission and sitting fees) is within the permissible limits expressly provided under the Companies act, it is at ALP.

6.5.    Whether persons indirectly related would get covered under clause (b) of section 40A(2):

Clause (b) of section 40a(2) provides for the list of persons the transactions between whom would be covered under that section. the said clause does not use the words ‘directly or indirectly’. hence, it appears that the transactions between persons who are indirectly related would not be covered within its ambit. Indeed, whatever indirect relationships were intended to be covered, the same  have  been specifically provided in the said clause. For example, a company, the director of which has substantial interest in the business of the assessee has been covered as a specified person. Clearly, such company has no direct relation with the assessee. Indeed, wherever the Legislature has intended to cover even indirect relationships, it has been specifically provided in the act. For example, section 92a of the act defines the term ‘associated enterprise’ to, inter alia, mean  an  enterprise, which participates, directly or indirectly…..in the management or control of the other enterprise.’ Hence, apart from the persons specifically mentioned in clause (b), no other person indirectly related to the assessee would be regarded as a related party.

For example, where A holds 20% equity share capital in B and B holds 20% equity share capital in C, transactions between a and B as well as between B and C could be hit by section 40a(2). However, transactions between a and C would not covered by these provisions.

In Para 73 of Circular no. 6P dated 06-07-1968, explaining the provisions of  the  Finance  act, 1968 (through which  section  40a  was  inserted), it is mentioned that ‘the categories of persons payments to whom fall within the purview of this provision comprise, inter alia………… persons in whose business or profession the taxpayer has a substantial interest directly or indirectly’.

However, the said phrase so used in the Circular cannot be construed to mean that in all cases of assessee holding indirect substantial interest in another person’s business, they would be regarded as   related   persons.  The   said   phrase   basically refers to sub-clause (vi) of Section 40a(2)(b), which provides for specific instances where the assessee and another person in whose business he has substantial interest (directly or indirectly to the extent specified in the section), would be regarded as related persons. the indirect substantial interests so covered in the said sub-clause (vi) are in case  of an individual, substantial interest through his relative and in case of other specified assessees, substantial interest through its director or partner or member, as the case may be or any relative of such director, partner or member.

Hence, the interpretation of the word ‘indirectly’ used in the Circular should be restricted to mean only the foregoing indirect interests envisaged in the section and should not be widely construed to cover cases beyond the scope of the section. For example, substantial interest of a company in another person indirectly through a company is not covered within this clause. indeed, the word “indirectly” appears to be used in the Circular merely to avoid reproducing the entire clause from the section once again and therefore, should not be interpreted to widen the scope of that section. Besides, it is an established principle that a delegated legislation (such as circulars, rules, etc.) cannot travel beyond the scope of main legislation. A circular cannot even impose on the taxpayer a burden higher than what the act itself on a true interpretation envisages.

Recently, the institute of Chartered accountants of india has also clarified in its Guidance note on report u/s. 92e of the income-tax act, 19618, at Para 4a.16 that, for the purpose of section 40a(2), it would be appropriate to consider only direct shareholding and not derived or indirect shareholding.

6.6.    Whether    section    40A(2)    applies    only    to expenditure for which deduction has been claimed, can it made applicable to adjust the expenditure capitalised on which depreciation is subsequently claimed?

Section 40A(2) applies when there is a claim for deduction of an expense. u/s. 37(1), expenditure  in the nature of capital expenditure is not allowed as deduction in computing the income chargeable under the head  ”Profits  and  gains  of  business  or profession“. Hence, strictly speaking, such expenses would not be covered by section 40A(2), since this section is applicable only for computing the deductions which are otherwise allowable while computing the “Profits and gains of business of profession”.

A question arises as to whether the section can be applied to the depreciation claimed on such capital expenditure. now, it is a settled legal position that depreciation is not an ‘expenditure’.  In Nectar Beverages P. Ltd. vs. DCIT (314 ITR 314), the apex Court has held that “depreciation is neither    a loss nor an expenditure nor a trading liability”. in Vishnu Anant Mahajan vs. ACIT (137 ITD 189)(Ahd) (SB) and Hoshang D Nanavati vs. ACIT (ITA No. 3567/Mum/07)(TMum), it has been held to be an ‘allowance’ and not an ‘expenditure’. Hence, since depreciation cannot be regarded as an ‘expenditure’, its disallowance/allowance cannot be governed by section 40A(2) of the act. it is has been held that section 40A(2) does not operate when a transaction concerns only the assets of the assessee.

TRANSFER PRICING METHODOLO GY – RESALE PRICE METHOD AND COST PLUS METHOD

fiogf49gjkf0d
1 Introduction

The concept of
‘Transfer Pricing’ analysis refers to determination of ‘Arms Length
Price’ of transactions between related persons [also known as Associated
Enterprise (AE)]. The computation of Arm’s Length Price is required to
be based on a scientific approach and methodology, wherein the fair
value of transaction between two or more related persons is determined
as if the relationship would have not influenced the pricing of
transaction.

The various transfer pricing methods used in India are as follows:

Traditional Transaction Methods:
• Comparable Uncontrolled Price Method (CUP)
• Resale Price Method (RPM)
• Cost Plus Method (CPM)

Transaction Profit Methods:
• Profit Split Method (PSM)
• Transactional Net Margin Method (TNMM)

In
the October issue of BCAJ, an analysis of CUP method was discussed. In
this article, we will be analysing Resale Price Method (RPM) and Cost
Plus Method (CPM).

2. Resale Price Method – Meaning:

2.1 The Provision of Income Tax Act:

Under the Indian Income tax law, the statutory recognition of this method is provided in section 92C of Act read with Rule10B.

Rule
10B(1)(b) prescribes the manner by which arm’s length price can be
determined using RPM. The relevant extract is as follows:

“Determination of arm’s length price u/s. 92C

10B.
(1) For the purposes of s/s. (2) of section 92C, the arm’s length price
in relation to an international transaction or a specified domestic
transaction shall be determined by any of the following methods, being
the most appropriate method, in the following manner, namely :—

(a)…

(b) R esale price method, by which,-

(i)
the price at which property purchased or services obtained by the
enterprise from an associated enterprise is resold or are provided to an
unrelated enterprise, is identified;

(ii) such resale price is
reduced by the amount of a normal gross profit margin accruing to the
enterprise or to an unrelated enterprise from the purchase and resale of
the same or similar property or from obtaining and providing the same
or similar services, in a comparable uncontrolled transaction, or a
number of such transactions;

(iii) the price so arrived at is
further reduced by the expenses incurred by the enterprise in connection
with the purchase of property or obtaining of services;

(iv) the price so arrived at is adjusted to take into account the functional and other differences, including differences in accounting practices,
if any, between [the international transaction or the specified
domestic transaction] and the comparable uncontrolled transactions, or
between the enterprises entering into such transactions, which could
materially effect the amount of gross profit margin in the open market;

(v) the adjusted price arrived at under sub-section;

(iv)
is taken to be an arm’s length price in respect of the purchase of the
property or obtaining of the services by the enterprise from the
associated enterprise.”

Based on the plain reading of the rule,
it can be observed that RPM is applicable in case the property is
purchased or service is obtained from an AE and resold to an unrelated
party. Accordingly, RPM would be suitable for distributors or resellers
and is less useful when goods are further processed or incorporated into
other products and where intangibles property is used.

However,
it is pertinent to examine whether RPM can be used in a reverse
situation i.e. when the property is purchased or service obtained by an
enterprise from an unrelated enterprise which is thereafter resold or
are provided to an AE.

In this respect, the Mumbai Tribunal in the case of Gharda Chemicals Limited vs. DCIT [2009-TIOL-790- ITAT-Mum]
had an occasion to consider this issue and rejected RPM on the ground
that RPM could be applied only in a case where Indian enterprise
purchases goods or obtain services from its AE and not in a reverse
case.

The resale price method focuses on the related sales
company which performs marketing and selling functions as the tested
party in the transfer pricing analysis. RPM is more appropriate in a
business model when the entity performs basic sales, marketing and
distribution functions and there is little or no value addition by the
reseller prior to resale of goods.

Further, if the sales company
acts as a sales agent that does not take title to the goods, it is
possible to use the commission earned by the sales agent represented as a
percentage of the uncontrolled sales price of the goods concerned as
the comparable gross profit margin. The resale price margin for a
reseller performing a general brokerage business should be established
considering whether it is acting as an agent or a principal.

Also,
if the property purchased in a controlled sale is resold to AE’s in a
series of controlled sales before being resold in an uncontrolled sale
to unrelated party, the applicable resale price is price at which
property is resold to uncontrolled party or the price at which
contemporaneous resale of the same property is made. In such a case, the
determination of appropriate gross profit will take into account the
functions of all the members of group participating in the series of
controlled sales and final uncontrolled sales as well as other relevant
factors

2.2 OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrators:

RPM
is also discussed in detail in the Transfer Pricing guidelines1
developed by OECD. It states that the method begins with a price at
which a product that has been purchased from an AE is resold to an
independent enterprise. This price (resale price) is then reduced by an
appropriate gross margin (i.e., “resale price margin”) representing the
amount out of which the seller would seek to cover its selling and
operating expenses and in the light of the functions performed make an
appropriate profit. Further, after making adjustment of other expenses
what is left can be considered as an Arm’s Length Price of the product
purchased from AE.

If there is material differences that affect
the gross margins earned in the controlled and the uncontrolled
transactions, adjustments should be made to account for such
differences. Adjustments should be performed on the gross profit margins
of the uncontrolled transactions.

The operating expenses in
connection with the functions performed and risks incurred should be
taken into account in this respect as differences in functions performed
are frequently conveyed in operating expenses.

The guidelines
also discuss the situation where such model should be used, practical
difficulties and application of the method in particular situations.

2.3 U N Practical Manual on Transfer Pricing for Developing Countries:

Similar
to OECD guidelines, UN guidelines also provide guidance for RPM. The UN
practical manual states that the starting point of the analysis for
using the method is the sales company. Under this method the transfer
price for the sale of products between the sales company and a related
company can be described in the following formula:

TP = RSP X (1-GPM)

Where,

• TP = the transfer price of a product sold between a sales company and a related company;

• RSP = the resale price at which a product is sold by a sales company to unrelated customers; and
    GPM = the Gross Profit Margin that a specific sales company should earn, defined as the ratio of gross profit to net sales. Gross Profit is defined as Net sales minus cost of goods sold.

2.4 Most suitable situations for applicability of RPM:

The applicability of the method depends upon the facts of each case. However, various commentaries like OECD and UN has laid down situations where RPM would most likely be the suitable option in order to determine the arm’s length price. The same has been discussed in the ensuing paragraphs.

If comparable uncontrolled transactions can be identified, the CUP method may very well be the most direct and sound method to apply the Arm’s Length Principle. If the CUP method cannot be applied, however, other traditional transaction methods to consider are the Cost Plus Method and the Resale Price Method.

In a typical intercompany transaction involving a full-fledged manufacturer owning valuable patents or other intangible properties and affiliated sales companies which purchase and resell the products to unrelated customers, the resale price method is a method to use if the CUP method is not applicable and the sales companies do not own valuable intangible properties.

The situations where RPM could apply are discussed below:

    The OECD guidelines states that RPM can be used where the reseller does not add substantial value to the products. Thus the reseller should add relatively little or no value to the goods. It may be difficult to apply RPM where goods are further processed and identity of goods purchased from AE is lost. For example, let say a reseller is doing limited enhancements such as packaging, repacking, labelling etc. In this case, this sort of activities does not add significant value to the goods and hence RPM could be used for determining ALP.

However,  significant  value  addition  through  physical modification such as converting rough diamonds into cut and polished diamonds adds significant value to the goods and hence, RPM cannot be applied for such value added activity.

Another example could be, say, mineral water is imported from AE and sold in the local market by adding the brand name of Indian company, RPM cannot be applied since there is significant addition in value of goods due to the use of brand name of Indian company.

    A Resale Price Margin is more accurate where there is shorter time gap between purchase and sale. The more time that elapses between the original purchase and resale the more likely it is that other factors like changes in the market, in rates of exchange, in costs, etc, would affect the price and hence would also be required to be considered for comparability analysis.

    Further, in RPM the comparability is at the gross margin level and hence, RPM requires a high degree of functionality comparability rather than product comparability. Hence, a detailed analysis showing the close functional comparability and the risk profile of the tested party and comparables should be clearly brought out in the Transfer Pricing study report in order to justify comparability at gross profit level under RPM. Thus, RPM is useful when the companies are performing the similar functions.

However, a minor difference in products is acceptable if they are less likely to have an effect on the Gross Profit Margin. For example, Gross Profit Margin earned from trading of microwave ovens in controlled transaction can be compared with the Gross Profit Margin earned by unrelated parties from trading in toasters since both are consumer durables and fall within the same industry.

2.5 Steps in application of RPM:

    Identify the transaction of purchase of property or services;

    Identify the price at which such property or services are resold or provided to an unrelated party (resale price);

    Identify the normal Gross Profit Margin in a comparable uncontrolled transaction;

    Deduct the normal gross profit from the resale price;
    Deduct expenses incurred in connection with the purchase of goods;

    Adjust the resultant amount for the functional and other differences such as accounting practices etc that would materially affect the Gross Profit Margin in the open market;

    The price arrived at is the Arm’s Length Price of the transaction.

The application of the resale price method can be understood with the following example:

The international transaction entered into by AE1 Ltd. with AE2 Ltd. which should be determined on the basis of Arm’s Length Price.

In another uncontrolled transaction, AE1 Ltd. had purchased from unrelated supplier (K Ltd.) and sold to unrelated customer (M Ltd.) and earned Gross Profit Margin of 15%.

The differences in sale to K Ltd. and A Ltd. are on account of the following:

    Sale to A Ltd. was ex-shop and sale to M Ltd. was FOB basis. This accounted for additional 2% difference in Gross Profit Margin as sales price increased but corresponding expenses are not debited to trading but profit and loss account.

    Quantity discount was provided to A ltd and not M Ltd. Impact is 1% on GP margin.

The differences in purchase from AE2 and K Ltd. are as follows:

    Additional freight expenses incurred of Rs. 10 per unit and quantity discount received of Rs. 15 per unit on purchases from AE2 ltd and not on purchases from K Ltd. Further, Rs. 25/- towards custom duty is incurred on purchases in both the cases.

2.6 Advantages and Challenges of the RPM:

Advantages of RPM

    The method is based on the resale price i.e., a market price and thus represent demand driven method

    The method can be used without forcing distributors to in appropriately make profits. Hence, unlike other methods, distributor could incur losses on net basis due to huge selling expenses even if there is an Arm’s Length Gross Margin. Hence, this method could be used without distorting the figures.

Challenges of RPM

    Non availability of gross margin data of comparable companies from public database is the biggest challenge in applying RPM since Companies Act, 1956 does not require Gross Profit Margin calculation to be reported and Tax Audit Reports which contain Gross

Profit Margin are not available in public database. Hence, difficulty would arise on account of external comparables.

    Differential accounting policies followed across the globe makes application of RPM very difficult. Example:
    Some companies include exchange loss/gain in purchase/sale whereas some companies show it as part of administrative and other expenses. Example

    Some companies include excise duty on purchase in Purchase A/c whereas some companies show it as part of rent, rates and taxes.

    RPM is unlikely to give accurate result if there is difference in level of market, function performed or product sold. Further, due to lack of availability of information on functions performed by the comparables, comparing the level of functions is difficult.

    Another disadvantage is, for certain industries such as Pharmaceutical industry, wherein it is difficult to identify companies exclusively performing trading operations as most of the companies are into manufacturing and trading.

    Further, usage of RPM in case of services could be a challenge considering the difference of surrounding situations in service transactions vs. product transactions as well as the financial disclosure norms applicable for service entities.

2.7 RPM – Comparability Parameters:

The following factors may be considered in determining whether an uncontrolled transaction is comparable to the controlled transaction for purposes of applying the resale price method as well as to determine whether suitable economic adjustments should be made to account for such differences:

    Factors like business experiences (start-up phase or mature phase), management efficiency, cost structures etc that have less effect on price of products than on costs of performing functions should be considered. Such differences could affect Gross Margin even if they don’t affect Arm’s Length Prices of products.

    A Resale Price Margin requires particular attention in case the reseller adds substantially to the value of the product (e.g., by assisting considerably in the creation or maintenance of intangible property related to the product (e.g., trademarks or trade names) and goods are further processed into a more complicated product by the reseller before resale).

    Level of activities performed and risks borne by reseller. E.g., A buying and selling agent would obviously obtain higher compensation then a pure sales agent.

    If the reseller performs a significant commercial activity besides the resale activity itself, or if it employs valuable and unique assets in its activities (e.g., valuable marketing intangibles of the reseller), it may earn a higher Gross Profit Margin.

    The comparability analysis should take into account whether the reseller has the exclusive right to resell the goods, because exclusive rights may affect the Resale Price Margin.

    The reliability of the analysis will be affected by differences in the value of the products distributed, for example, as a result of a valuable trademark.

    In practice, significant difference in operating expenses is often an indication of differences in functions, assets or risks. This may be remedied if operating expense adjustments can be performed on the unadjusted gross profit margins of uncontrolled transactions to account for differences in functions performed and the level of activities performed between the related party distributor and the comparable distribution companies. Since these differences are often reflected in variation of the operating expenses, adjustments with respect to differences in the SG & A expenses to sales ratio as a result of differences in functions and level of activities performed may be required.

    The differences in inventory levels and valuation method will also affect the Gross Profit Margin.

    Further, adjustment on account of differences in working capital could also be considered (i.e., credit period for payables and receivables, the cycle of inventory, etc).

For RPM, product differences would be less relevant, since one would expect a similar level of compensation for performing similar functions across different activities for broadly similar products. Hence, typically RPM is more applied on the basis of functional comparability rather than product comparability. However, the distributors engaged in sale of markedly different products should not be compared.

Further, differences in accounting practices may be on account of:

    Sales and purchases have been accounted inclusive or exclusive of taxes;
    Methods of pricing of goods namely, FOB or CIF;

    Fluctuations in foreign exchange, etc.

In actual practice, the resale may also be out of opening stock. Similarly, the goods purchased during the said year may remain in closing stock. The process of determination under RPM culminates in cost of sales rather than value of purchases. This cost of sales should be converted into cost of purchases. For this, closing stock of goods purchased from AE should be added and opening stock of purchases from AE should be deducted.

2.8 Judicial Precedents on RPM:

The applicability of the said method on a particular transaction is subject matter of litigation. Some of the decisions are discussed in brief hereunder.

    DCIT vs. M/s Tupperware India Pvt. Ltd. [ITA No. 2140/Del/2011 & ITA No 1323/Del/2012]

    The tax payer operates as a distributor of plastic food storage and serving containers. It has subcontracted the manufacturing activity to contract manufacturers.

The moulds required to manufacture the product are leased in by the tax payer from the AE’s and thereafter supplied to contract manufacturers. The moulds are owned and developed by the overseas group entities.

    The tax payer contended that it did not add any value to the products and carries out the functions of a pure reseller. Further, the tax payer contended that it merely procures the moulds from the AE’s and supplies them to the contract manufacturers. Thereafter, it procures finished goods from contract manufacturers and sells them in Indian market without adding any value thereon. Further, there is strong correlation and interdependence between the purchase of mould and core activity of distributor. Accordingly, RPM is most appropriate method.

    The Transfer Pricing Officer (TPO) rejected the same and computed the Arm’s Length Price by applying Transactional Net Margin Method (TNMM).

    The Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) [CIT(A)] deleted the said addition and the Income Tax Appellate
Tribunal (ITAT) upheld the decision of CIT(A).

    ITAT held as follows:

    It is clear that there was hardly any value addition made by the tax payer relating to the transaction.

    The function of the tax payer was that of the reseller and hence RPM is the most appropriate method in this case.

    The TPO without any analysis concluded that

TNMM is the most appropriate method is not based on any facts relevant to the case.

    Mattel Toys (I) Pvt Ltd vs. DCIT

    The tax payer is a wholly owned subsidiary of Mattel Inc., USA. During the year under consideration, the tax payer imported finished goods and sold them in India as well as exported to AE’s. The tax payer also imported raw material from AE for manufacturing the toys in India.

    The tax payer had benchmarked the said transaction using TNMM and in their study report had rejected
RPM method.

    The TPO segregated the activities into 3 segments – (i) import of goods from AE and sale in domestic market; (ii) import of goods from AE and sold to AE; and (iii) import of goods from AE and export to third parties outside India.

    The TPO worked out operating margin for all the three segments separately and proposed an adjustment. The assessee had contended before TPO for adoption of RPM as most appropriate method. However, TPO rejected the contention of the tax payer.

    CIT(A) upheld the view of TPO and confirmed the addition.
    The tax payer before ITAT contended that for determination of Arm’s Length Price for distribution activity, RPM is most appropriate. Further, the tax payer contended that its gross profit margin was higher than that of comparables.

    ITAT held as follows:-

    The nature of product was not much relevant but the functions performed of the comparability are to be seen. It observed, “the main reason is that the product differentiation does not materially effect the Gross Profit Margin as it represents gross compensation after the cost of sales for specific functions performed. The functional attribute is more important while undertaking the comparability analysis under this method. Thus, in our opinion, under the RPM, products similarity is not a vital aspect for carrying out comparability analysis but operational comparability is to be seen.”

    It further held that gross profit margin earned by an independent enterprise was a guiding factor in
RPM.

    Accordingly, RPM is the most appropriate method for determining Arm’s Length Price for distribution activity. Since the tax payer had adopted TNMM, the matter is remitted back to TPO for de novo adjudication. ITAT directed TPO to determine the Arm’s Length Price based on fresh comparables after considering RPM as the most appropriate method.

 ITO vs. L’Oreal India Pvt. Ltd. [ITA No, 5423/ Mum/2009]

    The tax payer, a wholly owned subsidiary of L’Oreal SA

France, is engaged in business of manufacturing and distribution of cosmetic and beauty products.

    The tax payer operates in two business segments (i) manufacturing and (ii) distribution.

    It had incurred huge losses on account of selling and distribution activities incurred as a part of marketing strategy.

    In case of distribution segment, the tax payer adopted RPM as the most appropriate method. However, TPO rejected the taxpayer contention and concluded TNMM to be the most appropriate method.

    CIT(A) deleted the entire addition on the income of the tax payer.

    ITAT held as follows:-

    OECD states that in case of distribution and marketing activities, where the tax payer purchases from AE and sales to unrelated parties without adding much value, RPM is the most appropriate method.

    In the instant case there is no dispute that the tax payer buys the products from its AEs and sells to unrelated parties without any further processing.

    RPM has been accepted in preceding as well as succeeding years in respect of distribution segment of the taxpayer.

    Hence, RPM is appropriate method.

    Panasonic Sales & Services (I) Company Limited vs. ACIT [ITA No 1957/Mds/2012]

    The tax payer is a subsidiary of Panasonic Holdings

(Netherland BV) which is ultimately held by Matsushita

Electronic Co. Ltd., Japan.

    The tax payer is engaged in the import of consumer electronic products from its AE for sale in domestic market and also provides market support services.

    In case of purchase and resale activity, the tax payer adopted RPM method and for providing market support services, it adopted TNMM method. There was no issue in the value of international transaction and the method adopted by the tax payer to determine the arm’s length price. However, the dispute was as regards the determination of selling price and the calculation of gross profit margin.

    The TPO reduced the cash discount offered by the taxpayer for early realisation of dues on account of sales while calculating the gross profit margin. Further, the TPO added the freight and storage charges treating them as direct expenses in relation to purchase of goods.

    However, the tax payer contended that TPO erred in considering cash discount with trade discount. Further, the freight and storage expenses incurred are towards outward sales and not inward. The rules clearly states that only expenses incurred in connection with the purchases are required to be reduced from sales.

    ITAT held as follows:-

    Cash discounts offered to the customers are in nature of financial charges. Further, it is only an incentive
offered for early realisation. Thus held that TPO erred in equating cash discount with trade discount and that the cash discount in the present case was offered after completion of sales which is entirely different in nature from trade discounts.

    Further, in case of freight and storage expenses incurred the same were incurred towards the cost of packing and transportation of goods from the warehouse to the customers and hence in the nature of selling and distribution expenses. Thus, it cannot be reduced from the selling price to determine the cost of goods sold.

    Danisco (India) Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT

    The tax payer is engaged in the business of manufacturing food flavours and trading of food additives/ingredients. For manufacturing, the tax payer purchases raw material from its AE. It also imports ingredients from its AE and resells them to its customers in India through distribution chain.

    During the year under consideration, the tax payer selected TNMM as the appropriate method to benchmark its transaction. Further, it also carried out supplementary analysis in case of import of goods using RPM as the most appropriate method.

    However, TPO rejected the 4 companies selected by the tax payer as comparables on the ground that these companies had negative net worth or persistent loses. Accordingly TPO made an adjustment.

    On filing of objections, Dispute Resolution Panel (DRP) upheld the addition made by the TPO. The tax payer went into appal before ITAT.

    The tax payer contended that TPO erred in making

the addition on the entire transaction and failed to appreciate the fact that the tax payer had also undertaken transactions with third party. Further, the companies only in manufacturing activity and not in trading activity cannot be considered as comparables. Lastly, TPO should have used segmental accounts furnished by the tax payer to examine the trading and manufacturing activity separately and should have used RPM for trading activity as it is widely used method.

    Additionally, assessee relied on OECD guidelines and contended that it merely imported and resold goods without adding any value. Hence, RPM should be applied.

    ITAT accepted the contention of the tax payer and restored the matter to the file of TPO for fresh adjudication. It gave the direction to TPO to apply RPM as a most appropriate method for trading transactions of imported goods.

2.9    Berry Ratio – An alternate method of benchmarking for distributor arrangements:

In relation to the distribution arrangements, in addition to the application of RPM as a benchmarking method, International transfer pricing principles have evolved over time. In 2010, OECD updated its transfer pricing guidelines and analysed use of Berry Ratio as a financial indicator for examining the Arm’s Length Price.

The Berry Ratio compares the ratio of gross profit to operating expenses of the tested party with the ratios of gross profit (less unrelated other income) to operating costs (excluding interest and depreciation) of third party comparable companies.

The underlying assumption of the Berry Ratio is that there is a positive relationship between the level of operating expenses and the gross profit. The more operating expenses that a distributor incurs, the higher the level of gross profit that should be derived.

Generally, Berry ratio should only be used to test the profits of limited risks distributors and service providers that do not own or use any intangible assets.

The challenges in using Berry Ratio could be identifying functionally similar comparable entities; comparables used should not own or use significant intangible assets, classification of costs by the comparable entities etc.

However, Berry Ratio could be extremely useful where operating margins are used as a measure of profitability in distribution business with exponential growth patterns.

Having discussed the RPM at length, we will elaborate CPM in the forthcoming paragraphs.

    Cost Plus Method – Meaning:

3.1 The Provision of Income Tax Act:

Section 92C of the Act prescribes the method for computation of Arm’s Length Price, wherein Cost Plus Method (CPM) is enlisted as one of the methods. The same is not defined in the Act itself, but has been discussed at length in the Income Tax Rules.

Rule 10B prescribes the manner in which CPM can be applied. The text reads as follows:

“Determination of Arm’s Length Price u/s. 92C.

10B. (1) For the purposes of s/s. (2) of section 92C, the Arm’s Length Price in relation to an international transaction or a specified domestic transaction shall be determined by any of the following methods, being the most appropriate method, in the following manner, namely :—

    …

    …

    cost plus method, by which,—

    the direct and indirect costs of production incurred by the enterprise in respect of property transferred or services provided to an associated enterprise, are determined;

    the amount of a normal gross profit mark-up to such costs (computed according to the same accounting norms) arising from the transfer or provision of the same or similar property or services by the enterprise, or by an unrelated enterprise, in a comparable uncontrolled transaction, or a number of such transactions, is determined;

    the normal gross profit mark-up referred to in sub-clause (ii) is adjusted to take into account the functional and other differences, if any, between the international transaction or the specified domestic transaction and the comparable uncontrolled transactions, or between the enterprises entering into such transactions, which could materially affect such profit mark-up in the open market;

    the costs referred to in sub-clause (i) are increased by the adjusted profit mark-up arrived at under sub-clause (iii);
    the sum so arrived at is taken to be an Arm’s Length Price in relation to the supply of the property or provision of services by the enterprise;”

3.2 OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational

Enterprises and Tax Administrators:

Cost Plus Method is discussed in the OECD Transfer Pricing guidelines2. It states that the CPM method begins with the costs incurred by the supplier of property/services in a controlled transaction for property transferred or services provided to an associated enterprise. An appropriate mark up is then added to the said cost, in view of the functions performed and the market conditions. Such price is known as the arm’s length price.

Thereafter, the guidelines go on to define the most appropriate situation where CPM may be used, i.e., if one of the following two conditions get satisfied:

    none of the differences between the transactions being compared, or between the enterprises undertaking those transactions, materially affect the cost plus mark up in the open market; or

    reasonably accurate adjustments can be made to eliminate the material effects of such differences.

The guidelines also stress that in principle, cost plus methodology should compare margins at gross profit level, however there may be practical difficulties in doing so. Thus, the computation of margins should be flexible to such extent.

The OECD guidelines discuss, at length, the applicability of CPM to various situations, determination of appropriate cost base and various adjustments and practical difficulties that may arise for the application of this method.

3.3 UN  Practical  Manual  on  Transfer  Pricing  for Developing Countries:

The UN Practical Manual also discusses Cost Plus Method as a traditional transaction method, and goes on to define the same as per the OECD guidelines.

It further defines the mechanism of CPM, by prescribing the following formula:

TP = COGS x (1 + cost plus mark-up)

Where,

    TP = the Transfer Price of a product sold between a manufacturing company and a related company;
    COGS = the Cost of Goods Sold to the manufacturing company; and
    Cost plus mark-up = gross profit mark-up defined as the ratio of gross profit to cost of goods sold. Gross profit is defined as sales minus cost of goods sold.

From the above, it can be seen that UN Manual also prescribes the practical application of Cost Plus Method, and breaks down the process in formulae and practical steps.

3.4    Most suitable situations for applicability of CPM:

The applicability of a method varies from one case to the other. However, there are certain standard cases where CPM would, most likely, be the most suitable option. The said cases are discussed hereunder:

    Sale of semi-finished goods:

The application of CPM to the sale of semi-finished goods has been recommended by the OECD guidelines. However, in order to benchmark the transaction, a functional analysis of the same has to be conducted. Semi-finished goods are of various types, such as complete assembly of goods before sale, or a semi knocked down (SKD) condition. It has to be ascertained that how independent parties would arrive at a mark up, and determine their prices in such cases.

Hence, an appropriate cost base as well as mark up is essential to be derived at in order to benchmark the transactions, and arrive at the arm’s length price. The purpose of benchmarking is to ensure that prices set should give the same price to the associated enterprise as they would if the sales were made to independent parties. In such cases, internal comparable, i.e. sales made by the same manufacturer to associated enterprises as well as third parties, would be the ideal scenario.

However, if the manufacturer is not making similar sales to third parties, external comparables can also be used. For example, say, a manufacturer produces wheat products in a semi finished state, out of the raw material, and then sells the same to its AEs as well as non-AEs at a cost plus mark up of 15%. In this case, it is easy for the manufacturer to determine the cost of the raw materials and the mark up for the functions carried out. In this case, internal comparables are also available, and hence, the benchmarking process becomes considerably simpler.

    Joint facility agreements, or Long-term buy & supply arrangements:

The OECD guidelines recommend Cost Plus Method for agreements or arrangements where the manufacturer acts as a contractual manufacturer. A contractual manufacturer is typically one who carries low risk and carries out low-level functions, whereas an entrepreneurial manufacturer is the one who carries majority of the risk and has entrepreneurial and more complex functions. In these cases, functional analysis of the entity is important to determine the category of manufacturer. Mere claim of the entity is not sufficient, and the agreements as well as functions of the entity have to be verified.

After it is determined whether an entity is a contractual or entrepreneurial entity, the comparables can be selected accordingly. This is due to the fact that a contractual manufacturer, bearing low risks, would likely have a less mark up than an entrepreneurial manufacturer, who essentially bears majority of the risks involved.

For example, say, A is a contractual manufacturer, which produces spare parts of computer hardware for its AE, as per the instructions and technical know-how of the AE. In this case, the functionality of ‘A’ is easy to determine, as it is a simpler entity, and thus the costs can be most appropriately determined. Due to less complexity of functions, the mark up to the cost can also be computed as per the agreements with the AE as well as the functions performed by ‘A’. In such a case, CPM is the most appropriate method.

    Provision of services:

This is the third broad category which has been recommended by OECD guidelines for the use of CPM. In this category, CPM can be used wherein the services provided by the entity are low-end services. This is due to the fact that high end service providers do not charge fees on a cost plus basis. The true value in such cases is of the service provided, and not of the cost incurred for the provision of the same. For instance, a Chartered Accountant does not charge his fees based on the costs incurred for a study report, but for his expertise and service provided. In such cases, CPM is not the most appropriate method.

However, in low end services, such as in the case of job workers, the worth of the intangibles for value addition does not form a major part of the price, and hence, an appropriate mark up to cost can be easily determined. Hence, CPM is an appropriate method to derive the Arm’s Length Price.

In order to come to the decision whether CPM can be applied to a particular transaction/entity, the actual risk allocation has to be verified. The OECD guidelines3 provide an example, wherein the actual risk allocation is used to determine whether CPM can be used or not. The example reads as follows:

“Company A of an MNE group agrees with company B of the same MNE group to carry out contract research for company B. All risks of a failure of the research are born by company B. This company also owns all the intangibles developed through the research and therefore has also the profit chances resulting from the research. This is a typical setup for applying a cost plus method. All costs for the research, which the associated parties have agreed upon, have to be compensated. The additional cost plus may reflect how innovative and complex the research carried out is.”

Broadly, the CPM is most suitable to the aforesaid situations, but the applicability of the same varies on the facts of each case.

3.5    Situations wherein Cost Plus Method is NOT appropriate:

Furthermore, the UN Practical Manual4 has specified certain transactions wherein the application of CPM is not suitable. It states that where the transactions involve a full-fledged manufacturer which owns valuable product intangibles (i.e., an entrepreneurial manufacturer), independent comparables would be difficult to obtain. Hence, it will be difficult to establish a mark up that is required to remunerate the full-fledged manufacturer for owning the product intangibles. In such structures, typically the sales companies (i.e., commisionaries) will normally be the least complex entities involved in the controlled transactions and will therefore be the tested party in the analysis. The Resale Price Method is typically more easily applied in such cases.

3.6    Steps in application of CPM:

The steps for application of Cost Plus Method, as per

Rule 10B of the Indian Income Tax Act, are as follows:

    Ascertain the direct and indirect cost of production.

    Ascertain a normal gross profit mark-up to such costs.

    Adjust the normal gross profit mark-up referred to in

(2) above to take in to account the functional and other differences.
    The costs referred to in (1) above are increased by the adjusted gross profit mark-up referred to in (3) above.
    The sum so arrived at is taken to be an arm’s length price.

The application of the aforesaid steps is being shown in the following example:

    Production Costs of AE-India = 50

    20% = Gross Profit Margin on production costs earned by 3P-India on sales made by other Indian comparable companies

3.7    Advantages and Challenges of CPM:

Advantages of CPM:

    The applicability of CPM is based on internal costs, for which the information is readily available with the entity
    Reliance is on functional similarities

    Fewer adjustments are required on account of product differences than CUP
    Less vitiated by indirect expenses which are not “controllable”

Challenges of CPM:

    Practical difficulties in ascertaining cost base in controlled and uncontrolled transactions
    Difficulties in determining the gross profit of the comparable companies on the same basis, because of, say, different accounting treatments for certain items

    Difficult to make adjustments for factors which affect the cost base of the entity/transaction
    No incentive for an entity to control costs since the method is based only on actual costs
    The level of costs might be disproportionately lower as compared to the market price, e.g., when lower costs of research leads to the production of a high value intangible in the market

3.8    Peculiar Issues in Application of CPM:

The OECD guidelines examine various practical difficulties in the application of CPM, which are being discussed in brief, hereunder:
Determination of costs and mark up:

While, an enterprise would mostly cover its costs over a period of time, it is plausible that those costs might not be determinant of the appropriate profit for a particular transaction of the specific year. For instance, some companies might need to reduce their prices due to competitive pricing, or there might be instances wherein the cost incurred on R&D is quite low in comparison to the market value of the product.

Further, it is important to apply an apt comparable mark up. For example, if the supplier has employed leased assets to carry out its business activities, its cost cannot be compared to the supplier using its own business assets. In such a case, an appropriate margin is required to be derived. For this purpose, the differences in the level and types of expenses, in light of the functions performed and risks assumed, must be compared. Such comparison may indicate the following:

    Expenses may reflect a functional difference which has not been taken into account in applying the method, for which an adjustment to the cost plus mark-up may be required.

    Expenses may reflect additional functions distinct from the activities tested by the method, for which separate compensation may need to be determined.

    Sometimes, differences in expenses are merely due to efficiencies or inefficiencies of the enterprises, for which no adjustment may be appropriate.

    Accounting consistency:

Where accounting practices are different in controlled and uncontrolled transactions, appropriate adjustments need to be made in order to ensure consistency in the use of same types of costs. Entities might also differ in the treatment of costs which affect the gross mark-up, which need to be accounted for.

3.9    Critical Points while Determining the Cost Base:

In CPM, it is most important to ensure that all the relevant costs have been included in the cost base in order to determine the Arm’s Length Price. The basic principle is to determine what price would have been charged, had the parties not been connected/associated. The OECD guidelines have discussed the same in depth.

An independent entity would ensure that all costs are covered and that a profit is earned on a transaction with a third party. The usual starting point in determining the cost base would be the accounting practices. The AE might consider a certain kind of expense as operating, while the third party may not do so. In such cases, appropriate adjustments need to be made so as to ensure accounting consistency.

Further, in principal, historical costs should be attributed to individual units of production. However, some costs, such as the cost of materials, would vary over a period of time, and it would be appropriate to average the costs over the period in question. Averaging might also be appropriate across product groups or over a particular line of production, and also for fixed costs where the different products are produced simultaneously and the volume of activity fluctuates.

Another difficulty arises on the allocation of costs between suppliers and purchasers. It may be so that the purchaser bears certain costs so as to diminish the supplier’s cost base, on which mark-up would be computed. In practical situations, this may be solved by not allocating costs which are being shifted to the purchaser in the above manner. For instance, say ‘S’ is the manufacturer of semi-finished goods, and supplies to its AE, viz. ‘P’. For this purpose, ‘S’ purchases raw material from a third party. Ideally, the cost of idle raw material should be borne by the supplier, i.e., ‘S’. However, there might be mutual agreements, wherein the purchaser, i.e., ‘P’, bears such cost of idle raw material, and hence, the cost burden of ‘S’ goes down. In such cases, while deriving at the cost base, appropriate adjustments should be made.

Thus, it is evident that no straight jacket formula can be derived for dealing with all cases. It has to be ensured that there is consistency in the determination of costs, between the controlled and uncontrolled transactions, so as to ensure that the appropriate Arm’s Length Price is obtained.

3.10 Cost Plus Model vs. Cost Plus Method:

Due to the ambiguity in the difference between Cost Plus Method and Cost Plus Model, the same is being discussed hereunder:

Cost Plus Model

    It is a pricing model

    Mark-up is added on operating costs/total cost
    Method adopted in fact is TNMM

    Comparison of Net Margins

Cost Plus Method

    Method of determining arm’s length price

    Mark-up is added on cost of goods sold

    Comparison of Gross Margins

3.11 Judicial Precedents on CPM:

The applicability, benchmarking and cost base of CPM has been debated in the courts of law, both Indian and International, time and again. Some of the major judicial precedents are discussed in brief hereunder:

Wrigley  India  Private  Limited  vs.  Addl.  CIT [(2011) 142 TTJ (Del) 23]:

    The taxpayer is a subsidiary of a US based company, engaged in the business of manufacture and sale of chewing gums.

    The import of raw materials by the taxpayer from its AE constituted 14% of the total raw material consumed.
The taxpayer was selling products in domestic as well as international market.

    In case of export to AEs, it benchmarked its transactions using TNMM.

    The TPO applied CPM, and held that since the goods exported were same as the ones sold in domestic market to unrelated parties, the domestic transactions could be used as ‘comparable’ to the international transactions.

    The ITAT upheld the additions made by using CPM, and observed that the goods sold to AE as well as non-AEs, were the same goods manufactured in the same factory using the same raw materials.

    The use of internal comparables was also upheld, as the raw material purchased from the AE was only 14% of the total consumption, and hence, internal CPM could be used by taking GP/direct cost of production as PLI.

    ITAT also held that though there was difference in domestic and export market, it should have had a positive impact on margins of the taxpayer as per capita income was higher in foreign countries than India and
the goods sold by the taxpayer were not ‘necessities of life’, but were consumed by middle and higher class people in the society.

    Thus, internal CPM was considered to be the most appropriate method.

    Diamond Dye Chem Ltd. vs. DCIT [2010-TII-20-ITAT-MUM-TP]:

    The taxpayer is engaged in the business of manufacturing Optical Brightening Agents (OBAs), and exported its products both to AEs and non-AEs.

    The sales made to AEs were more than 6 times of the sales made to non-AEs. The company adopted TNMM as the most appropriate method to benchmark the transaction.

    TPO rejected the said method, and adopted CPM as the most appropriate method, and made an addition of Rs. 3,07,89,380/-.

    The taxpayer preferred an appeal before the CIT(A) wherein it submitted that that there were a lot of functional differences between the sales made to AEs and those to unrelated parties, and hence, gross profit mark-up cannot be applied. Without prejudice to the same, the taxpayer also claimed that adjustments for differences on account of volume discounts, and staff & travelling cost of marketing and technical persons must be made while computing the Arm’s Length Price.

    The CIT(A) did not accept the contention of the taxpayer for application of TNMM as the most appropriate method. The CIT(A) confirmed the application of CPM by the TPO, but allowed the adjustment on account of “staff and travelling cost of dedicated marketing personnel”. Thus, the CIT(A) arrived at an ALP of 55.27%, and after allowing the benefit of +/- 5% range, confirmed the addition to the extent of Rs. 38,67,421/-.

    The ITAT upheld the use of CPM, and held that the taxpayer did not explain substantial differences in functional and risk profile to reject CPM. The ITAT held that the taxpayer could not satisfactorily explain as to what are the substantial differences in the functional and risk profiles of the activities undertaken by the taxpayer in respect of exports made to the AEs and non-AEs.

    The ITAT further held that since the cost data for the manufacture of products are available as per cost audit report, the report thereof is assured, and hence, CPM is the most appropriate method.

    However, it allowed discount adjustment on account of differences in volumes of sales since the sales made to AEs are almost 6 times to the sales made to non-AEs.

    ACIT vs. L’Oreal India Pvt. Ltd. [ITA No. 6745/M/2008]:

    The taxpayer is engaged in the business of manufacturing and distribution of cosmetic and beauty products, and is a 100% subsidiary of L’Oreal SA France.

    During the AY 2002-03, the taxpayer had purchased raw materials from its associated enterprise and had used CPM to benchmark the same.

    The Transfer Pricing Officer (TPO) rejected the same, and computed the Arm’s Length Price by applying Transactional Net Margin Method (TNMM).

    The CIT(A) deleted the said addition, and the ITAT upheld the decision of the CIT(A).

    ITAT held as follows:

    CPM adopted by the taxpayer is based on the functions performed and not on the basis of types of product manufactured, as normally the pricing methods get precedence over profit methods.

    Even according to the OECD guidelines, the preferred method is that which requires computation of ALP directly based on gross margin, over other methods which require computation of ALP in an indirect method, because comparing gross margins extinguishes the need for making adjustments in relation to differences in operating expenses, which could be different from enterprise to enterprise.

    CPM had been accepted by the TPO in subsequent assessment years.

    The Department went in appeal against the aforesaid order before the High Court, wherein the decision of the ITAT was upheld by the High Court.     

ACIT vs. MSS India (P.) Ltd. [(2009) 32 SOT 132 (Pune)]:

    The taxpayer is a 100% EOU, engaged in the business of manufacturing of strap connectors. It made sales to both its AEs and non-AEs.

    83% of the total sales were made to the AEs.

    It incurred a loss of 2.35% at the net level.

    In order to justify arm’s length price, the taxpayer used CPM as well as TNMM. In TNMM, the taxpayer compared its net loss to the other companies which were incurring more losses. While, in using CPM, the taxpayer used internal comparables, i.e., it compared the margins from AEs and non-AEs.

    TPO rejected the use of CPM on the basis that the division of cost was not verifiable. The comparables selected by the taxpayer were also rejected by the

TPO, and fresh comparables were selected.

    TPO applied TNMM to benchmark the transactions and make adjustments to the value of sales to derive at an arm’s length price.

    The CIT(A) and ITAT both upheld the use of CPM.

    The ITAT held as follows:

    The TPO rejected the use of CPM stating that “while distributing various costs, it is always difficult to exactly find out the correct ratio in which all these costs should be allocated and if the distribution of all these costs is not done correctly, it may give undesirable results”. The ITAT held that a method cannot be rejected merely because of its complexity.

    The relevant considerations for selection of appropriate method ought to be the nature and class of international transaction, the class of AEs, FAR analysis and availability, coverage and reliability of data, the degree of comparability between related and unrelated transactions and ability to make reliable and accurate adjustment in case of differences.

    It was not necessary that AEs should enter into international transaction in such a manner that a reasonable profit margin would be earned by the AE, but what was necessary that price charged for such transactions had to be at arm’s length.


    ACIT vs. Tara Ultimo (P.) Ltd. [(2012) 143 TTJ (Mum) 91]:

    The taxpayer, engaged in manufacture and trade of jewellery, sold finished goods to its AE and adopted CPM to compute ALP of the transaction, using Sales/ GP as the PLI.

    TPO rejected the ALP computation made by the taxpayer, and made an adjustment to the taxpayer’s income, using TNMM.

    On appeal, the CIT(A) deleted the addition made, and the Revenue went into appeal before the ITAT.

    The ITAT made the following observations:

    CIT(A) examined only one aspect of the matter i.e. sales of finished goods to the AEs, but failed to examine other aspects of import of diamonds from

AE and export of diamonds to AEs. Hence, the ITAT held that the CIT(A) had erred in rejecting TNMM.

    The taxpayer had not placed on record any evidence to support ALP of diamonds imported and exported or to justify that the transactions were made at prevailing market price.

    In the absence of documentation to support use of direct method such as CUP, CPM or Resale Price method, it was imperative to use indirect methods of determination of ALP i.e., TNMM or profit Split method.

    The taxpayer had made comparison on ‘global level’ instead on ‘transaction level’. Further, one of the important input i.e., diamond had been imported from AEs where the arm’s length nature of the transaction was not established.

    In view of the above, ITAT rejected the CPM method, and remanded the matter back to the CIT(A) for fresh determination.

    Conclusion:
Various guidelines have been developed to assist the countries in proper tax administration, as well as MNEs to reasonably attribute the appropriate profit to each jurisdiction. In a global economy, where MNEs play a prominent role, transfer pricing is a major issue for tax administrations as well as taxpayers. In order to ensure that the respective governments receive the revenue that they are entitled to, and that the MNEs pay proper tax without suffering the consequence of double taxation, various methods and guidelines have been developed.

Resale Price Method and Cost Plus Method, have been discussed at length herein. However, it is pertinent to mention that the facts of each case may be unique, and need to be scrutinised independently before coming to a conclusion for the applicability of the most appropriate method. The purpose of the method is merely to arrive at the arm’s length price, for which several adjustments may need to be applied. It is important to use the above method with suitable flexibility for the same. It is advisable to reject the other methods before accepting most appropriate method for computation of arm’s length price. In conclusion, it is the intent and the essence of the provisions and the method to be kept in mind, and not merely the procedure.

Further, recently OECD has launched an Action Plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) identifying 15 specific actions needed in order to equip governments with the domestic and international instruments to address the challenge of MNEs adopting aggressive tax planning and profit shifting. The objective of this plan is to prevent double non-taxation and proper allocation of profits between various jurisdictions. The said objective can be achieved by appropriate FAR analysis and by selecting the most appropriate method for benchmarking the transaction between two associated enterprises.

Comparable Uncontrolled Price (‘CUP’) Method – Introduction and Analysis

fiogf49gjkf0d
1 Background

Transfer pricing
provisions in section 92 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’)
prescribe that the arm’s length price (‘ALP’) of international/specified
domestic transactions between associated enterprises (‘AEs’) needs to
be determined with regard to the ALP, by applying any of the following
methods:

– Price-based methods: CUP Method
– Profit-based
methods: Resale Price Method (‘RPM’), Cost Plus Method (‘CPM’), Profit
Split Method (‘PSM’) and Transactional Net Margin Method (‘TNMM’)
– Prescribed methods: Other Method

The
provisions of the Act prescribe the choice of the Most Appropriate
Method having regard to the nature of the transaction, availability of
relevant information, possibility of making reliable adjustments, etc,
and do not prescribe an hierarchy or preference for any method1.

In
this article, the authors have sought to explain the conceptual
framework of the CUP Method, considerations for its applicability and
practical issues concerning industry-wise application of the CUP Method.
Judicial precedents have been referenced as appropriate, for further
reading.

2. Conceptual framework
The CUP Method has
been defined in Rule 10B(1)(a) of the Income-tax Rules, 1962. The
various nuances surrounding the application of CUP Method ( on the basis
of the sub clauses in the rule ) have been analysed below:

(i)“The
price charged or paid for property transferred or services provided in a
comparable uncontrolled transaction, or a number of such transactions,
is identified;”

Analysis
The CUP Method compares the
price in a controlled transaction to the price in an uncontrolled
transaction in comparable circumstances. If there is any difference in
the two prices, underlying factors remaining constant, it may suggest
that the conduct of the related parties to the transaction is not at
arm’s length, i.e. the controlled price ought to be substituted by the
uncontrolled price.

The CUP can be Internal or External. An
internal CUP is the price that the assessee has charged/paid in a
comparable uncontrolled transaction with a third party. An external CUP
is the price of a comparable uncontrolled transaction between third
parties (i.e. no involvement of the assessee). Refer to section 4 for
discussion of the issue governing selection of Internal CUPs and
External CUPs.

A potential issue could arise as regards whether
the provisions prescribe the use of a comparable ‘hypothetical
transaction’, i.e. transaction for which a price/consideration ‘is to be
paid’ or ‘would have been paid’.

Please refer to sections 5 and 6 for detailed discussions.

“(ii)
such price is adjusted to account for differences, if any, between the
international/ specified domestic transaction and the comparable
uncontrolled transactions or between the enterprises entering into such
transactions, which could materially affect the price in the open
market”

Analysis
In an ideal scenario, none of the
differences between the transactions being compared or between the
enterprises undertaking these transactions should materially affect the
price in the open market. One needs to assess whether reasonably
accurate adjustments can be made to eliminate the material effects of
such differences.

Accordingly, the application of the CUP Method
prescribes stringent comparability considerations which need to be
addressed before the determination of ALP, which makes the application
of the CUP Method extremely difficult.

Currently, there is no
prescribed guidance on the manner of computing adjustments. Accordingly,
one can take guidance from the Organisation for Economic Cooperation
and Development (‘OECD’) Guidelines which specify different types of
comparability adjustments.

The characteristics of the
goods/services/property/ intangibles under consideration, including
their end use, have a bearing on the comparability under the CUP Method
and require suitable adjustment. To illustrate, the prices of imported
unprocessed food products would not be the same as imported processed
food products.

Differences in contractual terms, i.e. credit
terms, transport terms, sales or purchase volumes, warranties,
discounts, etc., also play an important role whilst undertaking
comparability adjustments under the CUP Method and adjustments can
typically be made for these quantitative differences. Further, the
comparable uncontrolled transactions should ideally pertain to the
same/closest date, time, volume, etc., as that of the controlled
transaction.

The prices of various products may also differ due
to the differences in the geographic markets, owing to the demand and
supply conditions, income levels and consumer preferences,
transportation costs, regulatory and tax aspects, etc. Indian judicial
precedents have recognised these differences.

A potential issue
may arise in cases where it is not possible to quantify the exact
adjustment to be made to the uncontrolled transaction where the
differences are on account of qualitative attributes, say, for example,
adjustment for difference in quality of Indian products visà- vis
Chinese products.

Further, there may arise differences in the
intensity of functions performed and risks assumed by the assessee,
vis-à-vis a comparable uncontrolled transaction, where it may not be
possible to effect/adjust such differences. In such cases, it is
advisable to maintain robust transfer pricing documentation to identify
and address such material differences and reject the CUP method. To
illustrate, the ownership of intangibles such as trademarks/brands,
etc., could impair the application of the CUP Method.

“(iii) the
adjusted price arrived at under sub-clause (ii) is taken to be an arm’s
length price in respect of the property transferred or services
provided in the international/ specified domestic transaction.”

Analysis
The
results derived from an appropriate application of the CUP Method
generally ought to be the most direct and reliable measure of an ALP for
the controlled transaction. The reliability of the results derived from
the CUP Method is affected by the completeness and accuracy of the data
used and the reliability of assumptions made to apply the method.

3. Application & pertinent issues
The
Indian transfer pricing authorities have indicated a strong preference
for applying the CUP Method given that CUP directly focuses on the
international transaction under review. Even though the degree of
comparability required for application of the CUP Method is high,
unadjusted or inexact CUPs have been routinely applied by the
authorities.

Appellate Tribunals have dealt with the issue of
the application of CUP Method in several transactions pertaining to
various industry sectors and have thrown some light on the guidelines
and reasonable steps that need to be undertaken to make appropriate and
reasonable adjustments to the CUPs in order to arrive at the ALP.
Further, the Tribunals have also adjudicated on the preference of
selection of Internal CUPs over External CUPs. These industry-wide
transactions and the issues concerning application of CUP method in
regard to various categories of payments have been elucidated below:

(i) Payment/Receipt of brokerage:

Under
the internal CUP approach, the brokerage charged by the assessee
(broker) to its AEs could be compared to the brokerage charged by the
assessee to a third party. However, it would be important to consider
the following factors since they have a direct bearing on the pricing of
the respective transactions:

a.    the contractual terms and conditions, i.e. underlying functions and control exercised by each transacting party (e.g. settlement terms, margin money stipulations etc.)
b.    Volume of transactions and resultant discounts, if any
c.    functions  performed  by  the  assessee  in  earning the brokerage from the related party as well as unrelated party.

The Mumbai Tribunal in  the  case  of  RBS  Equities  has upheld the use of the CUP method for brokerage transactions after providing for an adjustment for differences in marketing function, research functions and differences in volumes.

(ii)    Payment/receipt of guarantee fees:

Placing reliance on international guidance and several judicial precedents2 , arm’s length guarantee fees are a factor of the following:

a.    nature – whether the guarantee under consideration is a quasi-equity guarantee.
b.    Whether the benefit derived by the recipient is implicit/ explicit in nature
c.    Purpose of guarantee – A financial or unsecured guarantee would warrant a higher compensation as opposed to a performance or secured guarantee
d.    the  value  of  assets  at  risk/anticipated  loss  given default of the borrower and anticipated probability of default of the borrower
e.    the rate at which guarantees are extended by banks in the country of the lender/borrower
f.    Credit rating of the borrower

In view of the above, it could also be argued that guarantee rates obtained from independent bank websites are generic in nature and not specific to any particular transaction that has been carried out.  thus, not only are they negotiable, they also vary depending on the terms and conditions of the transactions, and the relationship between the banks and the customer. hence, they cannot be used directly to represent the guarantee fee charged on a particular tested transaction.  this principle is supported by indian judicial precedents as well.

(iii)    Financial services – Intercompany loans/ deposits:

Placing reliance on several judicial precedents3, it could be argued that in a case where foreign currency loans/ deposits are advanced by an indian assessee to its overseas subsidiary (say in the USA), the rate of interest on the intercompany loan could be determined with reference  to  CUPs,  i.e.  the  london  interbank  offered Rate plus basis points, appreciating that arm’s length interest rates are a factor of the following:

a.    the value of the assets at risk, or the anticipated loss given the default of the borrower;
b.    anticipated probability of default of the borrower;
c.    the level of interest rates, in terms of risk-free rates for given tenor and currency;
d.    the market price of risk, or credit spreads; and
e.    taxes;
f.    Whether the loan/deposits are quasi-equity in nature (i.e. convertible to equity upon maturity);
g.    Purpose of the loan – i.e. whether the loans were extended for further investment purposes.

(iv)    Pharmaceuticals, chemicals – Import of raw materials/Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (‘APIs’):

The  mumbai  Bench  of  the  indian  tax  tribunal,  in  the cases of Serdia4 Pharmaceuticals and Fulford India5, have provided useful insights on transfer pricing issues related to the pharmaceutical industry.

In the case of Serdia, the prices of off-patented APIs imported by the taxpayer from foreign aes were compared by the Revenue authorities with the prices of generic APIs purchased by competitors from third party suppliers, by using the CUP Method.

Before decoding the Serdia verdict, it would be essential to delve into the decision of the Canadian federal Court of Appeal (‘FCA’) rendered in the case of GlaxoSmithKline Inc (‘GSK’)6 , as it has been quoted and relied upon by the Tribunal in the case of Serdia.

GSK imported APIs from its AE for secondary manufacture and distribution of the drug named “Zantac”. GSK also had a license agreement with its AE, which provided GSK with the right to use the “Zantac” trademark. applying  the CUP Method, the Revenue compared GSK’s import prices of APIs from AEs with the prices of generic APIs purchased by competitors from third party suppliers, and an adjustment was proposed for the difference in prices. Eventually, the FCA ruled that GSK’s license agreement with its ae must be considered as a circumstance relevant to the determination of the ALP of the APIs imported by GSK from its AE, and thereafter restored the matter back to the lower authorities for fresh adjudication.

What logically follows from the conclusion is that the price of a generic product cannot simply be a CUP for another product, which is accompanied with a license or right to use intellectual property (‘IP’), which in the aforesaid case was a valuable trademark. holding this to be the pivotal principle, let us revert to the Serdia ruling, where there was no evidence furnished by the taxpayer relating to the licensing of any accompanying intangible based on which a higher price to AEs could be justified. Further, the Tribunal clearly distinguished the facts of Serdia’s case from those in the case of uCB india7 and stated that the CUP Method cannot blindly be rejected without giving due consideration to the facts of each and every case.

Fulford,  however,  put  forth  an  argument  before  the Mumbai Tribunal against the use of the CUP Method applied by the revenue, to benchmark the prices of import of off-patented APIs from AEs with prices of generic APIs. Fulford’s primary contention was that the said comparison was flawed, as it had been undertaken in complete disregard of the functions, assets, and risks (‘FAR’) profile or characterisation of the parties to the transaction and Fulford’s FAR was of routine distributor entitled to profits commensurate to its distribution function. Fulford argued that application of the CUP Method in such cases might result in the indian distributor earning exorbitant margins or profits, a significant portion of which it might not deserve, being related to the intangibles owned and the various risks, including product liability risks borne by the foreign principal. Another issue faced by taxpayers has been the application of the CUP Method using secret comparables. Section 133(6) of the Act empowers the Indian Revenue authorities to call for information from various public sources in order to determine the ALP of the transaction, i.e. comparing the import prices of  APIs  imported  by the pharmaceutical companies with the prices of APIs available from such sources. In this regard, it is pertinent to note that without furnishing requisite details such as the quantum of transactions, quality of the API purchased, shelf life of the products, it is extremely difficult to make reliable adjustments as contemplated under the CUP method. A number of pharmaceutical companies face the double-edged sword where reduced import prices (owing to transfer pricing disallowances) are generally not considered by the Customs authorities for the purposes of customs duty assessment.

(v)    Information technology and Software – Payment of service fee:

The charge-out rates in the case of some it companies are determined having regard to the qualification/designation of the employees, i.e. per month/per man hour rates.     In this regard, some judicial precedents8 issued by the Indian Tribunals favour the application of the CUP Method as opposed to the tnmm method, since the rates are not determined on the basis of software developed or volume of work. In the case of Velankani Software, the Tribunal upheld the use of the internal CUP Method where the technology, asset and marketing support was provided by the ae in the controlled transaction as opposed to the uncontrolled transaction, where the assessee used its own technology, assets and marketing infrastructure, since the assessee operated on a billing ‘on time and material’ basis, i.e. rates based on man months at different prices for different skill sets of employees for aes as well as non aes, subject to the detailed documentation furnished by the taxpayer.

(vi)    Purchase and sale of power:

It is a known fact that a number of taxpayers set up captive power production units in order to source power at economical rates and achieve synergies and long term economies of scale. for the purposes of determining the appropriate quantum of deduction under the provisions of Chapter Vi-a of the act read with section 92Ba of the act, it is essential that the transfer of power by such captive units to the operating manufacturing plants is undertaken at fair market value/ALP. In this regard, guidance is provided by recent judicial precedents9    of the tribunals, wherein it is prescribed that any of the following values could be used as a CUP to determine the FMV of the controlled transaction

a.    Price at which excess power, if any, is sold by the captive power unit to the State Electricity Board
b.    Price at which power is purchased by the operating companies from the State Electricity Board
c.    Grid rates according to the Tariff card of the State electricity Board

(vii)    Purchase and sale of diamonds:
In the diamond industry, there is a huge dissimilarity and variation of features which leads to differences in prices. the  pricing  of  the  diamonds  depends  upon  various parameters/factors like size of the diamond, carat weight, various types of shape, colour, clarity, grade, etc., which leads to differential pricing of the diamonds. Thus, in such a condition, it becomes very difficult to apply the CUP method in benchmarking the pricing of diamonds.

4.    Internal vs. External CUPs

The  indian  revenue  authorities  tend  to  accept  the  use of Internal CUPs as well as External CUPs to determine the ALP of the controlled transactions. However, the oeCd Guidelines as well as several judicial precedents10 promote the preference of the internal methods over the external methods since the assessee itself is the party  to the controlled as well as the uncontrolled transaction and the quality of such data is more reliable, accurate and complete as against external comparables, which is the most important consideration in determining the possible application of the CUP Method. In case of external CUP, data may be derived from public exchanges or publicly quoted data. The external CUP data could be considered reliable if it meets the following tests:

a.    the data is widely and routinely used in the ordinary course of business in the industry to negotiate prices for uncontrolled sales

b.    the data derived from external sources is used to set prices in the controlled transaction in the same way it is used by uncontrolled assessees in the industry

c.    the  amount  charged  in  the  controlled  transaction is adjusted to reflect the differences in product quality and quantity, contractual terms, market conditions, transportation costs, risks borne and other factors that affect the price that would be agreed to by uncontrolled assessees

5.    Can quotations be used as CUPS?

Given the above absence of realistic internal/external CUP data for benchmarking the controlled transaction, can it be said that quotations obtained from third parties could constitute valid CUPs?

In the case of KTC Ferro Alloys Pvt. Ltd. (TS 20 ITAT 2014 (Viz) TP), Adani Wilmar Ltd. (TS 171 ITAT 2013 (Ahd) TP), Reliance Industries Ltd. (TS 368 ITAT 2012 (Mum)), Ballast Nedam Dredging (TS 25 ITAT 2013 (Mum) TP) and
A.    M. Todd Co. India P. Ltd. (TS 117 ITAT 2009 (Mum)), various benches of the Tribunals had accepted quotations and rates published in magazines and newspapers as CUPs, subject to necessary adjustments.

However, in the case of Redington India Ltd. (TS 123 ITAT 2013 (CHNY) – TP), the Chennai ITAT rejected the ‘list price’ published on the manufacturer’s website as    a CUP, observing that it is only an indicative price and the CUP can only be based on actual sales. Further, in Sinosteel India Pvt. Ltd. (TS 341 ITAT 2013 (DEL) TP), the Delhi ITAT held that ALP under the CUP Method is  to be determined  based on ‘the price charged or paid’  in a comparable uncontrolled ‘transaction’ and hence, a quotation which has not fructified into a transaction could not be accepted as a CUP.

6.    Introduction of the sixth method – Other Method

The  Central  Board  of  direct  taxes  has  inserted  a  new rule 10AB by notifying the “other method” apart from the five methods already prescribed:

“For the purposes of clause (f) of sub-section (1) of section 92C, the Other Method for determination of the arms’ length price in relation to an international transaction shall be any method which takes into account the price which has been charged or paid,  or would have been charged or paid, for the same   or similar uncontrolled transaction, with Methods of Computation of Arm’s Length Price or between non- associated enterprises, under similar circumstances, considering all the relevant facts.”

The Guidance Note on Transfer Pricing issued by the institute of Chartered accountants  of  india  (august 2013 – revised) explains that the introduction of the other method as the sixth method allows the use of ‘any method’ which takes into account (i) the price which has been charged or paid or (ii) would have been charged   or paid for the same or similar uncontrolled transactions, with or between non-AES, under similar circumstances, considering all the relevant facts.

The    various    data    which    may    possibly    be    used for comparability purposes under the ‘Other Method’ could be:

(a)    Third party quotations; (b) Valuation reports; (c) tender/Bid  documents;  (d)  documents  relating  to  the negotiations; (e) Standard rate cards; (f) Commercial & economic business models; etc.

It is relevant to note that the text of rule 10aB does not describe any methodology but only provides an enabling provision to use any method that has been used or may be used to arrive at the price of a transaction undertaken between non-AEs. Hence, it provides flexibility to determine the price in complex  transactions  where  third party comparable prices or transactions may not exist, i.e. a more lenient version of the CUP Method. The  wide  coverage  of  the  other  method  would  provide flexibility in establishing ALPs, particularly in cases where the application of the five specific methods is not possible due to reasons such as difficulties in obtaining comparable data due to uniqueness of transactions such as intangibles or business transfers, transfer of unlisted shares, sale of fixed assets, revenue allocation/splitting, guarantees provided and received, etc. however, it would be necessary to justify and document reasons for rejection of all other five methods while selecting the ‘Other Method’ as the most appropriate method. the OECD Guidelines also permit the use of any other method and state that the taxpayer retains the freedom to apply methods not described in the OECD Guidelines to establish prices, provided those prices satisfy the ALP.

The  general  underlying  principle  is  that  as  long  as the quotation can be substantiated by an actual uncontrolled transaction to be considered as a price being representative of the prevailing market price, it can be considered as a comparable under the CUP Method. For all other purposes, the quotation would be considered as a comparable under the other method.

7. Conclusion

The CUP Method is the most direct and reliable measure of an ALP for the controlled transaction, using a comparable uncontrolled transaction, subject to an adjustment for differences,  if  any.  the  reliability  of  the  results  derived from the CUP Method is affected by the completeness and accuracy of the data used and the reliability of assumptions made to apply the method.

Application of the CUP Method entails, among others, a close similarity of the following comparability parameters like quality of the product, nature of services, contractual terms and conditions, level of the market, geographic market in which the transaction takes place, date of the transaction, foreign currency risks and intangible property ownership which could materially affect the price charged in an uncontrolled transaction.

Generally, internal CUPs are preferred over external CUPs in view of availability of reliable and accurate comparable data. A quotation could be considered as a CUP, so long as it is substantiated by an actual transaction and is a clear reflection of the prevailing market price.

Transactional Net Margin Method – Overview and Analysis

fiogf49gjkf0d
1 Background

Under transfer pricing, the transaction (controlled transaction) between the taxpayer and its associated enterprise or related party, as the case may be, has to be at Arm’s Length Price (‘ALP) i.e. the price at which the independent parties would have entered into the same or similar transaction under similar circumstances. The Chapter II of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax Administrations (‘OECD guidelines’) prescribe the following methods in order to determine the arm’s length price of the controlled transaction:

The old OECD hierarchy of methods suggested that the CUP method was the most preferred, next came the other “traditional transactional” methods (resale price and cost plus) followed, in “exceptional” cases where the first three methods cannot reliably be applied, by the profit based methods (the transactional net margin method and profit split). Profit based methods were described as ‘methods of last resort’. This distinction is now removed. The basis for choosing one method over the others is now expressed as “finding the most appropriate method for a particular case”. Nevertheless, it is clear that some sort of comparison is required and that the basis for that comparison includes the availability and reliability of the comparable data that can be used when applying any particular method.

In line with the OECD guidelines, the Indian Transfer Pricing Regulations (‘TPR’) provides that the arm’s length price of an international transactions and specified domestic transactions is to be determined by adopting any one of the above methods, being most appropriate (i.e. the method which provides the most reliable measure of the arm’s length price considering the facts and circumstances in each case). However, in addition to above, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (‘CBDT’) under the Indian TPR has prescribed such other method which tests the arm’s length price of the controlled transaction with reference to the price which has been charged or paid for the same or similar uncontrolled transaction under similar circumstances.

2. Conceptual framework

Mechanism to apply TNMM has been mentioned Rule 10B(1)(e) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 as under:

“(i) the net profit margin realised by the enterprise from an international transaction entered into with an associated enterprise is computed in relation to costs incurred or sales effected or assets employed or to be employed by the enterprise or having regard to any other relevant base;

(ii) the net profit margin realised by the enterprise or by an unrelated enterprise from a comparable uncontrolled transaction or a number of such transactions is computed having regard to the same base;

(iii) the net profit margin referred to in sub-clause (ii) arising in comparable uncontrolled transactions is adjusted to take into account the differences, if any, between the international transaction and the comparable uncontrolled transactions, or between the enterprises entering into such transactions, which could materially affect the amount of net profit margin in the open market;

(iv) the net profit margin realised by the enterprise and referred to in sub-clause (i) is established to be the same as the net profit margin referred to in sub-clause (iii); (v) the net profit margin thus established is then taken into account to arrive at an arm’s length price in relation to the international transaction.”

TNMM is applied with an objective to examine the ratio of net profit in relation to an appropriate base (e.g., costs, sales, assets) that a taxpayer realises from a controlled transaction. In the event where such uncontrolled transaction of the taxpayer are not available, net profit relative to identical base realised by unrelated enterprises from comparable uncontrolled transaction is determined. The net profit of taxpayers under controlled transaction is compared either with net profit margins of taxpayer under uncontrolled transaction or with the net profit margins of unrelated enterprises from comparable uncontrolled transactions after making appropriate adjustments, if any. The net profit margin earned under uncontrolled transactions after necessary adjustments, if any is considered as arm’s length margin in respect of the international transaction or specified domestic transaction.

TNMM does not require strict product and functional comparability as is required in case of traditional methods such as CUP, RPM and CPM. The TNMM primarily focuses on comparison of net profit margin realised by the associated enterprises in their controlled transactions with that of uncontrolled transactions. Typical transactions where TNMM can be applied are provision of services, distribution of finished products where RPM cannot be applied, transfer of semi-finished goods where CPM cannot be applied, transactions involving intangibles where PSM cannot be used, etc.

TNMM is generally the preferred method amongst the taxpayers and the tax authorities. However, the manner of applying TNMM is often seen as cause of dispute in most of the practical cases. More often there exists difference of opinion between taxpayers and the revenue authorities in respect of considering the TNMM as the most appropriate method against the traditional methods. For example, practically in most of the cases of a distributor having import transactions from related parties for onward distribution in the Indian market, while the taxpayers select RPM for benchmarking such international transactions, the tax authorities select TNMM as the most appropriate method. Further, application of CUP method/CPM over TNMM or vice versa is often seen as a matter of disputes during transfer pricing audits in India.

3. Application of TNMM, pertinent issues and few judicial rulings

The steps involved in application of TNMM are as under:

Each of the above steps on application of TNMM, practical difficulties/challenges during the transfer pricing audits in India and few of the judicial rulings are briefly described as under:

Step 1: Selection of the tested party
When applying TNMM, it is necessary to choose the party to the transaction for which a financial indicator (mark-up on costs, gross margin, or net profit indicator) is tested. As a general rule, the tested party is the one to which a transfer pricing method can be applied in the most reliable manner and for which the most reliable comparables can be found, i.e., it will most often be the one that has the less complex functional analysis. However this has been an area of litigation during transfer pricing audits in India. The revenue authorities and the tax payers have divergent views on selection of tested party i.e., whether tested party should be Indian tax payers or foreign Associated Enterprise (AE). Selection of foreign comparables is also one of the area where litigation subsists during transfer pricing audits in India.

Judicial Rulings:

However diverse are the judicial pronouncements supporting selection of foreign AE as a tested party, including Development Consultants P. Ltd. vs. DCIT [2008] 115 TTJ 577 (Kol), Mastek Ltd. vs. ACIT [2012]
53 SOT 111 (Ahd.), AIA Engineering Ltd. vs. ACIT [2012] 50 SOT 134 (Ahd.), Global Vantedge Private Limited vs. DCIT  (2010-TIOL-  24-ITAT-DEL),  General  Motors India P. Ltd. vs. DCIT [ITA nos. 3096/Ahd 2010  and  3308/ Ahd 2011.], the outcome of said Tribunal rulings are in accordance with the international best practices with regards to selection of tested party. It has been settled  in these rulings that tested party should be the least complex entity for which reliable data in respect of itself and in respect of comparables is available. In such cases it was held that the tested party could be the local entity or a foreign AE. Such rulings gave credence to the fact that the foreign AE can also be selected as a tested party depending upon the facts and circumstances of the case.

Step 2: Selection of data for comparison
The Indian TPR requires that the arm’s length analysis be based on data for the relevant financial year only.

While applying TNMM, one of the conflicts prevails where the taxpayers are required to maintain contemporaneous documentation i.e. documentation should exist before the Form 3CEB is filed. As per the Income-tax rules, the data to be used for arm’s length analysis has to be for the relevant financial year under consideration. However, as has been experienced till date, the data for comparable companies (in case where external TNMM using search process from databases is preferred) for the arm’s  length analysis in respect of the relevant financial year  is generally not available before the Form 3CEB is filed due to search database limitations. This leads to need for usage of multiple year data in order to undertake arm’s length analysis. Internationally also, multiple year data analysis is considered as it takes into account relevant economic factors like business cycles etc., which may impact the determination of arm’s length price.

Judicial Rulings:
Practically it has been noticed that the India tax authorities do not consider multiple year data analysis and proceed to perform the TNMM analysis using single year data i.e. the data related to financial year under consideration. There are host of rulings against the taxpayers disregarding the usage of multiple year data including Aztec Software and Technology vs. ACIT (294 ITR 32, Bang ITAT), Symantec Software Solutions Pvt. Ltd vs. ACIT (ITAT No. 7894/ MUM/2010, etc.

However, contrary to the above rulings, the jurisdictional Bangalore Income Tax Appellate Tribunal in the case of Phillips Software Centre Private Limited (ITA No. 218/ Bang/2008) has held that the TPO cannot use data during assessment that was not available to the assessee at the time of preparation of documentation. Further, the Hon’ble Delhi Tribunal in case of Panasonic India Private Limited vs. Income Tax Officer (ITA No.1417/Del/2008) held that proviso to Rule 10B(4) would allow the taxpayer to adopt the previous two year’s average PLI along with the current year’s PLI of the tested party and on a similar footing allow the taxpayer to adopt the three year’s average PLI of comparable companies.

The above practical difficulty should be now resolved   by the recent amendment in the Finance Act, 2014. It was proposed in the Budget Speech of 2014 by the Hon’ble Central Finance Minister that use of multiple year data (instead of single year data) would be allowed for comparability analysis. However, the detailed rules in this regard would be notified subsequently.

Step 3: Aggregation of transactions
While computing profits under TNMM, the international transactions in relation to a particular activity which are subject to transfer pricing are aggregated and the net profit for the activity is arrived for benchmarking with   the uncontrolled transaction. While, the Indian TPR is silent on the aggregation of transactions, the principles on aggregation of transactions are contained in the OECD guidelines. For example, consider as case where there are multiple sales transaction entered by an India taxpayer, being a manufacturer to its various group companies located in different parts of the world. Due to inherent practicalities of determining net profits earned by the taxpayer in respect of each of such sales transactions, it is more often seen that all the sales transactions are ‘aggregated’ and the net profit of the taxpayer arising  out of its manufacturing activities is benchmarked as a separate ‘class of transaction’.

Further, practically it is seen that while applying TNMM, all the international transactions are aggregated and entity wide net profit is determined for benchmarking purpose. For example consider a scenario  where  a  taxpayer  has entered into multiple  international  transactions such as sales from manufacturing activities, sales from distribution activities, payment of royalty, payment of corporate charges, interest payments, etc. It is seen that in many cases, all the transactions are aggregated and net profit of the taxpayer is determined and compared  for benchmarking analysis. However, as per the various judicial pronouncements it is well settled that each and every transaction needs to be benchmarked separately taking into consideration the functions performed, assets employed and risks assumed (typically called as FAR analysis) under each of such transactions.

Aggregation  and  segmentation  is  often   challenged by the income tax authorities. Appropriate level of segmentation of the taxpayer’s financial data is needed while determining the  net  profits  of  the  taxpayers  from controlled transaction. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to apply TNMM on a company-wide basis if the company engages in a variety of different controlled transactions that cannot be appropriately compared on an aggregate basis with those of an independent enterprise. Similarly, when analysing the transactions between the independent enterprises to the extent they are needed, profits attributable to transactions that are not similar to the controlled transactions under examination based on the FAR  analysis should be excluded for the purpose   of comparison.

Practically, there are numerous cases wherein while making the transfer pricing adjustments, the tax authorities have applied TNMM on overall entitywide basis instead of restricting the adjustments to international transactions only. The TNMM analysis should be restricted only to the international transaction.

Judicial Rulings:
The issue related to the principle of aggregation of transaction  vis-a-vis  segmentation  of  transactions  and restriction of transfer pricing adjustment to the international transactions only is covered under various ITAT rulings such as Aztec Software and Technology vs
.ACIT, (294 ITR 32 – Bang ITAT); Ranbaxy Laboratories Ltd vs. ACIT (299 ITR 175 – Del ITAT), M/s Panasonic India Pvt Ltd vs. Income Tax Officer (2010) TII-47-ITAT- DEL-TP; UCB India Private Ltd. vs. ACIT (reference: ITA No. 428 & 429 of 2007); DCIT vs. M/s Starlite (reference: ITA No. 2279/Mum/06), Birlasoft (India) Limited vs. DCIT [TS-227-ITAT-2014(DEL)-TP]; Tecnimont ICB Pvt. Ltd. [TS-251-ITAT-2013(Mum)-TP],etc.

Application of TNMM on aggregated basis in case where unique intangibles are involved:

In certain cases, comparability analysis could be difficult where the transactions include unique intangibles. Following extracts from the OECD  guidelines  deals  with a typical case where the transaction involves sale  of branded products and difficulty that could arise in determining ALP of the transaction.

“6.25 For example, it may be the case that a branded athletic shoe transferred in a controlled transaction is comparable to an athletic shoe transferred under a different brand name in an uncontrolled transaction both in terms of the quality and specification of the shoe itself and also in terms of the consumer acceptability and other characteristics of the brand name in that market. Where such a comparison is not possible, some help also may be found, if adequate evidence is available, by comparing the volume of sales and the prices chargeable and profits realised for trademarked goods with those for similar goods that do not carry the trademark. It therefore may be possible to use sales of unbranded products as comparable transactions to sales of branded products that are otherwise comparables, but only to the extent that adjustments can be made to account for any value added by the trademark. For example, branded athletic shoe “A” may be comparable to an unbranded shoe in all respects (after adjustments) except for the brand name itself. In such a case, the premium attributable to the brand might be determined by comparing an unbranded shoe with different features, transferred in an uncontrolled transaction, to its branded equivalent, also transferred in an uncontrolled transaction. Then it may be possible to use this information as an aid in determining the price of branded shoe “A”, although adjustments may be necessary for the effect of the difference in features on the value of the brand. However, adjustments may be particularly difficult where a trademarked product has a dominant market position such that the generic product is in essence trading in a different market, particularly where sophisticated products are involved.”

Application of TNMM is such cases could be more useful as the net margins are less affected and are more tolerant to product differences and other conditions prevailing in case of controlled transactions vis-a-vis uncontrolled comparable transactions.

Further, practically let us consider an example in case  of a Manufacturing concern, say A Ltd. There are sales by A Ltd. to its various group companies and also there are royalty payments to a group company towards use  of brand, technical know-how, etc. The ideal approach would be to benchmark the sales transactions and royalty payment transaction separately. However, quite often due to practical difficulties related to availability of comparability of data etc., separate benchmarking of such transactions becomes difficult. To counter such scenario, TNMM is generally applied on an aggregate entitywide basis, wherein net profit from a “class of transactions” i.e. Manufacturing sales is benchmarked using comparable data either internally or using external database with appropriate adjustments, if any.

Step 4: Identification of comparables

Comparable analysis is the essence of Transfer pricing and that too while applying TNMM. Under TNMM, the comparable analysis is required at broad functional level based on the FAR analysis. For example, comparables can be chosen depending upon broad category of business i.e., trading function, manufacturing function, service function etc. The comparables (uncontrolled transaction) typically can be internal comparable or external comparables.

TNMM should ideally be established by  reference  to the net profit indicator  that  the  same  taxpayer  earns in comparable uncontrolled transactions, i.e., by reference to “internal comparables” Where the internal comparables are not available, the net margin that would have been earned in comparable transactions by an independent enterprise (“external comparables”) may serve as a guide. A functional analysis of the controlled and uncontrolled transactions is required to determine whether the transactions are comparable and what adjustments may be necessary to obtain reliable results.

External comparables are found out using publicly available databases. Prowess (a database developed by Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy Private Limited) and CapitalinePlus (a database developed by Capital Market Publishers India Private Limited) are  widely  used amongst the taxpayers and transfer pricing authorities in India.

The OECD guidelines specifies the use internal TNMM over external TNMM. However, the controversy in respect of the same subsists between the taxpayer and the revenue authorities. Internal TNMM has been considered to be preferable by the Indian appellate tax authorities. While the internal TNMM is more preferred choice, it is not applied due to lack of comparable data. Further while applying external TNMM over database, there are host of differences on the manner of selection of comparable companies – commonly called as “search process”. There are continual disputes between taxpayers and tax authorities on selection of appropriate search filters. For example the prominent disagreements over quantitative filters could be application of minimum/maximum sales turnover (for example considering software giants like Infosys, Wipro etc., having huge turnover while comparing with pygmies software players), filter for service revenue over total revenue, export sales filter, employee cost to total sales filter, filter on related party transactions, etc.

Further, as we understand that in practical world no company can have its exactly comparable company with same functionalities; application of TNMM sometimes becomes a challenging task for taxpayers as well as tax authorities. Therefore qualitative analysis under TNMM more often fails to reach consensus between tax payers and tax authorities on identification of ‘ideal’ comparables.

Judicial Rulings:

The various judicial rulings placed emphasise on selection of comparable companies considering the Functions, Assets and Risk (FAR) analysis of the controlled transactions vis-a-vis uncontrolled transactions. The few important rulings include Mentor Graphics (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT (112 TTJ 408, 2007 18 SOT 76, 109 ITD 101 – Delhi
ITAT), UCB India Private Limited vs. ACIT [2009-TIOL- 184-ITAT-MUM, (2009) 30 SOT 95)], DCIT vs. Quark Systems (P) Ltd. (2010-TIOL-31-ITAT-CHDSB), etc.

Step 5: Selection of suitable PLI

The application of TNMM requires the selection of an appropriate PLI. The PLI measures the relationship between (i) profits and (ii) either costs incurred, revenues earned, or assets employed.

In applying the TNMM, an appropriate PLI needs to be selected considering a number of factors, including the nature of the activities of the tested party, the reliability  of the available data with respect to the comparable companies, and the extent to which the PLI is likely to produce an appropriate measure of an arm’s length result.

A variety of PLIs can be used. TNMM aims at arriving   at the arm’s length operating profit (i.e., profit before financial and non-operating expenses).  The  examples of PLI commonly used while applying TNMM are net operating profit/total operating cost (OP/TC), net operating profit/total sales (OP/Sales), net operating profit on total assets employed (return on assets), net operating profit on capital employed (return on capital employed), berry ratio (i.e. ratio of gross profit over operating value added expenses), etc.

Determination of the appropriate base while choosing PLI: The denominator of a PLI should be focused on the relevant indicator(s) of the value of the functions performed by the tested party in the transaction under review, taking account of its assets used and risks assumed. For instance, capital- intensive activities such as certain manufacturing activities may involve significant investment risk, even in those cases where the operational risks (such as market risks or inventory risks) might be limited. Where a transactional net margin method is applied to such cases, the investment- related risks are reflected in the net profit indicator if the latter is a return on investment (e.g. return on assets or return on capital employed).

The denominator should be reasonably independent from controlled transactions; otherwise there would be no objective starting point. For instance, when analysing a transaction consisting in the purchase of goods by a distributor from an associated enterprise for resale to independent customers, one could not weight the net profit indicator against the cost of goods sold because these costs are the controlled costs for which consistency with the arm’s length principle is being tested. Similarly, for a controlled transaction consisting in the provision    of services to an associated enterprise, one could not weight the net profit indicator against the revenue from the sale of services because these are the controlled sales for which consistency with the arm’s length principle is being tested.

During the transfer pricing audits, the selection of appropriate PLI is one of the disputed issues. For example, in case where the taxpayers has imports as well as export transactions with its AEs. In such an event, selection of PLI i.e. OP/cost, OP/sales or berry ratio could be a debatable issue. The transfer pricing authorities typically do not accept usage of PLI such as return on assets or return on capital employed disregarding the functional profiles, nature of industry and other critical business or economic reasons. Usage of Berry ratio in case of typical limited risk distributors or service provider is quite often not considered appropriate by the transfer pricing authorities in India.

Judicial Rulings:
Various judicial rulings in dealt with the aspect of PLI selection, few of important ones being Schefenacker Motherson Ltd vs. DCIT [123 TTJ 509 (Del)], Kyungshin Industrial Motherson Limited vs. DCIT, New Delhi [2010-TII-61-ITAT-DEL-TP], etc.

Step 6: Economic adjustments, if any
The Indian TPR provides that the net profit margin should be adjusted to take into account the differences, if any, between the international transaction and the comparable uncontrolled transactions, which could materially affect the amount of net profit margin in the open market. Typical comparability adjustments while applying TNMM are working capital adjustments, market risk adjustment, capacity utilisation adjustments, etc. However, in absence of concrete guidance on manner of carrying out such adjustment workings under the Indian TPR, practically   it becomes difficult for the taxpayers to convince the tax authorities on veracity of such adjustments. However, in case of working capital adjustments, guidance is more often taken from OECD guidelines on mechanisms to carry our such adjustments and this is too some extent accepted by the Transfer Pricing authorities in India.

Judicial Rulings:
There are multiple judicial rulings on economic adjustments while applying TNMM. The rulings dealt with allowance of working capital adjustments, capacity utilisation adjustments, adjustments due to accounting policies (depreciation charge), etc. The important ones being Mentor Graphics (P) Ltd. vs.  DCIT  [112  TTJ  408, 2007 18 SOT 76, 109 ITD 101 (Del ITAT)], E-gain
Communication (P) ltd. vs. ITO [118 TTJ 354, 23 SOT 385 (Pune ITAT)], Philips Software Centre Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT [2008-TIOL-471-ITAT-BANG], TO vs. CRM Services India
(P) Ltd., CRM Services India (P) Ltd. vs. ITO [ITA No. 4796(Del)/2010,ITA No. 4796(Del)/2010], etc.

Step 7: Assessment of profit for comparisons
As a matter of principle, only those items that (a) directly or indirectly relate to the controlled transaction at hand and (b) are of an operating nature are taken into account in the determination of the net profit indicator for the application of the TNMM. However, in a practical scenario, there are many controversies in the treatment of revenue items into operating or non-operating. For example, treatment of foreign exchange fluctuations, bad debts, provision for bad debt, amortisation of goodwill, etc. as operating/non-operating items. The assessment of profit depends upon appropriate selection of cost base and    in absence of appropriate guidance and host of diverse judicial pronouncements, practical difficulty in applying TNMM still prevails.

Judicial Rulings:
In absence of any guidelines as to what should form  part of “operating costs”/”operating revenue” while determining “operating net profit” for TNMM application is debatable under the Indian transfer pricing regime. The various judicial pronouncements in India dealt with the issue related to computation of net profits of the tested party and comparable companies in  order  to  assess the arm’s length price. The prominent rulings being Schefenacker Motherson Ltd. vs. DCIT [123 TTJ 509 – Delhi ITAT], Chrys Capital Investment Advisors India Pvt. Ltd. [2010-TII-11-ITAT-Delhi-TP], Sap Labs India Private Limited vs. ACIT Bangalore [2010-TII-44-ITAT-BANG-TP], DHL Express India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-353-ITAT-2011(Mum)], Trilogy E business Software India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-455-ITAT- 2011(Bang)],etc.

Step 8: Determination of the arm’s length price
In order to apply the arm’s length principle, sometimes it is possible to test the same with a single uncontrolled price/ margin. However, transfer pricing is not an exact science and therefore, in most of the cases, application of the most appropriate method results in a range of prices/margin which are comparable to the controlled transaction. In such cases, as provided under the Indian TPR, the arm’s length price must be determined considering the average mean of such range of prices/margin.

The Indian TPR also provides that the average mean as mentioned above can be adjusted by +/- 1% in case of wholesale traders and 3% in case of others to fit in the arm’s length principle.

Judicial Rulings:
There are judicial rulings such as Mentor Graphics (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [112 TTJ 408, 2007 18 SOT 76, 109 ITD 101 – Del ITAT], ACIT vs. MSS India Pvt. Ltd. [123 TTJ
657 2009-TIOL-416-ITAT-PUNE], etc. on the principles on determination of arm’s length price.

Summary of few judicial rulings on each of the above aspect related to application of TNMM is enclosed as Annexure 1.

4.    advantages and limitations of applying the TNMM

5.    revised chapters i-iii of the OECD guidelines

The erstwhile OECD guidelines included five comparability factors – characteristics of property or services, functional analysis, contractual terms, economic circumstances and business strategy. Under the revised OECD guidelines, while the said comparability factors are still applicable, revised Chapter III of the OECD guidelines sets out a ten-step process for performing a comparability analysis. Application of the steps is stated as being “good practice” and is not compulsory “as reliability of the outcome is more important than the process”. The ten steps, which are not necessarily sequential, are:-

?    Broad based analysis of the taxpayer’s circumstances;
?    Determination of years to be covered;
?    Functional analysis;
?    Review of existing internal comparables;
?    Determination of available sources of information on external comparables;
?    Selection of the most appropriate transfer pricing method;
?    Identification of the potential comparables;
?    Determination of and making appropriate comparability adjustments where appropriate;
?    Interpretation and use of data collected; and
?    Implementation of the support processes.

In terms of comparability adjustments, the revised OECD guidelines suggests the basis of undertaking or not undertaking adjustments to the comparables and tested party and concludes that, if possible, adjustments must be made where differences exist, which could materially affect the comparison. The revised OECD guidelines also state that where internal comparables exist, it may not be necessary to search for external comparables. However, it also recognises that internal comparables are not always necessarily a more reliable basis for evaluating arm’s length nature of transaction between taxpayer and related party.

The revised OECD  guidelines  reinforces  that  TNMM  is unlikely to be reliable if both parties to a transaction contribute unique intangibles. Where TNMM is applicable, the OECD guidelines provides guidance on the comparability standard to be applied, reinforcing the importance of determining an appropriate profit level indicator as the basis of the analysis and discussing the importance of undertaking adjustments so that interest and foreign exchange income and expenses are treated in a comparable manner in the profit level indicator of both the tested party and the comparables. Annexure I to Chapter II of the revised OECD guidelines has laid down certain numerical illustrations on sensitivity of gross and net profit indicators.

Illustrations on sensitivity of gross and Net Profit Margins Due To Functional Differences

llustration 1 – Difference in functional and risk profile of distributors:

Enterprises  performing  different  functions  may  have  a wide range of gross profit margins while still earning broadly similar levels of net profits. For instance, TNMM would be less sensitive to differences in volume, extent and complexity of functions and operating expenses.

Let us consider an example of a distributor, say X Ltd. importing certain goods from its group companies for further distribution in India. X Ltd. performs significant marketing function and bears product obsolescence risk. Also let us assume that there is another distributor, say Y Ltd. importing similar goods from its group companies for further distribution in India. The import price for X Ltd. and Y Ltd. for the goods would be different in view of difference in the functions and risk borne by each of them. The import price in case of X Ltd. should typically be lower than that of import price in case of Y Ltd. The gross profits of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. would be influenced by such functional differences. However, TNMM is more tolerant to such functional differences. This can be explained by way of numeric illustration as under:

(*) Assume that in this case the difference of INR 100    in transaction price corresponds to the difference in the extent and complexity of the marketing function performed by the distributor and the difference in the allocation of the obsolescence risk between the manufacturer and the distributor.

From the above table, it can be observed that the risk   of error at gross margin level would amount to INR 100 (10% x 1,000), while it would amount to INR 20 (2% x 1,000) if a TNMM was applied.

This illustrates the fact that, depending on the circumstances of the case and in particular of the effect of the functional differences on the cost structure and on the revenue of the “comparables”, net profit margins can be less sensitive than gross margins to differences in the extent and complexity of functions.

Illustration    2    –    Effect    of    a    difference    in manufacturers’ capacity utilisation:
 
In certain scenario TNMM may be more sensitive than the cost plus or resale price methods to differences in capacity utilisation, because differences in the levels of absorption of indirect fixed costs (e.g. fixed manufacturing costs or fixed distribution costs) would affect the net profit but may not affect the gross margin or gross mark-up on costs if not reflected in price differences. Let us consider an example where P Ltd. a manufacturer of certain goods operates in full capacity (say 1000 units per year) vis-a- vis. Q Ltd., a manufacturer of similar goods which operates at a lesser capacity of what it could manufacture in full year (say 800 units per year in case where full capacity is 1000 units).

case and in particular on the proportion of fixed and variable costs and on whether it is the taxpayer or the “comparable” which is in an over-capacity situation.

In addition to above, the OECD guidelines have under Annexure to Chapter III has provided an example of a working capital adjustment typically undertaken while applying TNMM.

6.    Conclusion

TNMM does not require stringent comparability norms (product comparability, exact functional comparability, etc.) unlike in case of other prescribed transfer pricing methods like  CUP, RPM,  CPM  and  PSM.  Therefore  it can be noticed that TNMM is generally the preferred method amongst the taxpayers and transfer pricing authorities in India. (*) This assumes that the arm’s length price of
 
However, the TNMM has its own practical difficulties and nuances explained above. As discussed, over a decade old Indian transfer pricing regime has witnessed significant number of judicial rulings  relating  to  various  aspects on application of TNMM. This include aspects such as preference of other transfer pricing methods over TNMM, selection of tested party, selection of comparable period, choosing appropriate PLIs, segmentation vs. aggregation of transactions, selection of comparable companies, application of appropriate search filters, validation of transfer pricing adjustments, determination of appropriate cost base while applying TNMM,  etc.  Such  difference of opinion between the taxpayers and transfer pricing authorities on application of TNMM has led to disputes and controversies during transfer pricing audits in India. Reference on ten step process of comparability analysis under the revised OECD guidelines and numerical examples on sensitivity of gross and net profit indictors
 
The manufactured products is not affected by the manufacturer’s capacity utilisation.

From the above table it can be observed that the risk of error when applying at gross margin level could amount to 16 (2% x 800) instead of 50 (5% x 1000) if TNMM is applied.

This illustrates the fact that net profit indicators can be more sensitive than gross mark-ups or gross margins to differences in the capacity utilisation, depending on the facts and circumstances of the

Under typical circumstances could serve as guiding factor for applying TNMM under the Indian Transfer Pricing context.

Thus, in view of above, the need for hour in the Indian transfer pricing regime is to reinforce certain regulatory framework and lay out concrete guidelines on application of TNMM and mitigate the practical challenges on application of TNMM as the most appropriate method. This will certainly help in resolving perpetual uncertainty, hardship and never ending litigation for the taxpayers and transfer pricing authorities in India.

Annexure 1 – Few Judicial rulings on various aspects related To application of TNMM:
1.    selection of tested party:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Development Consultants P. Ltd. vs. DCIT [2008] 115
TTJ 577 (Kol)

Principles
laid down for selection of tested party – 1) least complex entity 2)
non-owning of valuable intangible property or unique assets

Mastek Ltd. vs. ACIT [2012] 53

SOT 111 (Ahd.)

Selected
party should be least complex and should not be unique, so that prima facie can- not be distinguished
from poten- tial uncontrolled comparables.

AIA Engineering Ltd. vs. ACIT [2012] 50 SOT 134 (Ahd.)

Upheld
selection of Foreign AE as tested party.

Ranbaxy Laboratories vs. ACIT [2008] 110 ITD 428 (Delhi)

The assessee’ s stand of consid-
ering foreign AE as tested party was rejected due to factors like geographic
locations, economic background and FAR analysis.

Global Vantedge Private Limited vs. DCIT (2010-TIOL-
24-ITAT- DEL),

Held
that least complex entity (Foreign AE in given case) re- quires fewer adjustments and thus should be accepted.

General Motors India P. Ltd., vs. DCIT [ITA nos. 3096/Ahd 2010

and 3308/Ahd 2011.

Upheld
selection of Foreign AE as tested party.

2.    selection of data for comparison:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Phillips Software Centre Private Limited (ITA No. 218/Bang/2008)

The TPO cannot use data
during assessment that was not avail- able to the assessee at the time of
preparation of documentation.

Panasonic India Private Lim- ited vs. Income Tax
Officer (ITA No.1417/Del/2008)

proviso to Rule 10B(4) would allow the
taxpayer to adopt the previous two year’s average PLI along with the current
year’s PLI of the tested party and on a

similar footing allow the taxpayer to adopt the three year’s average
PLI of comparable companies.

3. aggregation of transactions vs. segmentation:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Aztec Software and Technology vs. ACIT,

( 294 ITR 32, Bang ITAT)

Use of
multiple year data is justified only if its influence on determination of ALP
can be demonstrated.

Chrys Capital Investment Advisors India Pvt. Ltd.
(2010-TII-11-ITAT-

Delhi-TP)

Use of multiple year data rejected

Symantec Software Solutions Pvt Ltd vs. ACIT (ITA
No.7894/ MUM/2010)

TPO is entitled to consider
the material in public domain, which was not available to the assessee at the
time of the TP study.

M/s.Smart Trust Infosolutions P. Ltd.

[ITA No. 4172/Del/2009, ITA No. 4172/Del/2009 –
TS-355-ITAT-

2013(DEL)-TP]

Multiple
year data cannot be used and only current year data is to be used.

4. Identification of comparables:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Mentor Graphics (P) Ltd.
vs. DCIT

Selection of comparables to
be made considering the specific characteristics of the controlled
transaction (FAR) rather than a broad comparison of activities.

UCB India Private Limited vs. ACIT

[2009-TIOL-184-ITAT-MUM, (2009) 30 SOT 95)]

Emphasis
on FAR analysis while selecting comparables. internal comparables are
preferable to external comparables. This view is also supported in case of Bir- lasoft (India) Ltd. vs. DCIT [I.T.A.
No. 4776/D/2011 (Para 4).

DCIT vs. Quark Systems (P) Ltd.
(2010-TIOL-31-ITAT-CHDSB)

Proper FAR analysis
to be done while accepting the comparable company in its star-up phase.

Haworth (India) Pvt. Ltd., vs. DCIT (ITA
No.5341/Del/2010)

A company which is majorly
deal- ing in non-comparable segments cannot be accepted as function- ally
comparable.

Cummins Turbo Technologies Ltd., UK
[TS-304-ITAT-2014- (Pune)-TP]

ITAT rejected comparables with wide profit
fluctuations.

5.    selection of PLI:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Schefenacker Motherson Ltd. vs. DCIT [123 TTJ 509
(Del)]

Taxpayer can use Cash Profit/

Sales or Cost as PLI

Kyungshin Industrial Motherson Limited vs. DCIT, New
Delhi [2010-TII-61-ITAT-DEL-TP]

Operating profit to capital
employed was accepted as PLI as against operating profit to sales adopted by
CIT(A) (Case remanded).

6. economic adjustments:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Mentor Graphics (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [112 TTJ 408, 2007
18 SOT 76,

109 ITD 101 (Del ITAT)]

Adjustment
permitted for differ- ences in

a)  working capital

b)  risk and growth

c)  R and D
expenses However, if differences are so

material
that adjustment cannot be made then the company should be rejected. TNMM is
more tolerant to minor functional and risk level differences. Certain
significant risks like market

risks,
contract risks, credit and collection risks, infringement of intellectual
property right etc. are material
and can lead to major difference in the value of transaction.

E-gain Communication (P) Ltd. vs. ITO

In
conformity with ‘Mentor Graphics’ Adjustment permitted for diff. in

a)  working capital

b)  risk and growth

c)  R and D expenses

d) Accounting policies

Philips Software Centre Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT

[2008-TIOL-471-ITAT-BANG]

Adjustment permitted for diff. in

a)  working capital;

b)  risk; and

c)  Accounting policies.

Skoda Auto India Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT

[2009-TIOL-214-ITAT-PUNE]

File remitted to TPO for consider- ing following
adjustment:

a)  difference
due to higher import duty due to
higher % of import of raw materials by the tested party vis-a-vis the comparables.

b)  Capacity under-utilisation
at the initial phase of operations

7. Assessment of profits for comparison:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Schefenacker Motherson Ltd vs. DCIT

[123 TTJ 509 – Delhi ITAT]

a)  There is
no standard test to compute operating margins and each item needs to be
decided on case to case basis.

b)  Tax depreciation and not book depreciation should be consid-
ered for the purpose of margin calculation. However, deprecia- tion which has
varied basis and rates are not to be allowed in all

cases.

Chrys Capital Investment Advisors India Pvt. Ltd. [2010-TII-11-ITAT-

Delhi-TP]

Non-operating
expenditures – a) Interest, b) dividend, c) income from investment
operations,

d) trading
in bonds and capital market operations, etc.

Sap Labs India Private Limited vs. ACIT Bangalore
[2010-TII-44- ITAT-BANG-TP]

a) Forex
gain and b) Donation paid are operating items and

a) income
tax refunds and b) compensation payment towards termination of agreement are

non-operating
items.

Haworth (India) Pvt. Ltd., vs. DCIT [ITA
No.5341/Del/2010]

Prior period expense has to
be considered as operating if it has nexus with the revenue.

DHL Express India Pvt. Ltd. [TS-353-ITAT-2011(Mum)]

“….interest income, rent
receipts, dividend receipts, penalty collect- ed, rent deposits returned
back, foreign exchange fluctuations and profit on sale of assets do not form
part of the operational income because these items have nothing to do with
the main operations of the assessee.”

Trilogy E Business Software India Pvt. Ltd.

[TS-455-ITAT-2011(Bang)]

Held that foreign exchange
gain to be considered while computing operating profit margin.

M/s.Panasonic Sales &
Services

(I) Company Limited vs. ACIT [I.T.A. No.
1957/Mds/2012]

Outward freight on sales
and cash discount not to be reduced from sales while computing gross profit
margin under RPM.

8.    Determination of arm’s length price:

Judicial Ruling

Principle

Mentor Graphics (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT [112 TTJ 408, 2007
18 SOT 76,

109 ITD 101 – Del ITAT]

ALP does not mean maximum
price or maximum profit in the range. It is not necessary for the tax payer
to satisfy all points (margins) in the range. Even if one point (margin) is
satisfied, the taxpayer can be taken to have established its case

ACIT vs. MSS India Pvt. Ltd. [ 123 TTJ 657
2009-TIOL- 416-ITAT-PUNE]

Where the arm’s length
nature of pricing arrangement has been demonstrated, the taxpayers final
profit or loss position is not relevant.

Fulford (India) Ltd. [2011 12 tax- mann.com 219 – Mumbai ITAT]

TPO should
apply his mind afresh every year and should not rely on orders of TPO for
preced- ing years while computing ALP.

FINANCE (NO.2) AC T – 2014 – AN ANALYSIS

fiogf49gjkf0d
1.Background

1.1 After the unique General Elections in May, 2014, the BJP led NDA Government, under the leadership of Shri Narendra Modi, presented its first Budget in the Parliament on 10th July, 2014. While presenting his first budget, the Finance Minister Shri Arun Jaitley, has stated as under in Para 2 of his Budget speech.

“The people of India have decisively voted for a change. The verdict represents the exasperation of the people with the status-quo. India unhesitatingly desires to grow. Those living below the poverty line are anxious to free themselves from the course of poverty. Those who have got an opportunity to emerge from the difficult challenges have become aspirational. They now want to be a part of the neo middle class. Their next generation has the hunger to use the opportunity that society provides for them. Slow decision making has resulted in a loss of opportunity. Two years of sub five per cent growth in the Indian economy has resulted in a challenging situation. We look forward to lower levels of inflation as compared to the days of double digit of food inflation in the last two years. The country is in no mood to suffer unemployment, inadequate basic amenities, lack of infrastructure and apathetic governance”.

1.2 T he Finance (No.2) Bill 2014 presented with the Budget, contained 71 sections dealing with amendments in the Income-tax Act and 41 sections dealing with amendments in Indirect Taxes and other matters. As is customary, the Finance Bills presented by the Governments elected in July after General Election are not referred to the standing committee on Finance and, therefore, there is no public debate on the amendments made in the Direct or Indirect Tax Laws. There was no serious debate on the amendments in the Parliament and the Bill, with minor modifications proposed by the Finance Minister in the Lok Sabha, was passed by the Lok Sabha on 25th July, 2014. This Bill was also passed by the Rajya Sabha on 30th July, 2014 and it has received the assent of the President on 6th August, 2014.

1.3 I t may be noted that in Para 4 of his Budget Speech, the Finance Minister stated his approach for economic growth as under:

“As Finance Minister I am duty bound to usher in a policy regime that will result in the desired macroeconomic outcome of higher growth, lower inflation, sustained level of external sector balance and a prudent policy stance. The Budget is the most comprehensive action plan in this regard. In the first Budget of this NDA government that I am presenting before the august House, my aim is to lay down a broad policy indicator of the direction in which we wish to take this country. The steps that I will announce in this Budget are only the beginning of a journey towards a sustained growth of 7-8 per cent or above within the next 3-4 years along with macro-economic stabilization that includes lower levels of inflation, lesser fiscal deficit and a manageable current account deficit. Therefore, it would not be wise to expect everything that can be done or must be done to be in the first Budget presented within forty five days of the formation of this Government”.

1.4 T he Finance Minister referred to the Retrospective Amendments made in the Income-tax Act in 2012 and gave the following assurance in Para 10 of his Budget speech.

“The sovereign right of the Government to undertake retrospective legislation is unquestionable. However, this power has to be exercised with extreme caution and judiciousness keeping in mind the impact of each such measure on the economy and the overall investment climate. This Government will not ordinarily bring about any change retrospectively which creates a fresh liability. Hon’ble Members are aware that consequent upon certain retrospective amendments to the Income-tax Act 1961 undertaken through the Finance Act 2012, a few cases have come up in various courts and other legal fora. These cases are at different stages of pendency and will naturally reach their logical conclusion. At this juncture I would like to convey to this August House and also the investors community at large that we are committed to provide a stable and predictable taxation regime that would be investor friendly and spur growth. Keeping this in mind, we have decided that henceforth, all fresh cases arising out of the retrospective amendments of 2012 in respect of indirect transfers and coming to the notice of the Assessing Officers will be scrutinized by a High Level Committee to be constituted by the CBDT before any action is initiated in such cases. I hope the investor community both within India and abroad would repose confidence on our stated position and participate in the Indian growth story with renewed vigour.”

1.5 While concluding his Budget Speech he stated that he had given relief to individuals, HUF etc. and also given incentives to manufacturing sector which will result in Revenue Loss of Rs. 22,200 crore in Direct Taxes. As regards Indirect Taxes, his proposals would yield additional Revenue of Rs. 7,525 crore.

1.6 I n this Article some of the important amendments made in the Income-tax Act by the Finance (No.2) Act, 2014, have been discussed. It may be noted that this year, barring one or two, almost all amendments have prospective effect.

2. Rates of taxes:

2.1 T here are no major changes in the Rates of Taxes for A.Y. 2015-16. However, certain reliefs given to Individual Tax Payers are referred to in Para 192 of Budget Speech of the Finance Minister. These are explained in brief below.

2.2 Individual, HUF, AOP etc.: The Rates of Income Tax, Surcharge and Education Cess for Individuals, HUF, AOP, BOI and Artificial Juridical Person for A.Y. 2015-16 (Accounting Year ending 31.03.2015) will be as under.

Notes:
(i) Surcharge on Super Rich: In the Budget Speech of 2013 it was announced that surcharge of 10% of the tax on persons earning total income exceeding Rs. 1 crore will be levied for A.Y. 2014-15 only. In this year’s Budget, this surcharge is continued for A.Y. 2015-16
(ii) Rebate of Tax: A Resident Individual having total income not exceeding Rs. 5 lakh, will get rebate upto Rs. 2000/- or tax payable (whichever is less) u/s. 87A.
(iii) E ducation Cess: 3% (2+1) of the tax is payable as Education Cess by all assessees.

2.3 Other Assessees: The rates of taxes (including surcharge and education cess) for A.Y. 2015-16 are the same as in A.Y. 2014-15. In the case of domestic companies the surcharge of 5% of tax, if the total income exceeds Rs. 1 crore, but does not exceed Rs.10 crore will continue to be payable in A.Y.2015-16. Further, the rate of surcharge will be 10% of tax on the entire income in the case of domestic companies if the total income exceeds Rs.10 crore.

In the case of a foreign company, there is no change in the rates of taxes. The existing rate of surcharge will be 2% of tax if the total income is between Rs.1 crore and Rs.10 crore. If the total income exceeds Rs.10 crore, the rate of surcharge will be 5% of tax on the entire income, if the total income exceeds Rs.10 crore.

2.4 Tax On Book Profits: The rates of taxes on Book Profits u/s. 115JB and 115JC will continue to be the same in A.Y.2015-16 as in A.Y.2014-15.

2.5 Dividend Distribution Tax (DDT):
(i) Section 115.0 and 115-R provide for payment of additional tax by domestic companies and mutual funds on distribution of dividend or income. These two sections have been amended w.e.f. 01-10-2014. The amendment provides that the amount of dividend or income so distributed should now be grossed up and the additional tax at the rates specified in these two sections should be paid by the domestic companies or mutual funds.

ii)the logic for making this amendment is given in the explanatory memorandum to the finance Bill as under:

“prior to introduction of dividend distribution tax (ddt), the dividends were taxable in the hands of  the  shareholder.  the  gross  amount  of  dividend representing the distributable surplus was taxable, and the tax on this amount was paid by the shareholder at the applicable rate which varied from 0 to 30%. however,  after  the  introduction  of  the  ddt,  a  lower rate of 15% is currently applicable but this rate is being applied on the amount paid as dividend after reduction of distribution tax by the company. therefore, the tax is computed with reference to the net amount. similar case is there when income is distributed by mutual funds.

Due to difference in the base of the income distributed or the dividend on which the distribution tax is calculated, the effective tax rate is lower than the rate provided in the respective sections.

In order to ensure that tax is levied on proper base, the amount of distributable income and the dividends which are actually received by the unit holder of mutual fund or shareholders of the domestic company need to be grossed up for the purpose of computing the additional tax.

Therefore, it is proposed to amend section 115-o in order to provide that for the purposes of determining the tax on distributed profits payable in accordance with the section 115-o, any amount by way of dividends referred to in sub-section (1) of the said section, as reduced by the amount referred to in sub-section (1A) (referred to as net distributed profits), shall be increased to such amount as would, after reduction of the tax on such increased amount at the rate specified in s/s. (1), be equal to the net distributed profits.

Similarly,  it  is  proposed  to  amend  section  115r  to provide that for the purposes of determining the additional income-tax payable in accordance with sub-section (2) of the said section, the amount of distributed income shall be increased to such amount as would, after reduction of the additional income-tax on such increase amount at the rate specified in s/s. (2), be equal to be amount of income distributed by the mutual fund”.

iii)    On the above basis, the ddt on grossed up dividend distributed by a domestic company on or after 01-10-2014 shall be payable at 20.03% as against 17% as at present.

iv)    Similarly, the additional tax payable by the mutual funds on income distribution u/s115 r will work out as under:

v)    From the logic given in the explanatory memorandum it is evident that the additional that collected u/s. 115-0 and 115-R from domestic companies and mutual funds is nothing but tax payable by the shareholder/unit holder. instead of collecting such tax from the share holder/unit holder,  it  is  collected  from  the  company/mutual  fund. though  judicial  forums  have  taken  a  view  that  the  tax paid by the Companies/ mutual funds is not tax paid by the shareholder/unit holder, the rationale set out in the memorandum may give one further opportunity to the taxpayer to urge the proposition that this income is not ‘exempt’ and section 14a ought not to apply.

2.6    Rate    of    tax    on    dividends    from    foreign Companies:  the  concessional  rate  of  tax  at  15%  plus applicable surcharge and education cess which was applicable for only two years i.e., a.y. 2013-14 and
a.y. 2014-15 u/s. 115BBd has now been extended in respect of dividends received by an indian Company from a specified Foreign Company to A.Y. 2015-16 and subsequent years. For this purpose the indian Company should hold 26% or more of equity share capital in the foreign company.

3 Tax deduction at source (TDS):

the  following  amendments  are  made  in  some  of  the provisions relating to TDS w.e.f. 01-10-2014.

(i)    In section 194a it is provided that tax should not be deducted at source @ 10% from interest received by   a   Business   trust   from   special   purpose   Vehicle (i.e.,  the  indian  company  in  which  the  Business  trust holds controlling interest or  any  specified  percentage of shareholding or interest as provided in the relevant regulations).

(ii)    Section 194da has been inserted w.e.f. 01-10-2014 to provide for tds @2% from the taxable amount (including Bonus)  paid  under  a  life  insurance  policy.  in  such  a case, no tax will be deductible under this section from the payments which are exempt u/s. 10 (10d). it is also provided that this provision for tds will not apply where the aggregate of taxable payments is less than rs.1 lakh in any financial year.

(iii)    Section 194lBa has been inserted w.e.f. 01-10-2014 to provide for tds @10% from income referred to in the new section 115ua (i.e., interest income received by Business trust from spV) distributed to a resident unit holder of Business trust.

If such income is distributed to a non-resident unit holder the rate of tds will be 5% plus applicable surcharge and education cess.

(iv)    Section  194lC  which  provides  for  tds  in  respect of payment of interest on loans in foreign Currency by specified companies will also apply to payment made by Business trust. further, the time limit of loan agreement provided in the section from 01-07- 2012 to 01-07-2015 has now been extended up to 01-07-2017.

(v)    Section 200(3) provides for filing of Statement of TDS. By amendment of this section it is now provided that   the tax deductor can now file a correction statement for rectification of any mistake, or to add, delete or update information. Consequential amendment has been made in section 200A.

(vi)    At present u/s. 201(3) no order treating a person as an assessee in default for failure to comply with tds provisions can be passed after the expiry of 2 years from the end of the financial year in which statement of TDS in filed and after expiry of 6 years if statement of TDS in not filed. This provision is now amended w.e.f. 01-10-2014 to provide for a common time limit of 7 years from the end of the f.y. in which payment is made or credit is given to the payee. Thus, even if TDS statement is filed, the tax deductor can be treated as assessee in default at anytime within 7 years. in other words, the existing time limit of 2 years is extended to 7 years.

(vii)    Section 206aa provides for tds at higher rate where the payee does not furnish permanent account number the  section  is  not  applicable  to  interest  on  long  –term infrastructure Bonds referred to in section 194 lC. it is now provided, w.e.f. 01-10-2014, that this section shall not apply to interest on long-term Bonds referred to in section 194 lC.

4.    Exemptions and deductions

4.1    Section 10AA: under this section, newly established undertakings in SEZs can claim deduction in respect of profits and gains derived from export of articles or things or from providing services. Presently, deduction can be claimed even by such undertakings carrying on ‘Specified Business’ u/s. 35AD. This section is now amended w.e.f. a.y.2015-16 to provide that where deduction u/s. 10AA has been availed by any assessee in respect of the profit of the Specified Business for any assessment year, no deduction u/s. 35AD shall be allowed in relation to such Specified Business for the same or any other assessment year.  Similarly,  section 35 AD has, also been amended  to prohibit claim of deduction u/s. 10AA in respect of Specified Business where deduction u/s. 35AD has  been claimed and allowed for the same or any other assessment year. Effectively, the assessee will, therefore, have to choose between a deduction u/s. 10AA and a deduction u/s. 35AD in respect of Specified Business.

4.2    Section 24 (b): While computing income from self occupied property (sop) constructed on or after 01-04- 1999, the assessee is eligible for deduction on account of interest paid on amounts borrowed for acquisition or construction of the s.o.p provided such acquisition or construction is completed within a period of three years from the end of the financial year in which the capital is borrowed. the deduction is restricted to rs. 1.5 lakh at present.  from  a.y.  2015-16,  this  limit  of  deduction  for such interest has now been increased to rs. 2 lakh. it may be noted that if construction of property is not completed within 3 years, deduction of interest will be of rs. 30,000/- only. if property is let out deduction of interest will be of the entire amount without any limit subject to conditions in section 24.

4.3    Section 80C: This section provides for deduction upto rs.1 lakh in respect of investment by an individual or huf in ppf, lip, elss etc. this deduction is increased from a.y.2015-16 to investment upto rs.1.5 lakh. in para 138 of the Budget speech, it is stated by the finance minister that the Limit for investment in PPF in the financial year will now be increased to rs.1 .5 lakh.

4.4    Section 80 CCD: This section provides for deduction in respect of contribution to pension scheme of Central Govt. at present non-Govt. employees employed on or after 01-01-2004 are eligible for such deduction. now, from a.y. 2015-16 even non-Govt. employees employed before 01-01-2004 will be eligible to get the benefit of this section. further, this section is amended from a.y. 2015- 16 to provide that the deduction under this section shall not exceed rs.1 lakh in any year.
4.5    Section  80  CCE:  This  section  lays  down  limit  for deduction u/s. 80C, 80CCC and 80CCd to rs. 1 lakh in the aggregate. this limit is now increased from a.y. 2015 to rs.1.5 lakh.

4.6    Section 80 – IA(4) (iv): At present,  deduction  under this section is allowed to undertakings which commence their business of Generation or Generation and distribution of power, transmission or distribution of power, complete substantial renovation or modernisation of existing transmission or distribution lines if the same is completed on or before 31-03-2014. this time limit is now extended to 31-03-2017.

4.7    New Investment Opportunities for Small Savings :
The  finance  minister  has  announced  the  revival  of  the following investment opportunities for small savings.

(i)    Kissan Vikas patra : This will be reintroduced during the year.

(ii)    Varishta  pension  Bima  yojna:  This  scheme  will  be reintroduced for one year from 15-08-2014 to 14-08-2015 for benefit of senior citizens.

5 Business Trusts:

(i)    This  is  a  new  concept  introduced  in  this  year’s Budget. The term “Business Trust” is defined in section 2(13a) of the income tax act from 01-10-2014 to mean “a trust registered as an “infrastructure investment trust” (invits)  or  a  “real  estate  investment  trust”  (reit),  the units of which are required to be listed on a recognized stock exchange, in accordance with the seBi regulations and notified by the Central Govt”.

(ii)    In para 26 of the Budget speech, the finance minister has explained this new concept as under:

“Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITS) have been successfully used as instruments for pooling of investment in several countries. I intend to provide necessary incentives to REITs which will have pass through for purpose of the taxation. As an innovation, a modified REITs type structure for infrastructure projects is also being announced as Infrastructure Investment Trusts (invits), which would have a similar tax efficient pass through status, for PPP and other infrastructure projects. These structures would reduce the pressure on the banking system while also making available fresh equity. I am confident that these two instruments would attract long term finance from foreign and domestic sources including the NRIs.”

(iii)    In order to implement the above scheme for taxation of  Business  trusts,  its  sponsors  and  unit  holders  new sections are inserted in the income-tax act and some sections   are   amended.   these   sections   are   2(13A), 10(23FC),  10(23FD),  10(38),  47(xvii),  49  (2AC),  111A, 115A,  115UA,  139(4E),  194A(3)  (Xi),  194LBA,  194LC, and sec. 97 and 98 of finance (no.2) act, 2004 relating to stt. these sections come into force from a.y. 2015-16 and/or 01-10-2014.

(iv)    The  Business  trusts  have  the  following  distinctive elements:

(a)    The trust would raise capital by way of issue of units ( to be listed on a recognised stock exchange) and can also raise debts directly both from resident as well as non- resident investors:

(b)    The income bearing assets would be held by the trust by acquiring controlling or other specific interest in an indian company (spV) from the sponsor.

(v)    The amendments are made to put in place a specific taxation regime for providing the way the income in the hands of such trusts is to be taxed and the taxability of the income distributed by such business trusts in the hands of the unit holders of such trusts. These provisions, briefly stated, are as under:

(a)    The listed units of a business trust, when traded on a recognised stock exchange, will attract same levy of stt and will given the same tax benefits in respect of taxability of capital gains as equity shares of a company i.e., long term capital gains, will be exempt and short term capital gains will be taxable at the rate of 15%.

(b)    In case of capital gains arising to the sponsor at   the time of exchange of shares in spV with units of the business trust, the taxation of gains shall be deferred and taxed at the time of disposal of units by the sponsor. However, the preferential capital gains tax (consequential to levy of stt) available in respect of units of business trust will not be available to the sponsor in respect of these units at the time of disposal of units. further, for the purpose of computing capital gain, the cost of these units shall be considered as cost of the shares to the sponsor. The  holding  period  of  shares  shall  also  be  included  in the holding period of such units. Indexation benefit in the case of long term capital gain will be available. (sections 47(xvii) and 49(2AC)).

(c)    The income by way of interest received by the business trust from SPV is accorded pass through treatment i.e., there is no taxation of such interest income in the hands of the trust and no withholding tax at the level of SPV    as provided in section 194a w.e.f. 01-10-2014. however, withholding tax at the rate of 5 % in case of payment of interest component of income distributed to non-resident unit holders and at the rate of 10 % in respect of payment of interest component of distributed income to a resident unit holder shall be deducted by the trust. this is provided in section 194lBa w.e.f. 01-10-2014 (sections 10 (23FC), 194A and 194LBA)).

(d)    In case of external commercial borrowings by the business trust, the benefit of reduced rate of 5 % tax on interest payments to non-resident lenders shall be available on similar conditions, for such period as is provided in section 194lC of the act w.e.f. 01-10-2014.

(e)    The  dividend  received  by  the  trust  shall  be  subject to dividend distribution tax at the level of SPV but will    be exempt in the hands of the trust, and the dividend component of the income distributed by the trust to unit holders will also be exempt. (section 10(38)).

(f)    The  income  by  way  of  capital  gain  on  disposal  of assets by the trust shall be taxable in the hands of the trust at the applicable rate. however, if such capital gains are distributed, then the component of distributed income attributable to capital gains would be exempt in the hands of the unit holder. any other income of the trust shall be taxable at the maximum marginal rate.

(section 115ua and 10(23fd)). (4e).

(g)    The business trust is required to furnish its return of income u/s139

(h)    The necessary forms to be filed and other reporting requirements  to  be  met  by  the  Business trust  shall  be prescribed to implement the above scheme.

6 Charitable Trusts :

In this finance act, sections 10(23C), 11, and 115 BBC have been amended from a.y. 2015-16 and sections 12a and 12 aa have been amended from 01-10-2014. all these amendments relate to taxation of Charitable trusts. These amendments are briefly discussed below :
6.1    Charitable   and   religious   trusts   cannot   claim exemption u/s. 10: a trust or institution which is registered or approved or notified as a charitable or religious Trust u/s. 12aa or 10(23C) (iv), (v),(vi) and (via) will not now be entitled to claim exemption under any of the general provisions of section 10. the intention is that such entities should be governed by the special provisions of sections 10(23C) 11,12 & 13, which are a code by themseves, and should not be entitled to claim exemption under other provisions  of  section  10. therefore,  such  entity  will  not now be able to claim that its income, like dividend income (exempt u/s. 10(34)) or income from mutual funds (exempt u/s. 10(35)), or interest on tax free bonds, is exempt u/s. 10 and hence, not liable to tax. such income continues to qualify for exemption u/s. 10(23C) or section 11, subject to the conditions contained therein.

Agricultural income of such an entity, however, will continue to enjoy exemption u/s. 10(1). Further, such an entity eligible for exemption u/s. 11 will not be barred from claiming exemption u/s. 10(23C).

6.2    Depreciation on Capital assets: (i) Hitherto, almost all courts in india while interpreting section 11 have held that income of a charitable trust u/s. 11 is to be computed on the basis of accounting method adopted by the trust following  commercial  principles.  (CIT  vs.  Trustees   of H.E.H. Nizam’s Supplemental Religious Endowment Trust 127 itr 378(ap), CIT vs. Estate of V.L.Ethiraj 136 itr  12  (mad)  and  CBdt  circular  no.5-p  (lxx-6)  dated 19-06-1968). on this basis, the courts have taken the view that depreciation on assets of the trust is to be deducted for the purpose of calculation of income of the trust in commercial sense u/s. 11 of the income-tax act. The well settled principle of law, as laid down by various courts, during the last more than 50 years is that under the scheme of section 11, there are two steps. in the first step, the income of the trust is to be “computed” on commercial principles and depreciation on capital assets is to be deducted for this purpose. In the second step, the income so computed is to be compared with “application” of this income to objects of the trust. For application of such income, Capital and revenue expenditure incurred during the year for the objects of the trust is be treated as application therefore, “depreciation” and outgoing for acquiring “Capital asset” are different and distinct claims and there is no double deduction of expenditure (refer CIT vs. Framjee Cawasjee Institute 109 Ctr 463 (Bom), CIT vs. Institute of Banking Personnnel Selection 264ITR – 110 (Bom), CIT vs. Society of Sister of St. Anne 146itr 28 (Kar), CIT vs. Seth Manilal Ramchhoddas Vishram Bhavan Trust 198 itr 598(Guj)).

(ii)    By amendment of section 10(23C) and 11, from a.y. 2015-16, it is now provided that depreciation will not be allowed in computing the income of the trust or institution in respect of an asset, where cost of acquisition has already been claimed as deduction by way of application of income in the current or any earlier year. It may be noted that this amendment will overrule all the above decisions of various high Courts.

(iii)    Logic  for  the  above  amendment  is  given  in  the explanatory memorandum as under:

“The  existing  scheme  of  section  11  as  well  as  section 10(23C) provides exemption in respect of income when it is applied to acquire a capital assets. subsequently, while computing the income for purposes of these sections, notional deduction by way of depreciation etc. is claimed and such amount of notional deduction remains to be applied for charitable purpose. Therefore, double benefit is claimed by the trusts and institutions under the existing law. the provisions need to be rationalized to ensure that double benefit is not claimed and such notional amount does not get excluded from the condition of application of income for charitable purpose.”

It will be noticed that this logic is contraryto the well settled law as interpreted by various high Courts.

(iv)    The  effect  of  the  above  amendment  will  be  that  all the  trusts/institutions  which  will  be  affected  by  this amendment will have to maintain separate records of Capital assets as under:

(a)    WDV of Capital assets in respect of which depreciation as well as deduction by way of application of income is claimed upto a.y. 2014-15.

(b)    WDV of Capital assets in respect of which deduction by way application of income has not been claimed upto A.Y. 2014-15 but only depreciation is claimed and allowed.

It may be noted that from a.y. 2015-16, depreciation will not be allowed in respect of WdV of Capital assets as stated in (a) above. as regards WdV of Capital assets  as  stated  in  (b)  above,  it  appears  that  depreciation can be claimed in a.y. 2015-16 6 even after the above amendment, as the same is not retrospective

6.3    Section 10 (23C): The existing section 10(23C) (iiiab) and (iiiac) grant exemption to educational institutions, universities and hospitals that satisfy certain conditions and which are wholly or substantially financed by the Government. The term “substantially financed by the Government” is not defined and hence resulted in litigation (refer CIT vs. Indian Institute of Management 196 taxman 276 (Kar.)). It is now clarified that if the Government grant to such institutions exceeds the prescribed percentage of the total receipts, (including voluntary contributions), then it will be considered as being substantially financed by the Government.

6.4    Section 12A- Registration of trust: Section 12a has been amended w.e.f. 01-10-2014. at present a trust or an institution can claim exemption only from the year in which the application for registration u/s. 12aa has been made. as such, registration can be obtained only prospectively and this causes genuine hardship to several charitable organisations. It is now provided that the benefit of sections 11 and 12 will be available to such trusts for all pending assessments on the date of such registration, provided the objects and activities of such trusts in these earlier years are the same as those on the basis of which registration has been granted. it is also provided that no action for reopening assessment u/s. 147 shall be taken by the Assessing Officer merely on the ground of non- registration. accordingly, completed assessments in which benefit u/s. 11 has been granted, will not be adversely affected on account of non-registration. it may be noted that such benefit will not be available to trusts where the registration was earlier refused or was cancelled.

6.5    Section 12AA – Power to CIT to cancel registration: (i) the amendment made in section 12AA,
w.e.f. 01-10-2014, giving additional power to the CIT to cancel registration of a trust will create great hardships to the trusts. at present, for non-compliance with some of the requirements of section 11,12 or 13 a trust is liable to pay tax for that year. Now, the amendment in section 12aa empowering CIT to cancel registration of the trust for such non-compliance will mean that a trust which has been complying with these provisions for several years in the past and also in subsequent years will lose exemption in the year of non-compliance and also in subsequent years. this is a very harsh and uncharitable provision and will lead to unending litigation in which trustees will have to spend trust funds which they would have utilised for charitable purpose. Surprisingly, none of the public trusts or institutions have seriously opposed this amendment before it was passed in the parliament.
(ii)    Briefly stated, the amendment in section 12AA is as under:

At present, registration of a trust / institution once granted, can be cancelled only under the following two circumstances:

(a)    the activities of the trust are not genuine; or

(b)    the activities are not being carried out in accordance with the objects of the trust.

Now, the Commissioner has also been given power to cancel registration, if it is noticed that the trust has not complied with the provisions of sections 11,12 and 13 i.e.,

(a)    Income does not enure for the benefit of the public;

(b)    Income is applied for the benefit of any religious community or caste (in case of a trust established on or after 01-04-1962).

(c)    Income is applied for the benefit of persons specified
in section13(3)

(d)    funds are invested in prohibited modes i.e. there is non-compliance with sections 11(5) or 13.

It is however provided that registration will not be cancelled if the trust/institution proves that there was reasonable cause for breach of any of the above conditions.

(iii)    It is true that the Trustees can file an appeal against the order of Cit to itat when such registration is cancelled. But this will invite litigation in which trust money will have to be spent.

(iv)    it may be noted that this additional power given to Cit raises several issues which have not been considered while making the above amendments. some of these issues are as under:

(a)    Compliance with section 11,12 and 13 raise several issues of interpretation. therefore, the question will arise as to at what stage the Cit will exercise this additional power to cancel registration. in other words, whether he can cancel registration when any adverse assessment order for a particular year is passed by the a.o. or whe the entire appellate proceedings, in which the order is challenged, are completed.

(b)    Whether cancellation of registration as a result of this amendment will be for the year in which there is non- compliance with sections 11, 12 or 13. if this is not the case, the trust will not be able to claim exemption u/s.  11 in subsequent years although all the conditions of sections 11 to 13 are complied with.

(c)    If the registration is cancelled for non-compliance with sections 11 to 13 in one year, whether the Cit can consider granting registration in subsequent years when the trust is complying with these provisions.

(d)    If registration is cancelled in the case of trust holding certificate u/s. 80 G, what will be the position of persons who have given donations and claimed deduction u/s 80G, in that year and in subsequent years. it may be noted that there is no amendment in section 80G where by CIT can cancel certificate given under the section.

(v)    Considering all these issues, it appears that when the trust is required to pay tax in the year when provisions of sections 11 to 13 are not complied with, this additional power to Cit to cancel registration of the trust should not  have  been  given.  there  is  a  grave  danger  of unhealthy practices being adopted by those dealing with assessments of Charitable trusts.

6.6    Section   115-BBC-  anonymous   donations:     the existing provisions of section 115BBC provide for levy of tax at the rate of 30 % in the case of certain assessees, being university, hospital, charitable organisation,  etc. on the amount of aggregate anonymous donations exceeding 5% of the total donations received by the assessee or rs. 1 lakh, whichever is higher. the section is amended from a.y. 2015-16 to provide that the income- tax payable shall be the aggregate of the amount of income-tax calculated at the rate of 30 % on aggregate of anonymous donations received in excess of 5 % of the  total  donations  received  by  the  assessee  or  rs.  1 lakh, whichever is higher, and the amount of income-tax with which the assessee would have been chargeable had his total income been reduced by such excess. this amendment is to rationalise the provisions of the section.

7    Income from business or profession:

7.1    Investment allowance – Section 32 aC: (i) in order to encourage manufacturing companies that investsubstantial amount in acquisition and installation of new plant and machinery, finance act, 2013 inserted section 32aC (1) in the act to provide that where a company engaged in the business of manufacture of an article or thing, invests a sum of more than rs.100 crore in new assets (plant and machinery) during the period 01-04- 2013 to 31-03-2015, then the assessee shall be allowed a deduction of 15% of cost of new assets for assessment years 2014-15 and 2015-16.
(ii) as growth of the manufacturing sector is crucial for employment generation and development of an economy, this section is amended to extend the deduction available u/s. 32aC for investment made in plant and machinery up to 31-03-2017. further, in order to simplify the existing provisions of section 32aC of the act and also to make medium-size investments in plant and machinery eligible for deduction, it is now provided that the deduction u/s. 32aC (1a) shall be allowed if the company, on or after 1st april, 2014, invests more than rs. 25 crore in plant and machinery in the previous year. it is also provided that the assessee who is eligible to claim deduction under the existing combined threshold limit of rs.100 crore for investment made in previous years 2013-14 and 2014-15 shall continue to be eligible to claim deduction under the existing provisions contained in section 32aC(1) even if its investment in the year 2014-15 is below the proposed new threshold limit of investment of rs. 25 crore during the previous year.

The deduction allowable under this section from a.y. 2015- 16 after the amendment in different cases of investment is given by way of illustration in the following table:

Sl.

No.

Particulars

P.Y. 2013-14

P.Y. 2014-15

P.Y. 2015-16

P.Y. 2016-17

Section applicable

1.

Amount of investment

20

90

32AC(1)

 

Deduction allowable

Nil

16.5

 

2.

Amount of Investment

30

40

32AC(1A)

 

Deduction allowable

Nil

6

 

3.

Amount of investment

30

30

30

40

32AC(1A)

 

Deduction allowable

Nil

4.5

4.5

6

 

4.

Amount of investment

150

20

70

20

32AC(1) &

32AC(1A)

 

Deduction allowable

22.5

3

10.5

Nil

Nil

Specified business. Further, section 28(vii) taxes any sum received on account of demolition, destruction, discarding or transfer of such asset, the entire cost of which was allowed as a deduction u/s. 35ad.

(ii) section 35AD has been amended from a.y.2015-16 as under:

(a)    The benefit of the section is extended to the following two businesses, commencing operation on or after 1st april, 2014:

(i)    Laying   and   operating   a   slurry   pipeline   for   the transportation of iron ore;

(ii)    Setting up and operating a semi-conductor wafer fabrication manufacturing unit notified by the Board in accordance with the prescribed guidelines.

(b)    It is now provided that any asset in respect of which deduction has been claimed and allowed under this section shall be used only for the specified business for a period of at least 8 years, beginning with the previous year in which such asset is acquired or constructed;

(c)    Further, it is provided that where any asset, in respect of which a deduction is claimed and allowed under this section, is used for any other purpose during the specified period of 8 years, the total deduction so claimed and allowed in one or more previous years, as reduced by the depreciation allowable u/s. 32, (as if no deduction u/s. 35ad was allowed) shall be deemed to be the business income of the assessee of the previous year in which the asset  is so used. however, this provision will not apply to a BIFR Company (sick company) during the specified period of 8

Investment Linked Deductions – Section

7.3    Corporate    Social Responsibility    (CSR) Expenditure Section 37:  (i)  it  is very strange that  section  37 of the act has been amended from a.y. 2015-16 to provide that expenditure incurred by a company for CSR activities as provided u/s. 135 of the Companies 35aD: (i) section 35ad provides for a deduction in respect of any capital expenditure, other than on the acquisition of any land or goodwill or financial instrument, incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of any act, 2013 shall not be considered as expenditure incurred for   the   purpose   of   Business   or   profession.  this   is strange because one legislation made by the parliament i.e.  Companies  Act,  2013,  mandates  certain specified companies to spend upto 2% of its average profits of last 3 years for Csr activities. elaborate list of such expenditure is given in schedule Vii of the Companies act and elaborate rules and forms are prescribed under that act. Csr expenditure is treated as part of the business expenditure of the company under the Companies act and when it comes to income-tax act it is now provided that this is not an expenditure for the business or profession of the Company. such a provision in section 37 is contrary to the provisions of section 135 of the Companies act and requires to be reconsidered. at best, the deduction u/s. 37 could have been restricted to 2% of the Gross total income under the income-tax act.

(ii)    The  logic  for  this  provision  in  section  37  is explained in the explanatory memorandum as under:

“Under the Companies act, 2013 certain companies (which have  net  worth  of  Rs.500  crore  or  more,  or  turnover  of Rs.1,000 crore or more, or a net profit of Rs.5 crore or more during any financial year) are required to spend certain percentage of their profit on activities relating to Corporate social responsibility (CSR). under the existing provisions of the act expenditure incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of the business is only allowed as a deduction for computing taxable business income. Csr expenditure, being an application of income, is not incurred wholly and exclusively for the purposes of carrying on business. as the application of income is not allowed as deduction for the purposes of computing taxable income of a company, amount spent on Csr cannot be allowed as deduction for computing the taxable income of the company. moreover, the objective of Csr is to share burden of the Government in providing social services by companies having net worth/ turnover/profit above a threshold. If such expenses are allowed as tax deduction, this would result in subsidizing of around one-third of such expenses by the Government by way of tax expenditure”.

From the above, it will be noticed that for tax purposes the Government has taken the view that Csr expenditure is application of income whereas under the Companies act the same Government states that it is business expenditure. if it is only application of income how there can be compulsion under the Companies act on the Directors that 2% of average profits of previous 3 years should be spent for specified activities listed in schedule Vii of the Companies act.

(iii)    In the Explanatory Memorandum it is clarified that CSR expenditure which qualify for deduction u/s. 30 to 36 of the income-tax act will be allowed as deduction. if we refer to schedule Vii, most of the items of expenditure may not qualify for deduction under the above sections. in order to get deduction of the CSR expenditure most of the companies may prefer to contribute to (a) the prime minister’s national relief fund or any other fund set up by the Central Government for socio-economic development and relief and welfare of the sC, st, OBC, minorities and Women or for (b) contribution to approved rural development projects approved u/s. 35AC.

(iv)    It may be noted that CSR expenditure incurred by the Company will be allowable in computing Book profits u/s. 115jB. no such disallowance is required to be made u/s. 115JB.

7.4    Disallowance for non deduction of Tax Section 40(a): (i) section40 (a) (i) is amended from a.y. 2015- 16 to provide that if tax is deducted from payment made for specified expenditure to a Non-Resident in a previous year, no disallowance for the expenditure will be made if the tds amount is deposited by the deductor with the Government before the due date for filing return of income u/s. 139(1). At present, the time limit for such deposit of tax is as prescribed in section 200(1) (refer rule 30). if the tds amount is deposited after the due date, deduction for expenditure will allowed in the year in which tds amount is deposited.

(ii) Section 40(a)(ia) provides for disallowance of payment of specified expenditure to a Resident, if tax deductible has not been deducted or deposited with the Government before the due date for filing the Return of Income. This section is amended from a.y. 2015-16 as under:

(a)    At present, the section applies to payment under certain  specified  heads  viz.  interest,  rent,  professional fees, Brokerage, Commission etc. it is now provided, by this amendment, that the section will apply to all payments from which tax is to be deducted under Chapter XVii B. In other words, the assessee will suffer disallowance under this section if tax deductible in respect the above specified heads as well other payments viz. salaries, director’s fees,  purchase  of  immovable  property  as  stock-in- trade, non-compete fees etc. has not been deducted or deposited with the Govt.

(b)    At present, if the tds amount is not deducted and/or deposited with the Government, 100% of the expenditure is disallowed. By this amendment, it is provided that only 30% of the expenditure will be disallowed from a.y. 2015-16.
 
(c)    further,  the  amended  section  provides  that  if  the amount from which tax is deductible under chapter XViiB is deducted but paid after the due date as stated above, 30% deduction will be allowed in the year in which such tds amount is deposited with the Government. it may  be noted that this amendment does not take care of the following type of situations which will arise in many cases.

Illustration

•    ABC Ltd. has deducted tax of Rs. 2 lakh from payment of commission during the year ending 31-03-2013.
•    Due date for filing return for A.Y. 2013-14 is 30-09- 2013, but the company has deposited tds amount of Rs. 2 lakh in april, 2014.
•    100% of the Commission Amount will be disallowed u/s. 40(a)(ia) in a.y. 2013-14.
•    Under the amended section 40(a)(ia) since the TDS amount is deposited in april,  2014  i.e.  a.y. 2015-  16, only 30% of the commission will be allowed as deduction when 100% of the commission has been disallowed in a.y.2013-14.
•    To this extent, this amendment requires reconsideration.

(d)    The second proviso to section 40(a) (ia) inserted by the finance act, 2012 from a.y. 2013-14 provides that if the resident payee has paid tax on such income on the date of furnishing his return of income, no disallowance under the section will be made in the case of the payee. it may be noted that explanation below this second proviso refers to payments under specified heads viz. commission, Brokerage, professional fees, rent, royalty, technical service fees and payment to contractors. Since section 40(a) (ia) is now amended to provide for disallowance   in respect of non-deduction of tds from all sections under Chapter XVii B, including salaries, directors’ fees etc.,explanation below the second proviso of this section should have been similarly amended.

7.5    Commodity Derivatives Section 43 (5): Commodity derivative transactions were excluded from the purview of speculative transactions with effect from a.y.2014-15 u/s. 43(5)(e) by the Finance Act, 2013. It is now clarified from a.y. 2014-15, that in order to be eligible for such exclusion, such transactions should be chargeable to Commodities transaction tax (Ctt).

7.6    Goods Carriages Business – Section 44 aE: section 44ae (2) is amended to provide that the presumptive amount of profits and gains for any type of goods carriage shall be Rs. 7,500 per month or part of a month for which
each such goods carriage is owned by the assessee or the amount claimed to have been actually earned by the assessee, whichever is higher. the earlier amounts were rs.5,000 for each heavy goods carriage and rs. 4,500 for  each  other  goods  carriage. the  distinction  between goods carriages and heavy goods carriages has been done away with from the a.y. 2015-16.

7.7    Losses in Speculation Business –Section 73:
at present, section 73 provides that if any part of the business of a specified company consists of purchase and sale of shares of other Companies, loss in such business shall be treated as speculation loss. there is one exception in the case of a company whose principal business is of banking or granting of loans and advances. this  exception  is  now  widened  from  a.y.  2015-  16  to provide that in the case of a company whose principal business is of trading in shares, such loss in purchase and sale of shares will not be considered as a speculation loss. this is a welcome provision for companies which are share brokers and which are mainly dealing the shares of Companies.

8 Income from other sources

(i)    Sections 2(24), 51 and 56(2) have been amended from a.y. 2015-16. section 51 provides that where any capital asset was on any previous occasion the subject of negotiations for its transfer, any advance or other money received or retained by the taxpayer in respect of such negotiations shall be deducted from the cost for which the asset was acquired or the written down value or the fair market value, while computing cost of acquisition.

(ii)    It is now provided in the newly inserted section 56(2)
(ix) That the amount received as advance or otherwise   in the course of negotiations for transfer of capital asset shall be chargeable to tax under the head “income from other sources” if:
(a)    such advance money is forfeited; and

(b)    the negotiations do not result in transfer of the capital asset.

(iii) Corresponding amendment is made in section 51 to provide that any such forfeited advance, taxed u/s. 56(2) (ix), Shall not be deducted from the cost or the written down value or the fair market value of capital  asset while computing the cost of acquisition. Consequential amendment is also made in section 2(24)(xvii).
 
9    Capital gains
9.1    Definition of Capital asset: Section 2 (14): section 2(14) defining the term “Capital Asset” has been amended from a.y.2015-16. it is now provided that any security held  by  a  foreign  institutional  investor  (fii)  which  has invested in such security as per seBi regulations shall be  considered  as  a  “Capital  asset”.  the  effect  of  this amendment will be that in the case of fii any gain from transfer of such investment in shares and securities as per seBi regulations will be treated as short/long term Capital Gain only. it will not be considered as Business income.  it  may  be  noted  that  fii  is  now  called  foreign portfolio investors (FPI) under SEBI regulations.

9.2    Short Term/Long – Term Capital asset and Tax rate-Section 2(42A) and 112:
(i)    By an amendment of section 2(42a)  from a.y.2015-16, the holding period for (a) unlisted shares of Companies and
(b) units of m.f. (other than units of equity – oriented funds) shall now be 36 months, instead of 12 months, as at present. accordingly, these assets will now be treated as short-term capital assets if they are held by the assessee for 36 months or less before the date of transfer, subject to applicable relaxation provided in the explanation (1) to section 2(42a).

(ii)    Presently, under the proviso to section 112, an option is available to a taxpayer to pay tax at 10% on un-indexed long-term capital gains or 20% on indexed long-term capital  gains  on  transfer  of  units  of  m.f.  this  option  in respect of such units has now been withdrawn and the same will now be taxed at 20% after indexing the cost.

(iii)    It  may  be  noted  that  the  finance  minister  has announced at the stage of passing the finance Bill that the above provision will not apply to shares of unlisted Companies or units of mf transferred during the period 01-04-2014  to  10-07-2014.  The  relevant  sections  have been amended for this purpose.

9.3    Enhanced Compensation received on Compulsory acquisition of Capital asset – Section 45(5): (i) at present, section 45(5)(b) provides that where enhanced compensation is awarded by any court, tribunal or other authority in case of compulsory acquisition of a capital asset, it shall be taxed in the year in which it is received. it is now provided that, if any amount of compensation   is received in pursuance of an interim order of a court, tribunal or any other authority, it shall be taxable as capital gains in the previous year in which the final order of such court, tribunal or other authority is made. This amendment is made from a.y. 2015-16.
 

(ii) it may be noted that the amendment does not clarify as to how capital gain will be computed if such enhanced compensation received under an interim order of the court passed in an earlier year was taxed in that year u/s. 45(5) (b). it is presumed that only the amount receivable as per the final order, after deducting the amount taxed in the earlier years, will be taxable in the year in which the final order is passed by the court, tribunal or other authority.

9.4    Section 47:
section 47 has been amended from a.y. 2015-16 to provide that transfer of a Government security carrying a periodic payment of interest made outside india through an intermediary dealing in settlement of securities, from one non-resident to another non-resident, will not be liable to Capital Gains tax.

9.5    Cost Inflation Index – Section 48:
At present, cost inflation index for a particular financial year means such index as may be notified by the Government having regard to 75% of the average rise in Consumer price index (Cpi) for urban non-manual employees for the immediately preceding year to such financial year. since this method of Cpi has been discontinued, it is now provided that cost inflation index shall mean such index as may be notified by the Government having regard to 75% of the average rise in Consumer price index (urban) for the immediately preceding previous year to such financial year. This provision will apply from A.Y. 2016-17.

9.6    Reinvestment in residential House – Section 54 and 54F

At present section 54 dealing with long term capital gains arising on transfer of a residential house, and section 54f dealing with long –term capital gain on transfer of a capital asset other than a residential house, provide for exemption from capital gains u/s. 45, subject to specified conditions. one of the conditions is that the taxpayer, within a period of one year before or two years after the date of transfer, purchases, or within a period of three years after the date of transfer, constructs a residential house. There is a controversy as to whether the benefit of exemption is available in respect of purchase/construction of more than one residential house and whether such house has necessarily to be located in india. Both these sections are now amended from a.y. 2015 – 16 to provide that the exemption under the above section will be available only in respect of one residential house situated in India. It may be noted that if one or more adjacent flats are acquired and they satisfy the test of one residential
 
House  as  held  in  various tribunal  and  Court  decisions, the tax payer may still be entitled to claim the exemption in respect of such adjacent flats

9.7    Investment of Capital gains in Specified Bonds – Section 54 EC:

(i)Section 54eC provides that where capital gain arise from the transfer of a long-term capital asset and the assessee has, within a period of six months after the date of such transfer, invested the whole or part of capital gains in the long- term (specified bonds) such capital gains shall be proportionately exempt. Such investment in specified Bonds is Limited to Rs. 50 lakh in a financial Year.

(ii)    Some  assesses  invested  rs.  50  lakh  each  in  two successive years (while ensuring that both dates of investment fell within the specified time limit of six months)  and  claimed  exemption  of  up  to  rs.1  crore. this   interpretation   was   upheld   in   certain   tribunal orders. In order to set at rest this controversy, this section is amended from a.y. 2015-16 to  provide  that the investment made by an assessee in the long-term specified bonds in respect of capital gains arising from transfer of one or more capital assets during the financial year shall not exceed `50 lacs whether the investment is made in that year or in the subsequent financial year.

10    Transfer pricing – sections 92b, 92c, 92cc and 271g:

10.1    Section 92B: section 92B(2) extends the scope of the definition of ‘international transaction’ by providing that a transaction entered into with an unrelated person shall be deemed to be a transaction with an associated enterprise, if there exists a prior agreement in relation   to the transaction  between  such  other  person  and  the associated enterprise or the terms of the relevant transaction are determined in substance between the other person and the associated enterprise.

There   was   a   doubt   as   to   whether   or   not,   for   the transaction to be treated as an international transaction, the unrelated person should be a non-resident. By amendment of this section from a.y. 2015-16 it is now provided that such transaction shall be deemed to be   an “international transaction” entered into between two associated enterprises, whether or not such other person is a resident or non-resident.

10.2    Section   92C:   at   present,   under   the   transfer
 

Pricing (tp) regulations, where more than one price is determined by most appropriate method, the arithmetic mean of all such prices is taken for determination of arm’s length price (alp) with a tolerable range of +/-3% or +/- 1%. the  application  of  this  methodology  has  been  one of the reasons for tp litigation. to reduce this litigation a third proviso is inserted in section 92C to provide that where more than one price is determined by the most appropriate method, the alp in relation to an international transaction or specified domestic transaction shall be computed in such manner as may be prescribed. With the introduction of the new mechanism from a.y. 2015-16 the existing methodology as stated above for determination of alp will not apply.

10.3    Section 92CC: section 92CC dealing with advance pricing agreements (apa) is amended w.e.f.10-10-2014 to provide for roll-back mechanism. accordingly, the apa may provide for determining the alp or specify the manner in which alp is to be determined in relation to an international transaction entered into, during any period not exceeding four previous years preceding the first of the previous year for which the apa applies in respect of  the  international  transaction  to  be  undertaken.  this roll-back provision would be subject to conditions, procedure and manner to be prescribed, providing for determining the alp or for specifying the manner in which alp is to be determined.

10.4    Section 271g: penalty u/s. 271G can be levied upon any person, who has entered into an international transaction or specified domestic transaction and fails to furnish any such document or information as required by section 92d(3). such penalty can now be levied not only by the Assessing Officer or Commissioner (Appeals) but also by the Transfer Pricing Officer w.e.f. 01-10-2014.

11    Alternate  minimum  tax  –  section  115jc  and 115 jee

(i)    The  provisions  relating  to  alternate  minimum  tax (amt) contained in section 115jC to 115jf apply to non- corporate assessees claiming deduction u/s. 10 aa or chapter Vi-a. section 115jee has been amended from
a.y. 2015-16 to provide that the provisions relating to amt will apply if deduction u/s. 35ad is claimed by the assessee.
(ii)    AMT is payable with respect to adjusted income. section 115JC has been amended from A.Y.2015-16 to provide  that  for  computing  the  adjusted  total  income, the total income shall be increased by deduction claimed
u/s. 35ad as reduced by the amount of depreciation that would have been allowable as if the deduction u/s. 35ad was not allowed. this adjustment will be in addition to the adjustments already specified in the section.

(iii)    section 115jee  is  amended   from  a.y.2015-16 to provide that even if provisions of the Chapter are otherwise not applicable in that year, either because non- corporate assessee’s (other than partnerships and llps) adjusted total income does not exceed rs. 20 lakh or it has not claimed deduction under Chapter Via, section 10aa or section 35ad, it will be entitled to claim credit for the amt paid in the earlier years u/s 115jd.

12    Survey – Section 133A:
(i)    At present the income-tax authorities can retain the custody of impounded books of account and documents for a period of 10 days without obtaining the approval of the Chief Commissioner or director General u/s 133a. this period is now increased to 15 days.
(ii)    further,  by  insertion  of  section  133a (2a)  additional powers have been granted to the income- tax authorities to carry out survey for the purpose of verification of compliance of provisions of deduction of tax at source and collection of tax at source. in such survey, the income-tax authorities cannot impound any books of accounts or any document nor make an inventory of cash, stock or other valuable article or thing. these amendments take effect from 1st october 2014.

13    Power to call for information – New Section 133C section 133C has been inserted with effect from 1st october, 2014 to empower prescribed income-tax authorities to call for information or documents from any person for the purpose of verification of information in its possession relating to any person, which may be useful for any inquiry or proceedings.

14    Assessment and Reassement
14.1    Return of Income – Section 139: it is now made mandatory  for  a  mutual  fund  referred  to  in  section 10(23d),   securitisation   trust   referred   to   in   section 10(23DA) and Venture Capital Company/fund referred to section 10(23FB) to file its return of income, if its income, without considering provisions of section 10, exceeds the non-taxable limit. every Business trust is also required to file its return of income. This amendment is made from a.y. 2015-16.

14.2    Reference to Valuation Officer – Section 142a, 153 – 153B: the existing section 142a has been replaced
by new section 142a from 01-10-2014 to provide that the Assessing Officer can make a reference to the Valuation Officer to estimate the value or  fair  market  value  of any asset, property or investment, whether or not he is satisfied about the correctness or completeness of the accounts of the assessee. The Valuation Officer shall estimate the value based on the evidence gathered after giving an opportunity of being heard to the assessee.     If the assessee does not co-operate, the Valuation Officer may estimate the value based on his judgment. The Valuation Officer is required to send a copy of his report to the Assessing Officer and to the assessee within a period of six months from the end of the month in which reference is made by the Assessing Officer. The Assessing Officer will then complete the assessment after taking into account such report, after giving the assessee an opportunity of being heard. the period from the date of reference to the Valuation Officer to the date of receipt of the report by the Assessing Officer shall be excluded while computing the period of limitation for the purpose of sections 153 and 153B.

14.3    Method of accounting – Section 145: section 145 is amended from a.y. 2015-16 to provide that the Central Government may notify income Computation  and disclosure standards for computing income under the heads ‘Profits and gains of business of profession’ and ‘income from other sources’ . such standards are required to be regularly followed by the assessee and the income is required to be computed in accordance with such standards in order to avoid best judgment assessment u/s. 144.

14.4    Assessment in Search Cases – Section 153 C:  In cases of search, if the Assessing Officer is satisfied that the assets seized or books of account or other documents requisitioned belong to another person, then he has to hand over the same to the Assessing Officer having jurisdiction over such other person. Hitherto, it was mandatory for the other Assessing Officer to assess/ reassess income of such other person in accordance with the provisions of section 153A in such cases. the section is amended from 1st october, 2014 to provide that such other Assessing Officer shall proceed against such other person to assess/reassess his income in accordance with the provisions of section 153, only if he is satisfied that the books of account or documents or assets seized have a bearing on the determination of the total income of such other person for the relevant assessment year or years. 15 Settlement Commission – Section 245a and 245C:
 
(i) An assessee may apply to settlement Commission for settlement of cases at any stage of the case relating to him u/s. 245C. the term ‘case’ as per section 245a (b) means any proceeding for assessment which may be pending before an Assessing Officer on the date on which application is made before settlement Commission. At present a taxpayer is not able  to file an application  for  settlement  of cases in cases where reassessment is pending before the Assessing Officer. By an amendment the proviso to section 245a which restricts the scope of the term ‘case’ has been deleted. This amendment will enable an assessee to apply to settlement commission in those cases where reassessment proceedings are pending. the changes in the provisions shall take effect from 1st october, 2014.

Similar changes have been made in Wealth-tax act as well for settlement of cases.

16    Authority for advance ruling(aar) – sections 245 n and 245-O

(i)    Currently, an advance ruling can be obtained for determining the tax liability of a non-resident. this facility is not available to resident taxpayers, except public sector undertakings. section 245n(a) is amended to provided that the term ‘advance ruling’ shall mean a determination by the authority in relation to the tax liability of a resident applicant arising out of a transaction undertaken or proposed to be undertaken by him. further, the meaning of the applicant has been amended so that the Central Government may notify the class of resident persons for the purpose of obtaining the advance ruling.

(ii)    Following  amendments  have  been  made  in  section 245-O in order to strengthen the aar.

(a)    The  existing  provision  provides  that  the  aar  will consist of three members. the amendment provides for additional appointment of Vice- Chairmen as members of aar. Further, Central Government has been empowered to appoint such number of Vice-Chairmen, revenue members and law members as it deems fit.

(b)    The existing provision does not provide for constitution of benches of aar at various locations. it merely provides that office of AAR shall be located in Delhi. The amended provisions provide as under:

•    The office of AAR shall be located in Delhi and its benches shall be located at such places as Central Government may specify.
 

•    Further, benches of AAR have been given authority  to exercise power and functions of aar and it has been further provided that such benches will consist of Chairman or the Vice-Chairman and one revenue member and one law member.

17    Penalties and Prosecution:

(i)    section  271  FAA:  this  is  a  new  section  inserted from a.y.2015-16. it provides that if a person furnishes inaccurate   statement   of   financial   transactions   or reportable account u/s. 285 Ba, penalty of rs. 50,000/- can be imposed by the prescribed income tax authority.

(ii)    Section 271 H: at present this section does not specify the authority which can levy penalty u/s 271h for assessee’s failure to furnish or for furnishing inaccurate particulars for tds/tcs. it is now provided w.e.f. 01-10- 2014 that such penalty can be levied by the assessing officer

(iii). Section 276D: this section provides that if a person willfully fails to produce accounts and documents as required in any notice issued u/s.142(1) or willfully fails to comply with a direction issued to him u/s.142(2a), he shall be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or with fine equal to a sum calculated at a rate which shall not be less than Rs. 4  or more than Rs. 10 for every day during which the default continues, or with both. now in such a case, such person shall be punished with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year and also with fine. This amendment is with effect from 01-10-2014.

18    Other Provisions

18.1    Income Tax authorities – Section 116: the following new income tax authorities are created w.e.f. 01-06-013. these are in addition to existing I.T. authorities.

(i)    principal directors General of income tax.
(ii)    principal Chief Commissioners of income-tax;
(iii)    principal directors of income-tax;
(iv)    principal Commissioners of income-tax.

18.2    Interest Payable by assessee–Section 220:
(i) s/s.(1A) Has been inserted to provide that when the notice of demand has been served upon the assessee and any appeal or other proceedings are filed or initiated in respect of the amount of such demand, then, such demand shall be valid till the disposal of the appeal by the last appellate authority or disposal of the proceedings and the same shall have effect as specified in section 3 of the taxation laws (continuation and validation of recovery proceedings) act, 1964.

(i)    Section 220(2) provides for payment of interest in respect of unpaid amount of demand. such interest is payable for the period commencing from the due date   of payment of demand to the date of payment. it is further provided that if as a result of any order passed subsequently u/s. 154, 250, 254 etc., the amount on which interest was payable is reduced, then the interest shall  also  be  reduced  accordingly.  This  section  is  now amended to provide that in such cases, subsequently,  as a result of any order under the aforesaid sections     or u/s. 263, the amount on which interest was payable   is increased, then the assessee shall be liable to pay interest u/s. 220(2) for the period from the original due date of payment of demand, up to the date of payment.

The above amendments are made from 01-10-2014.

18.3    Acceptance or repayment of Loans or Deposits – section 269ss and 269t: sections 269ss & 269t prohibit every person from taking/ accepting or repaying any loan or deposit otherwise than by an account payee cheque or account payee bank draft, if the amount of loan or deposit exceeds the specified threshold. The sections now permit from a/y:2015-16 taking/accepting or repaying such loan or deposit by use of electronic clearing system through a bank account (i.e., by way of internet banking facilities or by use of payment gateways).

18.4    Period for Provisional attachment of Properties
–Section 281B: under the provisions of section 281B, the Assessing Officer may provisionally attach the properties of the assessee during the pendency of the assessment proceedings. such order of provisional attachment can remain into operation for a maximum period of six months from the date of the order. However, the Chief Commissioner, Commissioner, director General or director are given the power to extend such period up to two years. Under the amended provisions, from 01-01- 2014, the above period is extended to 2 years and six months from the date of assessment or reassessment whichever is later.

18.5    Financial Transactions or reportable account
– Section 285Ba: (i) existing section 285 Ba has been replaced by a new section 285 Ba from 01-10-2014. The new section provides for furnishing of statement of Information by a prescribed reporting financial institution along with other persons as stated in existing section 285 BA in respect of any specified financial transaction or reportable account to the income tax authority or prescribed authority  or  agency.  The  statement  shall  be  furnished for such period, within such time, and in such form and manner as may be prescribed. The Central Government may notify the persons required to be registered with the prescribed income tax authority, the nature of information, the manner in which such information shall be maintained by the person and the due diligence to be carried out by the person for the purpose of identification of any reportable account. any person who furnishes a statement of information, or discovers any inaccuracy in the information provided in the statement, shall within a period of ten days of discovering the mistake, inform the income tax authority or any other prescribed authority of the inaccuracy and furnish the revised information. Thus, statement of financial transactions or reportable account will now replace ‘annual information return’.

(ii)    In line with the amendments u/s. 285Ba as stated above, provisions of  section 271fa have been suitably modified to provide for levy of penalty for failure in furnishing such new statement. Further, section 271faa has  been  inserted  which  provides  for  a  penalty  of  Rs. 50,000 which can be levied by the prescribed income- tax authority on concerned reporting financial institution which provides inaccurate information in such statement.

19    To sum up:

19.1    From the above discussion, it will be noticed that the Finance Minister in his first Budget of the new Government has made an honest attempt to reduce the burden of tax on individuals, huf etc., to give incentives for increasing savings, to encourage manufacturing activities with a view to create new jobs and encourage growth of economy, to reduce tax litigation and to make the tax laws taxpayer friendly. in this context, his following observations in para 209 and 210 of the Budget speech need to be noted

“209. Income tax Department is expected to function not only as an enforcement agency but also as a facilitator. A number of Aykar Seva Kendras (ASK) have been opened in different parts of the country.    I propose to extend this facility by opening 60 more such Seva Kendras during the current financial year to promote excellence in service delivery.

210. The focus of any tax administration is to broaden the tax base. Our policy thrust is to adopt non intrusive methods to achieve this objective. In this direction, I propose to make greater use of information technology techniques”.

19.2    The concept of Business trusts has been introduced for the first time with a view to encourage investment in infrastructure  projects.  Let  us  hope  that  this  becomes popular in the years to come. similarly, the transfer pricing provisions have been simplified to reduce tax Litigation. Again, the benefit of AAR is extended to Residents. This was the demand of the business community which has been  accepted  after  over  two  decades.  The  provisions for approaching settlement Commission  have  also been amended to enable assessees to approach the commission when reassessment proceedings are pending.

19.3    There  are  some  disturbing  provisions  which  will increase tax litigation in the coming years. One is about CSR expenditure for which specific provision is made that these expenses will be disallowed on the ground that these are not expenses incurred for business or profession.  The  logic  for  this  given  by  the  Government that this expenditure is application of income is not   at all convincing when the Companies act mandates that specified companies should spend at least 2% of average profits of earlier 3 years for CSR activities. This expenditure is treated as business expenditure under schedule iii of the Companies act and considered as application of income under the income-tax act. The other disturbing provision is about the additional power given to CIT to cancel registration of a charitable trust u/s. 12AA if the trust does not comply with requirements u/s. 10(23C), 11 or 13. for non-compliance with these provisions in any year, the existing act provides for levy of tax on the trust or institution for that year. If the registration of the trust/ institution is cancelled there will be unending litigation for which expenditure will have to be incurred out of funds of the trust/institution which would otherwise have been spent for charitable purposes. There is yet another area which relates to capital gains on transfer or redemption of units of mutual fund (other than equity oriented funds). This amendment will reduce the investment in such funds and affect the mutual fund industry.

19.4    In  para  208  of  the  Budget  speech,  the  finance minister  has  discussed  about  the  direct  taxes  Code (DTC) as under:
 

“The Direct Taxes Code Bill, 2010 has lapsed with the dissolution of the 15th Lok Sabha. Having considered the report of the Standing Committee on Finance and the views expressed by the stakeholders, my predecessor had placed a revised Code in the public domain in March, 2014. The Government shall consider the comments received from the stakeholders on the revised Code. The Government will also review the DTC in its present shape and take a view in the whole matter”.

The above observation shows that the new Government is determined to replace the existing 5 decade old income
-tax act by the DTC. We are hearing about Government intention about introducing DTC for the last about 10 years.  Let  us  hope  that  this  Government  is  able  to simplify the provisions of the direct tax laws by enacting a taxpayer friendly DTC. One wonders as to why the finance minister has made so many amendments in the existing income tax act if he is keen to bring the DTC into force in the near future.

19.5    GST is another area which is under public debate for over a decade now. In pare 9 of the Budget speech the finance minister has observed as under.

“9 The debate whether to introduce a Goods and Service Tax (GST) must now come to an end. We have discussed the issue for the past many years. Some States have been apprehensive about surrendering their taxation jurisdiction; others want to be adequately compensated. I have discussed the matter with the States both individually and collectively. I do hope we are able to find a solution in the course of this year and approve the legislative scheme which enables the introduction of GST. This will streamline the tax administration, avoid harassment of the business and result in higher revenue collection both for the Centre and the States. I assure all States that government will be more than fair in dealing with them.”

Let us hope that the new Government is able to introduce GST during this year and get the necessary legislation passed. This will help all concerned and also simplify the levy of indirect taxes.

Understanding provisions of Section 56(2)

fiogf49gjkf0d
Synopsis

Introduced by Finance Act, 2012 and effective from 1st April, 2013, Section 56(2)(viib) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, provides for a specific category of income that shall be chargeable to tax under the head “Income from other sources”.

The article gives an in-depth analysis of the said section and Rule 11UA that prescribes certain modes of valuation. The author suggests that a literal interpretation of the provision may result in it failing to achieve its objective. Section 56(2)(viib) { introduced by Finance Act 2012 w.e.f 01-04-2013 } r.w.s. 2(24)(xvi), of the Income tax Act (‘the Act’) provides that where a closely held company issues shares to a resident, for an amount received in excess of the fair market value of the shares, then the said excess portion will be regarded as income of the Company and charged to tax under the head ‘Income from other sources’. The said fair market value is defined as higher of the value arrived at on the basis of the method prescribed under Rule 11UA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962 (‘the Rules’) or the value as substantiated by the Company to the satisfaction of the Assessing Officer under Explanation to section 56(2)(viib). The Company can substantiate the fair market value based on the value of the tangible and intangible assets and various types of commercial rights as stated in the section. The fair market value which may be determined under Rule 11UA and the determination of date of fair market value for the purpose of valuation is discussed separately in the ensuing paragraphs below. However, this provision will not apply to amounts received by a venture capital undertaking from a venture capital fund or a venture capital company, which terms have been defined in section 10(23FB) . Further, this provision will also not apply to amount received for issue of shares from a non-resident, a foreign company or from a class of persons as may be notified by the Government.

A better understanding of the aforesaid provisions a reference should be made to the Budget Speechby the Hon’ble Finance Minister and Notes on Clauses and Memorandum Explaining the provisions. which are reproduced at Annexure 1 separately. For section 56(2)(viib) to apply, the following conditions will have to be fulfilled:

• Recipient of consideration for issue of shares should be a closely held company i.e. a company in which the public are not substantially interested, referred to u/s. 2(18) of the Act;

 • Consideration received for issue of shares should be only from a person, who is resident and the consideration so received should exceed the face value of shares issued;

• Recipient must ‘receive’ income i.e. consideration in excess of fair market value for issue of shares in the previous year [i.e. relevant financial year]; and

• The share premium received (i.e. consideration received for value of shares issued which exceeds the fair market value of the shares), is charged as income and subjected to tax accordingly; Section 56(2)(viib) is one of the charging sections under the Act. The sections which provide for levy or charge should be strictly construed. The rule of construction of a charging section is that before taxing any person, it must be shown that he falls within the ambit of the charging section by clear words in the section. No one can be taxed by implication. Further, the word ‘receives’ as referred to in section 56(2)(viib) has been interpreted to mean: “The words ‘receives’ implies two persons – the person who receives and the person from whom he receives.”

However, it is equally true that mere receipt of money is not sufficient to attract tax. It is only on receipt of ‘income’ which would attract tax. Every receipt is not necessarily income. So, until the Company receives income as referred to in section 56(2) (viib) r.w.s. 2(24)(xvi), it cannot be taxed. In addition to above, it would be necessary to highlight the following exceptions and certain limitations, :

1. As regard to determination of the date as on which fair market value of the shares issued needs to be determined, the provisions of section 56(2)(viib) and Rule 11UA provide as under: Three modes of valuation are prescribed for determination of fair market value of shares for section 56(2)(viib), with each of them providing for different valuation dates i.e. the dates as on which the fair market value of the shares needs to be decided. While two modes of valuation are prescribed under Rule 11UA, one mode of valuation, which is generally subjective in nature, is prescribed under Explanation to section 56(2)(viib) of the Act: a. The subjective mode of valuation as prescribed under Explanation to section 56(2)(viib), provides for determination of fair market value of shares on the date of issue of shares. The said mode of valuation provides for applicability of any method to determine the fair market value of shares, as may be relevant, however it categorically requires satisfaction of the Assessing Officer to said determination of fair market value of shares; or b. Rule 11UA as mentioned above provides for two modes of valuation to determine fair market value of shares issued by the closely held company as on the valuation date. Recently, Rule 11UA(2) has been inserted and the term ‘valuation date’ was amended vide Notification No. 52 under Income-tax (Fifteenth Amendment) Rules, 2012 w.e.f. from 29th November 2012, which provides for the present two modes of valuation.

The term ‘valuation date’ is now defined under Rule 11U(j) as the date on which the consideration is received by the assessee for issue of shares. Rule 11UA(2) is specifically inserted to provide for determination of fair market value of shares u/s. 56(2)(viib) of the Act. Prior to the aforesaid amendment, Rule 11UA only provided for one method of valuation and the term ‘valuation date’ was also not defined to provide for cases covered u/s. 56(2) (viib). Further, Rule 11UA(2) provides for option to the Company to select for either mode of valuation as provided under Rule 11UA(2)(a) or Rule 11UA(2) (b) of the Rules. The said modes of valuation are explained in brief below and for better understanding :

(a) The said mode of valuation is generally based on the book value of the shares as on the latest audited balance sheet of the Company, subject to adjustments as provided for assets and liabilities of the Company. In other words, the fair market value (‘FMV’) of the shares of the Company are defined as under: FMV of unquoted equity shares = (Assets – Liabilities) x PV PE The term ‘assets’ and ‘liabilities’ as required to be considered with necessary adjustments are defined under the Rules, while PV stands for Paid up value of such equity shares and PE stands for total amount of paid up equity share capital of the Company as shown in the latest Audited balance sheet of the Company. So, the FMV of the shares under this method which is to be determined as on the valuation date, provides for consideration of values as on the latest Audited Balance sheet of the Company;

(b)    The second mode of valuation provides for FMV of the shares to be undertaken by Merchant banker or Fellow Chartered Accountant of ICAI as per the Discounted Free Cash Flow method. The second method is silent as regard to values based on which FMV needs to be computed. However, considering FMV of the shares needs to be computed as on the valua- tion date, therefore, Discounted Free Cash Flow Method will have to be determined as on valuation date i.e. date on which consideration is received by the Company for issue of shares.

So, in the light of the above discussions, it appears that the Legislature has provided for selection of either modes of valuation under Rule 11UA and selection of the highest FMV on comparison with the mode of valuation prescribed under Explanation to section 56(2)(VIib), based on which FMV of the shares issued by the Company are to be determined. However, the modes of valuation so prescribed are subject to various limitations and subjectiveness, some of which are referred above.

2.    Secondly, one finds that the taxable event of the income under discussion is based on receipt of consideration for issue of shares in the given financial year. So, it is imperative to understand the terms ‘consideration’ and ‘issue of shares’ as referred to in the section. However, the said terms are not defined under the Act.

The concept of ‘issue of shares’ could be better understood under the Indian Companies Act, 1956 (‘the 1956 Act’) with the help of the legal precedents under the 1956 Act which are referred in ensuing paragraphs who have explained the concept of ‘issue of shares’ in context of ‘allotment of shares’ as under:

“Under the Act [author’s note – i.e. Companies Act], a company having share capital is required to state in its memorandum the amount of capital and the division thereof into shares of a fixed amount. see Section 13(4). This is what is called the authorised share capital of the company. Then the Company proceeds to issue the shares depending on the condition of the market. That only means inviting applications for these shares. When the applications are received, it accepts them and this is what is generally called allotment…..

……The words ‘creation’, ‘issue’ and ‘allot- ment’ are used with the three different meanings familiar to business people as well as to lawyers. There are three steps with regard to new capital, firstly it is created, till it is created the capital does not exist. When it is created it may remain unissued for years, as indeed it was here, the market did not allow of favourable opportunity of placing it. When it is issued it may be issued on such terms as appear for moment expedient. Next comes allotment…

…Allotment means the appropriation out of the previously unappropriated capital of a company, of a certain number of shares to a person. Till such allotment, the shares do not exist as such. It is on allotment in this sense that the shares come into existence.”

The aforesaid legal proposition explaining the different stages of share capital of the Company are approved in the following legal precedents:
•    Florence Land and Public Works Company (1885)
L.R. 29 Ch.D. 421;

•    Mosely vs. Koffyfontain Mines Limited (1911) I.L.R. Ch. 73.84.;

•    Sri Gopal Jalan and Company vs. Calcutta Stock Exchange Association Ltd. (AIR 1964 SC 250); and

•    Shree Gopal Paper Mills Ltd vs. CIT (77 ITR 543) (SC);

Further, the Income tax Act, 1961 has been using the terms ‘issue of shares’ and ‘allotment of shares’ independently in different provisions at different points in time. So, the Legislature is aware of the differences between ‘issue of shares’ vis-a-vis ‘allotment of shares’ and their meanings and respective stages thereof in the share capital of the Company.

The word ‘consideration’, is defined under the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (‘the 1872 Act’) and could be considered for the purpose of understanding the meaning of the term, on account of absence of specific definition for under the Act. The word ‘consideration’ is defined u/s. 2(D) of 1872 Act as under:

“When at the desire of the promisor, the promise or any other person has done or abstained from doing, or does or abstains from doing, or promises to do or to abstain from doing, something, such act or abstinence or promise is called a consideration of the promise.”

So, existence of promisor-promisee relationship is sine qua non for ‘consideration’ under the 1872 Act. In context of share transactions relating to the companies particularly on issue of shares, the determination of promisor-promisee relationship could be explained as under:

A share is a right to a specified amount of the share capital of a company with it certain rights and liabilities, while the company is a going concern and in the winding up. The promisor- promisee relationship shall not come into existence until the offer and acceptance of offer thereof in completed in a contract. So, in context of contract of shares of the Company with the proposed shareholders, the following steps take place:

•    Step 1: Initially, the Company makes an invitation of offer to the public in general for subscription of shares at a given price for the share and other relevant conditions. This stage is referred to as ‘issue of shares’ under the legal precedents above;

•    Step 2: Out of the said invitation of offer to public, the proposed shareholders upon having accepted the terms of conditions of issue of shares of the Company makes an offer to the Company for al- lotment of shares on payment of price referred in step 1; and

•    Step 3: The Company through its Board of Directors on receipt of offer from the proposed share- holders decide in their meeting for acceptance of said offers and thereby pass resolution and undertake other compliances viz. filing of return of allotment in favour of shareholders, who are selected from the list of proposed shareholders. This stage is referred to as ‘allotment of shares’ and it is at this stage, the relationship of promisor-promisee comes into existence and simultaneously definition of ‘consideration’ under the 1872 Act is satisfied.

So, at the time of issue of shares, the receipt of money from the proposed shareholders by the Company cannot partake the nature of consid- eration, since no promisor-promisee relationship exists between the proposed shareholders and the Company. The promisor-promisee relationship comes into existence at the time of ‘allotment of shares’ by the Company; which is a stage anterior to ‘issue of shares’.

In light of above averments, it may be possible to urge that the charging provisions of section 56(2) (viib) of the Act may fail to satisfy the taxable event provided therein at the time of ‘issue of shares’, because the receipt of money at the time of ‘issue of share’ fails to satisfy the definition of ‘consideration’ under the 1872 Act. Further, the condition of ‘consideration’ is satisfied only at the time of allotment of shares because the shares also come into existence at the said stage of share capital and accordingly the incidence of share premium [which is sought to be taxed u/s. 56(2)(Viib)] is also established at that stage and not at ‘issue of shares’.

Alternatively, one may want to debate that in light of the intention of the Legislature to tax the share premium received at the time of issue of share above the fair market value, the averments as referred in above paras may require reconsideration. One may want to dispute the above understanding of the ‘issue of shares’ and distinguish it for want of relevance restricted to Companies Act, 1956 and thereby giving the term ‘issue of shares’ as a general meaning instead. In light of said understanding, one may argue that charging provisions of section 56(2)(VIIB) are satisfied and share premium shall be taxed accordingly in the hands of the Company at the time of issue of shares.

So, until the Courts of India decide upon the issue and/or clarification on the above contrary interpretation of the provision is given by the Legislature, it would be difficult to reach to any conclusions. As a way forward until any clarity is received, on a conservative basis, one may want to suggest that advance tax and/or self assessment tax, as the case may be, be paid considering the alternative interpretation as discussed later [i.e. in the immediately preceding para above] for the income under consideration be taxed u/s. 56(2)(VIIB) and at the time of filing the return of income, one may take an aggressive position of not subjecting the income under consideration to tax and a suitable note substantiating the said position be disclosed in the return of income. With this there may be limited chances of penalty and interest provisions being attracted to the transaction at the time of assessment of the company in the income-tax proceedings.

Annexure 1

Relevant extracts of Budget Speech of Finance Bill, 2012

“Para 155.    I propose a series of mea- sures to deter the generation and use of unaccounted money. To this end, I propose:

(i)    ……,

(ii)    ……,

(iii)    Increasing the onus of proof on closely held companies for funds received from sharehold- ers as well as taxing share premium in excess of fair market value.”

Relevant extracts of Budget Speech while moving in amendments to Finance Bill, 2012 “It has been proposed in the Finance Bill, 2012 that any consideration received by closely held company in excess of fair market value would be taxable. Exemption is provided to angel investors who invest in start-up company”

Memorandum explaining the provisions of Finance Bill, 2012

“Share premium in excess of the fair market value to be treated as income…….Section 56(2) provides for the specific category of incomes that shall be chargeable to income- tax  under  the  head  “Income  from  other sources”…. The new clause will apply where a company, not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, receives, in any previous year, from any person being a resident, any consideration for issue of shares. This amendment will take effect from 1st April 2013 and will accordingly apply in relation to AY 2013-14 and subsequent AYs”

Supplementary Circular explaining the amendments to the provisions of Finance Bill, 2012

“Company which receives any consideration for issue of shares and the consideration for issue of such shares exceed the fair market value of the share then the aggregate consideration received for such shares as exceeds the fair market value of the share shall be chargeable to tax”

Notes on Clauses to Finance Bill, 2012 “….Company receiving the consideration for issue of shares shall be provided an opportunity to substantiate its claim regarding the fair market value of shares”.

Transfer Pricing – the concept of Bright Line Test

fiogf49gjkf0d
Synopsis

Transfer Pricing Litigation concerning Advertising marketing and sales promotion (AMP Expenses) and creation of Marketing Intangibles for the Foreign Associated Enterprise, has come to the fore in recent years. In the absence of statutory law on the subject, the law is getting developed purely through judicial pronouncements and the same is still at a very nascent stage.


The purpose of this Article is to acquaint the reader with the basic concepts, the issues involved and broad thrust of judicial pronouncements. To gain an in-depth understanding of the concepts, issues involved, rival contentions and judicial thought process, the reader would be well advised to critically study and analyse relevant judicial pronouncements. As the stakes involved are very high, the matter would be settled only at the Apex Court level.

 1. Overview

In a typical MNC business model, the Indian subsidiary acts as a distributor/provider of goods/services and incurs AMP expenses for the promotion of its products or services. The Assessees have contended that the AMP expense is incurred necessarily for the purpose of selling its products/services in the Indian market. In the past, there have been instances of the Tax Department not allowing a tax deduction for such expenses on the basis that the expenses promote the brand of the foreign Associated Enterprise (‘AE’) in India and resultantly since the expenses benefit the foreign AE such expenses should not be allowed as a tax deduction in the determination of taxable income of the Indian AE. Various judicial pronouncements have held that where the expenditure has been incurred for the purposes of business of the Indian company, the payment should be allowed as a deduction. Resultantly, the issue (incurring of AMP expenses and creation of Marketing Intangibles) has now entered the realm of transfer pricing controversy. The contention of the Tax Department has been that since the Indian company incurs expenses which benefit the foreign AE, the Indian company should be reimbursed for such expenses. In fact, the proposition has been that by promoting the brand in India, the Indian subsidiary is providing a service to the foreign AE, for which it should receive due compensation (which could be the recovery of expenses incurred plus an appropriate mark-up over and above such expenses). It is contended by the Tax Department that such advertisement and brand promotion expenses resulted in creation of marketing intangibles which belong to the AE and appropriate compensation for such advertisement and brand promotion expenses was required to be made by the Foreign AE. Accordingly, the Transfer Pricing Officers (“TPOs”) in India, applying the ‘Bright Line Test’ as laid down in the decision of US Tax Court in DHL Inc.’s case, have held that the expenditure on advertisement and brand promotion expenses which exceed the average of AMP expenses incurred by the comparable companies in India, is required to be reimbursed/ compensated by the overseas associated enterprise. The principle followed by the Tax Department is that the excess AMP expenditure incurred by the Indian AE contributes towards the development and enhancement of the brand owned by the parent of the multinational group (the foreign AE). This perceived enhancement in the value of the brand is commonly referred to as ‘marketing intangibles’. The issue for consideration here is that where an Indian AE is engaged in distributing branded products of its foreign AE, and the Indian AE incurs AMP expenditure for selling the products, whether such expenses have been incurred for marketing of the product or for building the brand of the foreign AE in India. The Tax Department ought to appreciate the difference between product promotion and brand promotion. Product promotion primarily targets an increase in the demand for a particular product whereas Brand Promotion results in creation of Marketing Intangibles. There have been many decisions (mainly Tribunal Decisions) which have discussed the aspect of AMP expenditure and TP adjustments in respect thereof which lead to creation of marketing intangibles for the foreign AEs who have derived benefits. However, the Tribunals in the decisions pronounced prior to the retrospective amendments made by the Finance Act, 2012, in this regard, have held that since the specific international transactions pertaining to AMP expenses have not been referred to the TPO by the Assessing Officer (‘AO’) the assumption of the jurisdiction by the TPO in working out the ALP of the AMP transaction is not justified. Furthermore, assessees, prior to the amendments introduced by Finance Act, 2012, have contended that marketing intangibles per se were not covered under the meaning of the term “international transaction”. However, the amendments brought by Finance Act, 2012 in the Indian Transfer Pricing Regulations empower the TPO to scrutinise any international transactions which the TPO deems fit and additionally, the definition of the term international transaction has been broadened to bring within its ambit provision of services related to the development of marketing intangibles.

2 Concept of Marketing Intangibles


Intangible Property :

Para 6.2 of Chapter VI of the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines 2010 (‘OECD TP Guidelines’) defines the term “intangible property” as “intangible property includes rights to use industrial assets such as patents, trademarks, trade names, designs or models. It also includes literary and artistic property rights, and intellectual property such as know-how and trade secrets.

Commercial Intangibles : OECD TP Guidelines defines the term commercial intangibles as “Commercial intangibles include patents, know-how, designs, and models that are used for the production of a good or the provision of a service, as well as intangible rights that are themselves business assets transferred to customers or used in the operation of business (e.g. computer software).”

Marketing Intangibles : Marketing intangibles generally refers to the benefits like brand name, customer lists, unique symbols, logos, distribution/dealership network etc. which are not normally measured or recognised in the books of account. Marketing intangibles are created over a period of time through brand building, large-scale marketing of product, distribution network etc.

OECD TP Guidelines on Marketing Intangibles :
Para 6.3 and 6.4 of Chapter VI of the OECD TP Guidelines defines the term marketing intangibles as a special type of commercial intangibles which include trademarks and trade names that aid in the commercial exploitation of a product or service, customer lists, distribution channels, and unique names, symbols, or pictures that have an important promotional value for the product concerned. Some marketing intangibles (e.g. trademarks) may be protected by the law of the country concerned and used only with the owner’s permission for the relevant product or services. The value of marketing intangibles depends upon many factors, including the reputation and credibility of the trade name or the trademark, quality of the goods and services provided under the name or the mark in the past, the degree of quality control and ongoing R&D, distribution network and availability of the goods or services being marketed, the extent and success of the promotional expenditures incurred for familiarising potential customers with the goods or services.

3. TP Issues surrounding Marketing Intangibles/ AMP Expenses

The Transfer Pricing Issues surrounding Marketing Intangibles/AMP Expenses may be crystallized as follows:

i)    Whether when the assessee has incurred AMP expenses for promotion of brand belonging to its holding company, the Tax Department can make an addition against the assessee on account of royalty or brand development fee, computed on sales turnover and on excess AMP expenditure determined on the arm’s length principle?

ii)    Whether when the assessee has incurred AMP expenses for promotion of brand belonging to its holding company, the Tax Department is justified to apply the Bright Line Test for determination of Arms Length Price (ALP) of AMP?

iii)    Whether the Bright Line Test applied by the Tax Department for determination of ALP of AMP fit is an appropriate method?

4.    Origin of Dispute in USA – DHL Case

To understand the issue better, it would be relevant to look at the genesis of the transfer pricing con- troversy around marketing intangibles. This issue first came up for consideration in the case of DHL before the US Tax Court. This was primarily on ac- count of the 1968 US Regulations which propounded an important theory relating to ‘Developer-Assister rules’. As per the rules the developer being the person incurring the AMP spends (though not being the legal owner of the brand) was treated as an economic owner of the brand and the assister (being the legal owner of the brand), would not be required to be compensated for the use or exploitation of the brand by the developer. The rules lay down four factors to be considered:

  • the relative costs and risks borne by each controlled entity
  •  the location of the development activity
  •  the capabilities of members to conduct the activity independently
  •  the degree of control exercised by each entity.

The principal focus of these regulations appears to be equitable ownership based on economic expenditures and risk. Legal ownership is not identified as a factor to be considered in determining which party is the developer of the intangible property, although its exclusion is not specific. However, the developer-assister rule were amended in 1994, to include, among other things, consideration of ‘legal’ ownership within its gamut, for determining the developer/owner of the intangible property, and provide that if the intangible property is not legally protected then the developer of the intangible will be considered the owner.

However, the US TPR recognise that there is a distinction between ‘routine’ and ‘non-routine’ expenditure and this difference is important to examine the controversy surrounding remuneration to be received by the domestic AE for marketing intangibles.

In the context of the above regulations, the Tax Court in the case of DHL coined the concept of a ‘Bright Line Test’ (‘BLT’) by differentiating the routine expenses and non-routine expenses. In brief, it provided that for the determination of the economic ownership of an intangible, there must be a determination of the non-routine (i.e. brand building) expenses as opposed to the routine expenses normally incurred by a distributor in promoting its product.

An important principle emanating from the DHL ruling is that the AMP expenditure should first be examined to determine routine and non-routine expenditure and accordingly, if at all, compensation may be sought possibly for the non-routine expenditure.

5.  Origin of Dispute in India – Maruti Suzuki’s Case

It is pertinent to note that the Indian TPR does not specifically contain provisions for benchmarking of marketing intangibles created by incurring non-routine AMP spends. In the Indian context, the issue in respect of marketing intangibles was dealt extensively by the Delhi High Court in the case of Maruti Suzuki India Ltd vs. ACIT (2010-TII-01-HC-DEL-TP). In this case, the assessee, Maruti Suzuki India Limited (‘MSIL’), an Indian company had entered into a license agreement with Suzuki Motor Corporation (‘SMC’) for the manufacture and sale of automotive vehicles including certain new models. As per the terms of the agreement, MSIL agreed to pay a lump sum amount as well as running royalty to SMC as consideration for technical assistance and license. MSIL started using the logo of SMC on the cars and continued using the brand name ‘Maruti’ along-with the word ‘Suzuki’ on the vehicles manufactured by it. MSIL had also incurred significant AMP spends for promoting its products.

In connection with the AMP spends incurred by MSIL, the Delhi High Court laid down the following guidance:

•  If the AMP spends are at a level comparable to similar third party companies, then the foreign entity i.e. SMC would not be required to compensate MSIL.

•  However, if the AMP spends are significantly higher than third party companies, the use of SMC’s logo is mandatory and the benefits derived by SMC are not incidental, then SMC would be required to compensate MSIL.

However, it is important to note that the Supreme Court has directed the TPO to examine the matter in accordance with law, without being influenced by the observations or directions given by the Delhi High Court.

6.    Concept of Bright Line Test

6.1)    As discussed above, the US Tax Court in the case of DHL Inc., propounded the ‘Bright Line Test’ for distinguishing between the routine and non-routine expenditure incurred on advertisement and brand promotion. The US Tax Court in that case laid down that AMP expenses, to the extent incurred by uncontrolled comparable distributors is to be regarded within the ‘Bright Line limit’ of the routine expenses and AMP expenses incurred by the distributors beyond such ‘Bright Line limit’ constituted non routine expenditure, resulting in creation of economic ownership in the form of market intangibles which belong to the owner of the brand.

It may be noted that the aforesaid decision in case of DHL, sought to be relied upon by the Revenue for making adjustment on account of AMP expenses, applying Bright Line Test, was rendered in the con- text of a specific law, viz. Developer-Assister Rule, in US TPR (US Reg. 482-4). Similar provision for benchmarking of marketing intangibles allegedly created by incurring non-routine AMP expenses is not provided in the Transfer Pricing Regulations in India.

6.2 OECD’s  Position:

Paragraph 6.38 of the OECD Guidelines on Transfer Pricing read as follows:

“6.38 Where the distributor actually bears the cost of its marketing activities (i.e., there is no arrangement for the owner to reimburse the expenditures), the issue is the extent to which the distributor is able to share in potential benefits from those activities. In general, the arm’s length dealings the ability of a party that is not the legal owner of a marketing intangible to obtain the future benefits of marketing activities that increase the value of that intangible will depend principally on the substance of the rights of the party. For example, a distributor may have the ability to obtain benefits from its investments in developing the value of a trademark from its turnover and market share where it has a long term contract of sole distribution rights/or the trademarked product. In such cases, a distributor may bear extraordinary marketing expenditures beyond what an independent distributor in such a case might obtain an additional return from the owner of a trademark, perhaps through a decrease in the purchase price of the product or a reduction in royalty rate.”

The Transfer Pricing regulations in India being, by and large, based on OECD Transfer Pricing guidelines, the said guidelines are usually referred to in explaining and interpreting the Transfer Pricing provisions under the Income-tax Act to the extent that they are pari materia with the OECD guidelines. However, the recommendations of the OECD guidelines could not be applied in absence of a specific enabling provision or method provided under the Transfer Pricing Regulations in India to deal with such extraordinary marketing expenditure.

7.    Special Bench Decision in the case of L.G. Electronics: (2013) 29 taxmann.com.300

The Special Bench of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal, Delhi (“the Tribunal”) held by majority that the advertising, marketing and promotion (“AMP”) expenses incurred by a assessee constitute an “in- ternational transaction” and that bright line test is acceptable for determining the arm’s length price (“ALP”) of such transactions. It further held that while expenses incurred directly on promotion of sales, leads to brand building, the expenses in connection with sales are only sales specific and are not a part of AMP expenses.

Facts:
•    L.G. Electronics India Private Limited (“the assessee”) is a subsidiary of L.G. Electronics Inc., Korea (“the AE”). Pursuant to Technical Assistance and Royalty agreement, the assessee obtained a right from the AE to use technical information, designs, drawings and industrial property rights for the manufacture, marketing, sale and services of agreed products, for which it agreed to pay royalty @ 1 per cent. The AE allowed the assessee to use its brand name and trademarks to products manufactured in India “without any restriction”.

•    The Transfer Pricing Officer (“TPO”) concluded that the assessee was promoting LG brand as it had incurred expenses on AMP to the tune of 3.85% of sales vis-à-vis 1.39% incurred by a comparable. Accordingly, TPO held that the assessee should have been compensated for the difference.

•    Applying the Bright Line Test, the TPO held that the expenses in excess of 1.39 % of the sales are towards brand promotion of the AE and proposed a transfer pricing adjustment.

•    The Dispute Resolution Panel (“DRP”) not only confirmed the approach of the TPO, but also directed to charge a mark-up of 13 % on such AMP expenses towards opportunity cost and entrepreneurial efforts.

Issues:
•    Whether transfer pricing adjustment can be made in relation to advertisement, marketing and sales promotion expenses incurred by the assessee?

•    Whether the assessee ought to have been compensated by the AE in respect of such AMP expenses alleged to have been incurred for and on behalf of the AE?”

Observations & Ruling

The Tribunal has held as follows:

•    Confirmed validity of jurisdiction of the TPO by observing that the assessee’s case is covered u/s. 92CA(2B) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) which deals with international transactions in respect of which the assessee has not furnished report, whether or not these are international transactions as per the assessee.

•    The incurring of AMP expenses leads to promotion of LG brand in India, which is legally owned by the foreign AE and hence is a transaction. The said transaction can be characterised as an inter- national transaction within the ambit of Section 92B(1) of the Act, since (i) there is a transaction of creating and improving marketing intangibles by the assessee for and on behalf of its AE; (ii) the AE is non-resident; and (iii) such transaction is in the nature of provision of service.

•    Accepted Bright Line Test to determine the cost/value of the international transaction, in view of the fact that the assessee failed to discharge the onus by not segregating the AMP expense incurred on its own behalf vis-à-vis that incurred on behalf of the AE.

•    The transfer pricing provisions being special pro- visions, override the general provisions such as section 37(1) / 40A(2) of the Act.

•    For determining the cost/value of international transaction, selection of domestic comparable companies not using any foreign brand was relevant in addition to other factors.

•    The Supreme Court of India in Maruti Suzuki’s case examined the issue of AMP expenses where it directed the TPO for a de novo determination of ALP of the transaction. The direction by the Supreme Court recognises the fact of brand building for the foreign AE, which is an international transaction and the TPO has the jurisdiction to determine the ALP of the transaction.

•    The expenses incurred “in connection with sales” are only sales specific. However, the expenses “for promotion of sales” leads to brand building of the foreign AE, for which the Indian entity needs to be compensated on an arm’s length basis by applying the Bright Line Test.

•    With regard to the DRP’s approach, of applying a mark-up on cost for determining the ALP of the international transaction, on the ground that the same has sanction of law under Rule 10B(1)(c)(vi) of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 WAS accepted.

•    The case was set aside and the matter was restored to the file of the TPO for selection of appropriate comparable companies, examining effect of various relevant factors laid down in the decision and for the determination of the correct mark-up.

8.    Chennai ITAT decision in the case of Ford India Pvt. Ltd (2013-TII-118-ITAT-MAD-TP)

The Chennai Bench of the Tribunal, in the case of Ford India Private Limited, followed the Special Bench ruling in the case of LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd (supra) in applying Bright-Line Test (BLT) to arrive at the adjustment towards excess AMP expenditure. Further, the Tribunal ruled that the expenditure directly in connection with sales had to be excluded in computing the AMP adjustment. The Tribunal deleted the hypothetical brand development fee adjustment computed at 1 % of sales made by the TPO, and provided relief upto 50 % with respect to adjustment made by the TPO for Product Develop- ment (PD) expenditure held as recoverable from the parent company.

Though the Tribunal has relied on the Special Bench decision in the case of LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd on issues of principle, the distinguishing facts between the assessee and LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd were analysed thoroughly and the Tribunal has passed a speaking order.

On selection of comparables, the Tribunal has agreed with the assessee’s contentions that the comparables selected by the TPO were not comparable to the assessee, and has stated that such comparables selected (same as in the Maruti ruling – Tata Motors, Mahindra and Hindustan Motors) were not appropriate. Interestingly, the Tribunal has further stated that even the same comparables provided in the Maruti ruling can be considered, with proper adjustments carried out on the figures for making good the deficiencies noted in such comparables.

The Tribunal has disregarded the concept of add on brand value on normal sales and add on brand value on additional sales brought by the tax department to justify two additions in relation to brand building, and deleted the brand development fees computed at 1 % of sales. However, in relation to adjustment towards product development expenditure, the Tribunal has not provided the rationale behind the 50 % adjustment in the hands of the assessee.

9.    Delhi ITAT decision in the case of BMW Motors India Pvt. Ltd. (2013-TII-168-ITAT-DEL-TP)

In a recent decision in the case of BMW Motors India Pvt. Ltd., the Delhi Bench of Tribunal has distinguished the Special Bench Ruling in case of LG Electronics India Private Limited vs. ACIT (2013) 29 taxmann.com.300 (‘SB Ruling’) with regard to issue of marketing intangibles in the context of a distributor. The Tribunal adjudged that if the distributor was sufficiently compensated by the foreign principal through the pricing of products, i.e. through higher gross margins, the same would have catered to extra AMP expenses, if any, spent by the distributor as compared to the comparables. Accordingly, no separate compensation in the form of reimbursement of excess AMP expenses was required from the principal when the assessee was already earning premium profits as compared to comparables with similar intensity of functions.

The Tribunal acknowledged that in absence of a specific provision in Income – tax Act, the Tax Department could not insist that the mode of compensation for AMP expenses by foreign principal to Indian assessee (who is a distributor) necessarily be direct reimbursement and not pricing adjustment. The said remuneration for extra AMP could well be received through the pricing of imported products, namely through a commensurately higher gross margin.

After a spate of negative rulings on the issue of marketing intangibles following the SB Ruling in the case of LG Electronics (supra), this is the first favour- able ruling on marketing intangibles at the Tribunal level. In terms of key takeaways, the following points which have been acknowledged by the Tribunal in the instant ruling are worth a mention:

•    In the first ruling of its kind, the Tribunal has upheld the contention that no separate compensation is needed for excessive AMP expenditure, when the distributor receives sufficient profits/ rewards as part of the pricing of goods imported from its foreign principal.

•    The Tribunal has upheld the contention that a judgement or a decision considered as a binding precedent necessarily has to be read as a whole. To decide the applicability of any section, rule or principle underlying the decision or judgement which would be binding as a precedent in a case, an appraisal of the facts of the case in which the decision was rendered is necessary. The scope and authority of a precedent should not be expanded unnecessarily beyond the needs of a given situation.

•    The Tribunal acknowledged that transfer pricing litigation and adjudication is a fact-intensive exercise which necessarily requires due consideration of the assessee’s business model, contractual terms entered into with the AEs and a detailed FAR analysis, so as to appropriately characterise the transactions and the business model. The Tribunal has also supported the fact that there can be no straitjacket to decide a transfer pricing matter.

•    The Tribunal has dwelt on this aspect and categorically acknowledged existence of a fine line of distinction between the FAR profiles of a manufacturer vis-à-vis that of a distributor. Consequently, the remuneration model and the transfer pricing analysis for one could vary from the other.

•    The Tribunal also affirmed that in the absence of suitable aids or guidelines in the Indian tax laws or jurisprudence, there is no bar/prohibition to refer to international jurisprudence/guidelines.

The Tribunal has made an important distinction on the AMP issue for a distributor from that of a licensed manufacturer. While drawing the distinction in the facts of the assessee with that of the LG India’s case, the Tribunal has provided commendable clarification on how the typical AMP issue for distributors is to be analysed.

The Tribunal’s ruling that premium profits earned by the assessee, a distributor, compensates for the excessive AMP expenditure is distinguished from the contrary findings in the case of LG India, wherein the SB held that entity level profits do not benchmark all the international transactions of LG India and that a robust profit margin at entity level would not rule out AMP expense adjustment.

The findings of the Tribunal in this case is a greater acceptance of the well accepted international practice incorporated in the OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines, the ATO’s Guidelines (Australian Tax Office) related to Marketing Intangibles and the OECD Discussion Draft on Intangibles. Transfer pricing litigation and adjudication being fact based, necessarily requires consideration of the business model of the assessee and the contractual terms with AEs, along with a detailed FAR analysis to characterise the transactions. The Tribunal’s consideration of and reliance on the same for distinguishing this case from the LG India’s case, underscore the importance of an extensive FAR analysis, inter-alia, for the AMP issue.

The Tribunal made an important observation that the orders and judgments of co-ordinate division benches or special benches of the Tribunal, or the High Court and Supreme Court, particularly in transfer pricing adjudication cannot necessarily always be taken as a binding precedence ‘unless facts and circumstances are in pari material in a case cited before the court’.

It is worth noting that in a later decision in the case Casio India Co. Pvt. Ltd. [TS-340-ITAT-2013(DEL)-TP] a distributor of Watches and Consumer Information and other other related products of Casio Japan, in India, the Delhi Tribunal has expressly dissented from the coordinate bench’s decision in the case of BMW India Pvt. Ltd. and has followed SB decision in the case of LG Electronics. In Casio’s case, the Tribunal observed that the special bench decision in the case of L.G. Electronics is applicable with full force on all the classes of the assessees, whether they are licensed manufacturers or distributors, whether bearing full or minimal risk; that special bench order has more force and binding effect on the division bench order in BMW India’s case on the same issue.

10.    Scope of/exclusions from, AMP Expenses

In Canon India vs. DCIT (2013-TII-96-ITAT-DEL-TP),
the Delhi Tribunal relying on Special Bench Ruling in case of L.G. Electronics (supra) and Chandigarh Tribunal’s Ruling in the case of Glaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare Ltd. [TS-72-ITAT-2013 (CHANDI)-TP/2013-TII-71-ITAT-CHD-TP] held that, while computing TP Adjustment for marketing intangibles, expenses on Commission, Cash Discount, Volume Rebate, Trade Discount etc. and AMP Subsidy received by the assessee from the Parent Company should be excluded from the total AMP Expenses. In Glaxo’s case, the Chandigarh Tribunal also held that the Con- sumer Market Research Expenses and AMP Expenses attributable to various domestic brands owned by the assessee should be excluded from the ambit of AMP Expenses and no adjustment is required to be made in respect of the same. Similarly, in Maruti Suzuki India Limited (2013-TII-163-ITAT-DEL-TP), the Delhi Tribunal held that the expenditure in connection with sales cannot be brought within the ambit of AMP Expenses.

In order to avoid unnecessary confusion and consequent litigation, the assessees should be very careful in properly accounting for various sales related expenses and adequately documenting and distinguishing the same from various AMP Expenses, which are subject matter of TP Adjustments.

11.    Conclusion

One of the most challenging issues in transfer pricing is the taxation of income from intangible property. The OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines recognise that difficult TP problems can arise when marketing activities are undertaken by enterprises that do not own the trademarks they are promoting. According to the Guidelines, the analysis requires an assessment of the obligations and rights between the parties. The United Nations Practical Manual on Transfer Pricing for Developing Countries – released in 2013 (UNTPM) also states that marketing related activities may result in the creation of marketing intangibles depending on the facts and circumstances of each case. The Chapter of the UNTPM dealing with Emerging TP Challenges in India however is more explicit when it states that an Indian AE needs to be compensated for intangibles created through excessive AMP expenses and for bearing risks and performing functions beyond what an independent distributor with similar profile would incur or perform.

While the SB ruling in case of L.G. Electronics does not seem to have specifically dealt with the issue in light of the above principles, some of the concepts articulated by the OECD Guidelines and the UNTPM may be implicit in the factors identified by the SB for undertaking a comparability analysis. These principles may also be inferred by the Delhi High Court decision in the case of Maruti Suzuki. The SB does not seem to have discussed the key issue of who benefits from the AMP spend incurred by the Assessee, even assuming it is excessive – i.e., the Assessee or the foreign AE. The SB has also not ad- dressed the issue of whether the benefit, if any, to the foreign AE may largely be incidental. However, by recognising that the Delhi High Court ruling in the case of Maruti Suzuki is still relevant, it would appear that these principles that were enunciated by the High Court would also need to be given due consideration while examining the issue.

It is important to note that the SB has also rejected a mechanical application of the bright line test by a mere comparison of the AMP to sales ratios. It may be noted that the level and nature of AMP spending can be affected by a variety of business factors, such as management policies, market share, market characteristics, and the timing of product launches.

The benefits of the AMP spend may also be realised over a period of time, even though from an account- ing perspective the amounts are expensed in the year in which they are incurred. Further, the ‘bright-line’ between routine and non-routine AMP expenses could vary for each industry and even within the same industry it could be quite company specific.

The SB’s ruling relies extensively on the facts particularly relevant to the Assessee in this case and therefore its impact on other assessees may need to be examined based on their specific facts. The applicability of a transfer pricing adjustment for AMP expenses may arise where there is influence of an AE in advertising and marketing function of the Indian affiliate. Further, the quantification of excessive AMP expenditures may also not necessarily be based on a bright line test if assessees are able to provide information related to brand promotion.

Transfer pricing aspects of marketing intangibles has been the focus of the Indian tax authority for the last few years. In light of the above, it would be useful for multinational enterprises with Indian affiliates to review their intra-group arrangements relating to sales and marketing and use of trademarks/ brand names in light of the judicial pronouncements.

In the interest of reducing avoidable, time consuming and costly litigation which benefits nobody and for providing certainty to foreign investors and encouraging inflow of much needed FDI, the Finance Ministry should issue necessary detailed fair, reasonable and equitable/balanced guidelines with suitable illustrations and examples on the lines of Australian Tax Office’s Guidelines or bring in necessary statutory amendments in Indian Transfer Pricing Regulations. The Guidelines/Statutory Amendments should be framed keeping in mind the business realities which Foreign Businessmen have to face in India; particularly the fact that, in view of accelerating changes in technology, the shelf life of a product or service is very short, such that an Electronic Product (Smart- phone, Tablet, Laptop etc.) tends to get outdated within 6-9 months of its launch. This necessitates recoupment of expenditure on product research and development by garnering significant level of market share, in a very short time by means of aggressive expenditure on advertisement, marketing and sales promotion, leaving the competition well behind.

MAT – A Conundrum unsolved..

fiogf49gjkf0d
Synopsis

Minimum Alternate Tax (‘MAT’) was introduced as an alternative mode of tax with an intent to maintain minimum quantum of tax to be paid by the assessee – company which made profits but offered little or negligible income to tax by virtue of various deductions. While the methodology for computing MAT appears simple , the same has been under the subject matter of controversy due to interpretation of terms contained in section 115JB.

In the following article, the authors have analysed the treatment of a provision for the purposes of MAT and brought out the various dimensions of the issue.

1. Introduction

The era of MAT began as an ‘alternative mode’ of tax. With the efflux of time, the MAT regime has actually left us with no ‘alternative’ but to ‘tax’. Its objective is well known; although the text and content is vexed which often keeps the tax doyens perplexed. This complex provision has thrown out innumerable issues from its Pandora box. In this article, we have attempted to address one such issue through a case study.

2. Case Study

X Limited is an Indian company which acquired 1,00,000 equity shares of Y Limited for a consideration of Rs. 60 crore. In Year 1, X Limited created a “Provision for investment loss” amounting to Rs. 16 crore [by debiting the profit and loss account]. Cost of investment in the balance sheet was reduced to the extent of the provision (ie, Rs. 16 crore). The net loss as per the profit and loss account was Rs. 17 crore.

While computing the book profit under the provisions of section 115JB of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”), the Provision for investment loss (i.e. Rs 16 crore) was “added back” to net the loss as per the profit and loss account. The book loss (u/s. 115JB) for Year 1 was accordingly computed at Rs. 1 crore. The loss computed under the regular provisions of the Act was Rs. 50 lakh. The loss computed under regular provisions being lower than the book loss, the return of income for Year 1 was filed with the loss of Rs. 50 lakh.

Subsequently, in Year 2, X Limited sold the 100,000 equity shares in Y Limited for Rs. 68 crore. The sale resulted in a gain of Rs. 8 crore. X Limited recognised this gain as “Profit on sale of investment” in the Profit and loss account along with reversal of Provision for investment loss (pertaining to shares sold during the year) amounting to Rs. 16 crore. Cumulatively, profit on sale of investment recognised in financial statements added up to Rs. 24 crore [ie, 8 crore + 16 crore]. The company paid tax under the provisions of MAT (section 115JB) amounting to Rs. 2 crore [after reducing Rs. 16 crore from the net profit].

In this background, the write-up discusses the appropriateness of the MAT computation carried out by X Limited.

3. Case Analysis

MAT – General principles

Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”) computed u/s. 115JB is an alternative regime of taxation. The section provides for an alternate, nay an additional mechanism, of ‘computing the tax liability’ of an assessee apart from the normal computation. A comparison is made between tax payable under the normal provisions of the Act and the tax payable on “book profit”. The higher of the tax payable from out of the two computations would have to be discharged by the assessee company.

S/s. (1) to section 115JB requires a tax (at 18.5%) on book-profit to be compared with income-tax payable on the total income as computed under the Act. Section 115JB is an alternative tax mechanism. This is evident from the section heading which reads – “Special provision for payment of tax by certain companies”. It is thus a special provision for payment of tax. The intent of section 115JB is to maintain the minimum quantum of tax (at 18.5% on book profit) that an assessee-company should be liable to pay. If the tax u/s. 115JB is higher, the “book-profit” is deemed to constitute the total income of the Company.

‘Book Profit’ is defined in Explanation 1 to section 115JB. It is defined to mean the net profit as shown in the profit and loss account prepared as per s/s. (2) to section 115JB as reduced or increased by certain sums specified in the section. S/s. (2) requires the profit and loss account to be prepared in accordance with Parts II & III of Schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956. In arriving at the net profit, therefore, the principles outlined in Parts II & III of schedule VI of the Companies Act, 1956, shall be followed [Apollo Tyres Ltd (2002) 255 ITR 273(SC) and CIT vs. HCL Comnet Systems & Services Ltd. (2008) 305 ITR 409 (SC)].

Explanation 1 outlines a process of additions and deletions of certain sums to the ‘net profit’ disclosed in the Profit and loss account. Judicial precedents indicate that these adjustments are exhaustive. No other adjustments apart from those outlined in the explanation can be made to the ‘net profit’ to arrive at the “book profit”.

Characteristics of book-profit

S/s. (1) to section 115JB envisages a comparison of taxes. If the tax on book profit is higher than the tax payable under the normal provisions of the Act, then, (i) such book-profit would be deemed to be the total income and (ii) the tax payable shall be the tax on book profit (at 18.5%). A two-fold deeming fiction is envisaged. The total income under the normal provisions is replaced with book profit and the tax payable under the normal provisions paves way for ‘tax on book-profit’. Thus, s/s. (1) visualises a 3 step-approach:

(i) The book profit should be an outcome of the computation envisaged in Explanation 1 wherein, net profit as per the profit and loss account is adjusted by the adjustments specified therein;

(ii) Tax on such book profit should exceed the tax on income under the normal provisions; and

(iii) On satisfaction of the twin characteristics above, the book profit is deemed as the total income and the tax on book profit shall be the tax payable by the assessee.

Step ‘(iii)’ is a natural consequence of steps ‘(i)’ & ‘(ii)’. S/s. (1) of section 115JB is operative only when steps (i) and (ii) result in step (iii). In other words, in the absence of book profit or if tax on income under the normal provisions exceeds or is equal to the tax on the book profit, the deeming fiction in step (iii) is not to be invoked. If step (i) and (ii) do not culminate in step (iii), the computation in step (i) [book profit computation] becomes relevant only for step (ii) [comparison] and not step (iii). This is because, the computation of total income under normal provisions is sustained and the occasion of its replacement by book profit does not occur/ arise.

In case the computation [of book profit] under step (i) results in a negative number (or book loss, step (ii) becomes inapplicable or irrelevant. The comparison envisaged in step (ii) is between ‘tax on total income’ and ‘18.5% on book profit’. A negative book profit will invariably result in tax on total income under the normal provisions not being lower than tax on book profits. This can be explained by looking at the twin possibilities below:

Case 1 – Positive total income and book loss

In the above case, tax on total income under the normal provisions (being a positive number) exceeds the “tax payable” on the negative book profit (or book loss) and consequently results in tax on total income under the normal provisions being higher than 18.5% of book profit. Accordingly, section 115JB(1) is not satisfied.

Case 2 – Nil total income and book loss

Particulars

Amount (Rs)

 

 

Total income under the normal provisions

Nil

 

 

Tax on total income (@ 30%) – (A)

0

 

 

Book loss

(20)

 

 

18.5% on book loss – (B)

(3)

 

 

Tax payable by the
assessee (Higher of A and B)

0

 

 

In the above case, tax on total income (being nil) exceeds the negative tax on the book profit (or book loss) and consequently results in tax on total income being higher than 18.5% of book profit. Accordingly, section 115JB(1) is not satisfied.
In both the situations, “tax” on total income un-der the normal provisions would exceed 18.5% on book loss (or negative book profit). It is a trite to state that ‘total income ’ could either be ‘positive’ or ‘nil’.There cannot be negative total income. Consequently, there cannot be a ‘tax in negative’. For section 115JB to operate, ‘18.5% of book profit’ should be higher than such tax. Even if ‘18.5% on book loss’ is taken to be ‘nil’ in both the aforesaid examples, tax on total income under the normal provisions would not be lower which is the primary condition for section 115JB to be invoked.

Creation of provision for investment loss

In the given case study, X Limited created ‘Provi-sion for investment loss’ which was added back (or adjusted) while computing the book profit u/s. 115JB. The company had filed its return of income in Year 1 with loss (computed under normal provisions of the Act) amounting to Rs. 50 lakh. This loss was lower than the book loss (u/s. 115JB) for Year 1 which was Rs. 1 crore.

Being a book loss, there was no occasion to compute ‘tax on book profit’. Comparison of taxes u/s/s. (1) was not possible. The total income and tax payable could not be deemed as ‘book profit’ and ‘tax on book profit’ respectively for Year 1. Accordingly, operation of section 115JB was not triggered. For Year 1, the ‘Provision for investment loss’ was added back (or adjusted) while computing the “book profit” u/s. 115JB. The net result of the computation was a loss.

The appropriateness of this treatment (i.e, adding back of the provision) can be examined by traversing through the various adjustments housed in Explanation 1. These adjustments can be bisected into ‘upward adjustments’ and ‘downward adjustments’ which increase and decrease the net profit respectively. The opening portion of the Explanation 1 reads – “For the purposes of this section, “book profit” means the net profit as shown in the profit and loss account for the relevant previous year prepared u/s/s. (2), as increased by…”.

The phrase used is ‘net profit’. The expression ‘net profit’ and ‘net loss’ are not synonymous and can-not be used interchangeably. One could argue that the Explanation 1 visualises only a ‘net profit’ and not a ‘net loss’. In other words, the adjustments contemplated under Explanation 1 are not operative where the net result of operation is a loss. This is because the threshold condition to ignite section 115JB, viz. ‘net profit’, is not satisfied.

Further, the opening portion of the Explanation 1 deals with ‘increase’ of ‘net profit’ by certain adjustments. The second portion which deals with downward adjustments deals with reduction of the net profit by certain adjustments. The phrase used therein is “reduced by”. Thus, the law envisages an ‘increase’ and ‘decrease’ of net profits. The legislature has not employed the phrase “adjusted by”. The phrases used in the Explanation 1 have specific connotations. They cannot be understood in any modified manner. This aspect is important because an adjustment which ‘increases’ a ‘net profit’ would arithmetically ‘decrease’ if the start point were to be a ‘net loss’. This opposite numerical consequence indicates that the adjustments in the first portion have to necessarily result in an increase in the base figure and the ones in the latter portion should cause a reduction. Accordingly, the law visualises only ‘net profit’ to be the start point or base figure [and not ‘net loss’].

In the present case study, the net loss as per Profit and loss account in the Year 1 was Rs. 17 crore. Existence of net loss thus excludes X Limited from the clutches of section 115JB. Accordingly, it could be argued that there was no need to carry out any computation u/s. 115JB.

Alternative view

If one were to adopt the aforesaid position [that MAT is operative only on ‘net profit’], then all loss making companies would be excluded from the gamut of MAT computation. Such interpretation, although may be literally correct, would defy the objective of MAT computation. This could encourage the practice of ‘skewing of profits’ or ‘window dressing’ of financial statements.

Having accepted that loss making companies are also subject to MAT provisions (like in the present case), one needs to understand whether the book profit computation carried out by X Limited for Year 1 is in accordance with Explanation 1.

Two adjustments which could be relevant in the present context are clause (c) and (i) of the first part of the Explanation 1. These clauses read as under:

(c)    the amount or amounts set aside to provisions made for meeting liabilities, other than ascertained liabilities

……

(i)    the amount or amounts set aside as provision for diminution in the value of any asset

As per clause (c) of Explanation 1, any provision for liability other than ‘ascertained liability’ is to be added to the net profit in order to arrive at the book profit for the purpose of section 115JB. A liability may be capable of being estimated with reasonable certainty though the actual quantification may not be possible. Even though estimation is involved, it would amount to a provision for ascertained liability. The intention of the legislature in inserting clause (c) is to possibly prohibit provision for contingent liability helping in reduction of the book profit. A provision for loss on investment should not be regarded as provision for meeting unascertained liability.

Prior to insertion of clause (i), there was no express provision which dealt with provision for diminution in the value of asset. It amply clarified by the Apex Court in the case of CIT vs. HCL Comnet Systems & Services Ltd. (2008) 305 ITR 409 (SC) that clause
(c)    does not deal with diminution in value of as-sets. The Court observed (although the decision was in the context of provision for doubtful debts) that a provision for doubtful debts is to cover up the probable diminution in value of asset (debtors) and is not provision for a liability. Thus, provision for diminution in value of assets cannot be equated with provision for liabilities. Consequently, clause (c) in Explanation 1 cannot be applied in cases where a diminution in value of investments is contemplated.

Subsequently, clause (i) in second part under Explanation 1 was inserted by the Finance (No. 2) Act, 2009, with retrospective effect from 01-04-2001. Acknowledging that clause (c) was not suitable to rope in provision for loss in the value of assets, clause (i) was inserted to achieve this objective. Clause (i) statutorily affirms the Apex Court decision that provision for diminution in value of assets is different from provision for liabilities.

Clause (i) employs the expression “provision for diminution in the value of any asset”. Both clause (c) and

(i)    use the term ‘provision’. This is possibly because a provision need not necessarily be for a liability and it could also be for diminution in the value of assets or for loss of an asset. This is discernible from the definitions/ description given in the ICAI literature and Company Law provisions. The word “provision” has not been defined in the Act. The Guidance Note on “Terms Used in Financial Statements” issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India defines the term ‘provision’ as under:

“an amount written off or retained by way of providing for depreciation or diminution in value of assets or retained by way of providing for any known liability, the amount of which can-not be determined with substantial accuracy.”

Paragraph 7(1) of Part III of old Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956
defines the term ‘provision’ as under:

“the expression ‘provision’ shall, subject to sub-clause (2) of this clause, mean any amount written off or retained by way of providing for depreciation, renewals or diminution in value of assets or retained by way of providing for any known liability of which the amount cannot be determined with substantial accuracy.”

From the above, one can discern that a provision need not necessarily be for a liability. It can also be provision for depreciation or diminution in value of assets. The Mumbai Tribunal in the case of ITO vs. TCFC Finance Limited (ITA No.1299/Mum/2009) held that provision for diminution in the value of investment has to be added for computing book profit, regardless of the fact whether or not any balance value of the asset remains. The Tribunal also defined the meaning of the term “diminution” in the following manner:

“In common parlance the word “diminution” indicates the state of reduction. The Shorter Oxford Dictionary gives the meaning of the word “diminution” as “the action of making or becoming less; reduction “. Accordingly, any provision made for diminution in the value of any asset, is to be added for computing book profit under the provisions of section 115JB”

In the present case-study, the provision was created against loss due to decrease in the realisable value of investment (i.e, shares in Y Limited). It signifies preparedness for a dip in the value of the asset (Y Limited shares). The provision for investment loss after the amendment to the statute would be covered within the precincts of clause (i).

Reversal of provision for investment loss in Year 2

In the present case study, X Limited sold 100,000 equity shares in Y Limited in Year 2 for a gain of Rs. 8 crore. The company reversed the provision for investment loss amounting to Rs. 16 crore. Conse-quently, Rs. 16 crore was included in net profits while computing the MAT liability. After reducing Rs. 16 crore from the net profit, the company discharged its tax liability under MAT.

There is no dispute around inclusion of Rs. 8 crore in the book profit [being gain from the sale of shares]. The question is whether while computing book prof-its under MAT, reversal of “Provision for investment loss” was to be ‘retained’ or ‘reduced’ from the net profits in ascertaining tax on book profit.

As already detailed, Explanation 1 outlines the computation of book profit involving certain additions and deletions (or adjustments) to the ‘net profit’. The start point of such computation is ‘Net Profit as shown in the Profit & Loss Account’. The adjustments contemplated in the definition include ones which increase such net profit (‘Upward Adjustments’) and items which reduce the net profit (‘Downward Adjustments’). One such ‘Downward Adjustment’ is amount withdrawn from any Reserve or Provision, if any such amount is credited to the Profit & Loss Account and had been instrumental in increasing the book profit for any earlier year. Clause (i) of the second part of Explanation 1 which houses this adjustment, reads as under:

(i)    the amount withdrawn from any reserve or provision (excluding a reserve created before the 1st day of April, 1997 otherwise than by way of a debit to the profit and loss account), if any such amount is credited to the profit and loss account:


Provided that where this section is applicable to an assessee in any previous year, the amount withdrawn from reserves created or provisions made in a previous year relevant to the assessment year commencing on or after the 1st day of April, 1997 shall not be reduced from the book profit unless the book profit of such year has been increased by those reserves or provisions (out of which the said amount was withdrawn) under this Explanation or Explanation below the second proviso to section 115JA, as the case may be;

Clause (i) read with the proviso appended to it mandates reduction of net profits by the amount withdrawn from any reserves/provisions if – (a) it is credited to the profit and loss account and (b) the book profit u/s. 115JA / 115JB for year in which such provision was created had been increased by the amount of such provision. In other words, reduction as per Clause (i) is permissible only on satisfaction of twin conditions. Firstly, the amount withdrawn is credited to profit and loss account and secondly at the time of ‘creation’ of reserve, the ‘Book Profit’ had been increased by the amount of the said with-drawal. This was the mandate of the Apex Court in the case of Indo Rama Synthetics (I) Limited vs. CIT (2011) 330 ITR 363 (SC). The ruling advocates a strict reading of the downward adjustment for withdrawal from reserve. The Supreme Court held that if the reserves created are not referable to the profit and loss account and the amount had not gone to increase the book value at the time of creation of the reserve; the question of deducting the amount (transferred from such reserve) from the net profit does not arise at all. The Apex Court held that the objective of clauses (i) to (vii) is to find out the true and real working result of the assessee company.

In the present case, X Limited had credited the re-versal of provision for investment loss to its profit and loss account in Year 2. The reversal of the pro-vision to the profit and loss account satisfies the first condition referred to above. On this, there is no dispute. The doubt is regarding the compliance of the second condition. X Limited has excluded such reversal while computing the MAT liability. To enable such exclusion, the said reversal (of provi-sion) should have ‘decreased’ the book losses in the year of its creation (i.e, Year 1). A reduction of book loss has the same effect as increase in book profit. Accordingly, the second condition is satisfied. The question is whether the said treatment is tenable? Can increase in book profits (in the year of creation) to the extent of provision created by itself, satisfy the stipulated condition? Does such increase necessarily have to culminate in tax being payable under the MAT regime? Should an increase in book profit (on creation of provision) necessarily be accompanied with a tax liability u/s. 115JB?

The answer to this issue has both ‘for’ as well as ‘against’ view points. The analysis would not be complete, unless both the possible views are captured. The following paragraphs discuss these viewpoints:

View I – Increase in book profits should result in payment of tax under MAT

As per this view -point, the increase in book profit should result in tax liability under the MAT provisions. If such increase does not culminate in tax being payable u/s. 115JB, then the reversal of such provision should not be reduced while computing the book profit.

In this regard, it may be relevant to peruse circular no.550 issued by the Central Board of Direct Taxes explaining amendments to Income-tax Act vide Finance Act, 1989. The relevant portion of the same is as under:

“Amendment of the provisions relating to levy of minimum tax on ‘book profits’ of certain companies

24.4 Further, under the existing provisions certain adjustments are made to the net profit as shown in the profit and loss account. One such adjustment stipulates that the net profit is to be reduced by the amount withdrawn from reserves or provisions, if any, such amount is credited to the profit and loss account. Some companies have taken advantage of this provision by reducing their net profit by the amount withdrawn from the reserve created or provision made in the same year itself, though the reserve when created had not gone to increase the book profits. Such adjustments lead to unintended lowering of profits and consequently the quantum of tax payable gets reduced. By amending section 115J with a view to counteract such a tax avoidance device, it has been provided that the “book prof-its” will be allowed to be reduced by the amount withdrawn from reserves or provisions only in two situations, namely :—

(i)    if the reserves have been created or provisions have been made in a previous year relevant to the assessment year commencing before 1st April, 1988; or

(ii)    if the reserves have been created or provisions have been made in a previous year relevant to the assessment year commencing on or after 1st April, 1988 and have gone to increase the book profits in any year when the provisions of section 115J of the Income-tax Act were applicable.” (emphasis supplied)

The Circular clarifies that clause (i) is an anti-abuse provision. It was introduced to prohibit unintended lowering of profits and consequent reduction of tax payable. The intent was to induce parity in tax treatment in the year of creation and withdrawal of reserves. The objective is to plug-in tax leakage. The emphasis is on the payment of correct quantum of tax. The amendment seeks to impact the tax liability under MAT and not the mere arithmetic adjustment of book profit. In this background, it may be pertinent to observe the closing portion of the above quoted circular. It is clarified that the amount withdrawn from reserves or provisions is deductible in MAT computation only if (a) the reserves have been created or provisions have been made for the year on or after 1st April, 1988 and (b) have gone to increase the book profits in any year when the provisions of section 115J of the Income-tax Act were applicable. Twin conditions are visualised by the circular. The first relates to year of creation being on or after 01-04-1998 and the second mandates that the book profits should have been increased in the year in which section 115J is applicable. The latter condition thus requires not only enhancement of book profit but such increment has to occur in the year in which section 115J is applicable. MAT is “applicable” when the final discharge of tax happens under the regime of section 115J. The phrase “is applicable” has to be read in such context. Otherwise, it would have no meaning, as section 115J being a part of the statute would in any way be “applicable” to any company. The circular issued in the context of section 115J should also be applicable to section 115JB purposes, as in substance, the provisions are the same (More on ‘applicability’ of section 115JB later).

The latter condition of book profit enhancement accordingly has to occur in the year in which section 115JB is applicable. Section 115JB is an alternate tax regime. It is applicable only when the tax on book profits exceeds the tax on total income. If the tax on book profits does not ‘exceed’ tax on total income, section 115JB is not applicable.

To conclude, amount withdrawn from reserves or provisions is deductible in MAT computation only if (a) provisions have been made for the year on or after 01-04-1988; (b) such amount has gone to increase the book profit in the year in which taxes were payable under MAT regime (or section 115JB).

This view is supported by the Hyderabad tribunal in Vista Pharmaceuticals Ltd vs. DCIT (2012) 6 TaxCorp (A.T.) 27449 (Hyd). The issue before the tribunal was with regard to direction of the CIT to consider the interest waived to be included in the computation of book profit under section 115JB. The facts of the case were that the assessee computed its book profit u/s. 115JB at ‘nil’ after reducing the amount of interest waived by bank on the ground that it is the amount withdrawn from provision for interest to financial institutions debited to Profit and Loss account in earlier year now credited. The tribunal held as under:

“In the case of the present assessee, the amount withdrawn from reserve or provision i.e., waiver of interest cannot be considered as part of book profit since it was never allowed in the computation of book profit of the company in any of the earlier years since the company never had any book profit being sick industrial undertaking…….

It is also an admitted fact that in the earlier years there is no computation of book profit ex con-sequentia, there was no assessment with regard to computation of book profit u/s. 115JB of the Act. It was held in the case of Narayanan Chettiar Industries vs. ITO (277 ITR 426) that in respect of remission of liability no addition can be made un-less an allowance or deduction is allowed to the assessee in the previous year. Further in the case of Rayala Corporation Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT, 33 DTR 249, wherein it was held that returns for earlier years have been found defective by the Assessing Officer and declared to be nonest, as the assessee had failed to rectify the defect in spite of notice issued u/s. 139(9) of the Act, deduction of interest claimed in such returns cannot be deemed to have been allowed and, therefore, interest waived by bank cannot be charged u/s. 41(1) of the Act.

6.    Taking the clue from the above judgments, similarly, unless the provision created by the assessee towards interest liability is allowed as a deduction while computing the book profit u/s. 115JB, when the assessee writes back the same to the Profit and Loss A/c, then it should be considered for determining the book profit. It is nobody’s case that interest liability has been allowed as deduction in earlier years. In other words, an allowance or deduction has been made in earlier years in respect of interest liability while computing the book profit and writing back the same could be added to the book profit. A reading of clause (i) to Explanation 1 to section 115JB(2) gives the above meaning.” (emphasis supplied)

The Hyderabad Tribunal ruled that unless the provision increased the “book profit” in an earlier year, the write back of such provision should continue to be considered for determining the “book profit”. The Tribunal departed from the literal reading of clause (i) and the proviso therein. The clause (and the proviso) stipulates the increase in book profit in the year of creation of provision/reserve. The “increase” is not an exercise in vacuum but one which results in attraction and enhancement of book profit tax. The Tribunal opted to place reliance on the rationale in circular no.550.

In the present case, while computing book profit u/s. 115JB for Year 1, X Limited had decreased the net loss by the provision of Rs. 16 crore made for diminution in the value of investment. In Year 2, the company reversed Rs. 16 crore out of the above referred provision for investment loss.

The provision for investment loss was “added back” while computing book profit (in Year 1). However, there was no net profit as per Profit and loss account in that year. As already explained, in the absence of net profit, it could be argued that section 115JB is not applicable. Tax was also not discharged in that year u/s. 115JB. In effect, there is no addition of provision for diminution in value of investment allowance. Applying the principles of the circular and the Hyderabad Tribunal, X Limited has not suffered tax under MAT on creation of provision for investment loss. Consequently, reversal of such provision would continue to be included in book profits computation. Once section 115JB is not applicable in the year of creation of reserve, reversal of such provision cannot be excluded from book profit computation.

Further, the provision for diminution in value of investments did not result in any additional tax liability under the MAT computation. On the contrary, such provision has decreased/reduced income while computing the total income under the normal provisions of the Act. It is an ‘erosion of capital’ which resulted in a loss. Such loss was claimed as a charge against income chargeable to tax. Subsequently, these investments were sold at a price over and above the original cost of investments/ shares. To clarify:

X Limited purchased shares at Rs. 6,000.  A provision for diminution was created to the extent of Rs. 1,600.  This reduced the value of shares to  Rs. 4,400. On sale of shares at Rs. 6,800, X Limited made a capital gain of Rs. 2,400 [i.e, 6,800-4,400].  This gain of Rs. 2,400 consists of Rs. 800 (being its gain over and above the original cost of the asset) and Rs. 1,600 (being proceeds over and above the revised/ reduced cost of the asset). By creating a provision for Rs. 1,600, X Limited acknowledged and recognised that the value of investment had been eroded or vanished to such extent. Any   consideration exceeding the reduced value but not exceeding the actual cost would amount to ‘recoupment of loss’. It is a refurbishment of losses which were claimed as a charge against the profits in the earlier years.  Such refurbishment (of losses) would amount to income (in the year of reversal of provision).

Accordingly, one possible view is that reversal of provision for diminution in value of investment cannot be excluded under Clause (i) of the second part of Explanation 1 while computing book profits.

View II – Increase in book profits need not result in payment of tax under MAT

Literal interpretation
Clause (i) is permissible only on satisfaction of twin conditions – (i) amount withdrawn is credited to profit and loss account and (ii) at the time of ‘creation’ of reserve, the ‘Book Profit’ was increased by the amount of the said withdrawal. The mandate of the law is clear and unambiguous. Modern judicial approach to interpretation of statutes is often driven by literal rule. Laws and regulations are the intentions of legislators captured in words. Every statute must be read according to the natural construction of its words. The words of a statute are to be understood in their natural and ordinary grammatical sense. The aspect of allowance or deduction discussed by the Hyderabad Tribunal is deviation from the literal reading of the law. Nothing prevented the legislature to lay down law to this effect.  

View-I could result in absurd results Even otherwise, View I appears to revolve around whether the adjustment of provision for investment loss in the year of creation results in a positive book profits.  It could never be the intent of the law to discriminate between companies which have only a nominal value of book profits (post set-off of provision for investment loss) with those companies where the net loss is not completely wiped off by the provision for investment loss in the computation. This can be understood through the below explained illustration:

Particulars

Company A

Company B

 

 

 

Net loss as per Profit and loss

(10,000)

(10,000)

account for Year 1

 

 

 

 

 

Add: Provision for investment

10,100

9,900

loss

 

 

 

 

 

Book
profit/ (Loss)

100

(100)

If the aforesaid provision was reversed in Year 2, Company B would not be able to claim reduction in that year (if View I were to be followed). On the contrary, Company A which has a nominal book profit of Rs. 100 may be allowed reduction of pro-vision reversal in Year 2 (although one could argue that only proportionate reduction will be allowed). Such interpretation would result in unintended consequence.

View I results in tax on capital

In the present case study, consideration received on sale of shares (by X Limited) was over and above the historical or original cost of such shares. The differential between such sale consideration and original cost is a gain and has to be necessarily offered to tax. There is no dispute on this aspect. One could argue that consideration to the extent of reversal of provision is ‘capital’ in nature. This is because, such consideration (i.e, to the extent of reversal of provision) refills the vacuum created by provision. Levying a tax on such consideration would amount to a ‘tax on capital’. In essence, it would culminate in higher effective rate of tax on capital gains. The philosophy of MAT taxation was to provide for an alternate tax regime and not double taxation. A denial of reduction from book profit would compel the taxpayer to pay taxes on income which he never earned.

Section 115JB – wider applicability

Circular no. 550 clarified that the amount withdrawn from reserves or provisions is deductible in MAT computation only if (a) the reserves have been created or provisions have been made for the year on or after 1st April, 1988 and (b) have gone to increase the book profits in any year when the provisions of section 115J of the Income-tax Act were applicable. The latter condition thus requires not only enhancement of book profits but such increment has to occur in the year in which section 115J is applicable.

S/s. (1) to section 115JB deals with the ‘applicability’ of the provision. It is applicable to every “company”. If 18.5% of book profit of such company exceeds tax on its total income then, such amount (i.e, 18.5%) would be the tax payable and book profit would be the total income. Thus, section 115JB is applicable to every company but the liability to pay tax is only in case of certain companies. The ‘certain companies’ are those which are liable to tax under MAT. This is supported by the section heading which reads – “Special provision for payment of tax by certain companies”. Section 115JB deals thus deals with payment of tax ‘by certain companies’. In other words, section 115JB is ap-plicable to all companies but renders only ‘certain companies’[whose tax under MAT exceeds normal tax computation] as liable to tax u/s. 115JB.

Applying this proposition in the present case, section 115JB was applicable to X Limited in Year 1 [although there was a book loss]. The provision for investment loss was “added back” while computing book profits for that year. The adjustment resulted in a reduction of loss. A “reduction of loss” is effectively the same as “increase in profits”. Accordingly, reversal of such provision in Year 2 should be excluded from while computing book profits for the year.

One may, in this connection, refer to the decision of the Kolkata Tribunal in the case of Stone India Limited vs. Department of Income-tax [ITA Nos. 1254/ Kol/2010]. The Tribunal in this case had an occasion to deal with treatment of “Provision for diminution in value of investment” for the purposes of book profits u/s. 115JB. In this case, the assessee debited its Profit and Loss A/c for the year ended 31.03.2001 with certain provision for diminution in the value of investment. In computation of book profit u/s. 115JB of the Act the said provision for diminution in the value of investment was not added back to the book profit. Subsequently, out of the said provision, the assessee wrote back certain amount in the accounts for the year ended 31-03-2006. The question was whether the reversal of provision for diminution in the value of investment was deductible in computation of book profit for AY 2006-07. The Court observed –

“It is also observed that clause (i) of Explanation to section 115JB of the Act says that the amount withdrawn from any reserves or provisions created on or after 01- 04-1997, which are credited to the profit and loss account, shall not be reduced from the book profits, unless the books profits were increased by the amount transferred to such reserves or provisions in the year of creation of such reserves (out of which the said amount was withdrawn). In this case, provision for diminution in the value of investment Rs. 7,05,73,000/ – was created in the financial year 2000-01 relevant to assessment year 2001-02 but book loss of the said year was not appreciated by the said amount in the computation filed u/s. 115JB along with the return. As there is a loss of Rs. 30,008/- prior to providing of prior year adjustment and diminution in the value of investment, no addition has been made u/s. 115JB by the assessee in the assessment year 2001-02 on account of diminution in the value of investment….. and the

exceptional item on account of diminution in the value of investment has not been adjusted while computing the book profit u/s. 115JB. Therefore, we are of the considered opinion that the observation of the Ld. CIT(A)was not justified in directing the assessee…” (emphasis supplied)

In the aforesaid case, provision for investment loss was not added back to the net loss while computing the book profits. The same had been reversed in subsequent year. In the year of provision, there was a net loss. The assessee did not carry out any adjustment. The Tribunal therefore ruled that reversal cannot be reduced from the book profits. The basis or rationale for such decision is that the book profits were not adjusted or appreciated by the provision created.

The Tribunal appears to have laid emphasis on the ‘adjustment or appreciation’ of book profits. The conclusion of the tribunal was driven by the non-adjustment of book profits in the initial year. Applying the ratio of the Tribunal ruling, it appears that if an adjustment of “book profit” had been made in the year of creation of the reserve, it would suffice to exclude the reversal of provisions while computing book profit for a subsequent year.

4.    To conclude

X Limited had a net loss as per Profit and loss ac-count for Year 1. A view could be taken that MAT computation is not applicable in the year of loss and no adjustment contemplated u/s. 115JB is required. A better view would be that MAT provisions are applicable even in the year of loss and accordingly, adjustment of adding back provision for diminution in the value of investment in the Year 1 was appropriate.

As regards, exclusion of reversal of provision from book profit computation in Year 2, there are two views possible. View II appears to be appropriate and therefore reversal of provision should be excluded while computing book profits for Year 2.

5.    Fall out of view-ii

In the present case, there was a provision created for diminution in investment amounting to Rs. 16 crore in Year 1. Such provision reduced the profits (or increased the losses) for the year. Subsequently, in Year 2, such provision was reversed and credited to Profit and loss account. Such credit ‘enhanced’ the profits for the year. While computing book profit for MAT purposes, X Limited reduced such reversal of provision. Thereby ‘enhancement of profit’ was nullified. By this, MAT liability was reduced.

Due to the provision entry in Year 1, the brought forward loss of Year 2 was increased. This enhanced loss translated into an ‘(increased) deduction’ from book profits while computing MAT liability for Year 2.

This is due to a ‘downward’ adjustment as per clause
(iii)    of Explanation 1 to section 115JB which reads –
“the amount of loss brought forward or unabsorbed depreciation, whichever is less as per books of ac-count.” In this adjustment, the amount of brought forward losses (or business loss) is compared with unabsorbed depreciation loss; lower of the two is reduced in the book profits computation. The brought forward losses are to be adopted from the books of account. Consequently, an expense/ charge in the earlier years enhances the brought forward losses of the current year.

To sum-up, if View-II were to be adopted, X Lim-ited would avail dual benefit by – (i) reducing the book profits by amount of reversal in provision for diminution in value of investment and (ii) availing accelerated losses (depreciation or business loss whichever is less).

Deductibility of Discount on Employee Stock Options – An analysis, Part1

fiogf49gjkf0d
Introduction

It is an accepted fact that employees if recognised will reciprocate in a thousand ways. By acknowledging employee efforts, organisations can increase employee satisfaction, morale and self-esteem leading to increased business and income. Employee Stock Option Plan [commonly known as ESOP(s)] is a fallout of this thought.

Sustained competitiveness by any company hinges upon the quality of its human resources. This in turn has much to do with employee loyalty and commitment. A widely acknowledged method of giving the right incentive signals and rewarding loyalty is through an ESOP.

ESOP is a share-based payment to an employee in lieu of remuneration for his services. The philosophy behind ESOP is to imbibe a ‘sense of belongingness’ to the company. It is to enable them to participate in the organisation’s growth and prosperity. This is achieved by inviting them to be part owners of the company.

ESOP has evolved as a very potent tool to employee compensation. Variants to ESOP have also evolved. ESOP guidelines issued by the Central Government of India (reported in 251 ITR [st] 230) has enlisted various kinds of ESOP(s) – Employee Stock Option Plan, Employee Stock Ownership Plan, Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Stock Appreciation rights etc.

In an ESOP scheme, the company issues shares to its employees at a price lesser than its prevailing market value. To achieve this, a plan is put in place. The plan is approved and adopted by the company. Regulatory approvals, if required, are obtained. The plan generally provides for a compensation committee for evaluating performance of employees and recommending the allotment of options. These options entitle employees to become shareholders of the company. The difference between the price at which the company could have issued the shares in the “open market” and the reduced price is the benefit to the employees. The employee is compensated by the concession.

In other words, the company/ employer forgoes it ability, of getting higher money for the shares. The discussion in the ensuing paragraphs is whether such amount forgone or ‘loss’ suffered can be claimed as a deduction from an Income-tax standpoint.

This write-up is classified into the following segments:

A. Accounting Principles
B. Claim of ESOP under General Tax Principles
C. Claim of ESOP under specific provisions of Income-tax Act, 1961(the Act)
D. Some judicial pronouncements

PART A – Accounting Principles
Accounting/ regulatory aspects of ESOP(s) in India

When a company receives a sum which is lesser than the fair value of the share, it suffers a ‘loss’. This loss needs to be accounted for. A determination of the ‘nature of loss’ is important to enable the addressal of many issues. Whether this loss is compensation, and hence is to be accounted for in the profit and loss account? Or is it a premium on shares forgone and hence is a balance sheet item? Does it partake the character of benefit, hence a perquisite and thereby salary? Or is it in the nature of enabling employees to become shareholders of the company and hence a transaction inextricably linked to the share capital? Is the ‘discount’ a form of compensation? Or is the sufferance an abatement of the ability to get full value of shares? These are some questions associated with an ESOP.

A reference to the accounting principles or guidelines statutorily prescribed could help in ascertaining the nature of loss. Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) and Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (“ICAI”), two of the premier regulatory and statutory bodies have issued guidelines in this matter.

ICAI has issued a Guidance Note on “Accounting for Employee Share-based payments”. The Guidance Note specifies the treatment of discount on issue of ESOP (hereinafter referred as ‘ESOP discount’).

A. Guidance Notes issued by ICAI

ICAI is empowered to issue Guidance Notes. These are designed to provide guidance to its members on matters arising in the course of their professional work. Guidance notes resolve issues which may pose difficulty or are debatable. The Guidance Notes are recommendatory in nature. Any deviation from such guidance mandates an appropriate disclosure in the financial statements or reports.

Financial statements form the substratum for income-tax laws. These Financial statements of corporates have to be mandatorily prepared in accordance with accounting system/ standards prescribed by the ICAI. Thus the role of ICAI assumes significance. The courts have also recognised the importance of ICAI prescriptions in various cases.

The Gauhati High court in the case of MKB Asia (P) Limited v CIT (2008) 167 Taxman 256 (Gau) held that the income-tax authority has no option/ jurisdiction to meddle in the matter either by directing the assessee to maintain its accounts in a particular manner or adopt different method where the accounting system is approved by the ICAI.

The Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT v State Bank of Indore (2005) 196 CTR 153 (MP) held –

“it involves the manner and methodology of accountancy in claiming deduction. In cases of like nature, their Lordships of Supreme Court have always taken the help of methods adopted/ prescribed/recognised by the Indian Institute of Chartered Accountants as in the opinion of their Lordships, they are the best guide. In one of the cases CCE v. Dai Ichi Karkaria Ltd. (1999) 7 SCC 448, their Lordships while supporting their conclusion while examining the case of Central Excise, made following observations in para 26:

“Para 26-The view we take about the cost of the raw material is borne out by the guidance note of the Indian Institute of Chartered Accountants and there can be no doubt that this Institute is an authoritative body in the matter of laying down accountancy standards.”
(Emphasis supplied)

The Supreme Court in the case of British Paints India Ltd. (1991) 188 ITR 44 (SC) relied on the guidance note issued by ICAI while adjudging a matter on stock valuation. Other instances are available of courts relying on guidance note. For example, guidance note on section 44AB has been relied on in understanding the total turnover of an agent (Kachha Arhatiya).

The Hyderabad Tribunal (Special Bench) in the case of DCIT v Nagarjuna Investment Trust Ltd (1998) 65 ITD 17 (Hyd) SB relied on the Accounting standard (IAS 17) and the guidance note issued by the ICAI while upholding the accounting methodology of lease equalisation.

As mentioned earlier, ICAI issued Guidance note on Accounting for Employee Share-based Payments (“ESOP Guidance note”). In the ESOP Guidance note, the discount on issue of shares is described as “Employee Compensation expense”. As the name suggests, this is viewed as ‘employee remuneration’ to be expensed in the Profit and loss account of the relevant year. It concurs with SEBI on the aspect of charge of such discounts against the profits. The Guidance Note acknowledges and thus approves the loss to be an item on revenue account.

The aforesaid accounting recommendations are guided by the principles of “Conservatism”, “Prudence” and “Matching Concept”. Conservatism and Prudence are concepts for recognising expenses and liabilities at the earliest point of time even if there is uncertainty about the outcome; and to recognise revenues and assets only when they are assured of being received. The concept of Prudence is now statutorily recognised by an explicit mention in Accounting Standard 1 issued u/s. 145 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”). ‘Matching principle’ signifies that in measuring the income for a period, revenue is to be adjusted against expenses incurred for producing that revenue.

Income referable to employee efforts gets captured in the ordinary course of accounting applying the principles of revenue recognition (Accounting Standard 9) . It is essential that the associated expenditure is also booked. ESOP discount is an associated cost. Non-recognition of ESOP discount in the Profit and Loss Account could inflate the reported profits for the year. The accounts would then not be reflective of a true and fair position of the performance of an entity. From an accounting standpoint therefore, ESOP discount needs to be charged against the business income. It is an item on revenue account.

Some of the relevant portion of the Guidance note is highlighted below –

    Preface

“Employee share-based payments generally involve grant of shares or stock options to the employees at a concessional price or a future cash payment based on the increase in the price of the shares from a specified level….The basic objective of such payments

is to compensate employees for their services and/ or to provide an incentive to the employees for remaining in the employment of the enterprise and for improving their performance…”

    Recognition (para 10)

“An enterprise should recognise as an expense (except where service received qualifies to be included as a part of the cost of an asset) the services received in an equity-settled employee share-based payment plan when it receives the services, with a corresponding credit to an appropriate equity account, say, ‘Stock Options Outstanding Account.”

   Measurement (para 15)

“Typically, shares (under ESPPs) or stock options (under ESOPs) are granted to employees as part of their remuneration package, in addition to a cash salary and other employment benefits… Furthermore, shares or stock options are sometimes granted as part of a bonus arrangement, rather than as a part of basic pay, eg, as an incentive to the employees to remain in the employment of the enterprise or to reward them for their efforts in improving the performance of the enterprise…”

B. SEBI guidelines

SEBI is a regulatory body established to protect the interests of investors in securities, regulate the securities market and for matters connected therewith. Newer types of financial instruments are emerging. Financial intermediaries have emerged performing a slew of complex functions. The implications of dealing/ investing in securities are continuously evolving, giving rise to a multitude of tax consequences. There is therefore an imperative need for such governing bodies to be involved in the matters of tax also. The increased interplay of SEBI and Income-tax Act is evidenced by SEBI provisions being incorporated in the Act. For instance the erstwhile proviso to section 17(2)(iii) [which was one of the sections on ESOP taxation] read –

“Provided that nothing in this sub-clause shall apply to the value of any benefit provided by a company free of cost or at a concessional rate to its employees by way of allotment of shares, debentures or warrants directly or indirectly under any Employees Stock Option Plan or Scheme of the company offered to such employees in accordance with the guidelines issued in this behalf by the Central Government”.

The Central Government issued the guidelines referred to in the proviso above by Notification No. 323/2001 dated October 11, 2001, effective from April 1, 2000. The Guidelines enumerate various aspects that ought to be included in any Employees Stock Option Plan or Scheme. The guidelines, inter alia, provided that the plan or scheme shall be as per the SEBI Guidelines.

SEBI has also evidenced interest in ESOP taxation (although indirectly), by prescribing accounting guidelines. These guidelines require ESOP discount to be charged off to the profit and loss account over the period of vesting. Such prescriptions are bound to impact “total income” for tax purposes.

The SEBI guidelines prescribe not merely the accounting policies but also the precise accounting entries to be passed over the life of ESOP. As per the SEBI guidelines, discount associated with grant of stock options can be worked out by various methods. SEBI has prescribed its own method of calculation of the discount. It mandates deferring and spreading this discount over the vesting period. The aliquot share of discount required to be spread over is recognised as expenditure in the profit and loss account.

C. OECD recommendations

Organisation for Economic Co -operation and Development (“OECD”) is set up to promote policies that will improve the economic and social well-being of people around the globe. OECD provides a forum in which governments can work together to share experiences and seek solutions to their common problems. This organisation has framed its model tax convention and commentaries. The commentary is modified from time to time and is considered by tax authorities across the globe. From an income-tax standpoint, they are relevant in interpreting and applying the provisions of bilateral tax conventions between countries.

Though India is not a member of the OECD, the model conventions and commentaries on OECD have been used as guidance in interpretation of the statute. The OECD Model Convention and commentary thereto though primarily meant for use by the OECD countries is often referred to and applied in interpreting Agreements of non-OECD countries also.

The Calcutta Income Tax Tribunal, in the case of Graphite India Ltd v DCIT (2003) 86 ITD 384 (Cal) acknowledged the importance and relevance of views of OECD. It observed as follows:

“In our considered view, the views expressed by these bodies, which have made immense contribution towards development of standardisation of tax treaties between various counties, constitute contemporanea expositio inasmuch as the meanings indicated by various expressions in tax treaties can be inferred as the meanings normally understood in, to use the words employed by Lord Radcliffe, international tax language developed by bodies like OECD and UN.”

In connection with ESOP also, the OECD convention and commentaries have made various observations. Some of the relevant portions are as follows:

–    Commentary to Model Tax Convention on Income and Capital (2010) has housed the ESOP income under Article 15 (Taxation of Income from Employment). It states that ESOP is a reward for the employment services. It reads as follows:

“While the Article applies to the employment benefit derived from a stock option granted to an employee regardless of when that benefit is taxed, there is a need to distinguish that employment benefit from the capital gain that may be derived from the alienation of shares acquired upon exercise of the option.”

–    ESOP impact on transfer pricing (page 7 & 8): “b) Equity ownership vs. Remuneration

The analysis in this study starts with the premise that the granting of stock options is an element of remuneration just like performance-related bonuses or benefits in kind, even when stock options are issued by an entity that is distinct from the employer. In fact in many MNE groups the shares subscribed to or purchased by employees under stock option plans are sold as soon as authorised by the plan and applicable regulations, i.e. employees do not seek to exercise their prerogative as shareholders, apart from benefiting from an increase in value between the strike price paid and the value of the share at the date the option is exercised. Moreover, a stock option is a financial instrument which is valuable and which can be exercised in order to realise such value. Although, upon exercise, the holders of such options may acquire and decide to retain a share in the capital of an enterprise, this investment decision made by each employee is a distinct step from that of the remuneration, one that is occurring at a different point in time and that is of no relevance to the transfer pricing issue under consideration…..”
(Emphasis supplied)

Thus, there are various accounting and statutory bodies governing the accounting and preparation of financial statements in India. Compliance with such prescribed norms is mandatory. The judicial precedents also have repeatedly respected such guidelines. This being the prevailing position, the tax treatment of ESOP discount should be in compliance with guidelines prescribed by ICAI and SEBI, as also OECD.

International practice

The international practices in relation to treatment of discount on ESOP to employees are on similar lines.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) is a designated organisation whose primary purpose is to develop generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) within the United States. These principles are recognised as authoritative by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards is a formal document issued by the FASB, which details accounting standards and guidance on selected accounting policies set out by the FASB. All reporting companies listed on American stock exchanges have to adhere to these standards. Accounting Standard No. 123 details share based payments to employees. Some relevant portions from the same are as below:

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004)

Para 1 – This Statement requires that the cost resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognised in the financial statements. This Statement establishes fair value as the measurement objective in accounting for share-based payment arrangements and requires all entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees except for equity instruments held by employee share ownership plans. However, this Statement provides certain exceptions to that measurement method if it is not possible to reasonably estimate the fair value of an award at the grant date. A nonpublic entity also may choose to measure its liabilities under share- based payment arrangements at intrinsic value. This Statement also establishes fair value as the measurement objective for transactions in which an entity acquires goods or services from nonemployees in share-based payment transactions. This Statement uses the terms compensation and payment in their broadest sense to refer to the consideration paid for goods or services, regardless of whether the supplier is an employee.

Para 9 – Accounting for Share-Based Payment Transactions with Employees

The objective of accounting for transactions under share-based payment arrangements with employees is to recognise in the financial statements the employee services received in exchange for equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred and the related cost to the entity as those services are consumed.

(Emphasis supplied)

International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS)

The International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) is an independent, privately funded accounting standard-setter based in London, England. IFRS is a set of accounting standards developed by the IASB. IFRS 2 deals with the share based payment to employees.

IFRS 2 on Share-based payment

“Para 1 – The objective of this IFRS is to specify the financial reporting by an entity when it undertakes a share-based payment transaction. In particular, it requires an entity to reflect in its profit or loss and financial position the effects of share-based payment transactions, including expenses associated with transactions in which share options are granted to employees.

Para 12 – Typically, shares, share options or other equity instruments are granted to employees as part of their remuneration package, in addition to a cash salary and other employment benefits. Usually, it is not possible to measure directly the services received for particular components of the employee’s remuneration package. It might also not be possible to measure the fair value of the total remuneration package independently, without measuring directly the fair value of the equity instruments granted. Furthermore, shares or share options are sometimes granted as part of a bonus arrangement, rather than as a part of basic remuneration, eg as an incentive to the employees to remain in the entity’s employ or to reward them for their efforts in improving the entity’s performance. By granting shares or share options, in addition to other remuneration, the entity is paying additional remuneration to obtain additional benefits. Estimating the fair value of those additional benefits is likely to be difficult. Because of the difficulty of measuring directly the fair value of the services received, the entity shall measure the fair value of the employee services received by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted.”

(Emphasis supplied)

The above extracts demonstrate the consensus that ESOP discount is a charge against profits and hence a Profit and Loss Account item. This ensures true and correct disclosure of the financial performance of the Company.

Based on the aforesaid discussion, one could discern that from an accounting perspective ESOP is a revenue item. This is the understanding of the accounting and regulatory bodies in India. The same view is shared by some of the international bodies/ practices as well.


PART B – Claim of ESOP discount under general tax principles

Income-tax relies on the general commercial and accounting principles in determining the taxable income. As a general principle, any expenditure incurred for the purposes of business is a ‘deductible expenditure’ for income-tax purposes.

Reliance of Income-tax laws on general/ commercial principles

“Tax accounting” is not essentially different from commercial accounting. Tax accounting recognises and accepts accounting which is consistent and statute compliant. Profit as per such commercial accounting is the base from which the taxable income is determined.

Tax laws may incorporate specific rules and departures from commercial accounting in determining the taxable income. To the extent, there are no specific departures, commercial accounting norms would prevail for tax purposes also. The earliest acknowledgement by the Courts of the relevance of appropriate accounting practices (while explaining the concept of accrual) can be found in the decision of the Privy Council in the decision CIT v Ahmedabad New Cotton Mills Co. Ltd (1930) 4 ITC 245 (PC). The Apex Court has thereafter upheld the significance of accounting practices on various occasions. Some of such judicial precedents and the relevant observations therein are as follows:

   P.M. Mohammed Meerakhan v CIT (1969) 73 ITR 735 (SC) –

“In the case of a trading adventure the profits have to be calculated and adjusted in the light of the provisions of the Income-tax Act permitting allowances prescribed thereby. For that purpose it was the duty of the Income-tax Officer to find out that profit the business has made according to the true accountancy practices.”

   Challapalli Sugars Limited v CIT (1975) 98 ITR 167 (SC) –

“As the expression “actual cost” has not been defined, it should, in our opinion, be construed in the sense which no commercial man would misunderstand. For this purpose it would be necessary to ascertain the connotation of the above expression in accordance with the normal rules of accountancy prevailing in commerce and industry.”

   CIT v U.P. State Industrial Development Corporation (1997) 225 ITR 703 (SC) –

“for the purposes of ascertaining profits and gains, the ordinary principles of commercial accounting should be applied so long as they do not conflict with any express provision of the relevant statute”.

   Badridas Daga v CIT (1958) 34 ITR 10 (SC) –

“Profits and gains which are liable to be taxed under section 10(1) of the 1922 Act are what are understood to be such according to ordinary commercial principles”

    Other judgments {Kedarnath Jute Mfg. Co. Ltd. v CIT (1971) 82 ITR 363 (SC)/ Madeva Upendra Sinai v Union of India (1975) 98 ITR 209 (SC)} –

“The assessable profits of a business must be real profits and they have to be ascertained on ordinary principles of trading and commercial accounting. Where the assessee is under a liability or is bound to make a certain payment from the gross profits, the profits and gains can only be the net amount after the said liability or amount is deducted from the gross profits or receipts”

The Act requires business income computation to be based on accounting practices and principles. Section 145 of the Act mandates business income for income-tax purposes to be computed under the ‘ordinary principles of commercial accounting’ regularly employed. The Gujarat High Court in the case of CIT v Advance Construction Co P Limited (2005) 275 ITR 30 (Guj) held –

“Section 145 is couched in mandatory terms and the department is bound to accept the assessee’s choice of method regularly employed, except for the situation wherein the Assessing officer is permitted to intervene in case it is found that the income, profits and gains cannot be arrived at by the method employed by the assessee. The position is further well settled that the regular method adopted by an assessee cannot be rejected merely because it gives benefit to an assessee in certain years.”

Subsection 2 to section 145 empowers Central Government to notify accounting standards to be followed by an assessee. Central Government has till date notified two accounting standards. Accounting Standard I (relating to disclosure of accounting policies) requires accounting policies to be adopted so as to represent true and fair view of the state of affairs of the business. The concepts of “prudence” and “conservatism” have been injected into the income-tax laws through this standard. The standard defines ‘Prudence’ to be provision made for all known liabilities and losses, even though the amount cannot be determined with certainty and represents only a best estimate in the light of available information.

The considerations of prudence and conservatism have been adopted and accepted for tax purposes in several judicial precedents of late. Tax laws have also veered towards the adoption of the concept of matching principles in determining the quantum of income to be offered to tax. The case of Madras Industrial Investment Corporation v CIT (1997) 225 ITR 802 (SC) acknowledges the concept of matching expenses and revenues. The matching principle is applied by matching expenditure against specific revenues – ‘as having been used in generating those specific revenues’ or by matching expenses against the revenues ‘of a given period in general on the basis that the expenditure pertains to that period’. The former is termed as “matching principle on revenue basis” and the latter is termed as “matching principle on time basis”. The concept of ‘matching principle’ was again dealt with in detail by the Supreme court in the case of J K Industries Ltd v UOI (2008) 297 ITR 176 (SC).

As mentioned earlier, ESOP discount is an employee welfare measure. The income referable to the employee effort is recognised in the Profit and loss account. Matching principles would warrant the corresponding expenditure and/ or loss to be accounted in the Profit and loss account. Such discount when recognised in the Profit and loss account would also uphold the principle of prudence and conservatism.

Placing reliance on the commercial principles has been one of the elements of statutory interpretation. Interpretation postulates the search for the true meaning of the words used in the statute. It is presumed that a statute will be interpreted so as to be internally consistent. In other words, a section/ provision of the statute shall not be divorced from the rest of the Act. Similarly, a statute shall not be interpreted so as to be inconsistent with other contemporaneous statutes. Where there is an inconsistency, the judiciary will attempt to provide a harmonious interpretation.

A statute is an edict of legislature. The Government enacts laws to regulate economic, social behaviors and conduct. A series of legislation may be passed for this purpose. These laws have specific objectives. Their interplay helps in determining the larger purpose. When such is the interdependence, the tax laws must operate in tandem with other prevailing statutes. Income-tax law has to be interpreted taking cognizance of other statutes.

Aid from other statutes in interpreting Income-tax law

Income-tax Act is an integrated code. The interpretation of a taxing statute has to be on the basis of the language employed in the Act unless the words/ phrases are ambiguous or gives scope for more than one interpretation. The Act being
a    forward-looking statute does not operate in isolation.

With the modernisation and evolution of business, there could be occasions where one may have to refer other statutes to better understand certain terms or arrangements. This is done when the terms in the statute are technical in nature or dealing with a specialised matter. In such cases, the interpretation of income -tax law cannot be limited to the words in the Act itself. The Kerala High Court in the case of Moolamattom Electricity Board Employees’ Co-Operative Bank Ltd In re (1999) 238 ITR 630 (Ker) held –

“Resort to a different provision of another Act may also be permissible in the absence of a definition or where the term is technical in nature.”

There could also be situations where certain provisions in the Act lean or depend upon other laws in a particular matter/ context. In such cases, the provisions of such other laws will have to be considered. The Apex court in the case of CIT v Bagyalakshmi & Co (1965) 55 ITR 660 (SC) held –

“The income-tax law gives the Income-tax Officer a power to assess the income of a person in the manner provided by the Act. Except where there is a specific provision of the Income-tax Act which derogates from any other statutory law or personal law, the provision will have to be considered in the light of the relevant branches of law.”

ESOP discount involves forgoing of share premium receivable by the company. In the absence of any specific provision in the Act dealing with such discount, one may have to dwell into the commercial understanding of such discount. In doing so, one may take guidance (even if not strict compliance) from other statutes and regulatory guidelines prescribed in this regard.

In ACIT, Delhi v Om Oils And Oil Seeds Exchange Ltd (1985) 152 ITR 552 (Delhi) the High Court acknowledged the treatment of share premium by placing reliance on the Companies Act, 1956 (“Companies Act”)

“Such a payment and the right can properly be regarded as a capital asset and the money paid as on capital account. This is more so in view of the provisions of s. 78 of the Companies Act, 1956. The effect of s. 78 of the said Act is to create a new class of capital of a company which is not share capital but not distribution of the share premium as dividend is not permitted and it is taken out of the category of the divisible profit.”

The court relied on the principles in the Companies Act to conclude that share premium is a capital receipt.

One may therefore look at the guidance note issued by ICAI and SEBI regulations for treatment of ESOP expenses as well along with the treatment under the OECD convention.

In summary, Income-tax relies on the general commercial and accounting principles in determining the taxable income. This principle has got a statutory mandate through section 145 of the Act. Further, one may refer other statutes for appropriate interpretation of the Income-tax statute. Accordingly, the guidelines prescribed by the regulatory bodies such as the SEBI, ICAI, OECD need to be reckoned in computing the taxable income.

Bagyalakshmi & Co (1965) 55 ITR 660 (SC) held –

“The income-tax law gives the Income-tax Officer a power to assess the income of a person in the manner provided by the Act. Except where there is a specific provision of the Income-tax Act which derogates from any other statutory law or personal law, the provision will have to be considered in the light of the relevant branches of law.”

ESOP discount involves forgoing of share premium receivable by the company. In the absence of any specific provision in the Act dealing with such discount, one may have to dwell into the commercial understanding of such discount. In doing so, one may take guidance (even if not strict compliance) from other statutes and regulatory guidelines prescribed in this regard.

In ACIT, Delhi v Om Oils And Oil Seeds Exchange Ltd (1985) 152 ITR 552 (Delhi) the High Court acknowledged the treatment of share premium by placing reliance on the Companies Act, 1956 (“Companies Act”)

“Such a payment and the right can properly be regarded as a capital asset and the money paid as on capital account. This is more so in view of the provisions of s. 78 of the Companies Act, 1956. The effect of s. 78 of the said Act is to create a new class of capital of a company which is not share capital but not distribution of the share premium as dividend is not permitted and it is taken out of the category of the divisible profit.”

The court relied on the principles in the Companies Act to conclude that share premium is a capital receipt.

One may therefore look at the guidance note issued by ICAI and SEBI regulations for treatment of ESOP expenses as well along with the treatment under the OECD convention.

In summary, Income-tax relies on the general commercial and accounting principles in determining the taxable income. This principle has got a statutory mandate through section 145 of the Act. Further, one may refer other statutes for appropriate interpretation of the Income-tax statute. Accordingly, the guidelines prescribed by the regulatory bodies such as the SEBI, ICAI, OECD need to be reckoned in computing the taxable income.

PART C(1) – Claim of ESOP expense under specific provisions of the Act

Income-tax is a charge on income. The term ‘Income’ is defined in section 2(24) of the Act. The definition is an inclusive one and enlists various items which are to be regarded as income under the Act. Section 4 is the charging provision under the Act. The charge is defined vis-à-vis a person who is the recipient of income. The charge is in respect of the total income of a person for any year.

The scope of income chargeable to tax in India is dealt in section 5 of the Act. The income that is referred to in section 5 as chargeable to tax would have to be classified into 5 heads, by virtue of section 14. For each head of income, the law provides for a separate charging section and computation mechanism. Though section 5 is an omnibus charging section; for being taxed, the income would also have to satisfy, the separate charging and computation mechanism under the respective heads.

In the present case, the claim of ESOP expense is under the head “Income from profits and gains of business or profession” (“business income”). Section 28 outlines the charge in relation to such income. As per section 29, the income referred to in section 28 would be computed in accordance with the provisions contained in sections 30 to 43D.

As regards claim of deductions in business income, Lord Parker in the case of Usher’s Witshire Brewery Limited v Bruce 6 TC 399, 429 (HL) said –

“Where a deduction is proper and necessary to be made in order to ascertain the balance of profits and gains it ought to be allowed… provided there is no prohibition against such an allowance.”

Income connotes a monetary return ‘coming in’ from definite sources. It is a resultant figure derived after considering the receipts and payments made there for. Not every receipt of business is income. A receipt could be capital or a revenue receipt. The Privy Council in the case of CIT v Shaw Wallace and Co 6 ITC 178 (PC) laid out tests to find out whether a particular receipt is ‘income’. According to that test, income connotes a periodical monetary return coming in with some sort of regularity or expected regularity from definite sources. The source is not necessarily one which is expected to be continuously productive, but it must be one whose object is the production of a definite return excluding anything in the nature of a mere windfall. ‘Capital receipts’ are not to be brought into account in computing profits under business head, apart from express statutory provisions like section 28(ii) and section 41. Section 28 envisages revenue profits which arises or accrues in the course of business.

Similarly, a disbursement is not allowable if it is of a capital nature. Capital items can be deducted from receipts only when the statute expressly provides so. Generally, the criteria which are invoked in distinguishing capital receipts and revenue receipts will also serve to distinguish between capital and revenue disbursements. This view was expressed by the learned authors Kanga and Palkiwala and was upheld by the High Court in the case of Dalmia Dadri Cement Ltd v CIT (1969) 74 ITR 484 (P&H).

Accordingly, there is no single yardstick to determine whether an item (income or deductions therefrom) would be capital or revenue. There is no explicit statement or provision in the Act in this regard. This would be a fact specific exercise. What is generally an established fact is that disbursement of capital nature is not allowed/ deductible unless specifically provided for in the Act.

PART C(2) – Whether ESOP discount is capital in nature (not allowable)?

Claim of ESOP discount as a deduction is to be examined under the head “Profits and gains of business or profession”. This head of income is housed in sections 28 to 44DB. Under section 28(i) the profits and gains of any business or profession carried on by the assessee at any time during the previous year is chargeable to tax. As per section 29, the income referred to in section 28 should be computed in accordance with the provisions contained in sections 30 to 43D. Sections 30 to 36 confer specific deductions. Section 37 deals with expenditure which is general in nature and not covered within sections 30 to 36. The remaining sections enlist various categories of non-deductible expenditure (not relevant for the present discussion).

Sections 30 to 36 dealing with specific deductions do not deal with ESOP discount. The allowability of ESOP discount would have to be examined under section 37 – the residuary section. To examine eligibility of ESOP discount u/s. 37, the character of discount needs to be examined. If the discount is regarded as capital in nature, section 37 would prohibit its deduction. It is expenditure on revenue account that qualifies for deduction. From an accounting perspective ESOP discount is a revenue item (as discussed earlier). From an income-tax view point, whether such discount is capital or revenue in nature is the issue for consideration?

In the absence of an express definition of capital or revenue expenditure in the Act, one may have to rely on the various judicial precedents on this matter; the rationale adopted and the interpretation adjudged therein.

In the treatise ‘The Law and Practice of Income Tax’ by Kanga and Palkiwala, (9th edition – page 225) the learned authors observe –

“The problem of discriminating between capital receipts and income receipts, and between capital disbursements and income disbursements, has very frequently engaged the attention of the courts. In general, the distinction is well recognised and easily applied, but from time to time cases arise where the item lies on the border line and the task of assigning it to income or capital becomes much of refinement. As the Act does not define income except by way of adding artificial categories, it is to be decided cases that one must go in search of light.”

(Emphasis supplied)

In the context of ESOP discount, one notices two contradictory judgments – in the case of S.S.I. Limited v DCIT (2004) 85 TTJ 1049 (Chennai) and Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited (2009) 124 TTJ 771 (Del). The Chennai Tribunal held ESOP discount to be a revenue and allowable/ deductible business expenditure. The Delhi Tribunal however gave a contrary judgment. The Delhi Tribunal placed it reliance on the decision of the House of Lords in the case of Lowry v Consolidated African Selection Trust Ltd (1940) 8 ITR 88 (Supp) [This is discussed in detail later in the write-up].

Before application of tests whether ESOP discount is a revenue (and therefore deductible) expenditure, one needs to enlist the arguments put forth in some of the decisions which held that ESOP discount is NOT an allowable expenditure (largely for the reason that it is a capital expenditure).

  –  ESOP discount are incurred in relation to issue of shares to employees. They are not relatable to profits and gains arising or accruing from a business/ trade. The Apex Court decision in the case of Punjab State Industrial Dev Corporation Ltd (1997) 225 ITR 792 (SC) and Brooke Bond India Ltd (1997) 225 ITR 798 (SC) have held that expenditure resulting in ‘increase in capital’ is not an allowable deduction even if such expenditure may incidentally help in business of the company.

–    ESOP discount does not diminish trading/ business receipts of the issuing company. The company does not suffer any pecuniary detriment. To claim a charge against income, it should inflict a detriment to the financial position. ESOP is a voluntary scheme launched by the employers to issue shares to employees. The intention is to only give a ‘stake’ to the employees in the organisation.

–    This discount is not incurred towards satisfaction of any trade liability as the employees have not given up anything to procure such ESOP.

–    Share premiums obtained on issue of shares are items of capital receipt. When such premium is forgone, it cannot be claimed as an ‘expenditure wholly and exclusively laid out or expended for the purposes of the trade’.

Each of these points has been addressed in the following paragraphs and specifically in Part D (Judicial pronouncements).

PART C(3) – Deductibility of ESOP
discount under section 37

As discussed earlier, sections 30 to 36 enumerate specific deductions. The remaining deductions/ expenditure fall to be governed under the residuary section 37. Section 37 permits deduction of an “expenditure” (not being personal or capital in nature), which is wholly and exclusively incurred for the purpose of business of the assessee. ESOP discount is not specifically covered under sections 30 to 36. The allowability of such discount is therefore to be considered under section 37 of the Act.

Section 37, to the extent material reads as follows-“37( 1) – Any expenditure (not being expenditure of the nature described in sections 30 to 36 and not being in the nature of capital expenditure or personal expenses of the assessee), laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the business or profession shall be allowed in computing the income chargeable under the head “Profits and gains of business or profession”……”

In order to be eligible for a deduction under section 37, the following conditions should be cumulatively satisfied:

(i)    The impugned payment must constitute an expenditure;
(ii)    The expenditure must not be governed by the provisions of sections 30 to 36;
(iii)    The expenditure must not be personal in nature;
(iv)    The expenditure must have been laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the business of the assessee; and
(v)    The expenditure must not be capital in nature.
Each of the above is examined in seriatim except point (ii) which is satisfied (as mentioned before).

Condition 1 – Payment must constitute expenditure

Claim of ESOP discount as “expenditure”

The existence of an “expenditure” is the sine qua non for attracting section 37. The phraseology “expenditure……laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purpose of such business, profession or vocation” in section 10(2)(xv) of the Indian Income-tax Act, 1922, is identical to the phraseology used in section 37 of the Act.

The term “expenditure” is not defined in the Act. In the absence of a definition, one may rely on the commercial understanding of the term; the definition in other enactments and deduce a meaning suitable to the context. Section 2(h) of the Expenditure Act, 1957 defines expenditure as follows:

“Expenditure: Any sum of money or money’s worth spent or disbursed or for the spending or disbursing of which a liability has been incurred by an assessee. The term includes any amount which, under the provision of the Expenditure Act is required to be included in the taxable expenditure.”

In the landmark decision of the Supreme Court in Indian Molasses Company (P) Ltd. v. CIT (1959) 37 ITR 66, the term “expenditure” was defined in the following manner:

“`Expenditure’ is equal to `expense’ and `expense’ is money laid out by calculation and intention though in many uses of the word this element may not be present, as when we speak of a joke at another’s expense. But the idea of `spending’ in the sense of `paying out or away’ money is the primary meaning and it is with that meaning that we are concerned. Expenditure’ is thus what is `paid out or away’ and is something which is gone irretrievably.”
(Emphasis supplied)

The expression ‘lay out’ is defined in the Oxford Dictionary as ‘to spend, expend money’. The use of these words ‘laid out’ before ‘expenditure’ emphasise the irretrievable character of the expenditure.

In common usage, expenditure would mean outflow of money in satisfaction of a liability. This liability may be imposed or voluntarily agreed upon. A mere liability to satisfy an obligation is not “expenditure”. When such obligation is met by delivery of property or by settlement of accounts, there is expenditure.

However, ‘Expenditure’ may not always involve actual parting with money or property; actual disbursement of legal currency. For instance, if there are cross-claims, each constitutes an admitted liability qua the other party. When one of them pays to the other the difference between the two counter liabilities, the payer in effect pays the value of his/ her liability against payment due to him from the other party. In making payment of that difference, the payer in fact lays out expenditure equal to the liability due by him.

Satisfaction of cross-claims to a transaction involves both retention/ payment of money. The amount which is debited/ adjusted in the account settlement would constitute expenditure. This principle was upheld by the Apex court in the case of CIT v Nainital Bank Ltd. (1966) 62 ITR 638 (SC). It is a ‘net off’ of receivables against payables. This ‘netting off’ effectively discharges the entire payables.

Stock options are issued to employees at discount. This discount represents the difference between the market value of the shares and the strike price on exercise of options. The company forbears from receiving the full value on its shares. The primary meaning of expenditure no doubt involves monies going away irretrievably. In its indirect connotation it would also include amount forgone. Forbearance of profit could also thus be covered within the gamut of section 37.

Claim of expense under section 37 as “amount forgone”

The question whether expenditure can be said to be incurred when an assessee ‘forgoes profit’ out of commercial considerations must be determined upon facts of the case. Amount forgone represents an act of relinquishment. It is a relinquishment of commercial or pecuniary prospect. If the relinquishment is for the purposes of business it would fall to be considered under section 37.

In the case of Usher’s Wiltshire Brewery Ltd. v Bruce (1914) 84 L. J. KB 417; (1915) AC 433 a brewery company acquired freehold or leasehold interest in several premises in the ordinary course of its trade and let them to publicans who were tied to purchase their beer from the company. In consideration, the company charged the publicans a rent less than the full value of the licensed premises. The House of Lords held that the company was entitled to deduct the difference between the actual rent which it received from its tied tenants and the bonafide annual value as money wholly and exclusively laid out or expended for the purposes of trade. Lord Loreburn said –

“on ordinary principles of commercial trading, such loss arising from letting tied houses at reduced rents is obviously a sound commercial outlay”

The above was upheld by Supreme Court in the case of CIT v S.C. Kothari (1971) 82 ITR 794. The Apex court in the case of CIT v Chandulal Keshavlal & Co (1960) 38 ITR 601 held that amount forgone for the purpose of business is an allowable expenditure. Section 10(2) (xv) of the 1922 Act required that the expenses must be laid out for the purpose of business of the assessee, and further that they should not be in the nature of capital expenditure. In Chandulal Keshavlal’s case, the managing agent’s commission was agreed at ` 309,114. However, at the oral request of the board of directors of the managed company the managing agent agreed to accept a sum of `100,000 only as its commission. The question before the Supreme Court was whether the commission amount forgone constituted expenditure for the managing agents. The Supreme Court held:

(i)    that in cases such as this case, in order to justify deduction the sum must be given up for reasons of commercial expediency: it might not be voluntary, but so long as it was incurred for the assessee’s benefit the deduction was allowable;

(ii)    that as the Appellate Tribunal had found that the amount was expended for reasons of commercial expediency, and was not given as a bounty but to strengthen the managed company so that if the financial position of the managed company became strong the assessee would benefit thereby, the Appellate Tribunal rightly came to the conclusion that it was a deductible expense under section 10(2)(xv).   

Based on the aforesaid, one could claim the ESOP discount u/s. 37 as allowable. Such discount –

–    Is an amount forgone for the purposes of employee welfare

–    Is not a bounty/ gratuitous expense, but paid in lieu of employee service

–    Is aimed at retaining and encouraging the employees thereby benefitting the business of the Company

Claim of expense under section 37 as “losses”

As stated earlier, section 37 presupposes expenditure. Per contra, expenditure does not always mean that an amount should have gone out from one’s pocket. It could include a ‘loss’. A loss may be allowed as expenditure under section 37.

The Supreme Court in the case of CIT v Woodward Governor India (P) Ltd. and Honda Siel Power Products Ltd. (2009) 312 ITR 254 (SC) held that, loss arising on account of fluctuation in the rate of exchange in respect of loans taken for revenue purposes was allowable as deduction u/s. 37 of the Act.

In the case of M.P. Financial Corporation v CIT (1987) 165 ITR 765 (MP) the Madhya Pradesh High Court held that the expression “expenditure” as used in Section 37 may, in the circumstances of a particular case, cover an amount which is a “loss” even though the amount has not gone out from the pocket of the assessee.

Thus, ESOP discount satisfies the first condition irrespective of whether it is characterised as ‘expenditure’, ‘amount forgone’ or ‘loss’. Non-capital expenditure incurred for the purposes of business should be covered under the omnibus residuary section

37.    Even otherwise, the same would be allowable under section 28. The deduction is founded on ordinary commercial principles of computing profits.

Condition 2 – Expenditure should not be personal in nature

A company is an artificial juridical person. It is a distinct assessable entity under the Act. A company being an artificial juridical person cannot have personal expenses. The ‘personal’ facet is associated with human beings. It is concerned with human body or physical being.

The Supreme Court in State of Madras v. G.J Coelho (1964) 53 ITR 186 (SC) held that personal expenses would include expenses on the person of the assessee or to satisfy his personal needs such as clothes, food, etc. Needs such as clothes, food are associated with human beings and not with any artificial juridical person. The Gujarat High court in the case of Sayaji Iron & Engineering Company v. CIT (2002) 253 ITR 749 held that a company cannot have any personal expenditure. Accordingly, ESOP discount cannot be disallowed branding it to be personal expenditure.

Condition 3 – Expenditure to be laid out wholly and exclusively for business

This is one of the most important and debated conditions of section 37. To qualify as a deduction u/s. 37:

–    The expense must be wholly and exclusively incurred; and

–    Such incurrence must be for the purposes of business.

Meaning of ‘wholly and exclusively’

The words “wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the business” have not been defined in the Act. Judicial precedents have explained the meaning of this phrase. “The adverb ‘wholly’ in the phrase ‘laid out or expended. . . for business’ refers to the quantum of expenditure. The adverb ‘exclusively’ has reference to the object or motive of the act behind the expenditure. Unless such motive is solely for promoting the business, the expenditure will not qualify for deduction” – C.J. Patel & Co. v. CIT (1986) 158 ITR 486 (Guj). ESOP discount concerns wholly and exclusively with employee welfare measures.

Meaning of ‘For the purposes of business’

The expression ‘for the purpose of business’ in section 37(1) of the Act (corresponding to section 10(2)(xv) of the 1922 Act) is wider in scope than the expression ‘for the purpose of earning profits’. The Apex court in the case of CIT v. Malayalam Plantations Ltd (1964) 53 ITR 140 (SC) elucidating the concept “for the purpose of business” held –

“Its range is wide; it may take in not only the day-to-day running of a business but also the relationship of its administration and modernisation of its machinery, it may include measures for the preservation of the business and for the protection of its assets and property from expropriation or coercive process; it may also comprehend payment of statutory dues and taxes imposed as a pre-condition to commence or for carrying on of a business; it may comprehend many other acts incidental to the carrying on of a business.”
(Emphasis supplied)

This decision of the Apex court upheld the wide scope of the phrase ‘for the purposes of business’. It covers within its ambit all expenditure which enables a person to carry on and maintain the business, including any incidental or ancillary activities thereto. The range of this phrase is broad to encompass not only routine business expenses but also incidental expenses.

The wide scope of this phrase can also be appreciated by contrasting with the language used in section 57 of the Act. Section 57 of the Act enlists deduction allowable under the head “Income from other sources”. Similar to section 37, clause (iii) of section 57 is a residuary deduction available in case of “Other sources” income. However, there is a difference in the language – section 57 requires expenditure to be incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of making or earning such income.

In the treatise ‘The Law and Practice of Income Tax’ by Kanga and Palkiwala, (9th edition – page 1211) the learned authors observe –

“There is a marked difference between the language of section 37(1) and section 57(iii), both of which are residuary provisions under the respective heads; whereas this section [section 57(iii)] allows expenditure ‘laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of making or earning such income’, the allowance under section 37 is in wider terms – ‘laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of business or profession’.

“For the purposes of business” alludes to business expediency. ‘Business expediency’ is a broad term. The best person to judge the business expediency is the businessman himself. Courts have consistently held that the necessity or otherwise of the commercial expediency is to be decided from the point of view of the businessman and not by the subjective standard of reasonableness of the revenue. The absence of business connection should not mar the application of the test of business expediency.

The Apex court in the case of S.A. Builders Limited v CIT (2007) 288 ITR 1 (SC) explaining the meaning and scope of the phrase “commercial expediency”, held –

“The expression “commercial expediency” is an expression of wide import and includes such expenditure as a prudent businessman incurs for the purpose of business. The expenditure may not have been incurred under any legal obligation, but yet it is allowable as business expenditure if it was incurred on grounds of commercial expediency.”

The test of the “need for expenditure” is alien to section 37. Any expenditure made on ground of commercial expediency is to be allowed even though there is no legal necessity or even if it is not for direct or immediate benefit of trade. A sum of money voluntarily expended indirectly to facilitate business is entitled to be allowed as expenditure on grounds of commercial expediency.

The following are some of the observations from judicial precedents which further explain “Commercial expediency”:

In the case of Atherton v British Insulated & Helsby Cables Limited 10 TC 155, 191 (HL), the court held –

“A sum of money expended, not necessarily and with a view to a direct and immediate benefit to the trade, but voluntarily and on the grounds of commercial expediency and in order indirectly to facilitate the carrying on of the business, may yet be expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of trade.”

The Supreme Court in the case of CIT v Panipat Woollen & General Mills Co. Ltd. [1976] 103 ITR 66 (SC) observed –

“The test of commercial expediency cannot be reduced in the shape of a ritualistic formula, nor can it be put in a water-tight compartment so as to be confined in a strait-jacket. The test merely means that the Court will place itself in the position of a businessman and find out whether the expenses incurred could be said to have been laid out for the purpose of the business or the transaction was merely a subterfuge for the purpose of sharing or dividing the profits ascertained in a particular manner. It seems that in the ultimate analysis the matter would depend on the intention of the parties as spelt out from the terms of the agreement or the surrounding circumstances, the nature or character of the trade or venture, the purpose for which the expenses are incurred and the object which is sought to be achieved for incurring those expenses”
(Emphasis supplied)

Loss due to ESOP discount is necessitated by business expediency. The business expediency is the compensation and recognition to its employees. Over the years the concept of master-servant relationship is fading. Sharing of wealth of an employer with his employee is the order of the day. Stock option is one such mode of employee participation deserving fiscal encouragement. The Directive Principles of State Policy, enshrined in the Indian Constitution, lays down that “the State shall take steps by suitable legislation or in any other way, to secure the participation of workers in the management of undertakings, establishment or other organisations engaged in any industry” (Article 43A).

ESOP is an employee retention and recognition strategy. It enables the company to beat the pace of attrition. There is a direct nexus between incurrence of this expenditure and the business of the Company. The expenditure so incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and necessitated by commercial expediency, would satisfy the aforesaid condition.

Condition 4 – The expenditure must not be a capital expenditure

The demarcation between revenue and capital is not a straight jacket exercise. One may have to get into the facts of each case for such determination.

In Assam Bengal Cement Co. Ltd. v CIT (1955) 27 ITR 34, the Supreme Court held that due to diversity in the nature of business, a particular test cannot determine the nature of expenditure. The Supreme Court held that it is the object of expenditure which determines its nature. As per the Supreme Court “The aim and object of the expenditure would determine the character of the expenditure whether it is a capital expenditure or revenue expenditure. The source or the manner of the payment would then be of no consequence.”
(Emphasis supplied)

The nature of expenditure must be determined from the point of view of the payer. The Madras High Court in CIT v Ashok Leyland Ltd (1969) 72 ITR 137, 143 (affirmed by Supreme Court in (1972) 86 ITR 549) pointed out that the generally accepted distinction between ‘capital expenditure’ and ‘revenue expenditure’ is susceptible to modification under peculiar circumstances of a case. The relevant observations are as follows:

“A clear-cut dichotomy cannot be laid down in the absence of a statutory definition of “capital and revenue expenditure”. Invariably it has to be considered from the point of view of the payer. In the ultimate analysis, the conclusion of the admissibility of an allowance claimed is one of law, if not a mixed question of law and fact. The word “capital” connotes permanency and capital expenditure is, therefore, closely akin to the concept of securing something tangible or intangible property, corporeal or incorporeal rights, so that they could be of a lasting or enduring benefit to the enterprise in issue. Revenue expenditure, on the other hand, is operational in its perspective and solely intended for the furtherance of the enterprise. This distinction, though candid and well accepted, yet is susceptible to modification under peculiar and distinct circumstances”.

(Emphasis supplied)

The nature of business and expenditure are decisive factors in determining the answer to the controversy. Temptation to use decided cases must be avoided in answering the question whether a particular expenditure constitutes capital or revenue expenditure. The Supreme Court in Abdul Kayoom (KTMKM) v CIT (1962) 44 ITR 689 (SC) held –

“Each case depends on its own facts, and a close similarity between one case and another is not enough, because even a single significant detail may alter the entire aspect. In deciding such cases, one should avoid the temptation to decide cases (as said by Cordozo) by matching the colour of one case against the colour of another. To decide, therefore, on which side of the line a case falls, its broad resemblance to another case is not at all decisive. What is decisive is the nature of the business, the nature of the expenditure, the nature of the right acquired, and their relation inter se, and this is the only key to resolve the issue in the light of the general principles, which are followed in such cases.”

The aim and object of the expenditure is thus the decisive factor for determining whether a particular expenditure constitutes revenue or capital expenditure. This is ascertained by examining all aspects and surrounding circumstances. The nature of the business has to be seen. The issue must be viewed from the point of a practical and prudent businessman.

One has to determine ‘why’ the expenditure has been incurred by a businessman and not ‘how’ the expenditure has been funded by him. As observed by Supreme Court in Assam Bengal Cement Co. Ltd. case (supra), the source and manner of the payment is inconsequential for determining the nature of a particular expenditure. It is the aim and object of the expenditure that would determine its character. The Madras High Court in India Manufactures (P) Ltd v. CIT (1985) 155 ITR 770 held that for determining the nature of a particular expenditure, the manner of payment is not relevant. The Calcutta High Court in Parshva Properties Ltd v CIT (1976) 104 ITR 631 held

“…in order to determine whether the expenditure was deductible or not, it is necessary to find out in what capacity the expenditure was incurred.”

If the examination is limited to “how” the funds have been secured, the answer (to all share capital issue expenses) would be the same. It is the aspect of “why” that would help in appreciating the underlying difference in the motive, object and aim of the expenditure. The question “why” may involve determination whether the funds are for:

–   future expansion of the business;
–    the prolongation of life of an existing business;

–    forming a conceivable nucleus for posterior profit earning;

–    conduct of the business;

–    avoiding inroads and incursions into its concrete presence;

–    commercial expediency;

–    profit earning enhancement.

All of the above do not have the same purpose. The involvement and intensity with the business or its existence may not be uniform. The degree of association with the business or its conduct may vary. Some have their objective of profit earning or enhancement. Others concern the substratum of business. It would be unwise to characterise expenses associated with all the above as same. If the characterisation is not uniform, the associated expenditure is not to be branded in the same light. The attendant circumstances would have to be examined. These circumstances influence the characterisation of the associated payments.

The expenditure under discussion [viz., ESOP discount] would be allowed as business deduction only if the aim and object of the expenditure falls in the revenue field. As discussed repeatedly, the test of determining a disbursement to be ‘revenue’ in nature is fact specific. Characterisation of amounts as ‘income’ or ‘capital’ is determined as a matter of commercial substance, and not by subtleties of drafting, or by unduly literal or technical interpretations. The Apex Court in the case of Dalmia Jain and Co. Ltd. v CIT (1971) 81 ITR 754 (SC) while holding that expenditure incurred for maintenance of business is revenue in nature, observed – “The principle which has to be deduced from decided cases is that, where the expenditure laid out for the acquisition or improvement of a fixed capital asset is attributable to capital, it is a capital expenditure, but if it is incurred to protect the trade or business of the assessee then it is a revenue expenditure. In deciding whether a particular expenditure is capital or revenue in nature, what the courts have to see is whether the expenditure in question was incurred to create any new asset or was incurred for maintaining the business of the company. If it is the former it is capital expenditure, if it is the latter, it is revenue expenditure.”

As a general principle, an amount spent by an assessee for labour/ employee welfare would be deductible as revenue expenditure. Even if such expense results in an asset to the employees or third party – it is ‘revenue’ as far as it does not result in creation of capital asset for employer. Employee emoluments are revenue in nature. The Calcutta High Court in the case of CIT v Machinery Manufacturing Corporation Ltd (1992) 198 ITR 559 (Cal) held –

“In our view, the question is now well settled. If the employer pays any amount to the employee which is by way of an incentive, in that event such amount shall be treated as additional emoluments and such payment is inextricably connected with the business and necessarily for commercial expediency. It cannot be said that the claim which has been made is de hors the business of the assessee. As will appear from the narration of facts, it was found that it was the payment made by the assessee for better performance and, accordingly, it must be held that such payment was for commercial expediency and incurred wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business.”

The following points support the proposition that ESOP discount is an employee welfare measure and is bonafide revenue expenditure:

1.    Support in the Income-tax statute

ESOP benefit is taxable in the hands of the employees as ‘perquisites’ under section 17(2) of the Act. There is no dispute that salary is bona fide revenue expenditure eligible for deduction. Salary and its components would remain on revenue account whether it is paid in cash or in kind.

ESOP is remuneration in kind. It is a perquisite. It is a benefit or amenity. It is consideration for employment. The concept of ESOP evolves/ springs out from the employer-employee relationship.

Consideration for employment in the form of amenity, benefit was the subject matter of levy of fringe benefit tax. The circular of CBDT explaining and clarifying various aspects of ESOP is relevant in the context of the issue under consideration.

    Fringe Benefit Tax Circulars

The Central Board of Direct Taxes released a circular No 9/2007 dated September 20, 2007 containing frequently asked questions on ESOP. A number of issues had been raised by trade and industry at different fora after the presentation of the Finance Bill, 2007, after its enactment and also after the notification of Rule 40C.

In answer to question no. 9, the Board observed “Therefore, an employer does not have an option to tax the benefit arising on account of shares allotted or transferred under ESOPs as perquisite which otherwise is to be taxed as fringe benefit.”

FBT is a charge on expenditure. The circular acknowledges the fact that ESOP is a salary expense from the employer/ payer’s perspective. Once the payment is established as a salary, its deductibility should be unquestioned. ESOP discount is an allowable expenditure – being perquisite paid by the employer.

The FBT regime was amended to make the ESOP benefit, as susceptible to a levy of FBT. FBT by definition was a ‘consideration for employment’ in certain specified forms. ESOP discount thus constituted ‘employment related expenditure’ by the Act itself.

Section 115W(1)(b) provided for a levy of FBT on the value of concession in the context of travel. A ‘concession’ was thus conceptually encompassed within FBT since 2006. Finance Act 2008 extended the regime to cover “ESOP concession”.

As discussed earlier, section 37 is not limited to actual expenditure but also covers amount forgone. ESOP being a concession given to the employees, the same is squarely covered within the ambit of section 37.

Initially ESOP benefit was held to be outside the ambit of FBT due to the absence of computation mechanism. The law was amended and ESOP was subjected to FBT. The essence of ESOP continuing to remain a benefit or amenity to an employee and constituting a consideration for employment was confirmed.

Various questions and answer thereto in the Board circular have upheld the concept of determining nature of expenditure based on the proximate purpose. If the same yardstick is used in the case of ESOP discount, the proximate purpose is salary disbursement, incidentally resulting in increased share capital. ESOP discount thus remains revenue in nature.

    Tax withholding on salary payments under section 192

Section 192 in the Act imposes a responsibility on the employer to withhold taxes on salary payments. Salary includes perquisites. Perquisites would include benefit granted to an employee as ESOP(s). Section 192(1) of the Act reads –

“Any person responsible for paying any income chargeable under the head “Salaries” shall, at the time of payment, deduct income tax on the amount payable at the average rate of income-tax computed on the basis of the rates in force for the financial year in which the payment is made, on the estimated income of the assessee under this head for that financial year.”
(Emphasis supplied)

On a perusal of the above definition it is apparent that accrual of income and the act of payment must co-exist for the purposes of withholding tax under this provision. In the case of CIT v Tej Quebecor Printing Limited (2006) 281 ITR 170 (Del), it was held that if the salary due to the employee is not paid, there is no obligation to deduct tax at source. Conversely, if section 192 is applicable, then the law presumes a payment to have been made to an employee. Section 192 requires deduction of tax at the time of payment.

The Board issues a circular each year outlining the obligations of an employer relating to the deduction u/s. 192. Circular No. 8/2010, dated 13-12-2010 outlines such obligations for the financial year 2010-11.

Paragraph 5 of the circular mandates an employer to consider the “ESOP benefit” to an employee as a part of perquisite. Once it is a part of perquisites, it forms part of salary on which the liability to deduct tax at source fastens. The allotment of shares triggering the perquisite would constitute the act as well as the fact of payment. The circular reinforces the conclusion that ESOP benefit constitutes salary to an employee. Being a part of the salary, it should be regarded as revenue in nature and allowable as a deduction much like other perquisites.

2.    Nexus between benefit and expenditure

Under general principles, allowability of a deduction is not dependent upon character of income in the hands of the payee. In other words, the fact that a certain payment constitutes an income or capital in the hands of the recipient is not material in determining whether the payment is a revenue or capital disbursement qua the payer.

Macnaghten J said in Racecourse Betting Control Board v Wild 22 TC 182 “The payment may be a revenue payment from the point of view of the payer and a capital payment from the point of view of the receiver, and vice-versa.”

The Calcutta High Court in the case of Anglo-Persian Oil Co. (India), Ltd. v CIT (1933) 1 ITR 129 (Cal) held -“The principle that capital receipt spells capital expenditure or vice versa is simple but it is not necessarily sound. Whether a sum is received on capital or revenue account depends or may depend upon the character of the business of the recipient. Whether a payment is or is not in the nature of capital expenditure depends or may depend upon the character of the business of the payer and upon other factors related thereto.”

Income is taxable unless and otherwise exempt under the Act. However, expenditure operates on the principles of commercial expediency – it is allowable unless specifically prohibited by the Act. Based on commercial principles, ESOP discount should be an allowable expenditure in the hands of employer/ company. The fact that it does not get taxed or is taxed at a later point of time or is taxed under a different head in the hands of the employee would not be relevant.

The function of the ESOP discount forming part of employee’s income (and suffering tax accordingly) would thus support and sustain a claim for the same being reckoned as a revenue deduction in the hands of the employer. This principle has been supported by the courts on various occasions. Some of them are as below:

The Calcutta High court in the case of CIT v Britannia Industries Co Ltd (1982) 135 ITR 35 (Cal) held –

“We are fully in agreement with the view of the Tribunal that there cannot be any two different standards for assessment in respect of the employee and the employer. It is also equitable that what the payer gives is what the receiver receives.”

In the case of Weight v Salmon (1935) 19 Tax Case 174; 153 L.T.55, E.Lord Atkin said –

“..it would be a startling inconsistency to say that the director was to be taxed because he was receiving by way of remuneration money’s worth at the expense of the company, and yet that the company which was incurring the expense for purposes of its trade to remunerate the directors was not entitled to deduct that expense in ascertaining the balance of its profits and gains..”

3.    The ‘Act of giving’ and ‘act of receiving’ are two separate events

Issue of shares under ESOP scheme involves two actions. One is the giving of benefit to the employee (in the form of discount on share premium) and the other is receipt of premium by the employer/ company. They are distinct and separate from each other. The discount emerging out of the transaction is revenue in nature. It is different from the ‘premium receipt activity’ which is a capital item. Although they are inter-linked, they are two independent transactions. The act of giving a benefit would precede the act of receipt of premium. One cannot receive premium unless, the benefit is parted with. The sequence of occurrence of these two events is thus critical.

The purpose of ESOP discount has proximity to giving of benefit and not receipt of premium. Such discount emerges out of the act of giving benefit. The mere fact that subsequent receipt of premium is ‘capital’ in nature, should not militate the revenue character of the ESOP discount.

4.    There is no creation of capital asset

The expenditure is to be attributed to capital if it be made ‘with a view’ to bringing an asset or advantage, although it is not necessary that it should always result in an asset or advantage. Lord Viscount LC, in the course of the case [10 TC 155 (1926) AC 205] said –

“When an expenditure is made, not only for once and for all, but with a view to bringing into existence an asset or an advantage for the enduring benefit of a trade, there is very good reason (in the absence of special circumstances leading to an opposite conclusion) for treating such an expenditure as properly attributable not to revenue but to capital.”

The test of enduring benefit or advantage cannot be reduced to a straight jacket formula. There may be cases where expenditure, even if incurred for obtaining an advantage of enduring benefit, may, nonetheless, be on revenue account. The test of enduring benefit may break down. Every advantage of enduring nature does not render the expenditure to be capital in character. It is only where the advantage is in the capital field that the expenditure would be disallowed for income-tax purposes. If the expenditure is incurred only to facilitate and promote business, then it would necessarily have to be considered revenue in nature and allowed as a deduction.

ESOP is a share-based payment of employee remuneration. Issue of ESOP(s) creates an ‘asset’ for the employees (in form of share investment in the Company). From a Company’s standpoint, such issue of ESOP results in emergence of a liability. It is an acknowledgment by the Company of an increase in the amount due to the shareholders. There is no capital asset created out of this transaction.

5.    ESOP – a consideration for employment services

An offer made to employee under ESOP is a mode of employee remuneration. This offer has direct nexus with the employment of a person with the organisation. Evidences of linkage with employee can be evidenced through terms of the ESOP agreement. Some of the typical clauses/ conditions are:

Eligibility criterion – wherein the person eligible for an ESOP would be employee of a particular class, or could be employee serving a certain span of time in the organisation; or could be employee who meets certain thresholds/ targets etc.

Vesting Schedule – The vesting of stock options is generally spread over a number of years of service. There could be different vesting schedule depending on the caliber and hierarchy of the employees in the organisation ladder, as also the philosophy adopted by the employee.

Transfer Restrictions or Lock in – Transfer of vested stock options are generally restricted and subject to particular occasions. The employees are not allowed to transfer options freely to others.

Termination/ Exit Clause – This clause generally provides the lapse of options on termination of employment.

The various conditions in the ESOP agreement provide the employment nexus to such stock options. The stock options are generally in appreciation of their past performances and an incentive to stay with the organisation on its growth path. They represent payment for services of the employees. These are payments/ losses borne by the employer. The discounts are offered in the course of employment. They are a form of salary payments for the services rendered. Accordingly, they are business expenditure allowable under the Act.

6.    Documentation

Documentation of any transaction is critical. Documents serve as the proof to decipher the intent of any transaction. These documents need to be interpreted based on the intention of the parties contained therein. The Apex Court in the case of Ishikawajma-Harima Heavy Industries Ltd v Director of Income-tax (2007) 288 ITR 408 (SC) commented on interpretation of documents. It held:

“In construing a contract, the terms and conditions thereof are to be read as a whole. A contract must be construed keeping in view the intention of the parties. No doubt, the applicability of the tax laws would depend upon the nature of the contract, but the same should not be construed keeping in view the taxing provisions.”

Commercial expediency and business intentions can be better understood when supported with appropriate and adequate documentation. A company is mandatorily required to maintain various documents.

An ESOP scheme also entails a huge amount of documentation. Most of these are available in the public domain. Commencing from the preliminary intent of the Board resolution, to issue of employee share certificate – there are various documents that are exchanged/ maintained.

The significance of documentation has been upheld by the Apex court in the case of CIT v Motors & General Stores (1967) 66 ITR 692 (SC) which quoted another landmark decision in the case of Lord Russell of Killowen in Inland Revenue Commissioners v Duke of Westminster. It held –

“It is therefore obvious that it is not open to the income-tax authorities to deduce the nature of the document from the purported intention by going behind the documents or to consider the substance of the matter or to accept it in part and reject it in part or to re-write the document merely to suit the purpose of revenue.”

The Kerala High Court in the case of CIT v. M. Sreedharan (1991) 190 ITR 604 (Ker) held –

“Ground realities cannot be ignored. Existence of contemporaneous evidence and agreements should also be considered and interpreted having regard to the factual matrices.”

Documentation helps in determining tax incidence. They act as an evidence of the fact. Indian courts have repeatedly upheld the role of an agreement in the interpretation of the legal rights and obligations. A document has to be read as a whole. Neither the nomenclature of the documents nor any particular activity undertaken by the parties to the contract alone would be decisive.

It is an established principle of law that commercial documents must be construed in commercial parlance. These are business agreements and must be read as business men would read them. This principle was upheld by W T Suren & Co. v CIT (1971) 80 ITR 602 (Bom). In all taxation matters, emphasis must be placed on the business aspect of a transaction rather than the purely legal and technical aspect. This principle has been upheld in various judicial precedents; few of which are as follows:

–    CIT v Kolhia (1949) 17 ITR 545 (Bom)
–    Suren v CIT (1971) 80 ITR 602 (Bom)
–    Nilkantha v CIT (1951) 20 ITR 8 (Pat)

The following documents would assist in determining the nature of ESOP transaction:

    Director’s report

The intentions of the company are disclosed through the director report. Through their report, the directors spell out the impact on the revenue on account of ESOP. The reason to accommodate the loss is accounted to the shareholders. They are an intrinsic evidence to show that the shares were allotted by way of remuneration to compensate the services rendered in promoting, forming or running the company.

    ESOP agreement

This is an agreement between the company/ employer and the employee detailing the objectives, terms and conditions of the ESOP issue. This agreement details the aspects of scheme eligibility, terms, time-frames, rights and duties of each of the parties etc. This serves as a primary document of the ESOP transaction.

It is the drafting of this agreement and the nomenclature employed herein that has been the subject of a severe scrutiny of the Revenue authorities. ESOP is essentially an employee remuneration contract (in addition to the employee contract). However, as per the Revenue’s interpretation, the emergence of shares is to be superimposed on the employee remuneration element, coloring and converting the entire transaction as a “share issue” transaction.

The mere fact that the agreement intends to make the employees the stakeholders does not dilute or dilate the character of the transaction. The intent is to remunerate. It is recognition tool. The transaction is not to be re-written to say that it is a “share issue” transaction. By describing the allotment of ESOP as “towards giving equity stake”, the motive for conferring the benefit cannot be confounded.

It is a trite saying that remuneration need not generally be effected by systematic and recurring monetary payments. There could also be compensation in kind. ESOP is a typical example of a payment in kind.

7.    Utilisation of expenditure is important – not the source

A reason why ESOP discount is not regarded as revenue is possibly the attribute of ‘resultant permanency’. Share capital and the company’s existence are inseparable. Shares survive as long as the company exists. Possibly therefore, expenditure referable to increase in share capital is regarded as ‘capital in nature’.

The question is – whether the aspect of life of share capital is determinative? Or is it the purpose of utilisation that is decisive? Share capital may be utilised for creating a profit making apparatus. It may, on the other hands be utilised for a profit making activity. In the latter utilisation, the capital is churned over. It keeps changing form. In the former, the form remains largely unimpaired – save the depletion in value due to lapse of time or usage. This distinction should govern characterisation for tax purposes also.

It is not that every expenditure involving/ pertaining to the subject of share capital that is to be pigeonholed as not allowable as a deduction under section 37. The Supreme Court in its decision in CIT v General Insurance Corporation (2006) 286 ITR 232 held that expenses by way of stamp duty and registration fee for issue of bonus shares are revenue in nature. The Supreme Court held that the allotment of bonus shares did not result in the acquisition of any benefit or advantage of an enduring nature. In this decision, the Supreme Court no doubt approved the principle in the cases Brooke Bond India Limited v CIT (supra) and Punjab Industrial Development Corporation Ltd v. CIT (supra). However, it recognised that every expenditure connected with share capital is not necessarily capital in nature.

The Supreme Court in General Insurance Corporation’s case approved the decision of Bombay High Court in Bombay Burmah Trading Corpn Ltd v CIT (1984) 145 ITR 793. In the said decision, the Bombay High Court held it is not essential or mandatory that an expenditure incurred in connection with the raising of additional capital requires disallowance. The Bombay High Court in Shri Ram Mills Ltd v. CIT 195 ITR 295 interpreting its decision in Bombay Burmah Trading Corporation’s case made the following observation:

“In the case of Bombay Burmah Trading Corpn Ltd. v. CIT [1984] 145 ITR 793, this Court held that it was not that every expenditure incurred in connection with the raising of additional capital that required disallowance. Expenditure such as legal expenses, printing expenses, which a trader is expected, to incur in the course of its capacity as trader have to be allowed as revenue expenditure even though a part of them might relate to the raising of the additional capital”

It is to be noted that the Supreme Court in Brooke Bond India Limited v. CIT (supra) and Punjab Industrial Development Corporation Ltd v. CIT (supra) had affirmed the decision of Bombay High Court in Bombay Burmah Trading Corporation’s case.

The Jodhpur bench of Rajasthan High Court in CIT v. Secure Meters Ltd (2008) 321 ITR 611 held that expenses incurred in connection with issue of quasi equity viz., convertible debentures would constitute revenue expenditure. The Karnataka High Court recently in CIT v ITC Hotels Ltd. (2010) 190 Taxman 430 has held to the same effect.

The Andhra Pradesh High Court in Warner Hindustan Ltd v CIT (1988) 171 ITR 224 was called upon to adjudicate on two issues. The first issue was whether claim of the assessee-company that the legal and consultation fees in connection with the issue of bonus shares is an allowable business expenditure is correct or not? The second issue was whether the amount spent by the assessee-company by way of fees paid to Registrar of Companies for increasing its authorised capital was deductible as revenue expenditure? The High Court held that both would constitute revenue expenditure in the hands of the assessee-company. It is to be noted that the Supreme Court in Punjab Industrial Development Corporation Ltd v CIT (supra) disapproved the decision of Andhra Pradesh High Court only with regard to the second issue and not the first issue. In other words, the Supreme Court had not questioned the revenue character of legal and consultation fees paid in connection with issue of bonus shares.

Besides, one could look at various instances wherein the utilisation of expenditure is important – the form or source is irrelevant. Today’s fast track business world does not intend to issue shares only for increasing the capital base. The Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) has released Discussion Papers on various aspects related to Foreign Direct Investment. In a series of these Discussion Papers, ‘Issue of shares for considerations other than cash’ has also been included. This discussion paper enlists some of the instances wherein shares are issued on non-cash considerations towards the following:

–    Trade Payables
–    Pre-operative expenses/ pre-incorporation expenses (including payment of rent)
–    Others

These transactions when viewed from the income-tax standpoint, leaves us with the question – whether these are allowable expenses, when discharged in the form of shares. Would it be possible to hold that payment of ‘rent’ is not an allowable expenditure as the same has been discharged through issue of shares? Rent is certainly allowable for tax purposes. So would be fee for technical services which is paid for in shares. The same analogy should be extended to ESOP discount. ESOP discount arising on discharge of salary liability should be allowable in the hands of the employer/ company.

In summary, ESOP discount satisfies all the conditions stipulated for claim of expense under section 37 based on the following counts:

–    ESOP discount is a forbearance of profit and hence would qualify as an ‘expenditure’;

–    Even if such discount does not qualify as ‘expenditure’, it may be allowed as ‘profit forgone’;

–    It is not a an expenditure of personal nature;

–    Being an employee remuneration, the expenditure is laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the business of the assessee – employee retention and recognition; and

–   The expenditure is not capital in nature.

(to be continued………)

What does ‘settlement’ mean?

fiogf49gjkf0d
Recently one of the tax journals reported a judgment delivered by the Madras High Court in its writ jurisdiction on the powers of the Income Tax Settlement Commission.2 The honourable High Court in this judgment has held that the Settlement Commission does not have power to settle the case at the income higher than what is disclosed by the applicant in the settlement application, as the Law does not authorise the Commission to assess the applicant’s income. The High Court delivered this judgment following its similar decisions given in the cases of Ace Investments3 and Canara Jewellers.

The Court has reasoned that according to the provisions of the section 245C(1)5, the Settlement Commission can admit only such assessee’s settlement application who has made ‘full and true disclosure’ of its income before the Commission. The Court has held that making of ‘full and true disclosure’ is one of the pre-condition for valid application. Therefore, settling income higher than income disclosed by the applicant would amount to holding firstly, that the applicant’s income disclosure in the application was not ‘full and true’ and secondly, it would also amount to assessing the applicant’s income. The Court further held that the Commission should dismiss such application leaving the option to the applicant to work out the legal remedies when it becomes clear to the Commission that the disclosure of the applicant is not full and true. However, in any case, the Commission cannot proceed to assess the income of the applicant, as the Commission is not empowered to assess the income. Hence, the settlement order assessing the applicant’s income is without jurisdiction, bad in law and void ab initio.

In the backdrop of the above judgment, this article discusses some of the arguments on the powers of the Settlement Commission particularly as to whether the Commission has power to assess the applicant’s income. It also discusses the pre-condition of ‘full and true’ disclosure for the admission of the case before the Settlement Commission. It may be mentioned that the honourable Court did not have the occasion to consider and give its findings on many of the arguments advanced in this article, as the parties did not place the same before the Court.

Concept of ‘Settlement’ After this judgment, many have wondered and have raised a question as to if the Settlement Commission is not empowered to assess the income then what is the job of the Settlement Commission ? The obvious known answer to this question is that the job of the Settlement Commission is to ‘settle’ the income of the applicant. However, this answer leads to more fundamental questions as to what is the meaning of ‘settlement’ ? Does ‘settlement’ includes assessment ? Answer to these questions will vary; as the Act does not define the word ‘settlement’, nor does it provide clear answer to the second question. This article makes a humble attempt to answer these questions.

According to the Black’s Law Dictionary, ‘settlement’ means ‘an agreement ending a dispute or lawsuit’. However, it also may be worthwhile to discuss ‘settlement’ conceptually rather than discussing only its legal meaning. The concept of ‘settlement’ may be a better-appreciated form the familiar occurrence of ‘out of the court settlement’6. The parties resolve the dispute among them possibly with the spirit of ‘give and take’ in the ‘settlement out of the court’. From it, one may infer that; ‘settlement’ is a resolution of the dispute possibly in the spirit of compromise shown by both the sides.

The Settlement Scheme in the Income-tax Act envisages a settlement incorporating the elements of compromise, according to which an applicant pays tax on the income not disclosed before the Income-tax Department and the Department in return may have to forego levying penalty and initiating prosecution. Further, both the sides give up their right to further appeal on the issues decided against them by the Settlement Commission. It may be recalled that the Supreme Court in Brijlal’s7 case has equated the dispute resolution method adopted by the Commission with arbitration. The similarity with the arbitration is not only with the Settlement Commission’s method of the dispute resolution but due to the fact that there is finality in the decision of the Commission and also due to the fact that the applicant cannot withdraw after he submits himself to the Settlement Commission. There is no provision under which the Department also can withdraw from the proceedings before the Commission. Finality of the order and submission without the possibility of the withdrawal thereafter, are essential ingredients of the alternate dispute resolution methods.

In the case of B. N. Bhattachargee8, the Supreme Court has held that the Settlement Commission is a Tribunal. It is obvious that the function of the Tribunal is to adjudicate the dispute between two parties. Based on these positions it becomes clear that the work before the Commission is limited to the resolution of dispute between two sides by way of arbitration on the issues raised by the applicant in its application and the issues raised by the Commissioner in its report on the applicant’s application. This jurisdiction of the Settlement Commission is provided in the section 245D(4) which reads as follows:

‘the Settlement Commission may, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, pass such order as it thinks fit on the matters covered by the application and any other matter relating to the case not covered by the application, but referred to in the report of the Commissioner u/ss.(1) or u/ss.(3)’

‘Settlement’ includes limited power of assessment The Supreme Court has held that the Settlement Commission passes the ‘Order’, but does not ‘assess’ income and its ‘Order’ is not described either as original assessment or reassessment.9 However, The Supreme Court in Brijlal’s case10 has mentioned that ‘When Parliament uses the word “as if such aggregate would constitute total income”, it presupposes that under the special procedure the aggregation of the returned income plus income disclosed would result in computation of total income, which is the basis for levy of tax on the undisclosed income is nothing but ‘assessment’.’ These decisions may appear to be contradictory on the Commission’s power of assessing income, however it is not so.

It may be necessary to understand the term ‘assessment’ for appreciating the above judgments. The Supreme Court has explained this term in the judgment delivered by the three-Member Bench in the case of S. Sanakappa11 as under:

‘. . . . the word ‘assessment’ is used in the IT Act in a number of provisions in a comprehensive sense and includes all proceedings, starting with the filing of the return or issue of notice and ending with determination of the tax payable by the assessee. Though in some sections, the word ‘assessment’ is used only with reference to computation of income, in other sections it has more comprehensive meaning mentioned by us above.’

The Act has entrusted the work of assessing income to the Assessing Officer by providing procedural machinery provisions and providing enabling powers such as carrying out enquiries and verifications. On the contrary, the Law has not empowered the officers of the Commission to carry out verifications to arrive at settled income although the Settlement Commission enjoys all the powers of the Income-tax Authority u/s.245F(1). Further, time provided to the Commission for settling the case is not the same as provided for completing the assessment. Therefore, the Act does not envisage the Commission the work of the assessing applicant’s income in the same way as the Law has entrusted it to the Assessing Officer in view of its limited jurisdiction, lesser time available, and in absence of the powers of carrying out enquiries and verification to the Officers of the Commission. Therefore the term of ‘assessment’ cannot have a comprehensive meaning as mentioned in the above judgment of the Supreme Court with respect to the work done by the Commission. This aspect is clarified by the Supreme Court in the case of Brijlal12 by holding that, ‘It contemplates assessment by settlement and not by way of regular assessment or reassessment u/s.143(1) or u/s.143(3) or u/s.144 of the Act.’

However, the Commission is required to settle the issues before it in a fair manner taking assistance of the Officers of the Commission when necessary and by taking independent view of the issues which are required to be settled. The Commission in this process may determine income, which would amount to assessment as held by the Supreme Court. Therefore, the Commission does have power to assess the applicant’s income, although limited to the issues before it.

This conclusion is also supported by the provisions of the section 245D(6). It provides that ‘Every order passed u/ss.(4) shall provide for the terms of settlement including any demand by way of tax, penalty or interest, the manner in which any sum due under the settlement shall be paid and all other matters to make the settlement effective…’ This provision does not make sense, if the Commission is not empowered to settle the case at the income higher than what is disclosed by it in the settlement application. The demand can only be raised if the Commission decides any issue against the applicant based on the records and evidence before it.

The Settlement Scheme is in favour of Revenue


The arbitration scheme of the Settlement Commission is different in certain aspects from the arbitration method provided in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. Unlike the arbitration method provided in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, the Commission has powers to call and examine records of one of the parties before it — i.e., Income-tax Department, it also has suo motto power to have the issues investigated by the Commissioner, even when the Commissioner does not request for it. Moreover, it may be interesting to note that the Commission assumes all the powers of the Income-tax Authority after filing of the application before the Commission, but it does not assume the powers of the Court. Further, preconditions for the filing of application, such as requirement of disclosure of additional income not disclosed before the Assessing Officer and requirement of disclosure of the manner in which it was derived show that the scheme is designed in favour of the Revenue.

The legal provision that all the Members of the Commission are ex-Revenue Service senior officers and are not accounting professionals from outside the Department also support this proposition. Moreover, the Law does not create distinction among Members of the Commission, such as ‘Accountant Member’ and ‘Judicial Member’ as provided in the case of the Members of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal. Therefore, considering powers of the Income-tax Authority given to the Commission, power to have investigation conducted, nature of pre-conditions for the valid application before the Commission and the composition of the Commission, it is clear that the Settlement Scheme is in favour of the Revenue. These aspects of the Settlement Scheme as against the provisions in the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 otherwise do not make sense, but seem to have been provided with the object mentioned above.

Disclosure of ‘full and true’ income according to the applicant

In the case of the Ajmera Housing Corporation13, the Supreme Court has held that ‘full and true disclosure’ is one of the basic requirements for valid settlement application. The Supreme Court in this case has further held that unless the Commission records its satisfaction on this aspect, it will not have any jurisdiction to pass any order on the matters covered by the application. This judgment as understood by me, lays down the Law in the facts of the case, in which the applicant after disclosing Rs.1.94 crore before the Commission had revised its disclosure by filing revised application containing confidential annexure and related papers and offering additional income of Rs.11.41 crore. On these facts, the Supreme Court in para 36 of its order has held that the disclosure of the applicant could not be considered as ‘full and true’.14

It may be pointed out that the Act does not provide for fulfilment of this requirement at the satisfaction of the Settlement Commission. Therefore, in absence of the statutory requirement of ascertaining ‘full and true’ disclosure at the satisfaction of the Commission, fulfilment of this condition should be viewed from the applicant’s perspective. For example, applicant’s disclosure without including income on a legal issue may be ‘full and true’ according to the best of his knowledge and belief. However, merely because the Settlement Commission settling the case takes a view against the applicant on such an issue the applicant’s disclosure made in the application would not cease to be ‘full and true’. Therefore, the Supreme Court’s judgment in the case of Ajmera should be read as the Commission should record its satisfaction that the disclosure is ‘full and true’ to the best of knowledge and belief of the applicant at the stage of the admission of the application.

Moreover, the Law does not intend that the Commission arrive at satisfaction of ‘full and true’ disclosure at the stage of the admission of the case. Such a provision would not only make the entire process of the settlement redundant which is followed after the admission of the case, but also it is practically impossible to arrive at such a judgment without hearing both the sides at length and examining the records. It is settled that the Law does not require achieving the impossible.

The requirement of making ‘full and true disclosure’ is provided to ensure that the applicant honestly and with the bona fide intentions invokes the jurisdiction of the Settlement Commission without playing the game of hide and seek. It is held in many Court judgments that the facility of the Settlement Commission for resolution of disputes is not available to the dishonest assessees.

Revival of the abated proceedings

Presently, neither the section 245HA of the Income-tax Act, nor the Clause 280 of the proposed Direct Taxes Code (DTC) allow revival of the abated proceedings before the Assessing Officer when the Court annuls the settlement order passed u/s.245D(4) or holds the settlement order void. It may be mentioned that the Finance Act 2008 had inserted such a provision in the section 153A on the search assessment to provide revival of the assessment or reassessment proceedings in case of the annulment of assessment or reassessment. Therefore, it would not be surprising that the Government would introduce such an amendment in the near future on similar lines in the Chapter-XIX-A of the Income-tax Act on the Settlement Commission to prevent the assessees taking the advantage by getting declared the Settlement Order void on technical grounds. At the same time, such annulment also prevents the reassessment of income due to lapse of the time permitted by law. The Government may find it difficult to accept such a situation, in which the assessees would get away by paying lesser revenue than what was due from it.

To conclude, this author is of the view that the Settlement Commission is empowered to settle the case at the income above what is disclosed before the Commission as the concept of ‘full and true disclosure’ should be viewed from the applicant’s perspective.

It is besides the point that an enactment of the Law is a dynamic process. Once the Law is amended as discussed above, the arguments and discussion on the topics such as this become irrelevant.

1. The author is Commissioner of Income-tax. The
views expressed in the article are personal views of the author and not
necessarily of the Government of India.

2. G. Jayaraman v. Settlement Commission (Additional Bench) (2011) 196 TAXMANN 552 (Mad.).

3. Ace Investments v. Settlement Commission (2003) 264 ITR 571 (Mad.), (2004) 186 CTR (Mad.) 486.

4. Canara Jewellers v. Settlement Commission (2009) 315 ITR 328 (Mad.), (2009) 226 CTR (Mad.) 79.

5  Section 245C(1).

‘An
assessee may, at any stage of a case relating to him, make an application in
such form and in such manner as may be prescribed, and containing a full and
true disclosure of his income which has not been disclosed before the Assessing
Officer, the manner in which such income has been derived, the additional
amount of income-tax payable on such income and such other particulars as may
be prescribed, to the Settlement Commission to have the case settled and any
such application shall be disposed of in the manner hereinafter provided:

6. Section 89(1) of the Civil
Procedure Code deals with the ‘Settlement outside the Court’

7       Bij Lal v. CIT, (2010) 328
ITR 477 (SC) at p-506, (2010) 235 CTR (SC) 417

8       CIT v. B. N. Bhattacgagee,
(1979) 118 ITR 461 (SC) at p-480, (1979) 10 CTR (SC) 354

9       Para-12, CIT v. Hindustan
Bulk Carriers, (2003) 259 ITR 449 (SC) at p-463, (2003) 179 CTR (SC) 362

10      Para-11, Bij Lal v. CIT,
(2010) 328 ITR 477 (SC) at p-501, (2010) 235 CTR (SC) 417

11      Para-2, S. Sankappa v. ITO, (1968) 68 ITR 760
(SC)

12      See note 9
13      Ajmera Housing Corporation
v. CIT (2010) 326 ITR 642 (SC), 234 CTR (SC) 642

14      At p 659, see note 12

Strictures by a Judicial Forum — Need for Restraint

fiogf49gjkf0d
“The knowledge that another view is possible on the evidence adduced in a case acts as a sobering factor and leads to the use of temperate language in recording judicial conclusions. Judicial approach in such cases should always be based on the consciousness that one may make a mistake; that is why the use of unduly strong words in expressing conclusions or the adoption of unduly strong, intemperate or extravagant criticism, against the contrary view, which are often founded on a sense of infallibility should always be avoided.”

These are the observations of the Supreme Court in the case of Pandit Ishwari Prasad Misra v. Mohammad Isa, (1963) BLJR 226; AIR 1963 SC 1728, 1737(1).

The Patna High Court in CIT v. Shri Krishna Gyanoday Sugar Ltd., (1967) 65 ITR 449 referring to the ruling of the Apex Court, held that the use of strong language and the passing of strictures against the officers concerned of the Incometax Department were, to say the least, unwarranted and uncalled for and that it was not safe and advisable to make the remarks as made by the Tribunal in that case.

In my opinion, the conclusion of the Patna High Court is applicable while commenting on the conduct of the assessee as well. In the matter relating to penalty, the Delhi Bench of the ITAT in ACIT v. Khanna & Annadhanam, (2011) 13 Taxmann.com 94 (Delhi-Trib.) while conforming penalty u/s.271(1)(c) held:

“The assessee can harbour any number of doubts, however, the law postulates that the assessee should file a return which is correct, complete and truthful. The law of Income-tax prescribes allowability of various kinds of incomes and expenses and in respect of professional income mandate is clear. The need of proper verification clearly indicates that law wants the assessee to be very vigilant while making a claim and not to make a claim which is not in accordance with law. If the receipt is prima facie revenue in nature, there is no gainsaying that the assessee harboured doubt in respect of earning fruits of the tree though not from the same branch of the tree.”

Doubts can always result into a mistake and that therefore this needs to be tolerated with humility and calmness, rather than by severe criticism of the person who held any such doubt or commits mistake.

 In this case the assessee, a firm of chartered accountants, was a partner of Deloitte Haskins & Sells (DHS) and had nominated partners in DHS and was a member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatu International (DTTI), a non-resident professional firm. The assessee rendered services to clients of DHS in India in the name of DHS. DTTI was keen that all the firms constituting DHS should merge into one firm. The merger would have resulted in losing national identity of the constituent firms. As this was not acceptable to the assessee, it was decided that DTII would ask the assessee to withdraw from the membership of DHS/DTII. The assessee received a compensation of Rs.1.15 crores on its withdrawal, which was treated as capital receipt by the assessee and was credited to partners’ accounts. This was disclosed in the computation and the balance sheet by way of a note.

The Tribunal held that if the assessee had continued as the member of DTII, the earning would have been professional receipt and the alternate receipt also takes the same analogy and has no trapping of having any doubt about its being a purely professional receipt or revenue receipt. The Bench went further on to pass the following strictures in this case against the assessee:

“The assessee is a firm of chartered accountants and it is not understandable that for such an issue about a clearly professional receipt, which is very basic in character, the assessee had any doubt about its nature. If it is so, we are unable to understand how the assessee can discharge its role as a professional consultant, auditing number of clients, giving them valuable advices on the accounting and taxation aspects. It is unimaginable that a professional firm like the assessee, will tend to have any doubt on such a simple proposition of professional receipt. There is no whisper in the agreement between DTTI and the assessee which creates any doubt at all. In our view, the issue never called for any doubt or ambiguity, the same has been created by the assessee and not by the law. The assessee has ventured into an adventure which was fraught with obvious risks which it has preferred to take. The assessee has pleaded that payment of advance tax does not amount to admission and the assessee is free to change its stand. In our view, advance tax payment may not be conclusive, but it is an indication to the mindset of the assessee. While construing strict civil liability, it becomes imperative to correlate the assessee’s various activities and explanations.”

In this case the assessee also held with it three legal opinions to defend its case, but their content did not yield any help, nor find discussion in the order for the reason that these were not presented to the assessing authorities either during the assessment or penalty proceedings.

The criticism against the assessee firm in this case is: “How the assessee can discharge its role as a professional consultant, auditing number of clients, giving them valuable advices on the accounting and taxation aspects can view a professional receipt as a capital receipt. It is unimaginable that a professional firm like the assessee will tend to have any doubt on such a simple proposition of professional receipts.”

Even though the assessee may be well versed on the subject, it gathered opinion of three independent experts out of which two headed the CBDT forum. The Bench countered the professional firm doubting its competencies even in areas that have nothing to do with the subject of taxation. With due respect, the thing that is of utmost concern here is whether it is appropriate for the Tribunal to demean a firm of professional chartered accountants of repute. It must be appreciated that the profession of law and accountancy are noble professions and it is only in keeping with this notion that the Benches are formed of judicial and accountant members who hold expertise in their respective discipline. In keeping with the observations of the Supreme Court, it is submitted with respect that perhaps it is desirable that the Honourable members of the Tribunal exercise restraint and avoid excessive criticism. This will only postulate and protect the rule of law as well as the dignity of the great forum of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal.

levitra

Legislation by incorporation — Schedule VI vis-à-vis MAT

fiogf49gjkf0d
Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956 (‘the Companies Act’) prescribed under section 211 of the Companies Act, sets out the form and contents for disclosure of the profit and loss account and balance sheet of a company. Schedule VI to the Companies Act originally notified by the Central Government vide Notification No. 414, dated 21st March 1961 was divided into 4 parts (referred to as ‘the Old Schedule VI’). Recently, the Central Government has by Notification No. 447(E), dated 28th February 2011, and Notification No. 653(E), dated 30th March 2011, revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act, which shall come into effect for the financial years ending on or after 1st April 2011 (referred to as ‘the Revised Schedule VI’).

Section 115JB of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’) requires every assessee-company to prepare its profit and loss account in accordance with Part II and Part III of the Schedule VI for the purpose of determining net profit, for the computation of ‘book profit’. In other words, Part II and Part III of the Schedule VI are legislatively incorporated under the provisions of section 115JB of the Act.

Legislation by incorporation is a legislative device by which certain provisions of a particular Act are incorporated by reference into another Act, such that the provisions so incorporated become part and parcel of the later Act, as if they had been ‘bodily transposed into it’. In other words, the legal effect of such incorporated provisions are often held to be actually written in the later Act with the pen, or printed in it. The said observations were made by Lord Esher, M. R. while explaining the aforesaid principle in one of the earliest decisions on the subject1.

However, the aforesaid incorporated provisions in MAT, only prescribe the contents of the profit and loss account of the company and the principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, etc. of financial items are prescribed under the Accounting Standards as applied by the company in adopting the accounts at its annual general meeting.

A question which requires attention is whether the Revised Schedule VI as amended by the Central Government can be said to be legislatively incorporated under the provisions of section 115JB of the Act and accordingly net profit for the purpose of computation of book profit will be determined based on the format of profit and loss account as prescribed under the Revised Schedule VI.

The answer to this question depends upon the manner of construction and interpretation of whether Part II and Part III of the Old Schedule VI are introduced in MAT provision of the Act merely as reference/citation or have been incorporated under section 115JB. Legislation by incorporation may be undertaken by either merely citing a provision of one statute in another statute or by incorporating the said provision in another statute.

Therefore, before embarking upon answering the question under consideration, it is necessary to understand the principles of identifying the differences between the two and implications on the construction of a provision of a particular statute, which is merely referred to in another statute vis-à-vis being incorporated. In the former case, a modification, repeal or re-enactment of the statute that is referred will also have the effect in the statute in which it is referred, but in the latter case any change in the incorporated statute by way of amendment or repeal shall have no repercussion on the incorporating statute. The legal decisions have time and again tried to differentiate between the two, but the distinction is one of difference in degree and is often blurred2. There are no clear-cut guidelines which have been spelt out.

However, there are four exceptions which have been observed by the Courts3 to the implications on the construction of a provision as discussed above, wherein a repeal or amendment of an Act which incorporated in a later Act shall have effect on the later Act, irrespective of whether the said provision was merely referred or incorporated in the other statute. These exceptions are as under:

  •  where the later Act and the earlier Act are supplemental to each other;

  •  where the two Acts are in pari materia;

  •  where the amendment of the earlier Act if not imported in the later Act would render the later Act wholly unworkable; and

  •  where the amendment of the earlier Act either expressly or by necessary intendment also applies to the later Act.

On the touchstone of the aforesaid exceptions applied to the case under consideration, one may observe as under:

  •  the Income-tax Act, 1961 and the Companies Act, 1956 are not supplemental to each other i.e., existence of either of the said Acts is not dependant of each other;

? the two Acts are not in pari materia i.e., both the Acts legislate in two different fields of law;

? the non-incorporation of the Revised Schedule VI under MAT provisions would not make the said provisions unworkable, since one would be able to compute net profit based on the Old Schedule VI; and

  •  there is no mention by the Central Government of simultaneous amendment of MAT provisions, when Schedule VI was replaced under the Companies Act.

Considering this, one may observe that none of the four exceptions are applicable to the impugned issue.

Though it makes a case stronger to tilt the balance of construction that Part II and Part III of the Old Schedule VI are incorporated and not referred under MAT provisions, yet one may not conclude such construction without further discussion. It is necessary to understand the factors which may help in answering the aforesaid question. A matter of probe into the semantics of the provision along with the legislative intention and/ or taking an insight into the working of the enactment may help in determining which of the view is to be adopted. Part II and Part III of the Old Schedule VI are incorporated in all its phases from section 115J to section 115JB of the Act.

Reference is invited to the relevant provisions of section 115JB of the Act, which are reproduced below for ready reference:

“ ……………….. (2) Every assessee, being a company, shall, for the purposes of this section, prepare its profit and loss account for the relevant previous year in accordance with the provisions of Parts II and III of Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956):

Provided that while preparing the annual accounts including profit and loss account, —

(i) the accounting policies;

(ii) the accounting standards followed for preparing such accounts including profit and loss account;

(iii) the method and rates adopted for calculating the depreciation,

shall be the same as have been adopted for the purpose of preparing such accounts including profit and loss account and laid before the company at its annual general meeting in accordance with the provisions of section 210 of the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956):” (Emphasis supplied)

From the perusal of the aforesaid provisions of section 115JB(2), one would notice that the Legislature by applying the principle of legislation by incorporation introduced two provisions of the Companies Act, 1956. The differences in the language used for incorporating the said provisions highlight the mechanism of merely citing a provision vis-à-vis incorporating the provision.

The accounting policies, accounting standards and the method and rate of depreciation as considered while preparing the annual accounts of the company u/s.210 of the Companies Act are legislatively incorporated by reference for the purpose of calculation of book profit u/s.115JB of the Act and whereas Part II and Part III of the Old Schedule VI to the Companies Act are legislatively incorporated under the mechanism of incorporation.

The distinction lies in the usage of words ‘shall be the same’, which makes a case of a provision merely referred and not being incorporated. The usage of those words highlight the intention of the Legislature of applying the same policies, standards and depreciation rate and method under the Companies Act as used for preparation of annual accounts, also for the purpose of computation of book profit. Therefore, in case there are amendments to, repeals of provisions of Accounting Standards and method and rate of depreciation under the provisions of the Companies Act, the same effects will have to be considered for the computation of book profit.

One finds that similar usage of words, being ‘shall be the same’ is missing under the incorporation of Part II and Part III of Schedule VI to the Companies Act. Therefore, such similar construction and mechanism may not hold good for the purpose of interpretation of Part II and Part III of the Schedule VI to the Companies Act, which have been incorporated and not merely referred under the provisions of section 115JB(2) of the Act.

In a recent decision of the Supreme Court in the case of M/s. Dynamic Orthopedics Pvt. Ltd. v. CIT, (321 ITR 300), the Apex Court while referring the matter relating to the computation of book profit under MAT provisions to the Larger Bench, made following observations with respect to the semantics of MAT provisions under the Act. These observations on legislation by incorporation which may hold good for all the three avatars of MAT provisions viz. section 115J, section 115JA, and section 115JB are reproduced below:

“….Section 115J of the Act legislatively only incorporates provisions of Parts II and III of Schedule VI to 1956 Act. Such incorporation is by a deeming fiction. Hence, we need to read section 115J(1A) of the Act in the strict sense. If we so read, it is clear that by legislative incorporation, only Parts II and III of Schedule VI to 1956 Act have been incorporated legislatively into section 115J of the Act. Therefore, the question of applicability of Parts II and III of Schedule VI to 1956 Act does not arise….

…. It needs to be reiterated that once a company falls within the ambit of it being a MAT company, section 115J of the Act applies and, under that section, such an assessee-company was required to prepare its profit and loss account only in terms of Parts II and III of Schedule VI to 1956 Act ….. Hence, what is incorporated in section 115J is only Schedule VI and not section 205 or section 350 or section 355 ….. ” [Emphasis supplied]

The aforesaid decision reiterates the understanding that Part II and Part III of Schedule VI only are legislatively incorporated under the provisions of MAT. Therefore, any repeal, amendment or revision of Part II and Part III of Schedule VI to the Companies Act may not have effect on the operation of computation of book profit, until the Revised Schedule is incorporated under the MAT provisions of the Act.

Based on the aforesaid discussions, one may conclude that the Revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act cannot be taken into consideration, until necessary amendments are made requiring the assessee companies to determine the net profit for the purpose of computation of book profit under MAT provisions as per the Revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act.

This conclusion and article may be incomplete if the significant in-principle differences between the Old Schedule VI and the Revised Schedule VI are not highlighted. These differences are touched upon only in brief:

  •     The Revised Schedule only contains Part I and Part II. It does not have Part III of the Old Schedule VI which provided for interpretation of the various expressions such as ‘provision’, ‘reserve’, ‘liability’, etc. and Part IV of the Old Schedule VI which dealt with balance sheet abstract and company’s general business profile.

  •     The Revised Schedule VI prescribes the format of profit and loss account for the company, as against the Old Schedule VI, which did not provide for such format; and

  •     The Old Schedule VI prescribed the principles on which the profit and loss account of the company was required to be prepared for the purpose of disclosure, which one fails to find under the Revised Schedule VI;

This issue is of importance from the perspective of the Direct Tax Code Bill, 2010 (draft) (‘DTC’) which in Clause 104 has provision analogous to section 115JB of the Act. Clause 104 of DTC provides reference to Clause 105 of DTC for the purpose of determination of net profit as shown in the profit and loss account prepared in accordance with Part II and Part III of Schedule VI to the Companies Act. Assuming Clause 104 and Clause 105 of draft DTC come into effect in their present form, one may interpret that Part II and Part III of the Revised Schedule VI are incorporated in the said clauses, considering the fact that the Revised Schedule VI to the Companies Act will be existing on the statute when draft DTC becomes an Act. However, it may be intriguing to notice that the Revised Schedule VI does not have Part III and therefore, the Legislature may have to make necessary amendments; otherwise the formula may become unworkable. Similar consequences may also be envisaged for companies subjected to MAT provisions for financial years ending on or after 1st April 2011, if we propose that Part II and Part III of the Old Schedule VI are merely referred to in section 115JB of the Act.  This subject may require further attention with the intention of the Government to introduce different set of Accounting Standards (i.e., Ind-AS and otherwise) applicable to different categories of companies and thereby leading to different tax bases of net profit as shown in the profit and loss account prepared in accordance with Part II and Part III of the Schedule VI to the Companies Act.

If the above discussion and conclusions are drawn to their logical end, then one envisages that companies subjected to MAT provisions of the Act may have to prepare two sets of their profit and loss account, wherein net profit as shown in the profit and loss account will have to be prepared in accordance with:

  •     Part II and Part III of the Revised Schedule VI for the compliance of provision of Companies Act, 1956; and

  •     Part II and Part III of the Old Schedule VI for the computation of book profit under the Act.

Taxation of Capital Gains under Direct Taxes Code

fiogf49gjkf0d
1.  Background
1.1 Direct Taxes Code Bill, 2010, (DTC) introduced in the Parliament on 27-8-2010 is now under consideration of the Standing Committee for Finance. After its report is submitted, the Parliament will consider the Bill and the proposals of the Standing Committee before enacting the Code. Therefore, if DTC is enacted by the Parliament in 2011, the income for the F.Y. 1-4-2012 to 31-3-2013 and onwards will be assessed as provided in the Code. There are 319 sections divided into 20 Chapters and 22 Schedules in DTC. Chapter III-D containing sections 46 to 55 deals with provisions for computation of income under the head ‘Capital Gains’. Further, Schedule 17 provides for determination of cost of acquisition in certain cases.

1.2 Prior to introduction of the DTC Bill, 2010, the Government had issued the DTC Bill, 2009 with a Discussion Paper for public debate on 12-8-2009. The DTC Bill, 2009, proposed to introduce several changes in the provisions relating to capital gains. There was a proposal to do away the present distinction between short-term and long-term capital gains. It was also proposed to abolish the present exemption/concession available to capital gains on sale of listed securities on which STT is paid. The concessional rate for long-term/short-term capital gains was also proposed to be abolished and there was a proposal to levy tax on capital gains at the normal rate applicable to other income.

1.3 Several representations were made to the Government objecting to these proposals. Based on the above representations, a Revised Discussion Paper was issued by the Government on 15-6-2010 and the revised DTC Bill, 2010, was introduced in the Parliament in August, 2010.

1.4 In the revised Discussion Paper of June, 2010, it was clarified that the original proposals of DTC – 2009 for taxation of capital gains have been modified as under:

(a) Income from capital gains will not be considered as income from ordinary sources.

(b) Asset held for more than one year from the end of the financial year will be considered as long-term capital asset.
(c) Securities Transaction Tax (STT) will continue.
(d) For long-term capital gains indexation benefit will continue. The existing date of 1-4-1981 will now be fixed as 1-4-2000.
(e) Capital Gains Savings Scheme will be introduced.
(f) A new scheme for taxation of capital gains on investment assets has been proposed to reduce the burden of tax.
(g) Income of FIIs from share trading will be considered as capital gains and not business income.

2. Concept of capital gains


The existing concept of capital gains is significantly changed in the Code. The word ‘asset’ is defined in section 314(24) to mean (a) a business asset or (b) an investment asset. ‘Business asset’ is defined in section 314(38) to mean ‘business trading asset’ or ‘business capital asset’. ‘Business trading asset’ is defined in section 314(42) to mean stock-in-trade, consumable stores or raw materials held for the purpose of the business. ‘Business capital asset’ is defined in section 314(39) to mean a tangible, intangible or any other capital asset, other than land, which is used for the purpose of business. ‘Investment asset’ is defined in section 314(141) to mean (a) any capital asset which is not a business capital asset, (b) any security held by a FII or (c) any undertaking or division of a business. Any surplus on transfer of a business capital asset is to be treated as business income. Hence, the provisions for computation of capital gains apply in respect of surplus (loss) on transfer of ‘investment asset’ only.

3. Computation of capital gains


3.1 Section 49 of the Code provides that the computation of capital gains on transfer of an investment asset shall be made by deducting from the full value of the consideration on transfer of such asset, the cost of acquisition of such asset. The gains (losses) arising from the transfer of investment assets will be treated as capital gains (losses). The net gain will be included in the total income of the financial year in which the investment asset is transferred, irrespective of the year in which the consideration is actually received. However, in the case of compulsory acquisition of an asset, capital gains will be taxed in the year in which the compensation is actually received.

3.2 It may be noted that the word ‘Transfer’ is defined in section 314(267). This definition is very elaborate as compared to section 2(47) of the Income-tax Act (ITA). The above definition provides that ‘Transfer’ in relation to a ‘Capital Asset’ includes the following:

(i) Sale, exchange or extinguishment of any asset or any rights in it;

(ii) Compulsory acquisition under any law;
(iii) Conversion of capital asset into stock-intrade;
(iv) Buyback of shares u/s.77A of the Companies Act;
(v) Contribution of any asset towards capital in a company or unincorporated body;
(vi) Distribution of assets on liquidation of a company or dissolution of unincorporated body;
(vii) Any transaction allowing possession or enjoyment of an immovable property. This provision is more or less similar to section 2(47) (v) and (vi) of ITA with the only difference that if enjoyment of any immovable property is given to participant of unincorporated body it will be considered as a transfer under DTC;
(viii) Amount received/receivable on maturity of Zero Coupon Bond, on slump sale or on damage/ destruction of any insured asset;
(ix) Transfer of securities by a person having beneficial interest in the securities held by a depository as registered owner;
(x) Distribution of money or asset to a participant in an unincorporated body on his retirement;
(xi) Any disposition, settlement, trust, covenant, agreement or arrangement.

3.3 The capital gains arising from the transfer of personal effects and agricultural land is exempt from income tax. The term ‘personal effects’ is defined in section 314(190) and the term ‘agricultural land’ is defined in section 314(12). This definition states that the land, wherever situated, if used for agricultural purposes will be treated as agricultural land.

3.4 In general, the capital gains will be equal to the full consideration from the transfer of the investment asset minus the cost of acquisition, cost of improvement thereof and transfer-related incidental expenses. However, in the case of an investment asset which is transferred anytime after one year from the end of the financial year in which it is acquired, the cost of acquisition and cost of improvement will be adjusted on the basis of cost inflation index.

3.5 Capital gains from all investment assets will be aggregated to arrive at the total amount of current income from capital gains. This will, then, be aggregated with unabsorbed capital loss at the end of the preceding financial year to arrive at the total amount of income under the head ‘Capital gains’. If the result of the aggregation is a loss, the total amount of capital gains will be treated as ‘nil’ and the loss will be treated as unabsorbed current capital loss at the end of the financial year. This unabsorbed loss will be carried forward for adjustment against capital gains in subsequent years. There is no time limit for such carry forward and set-off of losses.

4.    Exemption from capital gains tax
4.1 Section 47 of the Code provides that certain transfers of investment assets will not be consid-ered as a transfer and no capital gains tax will be payable. This section is on the same lines as existing section 47 of ITA. However, it is significant to note that clause (xiii) of existing section 47 of ITA which provides for exemption from tax when a partnership firm is converted into a company, subject to certain conditions, is absent in section 47 of the Code. This will mean that if the Code is enacted without this clause in section 47, a partnership firm which is converted into company after 1-4-2012 will not be entitled to claim this exemption. It may also be noted that section 47 (1)(J) of the Code provides for exemption from tax when a non-listed company converts itself into an LLP, on the same lines as provided in section 47 (xiii b) of ITA. Again, 47(1)(n) of the Code provides for exemption from tax when a sole proprietary concern is converted into a limited company. This provision is similar to section 47(xiv) of ITA.

4.2 Section 46 of the Code provides that the exemption granted u/s.47 of the Code in respect of certain transfers of investment assets and u/s.55 of the Code in respect of certain rollover of investment assets will become taxable in the F.Y. in which the conditions specified in section 47 or 55 are violated. This provision is on the same lines as in the existing sections 47A, 54, 54B, 54F, 54EC, etc. of ITA.

4.3 Section 48 of the Code explains about the F.Y. in which the income arising on non-compliance with the conditions laid down in section 47 will become taxable. This section also explains about the F.Y. in which enhanced additional compensation received on compulsory acquisition of property will be taxable. Further, the section also explains as to when an immovable property will be considered to have been transferred. These provisions are similar to sections 45(1), 45(4), 45(5) and 46 of ITA with some modifications.

4.4 It is significant to note that the existing sec-tion 45(4) of ITA provides that if any capital asset is transferred by way of distribution of capital as-sets to any partner or partners on dissolution of a firm or AoP or otherwise, the difference between the market value of the asset and its cost will be taxable as capital gains in the hands of the Firm or AoP. This position will continue under the Code in view of item 6(ii) of the table below section 48(1) r.w.s 50(2)(d) of the Code. However, in the case of retirement of a partner, the Courts have held that the word ‘otherwise’ in the existing section 45(4) applies when a partner retires from the Firm or AoP and takes away any asset of the Firm or AoP as part of the amount due on retirement. Now, section 48(2)(b) of the Code, read with item 7 of the table below section 48(1) and section 50(2) (f), provides that “Any money or asset received by a participant (Partner/Member) on account of his retirement from an unincorporated body (Firm, LLP, AoP, BoI) shall be deemed to be the income of the recipient of the F.Y. in which the money or asset is received”. This will mean that if the amount due to the retiring partner as per the books of the Firm, AoP or BoI is Rs.1.5 crore but the amount received and market value of the asset received on his retirement is Rs.2.5 crore, the retiring partner will have to pay tax on capital gains under the Code.

4.5 Under section 51(2) of the Code, in the case of equity shares of a company and units of equity-oriented fund of a M.F., held for more than one year, the capital gain will be exempt from tax if STT is paid. It may be noted that there is difference in the wording of section 51(2) and 51(3). U/s.51(2) the requirement is holding of shares, etc. for more than one year, whereas u/s.51(3) the period for holding other assets is at least one year after the end of the F.Y. in which the asset is acquired.

4.6 In the above case if the STT is paid and the shares/units are held for less than one year, 50% of the capital gain will be exempt and tax at normal rate will be payable on the balance of 50%.

4.7 It may be noted that under item No. 32 of Schedule 6 it is provided that the capital gain arising from transfer of the following assets will not be liable to tax under DTC:

(i)    Agricultural land in a rural area as defined in section 314(221)r.w.s 314 (284). This definition is similar to the definition in section 2(14)(iii) of ITA.

(ii)    Personal effects as defined in section 314 (190) which is similar to section 2(14)(ii) of ITA.

(iii)    Gold Deposit Bonds.

5.    Full value of consideration
5.1 The provisions relating to computation of capital gains on transfer of an investment asset and determination of the full value of the consideration are contained in sections 49 and 50 of the Code. These provisions are similar to the provisions of sections 45(2), 45(3), 45(5), 48 and 50C of ITA with certain modifications. In the case of sale of land or building, section 50(2)(h) of the Code provides that stamp duty value of the asset will be considered as full value of the consideration. The term ‘Stamp duty value’ is defined in section 314(246) on the same lines as in section 50C of ITA with the exception that there is no provision for refer-ence to valuation officer in the event such value is disputed by the assessee. Further, section 50(2) r.w.s 314(267) and 314(93) of the Code provides that in respect of conversion of investment asset into stock-in-trade, distribution of assets to partici-pants on dissolution of the unincorporated body or retirement of a participant, etc. the fair market value of the asset on the date of transfer will be determined according to the method prescribed by the CBDT.

5.2 It may be noted that u/s.45(3) of the ITA it is provided that when the partner/member of a firm, LLP, AoP or BoI in which he becomes a partner/ member and contributes a capital asset as his capital contribution in the entity, the amount credited to this account in the entity will be considered as full value of the consideration and capital gain tax will be payable by him on this basis. This benefit is not available at present when a person becomes a shareholder in a company and he is allotted shares in the company against any transfer of any asset to the company. Now, section 50(2)(c) of the Code provides that the amount recorded in the books of the company or an unincorporated body as value of the investment asset contributed by the shareholder or participant will be the full value of the consideration and the capital gain will be computed in the hands of the transferor on that basis.

6.    Cost of acquisition and indexation
6.1 As stated earlier, section 49 of the Code provides that capital gain on transfer of an investment asset is to be computed by deducting from the full value of the consideration, the cost of acquisition and the cost of improvement. The term ‘Cost of acquisition’ is defined in section 53 read with the 17th Schedule. The term ‘Cost of improvement’ is defined in section 54. These provisions are more or less on the same lines as sections 48, 49 and 55 of ITA. It may, however, be noted that when the investment asset is received by way of gift, will, inheritance, etc., it is provided that the cost will be the cost of acquisition in the hands of previous owner. However, the period during which the previous owner held the asset cannot be added in computing the total period for which the assessee has held the asset, as there is no provision for this purpose corresponding to the provision in section 2(42A) of ITA. Existing section 55(3) of ITA provides that if the cost of the asset in the hands of the previous owner cannot be ascertained, the market value on the date on which the previous owner acquired the asset will be considered as his cost. Now, section 53(7)(c) of the Code provides that if the cost of investment asset in the hands of the previous owner cannot be determined or ascer-tained, the said cost will be taken as ‘nil’. Similarly, in the case of the assessee if a self-generated asset or any other investment asset is acquired and the cost of such asset cannot be determined or ascertained for any reason, it shall be considered as ‘nil’.

6.2 Section 52 of the Code gives mode of computation of indexation of certain investment assets in specified cases. The method prescribed in this section is similar to the provision in the existing section 48 of ITA. However, some modification in the scheme under the Code is made as under:

(i)    Under section 2(29A)r.w.s 2(42 A) of ITA, a capital asset which is held for more than three years is considered as a ‘long-term asset’. U/s.51(3) of the Code, it is provided that if the investment asset is held for more than one year from the end of the financial year in which the asset is acquired, the benefit of indexation of cost will be available.

In other words, if the investment asset is acquired on 1-5-2010, it will be considered as long-term capital asset if it is sold on or after 1-4-2012 under the Code. In the following discussions such investment asset is referred to as a ‘long-term asset’.

(ii)    In the case of any investment asset, if it is a long-term asset as explained in (i) above, the assessee will be entitled to deduct indexed cost of the asset as provided in section 52 of the Code from the full value of the consideration for computation of capital gain. The method for working out indexed cost is the same as in section 48 of ITA. However, the base date for determining the indexed cost will be 1-4-2000 under DTC instead of 1-4-1981 provided in ITA.

(iii)    At present, section 55(2)(b) of ITA provides that if a capital asset is acquired before 1-4-1981, the assessee has an option to substitute the fair market value of the asset as on 1-4-1981 for its cost.

Now, section 53(1)(b) of the Code provides that if the investment asset is acquired before 1-4-2000, the assessee will have the option to substitute fair market value on 1-4-2000 for its cost.

7.    Relief on reinvestment of consideration
Section 55 of the Code provides for relief for roll-over of long-term investment asset in the case of an Individual or HUF. This provision is similar to the existing provisions for relief on reinvestment of capital gains in sections 54, 54B and 54F of ITA with the following modifications:

(i)    At present, the exemption is available if ‘capital gain’ on sale of a capital asset is reinvested in the specified assets u/s.54, 54B or 54EC of ITA. In case of section 54F of ITA, the ‘Net consideration’ on sale is required to be reinvested. Now, u/s.55 of the Code, the benefit of exemption is available on reinvestment of ‘Net consideration’ in all the cases.

(ii)    The rollover relief is available for only two categories of long-term assets viz. (a) agricultural land, and (b) any other investment asset.

(iii)    In the case of agricultural land there is no distinction between rural and urban land. The only condition is that it is assessed to land revenue or local cess and used for agricultural purposes. Further, this land should be an agricultural land during two years prior to the F.Y. in which it is transferred and was acquired by the assessee at least one year before the beginning of the F.Y. in which it is transferred. If these conditions are satisfied and the assessee invests the net consideration on sale of such agricultural land for the purchase of one or more pieces of agricultural land within a period of three years from the end of the F.Y. in which the original agricultural land was sold, he will get exemption in proportion to the amount so invested.

(iv)    In the case of any other long-term investment asset, the above rollover benefit will be available, if the net consideration is invested in the purchase or construction of a residential house within a period of three years from the end of the F.Y. in which the original asset was sold. For getting this benefit there are two conditions as under:

(a)    The assessee should not be the owner of more than one residential house (other than the residential house in which such investment is made) on the date of sale of original asset.

(b)    The residential house in which the above investment is made to get rollover benefit should not be transferred within one year from the end of the F.Y. in which such investment is made.

It is also provided in section 55 of the Code, that the above rollover benefit will be available if the investment in the new asset is made within a period of one year before the sale of the original asset.

(vi)    It is also provided in the above section that the net consideration on sale of the original asset should be reinvested for acquiring the new asset, as stated above, before the end of the F.Y. in which the original asset is sold or within six months from the date of such sale, whichever is later. If this is not done, the net consideration or balance thereof should be deposited with Capital Gains Deposit Scheme to be framed by the Government. The amount so deposited should be used within three years from the end of the F.Y. in which the original asset is sold. If it is not so used, the same will be taxable in F.Y. in which the period of three years expires.

(vii)    From the above, it will be evident that the present concession of investing the capital gain on sale of residential house for purchase of another residential house even if the assessee is owner of more than one residential house u/s.54 of the ITA will not be available. Further, the benefit of investment in approved bonds up to Rs.50 lakh u/s.54EC of ITA will also not be available.

8.    Income of FII

As stated earlier, definition of investment asset u/s.314(141) of the Code includes any shares or securities held by a Foreign Institutional Investor (FII). In view of this, FII engaged in trading of shares or securities in India will not be entitled to claim exemption under the applicable DTAA on the ground that it is carrying on business in India and has no permanent establishment in India. Under the Code, the surplus from these transactions will be considered as income from capital gains.

9.    Slump sale

The definition of investment asset also includes any undertaking or division of a business. Section 53(5) provides that if there is any slump sale of any undertaking or division of a business, the cost of acquisition of such asset will be the ‘net worth’ of such undertaking or division. If such undertaking or division is sold after the end of one year from the end of the financial year in which it was acquired or established, the benefit of indexation u/s.51 and 52 of the Code will be available. Net worth of such undertaking or division will be worked out as may be prescribed by the CBDT u/s.314(166). The term ‘Slump sale’ is defined in section 314(234) on the same lines as section 2(42C) of ITA.

10.    Aggregation of capital gains and losses

10.1 Income from capital gains (short-term or long-term) from various investment assets, whether positive or negative, shall be first aggregated and any carried forward loss under this head from earlier years shall be deducted therefrom. If the net result is loss, it shall be carried forward to next year. There is no time limit for such carry forward of losses. If the net result is positive, it shall be aggregated with income under other heads. It may be noted that there is a departure from the provisions of ITA where income from long-term capital gains is taxed at a separate lower specified rate. Under DTC long- term or short-term capital gains is taxable at the normal rate applicable to other income.

10.2 It may be noted that there is no provision for adjustment of short-term or long-term capital losses carried forward from F.Y. 2011-12 (A.Y. 2012-13)    and earlier years against capital gains for F.Y. 2012-13 and subsequent years under DTC.

11.    Treatment of losses in certain specified cases

11.1    Section 64 and 65 of DTC provide for treatment of losses in specified cases as under:

(i)    On conversion of unlisted company into LLP
— It may be noted that as stated earlier, u/s.47(1) (J) exemption from capital gain is given in the case of conversion of an unlisted company into a LLP. There are certain conditions for this purpose which are similar to section 47(xiii b) of ITA. Section 64(1) provides that unabsorbed current loss from ordinary sources in the case of an unlisted company shall be available for set-off in the case of LLP against its current aggregate income from ordinary sources of subsequent years. Similarly, unabsorbed current capital loss of the company shall be set off against current capital gains in the case of LLP in the subsequent years. This section is similar to section 72A(6A) of ITA. If the conditions laid down in section in section 47(1)(J) of DTC are not complied with, the set-0ff of loss so allowed in any F.Y. can be withdrawn by rectification of the assessment order.

(ii)    On Business Reorganisation
— It may be noted that as stated earlier, u/s.47(1)(n) exemption from capital gain is given in the case of conversion of sole proprietary concern into a limited company. There are certain conditions for this purpose which are similar to section 47(xiv) of ITA. U/s.64(2) it is provided that unabsorbed current loss from ordinary sources in the case of sole proprietor shall be set off against current income from ordinary sources of the company. Similarly, unabsorbed current capital loss in the case of sole proprietor will be set off against current capital gain in the subsequent year in the case of the company. If the conditions laid down in section 47 (1)(n) of DTC are not complied with, the set-off of loss so allowed in any F.Y. can be withdrawn by rectification of assessment order.

11.2    Treatment of unabsorbed losses on change in Constitution

(i)    Changes in constitution of unincorporated body — Section 65 provides that in the case of change in the constitution of an unincorporated body (i.e., Firm, LLP, AoP or BoI) on account of death/retirement of a participant, the unabsorbed loss of that entity (including capital loss) shall be reduced in proportion of the loss attributable to the deceased/retiring participant and allowed to be carried forward and set off in the subsequent years as under:

(a)    Proportionate unabsorbed loss from ordinary sources shall be carried forward and set off against current income from ordinary sources in the subsequent years.

(b)    Proportionate unabsorbed capital loss shall be carried forward and set off against current capital gain in the subsequent year.

This section is similar to section 78 of ITA with the difference that section 78 of ITA applies to a Firm or LLP, whereas section 65 of DTC applies to a Firm, LLP, AoP or BoI.

(ii)    Changes in shareholding of closely-held companies
— Section 66 of DTC is similar to section 79 of ITA. It provides that in the case of a closely-held company, if the persons holding not less than 51% of voting power on the last day of the F.Y. when the loss under the ordinary sources or capital gains was incurred, are not holding this voting power on the last day of the F.Y. when the income from such sources is earned, such unabsorbed loss cannot be the set-off against the income from such sources in that F.Y. The only difference between section 79 of ITA and section 66 of DTC is that section 79 does not apply to set off of unabsorbed depreciation, whereas u/s.66 of DTC loss includes depreciation.


12.    Filing return of loss

Section 67 provides that if the return of tax bases showing loss is not filed before the due date for filing the return, the loss under the head ordinary sources, special sources, capital gains, speculation, horse races activities, etc. shall not be allowed to be carried forward or set off in the subsequent years. This section is similar to section 80 of ITA. Here also it may be noted that section 80 does not refer to unabsorbed depreciation, but u/s.67 loss will include depreciation also.

13.    Some issues
From the above discussion about provisions relating to taxation of capital gains proposed to be introduced in DTC w.e.f. 1-4-2012, it is evident that the existing provisions will stand substantially modified. Some of the following issues require consideration.

(i)    The word ‘Asset’ is defined to mean (a) a business asset or (b) an investment asset. Again, a business asset is further classified as business trading asset and business capital asset. So far as business trading asset is concerned, it will be allowed as revenue expenditure in computing business income. As regards business capital asset, only depreciation will be allowed. Thus, only investment asset will form part of the computation of capital gains.

(ii)    The existing distinction between long-term and short-term capital asset is now proposed to be modified. It an investment asset is held for more than one year after the end of the F.Y. in which it is acquired, it will be considered as a long-term capital asset.

(iii)    The existing concept of determination of indexed cost for computing long-term capital gain has been retained. The base date for this purpose will be 1-4-2000, instead of 1-4-1981.

(iv)    The existing provision for granting exemption in respect of long-term capital gain on sale of securities, where STT is paid, will continue. As regards short-term capital gain in such transactions, only 50% of such capital gain will be taxable at normal rate. Therefore, the effective tax rate shall not exceed 15%.

(v)    If net result under the head capital gain (long-term or short-term) is positive, it will be added to income under other heads and tax will be payable at normal rate of tax applicable to the total income. If the net result is capital loss, the same will be carried forward without any time limit. There is no concessional rate for taxation of long-term capital gain as provided in section 112 of ITA.

(vi)    There is, however, no provision in DTC for adjustment of short-term or long-term capital losses carried forward under ITA from F.Y. 2011-12 (A.Y. 2012-13) and earlier years against capital gains for F.Y. 2012-13 and subsequent years.

(vii)    Existing section 47(xiii) of ITA provides that conversion of a partnership firm into limited company does not attract any capital gains tax if certain conditions are complied with. There is no corresponding provision in DTC. Similarly, there is no provision in DTC for such exemption when a partnership firm is converted into an LLP.

(viii)    As discussed in para 5.1 above, there is no provision in DTC for reference to valuation officer if the assessee objects to the stamp duty valuation in respect of sale of immovable property. Therefore, stamp duty valuation will now become mandatory.

(ix)    As discussed in para 7(vii) above, there is no provision in DTC similar to section 54EC of ITA to enable an assessee to deposit up to Rs.50 lakh, out of long-term capital gains in notified Bonds. Thus, assessees selling small value investment assets will not be able to claim exemption from long-term capital gains tax to this extent.

Let us hope that some of the above anoma-lies are removed before DTC is enacted by the Parliament.

BUSINESS RESTRUCTURING — IMPLICATIONS U/S.56(2)(viia)

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Finance Bill, 2010 witnessed the introduction of a new provision in the Income-tax Act, 1961 (IT Act), being the insertion of clause (viia) to sub-section (2) of section 56 of the IT Act, with effect from 1st day of June 2010.

Until such time, only individuals and Hindu Undivided Families (HUF) were covered within the provisions of section 56(2). As explained in the Memorandum to the Finance Bill 2010, clause (viia) was inserted in section 56(2) to prevent the practice of transferring shares of an unlisted company without consideration or at a price lower than the Fair Market Value (FMV) and to bring it under the tax net.

The legislative intent behind introduction of this provision was to prevent laundering of unaccounted income under the pretext of gifts, especially after abolition of the Gift Tax Act. Hence, these provisions are in the nature of anti-abuse provisions.

These provisions apply only if the recipient of shares is a company and in which public are not substantially interested or a firm. The term ‘firm’ has now been inclusively defined u/s.2(23)(i) to include a Limited Liability Partnership as defined (LLP), under the LLP Act, 2008.

We reproduce below the relevant extract of section 56(2)(viia) of the IT Act:

“(viia) where a firm or a company not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, receives, in any previous year, from any person or persons, on or after the 1st day of June, 2010, any property, being shares of a company not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, —

(i) without consideration, the aggregate fair market value of which exceeds fifty thousand rupees, the whole of the aggregate fair market value of such property;

(ii) for a consideration which is less than the aggregate fair market value of the property by an amount exceeding fifty thousand rupees, the aggregate fair market value of such property as exceeds such consideration:

Provided that this clause shall not apply to any such property received by way of a transaction not regarded as transfer under clause (via) or clause (vic) or clause (vicb) or clause (vid) or clause (vii) of section 47.

Explanation — For the purposes of this clause, ‘fair market value’ of a property, being shares of a company not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Explanation to clause (vii);”

The provisions of section 56(2)(viia) of the IT Act are therefore, attracted upon fulfilling of the following conditions:

(a) Recipient is a firm or a company not being a company in which the public are substantially interested, as defined u/s.2(18) of the IT Act closely held company;
(b) Transferor can be any person;
(c) Recipient must ‘receive’ shares of a closely-held company; and
(d) Shares should be received without consideration or for inadequate consideration.

Therefore any receipt of shares of a closely-held company, without consideration or for inadequate consideration, is taxable in the hands of the recipient.

For the purposes of this section, consideration would be deemed to be inadequate, if the difference between the actual consideration and the FMV (to be determined as per prescribed Valuation Rules) of the property exceeds Rs.50,000.

As per Rule 11UA of the Income-tax Rules, 1962, the FMV of unquoted shares is to be determined as under:

(a) Equity shares: Book value of the shares to be computed as follows:

(A – L) x (PV)
—————-
(PE)

Where,
A = Book value of the assets in balance sheet as reduced by any amount paid as advance tax under the Income-tax Act and any amount shown in the balance sheet including the debit balance of the profit and loss account or the profit and loss appropriation account which does not represent the value of any asset.

L = Book value of liabilities shown in the balance sheet but not including the following amounts —

(i) the paid-up capital in respect of equity shares;

(ii) the amount set apart for payment of dividends on preference shares and equity shares where such dividends have not been declared before the date of transfer at a general body meeting of the company;

(iii) reserves, by whatever name called, other than those set apart towards depreciation;

(iv) credit balance of the profit and loss account;

(v) any amount representing provision for taxation, other than amount paid as advance tax under the Income-tax Act, to the extent of the excess over the tax payable with reference to the book profits in accordance with the law applicable thereto;

(vi) any amount representing provisions made for meeting liabilities, other than ascertained liabilities;

(vii) any amount representing contingent liabilities other than arrears of dividends payable in respect of cumulative preference shares.

PE = Total amount of paid-up equity share capital as shown in balance sheet.

PV = the paid-up value of such equity shares.

Please note, here FMV does not imply the actual market value of the shares at which shares may be transacted between parties. It is the value of shares as determined based on book value of the assets and liabilities of the company.

(b) Other than equity shares: Price which the shares will fetch in the open market, to be determined by a valuation report of a Merchant Banker or a Chartered Accountant.

If, in case the company has issued Compulsory Convertible Preference Shares (CCPS), then unless it has been actually converted to equity shares, it would be regarded as ‘other shares’. Thus, on any transfer of CCPS before its conversion, one will have to consider its market value, as stated above, to ascertain the implications u/s.56(2)(viia).

The tax officer is given the power to refer the questions of FMV of equity shares and other shares, to a valuation officer. For this purpose, necessary changes have been made u/s.142A(1) of the IT Act, with effect from 1st July 2010.

In order to avoid hardships in genuine cases, certain exceptions have been provided in the said provision as listed below:
(a) Receipt of shares in an Indian company by amalgamating foreign company from the amalgamated foreign company, in a scheme of amalgamation;

(b) Receipt of shares in an Indian company by resulting foreign company from the demerged foreign company, in a scheme of demerger;

(c) Receipt of shares in case of business reorganisations of a co-operative bank;

(d) Receipt of shares in the resulting company by the shareholders of the demerged company, under a scheme of demerger; and

(e) Receipt of shares in the amalgamated company by the shareholders of the amalgamating company, under a scheme of amalgamation.

Thus, the receipt of shares of a closely-held company, for reasons, other than as mentioned above, would attract the provisions of section 56(2)(viia) of the IT Act.

It is pertinent to note that corresponding amendments to section 49 by insertion of sub-section (4) have been incorporated, so as to provide that if provisions of section 56(2)(viia) are invoked, then the FMV of the shares so determined would be regarded as the ‘cost of acquisition’ in the hands of the recipient. This is to ensure that once the recipient is taxed on the differential value of the consideration, i.e., difference between FMV and the actual consideration, then such recipient is entitled to add such value towards its cost of acquisition of the shares.

The applicability of these provisions to certain transactions which are not specifically included in the list of exceptions will have to be judged by interpretation of the provisions as they read vis-à-vis the actual legislative intent. A strict interpretation may lead to absurd results while digging the legislative intent may lead to a liberal interpretation.

In this article, we have dealt with certain peculiar situations which may arise in corporate restructuring.

1.    Receipt of shares pursuant to fresh issue of shares at a price less than FMV or issue of bonus shares by the company

In case, where a closely-held company restructures its capital base, it may consider the option of further issue/rights issue to new/existing shareholders. Unlike listed companies which are subject to pricing guidelines on preferential allotment, closely-held companies are free to issue shares at a price as decided by its board of directors.

Thus, legally a closely-held company is entitled to issue shares at less than the book value of its existing shares, being the FMV for the purposes of section 56(2). Now, whether such an issue of shares at less than FMV can be covered within the ambit of section 56(2)(viia)? Also, would there be any taxability u/s.56(2)(viia) in case of bonus issue by a company which due to its very nature would always be received by the shareholders without any consideration?

The application of section 56(2)(viia) to allotment of bonus does not seem to be the legislative intent. This is supported by the Memorandum to the Finance Bill, 2010 which indicates that section 56(2)(viia) ought to apply only in case of ‘transfer’ of shares. In case of allotment of shares, there is no ‘transfer’ of shares. Further, even the meaning of the words ‘receives any property’ contemplates that the property should be in existence before it can be received. Whereas, in case of issue of shares by a company, shares come into existence only at the time of allotment.

Additionally, in case of bonus issue, it is a case of capitalisation of reserves which in any case belong to the shareholders. Therefore, the shareholders do not receive shares without consideration, rather what they receive is in lieu of an existing right in the profits of the company. Hence, 56(2)(viia) ought not to apply to a bonus issue.

2.    Conversion of debentures into equity shares at a pre-agreed value

Similar to issue of equity shares, it is common for companies to issue debentures which are convertible into equity shares of the company at a later date. At the time of issue of such instrument, the subscriber would have paid the entire value of the debenture and would have agreed to the terms and conditions regarding the conversion ratio of debentures into equity shares.

A question that arises is at the time of actual conversion of debentures, if the FMV of the equity shares is higher than the price paid by the debenture holders to acquire the debentures, would section 56(2)(viia) apply?

Similar to the issue of equity shares for cash, on conversion of debentures, the company would issue equity shares to debenture-holder in consideration of the value of the debentures being surrendered to the company. On allotment of shares by the company at the time of conversion of debenture, new shares are brought into existence at such point of time and hence section 56(2)(viia) ought not to apply on conversion of debentures into equity shares.

3.    Implications for non-resident recipients

Section    56(2)(viia) does    not make any distinction between resident and non-resident companies/ firms. Therefore, receipt of any shares of a closely held company by a non-resident without consideration or for an inadequate consideration would be taxable as ‘Income from other sources’ under the IT Act.

However, if the non-resident is a resident of a foreign country with which India has entered into a Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (DTAA), his taxability in India would depend on the relevant DTAA. Under the DTAA, the said income may be governed by the Article dealing with ‘Other Income’. It may be noted that the DTAAs entered by India with countries like Czech Republic, Germany, Hungary, Mauritius, etc., provide that ‘Other Income’ earned by a resident of a Contracting State shall be taxable only in the Contracting State where the taxpayer is resident, except if the tax-payer carries on business in the other Contracting State through a permanent establishment (PE) or the person provides independent personal services from a fixed base situated therein. In other words, section 56(2)(viia) may not apply to a non-resident, if he does not have a PE or fixed base in India.

If the non-resident is a resident of a foreign country with which India has not entered into a DTAA, then the provision of section 56(2)(viia) of the IT Act would apply and income earned by such non-resident would be subject to tax in India.

4.    Sale of an undertaking comprising of shares on a slump-sale basis

When a closely-held company acquires an ‘undertaking’ by way of a ‘slump sale’ and the undertaking, inter alia, comprises of shares of a company in which public are not substantially interested, whether it can be said that provisions of section 56(2)(viia) get attracted.

In such a case, can it be said that the transfer is of certain assets and liabilities as a whole for a lump sum consideration and that it would not be possible to artificially allocate consideration towards the shares, which form part of the undertaking?

Even if one were to ignore the practical difficulty, section 56(2)(viia) should not apply to sale of an undertaking, because the words used in section 56(2)(viia) are ‘receives any property, being shares of a company …….’ which means that the property being transferred/received should be shares of a company. In case of sale of an undertaking, the property being transferred would be an ‘undertaking’ and not ‘shares’ per se. To attract section 56(2)(viia), the subject matter of receipt should be ‘property being shares’ and not property being an undertaking which may include shares of a company in which public are not substantially interested. Several Court decisions have recognised ‘undertaking’ as a distinct capital asset or a distinct property. If sale of an undertaking on a slump sale is viewed as a sale of individual assets like plant and machinery, shares, etc. and subjected to section 56(2)(viia), it would go to diluting the meaning of slump sale.

However, the above argument may be looked at differently by the Revenue authorities, in case of transfer of an undertaking where the undertaking comprises only of shares of a company, i.e., an Investment Division.

5.    Capital reduction/Buyback of shares

Amongst others, companies resort to capital reduction u/s.100-103 of the Companies Act as part of their corporate restructuring. One of the ways of doing capital reduction is by way of cancellation of shares either partially or fully (in case a class of shares is being cancelled). Depending on the purpose of capital reduction and the liquidity in the company, the board of directors may decide to pay the shareholders certain amount of consideration per share. In case of closely-held companies, the FMV as defined for the purpose of section 56(2)(viia) of the shares may or may not be relevant in deciding the consideration on cancellation of shares. Post introduction of section 56(2)(viia), the issue is whether this section will get attracted in the hands of a company if the consideration paid is less than the FMV of the shares cancelled.

On the same lines, can it be said that a buyback of shares by a closely-held company u/s.77A of the Companies Act, 1956 will attract the provisions of 56(2)(viia) of the IT Act?

The key issue here is whether the meaning of the words ‘receives’ as used in the provision can extend to buyback or capital reduction for mere cancellation purposes? As the word ‘receives’ is not defined under the IT Act, it gives room to varied interpretations.

While the ‘transfer’ of shares pursuant to capital reduction/buyback are taxable transfers in the hands of the transferor, the tax authorities may contend that these would constitute ‘receipt’ in the hands of the company cancelling or buying back the shares and therefore should be subjected to section 56(2)(viia) if the consideration paid to the shareholders is less than the FMV.

A relevant point, that the company does not receive its shares, but only cancels its share capital pursuant to the powers conferred on it under the Companies Act. In fact, the Companies Act does not permit a company to hold its own shares. Even if one were to say that a company receives its own shares on buyback or cancellation of shares, it is for the limited purpose of cancellation of those shares and therefore the company does not actually ‘receive’ any property, in the nature of shares.

However, litigation on applicability of section 56(2)(viia) to buyback or reduction cannot be ruled out.

6.    Transfer of shares by a partner of a firm/LLP

When a partner of a firm/LLP transfers shares of a closely-held company by way of capital contribution to a firm/LLP, section 45(3) of the IT Act would apply. As per section 45(3), the amount recorded in the books of accounts is deemed to be the full value of the consideration for computing the capital gain in the hands the partner.

If, the value so recorded in the books of the firm/ LLP is less than the FMV as determined under the valuation rules, then it may be possible that the difference between the FMV and the price at which transfer is made by the partner, may be considered as income of the firm/LLP u/s. 56(2)(viia) of the IT Act.

While undertaking any business reorganisation, a closely-held company will have to evaluate the applicability and the possible implications u/s.56(2) (viia) of the IT Act. Since this is a recently introduced provision, various interpretations can emerge.